1209 India Catalog New

For 30 years, National Instruments has
revolutionized measurement and

automation with virtual instrumentation,
helping engineers and scientists work
smarter, faster, and under budget.
Now, out vision of virtual
instrumentation is evolving into a new
era of graphical system design.
Combining easy-to-use software and
modular hardware with the ever-increasing performance of the PC,
graphical system design gives you a single, unifying development
platform for rapidly designing, prototyping, and deploying your
systems. Graphical system design increases your productivity with
unparalleled flexibility, performance, and ease of use.
National Instruments offers a variety of flexible, rugged hardware
platforms and powerful, intuitive software to help you create user-
defined test, control, and design applications. Out cutting-edge
products are a result of our strong and consistent investment in
innovation. This innovation yields an average of one new product
per business day to meet your ever-changing application needs and
help you take full advantage of rapidly evolving technologies.
National Instruments also has taken advantage of technological
advances in the PC industry to develop new PXI and PXI Express
products.
While much has changed in the PC industry over the last two
decades, one constant for engineers has been the power and
innovation of National Instruments LabVIEW.
We are committed to your success and encourage you to explore
the possibilities of graphical system design. And, as always, our
Web site, ni.com, and our technical filed engineers are available to
help you create a system that is ideal for your application
Sincerely,
James Truchard
A Message from the President
National Instruments India +91 80 411 90000 india.ni.com
1
Back to Index
Revolutionizing Test, Control, and Design
For the past three decades, National Instruments has revolutionized
measurement and automation with virtual instrumentation, a unique
approach to embedded design, industrial control, and test and
measurement that combines commercial off-the-shelf(COTS)
technologies with innovative software and hardware. Now, our
vision of virtual instrumentation is evolving into graphical system
design, which combined software and hardware in a single, unifying
development platform to help you rapidly design, prototype, and
deploy your systems. With graphical system design, you can build
user-defined solutions that help you achieve your goals faster,
better, and well under budget.
Company History
Founded in 1976 by Jeff Kodosky, Bill Nowlin, and James Truchard,
National Instruments supplied IEEE 488 software and hardware that
today run on numerous computer platforms. After becoming a leader
in this industry with its GPIB products, NI branched out with a new
generation of computer-based products, In 1986, NI introduced
LabVIEW, the widely adopted graphical development environment
for customized test, measurement, and control applications. Soon
after, NI developed plug-in data acquisition hardware, Recently,
new innovations are moving virtual instrumentation into new
application areas such as embedded control and design. The powerful
combination of NI software and hardware results in a new level of
productivity that is revolutionizing how engineers and scientists work.
Technology Trends
The phenomenal increase of processing speeds in recent years gives
virtual instrumentation systems a competitive advantage over other
measurement systems. Unlike traditional instruments, virtual
instruments take full advantage of the ever-increasing processing
power of today's PCs. In test, measurement, and control, virtual
instrumentation has downsized automated test equipment (ATE)
while providing up to 10 times the productivity at a fraction of the
cost of traditional instrument systems.
Virtual instrumentation also maximizes the benefits of commercial
technologies such as USB and networking tools to give you more
flexible and easy-to-use systems. With NI software and hardware,
you can easily use the Internet and networking technologies to
remotely control systems, create distributed systems, or connect to
enterprise-wide networks for collaboration and data sharing. Other
NI products such as NI CompactDAQ use USB to give you plug-and-
play functionality that helps you quickly and easily connect your data
acquisition devices and instruments to your PC.
FPGA technology and reconfigurable I/O (RIO) extend the
customization capabilities offered by virtual instruments. Using
FPGA technology, you can create custom I/O and control hardware,
delivering unprecedented flexibility in creating user-defined systems.
NI has introduced a number of products, such as LabVIEW FPGA, R
Series intelligent data acquisition, and CompatRIO, to take advantage
of FPGA technology and extend the power of virtual instrumentation
into a new era of graphical system design.
Ensuring Customer Success
With NI software and hardware, you can perform tasks that once
were beyond the capabilities of standard computers. Whether
prototyping a holographic digital data storage system at Daewoo
Electronics, testing the performance of Xbox 360 controllers at
Microsoft, or developing an efficient RF cable test suite for the
Eurofighter aircraft at BAE Systems, companies from hundreds of
industries around the world are discovering that graphical system
design provides a faster, better, and less expensive way to test,
control, and design products to improve the world around them.
NI also offers comprehensive technical support and service
worldwide. Resources include extensive Web tools, local filed
engineers, and degreed engineering and science professionals
available directly by phone, fax, or e-mail to answer questions at no
cost. If you have time constraints or limited in-house technical
integration resources, you can employ the services of National
Instruments Alliance Partners, a worldwide network of more than
600 consultants, system integrators, developers, channel partners,
and industry experts, to help you. Learn more about the NI Alliance
Partner program at ni.com/alliance.
1970s - Workstations and Plug-In Boards
NI founded
NI GPIB interface
1980s - PCs and Software
NI LabVIEW graphical programming environment
NI LabWindows for text-based programs
NI plug-in data acquisition boards
1990s - Modular Instrumentation
NI PC-bases machine vision and motion control
PXI open-industry standard
NI FiledPoint distributed I/O
2000s - Networed and Embedded
NI LabVIEW, Internet-ready and Real-Time
NI LabVIEW on PDA and FPGA, reconfigurable I/O
NI CompactDAQ and CompactRIO
National Instruments Alliance Partners are business entities independent from National Instruments
and have no agency, partnership, or joint-venture relationship with National Instruments.
A History of Innovation
1
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
2
Back to Index
3
1
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
The Evolution of Virtual Instrumentation
For 30 years, National Instruments has revolutionized measurement
and automation through the innovation of virtual instrumentation.
Combining mainstream computer technologies with innovative,
flexible software such as NI LabVIEW and modular, high-performance
hardware, virtual instrumentation solutions for their test, control,
and design applications.
Virtual instrumentation delivers productivity gains and lower costs
for engineers and scientists through intuitive graphical
programming, rapidly advancing commercial technology, and a
modular architecture that is easy to update as projects evolve, Virtual
instrumentation also builds on open, industry-standard platforms,
giving engineers and scientists the flexibility to develop custom
solutions that combine NI software and hardware with a wide set of
third-party tools.
The National Instruments vision of combining software and hardware
tools to help engineers and scientists work faster, smarter, and
under budget has achieved mainstream success in automated test.
Now, the vision is advancing into more complex test, industrial
control, and embedded design systems.
Graphical System Design - A New Frontier
As the pace of innovation increase, engineers and scientists
experience greater pressure to deliver new, differentiated, and
higher-quality products to market quicker and more efficiently.
Consumer expectations have also increased, driving the demand for
more complex products. Meeting these demands requires a solution
that streamlines the development process to deliver productivity
gains, cost savings, and shorter time to market.
National Instruments is providing engineers and scientists a solution
for developing these new, complex products by evolving the virtual
instrumentation vision to graphical system design. Graphical system
design, using an open software platform combined with commercial
off-the-shelf programmable hardware, gives engineers and scientists
a complete development platform for designing, prototyping, and
deploying their complex next-generation systems more rapidly than
traditional system design methodologies.
Because graphical system design can benefit from the same set of
integrated tools throughout each stage of development, real-world
signals and hardware are integrated into the design process sooner,
leading to earlier error detection, more efficiency, and higher quality
form design to deployment. The use of a single, unifying development
platform also significantly decreases time to market and development
costs.
Flexible Test Systems for Complex
Applications
The increasing complexity of new products is driving the need for
more advanced test systems to achieve full, functional test coverage.
The test engineers need systems flexible enough to handle a wide
variety of test applications and scalable to accommodate a larger
number of test points as new measurement functionality is required.
The integrated software and hardware approach of graphical system
design delivers and ideal solution for performing advanced test
applications. Test engineers can create your-defined measurement
systems by choosing the appropriate hardware modules and
developing custom measurements with industry-standard software
environments. Software products such as LabVIEW,
LabWindows/CVI and NI TestStand give test engineers intuitive
tools for rapid test development while modular PCI and PXI-based
I/O Takes advantage of bus and processor technologies to provide
high-speed measurement and high throughput to PC memory.
Using the open connectivity of the NI software platform, test
engineers can easily integrate a wide set of modular instrumentation
such as PXI into their software-defined test systems and quickly
perform measurements. The rugged, open architecture of modular
instrumentation makes it easy for test engineers to use a variety of
hardware measurement devices such as RF instruments, high-speed
digitizers, signal generators, multimeters, and high-speed digital I/O
to customize their test applications. Modular instrument hardware
also uses the latest commercial technologies, including analog-to-
digital converters, digital-to-analog converters, FPGAs, and PC
buses, to provide high resolution and throughput for measurements
from 7 -digit DC to 6.6 GHz
Grahpical system design delivers a single, unifying platform for rapidly designing,
prototyping, and deploying systems.
NI CompactRIO features a real-time processor and reconfigurable FPGA that make it
easy to rapidly build embedded control or acquisition systems that rival the
performance of custom-designed hardware
Back to Index
The Evolution of Virtual Instrumentation
4
One platform for simple to advanced Control
As systems grow in complexity, industrial measurement,
automation, and control applications are becoming more demanding.
To manage these applications, process engineers need to combine
the flexibility and power of PCs and the ruggedness and reliability of
PLCs to perform control in industrial applications.
Programmable automation controllers (PACs) give engineers the
benefits of both PCs and PLCs by combining open, flexible software
with rugged off-the-shelf hardware. With the National Instruments
PAC architecture, engineers can develop complex programs quickly
using hundreds of built-in controls (from simple PID to complex
control design and modeling) and analysis functions available in
LabVIEW, LabVIEW Real-Time, and LabVIEW FPGA software. The
software is integrated with rugged hardware deployment platforms
such as Compact FiledPoint, NI CompactDAQ, or CompactRIO to
create reliable distributed measurement and control systems.
With embedded technology, engineers in industrial automation and
control now have even greater flexibility in developing control
systems. Using a graphical system design platform, engineers can
create custom measurement and control algorithms in LabVIEW and
download them onto FPGA chips embedded in PAC hardware
systems. Because the control code runs directly in silicon, engineers
and scientists can quickly create applications that incorporate
custom communication protocols or high-speed control loops Using
a single platform of integrated software and hardware engineers
can build advanced systems incorporating software capabilities such
as advanced control, communication, data logging, and signal
processing with a rugged controller performing logic, motion,
process control, and vision.
Accelerated Design and Development
Competitive pressures and consumer demand are forcing engineers
such as machine builders, medical device manufacturers, and
algorithm engineers to look for new ways to shorten the time it
takes to innovate and design new products. Historically, engineers
have worked on the design and testing/validation phases of the
development process as separate and distinct stages. The design
must go through a completion phase before a prototype can be built,
tested, and validated. Any issues discovered during the testing
phase require a design phase reiteration, increasing production time
and costs.
To shorten the development cycle and optimize costs, engineers can
use the graphical system design approach to merge design and test.
Using the intuitive LabVIEW graphical programming platform along
with COTS hardware platforms, such as CompactRIO and PXI,
engineers can simultaneously design and test new products and
perform real-time measurements and hardware-in-the-loop (HIL)
testing as well as embedded control and monitoring. Engineers then
can deploy designs to FPGA-based hardware platforms or, using the
NI LabVIEW embedded module for ADI Blackfin Processors, to 32-bit
embedded processors.
Using intuitive LabVIEW programming in combination with COTS
hardware, domain experts without design expertise can create
embedded systems. Graphical system design makes it possible for
engineers of all skill levels to quickly design, prototype, and deploy
their embedded systems, accelerating product development and
reducing time to market.
LEGO MINDSTORMS NXT, powered by NI LabVIEW, is one example of LabVIEW
running on a high-volume embedded platform. In this robotics toolset, LabVIEW
provides an easy-to-use, powerful environment that both young children and
experienced programmers can use.
1
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
Back to Index
Services and Support
Training and Certification
Together, the National Instruments training and certification
programs deliver the fastest, most certain route to increased
proficiency and productivity using NI software and hardware.
NI Training: Build Your Knowledge
NI training helps you build the skills to more efficiently develop
robust, maintainable applications. We provide several training
options including classroom, self-paced, online, or on-site training
at your facility.
NI Training and Certification
Membership Program
The NI Training and Certification Membership Program ensures
maximum skill development for the best value by providing unlimited
access to NI courses and certifications for one year. Membership
also includes the opportunity to retake any course or exam as well
as a money-back satisfaction guarantee.
NI Training Coupon
National Instruments Training Coupon is designed for companies
that want to purchase training for multiple employees or team
members but need the flexibility to decide who will participate in
the training.
On-Site Training at Your Facility
If your organization has several employees who need to develop the
skills to effectively use National Instruments products, on-site
training is a cost-effective solution. On-site courses bring the
classroom learning experience to your company's facilities. They not
only eliminate travel and hotel expenses but also give you the
opportunity to modify the courses for your company's specific needs.
NI Certification - Validate Your Expertise
"Certification gives our customers the assurance that our engineers
are highly qualified on National Instruments products and equipped
with the advanced skills necessary to deliver the best solution and
help make them successful. Internally, NI certifications help us
establish employee career paths and skills to support our business
goals and initiatives."
Contact www.niedu.co.kr for more information.
Certification Level
National Instruments India Training Center
TEL +91 80 411 90000
ni.india@ni.com
india.ni.com
Contents
Training and Certification.................................................. 5
Hardware Services
Calibration Services ................................................................ 6
Warranty and Repair ............................................................... 6
Technical Support ............................................................... 7
Professional Service........................................................... 8
Software Course Hardware Course
LabVIEW Core 1 DAQ and Signal Conditioning
LabVIEW Core 2 FPGA
LabVIEW Core 3 Real Time 1
LabVIEW Connectivity Real Time 2
Advanced Architectures for LabVIEW Machine Vision
Managing Software Engineering in LabVIEW Instrument Control
LabVIEW Object-Oriented Programming RF Measurement Fundamentals
System Design
LabVIEW Intermediate 1 RF Application Development
LabVIEW Intermediate 2 Digital Multimeters
LabVIEW Performance High Speed Digital I/O
Switches Software NI Certification Program
LabVIEW CLAD (Certified LabVIEW Associate Developer)
CLD (Certified LabVIEW Developer)
CLA (Certified LabVIEW Architect)
CPI (Certified Professional Instructor)
TestStand CTD (Certified TestStand Developer)
LabWindowsCVI CCVID (Certified LabWindows/CVI Developer)
5
2
S
e
r
v
i
c
e
s

a
n
d

S
u
p
p
o
r
t
T
r
a
i
n
i
n
g

a
n
d

C
e
r
t
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
Back to Index
Hardware Services
Calibration Services
As a manufacturer of high-accuracy measurement products,
National Instruments factory calibrates all measurement products.
NI recommends that you regularly
1
calibrate your measurement
hardware. To meet your calibration needs, NI provides calibration
support and services through NI as well as through local service
providers. These services include manual calibration procedures,
services to recalibrate your products, and automated calibration
software specifically designed for metrology lab use.
Basic Calibration Service
NI provides a FREE online basic calibration certificate with most
new measurement products. This certificate states that the product
is calibrated to meet ISO 9000 quality requirements and is traceable
to internationally accepted standards. Should you require a copy of
your calibration certificate, simply visit ni.com/calibration.
Detailed Calibration Service
NI can provide calibration services and certificates that conform to
national standards and contain detailed measurement data. You can
order detailed calibration at the time of purchase from NI or anytime
thereafter from NI or our calibration service providers.
Recalibration of Existing products
You can return your products to NI for either basic or detailed
recalibration. Contact National Instruments to obtain a calibration
return merchandise authorization (RMA) number. Please specify the
type of calibration service when you order. If you require calibration
services in your local area, visit ni.com/calibration for a list of
nearby calibration service providers.
Repair Services
Repair service includes all the necessary product parts, labor,
materials, and calibration. Typical turnaround time for repairs in
North America and the European Union is under 15 business days
from receipt. NI offers expedited repair and advance replacement
services on selected orders to increase repair turn time. Contact
your local branch for information or visit ni.com/services. If you
need to return your hardware for repair, please contact NI to obtain
NI to obtain out-of-warranty pricing and an RMA number for repair.
Warranty
National Instruments hardware products come with a standard one-
year warranty. To help customers meet project life-cycle
requirements, NI offers additional warranty coverage. As part of the
additional warranty, NI incorporates any additional features in your
existing product if you return it for repair. For PXI, Compact
FieldPoint, and CompactRIO systems, additional warranty coverage
for hardware components is included with NI Factory Installation
Services.
1
Check the documentation of your product for recommended calibration intervals.
To review the standard warranty terms and conditions,
visit ni.com/legal. For more information on repair services,
contact your local NI office.
6
2
S
e
r
v
i
c
e
s

a
n
d

S
u
p
p
o
r
t
H
a
r
d
w
a
r
e

S
e
r
v
i
c
e
s
Back to Index
Technical Support
Support Commitment
Find answers to all of your questions with a combination of Web-
based self-help resources and technical support from NI applications
engineers. Visit the extensive library of online technical support
information at ni.com/support for immediate answers to your
questions. Receive an elevated level of technical support from NI
applications engineers through phone and e-mail with the Standard
Service Program (SSP). Upgrading to Premier Service provides the
highest level of support through extended hours with senior NI
applications engineers.
Web-Based Self-Help Resources
Available in English, French, German, Japanese, Korean, Simplified
Chinese, Spanish, and Traditional Chinese, these self-help reference
items include:
Troubleshooting and Product Reference Resources
Software drivers
Searchable KnowledgeBase
Product manuals
Step-by-step troubleshooting wizards
Hardware schematics and conformity documentation
Application Development Resources
Example code
Tutorials and application notes
Instrument drivers
Discussion forums
Measurement glossary
Online on-demand training
NI Discussion Forums
NI product and topic forums
Question submission and code exchange
Support questions monitored and answered by NI engineers
Global community of developers and experts
E-mail notification, search, and ratings
Priority Support at ni.com/support
Whether you choose to contact NI via
phone, e-mail, or discussion forums,
all support requests begin online at
ni.com/support for customers in the
United States, Canada, and Mexico.
By using our online Request Support
interface for phone support, you gain
direct access to engineers via a
special tool-free phone number, and
your call is given priority.
Web Self-Help
24x7 access to online
support Resources and
NI Discussion Forums
Self-Serve Support Support NI Support
Standard Service
Phone and e-mail support
from NI applications
engineers
Premier Service
Phone and e-mail support
from NI senior applications
engineers
7
2
S
e
r
v
i
c
e
s

a
n
d

S
u
p
p
o
r
t
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

S
u
p
p
o
r
t
Back to Index
Professional Services
NI Professional Services Team
The NI professional services team consists of National Instruments
applications engineers, NI Consulting Services (NICS), and the
worldwide National Instruments Alliance Partner program (a
network of more than 600 independent consultants and integrators).
Each component of the team offers in-depth knowledge of NI
products and applications and can assist you in developing and
deploying your solution. For those customers with in-house
resources and expertise, NI standard services and support ensure
that your application gets up and running quickly and efficiently.
Design and Specification
The NI professional service team is committed to finding the best
technology to ensure maximum productivity, adherence to your
application specifications, and minimized investment cost by
determining the best products for you.
Startup Assistance
Startup assistance aims to provide a jump-start in your application
development. The NI professional services team reduces team
reduces development time for system implementation to maximize
productivity, including basic software/hardware installation, NI
software and hardware product configuration, and application-
specific training.
Consulting and System Integration
If you have time constraints, limited in-house technical resources, or
other dilemmas, our worldwide network of more than 600 members
of the NI Alliance Partner program offers consulting and systems
integration services. These
Alliance Partners have in-
depth expertise in delivering
NI products as solutions. Find the Alliance Partner who meets your
needs by visiting ni.com/alliance.
Complementary Products
Alliance Partners offer a wide range of products that complement NI
products. These include hardware drivers, toolkits that add
functionality to NI application software, and complete systems that
meet particular application needs. Find out more about these
products at ni.com/alliance.
Maintenance and Support
The NI professional services team offers support contracts and
subscription program upgrades to keep your systems up-to-date. If
necessary, NI can identify local resources to provide ongoing
maintenance for your systems.
Your Source for Service
To determine the best services team for your needs, please contact
your local NI sales representative and explore the service options
that meet your requirements.
OEM and VAR Development
Assistance
NICS can serve as part of your
design and development team,
with an emphasis on design
review, knowledge transfer,
and collaborative
development. If you want to use NI Products in original equipment
manufacturer applications, NICS assists you in a number of ways.
Providing industry expertise in the aerospace, automotive,
biomedical, communications, electronics, and semiconductor areas,
NICS options include:
Design-in consulting - NICS engineers work with your design team
to qualify National Instruments products for your application and
to identify and manage technical risks.
Product integration assistance - NICS engineers work with your
design team to integrate NI software and hardware with your own
products.
Systems integration assistance - If you are a systems integrator
who wants to standardize on the NI software and hardware
platform, NICS can assist you with some of the newer
technologies and products including vision, NI LabVIEW Real-
Time, modular instruments, DIAdem, and control design tools.
Photo Courtesy of Symtx Inc
A National Instruments Alliance Partnet is a business entity independent from National
Instruments and has no agency, partnership, or joint-venture relationship with National
Instruments.
2
S
e
r
v
i
c
e
s

a
n
d

S
u
p
p
o
r
t
P
r
o
f
e
s
s
i
o
n
a
l

S
e
r
v
i
c
e
s
8
Back to Index
Measurement and Automation Software
Contents
Overview............................................................................... 10
NI Developer Suite .............................................................. 13
LabVIEW Graphical Development Platform
Overview.................................................................................. 14
What is LabVIEW? ................................................................... 15
Acquire Data with LabVIEW ................................................... 17
Analyze and Present Data with LabVIEW .............................. 18
Wide Variety of LabVIEW Targets ......................................... 19
Selecting Your LabVIEW Development System ................. .... 20
LabVIEW Add-On Software................................................ ..... 21
Intergrating with Deployment Hardware................................ 22
Signal Processing, Analysis, and Connectivity ....................... 25
Control and Simulation ........................................................... 30
Data Management, Logging, and Reporting .......................... 32
Development Tools and Validation ........................................ 33
Application Distribution ......................................................... 35
Sound and Vibration Analysis Software
Overview.................................................................................. 36
Fuction List and Description.................................................... 40
Instrument Drivers
Overview.................................................................................. 43
Measurement Studio Development Tools For Visual Basic,
Visual C#, and Visual C++
Overview.................................................................................. 44
Data Acquisition ..................................................................... 47
Instrument Control .................................................................. 48
Intergraion .............................................................................. 49
User Interface.......................................................................... 50
Modules and Add-on Toolkits ................................................ 51
Development Package ............................................................ 52
LabWindows/CVI ANSI C Development Environment
Overview.................................................................................. 53
Modules and Add-On Toolkits................................................. 55
NI TestStand - The Complete Test Management Environment
Overview.................................................................................. 57
Ready-to Run Test Management ........................................... 58
Customizable Test Management ........................................... 59
Flexibility and Performance .................................................... 60
Services and System Components ......................................... 62
NI VeriStand
Real-Time Testing and Simulation Software.......................... 63
DIAdem - Interactive Data Analysis and Report Generation
Overview.................................................................................. 66
DIAdem Architecture............................................................... 67
Magage, Inspect, Analyze, and Report Your Data.................. 68
Automate and Implement Advanced Data Visualization........ 69
Switch Management and Calibration Software
NI Switch Executive ................................................................ 72
NI Calibration Executive.......................................................... 72
SignalExpress - Interactive Measurement Software
NI Signal Express .................................................................... 73
Printed Circuit Board Design Software
NI Multisim.............................................................................. 77
Analog and Digital Waveform Editors
NI Analog Waveform Editor .................................................... 79
NI Digital Waveform Editor..................................................... 79
Build applications with industry-standard measurement and automation software,
including LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, Measurement Studio, and NI TestStand.
9
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s
Back to Index
Measurement and Automation Software Overview
National Instruments Software Powers
Measurement and Automation
For the past two decades, National Instruments has pioneered
measurement and automation software for virtual instrumentation.
Today, NI delivers industry-leading software tools, including
application development environments such as National Instruments
LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, and Measurement Studio for Microsoft
Visual Studio; analysis and test management software; and device
and instrument drivers, ensuring that you have the software solution
you need for test, control, and design. Using NI software to create
virtual instruments helps you reduce cost and increase productivity
throughout your system design and deployment.
Software for Every Application
Engineers and scientists use NI software for a wide variety of
applications in almost every industry. You can use the National
Instruments software platform from research to design and
simulation to manufacturing test, helping improve efficiencies
across your organization.
Easily Integrate Your Entire System
Nation Instruments software works seamlessly with a wide range of
hardware - traditional instruments, modular PC-based instruments,
data acquisition, PXI, VXI, NI Compact Fieldpoint, USB, serial,
Ethernet, PLCs, motion stages, cameras, and more. Additionally,
NI software is designed to help you easily share data with other
software applications through XML, .NET, ActiveX, DLLs wireless
communication, and other methods.
Develop with Modular, Compatible Software Tools
National Instruments software addresses application needs across
the entire design flow and delivers comprehensive tools for
performing measurements, implementing instrument drivers,
developing test routines, creating closed-loop control system,
connecting across a network, and analyzing measurement data.
NI software tools integrate seamlessly so you can quickly develop a
complete system.
National Instruments virtual instrumentation tools, such as LabVIEW and PXI modular hardware, are used throughout the enterprise. With these
standardized tools, companies achieve shorter time to market by being more efficient at each stage of the process and sharing standardized tests
throughout an organization or product development cycle.
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
10
Back to Index
System Management Software
System management software tools increase the efficiency of test
system development and data mining and analysis. These tools
provide a reusable framework for common tasks, resulting in faster
system development, In addition, these tools ensure that you can
easily analyze and manipulate data acquired across your enterprise.
NI TestStand - Create a complete framework for your entire test
system with sequencing, looping, and decision-making capabilities.
NI TestStand also generated reports and provides an interface
between the test system and various enterprise systems, such as
databased manufacturing execution systems, and quality systems.
NI Switch Executive - Manage your switch and routing
requirements by interactively configuring and naming switch
modules, external connections, and signal routes. You also increase
test code reuse and system performance with switch programming
in conjunction with NI TestStand and your application development
environment.
DIAdem - Mine and analyze your data interactively with
configuration-based technical data management, analysis, and
report generation tools. You can extract data easily from numerous
file formats and databased, manipulate it using engineering-focused
analysis routines, and generate professional engineering reports.
Measurement and Control Services Software
Measurement and control services software plays a critical role in
your measurement and automation system. The components of this
software - hardware drivers, flexible application programming
interfaces (APIs), and a configuration manager - all integrate with
application development environments (ADEs) to attain maximum
system performance and development productivity. Measurement
and control services software integrates measurement and control
devices through local and distributed configuration and
programming.
National Instruments device drivers, such as NI-DAQmx, offer fast
performance, device programming flexibility, a scalable API, local
and remote configuration and operation, and seamless integration
with the ADE. The drivers are transparent, appearing only as part of
your ADE. This ideal implementation guarantees maximum
development flexibility and a scalable architecture that
organizations can deploy on all of the ADE targets.
Many measurement systems continue to incorporate traditional
instruments from a variety of vendors. The NI-488.2 and NI-VISA
drivers provide hardware independence that reduces time-
consuming modifications to source code when equipment needs to
change. With NI-488.2, you can transfer GPIB equipment across
platforms, from PCs to a network, from Windows to Linux, or to an
embedded real-time OS. NI-VISA abstracts user code from the
physical interface between the computer and the instrument.
Whether the instrument uses GPIB, serial, VXI, Ethernet, IEEE 1394,
USB, PCI Express - or any future bus technology - NI-VISA works
seamlessly, facilitating code reuse as instrument control standards
evolve.
11
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Back to Index
Application Development Environments
Connect to any device or instrument to gather data,
manipulate your data with sophisticated engineering-
focused analysis routines, and present your data in graphs or
professional reports with National Instruments ADEs. You can
develop your applications with either graphical or text-based
programming environments.
LabVIEW - Using a graphical development environment, you
quickly create front panel user interfaces for interactive control of
your software system. To specify system functionality, you assemble
block diagrams - a natural design notation for engineers and
scientists.
LabWindows/CVI - Create test and measurement applications in
ANSI C for data acquisition and instrument control systems.
Measurement Studio - Build Microsoft Visual Basic, C#, and
Visual C++ test and measurement applications with measurement
tools that integrate with Visual Studio products.
Add-On Modules and Toolkits - You can select from a variety
of specialized add-on modules and toolkits to extend your
development environment and reduce development time for
applications including:
Real-time control and measurement
Visual inspection and image processing
Applications for PDA platforms
Custom hardware using NI reconfigurable I/O (FPGA)
Embedded development for any 32-bit microprocessor
Internet connectivity
Database access
Report generation
State machine architecture
Distributed data logging
Code distribution
VI optimization
Express VI creation
Control and design tools, including digital filter design
Specialized analysis for sound and vibration, wavelets, and much
more
Interactive Measurement Software
Rapidly acquire, analyze, and capture measurement data in virtual
instrumentation systems using the following software:
SignalExpress for benchtop design and test
VI Logger for data logging and monitoring
Vision Builder for automated visual inspection
Ensuring Your Success with Services
and Support
National Instruments offers a wide range of services and support for
your success in building measurement and automation systems. We
are committed to delivering the appropriate level of service to meet
the unique needs of your application. For more information, visit
ni.com/services.
Technical Support
National Instruments is committed to your success, and we strive to
provide you with quality technical assistance worldwide. We offer
an extensive online library of self-help tools for getting started,
application development content, and access to NI applications
engineers via Web, e-mail, and phone. For more information, visit
ni.com/support.
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
12
Back to Index
NI Developer Suite - Bundled Development Tools
Bundles LabVIEW Professional with the
most popular add-ons for up to 74%
savings
Features tools for building rich interfaces
in LabVIEW, Visual Basic .NET, and C for
large-scale application development
Includes add-ons for Microsoft Word and
Excel, database and Internet connectivity,
and code validation
Includes add-ons for advanced signal
processing and digital filter design, PID
control and fuzzy logic tools
Overview
NI Developer Suite offers substantial savings and provides regular
quarterly software updates with the latest version of your
application software, including National Instruments LabVIEW,
LabWindows/CVI, and Measurement Studio. NI Development Suite
is a modular product offering with which you can select software
components based on your application needs. Subscribers receive
all the benefits of Standard Service, including direct access to NI
applications engineers via phone and e-mail for technical support.
Boost Productivity with Application-Specific Tools
NI Developer Suite includes almost the entire NI software platform.
When creating an NI Developer Suite system, you purchase the NI
Developer Suite Core Package, which contains all the general-
purpose programming tools you need. Then, depending on your
application, you select from any of the application-specific options.
With this approach, you can create an NI Developer Suite system
that meets your application needs. If your application evolves, you
can simply add an additional option to your system. Learn more
about the different NI Developer Suite options on ni.com/suite.
Automatically Receive Quarterly Updates
To keep your software current, NI automatically sends you quarterly
NI Developer Suite updates for one year, which include the latest
versions of all software products included in your NI Developer Suite
package and any updated product documentation. This gives you the
confidence of knowing that you always have the latest software
available to develop your applications.
Take Advantage of NI Support and Training Services
To help ease the transition to new projects, NI Developer Suite
subscribers receive increased access to technical support and
unlimited on-demand training. You get live access to more than 300
NI applications engineers via phone and e-mail to assist in
developing your solutions. Additionally, maintain your technical
edge by taking advantage of online training modules made
exclusively for SSP and Developer Suite customers.
Upgrade Your NI Software to NI Developer Suite
If you currently own National Instruments software, you can upgrade
it to NI Developer Suite. Upgrading to NI Developer Suite
automatically includes the latest software updates and a year of
Standard Service. NI Developer Suite is the best way to upgrade
your development system and keep it current. Contact NI and
upgrade today.
Renew Your Service Annually
Renew your Standard Service subscription to NI Developer Suite
annually to continue receiving quarterly upgrades with the latest NI
software, tools, and access to NI applications engineers through
phone and e-mail for technical support. Each year, you receive
notification that your service is expiring along with a quote to renew
your subscription.
For ordering information, visit ni.com/suite.
NI Developer Suite
13
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

N
I

D
e
v
e
l
o
p
e
r

S
u
i
t
e
Back to Index
LabVIEW Graphical Development Platform
Graphical development platform for
design, control, and test
Intuitive graphical programming for
engineers and scientists
Interactive, application-specific
development tools and libraries
Hundreds of built-in functions for I/O,
control, analysis, and data presentation
Deployment to desktop, mobile,
industrial, and embedded computing
targets
Interactive text-based math
programming
Thousands of example programs and
application templates
Operating Systems
Windows 7/Vista/XP/2000
Linux
Mac OS X
Overview
National Instruments LabVIEW is an industry-leading software tool
for creating design, control, and test systems. Since its introduction
in 1986, engineers and scientists worldwide have relied on NI
LabVIEW graphical development for projects throughout the product
design cycle, gaining improved quality, shorter time to market, and
greater engineering and manufacturing efficiency, The graphical
dataflow language of LabVIEW naturally represents the signal flow
of data in your application and intuitively maps user interface
controls to your data for easy viewing and modification.
Express Technology for the beginner
For novice programmers, Express technologies simplify common
measurement and automation takes through high-level, interactive
function blocks. With Express technology, new users take advantage
of the LabVIEW platform to build automated systems quickly and
easily.
Full-Featured Language
for the Experienced Programmer
For experienced programmers, LabVIEW delivers the performance,
flexibility, and compatibility of a traditional programming language
such as C, coupled with highly productive graphical development
tools designed specifically for engineering applications. LabVIEW
has the same constructs as traditional languages, including
variables, data types, looping and sequencing structure, and error
handling. LabVIEW also offers math-oriented textual programming
that is generally compatible with the widely used m-file script
syntax. With LabVIEW, you can reuse existing code packaged as
DLLs or shared libraries and integrate with other software using
.NET, ActiveX, TCP, and other standard technologies.
LabVIEW Graphical Development
The open LabVIEW graphical development environment comprises
four key elements:
Intuitive graphical programming language for engineers and
scientists
Interactive, application-specific development tools and libraries
Hundreds of built-in measurement, I/O, control, analysis, and
presentation functions
Deployment to desktop, mobile, industrial, and embedded
computing targets
NI LabVIEW
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

L
a
b
V
I
E
W

G
r
a
p
h
i
c
a
l

D
e
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t

P
l
a
t
f
o
r
m
14
Back to Index
What is LabVIEW?
Virtual Instruments
The basic building block of a LabVIEW application is a VI(virtual
instrument), which consists of a front panel, where you design a
user interface, and a block diagram, where you create graphical
code.
Dataflow Programming
LabVIEW uses a patented dataflow programming model that frees
you from the sequential architecture of text-based programming
languages. The graphical code is highly intuitive for engineers and
scientists familiar with block diagrams and flowcharts.
Textual and Graphical Tools
for Signal Processing, Analysis, and Math
LabVIEW offers both graphical and textual tools for signal
processing, analysis, and math, so you can choose the most
effective syntax for your technical computing. LabVIEW includes
MathScript, a textual math-oriented interface with a syntax that is
generally compatible with the widely used m-file script syntax, to
help you access thousands of existing algorithms available on the
Web and in textbooks.
Interactive Development Tools
Development faster with interactive application-specific
development tools, including the LabVIEW State Diagram Toolkit,
The LabVIEW simulation Module, and NI SignalExpress.
Modularity and Hierarchy
LabVIEW VIs are modular in design, so you can run any VI by itself or
include it as a module in your code.
Compiled Execution
LabVIEW code is compiled with execution speeds comparable to
compiled C programs. LabVIEW increase your productivity without
sacrificing execution speed.
Open Language
LabVIEW is an open environment with easy connectivity to your
existing applications through .NET, ActiveX, DLLs, and a wide array
of networking protocols.
Team Development Tools
Create large, professional applications with tightly integrated
project management tools.
Target Management
Easily manage multiple targets, from real-time to embedded,
through the LabVIEW Project Explorer. Use simulated devices to
develop your application software without installing hardware.
Getting Started - Building a VI
1. Design a User Interface
Interactively create a professional user interface with hundreds of
built-in, customizable UI controls.
Front Panel - The user interface of your VI.
Controls Palette - Drag and drop engineering-specific user interface controls onto the
front panel to quickly create a fully customized user interface.
15
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

W
h
a
t

i
s

L
a
b
V
I
E
W
?
Back to Index
What is LabVIEW?
2. Draw Your Graphical Code
Use graphical programming and automatic code generation to
rapidly develop your custom test, control, and design applications.
3. Debug and Deploy
Ensure correct operation with integrated graphical debugging tools,
and deploy your application to desktop, mobile, industrial, and
embedded devices.
Block Diagram - Define the behavior of your application with graphical code.
Project Explorer - Easily manage your
projects and take advantage of team
development tools.
Functions Palette - Develop your application by
dragging and dropping function icons (VIs) and
programming structures to the block diagram.
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

W
h
a
t

i
s

L
a
b
V
I
E
W
?
16
Back to Index
Acquire Data with LabVIEW
Most measurement applications can be divided into three parts-
interfacing with or acquiring real-world data, analyzing that data to
extract meaningful information, and presenting this information to
an end user.
Acquire Data with LabVIEW
The open LabVIEW environment makes interfacing with any
measurement hardware simple. It features interactive assistants,
automatic code generation, and connectivity to thousand of
instruments and measurement devices for easy data gathering.
Because LabVIEW provides connectivity to virtually any
measurement device, you can easily incorporate new LabVIEW
application into existing systems without losing your hardware
investment.
Regardless of your hardware requirements, LabVIEW provides an
interface to make connecting to your I/O easy. Learn more at
ni.com/aap/acquire.
Data Acquisition on Any Platform
With LabVIEW, you can quickly acquire and generate signals from
plug-in devices, USB devices, and Ethernet/LAV-based systems.
These I/O capabilities, combined with special data types and
measurement analysis VIs, are specifically designed to get the
measurement you need from your physical sensors as quickly and
easily as possible.
Interactive, configuration-based data acquisition development
with DAQ assistant
High-performance, modular NI-DAQmx programming interface
with automatic LabVIEW code generation
Built-in channel configuration for scaling raw data
High-speed waveform acquisition and generation
Accurate and fast single-point analog and digital I/O
High-speed digital patten generation and acquisition
Counter/timer I/O for pulse generation, event counting, and
duration measurements
Machine Vision
Easily add best-of-class machine vision components to your
measurement application and rapidly develop software with
automation code generation and built-in image analysis libraries.
Instrument Control and connectivity
LabVIEW simplifies connecting to and communicating with
thousands of instruments from hundreds of venders. With LabVIEW,
you can quickly acquire data from GPIB, serial, Ethernet/LAN, PXI,
USB, and VXI instruments.
Communicate with more than 5,000 instruments from more than
200 vendors with FREE LabVIEW instrument drivers
(See ni.com/idnet for a list of available drivers.)
Find drivers fast with automatic driver identification, download,
and installation
Increase performance and portability with industry-standard
device driver software and built-in instrument I/O libraries
Use Instrument I/O Assistant to interactively create instrument
control applications and automatically generate LabVIEW code
Motion Control
LabVIEW integrates easily with a wide variety of motion control
software, motion controllers, and power drivers in your automated
test and machine control application.
Modular Instruments
Develop mixed-signal applications using the latest PC and
commercial technology. Reduce your time to market by investing in a
flexible, user-defined instrumentation platform that includes RF
instruments, high-speed digitizers, signal generators, multimeters,
high-speed digital I/O, and more.
Industrial Monitoring and Control
LabVIEW provides powerful tools for distributed monitoring systems,
with connectivity to a wide variety of distributed I/O devices,
including PLCs and Compact FiledPoint.
17
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

A
c
q
u
i
r
e

D
a
t
a

w
i
t
h

L
a
b
V
I
E
W
Back to Index
Analyze and Present Data with LabVIEW
Process and Analyze Data with LabVIEW
You need more than raw data as the end result of a measurement.
LabVIEW features more than 1,000 built-in graphical and textual
functions for extracting useful information from data as well as
analyzing measurements and processing signals. Functions for
frequency analysis, signal generation, mathematics, curve fitting,
interpolation, and many more give you the power to derive
meaningful statistics from your data.
Despite sophisticated underlying algorithms, LabVIEW signal
processing and analysis tools are flexible and easy to use. You can
work with graphical programming, textural programming or a
combination of the two. More than 15 Express VIs simplify common
analysis and processing by offering an interactive interface for
previewing results. LabVIEW MathScript is a math-oriented textual
interface that is built into labVIEW and offers interactive and
programmatic interfaces.
Curve Fitting and interpolation
FFT and frequency analysis
Signal synthesis
Mathematics
Probability and statistics
Time and frequency-domain analysis
Digital signal processing
Much more
LabVIEW Add-Ons
for singal Processing and Analysis
For additional signal processing and analysis functionality, see the
following National Instruments software:
Digital Filter Design Toolkit
Advanced Signal Processing Toolkit
Sound and Vibration Toolkit
Order Analysis Toolkit
Spectral Measurements Toolkit
Math Interface Toolkit
Vision Development Module
System Identification Toolkit
Modulation Toolkit
Digital Waveform Editor
Analog Waveform Editor
DIAdem
Simulation Interface Toolkit
Simulation Module
Present Data with LabVIEW
Data presentation encompasses several areas of functionality-
visualization, report generation, and data management. LabVIEW
includes visualization tools to make your data presentation
attractive and simple to create, including charting and graphing
utilities and built-in 2D and 3D visualization tools. You also can
instantly reconfigure attributes such as color, font size, and graph
type and rotate, zoom, and pan your graph type and rotate, zoom,
and pan your graphs at run time. Additionally, you can view and
control your Vis over the Internet with LabVIEW.
For report generation, NI offers several options, programmatic
generation of Microsoft Word and Excel reports, and interactive
report generation with NI DIAdem.
Built-in user interface controls
Charting and graphing utilities
Remote application viewing and control
Documentation tools
Interactive report generation
Microsoft Word and Excel reports
Database connectivity
File I/O
Open language (.NET, ActiveX, DLLs, OPC)
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

A
n
a
l
y
z
e

a
n
d

P
r
e
s
e
n
t

D
a
t
a

w
i
t
h

L
a
b
V
I
E
W
18
Back to Index
Wide Variety of LabVIEW Targets
To ensure maximum flexibility in system development and
deployment, applications built with LabVIEW are easily deployed to
a wide variety of computing targets ranging from industrial, real-
time devices to FPGAs and microprocessors.
Desktop
The desktop target family includes PCs, laptops, PXI, industrial PCs,
and more. Users can easily incorporate plug-in and external I/O
functionality and take advantage of programming, I/O, analysis, and
display capabilities in LabVIEW on Windows, Linux
, and Mac OS X.
The LabVIEW Application Builder helps you deploy executables and
shared libraries with licensing fees to unlimited desktop systems.
Mobile
For applications requiring portability and ruggedness, the LabVIEW
PDA Module extends LabVIEW applications to handheld devices
running Microsoft Windows Mobile for Pocket PC, Palm OS, and
Windows CE. With capabilities for data acquisition, digital
multimeter (DMM), Controller Area Network (CAN), and wireless
hardware, as well as built-in data analysis, display, and
communications functions, you can easily design a custom handheld
measurement application with graphical programming.
Industrial
The LabVIEW Datalogging and Supervisory Control Module
integrates logging, alarming, and OPC devices into industrial
systems. In addition, if you need deterministic, real-time execution,
you can use the LabVIEW Real-Time Module to deploy to a variety of
targets running a real-time OS, including PXI, Compact FieldPoint,
CompactRIO, Compact Vision System, and desktop machines.
To create custom hardware for deterministic systems, you can use
the LabVIEW FPGA Module.
Embedded
For applications requiring the absolute determinism and execution
performance in silicon, LabVIEW provides several solutions. The
LabVIEW FPGA Module, coupled with PCI and PXI RIO devices
CompactRIO, or the Compact Vision System, provides an easily
programmable solution running on NI FPGA-enabled hardware.
Additionally, the LabVIEW embedded Development Module
generates code to run on any 32-bit microprocessor for a wide
variety of embedded control and analysis applications.
Desktop
CompactRIO
Industrial Touch Panel
ARM/DSP
Laptop
CompactDAQ
FPGA
PXI/PXI Express
Various Vision System
Mobile
19
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

W
i
d
e

V
a
r
i
e
t
y

o
f

L
a
b
V
I
E
W

T
a
r
g
e
t
s
Back to Index
Selecting Your LabVIEW Development System
Development System Comparison Chart
All Fuctionality, Little Fuctionality, No Functionality,
Add-on provide all functionality for a feature, but you must purchase them separately
For information on features in the latest version of LabVIEW,
visit the LabVIEW upgrade page.
Development System Options
NI offers a number of LabVIEW development systems and
programming tools to help you build professional applications.
Choose from three development system options - Professional, Full,
and Base. Students also can take advantage of the LabVIEW
Student Edition.
LabVIEW Professional Development System
Includes LabVIEW Full Development System functionality
Features tools for large project management and deployment
LabVIEW Full Development System
Includes Base Package features
Features tools for analysis and signal processing
LabVIEW Base Development System
Provides basic data acquisition, instrument control, and data
presentation functionality
NI Developer Suite
If you need additional functionality, consider the popular NI
Development Suite, which bundles a LabVIEW development system
with a wide range of add-on LabVIEW toolkits and NI software for
the best value. With NI Developer Suite, you receive quarterly NI
software updates for one year, on-demand training, and one-on-one
access to NI applications engineers worldwide.
Localized Versions
NI offers LabVIEW versions in several languages, including Chinese,
French, German, Japanese, and Korean.
System Requirements
LabVIEW development systems are available for Windows, Mac OS
X, and Linux . Visit ni.com/labviewfor full system requirements.
Operating System
Customize User Interfaces
Hardware I/O Integration
Compatibility with Add-On Software
"Integrating with deployment hardware" add-ons
"Signal processing, analysis, and connectivity"
add-ons
"Control and simulation" add-ons
"Data management, logging, and reporting"
add-ons
"Development tools and validation" add-ons
"Application distribution" add-ons
Third-party LabVIEW add-ons
Mathematics
Basic Math
Probability and statistics
Special functions
Linear algebra
Curve fitting
Differential equations
Interpolation and extrapolation
Calculus
Executables and Distribution
Create executables and shared libraries
Control program remotely across Internet
Programming Environment
Intuitive graphical programming
Multicore performance
Code debugging
Event-driven programming
Source code control
LabVIEW SignalExpress
Code quality review
Unit test code
Low-level debugging at run-time
Read, Write, and Share Data
Read and write to file
Network communication
Web services
FTP, HTTPS, and Telnet
Report generation for MS Office
Create data management systems
Software and Code Integration
Call external code
ActiveX integration
The MathWorks, Inc. MATLAB
script node (registered trademark of The

MathWorks, Inc.)
Report generation for MS Office
Signal processing and control
Signal measurements
Signal generation
Signal conditioning/filtering
Windowing
Signal operations
Transforms
Wavelet analysis
Time-series analysis
Digital filter design
PID and fuzzy logic control
Base
Windows
only
Full
Windows,
Linux, Mac
Pro
Windows,
Linux, Mac
Developer
Suite
Windows
only
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
Add-on
1
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

S
e
l
e
c
t
i
n
g

Y
o
u
r

L
a
b
V
I
E
W

D
e
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t

S
y
s
t
e
m
20
Back to Index
Overview
In addition to the LabVIEW development systems, National
Instruments offers a variety of add-on modules and toolkits that
extend LabVIEW functionality. Those tools save valuable
development time and help you efficiently meet your application
challenges.
LabVIEW Tools Network
Expand the power of NI LabVIEW graphical development software
with NI toolkits and third-party add-ons. Browse the LabVIEW Tools
Network for a variety of add-ons for every type of application and
download and install them instantly. All third-party add-ons on the
LabVIEW Tools Network meet Compatible with LabVIEW guidelines.
To find the tools you need or to share your own,
visit ni.com/labviewtools.
For more information, visit ni.com/toolkits.
Integrating with Deployment Hardware Page
LabVIEW Real-Time Module 22
LabVIEW FPGA Module 22
LabVIEW Embedded Module for ARM Microcontrollers 22
LabVIEW Mobile Module 23
LabVIEW Touch Panel Module 23
LabVIEW Wireless Sensor Network (WSN) Module 23
ImagingLab Robotics Library - ImagingLab 24
NI LabVIEW C Generator 24
NI Real-Time Hypervisor for Windows 24
Signal Processing, Analysis, and Connectivity
NI Vision Development Module 25
NI Vision Builder for Automated Inspection 25
NI Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite 25
NI Sound and Vibration Toolkit 25
NI LabVIEW Internet Toolkit 26
NI LabVIEW Advanced Signal Processing Toolkit 26
NI LabVIEW Adaptive Filter Toolkit 26
NI LabVIEW Digital Filter Design Toolkit 26
NI LabVIEW MathScript RT Module 27
NI Spectral Measurements Toolkit 27
NI Modulation Toolkit 27
NI LabVIEW Robotics Module 28
NI ECU Measurement and Calibration Toolkit 28
NI GPS Simulation Toolkit for LabVIEW 28
NI Measurement Suites for WiMAX 28
NI WLAN Measurement Suite 29
NI Automotive Diagnostic Command Set 29
Control and Simulation
NI LabVIEW PID and Fuzzy Logic Toolkit for Windows 30
NI LabVIEW Control Design and Simulation Module 30
NI LabVIEW System Identification Toolkit 30
NI LabVIEW Simulation Interface Toolkit 31
NI LabVIEW NI SoftMotion Module 31
NI LabVIEW Statechart Module 31
Data Management, Logging, and Reporting
NI LabVIEW Datalogging and Supervisory Control (DSC) Module 32
NI LabVIEW Report Generation Toolkit for Microsoft Office 32
NI LabVIEW Database Connectivity Toolkit 32
NI LabVIEW DataFinder Toolkit 32
Development Tools and Validation
NI LabVIEW VI Analyzer Toolkit 33
NI LabVIEW Desktop Execution Trace Toolkit 33
NI Requirements Gateway 33
NI Real-Time Execution Trace Toolkit 34
NI LabVIEW Unit Test Framework Toolkit 34
Application Distribution
NI LabVIEW Application Builder for Windows 35
LabVIEW Add-On Software
21
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

L
a
b
V
I
E
W

A
d
d
-
O
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
Back to Index
Integrating with Deployment Hardware
NI LabVIEW Real-Time Module
The NI LabVIEW Real-Time Module is a complete solution for creating reliable, stand-alone
embedded systems with a graphical programming approach. As an add-on to the LabVIEW
development environment, the LabVIEW Real-Time Module helps you develop and debug
graphical applications that can be downloaded to and executed on embedded hardware devices
such as NI CompactRIO, NI Single-Board RIO, PXI, vision systems, or even third-party PCs.
Extend LabVIEW Graphical Programming to Stand-Alone Embedded Systems
Take Advantage of a Real-Time Operating System for Precise Timing and High Reliability
Leverage a Wide Variety of IP and Real-Time Hardware Drivers
NI LabVIEW FPGA Module
The NI LabVIEW FPGA Module extends the LabVIEW graphical development
platform to target field-programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) on NI
reconfigurable I/O (RIO) hardware. LabVIEW is well suited for FPGA
programming because it clearly represents parallelism and data flow, so
users who are both experienced and inexperienced in traditional FPGA
design can productively apply the power of reconfigurable hardware.
Powerful Graphical Programming for FPGA Hardware
Implement LabVIEW Code Directly in Hardware
Achieve High-Level Design With Low-Level Ability
NI LabVIEW Embedded Module for ARM Microcontrollers
The NI LabVIEW Embedded Module for ARM Microcontrollers delivers graphical
programming to the worlds most popular embedded 32-bit reduced instruction set
computing (RISC) processor. This module provides a comprehensive development
environment for ARM7, ARM9, and Cortex-M3 microcontrollers. Order your low-cost
evaluation kit to discover how graphical programming can help you develop higher-
quality code more quickly.
Quickly Develop Code That Executes on ARM Microcontrollers
Start Developing With Evaluation Hardware
Incorporate C Code Generated in LabVIEW in Your Own Custom Hardware Solutions
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

I
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

D
e
p
l
o
y
m
e
n
t

H
a
r
d
w
a
r
e
22
Back to Index
23
NI LabVIEW Mobile Module
Use the LabVIEW Mobile Module to develop applications for the latest handheld devices and
smartphones. You can create portable measurement systems that analyze and display data using USB
DAQ devices. You also can take advantage of existing wireless technologies to interface with GPIB
instrumentation and easily control remote targets such as NI Compact FieldPoint and CompactRIO.
Develop Mobile Solutions for Handheld Acquisition, Analysis, and Display using LabVIEW
Communicate Wirelessly Using 802.11, Bluetooth, SMS Text Messaging, IrDA, and Serial Protocols
Acquire Data with NI USB-DAQ, CompactFlash, and PCMCIA Data Acquisition Devices
For more information, visit ni.com/pda.
NI LabVIEW Touch Panel Module
Use the NI LabVIEW Touch Panel Module to develop custom human machine interface
(HMI) applications for Windows CE and Windows XP Embedded touch panel devices.
Communicate with and display information from headless devices such as NI
CompactRIO, Compact FieldPoint, and Compact Vision System programmable
automation controllers (PACs). The LabVIEW Touch Panel Module includes built-in tools
for user interface development, data analysis, and network communication.
Use Simple Drag-and-Drop Interface Creation
Add Analysis Functions and Control Algorithms to Your HMI
Deploy to NI Touch Panel or Third-Party Touch Panel Hardware
For more information, visit ni.com/hmi.
NI LabVIEW Wireless Sensor Network (WSN) Module
The NI wireless sensor network (WSN) platform delivers battery-powered nodes
that offer industrial certifications, reliable networking protocols, and optional
outdoor enclosures for long-term, stand-alone deployments. With the NI LabVIEW
WSN Module, you can integrate LabVIEW code directly into the nodes to add
algorithms and intelligence.
Customize Your Wireless Sensor Network
Reduce Response Time With Embedded Decision Making
Extend Battery Life
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

I
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

D
e
p
l
o
y
m
e
n
t

H
a
r
d
w
a
r
e
Back to Index
ImagingLab Robotics Library - ImagingLab
The ImagingLab Robotics Library features easy-to-use graphical functions for
commanding and controlling DENSO, KUKA, and Mitsubishi robotics directly from the NI
LabVIEW graphical development environment. With this library, you can program a
single LabVIEW application that integrates all aspects of machine control and
automation from part handling and robot control to advanced measurements and
machine vision. Using this approach, you do not need to learn specialized robotics
programming software, which means you can achieve higher performance from your
machine in less time.
Build complete industrial robotics systems directly from LabVIEW
Directly control movements and motion of DENSO, KUKA, and Mitsubishi robots
Run preexisting routines on DENSO, KUKA, and Mitsubishi controllers
NI LabVIEW C Generator
With the NI LabVIEW C Generator, you can port your algorithm designed using the
LabVIEW programming environment to any processor of your choice. In addition, you
can create ANSI C code from your LabVIEW VIs to be integrated with third-party
toolchains. The LabVIEW Generator combines the benefits of graphical programming
with the ability to download to virtually any target.
Generate ANSI C code from LabVIEW VIs
Compatible with 8-, 16-, and 32-bit microprocessors
Use with any embedded OS or barebone
NI Real-Time Hypervisor for Windows
NI Real-Time Hypervisor for Windows software uses virtualization technology to run NI
LabVIEW Real-Time and Windows XP in parallel on multicore PXI and industrial controllers.
By combining a deterministic real-time target and general-purpose host on one computer,
the NI Real-Time Hypervisor helps advanced users build consolidated test, measurement,
and control applications while reducing hardware cost and physical footprint.
Run deterministic LabVIEW Real-Time applications and a Windows XP GUI in
parallel on one controller
Reduce hardware cost and physical footprint by making efficient use of multicore
processors
Partition I/O devices and RAM easily with the included NI Real-Time Hypervisor
Manager utility
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

I
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

D
e
p
l
o
y
m
e
n
t

H
a
r
d
w
a
r
e
24
Back to Index
NI Vision Development Module
The NI Vision Development Module is designed to help you develop and deploy machine
vision applications. It includes hundreds of functions to acquire images from a multitude
of cameras and to process images by enhancing them, checking for presence, locating
features, identifying objects, and measuring parts.
Use a Single Software Package for All of Your Vision Hardware
Process Images With a Complete Suite of Algorithms
Integrate With PLCs, Motion Drives, and Automation Devices
NI Vision Builder for Automated Inspection
NI Vision Builder for Automated Inspection (AI) is an interactive and easy-to-use menu-driven configurable environment for building, benchmarking, and
deploying complete machine vision applications without the complexities of programming. You can use the built-in deployment interface to quickly deploy
your inspection, guidance, and identification applications. With this software, you can also set up complex pass/fail decisions and communicate inspection
results over digital I/O, serial, or Ethernet protocols. In addition, Vision Builder AI includes utilities to
model system variations so that you can feel confident about your systems performance even as real-
life conditions such as lighting, motion blur, and camera position affect your visual inspection.
Configure machine vision applications with an easy-to-use, interactive, menu-driven
environment
Locate, count, measure, identify, and classify objects without programming
Communicate with industrial devices such as PLCs and HMIs with built-in industrial
protocols
For more information, vistit ni.com/vision.
For more information, vistit ni.com/vision.
NI Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite
The NI Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite is a comprehensive collection of NI analysis and
signal processing tools for noise, vibration, and harshness (NVH); machine condition monitoring;
and audio test applications. It includes the NI Sound and Vibration Assistant, which is stand-
alone software for quickly acquiring, analyzing, and logging acoustic, noise, and vibration data.
Minimize development time with ready-to-run application examples
Get started quickly with the Sound and Vibration Assistant (LabVIEW not required)
Avoid the expense of verification with NI ANSI- and IEC-compliant octave and sound-quality
analysis
NI Sound and Vibration Toolkit
The NI Sound and Vibration Toolkit extends NI LabVIEW graphical development with functions
and indicators for handling audio measurements, fractional-octave analysis, swept-sine analysis,
sound level measurements, frequency analysis, frequency response measurements, transient
analysis, and several sound and vibration displays. It also includes the new NI Sound and
Vibration Assistant stand-alone, interactive software for quickly acquiring, analyzing, and logging
acoustic, noise, and vibration data. With a configuration-based, flexible measurement library and
open-analysis capability.
Easy-to-use power spectrum, swept sine, and octave analysis steps
Sound level with A-, B-, or C-weighting and vibration level with integration
Audio measurements including THD, SNR, SINAD, and swept-sine analysis
25
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

S
i
g
n
a
l

P
r
o
c
e
s
s
i
n
g
,

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
,

a
n
d

C
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
Back to Index
NI LabVIEW Internet Toolkit
The NI LabVIEW Internet Toolkit is a library of VIs that you can use in your LabVIEW applications to
communicate with FTP servers, retrieve documents via URL, send Web requests to servers via SSL,
and more. See the Manuals link under the Resources tab for detailed information on the individual
VIs included with this toolkit, or click above to download an evaluation copy of the software.
Send and retrieve files or raw data from FTP servers
Parse URLs and retrieve documents via URL
Send Web requests to a server, Web page, or Web service using SSL
NI LabVIEW Advanced Signal Processing Toolkit
The National Instruments LabVIEW Advanced Signal Processing Toolkit is a suite of software tools,
example programs, and utilities for time-frequency analysis, time-series analysis, and wavelets. It also
includes a full version of the NI LabVIEW Digital Filter Design Toolkit, which is also available separately.
Wavelet and filter-bank design for short-duration signal characterization, noise reduction, and
detrending
Time-series analysis -- statistical analysis for description, explanation, prediction, and control
Time-frequency analysis -- analytical, graphical tools for signals with evolving frequency content
NI LabVIEW Adaptive Filter Toolkit
The NI LabVIEW Adaptive Filter Toolkit provides tools for designing, analyzing, and simulating
adaptive filters, including both floating- and fixed-point. You can use these tools to create
adaptive filters with various algorithms, such as least-mean-square (LMS) and recursive-least-
square (RLS), as well as their variants. You can apply the adaptive filters you create to different
applications, such as adaptive noise cancellation, adaptive echo cancellation, and system
identification, among others. You also can create and implement fixed-point adaptive filters on NI
field-programmable gate array (FPGA) targets.
Algorithms including LMS, normalized LMS, leaky LMS, fast block LMS, sign LMS, RLS, and
QR-RLS
Filtered-X LMS and normalized filtered-X LMS algorithm for active noise/vibration control
Simulation and LabVIEW FPGA code generation for fixed-point LMS adaptive filter
NI LabVIEW Digital Filter Design Toolkit
The NI LabVIEW Digital Filter Design Toolkit extends LabVIEW with functions (LabVIEW VIs
that you install into the palette) and interactive tools for the design, analysis, and
implementation of digital filters. New digital filter users can explore classical designs with
the built-in interactive design tools, while experienced users can find a breadth of algorithms,
filter topologies, and analysis tools for both fixed- and floating-point digital filters. For fixed-
point filters, you can model quantization effects, optimize numeric representation/topology,
and deploy the design on a digital signal processor or field-programmable gate array (FPGA)
using automatically generated ANSI C or LabVIEW FPGA code.
Floating- and fixed-point design with LabVIEW or ANSI C autocode generation
Digital filter design, analysis, and implementation within LabVIEW
Comprehensive tools meet basic or advanced needs
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

S
i
g
n
a
l

P
r
o
c
e
s
s
i
n
g
,

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
,

a
n
d

C
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
26
Back to Index
NI LabVIEW MathScript RT Module
The NI LabVIEW MathScript RT Module adds math-oriented, textual programming to the
LabVIEW graphical development environment with a native compiler for your custom .m files.
Engineers and scientists looking to combine .m IP with a built-in graphical user interface or
streamlined hardware integration are empowered to choose the most effective approach -
textual, graphical, or a combination - for algorithm development, signal processing, control
design, and data analysis tasks.
Save Time by Reusing Your Existing .m IP
Simplify Development by Adding a Built-In GUI to Your Custom .m Files
Deploy Your Code to Real-Time Hardware Without Costly Code Translations
NI Spectral Measurements Toolkit
The National Instruments Spectral Measurements Toolkit provides a set of flexible spectral
measurements in LabVIEW and LabWindows/CVI, including power spectrum, peak power and
frequency, in-band power, adjacent-channel power, and occupied bandwidth, as well as 3D
spectrogram capabilities. In addition, the Spectral Measurements Toolkit contains VIs and
functions for performing modulation-domain operations such as passband (IF) to baseband (I-Q)
conversion, I-Q to IF conversion, and generation/analysis of analog modulated signals. The
combination of these optimized algorithms and the GHz processing of your PC delivers
unmatched measurement throughput.
Common spectral measurement functions such as in-band power and adjacent-channel power
3D spectrogram, Highly optimized FFT processing
Analog modulation and demodulation, I-Q data for digital demodulation
NI Modulation Toolkit
The NI Modulation Toolkit extends the built-in analysis capability of NI LabVIEW and
LabWindows/CVI software with functions and tools for signal generation, analysis, visualization,
and processing of standard and custom digital and analog modulation formats. With this toolkit,
you can rapidly develop custom applications for research, design, characterization, validation,
and test of communications systems and components that modulate or demodulate signals. The
numerous Modulation Toolkit applications include digital modulation formats (AM, FM, PM,
ASK, FSK, MSK, GMSK, PSK, QPSK, PAM, and QAM) that are the foundation of many digital
communication standards found in 802.11a/b/g/n, ZigBee (802.15.4), WiMAX (802.16), RFID,
satellite communications, and commercial broadcast among others.
Simulate and measure impairments including DC offset, I/Q gain imbalance, and quadrature
skew
Handles standard and custom modulation formats(AM, FM, PM, ASK, FSK, MSK, GMSK, PSK,
QPSK, PAM, QAM)
Powerful 3D eye diagrams enhance the suite of traditional 2D eye, trellis, and constellation
plots
27
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

S
i
g
n
a
l

P
r
o
c
e
s
s
i
n
g
,

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
,

a
n
d

C
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
Back to Index
NI LabVIEW Robotics Module
From autonomous vehicles to robotic arms, NI LabVIEW provides a standard hardware and
software development platform for designing your robotic control system. The LabVIEW Robotics
Module plugs into the LabVIEW development environment and delivers built-in connectivity to
sensors and actuators, foundational algorithms for intelligent operation and robust perception,
and motion functions for making your robot or vehicle move.
Interface to Common Sensors and Actuators
Take Advantage of Building Blocks for Navigation Algorithms
Deploy Deterministic Algorithms to Embedded Hardware
NI ECU Measurement and Calibration Toolkit
The NI ECU Measurement and Calibration Toolkit extends the NI LabVIEW, NI
LabWindows
TM
/CVI, and Microsoft C/C++ development environments to support measurement
and calibration applications for the design and validation of electronic control units (ECUs). The
ECU Measurement and Calibration Toolkit provides high-level, easy-to-use functions based on
the Universal Measurement and Calibration Protocol (XCP) and CAN Calibration Protocol (CCP).
Because of these protocols, you can read and write to internal ECU variables and characteristics
as defined in ASAM (.A2L) database files.
CAN Calibration Protocol (CCP) Version 2.1 support
Universal Measurement and Calibration Protocol (XCP) master functionality on CAN and
Ethernet
Access to internal ECU characteristics (1D to 3D) and support for *.A2L database files
NI GPS Simulation Toolkit for LabVIEW
The NI GPS Simulation Toolkit for LabVIEW helps you create simulated global positioning system
(GPS) waveforms for use with NI RF signal generators to produce customized and repeatable
GPS receiver test. With the advanced API, you can create custom motion trajectories, adjust
individual satellite power levels, and incorporate real-time feedback from the device under test
(DUT) into your test system.
Generate 24 hours of up to 12 satellite C/A codes (L1)
Define custom motion trajectories for mobile simulation
Adjust individual satellite power levels for scenario-specific test
NI Measurement Suites for WiMAX
The NI measurement suites for Fixed and Mobile WiMAX provide generation and analysis
functions for IEEE 802.16-2004 (OFDM) and IEEE 802.16e-2005 (OFDMA) signals. Combined with
PXI RF instrumentation, these toolkits help PXI Express WiMAX measurement systems achieve
R&D-grade accuracy and measurement times three to 10 times faster than traditional box
instruments.
Support for Fixed and Mobile WiMAX
Accurate measurements: -46 dB EVM (Mobile WiMAX at 2.5 GHz)
Measurements are 3X to 10X faster than traditional instrumentation
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

S
i
g
n
a
l

P
r
o
c
e
s
s
i
n
g
,

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
,

a
n
d

C
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
28
Back to Index
NI WLAN Measurement Suite
The NI WLAN Measurement Suite helps you perform common IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n
measurements with industry-leading speed and accuracy. Combined with high-performance
multicore processors, PXI Express wireless local area network (WLAN) measurement systems
can complete most 802.11 measurements five to 10 times faster than traditional box
instruments. In addition, the WLAN Measurement Suite is compatible with one-, two-, three-,
and four-channel PXI RF vector signal generators and analyzers. Using phase-coherent
multichannel RF instruments, you can improve the measurement accuracy of your MIMO designs.
All WLAN test systems are flexible and software-defined, and are able to test a wide range of
wireless devices including GPS, GSM/EDGE, WCDMA, WiMAX, FM, Bluetooth, and ZigBee.
Support for IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n standards
Support for up to 4x4 MIMO measurements
Residual (EVM) measurements <-45 dB
NI Automotive Diagnostic Command Set
The NI Automotive Diagnostic Command Set helps you design and implement a wide variety of
automotive diagnostic applications for electronic control unit (ECU) production using protocols
such as Keyword Protocol 2000, Diagnostics over IP, and Diagnostics on CAN. With NI CAN
hardware compatibility, including NI-XNET CAN, CompactRIO CAN, USB CAN, and Series 2 CAN
(PXI, PCI, PCMCIA), the command set is suitable for a range of automotive diagnostic
applications that typically involve reading and writing parameters, accessing diagnostic trouble
codes (DTCs), flashing ECU firmware, and initiating ECU diagnostic test modes.
KWP2000 (ISO 14230), Diagnostics on CAN (ISO 15765, OBD-II), and Diagnostics over IP
(ISO 13400)
Transport protocols: ISO Transport Protocol 15765-2 and Volkswagen TP 2.0
Compatible interfaces: NI-XNET CAN, CompactRIO CAN, USB CAN, and Series 2 NI CAN
(PXI, PCI, PCMCIA)
29
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

S
i
g
n
a
l

P
r
o
c
e
s
s
i
n
g
,

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
,

a
n
d

C
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
Back to Index
NI LabVIEW PID and Fuzzy Logic Toolkit for Windows
The NI LabVIEW PID and Fuzzy Logic Toolkit is an add-on to the LabVIEW graphical
development environment that you can use to add sophisticated control algorithms to
your LabVIEW programs. By combining this toolkit with NI data acquisition, FPGA-
based, and other I/O hardware, you can create complete automated control
applications. Visit the Functions tab for a list of functions in this toolkit.
Integrate P, PI, PD, and PID control algorithms into your LabVIEW applications
Use the Fuzzy System Designer and Fuzzy Logic VIs to design and control fuzzy
systems
Autotune gains to improve control performance
NI LabVIEW Control Design and Simulation Module
With the NI LabVIEW Control Design and Simulation Module, you can simulate
dynamic systems, design sophisticated controllers, and deploy your control systems to
real-time hardware. You can use both classical and state-space approaches to design
controllers and estimators. When you integrate this module with the LabVIEW
MathScript RT Module, you can perform textual mathematics and algorithm design in
LabVIEW using the .m file syntax.
Implement Both Model-Based and Measurement-Based Design
Choose Your Syntax: .m File, Signal Flow, or a Combination
Design, Prototype, and Deploy Within a Single Software Environment
NI LabVIEW System Identification Toolkit
The NI LabVIEW System Identification Toolkit combines data acquisition tools with
system identification algorithms for accurate plant modeling. You can take advantage
of LabVIEW intuitive data acquisition tools including the DAQ Assistant to stimulate
and acquire data from the plant and then automatically identify a dynamic system
model. You can convert system identification models to state-space, transfer function,
or pole-zero-gain form for control system analysis and design. The toolkit includes
built-in functions for common tasks such as data preprocessing, model creation, and
system analysis. With the System Identification Assistant in the toolkit, you can
interactively design and use system identification techniques that you can later export
to LabVIEW.
Identify dynamic system models directly from real-world stimulus and response
signals
Seamlessly integrate data acquisition for both time- and frequency-based system
identification
Integrate with other LabVIEW modules to build adaptive control algorithms
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

S
i
m
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
30
Back to Index
NI LabVIEW Simulation Interface Toolkit
The NI LabVIEW Simulation Interface Toolkit gives control system design and test engineers a
link between the NI LabVIEW graphical development environment and The MathWorks, Inc.
Simulink software. With the LabVIEW Simulation Interface Toolkit, you can easily build
custom LabVIEW user interfaces to view and control your simulation model during run time.
This toolkit also provides a plug-in for use with The MathWorks, Inc. Real-Time Workshop
,
so you can connect, using LabVIEW, your model developed in the Simulink environment, to
the real world through a variety of real-time I/O platforms(requires the LabVIEW Real-Time
Module). With these capabilities, you can easily take your models from software verification
to real-world prototyping and hardware-in-the-loop simulation.
Use LabVIEW to interact with your models developed using Simulink software
Connect your model to real-time I/O for prototyping, deployment, and HIL simulation
Easily add data acquisition, CAN, and FPGA I/O through a configuration-based dialog
NI LabVIEW NI SoftMotion Module
The LabVIEW NI SoftMotion Module delivers graphical development for custom motion
control applications. With LabVIEW NI SoftMotion, you can use a LabVIEW project to
configure all of your motion axis settings, test your configuration, tune your motors, and
quickly integrate custom motion control into your application.
Simplified Application Development
NI RIO Platform Integration
Custom Control
NI LabVIEW Statechart Module
Simplify complex state-based applications with the NI LabVIEW Statechart Module. This
LabVIEW add-on provides a high level of abstraction for designing applications using states,
transitions, and events. With LabVIEW embedded technology, you can deploy applications
built with statecharts using the LabVIEW Real-Time, LabVIEW FPGA, or LabVIEW Touch Panel
Module or the LabVIEW C Generator.
Simple Semantics to Develop Software
Self-Documenting Programming
Ability to Run on All NI Hardware Targets
31
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

S
i
m
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Back to Index
Data Management, Logging, and Reporting
NI LabVIEW Datalogging and Supervisory Control (DSC) Module
The NI LabVIEW Datalogging and Supervisory Control (DSC) Module extends the benefits of
graphical programming to the development of your HMI/SCADA or high-channel-count data-
logging applications. With LabVIEW DSC, you can interactively develop a distributed monitoring
and control system with tags ranging from a few dozen to thousands. This module includes tools
for communicating to conventional PLCs as well as programmable automation controllers such
as NI CompactRIO targets, logging data to historical databases, managing alarms and events,
and developing HMIs all within the single LabVIEW environment.
Connect LabVIEW to Existing High-Channel-Count Industrial Systems
Log Data to a Historical Database, Set Alarms, and Manage Events
Use a Single Software Tool for HMI and Logic Programming
NI LabVIEW Report Generation Toolkit for Microsoft Office
The NI LabVIEW Report Generation Toolkit for Microsoft Office is a library of flexible, easy-to-
use VIs for programmatically creating and editing Microsoft Word and Excel reports from
LabVIEW. Whether you need to generate reports summarizing manufacturing test results or
compile process statistics to improve your production yields, the LabVIEW Report Generation
Toolkit speeds development of customized, professional reports. Create custom reports in even
less time using the new Microsoft Office Report Express VI.
Create custom reports using the Microsoft Office Report Express VI
E-mail reports and execute macros
Manage report layout, format, and appearance
NI LabVIEW Database Connectivity Toolkit
The NI LabVIEW Database Connectivity Toolkit is a set of easy-to-use tools you can use to
quickly connect to local and remote databases and implement many common database
operations without having to perform structured query language (SQL) programming. It readily
connects to popular databases, such as Microsoft Access, SQL Server, and Oracle. If you need
advanced database functionality and flexibility, the LabVIEW Database Connectivity Toolkit also
offers complete SQL capabilities.
Complete SQL functionality
Direct interaction with local or remote databases
Connection to the most popular databases through Microsoft ADO technology
NI LabVIEW DataFinder Toolkit
The NI LabVIEW DataFinder Toolkit helps you create custom data management systems for
handling the large amounts of data generated during tests and simulations. With this toolkit, you
can design interfaces for searching an NI DataFinder index to find valuable information in your
test files. NI DataFinder technology indexes properties and metadata stored in your test files and
stores them in a behind-the-scenes, self-scaling database for fast search and retrieval. You can
develop your applications to access either a local NI DataFinder or an NI DataFinder Server
Edition for a centralized networked approach for large groups. In addition, you can deploy
applications to multiple clients to ensure standardized interfaces for searching and mining data.
Create custom data management applications for managing test and simulation data
Search and mine through test files to find trends and correlations
Perform simple Internet-like keyword or advanced parametric searches
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

D
a
t
a

M
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
,

L
o
g
g
i
n
g
,

a
n
d

R
e
p
o
r
t
i
n
g
32
Back to Index
NI LabVIEW VI Analyzer Toolkit
The NI LabVIEW VI Analyzer Toolkit helps you improve the quality and readability of graphical
code developed in LabVIEW software. With this toolkit, you can configure more than 80 included
tests for automated code review and static code analysis of all VIs in an application, or create
your own using the test creation wizard.
The Modulation Toolkit offers:
Automate application debugging and code review
Programmatically configure and run tests
Document and track progress of code quality with report generation
NI LabVIEW Desktop Execution Trace Toolkit
The NI LabVIEW Desktop Execution Trace Toolkit helps you trace the execution of LabVIEW VIs
on a Windows target during run time to detect and locate problems in code that could affect
performance or cause unexpected behavior. It provides a chronological view of VI events, queue
operations, reference leaks, memory allocation, unhandled errors, and subVI execution. With this
toolkit, you can programmatically generate user-defined events from the block diagram of a
LabVIEW application.
Trace sequence of VI events in LabVIEW applications during run time
Identify problems that could negatively impact performance such as memory leaks and
reference leaks
Profile VIs, executables, and shared libraries
NI Requirements Gateway
NI Requirements Gateway is a requirements traceability solution that links your development
and verification documents with formal requirements stored in documents and databases. With
this software, you can specify which applications, tests, and simulation models correlate with
documented requirements. In specifying this correlation, NI Requirements Gateway captures
traceability information and offers an interface for inspecting and analyzing coverage and impact
information.
Link requirements documents to test and control applications
Use graphical, coverage analysis, and impact analysis views to visualize traceability
relationships
Generate traceability and impact analysis reports
33
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

D
e
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t

T
o
o
l
s

a
n
d

V
a
l
i
d
a
t
i
o
n
Back to Index
NI Real-Time Execution Trace Toolkit
The NI Real-Time Execution Trace Toolkit is an interactive tool for analyzing and verifying
NI LabVIEW Real-Time and NI LabWindows/CVI Real-Time code execution. With minimal
modifications to your embedded code, these tools graphically show multithreaded code
execution while highlighting thread swaps, mutexes, and memory allocation. This
information helps you optimize the real-time code for faster control loops and more
deterministic performance.
Create execution traces for LabVIEW Real-Time and LabWindows
TM
/CVI Real-Time
applications
Interactively analyze and benchmark thread and VI execution
Optimize performance by identifying memory allocation, sleep spans, and resource
contention
NI LabVIEW Unit Test Framework Toolkit
The NI LabVIEW Unit Test Framework Toolkit helps you automate LabVIEW VI unit testing
to perform functional validation and demonstrate that an application behaves properly.
Right-click on any VI in the LabVIEW Project Explorer to generate a unit test, or import test
parameters from a text document created in an editor such as Microsoft Excel. Tests can
encompass multiple test cases, which define input values and the expected output for any
data type, including arrays and clusters.
Create test frameworks to functionally validate VIs
Automate regression testing to identify changes that impact behavior
Generate HTML, XML (ATML), or ASCII reports
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

D
e
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t

T
o
o
l
s

a
n
d

V
a
l
i
d
a
t
i
o
n
34
Back to Index
NI LabVIEW Application Builder for Windows
Use the NI LabVIEW Application Builder to create and deploy stand-alone applications
developed in LabVIEW software. Distribute professional copies of software as end-use
applications or provide other developers with shared libraries for use in other development
environments. Create installers to bundle all drivers and required run-time engines with
executables.
Create stand-alone executables and installers for distribution and deployment
Distribute code to developers and create shared libraries
Generate .NET assemblies and shared libraries
Application Distribution
35
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

A
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n
Back to Index
Sound and Vibration Assistant
Stand-alone interactive acquisition,
analysis, and presentation environment
Analysis for audio, noise and vibration, and
machine condition monitoring applications
Operator mode available for deploying
Sound and Vibration Assistant applications
Built-in data streaming and playback for
postprocessing
Extended functionality through
NI LabVIEW
New order analysis plots for displaying
vibration sensor information
LabVIEW Analysis VIs
Octave analysis
Vibration and sound level
Frequency analysis
Filtering and weighting
Audio measurements
Tachometer processing
Order tracking
Swept sine
Human vibration filters
Torsional vibration
Sound quality NEW!
Overview
National Instruments sound and vibration software provides a
complete software solution for all audio, noise and vibration, and
machine condition monitoring applications. Based on an open-
analysis capability and a flexible measurement library, the NI Sound
and Vibration Measurement Suite and NI Sound and Vibration
Toolkit present a unique software-based measurement approach to
creating customized applications. The sound and vibration software
packages consist of two components:
NI Sound and Vibration Assistant
LabVIEW Analysis VIs
The Sound and Vibration Assistant is an interactive stand-alone
software environment for quickly acquiring, analyzing, presenting,
and logging acoustic and vibration measurements for all audio,
noise and vibration, and machine condition monitoring applications.
Rapid data acquisition hardware configuration and an interactive,
drag-and-drop analysis library make it easy to quickly develop an
application.
The LabVIEW Analysis VIs provide additional LabVIEW functions for
power spectra, frequency response functions (FRFs), fractional-
octave analysis, sound level measurements, order spectra, order
maps, order extraction, sensor calibration, human vibration filters,
and torsional vibration. The Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite
also offers more than 50 ready-to-run examples to simplify the
process of getting started with your sound and vibration
applications.
The Sound and Vibration Assistant is an interactive stand-alone
software environment for quickly acquiring, analyzing, presenting,
and logging acoustic and vibration measurements. It makes audio
testing; noise, vibration, and harshness (NVH) testing; and machine
condition monitoring simple by offering:
A drag-and-drop interactive environment
Rapid measurement configuration
Extended functionality through LabVIEW
NI Sound and Vibration Toolkit,
NI Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite
Figure 1. NI Sound and Vibration Assistant Performing Engine Run-Up Test
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

D
e
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t

T
o
o
l
s

a
n
d

V
a
l
i
d
a
t
i
o
n
36
Back to Index
37
Interactive Measurement Environment
The Sound and Vibration Assistant introduces an innovative
approach to configuring your measurements using intuitive drag-
and-drop steps. Combining the functionality of traditional noise and
vibration analysis software with the flexibility to customize and
automate projects, the Sound and Vibration Assistant helps you
streamline your application.
Rapid Measurement Configuration
There are many built-in steps available for immediate use in the
Sound and Vibration Assistant. You can instantly configure a
measurement and analysis application with:
Hardware I/O generation and acquisition of signals from a
variety of devices, including DAQ devices and modular
instruments
Signal processing filtering, windowing, and averaging
Time-domain analysis sound and vibration level measurements
ANSI and IEC fractional-octave analysis
Frequency-domain analysis power spectrum, frequency
response, power-in-band, peak search, and distortion
Order analysis tachometer processing, order power spectrum,
order tracking, and order extraction; Bode and polar, shaft
centerline, and orbit and timebase plot steps now available
Report generation drag and drop measurement results to
Microsoft Excel or export data to Microsoft Word or UFF58 files
Extended Functionality through LabVIEW
Reuse your measurement applications developed with the Sound
and Vibration Assistant in LabVIEW by converting projects into
LabVIEW block diagrams. Use LabVIEW, a full-featured graphical
programming environment, to further automate your application or
customize your analysis.
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

S
o
u
n
d

a
n
d

V
i
b
r
a
t
i
o
n

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
Figure 4. Frequency Response Analysis for LabVIEW
Figure 2. Characterize vibration order with drag-and-drop data analysis of vibration
sensors data.
Figure 3. Octave Analysis Express VI for LabVIEW
Back to Index
LabVIEW Analysis VI Capabilities
Sound and vibration analysis often begins with signal acquisition
from microphones, accelerometers, displacement probes, or
tachometers. Following acquisition, you can associate the acquired
signal with characteristics such as sensor sensitivity, an engineering
unit, and a decibel (dB) reference. All routines track these
parameters to perform single or multichannel measurements and
produce properly labeled, scaled, and calibrated results. Sound and
vibration analysis includes order-based analysis such as order
tracking, order extraction, and tachometer signal processing. Order
analysis is a tool for examining dynamic signals generated by
mechanical systems that include rotating or reciprocating
components. Complementing the power spectrum and other
frequency-domain analysis standards, order analysis works even
when the signal source undergoes rotational speed variations. In
addition, the sound and vibration analysis includes human vibration
filters as well as torsional vibration. Human vibration refers to the
effects of mechanical vibration on the human body. Measuring and
analyzing human vibration signals can help control the negative
effects of mechanical vibration on the human body. Torsional
vibration is a common phenomenon for rotating machinery such as
engines, compressors, and turbines. Rotating components, such as
shafts and couplings, rotate when torque is applied. Monitoring
these torsional vibrations in a rotating system helps to ensure that
the system operates properly. Refer to page 4 for a detailed list of
the LabVIEW analysis functions.
In addition, the Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite now
supports full-featured sound quality analysis. Sound quality
engineering is the study of the subjective human perception of
sounds. It uses various algorithms such as stationary and time-
varying loudness, sharpness, roughness, fluctuation strength, and
tonality to quantify the quality of a sound. This helps you quickly set
up tests to quantify concepts such as noise or harshness.
Real-World Applications
The Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite contains features for
audio, acoustics, and vibration applications, such as zoom fast
Fourier transform (FFT), octave analysis, short-time Fourier
transform, order analysis, and many more time and frequency
analysis tools. Significantly improve your productivity with examples
based on real-world measurements such as engine run-up,
frequency response, and octave analysis. Use order analysis for
mechanical systems that include rotating or reciprocating
components, such as turbines, compressors, pumps, and engines, in
applications such as machine condition monitoring or NVH testing.
Audio Measurements and Swept-Sine Analysis
The Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite includes numerous
functions for audio measurements such as gain, phase, THD, IMD,
dynamic range, phase linearity, and swept-sine analysis. Also
included are simple modular examples of all of these
measurements, so you can quickly combine analog output, analog
input, and data analysis to build a customized application. Swept
sine is a powerful analysis technique to measure frequency
response. With this analysis function, you can easily generate a
frequency-swept stimulus signal and measure the output of the
device under test (DUT). Unlike conventional broadband frequency
response measurements, swept-sine analysis adds the capability to
measure frequency-dependent distortion and to account for device-
specific settling requirements. In addition to audio test, swept-sine
analysis is an excellent tool for many mechanical vibration testing
applications.
Noise, Psychoacoustics, and Vibration
Using the Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite, you can readily
handle many common noise and vibration applications. For
example, with zoom FFT analysis, it is possible to look with
improved resolution in the frequency range of interest. The Sound
and Vibration Measurement Suite offers time- and frequency-
domain integration, so you can easily convert the signals acquired
from accelerometers to velocity and/or displacement for additional
analysis. Also, sound and vibration level functions feature linear
averaging, exponential averaging, and peak hold. With the built-in
fractional-octave analysis, you can perform measurements with any
number of bands at any sampling frequency. With sound quality
algorithms, you can characterize sounds from the perspective of
human hearing. Using these tools, you can quickly analyze
harshness, sharpness, and other qualitative psychoacoustic
concepts, which are necessary to ensure good acoustics for your
designs. The acoustical and vibration analysis tools provided help
you quickly verify your product for the following standards.
IEC 61260: 1995, Class 1
IEC 61672: 2002, Class 1
JIS C 1509-1: 2005
JIS C 1514: 2002
ANSI S1: 11 - 2004, Class 1
ANSI S1.4: 1983
ANSI S1.42: 1986
ISO 8041: 2005(E)
ISO 532: 1975 NEW!
DIN 45631: 1991 NEW!
DIN 45631/A: 2008 NEW!
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

S
o
u
n
d

a
n
d

V
i
b
r
a
t
i
o
n

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
38
Back to Index
39
Machine Condition Monitoring (MCM)
and Machine Health
The Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite is ideal for machine
monitoring, machine health, and machine efficiency applications
with order tracking and slow-roll compensation built in. You can
develop your application faster by using examples for tachometer
processing, order spectra, and waterfall plots. If you are performing
measurements in a production test environment, you can easily
apply limit testing on any measurement result from this suite, such
as time-domain data, order spectra, scalar measurements, and many
more. In addition, the Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite now
includes torsional vibration analysis functions. Torsional vibration is
a common phenomenon for rotating machinery such as engines,
compressors, and turbines. Rotating components, such as shafts and
couplings, rotate when torque is applied. Monitoring these torsional
vibrations in a rotating system helps to ensure that the system
operates properly.
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

S
o
u
n
d

a
n
d

V
i
b
r
a
t
i
o
n

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
Ordering Information
NI Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite,
Includes 1 Year Standard Service .......................... 779696-09
NI Sound and Vibration Toolkit,
Includes 1 Year Standard Service ........................... 777970-09
Back to Index
Function List and Description
Measurements
Calibration
Display
Distortion
Measurements
Envelope Analysis
1
Frequency Analysis
Generation
Human Vibration
1
Integration
Limit Testing
Octave Analysis
Order Analysis
1
Single-Tone
Measurements
Scaling
Slow-Roll
Compensation
1
Sound Level
Sound Quality
Swept-Sine
Analysis
Tachometer Signal Processing
1
Torsional Vibration
1
Transient Analysis
Vibration Level
Weighting Filters
Features
End-to-end calibration microphones,
accelerometers, propagation delay
Waterfall display, colormap display, octave
graph, magnitude/phase display, cascade plot
1
,
Bode plot, polar plot,
1
or bit plot,
1
timebase plot,
1
shaft centerline plot
1
THD, THD+N, SINAD, IMD, SNR
Envelope detection
1
Power spectrum, FFT, zoom FFT,
power spectral density,
frequency response, coherence, cross spectrum,
peak search, power in band
Continuous tone, continuous dual tone,
multitone, frequency flatchirp, white noise,
pink noise, swept sine with custom amplitude
Human vibration weighting filters: hand-
arm vibration signal, whole-body vibration signal,
and low-frequency whole-body vibration signal
Convert acceleration to velocity,
convert acceleration to displacement
Mask testing; high (max), low (min);
both high/low limits
IEC full, 1/3, 1/6, 1/12, 1/24 octave
ANSI full, 1/3, 1/6, 1/12, 1/24 octave
Gabor transform(offline);
1
resampling (online);
1
order
power spectrum;
1
order waveform, magnitude, and phase
1
Phase mismatch, phase linearity, group delay,
gain, dynamic range, spurious-free dynamic
range, idle channel noise, crosstalk/separation
Voltage to engineering units with
decibel reference
Slow-roll compensation
1
L
eq
, exponential, peak sound level
Stationary and time-varying loudness, sharpness,
roughness, fluctuation strength, and tonality
Frequency response gain and phase,
rms levels, THD, Nyquist and Bode plot,
individual harmonics
Analog and digital tachometer signal processing
1
Torsional vibration
Short-time Fourier transform, shock
response spectrum
rms, exponential, peak, crest factor, max-min
A, B, C weighting; ITU-R 468-4;
Dolby CCITT, C-Message
Description
Use the Calibration VIs to perform an end-to-end calibration of microphones, accelerometers, and other dynamic
sensors. With the Calibration VIs, you can perform an end-to-end calibration on a selected channel and measure the
propagation delay of the measurement device.
Use the Display VIs and indicators to configure the graphs and plots included
to show various measurement results.
Use the Distortion VIs to perform distortion analyses on time-domain data. The SNR, SINAD, THD+N,
and THD VIs return the complex spectrum and the measurement results. You can use these VIs sequentially
to improve performance. With the Distortion VIs, you can measure harmonic distortion,
intermodulation distortion, and phase nonlinearity in the DUT.
Use envelope detection analysis to identify mechanical faults that have
an amplitude-modulating effect on the vibration signal of a machine.
Use the Frequency Analysis VIs to perform baseband and zoom frequency analyses. Single-channel measurements include
power spectrum, power spectral density, magnitude and phase spectra, and real and imaginary spectra. Apply these measurements on
a single channel or multiple channels at the same time, using the same polymorphic VIs. Dual-channel measurements include cross
spectrum, frequency response, and coherent output power. Compute frequency response measurements between a single stimulus
and a single response, or multiple stimuli and multiple responses (MIMO). With extended measurement capabilities, you can perform
additional measurements such as peak detection, power in band, unit conversions, and limit testing.
Use the Generation VIs to generate test signals for sound and vibration measurements.
The Pink Noise Waveform VI generates a continuous pink noise waveform.
Use the human vibration weighting filters to monitor human vibration signals and help control the negative effects of
mechanical vibration on the human body. Human vibration weighting filters include three types of human vibration
signals: hand-arm vibration signal, whole-body vibration signal, and low-frequency whole-body vibration signal.
Use the Integration VI to perform time-domain integration to convert acceleration to velocity (single integration),
acceleration to displacement (double integration), and velocity to displacement.
Use the Limit Testing VI to perform range detection and mask testing on time-domain data,
frequency spectra, octave spectra, order spectra, peaks, and scalar measurement results.
Use the Octave Analysis VIs to perform octave, 1/3 octave, and 1/n octave measurements. You can also
perform extended measurements such as weighting and limit testing. The Octave Analysis VIs offer a complete
set of tools to perform fractional-octave analysis, including full, 1/3, 1/6, 1/12, and 1/24 octave-band analysis.
The Octave Analysis VIs accommodate any sampling frequency and any number of fractional-octave bands.
Use the Order Analysis VIs to calculate order-related results such as order map,
order magnitude and phase, order spectrum, and order waveform.
The Single-Tone VIs perform single-tone measurements, defined as a group of measurements
where the excitation is a single tone. You can measure gain and phase, crosstalk, dynamic range,
idle channel noise, and spurious-free dynamic range. Each VI returns the complex spectrum and the
measurement results. You can use these VIs sequentially to improve performance.
Use the Scaling VI to scale time-domain signals to engineering units. The Scaling VI operates on
voltage channels not previously scaled in Measurement & Automation Explorer (MAX).
Use the Get Vector Reference VI to extract the vector reference signal. Use the Get Even Angle
Reference VI to extract the even-angle reference signal from the slow-roll vibration and tachometer signal.
Use the Compensate Vector Signal VI to remove the slow-roll errors in the vector signal. Use the Compensate
Even Angle Signal VI to remove the slow-roll errors from the even-angle signal.
Use the Sound Level VIs to perform sound level measurements and return level results in decibels (dB).
The Sound Level VIs offer typical sound level measurements, including equivalent continuous averaging (L
eq
),
exponential averaging, and peak hold.
Use the Sound Quality VIs to determine the quality of sound as perceived by the human ear.
This type of analysis is commonly used in the psychoacoustics realm to better understand the components
of a sound wave and the effects these traits can have.
Use the Swept Sine VIs to perform swept-sine measurements. Configure the acquisition hardware and perform
measurements such as stimulus rms level, response rms level, magnitude and phase response, total harmonic distortion,
and individual harmonic distortion. Swept-sine analysis is typically used to characterize the frequency response of a DUT.
Use the Tachometer Signal Processing VIs to process analog and digital tachometer signals.
Use the Torsional Vibration Measurement VIs to measure torsional vibration in a rotating system.
The Transient Analysis VIs offer two techniques for obtaining information about transient signals.
Use the short-time Fourier transform (STFT) to extract frequency information as a function of time. Use the shock response
spectrum (SRS) to evaluate the severity of a shock signal.
Use the Vibration Level VIs to perform vibration level measurements and return level results with
a linear scale. The Vibration Level VIs offer level measurements typically used for vibration measurements.
Averaging modes include rms averaging, exponential averaging, max-min, and peak hold.
Use the Weighting VIs to perform frequency weighting on time-domain data. With the Weighting VIs,
you can apply A, B, or C weighting filters on the time-domain signal. Additionally, ITU-R 468-4 and
Dolby filters areavailable for radio-communications applications, and C-message and CCITT filters
are available for telecommunications applications.
1
Note: These functions are included only with the Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite.
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

S
o
u
n
d

a
n
d

V
i
b
r
a
t
i
o
n

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
40
Back to Index
NI Sound and Vibration Toolkit NI Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite
LabVIEW Analysis VIs NI Sound and Vibration Assistant LabVIEW Analysis VIs
Table 1. Sound and Vibration Analysis Software Selection Guide
Interactive analysis
Code generation - -
UFF58 file I/O - -
FFT analysis
Zoom FFT
Subset FFT - -
Frequency response function (FRF)
Peak search
Sound level
Vibration level
1/n octave
Weighting filters
Integration
Harmonics
Distortion (THD, THD+N, SINAD)
Intermodulation distortion (IMD)
Tone detection
Spurious-free dynamic range (SFDR)
Crosstalk
SNR
Swept sine - -
Limit testing
Pink noise - -
Shock response spectrum (SRS) - -
Short-time Fourier transform (STFT) - -
Human vibration filters - - -
Torsional vibration - - -
Tachometer processing - -
Order power spectrum - -
Order tracking - -
Order extraction - -
Angular resampling - - -
Envelope detection - - -
Waterfall plot
Spectral map - -
Bode plots
Orbit and shaft centerline plot - -
41
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

S
o
u
n
d

a
n
d

V
i
b
r
a
t
i
o
n

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
Back to Index
Table 2. NI Dynamic Signal Acquisition Hardware
1
TEDS = transducer electronic data sheet
Recommended Hardware
The Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite includes more than
50 examples that work with both dynamic signal acquisition and
multifunction data acquisition devices. For sound and vibration data
acquisition, National Instruments recommends DSA devices. With
24-bit ADCs and DACs and integrated antialiasing filters, DSA
devices are ideal for acoustic, noise, and vibration measurements.
There are numerous system requirements to consider when
selecting data acquisition hardware for measuring or generating
sound and vibration signals. From IEPE signal conditioning for
accelerometers and microphones to high dynamic range (up to 118
dB) and multichannel synchronization (up to 13,000 channels),
National Instruments offers a wide range of hardware products for
your applications.
Input Resolution Dynamic Sampling Rate Analog Analog
Product Bus (bits) Range (dB) per Channel Inputs Input Range Gain Settings Coupling TEDS Support Outputs
High-Performance
NI 4461 PXI, PCI 24 118 204.8 kS/s 2 42 V to 316 mV -20 to 30 dB in AC/DC 2
10 dB increments
NI 4462 PXI, PCI 24 118 204.8 kS/s 4 42 V to 316 mV -20 to 30 dB in AC/DC 0
10 dB increments
High-Density
NI 4495 PXI 24 114 204.8 kS/s 16 10 to 1 V 0 and 20 dB DC 0
NI 4496 PXI, PXI Express 24 114 204.8 kS/s 16 10 to 1 V 0 and 20 dB AC 0
NI 4498 PXI, PXI Express 24 114 204.8 kS/s 16 10 V to 316 mV 0 and 30 dB in AC 0
10 dB increments
Low-Cost
NI 4472 PXI, PCI 24 110 102.4 kS/s 8 10 V N/A AC/DC - 0
NI 4474 PCI 24 110 102.4 kS/s 4 10 V N/A AC/DC - 0
Portable/Compact
NI USB-9233 USB 24 102 50 kS/s 4 5 V N/A AC - 0
NI USB-9234 USB 24 102 51.2 kS/s 4 5 V N/A AC/DC - 0
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

S
o
u
n
d

a
n
d

V
i
b
r
a
t
i
o
n

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
42
Back to Index
Instrument Drivers
43
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

D
r
i
v
e
r
s
The Key to Productive Test Development
Instrument drivers, an important component of test systems today,
control and communicate with instrument hardware in your systems.
Instrument drivers provide a high-level, easy-to-use programming
model that gives you complete access to the measurement
capabilities of instruments through an intuitive application
programming interface. LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, and
Measurement Studio for Visual Studio instrument drivers deliver
modular, off-the-shelf components that are immediately ready to
use in your test programs.
Instrument Driver Options
Because you have different needs for different test applications,
there are several types of instrument drivers to meet your
requirements. Plug and Play instrument drivers simplify controlling
and communicating with your instrument through a standard, simple
programming model for all drivers. Interchangeable virtual
instrument (IVI) drivers are more sophisticated instrument drivers
that feature increased performance and flexibility for your more
demanding test applications that require interchangeability, state-
caching, or instrument simulation.
LabVIEW Plug and Play Instrument Drivers
A plug-and-play instrument driver is a set of VIs or software routines
used to control and communicate with a programmable instrument.
Each VI or routine corresponds to a programmatic operation such as
configuring, reading from, writing to, and triggering the instrument.
The LabVIEW Instrument Driver Advisory Board works with NI to
ensure LabVIEW Plug and Play instrument drivers offer maximum
flexibility and are easy to use and develop. The advisory board
verifies certification guidelines and publishes them at ni.com/idnet.
NI certified Plug and Play instrument drivers comply with
requirements and recommendations for consistent architecture,
error handling, and packaging. Because Certified LabVIEW Plug and
Play instrument drivers maintain a common architecture and
interface, you can quickly and easily connect to and communicate
with your instruments with very little or no code development.
Moreover, with the standard programming model of NI LabVIEW and
LabWindows/CVI Plug and Play instrument drivers, you can easily
add instruments to your test system without worrying about learning
new communication protocols or spending time understanding new
programming paradigms.
Interchangeable Virtual Instruments (IVI)
In 1998, National Instruments, along with several other companies,
formed the IVI Foundation. IVI driver capabilities include state-caching
and multithreading to deliver higher performance, simulation to
increase productivity, and instrument interchangeability to maximize
software reuse across similar instrument types. To achieve
interchangeability, the IVI Foundation has defined specifications for
the following eight instrument classes: DMM, oscilloscope, arbitrary
waveform/function generator, DC power supply, switch, power
meter, spectrum analyzer, and RF signal generator.
Learn more about the NI IVI Driver Toolkit and available IVI
drivers at ni.com/ivi.
Instrument Driver Network (IDNET)
You can download both LabVIEW Plug and Play and IVI-compliant
instrument drivers from the Instrument Driver Network at
ni.com/idnet. The Instrument Driver Network features a network of
developers and instrument vendors that create instrument drivers for
LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, and Measurement Studio for Visual
Studio. The Instrument Driver Network contains instrument drivers
for more than 5,000 different instrument models from more than 225
instrument vendors, Instrument Driver Developer Program members,
National Instruments Alliance Partners, and other developers.
LabVIEW Plug and Play and IVI-compliant instrument drivers
are available for FREE download from ni.com/idnet.
Back to Index
Measurement Studio - Development Tools
for Visual Basic, Visual C#, and Visual C++
Overview
National Instruments Measurement Studio is an integrated suite of
measurement and automation controls, tools, and class libraries for
Visual Studio 2010, Visual Studio 2008, Visual Studio 2005, Visual
Studio .NET 2003, and Visual Studio 6.0. NI Measurement Studio
dramatically reduces application development time with ActiveX and
.NET controls, object-oriented measurement hardware interfaces,
advanced analysis libraries, scientific user-interface controls,
measurement data networking, wizards, interactive code designers,
and highly extensible classes. Building on more than 20 years of
measurement programming expertise, National Instruments created
Measurement Studio with tools designed specifically for Microsoft
Visual Basic, Visual C#, and Visual C++ to bring you simplified
integration with data acquisition and instrument control interfaces
for easier hardware integration. With Measurement Studio, you use
your Visual Studio programming knowledge to get measurements
started quickly and create a complete measurement solution.
Measurement Studio for Visual Studio
2003/2005/2008/2010
Microsoft Visual Basic .NET and Visual C# Support
Measurement Studio provides a collection of Windows Forms and
Web Forms controls tightly integrated within the Visual Studio
environment that are designed specifically for engineers and
scientists building virtual instrumentation systems. With
Measurement Studio, you can configure plug-in data acquisition
devices, GPIB instruments, and serial devices from interactive
property pages or collection editors. With scientific user interface
controls, you can interactively configure graphs, knobs, meters,
gauges, dials, tanks, thermometers, binary switches, and LEDs. In
addition, Measurement Studio delivers powerful networking
components so you can easily share live measurement data
between applications via the Internet.
Microsoft Visual C++ .NET (MFC) Support
Measurement Studio delivers an interactive design approach for
developing measurement and automation systems inside Visual C++.
Because the tools for Visual C++ integrate into the environment, you
can use them exactly as you would native Microsoft tools. You can
use the Measurement Studio AppWizard together with controls and
class libraries to easily create your C++ measurement system. The
AppWizard creates a project according to your specifications and
includes a code template and the measurement tools you need to
design your application. These tools include C++ classes for
instrument control, data acquisition, data analysis, and live data
transfer across the Internet. In addition, custom controls are
included for creating your measurement user interface. Data object
classes, which seamlessly encapsulate and pass data from
acquisition to analysis to presentation, link the measurement
classes to the interface controls.
Measurement Studio for Visual Studio 6.0
The Measurement Studio Enterprise and Professional editions
continue to offer ActiveX controls and class libraries for
development in Visual Basic 6.0 and Visual C++ 6.0. With interactive
ActiveX property pages, you can graphically configure your data
acquisition and instrument control applications for analog input and
output, digital I/O, GPIB, virtual instrument software architecture,
and much more. Scientific analysis libraries include routines like fast
Fourier transforms, spectral measurements, and array manipulation.
Measurement and automation classes and
controls
Managed and ActiveX user-interface controls
ASP .NET Web controls
Integrated wizards and object-oriented .NET
and C++ measurement classes
Powerful measurement tools for:
Data acquisition
Instrument control
Using instrument drivers in .NET
Advanced measurement analysis
Live data network connectivity
Modular instrumentation
NI Measurement Studio for :
Visual C# .NET
Visual Basic .NET
Visual Basic 6.0
Unmanaged Visual C++ .NET
Visual C++ 6.0
System Requirements
Visual Studio 2010
Visual Studio 2008
Visual Studio 2005
Visual Studio .NET 2003
Visual Studio 6.0 Service Pack 3 or later
Windows7/Vista/XP/2000
NI Measurement Studio
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

S
t
u
d
i
o
44
Back to Index
45
Measurement Studio - Development Tools for Visual Basic, Visual C#, and Visual C++
Also, the ActiveX user-interface controls included with
Measurement Studio are designed specifically so you can create
virtual instrumentation systems that look and feel like real-world
instrumentation.
Efficient Development
With shorter project development time and diverse developer skills,
you often do not have time to train the team to learn a new
development language. Measurement Studio provides the tools in
one package to take advantage of existing programming knowledge
and to target the language you know. You have the flexibility to
choose Visual Basic 6.0, Visual C++ 6.0, Visual C++ .NET (MFC),
Visual Basic .NET, or Visual C#. Regardless of the language you
choose, Measurement Studio provides the reusable tools to make
your programming tasks easier.
Extensible Components and Classes
The architecture of off-the-shelf components is critical in
determining the amount of customization possible with a control or
class library. The Measurement Studio classes and user interface
controls were designed to maximize their customizability. By using
the Measurement Studio component base classes as a foundation
for extensibility, you can easily inherit from and extend the classes
to create customized classes and controls such as a custom graph or
proprietary I/O bus communication.
The .NET user-interface controls, for example, enable full
customization of plot drawing, point and line styles, and graph
borders. The Boolean controls give you style and behavior
extensions. For hardware customization, you can easily derive from
the GPIB, NI-VISA, or data acquisition classes to create your own
custom hardware classes while using the powerful Measurement
Studio hardware base classes
Accurate Measurements
National Instruments software, including Measurement Studio,
ensures accurate measurements through virtual instrumentation. By
providing powerful interfaces to hardware, you can use the full
power of flexible, modular hardware devices that take advantage of
the latest Innovations in commercial technologies such as
processors, memory, and ADCs that deliver highly competitive price-
to-performance gains. Using NI software with modular hardware
devices, engineers can achieve higher performance and more
accurate instrumentation than by using vendor-defined stand-alone
instruments that are difficult or impossible to customize. Using
flexible software such as Measurement Studio to define high-
performance hardware helps engineers build extremely competitive
solutions that not only cost less in the short term, but are flexible
enough, through software, to adapt to changing needs for the long
term.
The Measurement Studio data acquisition support, for example,
includes DAQ Assistant, a wizard-like, interactive interface, for
selecting sampling rates, triggering, timing, clock, scaling, signal
types, and other configurations, while providing optimal single-point
acquisition and multithreaded performance. These new optimizations
deliver 10 to 20 times greater performance than previous data
acquisition interfaces. The tight integration between Measurement
Studio and I/O hardware drivers yields the most efficient, productive
way for engineers creating acquisition and instrumentation
applications to take measurements and significantly decrease
development time.
Interactive Configuration
Measurement Studio streamlines data acquisition and instrument
connectivity capabilities with interactive measurement tools.
DAQ Assistant and Instrument I/O Assistant are .NET designers that
include step-by-step guides for configuring, testing, and
programming measurement tasks; they automatically generate code
for low-level customization. With DAQ Assistant, you can quickly
configure your data acquisition tasks to include custom timing,
scaling, and triggering with no programming. With Instrument I/O
Assistant, you can communicate directly with your GPIB, Ethernet,
USB, serial, PXI, and VXI instruments. Use this interactive wizard to
prototype your instrument control system, take quick measurements,
automatically parse data, generate code, and even develop simple
instrument drivers.
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

S
t
u
d
i
o

Back to Index
Measurement Studio - Development Tools for Visual Basic, Visual C#, and Visual C++
Data Acquisition and Instrument Control
Whatever you use to acquire data - a GPIB, Ethernet, or serial
instrument, plug-in DAQ device, PXI measurement module,
embedded automation device, modular instrument, or image
acquisition device - Measurement Studio provides the high-level
interface native to your development language. You select Visual
Basic, Visual C#, or Visual C++ to build high-speed, device-
independent measurement and automation applications and
Measurement Studio delivers ActiveX and .NET controls, tools, and
object-oriented classes to help you do it more efficiently.
The data acquisition functionality includes:
Built-in channel configuration of scaling raw data
High-speed waveform acquisition and generation for single shot
and continuous
Accurate and fast single-point analog and digital I/O
Counter/timer I/O for pulse generation, event counting, and
duration measurements
These I/O capabilities, combined with special data types and
measurement analysis class libraries, are specifically designed to
get the data or measurement you need from your physical sensors
as quickly and easily as possible.
Measurement Studio simplifies the task of connecting to and
communicating with a wide variety of instruments. With the
Measurement Studio interfaces, you can quickly acquire data from
GPIB, USB, serial, Ethernet, PXI, and VXI instruments using the built-
in instrument I/O libraries or using built-in instrument drivers.
Easily integrate GPIB, serial, PXI, Ethernet, and VXl instruments
into your test application
Communicate with hundreds of instruments from more than 200
vendors with instrument drivers
Increase performance and portability with device-driver software
Data Analysis
Measurement Studio delivers a full spectrum of analysis functions
to convert raw data into meaningful information. With Measurement
Studio analysis interfaces, you can employ a wide variety of signal
processing and data analysis tools, such as curve fitting, spectral
analysis, statistics, and visualization. Because you can perform
analysis inside your application, you can integrate more intelligent
data processing before storing or presenting the information.
Presentation
Create professional measurement and automation graphical user
interfaces without spending months on development. Measurement
Studio delivers measurement-specific user interface components
that you can drag, drop, and extend to create a custom interface to
your measurement applications. These controls include buttons,
knobs, slides, gages, tanks, disks, and graphs. Because the
Measurement Studio controls are extensible, the UI components
empower you to present data in a more informative manner than
vendor-defined box instruments.
Networking/Internet Connectivity
Whether you are passing data between applications or passing data
over the Internet, Measurement Studio makes sharing measurement
data easy. With NI DataSocket, a programming tool designed
specifically for publishing and subscribing to live data in
measurement and automation applications, you can share live data
with one or more client applications on a network without worrying
about data formats or network protocols.
The Measurement Studio user interface controls include built-in
DataSocket connectivity. You can connect to remote data sources
over the Internet and read from or write to them. With Measurement
Studio, you can create a simple and powerful Visual Studio program
to visualize measurements or publish them from your PC, and you
can do it without writing code.
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

S
t
u
d
i
o

46
Back to Index
Measurement Studio - Data Acquisition
47
Data Acquisition Functionality and
Components
With the Measurement Studio data acquisition controls and classes,
you can easily perform analog, digital, and timing I/O operations on
all National Instruments DAQ devices - either through ActiveX
controls, managed .NET libraries, or C++ interfaces. With these
interfaces, you can easily configure your data acquisition operations
by setting properties in the intuitive property pages, using the
interactive DAQ Assistant designer, or calling functions from the
DAQ library. No low-level programming or deep understanding of
driver-level software is required to configure acquisition routines or
transfer data from your board to your computer - the Measurement
Studio controls, assistants, and libraries handle the details for you.
Yet, at the same time, NI-DAQmx measurement services software
gives you access to the low-level details if desired.
Analog Input - Voltage, current, temperature, strain, sound
pressure, acceleration, position, resistance, and frequency
Analog Output - Voltage and current
Counter Input - Edge count, frequency, period, pulse width, semi
period, two edge separation, and position
Counter Output - Pulse output
Digital I/O - Line I/O and port I/O
SCXI - Control channel scanning with SCXI modules and convert
voltages measured from thermocouples, RTDs, thermistors, and
strain gauges to appropriate units
Self-Calibration - With self-calibration circuitry hardware, adjust
the gain and offset for the device within specified accuracies to
eliminate adjustment to calibrate the device
DAQ for Visual Studio 2003/2005/2008/2010
Measurement Studio for Visual Studio .NET provides a managed API
to NI-DAQmx and DAQ Assistant. NI-DAQmx is powerful,
multithreaded driver software that gives you access to National
Instruments plug-in DAQ boards such as M Series for multifunction
operations, SCXI for signal conditioning, and DSA for sound and
vibration measurements. NI-DAQmx provides an intuitive and simple
API that is consistent across National Instruments software
development tools including LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, and
Measurement Studio. Measurement Studio also includes the DAQ
component, which is integrated into the Visual Studio development
environment. Quickly create complete data acquisition applications
or add advanced DAQ functionality to existing applications with the
DAQ component and user interface designer wizard to generate
DAQ source code, event handlers, and user interface controls
specific to your DAQ task.
Data Acquisition for Visual C++
The Measurement Studio data acquisition interface for Visual C++
uses the NI-DAQmx libraries and DAQ Assistant for optimized data
acquisition measurements. You can use DAQ Assistant to
graphically configure and test your data acquisition application, all
from within the Visual Studio development environment.
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

S
t
u
d
i
o

-

D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
Back to Index
Measurement Studio - Instrument Control
Instrument Control
Measurement Studio provides easy control of traditional
instrumentation devices such as oscilloscopes, power supplies, and
function generators through intuitive .NET class libraries and
ActiveX controls. Instrument control is provided through functions,
classes, and controls for GPIB, virtual instrument software
architecture, and interchangeable virtual instruments. You can also
incorporate existing instrument drivers into your .NET application
with Instrument Driver .NET wizard - a utility that automatically
generates Visual Basic .NET or Visual C# source code for calling
interchangeable virtual instrument (IVI), VXIplug&play, and legacy
instrument drivers.
Instrument Driver .NET Wizard
With the Instrument Driver .NET Wizard, you can incorporate
existing instrument drivers into your .NET application without
rewriting all of your existing instrument drivers to work with .NET. In
seconds, the Instrument Driver .NET Wizard generates Visual Basic
.NET or Visual C# source code for calling IVI, VXIplug&play, and
legacy instrument drivers. You can also enable comment generation
to ensure full understanding of your new instrument driver.
Instrument I/O Assistant
The Measurement Studio Instrument I/O Assistant saves you time
through interactive design technology. The Instrument I/O Assistant
helps you define reusable acquisition tasks, easily handle string
data parsing, and automatically generate code modules. After you
have configured your instrument and fully parsed your
instrumentation data, you can call a single method to execute your
series of reads, writes, and parses. The source code is also made
available for further customization.
Continue to connect your application to instrumentation devices
through native Measurement Studio instrumentation functions,
classes, and controls:
Instrument Control Libraries
GPIB - Built-in functions, .NET and C++ class libraries, and ActiveX
controls for communicating with instruments through industry-
standard protocols
Virtual Instrumentation Software Architecture - Built-in
function libraries, .NET and C++ classes, and ActiveX controls for
configuring and controlling serial, GPIB, PXI, Ethernet, USB, and VXI
instruments through a single interface
Interchangeable Virtual Instruments - ActiveX controls and C++
classes for oscilloscopes, digital multimeters, arbitrary
waveform/function generators, switches, and DC power supplies.
Interchangeable virtual instruments, which works in much the same
way as traditional instrument drivers, uses an attribute-based
approach to instrument control, delivering interchangeable
instrumentation and additional instrument driver capabilities,
including state caching, configurable range checking, configurable
status query, simple simulation, and multithread safety. Visit
ni.com/ivi for details.
Instrument Drivers - Hundreds of National Instruments instrument
drivers are available on the Web for your GPIB, USB, PXI, VXI, and
serial instruments. Use the Instrument Driver Network as your
resource for finding and downloading an instrument driver. Visit the
instrument driver library at ni.com/idnet to browse all NI
instrument drivers by instrument type, manufacturer, or development
language.
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

S
t
u
d
i
o

-

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
48
Back to Index
Measurement Studio Integration with Visual Studio .NET
49
Step 1. Choose an NI Measurement Studio project template to
automatically load user interface controls and add analysis and I/O
references to your project.
Step 2. Design your user interface with .NET controls or ActiveX
controls.
Step 3. Use the design-time editors integrated into the properties
window to customize the look and feel of your user interface.
Step 4. Use collection editors to define the behavior of your user
interface.
Step 5. Use DAQ Assistant and Instrument I/O Assistant, which
include step-by-step guides for configuring, testing, and
programming measurement tasks, to automatically generate code
for low-level customization.
Step 6. Press Fl to launch the Measurement Studio Help, which
provides complete information about controls, properties, methods,
and events.
Step 7. Increase your productivity by using Visual Studio Intellisense
capabilities with Measurement Studio classes.
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

S
t
u
d
i
o

I
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
i
o
n

w
i
t
h

V
i
s
u
a
l

S
t
u
d
i
o

.
N
E
T
Back to Index
Measurement Studio User Interface
Presentation
Create a professional measurement and automation graphical user
interface without spending months on development. Measurement
Studio delivers measurement-specific user interface components
that you can drag, drop, and extend to create a custom interface to
your measurement applications. These controls include managed
.NET graphs, switches, LEDs, knobs, tanks, meters, gages, and
slides for both Windows Forms and Web Forms. Because the
Measurement Studio controls are extensible, the user interface
components empower you to present data in a more informative
manner than vendor-defined box instruments. In addition to .NET
controls, Measurement Studio includes ActiveX user interface
controls for Visual Basic 6.0 applications and MFC classes for C++.
Measurement Studio includes the following .NET controls:
Waveform Graph - Plot equally spaced Y or X waveform data.
Specify axis modes such as auto scale, strip chart, and scope chart.
Use plot editors to define properties for each waveform. Add
annotations to highlight specific points or regions of interest
Scatter Graph - Plot arrays of XY data, in addition to the
functionality provided by the waveform graph
Complex Graph - Plot complex waveform data
Digital Waveform Graph - Plot digital waveform data, including
digital lines and buses
Graph Legend - Display waveform information from waveform and
scatter graphs
Gauge - Display numeric data
Knob - Interactively control numeric input data
Meter - Display numeric data
Slide - Input numeric data
Tank - Display volume or other numeric data
Thermometer - Display temperature data
Numeric Edit - Control or display numeric double-type data, which
can be bound to other Measurement Studio controls without
additional code
Switch - Control Boolean operations
LED - Display Boolean data
Array - Control or display arrays of Boolean data, numeric edits,
and switches
Design-Time Productivity
Whether you are using ActiveX or .NET controls, Measurement
Studio includes productivity features with which you can graphically
interact with your user interfaces. The .NET controls include auto
format menus and custom type editors. Auto format menus allow
you to quickly choose from predefined property formats. Collection
editors are included for components like plots, annotations, and
axes, so you can interactively add and edit your user interface
controls. Custom type editors include arc editors and graphical
representations of user interface styles.
Measurement Studio for Visual Basic 6.0
and C++
Measurement Studio includes both ActiveX and multithread-safe
MFC classes for creating flexible, measurement-focused
applications. Visual Studio 6.0 support is included with the
Professional and Enterprise Editions. These controls include graphs,
dials, knobs, LEDs, and switches. Measurement Studio provides
interactive property pages for quick user interface configuration.
Measurement Studio Analysis
The Measurement Studio Advanced Analysis Library offers a
powerful and comprehensive set of functions for analyzing data.
With these powerful analysis routines, you can convert raw data
into meaningful information and build true virtual instruments. For
more complete analysis information, visit ni.com/analysis.
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

S
t
u
d
i
o

U
s
e
r

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
50
Back to Index
Measurement Studio Modules and Add-On Toolkits
51
The National Instruments Vision Development Module includes the
Vision Programming Libraries of ActiveX vision controls and NI
Vision Assistant, an interactive environment for configuring vision
applications. The NI Vision Development Module is for scientists,
automation engineers, and technicians who build machine vision
and scientific imaging applications. Vision Assistant is for
developers who need to quickly prototype vision applications
without programming.
Engineers, scientists, and technicians use the Vision Development
Module in an ever-widening array of industrial process and
inspection applications. The module can gauge the distance
between a hard disk read/write head and the magnetic medium, test
for flaws in semiconductor wafers, and look for flaws in home
insulation during manufacturing. Use the Vision Development
Module to improve your manufacturing process and monitor quality.
Vision Programming libraries
Inspection and pattern matching (color/black-and-white)
Blob analysis and morphology
Measurement and gauging
Image enhancement and quantitative analysis
Color image processing and frequency domain processing
Vision Assistant
Interactive environment
Scripting and batch processing
Visually managed image
Motion Control Module
The Motion Control Module for Measurement Studio gives you an
intuitive way to control the motors, drives, and encoders that make
up your motion system. First, configure and verify your hardware
within NI Measurement & Automation Explorer. Then, use the
interactive property pages of the Motion ActiveX controls to
configure a set of axes and a sequence of moves executed on those
axes. Specify the criteria for the transition from one move in the
sequence to the next - you can easily merge moves or specify a
dwell time between moves. Finally, your application executes moves
depending on the current criteria, so you can focus on your motion
system rather than developing the required movements,
Compatible with NI 735x, NI 734x, and NI 733x controllers
Motion sequence configured with interactive property pages
Sequence of moves executed with a single command
Simplified trajectory moves (arcs, point-to-point), contour moves,
and velocity profiling
Includes single and buffered breakpoint outputs
Single and buffered high-speed capture inputs
Event notification for trajectory, axis, and motion I/O operations
Automation Symbols Toolkit
National Instruments offers a collection of ActiveX controls for
building graphical interfaces for industrial monitoring and control
applications. You can use these tools to convert many standard
ActiveX control container user interfaces into powerful HMI
applications, Applications for industrial automation and process
control often require user interfaces that use symbols standardized
by the International Society for Measurement and Control. Engineers
and operators universally recognize these automation symbols as
standard representations of process equipment.
PID Control Toolkit
With the PID ActiveX control tools, you can add advanced process
control algorithms to your application. In addition to implementing
the standard PID algorithm, these tools include the Autotuning
Wizard to help you optimize the PID parameters for your specific
system. You can use PID tools with any kind of physical input and
output options, including data acquisition devices and PLCs.
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

S
t
u
d
i
o

M
o
d
u
l
e
s

a
n
d

A
d
d
-
O
n

T
o
o
l
k
i
t
s
Back to Index
Visual Studio 2010 Support
Visual Studio .NET 2003 Support
Windows Forms Controls - Waveform Graph, Scatter Graph, Digital Graph, Complex Graph, Property Editor, Legend, LED, Slide, Meter,
Gauge, Knob, Numeric Edit, Tank, Switch, Thermometer, LED Array, Switch Array, and Numeric Array
Standard Analysis Libraries for Basic Signal Generation
GPIB Class Libraries
Virtual Instrument Software Architecture (VISA) Class Libraries
NI-DAQmx Class Libraries
Instrument Driver .NET Wizard
Digital Waveform Data Type
Scale Range Fills
ASP.NET Web Form Controls - Waveform Graph, Scatter Graph, Digital Graph, Complex Graph, Legend, LED, Slide, Meter, Gauge, Knob,
Numeric Edit, Tank, Switch, Thermometer, and Auto Refresh.
ActiveX Controls for Visual Basic 6.0
MFC and ActiveX Controls for Visual C++ 6.0
Professional Analysis Libraries for Array Operations, Signal Generation, Windowing, Filters, Signal Processing
3D Graph ActiveX Control
User Interface Network Variable Binding
Network Variable Class Library
Network Variable Data Source
Technical Data Management Streaming (TDMS) Class Library
Parameter Assistant
Data Acquisition Assistant
Enterprise Analysis Libraries for Spectral Measurements, Linear Algebra, Statistics, Curve Fitting1
Debug .NET Code Modules from TestStand
LabWindows
TM
/CVI Full Development System
PID Control Toolkit
Database Connectivity (SQL) Toolkit
LabVIEW Add-On Toolkits
LabVIEW SignalExpress Interactive Environment
NI Measurement Studio Development Packages for Visual Basic .NET
Measurement Studio Development Package
Standard Professional Enterprise Developer
Edition Edition Edition Suite
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Visual Studio 2008/MFC 9.0 components and libraries
Visual Studio 2005/MFC 8.0 components and libraries
Visual Studio .NET 2003/MFC 7.1 components and libraries
Visual Studio 6.0 components and libraries
Compatible Application Software
.NET Support C++ Support
n/a
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

S
t
u
d
i
o

D
e
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t

P
a
c
k
a
g
e
52
Back to Index
LabWindows/CVI - ANSI C Development Environment
Fully integrated workspace
Built-in measurement libraries for l/O.
analysis, and presentation
Interactive user interface, instrument
driver, and code creation
NI DIAdem integration for data sharing
across the enterprise
Advanced ActiveX and multithreading
capabilities
Innovative task creation and code
generation
Signal processing
Comprehensive debugging tools
LabWindows/CVI Real-Time Module
available
LabVIEW Real-Time integration and
debugging
Operating Systems
Overview
National Instruments LabWindows/CVI is a proven test and
measurement ANSI C development environment that increases the
productivity of engineers and scientists. NI LabWindows/CVI
streamlines development with powerful debugging tools, DAQ
Assistant, Instrument I/O Assistant, built-in libraries to simplify
multithreading, a command line compiler, and interactive execution
capabilities you can use to run functions at design time. By
integrating ActiveX controls and standard ANSI C modules into
LabWindows/CVI applications and Windows DLLs, you can reuse
components for advanced development.
A variety of industries use LabWindows/CVI, including military and
defense, manufacturing, telecommunications, and aerospace.
Whether you are measuring network transmitter signal strength or
developing a telecom manufacturing test system, NI virtual
instrumentation and LabWindows/CVI can help you achieve your
goals-faster, better, and under budget.
Features
LabWindows/CVI is a fully integrated development environment for
building measurement systems based on data acquisition, GPIB, PXI,
VXI, serial, and Ethernet devices. LabWindows/CVI combines an
interactive development approach with the programming power and
flexibility of compiled ANSI C code. The interactive development
tools and libraries are specifically designed for developers of
automated test systems, benchtop experiments, data acquisition
monitoring projects, verification tests, and control systems.
Program Development
Building an application in LabWindows/CVI begins with the user
interface. Use the intuitive graphical user interface (GUI) editor to
select controls designed specifically for measurement applications.
You can customize the appearance and function of each control to
meet your needs. Use LabWindows/CVI CodeBuilder to
automatically generate C source code that responds to the controls
on your user interface.
To complete the application, insert measurement functions for
hardware integration and signal analysis into the program using
simplified code generation tools called function panels. A function
panel is an intuitive graphical way to set the values of each
parameter, view help, execute the function to test its operation, and
insert the function call into your source code.
NI LabWindows/CVI
Design your GUI in an intuitive user interface editor. Select from controls designed
specifically for instrumentation.
53
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

L
a
b
W
i
n
d
o
w
s
/
C
V
I

-

A
N
S
I

C

D
e
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t

E
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
Back to Index
LabWindows/CVI - ANSI C Development Environment
LabWindows/CVI also provides tools to catch common programming
mistakes, When you run your program in debug mode, the
LabWindows/CVI patented user protection feature automatically
checks for program memory errors, such as writing beyond the end
of an array, dereferencing an uninitialized pointer or variable, or
accessing uninitialized variables.
Measurement-Specific Functionality
LabWindows/CVI provides user interface controls such as knobs,
switches, sliders, thermometers, graphs, tables, and tree controls to
give your application a professional, intuitive interface. With
libraries for data acquisition, GPIB, serial, NI-VISA, VXI, motion,
vision, and interchangeable virtual instruments, you have many
choices for outfitting your measurement system. To turn raw data
into useful information, LabWindows/CVI includes powerful inline
analysis tools including measurement, signal generation,
windowing, filter, statistic, signal processing, curve fitting, array and
complex operation, and linear algebra functions. For more complete
analysis information, visit ni.com/analysis.
LabWindows/CVI includes the NI DataSocket networking
architecture to publish information over the Internet or create
distributed applications with minimal network traffic.
LabWindows/CVI also includes lower-level libraries that provide
TCP/IP, FTP, and e-mail capabilities which you can use to further
customize the way you transfer your data.
Advanced Features
LabWindows/CVI interfaces with many of the most popular source
code control utilities, including Microsoft Visual Source Safe and
Perforce, providing you the ability to share source files between
team members.
With the Lab Windows/CVI ActiveX Controller Wizard, you can
create a set of function panels from any registered ActiveX
component on your machine. You can include ActiveX controls in
your user interface to create advanced applications, such as video
conferencing programs. You also can create custom ActiveX server
applications or test modules so other developers can easily find and
reuse the ActiveX servers in many different development
environments.
With LabWindows/CVI, you can easily create and debug
multithreaded applications using the Utility Library, which contains a
large set of functions to simplify multithreaded programming. With
the LabWindows/CVI remote debugging feature, the
LabWindows/CVI debugger and the program you are debugging can
be on different computers, linked by a TCP/IP connection.
LabWindows/CVI also includes the Instrument Driver Development
Wizard, which you can use to create a driver for controlling an
instrument. Using this wizard, you can generate source files, include
files, and function panels.
For more information about instrument driver creation, visit
ni.com/idnet.
Use Interactive function panels to generate library calls, test the calls, and insert them
into your program, A function panel is a graphical representation of a LabWindows/CVI
function and Its parameters,
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

L
a
b
W
i
n
d
o
w
s
/
C
V
I

-

A
N
S
I

C

D
e
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t

E
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
54
Back to Index
LabWindows/CVI Modules and Add-On Toolkits
NI LabWindows/CVI Real-Time Module
The National Instruments LabWindows/CVI Real-Time Module
extends the LabWindows/CVI development environment to create
reliable and deterministic applications that target dedicated real-
time hardware. National Instruments provides a commercial off-the-
shelf (COTS) platform for real-time application development by
combining flexible, high-performance software with rugged, modular
hardware. Running on a real-time OS, LabWindows/CVI Real-Time is
ideal for applications including endurance testing, autonomous test,
hardware-in-the-loop, and closed-loop control.
Rapid Development
Quickly create real-time applications from the familiar NI
LabWindows/CVI integrated development environment and continue
to take advantage of a comprehensive ANSI C development
workspace that incorporates test and control-specific libraries,
including hardware libraries, analysis and PID algorithms, and
communication and threading utilities.
Distributed Deployment
Automatically deploy your real-time applications over Ethernet to
distributed targets running a real-time OS that ensures reliable and
deterministic behavior. LabWindows/CVI works with COTS
hardware, specifically PXI and PC targets, so you do not need to
design and maintain proprietary hardware.
PXI - Target rugged, modular PXI hardware that provides
integrated timing and synchronization in addition to a variety of
plug-in I/O modules.
PC - Convert your standard PC into a dedicated LabWindows/CVI
Real-Time target.
NI PID Control Toolkit
The LabWindows/CVI Real-Time Module includes the PID Control
Toolkit to add sophisticated control algorithms to your Windows and
real-time applications.
P, PI, PO, and PID control algorithms
Autotuning to increase PID performance
Gain scheduling for controlling nonlinear processes
Setpoint ramp generation
Lead-lag compensation
Error-squared and external-reset feedback
NI LabWindows/CVI Run-Time Module
for Linux
The National Instruments LabWindows/CVI Run-Time Module for
Linux extends the LabWindows/CVI development environment
because programmers can create high-performance, stable
applications on a Windows system and later compile and run these
applications on a Linux target.
Compile and run Windows-created applications on multiple Linux
distributions
Display scientific data on LabWindows/CVI user interfaces
Works with a wide range of measurement hardware - DAQ, GPIB,
VXI, and NI modular instruments
Use extensive signal processing, analysis, and math functionality
Communicate through a variety of protocols (TCP/lP, serial,
and more)
55
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

L
a
b
W
i
n
d
o
w
s
/
C
V
I

M
o
d
u
l
e
s

a
n
d

A
d
d
-
O
n

T
o
o
l
k
i
t
s
Back to Index
LabWindows/CVI Ordering Information
The National Instruments Vision Development Module includes NI
Vision, a library of native LabWindows/CVI function panels, and NI
Vision Assistant, an interactive environment for configuring vision
applications. The Vision Development Module is designed for
scientists, automation engineers, and technicians who build
machine vision and scientific imaging applications. IMAQ Vision is
an ideal tool for inspection and pattern matching, blob analysis and
morphology, measurement and gauging, and quantitative image
analysis. NI Vision Assistant is an interactive environment for
developers who need to quickly prototype vision applications and
manage images without programming.
Enterprise Connectivity Toolkit
As your business grows, you need enterprise connectivity tools to
help you monitor your progress from research and development to
your product production, test, and service. The LabWindows/CVI
Enterprise Connectivity Toolkit provides integrated tools for
structured query language (SQL) database operations and statistical
process control (SPC) quality control:
Statistical process control
LabWindows/CVI Ordering Information
Full Development System
The NI LabWindows/CVI Full Development System (FDS) provides
everything you need to develop powerful measurement applications.
The FDS adds numerous features to the LabWindows/CVI Base
Package, including memory leak detection tools; report generation
capabilities; advanced analysis capabilities such as curve fitting,
signal processing, signal generation, and filtering; NI Measurement
Studio (add-in components for Microsoft Visual Studio); and an
interface to the Win32 API.
Base Package
The Base Package includes libraries for acquisition, instrumentation,
user interface development, and base analysis. The package also
has 3D graphing optimized with OpenGL and the simplified
communication functionality of network variables for developing
distributed test, measurement, and control systems.
NI Developer Suite
NI Developer Suite is a comprehensive software bundle that
includes LabWindows/CVI software and associated toolkits as well
as NI LabVIEW, Measurement Studio, and LabVIEW SignalExpress.
In addition to substantial savings, NI Developer Suite provides
regular quarterly software updates with the latest version of your
application software. Subscribers also receive all Standard Service
Program (SSP) benefits, including direct access to NI applications
engineers via phone and e-mail for technical support.
Complete Integrated Development Environment
User Interface Controls
Instrument Control
Data Acquisition
IVI Driver Connectivity
3D Visualization
Network Tools (Network Variables)
.NET Support
ActiveX Capabilities
Statistics
DAQ Assistant
Optimized Compiler Integration
Application Deployment
Remote Debugging
XML Capabilities
COM Server
LabWindows/CVI Real-Time Connectivity
LabVIEW Real-Time Connectivity
NI TestStand Integration
NI DIAdem Connectivity
Curve Fitting
Signal Processing
Signal Generation
Filtering
Windowing
Memory Leak Detection Tool
Report Generation
Internet Connectivity Library
Interface to the Win32 API
NI Measurement Studio for Microsoft Visual Studio
PID Control Toolkit
Database Connectivity (SQL) Toolkit
LabVIEW Add-On Toolkits
LabVIEW SignalExpress Interactive Environment
Base Full Development NI Developer
Package System Suite
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

L
a
b
W
i
n
d
o
w
s
/
C
V
I

O
r
d
e
r
i
n
g

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
56
Back to Index
NI TestStand -
The Complete Test Management Environment
Modular Test Architecture
Interactive development environment for building test
sequences
Adapters for tests written in any programming
language
Multithreaded sequence execution engine
ASCII, HTML/Web, XML, ATML report generation
Access, MySOL, Sybase, Oracle, SOL server database
connectivity
Interactive Test Development
Create, edit. execute, and debug sequences
More than 30 built-in step types
Develop custom test steps to match requirements
Advanced sequencing, branching, and flow control
Source code control system integration
Deployment Tools and Options
Convenient deployment options
Customize operator interfaces for deployment
Deployment utility generates Windows Installer
Operating Systems
Recommended Software
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
NI Switch Executive
Other Compatible Software
C/C++, C#
Visual Basic .NET and 6.0
PAWS ATLAS, HTBasic, Java, HP VEE
Overview
NI TestStand is a ready-to-run test management environment for
organizing, controlling, and executing your automated prototype,
validation, and manufacturing test systems. Quickly build your test
sequences with NI TestStand by incorporating tests written in your
preferred programming language. Built on a high-speed,
multithreaded execution engine, NI TestStand delivers the
performance to meet your most rigorous test throughput
requirements. NI TestStand is also completely customizable, so you
can modify and enhance it to match your specific needs, including
customizing the operator interface, generating custom reports, and
modifying sequence execution requirements. Using NI TestStand,
you can focus your engineering efforts on more important initiatives,
while NI TestStand manages the sequencing, execution, and
reporting tasks for you.
Automate Tests Written in Any Language
NI TestStand offers built-in flexible module adapters for automating
all of the leading test programming environments, such as National
Instruments LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, and Measurement Studio,
as well as Microsoft Visual Studio .NET. NI TestStand also can call
any compiled dynamic link libraries, .NET assemblies, ActiveX
automation servers, EXEs, Java classes, and even legacy
applications built with HTBasic, ATLAS, and HP VEE. (Visit
ni.com/teststand for additional compatible test languages.) With
this extensive open language interface, you can easily standardize
legacy and modern test programs on a single test architecture. NI
TestStand is fully integrated with the LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI,
and Microsoft Visual Studio .NET programming environments, so
you can set breakpoints and debug your test programs from NI
TestStand.
NI TestStand
Modular NI TestStand architecture provides off-the-shelf, customizable test management software.
57
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

N
I

T
e
s
t
S
t
a
n
d
Back to Index
NI TestStand - Ready-to-Run Test Management
Standard Features
Sequence Editing Environment
Easily create, execute, debug, and deploy test sequences
Call tests in any language or format using flexible language
adapters
Generate code automatically in LabVlEW, LabWindows/CVI,
and Microsoft Visual Studio .NET
Set conditional branching, looping, and multithreading
Parallel Testing
Run multiple test sequences concurrently
Manage asynchronous and batch-testing routines
Maximize resource use with autoschedule step types
Synchronize parallel executions with built-in
synchronization controls
Share instruments with resource locking
Instrument Control
Control switching from any NI TestStand step with NI Switch
Executive integration
Control digital multimeters, scopes, function generators, switches,
and DC power supplies directly with interchangeable virtual
instrument (IVI) steps
Reporting
Generate test reports in XML, ATML, HTML/Web, and ASCII text
Results logging in ATML Test Results format
Include graphs, tables, attributes (pass/fail), and parametric data
Store results to any ADO/ODBC-compliant database (Oracle,
Access, SQL server, MySQL, Sybase Adaptive Anywhere, and
others)
On-the-fly report and database logging
Source Code Control
Use projects and workspaces to manage test sequences
and test code
Integrate with any Microsoft SCC-compliant source code control
system (Visual SourceSafe, Perforce, MKS, and others)
Compare sequences with the differencing tool
Easily deploy test systems across the enterprise
Debugging
Set conditional breakpoints on tests
Step over, step out of, and step into test code
Save and view run-time variables in the Watch Expression pane
Run selected test steps interactively
User Management
Define and control access privileges on all aspects of test
software with the flexible user management tools
Generate and view test reports on-the-fly in XML, ATML, HTML/Web,
or ASCII formats.
Call tests written in any language or format, including
LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, C/C++, Visual Basic .NET, C#,
DLLs, ActiveX servers or executables.
Save and view important variables at run time in
the Watch Expression pane.
Troubleshoot by setting breakpoints and single-stepping into
test code.
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

N
I

T
e
s
t
S
t
a
n
d
58
Back to Index
NI TestStand - Customizable Test Management
Customizable Features
Operator Interface
Customize the look, feel, and operation of the run-time user
interface
Use NI TestStand user interface controls to greatly simplify your
customization
Delivered with source code for LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI,
C++ (MFC), Microsoft Visual Basic .NET, and C#
User-Defined Test Data
Set any input and output data for test routines
Define algorithms to determine pass/fail for tests
Pass any data between tests
Test Steps
Add custom step types for measurement and instrument control
Load test limits dynamically
Create custom step types for encapsulating common functionality
in reusable modules
Execution Flow
Define your own execution flow
Select parallel, batch, or sequential execution models, each
provided in source code
Use synchronization control
Implement critical section protection
Customizable User-Defined Modules
Create or edit UUT serial number prompts
Create or edit user login procedures
Create or edit sequence-loading procedures
Reporting
Change format and content of the test report
Create custom XML and HTML pages to publish test
results to the Web
Customize database columns and content
Environment
Add custom tools to sequence editor menus
Create code templates
Create custom data formats
Operator interfaces written In LabVlEW LabWindows/CVI, C++,
Visual Basic .NET, and C#.
Generate customized operator interfaces using NI TestStand user interface controls.
59
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

N
I

T
e
s
t
S
t
a
n
d
Back to Index
NI TestStand - Flexibility and Performance
for Advanced Test Systems
Modular Test Execution System
Although NI TestStand is ready-to-run test management software,
you can customize it to meet your specific requirements. The NI
TestStand engine, part of the modular architecture, employs specific
modules for accomplishing different tasks within the testing
process, such as scanning the UUT serial number, generating
reports, and communicating with databases. You can configure,
modify, or replace each of these modules to meet your exact
requirements. With this flexibility, you can completely customize the
testing process. This architecture preserves your changes even as
the core functionality of NI TestStand is updated in later product
revisions. You can even customize the order and execution of the
test process itself using the NI TestStand process models. Process
models define which routines are executed in addition to the
product-specific tests. By customizing a process model, you can
change the basic operation and flow of the execution system to scan
multiple serial numbers at once or provide connectivity into existing
systems.
Parallel sequence execution reduces the cost of test by increasing
throughput. The NI TestStand Engine is fully multithreaded and can
run any number of test sequences or sub tasks in parallel. NI
TestStand makes creating advanced parallel testers easy with built-
in tools, such as the Auto Schedule step types that you can
configure for both parallel and batch testing. Even within a single
test sequence, NI TestStand gives you the power to execute
operations in parallel to maximize your test throughput. NI
TestStand also includes advanced synchronization tools for sharing
data and scheduling tasks between parallel executions. With NI
TestStand, you can design a complete parallel test system that
optimizes your test routines and uses test equipment as efficiently
as possible. The NI TestStand parallel testing capabilities are
unmatched in the industry.
Diversity Testing
Many automated test systems must test several different types of
products on a single test station. The test system must
automatically load the correct test routines, parameters, and limits
for the current test. NI TestStand provides tools for storing limits
and parameters in a Microsoft Excel file, text file, or database, as
well as for loading the limits at run time. You can load different
limits based on a serial number or other test parameters. For
complete flexibility in testing diverse product lines, NI TestStand
also can run certain test routines or subsequences dynamically,
based on a variable value or result of a previous test.
NI TestStand provides a variety of
execution modes to meet your test
system requirements.
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

N
I

T
e
s
t
S
t
a
n
d
60
Back to Index
NI TestStand - Flexibility and Performance for Advanced Test Systems
Automatic Test Code Generation Tools
You can use NI TestStand as a tool to help guide your test
developers in creating test programs. NI TestStand is integrated
with the LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, and Microsoft Visual Studio
.NET programming environments to assist in test code generation.
From NI TestStand, you can automatically create test code in your
LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, or Microsoft Visual Studio .NET
1
development environment using customizable test code template
files. If you have your own standards for error handling, test
initialization, or general code structure, these customizable template
files can help you enforce your standards and automate the
development process for your engineers.
1
Requires Measurement Studio 7.0 or later Enterprise Edition.
Source Code Control
Because NI TestStand integrates with source code control systems,
test engineers can work more efficiently. Developers can edit
sequences locally and globally, enhancing communication and file
tracking. Source code control maintains the history of your
sequences with automatic versioning. In addition, NI TestStand
provides a graphical differencing tool for comparing sequences, as
well as useful find-and-replace tools. By using the NI TestStand
source code control mechanisms, you minimize the amount of time
spent developing and maintaining test sequences.
Customizable Development Environment
The NI TestStand Sequence Editor is a powerful, intuitive
development environment for creating, editing, and debugging test
sequences. To make test engineers highly productive, NI TestStand
also has the flexibility to customize components in the sequence
development environment. For example, you can create custom test
code templates to provide a standard starting point for developers
building test programs. You also can add your own utilities to the
sequence editor menus to integrate customized features directly into
the development environment. The result is an optimized test
sequence development environment designed specifically for your
organization.
Database Integration
NI TestStand includes a built-in interface to any ADO or ODBC-
compliant database so you can easily store results or load
parameters without doing any low-level database programming. The
NI TestStand database components include a configuration-based
utility for setting up the format and type of results to store, a
database parameter loader, and an application for customizing and
viewing database tables directly from NI TestStand.
Instrument Connectivity
To make test engineers even more productive, NI TestStand includes
tools that quickly connect with your test instrumentation. Built for
interchangeable virtual instrument drivers, the NI TestStand
instrument connectivity components provide configurable, drop-in
steps for performing basic measurements in your test sequence.
With these components, you get your test system running quickly
and reduce development time. NI TestStand also automates your
switching, for every test step through integration with NI Switch
Executive.
Built-In User Manager
You can control access to specific NI TestStand capabilities based
on the user login level. NI TestStand has an interactive user manager
environment from which you can add, remove, and edit users, their
passwords, access levels, and profiles. You also can add custom
user privileges when you need to control access to customized
features.
User-Defined Test Data
With NI TestStand, you can define custom data structures and
information you want collected from your tests. You can easily
create reusable test operations that encapsulate properties,
evaluation algorithms, and source code templates to streamline test
program and sequence development. From any of your test
programs, you can access test data, local and global variables, and
past test results or properties for ultimate programming flexibility.
Requirements Management
NI TestStand includes built-in fields for notating product and unit
requirements at the workspace, project, sequence file, sequence,
and step levels. With NI Requirements Gateway, you can link your
requirements management and documentation tools, such as
Telelogic DOORS, IBM Rational RequisitePro, and Microsoft Word
and Excel, with NI TestStand to track and trace requirements from
documentation to implementation.
Easily automate your switching through built-in NI Switch Executive functions
for every step.
61
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

N
I

T
e
s
t
S
t
a
n
d

Back to Index
NI TestStand - Services and System Components
NI TestStand SSP
To help you obtain regular software updates and immediate
technical support, NI recommends the Standard Service Program
(SSP) which provides maintenance services to one user for one year.
SSP benefits include:
FREE NI TestStand upgrades automatically shipped
Direct, one-to-one phone and e-mail access to NI applications
engineers
10 percent discount on training courses and materials
NI TestStand Training
Minimize your learning curve and maximize your effectiveness in
using NI TestStand for your application by attending NI TestStand
hands-on training. Our instructor-led NI TestStand training offerings
include:
NI TestStand I: Introduction, which teaches to you to develop
practical test applications using the built-in tools supplied with NI
TestStand.
NI TestStand II: Customization, which teaches advanced features
of the NI TestStand environment, such as multithreading and
parallel testing, advanced database logging and reporting
techniques, and using the NI TestStand API.
National Instruments also can plan and execute an NI TestStand
training course that is focused on your needs at your facility, saving
you 30 percent or more compared to weekly individual tuition prices.
To enroll in a course or to obtain detailed course outlines,
please visit ni.com/training.
NI TestStand Professional Services
National Instruments can help you design and develop your test
management system in a timely and efficient way. The NI
professional services team includes applications engineers, certified
NI TestStand consultants, and members of the worldwide
National Instruments Alliance Partner program.
For more information on NI TestStand services and support,
visit ni.com/services.
NI TestStand Certification
Earning an NI certification acknowledges your expertise in working
with NI products and technologies.
For more information on NI TestStand certification, visit
ni.com/training.
NI TestStand System Components
National Instruments offers a variety of NI TestStand licenses to
satisfy the different ways that you use NI TestStand in development
and deployment applications. In general, you can select from three
types of licenses - the NI TestStand Development System License,
the NI TestStand Debug Deployment Environment License, and the
NI TestStand Base Deployment Engine License.
NI TestStand Development System
The NI TestStand Development System License is required to
develop or edit NI TestStand sequence files within the NI TestStand
Sequence Editor or programmatically using the NI TestStand API.
NI TestStand Debug Deployment Environment
The NI TestStand Debug Deployment Environment License gives you
maximum flexibility for deploying systems based on NI TestStand
and LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, or Measurement Studio. With this
license, you can install NI TestStand, LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI,
and Measurement Studio development versions, along with any
corresponding add-on toolkits, so that you can debug your test
application on your deployed test station.
NI TestStand Base Deployment
The NI TestStand Base Deployment Engine License is the minimum
license required for all deployed applications based on NI
TestStand. With this license, you can deploy the NI TestStand
Engine, an NI TestStand operator interface, and NI TestStand
sequence files to the single test station for which the license is
applicable.
A National Instruments Alliance Partner is a business entity independent from
National lnstruments and has no agency, partnership, or joint-venture relationship with
National Instruments.
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

N
I

T
e
s
t
S
t
a
n
d
62
Back to Index
NI VeriStand -
Real-Time Testing and Simulation Software
Real-Time testing applications
Hardware-In-the Loop test
Multicore-ready Real-Time engine
Analog, digital, communication bus, and field-
programmable gate array (FPGA)-based I/O interfaces
Triggerable, multifile data logging
Real-time stimulus generation
Calculated channels
Event alarming and alarm response routines
Operating Systems
Overview
NI VeriStand is a software environment for configuring real-time
testing applications, including hardware-in-the-loop (HIL) tests. Out
of the box, NI VeriStand helps you configure a multicore-ready real-
time engine to execute tasks that include:
Analog, digital, communication bus, and field-programmable gate
array (FPGA)-based I/O interfaces
Triggerable, multifile data logging
Real-time stimulus generation
Calculated channels
Event alarming and alarm response routines
NI VeriStand can also import control algorithms and simulation
models from NI LabVIEW software and third-party environments.
You can monitor and interact with these tasks using a run-time
editable user interface that includes many useful tools for value
forcing, alarm monitoring, I/O calibration, and stimulus profile
editing. While no programming knowledge is required to use NI
VeriStand, it is designed to be customized and extended using a
variety of software environments, including NI LabVIEW, NI
TestStand, Microsoft Visual Studio .NET, C/C++, and Python.
NI VeriStand for Real-Time Testing Applications
Real-time testing involves using a real-time environment as part of a
test system. The most common requirements driving the need for a
real-time test system are to achieve greater reliability and/or
greater performance than is possible using a general-purpose
operating system.
For more than a decade, National Instruments has provided a
platform for creating real-time test systems. Using a combination of
LabVIEW, LabVIEW Real-Time, LabVIEW FPGA, NI TestStand, and
other NI software products, engineers are programming real-time
testing applications that interface with a modular real-time and
FPGA-based I/O platform capable of adapting to any application
need.
NI VeriStand provides another option for creating these applications
using a configuration-based development approach. All of the
common functionality necessary for most real-time testing
applications such as host interface communication, data logging,
stimulus generation, etc, is provided by NI VeriStand - ready to
configure and use. When necessary, you can customize and extend
the open environment with LabVIEW, C/C++, and other
environments, ensuring NI VeriStand always meets application
requirements.
By using NI VeriStand to build your real-time test systems, you
benefit from reduced development time and application
maintenance costs as well as the functionality and performance
improvements implemented with each revision.
Developing Applications with NI VeriStand
When developing and running NI VeriStand applications, you use
three primary windows: the Getting Started window, the System
Explorer window, and the Workspace.
Getting Started Window
The Getting Started window appears when you launch NI
VeriStand. You can use it to open or create system definitions and
workspace files, change users, and edit the environmental settings
for the workspace such as user permissions.
NI VeriStand
Application Requirement Example
Recommended
Real-Time Technology
Closed-Loop Control
Dynamometer, Wind Tunnel,
RTOS+FPGA
Environmental Test System
Realistic Model Simulation
Hardware-in-the-Loop (HIL)
RTOS+FPGA
Test System
Protocol Aware Interfaces Semiconductor, RF Testing FPGA
Open-Loop Performance Real-time Stimulus or Sequencing RTOS
Run-Time Reliability Headless or Remote Operation RTOS
Table 1. Real-Time Testing Requirements
63
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

N
I

V
e
r
i
S
t
a
n
d
Back to Index
NI VeriStand - Real-Time Testing and Simulation Software
System Explorer Window
When beginning an NI VeriStand application, typically you start by
creating or modifying a system definition using the System Explorer
window. A system definition is a file that configures the NI
VeriStand Engine to behave in a specified manner. You can specify a
system definition by adding, removing, and modifying options in the
configuration tree located on the left of the System Explorer
window. Using the System Explorer window, you can define
various components of the system, including NI VeriStand Engine
execution settings, hardware I/O, calculated channels, simulation
and control models, alarms, procedures, and mappings between
these engine resources. Once complete, the system definition is
deployed to an NI VeriStand Engine and begins executing.
Workspace
The Workspace is the user interface to a deployed system definition.
With this run-time editable user interface, you can add controls and
indicators and map them to channels in your system definition. You
can create multiple Workspace screens to organize your controls
and indicators into logical groups for various application tasks or
simply to increase the available space of the user interface.
The Workspace also includes a variety of tools for performing
various operations such as scaling and calibrating channels,
monitoring alarms, viewing channel data, forcing channel values,
and monitoring system execution performance. Included in this list
are tools for configuring real-time stimulus profiles that are
deployed to the NI VeriStand Engine for deterministic execution.
Real-Time Stimulus Profiles
Step-based stimulus profiles are created by specifying a list of test
steps that the NI VeriStand Real-Time Engine will perform. Figure X
shows an example of how you could use this method to create a test
profile that ramps a channel to a specified value and then waits for
an event before continuing with the rest of the steps.
Table-based stimulus profiles are created by providing a table of
values to be produced by the profile. The method is useful for
playing back multiple channels synchronously that may have been
recorded from real-world testing or generated as part of the design
process.
Using either method, you also have the option to specify multiple
data logging files as part of the stimulus profile. You can configure
each log file to have different logging rates and trigger conditions.
For example, one log file can capture data at a reduced rate for slow
changing channels and another file can be set to acquire at a higher
rate but only if a trigger condition occurs to capture higher-
resolution data around an expected or unexpected event during the
test.
Also, a Stimulus Profile Sequence Editor can define multiple step-
based and/or table-based stimulus profiles that are deployed to the
NI VeriStand Engine to execute automatically. This tool is commonly
used to create test plans that you can use as part of regression
testing or simply to conduct automated tests that can occur without
continuous operator interaction.
NI TestStand, NI LabVIEW, Iron Python, or any other environment
capable of calling .NET interfaces can also automate all three of
these Stimulus Profile tools, as well as many other Workspace
functions.
Customizing NI VeriStand
NI VeriStand provides a software framework for creating real-time
testing applications using a configuration-based development
approach. All of the common tasks or functionality of a real-time
test system have been implemented and optimized inside the NI
VeriStand Engine. This helps you get your real-time test system up
and running more quickly and reduces application maintenance cost.
Applications built on this framework also benefit from the quality,
functionality, and performance improvements added with each
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

N
I

V
e
r
i
S
t
a
n
d
64
Back to Index
NI VeriStand - Real-Time Testing and Simulation Software
revision of the product.
While NI VeriStand provides most of the general functionality
required by a real-time testing application, NI has designed the
environment to be customized and extended when necessary to
ensure it always meets application requirements.
Custom Devices
You can use NI VeriStand Custom Devices to add custom
functionality to the NI VeriStand Engine. NI VeriStand Custom
Devices are created with LabVIEW using a template library that
includes interfaces to the NI VeriStand data and timing resources.
This gives Custom Devices the ability to behave as native tasks
within the NI VeriStand Engine. Examples of how this interface is
used include adding support for third-party hardware I/O interface or
implementing custom functionality such as in-line signal processing.
APIs
NI VeriStand provides a .NET-base automation API that you can use
to automate or replace the NI VeriStand Workspace. Any
environment capable of calling a .NET interface, including NI
TestStand, NI LabVIEW, Microsoft Visual Studio .NET, or Iron
Python, can use this API. For example, you can use NI TestStand to
automate a series of steps that the operator would typically
perform, including deploying a system definition, setting data
values, loading real-time stimulus profiles, and then using the
features of NI TestStand to make pass/fail determination and
provide automatic report generation. This API also makes it possible
to replace the Workspace with a LabVIEW application or Python
script by using the provided libraries for the respective environments
to build a test interface.
Model Framework
NI VeriStand can execute plant models and control algorithms that
have been compiled into a dynamic link library (.dll). While many
modeling and controller development environments are already
supported by NI VeriStand, the framework provided for producing
these .dlls can be used to add support for other modeling
environments or simply to integrate C/C++ code to the NI VeriStand
Engine for execution on Windows and real-time targets.
Workspace Objects
When working with the run-time editable Workspace, you can add a
variety of controls and indicators to the Workspace and connect
them to NI VeriStand channels. While NI VeriStand provides many
of these objects, you can also use LabVIEW to create custom
controls and indicators that can be added at run time to the NI
VeriStand Workspace. Some examples include adding UI objects
that more closely mimic your systems interfaces, creating UI objects
with custom functionality such as inline processing or alarming, or
incorporating 3D models that can be animated based on the connect
to NI VeriStand channels using the LabVIEW 3D picture control.
Run-Time Tools
NI VeriStand provides many tools that you can use from the
Workspace to monitor or interact with the NI VeriStand Engine. You
can configure which tools are available and what users have
permission to use specific tools and you can also add your own
custom tools. These tools are simply LabVIEW applications that you
can add to the Workspace environment in the same way you would
add any of the provided tools. For example, you could create custom
run-time tools for interfacing to your unit under test for calibration
and software flashing tasks. You could also create a tool that would
provide an interface to a modular instrument such as a digital
multimeter (DMM) or oscilloscope to provide specialized
measurements as part of the validation procedure.
Compare NI VeriStand Licenses
Feature Full PC Deploy
View system definition files as read-only -
Deploy system definition file to real-time target -
Create new system definition files -
Configure supported NI hardware devices -
Configure custom devices -
Configure models -
Add user channels -
Add calculated channels -
Map channels -
Add alarms -
Add procedures -
Create new workspace files
Add standard and custom tools menu utilities
Add standard and custom controls and indicators
Manage users
Reconfigure alarms
Use custom header VIs
Manage model parameters
Create stimulus profiles
Run stimulus profiles
Log data
Run compiled models (model DLLs)
Run your models (.mdl) developed using
The MathWorks, Inc. Simulink
application software
65
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

N
I

V
e
r
i
S
t
a
n
d
Back to Index
DIAdem - Interactive Data Analysis
and Report Generation Software
Manage test data from files and
databases
Search and locate data quickly and
intuitively using DIAdem DataFinder
Analyze and report data sets with more
than 100 billion data values
Inspect data, compare test runs, and
identify anomalies using interactive
visualization tools
Analyze data using specific functions for
measurement data
Report data in user-defined templates
Automate redundant analysis and
reporting tasks using VBScript
Operating Systems
Overview
NI DIAdem is a single software tool that you can use to quickly
locate, load, visualize, analyze, and report measurement data
collected during data acquisition and/or generated during
simulations. It is designed to meet the demands of todays testing
environments, which require you to quickly access, process, and
report on large volumes of scattered data in multiple custom formats
to make informed decisions. DIAdem is a component of the NI
Technical Data Management (TDM) solution.
Services and Support
To help you take full advantage of DIAdem, NI offers:
DIAdem Standard Service Program (SSP) - Software upgrades
and priority support for one year - ni.com/ssp
Technical Support - FREE through worldwide applications
engineers, Web resources, and Premier Support - ni.com/support
DIAdem Training - Instructor-led courses - ni.com/training
Professional Services - Feasibility, consulting, and integration
through our National Instruments Alliance Partners -
ni.com/alliance
Features
Integrated User Interface
The DIAdem user interface is divided into five distinct tools -
DIAdem NAVIGATOR, DIAdem VIEW, DIAdem ANALYSIS, DIAdem
REPORT, and DIAdem SCRIPT. The integrated user interface
translates into improved productivity by grouping together related
functionality.
Data Management
With the DIAdem data management functions found in NAVIGATOR,
you can mine, import, edit, and view your data from multiple
sources, such as files and databases.
Visual and Mathematical Data Analysis
With the DIAdem analysis tools found in VIEW and ANALYSIS, apply
numerous mathematical functions to your data. You also have
access to graphical tools to visually evaluate your data.
Report Generation
Use the DIAdem report generation features found in REPORT to
create versatile, reusable reports using raw or analyzed data.
Automation and Customization
By automating data management, analysis, and reporting sequences
with DIAdem, you can reduce the time and cost involved in creating
test reports using the features found in SCRIPT.
A National Instruments Alliance Partner is a business entity independent from
National Instruments and has no agency partnership, or joint-venture relationship with
National Instruments.
NI DIAdem
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

D
I
A
d
e
m
66
Back to Index
67
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

D
I
A
d
e
m
DIAdem Architecture
Managing Your Data
Locate data quickly and intuitively using the NI
My DataFinder . Each version of NI DIAdem
software includes a self-configuring data
management system that provides advanced
search and sophisticated data mining
functionality right out of the box -- you do not need any additional IT
support to set up or maintain DIAdem.
Inspecting Your Data
Use DIAdem VIEW to visualize your data by
overlaying traces and zooming and scrolling
through them to locate points of interest.
Analyzing Your Data
Analyze your test data interactively using
hundreds of built-in engineering-focused analysis
functions in DIAdem ANALYSIS.
Reporting Your Data
With NI DIAdem software, you can create
professional, publication-ready reports using a
what-you-see-is-what-you-get (WYSIWYG) report
editor and export them to the most common report
formats.
Automated Analysis and Reporting Tasks
Automate repetitive parts of your data processing
workflow using scripts. Interactively record scripts
to automatically generate automation code.
Connecting with Your Measurements
With built-in tools for data acquisition, instrument
control, user interface design, measurement
analysis, and data visualization, LabVIEW makes it
possible for you to design flexible, custom
measurement and analysis applications without extensive
programming experience. Using the LabVIEW/ DIAdem Connectivity
Express VIs, you can create integrated applications that share data
between LabVIEW and DIAdem. Take advantage of DIAdem to
interactively visualize, analyze, and report your measurement data.
DIAdem provides tools for interacting with your data and an automation interface you can use to customize DIAdem to your specific needs
Back to Index
Manage, Inspect, Analyze, and Report Your Data
Mining and Managing Your Data
NI My DataFinder Technology
NI My DataFinder technology installs with each version of NI DIAdem
software. You configure the NI My DataFinder to recognize where your
data files are located. This can be a combination of folders on your local
machine and folders spread throughout your local network. The NI My
DataFinder systematically accesses each file in your defined search areas
for which you have a DataPlugin. Each data file's metadata is
automatically indexed, making it searchable in the NI My DataFinder.
Configured to update periodically so new data files are searchable, the NI
My DataFinder immediately recognizes changes to already indexed data.
Searching for Data Using the NI My DataFinder
The NI My DataFinder has two search interfaces - simple and
advanced. Using the simple search, you enter search strings as you do
for Internet search tools such as Google or Yahoo. Using the advanced
search, you parameterize searches based on the data files' descriptive
attributes. Both searches return a list of files, groups, or channels that
match your query. You can refine your searches or load the data and
start analyzing and reporting it in DIAdem.
Key Data Mining and Management Features
Mine data based on its descriptive attributes using the NI My
DataFinder
Use DataPlugins to load data files saved in any format
Download common DataPlugins at ni.com/dataplugins
Use the ASCII import wizard to generate DataPlugins
Manage your imported and analyzed data with the DIAdem Data Portal
Load and manage more than 100 billion data values in up to 65,535
columns simultaneously
Import DAT, TDM, ASCII, binary, Excel, NI LabVIEW, LVM, DIF, EGV,
ERG, LAX, GPX, NMEA, MME, TDF, RPC3, TEAC, nCode, ATF, MP3,
WAV, and other file formats
Navigate and load data directly from ASAM-ODS, NI VI Logger, the
LabVIEW Datalogging and Supervisory Control Module, and NI Lookout
real-time databases
Take advantage of standard read/write databases using the SQL,
ODBC, ADO, and AOP (ASAM) protocols
Export results to binary, ASCII, and Excel files and databases
Inspecting Your Data
Interactively inspecting test data is critical to understanding what takes
place during a test. Often you know just by looking at the data if the test
is a success or failure. In addition, the ability to overlay several test runs
and visually correlate the results gives you the insight necessary to make
key decisions. In DIAdem VIEW, you visually inspect your data and draw
conclusions by interacting with it in tabular and graphical forms. You use
scroll and zoom cursors to identify peaks and features in your data and
different cursor options to graphically delete, fit, or copy ranges of data.
Key Data Inspection Features
Create custom layouts to display data in a way that makes the
most sense for you
Synchronize data with video, 3D models, sound playback, GPS
map displays, and more
Correlate frames with measurement data, play back in real time,
or move cursors interactively to compare data to video images
Choose from 2D axis systems and data tables for data display
Use zoom and scroll cursors to interactively inspect data
Mark areas of data traces for copying, deleting, or curve fitting
Use graph legends to display cursor-related data point values and
data properties
Create VIEW layouts with unlimited numbers of pages
Visualize, zoom, scroll, and compare traces
Save your VIEW layouts for future reuse
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

D
I
A
d
e
m
68
Back to Index
69
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

D
I
A
d
e
m
Automate and Implement Advanced Data Visualization
Analyzing Your Data
DIAdem ANALYSIS offers a wide range of mathematical routines for
analyzing your data. DIAdem separates analysis libraries into groups
of similar functionality, and each analysis function has its own
unique set of parameters. The DIAdem ANALYSIS functions are
completely mouse-driven and require no additional scripting to
analyze your data. With the formula interpreter, you can enter your
own math functions interactively.
Key Data Analysis Features
Use the formula interpreter for basic scientific functions, including
square root, sine, cosine, tangent, absolute value, and MOD
Use tools for integration, differentiation, summation, peak search,
root-mean-square, sorting, and averaging
Calculate curve fits, running averages, and linear regressions
Extract statistical information including standard deviation,
variance, mean values, and minimum/maximum values
Create powerful histograms from your data
Perform fast Fourier transforms (FFTs), coherence, transfer
functions, auto and cross correlation, and digital filtering
Design digital filters, including IIR and FIR filters: Bessel,
Butterworth, Chebyshev, lowpass, highpass, bandpass, and
bandstop
Conduct 3D data analysis; integrate, approximate, and interpolate
matrices and calculate isolines
Reporting Your Data
To share results with others and collaborate on projects, you must
communicate results clearly and concisely. With a drag-and-drop
environment tailored for creating engineering and scientific reports,
DIAdem REPORT makes it easy to present and share your results
with coworkers. After creating a DIAdem REPORT template, save it
to share with coworkers or to use with other data sets.
Key Reporting Features
Use Chart Wizard to quickly design professional report layouts
Take advantage of easy-to-use, drag-and-drop report construction
Create multipage reports containing any combination of 2D/3D
axis systems, polar coordinates, graphics, 2D/3D tables, text,
embedded variables, and function calls
Scale 2D or 3D graphs automatically or manually
Display 2D graphs with up to 20 y-axes
Display data traces with lines, bars, symbols, spikes, differentials,
and constants
Effectively communicate mathematical formulas using Formula
Graphic objects
Create 3D graphs using surfaces, waterfalls, spikes, bars,
contours, and color maps
Generate Web-ready HTML reports
Embed variables and function calls to create sophisticated reports
Use one-click export to various file formats, including WMF, EMF,
BMP, TIF, JPG, PNG, PCX, TGA, EPS, and PPT
Print to any paper size
Export reports to popular word processing or presentation
software, including Microsoft Office
Back to Index
Automate Your Tasks with VBScript
Automating tasks saves time and money, so you can focus on analyzing
results rather than manually creating them. DIAdem SCRIPT uses a
built-in VBScript host so you can create everything from a simple
sequence of analysis functions to complex, interactive reporting
solutions. You can create a script in DIAdem in two ways - by using the
macro recording function or by writing code in VBScript. The macro
recorder captures the steps you interactively perform in DIAdem in a
script you save for later use. Use DIAdem to automate the analysis of
data sets that require the same processing from run to run. For those
analysis tasks that require some level of decision making as part of
processing the data, VBScript offers normal programming constructs,
such as loops and case statements, that you expect in a scripting
language. DIAdem SCRIPT combines the power of DIAdem for
managing, analyzing, and reporting test data with the flexible, easy-to-
learn Windows scripting language.
Key Automation Features
Use the macro recorder to create sequential analysis and
reporting scripts
Modify and extend your recorded scripts using the built-in script
editor
Take advantage of the powerful, easy-to-learn VBScript language
and all of its standard programming constructs and interface
support such as ADO and ActiveX
Save time with the DIAdem script editor that includes
CodeCompletion, SmartInfo, syntax highlighting, and code folding
Implement complete DIAdem functionality through scripts,
including retrieving and storing data, performing analysis
functions, configuring VIEW and REPORT layouts, and printing
reports
Exchange data using comprehensive DIAdem functions for
SQL/ODBC, ASAM-ODS, and other protocols
Communicate with other programs such as NI LabVIEW, The
MathWorks, Inc. MATLAB
, IDL, and Wolfram Mathematica

Create your own user functions and register them in DIAdem as
standard functions
Use built-in debugging tools to develop and test your customized
DIAdem solutions
DIAdem Customized User Interfaces
DIAdem scriptable user dialogs (SUDs) deliver an easy way to create
user interfaces for your analysis process. With the VBScript-based user
dialogs, you can create interfaces that consist of the common controls
you expect in a dialog editor such as buttons, check boxes, list boxes,
tables, radio buttons, and ActiveX controls. With DIAdem user dialogs,
you also can create your own custom interfaces and use them as part of
your analysis or report generation solution. You can create custom math
functions or a custom interface that guides users through a complex set
of reporting steps.
Scriptable Dialog Features
Design customer interfaces with common dialog controls such as
buttons, list boxes, tables, and check boxes
Use common events, such as button click and event initialize
Include ActiveX controls on your dialogs to extend the
functionality
Embed scriptable dialogs in interactive data visualizations with
DIAdem VIEW
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

D
I
A
d
e
m
70
Back to Index
71
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

D
I
A
d
e
m

Data Management and Data Mining
Advanced Data Management
Data Mining for Work Groups
Graphical Interactive Data Evaluation
Videos and Measurement Data
3D Display Countor
Embedding User Dialog Boxes
Maps and Measurement Data
3D Measurement Data Projection
3)
Report Generation
Create Master Layouts
3D Graphics
Mathematical Data Analysis
Calculator
Basic Mathematics, Channel Functions
Statistics, Regression
Units Catalog
Calculation Manager
Process Capability
Approximation, Splines
FFT, Digital Filters, Shock Response Spectrum
3D Mathematics
Circle Regression, Curve Fitting, LS Linear Fitting
Frequency-Weighted Acceleration, Order Analysis
Extended Classification, Rainflow Analysis
Crash Analysis
Scripting
Creating User Dialog Boxes
Bar Manager and User Commands
DIAdem Base DIAdem Advanced DIAdem DIAdem DataFinder
Edition
1)
Edition Professional Edition Crash Analysis Toolkit
2)
Server Edition
1)
The DIAdem Base Edition enables the user to display layouts and to execute scripts and calculation templates that were created with DIAdem Advanced, the Professional Edition,
and the Crash Analysis Toolkit.
2)
The DIAdem Crash Analysis Toolkit requires the DIAdem Base, Advanced or Professional Edition.
3)
You can display the 3D measurement data projection with the DIAdem Base Edition. You need the DIAdem Professional Edition to create and manipulate the model with a script.
Back to Index
Switch Management and Calibration Software
Multimodule Integration
Configure multiple switch modules as a
single virtual device
Specify intuitive names for your channels
Assign names to multiple channels
simultaneously to easily configure large
systems
Define buses and hardwires to link switch
modules for cross-module routing
Integrate different switch types and
topologies to create hybrid switch systems
Interactive End-to-End Routing
Create routes with a graphical interface or
import from Excel
Take advantage of automatic configuration
of selected routes
Configure routes based on signal
characteristics
Employ channel exclusion for finer control of
channel routing
Group dependent routes
Validation, Reporting, and
Deployment
Validate switch-system configuration
Use simulation driver for software-only
validation
Import, view, and validate configuration on
target computer(s)
Switch Hardware
Configure NI and third-party switch modules
Use any IVI-C compliant switch driver
Control PXI, SCXI, GPIB, and VXI switch
modules
Access relay actuation count on NI switch
modules
Application Software
NI TestStand
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
Visual Basic
C/C++
Operating Systems
Overview
Designed for metrology laboratories, NI Calibration Executive
provides an integrated software environment for verifying and
adjusting NI measurement devices. You can operate Calibration
Executive in either automatic or manual mode through an intuitive
user interface. Calibration Executive also provides reporting
capabilities for documenting your calibration and adjustment
results. Calibration Executive is designed using Nl LabVIEW, NI-
VISA, and NI TestStand.
Additional Hardware
Calibration Executive includes all of the software you need for
calibrating your NI measurement device. In addition to your
calibration instruments, you also need hardware such as adapter,
cables, and chassis. Order the appropriate calibration-specific
hardware for your measurement device. For a complete list of
required NI hardware and recommended calibration instruments,
visit ni.com/calibration.
Overview
NI Switch Executive, named one of EDN's Top 100 Products of 2002,
is an intuitive switch configuration, routing, and system management
application.
NI Switch Executive
Externally calibrates most NI measurement devices
Automatic or manual mode through intuitive user interface
Calibration reports stored in ODBC-compliant database
Convenient connectivity through hardware calibration fixtures
System Requirements
Pentium 600 MHz or better
256 MB of RAM
SVGA monitor capable of 800 x 600 resolution
NI Calibration Executive
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

S
w
i
t
c
h

M
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

C
a
l
i
b
r
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
72
Back to Index
No programming required
Instantly acquire, compare, automate, and
store measurements
Use built-in steps for common
measurements
Import simulation data from design software
Convert projects to LabVIEW for extended
reuse
Signal input and output processing
Time-domain analysis
Frequency-domain analysis
Test operations - sweeping, limit testing,
and digital comparison
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
NI M Series, S Series, and E Series DAQ
NI high-speed digitizers
NI signal generators
NI dynamic signal acquisition (DSA)
NI analog output
NI high-speed digital I/O
NI power supplies
Other Software
NI TestStand
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
for Visual Studio .NET
Other Hardware
IVI-C-compliant stand-alone instruments
Overview
National Instruments SignalExpress is interactive software for
quickly acquiring, comparing, automating, and storing electronic
measurements. SignalExpress simplifies your exploratory and
automated measurement tasks with a drag-and-drop configuration-
based environment that removes the requirement to develop code.
Access your measurements quickly using built-in steps for signal
acquisition, processing, time and frequency-domain analysis, and
file I/O. You can create user-defined steps for SignalExpress using
NI LabVIEW to extend the functionality of the interactive
environment. Using SignalExpress, you can streamline your product
development process by quickly measuring and comparing physical
signals with expected results.
SignalExpress is the ideal measurement solution for a variety of
applications, including:
Design modeling
Design verification
Design characterization
Device validation
Automated test troubleshooting
Interactive Measurement Software
SignalExpress is designed to meet the needs of design and test
engineers who need to quickly acquire and analyze measurement
signals. SignalExpress introduces an innovative approach to
configuring your measurements using intuitive drag-and-drop steps
that do not require any programming. You can instantly measure a
signal, compare against simulated results, and automate the
sweeping of characterization tests using available built-in steps in
SignalExpress. Unlike the traditional benchtop measurement
experience, SignalExpress combines the optimal balance of
measurement functionality and ease of use to assist you in
streamlining your design and test processes.
NI SignalExpress
SignalExpress streamlines your product development process by quickly measuring and comparing signals with expected results.
73
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

N
I

S
i
g
n
a
l
E
x
p
r
e
s
s

Back to Index
Configure Your Measurements
There are more than 25 built-in steps available for immediate use in
SignalExpress. You can quickly perform a measurement on a signal
by selecting the desired step from the following categories:
Signal Input/Output - Generation and acquisition of signals from
a variety of hardware
Processing - Interactive alignment, filtering, averaging, and
scaling
Time Domain - Amplitude and level measurements, timing and
transition, and histogram
Frequency Domain - Measurements for power, frequency
response, tone, and distortion
Test Operations - Ability to perform sweeping operations, limit
testing, and digital comparisons
User-Defined Step - Execute any step defined in a LabVIEW VI
You can configure each step in a SignalExpress project using
intuitive Step Setup dialog boxes. For example, if you insert a signal
acquisition step, you can readily configure the appropriate device
and corresponding input channel, record size, sample rate, timing,
and triggering without writing a single line of code. You can also
quickly browse the settings for each step by leaving the Step Setup
dialog box open and selecting different steps.
In addition, you can select from three run modes while you are
configuring your SignalExpress steps:
Idle - No signals are being acquired or generated
Run Once - Execute steps once and return to idle state
Run - Execute steps continuously until stop button is pressed
(delivers the experience of a benchtop instrument while using
virtual instruments)
Compare Your Measurements
SignalExpress contains several steps for importing and interacting
with simulation data exported from popular electronic design
software tools such as Berkeley SPICE, Orcad PSpice, and National
Instruments Multisim. Using this feature, you can quickly compare
your measured signals against the simulated results.
The interactive alignment step is another valuable step for
comparing your measurement signals. This step provides a variety of
automatic alignment algorithms to autoalign two input signals
which most often consist of a simulation signal loaded from a file
and an actual measured signal from a data acquisition device or
modular instrument. This step also features an innovative manual
alignment feature that provides a way to grab the signal with your
mouse, interactively align the two signals together, and immediately
see the difference between the two.
Quickly perform measurements by adding the desired step from the menu and
configuring the step properties.
Compare measurements against expected simulation results from common design
software tools.
Easily compare two signals using the Interactive Alignment step.
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

N
I

S
i
g
n
a
l
E
x
p
r
e
s
s

74
Back to Index
Export Your Measurements
There are many ways to capture your measurements and test results
using SignalExpress. The simplest method is to simply drag a
particular signal from a SignalExpress step into an open Microsoft
Excel worksheet as shown below. You can also right-click on any
signals displayed in SignalExpress to print the actual picture for data
collection purposes. SignalExpress also offers steps for saving
measured signals to a variety of file formats including LabVIEW
measurement files (*.lvm) and standard ASCII data files (*.txt).
Automate Your Measurements
SignalExpress offers several major time-saving features to assist
you with automating a variety of measurements, such as the Sweep
step and Limit Testing step. You can insert the Sweep step to
instantly sweep through the existing steps specified in your project.
Also, the Sweep step automatically calculates the data points for
built-in linear and exponential sweeping. Alternatively, you can load
your sweep points manually or from an ASCII file.
The Limit Test step further reduces the overall development time by
providing a built-in step for measuring a signal against a predefined
guard band or against a waveform available as a signal in the
existing project or available from a file.
Customize Your Measurements
In the event you cannot find the specific measurement, analysis, or
comparison step you need for your SignalExpress application, you
can use LabVIEW to create user-defined steps that you or your
colleagues can insert. You can call any LabVIEW VI from a user-
defined step in SignalExpress.
You can print your waveforms, save your measurements to file, or simply drag the
signal data into Microsoft Excel.
Quickly perform a sweep of measurements across a specified range and
number of points.
Use the Limit Test step to determine a pass or fail status based on the specified scalar
or waveform limits.
75
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

N
I

S
i
g
n
a
l
E
x
p
r
e
s
s

Back to Index
Reuse Your Measurements
SignalExpress is designed to help you quickly configure your
measurement application and save the project (*.wbp) for later use.
SignalExpress supports opening multiple projects at any given time
so you can quickly browse among several different projects.
Convert a Project to LabVIEW
You can convert all SignalExpress projects to a LabVIEW block
diagram using a utility accessible within the LabVIEW tools menu.
This is a useful feature for reusing SignalExpress projects in more
automated test systems commonly used in device validation and
manufacturing test applications.
Standard Service Program
To help you obtain regular software updates and immediate
technical support, we recommend the Standard Service Program
(SSP), which provides maintenance services to one user for one
year.
SSP benefits include:
FREE NI SignalExpress upgrades shipped automatically
Direct, one-to-one phone and e-mail access to NI applications
engineers
10 percent discount on training courses and materials
Applicable Hardware
NI M Series, S Series, and E Series DAQ
NI high-speed digitizers
NI signal generators
NI dynamic signal acquisition (DSA)
NI analog output
NI high-speed digital I/O
NI power supplies
More than 300 IVI-C-compliant stand-alone instruments
Third-party PCI boards, PXI modules, and stand-alone instruments
1
1
Requites creating user-defined step with LabVIEW
Available Resources
Online demo - ni.com/signalexpress
Evaluation software - ni.com/signalexpress
Online examples and user forum - ni.com/zone
Online and live technical support - ni.com/support
System Requirements (Optional)
Windows 2000/NT/XP (NT 4.0 Service Pack 6 or later)
Pentium 4 or equivalent microprocessor (600 MHz minimum)
256 MB of memory (128 MB minimum)
500 MB of free disk space (100 MB minimum)
Convert your SignalExpress projects to LabVIEW at any time.
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

N
I

S
i
g
n
a
l
E
x
p
r
e
s
s

76
Back to Index
Printed Circuit Board Design Software
with Interactive Simulation
Design printed circuit boards
Rapidly capture schematics ready for
simulation
Verify and validate designs with
interactive circuit simulation
Apply advanced analysis to circuits
during simulation
Quickly find the right part in fast-
retrieval parts bin with more than
16,000 parts
Easily inspect circuit behavior and make
changes on the fly with more than 20
virtual instruments
Automatically generate circuitry with
built-in circuit wizards
Lay out circuit boards and implement
autorouting with NI Ultiboard
New - easily compare design and test
data with tight NI LabVIEW and Signal
Express integration
System Requirements
Overview
National Instruments provides powerful software for all major steps
in the circuit design flow - schematic capture, circuit simulation
(SPICE, VHDL, and patented cosimulation), PCB layout, and auto
routing. You can benefit from truly unique product features, industry-
leading ease of use, and complete integration among the tools that
constitute NI product suites.
Multisim - Schematic Capture and Simulation
National Instruments Multisim is an exceptional capture and
simulation package, suitable for pure schematic entry, driving
simulation, and feeding PCB layout. The well-designed user
interface reduces the time and steps needed for repetitive
schematic entry tasks. With the powerful wiring algorithms, you
have automatic wiring as well as part dragging without losing
connections. Parts are easy to find and quick to place - all devices
are stored in an integrated database along with their simulation
models and PCB footprints so that your schematics are automatically
ready to simulate at the click of a single button, and are easily
transferable to PCB layout.
NI Multisim is also a powerful interactive simulation tool. Verify
circuits and locate errors before they propagate further down the
design flow and become costly mistakes. Investigate circuits using
the industry's only virtual instruments and change-on-the-fly
interactive simulation. Gain true understanding of circuit performance
with a comprehensive suite of analyses.
Use Multisim to complement your existing EDA tools, or as part of a
complete design suite. You do not need to change or give up your
existing software to benefit from simulation. Once you have proven
your circuit in this comprehensive and intuitive simulation
environment, export your design to any of a number of popular
PCB layout tools. Or, to enjoy the benefits of a completely integrated
workflow, pair Multisim with National Instruments Ultiboard
professional layout and auto routing software.
Time-Saving Innovations
Capture
Modeless placement and wiring
Fast retrieval parts bins
Automatic and manual wiring
Rubber banding on part moves/rotations
Robust bus support and the world's only "bus vectors"
Automatic connections for parts placed over wires
Tool-tip style circuit annotations
Variant support
Simulation
Instant simulation of any schematic
Circuit wizards self-generate circuitry to match user specifications
More than 20 powerful analysis functions, including Monte Carlo
and Worst-Case
Patented cosimulation of SPICE and VHDL
SPICE model makers
Measurement probes that annotate circuit with dynamic
simulation results
Simulation Advisor
NI Multisim
77
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

P
r
i
n
t
e
d

C
i
r
c
u
i
t

B
o
a
r
d

D
e
s
i
g
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

w
i
t
h

I
n
t
e
r
a
c
t
i
v
e

S
i
m
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Back to Index
Printed Circuit Board Design Software with Interactive Simulation
Ultiboard - PCB Layout and Autorouting
NI Ultiboard combines power with ease of use to quickly produce
error-free boards ready for production. The program uses one of the
industry's only real-time systems so that all DRC, ratsnest, polygon,
and force vector information is updated in real time as you work, for
instant feedback. The Ultiboard user interface is carefully designed
so that you can perform the most critical repetitive tasks such as
trace editing and component placement quickly with minimum steps
and fewer mouse clicks. Ultiboard handles designs of varying
complexity, with up to 64 layers, 1 nm resolution, microvias, and
today's most complex packages (such as BGAs). Manufacturing
optimization features ensure efficient error-free production, with
available CAM functionality.
Ultiboard is also the only autorouting program to employ
"progressive routing" - breakthrough technology that combines grid
and gridless (shape-based) routing techniques into a single engine.
You can get better board layouts with higher completion, shorter
trace lengths, and fewer vias through gridless routing, while most
traces are still placed on the grid for easy editing. With Ultiboard,
you can make more efficient use of limited board space and reduce
production costs. You have complete control over all configuration
factors affecting routing strategy, and can stop, adjust, and restart
routing at any time.
Time-Saving Innovations - Layout and Routing
Component nudging with trace rubber banding
"Push and shove" parts and traces
Real-time ratsnest and DRC
"Follow-me" trace placement
Interactive autorouting
Progressive routing engine
Variant support
Integration with NI Measurement Software
Multisim seamlessly integrates with LabVIEW and SignalExpress,
increasing your productivity and reducing time to market by bridging
the traditional disconnect between design and test tools.
Enhance Multisim simulation capabilities by using real-world
data, acquired by LabVIEW, as the source that drives your circuit.
Use LabVIEW to create fully customized VIs for use in the
Multisim environment, as a supplement to the 20 instruments
supplied.
Quickly import Multisim simulation results into LabVIEW and
SignalExpress to easily compare real-world and simulated data.
Use this data as a benchmark during the testing and debug phases
to improve efficiency and enhance interdepartmental
communications.
Circuit Simulation Software for Academia
Using Multisim in the classroom and lab greatly enhances teaching
effectiveness as students gain true comprehension of electronics
theory through demonstrations and experiments with "live" and
interactive circuits.
While using industry-standard SPICE in the background, the
Multisim drag-and-drop interface makes circuit drawing, wiring, and
analysis simple and easy to use. And while ease of use is critical, NI
products contain all the functionality and power needed to easily
teach even the most advanced-level courses.
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

P
r
i
n
t
e
d

C
i
r
c
u
i
t

B
o
a
r
d

D
e
s
i
g
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

w
i
t
h

I
n
t
e
r
a
c
t
i
v
e

S
i
m
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
78
Back to Index
Analog and Digital Waveform Editors
Create new waveforms using more than 20 built-in waveform
primitives or formula entry
Import and resample existing waveforms in binary and ASCII
formats
Combine waveforms with addition, subtraction, multiplication,
or division
Use waveform filtering and frequency-domain viewing
Integrate seamlessly with NI arbitrary waveform generators and
analog output boards
Operating Systems
NI Analog Waveform Editor
Import existing waveforms into LabVIEW from VHDL simulation
and spreadsheet tools in value change dump (.VCD) or ASCII
formats
Use six drive-and-compare states (0, 1, Z, H, L, and X)
Create new waveforms using built-in fill patterns
Edit waveforms interactively in the user interface
Integrate seamlessly with NI digital waveform
generator/analyzers
Operating Systems
NI Digital Waveform Editor
79
3
M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

A
n
a
l
o
g

a
n
d

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

E
d
i
t
o
r
s
Back to Index
Real-Time and Embedded Overview
Overview
The NI LabVIEW Real-Time Module is a complete solution for creating
reliable, stand-alone embedded systems with a graphical programming
approach. As an add-on to the LabVIEW development environment, the
LabVIEW Real-Time Module helps you develop and debug graphical
applications that can be downloaded to and executed on embedded
hardware devices such as NI CompactRIO, NI Single-Board RIO, PXI,
vision systems, or even third-party PCs.
Application Areas
Industrial Measurement
and Control
National Instruments delivers an
exhaustive range of products
tailored for industrial
measurement and control
systems in a wide variety of
industries. Based on LabVIEW
graphical development and
distributed data acquisition technologies, engineers quickly
integrate a wide range of analog, digital, motion, and vision inputs
and outputs with real-time and supervisory control software for
applications including process control, machine vibration, discrete
manufacturing, industrial inspection, and environmental control.
Test and
Measurement
The increased reliability
of a real-time platform
is critical for tests
expensive to re-create
such as those that
destroy prototypes,
execute for long periods of time, or require the use of expensive
resources. Real-time OSs impart a higher level of reliability because
they are streamlined to use fewer resources and eliminate the
fragilities of standard OSs. The integration of NI real-time software
and hardware makes for a robust and scalable platform for reliable
test systems.
Design
To achieve the best
design, the LabVIEW
platform provides
multiple models in
which to develop and
visualize a system.
Designers can choose
from various models of computation such as graphical simulation
diagrams, state machines, graphical dataflow, and more. These
designs can be implemented with NI real-time prototyping platforms
to incorporate real-world signals when designing a control system or
simulating a dynamic system. This process reduces time to market
and increases product quality. When you have validated the design,
you can use NI software to target the code to the appropriate
embedded platform.
Software Development Modules
Choose a combination of software development modules for
LabVIEW and embedded hardware targets to handle your
application. The LabVIEW Real-Time Module extends the power of
graphical development in LabVIEW to offer reliable deterministic
execution on off-the-shelf hardware targets with full-featured
drivers. For increased determinism and programmable logic needs,
the LabVIEW FPGA Module and NI reconfigurable I/O hardware
provide hardware programming without the need for VHDL
experience. The NI LabVIEW Embedded Module for ADI Blackfin.
Contents
Overview............................................................................... 80
Application Areas.................................................................... 80
Software Development Modules ............................................ 80
Hardware Development Platforms.......................................... 81
Software for Designing Reliable,
Deterministic LabVIEW Systems
Overview.................................................................................. 82
Execution Analysis Tools
Overview.................................................................................. 84
Creating Custom Hardware with LabVIEW
Overview.................................................................................. 85
Hardware Deployment Platforms
PXI RT Series Controllers ........................................................ 89
CompactRIO............................................................................. 92
Compact FieldPoint.................................................................. 96
Desktop PCs............................................................................. 98
Smart Cameras for Embedded Machine Vision ...................... 99
R Series Intelligent Data Acquisition...................................... 100
4
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

a
n
d

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s

a
n
d

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
80
Back to Index
Real-Time and Embedded Overview
Processors makes it an out-of-box experience to target ADSP-BF533
and ADSP-BF537 processors. Using the LabVIEW Embedded
Development Module, you can deploy LabVIEW code to any 32-bit
processor running your choice of real-time OS for custom embedded
systems.
Hardware Deployment Platforms
National Instruments offers several scalable hardware platforms for
your application. When choosing the appropriate hardware platform,
take into account performance, ruggedness, and I/O needs. Your
application needs may be best met by a combination of NI real-time
and FPGA targets, depending on your performance needs.
National Instruments Korea (02) 3451-3400 ni.com/korea
81
4
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

a
n
d

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
H
a
r
d
w
a
r
e

D
e
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t

P
l
a
t
f
o
r
m
s
Table 2. Real-Time Hardware Comparison
Hardware Development I/O
Platform Software Performance Ruggedness Variety
PXI LabVIEW Real-Time
Compact LabVIEW Real-Time
FieldPoint
CompactRIO LabVIEW Real-Time,
LabVIEW FPGA
Desktop/ LabVIEW Real-Time
Industrial PC
Compact Vision Builder for
Vision System Automated Inspection,
LabVIEW Real-Time
PCI/PXI R Series LabVIEW FPGA -
Best, Better, Good
Back to Index
Software for Designing Reliable,
Deterministic LabVIEW Systems
Design real-time systems with LabVIEW
graphical development
Download to a dedicated real-time
target for reliable, deterministic
performance
Deploy as a distributed, stand-alone,
autonomous, or embedded system
Use integrated libraries for acquisition,
analysis, and presentation of data
acquired with NI or third-party hardware
System Requirements
Windows 7/XP/2000
128 MB RAM; 256 MB
1
Pentium III/Celeron; 600 MHz
Pentium 4
1
, Pentium M
250 MB disk space; 670 MB
1
1
Recommended
Required Software
LabVIEW development system, current
version
Compatible LabVIEW Real-Time
Targets
CompactRIO
Single-Board RIO
PXI RT Controllers
SmartCamera
Vision System
Compact FieldPoint
Overview
The National Instruments LabVIEW Real-Time Module extends the
LabVIEW development environment to deliver deterministic, real-
time performance. Develop your application on a host computer
using graphical programming and then download the application to
run on an independent hardware target with a real-time OS (RTOS).
Select from a variety of real-time targets based on the performance,
platform, and I/O requirements of your application.
By using NI LabVIEW to design your real-time application, you
benefit from the rapid application development of graphical
programming. Because National Instruments provides commercial
off-the-shelf hardware for your real-time target, you do not need to
spend time verifying that the OS or code works on your hardware.
LabVIEW graphical programming includes tools for low-level system
debugging and precise execution timing so that you can increase the
flexibility and functionality of your deterministic real-time application.
The LabVIEW Real-Time Module also includes the LabVIEW PID
Control Toolkit so you can implement control systems using PID,
fuzzy logic, and advanced control algorithms. Finally, with the tight
hardware and software integration provided by NI measurement
services software, you spend less time integrating a wide range of
I/O that includes analog, digital, counter, CAN, serial, GPIB, vision,
and motion.
Graphical Development Environment
To create your real-time system, assemble graphical functions on a
block diagram and wire the objects to create a LabVIEW dataflow
program.
Distributed Project Development
Easily configure and develop a distributed real-time application with
LabVIEW project management features. The LabVIEW Project Explorer
displays all real-time devices used in a project. Drag and drop VI
source code files to each target to specify where the code runs.
Create shared variables to easily pass data among VIs executing on
various targets. You can enable additional shared variable features
such as network buffering and non-blocking FIFOs to reduce jitter
when transferring data.
Figure 1. LabVIEW Project Explorer
4
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

a
n
d

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

f
o
r

D
e
s
i
g
n
i
n
g

R
e
l
i
a
b
l
e
,

D
e
t
e
r
m
i
n
i
s
t
i
c

L
a
b
V
I
E
W

S
y
s
t
e
m
s
82
Back to Index
Software for Designing Reliable, Deterministic LabVIEW Systems
Stand-Alone Application Deployment
With the LabVIEW Professional Development System and LabVIEW
Real-Time Module, you can create a stand-alone executable and
download it to an NI RT Series hardware target with one simple
step. You can permanently embed the code on the nonvolatile
memory of the real-time system so it starts automatically when the
system boots for autonomous field applications.
Real-Time Performance
Each RT Series hardware target contains an embedded processor
running an RTOS. The LabVIEW Real-Time Module embeds compiled
code on the RT Series hardware target and runs it independently of
the host computer. Assign the appropriate execution priority to each
real-time task. The embedded RTOS then uses a combination of
round-robin and preemptive scheduling to ensure deterministic
execution of your time-critical tasks. With this dedicated performance,
you can run time-critical PID control loops at up to 89 kHz for a single
PID loop on a real-time PXI controller. Additionally, you can
implement multirate applications to include up to 128 independent
tasks running at unique priorities.
Reliable Operation
To ensure reliable operations for real-time control, embedded
LabVIEW Real-Time applications continue to run even if the host
computer is interrupted or the operator performs a soft reboot.
Because most RT Series hardware targets have dedicated power
supplies, you can shut down the host computer entirely without
disrupting the embedded program. Then you can seamlessly
reconnect to the LabVIEW Real-Time application after the host
computer recovers.
System Monitoring and Debugging Tools
The LabVIEW Real-Time Module provides native tools for debugging
your application. You can use the Real-Time System Manager to
monitor system resources such as CPU and memory usage of your
real-time target. With other debugging tools, you can keep track of
memory buffer allocation and the amount of memory consumed by
each VI as it downloads to your target. Additionally, you can use the
LabVIEW Execution Trace Toolkit, a LabVIEW Real-Time Module
add-on, for advanced debugging to visualize the task execution of
your application.
Scalable Development
Choose from a variety of RT Series hardware targets to create a
customized system that meets the needs of your application.
Develop a distributed intelligent I/O system with Compact
FieldPoint; a small rugged embedded controller with CompactRIO; a
high-performance, stand-alone, real-time system with PXI; and a
low-cost, real-time system using PCI hardware and the latest
computing technologies with a desktop or industrial PC. As your
system requirements evolve, you can port the real-time application
to a new hardware target with minimal software modifications.
Control Design Software Integration
Use the LabVIEW Real-Time Module with LabVIEW control design
and simulation tools for control algorithm design, rapid control
prototyping, and hardware-in-the-loop testing. You can add real-
world I/O signals to The MathWorks, Inc. Simulink
control models
using the LabVIEW Simulation Interface Toolkit to download and run
models on RT Series hardware.
NI Developer Suite Control Edition
The NI Developer Suite Control Edition is a subscription program
that delivers quarterly NI software updates and priority technical
support. This offering bundles complementary software into one
package. The NI Developer Suite Professional Control Edition includes
the LabVIEW Professional Development System, the LabVIEW Real-
Time Module, and the LabVIEW Datalogging and Supervisory
Control Module, as well as other tools to develop distributed
monitoring and control systems.
83
4
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

a
n
d

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

f
o
r

D
e
s
i
g
n
i
n
g

R
e
l
i
a
b
l
e
,

D
e
t
e
r
m
i
n
i
s
t
i
c

L
a
b
V
I
E
W

S
y
s
t
e
m
s
Back to Index
Execution Analysis Tools
Create trace sessions of applications
running on LabVIEW Real-Time targets
Programmatically send sessions to host
system or save to file
Visualize detailed thread and VI execution
Precisely measure VI execution times with
nanosecond accuracy
Identify memory allocation, sleep spans,
and resource contention
Create custom event flags for application-
specific analysis
Print trace sessions for documentation and
code reviews
LabVIEW real-time targets
PXI
Desktop PC
Compact FieldPoint
CompactRIO
Compact Vision System
Operating Systems
(Host Computer)
1
ETS target only
Overview
The National Instruments LabVIEW Execution Trace Toolkit offers
low-level visibility into applications running on LabVIEW Real-Time
targets, including NI RT Series PXI controllers, NI Compact
FieldPoint and FieldPoint controllers, NI CompactRIO controllers, NI
compact vision systems, and desktop PCs. Using this toolkit, you can
view and analyze execution traces of real-time tasks including VI
and OS threads. This functionality is critical for optimizing and
debugging real-time applications because you can easily identify
sources of jitter such as memory allocations, priority inversions, or
race conditions.
Interactive Trace Analysis
Once a trace session is captured, you can use interactive tools for
zooming into and out of the trace to view the precise nanosecond
characteristics of your application execution. You also can use
cursors to measure VI and thread execution time. By making these
measurements, you can better measure jitter and understand how
consistently your application is executing. Additionally, the LabVIEW
Execution Trace Toolkit makes it easy to identify thread priority
because each VI and thread priority is denoted by a unique color.
Low-Level Analysis and Event Monitoring
The LabVIEW Execution Trace Toolkit has built-in tools for analyzing
and monitoring events on your real-time target. You can use flags to
denote a variety of low-level execution behaviors, including:
Time-critical thread sleeping so lower-level tasks can execute
Threads waiting on other tasks to execute, which can expose jitter
sources such as resource contention
Threads accessing the memory manager
User-defined events for monitoring system execution
Timed-loop preemption
Programmatically Control Trace Sessions
To use the LabVIEW Execution Trace Toolkit, simply add a Start
Trace VI and Stop Trace and Send VI to your application. Once the
Start Trace VI is called, every VI and thread event is logged until the
Stop Trace and Send VI is called. Once the application is finished
executing, the session is sent to a host machine where the LabVIEW
Execution Trace Toolkit can view the session.
Instant Documentation of Application
Execution
Each trace created with the LabVIEW Execution Trace Toolkit is
printable for easy application execution documentation.
By documenting your code execution, you can certify your code and
include execution specifications in reports and code reviews.
Additionally, you can save the trace to view at a later time or on
another PC.
Nl LabVIEW Execution Trace Toolkit
Figure 1. Loop Preemption Flags
4
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

a
n
d

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
E
x
e
c
u
t
i
o
n

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s

T
o
o
l
s
84
Back to Index
Graphically develop custom FPGA logic and
download to NI reconfigurable I/O (RIO)
hardware targets
Create custom mix of analog I/O, digital I/O,
counters, and triggers using off-the-shelf
hardware
Implement custom timing, triggering, and I/O
logic with 25 ns resolution
Define custom control and signal processing
algorithms with loop rates up to 40 MHz
Execute multiple tasks simultaneously with
hardware determinism
Integrate VHDL into your LabVIEW FPGA
application
Implement PC communication without
developing complex driver software
FPGA Hardware Targets
CompactRIO reconfigurable embedded chassis
FlexRIO devices
R Series DAQ devices
Vision System
PXI timing and synchronization devices
System Requirements
512 MB RAM for 1M gate devices, 2 GB
RAM for 3M gate devices
2 GB disk space
Required Software
LabVIEW Full or Professional Development
System, current version
LabVIEW Real-Time Module
NI LabVIEW Digital Filter Design Toolkit
NI Soft Motion Development Module for
LabVIEW
Overview
The National Instruments LabVIEW FPGA Module extends LabVIEW
graphical development to field-programmable gate arrays (FPGAs)
on RIO hardware. Using the NI LabVIEW FPGA Module, you can
develop VIs to define custom I/O and control hardware without prior
knowledge of digital design or complex EDA tools. In addition, you
can use the LabVIEW FPGA Module and RIO hardware to rapidly
prototype and develop FPGA code. LabVIEW graphical programming
is an intuitive way to program embedded devices because the block
diagram of a LabVIEW FPGA VI can represent the parallelism and
timing of embedded systems much better than text-based
languages. After developing the FPGA VI, you can easily integrate
RIO hardware with a LabVIEW (Windows)system or a LabVIEW Real-
Time system.
LabVIEW FPGA and RIO technology are ideal for applications
requiring custom signals. These include applications such as:
Integrating custom timing, triggering, and synchronization
Integrating a custom mix of analog I/O, digital I/O, counters, and
triggers into a single device
Integrating custom digital communication protocols
Parallel processing and data acquisition
Custom motion control
Off-loading signal processing and control from a host PC or
real-time system
The LabVIEW FPGA Module targets a growing family of NI RIO
devices, as shown above. Use NI R Series data acquisition (DAQ)
devices for complex DAQ or real-time I/O applications. Use the NI
CompactRIO platform for modular FPGA-timed I/O with built-in
signal conditioning and direct signal connectivity for maximum
flexibility in embedded measurement and control applications.
Develop custom FPGA logic on an NI compact vision system to add
custom triggering, PWM signals, motion control, or custom
communications protocols to machine vision applications.
Implement custom timing, triggering, and synchronization routines
using NI PXI timing and synchronization modules.
Graphical Development Environment
When targeted to the FPGA device, LabVIEW displays a focused
palette containing only the functions that you can implement on the
FPGA. Use a combination of these functions to define logic and
embed intelligence in your RIO device. The LabVIEW FPGA functions
palette includes typical LabVIEW structures and functions, such as
While Loops, For Loops, Case Structures, and Sequence Structures.
It also includes a dedicated set of LabVIEW FPGA-specific functions
for math, signal generation and analysis, linear and nonlinear
control, comparison logic, array and cluster manipulation, analog
and digital I/O, and timing.
NI LabVIEW FPGA Module
85
4
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

a
n
d

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
C
r
e
a
t
i
n
g

C
u
s
t
o
m

H
a
r
d
w
a
r
e

w
i
t
h

L
a
b
V
I
E
W
Back to Index
Figure 1 shows an example of a custom counter and period
measurement application developed in LabVIEW and downloaded to
a RIO device. The upper loop increments a 16-bit counter for every
falling edge from DI 0 (digital line 0 configured for input), makes the
count value available for the host application, and generates a
digital pulse on DO 1(digital line 1 configured for output) every four
falling edges. The lower loop implements a period measurement by
measuring the number of clock cycles between rising edges detected
on a digital input line. The resolution of the measurement is
determined by the loop rate.
The Single-Cycle Timed Loop structure that encloses the custom
counter and period measurement code is a special implementation
of the LabVIEW Timed Loop and iterates every FPGA clock cycle. In
Figure 1, the block diagram includes a false Boolean constant so the
loop runs continuously. The clock rate of the counter is determined
by the FPGA clock rate at compile time; the default is 40 MHz. For
this application, both loops execute simultaneously at 40 MHz. The
code generated by the Single-Cycle Timed Loop is also more space-
efficient, using fewer gates on the FPGA than LabVIEW code defined
with a traditional While Loop.
Finally, you can integrate existing VHDL IP cores, such as
communication protocols or filter cores, into a LabVIEW FPGA block
diagram using the HDL Interface Node.
Software Structures in Hardware
Each Single-Cycle Timed Loop in Figure 1 controls the placement of
registers in the FPGA. The terminals on the left and right sides of
each Single-Cycle Timed Loop represent registered data on the
FPGA and pass the data value from one loop iteration to the next.
Each control and indicator on the front panel of the embedded VI, in
this case the indicators labeled Count and Period, are also
implemented as registers in the FPGA; however, these registers are
used to pass data to a host application. Finally, the DI and DO
terminals read data directly from the FPGA I/O block.
Parallel Execution
LabVIEW graphical programming is the ideal way to represent the
parallelism of FPGA hardware. Compiled LabVIEW FPGA code is
implemented in hardware by configuring logic cell resources on the
FPGA. Independent sections of code, such as parallel loops, are
implemented as independent sections of the FPGA. After the chip is
configured, data is clocked through the device at a rate specified by
the onboard clock, executing independent areas of the chip
simultaneously. Figure 1 illustrates how the parallelism of LabVIEW
FPGA enables the loops to execute simultaneously without
competing for execution resources.
System Architectures
With the LabVIEW FPGA Module, you develop LabVIEW FPGA
programs on a Windows development system. Then LabVIEW
compiles the code for FPGA synthesis on the NI RIO device. Once
downloaded to the target, the embedded LabVIEW FPGA VI can
execute in one of the following three different configurations:
Autonomously, where the FPGA device runs independently of
other systems
Combined with a PC running LabVIEW for Windows, where data
transfers from the FPGA device to the PC for off-line floating-point
analysis, networking, file I/O, or graphical user interface display
Combined with a LabVIEW Real-Time system, where data is
transferred from the FPGA device to a dedicated processor
running a real-time OS
The LabVIEW Real-Time system provides a deterministic processing
engine for functions performed synchronously or a synchronously to
the FPGA. For example, floating-point arithmetic, including FFTs, PID
calculations, and custom control algorithms, are often performed in
the LabVIEW Real-Time environment. You can store relevant data on
a LabVIEW Real-Time system or transfer it to a LabVIEW for Window
shost machine for off-line analysis, data logging, or user interface
displays. This configuration is shown in Figure 2.
Figure 1. LabVIEW FPGA Block Diagram of a Custom Counter and Period Measurement
Application
4
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

a
n
d

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
C
r
e
a
t
i
n
g

C
u
s
t
o
m

H
a
r
d
w
a
r
e

w
i
t
h

L
a
b
V
I
E
W
86
Back to Index
From a LabVIEW Real-Time or LabVIEW for Windows application,
you can easily access data in the FPGA registers, represented as
controls and indicators on the LabVIEW FPGA VI, using the FPGA
host interface. With the FPGA interface, a LabVIEW Real-Time or
Windows application can acknowledge and clear interrupts
generated in RIO hardware for single-point data or stream data from
the FPGA device using DMA. Figure 3 shows a basic FPGA VI and its
corresponding host VI.
Debugging Tools
Depending on the complexity of your code and the specifications of
your development system, compile time for an FPGA VI can range
from minutes to several hours. To maximize development
productivity, the LabVIEW FPGA Module includes a bit-accurate
emulation mode for R Series devices so you can verify the logic of
your design before initiating the compile process. While targeted to
the FPGA emulator, LabVIEW accesses I/O from the device and
executes the VI logic on the Windows machine. In this mode, you
can use the same debugging tools available in LabVIEW for
Windows, such as execution highlighting, probes, and breakpoints.
LabVIEW FPGA Hardware Targets
Overview
The National Instruments LabVIEW FPGA Module targets a growing
family of NI reconfigurable I/O (RIO) devices. Using the LabVIEW
FPGA Module, you can create custom measurement and control
hardware without low-level hardware description languages or
board-level design. National Instruments offers a range of FPGA
targets designed to meet different application needs such as
packaged embedded systems, low-cost board-level embedded
systems, and high performance PC-based devices.
Packaged Embedded Systems
NI CompactRIO Modular
The NI CompactRIO programmable automation controller is an
advanced embedded control and data acquisition system designed
with an open, embedded architecture, small size, extreme
ruggedness, and flexibility. CompactRIO combines an embedded
real-time processor, a high-performance FPGA, and hot-swappable
I/O modules. In the modular configuration, the embedded controller
and chassis containing the FPGA are sold separately. The modular
configuration provides the most flexibility in system configuration
and performance selection.
87
4
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

a
n
d

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
C
r
e
a
t
i
n
g

C
u
s
t
o
m

H
a
r
d
w
a
r
e

w
i
t
h

L
a
b
V
I
E
W
Figure 3. Embedded LabVIEW FPGA VI with Corresponding Host VI
Figure 2. LabVIEW FPGA Architecture with LabVIEW Real-Time and Windows Host PC
Figure 4. LabVIEW FPGA Application Development Flow
LabVIEW FPGA VI
LabVIEW Host VI
Back to Index
NI CompactRIO Integrated
The NI CompactRIO integrated configuration uses the same
embedded real-time processor, high-performance FPGA, and hot-
swappable I/O modules as the modular configuration, but instead
combines the controller and chassis containing the FPGA into a
single unit. This configuration provides a high level of system
performance and is ideal for high volume applications.
Low-Cost Board-Level Embedded Systems
NI Single-Board RIO
NI Single-Board RIO integrates an embedded real-time processor, a
high-performance FPGA, and onboard analog and digital I/O onto a
single board. Single-Board RIO products are designed for high-
volume, embedded control and acquisition applications that require
high performance and reliability. Engineers and embedded
developers can use these real-time, single board computers to get
embedded systems with I/O to market quickly. For expansion I/O,
specialized connectors for custom daughter card design are featured
on certain systems while others enable users to plug up to three C
Series I/O modules directly into each single-board RIO system.
High Performance PC-Based Devices
R Series Multifunction RIO
National Instruments PCI, PCI Express, and CompactPCI(PXI) R Series
multifunction RIO devices feature a high-performance onboard FPGA
surrounded by fixed analog and digital I/O. R Series devices are
ideal for applications requiring custom data acquisition, onboard
processing, digital communications protocols, sensor simulation,
and high-speed control.
NI FlexRIO
NI FlexRIO is the latest product family from National Instruments to
take advantage of FPGA technology. It provides flexible,
customizable I/O for LabVIEW FPGA to create high-performance,
reconfigurable PXI instruments. NI FlexRIO adapter modules define
the physical inputs and outputs of an NI FlexRIO system, and are
interchangeable and customizable. Different adapter modules are
offered by National Instruments, third-party vendors, or are custom
built using the adapter module development kit and your own PCB
design tools.
4
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

a
n
d

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
C
r
e
a
t
i
n
g

C
u
s
t
o
m

H
a
r
d
w
a
r
e

w
i
t
h

L
a
b
V
I
E
W
88
Back to Index
89
4
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

a
n
d

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s

f
o
r

P
X
I
High-Performance Real-Time
Embedded Controllers for PXI
Execution target for NI LabVIEW Real-
Time Version 2010 or later applications
Execution target for NI
LabWindows/CVI Real-Time 2010 or
later applications
172 kHz single PID loop rate, maximum
Reliable and deterministic operation
Operation System
Real-Time OS
Software Compatibility
LabVIEW
Overview
National Instruments RT Series PXI embedded controllers deliver a
flexible, rugged platform for your deterministic, real-time
measurement and control applications. The NI PXIe-8133 RT
controller with 1.73 GHz base frequency, a 3.06 GHz (single-core
turbo) quad-core processor, dual-channel 1333 MHz DDR3 memory,
and high-performance 7200 rpm hard drive offers a high-
performance platform ideal for demanding real-time test and control
applications. You can develop your LabVIEW application with the
LabVIEW Real-Time Module on Windows and download the
program to your NI PXIe-8133 RT controller via Ethernet. The
embedded code executes on a real-time OS. Thus, you use the
powerful and flexible development tools of LabVIEW to build
reliable, real-time solutions. LabVIEW Real-Time applications
running on PXI systems achieve millisecond loop rates with only 3 to
4 s of system jitter. These real-time measurement and control
systems capitalize on the latest processors combined with the
advanced timing, triggering, and I/O synchronization benefits of PXI.
Furthermore, NI measurement services software extends the timing
capabilities of PXI to deliver tight integration with LabVIEW Real-
Time applications through operations such as hardware-timed
software loops.
Run Parallel Tasks on Separate Processor Cores
Connect to Any I/O
Create Realible Stand-Alone Systems
Dual-Boot Option
Extended Temperature 24/7 Operation Option
Real-Time Performance Benchmarks
Memory
PXIe-8133 RT, PXI-8110 RT, PXI-8109 RT
Model PXIe-8133 RT PXI-8110 RT PXI-8109 RT
CPU Intel Core i7-820QM, 1.73 GHz (base), 3.06 GHz Intel Core 2 Quad Q9100 processor Intel Core i7-620M, 2.66 GHz (base),
(single-core turbo mode), 2.8 GHz (dual-core turbo mode), (2.26 GHz quad core) 3.33 GHz (single-core turbo mode),
2.0 GHz (quad-core turbo mode) 3.06 GHz (dual-core turbo mode)
RAM, standard 2 GB (1 x 2 GB), 1333 MHz DDR3 2 GB (1 x 2 GB), 800MHz DDR2 2 GB (1 x 2 GB), 1066MHz DDR3
RAM, maximum 4 GB (2 x 2 GB), 1333 MHz DDR3 4 GB (1 x 4 GB), 800MHz DDR2 4 GB (2 x 2 GB), 1066MHz DDR3
Hard drive (standard option), minimum 120 GB SATA (7200 rpm) 120 GB SATA (7200 rpm) 120 GB SATA (7200 rpm)
Hard drive (extended temperature and 80 GB SATA (5400 rpm) 80 GB SATA (5400 rpm) 80 GB SATA (5400 rpm)
24/7 option), minimum
10/100/1000BASE-TX (Gigabit) Ethernet ports 2 1 2
Hi-Speed USB ports 4 4 4
GPIB (IEEE 488) controller
Serial port (RS232)
Parallel port
ExpressCard/34 slot
Watchdog/trigger SMB
Back to Index
Mainstream Real-Time Embedded Controllers for PXI
Time Version 8.6.1 or later applications
Execution target for NI
LabWindows/CVI Real-Time 9.0 or later
applications
Operating Systems
Real-Time OS
LabVIEW
Overview
controller with its 2.53 GHz dual-core processor offers a high-
performance platform that is ideal for real-time test and control
applications. You develop your LabVIEW application with the
reliable, real-time solutions. LabVIEW Real-Time applications
running on PXI systems achieve millisecond loop rates with only 3 to
4 s of system jitter. These real-time measurement and control
systems capitalize on Intel processors combined with the advanced
timing, triggering, and I/O synchronization benefits of PXI.
Furthermore, NI measurement services software extends the timing
capabilities of PXI to deliver tight integration with LabVIEW Real-
Time applications through operations such as hardware-timed
software loops.
Connect to Any I/O
Dual-Boot Option
Extended Temperature 24/7 Operation Option
Real-Time Performance Benchmarks (table)
PXI/PXIe-8108 RT, PXI/PXIe-8102 RT
Model PXI/PXIe-8108 RT PXI/PXIe-8102 RT
CPU Intel Core 2 Duo T9400 processor (2.53 GHz dual core) Intel Celeron T3100 (1.9 GHz), dual core
RAM, standard 1 GB (1 x 1 GB), 800MHz DDR2 1 GB (1 x 1 GB), 800MHz DDR2
RAM, maximum 4 GB (1 x 4 GB), 800MHz DDR2 4 GB (1 x 4 GB), 800MHz DDR2
Hard drive (standard option), minimum 80 GB SATA (5400 rpm) 80 GB SATA (5400 rpm)
Hard drive (extended temperature and 80 GB SATA (5400 rpm) 4 GB (or greater) Flash HD
10/100/1000BASE-TX (Gigabit) Ethernet ports 1 1
Hi-Speed USB ports 4 2
Serial port (RS232)
Parallel port
ExpressCard/34 slot
4
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

a
n
d

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
M
a
i
n
s
t
r
e
a
m

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s

f
o
r

P
X
I
90
Back to Index
91
4
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

a
n
d

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
L
o
s
t
-
C
o
s
t

H
i
g
h

V
a
l
u
e

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s

f
o
r

P
X
I
Lost-Cost High Value Real-Time
Embedded Controllers for PXI
Execution target for NI LabVIEW 2010
SP1 Real-Time or later applications
Operating Systems
Real-Time OS
LabVIEW
PXIe-8100 RT, PXI/PXIe-8101 RT
Overview
controller, which features the latest Intel single-core processor, 512
MB standard RAM, 667 MHz DDR2 memory, and 1 GB/s total
system bandwidth, offers a low-cost solution for real-time test and
control applications. You develop your LabVIEW application with the
LabVIEW Real-Time Module on Windows OS and download the
program to your PXI real-time controller via Ethernet. LabVIEW Real-
Time applications running on PXI systems achieve millisecond loop
rates with only 3 to 4 s of system jitter. These real-time
measurement and control systems capitalize on Intel processors
combined with the advanced timing, triggering, and I/O
synchronization benefits of PXI. Furthermore, NI measurement
services software extends the timing capabilities of PXI to deliver
tight integration with LabVIEW Real-Time applications through
operations such as hardware-timed software loops.
Connect to Any I/O
Real-Time Performance Benchmarks (table)
Memory
Model PXIe-8100 RT PXI/PXIe-8101 RT
CPU Intel Atom D410 1.66 GHz Intel Celeron 575 (2.0 GHz), single core
RAM, standard 512 MB (1 x 512 MB), 667MHz DDR2 1 GB (1 x 1 GB), 800MHz DDR2
RAM, maximum 1 GB (1 x 1 GB), 667MHz DDR2 4 GB (1 x 4 GB), 800MHz DDR2
Hard drive (standard option), minimum 512 MB NANDrive SSD Storage 80 GB SATA (5400 rpm)
Hard drive (extended temperature and 4 GB (or greater) Flash HD
10/100/1000BASE-TX (Gigabit) Ethernet ports 1 1
Hi-Speed USB ports 2 2
Serial port (RS232)
Parallel port
ExpressCard/34 slot
Back to Index
CompactRIO High-Performance Real-Time Controllers
High-performance multicore system for
intense embedded monitoring and
control applications
1.33 GHz dual-core Intel Core i7
processor, 32 GB nonvolatile storage,
2 GB DDR3 800 MHz RAM
LabVIEW Real-Time for determinism
and continuous operation reliability
1 MXI-Express, 4 USB Hi-Speed,
2 Gigabit Ethernet, and 2 serial ports
for connectivity, expansion
8-slot Spartan-6 LX150 FPGA chassis for
custom I/O timing, control, and processing
0 to 55 C operating temperature range
9 to 30 V input voltage range
(recommend 24v)
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time (ETS Pharlap)
Windows Embedded Standard 7
Overview
The high-performance multicore NI cRIO-9082 system provides advanced
Intel Core i7 dual-core processing, built-in VGA display output for an
integrated user interface, and the option to use a Microsoft Windows
Embedded Standard 7 (WES7) or LabVIEW Real-Time OS. The increased
processing power of the cRIO-9082 makes it well suited to perform the
advanced processing tasks required by complex applications such as
machine vision and rapid control prototyping. Choose LabVIEW Real-
Time to take advantage of deterministic execution and the highest
degree of reliability in continuous operation environments. The high-
performance multicore cRIO-9082 also offers the widest array of
connectivity and expansion options available in the CompactRIO
platform, including the high-bandwidth and low-latency MXI-Express bus
for expansion using the 14-slot MXI-Express RIO chassis.
NI cRIO-9081, NI cRIO-9082
CompactRIO Ultra-Rugged Real-Time Controllers
Embedded controller runs LabVIEW
Real-Time for deterministic control,
data logging, and analysis
800 MHz processor, 4 GB nonvolatile
storage, 512 MB DDR2 memory
Dual Ethernet ports with embedded Web
and file servers for remote user interfacing
Hi-Speed USB host port for connection
to USB flash and memory devices
RS232 serial port for connection to
peripherals
dual 9 to 35 VDC supply inputs
-20 to 55 C operating temperature
range
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time (VxWorks)
Overview
The NI cRIO-9024 embedded real-time controller is part of the high-
performance NI CompactRIO programmable automation controller (PAC)
platform. It features an industrial 800 MHz real-time Freescale processor
for deterministic, reliable real-time applications and contains 512 MB of
DDR2 RAM and 4 GB of nonvolatile storage for holding programs and
logging data. This rugged, reliable controller is designed for low-power
consumption with dual 9 to 35 VDC supply inputs that deliver isolated
power to the CompactRIO chassis/modules and a -20 to 55 C operating
temperature range. The cRIO-9024 accepts 9 to 35 VDC power supply
inputs on power up and 6 to 35 VDC power supply inputs during
operation, so it can function for long periods of time in remote
applications using a battery or solar power. The controller provides two
Ethernet ports - 10/100 and 10/100/1000 - that you can use to conduct
programmatic communication over the network and built-in Web (HTTP)
and file (FTP) servers. The ports also are compatible with the NI 9144 C
Series expansion chassis, so you can connect more deterministic I/O for
your application. To create additional storage capability for your
embedded logging applications, the cRIO-9024 has a Hi-Speed USB host
port to which you can connect external USB-based storage media (flash
drives and hard drives). In addition, the controller features a fault-
tolerant file system that provides increased reliability for data-logging
applications.
NI cRIO-9022, NI cRIO-9024
4
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

a
n
d

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
C
o
m
p
a
c
t
R
I
O

H
i
g
h
-
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s
92
Back to Index
Specifications
The following specifications are typical for the entire operating
temperature range, -20 to 55 C, unless otherwise noted.
Network
Network interface
Ethernet port 1.......................... 10BaseT, 100BaseTX, and
1000BaseTX Ethernet
Ethernet port 2.......................... 10BaseT and 100BaseTX
Ethernet
Compatibility............................. IEEE 802.3
Communication rates
Ethernet port 1.......................... 10 Mbps, 100 Mbps, and
1000 Mbps, auto-negotiated
Ethernet port 2.......................... 10 Mbps, 100 Mbps,
auto-negotiated
Maximum cabling distance............. 100 m/segment
RS-232 DTE Serial Port
Baud rate......................................... 600 - 230,400 bps
Data bits.......................................... 5, 6, 7, 8
Stop bits.......................................... 1, 1.5, 2
Parity............................................... Odd, even, mark, space, none
Flow control.................................... RTS/CTS, XON/XOFF,
DTR/DSR, none
USB Port
Maximum data rate ........................ 480 Mb/s
Maximum current............................ 500 mA
Memory
Nonvolatile....................................... 4 GB
For information about the life span of the nonvolatile memory and
about best practices for using nonvolatile memory, go to ni.com/info
and enter the info code SSDBP.
DRAM.............................................. 512 MB
Internal Real-Time Clock
Accuracy ......................................... 200 ppm; 35 ppm at 25 C
Integrated Voltage Input Monitor
The integrated voltage input monitor underreports the voltage at the
power connector by up to 400 mV because of voltage drops across
internal circuits.
Power Requirements
Caution: You must use a UL Listed ITE power supply marked LPS
with the cRIO-9024.
Recommended power supply........................ 55 W secondary,
35 VDC max
Power consumption with
controller supplying power
to eight CompactRIO modules...................... 35 W
Voltage requirement
On powerup............................................ 9 to 35 V
After powerup ....................................... 6 to 35 V
Note: The cRIO-9024 is guaranteed to power up when 9 V is applied
to V and C. After powerup, it can operate on as little as 6 V.
Physical Characteristics
If you need to clean the controller, wipe it with a dry towel.
Screw-terminal wiring................................... 12 - 18 AWG copper
conductor wire with
10 mm (0.39 in.) of
insulation stripped
from the end
Torque for screw terminals........................... 0.5 to 0.6 N
m
(4.4 to 5.3
in.)
Weight .......................................................... Approx. 609 g (21.5 oz)
Environmental
The cRIO-9024 is intended for indoor use only. For outdoor use,
mount the CompactRIO system in a suitably rated enclosure.
Operating temperature
(IEC 60068-2-1, IEC 60068-2-2) .................... -20 to 55 C
Caution: For information about how mounting configuration can
affect the accuracy of C Series modules, go to ni.com/info and enter
the info code rdcriotemp.
Storage temperature
(IEC 60068-2-1, IEC 60068-2-2)..................... -40 to 85 C
Ingress protection......................................... IP 40
Operating humidity (IEC 60068-2-56)............ 10 to 90% RH,
noncondensing
Storage humidity (IEC 60068-2-56)............... 5 to 95% RH,
noncondensing
Maximum altitude......................................... 2,000 m
Pollution Degree ........................................... 2
93
4
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

a
n
d

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
C
o
m
p
a
c
t
R
I
O

H
i
g
h
-
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s
Back to Index
Shock and Vibration
To meet these specifications for shock and vibration, you must panel
mount or wall mount the CompactRIO system, affix ferrules to the
ends of all terminal wires, install a strain relief on the power cable,
and install tie wraps on the Ethernet and power cables. You can
order the NI 9979, a strain-relief kit for the power cable, from
National Instruments. The kit is NI part number 196939-01. For
information about using the USB port in high shock and vibration
environments, contact National Instruments.
Operating vibration
Random (IEC 60068-2-64)....................... 5 grms, 10 to 500 Hz
Sinusoidal (IEC 60068-2-6)..................... 5 g, 10 to 500 Hz
Operating shock (IEC 60068-2-27)................. 30 g, 11 ms half sine,
50 g, 3 ms half sine,
18 shocks at 6 orientations
Safety
Safety Voltages
Connect only voltages that are within these limits.
V-to-C ........................................................... 35 V max, Measurement
Category I
Measurement Category I is for measurements performed on circuits
not directly connected to the electrical distribution system referred
to as MAINS voltage. MAINS is a hazardous live electrical supply
system that powers equipment. This category is for measurements
of voltages from specially protected secondary circuits. Such voltage
measurements include signal levels, special equipment, limited-
energy parts of equipment, circuits powered by regulated low-
voltage sources, and electronics.
Caution: Do not connect to signals or use for measurements within
Measurement Categories II, III, or IV.
Safety Standards
This product meets the requirements of the following standards of
safety for electrical equipment for measurement, control, and
laboratory use:
IEC 61010-1, EN 61010-1
UL 61010-1, CSA 61010-1
Note: For UL and other safety certifications, refer to the product
label or to the Online Product Certification section of this document.
Electromagnetic Compatibility
This product meets the requirements of the following EMC
standards for electrical equipment for measurement, control, and
laboratory use:
EN 61326 (IEC 61326): Class A emissions; Industrial immunity
EN 55011 (CISPR 11): Group 1, Class A emissions
AS/NZS CISPR 11: Group 1, Class A emissions
FCC 47 CFR Part 15B: Class A emissions
ICES-001: Class A emissions
Note: For the standards applied to assess the EMC of this product,
refer to the Online Product Certification section.
Note: For EMC compliance, operate this device with shielded cables.
CE Compliance
This product meets the essential requirements of applicable
European Directives as follows:
2006/95/EC; Low-Voltage Directive (safety)
2004/108/EC; Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive (EMC)
Online Product Certification
Refer to Declaration of Conformity (DoC) for this product for
additional regulatory compliance information. To obtain product
certifications and the DoC for this product, visit ni.com/certification,
search by model number or product line, and click the appropriate
link in the Certification column.
Environmental Management
NI is committed to designing and manufacturing products in an
environmentally responsible manner. NI recognizes that eliminating
certain hazardous substances from our products is beneficial to the
environment and to NI customers.
For additional environmental information, refer to the NI and the
Environment Web page at ni.com/environment. This page contains
the environmental regulations and directives with which NI
complies, as well as other environmental information not included in
this document.
Waste Electrical and
Electronic Equipment (WEEE)
EU Customers: At the end of the product life cycle, all products
must be sent to a WEEE recycling center. For more information
about WEEE recycling centers, National Instruments WEEE
initiatives, and compliance with WEEE Directive 2002/96/EC on
Waste and Electronic Equipment, visit ni.com/environment/weee.
4
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

a
n
d

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
C
o
m
p
a
c
t
R
I
O

H
i
g
h
-
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s
94
Back to Index
95
4
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

a
n
d

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

f
o
r

S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

P
C
s
CompactRIO Value Real-Time Controllers
Rugged, embedded machine control and monitoring systems
Integrated real-time controller and FPGA chassis
Real-time processor for deterministic control, data logging,
and analysis
Reconfigurable FPGA for custom I/O timing, control, and processing
4- or 8-slot chassis for any C Series I/O module
Lower cost for high-volume deployments and OEM applications
Overview
NI cRIO-907x integrated systems combine a real-time processor and
reconfigurable field-programmable gate array (FPGA) within the
same chassis for embedded machine control and monitoring
applications. The NI cRIO-9074 integrates a 400 MHz real-time
processor with a 2M gate FPGA and offers eight slots for NI C Series
I/O modules. The NI cRIO-9076 integrates a 400 MHz real-time
processor with an LX45 FPGA and features a small size with four
slots for C Series I/O modules. The cRIO-9076 also includes a Hi-
Speed USB port.
The cRIO-907x integrated systems lower the cost of CompactRIO for
high-volume and OEM applications.
NI cRIO-907x
Back to Index
Compact FieldPoint Real-Time Controllers
Execution target for NI LabVIEW Real-Time
applications
400 MHz real-time processor with up to
256 MB of SDRAM
Up to 512 MB of nonvolatile storage,
removable CompactFlash and USB ports
Up to 2 Ethernet ports for communication
for distributed real-time systems
Dual redundant 11 to 30 VDC power supply
inputs, low power
Up to 4 serial ports (3 RS232 and 1 RS485)
for communication
Industrial certifications, -40 to 70 C
operating temperature range
Operating Systems
8.5.1 or later
NI-FieldPoint driver 6.0.1 or
later
Overview
The NI Compact FieldPoint programmable automation controller
(PAC) is designed for industrial control applications performing
advanced embedded control, data logging, and network connectivity.
It combines the packaging, specifications, and reliability of a
programmable logic controller (PLC) with the software, flexibility,
connectivity, and functionality of a PC. Compact FieldPoint, a reliable
platform designed for rugged industrial environments, features
2,300 V transient over voltage protection, -40 to 70 C temperature
range, and backup power supply connections to protect against
primary power failure.
The cFP-22xx controllers include an industrial 400 MHz Freescale
MPC5200 real-time processor for intelligent distributed applications
requiring industrial-grade reliability such as process and discrete
control systems to open and close valves, run control loops, log
data on a centralized or local level, and perform real-time simulation
and analysis. The cFP-22xx controllers also offer up to 256 MB of
SDRAM and onboard memory, plus CompactFlash and USB slots on
the cFP-2220 for external storage. With the 10/100 Mb/s Ethernet
and serial ports, you can communicate via TCP/IP, UDP, Modbus,
and serial protocols, as well as take advantage of the built-in Web
(HTTP) and file (FTP) servers.
The Compact FieldPoint real-time controller connects to a 4- or 8-
slot solid backplane and controls a wide variety of hot-swappable
I/O modules. The modular I/O architecture with built-in signal
conditioning and isolation provides direct connectivity to industrial
sensors such as analog voltage, 4 to 20 mA current, thermocouples,
RTDs, pressure, strain, flow, pulse-width modulation (PWM), and 24
V digital I/O.
Software
NI LabVIEW is a graphical development environment that delivers
unparalleled flexibility and ease of use in demanding industrial
measurement, automation, and control applications. With LabVIEW,
you can quickly create user interfaces for interactive software
system control and easily construct simple or complex applications
using an extensive palette of functions and tools from simple
analog PID process control loops to high-channel-count hybrid
control systems. For extreme reliability and determinism, cFP-22xx
controllers run the LabVIEW Real-Time Module on the Wind River
VxWorks real-time operating system (RTOS), providing the
functionality, connectivity, and flexibility of LabVIEW software on a
small industrial platform.
NI cFP-2220, NI cFP-2210, NI cFP-2200
Controller DRAM Memory(MB) Internal Nonvolatile Removable Removable USB Ethernet Ports RS232 Ports RS485 Ports
Storage (MB) CompactFlash
cFP-2220 256 256 2 3 1
cFP-2210 256 128 - - 1 2 0
cFP-2200 128 128 - - 1 1 0
Table 1. NI cFP-22xx Selection Guide
4
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

a
n
d

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
C
o
m
p
a
c
t

F
i
e
l
d
P
o
i
n
t

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s

96
Back to Index
Expansion I/O with NI cFP-1808
For systems that require more than eight Compact FieldPoint
modules, the cFP-1808 expansion chassis provides an easy way to
add expansion I/O over Ethernet or serial. A single cFP-22xx
controller can connect to as many additional cFP-1808 network
interface systems as the Ethernet network allows.
Figure 1. Expansion I/O for Compact FieldPoint Controllers with NI cFP-1808 Network
Interface
NI cFP-2220 ............................................................ 777317-2220
NI cFP-2210 ............................................................ 777317-2210
NI cFP-2200 ............................................................ 777317-2200
Recommended Compact FieldPoint System Products
NI cFP-BP-4 (4-slot backplane) ................................... 778617-04
NI cFP-CB-1 (general connecter block) ....................... 778618-01
NI PS-5 power supply ................................................. 778805-90
97
4
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

a
n
d

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
C
o
m
p
a
c
t

F
i
e
l
d
P
o
i
n
t

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s

Back to Index
NI LabVIEW Real-Time ETS Deployment
License for Standard PCs
Converts a Desktop PC to a LabVIEW Real-Time target
Contains LabVIEW Real-Time hardware
target support files
Includes LabVIEW Real-Time embedded
software and one deployment license
The Deployment License Bundles a PCI Ethernet
card to help with compatibility issues
Overview
Using the LabVIEW Real-Time Module for ETS targets, you can
convert a desktop PC into a dedicated real-time hardware target.
One deployment license is required for each desktop PC you target.
With the LabVIEW Real-Time Module for RTX target, you can run a
Windows user-interface and real-time tasks on the same PC
processor. One deployment license is required for each desktop PC
you target. One license is included with the LabVIEW Real-Time
Module for RTX target.
Desktop PCs have a wide range of Ethernet chips, some of which are
not compatible with LabVIEW Real-Time. To address this challenge,
the LabVIEW Real-Time Deployment License Bundle includes a
supported PCI Ethernet Card.
Overview
With the National Instruments LabVIEW Real-Time Module for RTX,
you can run a real-time kernel concurrently with Windows. This
architecture provides a single-box solution for applications requiring
host and target processes running on one system. Create powerful
OEM systems with real-time performance using this module.
Real-Time for Standard PCs
Run Windows and real-time tasks using
a dual-kernel RTOS
Integrate analog and digital I/O
for RTX Targets
PCI I/O Options RTX Compatible
Reconfigurable I/O
NI-VISA drivers
Third-party hardware
Data acquisition
NI LabVIEW Real-Time Module for RTX Targets ..... 7789224-09
NI LabVIEW Real-Time ETS Deployment License
License for Standard PCs...................................... 777849-03
Bundle for Standard PCs....................................... 779751-03
System Under Control Real-Time Target Windows Host PC
4
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

a
n
d

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

f
o
r

S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

P
C
s
98
Back to Index
99
4
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

a
n
d

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
S
m
a
r
t

C
a
m
e
r
a
s

f
o
r

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

M
a
c
h
i
n
e

V
i
s
i
o
n
Smart Cameras for Embedded Machine Vision
Real-time machine vision
High-quality monochrome VGA (640x480)
or SXGA (1280x1024) CCD image sensors
High-performance embedded processors
Isolated 24 V digital I/O
Dual gigabit Ethernet ports
RS232 serial support
Support for industrial protocols
Expansion analog and digital I/O through
NI Compact FieldPoint and CompactRIO
Built-in NI direct drive lighting controller
for current-controlled LED light heads
1
Quadrature encoder support
1
Vision Builder for Automated
Inspection(included) or
LabVIEW and the LabVIEW Real-Time
Vision Development Bundle
Recommended Accessories
C-mount lens
Power and I/O cables
Mounting bracket
1
Not supported by NI 1722 Smart Camera
Overview
NI 17xx Smart Cameras simplify machine vision by analyzing images
directly on the camera with a powerful, embedded processor
capable of running the entire suite of NI vision algorithms. You can
use these cameras in a variety of applications including part
location, defect detection, code reading, and assembly verification.
The combination of the onboard processor with a charge-coupled
device (CCD) image sensor provides an easily distributed, all-in-one
vision system that transmits inspection results along with or in place
of raw images. Housed in a rugged metal case designed for use in
industrial applications, all NI Smart Cameras offer built-in I/O,
multiple industrial protocols, built-in Web servers, and many other
features. You can configure NI Smart Cameras with the included NI
Vision Builder for Automated Inspection (AI) software or program the
camera with LabVIEW Real-Time.
For more details on NI SmartCamera and ordering
information, visit ni.com/vision/smartcamera.
NI 17xx Smart Cameras
Real-Time machine vision
High-quality monochrome 2448X2050 or
color 1600X1200 CCD image sensors
High-Performance embedded processors
1.6GHa Intel Atom
Ethernet port 10/100/1000BaseT
RS232 serial port
VGA video out
Expansion analog and digital I/O through
NI CompactRIO
Built-in NI direct drive lighting controller
for current-controlled LED light heads
Waterproof and dustproof design with IP67
rating, M12 connectors, and lens cover
NI 177x Smart Cameras
Overview
The NI 177x Smart Camera is one of the high-performance NI Smart
Cameras that use a powerful Intel Atom 1.6 GHz processor for automated
inspection applications. The rugged mechanical design, including IP67
housing, M12 connectors, and lens cover, protects the cameras against
the harmful ingress of water (up to 1 m immersion) and dust. These high-
performance NI Smart Cameras also include digital I/O lines (4 input, 4
output), an RS232 serial connection, and a Gigabit Ethernet connection to
dynamically control lighting, synchronize with conveyor belts, and drive
sorting mechanisms. The connectivity options support communications
protocols such as Modbus, EtherNet I/P, and TCP I/P to interface with
other industrial devices such as programmable logic controllers (PLCs),
programmable automation controllers (PACs), and human machine
interfaces (HMIs). In addition, the NI 177x Smart Cameras feature a VGA
video out connection to monitor inspection images. With the National
Instruments machine vision software approach, you can configure your
inspection with the easy-to-use, stand-alone NI Vision Builder for
Automated Inspection software (included with NI Smart Cameras) or
program it for more advanced customization using the NI Vision
Development Module. Both options feature hundreds of built-in machine
vision and image processing functions you can use to enhance images,
check for presence, locate features, identify objects, and measure parts.
The deterministic real-time operating system offers increased reliability for
inspection systems that require long-term, continuous operation.
Back to Index
Intelligent Data Acquisition
Applications
The National Instruments R Series intelligent DAQ devices and the
NI LabVIEW FPGA Module offer the performance and flexibility of
FPGAs in off-the-shelf hardware. By combining these products with
other NI hardware and software such as LabVIEW, LabVIEW Real-
Time, and data acquisition, you can better address applications such as:
Custom counter/timer, PWM, and digital communication protocols
Hardware-in-the-loop (HIL) simulation
Rapid control prototyping (RCP)
High-speed, deterministic analog or discrete control
Configured with the LabVIEW FPGA Module
Up to 8 analog input channels, 16-bit
resolution, 5.0 s conversions, 10 V
Up to 8 analog output channels, 16-bit
resolution, 1.0 s updates, 10 V
Up to 160 digital lines configurable as input,
output, counter/timer, pulse-width modulation
(PWM, or user-defined communication protocols)
Configurable triggering and synchronization
with 25 ns resolution
User-defined, onboard decision making and
triggering with loop rates up to 40 MHz
LabVIEW
LabVIEW FPGA Module
Driver Software (included)
NI-RIO
Calibration Certificate Available
NI R Series
4
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

a
n
d

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
I
n
t
e
l
l
i
g
e
n
t

D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
100
Back to Index
PXI
Overview
PXI is a rugged PC-based platform for
measurement and automation systems.
PXI combines PCI electrical-bus
features with the modular, Eurocard
packaging of CompactPCI and then
adds specialized synchronization buses
and key software features. PXI is both a
high-performance and low-cost
deployment platform for applications
such as manufacturing test, military
and aerospace, machine monitoring,
automotive, and industrial test.
Developed in 1997 and launched in
1998, PXI is an open industry standard
governed by the PXI Systems Alliance (PXISA), a group of more than
70 companies chartered to promote the PXI standard, ensure
interoperability, and maintain the PXI specification.
Features
Since inventing the standard in 1997 and founding the PXI Systems
Alliance industry consortium in 1998, National Instruments has been
at the forefront of delivering the benefits of PXI to engineers and
scientists worldwide. With the largest selection of chassis,
controllers, and timing and synchronization and more than 450
modules, you can address virtually any engineering challenge.
From the industrys most accurate 7-digit digital multimeter
(DMM) to 26.5 GHz microwave measurements, NI has more than
450 products to cover your measurement and test needs.
NI offers the ultimate in software flexibility. With flexible, high-
performance drivers, choose the application development
environment that best meets your needs. This also includes the
entire NI graphical system design platform, which offers a full
end-to-end software solution that increases productivity and
reduces development cost.
Combining over 14 years of experience and knowledge of the PXI
platform with a global presence of over 200 locations and hundreds
of skilled engineers, NI has the support team and flexible services
model to ensure your success with the PXI platform.
NI is the only major test and measurement vendor that offers a PXI
timing and synchronization product line. This portfolio spans low-cost
solutions to the industrys highest performance PXI Express timing and
synchronization modules to deliver synchronization over any distance
and with up to picosecond accuracy.
Contents
Overview............................................................................... 101
Chassis
General-Purpose 8-Slot Chassis for PXI............................................ 108
4-Slot 3U PXI Express Chassis ................................................ 116
9-Slot 3U PXI Express Chassis ............................................... 116
8-Slot PXI Express Chassis for PXI and PXI Express Modules....... 117
18-Slot PXI Express Chassis for PXI and PXI Express Modules ..... 123
3U/6U Dual-Stack Chassis for PXI .......................................... 135
PXI Chassis with Integrated Signal Conditioning .................. 137
PXI Express Chassis with Integrated
MXI-Express Remote Controller............................................... 139
PXI Chassis with Integrated
MXI-Express Remote Controller.............................................. 141
Controllers
Overview.................................................................................. 143
Embedded
1.73 GHz Quad-Core Embedded Controller for PXI Express.... 145
2.26 GHz Quad-Core Embedded Controller for PXI ................. 153
2.66 GHz Dual-Core Embedded Controller for PXI .................. 156
High-Value Embedded Controllers for PXI Express................. 163
1.73 GHz Quad-Core Real-Time Embedded Controller
for PXI Express......................................................................... 169
2.66 GHz Dual-Core Real-Time Embedded Controller for PXI ...... 172
2.53 GHz Intel Core 2 Duo Real-Time Embedded
Controllers for PXI Express...................................................... 175
High-Value Real-Time Embedded Controllers for PXI ............. 177
Low-Cost Real-Time Embedded Controller for PXI Express....... 181
Remote
1U Quad-Core Rack-Mount Controller .................................... 183
Fiber-Optic MXI-Express x4 for PXI Express
(Compatible with NI, Dell, and Hewlett-Packard PCs) ............ 185
PCI Control of PXI via MXI-Express ......................................... 187
PCI Express Control of PXI Express(MXI-Express for PXI Express)..... 188
Laptop Control of PXI with ExpressCard(ExpressCard MXI) ......... 189
Expension Options for PXI ....................................................... 192
6,12 and 24 TB External RAID Enclosure ................................ 192
High-Bandwidth PCI Express Control of PXI Express via MXI Express... 194
Multichassis Timing and Control
Timing and Synchronization Modules..................................... 194
PXI and PXI Express Timing and Synchronization Control ...... 195
Data Acquisition...................................................................... 196
Modular Instruments, Switches, Vision, Motion.................... 197
Bus Interfaces.......................................................................... 198
Monitors, Accessories, and Cables
Reflective Memory Nodes for PXI ........................................... 193
PXI Expres In-Chassis Data Streaming Module...................... 193
Monitor and Keyboard............................................................. 199
NI PXI System Monitor Module .............................................. 200
PXI Slot Accessory................................................................... 200
Accessories and Cables .......................................................... 201
101
5
P
X
I
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s

a
n
d

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Back to Index
PXI Overview
NI chassis feature high-performance backplanes and a rugged,
reliable mechanical package. You can find the right NI chassis for
your application whether you need a portable, benchtop, rack-
mount, or embedded system, or a system with integrated signal
conditioning.
NI offers high-speed data-streaming devices that can sustain
transfers at 750 MB/s for up to 24 terabytes of data. With these
products, the PXI platform can address the needs of complex
applications such as RF record and playback and IF or baseband
streaming.
Chassis
As the backbone of your PXI system, the chassis provides the power,
cooling, and communication buses of PCI and PCI Express for your
controller and modules. PXI chassis are available in a variety of
configurations such as low noise, high temperature, and low- to
high-slot count. They also offer a range of I/O module slot types,
integrated peripherals such as LCD displays, and more.
Controller
As defined by the PXI hardware specification, all PXI chassis contain
a system controller slot in their leftmost location (slot 1). Controller
options include high-performance embedded controllers with either
a Microsoft Windows OS or a real-time OS (NI LabVIEW Real-Time)
as well as remote controllers from a desktop, workstation, server, or
laptop computer.
Modules
With software-defined modular instruments, engineers can design
and implement flexible test systems that can be repurposed quickly.
Of the more than 1,500 PXI products on the market, over 400 were
designed by National Instruments. From the industrys most accurate
7-digit digital multimeter (DMM) to 26.5 GHz microwave
measurements, you can combine these modules to create scalable
test systems from one to tens of thousands of channels to cover
your measurement and test needs.
Software
National Instruments provides a comprehensive suite of software
options to simplify the development of your PXI system. These
include high-performance drivers with flexible and intuitive high-
level APIs optimized for the most popular application development
environments (for example, LabVIEW, NI LabWindow
TM
/CVI, and
Visual Studio). Soft front panels and configuration software are also
provided to facilitate the setup and interactive control of your
instruments.
5
P
X
I
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s

a
n
d

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
102
Back to Index
103
Controller
Embedded, multicore controllers
(Windows, LabVIEW Real-Time and Linux)
Remote PC and laptop control
LAN, USB, GPIB and ExpressCard connectivity
Software
Graphical system design
Complete and clear software development platform offering
Numerous existing toolkits and IP
Modules
DC to RF measurement modules
Communications modules for CAN, ARINC,
IEEE 1588 and FlexRay
Digital I/O, frame grabbers and motion control
Greater System Reliability
PXI builds on the CompactPCI specification with enhancements for
better integration and more reliable performance. CompactPCI
specifies the use of the rugged, modular Eurocard architecture
successfully used for years in industrial environments. In addition,
IEEE standardized dimensions and mechanical components for this
architecture have resulted in numerous vendors that supply
mechanically interchangeable components. Modularity makes it
easy to configure, reconfigure, and repair your PXI systems, resulting
in very low mean time to repair (MTTR).
The PXI specification expands the requirements of CompactPCI to
include documentation and testing requirements for power/rail,
cooling, EMC, shock and vibration, and environmental testing, to
ensure that your PXI system performs properly for your application
and configuration.
Lower System Costs
PXI delivers the high-precision instrumentation, synchronization, and
timing features of more expensive platforms at an affordable price.
The low cost of PC components is only the beginning of cost savings
from using PXI. With PXI, you can use the same familiar technology
in your office and on the production floor. The familiarity of the
software eliminates training costs and retraining personnel every
time you implement a new system. Because the foundation of PXI is
PC technology, you benefit from low component costs, familiar
software, and system reuse.
PXI Overview
5
P
X
I
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Chassis
4- to 18-slot rugged enclosures
High-speed PCI and PCI Express backplanes
Integrated timing and synchronization
Back to Index
Chassis Overview
Overview
National Instruments has a variety of powerful PXI Express
and PXI chassis for measurement and automation
applications. NI chassis feature high-performance
backplanes and a rugged, reliable mechanical package. You
can find the right chassis for your application whether you
need a portable, benchtop, rack-mount, or embedded system, or a
system with integrated signal conditioning. NI PXI Express chassis
are compatible with PXI Express and CompactPCI Express modules.
In addition, all NI chassis work with both PXI and CompactPCI. With
an endless choice of modules from hundreds of vendors, you achieve
a higher degree of flexibility and power in your PXI system.
High-Performance Backplanes
All NI PXI chassis accept PXI and CompactPCI modules. They use the
high-speed PCI bus found in today's PCs and CompactPCI packaging,
and then add advanced timing and triggering features for demanding
measurement and automation applications, which include:
10 MHz clock signal available to all modules
Star trigger - a trigger signal with a propagation delay of no more
than 5 ns and an intermodule skew of no more than 1 ns
PXI trigger bus - a timing and triggering bus used to pass and
receive high-speed timing and triggering signals
With PXI Express, an extension to PXI, you also benefit from:
100 MHz differential clock
Differential star triggers
Sync 100
Up to 2 GB/s/slot dedicated bandwidth
Calculating a Power Budget
The power supply is an important part of your PXI system.
Two specifications are given for power - the maximum rating of the
power supply and a breakdown of usable power by voltage rails.
Each module you use should specify power requirements, per
voltage rail. Systems configured through NI Factory Installation
Services (FIS), are configured by NI experts. However, if you have
custom modules or are trying to ensure adequate system power,
then it is recommended that you calculate a power budget. Table 2
shows an example power budget for a PXI-1042 system. The system
includes one PXI-8186, three PXI-5112 100 MHz digitizers, two PXI-
2590 switch modules, and two PXI-5421 arbitrary waveform
generators.
A Chassis for Every Application
The PXI-1031, PXI-1033, PXI-1036, PXI-1042Q, NI PXIe-1062Q, and
PXI-1052 are ideally suited for benchtop or portable applications
because of their quiet operation, compact size, and available feet
and handle kits. All NI PXI chassis include mounting points for
attaching optional rack-mount kits. For applications that require a
DC power source, you can use a PXI-1031DC, PXI-1036DC, PXI-
PXI-1033 PXIe-1073 PXI-1042(Q) PXIe-1062Q PXIe-1065 PXIe-1075 PXIe-1066 PXIe-1082 PXI-1044 PXI-1045 PXI-1050,
PXI-1052
Low-Cost, High- High- High- High- High- High- High- High High
Remote Performance Performance Performance Performance Performance Performance Performance Module Module PXI/SCXI
Control Remote Controller Count Count
PXI Slots 6 5 8 8 18 18 18 8 14 18 8, 4
PXI peripheral slots 2 5 3
2
7 6
2
9 8
2
9 4
2
13 17 7, 3
PXI Express peripheral slots - 2 - 3
2
8, 4
2
17 4, 4 3 - - -
Operating temperature 0 to 50C 0 to 50C 0 to 55C 0 to 55C 0 to 55C 0 to 55C 0 to 55C 0 to 50C 0 to 55C 0 to 55C 0 to 50 C,
0 to 55 C
Integrated SCXI - - - - - - - - - - 4 SCXI slots,
Signal Conditioning 8 SCXI slots
AUTO/HIGH fan Speed
3
NOISE (dBA) 37.4/51.5 43.3 50.5/43.4 43.6 45.0 45.0 59.7 / 79.3 43.6 48.7 48.7 41.6
3
DC input power supply - -
1
-
1
-
1
-
1
- -
1
-
1
-
1
1
Requires an external DC to AC power inverter for applications where ONLY DC power is available.
2
Hybrid slots the accept PXI and PXI Express peripheral modules.
3
PXI-1052 only.
Table 1. PXI Chassis Selection Guide
PXI-1042
Usable Current (A) PXI-8196 Embedded 2 PXI-2590 Total Current Current
Voltage Rail (total power=283W)
1
Controller 3 PXI-5122 Digitizers Switch Modules 2 PXI-5421 Arbs Required (A) Remaining (A)
3.3 20 2.8 4.2 - 3.8 10.8 9.2
5 29 5.0 4.8 1.2 4 15.0 14.0
12 4 - 0.3 - 0.92 1.22 2.78
12 2 - 0.81 - 0.02 0.83 1.17
1
Calculated multiplying rail available current. (P=VI)
Current Draw (A)
Table 2. Power Budget Example for a PXI-1042 System
5
P
X
I
C
h
a
s
s
i
s

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
104
Back to Index
105
5
P
X
I
C
h
a
s
s
i
s

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Chassis Overview
1000B DC, or an external DC to AC inverter. Within the chassis
National Instruments offers, you will find a chassis to meet your
requirements.
Chassis Features
PCI and PCI Express Communication
The PXI chassis provides the communication buses of PCI and PCI
Express for your controller and modules. The PCI bus uses a shared
bus topology where the theoretical 132 MB/s peak bandwidth is
divided among multiple devices so the different devices on the bus
can communicate. PCI Express provides a point-to-point bus
topology, replacing the shared bus with a shared switch. This gives
each device its own direct access to the bus, and thus its own
dedicated data pipelines called lanes. You can group these lanes
together to increase bandwidth to the slot to achieve up to 4 GB/s of
throughput.
Timing and Synchronization
PXI builds on its CompactPCI architecture base by adding integrated
timing and synchronization that is used to route synchronization
clocks and triggers internally. A PXI chassis incorporates a dedicated
10 MHz system reference clock, PXI trigger bus, star trigger bus, and
slot-to-slot local bus, while a PXI Express chassis adds a 100 MHz
differential system clock, differential signaling, and differential star
triggers to address the need for advanced timing and
synchronization.
Power and Cooling
The PXI specification requires a minimum of 25 W of power be
available to each peripheral slot, while the PXI Express specification
requires a minimum of 30 W, with each slot being able to dissipate
the same amount of heat. With these requirements, PXI is a modular
instrumentation platform designed for high-performance
applications.
Back to Index
4-Slot DC-Powered Chassis for PXI
Combined universal AC and 18 to 30 VDC power supply
Uninterrupted operation when switching between AC and DC input
Accepts both 3U PXI and 3U CompactPCI modules
HALT tested for increased reliability
AUTO/HIGH temperature-controlled fan speed
Customizable-length DC cable
Rack-mount/wall-mount kit
Handle and rubber feet kit
Overview
The NI PXI-1031DC is a 4-slot 3U chassis with combination AC/DC
power. It is ideally suited for customers requiring benchtop
development and then deployment to rugged and remote
environments. The PXI-1031DC offers a combination AC and 18 to
30 VDC power supply with the same dimensions and rack mount
accessories as the PXI-1031. The PXI-1031DC operates from 0 to
50 C and meets the demanding requirements of the remote
applications that require DC power, portable applications, or
in-vehicle applications that require DC power and a compact design.
Application and Technology
The NI PXI-1031DC is a 4-slot PXI chassis with two AC input options
100 to 120 VAC or 200 to 240 VAC and 18 to 30 VDC input with
30 A maximum input current rating. The chassis operates in either
AC or DC mode, and you can switch between AC and DC sources
with uninterrupted operation. The AC/DC capability makes the PXI-
1031DC (Figure 1) well-suited for benchtop development and then
remote deployment. This chassis is an ideal solution for portable,
remote, and in-vehicle testing applications.
Available Power
When operating the PXI-1031DC in DC mode at temperatures above
45 C, National Instruments recommends calculating a power
budget. For more information on calculating a power budget, refer to
Evaluating PXI Chassis for Modern Test and Measurement
Applications on ni.com/zone.
PXI-1031DC DC Power Cable
For DC-powered applications, National Instruments recommends the
PXI-1031DC DC cable (763419-01). The cable consists of a DC power
connector; 18 feet of 10 AWG cable; and a high-heat, impact-
resistant, watertight fuse holder with a 30 A fuse installed. The
cable length can be customized; refer to the PXI-1031DC DC Cable
Kit Installation Guide on ni.com/manuals.
NI PXI-1031DC
Figure 1. Rear View of NI PXI-1031DC
1 - DC Input
2 - AC Input
3 - AUTO/HIGH Fan Speed
Selector Switch
Figure 2. PXI-1031DC DC Power Cable
5
P
X
I
4
-
S
l
o
t

D
C
-
P
o
w
e
r
e
d

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

f
o
r

P
X
I
106
Back to Index
4-Slot DC-Powered Chassis for PXI
PXI-1031 Optional Accessories
The PXI-1031DC features the mechanical dimensions shown in
Figure 3, and uses the same rack-mount and handle and feet kit as
the PXI-1031. A front rack-mount kit is available for 19 in. rack-
mounted systems or wall-mounted systems. Use the side-handle
and rubber-feet kit for portable and desktop applications. You can
insert slot blockers into empty slots of the PXI-1031DC to improve
the overall cooling performance of PXI modules in the chassis.
Software Recommendations
NI LabWindows/CVI for Windows
Real-time advanced 2D graphs and charts
Complete hardware compatibility with IVI, VISA, DAQ, GPIB, and
serial
Analysis tools for array manipulation, signal processing statistics,
and curve fitting
Simplified cross-platform ommunication with network variables
Measurement Studio .NET tools (included in LabWindows/CVI Full
only)
The mark LabWindows is used under a license from Microsoft
Corporation.
107
5
P
X
I
4
-
S
l
o
t

D
C
-
P
o
w
e
r
e
d

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

f
o
r

P
X
I
Figure 3. PXI-1031DC Front and Side Dimensions
For a complete list of accessories,
visit the product page on ni.com.
NI PXI-1031DC
NI PXI-1031DC 4-Slot 3U Chassis with
AC/DC 11-30 VDC Power Supply................................. 779050-01
Requires: 1 Cable, 1 Cable
Cable: Shielded - Cable Assy, DC Power, 30A Fuse
(For DC Input PXI-1031DC Chassis)............................. 763419-01
Cable: Shielded - Power Cord, AC, U.S.,
120 VAC........................................................................ 763000-01
Back to Index
General-Purpose 8-Slot Chassis for PXI
0 to 55 C extended temperature
range (PXI-1042)
43 dBA acoustic emissions
(PXI-1042Q)
Accept both 3U PXI and CompactPCI
modules
Comply with all PXI and CompactPCI
Specifications
Low-jitter internal 10 MHz reference
clock, with accuracy of 50 ppb using
the PXI-6653 timing and
synchronization module
Remote power-inhibit control and
voltage monitoring
AUTO/HIGH fan selector to optimize
cooling and acoustic emissions
Overview
The NI PXI-1042/PXI-1042Q 8-slot chassis are designed to meet the
needs of a wide range of test and measurement applications. The
PXI-1042 operates in a temperature range extended to 55 C. The
PXI-1042Q offers quieter operation, with acoustic emissions as low
as 43 dBA. These chassis incorporate all the features of the latest
PXI specification, including the built-in 10 MHz reference clock, PXI
trigger bus, star trigger, and local bus.
Optional Features
Front and rear rack-mount kits
Replacement power supply and fan shuttle
Slot blockers for improved cooling performance
Factory installation services
Optimized Cooling and Acoustic Emissions
The PXI-1042/PXI-1042Q chassis integrate two system fans and a
power supply fan to provide filtered, forced-air cooling that exceeds
the cooling demands of PXI and CompactPCI modules. Both the PXI-
1042 and PXI-1042Q offer a HIGH fan setting to maximize cooling
and an AUTO fan setting to minimize acoustic emissions. The
chassis monitor air intake temperature and adjust fan speed
accordingly. With this technology, the PXI-1042Q achieves acoustic
noise levels as low as 43 dBA (sound pressure level measured at
operator position according to ISO 7779). The lower acoustic
emissions make the PXI-1042Q ideally suited for office, laboratory,
or benchtop applications (see Table 1).
PXI Timing and Synchronization
The PXI-1042 Series backplane provides a 10 MHz reference clock
with an accuracy of 25 parts per million (ppm), less than 5 ps jitter,
and a slot-to-slot skew of 250 ps. To extend the accuracy of the 10
MHz PXI reference clock, use the NI PXI-6653 slot 2 timing and
synchronization module to achieve 50 parts per billion (ppb)
accuracy, and less than 0.1 deg phase mismatch.
Software System Configuration
PXI-1042/PXI-1042Qchassis are configured with NI Measurement &
Automation Explorer (MAX).With this software configuration tool,
users can easily configure PXI-1042 Series systems without time
consuming manual installation of initialization files. MAX creates
the pxisys.ini file that defines the layout and parameters of your PXI
system including chassis, controller, and plug-in modules.
NI PXI-1042, NI PXI-1042Q
Table 1. PXI-1042/PXI-1042Q Acoustic Emissions
Acoustic Emissions
PXI-1042Q PXI-1042
0 to 40 C 0 to 55 C
Sound Pressure Level
1
(dBA) (measured at operator position)
Auto Fan (25 C ambient) 43.4 50.5
High Fan 52.9 58.7
Sound Power
1
(dBA)
High Fan 62.4 67.7
1
Tested in accordance with ISO 7779.
Figure 1. Rear View of the NI PXI-1042 Chassis
5
P
X
I
G
e
n
e
r
a
l
-
P
u
r
p
o
s
e

8
-
S
l
o
t

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

f
o
r

P
X
I
108
Back to Index
Power Supply
The PXI-1042/PXI-1042Q chassis include a removable high-
performance universal AC power supply with built-in overcurrent
protection. An isolated 12 VDC line provides power to the cooling
fans, significantly reducing electrical noise on the chassis
backplane. The PXI-1042/PXI-1042Q chassis incorporate the power
supply and fans into a single modular unit that you can remove
quickly for service, resulting in a mean time to repair (MTTR) of less
than five minutes. External 10 MHz Reference Clock
I/O Connectors
The PXI-1042/PXI-1042Q chassis include IN/OUT BNC connectors for
the 10 MHz reference clock on the rear of the chassis (see Figure 1).
When the backplane detects a 10 MHz signal on the IN connector, it
overrides the built-in 10 MHz clock and uses the external clock. The
OUT connector provides a buffered, non-TTL version of the 10 MHz
reference clock. To add synchronization for multiple chassis,
incorporate the NI PXI-6653 slot 2 module to your system.
Remote Power Inhibit and Monitoring
The PXI-1042/PXI-1042Q chassis feature remote power inhibit and
voltage monitoring through a DB-9 connector on the rear of the
chassis (see Figure 1). The chassis also monitor power supply
voltages; a flashing red LED in the power switch on the front of the
chassis indicates a power supply error.
Chassis Installation
These chassis feature a flexible design for easy installation in a
variety of applications. For bench top use, you can adjust the
supporting feet to tilt the chassis for more comfortable access to
module front panels. You can also set the feet to level the chassis,
or completely remove them. Front and rear rack-mount kits are
available for 19 in. rack-mounted systems.
109
5
P
X
I
G
e
n
e
r
a
l
-
P
u
r
p
o
s
e

8
-
S
l
o
t

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

f
o
r

P
X
I
For a complete list of accessories,
visit the product page on ni.com.
Additional Accessories
NI PXI-6653 timing and synchronization Module ....... 778715-01
Front rack-mount kit (for 19 in. rack) ........................... 778643-01
Slot blockers (2 single-slot) ......................................... 778678-01
NI PXI-1042 spare power supply and
fan shuttle ................................................................... 778662-01
NI-PXI-1042Q1 spare power supply and
fan shuttle ................................................................... 779021-01
EMC filler panels (6 single-slot) ................................. 778700-01
Filler panels (3 double-slot and 3 single-slot) ............ 778679-01
Rear rack-mount kit (for 19 in. rack) ........................... 778643-02
Chassis
NI PXI-1042 ................................................................. 778636-01
Requires: 1 Cable
NI PXI-1042Q .............................................................. 778636-02
Requires: 1 Cable
Cable: Shielded - Power Cord - U.S. 120 VAC ............ 763000-01
Back to Index
Accepts both PXI and
CompactPCI 3U modules
Up to 500 W removable,
highperformance power supply
with universal AC input
Extended 0 to 55 C operating range
Acoustic Emissions 49 dBA
Software programmable trigger
routing between bus segments
Low jitter (<5 ps) 10 MHz reference
clock
External 10 MHz reference clock with
BNC I/O connectors
Temperature-controlled fan-speed
voltage monitoring
Options
Replacement power supply
and fan shuttle
Slot blockers for improved
cooling performance
Overview
The National Instruments PXI-1044 is a 14-slot PXI chassis that
accepts both CompactPCI and PXI modules. With 500 W of total
power, the NI PXI-1044 is a high-performance chassis for test and
measurement applications. It has the same dimensions and
rackmount kit as the PXI-1045 (see Figure 1). For applications that
require more than eight slots but less than 18, the PXI-1044 is an
ideal solution. National Instruments also offers the PXI-1045 18-slot
chassis.
Power over the Entire Temperature Range
When selecting a PXI chassis, an important specification is available
power for modules. The power supply is rated for 500 W total
power; however all power is not available for modules. To get an
accurate specification for available power for modules, it is
necessary to calculate a power budget. The PXI-1044 offers 467 W
of available power across 14 slots. To calculate the available power
for modules, simply take the sum of the current on each rail (A)
multiplied by the voltage of that rail (V) (Table 2). The PXI-1044
chassis provides cooling to account for 25 W per slot. The extra
power available provides flexibility for a wide range of
measurement modules.
NI PXI-1044
Voltage (V) Current (A) (0 to 55 C)
+3.3 32
+5 47
+12 7.0
- 12 3.5
Available power for modules (W) 467
1
Total power (W) 500
1
Each PXI peripheral slot can cool 25 W.
Figure A-1. PXI-1044 Dimensions (Front and Side) in Inches (mm)
Table 2. PXI-1044 Power Supply Specifications - Total Power and Available Power for
Modules
5
P
X
I
G
e
n
e
r
a
l
-
P
u
r
p
o
s
e

1
4
-
S
l
o
t

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

f
o
r

P
X
I
110
Back to Index
Removable Power Supply Shuttle and
Rack-Mount Kits
The PXI-1044 features a field-removable power supply shuttle for
easy replacement,with a mean time to repair (MTTR) less than five
minutes. The same spare power supply and fan shuttle (P/N 778647-
01) is used on the PXI-1044 and PXI-1045. The PXI-1044 offers a 14-
slot backplane and a built-in slot blocker to ensure adequate airflow
to all PXI modules.
Safety and EMC Regulatory Compliance
NI PXI chassis undergo rigorous safety and electromagnetic
compatibility (EMC) evaluations to ensure compliance with
appropriate regulatory requirements. All National Instruments PXI
chassis are compliant with CE, FCC, C-Tick and certified third-party
safety requirements. Compliance is based on the European Low
Voltage and EMC directives, according to safety standards IEC/EN
61010-1 and EMC standards EN 61326 and FCC Part 15. See
ni.com/certification for access to certifications, marks and DoCs.
PXI Factory Installation Services and
Global Technical Support
With National Instruments factory installation services (FIS), users
receive complete system level functional testing of the PXI chassis,
controller, and all peripheral devices, as well as installation of all
device drivers and software programs (such as LabVIEW). PXI
systems shipped with FIS include the PXI startup utility and a
custom hard drive recovery system. With FIS you can use PXI
systems right out of the box, and recover to the shipping
configuration whenever necessary.
All systems purchased with FIS include an additional one-year
warranty and calibration services for the system and all modules. In
addition, National Instruments offers global technical support of all
PXI systems and provides access to a wealth of online Web support
information. See ni.com/pxiadvisor and ni.com/support for more
information on FIS and technical support resources.
111
5
P
X
I
G
e
n
e
r
a
l
-
P
u
r
p
o
s
e

1
4
-
S
l
o
t

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

f
o
r

P
X
I
Figure 2. Certification Marks - L, Demko, CE, and C-Tick
For online configuration of a complete PXI system, including
Factory Installation Services, visit ni.com/pxiadvisor.
Step 1. Select your chassis.
NI PXI-1044 ................................................................. 779218-01
Step 2. Select one or more power cords.
U.S. 120 VAC .............................................................. 763000-01
Japan 100 VAC ........................................................... 763000-01
United Kingdom 240 VAC ........................................... 763064-01
Swiss 220 VAC ........................................................... 763065-01
Australian 240 VAC ..................................................... 763066-01
Universal Euro 240 VAC .............................................. 763067-01
North American 240 VAC ........................................... 763068-01
Step 3. Select additional accessories.
Front rack-mount kit (for 19 in. rack) .......................... 778644-01
Rear rack-mount kit (for 19 in. rack) ........................... 778644-02
Spare power supply and fan shuttle .......................... 778647-01
Filler panel kit1 (7 single-slot, 1 double-slot,
and 1 quadruple slot)................................................... 779200-01
Slot blockers
2
(2 single-slot) ....................................... 778678-01
1
Every PXI-1044 includes a filler panel kit
2
Slot blockers are optional for improved thermal performance of your PXI-1044
system. Refer to PXI-1044 user manual for more information.
Step 4. Select system setup and installation services.
If you are ordering this chassis as part of a system, select NI Factory Installation
Services to have your hardware/software installed and receive your new PXI
system ready to use right out of the box.
NI Factory Installation Services - PXI Systems ........... 960596-01
Back to Index
High-performance 18-slot PXI
chassis
Accepts both 3U PXI and 3U
CompactPCI modules
Software programmable trigger
routing between bus segments
Low jitter (<5 ps) 10 MHz
reference clock
External 10 MHz reference clock
with BNC I/O connectors
Removable, high-performance power
supply with universal AC input
Extended 0 to 55 C operating range
Temperature controlled fan speed
voltage monitoring
Options
Replacement power supply
and fan shuttle
cooling performance
>> For complete specifications, see the NI PXI-1045 User Manual
at ni.com/manuals.
High-Performance 18-Slot PXI Chassis
The National Instruments PXI-1045 chassis is a high-power 18-slot
chassis designed for a wide range of test and measurement
applications. With its large slot capacity and modular structural
design, the NI PXI-1045 is well suited for high-channel-count, multi-
instrument benchtop or rack-mounted systems. The combination of
integrated trigger buses and precise timing features provides the
ideal platform for multiple-instrument synchronization and
automated testing.
The NI PXI-1045 is configured directly through National Instruments
Measurement & Automation Explorer (MAX). With this software
configuration tool, you can easily configure PXI systems without
manual installation of initialization files. With MAX, you can reserve
PXI trigger lines on the backplane of the PXI-1045 to prevent
instruments from double-driving the trigger lines. In addition, you
can programmatically configure the two trigger routing modules on
the PXI-1045 backplane to route triggers to and from any of the
three bus segments in the chassis.
CompactPCI-Compliant 18-Slot PXI Backplane
The PXI-1045 backplane supports all 3U PXI-compatible devices, as
well as standard 3U CompactPCI devices. Three separate bus
segments on the backplane of the PXI-1045 are connected with two
64-bit/33 MHz PCI-to-PCI bridges. Each bus segment on the
backplane contains eight PXI trigger lines for routing timing and
synchronization signals. The backplane also includes a dedicated
matched trace-length star trigger line for passing precise trigger
signals from slot 2 to slots 3 through 15 with less than 1 ns of skew.
10 MHz System Reference Clock A low jitter (<5 ps) 10 MHz system
reference clock is supplied to each peripheral slot of the PXI-1045
18-slot chassis. You can use the internal system reference clock,
with a skew of less than 250 ps between slots, to synchronize
multiple devices and perform unique phase-correlated
measurements. You can source external reference clocks, which are
automatically detected by the chassis backplane, with a precise PXI
timing device in slot 2 of the PXI-1045 chassis (such as the NI PXI-
6608 32-bit counter/timer) or an imported 10 MHz source on the
BNC connector on the rear of the chassis.
NI PXI-1045
Figure 1. PXI-1045 Front and Side Dimensions in Inches (mm)
5
P
X
I
G
e
n
e
r
a
l
-
P
u
r
p
o
s
e

1
8
-
S
l
o
t

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

f
o
r

P
X
I
112
Back to Index
Accessories
The PXI-1045 has a number of optional accessories for complete
system integration and optimized chassis functionality. Front and
rear rack-mount kits are available for 19 in. rack mounted systems.
Spare power supplies are easily replaced with little system
downtime because of the modular nature of the PXI-1045 power
supply and fan shuttle. You can use slot blockers to improve the
overall cooling performance of the chassis. For online configuration
of a complete PXI system, including information about factory
installation services, visit the PXI Advisor at ni.com/advisor.
113
5
P
X
I
G
e
n
e
r
a
l
-
P
u
r
p
o
s
e

1
8
-
S
l
o
t

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

f
o
r

P
X
I
Figure 2. PXI-1045 Bottom Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Figure 3. PXI-1045 Chassis with Optional Front and Rear Rack-Mount Kits
Key
1. Front rack-mount kit
2. PXI-1045 chassis
3. Rear rack-mount kits
NI PXI-1045 ................................................................. 778645-01
U.S. 120 VAC ............................................................... 763000-01
Japan 100 VAC ........................................................... 763000-01
United Kingdom 240 VAC ........................................... 763064-01
Swiss 220 VAC ........................................................... 763065-01
Australian 240 VAC..................................................... 763066-01
North American 240 VAC ............................................ 763068-01
Front rack-mount kit (for 19 in. rack)............................ 778644-01
Rear rack-mount kit (for 19 in. rack) ............................ 778644-02
Spare power supply and fan shuttle............................ 778647-01
Filler panel kit1 (7 single-slot, 1 double-slot,
and 2 quadruple-slot) ............................................... 778646-01
Slot blockers2 (2 single-slot) ...................................... 778678-01
1
Every PXI-1045 includes a filler panel kit
2
system. Refer to PXI-1045 user manual for more information.
If you are ordering this chassis as part of a system, select NI
Factory Installation Services to have your hardware/software
installed and receive your new PXI system ready to use right out
of the box.
NI Factory Installation Services - PXI Systems ........... 960596-01
Back to Index
6-Slot PXI Chassis for Remote Control
6-slot low-cost chassis for remote
Compact chassis accepts 1 or 2-slot
wide embedded controllers
AC and AC/DC power options
Accepts both 3U PXI and
CompactPCI modules
PXI-1036
300 W universal AC power supply
Acoustic noise as low as 41 dBA
Rugged, compact package accepts
up to 5 peripheral modules
PXI-1036DC
Combination AC and
11 to 30 VDC power supply
Portable, DC-powered,
real-time solution
Options
Compatible with all PXI-103x
family accessories
PXI-103x rack-mount kit
PXI-103x handle and feet kit
DC power cord, customizable
length up to 18 ft
Overview
The National Instruments PXI-1036 and PXI-1036DC chassis are
low-cost chassis designed for remote control applications. They
offer five peripheral slots for modules in the same size package as
the PXI-1031 and PXI-1031DC 4-slot compact chassis. The PXI-1036
and PXI-1036DC accept two more peripheral modules because they
are designed to use up to a 2-slot embedded controller instead of a
4-slot controller like other National Instruments chassis.
PXI-1036 and PXI-1036DC
The PXI-1036 chassis series works with all remote controllers from
National Instruments, including MXI-4 and MXI-Express, for control
from a PC. The PXI-1036 also accepts up to 2-slot embedded
controllers, such as the PXI-8145 RT real-time controller, for a real-
time compact, portable solution.
Low-Cost PXI Remote Control System
The PXI-1036 6-slot chassis and the new MXI-Express remote
controller kit lower the PXI setup cost per slot when compared to
4-slot PXI-1031 chassis and the MXI-4 kit. With this low-cost PXI
entry point, engineers can control up to five PXI/CompactPCI
modules across a remote link that offers 110 MB/s of sustained
analog bandwidth - more than a 40 percent increase compared to
MXI-4 PCI remote control of PXI.
Lightweight, Portable System
With the same dimensions as the existing 4-slot PXI-1031 portable
chassis, the NI PXI-1036 chassis adds two slots for PXI/CompactPCI
modules by reducing the width alotted for and of an embedded
controller. The compact, rugged, and portable chassis weighs less
than 12 pounds and has a small footprint for portability. It features
an operating temperature range of 0 to 50 C and shock and
vibration of 30 g.
Quiet Acoustic Emissions for Improved
Development Environment
The PXI-1036 series offers an AUTO/HIGH fan-speed selector that
provides a HIGH fan setting to maximize cooling and AUTO fan
setting to minimize acoustic emissions. When set in AUTO, the
PXI-1036 and PXI-1036DC chassis monitor air intake temperature
and adjust fan speed accordingly. Table 1 shows PXI-1036 Series
acoustic emissions.
AC/DC-Powered PXI-1036DC Offers Portable,
Flexible Solution
The PXI-1036 DC chassis offers a combined AC and DC power
supply. This combination delivers the flexibility to develop an
application with AC power at your desk or factory and then, without
changing hardware, deploy to a DC-powered application.
The PXI-1036DC accepts 11 to 30 VDC input. With the PXI-8145
real-time controller, this system becomes a compact, portable
real-time solution that can operate in environments where AC power
is not available.
NI PXI-1036, NI PXI-1036DC
Table 1. PXI-1036 Series Acoustic Emissions
Acoustic Emissions
1
(dBA) (measured at operator interface) PXI-1036 PXI-1036DC
High Fan 49.4 49.4
1
Tested in accordance with ISO 7779.
5
P
X
I
6
-
S
l
o
t

P
X
I

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

f
o
r

R
e
m
o
t
e

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
114
Back to Index
6-Slot PXI Chassis for Remote Control
Visit the PXI advisor at ni.com/pxiadvisor to configure a PXI system.
115
5
P
X
I
6
-
S
l
o
t

P
X
I

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

f
o
r

R
e
m
o
t
e

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
NI PXI-1036 ................................................................. 779382-01
NI PXI-1036DC ............................................................ 779383-01
AC Power Cords
U.S. 120 VAC .............................................................. 763000-01
Japanese 100 VAC ...................................................... 763000-01
United Kingdom 240 VAC ............................................ 763064-01
Swiss 220 VAC ............................................................ 763065-01
Australian 240 VAC ..................................................... 763066-01
DC Power Cord
PXI-1031DC DC Power Cord ........................................ 763419-01
PXI-103x rack-mount kit .............................................. 778948-01
PXI filler-panel kit for chassis1 ................................... 778933-01
PXI-103x side-handle and rubber-feet kit .................. 778949-01
PXI chassis slot-blocker kit
(2 single-slot blockers)................................................. 778678-01
1
Every PXI-1036 includes three single filler panels and one double filler panel.
Receive this system with software installed and an additional
one-year warranty on all components. Order through Factory
Installation Services.
PXI 4 and 6-Slot FIS and Extended Warranty ............. 960597-04
Back to Index
NI PXIe-1071: Power Cord, AC, U.S., 120 VAC........... 763000-01
PXI-103x and PXIe-107x Side handle and
rubber feet kit.............................................................. 781482-01
PXI-103x and PXIe-107x Rack Mount Kit.................... 778948-01
NI PXIe-1071: Power Cord, 240V, 10A,
North American............................................................ 763068-01
4-Slot 3U PXI Express Chassis
Compact form factor - ideal for desktop,
rack-mount, or portable applications
3 peripheral slots - accepts 3U PXI
Express and CompactPCI Express, PXI
and CompactPCI modules in every slot
Up to 1 GB/s per-slot dedicated
bandwidth (x4 PCI Express), 3 GB/s total
system bandwidth
Low-jitter 10 MHz and 100 MHz
reference clocks with 25 ppm stability
No system timing slot
230 W total power available from
0 to 50 C
HALT-tested for increased reliability
Field-replaceable fan
Optional rack-mount kit
Optional handle and side feet kit
Overview
The NI PXIe-1071 chassis kit consists of a low-cost, compact 4-slot
chassis featuring a 4-slot-wide system controller slot, which can
accept either an embedded controller or remote controller, and three
peripheral slots. The NI PXIe-1071 offers the flexibility to populate
each peripheral slot with either a PXI Express module or PXI module.
In addition it features compact, rugged packaging and quiet
operation, which make it ideal for portable, desktop, and industrial
control applications.
NI PXIe-1071
9-Slot 3U PXI Express Chassis
Compact form factor; ideal for desktop,
rack-mount, or portable applications
8 peripheral slots - accepts 3U PXI
Express and CompactPCI Express in
every slot, PXI and CompactPCI modules
in 5 slots
Up to 250 MB/s per-slot bandwidth
(x1 PCI Express), 1 GB/s total system
bandwidth
Low-jitter 10 MHz and 100 MHz
reference clocks with 25 ppm stability
No system timing slot
300 W total power available from
0 to 50 C
Field-replaceable fans
Optional rack-mount kit
Optional handle and side feet kit
Overview
The NI PXIe-1078 chassis kits consist of a low-cost, 9-slot chassis
featuring a 4-slot-wide system controller slot, which can accept
either an embedded controller or remote controller, and eight
peripheral slots. The NI PXIe-1078 offers the flexibility to populate
each peripheral slot with a PXI Express module or populate up to
five slots with PXI modules. In addition, it features compact, rugged
packaging, and quiet operation, which make it ideal for portable,
desktop, and industrial control applications.
NI PXIe-1078
Power Cord, 240V, 10A, North American.................... 763068-01
NI PXIe-1078 9-Slot PXI Express Chassis.................... 781622-01
PXI-103x and PXIe-107x side handle and
rubber feet kit.............................................................. 781482-01
NI PXIe-1078 Rack Mount Kit...................................... 781634-01
Power Cord, AC, U.S. 120 VAC.................................... 763000-01
5
P
X
I
4
-
S
l
o
t

3
U

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

C
h
a
s
s
i
s
116
Back to Index
117
5
P
X
I
8
-
S
l
o
t

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

C
h
a
s
s
i
s
8-Slot PXI Express Chassis for
PXI and PXI Express Modules
High Reliability
0 to 55 C extended temperature range
Power supply, temperature, and fan monitoring
Field-replaceable power supply shuttle
Multichassis Synchronization
PXI Express system timing slot for tight synchronization
across chassis
Rear CLK10 I/O connectors
Switchless CLK10 routing
Optional Features
Replacement power supply shuttle
EMC filler panels
cooling performance
Accepts 3U PXI, PXI Express, CompactPCI, and
CompactPCI Express modules
High Performance for Instrumentation
Applications
Up to 1 GB/s per-slot dedicated bandwidth
[x4 PCI Express]
354 W available power for 0 to 55 C
30 W per-slot cooling meets increased PXI
Express cooling requirements
Low-jitter internal 10 MHz reference clock for
PXI slots with 25 ppm stability
PXI Express slots with 25 ppm stability
Quiet operation for 0 to 30 C at 43.6 dBA
Variable speed fan controller optimizes cooling
and acoustic emissions
Remote power-inhibit control
Complies with PXI and CompactPCI
specifications
Overview
The National Instruments PXIe-1062Q 8-slot chassis is designed to
meet the needs of a wide range of test and measurement
applications, providing a high-bandwidth backplane to meet high-
performance needs. The NI PXIe-1062Q chassis works with both PXI
and PXI Express modules and can operate in a temperature range
extended to 55 C. In addition, for applications requiring quieter
operation, the NI PXIe-1062Q can provide acoustic emissions as low
as 43.6 dBA at temperatures below 30 C. The NI PXIe-1062Q
chassis incorporates all features of the latest PXI specification
including acceptance of both PXI and PXI Express modules with a
built-in 10 MHz reference clock, PXI trigger bus, and PXI star trigger
for PXI modules and a built-in 100 MHz reference clock, SYNC 100,
and PXI differential star trigger for PXI Express modules.
Slot Types Accept PXI
and PXI Express Modules
The NI PXIe-1062Q chassis is designed to meet high-bandwidth
needs and provides the flexibility to house both PXI and PXI Express
modules. The PXI Express system slot provides three x4 PCI Express
links(1 GB/s single direction per link) and a x1 PCI Express link to a
PCI Express-to-PCI translation bridge on the backplane. The PXI
Express system timing slot provides a x4 PCI Express link to the
system slot and accepts a PXI Express module or a PXI Express
system timing controller for advanced timing and synchronization.
The two PXI Express hybrid slots provide connectivity to either a x4
PCI Express link to the system slot or to the 32-bit/33 MHz PCI bus
on the backplane. The four remaining PXI slots provide connectivity
to the 32-bit/33 MHz PCI bus on the backplane.
NI PXIe-1062Q
PXI Express PXI Express
Slot Type System Peripheral Hybrid PXI
Bus Signaling PCIExpress (x4) PCIExpress (x4) PCI (32/33), PCI Express (x4) PCI(32/33)
Maximum, Theoretical 3GB/s dedicated for PXI Express 1GB/s dedicated 132 MB/s shared (PXI) 132 MB/s shared
Single Direction [3 x4 links]132 MB/s shared for PXI or 1GB/s dedicated (PXI Express)
Number of Slots 1 1
1
2 4
1
System timing slot
Back to Index
8-Slot PXI Express Chassis for PXI and PXI Express Modules
The NI PXIe-1062Q chassis integrates two pulse-width modulation
(PWM) system fans to provide forced-air cooling that meets the
increased cooling demands of PXI Express and Compact PCI Express.
The NI PXIe-1062Q offers a HIGH fan setting to maximize cooling at
any ambient temperature and an AUTO fan setting to minimize
acoustice missions at ambient temperatures below 30 C. The
chassis monitors air intake temperature and adjusts fan speed
accordingly. With this technology, the NI PXIe-1062Q achieves
acoustic noise levels as low as 43.6 dBA (sound pressure level
measured at operator position according to ISO 7779). The lower
acoustic emissions make the NI PXIe-1062Q ideally suited for office,
laboratory, or benchtop applications while the high cooling
performance makes the NI PXIe-1062Q well-suited for applications
requiring extended temperature ranges.
For PXI modules, the NI PXIe-1062Q backplane provides the standard
PXI timing and synchronization features. The chassis features a 10
MHz reference clock (PXI_CLK10) with an accuracy of 25 parts
permillion (ppm), less than 5 ps jitter, and a maximum slot-to-slot
skew of 250 ps. For triggering and handshaking needs, the NI PXIe-
1062Q provides the PXI trigger bus and PXI star trigger. For PXI
Express modules, in addition to PXI timing and synchronization
features, the NI PXIe-1062Q backplane supplies a differential 100
MHz reference clock (PXIe_CLK100) with an accuracy of 25 ppm,
less than 5 ps jitter, and amaximum slot-to-slot skew of 100 ps. The
chassis also provides differential star trigger to the PXI Express slots
to offer less than 150 ps intermodule skew. With the PXIe_SYNC
100, a module installed in the NI PXIe-1062Q can generate its own
CLK10 signal, deriving it from the 100 MHz reference clock.
The NI PXIe-1062Q chassis is configured with NI Measurement &
Automation Explorer (MAX). With this software configuration tool,
you can easily configure NI PXIe-1062Q systems without time-
Replaceable Power Supply Shuttle
The NI PXIe-1062Q chassis include a removable high-performance
universal AC power supply with built-in overcurrent protection. An
isolated 12 VDC line provides power to the cooling fans, significantly
reducing electrical noise on the chassis backplane. The NI PXIe-
1062Q incorporates the power supply and fans into a single modular
unit that you can replace quickly, resulting in a mean time to repair
(MTTR) of less than five minutes.
External 10 MHz Reference Clock
I/O Connectors
The NI PXIe-1062Q chassis include IN/OUT BNC connectors for the
10 MHz reference clock on the rear of the chassis. When the
backplane detects a 10 MHz signal on the IN connector, it phase
locks PXI_CLK10, PXIe_CLK100, and PXIe_SYNC100 to the external
clock. The OUT connector provides a buffered, non-TTL version of
the 10 MHz reference clock.
5
P
X
I
8
-
S
l
o
t

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

C
h
a
s
s
i
s
118
Back to Index
119
5
P
X
I
8
-
S
l
o
t

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

C
h
a
s
s
i
s
The NI PXIe-1062Q chassis features remote power inhibit and
voltage monitoring through a DB-9 connector on the rear of the
chassis. Use this connector to switch off power or monitor the
power remotely in the chassis.
Power Supply, Temperature, and
Fan Monitoring
The NI PXIe-1062Q chassis monitors power supply voltages, air
intake temperature, and fan speeds; and provides any failure
feedback to the user via a bicolor LED located in the power switch
button on the front of the chassis.
Chassis Installation
The NI PXIe-1062Q has a flexible design for easy installation in a
variety of applications. For benchtop use, you can adjust the
supporting feet to tilt the chassis for more comfortable access to
module front panels. Front and rear rack-mount kits are available for
19 in. rack-mounted applications.
PXI Factory Installation Services
With National Instruments Factory Installation Services (FIS), you
receive complete system-level assembly and functional testing of
the PXI chassis, controller, and all peripheral devices, as well as
installation of all device drivers and software programs (such as
National Instruments LabVIEW software). For online configuration of
a complete PXI system, including information about FIS, visit the PXI
Advisor at ni.com/advisor.
Figure 3. NI PXIe-1062Q Dimensional Drawings
NI PXIe-1062Q............................................................ 779633-01
U.S. 120 VAC............................................................... 763000-01
Japan 100 VAC............................................................ 763000-01
United Kingdom 240 VAC............................................ 763064-01
Swiss 220 VAC............................................................ 763065-01
Australian 240 VAC..................................................... 763066-01
Universal Euro 240 VAC.............................................. 763067-01
North American 240 VAC............................................ 763068-01
Front rack-mount kit (for 19 in. rack)........................... 778643-01
Rear rack-mount kit (for 19 in. rack)............................ 778643-02
NI PXIe-1062Q
1
spare power shuttle............................ 779664-01
EMC filler panels (6 single-slot).................................. 778700-01
Filler panels (3 double-slot and 3 single-slot)
2
............ 778679-01
Slot blockers (2 single-slot)
3
....................................... 778678-01
1
NI PXIe-1062Q power shuttles are not compatible with previous generations of NI
8-slot chassis.
2
Every NI PXIe-1062Q comes with 3 double-slot and 3 single-slot filler panels.
3
Slot blockers are optional for improved thermal performance of your NI PXIe-1062Q.
Refer to National Instruments KnowledgeBase entry on slot blocker usage criteria
on ni.com/support for additional information on this optional system feature.
of the box.
NI Factory Installation Services PXI Systems......... 960596-01
Back to Index
DC Output
DC current capacity (I
MP
)
Backplane Pin Current Capacity
Load Regulation
NI PXIe-1062Q Specifications
Electrical
AC Input
Input voltage range................................................................ 100 to 240 VAC
Operating voltage range
1
....................................................... 90 to 264 VAC
Input frequency...................................................................... 50/60 Hz
Operating frequency range
1
................................................... 47 to 63 Hz
Input current rating................................................................ 8 A
Overcurrent protection........................................................... 10 A circuit breaker
Line regulation
3.3 V .................................................................................. <0.2%
5V....................................................................................... <0.1%
12 V ................................................................................. <0.1%
Efficiency................................................................................ 70% typical
Power disconnect................................................................... The AC power cable provides main power disconnect. The front-panel power
switch causes the internal chassis power supply to provide DC power to the
CompactPCI/PXI Express backplane. You also can use the rear-panel D-Sub 9-pin
connector and power mode switch to control the internal chassis power supply.
1
The operating range is guaranteed by design.
Voltage (V) Maximum Current (A)
+3.3 26
+5 27
+12 19
-12 1.5
5(VAUX) 1.5
Voltage (V) Load Regulation (%)
+3.3 <5
+12 <5
+5 <5
-12 <5
Slot +5 V V(I/O) +3.3 V +12 V -12 V 5 VAUX
System Controller Slot 9 0 9 11 0 1
System Timing Slot 0 0 3 2 0 1
Hybrid Peripheral Slot with 6 5 6 1 1 0
PXI Peripheral
Hybrid Peripheral Slot with 0 0 3 2 0 1
PXI Express Peripheral
PXI Peripheral Slot 6 11 6 1 1 0
Current (A)
5
P
X
I
8
-
S
l
o
t

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

C
h
a
s
s
i
s
120
Back to Index
121
5
P
X
I
8
-
S
l
o
t

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

C
h
a
s
s
i
s
Maximum Ripple and Noise (20 MHz bandwidth)
Overcurrent protection......................................................... All outputs protected from short circuit and overload with automatic recovery
Overvoltage protection
3.3 and 5 V....................................................................... Clamped at 20 to 30% above nominal output voltage
Power-supply shuttle MTTR................................................. Replacement in under 5 minutes
System Synchronization Clocks (PXI_CLK10, PXIe_CLK100, PXIe_SYNC100)
PXI_CLK10
Maximum slot-to-slot skew............................................. 250 ps
Accuracy........................................................................... 25 ppm max. (guaranteed over operating temperature range)
Maximum jitter................................................................. 5 psrmsphase jitter (10 Hz to 1 MHz)
For other specifications, the NI PXIe-1062Q complies with the PXI-1 PXI Hardware Specification.
PXIe_CLK100, PXIe_SYNC100
Maximum jitter................................................................. 3 ps
rms
phase-jitter (10 Hz to 12 kHz)
2ps
rms
phase-jitter (12 kHz to 20 MHz)
For other specifications, the NI PXIe-1062Q complies with the PXI-5 PXI Express Hardware Specification.
External 10 MHz REF OUT (BNC on rear panel of chassis)
Maximum jitter................................................................. 5 psrmsphase-jitter (10 Hz to 1 MHz)
Output amplitude.............................................................. 1V
pp
20% squarewave into 50 !
2V
pp
unloaded
Output impedance............................................................ 50 5 !
External Clock Source
Frequency.......................................................................... 10 MHz 100 ppm
Input amplitude
Rear panel BNC............................................................ 200 mV
pp
to 5 V
pp
square wave or sine wave
System timing slot PXI_CLK10_IN.............................. 5 V or 3.3 V TTL signal
Rear panel BNC input impedance..................................... 50 5 !
Maximum jitter introduced by backplane......................... 1 ps
rms
(10 Hz to 1 MHz)
PXI Star Trigger
Maximum slot-to-slot skew.............................................. 250 ps
For PXI slot-to-PXI star mapping, consult the NI PXIe-1062Q User Manual.
For other specifications, the NI PXIe-1062Q complies with the PXI-1 PXI Hardware Specification.
PXI Differential Star Triggers (NI PXIe_DSTARA, NI PXIe_DSTARB, NI PXIe_DSTARC)
Maximum differential skew............................................. 25 ps
For PXI Express slot-to-PXI_DSTAR mapping, consult the NI PXIe-1062Q User Manual.
For other specifications, the NI PXIe-1062Q complies with the PXI-5 PXI Express Hardware Specification.
Cooling
Per-slot cooling capacity.................................................. 30 W
Fans.................................................................................. Forced (positive pressurization) via two 110 cfm fans with filters
Voltage (V) Maximum Ripple and Noise (mVpp)
+3.3 50
+12 120
+5 50
-12 120
Back to Index
Environmental
Operating location................................................................. Indoor use
Maximum altitude................................................................. 2,000 m (at 25 C ambient)
Measurement category......................................................... II
Pollution degree..................................................................... 2
Operating Environment
Ambient temperature range.................................................. 0 to 55 C (tested in accordance with IEC-60068-2-1 and IEC-60068-2-2:
meets MIL-PRF-28800F Class 3 low temperature limit and MIL-PRF-28800F Class
2 high temperature limit)
Relative humidity range......................................................... 10 to 90%, noncondensing (tested in accordance with IEC-60068-2-56)
Storage Environment
Ambient temperature range.................................................. -40 to 71 C (tested in accordance with IEC-60068-2-1 and IEC-60068-2-2;
meets MIL-PRF-28800F Class 3 limits)
Relative humidity range......................................................... 5 to 95%, noncondensing (tested in accordance with IEC-60068-2-56)
Shock and Vibration
Operational shock.................................................................. 30 g peak, half-sine, 11 ms pulse (tested in accordance with IEC-60068-2-27;
meets MIL-PRF-28800F Class 2 limits)
Random Vibration
Operating............................................................................... 5 to 500 Hz, 0.3 g
rms
Nonoperating......................................................................... 5 to 500 Hz, 2.4 g
rms
(tested in accordance with IEC-60068-2-64; nonoperating
test profile exceeds the requirements of MIL-PRF-28800F, Class 3)
Acoustic Emissions
(Tested in accordance with ISO 7779. Meets MIL-PRF-28800F requirements.)
Sound Pressure Level (at Operator Position)
NI PXIe-1062Q
Auto fan (up to 30 C ambient)......................................... 43.6 dBA
High fan............................................................................. 62 dBA
Sound Power
Auto fan (up to 30 C ambient).......................................... 52.8 dBA
High fan.............................................................................. 72 dBA
Safety
The NI PXIe-1062Q chassis was evaluated using the criteria of EN 61010-1 and meets the requirements of the following standards for safety
and electrical equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory use:
EN 61010-1, IEC 61010-1
UL 61010-1
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 61010-1
Note: For UL and other safety certifications, refer to the product label, or visit ni.com/hardref.nsf/, search by model number or product line,
and click the appropriate link in the Certification column.
Emissions............................................................................... EN 55011 Class A at 10 m, FCC Part 15A above 1 GHz
Immunity................................................................................ EN 61326:1997 + A2:2001, Table 1
EMC/EMI................................................................................ CE, C-Tick, and FCC Part15 (Class A) Compliant
Harmonics/flicker................................................................... EN 61000-3-2 and EN 61000-3-3
Note: For EMC compliance, you must operate this device with shielded cabling. In addition, all covers and filler panels must be installed.
5
P
X
I
8
-
S
l
o
t

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

C
h
a
s
s
i
s
122
Back to Index
123
5
P
X
I
1
8
-
S
l
o
t

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

f
o
r

P
X
I

a
n
d

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
18-Slot PXI Express Chassis
for PXI and PXI Express Modules
Overview
The National Instruments PXIe-1065 18-slot chassis features a high-
bandwidth backplane to meet a wide range of high-performance test
and measurement application needs. The higher slot count of the NI
PXIe-1065 provides a solution for higher-channel-density systems.
The chassis operates in a temperature range extended to 55 C for
applications needing cooling performance. It also incorporates all
the features of the latest PXI specification including support for both
PXI and PXI Express modules with a built-in 10 MHz reference clock,
PXI trigger bus, and PXI star trigger for PXI modules and a built-in
100 MHz reference clock, SYNC 100, and PXI differential star trigger
for PXI Express modules.
Slot Types Accept PXI and PXI Express
Modules
The NI PXIe-1065 enables higher-bandwidth systems and provides
the flexibility to work with both PXI and PXI Express modules. The
PXI Express system slot offers three x4 PCI Express links (1 GB/s
single direction per link) and a x1 PCI Express link to a PCI Express-
to-PCI translation bridge on the backplane. The PXI Express slots
feature up to a 1 GB/s per-slot, per-direction dedicated bandwidth
through a x4 PCI Express link connection. The PXI Express system
timing slot provides a x4 PCI Express link to the system slot and
accepts a PXI Express module or a PXI Express system timing
controller for advanced timing and synchronization. The four PXI
Express hybrid slots deliver connectivity to either a x4 PCI Express
link to the system slot or to the 32-bit, 33 MHz PCI bus on the
backplane. The nine remaining PXI slots provide connectivity to the
32-bit, 33 MHz PCI bus on the backplane.
The NI PXIe-1065 chassis integrates three pulse-width modulation
(PWM) system fans to provide filtered, forced-air cooling that
exceeds the cooling demands of PXI Express and CompactPCI
Express as well as PXI and CompactPCI modules. The NI PXIe-1065
offers a HIGH fan setting to maximize cooling at any ambient
temperature and an AUTO fan setting to minimize acoustic
emissions at lower ambient temperatures. The chassis monitors
air intake temperature and adjusts fan speed accordingly.
NI PXIe-1065
1
Includes one system timing slot.
Slot Type PXI Express System PXI Express Peripheral Hybrid PXI
Bus Signaling PCI Express PCI Express (x4) PCI (32/33) PCI (32/33)
PCI Express (x4)
Bandwidth 3 GB/s dedicated for PXI Express (3 x4 links) 1 GB/s dedicated 132 MB/s shared (PXI) or 132 MB/s shared
132 MB/s shared for PXI 1 GB/s dedicated (PXI Express)
Number of Slots 1 4
1
4 9
Accepts 3U PXI, PXI Express,

CompactPCI, and CompactPCI Express
modules
High Performance for
Instrumentation Requirements

bandwidth (x4 PCI Express)
700 W available power for 0 to 55 C

clock for PXI slots with 25 ppm stability

clock for PXI Express slots with 25 ppm
stability
Quiet operation for 0 to 30 C at 45.0

dBA
Variable speed fan controller optimizes


specifications
High Reliability
Power supply, temperature, and fan

monitoring
Field-replaceable power supply

Multichassis Support
PXI Express system timing slot for tight

synchronization across chassis
Rear CLK10 I/O connector

Optional Features
Replacement power supply and fan

shuttle
Filler panels
Slot blockers for improved cooling

performance
Factory Installation Services

Back to Index
With this technology, the NI PXIe-1065 achieves acoustic noise
levels as low as 45.0 dBA (sound pressure level measured at
operator position according to ISO 7779).
For PXI modules, the NI PXIe-1065 backplane provides the standard
PXI timing and synchronization features. The chassis includes a 10
MHz reference clock with an accuracy of 25 parts per million (ppm),
less than 5 ps jitter, and a slot-to-slot skew up to 250 ps. For
triggering and handshaking needs, the NI PXIe-1065 provides the PXI
trigger bus and PXI star trigger. For PXI Express modules, in addition
to PXI timing and synchronization features, the NI PXIe-1065
backplane supplies a differential 100 MHz reference clock with an
accuracy of 25 ppm, less than 5 ps jitter, and a slot-to-slot skew of
150 ps. The chassis also provides differential star trigger to the PXI
Express slots to offer less than 200 ps intermodule skew. With the
SYNC 100, the NI PXIe-1065 can generate its own CLK10 signal,
deriving it from the 100 MHz reference clock.
The NI PXIe-1065 chassis is configured with NI Measurement &
you can easily configure NI PXIe-1065 systems without time-
The NI PXIe-1065 chassis includes a removable high-performance
universal AC power supply with built-in overcurrent protection. An
isolated 12 VDC line provides power to the cooling fans,
significantly reducing electrical noise on the chassis backplane. The
NI PXIe-1065 incorporates the power supply and fans into a single
modular unit that you can remove quickly for service, resulting in a
mean time to repair (MTTR) of less than five minutes.
I/O Connectors
An NI PXIe-1065 chassis includes IN/OUT BNC connectors for the
10 MHz reference clock on the rear of the chassis. When the
backplane detects a 10 MHz signal on the IN connector, it phase
locks to the external clock. The OUT connector provides a buffered,
non-TTL version of the 10 MHz reference clock.
The NI PXIe-1065 chassis features remote power inhibit and
monitoring through a DB-9 connector on the rear of the chassis. Use
this connector to switch off power or monitor the power remotely in
the chassis.
Power Supply, Temperature,
and Fan Monitoring
The NI PXIe-1065 chassis monitors power supply voltages, air intake
temperature, and fan speeds and provides feedback to the user via a
bicolor LED in the power switch on the front of the chassis.
Figure 1. NI PXIe-1065 Backplane
5
P
X
I
1
8
-
S
l
o
t

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

f
o
r

P
X
I

a
n
d

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
124
Back to Index
125
5
P
X
I
1
8
-
S
l
o
t

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

f
o
r

P
X
I

a
n
d

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
NI PXIe-1065 Options
The NI PXIe-1065 has several optional accessories for complete
system integration and optimized chassis functionality. Front and
rear rack-mount kits are available for 19 in. rack-mounted systems.
You can easily replace spare power supplies with little system
downtime because of the modular nature of the NI PXIe-1065 power
supply and fan shuttle. You can use slot blockers to improve the
overall cooling performance of the chassis.
installation of all device drivers and software programs (such as NI
LabVIEW). For online configuration of a complete PXI system,
including information about FIS, visit the PXI Advisor at
ni.com/advisor.
NI PXIe-1065................................................................ 779730-01
U.S. 120 AC ................................................................. 763000-01
Japan 100 VAC............................................................ 763634-01
Swiss 220 VAC ............................................................ 763065-01
Australian 240 VAC ..................................................... 763066-01
Universal Euro 240 VAC ............................................. 763067-01
Front rack-mount kit (for 19 in. rack) ........................... 778644-01
Rear rack-mount kit (for 19 in. rack) ............................ 778644-02
NI PXIe-1065
1
spare power shuttle ............................. 779731-01
EMC filler panels (6 single-slot)................................... 778700-01
Filler panel kit (7 single-slot, 1 double-slot,
and 2 quadruple-slot)
2
............................................ 778646-01
3
....................................... 778678-01
1
NI PXIe-1065 power shuttles are not compatible with previous
generations of NI 18-slot chassis.
2
Every NI PXIe-1065 comes with a filler panel kit.
3
Slot blockers are optional for improved thermal performance of your NI PXIe-
1065. Please refer to the National Instruments KnowledgeBase entry on slot
blocker usage criteria on ni.com/support for additional information on this
optional system feature.
of the box.
NI Factory Installation Services PXI Systems.......... 960597-18
Back to Index
High Reliability
0 to 55 C extended operating temperature range
791 W from 0 to 55 C without derating
NI PXI System Monitor API for power supply, temperature, and fan monitoring
Field-replaceable power supply and fan shuttle
PXI Express system timing slot for
tight synchronization across chassis
Rear CLK10 I/O connector
Optional Accessories
Replacement power supply and
fan shuttle
Filler panels
Slot blockers for directing air flow inside the chassis
Factory Installation Services
Accepts 3U PXI Express and CompactPCI Express
modules in every slot and PXI and CompactPCI
modules in designated slots
High Performance for Precision I/O
Up to 1 GB/s per-slot dedicated bandwidth (x4
PCI Express), 4 GB/s total system bandwidth
8 hybrid slots, 8 PXI Express slots, and 1 PXI
Express system timing slot
PXI slots with 25 ppm stability
Low-jitter 100 MHz reference clock for PXI
Express slots with 25 ppm stability
Variable speed fan controller optimize scooling
and acoustic emissions
Quiet operation for 0 to 30 C at 45.0 dBA
specifications
Overview
The NI PXIe-1075 18-slot chassis features a high-bandwidth
backplane with PXI Express capability in every slot to meet a wide
variety of high-performance test and measurement application
needs. It is ideal for high-speed measurements, data streaming, and
higher-channel-density system solutions. The 0 to 55 C extended
operating temperature range provides full power and cooling to all
18 slots for demanding applications without derating. The NI PXIe-
1075 also incorporates all of the timing and synchronization features
defined by the latest PXI specification, including a built-in 10 MHz
reference clock, PXI trigger bus, and PXI startrigger for PXI modules
and a built-in 100 MHz reference clock, SYNC 100, and PXI
differential star trigger for PXI Express modules.
Slot Types Accept PXI
and PXI Express Modules
This chassis enables higher-bandwidth systems and provides the
flexibility you need to work with both PXI and PXI Express modules.
There are a total of nine PXI Express slots and eight PXI hybrid-
compatible slots. The PXI Express system slot offers four x4 PCI
Express links (up to 1GB/s single direction per link) to four switches.
Each switch provides a x4 PCI Express link to four or five peripheral
slots. Also, each slot is capable of up to 1 GB/s per-direction
dedicated bandwidth; however, if more than one device is connected
to the same PCI Express backplane switch, 1 GB/s is shared among
those devices. There are also two x1 PCI Express links to two PCI
Express-to-PCI translation bridges on the backplane. The PXI Express
system timing slot accepts a PXI Express module or a PXI Express
system timing controller for advanced timing and synchronization.
The eight PXI Express hybrid slots deliver connectivity to either a x4
PCI Express link or to the 32-bit, 33 MHz PCI bus on the backplane.
NI PXIe-1075
1
Each slot provides up to 1 GB/s dedicated bandwidth; however, if more than one device is connected to the same PCI Express backplane switch, 1 GB/s is shared among those devices.
2
PXI Express System Slot PXI Express Peripheral Slots Hybrid (PXI) Slot
Bus Signaling PCI Express (4x4 links) PCI Express (x4) PCI Express (x4)
PCI (32/33) PCI (32/33)
Bandwidth (theoretical) 4 GB/s dedicated for PXI Express 200 MB/s to 1 GB/s 132 MB/s shared (PXI) or
132 MB/s shared for PXI shared or dedicated
1
1 GB/s shared dedicated
1
(PXI Express)
Number of Slots 1 9
2
8
5
P
X
I
1
8
-
S
l
o
t

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

f
o
r

P
X
I

a
n
d

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
126
Back to Index
127
5
P
X
I
1
8
-
S
l
o
t

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

f
o
r

P
X
I

a
n
d

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
The NI PXIe-1075 chassis integrates three pulse-width modulation
exceeds the cooling requirements of PXI Express and CompactPCI
Express as well as PXI and CompactPCI modules. It offers a HIGH
fan setting to maximize cooling at ambient temperatures up to 55 C
and an AUTO fan setting to minimize acoustic emissions at lower
ambient temperatures. The chassis monitors air intake temperature
in Auto mode and adjusts fan speed accordingly. With this
technology, the NI PXIe-1075 achieves acoustic noise levels in Auto
mode as low as 45.0 dBA (sound pressure level measured at
operator position according to ISO 7779).
For PXI modules, the NI PXIe-1075 backplane is fully compliant with
PXI timing and synchronization standards. The chassis includes a 10
less than 5 ps jitter, and a maximum slot-to-slot skew of 500 ps. For
triggering and handshaking needs, the NI PXIe-1075 offers the PXI
trigger bus and PXI star trigger. PXI modules should be designed for
use in PXI hybrid-compatible slots. Contact your local NI
representative if you have any concerns.
For PXI Express modules, in addition to PXI timing and synchronization
features, the NI PXIe-1075 backplane supplies a differential 100
MHz reference clock with an accuracy of 25 ppm, less than 3 ps
jitter, and a maximum slot-to-slot skew of 100 ps. The chassis also
provides differential star triggers to the PXI Express slots to offer
less than 200 ps intermodule skew. With the SYNC 100, a peripheral
module installed in the NI PXIe-1075 can generate its own CLK10
signal, deriving it from the 100 MHz reference clock.
The NI PXIe-1075 chassis system software is configured with NI
Measurement & Automation Explorer (MAX). NI MAX allows for
easy configuration without the need to use manually installed
configuration files. MAX automatically creates the pxisys.ini file that
defines the layout and parameters of your PXI system including
chassis, controller, and plug-in modules.
Replaceable Power Supply and Fan Shuttle
This chassis includes a field-removable high-performance universal
AC power supply and fan shuttle with built-in over current
protection. An isolated 12 VDC line provides power to the cooling
fans, significantly reducing electrical noise on the chassis
backplane. The NI PXIe-1075 incorporates the power supply and
fans into a single modular unit that you can remove and quickly
replace in the field, resulting in a mean time to repair (MTTR) of less
than five minutes.
External 10 MHz Reference
Clock I/O Connectors
This chassis features IN/OUT BNC connectors for the 10 MHz
reference clock on the rear of the chassis. When the backplane
detects a 10 MHz signal on the IN connector, it phase locks to the
external clock. The OUT connector provides a buffered, non-TTL
version of the 10 MHz reference clock.
The NI PXIe-1075 chassis includes remote power inhibit and
the chassis.
Figure1. NI PXIe-1075 Backplane
Back to Index
Power Supply, Temperature,
and Fan Monitoring
The NI PXIe-1075 chassis continuously monitors power supply
voltages, air intake temperature, and fan speeds to ensure safe
system operation in the event of an unexpected system event. You
can also monitor the status of the NI PXIe-1075 with the NI PXI
System Monitor API. The chassis also provides feedback to the user
via a bicolor LED in the power switch on the front of the chassis, and
it makes necessary adjustments to continue operation such as
increasing fan speeds if the temperature rises.
NI PXIe-1075 Accessories
This chassis has optional accessories for complete system
integration and optimized chassis functionality. Front and rear rack-
mount kits area vailable for 19 in. rack-mounted systems. You can
easily replace spare power supplies with little system downtime
because of the modular nature of the NI PXIe-1075 power supply
and fan shuttle. You can use slot blockers to direct airflow inside the
chassis.
installation of all device drivers and software programs (such as NI
LabVIEW). For online configuration of a complete PXI system,
including information about FIS, visit the PXI Advisor at
ni.com/advisor.
NI PXIe-1075............................................................... 780291-01
U.S. 120 VAC (125 V/15 A)
1
........................................ 763830-01
Japan 100 VAC (125 V/15 A)
1
..................................... 763841-01
United Kingdom 240 VAC........................................... 763064-01
Swiss 220 VAC............................................................ 763065-01
Australian 240 VAC..................................................... 763066-01
1
The 125 V/15 A power cord is mandatory for use in the U.S. and Japan.
Front rack-mount kit (for 19 in. rack)........................... 778644-01
Rear rack-mount kit (for 19 in. rack)............................ 778644-02
NI PXIe-1075
2
spare power shuttle............................. 780292-01
EMC filler panels (6 single-slot).................................. 778700-01
Filler panel kit
(7 single-slot, 1 double-slot, and 2 quadruple-slot)
3
... 778646-01
NI PXI slot blocker,set of 5
4
......................................... 199198-01
2
NI PXIe-1075 power shuttles are not compatible with previous generations of
NI 18-slot chassis.
3
4
Slot blockers are optional for improved thermal performance of your NI PXIe-1075.
of the box.
5
P
X
I
1
8
-
S
l
o
t

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

f
o
r

P
X
I

a
n
d

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
128
Back to Index
129
5
P
X
I
8
-
S
l
o
t

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

f
o
r

P
X
I

a
n
d

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
Overview
The NI PXIe-1082 eight-slot chassis features a high-bandwidth
backplane with PXI Express capability in every slot to meet a wide
variety of high-performance test and measurement and control
application needs. It is ideal for high-speed measurements, data
streaming, and high-channel-density system solutions. Its compact
form factor and optional portable LCD monitor and keyboard
accessory make the NI PXIe-1082 ideal for portable applications.
The chassis provides the full power of 507 W across the entire 0 to
55 C extended temperature range, a feature National Instruments
offers on all NI high-performance chassis.
The NI PXIe-1082 is compatible with both PXI Express and
CompactPCI Express modules. In addition, this chassis features four
hybrid slots, which provide the added compatibility with standard
PXI and CompactPCI modules.
The chassis also incorporates all of the timing and synchronization
features defined by the latest PXI specification, including a built-in
10 MHz reference clock, PXI trigger bus, and PXI star trigger as well
as a built-in 100 MHz reference clock, SYNC 100, and PXI
differential star triggers for PXI Express modules.
Slot Types Accept PXI and
PXI Express Modules
This chassis enables high-bandwidth systems and provides the
flexibility you need to work with both PXI and PXI Express modules.
There are a total of three PXI Express slots and four PXI hybrid-
compatible slots. PXI hybrid-compatible slots can accept either a PXI
Express module or a standard PXI module.
The PXI Express system slot offers four x4 PCI Express links (1 GB/s
single direction per link): one x4 link is connected directly to slot 2
and the other three x4 links are connected to three switches. Each
switch provides a x4 PCI Express link to two peripheral slots. Each
slot is capable of 1 GB/s per-direction dedicated bandwidth;
however, if you use another slot connected to the same switch, the
slots share the 1 GB/s total bandwidth to the switch. The total
system bandwidth is also dependent on the PXI Express controller
selected.
There is one x1 PCI Express link to a PCI Express-to-PCI translation
NI PXIe-1082
Accepts 3U PXI Express and

CompactPCI Express modules in every
slot and PXI and CompactPCI modules
in designated slots
1 PXI Express system slot
7 peripheral slots
7 PXI Express compatible
4 PXI compatible
1 PXI Express system

timing compatible

bandwidth (x4 PCI Express), 4 GB/s
total system bandwidth
Low-jitter 100 MHz reference clock for

PXI Express slots with 25 ppm stability

clock for PXI slots with 25 ppm stability
Variable speed fan controller optimizes

Quiet operation for 0 to 30 C

at 43.6 dBA

High Reliability
0 to 55 C extended operating
temperature range
NI PXI System Monitor API for power

supply, temperature, and fan monitoring
Field-replaceable power supply and fan

shuttle
Numerous synchronization options:

CLK10 sharing, GPS, IEEE 1588,
IRIG-B, and so on
PXI Express system timing slot for tight

synchronization across chassis

Portable LCD monitor and keyboard

accessory
System assurance program

Slot Type System Controller Peripheral Hybrid (PXI)
Bus Signaling PCI Express (4x4 links) PCI Express (x4) PCI Express (x4) and
and PCI (32/33) PCI (32/33)
Bandwidth 4GB/s dedicated Up to 1 GB/s 132 MB/s shared (PXI) or up
for PXI Express and dedicated
1
to 1 GB/s dedicated
1
132 MB/s shared for PXI (PXI Express)
Number 1 3
2
4
of Slots
1
Each slot can have up to 1 GB/s dedicated bandwidth: however, if more than one slot connected
to the same switch is used, 1 GB/s is shared among those slots.
2
Back to Index
bridge on the backplane. The four PXI Express hybrid slots deliver
connectivity to either a x4 PCI Express link or to the 32-bit, 33 MHz
PCI bus on the backplane. The PXI Express system timing slot
controller for advanced timing and synchronization.
The NI PXIe-1082 chassis integrates two pulse-width modulation
exceeds the cooling demands of PXI Express and CompactPCI
Express as well as PXI and CompactPCI modules. The NI PXIe-1082
offers a HIGH fan setting to maximize cooling and an AUTO fan
setting to minimize acoustic emissions when operating the chassis
in ambient environments less than 55 C. The chassis monitors air
intake temperature and adjusts fan speed accordingly while the
AUTO setting is selected. With this technology, the NI PXIe-1082
achieves acoustic noise levels as low as 43.6 dBA (sound pressure
level measured at operator position according to ISO 7779).
trigger bus and PXI star trigger. For PXI Express modules, in addition
to PXI timing and synchronization features, the NI PXIe-1082
backplane offers a differential 100 MHz reference clock with an
accuracy of 25 ppm, less than 3 ps jitter, and a maximum slot-to-
slot skew of 100 ps. The chassis also provides a differential star
trigger to the PXI Express slots to deliver less than 200 ps
intermodule skew. With the SYNC 100, a peripheral module
installed in the NI PXIe-1082 can generate its own CLK10 signal,
deriving it from the 100 MHz reference clock.
This chassis includes a field-removable high-performance universal
AC power supply with built-in overcurrent protection. An isolated 12
VDC line provides power to the cooling fans, significantly reducing
electrical noise on the chassis backplane. The NI PXIe-1082
incorporates the power supply and fans into a single modular unit
that you can remove quickly for service, resulting in a mean time to
repair (MTTR) of less than five minutes.
I/O Connectors
An NI PXIe-1082 chassis includes IN/OUT BNC connectors for the 10
MHz reference clock on the rear of the chassis. When the backplane
detects a 10 MHz signal on the IN connector, it phase locks to the
external clock. The OUT connector provides a buffered, non-TTL
version of the 10 MHz reference clock.
The 10 MHz clock may also be driven by an optional system timing
controller populated in slot 4. These system timing controllers
provide a higher-stability clock source such as an oven-controlled
crystal oscillator (OCXO) and the ability to drive the PXI star and PXI
Express differential star triggers as well as import or export the
various trigger lines on the backplane.
The NI PXIe-1082 chassis features remote power inhibit and
the chassis.
Power Supply, Temperature, and Fan Monitoring
This chassis continuously monitors power supply voltages, air intake
temperature, and fan speeds to ensure safe system operation in the
event of an unexpected system event. It provides feedback to the
user via a bicolor LED in the power switch on the front of the
chassis, and the chassis makes necessary adjustments to continue
operation such as increase fan speeds if the temperature rises. You
can also monitor the status of the NI PXIe-1082 with the included NI
PXI System Monitor API.
NI PXIe-1082 Accessories
The NI PXIe-1082 has several optional accessories for complete
system integration and optimized chassis functionality. An optional,
attachable, and portable LCD monitor and keyboard accessory and a
rugged portable carrying case provide effective portable solutions.
Front and rear rack-mount kits are available for 19 in. rack-mounted
systems. You can easily replace spare power supplies with little
system downtime because of the modular nature of the NI PXIe-
1082 power supply and fan shuttle. You can use slot blockers to
improve the overall cooling performance of the chassis.
5
P
X
I
8
-
S
l
o
t

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

f
o
r

P
X
I

a
n
d

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
130
Back to Index
PXI System Assurance Program
With an NI system assurance program, you receive complete
system-level assembly and functional testing of the PXI chassis,
controller, and all peripheral devices, as well as installation of all
device drivers and software programs (such as NI LabVIEW).
131
5
P
X
I
8
-
S
l
o
t

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

f
o
r

P
X
I

a
n
d

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
Figure 1. NI PMA-1115 Portable Touch Screen LCD Monitor, Keyboard, and Touchpad
Accessory Attached to National Instruments Eight-Slot Chassis
Figure 2. NI PXI Carrying Case Accessory
For the best PXI system ordering experience, use the intuitive NI
PXI Advisor online to select all of the components for your
system.
NI PXIe-1082............................................................... 780321-01
U.S. 120 VAC (125 V/10 A)......................................... 736000-01
Japan 100 VAC (125 V/10 A)...................................... 763634-01
Swiss 220 VAC........................................................... 763065-01
Australian 240 VAC.................................................... 763066-01
Universal Euro 240 VAC............................................. 763067-01
North American 240 VAC........................................... 763068-01
NI PMA-1115 portable LCD monitor and keyboard accessory... 780215-01
NI PXI carrying case.................................................... 780398-01
Front rack-mount kit (for 19 in. rack).......................... 778643-01
Rear rack-mount kit (for 19 in. rack)........................... 778643-02
NI PXIe-1082
1
spare power shuttle............................ 780322-01
EMC filler panels (6 single-slot)................................. 778700-01
Filler panel kit
(7 single-slot, 1 double-slot, and 2 quadruple-slot)
2
... 778646-01
NI PXI slot blocker,set of 5
3
......................................... 199198-01
1
NI PXIe-1082 power shuttles are not compatible with previous generations of
NI 8-slot chassis.
2
3
When you select the NI Standard System Assurance Program, unpopulated slots
are populated with slot blockers automatically.
If you are ordering this chassis as part of a system, select an NI
system assurance program to have your hardware/software
of the box.
Back to Index
18-Slot PXI Express High-Availability Chassis
Hot-swappable, redundant (available) power supplies
Hot-swappable, front-accessible, redundant cooling fans
210 to 300 VDC input rating
Accepts 3U PXI, PXI Express, CompactPCI, and CompactPCI Express modules
Up to 1 GB/s per-slot dedicated bandwidth (x4 PCI Express)
Fixed front-panel I/O: status LEDs, 10 MHz Ref CLK,
Remote Inhibit/Fault Connector, Remote Monitoring, DC Power Input
Complies with CompactPCI/PXI Express Specification
NI PXIe-1066DC
Overview
The NI PXIe-1066DC 18-slot chassis adds high-availability features
to the PXI Express platform to maximize system uptime. Built on the
NI PXIe-1065 backplane architecture, the NI PXIe-1066DC
incorporates hot-swappable, redundant DC power supplies as well
as hot-swappable, front-accessible, redundant cooling fans. These
high-availability features improve the mean time between failures
(MTBF) and mean time to repair (MTTR) of the PXI system.
Maximize System Uptime
4600 m maximum altitude
Remote power supply, temperature, and fan health monitoring via
Ethernet port
Hot-swappable, redundant power supplies and cooling fans
Multichassis Synchronization
PXI Express system timing slot for tight synchronization across
chassis
Front CLK10 I/O connectors
Optional Features
Replacement power supplies and fans
Filler panels
Slot blockers for improved cooling performance
NI system assurance programs
Slot Types Accept PXI and
PXI Express Modules
The NI PXIe-1066DC is a hybrid chassis, and has the best
combination of PXI Express PXI Hybrid and PXI peripheral slots. Its
backplane design enables higher bandwidth systems and provides
the flexibility to work with both PXI and PXI Express modules. The
PXI Express system slot offers three x4 PCI Express links (1 GB/s
single direction per link) and a x1 PCI Express link to a PCI Express-
to-PCI translation bridge on the backplane. The PXI Express slots
feature up to a 1 GB/s per-slot, per-direction dedicated bandwidth
through a x4 PCI Express link connection. The PXI Express system
timing slot provides a x4 PCI Express link to the system slot and
controller for advanced timing and synchronization. The four PXI
Express hybrid slots deliver connectivity to either a x4 PCI Express
link to the system slot or to the 32-bit, 33 MHz PCI bus on the
backplane. The nine remaining PXI slots provide connectivity to the
32-bit, 33 MHz PCI bus on the backplane.
Slot System Peripheral Hybrid PXI
Bus Signaling PCI Express PCI Express PCI (32/33) PCI (32/33)
PCI Express (x4)
Bandwidth 3 GB/s dedicated for 1 GB/s 132 MB/s shared (PXI) 132 MB/s
PXI Express (3 x4 links) dedicated or 1 GB/s dedicated shared
132 MB/s shared for PXI (PXI Express)
Number of Slots 1 4
1
4 9
1
NI PXIe-1066DC Chassis Backplane
5
P
X
I
1
8
-
S
l
o
t

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

H
i
g
h
-
A
v
a
i
l
a
b
i
l
i
t
y

C
h
a
s
s
i
s
132
Back to Index
Redundant, Hot-Swappable Power Supplies
and Fans
The NI PXIe-1066DC chassis includes a removable lower tray that
houses the redundantly stacked cooling fans and redundant
(available) DC power supplies. You can replace failed cooling fans
from the front of the chassis and a failed power supply from the rear
of the chassis without powering down the system. The power
supply/fan tray also facilitates full serviceability from the front of
the chassis. These redundant, hot-swappable components lower the
mean time to repair (MTTR) and improve the mean time between
failures (MTBF) of the chassis.
The Availability (Av) rating of a system represents the percentage of
time that the system can perform its intended function (uptime)
during the timeframe that the system is expected to perform this
function, with the goal being 100 percent availability.
The inherent availability is defined by the following equation:
Av = MTBF/(MTBF + MTTR)
Where MTBF = Mean Time Between Failure and MTTR = Mean
Time to Repair
More practically, availability is defined as the following:
Avp = Uptime/(Uptime + Downtime)
To calculate the availability of the NI PXIe-1066DC chassis:
MTBF = 305,782
MTTR = 40 minutes
Therefore, Av = 305,782/(305,782 + 0.67) = .999998 =
99.9998% or 5 nines
NI PXI Chassis are designed to meet most system uptime
requirements. The addition of high availability features, including
redundant, hot-swappable fans and power supplies, improve the
availability of a PXI chassis (in this case, the NI PXIe-1066DC) to
beyond five nines.
Power Supply, Temperature, and Fan
Monitoring
The NI PXIe-1066DC chassis monitors power supply health/voltages,
air intake temperature, and fan health/speed. It also provides any
failure feedback to the user via status LEDs located on the front
bezel and tray of the chassis. Furthermore, you can monitor this
chassis health information remotely over a network through the
Ethernet connection on the front of the chassis. Through the remote
monitoring Ethernet interface of the chassis, you can access a Web
page with information about the current chassis operating
parameters.
Fixed Front-Panel I/O
The NI PXIe-1066DC includes IN/OUT SMA connectors for the 10
MHz reference clock on the front of the chassis, for easier access to
external master clock references. When the backplane detects a 10
MHz signal on the IN connector, it phase locks PXI_CLK10,
PXIe_CLK100, and PXIe_SYNC100 to the external clock. The OUT
connector provides a buffered, non-TTL version of the 10 MHz
reference clock. The NI PXIe-1066DC features remote power inhibit
and voltage monitoring through a 4-pin connector on the front of the
chassis. Use this connector to switch off power or monitor the
power remotely in the chassis.
The NI PXIe-1066DC chassis integrates six double-stacked PWM
system fans to provide forced-air cooling that meets the increased
cooling demands of PXI Express and CompactPCI Express. It offers a
HIGH fan setting to maximize cooling at any ambient temperature
and an AUTO fan setting to minimize acoustic emissions at ambient
temperatures below 30 C. The chassis monitors air intake
temperature and adjusts fan speed accordingly. With this
technology, the NI PXIe-1066DC achieves acoustic noise levels as
low as 49.8 dBA (sound pressure level measured at operator
position according to ISO 7779).
NI PXIe-1066DC Chassis Remote Monitoring Web Page
133
5
P
X
I
1
8
-
S
l
o
t

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

H
i
g
h
-
A
v
a
i
l
a
b
i
l
i
t
y

C
h
a
s
s
i
s
NI PXIe-1066DC Chassis Hot-Swappable Fans and Power Supplies
Back to Index
The NI PXIe-1066DC chassis is configured with NI Measurement &
you can easily configure NI PXIe-1066DC systems without time-
5
P
X
I
1
8
-
S
l
o
t

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

H
i
g
h
-
A
v
a
i
l
a
b
i
l
i
t
y

C
h
a
s
s
i
s
134
Back to Index
135
3U/6U Dual-Stack Chassis for PXI
Combinations ranging from (7) 6U and (3) 3U
slots up to (17) 3U slots, plus a controller
Accepts a 4-slot 3U embedded controller
6 front-panel LEDs for chassis monitoring
voltage rails, temperature, and fans
Accepts all NI remote, embedded, and real-
time controllers
Accessories
3U subrack dividers (4 widths)
Rear rack-mount kit
Two 3U-to-6U module adapters
Overview
The National Instruments PXI-1056 is a 3U/6U dual-stack chassis
that accommodates a 4-slot controller and combinations of 6U and
3U modules, from up to seven 6U modules and three 3U modules to
a total of seventeen 3U modules. A 6U module is twice the height of
a 3U module, and the NI PXI-1056 dual stacks 3U modules sideways
in the chassis. The PXI-1056 accepts all NI PXI embedded and
remote controllers, including Pentium M and Pentium 4 embedded
controllers that run Windows or LabVIEW Real-Time. The chassis is
designed for applications where custom 6U modules or high-end RF
modules, available in the 6U format, need to be used in a single
system with 3U modules commercially available from multiple
vendors. More than 1,150 PXI/CompactPCI products are available in
the 3U PXI format, so there is a large selection of 3U modules from
which to choose.
National Instruments Dual-Stack Architecture
The PXI-1056 is a low-profile chassis with a 4U height that easily
fits in a 19 in. rack. Slot 1, the controller slot, accepts up to a 4-slot
embedded controller. Three additional 3U modules fit in slots 2, 3,
and 4 above the controller in Section 1 (see Figure 1). Sections 2 and
3 accommodate either seven 6U modules, or a combination of 6U
modules and dual-stacked 3U modules, as described in Table 1.
Although the PXI-1056 can theoretically accept up to seventeen 3U
modules (14 dual-stacked and 3 above the controller), NI
recommends the NI PXI-1045 18-slot chassis for a system using
seventeen 3U modules.
Power, Chassis Status Indicators, and Cooling
The PXI-1056 chassis provides power over the entire operating
range of 0 to 55 C with a robust power supply located in a
removable power shuttle with an MTTR of less than 1 minute. Six
dual-color LED indicators on the front panel (see Figure 1) indicate
chassis status. Four indicate the status of voltage rails (+3.3, 5, +12,
-12 V), one indicates fan status (FAN), and another indicates an over
temperature condition (TEMP). There is also an AUTO/HIGH fan
speed selector switch that adjusts fan speed based on chassis in let
temperature.
NI PXI-1056
Figure 1. PXI-1056 Dual-Stack Architecture
Table 1. PXI-1056 Module Capacity
Number of 6U Slots Corresponding Number of 3U Slots
0 17
1 15
2 13
3 11
4 9
5 7
6 5
7 3
5
P
X
I
3
U
/
6
U

D
u
a
l
-
S
t
a
c
k

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

f
o
r

P
X
I
Back to Index
3U/6U Dual-Stack Chassis for PXI
Backplane Triggering
The PXI-1056 backplane, interoperable with 5 V and universal PXI-
compatible modules, uses the 32-bit PCI bus. However, 64-bit
CompactPCI modules function in the chassis in 32-bit mode. The
chassis employs the PXI trigger bus, PXI star trigger, and PXI 10 MHz
system clock signal. The star trigger slot (slot 2) provides dedicated
equal-length trigger lines between slot 2 and peripheral slots 3
through 15. All slots on each PXI bus segment share eight PXI trigger
bus lines. The PXI-1056 supplies the PCI 10 MHz system clock signal
(PXI_CLK10) independently to each peripheral slot to provide a skew
less than 250 ps for devices synchronized with the PCI 10 MHz
system clock.
Dual-Stack 3U and 6U Modules, Accessories,
and Module Orientation
The modules placed in the PXI-1056 dual-stack chassis are inserted
sideways with the PXI ejector handle toward the right side of the
chassis, as shown in Figure 2. To accommodate two 3U modules in a
single 6U slot, National Instruments provides three additional
accessories:
PXI-1056 3U/6U subrack dividers available in four slot widths
Adapter for two 3U modules in a 6U slot (Figure 2)
6U Front Filler Panel, for installing one 3U module in a 6U slot
When a subrack divider is ordered as an accessory, NI installs it at
the factory and it converts the 6U slots into twice the number of 3U
slots. For example, if you order the 2-slot divider, then the top two
slots, Slot 10 and Slot 11, in Section 2 are converted from two 6U
slots to four 3U slots (10, 11, 17, and 18). If you select the 3-slot
subrack divider, the top three slots are converted into six 3U slots.
NI PXI-1056................................................................. 779406-01
Accessories
NI PXI-1056 Rear Rack-Mount Kit............................... 193830-01
NI PXI-1056 3U/6U Subrack Divider
2-slot...................................................................... 779469-02
3-slot...................................................................... 779469-03
4-slot...................................................................... 779469-04
5-slot...................................................................... 779469-05
6U Front Filler Panel.................................................... 777763-01
Adapter for Two 3U Modules in a 6U Slot................. 779470-01
NI PXI-1056 Dual-Stack Factory Installation Service
and Extended Warranty and Calibration Services.... 960597-16
Figure 2. Adapter for Two 3U Modules in a 6U Slot
Figure 3. The 6U Front Filler Panel is used to insert one 3U module in a 6U slot.
5
P
X
I
3
U
/
6
U

D
u
a
l
-
S
t
a
c
k

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

f
o
r

P
X
I
136
Back to Index
PXI Chassis with Integrated Signal Conditioning
137
Integrated SCXI signal conditioning
Ideal for high-channel-count data
acquisition applications
Built-in cabling to SCXI slots
HALT tested for increased reliabilty
PXI-1050
8 PXI slots and 4 SCXI slots
Multiplexed and parallel operating
modes for SCXI
Latest chassis technology
PXI-1052
AUTO/HIGH fan-speed selector to
optimize cooling and acoustic emissions
Quieter operation, as low as 42 dBA
Extended temperature range to 55 C
Multiplexed operating mode for SCXI
SCXI high-voltage analog backplane
integrated internally
Overview
National Instruments offers PXI chassis with integrated SCXI so you
can have the benefits of SCXI and the PXI platform integrated in a
single PXI chassis. The PXI platform offers a variety of modules such
as multifunction I/O, digital I/O, switching, and instrument modules.
With SCXI you can expand the functionality of your data acquisition
system with modules for multiplexing, linearization, filtering,
isolation, amplification, switching, and more. The NI PXI and SCXI
combination chassis offer a complete solution for a wide range of
test and measurement applications that require signal conditioning,
switching and multiplexing. Visit the PXI/SCXI advisor at
ni.com/pxiadvisor to view a complete list of SCXI modules and
configure a PXI and SCXI system.
PXI-1050, PXI-1052
The PXI-1050 and PXI-1052 offer the latest chassis technology from
NI. The PXI-1050 is an upgrade to the PXI-1010, and works with all
NI PXI controllers. The PXI-1052 implements fan-speed control of the
power supply and module fans to reduce acoustic emissions, and
offers an AUTO/HIGH fan-speed selector switch. When set to AUTO,
the PXI-1052 optimizes cooling and acoustic emissions based on air
intake temperature.
SCXI Operating Modes
NI PXI chassis with integrated SCXI provide a built-in digital and
analog bus between the rightmost PXI slot and the SCXI subsystem
so that a DAQ or DMM module can control the SCXI subsystem in
multiplexed mode without external cabling. Using the PXI-1050, you
can also connect additional PXI DAQ modules to SCXI modules in
parallel mode (requires additional cabling). In multiplexed mode, one
DAQ module controls the entire SCXI subsystem; all measurements
are multiplexed back to this one device so users can create a cost-
effective high-channel-count system. SCXI handles many types of
sensor measurements, including voltages, resistances,
thermocouples, strain gages, accelerometers, RTDs, and LVDTs.
Software for Configuring Your System
National Instruments is a leading supplier of integrated hardware
and software for test and measurement applications. With software
such as Measurement & Automation Explorer (MAX), you can easily
configure your PXI/SCXI system. Using LabVIEW and NI-DAQ, you
can quickly configure your measurement and begin acquiring signals.
MAX automatically detects which PXI and SCXI modules are installed
in your system so you can configure your measurements.
NI PXI-1050, NI PXI-1052
5
P
X
I
P
X
I

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

w
i
t
h

I
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
e
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
Table 1. PXI-1050 and PXI-1052 Features
SCXI High-Voltage
Model PXI SCXI Operation Mode Analog Backplane
PXI-1050 8 4 Multiplexed and Parallel
PXI-1052 4 8 Multiplexed
Slots
Table 2. PXI-1052 Acoustic Emissions
PXI-1052 Acoustic Emissions
1
(measured at operator position) dBA
Auto Fan (25 C ambient) 41.6
High Fan 51.5
Sound Power
1
High Fan 60.0
1
Tested in accordance with ISO 7779
Back to Index
PXI Chassis with Integrated Signal Conditioning
Automatic Code Generation
With LabVIEW and NI-DAQ 7.0 or later, you can use NI-DAQ Express
VIs to configure your measurement type and then automatically
generate the code necessary to acquire that measurement. With the
flexibility of PXI, the benefits of SCXI, and easy-to-use software
such as MAX and LabVIEW, you can take full advantage of flexible
hardware and software from National Instruments, to develop
robust applications to meet your measurement needs.
Installation
The PXI-1050 and PXI-1052 have differentiated designs that make
them ideally suited for different environments. For benchtop use, the
PXI-1052 has supporting feet that easily tilt up. You can also set the
feet to level the chassis with the benchtop, or completely remove
them. The PXI-1050 comes with removable rubber feet for benchtop
applications. Both chassis offer mounting points located on each
side of the chassis, to which you can attach optional rack-mount
kits. You can also use them to recess the PXI-1050 or PXI-1052
chassis in your instrument cabinet. The PXI-1052 is well suited for
portable applications, with a built-in carrying handle. It also has the
SCXI high-voltage analog back plane (HVAB) built in. All of these
configurations can be assembled or disassembled without accessing
the interior of the chassis.
NI PXI-1050
120 VAC ................................................................. 779199-01
100 VAC ................................................................. 779199-02
220 VAC.................................................................. 779199-03
240 VAC.................................................................. 779199-04
NI-PXI-1052 (universal input) ..................................... 778693-01
U.S.120 VAC .............................................................. 763000-01
Japan 100 VAC............................................................ 763000-01
Swiss 220 VAC............................................................ 763065-01
Australian 240 VAC..................................................... 763066-01
SCXI-1370 Rack Mount kit for the
SCXI-1001 or PXI-1050 chassis.............................. 776577-70
SCXI-1360 front filler panel........................................ 776576-60
SCXI-1361 rear filler panel......................................... 776576-61
SCXI-1374 handle kit.................................................. 776577-74
PXI-1052 front rack-mount kit
(for 19 in.rack)........................................................ 778931-01
PXI-1052 rear rack-mount kit
(for 19 in.rack)......................................................... 778931-02
Filler panels (3 double-slot and
3 single-slot)
1
.......................................................... 778679-01
2
....................................... 778678-01
1
Every PXI-1052 chassis comes with two single-slot filler panels.
2
system. Please refer to National Instruments KnowledgeBase entry on slot blocker
usage criteria on ni.com/support for additional information on this optional system
feature.
of the box.
5
P
X
I
P
X
I

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

w
i
t
h

I
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
e
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
138
Back to Index
PXI Express Chassis with Integrated MXI-Express
Remote Controller
139
Low-cost chassis for remote
Controlled from either a PCI Express
desktop host or an ExpressCard
laptop host
3 hybrid slots and 2 PXI Express slots
MXI-Express remote controller achieves
up to 215 MB/s sustained throughput
Up to 250 MB/s per-slot dedicated
bandwidth (x1 PCI Express), 250 MB/s
total system bandwidth
Acoustic noise as low as 43.3 dBA
Accepts 3U PXI Express and
CompactPCI Express modules in every
slot and PXI and CompactPCI modules
in designated slots
Reliability
Rack-mount kit
Handle and feet kit
Slot blockers for directing air flow
inside the chassis
System assurance program
Overview
NI PXIe-1073 chassis kits consist of a low-cost chassis featuring an
integrated controller for remote control applications, either a host
PCI Express board for desktops or a host ExpressCard for laptops,
and a cable. These kits can help you create the lowest-cost PXI
Express systems on the market today. With an integrated MXI-
Express controller in the chassis, the NI PXIe-1073 provides a
transparent, remote link with up to 208 MB/s sustained throughput
to the host computer. It features five peripheral slots for I/O
modules, compact, rugged packaging, and quiet operation, which
make it ideal for portable, desktop, and industrial control
applications.
Low-Cost PXI-PXI Express System
With an integrated MXI-Express remote controller, the NI PXIe-1073
offers the most attractive price per slot for a PXI Express system.
The chassis has five module slots, three of which can accept either
PXI Express or standard PXI hybrid-compatible modules. This makes
the chassis a logical choice for engineers requiring only PXI slots but
needing the flexibility to add PXI Express modules in the future.
Lightweight and Quiet Portable System
The compact, rugged, and portable NI PXIe-1073 weighs less than
12 lb, making it ideal for portable applications. It features an
AUTO/HIGH fan-speed selector that provides a HIGH fan-speed
setting to maximize cooling and AUTO fan setting to minimize
acoustic emissions. When set to AUTO, the NI PXIe-1073 chassis
monitors air intake temperature and adjusts the fan speed
accordingly. When set to AUTO in an environment with an ambient
temperature of 25 C, the sound pressure level measured at the
operator interface is only 43.3 dBA.
trigger bus.
For PXI Express modules, in addition to PXI timing and
synchronization features, the NI PXIe-1073 backplane delivers a
differential 100 MHz reference clock with an accuracy of 25 ppm,
less than 3 ps jitter, and a maximum slot-to-slot skew of 100 ps.
The NI PXIe-1073 does not offer a system timing slot, which
provides the ability to import/export the 10 MHz clock and PXI
triggers. It also does not provide a star trigger. For more advanced
timing and synchronization, consider one of the high-performance NI
PXI Express chassis.
NI PXIe-1073
5
P
X
I
P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

w
i
t
h

I
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
e
d

M
X
I
-
E
x
p
r
e
s
s

R
e
m
o
t
e

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
Back to Index
PXI Express Chassis with Integrated MXI-Express Remote Controller
PXI System Assurance Program
With NI system assurance programs, you receive complete system-
level assembly and functional testing of the PXI chassis, controller,
and all peripheral devices, as well as installation of all device
drivers and software programs such as NI LabVIEW.
For the best experience in ordering your PXI system, use the
intuitive NI PXI Advisor online to select all of your system
components. Visit ni.com/pxiadvisor.
Step 1. Select your chassis/host.
Chassis with PCI Express host
NI PXIe-1073 with
3 m cable................................................................. 781161-01
No cable.................................................................. 781161-02
Chassis with ExpressCard host
NI PXIe-1073 with
3 m cable................................................................ 781162-01
No cable.................................................................. 781162-02
Chassis only (no host card or cable)....................... 781163-01
Step 2. Select additional cables, if necessary.
MXI-Express Cable
1 m........................................................................... 779500-01
3 m........................................................................... 779500-03
7 m........................................................................... 779500-07
U.S. 120 VAC............................................................... 736000-01
Japan 100 VAC............................................................ 736000-01
Swiss 220 VAC............................................................ 763065-01
Australian 240 VAC..................................................... 763066-01
To see a complete list of accessories available for your PXI
system, visit ni.com/pxiadvisor.
NI PXI-103x/NI PXIe-107x rack mount kit................... 778948-01
NI PXI-103x/NI PXIe-107x side-handle and
rubber-feet kit.......................................................... 778949-01
Filler panel kit (7 single-slot, 1 double-slot,
and 2 quadruple-slot)
1
............................................. 778646-01
NI PXI slot blocker, set of 5
2
....................................... 199198-01
1
2
When you select the NI Standard System Assurance Program, unpopulated slots are
populated with slot blockers automatically.
If you are ordering this chassis as part of a system, select an NI
system assurance program to have your hardware/software
of the box.
5
P
X
I
P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

w
i
t
h

I
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
e
d

M
X
I
-
E
x
p
r
e
s
s

R
e
m
o
t
e

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
140
Back to Index
141
PXI Chassis with Integrated
MXI-Express Remote Controller
Low-cost chassis for remote control
applications
Controlled from either a PCI Express
desktop host or an ExpressCard laptop
host
MXI-Express remote controller achieves
up to 110 MB/s sustained throughput
Rugged, compact package accepts up to
5 peripheral modules
Acoustic noise as low as 38 dBA
Accepts both 3U PXI and CompactPCI
modules
Options
Compatible with all PXI-103x family
accessories
Rack-mount kit
Handle and feet kit
Overview
The National Instruments PXI-1033 Series chassis kits consist of a
low-cost chassis designed with an integrated controller for remote
control applications, either a host PCI Express board for desktops or
a host ExpressCard for laptops, and a cable. The NI PXI-1033 Series
reduces the already low entry cost of a PXI system by 50 percent
when compared to a PXI-1031 4-slot chassis and MXI-Express
controller. With an integrated MXI-Express controller in the chassis,
the PXI-1033 provides a transparent, remote link with up to 110
MB/s sustained throughput. It offers five peripheral slots for I/O
modules and features compact, rugged packaging as well as quiet
operation, which makes it ideal for both portable and desktop ATE
systems. The low cost and high performance of the PXI-1033 Series
meet application needs in a variety of industries including
automotive, ATE, and electronics.
Low-Cost PXI Remote Control System
APXI-1033 chassis kit lowers the PXI setup cost by 50 percent when
compared to 4-slot PXI-1031 chassis with a MXI-4 Express kit. With
this low-cost PXI entry point, engineers can control up to five
PXI/Compact PCI modules across a remote link that offers 110 MB/s
of sustained bandwidth more than a 40 percent increase compared
to MXI-4 PCI remote control of PXI.
Lightweight, Portable System
The PXI-1033 chassis includes an integrated remote controller and
five peripheral slots. The compact, rugged, and portable chassis
weighs less than 12 lb and is small for portability. It features an
operating temperature range of 0 to 50 C.
Quiet Acoustic Emissions for Improved
Development Environment
The PXI-1033 chassis offers an AUTO/HIGH fan-speed selector that
provides a HIGH fan setting to maximize cooling and AUTO fan
setting to minimize acoustic emissions. When set in AUTO, the PXI-
1033 chassis monitors air intake temperature and adjusts fan speed
accordingly. Table 1 shows PXI-1033 acoustic emissions.
NI PXI-1033 Series
5
P
X
I
P
X
I

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

w
i
t
h

I
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
e
d

M
X
I
-
E
x
p
r
e
s
s

R
e
m
o
t
e

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
1
(dBA) (measured at operator interface)
High Fan 51.5
1
Tested in accordance with ISO 7779
Table 1. PXI-1033 Acoustic Emissions
Back to Index
PXI Chassis with Integrated MXI-Express Remote Controller
chassis, modules, and all accessories, visit ni.com/pxiadvisor.
Step 1. Select the chassis/host.
Chassis for PCI Express host
NI PXI-1033 with
3 m cable................................................................. 779756-01
No cable.................................................................. 779757-01
Chassis for ExpressCard host
NI PXI-1033 with
3 m cable................................................................ 779758-01
No cable.................................................................. 779759-01
Chassis only (no host card or cable)....................... 779760-01
Step 2. Select additional cables, if necessary.
MXI-Express Cable
1 m........................................................................... 779500-01
3 m........................................................................... 779500-03
7 m........................................................................... 779500-07
AC Power Cords
U.S. 120 VAC.......................................................... 763000-01
Japanese 100 VAC................................................. 763000-01
United Kingdom 240 VAC....................................... 763064-01
Swiss 220 VAC....................................................... 763065-01
Australian 240 VAC................................................ 763066-01
Universal Euro 240 VAC.......................................... 763067-01
North American 240 VAC........................................ 763068-01
PXI-103x rack-mount kit.............................................. 778948-01
PXI filler-panel kit for chassis
1
.................................... 778933-01
PXI-103x side-handle and rubber-feet kit................... 778949-01
PXI chassis slot-blocker kit
(2 single-slot blockers)............................................ 778678-01
1
Every PXI-1033 includes four single filler panels.
Receive this system with software installed and an additional
one-year warranty on all components. Order through Factory
Installation Services.
PXI 4 and 6-Slot FIS and Extended Warranty............. 960597-04
5
P
X
I
P
X
I

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

w
i
t
h

I
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
e
d

M
X
I
-
E
x
p
r
e
s
s

R
e
m
o
t
e

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
142
Back to Index
Controller Overview
NI PXIe-8133 NI PXIe-8115 NI PXI-8110 NI PXI-8109 NI PXI-8108 NI PXIe-8108 NI PXI-8102 NI PXIe-8102 NI PXI-8101 NI PXIe-8101
1.73 GHz 2.5 GHz dual-core 2.26 GHz 2.66 GHz 2.53 GHz 2.53 GHz 1.9 GHz 1.9 GHz 2.0 GHz 2.0 GHz
Processor (3.06 GHz Turbo) Intel Core i5-2510E quad-core (3.33 GHz Turbo) dual-core dual-core dual-core dual-core Intel Intel
quad-core processor (3.1 GHz Intel Core 2 dual-core Intel Core 2 Intel Core 2 Intel Celeron Intel Celeron Celeron 575 Celeron 575
Intel i7-820maximum in single-core, Q9100 Intel i7-620M Duo T9400 Duo T9400 T3100 T3100
Turbo Boost mode)
Processor 4 2 4 4 2 2 2 2 1 1
Bus PXI Express PXI Express PXI PXI PXI PXI Express PXI PXI Express PXI PXI Express
Standard 2 GB 1333 MHz 2 GB 1333 MHz 2 GB 800 MHz 2 GB 1066 MHz 1 GB 800 MHz 1 GB 800 MHz 1 GB 800 MHz 1 GB 800 MHz 1 GB 800 MHz 1 GB 800 MHz
Memory DDR3 DDR3 DDR2 DDR3 DDR2 DDR2 DDR2 DDR2 DDR2 DDR2
Maximum 8 GB 1333 MHz 8 GB 1333 MHz 4 GB 800 MHz 8 GB 1066 MHz 4 GB 800 MHz 4 GB 800 MHz 4 GB 800 MHz 4 GB 800 MHz 4 GB 800 MHz 4 GB 800 MHz
Maximum Slot 1 GB/s 250 MB/s 132 MB/s 132 MB/s 132 MB/s 250 MB/s 132 MB/s 250 MB/s 132 MB/s 250 MB/s
Bandwidth
Maximum Sys 8 GB/s 1 GB/s 132 MB/s 132 MB/s 132 MB/s 1 GB/s 132 MB/s 1 GB/s 132 MB/s 1 GB/s
tem Bandwidth
Hard-Drive 120 GB (7200 RPM) 250 GB (5400 RPM) 120 GB (7200 RPM) 120 GB (7200 RPM) 80 GB (5400 RPM) 80 GB (5400 RPM) 80 GB (5400 RPM) 80 GB (5400 RPM) 80 GB (5400 RPM) 80 GB (5400 RPM)
minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum
Extended
Temperature - - - -
Option
Ethernet Two x 10/100/1000 Two x 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 Two x 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000
(Gigabit) (Gigabit) (Gigabit) (Gigabit) (Gigabit) (Gigabit) (Gigabit) (Gigabit) (Gigabit) (Gigabit)
ExpressCard - - - -
/ 34 Slot
GPIB (IEEE
488.2) Interface
Serial Ports 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(RS232)
Parallel Ports
USB Ports 4 (Hi-Speed USB) 6 (Hi-Speed USB) 4 (Hi-Speed USB) 4 (Hi-Speed USB) 4 (Hi-Speed USB) 4 (Hi-Speed USB) 2 (Hi-Speed USB) 2 (Hi-Speed USB) 2 (Hi-Speed USB) 2 (Hi-Speed USB)
Watchdog
/ Trigger SMB
User Program - - - - - - - 2 - 2
mable LEDs
Win 7 Windows 7 Win 7 Win 7 Win 7 Win 7 Win 7 Win 7 Win 7 Win 7
OS (32-Bit & 64-Bit), Professional, (32-Bit & 64-Bit), (32-Bit & 64-Bit), (32-Bit), (32-Bit), (32-Bit), (32-Bit), (32-Bit), (32-Bit),
Windows XP FES Windows XP Windows Vista, Windows XP FES Windows Vista, Windows Vista, Windows Vista, Windows Vista, Windows Vista, Windows Vista,
Professional SP3 for Windows XP Windows XP Windows XP Windows XP Windows XP Windows XP Windows XP
Embedded Systems
3
143
5
P
X
I
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
High-performance and high-value embedded controllers for PXIand PXI Express systems
Up to 8 GB/s system throughput and 2 GB/s slot throughput 8 GB of RAM, maximum
Microsoft Windows and drivers already installed
Integrated hard drive, USB, Ethernet, and other peripherals
Configure a complete PXI system with PXI Advisor
PXI Embedded Controllers
Back to Index
Controller Overview
NI PXIe-8133 RT NI PXI-8110 RT NI PXI-8109 RT NI PXI-8108 RT NI PXIe-8108 RT NI PXI-8102 RT NI PXIe-8102 RT NI PXI-8101 RT NI PXIe-8101 RT NI PXIe-8100 RT
1.73 GHz 2.26 GHz 2.66 GHz 2.53 GHz 2.53 GHz 1.9 GHz 1.9 GHz 2.0 GHz 2.0 GHz 1.66 GHz
Processor (3.06 GHz Turbo) quad-core (3.33 GHz Turbo) dual-core dual-core dual-core dual-core Intel Intel Intel
quad-core Intel Core 2 dual-core Intel Core 2 Intel Core 2 Intel Celeron Intel Celeron Celeron 575 Celeron 575
Intel i7-820 Quad Q9100 Intel i7-620M Duo T9400 Duo T9400 T3100 T3100
Processor 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 1 1 1
Bus PXI Express PXI PXI PXI PXI Express PXI PXI Express PXI PXI Express PXI Express
Standard 2 GB 1333 MHz 2 GB 800 MHz 2 GB 1066 MHz 1 GB 800 MHz 1 GB 800 MHz 1 GB 800 MHz 1 GB 800 MHz 1 GB 800 MHz 1 GB 800 MHz 512 MB 667 MHz
Maximum 4 GB 1333 MHz 4 GB 800 MHz 4 GB 1066 MHz 4 GB 800 MHz 4 GB 800 MHz 4 GB 800 MHz 4 GB 800 MHz 4 GB 800 MHz 4 GB 800 MHz 1 GB 667 MHz
Maximum Slot 1 GB/s 132 MB/s 132 MB/s 132 MB/s 250 MB/s 132 MB/s 250 MB/s 132 MB/s 250 MB/s 250 MB/s
Bandwidth
Maximum Sys 8 GB/s 132 MB/s 132 MB/s 132 MB/s 1 GB/s 132 MB/s 1 GB/s 132 MB/s 1 GB/s 1 GB/s
tem Bandwidth
Hard-Drive 120 GB (7200 RPM) 120 GB (7200 RPM) 120 GB (7200 RPM) 80 GB (5400 RPM) 80 GB (5400 RPM) 80 GB (5400 RPM) 80 GB (5400 RPM) 80 GB (5400 RPM) 80 GB (5400 RPM) 512 MB
minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum minimum NANDrive SSD
Extended
Temperature - - - - -
Option
Ethernet Two x 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 Two x 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000
(Gigabit) (Gigabit) (Gigabit) (Gigabit) (Gigabit) (Gigabit) (Gigabit) (Gigabit) (Gigabit) (Gigabit)
ExpressCard - - - - -
/ 34 Slot
GPIB (IEEE - - - - -
488.2) Interface
Serial Ports 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(RS232)
Parallel Ports -
USB Ports 4 (Hi-Speed USB) 4 (Hi-Speed USB) 4 (Hi-Speed USB) 4 (Hi-Speed USB) 4 (Hi-Speed USB) 2 (Hi-Speed USB) 2 (Hi-Speed USB) 2 (Hi-Speed USB) 2 (Hi-Speed USB) 2 (Hi-Speed USB)
Watchdog -
/ Trigger SMB
User Program - - - - - - 2 - 2 2
mable LEDs
OS LabVIEW Real-Time LabVIEW Real-Time LabVIEW Real-Time LabVIEW Real-Time LabVIEW Real-Time LabVIEW Real-Time LabVIEW Real-Time LabVIEW Real-Time LabVIEW Real-Time LabVIEW Real-Time
Real-time deterministic performance
Headless and embedded operation
Up to 3.06 GHz quad-core processors
Expandable, customizable
Distributed execution
Simple network configuration
PXI Embedded Real-Time Controllers
5
P
X
I
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
144
Back to Index
1.73 GHz Quad-Core Embedded Controller for PXI Express
Intel Core i7-820QM quad-core
processor (1.73 GHz (base),
3.06 (single-core turbo))
Up to 8 GB/s system, up to 2 GB/s slot
bandwidth
2 GB (1 x 2 GB DIMM) dual-channel
1333 MHz DDR3 standard,
8 GB (2 x 4 GB DIMM) maximum
High-performance 7200 rpm integrated
hard drive with standard option
Maximize performance with SSD and
RAM upgrades
Two 10/100/1000BASE-TX Ethernet
ports and four Hi-Speed USB ports
Other peripherals (ExpressCard/34 slot,
DVI-I video connector, IEEE 1284
ECP/EPP parallel port, GPIB (IEEE 488)
controller, and RS232 serial port)
Software - OS and drivers already
installed and hard-drive-based recovery
image
Complete PXI system configuration at
ni.com/pxiadvisor
OS Information
Windows 7 64-bit
Windows 7 32-bit
Windows XP
Overview
The NI PXIe-8133 is a high-performance Intel Core i7-820QM
processor-based embedded controller for PXI Express systems. With
the 1.73 GHz base frequency, 3.06 GHz (single-core turbo) quad-core
processor, and dual-channel 1333 MHz DDR3 memory, the NI PXIe-
8133 is ideal for processor-intensive, modular instrumentation, and
data acquisition applications.
Features
NI PXIe-8133
Intel Core i7-820QM, 1.73 GHz (base), 3.06 GHz (single-core turbo mode),
CPU 2.8 GHz (dual-core turbo mode), 2.0 GHz (quad-core turbo mode)
1
L2 cache 512 KB x2 (512 KB per core)
L3 cache 8 MB shared Intel smart cache
System bandwidth Up to 8 GB/s
Slot bandwidth Up to 2 GB/s
PXI Express 4-link configuration Four x4 links
Dual-channel 1333 MHz DDR3 RAM, standard 2 GB (1 x 2 GB)
Dual-channel 1333 MHz DDR3 RAM, maximum 8 GB (2 x 4 GB)
Hard drive (standard option), minimum 120 GB SATA (7200 rpm)
Hard drive (extended temperature and 24/7 option), minimum 80 GB SATA (5400 rpm)
10/100/1000BASE-TX (Gigabit) Ethernet ports 2
Hi-Speed USB ports 4
Serial port (RS232)
Parallel port
ExpressCard/34 slot
Installed OS
2
Windows 7 Professional, Windows XP Professional SP3 for Embedded Systems
3
Table 1. NI PXIe-8133 Features
1
Processor should not throttle CPU frequency under reasonable, worst-case processor workloads in high operating temperature.
2
Contact National Instruments or visit ni.com/pxiadvisor for information on other available operating systems.
3
Windows XP Pro for Embedded Systems contains the same software bits and operates identically to Windows XP Pro. The main difference is the licensing that is used for Windows XP Pro for Embedded Systems.
145
5
P
X
I
1
.
7
3

G
H
z

Q
u
a
d
-
C
o
r
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
Back to Index
Quad-Core Processor
The NI PXIe-8133 includes the quad-core Intel Core i7-820QM processor.
Quad-core processors contain four cores, or computing engines, in one
physical package. To increase the number of threads that you can
process, the NI PXIe-8133 takes advantage of Intel Hyper-Threading
technology that takes each of the four physical cores and splits them
into two virtual cores, for a total of eight virtual cores. These eight
virtual cores can execute eight computing tasks, which is advantageous
in multitasking environments such as Windows 7. Multithreaded system
development environments, such as NI LabVIEW, can take full
advantage of the processing cores on the NI PXIe-8133 by automatically
separating their tasks into independent threads. Figure 1 compares the
SYSmark 2007 overall performance of the NI PXIe-8133 controller with
other PXI embedded controllers.
Previously, to fully exercise the four physical cores on the NI PXIe-8133,
applications had to be architected to create four independent execution
threads by implementing programming strategies such as task
parallelism, data parallelism, and pipelining. However, Intel introduced
Turbo Boost technology to provide performance benefits for all types of
applications without requiring the application to be optimized for
multicore processors. The NI PXIe-8133 has a 1.73 GHz base clock
frequency, and, with Intel Turbo Boost technology, the frequency
automatically increases based on the application type. For example,
when running applications that generate only a single processing
thread, the CPU places the three unused cores into an idle state and
increases the active cores clock frequency from 1.73 to 3.06 GHz.1 For
applications that are processing two threads, the CPU places the two
unused cores into an idle state and increases the active cores clock
frequency from 1.73 to 2.80 GHz.
1
For applications using four threads,
the CPU increases from 1.73 to 2.0 GHz.
1
Turbo Boost provides
performance increases for all types of applications and can significantly
reduce test times for applications that are processor-intensive.
1
Processor should not throttle CPU frequency under reasonable, worst-
case processor workloads in high operating temperatures.
High Bandwidth
This controller features the Intel Core i7-820QM processor and
takes advantage of advancements in PCI Express technology. This
processor provides four x4 (by four) PCI Express Gen 2 lanes to the
PXI chassis backplane. This generates up to 2 GB/s of dedicated slot
bandwidth with the overall system bandwidth of up to 8 GB/s.
Pairing the NI PXIe-8133 with a PXI Express chassis, such as the NI
PXIe-1082 or NI PXIe-1075, you can simultaneously stream a larger
set of I/O channels to the controllers system RAM, allowing for the
creation of larger and more complex data record and playback
applications. For example, by using an NI PXIe-1075 PXI Express
chassis and an NI PXIe-8133 embedded controller, you can
sustainably stream data from 32 input channels with 16-bit
resolution sampled at 100 MS/s into system memory for analysis or
postprocessing.
Building Hybrid Test Systems
The NI PXIe-8133 has two Ethernet ports, which enable the
development of a hybrid test system. With the ability to use the
second Ethernet port, you can combine multiple buses into your test
systems. By taking advantage of hybrid test systems that combine
components from multiple platforms, you can integrate new buses
into existing test systems to help balance design considerations,
take advantage of various technologies, and extend the life of your
systems.
Figure 1. Embedded Controller Benchmarks
Figure 2. The NI PXIe-8133 can process 210,000 1K FFTs per second,
which is about 75 percent faster than the NI PXIe-8108 embedded controller.
5
P
X
I
1
.
7
3

G
H
z

Q
u
a
d
-
C
o
r
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
146
Back to Index
Hardware
With state-of-the-art packaging, the NI PXIe-8133 integrates the
Intel Core i7-820QM processor and all standard and extended PC I/O
ports into a single unit. Because many of the I/O ports on the
controller are integrated, all active slots in the chassis remain
available for measurement and control modules. This rugged
controller design minimizes integration issues and eliminates the
need for complex cabling to daughter boards. The NI PXIe-8133
block diagram is shown in Figure 3.
Peripheral I/O
This module includes high-performance peripheral I/O such as two
10/100/1000BASE-TX (Gigabit) Ethernet ports and four Hi-Speed
USB ports for connection to a keyboard, mouse, CD-ROM/DVD-ROM
drive for software installation, or other standard PC peripherals such
as speakers, printers, or memory sticks. Use the IEEE 1284 ECP/EPP
parallel port to connect to a wide variety of devices, including tape
backup drives and printers. An RS232 port is available for
connecting to serial devices. Additionally, the NI PXIe-8133
controller includes an integrated GPIB (IEEE 488) controller, which
provides control of external instrumentation, saving additional cost
and a slot.
ExpressCard
This embedded controller features an ExpressCard/34 slot.
ExpressCard uses the PCI Express and Hi-Speed USB serial
interfaces to provide up to 2.5 Gbit/s of bidirectional throughput.
Use the ExpressCard/34 slot to add a third Gigabit Ethernet port to
your system or additional peripheral I/O such as external hard
drives, RAID arrays, 802.11 wireless LAN, IEEE 1394, Bluetooth, or
various memory adapters.
Video
The NI PXIe-8133 includes an integrated ATI Radeon E2400 graphics
processing unit, which delivers intense, realistic 3D graphics with
sharp images, fast rendering, smooth motion, and high detail,
without the need for an additional video card or peripheral. This
unique architecture provides balanced memory usage between
graphics and the system for optimal performance. Additionally, the NI
PXIe-8133 features a DVI-I video connector that is compatible with
digital (DVI) and analog video (VGA) monitors. A DVI-I to VGA adapter
is included with the controller for use with VGA monitors.
Dual Monitor Support
The DVI-I video port on the NI PXIe-8133 is capable of supporting
simultaneous DVI and VGA output. With this built-in capability, you
can connect a digital and an analog monitor or two analog monitors
to your PXI system at the same time with independent displays. This
negates the need for a separate PXI or CompactPCI video module to
connect two monitors to your PXI system. A DVI-I (male) to DVI-D
(female) and VGA (female) splitter is required for connecting the two
monitors and is available from National Instruments (part number
780868-01).
Memory
The NI PXIe-8133 uses dual-channel 1333 MHz DDR3 SDRAM, which
makes the controller ideal for data-intensive applications requiring
significant analysis. It has two SO-DIMM sockets for the DDR3
SDRAM. 2 GB (1 x 2 GB DIMM) of RAM is standard with upgrade
options to 8 GB.
Extended Temperature and 24/7 Operation Option
You can choose from two versions of the NI PXIe-8133 embedded
controller to address different environmental and usage conditions.
The primary difference between the versions is that the version for
extended temperature and 24/7 operation uses a different hard drive
that is designed for both reliability in low- and high-temperature
extremes and 24/7 operation. The standard version of the controllers
has an operating temperature of 5 to 50 C and a storage
temperature of -40 to 65 C. The extended temperature and 24/7
operation version has an operating temperature of 0 to 55 C and a
storage temperature of -40 to 70 C.
You can also use the extended temperature and 24/7 operation
version for applications that require continuous operation for up to 24
hours/day, seven days/week because the hard drive is rated for 24/7
operation. The hard drive in the standard version of the controllers is
designed to be powered on for eight hours/day, five days/week.
Additionally, 24/7 operation applications may subject the hard drive
to a high-duty cycle (the percentage of the maximum sustained
throughput of the hard drive). The hard drive in the extended
temperature and 24/7 operation version has a capacity of 80 GB
(minimum). See specifications for further details.
147
5
P
X
I
1
.
7
3

G
H
z

Q
u
a
d
-
C
o
r
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
Back to Index
USB Peripherals
National Instruments offers a USB-to-dual-PS/2 keyboard/mouse
adapter cable to connect a legacy PS/2 keyboard and mouse to a
single USB port on your embedded controller. Additionally, NI offers
external USB CD-ROM/DVD-ROM and USB floppy drives for use with
your embedded controller. Connect these drives to your embedded
controller for easy software installation and upgrades. Both are
completely powered through the USB ports, so no external power
connections are required. Additional USB peripherals, such as USB
speakers to add audio or USB memory sticks to add easily removable
memory, are widely available from PC peripheral manufacturers.
Hard-Drive-Based Recovery Image
The NI PXIe-8133 embedded controller is shipped with a factory
image of the software installation stored on a separate partition of
the hard drive. In the case of software corruption, you can invoke a
recovery tool during the controllers boot-up process that can use this
backup image to restore the controller to its shipping software
configuration. You also can use this recovery tool to create custom
images that you can store on external mass storage devices such as
a USB memory stick, USB hard drives, and USB CD/DVD drives. With
this ability, you can create custom backup images that you can use to
either recover an NI PXIe-8133 controller or replicate the installation
on other NI PXIe-8133 controllers. For more information on this tool,
refer to KnowledgeBase 2ZKC02OK.
Software
The NI PXIe-8133 comes with the following minimum set of software
already installed:
Microsoft Windows XP Professional OS (contact National
Instruments or visit ni.com/pxiadvisor for localized versions of
Windows XP and for other available OSs)
Hard-drive-based recovery image
NI-VISA and NI-488.2 drivers
Drivers for all built-in I/O ports
With an NI system assurance program (base or standard) added to
your PXI system order, your embedded controller is shipped already
configured with all software and drivers applicable for your system.
For example, assume you order a PXI system that includes NI
LabVIEW and NI TestStand software, as well as data acquisition
modules, a digitizer, an arbitrary waveform generator, and a digital
multimeter (DMM). With an NI system assurance program, NI not
only assembles and tests your system but also fully configures the
embedded controller with the appropriate NI-DAQmx, NI-SCOPE, NI-
FGEN, and NI-DMM drivers, as well as LabVIEW and NI TestStand.
Additionally, your embedded controller is configured with a
customized hard-drive-based recovery image, so you can restore your
controller to the as-shipped configuration at any time. This
combination of software configuration and recovery tools provides
both a productive and reliable development experience with your PXI
system out of the box. To configure a complete PXI system with an NI
system assurance program, contact National Instruments or visit
ni.com/pxiadvisor.
NI PXIe-8133
NI PXIe-8133 Windows XP........................................... 781478-01
NI PXIe-8133 Windows 7 (32-Bit)................................ 781478-04
NI PXIe-8133 Windows 7 (32-Bit) Extended Temp...... 781479-04
NI PXIe-8133 Windows XP Extended Temp................. 781479-01
Hard-Drive Spare/Replacement and Upgrades
500 GB 2.5 in SATA Hard Drive Upgrade..................... 781946-01
120 GB (or greater) 2.5 in.
SATA Blank HDD Spare/Replacement......................... 780970-01
80 GB (or greater) 2.5 in. SATA Ext Temp,
24/7 Blank HDD Spare/Replacement........................... 779175-07
32 GB 2.5 in SATA Solid-State Drive Upgrade.............779175-08
250 GB 2.5 in MLC SATA Solid-State Drive Upgrade.. 781945-01
Other Accessories
DVI-I (male) to DVI-D (female) and
VGA (female) splitter.................................................... 780868-01
USB-to-dual-PS/2 keyboard/mouse adapter cable...... 778713-02
External USB CD-ROM/DVD-ROM drive...................... 778492-01
External USB floppy drive............................................. 778492-02
USB English keyboard and optical mouse ................... 779660-01
Parallel port adapter cable (6 in.)................................. 777169-01
Micro-GPIB to GPIB adapter cable (0.2 m)................. 183285-0R2
Micro-GPIB to GPIB cable (1 m).................................... 183285-01
ExpressCard strain-relief accessory
for embedded controllers............................................. 192524-01
NI MKD-1117 (rack-mount 1U LCD monitor,
keyboard, mouse drawer)............................................ 779872-01
NI FPM-1017 (17 in. flat panel monitor)...................... 779559-01
NI FPM-1019 (19 in. widescreen
flat panel monitor, DVI input)....................................... 781002-01
NI FPT-1015 (flat panel touch screen
with VGA interface and USB)....................................... 779560-01
NI PMA-1115: Portable PXI Monitor
and English Keyboard Accessory..................................780215-01
5
P
X
I
1
.
7
3

G
H
z

Q
u
a
d
-
C
o
r
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
148
Back to Index
2.5 GHz Dual-Core Embedded Controller for PXI Express
Intel Core i5-2510E dual-core processor
(2.5 GHz (base), 3.1 (single-core turbo))
Up to 1 GB/s system, up to 250 MB/s
slot bandwidth
2 GB (1 x 2 GB DIMM) single-channel
250 GB 5400 rpm integrated hard drive
with standard option
Six Hi-Speed USB ports and two
10/100/1000BASE-TX Ethernet ports
two display port video connectors,
IEEE 1284 ECP/EPP parallel port,
GPIB (IEEE 488) controller, and RS232
serial port)
ni.com/pxiadvisor
image
OS Information
Windows 7 64-bit
Windows 7 32-bit
Windows XP
Overview
The NI PXIe-8115 is a high-performance Intel Core i5-2510E
processor-based embedded controller for PXI Express systems.
With the 2.5 GHz base frequency, 3.1 GHz (single-core turbo) dual-
core processor, and single-channel 1333 MHz DDR3 memory, the NI
PXIe-8115 is ideal for processor-intensive, modular instrumentation,
and data acquisition applications.
Features
NI PXIe-8115
149
5
P
X
I
2
.
5

G
H
z

D
u
a
l
-
C
o
r
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
Intel Core i5-2510E, 2.5 GHz (base), 3.1 GHz (single-core turbo mode),
CPU 2.9 GHz (dual-core turbo mode)
1
L2 cache 512 KB (512 KB per core)
System bandwidth Up to 1 GB/s
Slot bandwidth Up to 250 MB/s
Single-channel 1333 MHz DDR3 RAM, standard 2 GB (1 x 2 GB)
Single-channel 1333 MHz DDR3 RAM, maximum 8 GB (1 x 8 GB)
Serial port (RS232)
Parallel port
ExpressCard/34 slot
Installed OS
2
Windows 7 Professional, Windows XP Professional SP3 for Embedded Systems
3
1
2
3
Windows XP Pro for Embedded Systems contains the same software bits and operates identically to Windows XP Pro. The main difference is the licensing that is used for Windows XP Pro for Embedded Systems.
Due to the Microsoft support life cycle for Windows XP, National Instruments will be unable to provide PXI embedded controllers with Windows XP preinstalled after 2015. View the Microsoft support life cycle for
full details about Windows XP end of life for OEM partners.
Back to Index
Dual-Core Processor
The NI PXIe-8115 includes the dual-core Intel Core i5-2510E
processor. Dual-core processors contain two cores, or computing
engines, in one physical package. To increase the number of threads
that you can process, the NI PXIe-8115 takes advantage of Intel
Hyper-Threading technology that takes each of the two physical
cores and splits them into two virtual cores, for a total of four virtual
cores. These four virtual cores can execute four computing tasks,
which is advantageous in multitasking environments such as
Windows 7. Multithreaded system development environments, such
as NI LabVIEW, can take full advantage of the processing cores on
the NI PXIe-8115 by automatically separating their tasks into
independent threads. Figure 1 compares the SYSmark 2007 overall
performance of the NI PXIe-8115 controller with other PXI embedded
controllers.
Previously, to fully exercise the two physical cores on the NI PXIe-
8115, applications had to be architected to create multiple
independent execution threads by implementing programming
strategies such as task parallelism, data parallelism, and pipelining.
However, Intel introduced Turbo Boost technology to provide
performance benefits for all types of applications without requiring
the application to be optimized for multicore processors. The NI
PXIe-8115 has a 2.5 GHz base clock frequency, and, with Intel Turbo
Boost technology, the frequency automatically increases based on
the application type. For example, when running applications that
generate only a single processing thread, the CPU places the one
unused core into an idle state and increases the active cores clock
frequency from 2.5 to 3.1 GHz.1 Turbo Boost provides performance
increases for all types of applications and can significantly reduce
test times for applications that are processor-intensive.
1Processor should not throttle CPU frequency under reasonable,
worst-case processor workloads in high operating temperatures.
Hardware
With state-of-the-art packaging, the NI PXIe-8115 integrates the
Intel Core i5-2510E processor and all standard and extended PC I/O
available for measurement and control modules. This rugged
controller design minimizes integration issues and eliminates the
need for complex cabling to daughter boards. The NI PXIe-8115
block diagram is shown in Figure 3.
Figure 2. The NI PXIe-8115 can process 182,000 1K FFTs per second,
which is about 50 percent faster than the NI PXIe-8108 embedded controller.
Figure 3. NI PXIe-8115 Block Diagram
5
P
X
I
2
.
5

G
H
z

D
u
a
l
-
C
o
r
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
150
Back to Index
In-ROM Memory and Hard-Drive Diagnostics
To improve the serviceability of the NI PXIe-8115, In-ROM
diagnostics for the hard drive and memory can be quickly accessed
without requiring external third-party tools. By running these
diagnostics, the results of analysis can determine if replacement of
the hard drive or memory is required. The design of the controller
allows for quick field replacement of critical components such as the
hard drive and the memory without affecting the warranty. To ease
the process of buying spare components, you can purchase hard
drive and memory upgrades with the NI PXIe-8115. The combination
of this and the In-ROM diagnostics significantly improves NI PXIe-
8115 serviceability.
Peripheral I/O
10/100/1000BASE-TX (Gigabit) Ethernet ports and six Hi-Speed USB
ports for connection to a keyboard, mouse, CD-ROM/DVD-ROM drive
for software installation, or other standard PC peripherals such as
speakers, printers, or memory sticks. Use the IEEE 1284 ECP/EPP
backup drives and printers. You can use an RS232 port to connect to
serial devices. Additionally, the NI PXIe-8115 controller includes an
integrated GPIB (IEEE 488) controller, which controls external
instrumentation, saving additional cost and a slot.
Building Hybrid Test Systems
The NI PXIe-8115 has two Ethernet ports, which enable the
development of a hybrid test system. With the ability to use the
second Ethernet port, you can combine multiple buses in your test
systems. By taking advantage of hybrid test systems that combine
components from multiple platforms, you can integrate new buses
into existing test systems to help balance design considerations,
take advantage of a variety of technologies, and extend the life of
your systems.
ExpressCard
Video
The NI PXI-8115 includes the Intel Core i5-2510E integrated
graphics processing unit, which delivers intense, realistic 3D
graphics with sharp images, fast rendering, smooth motion, and high
detail but without the need for an additional video card or
peripheral. This unique architecture provides balanced memory
usage between graphics and the system for optimal performance.
Additionally, the NI PXIe-8115 features two DisplayPorts1 video
connectors. A DisplayPort to VGA adapter is included with the
controller for use with VGA monitors. For information on approved
DisplayPort to DVI adapter, reference this KnowledgeBase.
1The NI PXIe-8115 controller uses new DisplayPort v1.1 technology
for display connections and some issues have been found with this
technology when used in place of DVI, VGA or other legacy
configurations.
For more information, refer to the National Instruments Web site at
ni.com/info and enter the Info Code displayport.
The dual Display Port video ports on the NI PXIe-8115 support
simultaneous output. With this built-in capability, you can connect
two monitors to your PXI system at the same time with independent
displays. This negates the need for a separate PXI or CompactPCI
video module to connect two monitors to your PXI system.
Memory
The NI PXIe-8115 uses single-channel 1333 MHz DDR3 SDRAM,
which makes the controller ideal for data-intensive applications
requiring significant analysis. It has a single SO-DIMM socket for
the DDR3 SDRAM. 2 GB (1 x 2 GB DIMM) of RAM is standard with
upgrade options to 8 GB.
151
5
P
X
I
2
.
5

G
H
z

D
u
a
l
-
C
o
r
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
Memory Options Configuration Part Number
Included in Kit Additional P/N Required
Standard - 2 GB 1 x 2 GB DIMM 1 x 2 GB DIMM N/A
4 GB 1 x 4 GB DIMM N/A Add 1 x 781404-4096
8 GB 1 x 8 GB DIMM N/A Add 1 x 781736-8192
Table 2. Memory Upgrade Options
Back to Index
Extended Temperature and
24/7 Operation Option
You can choose from two versions of the NI PXIe-8115 embedded
The primary difference between the versions is that the extended
temperature and 24/7 operation version uses a different hard drive that
is designed for both reliability in low- and high-temperature extremes
and 24/7 operation. The standard version of the controllers has an
operating temperature of 5 to 50 C and a storage temperature of -40
to 65 C. The extended temperature and 24/7 operation version has an
operating temperature of 0 to 55 C and a storage temperature of -40
to 70 C. You can also use the extended temperature and 24/7
operation version for applications that require continuous operation for
up to 24 hours/day, seven days/week because the hard drive is rated
for 24/7 operation. The hard drive in the standard version of the
controller is designed to be powered on for eight hours/day, five
days/week. Additionally, 24/7 operation applications may subject the
hard drive to a high-duty cycle (the percentage of the maximum
sustained throughput of the hard drive). The hard drive in the extended
USB Peripherals
single USB port on your embedded controller. Additionally, NI
provides external USB CD-ROM/DVD-ROM and USB floppy drives for
use with your embedded controller. Connect these drives to your
embedded controller for easy software installation and upgrades.
Both are powered through the USB ports, so no external power
speakers to add audio or USB memory sticks to add easily
removable memory, are available from PC peripheral manufacturers.
The NI PXIe-8115 embedded controller is shipped with a factory
image of the software installation stored on a separate partition of
the hard drive. In the case of software corruption, you can invoke a
recovery tool during the controllers boot-up process that can use
this backup image to restore the controller to its shipping software
this ability, you can create custom backup images that you can use
to either recover an NI PXIe-8115 controller or replicate the
installation on other NI PXIe-8115 controllers. For more information
on this tool, refer to KnowledgeBase 2ZKC02OK.
Software
The NI PXIe-8115 comes with the following minimum set of
software already installed:
Microsoft Windows 7 Professional OS (contact National
Windows 7 and for other available OSs)
With an NI system assurance program (Base or Standard) added to
FGEN, and NI-DMM drivers as well as LabVIEW and NI TestStand
software.
customized hard-drive-based recovery image, so you can restore
your controller to the as-shipped configuration at any time. This
system out of the box. To configure a complete PXI system with an
NI system assurance program, contact National Instruments or visit
ni.com/pxiadvisor.
5
P
X
I
2
.
5

G
H
z

D
u
a
l
-
C
o
r
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
152
Back to Index
2.26 GHz Quad-Core Embedded Controller for PXI
153
Intel Core 2 Quad Q9100 processor
(2.26 GHz quad core)
800 MHz DDR2 RAM standard,
4 GB (1 x 4 GB DIMMs) maximum
10/100/1000BASE-TX Ethernet
Up to 132 MB/s system and
slot bandwidth
4 Hi-Speed USB ports
ExpressCard/34 slot
DVI-I video connector
IEEE 1284 ECP/EPP parallel port
RS232 serial port
Internal PXI trigger bus routing
Watchdog timer
Software
OS and drivers already installed
Overview
The NI PXI-8110, an extreme-performance embedded controller
based on the Intel Core 2 Quad Q9100 processor, is designed for use
in PXI and CompactPCI systems. With its 2.26 GHz quad-core
processor, 2 GB 800 MHz DDR2 standard memory, and a high-
performance 7200 rpm drive, the PXI-8110 is ideal for applications
requiring intensive analysis, signal and image processing, and
execution of complex system models. This embedded controller in a
PXI chassis offers a compact, high-performance PC-based platform
for test, measurement, and control applications.
Quad-Core Processor
The PXI-8110 includes the quad-core Intel Core 2 Quad Q9100
processor. Quad-core processors contain four cores, or computing
engines, in one physical package. They can simultaneously execute
four computing tasks, which is advantageous in multitasking
environments such as Windows Vista or Windows XP, where
multiple applications run simultaneously. Multithreaded system
development environments, such as NI LabVIEW, can take full
advantage of the available four processing cores on the PXI-8110 by
automatically separating their tasks into independent threads. With
its quad-core processor, this controller can simultaneously execute
four of these threads. Figure 1 compares the SYSmark 2007 overall
performance of the PXI-8110 controller with other PXI embedded
controllers.
To fully exercise the available four cores on the PXI-8110,
applications must be architected to create four independent
execution threads by implementing programming strategies such as
task parallelism, data parallelism, and pipelining. As an example of
its high performance, the PXI-8110 can process up to 215,000 1K
fast Fourier transforms (FFTs) per second, which is about 80 percent
faster than the NI PXI-8108 dual-core embedded controller.
Previously, you could achieve this type of performance only by using
a bulky workstation. The PXI-8110 provides this same capability in a
compact, 3U form factor.
NI PXI-8110
5
P
X
I
2
.
2
6

G
H
z

Q
u
a
d
-
C
o
r
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

P
X
I
Intel Core 2 Quad Q9100 processor
CPU (2.26 GHz quad core)
Front-side bus 1066 MHz
L2 cache 12 MB
Dual-channel 800 MHz DDR2 RAM, standard 2 GB (1x2 GB)
Dual-channel 800 MHz DDR2 RAM, maximum 4 GB (1x4 GB)
Hard drive (extended temperature 80 GB SATA (5400 rpm)
and 24/7 option), minimum
10/100/1000BASE-TX (Gigabit) Ethernet
10/100/1000 BASE-TX Ethernet
Serial port (RS232)
Parallel port
Hi-Speed USB ports
ExpressCard/34 slot
Installed OS Windows Vista Business,
Windows Vista Business
(downgraded to Windows XP Professional)
Table 1. NI PXI-8110 Features
SYSmark 2007 Overall Performance
Back to Index
Hardware
With state-of-the-art packaging, the PXI-8110 integrates the Intel
Core 2 Quad Q9100 processor and all standard and extended PC I/O
available for measurement and control modules. This rugged one-
piece controller design minimizes integration issues and eliminates
the need for complex cabling to daughter boards.
Peripheral I/O
The PXI-8110 includes high-performance peripheral I/O such as
10/100/1000BASE-TX (gigabit) Ethernet and four Hi-Speed USB
ports for connection to a keyboard, a mouse, a CD-ROM/DVD-ROM
backup drives, printers, and scanners. An RS232 port is available for
connecting to serial devices. Additionally, the PXI-8110 controller
includes an integrated GPIB (IEEE 488) controller, which provides
control of external instrumentation, saving additional cost and a slot.
ExpressCard
interfaces to provide up to 2.5 Gb/s of bidirectional throughput. Use
the ExpressCard/34 slot to add a second gigabit Ethernet port to
Video
The PXI-8110 includes a Mobile Intel GM45 Express Chipset
(Graphics and Memory Controller Hub) that has an integrated
graphics processing unit. It delivers intense, realistic 3D graphics
with sharp images, fast rendering, smooth motion, and high detail,
graphics and the system for optimal performance. Additionally, the
PXI-8110 features a DVI-I video connector that is compatible with
digital (DVI) and analog video (VGA) monitors. A DVI-I to VGA
adapter is included with the controller for use with VGA monitors.
The DVI-I video port on the PXI-8110 is capable of supporting
monitors.
Memory
The PXI-8110 uses dual-channel 800 MHz DDR2 SDRAM, which
significant analysis. It has a single SO-DIMM socket for the DDR2
options to 4 GB.
This embedded controller is available in two versions to address
different environmental and usage conditions. The primary
difference is that the version for extended temperature and 24/7
operation uses a different hard drive, designed for both reliability in
low- and high temperature extremes and 24/7 operation. The
standard version of the controllers has an operating temperature of
5 to 50 C and a storage temperature of -40 to 65 C. The extended
temperature and 24/7 operation version has an operating
temperature of 0 to 55 C and a storage temperature of -40 to 70 C.
version for applications that require continuous operation for up to
24 hours/day, seven days/week because the hard drive is rated for
24/7 operation. The hard drive in the standard version of the
controllers is designed to be powered on for eight hours/day, five
days/week. Additionally, 24/7 operation applications may subject
the hard drive to a high duty cycle (the percentage of the maximum
sustained throughput of the hard drive). The hard drive in the
standard version of the controllers is designed for a 20 percent duty
cycle. The hard drive in the extended temperature and 24/7
Parallel Benchmark: 1K FFT/s
Figure 2. The PXI-8110 can process 215.000 1 K FFTs per second,
which is about 80 percent faster than the NI PXI-8108 embedded controller.
5
P
X
I
2
.
2
6

G
H
z

Q
u
a
d
-
C
o
r
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

P
X
I
154
Back to Index
155
5
P
X
I
2
.
2
6

G
H
z

Q
u
a
d
-
C
o
r
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

P
X
I
operation version has a capacity of 80 GB (minimum).
USB Peripherals
external USB CD-ROM/DVD-ROM and USB floppy drives for use
with your embedded controller. Connect these drives to your
embedded controller for easy software installation and upgrades.
Both are completely powered through the USB ports, so no external
power connections are required. Additional USB peripherals, such as
USB speakers to add audio, or USB memory sticks to add easily
removable memory, are widely available from PC peripheral
manufacturers.
Additional Peripheral I/O
National Instruments offers numerous plug-in modules to add more
peripheral I/O to your PXI system. With the wide variety of
peripheral I/O modules available, you can choose modules that add
communication with serial, IEEE 1394, and SCSI, in addition to
numerous others. You also can obtain modules for controlling other
PXI or VXI/VME systems.
The PXI-8110 embedded controller is shipped with a factory image
of the software installation stored on a separate partition of the
hard drive. In the case of software corruption, you can invoke a
recovery tool during the controllers boot-up process that can use
this backup image to restore the controller to its shipping software
this ability, you can create custom backup images that you can use
to either recover a PXI-8110 controller or replicate the installation on
other PXI-8110 controllers. For more information on this tool, refer to
KnowledgeBase 2ZKC02OK.
Software
The PXI-8110 comes with the following minimum set of software
already installed:
Microsoft Windows OS
Drivers for all built-in I/O ports (Table 1)
With the NI Standard System Assurance Program added to a PXI
system order, your embedded controller is shipped already
For example, assume you order a PXI system that includes LabVIEW
and NI TestStand software, as well as data acquisition modules, a
digitizer, an arbitrary waveform generator, and a digital multimeter
(DMM). With the standard program, NI not only assembles and tests
your system but also fully configures the embedded controller with
the appropriate NI-DAQmx, NI-SCOPE, NI-FGEN, and NI-DMM
drivers as well as LabVIEW and NI TestStand.
Step 1. Controller model - select one of the following.
NI PXI-8110
Base....................................................................... 780690-xx
Extended Temperature and 24/7........................... 780691-xx
Step 2. Replace xx to select installed OS.
Windows Vista Business (English).......................................... -02
Windows Vista Business - downgraded to
Windows XP Professional (English)................................... -01
Localized Windows XP or Other OS......................................... -00
Step 3. Memory upgrades
select the amount of upgrade memory.
Standard:
2 GB MB (1 x 2 GB DIMM)
Recommended upgraded memory configurations:
4 GB (1 x 4 GB DIMM must be purchased)
4 GB DDR2 RAM for PXI-8110................................. 780446-4096
Step 4. Accessories
1
120 GB (or greater) 7200 rpm,
2.5 in. SATA HDD spare/replacement................... 780970-01
80 GB (or greater) 2.5 in. SATA extended temp
hard-drive upgrade................................................. 779175-07
32 GB 2.5 in. SATA solid-state hard-drive upgrade.... 779175-08
250 GB (or greater) 2.5 in. SATA hard-drive upgrade.... 779175-06
VGA (female) splitter............................................. 780868-01
USB-to-dual-PS/2 keyboard/mouse adapter cable..... 778713-02
External USB CD-ROM/DVD-ROM drive..................... 778492-01
External USB floppy drive........................................... 778492-02
USB English keyboard and optical mouse.................. 779660-01
Parallel port adapter cable (6 in.)............................... 777169-01
keyboard, mouse drawer)...................................... 779872-01
NI FPM-1017 (17 in. flat panel monitor)..................... 779559-01
NI FPT-1015 (flat panel touch screen with
VGA interface and USB)........................................ 779560-01
GPIB port adapter cable, 2 m...................................... 183285-02
Back to Index
2.66 GHz Dual-Core Embedded Controller for PXI
Intel Core i7-620M dual-core processor
(2.66 GHz (base), 3.33 (single-core turbo)
Up to 132 MB/s system and slot
bandwidth
image
ni.com/pxiadvisor
OS Information
Windows 7 64-bit
Windows 7 32-bit
Windows XP
Overview
The NI PXI-8109 is a high-performance Intel Core i7-620M
processor-based embedded controller for PXI systems. With the
2.66 GHz base frequency, 3.33 GHz (single-core turbo) dual-core
processor, and dual-channel 1066 MHz DDR3 memory, the PXI-8109
is ideal for processor-intensive, modular instrumentation, and data
acquisition applications.
Features
Dual-Core Processor
The PXI-8109 includes the dual-core Intel Core i7-620M processor. Dual-
core processors contain two cores, or computing engines, in one
physical package. To increase the number of threads that can be
processed, the PXI-8109 uses Intel Hyper-Threading technology that
takes each of the two physical cores available and splits them into two
virtual cores, for a total of four virtual cores. These four virtual cores can
execute four computing tasks, which is advantageous in multitasking
environments such as Windows 7. Multithreaded system development
environments, such as NI LabVIEW, can take full advantage of the
available processing cores on the PXI-8109 by automatically separating
their tasks into independent threads. Figure 1 compares the SYSmark
2007 overall performance of the PXI-8109 controller with other PXI
embedded controllers.
NI PXI-8109
Intel Core i7-620M, 2.66 GHz (base),
3.33 GHz (single-core turbo mode),
1
L2 cache 256 KB x2 (256 KB per core)
Hard drive (extended temperature and 80 GB SATA (5400 rpm)
Serial port (RS232)
Parallel port
ExpressCard/34 slot
Installed OS
2
Windows 7 Professional,
Windows XP Professional SP3 for
Embedded Systems
3
1
Processor should not throttle CPU frequency under reasonable, worst-case processor workloads in high
operating temperature.
2
3
Windows XP Pro for Embedded Systems contains the same software bits and operates identically to Windows
XP Pro. The main difference is the licensing that is used for Windows XP Pro for Embedded Systems.
Table 1. NI PXI-8109 Features
5
P
X
I
2
.
6
6

G
H
z

D
u
a
l
-
C
o
r
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

P
X
I
156
Back to Index
157
Previously, to fully exercise the two physical cores on the PXI-8109,
applications had to be architected to create two independent execution
threads by implementing programming strategies such as task
parallelism, data parallelism, and pipelining. However, Intel introduced
Turbo Boost technology to provide performance benefits for all types of
applications without requiring the application to be optimized for
multicore processors. The PXI-8109 has a 2.66 GHz base clock
frequency, and, with Intel Turbo Boost technology, the frequency
automatically increases based on the application type. For example,
when running applications that generate only a single processing
thread, the CPU places the one unused core into an idle state and
increases the active cores clock frequency from 2.66 to 3.33 GHz.
1
For
applications that are processing two threads, the CPU increases the
active cores clock frequency from 2.66 to 3.06 GHz.
1
Turbo Boost
provides performance increases for all types of applications and
can significantly reduce test times for applications that are processor-
intensive.
1
Processor should not throttle CPU frequency under reasonable, worst-
case processor workloads in high operating temperatures.
Hardware
With state-of-the-art packaging, the PXI-8109 integrates the Intel
Core i7-620M processor and all standard and extended PC I/O ports
into a single unit. Because many of the I/O ports on the controller
are integrated, all active slots in the chassis remain available for
measurement and control modules. This rugged one-piece controller
design minimizes integration issues and eliminates the need for
complex cabling to daughterboards. The PXI-8109 block diagram is
shown in Figure 3.
Peripheral I/O
10/100/1000BASE-TX (Gigabit) Ethernet ports and four Hi-Speed USB
ports for connection to a keyboard, mouse, CD-ROM/DVD-ROM drive
for software installation, or other standard PC peripherals such as
speakers, printers, or memory sticks. Use the IEEE 1284 ECP/EPP
backup drives and printers. An RS232 port is available for connecting
to serial devices. Additionally, the PXI-8109 controller includes an
integrated GPIB (IEEE 488) controller, which provides control of
external instrumentation, saving additional cost and a slot.
ExpressCard
Video
The PXI-8109 includes an integrated ATI Radeon E2400 graphics
processing unit, which delivers intense, realistic 3D graphics with
sharp images, fast rendering, smooth motion, and high detail,
PXI-8109 features a DVI-I video connector that is compatible with
digital (DVI) and analog video (VGA) monitors. A DVI-I to VGA
adapter is included with the controller for use with VGA monitors.
The DVI-I video port on the PXI-8109 is capable of supporting
monitors and is available from National Instruments (part number
780868-01).
5
P
X
I
2
.
6
6

G
H
z

D
u
a
l
-
C
o
r
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

P
X
I
Figure 2. The PXI-8109 can process 129,000 1K FFTs per second,
which is about 20 percent faster than the NI PXI-8110 embedded controller.
Back to Index
Memory
The PXI-8109 uses dual-channel 1066 MHz DDR3 SDRAM, which
significant analysis. It has two SO-DIMM sockets for the DDR3
options to 8 GB.
You can choose from two versions of the PXI-8109 embedded
The primary difference between the versions is that the version for
extended temperature and 24/7 operation uses a different hard drive
that is designed for both reliability in low- and high-temperature
extremes and 24/7 operation. The standard version of the controllers
has an operating temperature of 5 to 50 C and a storage
temperature of -40 to 65 C. The extended temperature and 24/7
operation version has an operating temperature of 0 to 55 C and a
storage temperature of -40 to 70 C.
version for applications that require continuous operation for up to 24
Additionally, 24/7 operation applications may subject the hard drive
to a high-duty cycle (the percentage of the maximum sustained
throughput of the hard drive). The hard drive in the extended
USB Peripherals
external USB CD-ROM/DVD-ROM and USB floppy drives for use with
your embedded controller. Connect these drives to your embedded
controller for easy software installation and upgrades. Both are
completely powered through the USB ports, so no external power
speakers to add audio or USB memory sticks to add easily removable
memory, are widely available from PC peripheral manufacturers.
The PXI-8109 embedded controller is shipped with a factory image of
the software installation stored on a separate partition of the hard
drive. In the case of software corruption, you can invoke a recovery
tool during the controllers boot-up process that can use this backup
image to restore the controller to its shipping software configuration.
You also can use this recovery tool to create custom images that you
can store on external mass storage devices such as a USB memory
stick, USB hard drives, and USB CD/DVD drives. With this ability, you
can create custom backup images that you can use to either recover
a PXI-8109 controller or replicate the installation on other PXI-8109
controllers. For more information on this tool, refer to
KnowledgeBase 2ZKC02OK.
Software
The PXI-8109 comes with the following minimum set of software
already installed:
Microsoft Windows XP Professional OS (contact National
Windows XP and for other available OSs)
customized hard-drive-based recovery image, so you can restore your
controller to the as-shipped configuration at any time. This
system out of the box. To configure a complete PXI system with an NI
system assurance program, contact National Instruments or visit
ni.com/pxiadvisor.
5
P
X
I
2
.
6
6

G
H
z

D
u
a
l
-
C
o
r
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

P
X
I
158
Back to Index
159
NI PXI-8109
NI PXI-8109 Windows 7 (32-Bit)................................. 781453-04
NI PXI-8109 Windows 7 (32-Bit) Extended Temp....... 781454-04
NI PXI-8109 Windows XP Extended Temp.................. 781454-01
NI PXI-8109 Windows XP............................................ 781453-01
500 GB 2.5 in SATA Hard Drive Upgrade.................... 781946-01
250 GB 2.5 in MLC SATA
Solid-State Drive Upgrade.......................................... 781945-01
32 GB 2.5 in SATA Solid-State Drive Upgrade........... 779175-08
24/7 Blank HDD Spare/Replacement......................... 779175-07
120 GB (or greater) 2.5 in. SATA Blank
HDD Spare/Replacement........................................... 780970-01
Other Accessories
Micro-GPIB to GPIB cable (1 m).................................. 183285-01
External USB floppy drive........................................... 778492-02
NI PMA-1115: Portable PXI Monitor and
English Keyboard Accessory....................................... 780215-01
USB English keyboard and optical mouse.................. 779660-01
keyboard, mouse drawer)........................................... 779872-01
USB-to-dual-PS/2 keyboard/mouse adapter cable.... 778713-02
NI FPM-1019 (19 in. widescreen
flat panel monitor, DVI input)..................................... 781002-01
VGA (female) splitter................................................. 780868-01
with VGA interface and USB)..................................... 779560-01
External USB CD-ROM/DVD-ROM drive.................... 778492-01
ExpressCard strain-relief accessory for
embedded controllers................................................. 192524-01
5
P
X
I
2
.
6
6

G
H
z

D
u
a
l
-
C
o
r
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

P
X
I
Back to Index
High-Value PXI Embedded Controller for Windows
2.0 GHz single-core for PXI-8101,
1.9 GHz dual-core for PXI-8102
1 GB (1 x 1 GB DIMM) 800 MHz DDR2
RAM standard, 4 GB (1 x 4 GB DIMMs)
maximum
80 GB integrated hard-drive standard
bandwidth
OS Information
Windows 7
Windows 7 Vista
Windows XP
Overview
The NI PXI-8101 and PXI-8102 high-value embedded controllers
featuring Intel Celeron 575 and dual-core Celeron T3100 processors,
respectively, are designed for use in PXI and CompactPCI systems.
With their 2.0 GHz single-core and 1.9 GHz dual-core processors and
800 MHz DDR2 standard memory, these embedded controllers offer
an ideal balance of performance and value. The PXI-8101 or PXI-
8102 in a PXI chassis, such as the NI PXI-1036, provides a compact,
high-value, PC-based platform for test, measurement, and control
applications.
Features
NI PXI-8101 NI PXI-8102
CPU Intel Celeron 575 (2.0 GHz) Intel Celeron T3100 (1.9 GHz)
CPU cores 1 2
L2 cache 1 MB
Serial port (RS232)
Parallel port
Installed OS
2
Windows 7 Professional, Windows Vista Business, Windows XP Professional for Embedded Systems
2
Table 1. NI PXI-8101 and NI PXI-8102 Features
1
2
5
P
X
I
H
i
g
h
-
V
a
l
u
e

P
X
I

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

W
i
n
d
o
w
s
160
Back to Index
161
Hardware
With state-of-the-art packaging, the PXI-8101 and PXI-8102
integrate Intel processors and all standard and extended PC I/O
ports into a single unit. By integrating many I/O ports on the
controller, all active slots in the chassis remain available for
measurement and control modules. This rugged one-piece controller
design minimizes integration issues and eliminates the need for
complex cabling to daughter boards. The PXI-8101 block diagram is
shown in Figure 2.
Peripheral I/O
These controllers include high-performance peripheral I/O such as
10/100/1000BASE-TX (Gigabit) Ethernet and two Hi-Speed USB
connecting to serial devices.
Memory
The PXI-8101 and PXI-8102 use 800 MHz DDR2 SDRAM, which
makes the controllers ideal for data-intensive applications requiring
significant analysis. They have a single SO-DIMM socket for the
DDR2 SDRAM. 1 GB (1 x 1 GB DIMM) of RAM is standard with
Video
The PXI-8101 and PXI-8102 include a Mobile Intel GM45 Express
Chipset (Graphics and Memory Controller Hub) that has an
integrated graphics processing unit. It delivers intense, realistic 3D
detail, without the need for an additional video card or peripheral.
This unique architecture provides balanced memory usage between
PXI-8101 and PXI-8102 feature a DVI-I video connector that is
compatible with digital (DVI) and analog video (VGA) monitors. A
DVI-I to VGA adapter is included with the controller for use with
VGA monitors.
The DVI-I video port on the PXI-8101 and PXI-8102 is capable of
supporting simultaneous DVI and VGA outputs. With this built-in
capability, you can connect a digital and an analog monitor to your
PXI system at the same time with independent displays. This
monitors.
5
P
X
I
H
i
g
h
-
V
a
l
u
e

P
X
I

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

W
i
n
d
o
w
s
Figure 2. NI PXI-8101 Block Diagram
Standard - 1 GB 1 x 1 GB DIMM N/A
2 GB 1 x 2 GB DIMM 780446-2048
Recommended - 4 GB 1 x 4 GB DIMM 780446-4096
Back to Index
PXI-8101 and PXI-8102 embedded controllers are shipped with a
factory image of the software installation stored on a separate
partition of the hard drive. In the case of software corruption, you
can invoke a recovery tool during the controllers boot-up process
that can use this backup image to restore the controller to its
shipping software configuration. You also can use this recovery tool
to create custom images that you can store on external mass
storage devices such as a USB memory stick, USB hard drives, and
USB CD/DVD drives. With this ability, you can create custom backup
images that you can use to either recover the specific embedded
controller or replicate the installation on other similar controllers.
For more information on this tool, refer to KnowledgeBase
2ZKC02OK.
Software
The PXI-8101 and PXI-8102 come with the following minimum set of
software already installed:
Microsoft Windows OS (contact National Instruments or visit
ni.com/pxiadvisor for a list of available Microsoft OSs and for
localized versions)
ni.com/pxiadvisor.
NI PXI-8101
NI PXI-8101 Windows XP............................................. 780955-01
NI PXI-8101 Windows Vista......................................... 780955-02
Other Accessories
Micro-GPIB to GPIB adapter cable (0.2 m) ................ 183285-0R2
Parallel port adapter cable (6 in.) ............................... 777169-01
USB English keyboard and optical mouse .................. 779660-01
External USB floppy drive ........................................... 778492-02
External USB CD-ROM/DVD-ROM drive ..................... 778492-01
USB-to-dual-PS/2 keyboard/
mouse adapter cable ................................................... 778713-02
English Keyboard Accessory....................................... 780215-01
NI FPT-1015 (flat panel touch screen with
VGA interface and USB) .............................................. 779560-01
NI FPM-1019 (19 in. widescreen flat panel monitor,
DVI input)...................................................................... 781002-01
NI FPM-1017 (17 in. flat panel monitor) ..................... 779559-01
keyboard, mouse drawer)............................................. 779872-01
Micro-GPIB to GPIB cable (1 m)................................... 183285-01
250 GB 2.5 in MLC
SATA Solid State Hard Drive Upgrade........................ 781945-01
32 GB 2.5 in
60 GB (or Greater) 2.5 in SATA Blank HDD
Spare/Replacement...................................................... 779175-03
NI PXI-8102
NI PXI-8102 Windows Vista........................................ 781149-02
NI PXI-8102 Windows XP............................................. 781149-01
5
P
X
I
H
i
g
h
-
V
a
l
u
e

P
X
I

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

W
i
n
d
o
w
s
162
Back to Index
High-Value Embedded Controllers for PXI Express
maximum
80 GB integrated hard-drive standard
bandwidth
OS Information
Windows 7
Windows 7 Vista
Windows XP
Overview
The NI PXIe-8101 and PXIe-8102 are high-value embedded
controllers designed for use in PXI Express and CompactPCI Express
systems. The NI PXIe-8102 features a dual-core 1.9 GHz Intel
Celeron T3100 processor, and the NI PXIe-8101 includes a single-
core 2.0 GHz Intel Celeron 575 processor. Integrating these
controllers into a PXI Express chassis, such as the NI PXIe-1062 or
PXIe-1082, provides a compact, high-value platform that delivers up
to 1 GB/s of total system bandwidth and up to 250 GB/s of single-
slot bandwidth. This combination of high system and slot
bandwidth, the latest Intel processors, and a lower price point
makes these controllers ideal for value-based test, measurement,
and control applications.
Features
NI PXIe-8101, NI PXIe-8102
163
5
P
X
I
H
i
g
h
-
V
a
l
u
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
NI PXIe-8101 NI PXIe-8102
CPU cores 1 2
L2 cache 1 MB
PCI Express bandwidth Four x1 PCI Express Gen1
Serial port (RS232)
Parallel port
Installed OS
1
Windows 7 Professional, Windows Vista Business, Windows XP Professional for Embedded Systems
2
Table 1. NI PXIe-8101 and PXIe-8102 Features
1
2
Back to Index
Hardware
With state-of-the-art packaging, the NI PXIe-8101 and PXIe-8102
integrate Intel processor and all standard and extended PC I/O ports
into a single unit. By integrating many I/O ports on the controller, all
active slots in the chassis remain available for measurement and
control modules. This rugged one-piece controller design minimizes
integration issues and eliminates the need for complex cabling to
daughter boards. The NI PXIe-8102 block diagram is shown in Figure 2.
Peripheral I/O
These controllers include high-performance peripheral I/O such as
10/100/1000BASE-TX (Gigabit) Ethernet and two Hi-Speed USB
connecting to serial devices.
Memory
The PXIe-8101 and PXIe-8102 use 800 MHz DDR2 SDRAM, which
significant analysis. They have a single SO-DIMM socket for the
DDR2 SDRAM. 1 GB (1 x 1 GB DIMM) of RAM is standard with
Video
The PXIe-8101 and PXIe-8102 include a Mobile Intel GM45 Express
Chipset (Graphics and Memory Controller Hub) that has an
PXIe-8101 and PXIe-8102 feature a DVI-I video connector that is
VGA monitors.
The DVI-I video port on the PXI-8101 and PXI-8102 is capable of
supporting simultaneous DVI and VGA outputs. With this built-in
monitors.
Figure 2. NI PXI-8101 Block Diagram
2 GB 1 x 2 GB DIMM 780446-2048
5
P
X
I
H
i
g
h
-
V
a
l
u
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
164
Back to Index
PXIe-8101 and PXIe-8102 embedded controllers are shipped with a
factory image of the software installation stored on a separate
partition of the hard drive. In the case of software corruption, you
that can use this backup image to restore the controller to its
shipping software configuration. You also can use this recovery tool
to create custom images that you can store on external mass
2ZKC02OK.
Software
The PXIe-8101 and PXIe-8102 come with the following minimum set
of software already installed:
Microsoft Windows OS (contact National Instruments or visit
ni.com/pxiadvisor for a list of available Microsoft OSs and for
localized versions)
ni.com/pxiadvisor.
165
5
P
X
I
H
i
g
h
-
V
a
l
u
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
NI PXIe-8101
NI PXIe-8101 Windows XP.......................................... 781182-01
NI PXIe-8101 Windows Vista...................................... 781182-02
Other Accessories
English Keyboard Accessory........................................ 780215-01
with VGA interface and USB) ...................................... 779560-01
NI FPM-1019 (19 in. widescreen flat panel monitor,
DVI input)...................................................................... 781002-01
NI FPM-1017 (17 in. flat panel monitor) ...................... 779559-01
keyboard, mouse drawer)............................................. 779872-01
USB English keyboard and optical mouse .................. 779660-01
Parallel port adapter cable (6 in.)................................ 777169-01
External USB floppy drive............................................ 778492-02
External USB CD-ROM/DVD-ROM drive ..................... 778492-01
Micro-GPIB to GPIB adapter cable (0.2 m) ............... 183285-0R2
mouse adapter cable .................................................. 778713-02
250 GB 2.5 in MLC
32 GB 2.5 in
60 GB (or Greater) 2.5 in SATA Blank HDD
Spare/Replacement..................................................... 779175-03
NI PXIe-8102
NI PXIe-8102 Windows Vista....................................... 781184-02
NI PXIe-8102 Windows XP........................................... 781184-01
Back to Index
2.0 GHz single-core for NI PXIe-8101,
1.9 GHz dual-core for NI PXIe-8102
1 GB (1 x 1 GB DIMM) 800 MHz
DDR2 RAM standard, 4 GB (1 x 4 GB
DIMMs) maximum
80 GB integrated hard drive standard
Up to 1 GB/s maximum system
bandwidth and 250 MB/s maximum slot
bandwidth (four x1 PCI Express links)
RS232 serial port
Internal PXI trigger bus routing
Watchdog timer
Software
OS and drivers already installed
Hard-drive-based image recovery
PXI System Configuration
Complete PXI system configuration
Overview
The NI PXIe-8101 and PXIe-8102 are high-value embedded
controllers designed for use in PXI Express and CompactPCI Express
systems. The NI PXIe-8102 features a dual-core 1.9 GHz Intel
Celeron T3100 processor, and the NI PXIe-8101 includes a single-
core 2.0 GHz Intel Celeron 575 processor. Integrating these
controllers into a PXI Express chassis, such as the NI PXIe-1062 or
PXIe-1082, provides a compact, high-value platform that delivers up
to 1 GB/s of total system bandwidth and up to 250 GB/s of single-
slot bandwidth. This combination of high system and slot
bandwidth, the latest Intel processors, and a lower price point
makes these controllers ideal for value-based test, measurement,
and control applications.
Hardware
With state-of-the-art packaging, the NI PXIe-8101 and PXIe-8102
integrate Intel processor and all standard and extended PC I/O ports
into a single unit. By integrating many I/O ports on the controller, all
active slots in the chassis remain available for measurement and
control modules. This rugged one-piece controller design minimizes
integration issues and eliminates the need for complex cabling to
daughter boards.
Peripheral I/O
The NI PXIe-8101 and PXIe-8102 include high-performance
peripheral I/O such as 10/100/1000BASE-TX (Gigabit) Ethernet and
two Hi-Speed USB ports for connection to a keyboard, mouse, CD-
ROM/DVD-ROM drive for software installation, or other standard PC
peripherals such as speakers, printers, or memory sticks. Use the
NI PXIe-8101 PXIe-8102
CPU Intel Celeron 575 Intel Celeron T3100
CPU frequency 2.0 GHz 1.9 GHz
CPU cores 1 2
Front-side bus 667 MHz 800 MHz
PCI Express bandwidth Four x1 PCI Express Gen1
L2 cache 1 MB
Dual-channel 800 MHz DDR2 RAM, standard 1 GB (1x1 GB)
Dual-channel 800 MHz DDR2 RAM, maximum 4 GB (1x4 GB)
Serial port (RS232)
Parallel port
Installed OS Windows Vista Business,
Windows Vista Business (Downgraded to
Windows XP Professional)
1
1
Contact NI or visit ni.com/pxiadvisor for information on other available operating systems.
Table 1. NI PXIe-8101 and PXIe-8102 Features
5
P
X
I
H
i
g
h
-
V
a
l
u
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
166
Back to Index
167
5
P
X
I
H
i
g
h
-
V
a
l
u
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
IEEE 1284 ECP/EPP parallel port to connect to a wide variety of
devices, including tape backup drives, printers, and scanners. An
RS232 port is available for connecting to serial devices.
Memory
The NI PXIe-8101 and PXIe-8102 use 800 MHz DDR2 SDRAM, which
makes these controllers ideal for data-intensive applications
requiring significant analysis. They have a single SO-DIMM socket
for the DDR2 SDRAM. 1 GB (1 x 1 GB DIMM) of RAM is standard
with upgrade options to 4 GB.
Video
The NI PXIe-8101 and PXIe-8102 include a Mobile Intel GM45
Express Chipset (Graphics and Memory Controller Hub) that has an
NI PXIe-8101 and PXIe-8102 feature a DVI-I video connector that is
VGA monitors.
The DVI-I video port on the NI PXIe-8101 and PXIe-8102 is capable
of supporting simultaneous DVI and VGA output. With this built-in
monitors.
NI PXIe-8101 and PXIe-8102 embedded controllers are shipped with
a factory image of the software installation stored on a separate
partition of their hard drives. In the case of software corruption, you
that can use this backup image to restore the controllers to their
shipping software configurations. You also can use this recovery
tool to create custom images that you can store on external mass
2ZKC02OK.
Software
The NI PXIe-8101 and PXIe-8102 come with the following minimum
set of software already installed:
Microsoft Windows OS
Drivers for all built-in I/O ports (Table 1)
System Assurance Programs
NI system assurance programs are designed to make it even easier
for you to own an NI system. These programs include configuration
and deployment services for your NI PXI, CompactRIO, or Compact
FieldPoint system. The NI Basic System Assurance Program provides
a simple integration test and ensures that your system is delivered
completely assembled in one box. When you configure your system
with the NI Standard System Assurance Program, you can select
from available NI system driver sets and application development
environments to create customized, reorderable software
configurations. Your system arrives fully assembled and tested in
one box with your software reinstalled. When you order your system
with the standard program, you also receive system-specific
documentation including a bill of materials, an integration test
report, a recommended maintenance plan, and frequently asked
question documents. Finally, the standard program reduces the total
cost of owning an NI system by providing three years of warranty
coverage and calibration service.
Back to Index
Step 1. Select controller model.
NI PXIe-8101................................................................ 781182-xx
NI PXIe-8102................................................................ 781184-xx
Step 2. Replace xx to select installed OS.
Windows Vista Business (English).......................................... -02
Windows Vista - downgraded to
Windows XP Professional (English)................................... -01
Localized Windows XP or Other OS......................................... -00
Step 3. Memory upgrades
select the amount of upgrade memory.
Standard:
1 GB MB (1 x 1 GB DIMM)
Recommended upgraded memory configurations:
2 GB DDR2 RAM..................................................... 780446-2048
4 GB DDR2 RAM..................................................... 780446-4096
Step 4. Accessories.
SATA HDD spare/replacement............................. 779175-03
32 GB 2.5 in. SATA solid-state
hard-drive upgrade................................................ 779175-08
SATA hard-drive upgrade..................................... 779175-06
VGA (female) splitter............................................ 780868-01
mouse adapter cable............................................ 778713-02
External USB CD-ROM/DVD-ROM drive.................... 778492-01
External USB floppy drive.......................................... 778492-02
USB English keyboard and optical mouse................. 779660-01
keyboard, mouse drawer)..................................... 779872-01
NI FPM-1019 (19 in. flat panel monitor).................... 781002-01
with VGA interface and USB)................................ 779560-01
5
P
X
I
H
i
g
h
-
V
a
l
u
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
168
Back to Index
1.73 GHz Quad-Core
Real-Time Embedded Controller for PXI Express
Intel Core i7-820QM quad-core
processor (1.73 GHz (base), 3.06
(single-core turbo))
Time Version 2010 or later applications
Execution target for NI LabWindows/CVI
Real-Time 2010 or later applications
ni.com/pxiadvisor
OS Information
Real-Time OS
LabVIEW
Overview
turbo) quad-core processor, dual-channel 1333 MHz DDR3 memory,
embedded code executes on a real-time OS.
Thus, you use the powerful and flexible development tools of
LabVIEW to build reliable, real-time solutions.
LabVIEW Real-Time applications running on PXI systems achieve
millisecond loop rates with only 3 to 4 s of system jitter. These
real-time measurement and control systems capitalize on the latest
processors combined with the advanced timing, triggering, and I/O
NI PXIe-8133 RT
Intel Core i7-820QM, 1.73 GHz (base), 3.06 GHz (single-core turbo mode),
CPU 2.8 GHz (dual-core turbo mode), 2.0 GHz (quad-core turbo mode)
1
Serial port (RS232)
Parallel port
ExpressCard/34 slot
1
Features
169
5
P
X
I
1
.
7
3

G
H
z

Q
u
a
d
-
C
o
r
e

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
Back to Index
1.73 GHz Quad-Core Real-Time Embedded Controller for PXI Express
Run Parallel Tasks on Separate Processor
Cores
The LabVIEW Real-Time Module takes advantage of the available quad
cores on the Intel processor to increase performance and determinism
for large real-time test and control applications. You can either explicitly
assign certain tasks to run on specific cores of the processor or let the
real-time operating system manage this assignment for you.
The NI PXIe-8133 RT features Intel Turbo Boost technology, which
provides performance benefits for all types of applications without
requiring the application to be optimized for multicore processors. The
NI PXIe-8133 has a 1.73 GHz base clock frequency, and, with Intel Turbo
Boost technology, the frequency automatically increases based on the
application type. For example, when running applications that generate
only a single processing thread, the CPU places the three unused cores
into an idle state and increases the active cores clock frequency from
1.73 to 3.06 GHz.1 For applications that are processing two threads, the
CPU places the two unused cores into an idle state and increases the
active cores clock frequency from 1.73 to 2.80 GHz.
1
For applications
using four threads, the CPU increases from 1.73 to 2.0 GHz
1
. Turbo Boost
provides performance increases for all types of applications and can
significantly reduce test times for applications that are processor-
intensive.
Connect to Any I/O
The modularity of PXI and open development environment of LabVIEW
make it easy to integrate a variety of I/O within your application. Create
a custom real-time embedded solution using an NI PXIe-8133 RT with
any number and combination of PXI/CompactPCI plug-in modules. With
built-in LabVIEW libraries, you can create applications with data
acquisition, dynamic signal acquisition, motion control, image
acquisition, reconfigurable I/O, and instrumentation. Communicate with
peripheral devices through CAN, GPIB, Ethernet, or serial protocols. And
use NI-VISA to integrate third-party PXI/CompactPCI modules into your
application.
In addition, the NI PXIe-8133 RT controller includes an external SMB
connection for use as a trigger input, output, or watchdog timer. Use the
external SMB to pass trigger and timing signals into and out of the PXI
trigger bus in your system.
Create Reliable Stand-Alone Systems
To ensure reliable operation, embedded LabVIEW Real-Time
applications continue to run even if the host PC is interrupted or
rebooted. Because the NI PXIe-8133 RT embedded controller runs in a
separate chassis with a dedicated power supply, the operator can shut
down the host computer entirely without disrupting the real-time
program.
For stand-alone operation, you can embed code in the system so that it
starts automatically when the system boots, requiring no human
interaction. Use the LabVIEW Professional Development System and
LabVIEW Real-Time Module to compile your LabVIEW application into
an executable and download it to your NI PXIe-8133 RT controller.
Dual-Boot Option
You can configure NI PXI embedded controllers to boot into Windows or
the real-time OS. NI Measurement & Automation Explorer (MAX)
includes features for installing and configuring PXI embedded
controllers as LabVIEW Real-Time targets. The controllers use a
hardware switch or BIOS setting to boot into the desired OS.
The result is a PXI embedded controller that can run embedded LabVIEW
Real-Time or Windows applications. When the controller is in real-time
mode, you need another Windows computer to develop and debug the
LabVIEW Real-Time code for the PXI controller. To enable a Windows
PXI embedded controller to dual-boot with the real-time OS, you must
purchase the LabVIEW Real-Time embedded deployment software for
the controller.
Extended Temperature and 24/7 Operation
Option
The NI PXIe-8133 RT embedded controller is available in two versions to
address different environmental and usage conditions.
The primary difference is that the version for extended temperature and
24/7 operation uses a different hard drive designed for reliability
in both low- and high-temperature extremes and 24/7 operation. The
standard version of the controllers has an operating temperature of 5 to
50 C and a storage temperature of -40 to 65 C. The extended
temperature and 24/7 operation version has an operating temperature
of 0 to 55 C and a storage temperature of -40 to 70 C.
You can also use the extended temperature and 24/7 operation version
for applications that require continuous operation for up to
24 hours/day, seven days/week because the hard drive is rated for 24/7
Additionally, 24/7 operation applications may subject the hard drive to a
high duty cycle (the percentage of the maximum sustained throughput of
the hard drive). The hard drive in the standard version of the controllers
is designed for a 20 percent duty cycle. The hard drives in the extended
temperature and 24/7 operation version and the standard version have
a capacity of 80 GB (minimum) with a SATA interface.
5
P
X
I
1
.
7
3

G
H
z

Q
u
a
d
-
C
o
r
e

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
170
Back to Index
1.73 GHz Quad-Core Real-Time Embedded Controller for PXI Express
Table 2 contains the PID loop rate benchmark numbers for the NI PXIe-
8133 RT. For a direct comparison, the benchmarks for the NI PXIe-8133
RT embedded controller were artificially restricted to exercise only the
first CPU cores on the Intel i7-820QM quad-core processor. Also,
the NI PXIe-8133 RT had Intel Turbo Boost technology enabled, which
can increase application jitter, so be careful when enabling
this setting on real-time systems.
Memory
The NI PXIe-8133 RT uses dual-channel 1333 MHz DDR3 SDRAM, which
makes the controller ideal for data-intensive applications
requiring significant analysis. It has two SO-DIMM sockets for the DDR3
SDRAM. 2 GB (1 x 2 GB DIMM) of RAM is standard with
171
5
P
X
I
1
.
7
3

G
H
z

Q
u
a
d
-
C
o
r
e

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
Back to Index
2.66 GHz Dual-Core
Real-Time Embedded Controller for PXI
Intel Core i7-620M dual-core processor
(2.66 GHz (base), 3.33 (single-core
turbo))
Execution target for NI LabVIEW
Reliable and deterministic operation and
Ethernet control of PXI
ni.com/pxiadvisor
OS Information
Real-Time OS
LabVIEW
Overview
measurement and control applications. The NI PXI-8109 RT
turbo) dual-core processor, dual-channel 1066 MHz DDR3 memory,
program to your NI PXI-8109 RT controller via Ethernet. The
reliable, real-time solutions.
real-time measurement and control systems capitalize on the latest
NI PXI-8109 RT
Table 1. NI PXI-8109 RT Features
Intel Core i7-620M, 2.66 GHz (base), 3.33 GHz (single-core turbo mode),
1
Serial port (RS232)
Parallel port
ExpressCard/34 slot
1
Features
5
P
X
I
2
.
6
6

G
H
z

D
u
a
l
-
C
o
r
e

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

P
X
I
172
Back to Index
173
2.66 GHz Dual-Core Real-Time Embedded Controller for PXI
Run Parallel Tasks on Separate Processor
Cores
The LabVIEW Real-Time Module takes advantage of the available dual
cores on the Intel processor to increase performance and determinism
for large real-time test and control applications. You can either explicitly
assign certain tasks to run on specific cores of the processor or let the
real-time operating system manage this assignment for you.
The NI PXI-8109 RT features Intel Turbo Boost technology which
provides performance benefits for all types of applications without
requiring the application to be optimized for multicore processors. The
NI PXI-8109 RT has a 2.66 GHz base clock frequency, and, with Intel
Turbo Boost technology, the frequency automatically increases based on
the application type. For example, when running applications that
generate only a single processing thread, the CPU places the unused
cores into an idle state and increases the active cores clock frequency
from 2.66 to 3.33 GHz.
1
For applications that are processing two threads,
the active cores clock frequency increases from 2.66 to 3.06 GHz.
1
Turbo
Boost provides performance increases for all types of applications and
can significantly reduce test times for applications that are processor-
intensive.
Connect to Any I/O
make it easy to integrate a variety of I/O within your application. Create
a custom real-time embedded solution using a PXI-8109 RT with any
number and combination of PXI/CompactPCI plug-in modules. With
built-in LabVIEW libraries, you can create applications with data
acquisition, reconfigurable I/O, and instrumentation. Communicate with
peripheral devices through CAN, GPIB, Ethernet, or serial protocols. And
use NI-VISA to integrate third-party PXI/CompactPCI modules into your
application.
In addition, the NI PXI-8109 RT controller includes an external SMB
connection for use as a trigger input, output, or watchdog timer. Use the
external SMB to pass trigger and timing signals into and out of the PXI
trigger bus in your system.
rebooted. Because the PXI-8109 RT embedded controller runs in a
program.
For stand-alone operation, you can embed code in the system so that it
starts automatically when the system boots, requiring no human
interaction. Use the LabVIEW Professional Development System and
LabVIEW Real-Time Module to compile your LabVIEW application into
an executable and download it to your PXI-8109 RT controller.
Dual-Boot Option
You can configure NI PXI embedded controllers to boot into Windows or
the real-time OS. NI Measurement & Automation Explorer (MAX)
The result is a PXI embedded controller that can run embedded LabVIEW
Real-Time or Windows applications. When the controller is in real-time
mode, you need another Windows computer to develop and debug the
LabVIEW Real-Time code for the PXI controller. To enable a Windows
PXI embedded controller to dual-boot with the real-time OS, you must
purchase the LabVIEW Real-Time embedded deployment software for
the controller.
Extended Temperature and 24/7 Operation
Option
You can choose from two versions of the PXI-8109 RT embedded
controller to address different environmental and usage conditions. The
primary difference between the versions is that the version for extended
temperature and 24/7 operation uses a different hard drive that is
designed for both reliability in low- and high-temperature extremes and
24/7 operation. The standard version of the controllers has an operating
The extended temperature and 24/7 operation version has an operating
You can also use the extended temperature and 24/7 operation version
for applications that require continuous operation for up to 24
Additionally, 24/7 operation applications may subject the hard drive to a
high-duty cycle (the percentage of the maximum sustained throughput of
the hard drive). The hard drive in the extended temperature and 24/7
operation version has a capacity of 80 GB (minimum). See specifications
for further details.
5
P
X
I
2
.
6
6

G
H
z

D
u
a
l
-
C
o
r
e

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

P
X
I
Back to Index
2.66 GHz Dual-Core Real-Time Embedded Controller for PXI
Table 2 contains the PID loop rate benchmark numbers for the PXI-8109
RT. For a direct comparison, the benchmarks for the PXI-8109 RT
embedded controller were artificially restricted to exercise only the first
CPU cores on the Intel i7-620M dual-core processor. The PXI-8109 RT
had Intel Turbo Boost technology enabled. This can increase application
jitter, so be careful when enabling this setting on real-time systems.
Memory
The PXI-8109 RT uses dual-channel 1066 MHz DDR3 SDRAM, which
significant analysis. It has two SO-DIMM sockets for the DDR3 SDRAM.
2 GB (1 x 2 GB DIMM) of RAM is standard with upgrade options to 4 GB.
NI PXI-8109 RT
NI PXI-8109 Real-Time Embedded SW
Extended Temp............................................................. 781454-33
NI PXI-8109 Real-Time Embedded SW........................ 781453-33
250 GB 2.5 in MLC SATA Solid-State Drive Upgrade.. 781945-01
32 GB 2.5 in SATA Solid-State Drive Upgrade............ 779175-08
24/7 Blank HDD Spare/Replacement.......................... 779175-07
SATA Blank HDD Spare/Replacement........................ 780970-01
Other Accessories
ExpressCard strain-relief
accessory for embedded controllers............................ 192524-01
External USB floppy drive............................................. 778492-02
USB English keyboard and optical mouse................... 779660-01
USB-to-dual-PS/2 keyboard/mouse adapter cable..... 778713-02
5
P
X
I
2
.
6
6

G
H
z

D
u
a
l
-
C
o
r
e

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

P
X
I
174
Back to Index
2.53 GHz Intel Core 2 Duo
Real-Time Embedded Controllers for PXI Express
Intel Core 2 Duo T9400 processor
(2.53 GHz dual core)
1 GB (1 x 1 GB DIMM) RAM (standard)
2 GB (1 x 2 GB DIMM) RAM (maximum)
Real-Time or LabWindows
TM
/CVI
Real-Time applications
Ethernet control of PXI
Watchdog timer
Up to 30 percent faster PID
performance than NI PXIe-8130 RT
Development System
Requirements (Windows)
LabVIEW 8.6.1 or later
LabVIEW Real-Time Module 8.6.1
or later
Or
LabWindows/CVI
Deployment Software (included)
LabVIEW Real-Time embedded software
Overview
controller with its 2.53 GHz dual-core processor offers a high-
performance platform that is ideal for real-time test and control
applications. You develop your LabVIEW application with the
reliable, real-time solutions.
microsecond loop rates with only 3 to 4 ns of system jitter. These
real-time measurement and control systems capitalize on Intel
The LabVIEW Real-Time Module takes advantage of the dual cores
on the Intel processor to increase performance and determinism for
large real-time test and control applications. You can either
explicitly assign certain tasks to run on specific cores of the
processor or let the real-time operating system manage this
assignment for you.
Connect to Any I/O
The modularity of PXI and open development environment of
LabVIEW make it easy to integrate a variety of I/O within your
application. Create a custom real-time embedded solution using an
NI PXIe-8108 RT embedded controller with any number and
combination of PXI/CompactPCI plug-in modules.
Built-in LabVIEW libraries help you create applications with data
acquisition, reconfigurable I/O, and instrumentation. Communicate
with peripheral devices through CAN, GPIB, Ethernet, or serial
protocols. Use NI-VISA to integrate third-party PXI/CompactPCI
modules in your application.
In addition, the NI PXIe-8108 RT controller includes an external SMB
connection for use as a trigger input, output, or watchdog timer. Use
the external SMB to pass trigger and timing signals into and out of
the PXI trigger bus in your system.
NI PXIe-8108 RT
Intel Core 2 Duo T9400 Processor
CPU (2.53 GHz dual core)
800 MHz DDR2 RAM, standard 1 GB (1x1 GB)
800 MHz DDR2 RAM, maximum 2 GB (1x2 GB)
PXI Express 4-link configuration Fourx1 links
Storage, hard drive (minimum) 80 GB SATA
Storage, solid state Optional
1
Extended temperature and 24/7 operation option
Serial port (RS232)
Parallel port
Hi-Speed USB ports
ExpressCard/34 slot
1
Optinoal 32 GB solid-state drive can replace the hard drive.
Table 1. NI PXIe-8108 RT Features
175
5
P
X
I
2
.
5
3

G
H
z

I
n
t
e
l

C
o
r
e

2

D
u
o

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
Back to Index
2.53 GHz Intel Core 2 Duo Real-Time Embedded Controllers for PXI Express
rebooted. Because the NI PXIe-8108 RT embedded controller runs in
a separate chassis with a dedicated power supply, the operator can
shut down the host computer entirely without disrupting the real-
time program.
For stand-alone operation, you can embed code in the system so
that it starts automatically when the system boots, requiring no
human interaction. Use the LabVIEW Professional Development
System and LabVIEW Real-Time Module to compile your LabVIEW
application into an executable and download it to your NI PXIe-8108
RT controller.
Dual-Boot Option
You can configure NI PXI embedded controllers to boot into
Windows or the real-time OS. NI Measurement & Automation
Explorer (MAX) includes features for installing and configuring PXI
embedded controllers as LabVIEW Real-Time targets. The
controllers use a hardware switch or BIOS setting to boot into the
desired OS.
The result is a PXI embedded controller that can run embedded
LabVIEW Real-Time or Windows applications. When the controller
is in real-time mode, you need another Windows computer to
develop and debug the LabVIEW Real-Time code for the PXI
controller. To enable a Windows PXI embedded controller to dual
boot with the real-time OS, you must purchase the LabVIEW Real-
Time embedded deployment software for the controller.
Extended Temperature
and 24/7 Operation Option
The NI PXIe-8108 RT embedded controller is available in two
versions to address different environmental and usage conditions.
The primary difference is that the version for extended temperature
and 24/7 operation uses a different hard drive, designed for both
reliability in low and high temperature extremes and 24/7 operation.
The standard version of the controllers has an operating
The extended temperature and 24/7 operation version has an
operating temperature of 0 to 55 C and a storage temperature of -
40 to 71 C.
version for applications that require continuous operation for up to
24 hours/day, seven days/week because the hard drive is rated for
24/7 operation. The hard drive in the standard version of the
controllers is designed to be powered on for eight hours/day, five
days/week. Additionally, 24/7 operation applications may subject
the hard drive to a high duty cycle (the percentage of the maximum
sustained throughput of the hard drive). The hard drive in the
standard version of the controllers is designed for a 20 percent duty
cycle. The hard drives that are used in the extended temperature
and 24/7 operation version and the standard version have a capacity
of 80 GB (minimum) with a SATA interface.
Step 1. Select Controller Model
NI PXIe-8108 RT
Base........................................................................ 781033-33
Extended temperature and 24/7 operation............ 781034-33
Step 2. Select Memory Upgrade
Standard
1 GB (1 x 1 GB DIMM)
Recommended upgraded memory configurations
2 GB DDR2 RAM...................................................... 780446-2048
Step 3. Select Storage Options
250 GB standard temperature HDD............................ 779175-06
32 GB solid-state HDD................................................ 779175-08
Step 4. Select Accessories
Micro-GPIB to GPIB cable (0.2 m)............................... 183285-02
IEEE 1284 parallel port cable adapter (6 in.).............. 777169-01
NI PXI-8252 IEEE 1394 interface module................... 778925-01
Table 2. Maximum loop rates for LabVIEW Real-Time PXI systems are shown. All
benchmarks use the LabVIEW Real-Time Module Version 8.6 with NI-DAQmx Version
8.9. Benchmarks were revised to adhere to the architecture recommended by NI for
symmetric multiprocessing-enabled systems. Benchmarks that do not test network
performance run on a headless target without a direct Ethernet connection for
maximum performance. Benchmarks that do test network performance use interrupt-
mode Ethernet via a direct connection between the host PC and real-time target with a
crossover cable. Visit ni.com or contact National Instruments for additional benchmarks.
DAQ Loop Rates (kHz)
Benchmark Processing Channels I/O Mode NI PXI-8108 RT NI PXIe-8130 RT
1 Polling 104 93
1 Interrupt 33 28
Analog Input
PID
4 Polling 69 64
and Output 4 Interrupt 26 16
16 Polling 31 30
16 Interrupt 24 14
5
P
X
I
2
.
5
3

G
H
z

I
n
t
e
l

C
o
r
e

2

D
u
o

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
176
Back to Index
177
5
P
X
I
H
i
g
h
-
V
a
l
u
e

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s

f
o
r

P
X
I
High-Value Real-Time Embedded Controllers for PXI
2.0 GHz single-core for PXI-8101 RT,
1.9 GHz dual-core for PXI-8102 RT
1 GB (1 x 1 GB DIMM) RAM
(standard), 2 GB (1 x 2 GB DIMM)
RAM (maximum)
Real-Time 8.6.1 or later or
LabWindows/CVI Real-Time 9.0 or
later applications
115 kHz single-point loop rate for
the PXI-8102 RT, 112 kHz single-
point loop rate for the PXI-8101 RT
4 GB (or greater) SSD option
and Ethernet control of PXI
10/100/1000BASE-TX (Gigabit)
Ethernet and 2 Hi-Speed USB ports
Complete PXI system configuration
at ni.com/pxiadvisor
OS Information
Real-Time OS
Overview
measurement and control applications. NI PXI-8101 RT and PXI-8102
RT controllers, featuring the latest Intel single-core and dual-core
processors, 1 GB standard RAM, and 800 MHz DDR2 memory, offer
an ideal balance of performance and value for real-time test and
program to your PXI real-time controller via Ethernet.
Features
Connect to Any I/O
The modularity of PXI and open development environment of NI
application. Create a custom real-time embedded solution using a
PXI-8101 RT or PXI-8102 RT embedded controller with any number
and combination of PXI/CompactPCI plug-in modules.
Built-in LabVIEW libraries help you create applications with data
acquisition, reconfigurable I/O, and instrumentation. Communicate
with peripheral devices through CAN, GPIB, Ethernet, or serial
protocols. Use NI-VISA to integrate third-party PXI/CompactPCI
modules in your application.
In addition, PXI-8101 RT and PXI-8102 RT controllers include an
external SMB connection for use as a trigger input, output, or
watchdog timer. Use the external SMB to pass trigger and timing
signals into and out of the PXI trigger bus in your system.
rebooted. Because these real-time embedded controllers run in a
separate chassis with a dedicated power supply, the operator can
time program. For stand-alone operation, you can embed code in the
system so that it starts automatically when the system boots,
requiring no human interaction. Use the LabVIEW Professional
Development System and LabVIEW Real-Time Module to compile
your LabVIEW application into an executable and download it to
your PXI real-time controller.
NI PXI-8101 RT, NI PXI-8102 RT
PXI-8101 RT PXI-8102 RT
CPU Intel Celeron 575 Intel Celeron T3100
(2.0 GHz) (1.9 GHz)
CPU cores 1 2
Storage, solid state 4 GB (or greater) Flash HD
Serial port (RS232)
Parallel port
Back to Index
High-Value Real-Time Embedded Controllers for PXI
Dual-Boot Option
You can configure NI PXI embedded controllers to boot into
Windows or the real-time OS. NI Measurement & Automation
Explorer (MAX) includes features for installing and configuring PXI
embedded controllers as LabVIEW Real-Time targets. The
controllers use a hardware switch or BIOS setting to boot into the
desired OS.
LabVIEW Real-Time or Windows applications. When the controller
is in real-time mode, you need another Windows computer to
develop and debug the LabVIEW Real-Time code for the PXI
controller. To enable a Windows PXI embedded controller to dual
boot with the real-time OS, you must purchase the LabVIEW Real-
Time embedded deployment software for the controller.
Table 2 contains the PID loop rate benchmark numbers for the PXI-
8101 RT and PXI-8102 RT.
Memory
The PXI-8101 RT and PXI-8102 RT use 800 MHz DDR2 SDRAM,
which makes the controllers ideal for data-intensive applications
requiring significant analysis. They have a single SO-DIMM socket
for the DDR2 SDRAM. 1 GB (1 x 1 GB DIMM) of RAM is standard
with upgrade options to 4 GB.
NI PXI-8101 RT
NI PXI-8101 Celeron 575 2.0 GHz
Real-Time Embedded SW............................................. 780955-33
NI PXI-8101 Celeron 575, 4 GB (or Greater)
Flash HD, RT SW........................................................... 780956-33
Other Accessories
NI PXI-GPIB, with NI-488.2 Software
for Windows 7/Vista/XP/2000..................................... 778039-01
USB English keyboard and optical mouse.................... 779660-01
ExpressCard strain-relief accessory for
embedded controllers.................................................... 192524-01
Micro-GPIB to GPIB cable (2 m).....................................183285-02
Micro-GPIB to GPIB cable (1 m).....................................183285-01
Micro-GPIB to GPIB adapter cable (0.2 m).................. 183285-0R2
250 GB 2.5 in MLC SATA Solid State
Hard Drive Upgrade....................................................... 781945-01
32 GB 2.5 in SATA Solid State
Hard Drive Upgrade....................................................... 779175-08
60 GB (or Greater) 2.5 in SATA Blank
HDD Spare/Replacement.............................................. 779175-03
NI PXI-8102 RT
NI PXI-8102 1.9 GHz Dual Core
Real-Time Embedded SW............................................. 781149-33
benchmarks use the LabVIEW Real-Time Module Version 8.6.1 with NI-DAQmx Version
8.9. Benchmarks that do not test network performance run on a headless target without
a direct Ethernet connection for maximum performance. Benchmarks that do test
network performance use interrupt-mode Ethernet via a direct connection between the
host PC and real-time target with a crossover cable. Visit ni.com or contact National
Instruments for additional benchmarks.
DAQ NI PXI NI PXI NI PXI NI PXI
Benchmark Processing Channels I/O Mode -8104 RT -8101 RT -8102 RT -8108 RT
1 Polling 93 112 115 137
1 Interrupt 37 39 38 43
Analog Input
PID
4 Polling 55 66 71 83
and Output 4 Interrupt 26 28 23 26
16 Polling 27 30 31 33
16 Interrupt 22 24 19 22
Loop Rates (kHz)
2 GB 1 x 2 GB DIMM 780446-2048
5
P
X
I
H
i
g
h
-
V
a
l
u
e

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s

f
o
r

P
X
I
178
Back to Index
High-Value Real-Time Embedded Controllers
for PXI Express
maximum
Time Version 8.6.1 or later applications
Real-Time 9.0 or later applications
89 kHz single-point loop rate for the NI
PXIe-8102 RT, 87 kHz single-point loop
rate for the NI PXIe-8101 RT
OS Information
Real-Time OS
LabVIEW
Overview
measurement and control applications. NI PXIe-8101 RT and PXIe-
8102 RT controllers, featuring the latest Intel single-core and dual-
core processors, 1 GB standard RAM, 800 MHz DDR2 memory, and 1
GB/s total system bandwidth, offer an ideal balance of performance
and value for real-time test and control applications. You develop
your LabVIEW application with the LabVIEW Real-Time Module on
Windows OS and download the program to your PXI real-time
controller via Ethernet.
Features
NI PXIe-8101 RT, NI PXIe-8102 RT
179
5
P
X
I
H
i
g
h
-
V
a
l
u
e

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
CPU cores 1 2
Serial port (RS232)
Parallel port
Table 1. NI PXIe-8101 and NI PXIe-8102 Features
Back to Index
High-Value Real-Time Embedded Controllers for PXI Express
Connect to Any I/O
make it easy to integrate a variety of I/O within your application.
Create a custom real-time embedded solution using an NI PXIe-8101
RT or PXIe-8102 RT embedded controller with any number and
combination of PXI/CompactPCI plug-in modules. Built-in LabVIEW
libraries help you create applications with data acquisition, dynamic
signal acquisition, motion control, image acquisition, reconfigurable
I/O, and instrumentation. Communicate with peripheral devices
through CAN, GPIB, Ethernet, or serial protocols. Use NI-VISA to
integrate third-party PXI/CompactPCI modules in your application.
In addition, NI PXIe-8101 RT and PXIe-8102 RT controllers include an
external SMB connection for use as a trigger input, output, or
watchdog timer. Use the external SMB to pass trigger and timing
signals into and out of the PXI trigger bus in your system.
rebooted. Because these real-time embedded controllers run in a
program. For stand-alone operation, you can embed code in the system
so that it starts automatically when the system boots, requiring no
application into an executable and download it to your PXI real-time
controller.
Dual-Boot Option
You can configure NI PXI embedded controllers to boot into Windows
or the real-time OS. NI Measurement & Automation Explorer (MAX)
LabVIEW Real-Time or Windows applications. When the controller is
in real-time mode, you need another Windows computer to develop
and debug the LabVIEW Real-Time code for the PXI controller. To
enable a Windows PXI embedded controller to dual boot with the real-
time OS, you must purchase the LabVIEW Real-Time embedded
deployment software for the controller.
Memory
The NI PXIe-8101 and PXIe-8102 use 800 MHz DDR2 SDRAM, which
significant analysis. They have a single SO-DIMM socket for the DDR2
options to 4 GB.
2 GB 1 x 2 GB DIMM 780446-2048
4 GB 1 x 4 GB DIMM 780446-4096
benchmarks use the LabVIEW Real-Time Module Version 8.6.1 with NI-DAQmx Version
8.9. Benchmarks were executed on a PXI Express system with NI M Series PXI Express
multifunction data acquisition modules. Loop rates using the new NI X Series PXI
Express multifunction data acquisition modules may be significantly higher.
Benchmarks that do not test network performance run on a headless target without a
direct Ethernet connection for maximum performance. Benchmarks that do test network
performance use interrupt-mode Ethernet via a direct connection between the host PC
and real-time target with a crossover cable. Visit ni.com or contact National
Instruments for additional benchmarks.
DAQ NI PXIe NI PXIe NI PXIe
Benchmark Processing Channels I/O Mode -8101 RT -8102 RT -8108 RT
1 Polling 89 87 104
1 Interrupt 27 27 33
Analog Input
PID
4 Polling 60 62 69
and Output 4 Interrupt 19 17 26
16 Polling 29 30 31
16 Interrupt 16 14 24
Loop Rates (kHz)
NI PXIe-8101 RT
NI PXIe-8101 RT............................................................ 781182-33
Other Accessories
USB English keyboard and optical mouse ................... 779660-01
for embedded controllers.............................................. 192524-01
Micro-GPIB to GPIB adapter cable (0.2 m) ................ 183285-0R2
USB-to-dual-PS/2 keyboard/mouse adapter cable .... 778713-02
250 GB 2.5 in MLC
32 GB 2.5 in SATA Solid State Hard Drive Upgrade... 779175-08
60 GB (or Greater) 2.5 in
SATA Blank HDD Spare/Replacement......................... 779175-03
NI PXIe-8102 RT
NI PXIe-8102 RT............................................................ 781184-33
5
P
X
I
H
i
g
h
-
V
a
l
u
e

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
180
Back to Index
181
5
P
X
I
L
o
w
-
C
o
s
t

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
Low-Cost Real-Time Embedded Controller for
PXI Express
Intel Atom D410 1.66 GHz single-core
processor
512 MB (1 x 512 MB DIMM) single-
channel 667 MHz DDR2 standard,
Execution target for NI LabVIEW 2010
SP1 Real-Time or later applications
One 10/100/1000BASE-TX Ethernet port, two
USB 2.0 ports, and one RS232 serial port
ni.com/pxiadvisor
OS Information
Real-Time OS
Overview
controller, which features the latest Intel single-core processor, 512
MB standard RAM, 667 MHz DDR2 memory, and 1 GB/s total
system bandwidth, offers a low-cost solution for real-time test and
program to your PXI real-time controller via Ethernet.
Features
Connect to Any I/O
The modularity of PXI and open development environment of
application. You can create a custom real-time embedded solution
using an NI PXIe-8100 RT with any number and combination of
PXI/CompactPCI plug-in modules. With built-in LabVIEW libraries,
you can create applications with data acquisition, dynamic signal
acquisition, motion control, image acquisition, reconfigurable I/O,
and instrumentation. In addition, you can communicate with
peripheral devices through CAN, GPIB, Ethernet, or serial protocols
and use NI-VISA to integrate third-party PXI/CompactPCI modules
into your application.
rebooted. Because the NI PXIe-8100 RT embedded controller runs in
a separate chassis with a dedicated power supply, the operator can
time program.
For stand-alone operation, you can embed code in the system so
that it starts automatically when the system boots, requiring no
application into an executable and download it to your NI PXIe-8100
RT controller.
NI PXIe-8100 RT
CPU Intel Atom D410 1.66 GHz
Single-channel 667 MHz DDR2 RAM, standard 512 MB (1 x 512 MB)
Single-channel 667 MHz DDR2 RAM, maximum 1 GB (1 x 1 GB)
Soldered hard drive 512 MB NANDrive SSD Storage
Serial port (RS232)
Table 1. NI PXIe-8100 RT Features
Back to Index
Low-Cost Real-Time Embedded Controller for PXI Express
Table 2 contains the PID loop rate benchmark numbers for the NI
PXIe-8100 RT.
Memory
The NI PXIe-8100 RT uses single-channel 667 MHz DDR2 SDRAM.
It has one SO-DIMM socket for the DDR2 SDRAM. 512 MB (1 x 512
MB DIMM) of RAM is standard with upgrade options to 1 GB.
NI PXIe-8100 RT
NI PXIe-8100 Real-Time Embedded SW...................... 781669-33
Other Accessories
mouse adapter cable.................................................... 778713-02
USB English keyboard and optical mouse................... 779660-01
Memory Replacement and Upgrades
512 MB DDR2 RAM for PXIe-8100 Controller........... 781864-512
1 GB DDR2 RAM for PXIe-8100 Controller............... 781864-1024
benchmarks use the LabVIEW 2010 Real-Time Module with NI-DAQmx 9.2.3.
Benchmarks were revised to adhere to the architecture recommended by NI for
symmetric multiprocessing enabled systems. Benchmarks that do not test network
performance run on a headless target without a direct Ethernet connection for
maximum performance. Benchmarks that do test network performance use interrupt-
mode Ethernet via a direct connection between the host PC and real-time target with a
crossover cable. Visit ni.com or contact National Instruments for additional benchmarks.
DAQ Loop Rates (kHz)
Benchmark Processing Channels I/O Mode NI PXIe-8101 RT NI PXIe-8100 RT
1 Polling 119 51
1 Interrupt 73 31
Analog Input
PID
4 Polling 89 42
and Output 4 Interrupt 63 26
16 Polling 32 18
16 Interrupt 29 15
5
P
X
I
L
o
w
-
C
o
s
t

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
182
Back to Index
183
5
P
X
I
1
U

Q
u
a
d
-
C
o
r
e

R
a
c
k
-
M
o
u
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
1U Quad-Core Rack-Mount Controller
Intel Core i7-860 quad-core processor
2.8 GHz base frequency (3.46 GHz
single-core Turbo frequency)
1/2 GB of 1333 MHz DDR3 RAM
standard
16 GB of 1333 MHz DDR3 RAM
maximum
Up to 4 x 500 GB SATA 3.5 in. hard
drives (2 TB total storage maximum)
Support for RAID-0/1/5 hard-drive
configurations
Single PCI Express expansion slot
(x16 Gen2, unpopulated)
Built-in DVD-ROM standard, with
optional DVD-RW available
Optimized for installation in 1U
height in a 19 in. rack
Universal AC power supply
OS, drivers, and hard-drive based
recovery software preinstalled
MXI-Express remote control kits not
included
OS Information
PharLap
Windows 7
Windows 7 64-bit
Windows XP
Overview
The NI RMC-8354 is a high-performance, Intel Core i7 quad-core
processor-based, server-class controller for use in PXI or PXI Express
systems. In addition to high-computing performance, these
controllers provide high sustainable I/O bandwidth when bundled
with an NI MXI-Express remote control kit. With support for
redundant array of independent disk (RAID)-configured hard drives
for Windows-based systems, these controllers are ideal for high-end
test and measurement applications.
Features
Connectivity to PXI or PXI Express Systems
The NI RMC-8354 controller features an empty x16 Gen 2 PCI
Express expansion slot. You can populate this slot with a MXI-
Express remote controller to create a software-transparent link,
which requires no programming, to a PXI or PXI Express chassis.
Refer to the PXI advisor for all possible configurations at
ni.com/pxiadvisor.
Quad-Core Processor
The RMC-8354 includes the quad-core Intel Core i7-860QM
processor. Quad-core processors contain four cores, or computing
engines, in one physical package. To increase the number of threads
that you can process, the RMC-8354 takes advantage of Intel Hyper-
Threading Technology that takes each of the four physical cores and
splits them into two virtual cores, for a total of eight virtual cores.
These eight virtual cores can execute eight computing tasks, which
is advantageous in multitasking environments such as Windows 7.
Multithreaded system development environments, such as NI
LabVIEW, can take full advantage of the processing cores on the
RMC-8354 by automatically separating their tasks into independent
threads.
Intel Turbo Boost Technology
Previously, to fully exercise all the physical cores on a multicore
CPU, applications had to be architected to create four independent
execution threads by implementing programming strategies such as
task parallelism, data parallelism, and pipelining. However, Intel
introduced Turbo Boost Technology to provide performance benefits
for all types of applications without requiring the application to be
NI RMC-8354
Features NI RMC-8354
Processor Intel Core i7-860
CPU Cores 4
Base Frequency 2.8 GHz
Single-Core Turbo Frequency 3.46 GHz
L2 Cache 8 MB
Memory Standard 1 or 2 GB
Memory Maximum 16 GB
Memory Type DDR3 1333 MHz
Hard Drive 1 or 4 x 500 GB SATA II 3.5 in.
Removable Hard Drive
Gigabit Ethernet 2
High-Speed USB 4
PS/2 Ports 2
Video VGA
Expansion Slot 1
Expansion Slot Type x16 Gen2
Rack-Mount Rails
Installed OS Options Windows 7 (32-,64-Bit), Windows XP FES
(32-Bit), LabVIEW Real-Time
Back to Index
1U Quad-Core Rack-Mount Controller
optimized for multicore processors. The RMC-8354 has a 2.8 GHz
base clock frequency, and, with Intel Turbo Boost Technology, the
frequency automatically increases based on the application type. For
example, when running applications that generate only a single
processing thread, the CPU places the three unused cores into an
idle state and increases the active cores clock frequency from 2.8 to
3.46 GHz.1 For applications that are processing two threads, the
CPU places the two unused cores into an idle state and increases
the active cores clock frequency from 2.8 to 3.3 GHz.
1
For
applications using four threads, the CPU increases from 2.8 to 2.93
GHz.
1
Turbo Boost provides performance increases for all types of
applications and can significantly reduce test times for applications
that are processor-intensive.
1Processor should not throttle CPU frequency under reasonable,
worst-case processor workloads in high operating temperatures.
High Data and Memory Bandwidth
To create high-performance test and measurement systems, two
system controller features, data and memory bandwidth, are
critically important. The RMC-8354 features a x16 Gen 2 PCI Express
expansion slot that, when paired with National Instruments high-
bandwidth remote controllers, allows high data throughput from PXI
Express chassis. The RMC-8354 also features up to 16 GB of dual-
channel DDR3 1333 MHz RAM that perfectly complements the high-
throughput expansion slot by providing sufficient memory capacity
and fast memory access rates.
RAID Configurations
Redundant array of independent disk (RAID) data storage schemes
divide and/or replicate data among multiple hard drives. They are
used to provide increased data reliability and/or increased I/O
performance. The RMC-8354 (Windows version) works with a
variety of RAID configurations such as RAID-0/1/5/10 with multiple
SATA II hard drives. A RAID-0 configuration increases the rate at
which a computer can write data to and read data from disk by
evenly distributing data among multiple hard drives. This is
beneficial in applications that require high-speed data streaming
to/from disk. RMC-8354 controller versions with multiple hard drives
are shipped with factory-configured RAID-5 configurations.
Deterministic Performance
With Real-Time OS
National Instruments offers a version of the RMC-8354 rack-mount
controller that works with the LabVIEW Real-Time OS. With this
development platform, you can build real-time measurement and
control applications with high determinism. You develop your
LabVIEW application with the LabVIEW Real-Time Module on
Windows and download the program to your RMC-8354 real-time
controller via Ethernet. The embedded code executes on a real-time
OS, so you can use powerful and flexible LabVIEW development
tools to build reliable, real-time solutions.
Better Acoustic Performance
Rack-mount controllers from National Instruments are designed with
powerful quad-core processors that typically have high heat
dissipation. Using these processors in their specified operating
environments requires the controller to provide sufficient air cooling.
The RMC-8354 features a new cooling design that the older-
generation NI 8353 rack-mount controllers do not offer. This new
design allows for significantly reduced acoustic emission, making it
much quieter during operation than an NI 8353.
Upgrades, Spares, and Accessories
FPT-1015 15 in. Flat Panel Touch Screen
With VGA Interface and USB....................................... 779560-01
4 GB DDR3 RAM for
NI RMC-8354 (1 x 4 GB DIMM).................................... 781654-01
Spare 500 GB Hard Drive and Drive Bay for
NI RMC-8354................................................................. 781727-01
USB English Keyboard and Optical USB Mouse.......... 779660-01
NI MKD-1117 Rack-Mount 1U LCD Monitor,
Keyboard, Mouse Drawer............................................. 779872-01
FPM-1019, 19 in. Widescreen
Flat Panel Monitor, DVI Input for PCs.......................... 781002-01
FPM-1017 17 in. Flat Panel Monitor With
VGA Input for PCs......................................................... 779559-01
2 GB DDR3 RAM for
NI RMC-8354 (1 x 2 GB DIMM).................................... 781653-01
NI RMC-8354 Kits
NI RMC-8354, Windows XP, 1 GB RAM,
1 x 500 GB HDD............................................................. 781650-01
NI RMC-8354, Windows XP, 2 GB RAM,
4 x 500 GB HDD............................................................. 781651-01
NI RMC-8354, Windows 7 (32-bit),
1 GB RAM, 1 x 500 GB HDD......................................... 781650-04
2 GB RAM, 4 x 500 GB HDD......................................... 781651-04
2 GB RAM, 4 x 500 GB HDD......................................... 781652-04
NI RMC-8354, LabVIEW Real-Time OS,
1 GB RAM, 1 x 500 GB HDD......................................... 781650-33
5
P
X
I
1
U

Q
u
a
d
-
C
o
r
e

R
a
c
k
-
M
o
u
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
184
Back to Index
(Compatible with NI, Dell, and Hewlett-Packard PCs)
185
PCI Express control of PXI Express/
CompactPCI Express
Compatible with NI rack-mount
controllers and Dell and Hewlett-
Packard computers
Fiber-optic cabling with
electrical isolation
Multichassis configurations
for PXI Express
Sustained throughput up to 838 MB/s
Lightweight, flexible cabling up to 100 m
Software-transparent link that requires
no programming
Low-profile PCI Express interface,
ships with low-profile and standard
size brackets
Overview
With National Instruments MXI-Express x4 (by four) for PXI
Express interface kits, PC users with x4 or higher PCI Express slots
can achieve direct control of PXI Express systems using cabled PCI
Express technology. NI MXI-Express x4 for PXI Express, a high-
bandwidth serial link transparent to software applications and
drivers, provides the ability to use high-performance desktop
computers, servers, and workstations to control PXI Express
systems.
Computer Compatibility
The NI PXIe-PCIe8375 is compatible with National Instruments rack-
mount controllers and Dell, and Hewlett-Packard computers. If you
cannot use a PC from one of these vendors, please contact National
Instruments.
PCI Express Control of PXI Express
A MXI-Express x4 for PXI Express link helps you transparently
control a PXI Express system from a x4 or higher PCI Express slot, so
you can use a National Instruments, Dell or Hewlett-Packard
desktop computer, server, or workstation to control PXI Express
systems. MXI-Express x4 for PXI Express features a fully
transparent, high-bandwidth, cabled PCI Express link where all PXI
and PXI Express modules appear as PCI boards within the computer
itself. However, you benefit from the increased number of slots,
power and cooling per slot, module selection, and synchronization
features provided by PXI Express. The MXI-Express x4 for PXI
Express link consists of an NI PCIe-8375 board in the PC that is
connected via a x4 MXI-Express fiber-optic cable to an NI PXIe-8375
module in slot 1 of a PXI Express chassis. With the fiber-optic NI
PXIe-PCIe8375 kit, you can electrically isolate your PXI Express
measurement hardware from the PC with extended length cabling
up to 100 m. For your convenience, you can purchase a complete
MXI-Express x4 for PXI Express kit with all necessary components or
the PCI Express board, PXI Express module, and cable separately.
Cabled PCI Express Technology
The NI PCIe-8375 board provides one cabled PCI Express link. The
link width is x4 (a link comprises four x1 PCI Express lanes). The NI
PXIe-8375 module connects this PCI Express link to the PCI Express
bus used in the PXI Express chassis backplane. Thus, all PXI and PXI
Express modules appear as PCI boards within the computer itself.
PCI Software Compatibility
PCI Express features software compatibility with PCI. Without
making any modifications to your software, you can use a MXI-
Express x4 for PXI Express link with an application written for a PXI
system controlled via a PCI or PCI Express remote controller, such as
MXI-3, MXI-4, or MXI-Express.
Multichassis PXI Systems
You can use the NI PXIe-PCIe8375 to connect multiple PXI Express
chassis in a star or daisy-chain configuration within a single system.
The star topology requires the host PC to have a PCI Express x4 slot
available for each PXI Express chassis you want to control. Each PXI
Express chassis is connected directly to an NI PCIe-8375 installed in
the host computer. This topology has the highest throughput;
however, it requires one PCI Express x4 slot and one NI PCIe-8375
for each PXI Express chassis.
The NI PXIe-8375 has two fiber-optic ports on its front panel: an
NI PXIe-PCIe8375, NI PXIe-8375, NI PCIe-8375
5
P
X
I
F
i
b
e
r
-
O
p
t
i
c

M
X
I
-
E
x
p
r
e
s
s

x
4

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

Back to Index
Fiber-Optic MXI-Express x4
for PXI Express/CompactPCI Express Kit
NI PXIe-PCIe8375........................................................ 781039-01
Kit includes one PCI Express board (NI PCIe-8375), one PXI Express
module (NI PXIe-8375), and one 10 m fiber-optic cable.
PXI Express Interface Module
NI PXIe-8375................................................................ 781040-01
PCI Express MXI-Express Interface Board
NI PCIe-8375................................................................ 781041-01
x4 MXI-Express Fiber-Optic Cable
10 m............................................................................. 781042-10
30 m............................................................................. 781042-30
100 m......................................................................... 781042-100
(Compatible with NI, Dell, and Hewlett-Packard PCs)
upstream port (for connecting toward the host) and a downstream
port (which allows for daisy chaining). In the daisy-chain
configuration, only a single PCI Express x4 slot is required in the
host, but the data throughput might be lower, especially for devices
further down the chain.
Daisy-Chain Configuration
5
P
X
I
F
i
b
e
r
-
O
p
t
i
c

M
X
I
-
E
x
p
r
e
s
s

x
4

f
o
r

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

186
Back to Index
187
5
P
X
I
P
C
I

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

o
f

P
X
I

v
i
a

M
X
I
-
E
x
p
r
e
s
s
PCI Control of PXI via MXI-Express
Direct PC control of PXI via a PCI slot
no programming
Up to 7 m with copper cabling and up
to 200 m with fiber-optic cabling
100 MB/s sustained throughput with
PXI-PCI8361 (copper cabling)
95 MB/s sustained throughput with
PXI-PCI8366 (fiber-optic cabling)
NI PXI-PCI8366 (fiber-optic cabling)
provides electrical isolation between
PC and PXI system
Low-profile PCI boards (PCI-8361, PCI-
8366); low-profile and standard
brackets are included in the kit
Multichassis configuration support via
PXI-8364 (copper cabling) and PXI-8367
(fiber-optic cabling)
Overview
The NI PXI-PCI836x interface kits give PCs with PCI slots direct
control of PXI systems using MXI-Express technology. MXI-Express
is a high-bandwidth, low-latency link that is transparent to software
applications and drivers. With this technology, you can use high-
performance desktop computers or servers to control PXI systems.
Hardware
The MXI-Express links consist of an NI PCI-8361 (copper) or PCI-8366
(fiber-optic) board in the PC, connected via the appropriate cable to
an NI PXI-8360/61 (copper) or PXI-8366 (fiber-optic) module in slot 1
of a PXI chassis. For convenience, you can purchase either a
complete kit with all necessary components or purchase the PCI
board, PXI module, and cable separately.
Successfully Using NI MXI-Express
Remote Controllers
You can use MXI-Express on a variety of name brand PCs, laptops,
and motherboards containing a PCI, PCI Express, or ExpressCard slot.
However, certain complex MXI-Express configurations may pose a
challenge for the BIOS of the systems to correctly enumerate all of
the resources necessary. This symptom, known as a BIOS
incompatibility, occurs only in rare situations. To address these
symptoms, National Instruments provides MXI-Express BIOS
compatibility software, which you can download for free from
ni.com/drivers.
The PXI-8360/61 (copper) and PXI-8366 (fiber-optic) modules can be
paired with NI PXI-8364 (copper) and PXI-8367 (fiber-optic) modules,
respectively, to create star or daisy-chain multichassis
configurations. Install PXI-8364 (copper) or PXI-8367 (fiber-optic)
modules in any peripheral slot of the master chassis. Connect with
the appropriate cable to a PXI-8360/61 (copper) or PXI-8366 (fiber-
optic) in the controller slot (slot 1) of the secondary chassis.
NI PXI-PCI 8361 (Copper Cabling), NI PXI-PCI 8366 (Fiber-Optic Cabling)
Cables
MXI-Express/ExpressCard MXI Cable, 1M.................. 779500-01
PCI Control of PXI via MXI-Express Products
PXI-8366 (Fiber-Optic).................................................. 781401-01
PXI-PCI8361 kit with 3m Copper cable)....................... 781392-01
PCI-8361 (Copper)........................................................ 781394-01
PXI-8361 (Copper)........................................................ 781393-01
PCI-8366 (Fiber-Optic).................................................. 781400-01
PXI-PCI8366 kit with 10m Fiber-Optic cable................ 781396-01
Peripheral Modules for Multichassis Configurations
NI PXI-8364 (Copper)................................................... 781395-01
NI PXI-8367 (Fiber-Optic)............................................. 781399-01
Back to Index
(MXI-Express for PXI Express)
Higher throughput
PCI Express control of PXI Express/
CompactPCI Express
Control of two PXI Express/Compact PCI
Express chassis from a single PCI
Express board (NI PCIe-8362)
Sustained throughput
208 MB/s (1.2 chassis, NI PXIe-
PCIe8362)
192 MB/s (1 chassis, NI PXIe-PCIe8361)
Ability to use the same PCI Express
boards (NI PCIe-8361, NI PCIe-8362) and
cable as MXI-Express
no programming
Cabling up to 7 m
Rugged connectivity
Overview
With National Instruments MXI-Express for PXI Express interface
kits, PC users with PCI Express slots can exercise direct control of
PXI Express systems using cabled PCI Express technology. NI MXI-
Express for PXI Express, a high-bandwidth serial link transparent to
software applications and drivers, provides the ability to use high-
performance desktop computers, servers, and workstations to
control PXI Express systems.
With a MXI-Express for PXI Express link, you can transparently
control a PXI Express system from any PCI Express slot, so you can
use desktop computers, servers, and workstations to control PXI
Express systems. MXI-Express for PXI Express features a transparent
link where all PXI and PXI Express modules appear as PCI boards
within the computer itself. However, you benefit from the increased
number of slots, power and cooling per slot, module selection, and
synchronization features provided by PXI. The MXI-Express for PXI
Express link consists of an NI PCIe-8361 or NI PCIe-8362 board in
the PC that is connected via a MXI-Express cable to an NI PXIe-8360
module in slot 1 of a PXI Express chassis. The NI PCIe-8361 board
provides one PCI Express link, which you can cable to an NI PXIe-
8360 module in a PXI Express chassis. The NI PCIe-8362 board
provides two PCI Express links, each of which you can cable to
individual NI PXIe-8360 modules in separate PXI Express chassis.
Thus, you can use a single NI PCIe-8362 board and two NI PXIe-8360
modules to simultaneously control two PXI Express systems. For
your convenience, you can purchase either a complete MXI-Express
for PXI Express kit with all necessary components or the PCI Express
board, PXI Express module, and cable separately.
NI PXIe-PCIe8361, NI PXIe-PCIe8362,
NI PCIe-8361, NI PCIe-8362, NI PXIe-8360
MXI-Express for PXI Express/CompactPCI Express Kit
NI PXIe-PCIe8362........................................................ 779702-03
Kit includes one PCI Express board (NI PCIe-8362), one PXI Express module
(NI PXIe-8360), and one 3 m cable.
NI PXIe-PCIe8361........................................................ 779701-03
Kit includes one PCI Express board (NI PCIe-8361), one PXI Express module
(NI PXIe-8360), and one 3 m cable.
MXI-Express for PXI Express Interface Module
NI PXIe-8360................................................................ 779700-01
PCI Express MXI-Express Interface Board
NI PCIe-8362................................................................ 779502-01
NI PCIe-8361................................................................ 779504-01
MXI-Express/ExpressCard MXI Cables
1m................................................................................ 779500-01
3m................................................................................ 779500-03
7m................................................................................ 779500-07
5
P
X
I
P
C
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

o
f

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
188
Back to Index
189
5
P
X
I
L
a
p
t
o
p

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

o
f

P
X
I

w
i
t
h

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
C
a
r
d
Laptop Control of PXI with ExpressCard
(ExpressCard MXI)
Laptop control of PXI/CompactPCI
ExpressCard-to-PXI remote control
110 MB/s sustained throughput
ExpressCard/34 module, compatible with both
ExpressCard/34 and ExpressCard/54 slots
Cabling up to 7 m with rugged screw-in connectors
Ability to use the same PXI module and cable as MXI-Express
Software-transparent link that requires no programming
Overview
The National Instruments ExpressCard MXI interface kit gives you
direct control of PXI systems via your laptop computer.The
ExpressCard-to-PXI link is transparent to software applications and
drivers, therefore, it provides the ability to use laptop computers to
control PXI systems.The NI ExpressCard MXI interface kit is ideal for
portable systems such as those used for field tests, and you can pair
it with DC-powered chassis to provide mobile solutions for
applications such as in-vehicle data logging.
ExpressCard Control of PXI
With an ExpressCard MXI link, you can transparently control a PXI
system from a laptop computer with either an ExpressCard/34 or
ExpressCard/54slot. The ExpressCard MXI link consists of an NI
ExpressCard-8360 card in the laptop computer connected via an
ExpressCard MXI cable to an NI PXI-8360 module in slot 1 of a PXI
chassis. The NI ExpressCard-8360 card provides a x1 (by one) PCI
Express link that is cabled to the PXI-8360 module. The PXI-8360
module includes a bridge that converts the PCI Express link to the
PCI bus that is used in PXI. Thus, all PXI modules appear as if they
are PCI boards within the computer itself. However, you benefit from
the increased number of slots, power and cooling per slot, module
selection, and synchronization features provided by PXI. For a list of
compatible laptop computers, visit the NI PXI-ExpressCard8360
model page on ni.com/pxi.
Compatibility with MXI-Express
The ExpressCard MXI kit uses the same PXI module and cable as the
MXI-Express kits (NI PXI-PCIe836x) that provide PCI Express control
of PXI from desktop computers, servers, and workstations. Because
of this, you can use both your laptop and desktop computers to
control the same PXI system without having to replace the PXI
controller module or cable.
NI PXI-ExpressCard8360,
NI ExpressCard-8360, NI PXI-8360
ExpressCard MXI Kit for PXI/CompactPCI
NI PXI-ExpressCard8360 with 3 m cable.................... 779507-03
Kit includes one ExpressCard card (NI ExpressCard-8360), one PXI module
(PXI-8360), and one cable.
PXI Interface Module
NI PXI-8360................................................................. 779501-01
ExpressCard MXI Interface
NI ExpressCard-8360. ................................................. 779507-01
ExpressCard MXI Cables
3m............................................................................... 779500-03
7m............................................................................... 779500-07
Back to Index
PC Control of PXI (MXI-4)
Multichassis configurations for PXI and CompactPCI
MXI-4 link performance
132 Mbytes/s peak
78 Mbytes/s sustained
Fiber-optic or copper cabling
Low cost with copper
Electrical isolation and long-range with fiber-optic
Rugged connectivity
Error checking and retransmission
Support for 5 V and 3.3 V PCI
Overview
The National Instruments PXI-PCI833x interface kits give PCs
direct control of PXI systems using MXI-4 technology. You can
also use NI PXI-8331 and NI PXI-8336 modules for linking
multiple PXI chassis. MXI-4 is a high-bandwidth link that is
transparent to software applications and drivers, therefore
providing the ability to use high performance desktop computers
or servers to control PXI systems.
Hardware
PC Control of PXI
With a MXI-4 link, you can transparently control a PXI system
from any PCI slot, so high-performance desktop computers or
servers can control PXI systems. Because PXI is based on the
industry-standard PCI bus, MXI-4 provides a transparent link
where all PXI modules appear to the user as if they were PCI
boards within the computer itself. However, you benefit from the
increased number of slots, power and cooling per slot, module
selection, and synchronization features provided by PXI.
Additionally, with fiber-optic MXI-4 you can electrically isolate
your PXI measurement hardware from the PC with extended
length cabling up to 200 m.
The MXI-4 link consists of a PCI-8331 (copper) or PCI-8336
(fiber-optic) board in the PC, connected via the appropriate cable
to a PXI-8331 (copper) or PXI-8336 (fiber-optic) module in slot 1
of a PXI chassis. For convenience, you can purchase either a
complete MXI-4 kit with all necessary components, or purchase
the PCI board, PXI module, and cable separately.
MXI-4 can be used to connect multiple PXI chassis in a star or
daisy-chain configuration within a single system. To connect two
PXI chassis together with MXI-4, install a PXI-8331 (copper) or
PXI-8336 (fiber-optic) module into any peripheral slot of the
master chassis. Connect with the appropriate cable to a second
PXI-8331 or PXI-8336 in slot 1 of the slave chassis. For more
information on the possible star and daisy-chain topologies, please
see the MXI-4 User Manual.
MXI-4 Technology
MXI-4 operates as a PCI-to-PCI bridge that achieves software and
hardware transparency and high performance. MXI-4 builds on
the standard PCI-to-PCI bridge architecture by splitting the bridge
into two halves connected by a 1.5 Gb/s serial link. Additionally,
you can create multiple-chassis PXI systems using multiple MXI-4
links. The PCI specification allows up to 255 buses to be connected
in a system via PCI-PCI bridges such as MXI-4.
MXI-4 is an evolution of MXI-3. MXI-4 improves on MXI-3 by
supporting both 3.3 V and 5 V PCI signaling environments, error
checking and retransmission on the serial link for greater
reliability in electrically noisy or harsh environments, and
industrially rugged connectors.
NI PXI-PCI8331, NI PCI-8331, NI PXI-8331
NI PXI-PCI8336, NI PCI-8336, NI PXI-8336
5
P
X
I
P
C

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

o
f

P
X
I

(
M
X
I
-
4
)
190
Back to Index
191
PC Control of PXI (MXI-4)
Specifications
Power Requirements
Physical
Dimensions
PCI-8331/6.......................... 10.7 by 17.5 cm (4.2 by 6.9 in.)
PXI-8331/6.......................... 3U-size module, 10.0 by 16.0 cm
(3.9 by 6.3 in.)
Slot requirements ................... One 3U PXI system controller slot or
peripheral slot
Maximum cable lengths
8331 (copper) ...................... 10 m
8336 (fiber) ......................... 200 m
Compatibility .......................... Fully compatible with PXI Hardware
....................................... Specification 2.1, and the PCI
....................................... Specification 2.2
Temperature ........................... 0 to 55 C (tested in accordance with
IEC-60068-2-1 and IEC-60068-2-2.)
Relative humidity .................. 10 to 90% (tested in accordance with
IEC-60068-2-56.)
Storage Environment
Temperature .......................... - 20 to 70 C (tested in accordance
with IEC-60068-2-1and IEC-60068-2-2.)
Relative humidity .................. 5 to 95% noncondensing (tested in
accordance with IEC-60068-2-56.)
Shock and Vibration
Operational Shock 30 g peak, half-sine, 11 ms pulse (Tested in
accordance with IEC-60068-2-27.
Test profile developed in accordance with MIL-PRF-28800F.)
Random Vibration
Operating .............................. 5 to 500 Hz, 0.3 grms
Nonoperating ........................ 5 to 500 Hz, 2.4 grms
(Tested in accordance with IEC-60068-2-64. Nonoperating profile
exceeds the requirements of MIL-PRF-28800F, Class 3.)
*Specifications subject to change without notice
Note: For full EMC compliance, you must operate this device with
shielded cabling. In addition, all covers and filler panels must be
installed. Refer to the Declaration of Conformity (DoC) for this
product for any additional regulatory compliance information. To
obtain the DoC for this product, click Declaration of Conformity at
ni.com/hardref.nsf/. This Web site lists the DoCs by product
family. Select the appropriate product family, followed by your
product, and a link to the DoC appears in Adobe Acrobat format.
Click the Acrobat icon to download or read the DoC.
5
P
X
I
P
C

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

o
f

P
X
I

(
M
X
I
-
4
)
MXI-4 Kits for PXI/CompactPCI
NI PXI-PCI8331 with 3 m copper cable..........................778640-03
NI PXI-PCI8336 with 10 m fiber-optic cable
(isolated)....................................................................... 778641-10
(Kit includes one PCI MXI-4 board (PCI-833x), one PXI MXI-4 module (PXI-833x)
module, and one cable).
PXI MXI-4 Interface Modules
NI PXI-8331 (copper)......................................................778955-01
NI PXI-8336 (fiber-optic)................................................778957-01
PCI MXI-4 Interface Boards
NI PCI-8331 (copper)......................................................778956-01
NI PCI-8336 (fiber-optic)................................................778958-01
MXI-4 Cables
Copper
3 m ......................................................................... 190957-03
5 m ..........................................................................190957-05
10 m ........................................................................190957-10
Fiber-optic
10 m ....................................................................... 778959-10
30 m ....................................................................... 778959-30
200 m ....................................................................778959-200
Volts Typical Maximum Typical Maximum
PCI-8331, PXI-8331 PCI-8331, PXI-8331 PCI-8336, PXI-8336 PCI-8336, PXI-8336
+3.3 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.4
+5 1.5 1.7 1.5 1.7
Current (ADC)
Back to Index
6, 12 and 24 TB External RAID Enclosure
750 MB/s sustained read and write
speeds for 80 percent of total storage
capacity in RAID-0
700 MB/s sustained read and write
speeds for 80 percent of total storage
capacity in RAID-5
Three storage capacities available: 6 TB
(12 x 500 GB HDD), 12 TB (12 x 1 TB
HDD) and 24 TB (12 x 2 TB HDD)
Supports RAID-0/1/10/5/6 modes
Features programmatic control and
monitoring of hard drives and RAID
partitions
Supports hot swap of hard drives
Offers endless record mode
2U height in a 19 in. rack
Overview
NI HDD-8265 external hard-drive redundant array of inexpensive
disks (RAID) enclosures expand high-speed data streaming solutions
from NI by offering higher data streaming rates and storage
capacities. It includes a hardware RAID controller and a set of 12
either 500 GB, 1 TB or 2 TB 3.5 in. SATA hard drives that offer a
total storage capacity of either 6, 12 or 24 TB. You can interface the
HDD-8265 to any PXI Express chassis via the NI 8262 x4 cabled PCI
Express module in a peripheral slot and a x4 cabled PCI Express
cable. The HDD-8265 offers 750 MB/s of sustained data read and
write rates in RAID-0 mode for 80 percent of the total storage
capacity. For increasing data protection, you can configure the HDD-
8265 in RAID-5 mode. When configured in this mode, the HDD-8265
offers 700 MB/s of sustained data read and write rates.
NI HDD-8265
Expansion Options for PXI and PXI Express Chassis
Build multichassis PXI systems
interfaced to the same system computer
Create star, tree, or daisy-chain
configurations
Connect up to 10 PXI chassis to the
same system computer
System computer (for the master
chassis) can be an NI embedded
controller or a PC
no programming
Choice of copper or fiber-optic cables
Up to 200 m separation between PXI
chassis by using fiber-optic cables
Overview
National Instruments provides several chassis expansion MXI
products you can use to create multichassis PXI systems that
interface to the same system computer. The system computer in the
master PXI chassis can be either an NI embedded controller or a PC
connected via an NI remote controller.
Because MXI links are software transparent, they do not require any
programming. All PXI modules in the slave/downstream chassis
appear as local devices in the master chassis. Because the
underlying communication technology for most National Instruments
remote controllers is cabled PCI Express, these controllers offer
extremely high bandwidth and low latency. These features simplify
the process of expanding PXI systems to include multiple chassis
while offering high performance.
NI Measurement & Automation Explorer (MAX) software provides a
graphical view of the system hierarchy, making it easy to identify
and configure the PXI modules present in chassis.
To support multichassis configurations, PXI embedded and rack-
mount controllers from National Instruments have custom basic I/O
systems that allow complete device enumerations. NI recommends
using either an NI embedded controller or a rack-mount controller as
the system computer for the master PXI chassis. To work with
desktop and laptop PCs that do not have this capability, NI offers
MXI-Express Compatibility Software.
MXI Controllers for PXI System Expansion
5
P
X
I
E
x
p
a
n
s
i
o
n

O
p
t
i
o
n
s

f
o
r

P
X
I

a
n
d

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

C
h
a
s
s
i
s
192
Back to Index
Reflective Memory Nodes for PXI
193
5
P
X
I
R
e
f
l
e
c
t
i
v
e

M
e
m
o
r
y

N
o
d
e
s

f
o
r

P
X
I
Deterministic data transfer for distributed real-time systems
Native NI VeriStand support for real-time testing applications
Transmit data with no processor overhead
Easily expand network by adding modules
PXI Express In-Chassis Data Streaming Module
3-slot 3U PXI Express module
x4 PCI Express interface
Solid-state drive option available
Hard-Disk Drive
Four 250 GB 2.5 in. SATA II hard drives
1 TB total storage
200 MB/s read and write
(sustainable for 800 GB)
Supported Configurations
Software RAID-0
JBOD
Operating Systems
Windows Vista/XP
Overview
The NI 8260 is a x4 PXI Express/CompactPCI high-speed data
storage module for use in PXI Express systems. It contains four 2.5
in. SATA drives and offers the option between hard-disk drives
(HDDs) for extended storage space or solid-state drives (SSDs) for
increased ruggedness.
The module provides a compact and portable data storage option
that suits a variety of applications such as the following:
Signal record and playback
Field data acquisition
Extended data storage
NI 8260
GE cPCI-5565PIORC
Back to Index
High-Bandwidth PCI Express Control of
PXI Express via MXI Express
x16 Gen2 PCI Express control of PXI Express
(theoretical maximum throughput of 8 GB/s/direction)
Sustained practical throughput of up to 5.6 GB/s
(2.8 GB/s bidirectional or 5.6 GB/s unidirectional)
Compatible with NI rack-mount controllers
(NI RMC-8354)
Support for multichassis configurations for
PXI Express systems with the NI PXIe-8389
Support for peer-to-peer data transfers between
chassis
1 m or 3 m copper cable options
For support with other PCs, contact National
Instruments.
Overview
The NI PXIe-PCIe8388/9 MXI-Express for PXI Express kit features a
fully transparent, high-bandwidth, cabled PCI Express link for which
all PXI and PXI Express modules appear as PCI boards within the
computer itself. The NI PXIe-PCIe8388 uses a x16 Gen2 cabled PCI
Express link to connect a PXI Express chassis to the NI RMC-8354
rack-mount controller. This kit includes an NI PCIe-8388 board in the
PC that is connected via a x16 Gen2 cabled PCI Express copper cable
to either an NI PXIe-8388 or NI PXIe-8389 module in slot 1 of a PXI
Express chassis.
NI PXIe-PCIe8388/9
Timing and Synchronization Module
Onboard routing of internal and
external clock and trigger signals
Synchronize multiple PXI Express and
PXI chassis
Onboard high-stability 10 MHz OCXO
(50 ppb accuracy)
High-resolution DDS clock generation,
0.3 Hz to 1 GHz
Advanced trigger and timing routing
with PXIe-DStar differential star
trigger lines
Use the traditional PXI Star trigger
controller and PXI trigger bus control
Discipline 10 MHz to GPS, IEEE 1588,
or IRIG, when coupled with the NI
PXI-6682H
Overview
The NI PXIe-6674T offers the most advanced timing and
synchronization capabilities for PXI Express systems. The module
generates and routes clocks and triggers between devices in a PXI
Express chassis. In addition, it can route these signals to other PXI
and PXI Express chassis as well as third-party instrumentation. The
NI PXIe-6674T unlocks the advanced LVDS trigger buses, PXIe-
DStarA, B, and C, on PXI Express while still fully supporting the PXI
trigger bus, PXI_TRIG. The NI PXIe-6674T can generate two types of
clock signals: a highly stable 10 MHz clock based on an onboard
precision OCXO reference, and a second clock up to 1 GHz from the
direct digital synthesis (DDS) clock generation circuit.
NI PXIe-6674T
5
P
X
I
H
i
g
h
-
B
a
n
d
w
i
d
t
h

P
C
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

o
f

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

v
i
a

M
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
194
Back to Index
195
5
P
X
I
P
X
I
,

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s

T
i
m
i
n
g

a
n
d

S
y
n
c
h
r
o
n
i
z
a
t
i
o
n

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
PXI and PXI Express Timing and Synchronization Control
Works with all PXI and PXI Express
modules
Multi chassis PXI synchronization
Onboard routing of internal and external
clock and trigger signals
PXI slot 2 star trigger controller
(PXI-665x)
PXI Express system timing slot
startrigger controller (NI PXIe-6672)
Onboard high-stability references
OCXO, 50 ppb (PXI-6653)
TCXO, 1 ppm (PXI-6652 and
NI PXIe-6672)
Reference clock import and export with
PLL capabilities
DC to 105 MHz, high-resolution DDS
clock generation
Software trigger generation
Frequency measurement capabilities
Operating Systems
Windows Vista/XP
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabVIEW
LabWindows
TM
/CVI
NI-Sync
Overview and Applications
The National Instruments PXI-665x and NI PXIe-6672 timing and
synchronization control modules use the trigger bus, star trigger, and
system reference clock features of PXI to implement advanced
multimodule or multichassis synchronization. You can vastly improve
the accuracy of measurements, implement advanced triggering
schemes, or synchronize multiple modules and/or multiple chassis to
act as a single system for high-channel-count applications.
NI PXI-665x, NI PXIe-6672
>> For complete specifications, see the NIPXI-665x
and the NI PXIe-6672 user manuals at ni.com/manuals.
NI PXI-6653 (Master, OCXO)....................................... 778715-01
NI PXI-6652 (Master, TCXO)........................................ 778726-01
NI PXI-6651 (Slave)...................................................... 778725-01
NI PXIe-6672 (Master, TCXO)...................................... 780063-01
Cable
SMB-210........................................................................188858-01
Dual SMB Plug to Dual SMB Plug Coax, 50!,1m
SMB-200.........................................................................188859-01
SMB Plug to SMB Plug Coax, 50 !,1m
NI PXI-6651 NI PXI-6652 NI PXI-6653 NI PXIe-6672
Features Slave Module Master Module Master Module Master Module
Front Panel Connectivity
CLK10 in
CLK10 out -
General-purpose PFI lines 2 SMB 6 SMB 6 SMB 6 SMB
Programmable
voltage threshold
Trigger Routing
Star trigger source
(PXI_STAR)
PXI trigger bus
(PXI_TRIG)
Onboard Clock Sources
10 MHz timebase - TCXO (1 ppm) OCXO (50 ppb) TCXO (1 ppm)
DDS programmable clock - DC to 105 MHz DC to 105 MHz DC to 105 MHz
Table 1. NI PXI-665x and NI PXIe-6672 Features
Back to Index
Data Acquisition
Overview
As a leader in data acquisition (DAQ), National
Instruments offers an extensive assortment of
modules for PXI. NI multifunction DAQ modules
offer a wide range of analog input capabilities as
well as analog output, digital 110, and
counter/timer functionality. By combining multifunction DAQ with
PXI, a platform optimized for synchronized measurement
applications, National Instruments delivers superior intramodule and
intermodule synchronization for measurements.
M Series - Multifunction DAQ
True 16-bit measurements up to 1.25 MS/s
Up to 80 channels and 18-bit resolution
Up to 4 analog outputs, 16-bit, up to 2.8 MS/s
Two 80 MHz, 32-bit advanced counter/timers
Up to 48 digital 110 lines, pattern 110 capable
User-configurable onboard synchronization
60 VDC bank isolation (optional)
S Series - Simultaneous-Sampling
Multifunction DAQ
Simultaneous sampling - multidigitizer
Up to 8 differential inputs
Up to 10 MS/s per channel AI
Up to
42 V analog input range

Up to 4 MS/s per channel AO
Excellent AC and DC accuracy
R Series - Intelligent DAQ
User-reconfigurable FPGA with LabVIEW FPGA Module
Timing and synchronization with 25 ns resolution
Onboard decision making with loop rates up to 40 MHz
User-defined communication protocols
Simulation for HIL testing or rapid control prototyping
Analog Output
Up to 32 analog outputs
Up to 16-bit accuracy
Static or waveform updates
Up to 1 MS/s per channel
Current or voltage output
Digital 1/0
5, 30, and 60 V
Up to 500 mA current drive
Industrial feature set - including optical isolation, programmable
input filters and power-up states, watchdogs, change detection
Ideal for mission-critical industrial measurement and control
applications
Timing I/O
Up to 8 counter/timers with 5 or 48 V range
Advanced features such as channel-to-channel optical isolation,
debounce filter, high-precision oscillator, GPS synchronization
Ideal for a variety of counter/timer tasks such as encoder position
measurement, event counting, period/frequency measurement and
high-voltage PWM generation
SC Series DAQ with Signal Conditioning
200 kS/s, 16-bit, 2 or 8 analog input channels
Integrated signal conditioning for channel-channel isolation,
high-voltage, and strain measurements
Programmable gain and filter settings
Automatic device synchronization through PXI backplane
High-Precision DAQ
Accuracy - 0.42C for J-type thermocouples, 0.03C for
thermistors, 0.12C for RTDs
16 voltage or 14 thermocouple inputs; up to 60 readings/s
24-bit ADC resolution
Includes auto zero and cold-junction compensation
5
P
X
I
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
196
Back to Index
Modular Instruments, Switches, Vision, and Motion
197
5
P
X
I
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
,

S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
,

V
i
s
i
o
n
,

a
n
d

M
o
t
i
o
n
Modular Instruments
Digital Multimeters (DMMs)
5 , 6 , and 7 -digit DMMs
Measure voltage, resistance, current, capacitance,
inductance, and temperature
Up to 1000 V isolated digitizer
Up to 1.8 MS/s sampling rates
Dynamic Signal Acquisition and Generation
24-bit resolution
Up to 120 dB dynamic range
Up to 8 simultaneously sampled analog input channels
Software-configured AC/DC coupling and IEPE conditioning
Digital Waveform Generator/Analyzers
400 Mb/s maximum data rates
Programmable voltage, LVDS, or TTL/CMOS
Real-time hardware comparison of acquired response data
Pattern I/O, handshaking I/O, and change detection
High-Speed Digitizers
2 GS/s real-time (20 GS/s random-interleaved)
maximum sampling rates
Up to 24-bit resolution
Up to -108 dBc SFDR up to 100 kHz
Deep onboard memory - up to 512 MB per channel
Signal Generators
200 MS/s maximum sampling rate
Deep onboard memory - up to 512 MB
Download rates up to 84 MB/s
Digital Delay Generator
Four independent delay channels
1 ps resolution
< 50 ps rms jitter
> 20 second delay range
Four auxiliary delay channels
5 ns resolution
< 100 ps rms jitter
> 20 second delay range
Front panel or PXI bus
PXI 3U, 1 slot, compact packaging
High-Frequency Measurements
Up to 6.6 GHz RF and microwave signal generation
9 kHz to 2.7 GHz vector signal generators and analyzers
Greater than 20 MHz real-time bandwidth
Deep onboard memory - up to 512 MB
Switches
General-Purpose Relays, Multiplexers, and Matrices
Up to 300 V, 12 A
Up to 512 crosspoints-per-slot matrices
RF and microwave switching up to 26.5 GHz
Vision
Machine Vision and Scientific Imaging Applications
Acquire images from thousands of cameras
Use any Camera Link, IEEE 1394, GigE Vision, or analog camera
Process images with hundreds of inspection tools
Easily integrate visual inspection into functional test
Motion
Motion Controllers
Create precision motion in minutes from CAD drawings
Control any stepper, servo, or piezoelectric motor
Develop systems with local or distributed CANopen control
Synchronize motion with vision and data acquisition
Back to Index
Overview
National Instruments offers a large selection of PXI modules for
communication with other buses. Use the table below to reference
where you can find more detailed product information.
Bus Interfaces
Table 1. Bus Interfaces
Interface Type
Ethernet
SCSI
GPIB (IEEE 488)/Ethernet
IEEE 1394
GPIB (IEEE 488)
CardBus PC Card
and 16-Bit PC Card
VXI and VME (MXI-2)
Serial (RS232)
Serial (RS485/RS422)
Low-speed/fault-tolerant
CAN
High-speed CAN
Single-wire CAN
Software-selectable CAN
DeviceNet
Model
PXI-8231
PXI-8214
PXI-8232
PXI-8252
PXI-GPIB
PXI-8221
PXI-8320
PXI-8430 Series
PXI-8432 Series
PXI-8431 Series
PXI-8433 Series
PX1-8460 Series
PXI-8461 Series
PXI-8463 Series
PXI-8464 Series
PXI-8461/D
Description
-
-
Win 2000/XP/98
Win NT
-
Win 2000/XP
Win NT
Win ME/98
Solaris
DDK
-
-
2 ports
4 ports
8 ports
16 ports
4 ports
2 ports
4 ports
8 ports
4 ports
1 port
2 ports
1 port
2 ports
1 port
2 ports
1 port
2 ports
1 port
Part Number
778657-01
778503-01
778658-01
778659-01
778925-01
778039-01
777398-01
777399-01
778247-01
777431-02
779470-01
777573-01
778982-01
778983-01
779536-01
777733-16
779538-01
778984-01
778985-01
779537-01
779539-01
778008-01
778008-02
777707-01
777707-02
778780-01
778780-02
778783-01
778783-02
777709-01
Key Feathures
10/100/1000 BaseTX Gigabit Ethernet
RJ45 connector with integrated LEDs
Ultra2 SCSI transfers up to 80 MB/s
Completely IEEE 488.2 compatible
1O/100/1000BaseTX Gigabit Ethernet
Single-slot PXI module
3-port IEEE 1394a interface
1.5 MB/s maximum transfer rate using IEEE 488.1
7.7 MB/s maximum transfer rate using HS488
2-slot 16-bit PC Card and CardBus carrier in single-slot PXI module
Accepts two Type 1/11 cards or one Type III card
Accepts either 32-M CardBus cards or 16-bit PC Cards
Direct VXI and VME control from PXI
Industry-leading performance via MXI-2 Interface
Direct VXI trigger and interrupt control
2,4,8, or 16 ports
Flexible baud rates up to 1 Mb/s
4 RS232 ports with 2000 V isolation
2, 4, or 8 ports
4 RS485/RS422 ports with 2000 V isolation
ISO 11898-compliant
PXI trigger bus for hardware synchronization with PXI DAQ
1 or 2 ports (DB-9 connector)
PXI trigger bus for hardware synchronization with PXI DAQ
J2411-compliant
PXI trigger bus for hardware
Synchronization
User-selectable high-speed, low-speed/fault-tolerant, or single-wire CAN
PXI trigger bus for hardware
Synchronization
1 port with pluggable screw-terminal connector
Master (scanner) and slave protocols
500 V optically isolated physical layer
5
P
X
I
B
u
s

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s
198
Back to Index
Portable PXI LCD Monitor and Keyboard Accessory
199
5
P
X
I
P
o
r
t
a
b
l
e

P
X
I

L
C
D

M
o
n
i
t
o
r

a
n
d

K
e
y
b
o
a
r
d

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
y

Integrated, portable monitor and
keyboard accessory for NI 8-slot PXI and
PXI Express systems
15 in. touch screen LCD monitor with
adjustable tilt
1024 x 768 screen resolution
Detachable English keyboard and
touchpad
Attaches via PXI chassis rack-mount
holes
NI factory- or user-installable
VGA video connection
0 to 50 C operating temperature
RoHS-compliant
Touch screen-compatible with
Windows 7/Vista/XP/2000/NT
Accessories
NI PXI carrying case
Replacement VGA and USB cable kit
Replacement AC power adapter
Overview
The NI PMA-1115 is an integrated, portable monitor, keyboard, and
touchpad accessory for 8-slot PXI and PXI Express chassis from
National Instruments. It has a 15 in. touch screen LCD with
adjustable tilt and feature sacarrying handle for easy portability. You
can attach this accessory using existing rack-mount holes on 8-slot
PXI and PXIExpress chassis to provide a complete portable PXI
solution.
LCD Monitor
The PMA-1115 monitor is a 15 in., high-brightness, TFT LCD touch
panel. The monitor has a maximum resolution of 1024 x 768 and
features up to 80 deg of tilt. The LCD is protected by antiglare
tempered glass.
Keyboard and Touchpad
The PMA-1115 English language keyboard has 105 keys and a
touchpad mouse. You can detach the keyboard from the casing and
use the touch screen monitor by itself with the chassis. The keyboard
and touchpad have standard USB connectivity.
Installation
The PMA-1115 includes a complete mounting kit for attachment to
an 8-slot PXI or PXI Express chassis from NI. This kit contains all
required fasteners and an adapter plate with provisions to relocate
the carrying handle. Refer to the NI PMA-1115 User Guide and
Specification sat ni.com/manuals for instructions on how to install
this accessory.
Shipping Components
The PMA-1115 kit includes the following items:
PMA-1115
Adapter plate and mounting hardware
Power cable
12 VDC power adapter
Video cable to connect PMA-1115 to PXI/PXI Express controller
USB cable
Driver CD
Cable ties to organize power cabling
Interlocking fastener to secure power adapter
NI PMA-1115
NI PMA-1115............................................................... 780215-01
Accessories
NI PMA-1115 replacement video and USB cable kit.. 780396-01
NI PMA-1115 replacement AC power adapter........... 780397-01
NI PXI carrying case.................................................... 780398-01
Additional Power Cords
1
Japanese 100 VAC...................................................... 763634-01
Swiss 220 VAC............................................................ 763065-01
Australian 240 VAC..................................................... 763066-01
1
U.S. 120 VAC power cord included.
Back to Index
NI PXI-8250
NI PXI System Monitor Module
Actively monitor voltage, fan, and
temperature health of PXI systems
Programatically monitor system power, fan
health, and chassis intake temperature
6 front panel LEDs indicate system status
Front panel relay indicates if any
parameters are out of range
Compatible with the NI PXI-1042, NI PXI-
1042Q, and NI PXI-1045 chassis only
Must be installed in the last slot of the
chassis
Overview
The NI PXI-8250 System Monitor Module monitors the health of the
PXI chassis and reports the status through a set of LEDs on the front
panel of the module and provides the ability to programmatically
monitor each parameter. The NI PXI-8250 can be used with the NI
PXI-1042, NI PXI-1042Q, or NI PXI-1045 chassis to detect and report
chassis voltage rail problems, abnormal chassis intake temperature,
or chassis power shuttle fan failure. The NI PXI-8250 also includes a
relay that will toggle when any of the parameters fall outside of
chassis operating specification. These features can be used to
monitor the health of the chassis, and easily identify system failure.
The PXI-8250 comes with NI System Monitor software that includes
the driver for the module and an application programming interface
(API) to allow for programmatic access to the information reported
by the module. There is also a set of six user LEDs on the front panel
of the PXI-8250 designed for custom alert configurations. This
feature is not available with NI System Monitor 1.1, and may be
added in future releases of NI System Monitor. Refer to the NI
System Monitor help for more information. NI System Monitor also
allows you to programmatically monitor PXI controller health and
usage including, CPU temperature, processor core usage, and
memory usage. NI System Monitor also allows you to
programmatically monitor chassis and controller information of PXI
Express systems (PXI Express systems do not require a hardware
module).
Overview
NI PXI slot blockers enhance system cooling by redirecting airflow
from unused PXI slots to populated slots. While they are not
required to ensure proper PXI system operation, slot blockers in
unused slots provide enhanced PXI system cooling. Reducing the
operating temperature improves long-term reliability and extends
the life of your PXI system.
NI PXI Slot Blocker
PXI Slot Accessory
Enhance system cooling by redirecting airflow from unused
slots to populated slots
Improve the long-term reliability of your PXI system by
reducing system temperatures
Take advantage of compatibility with all PXI and PXI Express
chassis (except the NI PXI-1056)
5
P
X
I
P
X
I

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s

a
n
d

C
a
b
l
e
s
200
Back to Index
PXI Accessories and Cables
201
5
P
X
I
P
X
I

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s

a
n
d

C
a
b
l
e
s
Rack-Mount Kits and Spare Power Supplies
NI offers rack-mount kits for all PXI chassis. Handle and feet kits are
standard on all PXI-1042, PXI-1044, PXI-1045, PXI-1000B, and PXI-
1052 chassis. NI offers optional carrying handle and side-mounting
feet for portable PXI-1031 and PXI-I050 applications.
NI PXI-103x
Rack-mount/wall-mount kit ..................................... 778948-01
Handle and feet kit ................................................... 778949-01
NI PXI-1042 Series, NI PXle-1062Q
Front rack-mount kit (for 19 in. rack) ........................ 778643-01
Rear rack-mount kit (for 19 in. rack) ......................... 778643-02
NI PXI-1042 spare power supply and fan shuttle ..... 778662-01
NI PXI-1042Q spare power supply and fan shuttle ... 779021-01
Spare power supply and fan shuttle ........................ 778647-01
NI PXI-1000B AC/DC
Rack-mount kit (for 19 in. rack) ................................. 777552-01
1.7 Ah NiCd battery pack (AC/DC option only) ......... 745656-01
NI PXI-1050
SCXI-1370 (rack-mount kit for
SCXI-1001 or PXI-1050 chassis) ............................. 776577-70
SCXI-1374 (handle kit) ............................................... 776577-74
NI PXI-1052
NI PXI-1056
Rear rack-mount kit (for 19 in. rack) .......................... 193830-01
3U to 6U Adapter - use to install any 3U module in your 6U PXI or
CompactPCI system.
3U to 6U adapter ....................................................... 777763-01
Filler Panels and Slot Blockers
EMC filler panels (6 single slot) ................................ 778700-01
Filler panels (3 double slot and 3 single slot) ........... 778679-01
Slot blockers (2 single slot) ....................................... 778678-01
Power Cords
All PXI chassis, except the PXI-1050, include universal AC power
supply options and require an AC power cord.
AC power cords
U. S. 120 VAC ........................................................ 763000-01
Japanese 100 VAC ................................................ 763634-01
United Kingdom 240 VAC ...................................... 763064-01
Swiss 220 VAC ...................................................... 763065-01
Australian 240 VAC ............................................... 763066-01
Universal Euro 240 VAC ......................................... 763067-01
North American 240 VAC ...................................... 763068-01
DC power input cable (PXI-1000B) ............................ 763418-01
Mass Interconnection for PXI
Many mass interconnect options exist for PXI from the industry
leaders. Mass interconnect devices, commonly used with automated
test equipment (ATE), reliably and quickly connect a multitude of
signals simultaneously. Visit pxisa.org.
Rack-Mount Kits 3U to 6U Adapter Mass Interconnect
for PXI
EMC Filter Panels
Back to Index
Data Acquisition and Signal Conditioning
Contents
Overview............................................................................... 203
Software
Data Acquisition and Signal Conditioning Driver ................... 205
Multifunction Data Acquisition (DAQ) Overview.......... 208
X Series Multifunction DAQ............................................... 212
M Series Multifunction DAQ............................................. 214
S Series Multifunction DAQ............................................... 218
R Series Intelligent DAQ..................................................... 220
E Series Multifunction DAQ............................................... 223
Handheld and USB DAQ ..................................................... 225
OEM Product......................................................................... 227
Analog Output....................................................................... 229
High-Speed Voltage Outputs ............................................. 230
Software-Timed Analog Output ........................................ 231
Digital Input/Output ............................................................. 232
Counter/Timers..................................................................... 238
DAQ Accessories and Cables............................................ 241
SC and SC Express - DAQ with Signal Conditioning..... 249
Modular USB Data Acquisition System........................... 265
Portable Modular Data Acquisition Systems
SCC Signal Conditioning ......................................................... 270
Modular DAQs-SCXI Signal Conditioning....................... 277
SCXI Modules....................................................................... 281
SCXI Chassis and Accessories ......................................... 299
Signal Conditioning Accessories..................................... 310
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s
202
Back to Index
Data Acquisition and Signal Conditioning Overview
203
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
What Is Data Acquisition and What Are Data
Acquisition Systems?
The purpose of data acquisition (DAQ) is to measure a physical
phenomenon such as voltage, current, light, temperature, pressure,
or sound. PC-based data acquisition uses a combination of
hardware, software, and a computer to form a data acquisition
system for automating measurements and making data available for
analysis. Data acquisition systems come in many different
configurations and address a wide variety of applications. While
each DAQ system is uniquely defined by its application
requirements, every system shares a common goal of acquiring,
analyzing, and presenting information from a signal or sensor. For
sensor measurements, a DAQ system must in corporate the
following four components:
Sensor (transducer)
Signal conditioning
Data acquisition device
Software
Selecting the Right Hardware
This section provides basic overviews and specifications for NI data
acquisition and signal conditioning hardware and software.
Although National Instruments provides a wide variety of
measurement hardware, choosing the right hardware for your
measurement application does not have to be difficult. Follow these
simple steps to guide you through the selection process:
Step 1. Choose DAQ and Signal Conditioning Hardware
Use Tables 1 and 2 on page 184 to guide you to the proper
measurement hardware for your data acquisition system.
Step 2. Choose Accessories (Cable and Terminal Block),
If Necessary
Step 3. Choose Your Application Development Software
LabVIEW graphical development environment
Measurement Studio development tools for Visual Studio .NET
LabWindows/CVI development tools for ANSI C
SignalExpress interactive configuration-based measurements
VI Logger ready-to-run data-logging software
Back to Index
Data Acquisition and Signal Conditioning Overview
Figure 1. Data Acquisition System Architecture.
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
204
Back to Index
205
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
D
r
i
v
e
r

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

O
p
t
i
o
n
s
Data Acquisition and Signal Conditioning
Driver Software Options
Compatible with more than 300 data
acquisition devices
Full-featured driver software for Windows
and Linux
High-performance driver engine

Fast single-point and multithreaded I/O
Automatic code generation with the DAQ
Assistant
Virtual channels for simple measurement
configuration
Multiple-device synchronization
Optimized integration with LabVIEW VIs
and analysis
API for LabVIEW, ANSI C/C++, C#, Visual
Basic .NET, and Visual Basic
Free data-logging software included
Compatible with more than 80 data
acquisition devices
Multiplatform driver for Linux, Mac OS X,
Windows Mobile, Windows 7,
Windows CE, and Windows Vista/XP
Subset of NI-DAQmx functionality
Similar programming interface to
NI-DAQmx
Basic DAQ driver for LabVIEW and ANSI C
Custom-driver development tools
Register-level programming interface
Designed for OEM customers
Data acquisition for virtually any OS
Overview
The quality of the driver software is just as important as the quality
of the measurement hardware. National Instruments provides three
levels of data acquisition (DAQ) software, each with its own unique
features. The result is a complete offering of data acquisition
software to simplify use of National Instruments DAQ hardware in
any application.
Three Levels of DAQ Driver Software
1. NI-DAQmx is full-featured, high-performance driver software that
maximizes productivity and performance through an intuitive
programming interface and added software.
2. NI-DAQmx Base is a basic multiplatform DAQ driver with a subset
of NI-DAQmx functionality.
3. NI Measurement Hardware DDK is a development kit for the
creation of custom drivers using register-level programming.
Note: Not all drivers work with all devices.
Visit ni.com/support/daq/versions to check compatibility.
NI-DAQmx Driver Software
NI-DAQmx is full-featured, high-performance driver software that
maximizes productivity and performance through an intuitive
programming interface and included measurement services. It works
with broad ranges of programming languages, devices, buses,
sensors, and even mixed-signal types. NI-DAQmx is the best option
almost everytime for Windows and Linux development.
Note: National Instruments recommends using the latest version of
NI-DAQmx driver software for application development in NI
LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, and Measurement Studio 7.x or later
on Windows and Linux.
Included Measurement Services
1
NI-DAQmx includes a collection of measurement services designed
to save data acquisition system developers time and money. A few
of these services include:
Measurement & Automation Explorer (MAX) software for
configuring, calibrating, testing, and managing your hardware
DAQ Assistant software for creating configuration-based data
acquisition tasks and automatic code generation in popular
application development environments
LabVIEW SignalExpress LE free software specifically designed
for basic data-logging applications
NI Device Monitor software that provides a true plug-and-play
experience for developers using USB DAQ modules
1
Windows version only.
NI-DAQmx NI-DAQmx Base
Measurement
Hardware DDK
Back to Index
Data Acquisition and Signal Conditioning Driver Software Options
NI-DAQmx Base Driver Software
NI-DAQmx Base offers a subset of NI-DAQmx functionality on Windows,
Windows7, Linux, Mac OS X, Windows Mobile, and Windows CE OSs.
This driver software includes ready-to-use LabVIEW VIs and C function
examples similar to those included in the full-featured NI-DAQmx
software. National Instruments built NI-DAQmx Base driver software
using the Measurement Hardware DDK and developed the software
almost entirely in the multiplatform LabVIEW graphical development
environment. This lightweight, agile architecture makes it possible to
quickly develop NI-DAQmx Base for additional OSs and devices in the
future. Developers creating applications for Windows or Linux systems
should consider using the latest in full-featured NI-DAQmx.
Measurement Hardware DDK
The National Instruments Measurement Hardware Driver
Development Kit (MHDDK) provides development tools and a
register-level programming interface for the development of custom
driver software. The NI MHDDK is designed for OEM customers who
are developing applications that require nonstandard OSs. It
provides access to the full device register map and offers examples
for completing common measurement and control functions. The NI
MHDDK works with a selection of multifunction, analog output,
digital I/O, and counter/timer I/O devices, including X Series, M
Series, E Series, and S Series multifunction DAQ devices.
When developing high-volume systems, developers can afford to
amortize the time and expense of register-level programming across
many systems. Register-level programming, while sometimes the
best option, requires much more effort than programming with NI-
DAQmx (Windows, Linux) or NI-DAQmx Base (Windows, Linux, Mac
OS X, and Pocket PC). Developers considering the NI MHDDK should
also study the advantages of industry-leading NI-DAQmx and NI-
DAQmx Base software.
Device and Software
Documentation
Built-in Test Panel
Windows
Device Simulation
Figure 1. NI-DAQmx driver software includes measurement services software designed for simplified testing, configuration, and data logging.
Task and Channel
Creation
Device Configuration
and Connection
Management
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
D
r
i
v
e
r

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

O
p
t
i
o
n
s
206
Back to Index
Data Acquisition and Signal Conditioning Driver Software Options
LabVIEW Development Systems LabVIEW SignalExpress LabWindowsTM/CVI Measurement
Operating Systems Windows7, Windows Vista x64, Windows7, Windows Vista x64, Windows7, Windows Vista x64, Windows7,Windows Vista x64,
Windows Vista x86/XP/2000, Linux, Mac OS X Windows Vista x86/XP/2000 Windows Vista x86/XP/2000, Linux Windows Vista x86/XP/2000
Programming Environment Graphical No Programming ANSI C Visual C#, Visual Basic,
Visual C++
Analog I/O
Digital I/O
Counter/Timer I/O
Configuration-Based DAQ Assistant
Event-Driven Programming
Signal Processing Analysis
Mathematical Analysis
PID Control
Statistical Analysis
Database Connectivity
Sound and Vibration Analysis
Order Analysis
Integrated Data Management Tools
Cross-Platform Compatibility
Ease-of-Use Programming No Programming
KEY: Best, Better, Good, Some devices supported.
DAQ Application Development Environment Comparison
NI-DAQmx NI-DAQmx Base Measurement Hardware DDK Traditional NI-DAQ
High-Performance Multithreaded Driver Basic DAQ Driver Custom Driver Development Tools Legacy DAQ Driver
Bus and OS Support
PCI/PXI/PCI Express/PXI Express Windows 7 64 bit/7 x86/CE/XP x86/ Basic DAQ Driver, Windows 7 64 bit/7 x86/ Linux, Mac OS X, Windows 2000/NT/XP
Vista x64/Vista x86/2000, Linux, Mobile 5 CE/XP x86/Vista x64/Vista x86/Mobile 5 RTX, QNX, Intime
USB Windows Vista x64, Linux, Mac OS X, Linux, Mac OS X, QNX, Windows 2000/XP
Windows Vista x86/XP/2000 Windows Mobile/CE Windows Mobile/CE
PCMCIA Windows XP/2000 Windows Mobile Windows Mobile Windows 2000/NT/XP
CompactFlash Windows Mobile
Programming Languages
Programming Languages LabVIEW, ANSI C/C++, C#, LabVIEW, ANSI C LabVIEW, ANSI C LabVIEW, ANSI C,
Visual Basic .NET, and Visual Basic and Visual Basic
LabVIEW Interface Complete Polymorphic VIs and Limited polymorphic VIs Register-Level VIs Full Set of VIs
Property Nodes
Additional Measurement Services
Development Speed
DAQ Assistant Code Generation
Multithreaded I/O Performance
Driver Footprint
Test Panels
Automatic Scaling to Engineering Units
Single Programming Interface
for All Hardware and I/O Types
Measurement Examples >3000 ~30 ~30 ~1000
Hardware Support (Complete Listing)
X Series
M Series
S Series
E Series
B Series
USB DAQ
NI CompactDAQ
SC Series
SCXI
DSA
Digital I/O
Counter/Timers
AO Devices
KEY: Best, Better, Good, Some devices supported.
Data Acquisition (DAQ) Software Comparison
207
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
D
r
i
v
e
r

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

O
p
t
i
o
n
s
Back to Index
Multifunction Data Acquisition Overview
NI CompactDAQ
NI CompactDAQ provides the plug-and-play simplicity of USB to
sensor and electrical measurements on the benchtop, in the field, or
on the production line. By combining the ease of use and low cost of
a data logger with the performance and flexibility of modular
instrumentation, NI CompactDAQ provides fast, accurate
measurements in a small, simple, and affordable system.
Flexible software options make it easy to use NI CompactDAQ to
log data for simple experiments or to develop a fully automated
test or control system. The modular design can measure up to
256 channels of electrical, physical, mechanical, or
acoustical signals in a single system. In addition, per-
channel analog-to-digital converters and individually
isolated modules ensure fast, accurate, and safe
measurements.
NI X Series Multifuction DAQ with
PCI Express/PXIExpress
X Series devices are the most advanced multifunction data
acquisition (DAQ) devices ever designed by National Instruments.
Using the easy-to-use NI-DAQmx driver software, X Series
incorporates high-performance enhancements that address the
needs of the most demanding data acquisition applications. With
NI-STC3 timing and synchronization technology, high-throughput PCI
Express buses, USB and multicore-ready driver software USB,
X Series offers a new level of excellence for PC-based multifunction
I/O.
Four Enhanced Counters
100 MHz Timebase
Independent Timing Engines for Analog and Digital I/O
Enhancements for High Throughput and Low Latency
Figure 1. NI CompactDAQ packs USB DAQ, signal conditioning, and sensor connectivity
for up to 256 channels in a 25 by 9 by 9 cm package.
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
M
u
l
t
i
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

D
A
Q

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
208
Back to Index
209
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
M
u
l
t
i
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

D
A
Q

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
M Series data acquisition devices set a new standard for
performance, I/O capability, safety, and value. M Series DAQ
features an advanced analog front-end design, NI-STC 2 system
timing controller, NI-PGIA 2 instrumentation class amplifier
technology, NI-MCal calibration methodology, USB signal streaming
technology, and improved safety and accuracy with high-speed
digital isolators. M Series devices combine the functionality of
multiple instruments into a single device. They are ideal for
applications in test, control, and design.
S Series Simultaneous Sampling DAQ
The dedicated analog-to-digital converter per channel on S Series
devices provides a much higher aggregate sampling rate compared
to traditional multiplexed data acquisition devices. This architecture
is particularly important for preserving the phase/ timing
relationship between all analog input channels.
R Series Intelligent DAQ
Intelligent DAQ is multifunction data acquisition that features user-
defined, onboard processing for complete system timing and
triggering flexibility. Instead of a fixed ASIC for controlling device
functionality, intelligent DAQ uses an FPGA-based system timing
controller to make all analog and digital I/O configurable for
application-specific operations.
NI M Series Multifunction DAQ with More Performance,
More I/O, More Value
Back to Index
Finding the Right Data Acquisition Product
National Instruments provides a variety of multifunction DAQ
products to suit your price and performance needs. They all offer
quality measurements, superior software integration, and award-
winning service and support. Use Table 1 to choose the right series
of products for your application. Then turn to the page listed in the
bottom row of the column for your selected series to narrow down
the series to the correct devices.
Handheld X Series M Series S Series Simultaneous- R Series SC Series DAQ with
Features /USB Multifunction DAQ Multifunction DAQ Sampling DAQ Intelligent DAQ Integrated Signal Conditioning
Analog Input
Channels/device, maximum 32 32 80 8 8 8
Sampling rate, maximum 1.25 MS/s
1
2 MS/s 1.25 MS/s
1
10 MS/s/ch 200 kS/s/ch 200 kS/s
DC accuracy Better Best Best Better Better Better
Dynamic accuracy Better Best Better Best Better Better
Gain settings, maximum 15 7 8 10
Simultaneous sampling
Integrated signal conditioning
Signal conditioning compatibility
Isolation
Voltage measurements
Current measurements
Analog Output
Update rate, maximum 2.8 MS/s 3.33 MHz 2.8 MS/s 4 MS/s 1 MS/s
Accuracy Better Best Best Better Better
Waveform output capability Better Best Better Best Best
External voltage reference
Voltage generation
Current generation
Digital I/O
TTL/CMOS digital levels
24 V digital levels
Hardware-timed
Counter/Timers
Channels/device, maximum 2 4 2 2 User-defined up to 96 0
Resolution, maximum 32 bits 32 bits 32 bits 24 bits 64 bits
Timebase, maximum 80 MHz 100MHz 80 MHz 20 MHz 80 MHz
Calibration
Self-calibration
Onboard calibration at all ranges
NIST-traceable calibration certificate
Timing and Triggering
Onboard routing for timing and triggering
Device-to-device synchronization bus
Digital triggering
Analog triggering
Bus Interface
Buses USB, PCMCIA, PCIe, PXIe, USB USB, PCI, PCI Express, PCI, PXI PCI, PXI PXI
CompactFlash PXI, PXI Express
DMA channels, maximum 4
2
8 6 3 3 1
AI onboard memory (samples), maximum 4096 32,000,000 4096 32,000,000 96,000 512
Measurement Services and Driver Software
NI-DAQmx
NI-DAQmx Base
Measurement Hardware DDK
3
KEY: Best, Better, Good,

1
Aggregate sampling rate.
2
High-speed USB signal streams.
3
Programmed with LabVIEW FPGA.
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
M
u
l
t
i
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

D
A
Q

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
210
Back to Index
211
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
M
u
l
t
i
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

D
A
Q

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
X Series - Multifunction DAQ
NI 6320 PCIe 16 250 kS/s 16 - 10 V - - - 24 TTL/CMOS
NI 6321 PCIe 16 250 kS/s 16 - 10 V - 2 16 24 TTL/CMOS
NI 6323 PCIe 32 250 kS/s 16 - 10 V - 4 16 48 TTL/CMOS
NI 6341 PCIe, PXIe, USB 16 500 kS/s 16 - 10 V - 2 16 24 TTL/CMOS
NI 6343 PCIe, USB 32 500 kS/s 16 - 10 V - 4 16 48 TTL/CMOS
NI 6351 PCIe, USB 16 1.25 MS/s 16 - 10 V 2 16 24 TTL/CMOS
NI 6353 PCIe, USB 32 1.25 MS/s 16 - 10 V 4 16 48 TTL/CMOS
NI 6361 PCIe, PXIe, USB 16 2 MS/s 16 - 10 V 2 16 24 TTL/CMOS
NI 6363 PCIe, PXIe, USB 32 2 MS/s 16 - 10 V 4 16 48 TTL/CMOS
X Series - Simultaneous-Sampling Multifunction DAQ
NI 6356 PXIe, USB 8 1.25 MS/s/ch 16 - 10 V 2 16 24 TTL/CMOS
NI 6358 PXIe 16 1.25 MS/s/ch 16 - 10 V 4 16 48 TTL/CMOS
NI 6366 PXIe, USB 8 2 MS/s/ch 16 - 10 V 2 16 24 TTL/CMOS
NI 6368 PXIe 16 2 MS/s/ch 16 - 10 V 4 16 48 TTL/CMOS
M Series - Multifunction DAQ
NI 6289 PCI, PXI 32 SE/16 DI 625 k 18 Lowpass filters 10 V 4 16 48 TTL/CMOS
NI 6284 PCI, PXI 32 SE/16 DI 625 k 18 Lowpass filters 10 V 0 - 48 TTL/CMOS
NI 6281 PCI, PXI 16 SE/8 DI 625 k 18 Lowpass filters 10 V 2 16 24 TTL/CMOS
NI 6280 PCI, PXI 16 SE/8 DI 625 k 18 Lowpass filters 10 V 0 - 24 TTL/CMOS
NI 6259 USB, PCI, PCle
3
, PXI, PXIe
4
32 SE/16 DI 1.25 M 16 - 10 V 4 16 48 TTL/CMOS
NI 6255 USB, PCI, PXI 80 SE/40 DI 1.25 M 16 - 10 V 2 16 24 TTL/CMOS
NI 6254 PCI, PXI 32 SE/16 DI 1.25 M 16 - 10 V 0 - 48 TTL/CMOS
NI 6251 USB, PCI, PCle
3
, PXI, PXIe
4
16 SE/8 DI 1.25 M 16 - 10 V 2 16 24 TTL/CMOS
NI 6250 PCI, PXI 16 SE/8 DI 1.25 M 16 - 10 V 0 - 24 TTL/CMOS
NI 6239 PCI, PXI 8 DI 250 k 16 Bank isolation 20 mA - 2 16 10 24 V sink
NI 6238 PCI, PXI 8 DI 250 k 16 Bank isolation 20 mA - 2 16 10 24 V source
NI 6236 PCI, PXI 4 DI 250 k 16 Bank isolation 20 mA - 4 16 10 TTL/CMOS
NI 6233 PCI, PXI 16 SE/8 DI 250 k 16 Bank isolation 10 V - 2 16 10 24 V sink
NI 6232 PCI, PXI 16 SE/8 DI 250 k 16 Bank isolation 10 V - 2 16 10 24 V source
NI 6230 PCI, PXI 8 SE/4 DI 250 k 16 Bank isolation 10 V - 4 16 10 TTL/CMOS
NI 6229 USB, PCI, PXI 32 SE/16 DI 250 k 16 - 10 V - 4 16 48 TTL/CMOS
NI 6225 USB, PCI, PXI 80 SE/40 DI 250 k 16 - 10 V - 2 16 24 TTL/CMOS
NI 6224 PCI, PXI 32 SE/16 DI 250 k 16 - 10 V - 0 - 48 TTL/CMOS
NI 6221 PCI, PXI 16 SE/8 DI 250 k 16 - 10 V - 2 16 24 TTL/CMOS
NI 6221(37-Pin) PCI 16 SE/8 DI 250 k 16 - 10 V - 2 16 10 TTL/CMOS
NI 6220 PCI, PXI 16 SE/8 DI 250 k 16 - 10 V - 0 - 24 TTL/CMOS
NI 6218 USB 32 SE/16 DI 250 k 16 Bank isolation 10 V - 2 16 16 TTL/CMOS
NI 6215 USB 16 SE/8 DI 250 k 16 Bank isolation 10 V - 2 16 8 TTL/CMOS
NI 6211 USB 16 SE/8 DI 250 k 16 - 10 V - 2 16 8 TTL/CMOS
NI 6210 USB 16 SE/8 DI 250 k 16 - 10 V - 0 - 8 TTL/CMOS
S Series - Simultaneous-Sampling Multifunction DAQ
NI 6115 PCI, PXI 4 SS 10 M/ch 12 Antialiasing filters 42 V 2 12 8 TTL/CMOS
NI 6120 PCI, PXI 4 SS 800 k/ch 16 Antialiasing filters 42 V 2 16 8 TTL/CMOS
NI 6110 PCI 4 SS 5 M/ch 12 - 42 V 2 12 8 TTL/CMOS
NI 6111 PCI 2 SS 5 M/ch 12 - 42 V 2 12 8 TTL/CMOS
NI 6124 PXIe 4 SS 4 M/ch 16 - 10 V 2 16 24 TTL/CMOS
NI 6123 PCI, PXI 8 SS 500 k/ch 16 - 10 V 0 - 8 TTL/CMOS
NI 6122 PCI, PXI 4 SS 500 k/ch 16 - 10 V 0 - 8 TTL/CMOS
NI 6133 PCI, PXI 8 SS 2.5 M/ch 14 - 10 V 0 - 8 TTL/CMOS
NI 6132 PCI, PXI 4 SS 2.5 M/ch 14 - 10 V 0 - 8 TTL/CMOS
NI 6154 PCI 4 SS 250 k 16 Ch-ch isolation 10 V - 4 16 10 TTL/CMOS
NI 6143 PCI, PXI 8 SS 250 k/ch 16 - 5 V - 0 - 8 TTL/CMOS
R Series - Intelligent DAQ
NI 7830R PCI, PXl 4 SS 200 k/ch 16 - 10 V 4 16 56 TTL/CMOS
E Series - Multifunction DAQ
NI 6062E PCMCIA 16 SE/8 DI 500 k 12 - 10 V 2 12 8 TTL/CMOS
NI 6036E PCMCIA 16 SE/8 DI 200 k 16 - 10 V - 2 16 8 TTL/CMOS
NI 6024E PCI, PCMCIA 16 SE/8 DI 200 k 12 - 10 V - 2 12 8 TTL/CMOS
B Series - Basic Multifunction DAQ
NI 6010 PCI 16 SE/8 DI 200 k 16 - 5 V - 2 16 10 TTL/CMOS
NI 6004 CF 4 SE 200 k 14 - 5 V - 0 - 4 TTL/CMOS
SC Series - PXI DAQ with Signal Conditioning
NI 4224 PXl 8 DI 200 k 16 CAT I isolation (60 V) 10 V - 0 - 0 -
NI 4220 PXl 2 200 k 16 Strain gage inputs 10 V - 0 - 0 -
NI 4204 PXl 8 DI 200 k 16 High-voltage attenuation 100 V - 0 - 0 -
1
SS - Simultaneous sampling, SE - Single Ended, DI - Differential;
2
TTL/CMOS - Compatible with 3.3 and 5 V TTL/CMOS;
3
PCI Express;
4
PXI Express.
Sampling Input Integrated Max Output
Analog Rate Resolution Signal Input Analog Analog Resolution DIO
Model Bus Inputs
1
(S/s) (bits) Conditioning Range Triggering Outputs (bits) DIO Levels
2
Table 2. Multifunction DAQ Selection Guide
Back to Index
X Series Multifunction DAQ -
up to 16 bit, up to 2 MS/s, up to 32 Analog Inputs
NI X Series
Table 1. S Series Selection Guide
Input Integrated Max Output Max
Analog Resolution Signal Sampling Input Analog Analog Resolution Output Output DIO Timed HW
Model Bus Inputs (bits) Conditioning Rate Range Triggering Outputs (bits) Rate(S/s) Range DIO Levels DIO Lines Timed DIO
Multiplexed NI 6320 PCIe 16 16 - 250 kS/s 10 V - - - - 10 V 24 TTL/CMOS 8 1 MHz
NI 6321 PCIe 16 16 - 250 kS/s 10 V - 2 16 900 kS/s 10 V 24 TTL/CMOS 8 1 MHz
NI 6323 PCIe 32 16 - 250 kS/s 10 V - 4 16 900 kS/s 10 V 48 TTL/CMOS 32 1 MHz
NI 6341 PCIe, PXIe, 16 16 - 500 kS/s 10 V - 2 16 900 kS/s 10 V 24 TTL/CMOS 8 1 MHz
USB
NI 6343 PCIe, USB 32 16 - 500 kS/s 10 V - 4 16 900 kS/s 10 V 48 TTL/CMOS 32 1 MHz
NI 6351 PCIe, USB 16 16 - 1.25 MS/s 10 V 2 16 2.86 MS/s 10 V 24 TTL/CMOS 8 10 MHz
NI 6353 PCIe, USB 32 16 - 1.25 MS/s 10 V 4 16 2.86 MS/s 10 V 48 TTL/CMOS 32 10 MHz
NI 6361 PCIe, PXIe, 16 16 - 2 MS/s 10 V 2 16 2.86 MS/s 10 V 24 TTL/CMOS 8 10 MHz
USB
NI 6363 PCIe, PXIe, 32 16 - 2 MS/s 10 V 4 16 2.86 MS/s 10 V 48 TTL/CMOS 32 10 MHz
USB
Simultaneous NI 6356 PXIe, USB 8 16 - 1.25 MS/s/ch 10 V 2 16 3.33 MS/s 10 V 24 TTL/CMOS 8 10 MHz
NI 6358 PXIe 16 16 - 1.25 MS/s/ch 10 V 4 16 3.33 MS/s 10 V 48 TTL/CMOS 32 10 MHz
NI 6366 PXIe, USB 8 16 - 2 MS/s/ch 10 V 2 16 3.33 MS/s 10 V 24 TTL/CMOS 8 10 MHz
NI 6368 PXIe 16 16 - 2 MS/s/ch 10 V 4 16 3.33 MS/s 10 V 48 TTL/CMOS 32 10 MHz
Overview
X Series devices are the most advanced multifunction data
acquisition (DAQ) devices ever designed by National Instruments.
Using the easy-to-use NI-DAQmx driver software, X Series
incorporates high-performance enhancements that address the
needs of the most demanding data acquisition applications. With
NI-STC3 timing and synchronization technology, high-throughput PCI
Express buses, USB and multicore-ready driver software, X Series offers
a new level of excellence for PC-based multifunction I/O.
NI-STC3 Timing and Synchronization Technology
All multifunction data acquisition hardware requires onboard timing
circuitry to control analog, digital, and counter I/O lines, and the
evolution of timing ASIC technology occurred over decades. After
three years in development, the X Series DAQ family features new
NI-STC3 technology that provides four enhanced counters,
a 100 MHz timebase, and additional options for I/O timing and
triggering.
New Features
PCIe/PXIe USB Interface
Analog and digital triggering and
advanced timing with NI-STC3
technology
Enhancements for High Throughput and
Low Latency
Parallel Processing on Multicore PCs
Independent Timing Engines for Analog
and Digital I/O
Analog Inputs
16-bit resolution
Multiplexed H/W
Up to 32 analog inputs
Up to 2MS/s
Analog Output
16-bit resolution
Up to 3.33 MS/s
Digital and Timing
Up to 48 digital I/O lines (32 hardware-
timed lines up to 10 MHz)
Four 100MHz 32-bit counter/timers
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
Measurement Studio
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Services
Software (included)
NI-DAQmx driver software
Measurement & Automation Explorer
configuration utility
VI Logger Lite data-logging software
DAQ Assistant for development without
programming
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
X

S
e
r
i
e
s

M
u
l
t
i
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

D
A
Q

-

u
p

t
o

1
6

b
i
t
,

u
p

t
o

2

M
S
/
s
,

u
p

t
o

3
2

A
n
a
l
o
g

I
n
p
u
t
s
212
Back to Index
213
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
X

S
e
r
i
e
s

M
u
l
t
i
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

D
A
Q

-

u
p

t
o

1
6
0
b
i
t
,

u
p

t
o

2

M
S
/
s
,

u
p

t
o

3
2

A
n
a
l
o
g

I
n
p
u
t
s
X Series Multifunction DAQ - up to 160bit, up to 2 MS/s, up to 32 Analog Inputs
Four Enhanced Counters
The original NI-STC ASIC, featured on E Series devices, included
two 20 MHz counters with 24-bit resolution. In 2004, the NI-STC2
ASIC was introduced on M Series devices and offered two 80 MHz
counters with 32-bit resolution. New NI-STC3 technology takes
counter channels one step further, offering four 100 MHz counters
with 32-bit resolution. Not only are there four counters on a single X
Series device, but operations that previously required two counters,
can now be done with a single counter channel. If you were
controlling a stepper motor, for example, you would often need to
generate a finite number of digital pulses and, in the past this would
involve using one counter to continuously generate pulses and a
second counter to gate pulses being sent to the motor. The NI-STC3
counters could accomplish this task with a single counter, meaning
a single X Series device could control up to four stepper motors.
100 MHz Timebase
The onboard timebase of any data acquisition device acts as the
internal heartbeat that drives all digital circuitry. Everything from
sample clocks to trigger lines use the timebase as an onboard
reference to generate clock frequencies and latch digital edges.
NI-STC3 technology uses a new 100 MHz timebase for all analog
and digital timing, which is 5X faster than any previously released
NI DAQ device. This means that sampling frequencies are 5X more
accurate, and analog triggers can respond within 10 ns of a trigger
condition being met.
Independent Timing Engines for Analog and Digital I/O
NI-STC3 technology offers completely independent sample clocks
and triggers for each different group of I/O on a multifunction
device. Retriggerable acquisitions, for example, involve waiting for a
trigger condition to be met, taking a finite number of samples, and
then immediately rearming the trigger for the next acquisition. Using
driver software function calls to rearm the trigger risks missing the
next trigger due to software latency; therefore, the best possible
performance requires a hardware-timed approach. In the past,
counters were the only way to implement hardware-timed
retriggering, and so counters would be used to generate a
retriggerable pulse train, which was then internally routed to act as
the analog input sample clock. With NI-STC3 technology on new X
Series DAQ boards, analog channels no longer require the use of
counters to implement retriggerable acquisitions and triggers can
independently rearm themselves without software intervention.
Enhancements for High Throughput and
Low Latency
X Series devices incorporate several enhancements for high-
throughput applications; that is, those applications that pass large
amounts of data to and from the device and PC memory.
With the introduction of PCI Express and its integration into the PXI
Express standard, the data bottlenecks that once existed in a
measurement system are disappearing. In contrast to the shared
132 MB/s bandwidth of PCI, PCI Express provides dedicated serial
lanes to each device and a theoretical bandwidth of 250 MB/s in
each direction.
X Series also includes eight DMA channels to stream data directly
between the device and PC memory without CPU interaction or
additional programming effort. These eight channels provide parallel
data streams for the analog I/O, digital I/O, and all four
counter/timers.
As is true with most internal buses, PCI Express has very low
latency, making it ideal for closed-loop control applications. X Series
devices also expand the capabilities of hardware-timed single point
performance on all the subsystems of the device.
Back to Index
M Series Multifunction DAQ up to 18-Bit,
up to 1.25 MS/s, up to 80 Analog Inputs, Isolation
Analog Input
NI-MCal calibration methodology for
self-calibration at all ranges
NI-PGIA 2 amplifier technology for
improved accuracy and fast scanning
Programmable lowpass filters
1
Analog Output
Up to 2.8 MS/s at 16 bits
Programmable offsets
1
and ranges
Digital and Timing
Up to 48 protected digital I/O lines
High-speed (clocked) digital up to
10 MHz
Two 80 MHz, 32-bit counter/timers with
quadrature encoder inputs
New Industrial Features
1,400 V
rms
/1,950 VDC channel-to-bus
transient isolation
60 VDC continuous bank isolation
Analog current I/O; 24 V logic digital I/O
Operating Systems
Max OS X
Linux
LabVIEW
Measurement Studio
LabWindows/CVI
SignalExpress
Software(included)
2
Measurement & Automation
Explorer configuration utility
DAQ Assistant for development
without programming
NI M Series
1
Available on NI 628x devices
Table 1. M Series Selection Guide
Input Max Integrated Max
Analog Resolution Sampling Analog Signal Analog Output Output DIO
Model Bus Inputs (bits) Rate (S/s) Triggering Conditioning Outputs Rate (S/s) Range (V) DIO Features
High-Accuracy NI 6289 PCI, PXI, USB 32 18 625 k Lowpass filters 4 2.8 M Programmable 48 5 V TTL, 10 MHz
per channel
NI 6284 PCI, PXI 32 18 625 k Lowpass filters 0 - - 48 5 V TTL, 10 MHz
NI 6281 PCI, PXI, USB 16 18 625 k Lowpass filters 2 2.8 M Programmable 24 5 V TTL, 10 MHz
per channel
NI 6280 PCI, PXI 16 18 625 k Lowpass filters 0 - - 24 5 V TTL, 10 MHz
High-Speed NI 6259 USB, PCI, 32 16 1.25 M - 4 2.8 M 10, 5, ext ref 48 5 V TTL, 10 MHz
PCIe, PXI, PXIe
NI 6255 PCI, PXI, USB 80 16 1.25 M - 2 2.8 M 10, 5, ext ref 24 5 V TTL, 10 MHz
NI 6254 PCI, PXI 32 16 1.25 M - 0 - - 48 5 V TTL, 10 MHz
NI 6251 USB, PCI, 16 16 1.25 M - 2 2.8 M 10, 5, ext ref 24 5 V TTL, 10 MHz
PCIe, PXI, PXIe
NI 6250 PCI, PXI 16 16 1.25 M - 0 - - 24 5 V TTL, 10 MHz
Isolated NI 6239 PCI, PXI 8 I 16 250 k - Bank isolation 2 I 500 k 0 tu 20 mA 10 24 V, sinking
NI 6238 PCI, PXI 8 I 16 250 k - Bank isolation 2 I 500 k 0 tu 20 mA 10 24 V, sourcing
NI 6236 PCI, PXI 4 I 16 250 k - Bank isolation 4 500 k 10 10 5 V TTL, static
NI 6233 PCI, PXI 16 16 250 k - Bank isolation 2 500 k 10 10 24 V, sinking
NI 6232 PCI, PXI 16 16 250 k - Bank isolation 2 500 k 10 10 24 V, sourcing
NI 6230 PCI, PXI 8 16 250 k - Bank isolation 4 500 k 10 10 5 V TTL, static
Low-Cost NI 6229 USB, PCI, PXI 32 16 250 k - - 4 833 k 10 48 5 V TTL, 1 MHz
NI 6225 USB, PCI, PXI 80 16 250 k - - 2 833 k 10 24 5 V TTL, 1 MHz
NI 6224 PCI, PXI 32 16 250 k - - 0 - - 48 5 V TTL, 1 MHz
NI 6221 USB, PCI, PXI 16 16 250 k - - 2 833 k 10 24 5 V TTL, 1 MHz
NI 6221 PCI 16 16 250 k - - 2 833 k 10 10 5 V TTL, 1 MHz
(37-Pin)
NI 6220 PCI, PXI 16 16 250 k - - 0 - - 24 5 V TTL, 1 MHz
USB Bus- NI 6218 USB 32 16 250 k - Bank isolation 2 250 k 10 16 5 V TTL, static
Powered NI 6215 USB 16 16 250 k - Bank isolation 2 250 k 10 8 5 V TTL, static
NI 6211 USB 16 16 250 k - - 2 250 k 10 8 5 V TTL, static
NI 6210 USB 16 16 250 k - - 0 - 10 8 5 V TTL, static
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
M

S
e
r
i
e
s

M
u
l
t
i
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

D
A
Q

214
Back to Index
215
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
M

S
e
r
i
e
s

M
u
l
t
i
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

D
A
Q

M Series Multifunction DAQ up to 18-Bit, up to 1.25 MS/s, up to 80 Analog Inputs, Isolation
Overview
New technologies power M Series DAQ devices with more
performance, more I/O channels, and more value. At the digital
heart of every M Series device is the NI-STC 2 system timing
controller. It implements high-speed clocked digital I/O, provides
six dedicated DMA data highways, and improves timing and
synchronization between onboard signals and with other devices in
the same system. To ensure accurate analog measurements at all
signal ranges, NI-MCal technology compensates for nonlinearity
error during self-calibration, and stores calibration information for
all input ranges. This improves analog measurement accuracy by up
to 5X compared to NI E Series devices. The new isolated M Series
devices integrate with new commercial off-the-shelf digital isolators
to offer increased accuracy and performance, as well as remove
common-mode voltages and ground loops.
Key Features
Analog input resolution up to 18 bits (64X resolution compared to
12-bit devices)
Integrated high-speed digital isolation
NI-MCal self-calibration technology improves accuracy up to 5X
NI-PGIA 2 amplifier technology for fast, accurate measurements
at high scanning rates
NI-STC 2 system timing controller provides six DMA data high
ways for high-speed data through put
NI patent-pending USB signal streaming for high-speed data
transfer and control
Voltage or current I/O
High-speed, clocked digital I/O up to 10 MHz
TTL/CMOS or 24 V digital logic levels
80 MHz, 32-bit counter/timers with quadrature encoder
capabilities and digital debouncing filters
RTSI bus for synchronization between clock sources and trigger
signals within a device or between multiple devices in the system
Phase-locked-loop (PLL) circuitry for signal timing with 12.5 ns
resolution
Universal signal and sensor connectivity with SCXI and SCC signal
conditioning
Extended external calibration interval on most devices
NI Measurement Services Software
Every M Series device features more than basic device driver
software. NI measurement services software includes Measurement
& Automation Explorer (MAX), an interactive configuration and
testing utility. With MAX, you have point-and-click system
verification, device calibration, and channel measurements.
Measurement services software also includes DAQ Assistant, an
interactive wizard in LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, and Measurement
Studio, that performs menu-based data acquisition configuration
and automatic data scaling. DAQ Assistant can also automatically
generate application code for LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, and
Measurement Studio.
NI-DAQmx includes powerful device drivers for the most popular
programming environments, including LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI,
Measurement Studio for Visual Studio .NET, Visual Basic, C++, and
C#. NI-DAQmx is a multithreaded environment in which multiple
data acquisition routines can be executed simultaneously by the PC
processor. In addition, it provides fast execution of single-point
measurements at rates more than 20X faster than Traditional NI-
DAQ(Legacy) and other device drivers.
M Series for Test, Control, and Design
National Instruments M Series devices are optimized for test,
control, design, data logging, and sensor measurement. For test
applications, including electronic test and component
characterization, M Series devices provide up to 18-bit resolution
(equivalent to more than 5.5 digits) and analog input rates above
1 MS/s. You can use the onboard 10 MHz digital I/O lines and 80
MHz counter/timers to clock digital components and generate
patterns up to 32 bits wide. Isolation can reduce problems caused by
common-mode voltages and ground loops, as well as ensuring
safety from transient voltages.
Back to Index
Control
For control applications, M Series digital lines can drive 24 mA for
relay and actuator control and can connect directly to 24 V digital
sensors and actuators. You can also use the digital lines to generate
pulse-width-modulated (PWM) signals to control valves and
actuators. M Series devices also have up to four analog outputs at
16-bit, 2.8 MS/s and current I/O channels to connect to 0 to 20 mA
signals. You can use these channels to control motor drives or as
control outputs from up to four PID, fuzzy logic, or other control
algorithm loops. If your application requires more control loops, you
can combine M Series devices with National Instruments analog
output devices for 32, 64, or more control loops. For motion and
position feedback, the counter/timers have quadrature encoder
inputs with digital debouncing filters and Z-indexing. With the NI
Soft Motion Development Module for LabVIEW, you can create a
custom motion controller with an M Series device.
Design
For design applications, you can use the wide range of I/O, from 80
analog inputs to 48 digital I/O lines, to measure and verify prototype
designs. Isolation can provide protection for your measurement
system from transient voltages that may occur during prototype
design testing. M Series devices and NI SignalExpress bring benchtop
measurements to the PC. SignalExpress uses interactive
configuration-based steps to quickly create tests used in design
verification. The high-speed acquisition and generation rates of M
Series devices, used with SignalExpress, provide on-the-fly analysis
of designs. Once your design is tested and verified, the SignalExpress
projects can be converted to LabVIEW applications for immediate
use in subsequent testing, thus bridging the gap between design
and test applications.
Data Logging and Sensor Measurements
M Series devices are also ideal for sensor measurements and data
logging. The 18-bit inputs deliver 4X better resolution, 5X better
sensitivity, and 3X better accuracy than the best 16-bit DAQ devices
for low-level sensors such as thermocouples. Most M Series devices
are fully compatible with NI SCXI and SCC signal conditioning,
which provide amplification, filtering, and power for virtually any
type of sensor. These systems are also compliant with IEEE 1451.4
smart TEDS sensors, which provide digital storage for sensor data
sheet information. Isolated M Series devices offer voltage or current
I/O channels, and 5 V TTL/CMOS or 24 V logic digital I/O channels
for direct connection to industrial sensors.
M Series Performance on USB
With recent speed and bandwidth improvements, USB has evolved
into a core bus of choice for measurement and automation
applications. USB adds portability and ease of use with plug-and-
play compatibility. With USB M Series, you can deliver a high-
performance portable system using an available USB port on a
laptop computer or other portable computing platforms. NI designed
an innovative patent-pending signal streaming technology with
which you can sustain four high-performance data streams over
USB. This new technology greatly improves over all USB data
acquisition performance by providing high-speed data paths for USB
control and data transfer. The USB M Series modules also come
with built-in screw terminals for direct signal connectivity,
eliminating the need for external cabling and connector blocks.
Hybrid-Slot-Compatible PXI Modules
PXI M Series modules are hybrid slot compatible so that they can be
used in both PXI slots and the hybrid slots found in new PXI Express
chassis. The PXI Systems Alliance specifies that hybrid-slot-compatible
PXI modules use modified slot connectors to mechanically fit in both
PXI slots and hybrid slots. This mechanical change:
Provides compatibility to past, current, and future PXI chassis
Maintains existing product specifications
Requires no software changes (application or driver)
Maintains speed and capability of all PXI communication
(PXI Express signaling is not provided)
However, hybrid-slot-compatible PXI modules do not include the
pins used to implement PXI local bus communication, which is used
for backplane SCXI control from the right most PXI slot in PXI/SCXI
combination chassis (PXI-1011, PXI-1050, and PXI-1052). For these
applications, NI provides unmodified PXI M Series modules that
maintain the required local bus capabilities. Refer to the SCXI
Control of PXI/SCXI Combination Chassis section within the Ordering
Information for part numbers.
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
M

S
e
r
i
e
s

M
u
l
t
i
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

D
A
Q

216
Back to Index
217
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
M

S
e
r
i
e
s

M
u
l
t
i
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

D
A
Q

Isolation
Isolated M Series devices use digital isolation technology based on
chip-scale transformers for increased signal bandwidth; they feature
60 VDC continuous bank isolation and 1,400 V
rms
/1,950 VDC of
channel-to-bus isolation with stand for up to 5 s. Isolation provides
three main benefits in measurement and automation applications.
Safety from High-Voltage Transients
Isolation electrically separates the high-voltage front end and the
low-voltage back end of the data acquisition device. Signals are
passed between the two sections of the device using digital
isolators. By separating the two sections, any voltages, within the
isolation specifications of the device, are prevented from entering
the bus section. Isolation provides protection for the user, the data
acquisition system, and the measurement data.
Common-Mode Voltage Rejection
A voltage common to both sides of a differential circuit pair is called
common-mode voltage. The differential voltage across the circuit
pair is the desired signal, where as the common voltage signal is the
unwanted signal that may have been coupled into the transmission
line. Isolated M Series devices can measure signals from lines with
signal plus common mode of up to 60 VDC.
Ground Loop Removal
Ground loops are one of the most common sources of noise in data
acquisition applications. They occur when two connected terminals
in a circuit are at different ground potentials, causing current to flow
between the two points. When a ground loop exists, the measured
voltage is the sum of the signal voltage and the potential difference
that exists between the signal source ground and the measurement
system ground. This potential is generally not a DC level; therefore,
the result is a noisy measurement system, often showing power-line
frequency (60 Hz) components in the readings. Isolation technologies
prevent ground loops by offering an isolated floating ground on the
front end.
Signal conditioning is required for sensor measurements or voltage
inputs greater than 10 V. National Instruments SCXI is a versatile,
high-performance signal conditioning platform, optimized for high-
channel-count applications. NI SCC provides portable, flexible signal
conditioning options on a per-channel basis. Both signal conditioning
platforms are designed to increase the performance and reliability of
your DAQ system, and are up to 10X more accurate than terminal
blocks (visit ni.com/signalconditioning for more details).
Recommended Training and Services
To ensure product life time and measurement accuracy, all M Series
devices are available with additional warranty and calibration
services. For new data acquisition programmers, NI recommends the
Data Acquisition: 7 Steps to Success Tutorial Kit. This tutorial kit
helps shorten development time for data acquisition applications by
describing the various stages of getting started with data
acquisition applications including system definition, setup, test, and
application programming.
M Series Feature Connect to... Connector Cable Cable Adapter Accessory
68-pin devices Noise-reducing SCC portable signal conditioning 0 or 1 SHC68-68-EPM - SCC-68
Noise-reducing SCXI high-performance signal conditioning 0 only SHC68-68-EPM - -
Noise-reducing Screw terminals 0 or 1 SHC68-68-EPM - SCC-68, SCB-68, or TBX-68
Noise-reducing Screw terminals (PXI only) 0 only - - TB-2706
Noise-reducing BNC terminal block 0 or 1 SHC68-68-EPM - BNC-2110, BNC-2111, BNC-2120, or BNC-2090
Noise-reducing 50-pin connector 0 or 1 SHC68-68-EPM 68M-50F-MIO 50-pin accessories
Basic shielding Screw terminals 0 or 1 SHC68-68 - SCB-68, CB-68LP, CB-68LPR
Low-cost Screw terminals 0 or 1 RC68-68 - CB-68LP or CB-68LP
Custom connectivity Board mounting connectors 0 or 1 SHC68-68-EPM - PCB mounting connectors
Custom connectivity 68-pin female connector 0 or 1 SHC68-68M-EPM - Custom-built or third-party
Custom connectivity Unterminated 0 or 1 SHC68-NT-S - Custom-built or third-party
37-pin devices 150 V CAT II, DIN rail Screw terminals 0 only SH37F-37M - CB-37F-HVD
High-performance Screw terminals 0 only DB37M-DB37F-EP - CB-37F-HVD, CB-37FH, or CB-37FV
DIN rail Screw terminals 0 only SH37F-37M or R37F-37M-1 - CB-37FH or CB-37FV
Custom connectivity Unterminated 0 only SH37F-P-4 - Custom-built or third-party
Custom connectivity Crimp and poke termination 0 only - - TB-37F-37CP
Custom connectivity Solder cup termination 0 only - - TB-37F-37SC
Low-cost Screw terminals 0 only - - CB-37F-LP
Table 2. Recommended Accessories
Back to Index
S Series Multifunction DAQ up to 16-Bit,
up to 10 MS/s, up to 8 Simultaneous Analog Inputs
Simultaneous-sampling, dedicated A/D
converter per channel
Channel-to-channel isolation (PCI-6154)
Differential inputs
Analog and digital triggering
Up to 4 high-speed analog outputs
Up to 10 digital I/O lines (TTL/CMOS)
Up to two 32-bit counter/timers
Onboard self-calibration at every gain
Up to 64 MS onboard memory
Integrated multidevice synchronization bus
NI measurement services that simplify
configuration and measurements
Operating Systems
Mac OS X
Linux
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabVIEW 7.x or higher
LabWindows/CVI 7.x or higher
Measurement Studio 7.x or higher
SignalExpress 1.x or higher
VI Logger 2.x or higher
Visual Studio .NET
Visual Basic, C/C++, C#
Measurement Services Software
(included)
1
Overview
National Instruments S Series devices feature an analog-to-digital
converter (ADC) per-channel architecture to achieve the highest
performance of National Instruments multifunction data acquisition
hardware. With features such as simultaneous sampling, channel-
to-channel isolation, deep onboard memory, extended voltage
ranges, and high sampling rates per channel, S Series devices are
very flexible and can handle a variety of applications. The dedicated
ADC per channel preserves the phase/timing relationship between
all analog input channels as well as guaranteeing the highest
overall device through put among multifunction DAQ devices.
Channnel-to channel isolation offers transient over voltage
protection and eliminates problems due to common-mode voltages
and groundloops. S Series devices are ideal for applications such as
transient analysis; ultrasonic, radar, and sonar measurements; 42 V
automotive applications; and industrial measurement and control.
Synchronize the operations of two or more devices using the RTSI
bus or PXI trigger bus and easily integrate other hardware such as
motion control and machine vision to create an entire measurement
and control system.
NI S Series
Sampling Input Output
Analog Rate per Resolution Input Input Analog Resolution Output Digital Counter/
Family Bus Inputs Channel (S/s)
1
(bits) Range (V) Ranges Outputs (bits) Rate (S/s) I/O Timers Triggering Isolation
NI 6115 PCI, PXI 4 10 M 12 42 to 0.2 8 2 12 4 M
3
8
4
2, 24-bit Digital, analog
NI 6120 PCI, PXI 4 1
2
M 16 42 to 0.2 8 2 16 4 M
3
8
4
NI 6110 PCI 4 5 M 12 42 to 0.2 8 2 12 4 M
3
8 2, 24-bit Digital, analog
NI 6111 PCI 2 5 M 12 42 to 0.2 8 2 12 4 M
3
NI 6124 PXIe 4 4M 16 10 V to 1.0 4 2 14 4M
3
NI 6123 PCI, PXI 8 500 k 16 10 to 1.25 4 0 8 2, 24-bit Digital, analog
NI 6122 PCI, PXI 4 500 k 16 10 to 1.25 4 0 8
4
5
M 14 10 to 1.25 4 0 8
4
5
M 16 10 to 1.25 4 0 8
4
NI 6143 PCI, PXI 8 250 k 16 5 1 0 8
4
2, 24-bit Digital
NI 6154 PCI 4 250 k 16 10 to 1.0 4 4 16 250 k 10 2, 32-bit Digital
1
Each channel has a separate analog-to-digital converter.
2
800 kS/s with NI-DAQmx; 1 MS/s with additional download. Special conditions apply.
3
4 MS/s single channel; 2.5 MS/s on two channels.
4
Hardware-timed digital I/O up to 10 MHz.
5
2.5 MS/s with NI-DAQmx; 3 MS/s with additional download. Special conditions apply.
Onboard Antialias Signal Input
Family Memory(samples) Filters
1
Coupling Configuration DIO
NI 6115 32 M or 64 M 3-pole Bessel AC and DC Pseudodifferential Hardware-timed
50 and 500 kHz
NI 6120 64 M 5-pole Bessel, AC and DC Pseudodifferential Hardware-timed
100 kHz
NI 6110 8,192 AC and DC Pseudodifferential Software-timed
NI 6111 8,192 AC and DC Pseudodifferential Software-timed
NI 6123 2,046 DC Differential Software-timed
NI 6122 16 M DC Differential Hardware-timed
NI 6133 16 or 32 M DC Differential Hardware-timed
NI 6132 16 M DC Differential Hardware-timed
NI 6143 2,046 DC Differential Hardware-timed
NI 6154 8190 DC Differential Software-timed
1
Filter can be bypassed.
Table 1. S Series Selection Guide
Table 2. S Series Special Features
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S

S
e
r
i
e
s

M
u
l
t
i
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

D
A
Q
218
Back to Index
219
S Series Multifunction DAQ up to 16-Bit, up to 10 MS/s, up to 8 Simultaneous Analog Inputs
Key Features
Hardware Design for Accurate Measurements with:
Dedicated ADC per channel
High-speed (clocked) digital I/O up to 10 MHz
Channel-to-channel isolation
Onboard self-calibration at all ranges
Optimized AC measurement capability
PFI lines for software-controlled routing of digital and
timing signals
RTSI and PXI trigger bus to synchronize operations between
two or more devices
Onboard temperature sensor
For information on our custom designs and quantity
discounts for OEM customers, visit ni.com/oem.
NI-DAQmx is a high-performance, multithreaded driver at the heart
of the measurement services software included with National
Instruments DAQ devices. Additional measurement services shipped
with NI-DAQmx include Measurement & Automation Explorer (MAX)
for configuring, interacting with, and testing your hardware; DAQ
Assistant for creating configuration-based data acquisition tasks;
and VI Logger Lite, software specifically designed for data logging.
Collectively, these measurement services provide more power,
flexibility, and ease of use than any basic device driver software.
Easier Multidevice Programming
NI-DAQmx driver software now handles multidevice tasks for S
Series. Synchronizing channels on multiple devices using the RTSI
bus or PXI trigger bus is now as simple as configuring a single data
acquisition device. This capability, which greatly reduces the time
and complexity involved with multidevice application programming,
is now available for any combination of S Series devices.
National Instruments offers a variety of connectivity options based
on the needs of your application. Connector blocks with BNC
connectivity are popular for signals that need shielding and are
connected and disconnected often. Shielding in the connector block
and the cabling facilitates superior accuracy by rejecting noise and
other environmental factors. For PXI S Series devices, the new TB-
2708 and TB-2709 offer direct SMB connectivity for high-speed,
high-resolution, or high-density data acquisition, along with anauxiliary
connector for advanced timing and triggering. Several low-cost 37-
pin accessories are available for the isolated PCI-6154 board.
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S

S
e
r
i
e
s

M
u
l
t
i
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

D
A
Q
PCI
NI PCI-6115 with
32 MS buffer......................................................... 778534-01
64 MS buffer......................................................... 778554-01
NI PCI-6120................................................................. 778397-01
NI PCI-6110................................................................. 777475-01
NI PCI-6111................................................................. 777530-01
NI PCI-6123 with
16 MS buffer......................................................... 779409-01
32 MS buffer......................................................... 779408-01
NI PCI-6122................................................................. 779407-01
NI PCI-6133 with
16 MS buffer......................................................... 779420-01
32 MS buffer......................................................... 779421-01
NI PCI-6132................................................................. 779422-01
NI PCI-6143................................................................. 778913-01
NI PCI-6154................................................................. 779340-01
PXI
NI PXI-6115 with
32 MS buffer......................................................... 778194-01
64 MS buffer......................................................... 778204-01
NI PXI-6120................................................................. 778396-01
NI PXI-6123 with
16 MS buffer......................................................... 779181-01
32 MS buffer......................................................... 779180-01
NI PXI-6122................................................................. 779179-01
NI PXI-6133 with
16 MS buffer.......................................................... 778771-01
32 MS buffer......................................................... 779129-01
NI PXI-6132.................................................................. 779127-01
NI PXI-6143.................................................................. 779063-01
PXIe
NI PXIe-6124 .............................................................. 780536-01
Includes data acquisition driver software.
For more information on extended warranty and value-
added services, visit ni.com/services.
Figure 1. For direct SMB connectivity to PXI S Series,
use the new TB-2708 and TB-2709 terminal blocks.
Back to Index
R Series - Intelligent DAQ with Onboard Processing
Overview
Intelligent DAQ is multifunction data acquisition that features user-
defined onboard processing as well as complete flexibility of I/O
timing and triggering. You can configure all device functionality by
creating NI LabVIEW block diagrams with the LabVIEW FPGA
Module. Your block diagram executes in hardware, giving you direct,
immediate control of all I/O signals on the PXI or PCI device. With R
Series and LabVIEW FPGA, you can configure user-defined hardware
for a wide variety of applications requiring precise timing and
control such as:
Data acquisition with flexible triggering and onboard processing
High-speed analog and discrete control loops
Pulse-width modulation (PWM) and encoder interfacing
User-defined digital communication protocols
Custom counters with up to 64-bit resolution
Hardware-timed decision making at 40 MHz
Features
Through programming in LabVIEW FPGA, you can control each of the
I/O signal lines independently or synchronize a line with other
channels. You can configure the digital I/O lines as custom
counter/timers, PWM channels, or communication buses for user-
defined protocols. All multifunction R Series devices have dedicated
analog-to-digital converters/digital-to-analog converters on every
analog I/O channel. This offers specialized functionality such as
multirate sampling and individual channel triggering, which are
beyond the capabilities of typical data acquisition hardware. You
can sample every analog input channel on an R Series device
simultaneously at rates up to 750 kHz, and you can program every
analog output on an R Series device to update simultaneously at
rates up to 1 MHz. You can also store your compiled LabVIEW FPGA
application in the onboard flash memory of any R Series device and
configure it for automatic loading and/or execution at power up.
NI R Series
Max Sampling Rate Max Update Rate
Product Bus/Form Factor FPGA 16-Bit Analog Inputs per Channel (kS/s) 16-Bit Analog Outputs per Channel (MS/s) Digital I/O
Multifunction R Series
NI 7851R PCI Express, PXI Virtex-5 LX30 8 750 8 1 96
NI 7853R PXI Virtex-5 LX85 8 750 8 1 96
NI 7854R PXI Virtex-5 LX110 8 750 8 1 96
NI 7830R PCI, PXI Virtex-II 1M Gates 4 200 4 1 56
Digital R Series
NI 7811R PCI, PXI Virtex-II 1M Gates 160
NI 7813R PCI, PXI Virtex-II 3M Gates 160
Table 1. R Series Selection Guide
Onboard FPGA chip, programmable with
the LabVIEW FPGA Module
User-defined triggering, timing, and
decision making in hardware with 25 ns
resolution
Up to 8 analog inputs, independent
sampling rates up to 750 kHz, 16-bit
resolution
Up to 8 analog outputs, independent
update rates up to 1 MHz, 16-bit
resolution
Up to 160 digital lines configurable as
inputs, outputs, counters, or custom
logic at rates up to 40 MHz
Direct memory access (DMA) channels
for high-speed data streaming
Implement custom control logic,
inline signal processing, and digital
communication protocols
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabVIEW
LabVIEW FPGA Module
LabVIEW code compiler for FPGAs
Emulated debugging mode
NI-RIO
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
R

S
e
r
i
e
s

-

I
n
t
e
l
l
i
g
e
n
t

D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

O
n
b
o
a
r
d

P
r
o
c
e
s
s
i
n
g
220
Back to Index
221
New Virtex-5 FPGAs
The new NI PXI-784x and PXI-785x R Series modules use new Virtex-5 field-programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) with improved optimization
capabilities that provide faster code execution and increased code capacity. These Virtex-5 FPGAs feature a new six-input look-up table (LUT)
architecture for substantially improved resource utilization as well as DSP48 slices that make it possible for you to implement more complex
digital signal processing at faster rates. Previous-generation Virtex-II FPGAs use four-input LUTs for up to 16 combinations of digital logic
values. The new Virtex-5 FPGAs use six-input LUTs for up to 64 combinations, increasing the amount of logic that you can implement per
slice. In addition, the slices themselves are placed in closer proximity to each other to reduce the propagation delay of electrons and increase
overall execution rates. The single-cycle timed loop structure in LabVIEW FPGA takes full advantage of six-input LUTs for substantially
improved resource utilization. This means you can optimize more LabVIEW FPGA code to fit within Virtex-5 FPGAs and perform more
operations per clock cycle.
For more information on LabVIEW FPGA benchmarks for Virtex-5 FPGAs, visit ni.com/infoand enter lvfpgabenchmarks.
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
R

S
e
r
i
e
s

-

I
n
t
e
l
l
i
g
e
n
t

D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

O
n
b
o
a
r
d

P
r
o
c
e
s
s
i
n
g
Figure 1. General logic benchmarks show that Virtex-5 FPGAs offer larger sizes
when compared to Virtex-II FPGAs.
Figure2. Execution speed benchmarks show that Virtex-5 FPGAs feature faster
processing capabilities when compared to Virtex-II FPGAs.
Back to Index
High Performance
SHC68-68-RMIO High-performance shielded 68-conductor cable
terminated with a VHDCI 68-pin male connector at one end and a
68-pin female 0.050 D-type connector at the other end that has been
specifically designed for the multifunction I/O connector on R Series
intelligent DAQ devices.
1 m..................................................................................... 189588-01
2 m..................................................................................... 189588-02
SHC68-68-RDIO High-performance shielded 68-conductor cable
68-pin female 0.050 D-type connector at the other end that has been
specifically designed for the digital I/O connector on R Series
intelligent DAQ devices.
1 m...................................................................................... 191667-01
SCB-68 Shielded I/O connector block for rugged, very low-noise
signal termination for connecting to 68-pin devices. The SCB-68 also
includes two general-purpose breadboard areas.
Dimensions 19.5 by 15.2 by 4.5 cm (7.7 by 6.0 by 1.8 in.)
SCB-68 .............................................................................. 776844-01
Low Cost
SH68-C68-S General-purpose shielded cable that connects any
type of R Series connector to 68-pin connector blocks.
0.5 m.................................................................................. 186381-0R5
1 m..................................................................................... 186381-01
2 m..................................................................................... 186381-02
Custom Cabling
SHC68-NT-S Shielded 68-conductor cable terminated with a 68-
pin male VHDCI connector at one end and unterminated bare wires
at the other. Use this cable, ideal for OEM applications, to create
custom cabling solutions for R Series devices.
2 m..................................................................................... 189041-02
NSC68-262650 Shielded cable terminated with a VHDCI 68-pin
male connector at one end and two 26-pin ribbon connectors and
one 50-pin ribbon connector on the other; designed to connect the
R Series MIO connector to standard ribbon cable accessories.
1 m..................................................................................... 189151-01
NSC68-5050 Shielded cable terminated with a VHDCI 68-pin male
connector at one end and two 50-pin ribbon connectors on the other;
designed to connect R Series RDIO connectors to standard ribbon
cable accessories.
1 m..................................................................................... 189152-01
Required Software for R Series Intelligent DAQ
NI 781xR and 783xR devices require the LabVIEW FPGA Module
7.1 or later, and NI-RIO driver software 1.3 or later.
NI 784xR and 785xR devices require the LabVIEW FPGA Module
8.5.1 or later, and NI-RIO driver software 2.4 or later.
PCI
NI PCI-7813R................................................................ 779370-01
NI PCI-7830R................................................................ 779361-01
NI PCI-7831R................................................................ 778797-01
NI PCI-7833R................................................................ 779359-01
PXI
NI PXI-7811R................................................................ 778800-01
NI PXI-7813R................................................................ 779362-01
NI PXI-7830R................................................................ 779364-01
NI PXI-7831R................................................................ 778668-01
NI PXI-7833R................................................................ 779360-01
NI PXI-7841R................................................................ 780337-01
NI PXI-7842R................................................................ 780338-01
NI PXI-7851R................................................................ 780339-01
NI PXI-7852R................................................................ 780340-01
Includes NI-RIO driver software.
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
R

S
e
r
i
e
s

-

I
n
t
e
l
l
i
g
e
n
t

D
A
Q

w
i
t
h

O
n
b
o
a
r
d

P
r
o
c
e
s
s
i
n
g
222
Back to Index
E Series Multifunction DAQ 12 or 16-Bit,
up to 1.25 MS/s, up to 64 Analog Inputs
223
Up to 64 analog inputs
Up to two 16-bit analog output sat up to
1 MS/s
Up to 32 digital I/O lines (TTL/CMOS)
Two 24-bit counter/timers
NI measurement services software
simplifies configuration and
measurements
Temperature-drift-protection circuitry
Onboard self-calibration
Integrated multidevice synchronization
bus
Instrument-class amplifier
Operating Systems
Mac OS X
Linux
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
SignalExpress
(included)
1
NI recommends M Series data acquisition for improved
performance and bettervalue.
Overview
National Instruments E Series data acquisition devices were
introduced in 1995 and set the standard for data acquisition.
However, new M Series boards now deliver higher performance,
more features, and better accuracy for a lower price. Consider M
Series data acquisition products for USB, PCI, PCI Express, PXI, or
PXI Express data acquisition applications requiring up to 80 analog
input channels, up to 18-bit resolution, up to 48 digital I/O lines,
up to 1.25 MS/s sampling rates, and integrated digital isolation.
NI E Series
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
E

S
e
r
i
e
s

M
u
l
t
i
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

D
A
Q
Aggregate Input Output
Analog Sampling Resolution Input Input Analog Resolution Output Digital Counter/
Family Bus Inputs
1
Rate (S/s)
2
(bits) Range (V) Ranges Outputs (bits) Rate (S/s) I/O Timers Triggering
Full-Featured E Series
NI 6071E PCI, PXI 64 SE/32 DI 1.25 MS/s 12 10 to 0.05 15 2 12 1 M 8 2, 24-bit Digital, analog
NI 6070E PCI, PXI 16 SE/8 DI 1.25 MS/s 12 10 to 0.05 15 2 12 1 M 8 2, 24-bit Digital, analog
NI 6062E PCMCIA 16 SE/8 DI 500 kS/s 12 10 to 0.05 15 2 12 850 k 8 2, 24-bit Digital, analog
NI 6052E PCI, PXI 16 SE/8 DI 333 kS/s 16 10 to 0.05 15 2 16 333 k 8 2, 24-bit Digital, analog
NI 6040E PCI, PXI 16 SE/8 DI 500/250 kS/s
3
12 10 to 0.05 15 2 12 1 M 8 2, 24-bit Digital, analog
Low-Cost E Series
NI 6036E PCI, PCMCIA 16 SE/8 DI 200 kS/s 16 10 to 0.05 4 2 16 10 k
4
8 2, 24-bit Digital
NI 6034E PCI 16 SE/8 DI 200 kS/s 16 10 to 0.05 4 0 8 2, 24-bit Digital
NI 6025E PCI, PXI 16 SE/8 DI 200 kS/s 12 10 to 0.05 4 2 12 10 k
4
32 2, 24-bit Digital
NI 6024E PCI, PCMCIA 16 SE/8 DI 200 kS/s 12 10 to 0.05 4 2 12 10 k
4
8 2, 24-bit Digital
NI 6023E PCI 16 SE/8 DI 200 kS/s 12 10 to 0.05 4 0 8 2, 24-bit Digital
1
SE Single-ended, DI Differential;
2
All channels share one analog-to-digital converter;
3
Single channel and multichannel rates;
4
10 kS/s is typical when using the single DMA channel for analog output.
1 kS/s maximum when using the single DMA channel for either analog input or counter/timer operations. 1 kS/s maximum for PCMCIA DAQCard devices in all cases.
Table 1. E Series Selection Guide
E Series M Series Similar price, and you get
NI 6071E
NI 625x 16-bit analog input/output, faster analog output
NI 6070E
NI 6052E NI 628x Faster analog input/output, 18-bit analog input
NI 6040E
NI 625x Faster, 16-bit analog input/output
NI 6062E
NI 6036E
NI 6034E
NI 6025E NI 622x Faster, 16-bit analog input/output
NI 6024E
NI 6023E
Table 2. Recommended Migration Path from E Series to M Series
Back to Index
E Series Multifunction DAQ 12 or 16-Bit, up to 1.25 MS/s, up to 64 Analog Inputs
NI measurement services, built around NI-DAQmx, controls every
aspect of your DAQ system, from configuration to programming to
low-level OS and device control. NI measurement services includes:
NI-DAQmx multithreaded device driver
Automatic code generation from a configuration screen
Analog, digital, and counter/timer test panels
Pinpoint error diagnostics
Scaling to real-world units
Advance calibration
Signal conditioning is required for sensor measurements or voltage
inputs greater than 10 V. National Instruments SCXI is a versatile,
high-performance signal conditioning platform, intended for high-
channel-count applications. NI SCC products provide portable,
flexible signal conditioning options on a per-channel basis. Both
signal conditioning platforms are designed to increase the
performance and reliability of your DAQ system, and are up to 10X
more accurate than terminal blocks (visit ni.com/signalcondition
ing for more details). See Table 4 for more information.
Analog Input Analog Output Digital I/O CTR General
5X better AI calibration (NI-MCal) Up to 4 channels Correlated, clocked DIO up to 10 MHz Two 32-bit, 80 MHz clock Optional extended warranty
2-year calibration interval (625x/628x) Programmable offsets and ranges Up to 48 digital I/O Quadrature encoder support More routing options (16 PFI, 8 RTSI)
Up to 80 channels 2.8 MS/s waveform generation 20 V protection on DIO lines PFI/RTSI debouncing filters 6 DMA channels
4X better resolution (18-bit ADC) 10 V or 0 to 20 mA More current sink and source Frequency generator USB, PCI Express, PXI Express
Programmable lowpass filters 5 V TTL/CMOS or 24 V logic Phase-locked looping (PLL)
10 V or 20 mA inputs Programmable power-up states USB signal streaming
Table 3. Feaures Added by Upgrading to M Series
Table 4. E Series Accessory Selection Guide
Low-Cost Noise- Low-Cost High- Low-Cost Noise-
Model Ribbon Reducing Portable Performance Unshielded Reducing
NI 6071E, SH1006868 SCC SCXI SCB-100
NI 6025E
NI 6062E RC68-68 SHC68-68-EP SCC SCXI CB-68LP SCB-68
2
DAQCard-6024E
DAQCard-6036E
NI 6070E
1
, NI 6023E RC68-68 SHC68-68-EP SCC SCXI CB-68LP SCB-68
2
NI 6052E
1
NI 6040E, PCI-6036E
NI 6034E, PCI-6024E
1
These devices also have integrated BNC connectivity options.
Signal Connectivity
Cable Sensors/Signals >10 V Signals <10 V
PCI
NI PCI-6071E............................................................... 777515-01
NI PCI-6070E............................................................... 777305-01
NI PCI-6052E............................................................... 777745-01
NI PCI-6040E............................................................... 777383-01
NI PCI-6033E............................................................... 777516-01
NI PCI-6032E............................................................... 777422-01
NI PCI-6031E............................................................... 777514-01
NI PCI-6030E............................................................... 777384-01
NI PCI-6036E............................................................... 778465-01
NI PCI-6034E............................................................... 778075-01
NI PCI-6025E............................................................... 777744-01
NI PCI-6024E............................................................... 777743-01
NI PCI-6023E............................................................... 777742-01
PXI
NI PXI-6071E............................................................... 777676-01
NI PXI-6070E............................................................... 777060-01
NI PXI-6052E............................................................... 777962-01
NI PXI-6040E............................................................... 777484-01
NI PXI-6031E............................................................... 777636-01
NI PXI-6030E............................................................... 777555-01
NI PXI-6025E............................................................... 777798-01
PCMCIA
NI DAQCard-6062E
1
.................................................... 777976-01
NI DAQCard-6036E
1
.................................................... 778561-01
NI DAQCard-6024E
1
.................................................... 778269-01
1
Windows only.
Includes NI-DAQmx driver software.
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
E

S
e
r
i
e
s

M
u
l
t
i
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

D
A
Q
224
Back to Index
Handheld and USB Data Acquisition 12 to 24-Bit,
up to 1.25 MS/s, up to 16 Analog Inputs
225
Up to 32 analog inputs, sampling at up to 1.25 MS/s
12 to 24-bit input resolution
Up to 48 digital I/O lines
USB and CompactFlash products
Built-in signal connectivity on most products
Integrated signal conditioning such as isolation,
on some products
Multifunction and single-function
Self and bus-powered
OEM versions available
Operating Systems
Mac OS X
Linux
Windows Mobile for Pocket PC

LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
VI Logger
SignalExpress
Software (included)
1
VI Logger Lite data-logging
software
Overview
National Instruments USB and handheld data acquisition devices
provide superior measurement capabilities for space-constrained or
mobile applications using desktop, laptop PCs, PDAs,or other
portable computing devices. These devices range from basic
functionality with the NI USB-600x devices to high performance with
the new USB high-speed M Series USB-6259. Many devices also are
available in special kits for OEMs.
Key Features
Plug-and-play connectivity for quick and easy setup
Up to 1.25 MS/s
Waveform output
Bus-powered devices available for high mobility
Small size for portability
12 to 24-bit analog input resolution
Integrated signal conditioning on all USB-92xx devices
DAQ Assistant for rapid prototyping
FREE data-logging software
NI Handheld and USB DAQ
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
H
a
n
d
h
e
l
d

a
n
d

U
S
B

D
A
Q
Input Max Aggregate Integrated Output Max
Analog Resolution Sampling Rate Max Input Signal Analog Resolution Output Output Digital Counter/ Power
Product Bus Inputs
1
(bits) (S/s) Range(V) Conditioning
2
Outputs (bits) Rate (S/s) Range (V) I/O Timers Source
USB-6259 USB 32 SE/16 DI 16 1.25 M 10 4 16 2.8 M 10 48 (32 at 1 MHz) 2 External
USB-6251 USB 16 SE/8 DI 16 1.25 M 10 2 16 2.8 M 10 24 (8 at 1 MHz) 2 External
USB-6225 USB 80 SE/40 DI 16 250 k 1 2 16 833 k 1 24 (8 at 1MHz) 2 External
USB-6218 USB 32 SE/16 DI 16 250 k 10 CAT I, 60 V, ISO 2 16 250 k 10 8 DI/8 DO 2 Bus
USB-6216 USB 16 SE/8 DI 16 400 k 1 CAT I, 60 V, ISO 2 16 250 k 1 32 DIO 2 Bus
USB-6215 USB 16 SE/8 DI 16 250 k 10 CAT I, 60 V, ISO 2 16 250 k 10 4 DI/4 DO 2 Bus
USB-6212 USB 16 SE/8 DI 16 400 k 1 2 16 250 k 1 32 DIO 2 Bus
USB-6211 USB 16 SE/8 DI 16 250 k 10 2 16 250 k 10 4 DI/4 DO 2 Bus
USB-6210 USB 16 SE/8 DI 16 250 k 10 4 DI/4 DO 2 Bus
USB-6009 USB 8 SE/4 DI 14 48 k 10 2 12 150 +5 12 1 Bus
USB-6008 USB 8 SE/4 DI 12 10 k 10 2 12 150 +5 12 1 Bus
CF-6004
4
Compact 4 SE 14 200 k 5 4 Bus
Flash
1
SE = Single Ended, DI = Differential;
2
SS = Simultaneous Sampling, SSH = Simultaneous Sample-and-Hold, TC = Thermocouple Inputs, IEPE = Integrated Electronic Piezoelectric;
3
Mac OS X and Linux only device;
4
For Pocket PC/Windows Mobile/Windows CE handheld devices.
Table 1. Handheld and USB DAQ Selection Guide
Back to Index
Handheld and USB Data Acquisition 12 to 24-Bit, up to 1.25 MS/s, up to 16 Analog Inputs
NI-DAQmx is the high-performance, multithreaded driver at the
heart of the measurement services software included with National
Instruments DAQ devices. Additional measurement services
software shipped with NI-DAQmx include Measurement &
Automation Explorer (MAX) for configuring, interacting with, and
testing your hardware; DAQ Assistant for creating configuration-
based data acquisition tasks; and VI Logger Lite, software
specifically designed for data logging. Collectively, these
measurement services provide more power, flexibility, and ease of
use than any basic device driver software.
NI-DAQmx Base Driver Software
NI-DAQmx Base (available at ni.com/downloads) offers Mac OS X,
Linux
, and Pocket PC users a programming interface similar to NI-

DAQmx. It includes ready-to-run LabVIEW VIs and C function
examples similar to those included in NI-DAQmx driver software.
on the needs of your application. For your convenience, many
portable data acquisition devices, such as some of the USB
modules, have integrated screw terminals. For mass termination
USB modules and the CF-6004, NI offers low-cost, portable
connectivity options and high-performance, noise-reducing options.
See Tables 2 and 3 for recommended accessories for each device.
USB M Series
High-Speed
NI USB-6259
Screw terminal.................................................. 779627-0P
1
Mass terminal................................................... 779695-0P
1
NI USB-6251
Screw terminal.................................................. 779628-0P
1
Mass terminal................................................... 779695-0P
1
Low-Cost
NI USB-6225
Screw terminal.................................................. 779973-0P
Mass terminal................................................... 779974-0P
1
P is 1 (U.S.120 VAC); 2 (Swiss 220 VAC); 3 (Australian 240 VAC);
4 (Universal Euro 240 VAC); 6 (UK 240 VAC), 7 (Japanese 100 VAC)
Includes data acquisition driver software, 1 m USB cable, and AC adapter.
Bus-Powered
NI USB-6210.......................................................... 779675-01
NI USB-6211.......................................................... 779676-01
NI USB-6212
Screw terminal.................................................. 780107-01
Mass terminal................................................... 780169-01
NI USB-6215.......................................................... 779677-01
NI USB-6216
Screw terminal................................................. 780108-01
Mass terminal................................................... 780170-01
NI USB-6218.......................................................... 779678-01
Includes data acquisition driver software and 1 m USB cable.
USB Signal Conditioning
NI USB-6009................................................................ 779026-01
NI USB-6008................................................................ 779051-01
Includes data acquisition driver software and 1 m USB cable.
CompactFlash
NI CF-6004.................................................................. 779174-01
Accessories
BP-1 rechargeable battery pack for USB M Series
120 VAC charger.................................................... 776896-01
230 VAC charger.................................................... 776896-31
Strain relief for DAQCard devices................................ 777550-01
NI USB-6008/09 accessory kit.................................... 779371-01
NI USB-6008/09 prototyping kit.................................. 779511-01
added service, visit ni.com/service.
Table 2. USB DAQ Accessory Selection Guide
Sensors/
Low-Cost Noise- Signals Noise-
Model Ribbon Reducing >10 V Low-Cost Reducing
Mass Termination R6868 SH68-68-EP SCC CB-68LP SCC-68
USB M Series
Signal Connectivity
Cable Signals <10 V
Table 3. CompactFlash DAQ Accessory Selection Guide
Shielded, Shielded, D-Sub DIN-rail Compact,
Model bare wires connector mountable shielded
CF-6004 SH-15-15-B SH-15-15 CB-15 SCB-15
Cable Signal Connectivity
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
H
a
n
d
h
e
l
d

a
n
d

U
S
B

D
A
Q
226
Back to Index
Data Acquisition Products for OEM Applications
227
Competitive quantity pricing
Free evaluation kits available
Detailed driver and register-level
documentation
Application support/training
Extended warranties
Operating Systems
Linux
Mac OS X
QNX, VxWorks
Palm OS/Pocket PC
Others via NI Measurement Hardware
DDK
Programming Languages
C/C++/C# (.NET)
Visual Basic
LabVIEW
Driver Software
NI-DAQmx
Overview
By providing competitive quality discount pricing and top-notch
application support, National Instruments is a leading worldwide
OEM supplier of data acquisition and other measurement and
automation products. NI recognizes that OEMs have different needs
from end-user customers. OEMs need cost-effective, high-quality,
stable products and experienced support that helps them get to
market faster and stay there longer.
A market leader in PC-based data acquisition and modular
instrumentation, NI offers the most complete family of data
acquisition and I/O devices for PCI, PCI Express, CompactPCI, PXI,
PXI Express, PCMCIA, USB, and CompactFlash, with OEM drivers for
Windows, Win CE, Mac OS X, Linux, and other OSs. For custom
designs, you can also incorporate NI data acquisition products by
licensing hardware designs.
Support
NI OEM customers benefit from FREE phone support, product
lifetime assurance, expedited repair service, and periodic design
reviews to maximize product efficiency.
Pricing
OEM customers can take advantage of aggressive OEM price
discounts on NI products.
Customization
In some cases, NI can modify products to meet OEM needs. More
than 10 percent of NI product designs are based on customer
requests. Ask about special OEM variations of standard NI products.
NI Data Acquisition for OEMs
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
O
E
M

D
A
Q

P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
Table 1. OEM Data Acquisition Devices Selection Guide
Input Max Aggregate Integrated Output Max
Analog Resolution Sampling Rate Max Input Signal Analog Resolution Output Output Digital Counter/ Power
Product Bus Inputs
1
(bits) (S/s) Range(V) Conditioning
2
Outputs (bits) Rate (S/s) Range (V) I/O Timers Source
USB-6259 OEM USB 32 SE/16 DI 16 1.25 M 10 4 16 2.8 M 10 48 2 External
USB-6251 OEM USB 16 SE/8 DI 16 1.25 M 10 2 16 2.8 M 10 24 2 External
USB-6009 OEM USB 8 SE/4 DI 14 48 k 10 2 12 150 +5 12 1 Bus
USB-6008 OEM USB 8 SE/4 DI 12 10 k 10 2 12 150 +5 12 1 Bus
PCI-6221 (37-Pin) PCI 16 SE/8 DI 16 250 k 10 2 16 833 k 10 10 2 Bus
PCI-6010 PCI 16 SE/8 DI 16 200/33 k
3
10 2 16 Static 5 10 3 Bus
USB-6501 USB 24 1 Bus
USB-6211 OEM USB 16 SE/8 DI 16 250 k 10 - 2 16 250 k 10 4 DI/4 DO 2 Bus
USB-6212 OEM USB 16 SE/8 DI 16 400 k 10 - 2 16 250 k 10 32 2 Bus
USB-6216 OEM USB 16 SE/8 DI 16 400 k 10 CAT I, 60 V, ISO 2 16 250 k 10 32 2 Bus
USB-6218 OEM USB 32 SE/16DI 16 4250 k 10 CAT I, 60 V, ISO 2 16 250 k 10 8 DI/8 DO 2 Bus
USB-6229 OEM USB 32 SE/16DI 16 4250 k 10 - 4 16 833 k 10 48 (32 at 1MHz) 2 External
USB-6225 OEM USB 80 SE/ 40 DI 16 250 k 10 - 2 16 833 k 10 24 (8 at 1MHz) 2 External
USB-6255 OEM USB 80 SE/ 40 DI 16 1.25 M/750 k
3
10 - 2 16 2.8 M 10 24 (8 at 1MHz) 2 External
USB-6289 OEM USB 32 SE/16DI 18 625/500 k
3
10 - 4 16 2.8 M 10 48 (32 at 1MHz) 2 External
USB-6281 OEM USB 16 SE/8 DI 18 625/500 k
3
10 - 2 16 2.8 M 10 24 (8 at 1MHz) 2 External
1
SE = Single Ended, DI = Differential;
2
SS = Simultaneous Sampling, SSH = Simultaneous Sample-and-Hold;
3
Single-Channel/Multichannel
Back to Index
Data Acquisition Products for OEM Applications
Time to Market and Long-Term Support
National Instruments data acquisition products deliver quality, ease
of use, and competitive quantity pricing for OEM applications.
Therefore, you can achieve shorter time to market with NI
components that are cost-effective long-term solutions. National
Instruments can support your application with specialized training,
consulting services, and local support. Because of National
Instruments global manufacturing operations and product lifetime
commitments, you can be assured of the availability and
deliverability of NI data acquisition products now and in the future.
NI also offers expedited repair service for OEM customers, with
repair facilities in the U.S. and Europe.
The National Instruments OEM Elite Program
National Instruments is a leading worldwide OEM supplier of data
acquisition, GPIB, and other products for measurement and
automation. NI recognizes that OEMs need products and support
that they can trust to get to market quickly with a high-quality
product. But they also need cost-effective products for large
deployment. NI has designed the OEM Elite Program with OEM
needs in mind. Elite Program members enjoy benefits such as:
FREE elite support
Periodic design reviews
Product customization
OEM pricing
Roadmap discussions (under a nondisclosure agreement)
For more information about the OEM Elite Program and how
to join, visit ni.com/oem.
USB M Series DAQ for OEM
NI USB-6259 OEM....................................................... 194929-01
NI USB-6251 OEM....................................................... 194929-03
USB-6211 OEM............................................................ 196203-03
USB-6212 OEM............................................................ 197504-03
USB-6216 OEM............................................................ 197504-01
USB-6218 OEM............................................................ 196203-01
USB-6229 OEM............................................................ 195959-01
USB-6225 OEM............................................................ 197294-01
USB-6255 OEM............................................................ 197201-01
USB-6289 OEM............................................................ 197596-01
USB-6281 OEM............................................................ 197596-03
USB Low-Cost DAQ for OEM
NI USB-6009 OEM....................................................... 779026-01
NI USB-6008 OEM....................................................... 779051-01
PCI DAQ for OEM
NI PCI-6221 (37-Pin)................................................... 779618-01
NI PCI-6010................................................................. 779348-01
NI PCI-6010 50-Board Package................................... 779348-50
Figure 1. Preferred Vendor for Data Acquisition
(based on July 2006 survey by Sensors magazine readers (www.sensorsmag.com))
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
O
E
M

D
A
Q

P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
228
Back to Index
Analog Output Overview
229
Analog Output
National Instruments analog voltage and current output devices
cover a full spectrum of applications from basic software-timed
output to complex high-speed waveform generation.
Analog output (AO) is accomplished using a digital-to-analog
converter (DAC). In hardware, the DAC is given a binary value, which
it converts to an analog level that is within a given voltage or
current range. A common voltage range is 10 V. DACs come with
set resolution commonly 12 or 16 bits. A 12-bit DAC can produce
4,096 voltage steps within its range. A 16-bit DAC can produce
65,536. Taking advantage of NI measurement services software, you
can define named analog output channels and update their values
based on voltage levels or other defined engineering scales.
AO capabilities fall into two categories software-timed analog
output and high-speed waveform generation.
Software-Timed Outputs
All National Instruments AO devices can generate software-timed
single-point values. Software-timed updates are typical for
nondeterministic control applications. NI 6704 devices, for example,
are software-timed devices that feature 32 channels of 16-bit AO
that are updated by software commands. NI 672x devices offer
simultaneous software-timed single-point updates across many
channels for control applications.
Waveform Generation
Select AO devices are capable of high-speed or waveform output,
and can offer performance similar to an arbitrary waveform
generator. Such devices typically have a FIFO and use DMA, so they
can perform waveform generation at high rates without deep
onboard memory. For example, NI 671x, NI 672x, and NI 673x
devices use both FIFOs and DMA to generate dynamic signals. You
can use high-speed updates to generate simple waveforms, such as
sine, square, and triangle waves, or more complex user-defined
waveforms.
AO devices come in several configurations including options such as
channel count, resolution, update speed, output voltage range,
digital I/O lines, and counter/timers.
Applications for waveform generation AO include stimulus for circuit
testing, automotive component testing, audio signal generation,
stimulus for vibration testing, and much more.
Multidevice Synchronization
Each AO device offers integration technologies such as the RTSI
bus, PXI trigger bus, and PFI pins to trigger and synchronize to a
wide variety of I/O types. These I/O types range from image
acquisition, motion control, and high-speed digitizers to
multifunction data acquisition (DAQ) devices. Using these
integration infrastructures, engineers/scientists can create
powerful, custom test systems with ease.
Real-Time Control
You can use AO devices with LabVIEW Real-Time to deliver real-
time, deterministic control loop execution. You can integrate these
densely packed AO device scan be integrated with other DAQ
devices to serve a wide range of control needs.
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
A
n
a
l
o
g

O
u
t
p
u
t

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Analog Output Update Maximum Counter/
Product Bus Outputs Resolution Rate (S/s) Output Range Digital I/O Timers Current Source Triggers
NI 6733 PCI, PXI 8 16 bits 740 k to 1 M
1
10 V 8
3
2, 24-bit
NI 6731 PCI 4 16 bits 1 M 10 V 8
3
2, 24-bit
NI 6713 PCI, PXI 8 12 bits 740 k to 1 M
1
10 V 8 2, 24-bit
NI 6715 PCMCIA 8 12 bits 100 k to 1 M
1
10 V 8 2, 24-bit
NI 6711 PCI, PXI 4 12 bits 1 M 10 V 8 2, 24-bit
NI 6723 PCI, PXI 32 13 bits 45 to 800 k
1
10 V 8 2, 24-bit
NI 6722 PCI, PXI 8 13 bits 182 to 800 k
1
10 V 8 2, 24-bit
NI 6704 PCI, PXI 32
4
16 bits Static 10 V, 0 to 20 mA
2
8
NI 6703 PCI 16 16 bits Static 10 V 8
1
Maximum update rate can vary with the number of channels used.
2
The current output varies when set between 0 and 100 A.
3
Static DIO or high-speed pattern generation and acquisition.
4
16 voltage and 16 current channels.
Table 1. Analog Voltage and Current Output Product Selection Guide
Back to Index
High-Speed Voltage Output up to 1 MS/s/Channel,
up to 16-Bit, up to 32 Channels
Low-cost arbitrary waveform generation
High channel density
Integrated multidevice synchronization bus
Easy real-time control with LabVIEW Real-Time
Digital triggering and external clocking
Simultaneous updates
8 digital I/O lines (TTL/CMOS)
Two 24-bit counter/timers
NI measurement services software simplifies
Operating Systems
Mac OS X
Linux
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
SignalExpress
Visual Studio .NET
Visual Basic, C/C++, C#
Software (included)
1
Overview
National Instruments high-speed voltage output modules combine
the latest in commercial technologies to deliver simultaneous,
multichannel updates for control and waveform output applications.
National Instruments offers a variety of connectivity options, such as
connector blocks with BNC connectivity for signals that need
shielding and are connected and disconnected often, and shielding
in the connector block and the cabling for superior accuracy in noisy
environments. If budget is your main concern, we offer low-cost
unshielded cables and connector blocks.
NI 673x, NI 671x, NI 672x
Analog Update Rate Per Output Maximum External Voltage Digital Counters/
Family Bus Outputs Channel (S/s)
1
Resolution Output Range (V) Reference I/O Timers Triggering
NI 6733 PCI, PXI 8 740 k to 1 M 16 10 8
2
2, 24-bit Digital
NI 6731 PCI 4 1 M 16 10 8
2
2, 24-bit Digital
NI 6713 PCI, PXI 8 740 k to 1 M 12 10 8 2, 24-bit Digital
NI 6715 PCMCIA 8 100 k to 1 M 12 10 8 2, 24-bit Digital
NI 6711 PCI, PXI 4 1 M 12 10 8 2, 24-bit Digital
NI 6723 PCI, PXI 32 45 k to 800 k 13 10 8 2, 24-bit Digital
NI 6722 PCI, PXI 8 182 k to 800 k 13 10 8 2, 24-bit Digital
1
Update rate can vary depending on the number of channels used.
2
Static or hardware-timed pattern generation and acquisition up to 10 MHz.
Table 1. High-Speed Voltage Output Product Selection Guide
PCI
NI PCI-6711................................................................. 777740-01
NI PCI-6713................................................................. 777741-01
NI PCI-6722................................................................. 778705-01
NI PCI-6723................................................................. 778701-01
NI PCI-6731................................................................. 778511-01
NI PCI-6733................................................................. 778510-01
PXI
NI PXI-6711................................................................. 777794-01
NI PXI-6713................................................................. 777795-01
NI PXI-6722................................................................. 778999-01
NI PXI-6723................................................................. 778998-01
NI PXI-6733................................................................. 778512-01
PCMCIA
NI DAQCard-6715....................................................... 778146-01
For more information on extended warranty and
value-addedservices, visit ni.com/services.
Table 2. USB DAQ Accessory Selection Guide
Model Shielding Connect to Cable Accessory
NI 673x, Shielded BNC SH68-68-EP BNC-2110
PCI-671x, Screw terminals SH68-68-EP SCB-68 or TBX-68
PXI-671x Screw terminals TB-2705 (PXI)
Custom SH68-68-EP CA-1000
Unshielded Screw terminals R6868 CB-68LP or CB-68LPR
NI 6723 Shielded BNC 2 SH68-C68-S BNC-2110 and BNC-2115
Screw terminals 2 SH68-C68-S 2 SCB-68 or TBX-68
Custom 2 SH68-C68-S 2 CA-1000
NI 6722 Shielded BNC SH68-C68-S BNC-2110
Screw terminals SH68-C68-S SCB-68
Custom SH68-C68-S CA-1000
Unshielded Screw terminals RC68-68 CB-68 LP or CB-68LPR
DAQCard Shielded BNC SHC68-68-EPM BNC-2110
-6715 Screw terminals SHC68-68-EPM SCB-68
Custom SHC68-68-EPM CA-1000
Unshielded Screw terminals RC68-68 CB-68LP or CB-68LPR
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
H
i
g
h
-
S
p
e
e
d

V
o
l
t
a
g
e

O
u
t
p
u
t
230
Back to Index
Software-Timed Analog Output
16-Bit, 16 or 32 Channels
231
16 voltage and 16 current outputs
16-bit resolution
8 (5 V TTL/CMOS) lines
User-defined power-up states
Measurement services that simplify
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
Visual Studio .NET
Visual Basic, C/C++, and C#
(included)
NI-DAQmx driver
Overview
NI 670x devices are software-timed voltage and current output
devices for PCI and PXI. With NI 6704 devices, you get 16 voltage
outputs and 16 current outputs that you can use at the same time
independently, as well as eight digital I/O (DIO) lines. You can
independently set each output from 10 V or 0 to 20 mA. The NI
6703 delivers 16 voltage outputs in addition to eight DIO lines.
Hardware
Voltage Output Channels All 16 voltage outputs on the NI 6703 and
NI 6704 are identical. You can set each channel for a bipolar voltage
output of 10 V. Each output is accurate to 1 mV.
I/O Connector
The analog outputs are available at a 68-pin SCSI II shielded
connector. VCH<0..15> are the voltage output channels. ICH<16..31>
are the current output channels. Each channel is referenced to a
ground line, AO GND<0...31>, which is shared between a voltage
and current channel. A fused 5 VDC power signal from the PCI or PXI
bus is available at the I/O connector as well.
on the needs of your application. Shielding in the connector block
and the cabling facilities superior accuracy by rejecting noise and
other environmental factors. If budget is your main concern, we offer
low-cost unshielded cables and connector blocks.
NI 670x
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
-
T
i
m
e
d

A
n
a
l
o
g

O
u
t
p
u
t
PCI
NI PCI-6704............................................................... 777306-01
NI PCI-6703............................................................... 778316-01
PXI
NI PXI-6704............................................................... 777796-01
Product Bus Analog Outputs Resolution Output Rate Output Range Digital I/O Counter/Timers Current Sinks Triggers
NI 6703 PCI 16 voltage 16 bits Static 10 V 8
NI 6704 PCI 16 voltage 16 bits Static 10 V, 8 3
PXI 16 current 0 to 20 mA
1
1The current output varies when set between 0 and 100 A.
Table 1. Channel, Speed, and Resolution Specifications
Model Shielding Connected to.. Cable Accessory
NI 6703 Shielded Screw terminals SH68-68-D1 SCB-68
NI 6704 Custom SH68-68-D1 CA-1000
Unshielded Screw terminals R6868 CB-68LP or
CB-68LPR
Back to Index
Digital I/O Overview
Digital I/O devices are used in a wide variety of applications from
automotive designs, industrial factory automation, and machine
control to aerospace, laboratory research, and biomedical
applications. You can connect NI digital I/O devices to limit and
proximity switches, photoelectric sensors, level gauges, pressure
switches, gas detectors, pumps, motors, solid-state relays,
electromechanical relays, digital data buses, and more.
You can install NI digital I/O devices in desktop or industrial
computers with the PCI or ISA bus, connect them via USB, or install
them in laptop computers with PCMCIA slots. For improved
reliability and mechanical ruggedness, NI offers PXI/CompactPCI
digital I/O modules.
Choose Your Digital I/O Hardware
Software-Timed
Software-timed digital I/O also referred to as unstrobed or static
digital I/O implies that the writing to digital output lines and
reading from digital input lines is performed by software command.
The maximum speed for software-timed digital I/O operations
depends on the computer processor speed, communication bus, and
operating system.
Hardware-Timed
Hardware-timed digital I/O also referred to as high-speed digital
I/O implies that the writing and reading of digital lines is controlled
by an external or internally generated clock signal. The clock signal
latches the digital data into or out of a buffer, which can be
streamed at high speed to the computer.
Isolation
Industrial applications often involve sensors and actuators that can
cause ground loops in your system because they work at different
voltage levels. Ground loops can damage the data acquisition
system and ruin measurement reliability. To improve performance
and protect circuitry, make sure you have some form of isolation.
Bank isolation isolates circuitry on the module in banks of eight
channels. Channel-to-channel isolation ensures that every channel
on the module has a separate ground line. Both types of isolation
include system-to-channel isolation, which protects the computer in
case of damage to the plug-in digital I/O device.
Voltage Range
Your digital I/O device must meet the operating voltage levels
of your sensors and actuators. Typical ranges are 5, 30, 60, and
240 VDC.
Logic Levels
Depending on the voltage thresholds that the digital I/O device uses
to differentiate between a high or a low signal, your application may
use 3.3 V, 5 V, TTL, CMOS, or 24 V logic levels. The IEC-61131-2
defined 24 V logic levels are very popular for industrial sensors. 5 V,
TTL, and CMOS logic levels are used in most laboratory and
research applications.
Sink/Source Output
Depending on whether your sensor or actuator needs the digital I/O
device to provide a path for current to ground or needs to provide
power/positive potential, you should choose a device that has
sinking or sourcing outputs.
Maximum Current Drive
If you connect your device to actuators that draw a high current, you
need to know the maximum current drive that the digital I/O device
can provide. Typical ranges include 2, 24, 150, 300 mA, 2 A, and
higher.
Industrial Feature Set
NI digital I/O devices have specialized industrial features with NI-
DAQmx technology for very high reliability:
Programmable input filters remove pulses too small in width,
effectively removing mechanical relay chatter and thus glitches
and spikes in the system.
Change detection helps trigger your application and perform a
read operation after a digital event with minimal processor usage.
Watchdog timers can detect a variety of computer fault
conditions, such as an application crash, and automatically
respond by setting the outputs to a user-configured safe state.
Programmable power-up states ensure that actuators such as
pumps, valves, motors, and relays begin in a known state any time
you turn on the device.
Industrial certifications from CE, FCC, C-Tick, UL, and VDE ensure
EMI compliance in most regions of the world and certify that the
system is safe to operate.
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
D
i
g
i
t
a
l

I
/
O

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
232
Back to Index
233
Digital I/O Overview
Number of Channels
Your devices must provide as many digital I/O channels as required
by your application. The greater your channel count per device, the
lower your total system cost.
Cost/Channel
Cost is always an important factor in choosing components of a
system. Cost per channel typically depends on the form of isolation
and the voltage ranges on the device. Typical U.S. cost/channel is
approximately $3 for devices with no isolation, $5 with bank optical
isolation, and $12 with channel-to-channel isolation.
Signal Conditioning Options for NI Digital I/O Devices
For bank or channel-to-channel optical isolation NI recommends
using the NI 651x and NI 652x devices, which have built-in signal
conditioning with a high voltage range and optical isolation. If you
need signal conditioning for NI 650x devices, you can connect them
to SCXI-116x modules to provide optical bank isolation. For lower
channel counts, the SC-206x accessories provide eight optically
isolated inputs/outputs with channel-to-channel isolation. Another
option is SSR modules, which provide channel-to-channel isolation
in 8, 16, 24, or 32-channel backplanes. For electromechanical relay
outputs, the NI 6520 and 6521 devices are available.
Accessories
For shielded screw-terminal connections to your 100-pin SCSI
device, use the SCB-100 connector block and shielded SH100-100-F
cable. Unshielded connector blocks and cables are also available
such as the CB-100 kit, which includes an unshielded ribbon cable
and DIN-rail-mounting terminal blocks. For custom connectivity, you
can use the CA-1000 accessory enclosure for convenient connection
to push button/rocker switches, banana jack cables/probes, and LED
indicators.
For connectivity to NI 37-pin D-Sub devices, use the CB-37F Series
connector blocks and cables.
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s

a
n
d

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Table 1. Digital I/O Product Selection Guide
Product Families
NI 650x NI 651x NI 652x PXI-25xx SCXI-11xx NI 656x, NI-655x NI 654x Digital NI 653x
Mode of 5 V TTL/ 30 V Bank- 60 or 150 V PXI SCXI Conditioning Digital Waveform Waveform Pattern I/O and
Application Operation CMOS DIO Isolated DIO Ch-Ch-Isolated DIO Switches and Switching Generator/Analyzers Generator/Analyzers Handshake
Perform basic digital I/O at 5 V Software-timed
Connect to devices with 24 V logic Software-timed
levels with optical isolation
Connect to up to 150 V devices with Software-timed
channel-channel optical isolation
Switch up to 240 V devices with Software-timed
optical isolation
Transfer data with fixed timing Waveformor
1

between points (with a clock) pattern I/O
Set voltage levels with 10 mV Programmable
resolution voltage levels
Transfer data where both the device under test Handshaking
1

and measurement devices can pause the transfer I/O
Output safe states if program fails to Watchdog
2 3

respond after a specified time timer
Run a user-defined software routine Change
2 3

when a user-defined DIO event occurs detection
Filter noise/chatter on digital Input filters
2 3

signals from relays
Ensure user-defined output states Power-up
2 3

when you boot up the computer states
1
NI 6508 only.
2
NI 6509 only.
3
Not applicable to NI 6527.
Back to Index
Digital I/O - 5 V TTL/CMOS
24 or 96 digital input/output lines
5 V TTL/CMOS
Known power-up states
measurements
Programmable power-up status
Watchdog timer
Programmable input filters
Change detection
High-current drive
Operating Systems
Windows 7/Vista/XP/NT/2000
Mac OS X
Linux
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
(included)
Overview
National Instruments 6509 devices offer 96 digital I/O lines for PCI
and PXI. NI 6501 and 6503 devices are 24-bit parallel DIO interfaces
for USB, PCI, PCMCIA, and ISA. All NI 650x devices are designed for
5 V TTL/CMOS I/O signals. NI 6509 devices offer the industrial
feature set, including watchdog timers, change detection,
programmable power-up states, input filters and high current drive.
NI 650x
Family Bus Digital I/O Lines Counter/Timer Device Type Logic Level Industrial Feature Set Pattern Matching
NI 6509 USB, PCI, PXI 96 - Software-timed 5 V TTL/CMOS -
NI 6503 PCI, PCMCIA, ISA 24 - Software-timed 5 V TTL/CMOS -
NI 6501 USB 24 1 Software-timed 5 V TTL/CMOS - -
Table 1. NI 650x Specifications Overview
Family Device Accessory Cable
NI 6509 PCI-6509 SCB-100 (776990-01) SH100-100-F (185095-02)
CB-100 kit (777812-01) Cable included in kit
NI 6503 PCI-6503 CB-50LP (777101-01) NB1 (180524-10) or
DAQCard-DIO-24 PSH27-50F-D1 (776989-01)
PC-DIO-24
NI 6501 USB-6501 USB-6501 Accessory Kit -
PCI
NI PCI-6509................................................................. 778792-01
NI PCI-6509 Bundle..................................................... 778936-01
NI PCI-6503................................................................. 777690-01
PXI
NI PXI-6509................................................................. 778858-01
ISA
NI PC-DIO-96............................................................... 777271-01
NI PC-DIO-24............................................................... 777368-01
PCMCIA
NI DAQCard-DIO-24.................................................... 776912-01
USB
NI USB-6501............................................................... 779205-01
NI USB-6509............................................................... 779975-01
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
D
i
g
i
t
a
l

I
/
O

-

5

V

T
T
L
/
C
M
O
S
234
Back to Index
Low-Cost Industrial Digital I/O 30 V, Bank Isolated
235
32 or 64-bank optically isolated inputs
and outputs
30 VDC maximum input range
0 to 30 VDC maximum output range
Direct connection to industrial sensors
and actuators
NI measurement services software for
highest productivity and performance
Isolation
Programmable power-up states
Watchdog timers
Change detection
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
Linux
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
C, C++, C#, Visual Basic
Microsoft Visual Studio .NET 2003
(included)
Overview
National Instruments 651x devices are industrial 32 or 64-line
isolated digital I/O interfaces for PCI and PXI/CompactPCI systems.
You can wire each input bank in a source or sink configuration. You
can input digital levels up to 30 VDC and output levels from 0 to 30
VDC, with high current switching capability. NI 651x devices are
ideal for general-purpose data acquisition applications, as well as
industrial control and automated manufacturing test. With high
current drive and isolation, you can connect the digital I/O directly to
a wide array of 24 V electronic devices, sensors, and actuators.
Hardware
High-Reliability Industrial Feature Set
NI 651x devices offers a set of high-reliability features designed to
automate even the most demanding applications:
Isolation provides an extended voltage range and safe operation
in industrial environments
Programmable power-up states provide safe operation when
connected to pumps/valves/motors/relays
Digital I/O watchdogs detect computer or application errors and
ensure safe recovery
Change detection triggers your application and returns I/O data
after a digital event with minimal processor usage
Programmable input filters eliminate glitches/spikes and remove
noise
NI 651x
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
L
o
w
-
C
o
s
t

I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

I
/
O

-

3
0
V
Product Bus Input Lines Output Lines Isolation Low Input Thresh. (VDC) High Input Thresh. (VDC) Output Current (mA)
1
NI 6510 PCI 32 source/sink Bank 4 11 to 30, -11 to -30
NI 6511 PCI, PXI 64 source/sink Bank 4 11 to 30, -11 to -30
NI 6512 PCI, PXI 64 source Bank 350 (75) source
NI 6513 PCI, PXI 64 sink Bank 500 (120) sink
NI 6514 PCI, PXI 32 source/sink 32 source Bank 4 11 to 30, -11 to -30 350 (75) source
NI 6515 PCI, PXI 32 source/sink 32 sink Bank 4 11 to 30, -11 to -30 500 (120) sink
NI 6516 PCI 32 source Bank 350 (75) source
NI 6517 PCI 32 sink Bank 475 (125) sink
NI 6518 PCI 16 source/sink 16 source Bank 4 11 to 30, -11 to -30 350 (75) source
NI 6519 PCI 16 source/sink 16 sink Bank 4 11 to 30, -11 to -30 475 (125) sink
1
When using all lines at a 100% duty cycle, the maximum drive current for the NI 6512, NI 6514, NI 6516, and NI 6518 is 75 mA. It is 120 mA for the NI 6513, NI 6515, NI 6517, and NI 6519. When using only one
output line in each bank at a 100 percent duty cycle, the maximum drive current for the NI 6512, NI 6514, NI 6516, and NI 6518 is 350 mA. It is 500 mA for the NI 6513, NI 6515, NI 6517, and NI 6519.
Back to Index
Low-Cost Industrial Digital I/O 30 V, Bank Isolated
Connect Sensors Directly with Isolation
Isolation is a form of built-in signal conditioning that provides
several advantages, such as an extended voltage range and direct
connection to industrial sensors and actuators. Isolation also
improves signal quality and protects computer circuitry. Isolation
physically and electrically separates two parts of a circuit, which
breaks ground loops, improves common-mode voltage and noise
rejection, and permits the two parts of the circuit to be at different
voltage levels. Many industrial applications require isolation to
protect the electronics from transient voltage spikes and provide
greater common-mode noise rejection in electrically noisy
environments containing machinery and inductive loads.
Glitch-Free Startup with Programmable Power-Up States
With programmable power-up states, you can configure the initial
output states of the digital I/O board in software to ensure glitch-
free operations when connected to industrial actuators such as
pumps, valves, motors, and relays. The digital I/O device holds these
I/O states after receiving power, so your computer can boot and your
software application can begin running.
Detect and Recover with Watchdog Timers
Watchdog timers are an innovative technology that provides
protection against a wide variety of fault conditions:
Computer crash total OS crash
Application crash software application ceases to respond
PCI bus failure communications cease to respond; in a fault
condition, outputs are set to a programmed safe state
Trigger Your Application with Change Detection
With change detection, you can monitor digital events with minimal
processor usage. You can also automatically trigger your software
application to perform a digital read operation upon a digital change
of state. No polling is necessary because the digital I/O device
generates an interrupt to automatically wake up your application.
Family Accessory Cable
100-Pin Devices
NI 6511 SCB-100 (776990-01) SH100-100-F (185095-02)
NI 6512 CB-100 kit (777812-01) Cable included in kit
NI 6513
NI 6514
NI 6515
37-Pin Devices
NI 6510 CB-37F-V (778672-01) or SH37F-37M (778621-01) or
NI 6516 CB-37F-H (778673-01) (778621-02)
NI 6517 SH37F-P-4 (778620-04) or Optional R37F-37M-1 (779195-01)
NI 6518 CB-37F-LP (779353-01) or
NI 6519 TB-37F-37CP (779185-01) or
TB-37F-37SC (779184-01)
PCI
NI PCI-6510................................................................. 779081-01
NI PCI-6511 ................................................................ 778966-01
NI PCI-6511 Bundle
1
.................................................... 778972-01
NI PCI-6512................................................................. 778968-01
NI PCI-6512 Bundle
1
.................................................... 778973-01
NI PCI-6513................................................................. 778970-01
NI PCI-6513 Bundle
1
................................................... 778974-01
NI PCI-6514................................................................. 778836-01
NI PCI-6514 Bundle
1
.................................................... 778939-01
NI PCI-6515................................................................. 778835-01
NI PCI-6515 Bundle
1
.................................................... 778938-01
NI PCI-6516................................................................. 779082-01
NI PCI-6517................................................................. 779083-01
NI PCI-6518................................................................. 779084-01
NI PCI-6519................................................................. 779085-01
1
Bundles include CB-100 accessory.
PXI
NI PXI-6511................................................................. 778967-01
NI PXI-6512................................................................. 778969-01
NI PXI-6513................................................................. 778971-01
NI PXI-6514................................................................. 778965-01
NI PXI-6515................................................................. 778964-01
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
L
o
w
-
C
o
s
t

I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

I
/
O

3
0

V
236
Back to Index
Low-Cost Industrial Digital I/O 60 or 150 V,
Channel-Channel Isolated
237
SSRs switch up to 150 mA
8 mechanical relays switch up to 2 A
measurements
Programmable power-up states
Watchdog timers
Change detection
High current drive
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
Linux
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
Visual Basic
C/C++, C#
Microsoft Visual Studio .NET
(included)
Overview
National Instruments 6528 devices have 24 digital input and 24
solid-state relay output lines with channel-to-channel isolation and
the high-reliability industrial feature set. The digital outputs of 6528
devices can switch up to 60 VDC or 30 V
rms
with 150 mA per
channel current drive. The digital inputs of 6528 devices can sense
up to 60 VDC, with logic low from -60 to 1 VDC and logic high from
3.2 to 60 VDC.
NI 6520 and 6521 devices have eight digital input and eight
nonlatching mechanical relay output lines with channel-to-channel
isolation and the high-reliability industrial feature set. The CAT II
UL-listed digital outputs of NI 6521 devices can switch up to 150
VDC/VAC with up to 2 A per channel current drive and a maximum
power rating of 60 W per channel. NI 6520 digital outputs can
switch up to 60 VDC, 30 V
rms
with up to 2 A per channel current
drive and a maximum power rating of 60 W perchannel. NI 6521 and
6520 digital inputs can sense up to 30 VDC, with logic low from -4
to +4 VDC and logic high from -30 to -11 VDC and 11 to 30 VDC.
NI-DAQmx is a high-performance, multithreaded driver at the heart
of the measurement services software included with National
Instruments DAQ devices. Additional measurement services shipped
with NI-DAQmx include Measurement & Automation Explorer (MAX)
for configuring, interacting with, and testing your hardware; and
DAQ Assistant for creating configuration-based data acquisition
tasks. Collectively, these measurement services provide more
power, flexibility, and ease of use than any basic device driver
software.
NI 652x
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
L
o
w
-
C
o
s
t

I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

I
/
O

-

6
0

o
r

1
5
0
V
PCI
NI PCI-6521................................................................. 779312-01
NI PCI-6520................................................................ 779443-01
NI PCI-6528................................................................. 778833-01
PXI
NI PXI-6521................................................................. 779313-01
NI PXI-6528................................................................. 778543-01
NI PXI-6529................................................................ 779949-01
USB
NI USB-6525............................................................... 779640-01
Max Range Low Threshold High Threshold Output Industrial
Family Bus Input Lines Output Lines Relay Type Isolation (VDC) (VDC) (VDC) Current Feature Set
NI 6529 PXI 48 - Mechanical Channel-channel 60 VDC 1 3.2 -
NI 6528 PCI, PXI 24 24 SSR Channel-channel 60 1 3.2 150 mA
NI 6525 USB 8 8 SSR Channel-channel 60 VDC, 30 Vrms - - 500 mA -
NI 6521 PCI, PXI 8 8 Mechanical Channel-channel 30 in, 150 out 4 11 2 A
NI 6520 PCI 8 8 Mechanical Channel-channel 30 in, 60 out 4 11 2 A
Input
Table 1. NI 652x Selection Guide
Family Accessory Cable
NI 6528 CB-100 kit (777812-01) Cable included in kit
NI 6521 CB-37F-HVD (779491-01) SH37F-37M (778621-01) or (778621-02)
(PXI only) TB-2621 (779444-01)
TB-37F-37CP (779185-01)
NI 6520 CB-37F-V (778672-01) or SH37F-37M (778621-01) or
CB-37F-H (778673-01) (778621-02)
SH37F-YP-4 (778620-04) or Optional R37F-37M-1 (779195-01)
CB-37F-LP (779353-01) or
TB-37F-37CP (779185-01) or
TB-37F-37SC (779184-01)
Back to Index
Counter/Timer Overview
You can use the versatile National Instruments counter/timer
devices to create a wide variety of measurement solutions, including
measuring a number of time-related quantities, counting events or
totalizing, and monitoring position with quadrature encoders. You
can also use counter/timers to generate pulses and pulse trains.
Counter/timers often fulfill critical timing functions as components
of complex measurement systems.
The NI 660x counter/timers use the NI-TIO, a National Instruments
ASIC chip specifically designed to meet the counting and timing
requirements of measurement applications that are beyond the
capabilities of off-the-shelf components. The wider functionality and
simple programming interface make the NI 660x your best choice for
counting and timing applications.
Example applications include frequency measurement, position
measurement, generation of retriggerable pulses, frequency shift-
keying, two-signal edge separation measurements, continuous
buffered event counting, and continuous buffered pulse train
measurements. The NI 660x counter/timer devices are readily
integrated into measurement systems that require synchronization
across multiple hardware devices because they are equipped with
the National Instruments PXI trigger bus or the RTSI bus.
In addition to counter/timer functionality, the NI 660x products
include TTL/CMOS-compatible digital I/O ports that are bit
configurable for input or output.
Counter/Timer Considerations
Number of Counter/Timers
The counter/timer is a basic unit of hardware functionality on a
measurement device. The more counter/timers there are on a
device, the more counting/timing operations that device can
simultaneously perform. The number of DMA channels determines
how many buffered, high-speed operations can be simultaneously
performed.
Counter/Timer Size or Number of Bits
The counter size or number of bits indicates how high a counter can
count. For example, a 32-bit counter can count up to 2
32
-1 or 4, 294,
967, 295 before it rolls over. A high number of bits is beneficial in
cases such as pulse width measurements where a wide dynamic
range is required. For example, if you measure pulse widths with a
12.5 ns resolution (80 MHz timebase) using a counter/timer with 32
bits, you can measure pulse widths up to 53 s [(2
32
-1) x 12.5 ns)]
with 12.5 ns resolution.
Maximum Source Frequency
Maximum source frequency represents the speed of the fastest
signal the counter can count. If you use a higher source frequency,
you can achieve higher resolution. For example, an 80 MHz counter
can count pulses that are 12.5 ns (
1
80
x 10
6
) apart. You can use
prescalers to increase the maximum source frequency for event
counting and frequency measurement.
Debouncing/
Counter/ Max Source Digital Pulse Buffered Glitch Oscillator GPS
Family Bus Timers Size Frequency Compatibility I/O Generation Operations Removal Stability Synchr. DMA Interrupt
NI 6601 PCI 4 32 bits 20 MHz
1
5 V TTL/CMOS Up to 32 50 ppm 1 3
NI 6602 PCI 8 32 bits 80 MHz
1
5 V TTL/CMOS Up to 32 50 ppm 3 5
PXI
NI 6608 PXI 8 32 bits 80 MHz
1
5 V TTL/CMOS Up to 32 75 ppb 3 5
NI 6624 PCI, PXI 8 32 bits 20 MHz TTL 0 50 ppm 3 5
1
Max Source Frequency with prescalers is 60 MHz for the NI 6601 and 125 MHz for the NI 6602 and NI 6608. These frequencies are dependent on drive strength of input signal and cable length. Consider these
speeds to be the maximum.
2
DMA transfers have higher throughput than interrupt transfers.
Buffered
Operations
2
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
C
o
u
n
t
e
r
/
T
i
m
e
r

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
238
Back to Index
239
Counter/Timer Overview
Signal Compatibility
Signal compatibility indicates the signal levels a counter/timer can
measure or output, such as TTL/CMOS.
Buffered Operations and DMA
The National Instruments counter/timers can capture numerous data
points without dead times. These types of measurements, called
buffered operations, are valuable in applications that range from
statistical analysis on production lines to experiments in molecular
chemistry. For instance, when you configure a counter for buffered
period measurement, data is moved from the counter into a buffer.
Each edge that initiates a measurement also causes a transfer of
the count into the buffer, as shown in Figure 1. With buffered
operations, data is transferred to the computer memory using DMA
or interrupts. DMA offers a considerable performance advantage; if
your application requires this performance simultaneously on
multiple counter/timers, you must know how many DMA channels
are available on a particular counter/timer device. For example, if
adevice contains three DMA channels and eight counter/timers, you
can simultaneously perform three high-speed and five lower-speed,
interrupt-based, buffered operations. On NI 660x devices, National
Instruments implements DMA with the NI MITE chip, which is
optimized for measurement applications.
Timebase Stability
Timebase stability can be important when you need to make high-
quality measurements. Crystal oscillators typically form the basis of
electrical circuits used to drive timing of a measurement application.
In an ideal case, the oscillation frequency would be constant, but
inreality, many factors influence the behavior of an oscillator. A
commonly used measure of quality for an oscillator is stability.
Units used for stability are typically parts per million (ppm) and parts
per billion (ppb). For example, the frequency of a 10 MHz oscillator
with 10 ppm stability can be 10 MHz 100 Hz; with 100 ppb stability
it can be 10 MHz 1 Hz.
The best technique for improving oscillator stability is to precisely
control its temperature as is done in an oven-controlled crystal
oscillator (OCXO). The PXI-6608 features such an oscillator.
Debouncing and Glitch Removal Noisy signals containing glitches
and/or bouncing effects pose special challenges for some
counter/timer measurements. Noise maybe introduced in the source
of the signal, such as with electromechanical relays, or in the
connection if there are strong sources of interference in the vicinity
of the system. NI 660x devices contain programmable digital filters
that eliminate measurement errors caused by spurious spikes and
bouncing. Figure 2 shows an example of digital filtering.
Calibration
Calibration is a key component of any measurement solution. In the
case of counter/timers, timebase calibration ensures that the
frequency and time measurements are accurate. Calibration
certificates enclosed with the National Instruments counter/timers
and periodic calibration satisfy your ISO-9000 requirements,
certifying that your instrument has been properly calibrated.
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
C
o
u
n
t
e
r
/
T
i
m
e
r

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Figure 1. Buffered Period Measurement with Counter/Timers
Figure 2. Debouncing and Glitch Removal
Back to Index
32-Bit Counter/Timers
Up to eight 32-bit counter/timers
80 MHz maximum source frequency
(125 MHz with prescalers)
Debouncing and glitch removal
High-stability timebase (PXI-6608 only)
GPS-based synchronization
(PXI-6608 only)
48 V channel-to-channel isolation
(NI 6624 only)
measurements
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
(included)
Overview
NI 660x devices are timing and digital I/O (DIO) modules for PCI and
PXI. They offer up to eight 32-bit counter/timers and up to 32 lines
of 5 V TTL/CMOS-compatible digital I/O at rates up to 20 MHz. You
can perform a wide variety of buffered measurements or other
counter/timer tasks with NI 660x devices, including position or
quadrature encoder measurement, event counting, period
measurement, pulse-width measurement, frequency measurement,
pulse generation, and pulse-train generation. NI 6624' devices also
feature high-voltage range (400 kHz I/O at 48 V) and channel-to-
channel isolation for direct connection to high-voltage sensors and
actuators.
NI 660x, NI 6624
Max Source Debouncing
Counter/ Size Frequency Max Optical Digital Pulse Buffered /Glitch Oscillator GPS
Family Bus Timers (bits) (MHz) Range (V) Isolation I/O Generation Operations Removal Stability Synchr DMA Interrupt
NI 6601 PCI 4 32 20
1
5 - Up to 32 50 ppm - 1 3
NI 6602 PCI, PXI 8 32 80
1
5 - Up to 32 50 ppm - 3 5
NI 6608 PXI 8 32 80
1
5 - Up to 32 75 ppm 3 5
NI 6624 PCI, PXI 8 32 20 48 - 50 ppm - 3 5
Buffered
Operations
2
Family DAQ Device Accessory Cable
NI 6601 PCI-6601 CB-68LP (777145-01) SH68-68-D1 (183432-01)
NI 6602 PCI-6602 BNC-2121 (778289-01) SH68-68-D1 (183432-01)
PXI-6602 TB-2715 (778242-01) None required
NI 6608 PXI-6608 TB-2715 (778242-01) None required
NI 6624 PCI-6624 SCB-100 (776990-01) SH100-100-F (185095-02)
PXI-6624 CB-100 kit (777812-01) Cable included in kit
Table 1. NI 66xx Selection Guide
PCI
NI PCI-6601................................................................. 777918-01
NI PCI-6602................................................................. 777531-01
NI PCI-6624................................................................. 778834-01
PXI
NI PXI-6602................................................................. 777557-01
NI PXI-6608................................................................. 777937-01
NI PXI-6624................................................................. 778975-01
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
3
2
-
B
i
t

C
o
u
n
t
e
r
/
T
i
m
e
r
s
240
Back to Index
Multifunction DAQ Accessories
DAQ Accessories Selection Guide
241
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
D
A
Q

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s

S
e
l
e
c
t
i
o
n

G
u
i
d
e
NI Cable Design Advantages
National Instruments offers many different high-performance
shielded cables that have been specially designed for specific NI
multifunction DAQ devices. Each type of cable features improved
signal integrity using the following technologies:
M Series Feature Connect to Connector
1
Cable
2,5
Accessory
68-pin devices Noise-reducing SCC portable signal conditioning 0 or 1 SHC68-68-EPM See page 249 or SCC-68
Noise-reducing SCXI high-performance signal conditioning 0 only SHC68-68-EPM See page 256
Noise-reducing Screw terminals 0 or 1 SHC68-68-EPM SCC-68, SCB-68, or TBX-68
Noise-reducing Screw terminals (PXI only) 0 only TB-2706
Noise-reducing BNC terminal block 0 or 1 SHC68-68-EPM BNC-2110, BNC-2111, BNC-2120, or BNC-2090
Noise-reducing 50-pin connector 0 or 1 SHC68-68-EPM
4
50-pin accessories
Basic shielding Screw terminals 0 or 1 SHC68-68 SCB-68, CB-68LP, CB-68LPR
Low-cost Screw terminals 0 or 1 RC68-68 CB-68LP or CB-68LPR
Custom connectivity Board mounting connectors 0 or 1 SHC68-68-EPM PCB mounting connectors
Custom connectivity 68-pin female connector 0 or 1 SHC68-68M-EPM Custom-built or third-party
Custom connectivity Unterminated 0 or 1 SHC68-NT-S Custom-built or third-party
37-pin devices 150 V CAT II, DIN rail Screw terminals 0 only SH37F-37M CB-37F-HVD
High-voltage isolated Screw terminals 0 only DB37M-DB37F-EP
3
CB-37F-HVD, CB-37FH, or CB-37FV
DIN rail Screw terminals 0 only SH37F-37M or R37F-37M-1 CB-37FH or CB-37FV
Custom connectivity Unterminated 0 only SH37F-P-4 Custom-built or third-party
Custom connectivity Crimp and poke termination 0 only TB-37F-37CP
Custom connectivity Solder cup termination 0 only TB-37F-37SC
Low-cost Screw terminals 0 only CB-37F-LP
1
Connector 0 is found on all M Series devices. 0 and 1 require two cables and accessories;
2
For NI 6225 and NI 6255, use SHC68-68-EPM on connector 0 and SHC68-68 on connector 1;
3
Cable works with only NI 6230 and NI 6236;
4
Use the 68M-50F-MIO with the SHC68-68-EPM when connecting to 50-pin accessories;
5
For USB M Series mass-terminated modules, use SH68-68-EP.
S Series Feature Connect to Connector Cable Accessory
NI 6115 NI 6120 Noise-reducing SMB terminal block (PXI only) 0 only TB-2708 or TB-2709
5
NI 6123 NI 6133 Noise-reducing Screw terminals (PXI only) 0 only TB-2705
NI 6122 NI 6132 Noise-reducing Screw terminals 0 only SH68-68-EP SCB-68
NI 6110 NI 6111 Noise-reducing BNC terminal block 0 only SH68-68-EP BNC-2110, BNC-2120, or BNC-2090A
Low-cost Screw terminals 0 only R6868 CB-68LP or CB-68LPR
NI 6143 Noise-reducing Screw terminals (PXI only) 0 only TB-2706
Noise-reducing Screw terminals 0 only SHC68-68-EPM SCB-68
Low-cost Screw terminals 0 only RC68-68 CB-68LP or CB-68LPR
NI 6154 High-voltage isolated Screw terminals 0 only DB37M-DB37F-EP CB-37F-HVD, CB-37FH, or CB-37FV
5
TB-2708 for use with PXI-6115 and PXI-6120; TB-2709 for use with PXI-6122, PXI-6223, PXI-6232, and PXI-6133.
R Series Feature Connect to Connector Cable Accessory
NI 7833R Noise reducing Screw terminals 0 SHC68-68-RMIO SCB-68
NI 7831R 1 or 2 SHC68-68-RDIO
NI 7830R Signal conditioning and I/O expansion C Series modules 1 or 2 SHC68-68-RDIO cRIO-9151 R Series expansion chassis
NI 7813R Noise reducing Screw terminals 0, 1, 2 or 3 SHC68-68-RDIO SCB-68
NI 7811R Signal conditioning and I/O expansion C Series modules 0, 1, 2 or 3 SHC68-68-RDIO cRIO-9151 R Series expansion chassis
Figure 1. Enhanced-Peformance Shielded Cable Used in the
SHC68-68-EPM Cable
Back to Index
Analog Output Accessories
DIO Accessories
Counter/Timer Accessories
DAQ Accessories Selection Guide
Product Feature Connect to Cable Accessory
68-Pin E Series (except DAQCard devices)
NI 6070E NI 6032E Noise-reducing SCC portable signal conditioning SH68-68-EP See page 249 or SCC-68
NI 6052E NI 6030E SCXI high-performance signal conditioning SH68-68-EP See page 256
NI 6040E NI 6024E Screw terminals SH68-68-EP SCB-68 or TBX-68
NI 6036E NI 6023E BNC terminal block SH68-68-EP BNC-2110, BNC-2111, BNC-2120, or BNC 2190
NI 6034E 50-pin connector SH6850 Custom-built or third-party
Low-cost Screw terminals R6868CB-68 LP or CB-68LPR
100-Pin E Series
NI 6071E Noise-reducing Screw terminals SH100100 SCB-100
NI 6033E Screw terminals SH1006868 2 SCB-68
NI 6031E BNC terminal block SH1006868 BNC-2115, BNC-2110, BCN-2111, BNC-2120, or BNC-2190
NI 6025E 50-pin connector SH1005050 Custom-built or third-party
Low-cost Screw terminals SH1006868 CB-68LP and/or CB-68LPR
B Series
NI 6010 Low-cost Screw terminals SH37F-37M-1 CB-37F-LP1, CB-37FH, CB-37FV
Model Shielding Connect to Cable Accessory
NI 673x, Shielded BNC SH68-68-EP BNC-2110
PCI-671x, Screw terminals SH68-68-EP SCB-68 or TBX-68
PXI-671x Screw terminals TB-2705 (PXI)
Custom SH68-68-EP CA-1000
NI 6723 Shielded BNC 2 SH68-C68-S BNC-2110 and BNC-2115
Screw terminals 2 SH68-C68-S 2 SCB-68 or TBX-68
Custom 2 SH68-C68-S 2 CA-1000
NI 6722 Shielded BNC SH68-C68-S BNC-2110
Screw terminals SH68-C68-S SCB-68
Custom SH68-C68-S CA-1000
NI 6703, Shielded Screw terminals SH68-68-D1 SCB-68
NI 6704 Custom SH68-68-D1 CA-1000
DAQCard-6715 Shielded BNC SHC68-68-EPM BNC-2110
Screw terminals SHC68-68-EPM SCB-68
Custom SHC68-68-EPM CA-1000
Model Feature Connect to Cable Accessory
100-Pin
NI 6509, NI 6511, NI 6512, NI 6513, NI 6514, Noise-reducing Screw terminals SH100-100-F SCB-100
NI 6515, NI 6527, NI 6528, PC-DIO-96 Low-cost Screw terminals Cable included in kit CB-100 kit
50-Pin
NI 6503, USB-6501 OEM, Noise-reducing Screw terminals PSH27-50F-D1 CB-50, CB-50LP
PC-DIO-24, DAQCard-DIO-24 Low-cost Screw terminals NB1 CB-50, CB-50LP
37-Pin
NI 6510, NI 6516, NI 6517, NI 6518, High-voltage Screw terminals SH37F-37M CB-37F-HVD
NI 6519, NI 6520, NI 6521 High-voltage Screw terminals TB-2621 (PXI only)
Noise-reducing Screw terminals SH37F-37M CB-37FH, CB-37FV
Low-cost Screw terminals R37F-37M-1 CB-37FH, CB-37FV
Low-cost Screw terminals CB-37F-LP
Custom connectivity 37-pin female connector TB-37F-37CP, TB-37F-37SC
Custom connectivity 37-pin female connector SH37F-P-4
100-Pin
NI 6624 Noise-reducing Screw terminals SH100-100F SCB-100
Low-cost Screw terminals Cable included in kit CB-100 kit
68-Pin
NI 6601, NI 6602, NI 6608 Noise-reducing Screw terminals SH68-68-D1 SCB-68
Noise-reducing BNC connectors SH68-68-D1 BNC-2121
Noise-reducing Screw terminals TB-2715
Low-cost Screw terminals R6868 CB-68LP
Low-cost Screw terminals R6868 TBX-68
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
D
A
Q

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s

S
e
l
e
c
t
i
o
n

G
u
i
d
e
242
Back to Index
DAQ Accessories and Cables
243
100-Pin Accessories
Cables
SH100100 Shielded 100-conductor cable terminated with 100-pin
male 0.050 series D-type connectors. This cable connects the 100-
pin E Series devices to 100-pin accessories.
1 m................................................................................... 182853-01
2 m.................................................................................... 182853-02
SH1006868 Shielded cable that connects to 100-pin E Series
devices and terminates with two female 68-pin 0.050 series D-type
connectors.
1 m.................................................................................... 182849-01
2 m.................................................................................... 182849-02
SH100-100-F Shielded 100-conductor cable for connecting 100-
pin DIO and TIO devices to 100-pin accessories.
2 m.................................................................................... 185095-02
R1005050 Connects 100-pin E Series, DIO, and TIO devices to
standard 50-pin third-party or custom connectors.
1 m.................................................................................... 182762-01
2 m..................................................................................... 182762-02
Connector Blocks
SCB-100 Shielded I/O connector block for rugged, low-noise
signal termination with 100-pin E Series, DIO, and TIO devices.
It also includes general-purpose breadboard are as and an IC
temperature sensor for cold-junction compensation in temperature
measurements.
SCB-100..............................................................................776990-01
CB-100 Includes two CB-50 I/O connector blocks and an
R1005050 ribbon cable for connecting to any devices with a 100-pin
SCSI I/O connector. Each CB-50 block includes hardware for
mounting the accessory on a standard DIN-rail or panel.
CB-100 with 1 m R1005050 cable.................................... 777812-01
PCB Mounting Connectors for Custom Accessories Build
custom accessories that connect to 100-conductor shielded and
ribbon cables using these connectors.
100-pin, female, right-angle mounting............................ 777778-01
100-pin, female, vertical mounting.................................. 777779-01
68-Pin Accessories
Cables
SHC68-68-EPM A high-performance shielded 68-conductor cable
68-pin female 0.050 D-type connector at the other end for
connecting M Series, DAQCard, and select S Series devices to
standard 68-pin accessories.
0.5 m............................................................................... 192061-0R5
1 m.................................................................................... 192061-01
2 m.................................................................................... 192061-02
5 m.................................................................................... 192061-05
10 m................................................................................... 192061-10
SHC68-68 A low-cost cable for connecting M Series DAQ devices
to 68-pin accessories and signal conditioning systems. It features
individually twisted cable pairs, but does not have shields between
the analog and digital signals. For improved noise rejection, consider
the SHC68-68-EPM.
1 m..................................................................................... 191945-01
2 m..................................................................................... 191945-02
SHC68-68-RMIO, SHC68-68-RDIO High-performance shielded
68-conductor cables terminated with a VHDCI 68-pin male connector
at one end, and a 68-pin female 0.050 D-type connector at the other
end; specifically designed for the MIO and DIO connectors on R
Series devices.
SHC68-68-RMIO
1 m............................................................................... 189588-01
2 m............................................................................... 189588-02
SHC68-68-RDIO
1 m............................................................................... 191667-01
SH68-C68-S Basic shielded cable featuring twisted pairs and
additional ferrites for connecting NI 672x analog output devices to
68-pin accessories.
2 m.................................................................................... 186381-02
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
D
A
Q

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s

a
n
d

C
a
b
l
e
s
SCB-100 SHC68-68-EPM SHC68-68-RMIO SHC68-68-RDIO SHC68-68 SH68-C68-S
Back to Index
SHC68U-68-EP Shielded 68-conductor cable terminated with an
inverted VHDCI 68-pin male connector at one end and a 68-pin
female 0.050 series D-type connector at the other. When using two
E Series DAQCard devices in adjacent slots, use one SHC68-68-EPM
and one SHC68U-68-EP.
0.5 m............................................................................... 187406-0R5
1 m.................................................................................... 187406-01
SH68-68-EP, SH68-68R1-EP Shielded 68-conductor cable
terminated with two 68-pin female 0.050 series D-type connectors.
They connect to 68-pin mass-terminated USB M Series, E Series,
S Series, and B Series devices. If you need a right-angle connector,
use the SH68-68R1-EP.
SH68-68-EP
1 m............................................................................... 184749-01
2 m............................................................................... 184749-02
5 m................................................................................ 184749-05
10 m.............................................................................. 184749-10
SH68-68R1-EP
1 m............................................................................... 187051-01
SH68-68-D1 Shielded 68-conductor cable terminated with two
68-pin female 0.050 series D-type connectors. This cable connects
counter/timerand NI670x analog output devices to 68-pin
accessories.
1 m.................................................................................... 183432-01
2 m..................................................................................... 183432-02
SH6850 A shielded cable that connects a 68-pin E Series, S Series
(except NI 6143), or B Series multifunction DAQ product to a third-
party or custom standard 50-pin accessory. The cable provides a
screw-latching 68-pin female connector on one side and a standard
50-pin female connector on the other side.
1 m.................................................................................... 776784-01
2 m..................................................................................... 776784-02
SHC68-68M-EPM A shielded cable used to connect M Series
devices with custom-built accessories. One end terminates with a
68-pin VHDCI male connector and the other, with a 0.050 D-type
male connector.
0.3 m.............................................................................. 192288-0R3
SHC68-NT-S A shielded 68-conductor cable terminated with a
68-pin male VHDCI connector at one end and open to bare wires at
the other. The cable connects M Series, NI 6143, and R Series
devices to custom accessories through bare wires.
2 m.................................................................................... 189041-02
RC68-68 A 68-conductor ribbon cable that connects a DAQCard,
M Series device, or NI 6143 directly to 68-pin accessories. You can
use two RC68-68 cables together in adjacent PCMCIA slots or on 2-
connector M Series devices.
0.25 m.......................................................................... 187252-0R25
0.5 m............................................................................... 187252-0R5
1 m................................................................................... 187252-01
R6868 A low-cost, 68-conductor flat ribbon cable terminated with
two 68-pin connectors. Use this cable to connect a 68-pin E Series,
S Series (except NI6143), or B Series multifunction DAQ device to
68-pin accessories.
1 m..................................................................................... 182482-01
R6850 Combines a 68F-50M cable adapter and a standard 50-pin
cable with female connectors on both ends. It is designed to adapt a
68-pin E Series, S Series, or B Series multifunction DAQ device to a
third-party or custom 50-pin accessory.
1 m..................................................................................... 776842-01
68-Pin Custom Cable Connector/Backshell Kit A kit used to
make custom cables for devices with 68-pin SCSI 2 connectors.
Solder-cup contacts are available for soldering cable wires to the
connector.
68-pin connector/backshell kit.......................................... 776832-01
Connector Blocks
SCC-68 High-performance I/O terminal block for M Series and
E Series DAQ devices that provides four slots for analog input and
digital SCC signal conditioning modules, general-purpose
breadboard areas, an IC temperature sensor for cold-junction
compensation, and 68 screw terminals for direct I/O connectivity.
SCC-68............................................................................... 779475-01
SH68-68-EP SH68-68-D1 SHC68-68M-EPM SCC-68 RC68-68
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
D
A
Q

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s

a
n
d

C
a
b
l
e
s
244
Back to Index
245
SCB-68 Shielded I/O connector block for rugged, low-noise signal
termination with 68-pin DAQ devices. It includes general-purpose
breadboard areas and an IC temperature sensor for cold-junction
compensation in temperature measurements.
SCB-68............................................................................... 776844-01
BNC-21xx Shielded connector blocks with BNC connectors for
easy connectivity to I/O signals. The BNC-2110 and BNC-2120 (for
68-pin M Series, S Series, and B Series) have BNC inputs for eight
differential analog input signals, analog output signals, and some
digital I/O signals. Other digital I/O signals are accessible through
screw terminals. The BNC-2120 also provides a function generator,
quadrature encoder, temperature reference, thermocouple
connector, and LEDs for digital I/O signals. The BNC-2111 (for 68-pin
M Series and B Series) has BNC inputs for 16 single-ended analog
input signals, analog output signals, and some digital I/O signals.
The unshielded version of the BNC-2111 is suitable for OEM
applications. The BNC-2115 has BNC connectors for the extended
I/O channels of 100-pin E Series devices (NI 6025E/6031E/6033E/6071E).
BNC-2110........................................................................... 777643-01
BNC-2111, shielded........................................................... 779347-01
BNC-2111, unshielded....................................................... 779347-02
BNC-2115........................................................................... 777807-01
BNC-2120........................................................................... 777960-01
BNC-2090 A shielded, rack-mountable adapter with 22 signal-
labeled BNC connectors and 28 spring terminal blocks to simplify
connections to your I/O signals. The BNC-2090 includes component
locations for passive signal conditioning and connects to any 68-pin
M Series, S Series, E Series, or B Series DAQ device.
BNC-2090........................................................................... 777270-01
SC-2075 Connector block with breadboard area for prototyping,
as well as BNC and spring terminal connectivity for 68-pin M Series,
E Series, and B Series multifunction DAQ devices. The built-in 15 V
or adjustable 0 to 5 V power supply and LEDs for digital lines make
the SC-2075, ideal for academic laboratories.
SC-2075................................................................................778147-90
TBX-68 Connector block for easy connection offield I/O signals to
68-pin DAQ devices. The TBX-68 includes 68 screw terminals and
one 68-pin male connector for direct connection to 68-pin cables.
The TBX-68 is mounted in a protective plastic base with hardware
for mounting on a standard DIN rail.
TBX-68................................................................................ 777141-01
Dimensions 12.50 by 10.74 cm (4.92 by 4.23 in.)
TB-270x TB-270x devices are 68-pin shielded accessories with
screw terminals for I/O signals that mount directly to the front panel
of 68-pin PXI DAQ modules. The TB-2705 works with PXI-6030E/
6040E/6052E/6070E E Series modules and PXI-6115/612x/613x
S Series modules. The TB-2706 works with 68-pin PXI M Series
modules and the PXI-6143. The TB-2708 and TB-2709 provide nine
SMB connectors for direct access to simultaneous sampling I/O, and
an auxiliary connector for advanced timing and triggering with the
MFIT-Pigtail cable. The TB-2708 works with the PXI-6115/6120
S Series modules. The TB-2709 works with the PXI-612x/613x S
Series modules.
TB-2705.............................................................................. 778241-01
TB-2706.............................................................................. 779183-01
TB-2708.............................................................................. 778823-01
TB-2709.............................................................................. 779554-01
TB-2715 Terminal block for PXI counter/timer devices with which
you can connect signals directly without additional cables. Screw
terminals provide easy connection of I/O signals. The TB-2715
latches to the front of your PXI module with locking screws and
provides strain relief.
TB-2715.............................................................................. 778242-01
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
D
A
Q

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s

a
n
d

C
a
b
l
e
s
SCB-68 BNC-2110 BNC-2111 BNC-2115 BNC-2120 TB-2706 TB-2708/9
Back to Index
CB-68LP, CB-68LPR Low-cost termination accessories with 68
screw terminals for easy connection of I/O signals to 68-pin M
Series, E Series, S Series, or B Series multifunction DAQ devices.
They include one 68-pin male connector for direct connection to 68-
pin cables and standoffs for use on a desktop or for mounting in a
custom panel. The CB-68LP has a vertical-mounted 68-pin connector.
The CB-68LPR has a right-angle mounted connector, and can be
used with the CA-1000.
CB-68LP.............................................................................. 777145-01
CB-68LPR .......................................................................... 777145-02
DAQ Signal Accessory For demonstration of analog, digital, and
counter/timer functions of DAQ devices. You can use the DAQ
Signal Accessory with any 68-pin M Series, E Series, or B Series
DAQ device. It features a built-in function generator, quadrature
encoder, solid-state relay, IC temperature sensor, noise generator,
microphone jack, thermocouple jack, four LEDs, and a digital trigger
button.
DAQ Signal Accessory........................................................ 777382-01
PCB Mounting Connectors for Custom Accessories Build
custom accessories that connect to 68-conductor shielded and
ribbon cables using these connectors.
68-pin, male, right-angle mounting................................... 777600-01
68-pin, male, vertical mounting......................................... 777601-01
50-Pin Accessories
Cables
SH50-50 Shielded 50-conductor cable that connects to a PCI-6503
or PC-DIO-24 device and terminates with a 50-pin connector. The kit
includes the shielded cable and a 3 in. ribbon cable for connection
flexibility.
1 m...................................................................................... 777720-01
2 m...................................................................................... 777720-02
68M-50F Adapter that connects a 68-pin NI shielded cable to a
standard 0.1 by 0.1 in. 50-pin connector on third-party or custom
accessories. Use the 68M-50F MIO with the SHC68-68-EPM, SH68-
68-EP, SHC68-68-EP, SHC68U-68-EP, or the multifunction I/O portion
of the SH1006868. Use The 68M-50F Extended I/O cable adapter for
the extended I/O portion of the SH1006868.
68M-50F MIO..................................................................... 184670-01
68M-50F Extended I/O....................................................... 184670-02
NB1 Cable 50-conductor ribbon cable that connects the PCI-6503
to 50-pin accessories.
1 m...................................................................................... 180524-10
2 m...................................................................................... 180524-20
Connector Blocks
CB-50 Termination accessory with 50 screw terminals for easy
connection of field I/O signals to NI 650x, and to 100-pin SCSI
devices using a R1005050 ribbon cable. Includes one 50-pin header
for direct connection to 50-pin cables. The CB-50 includes a
protective plastic base and hardware for mounting the accessory on
either a standard DIN rail or flush on a wall or panel.
CB-50.................................................................................. 776164-90
CB-50LP Termination board with 50 screw terminals for easy
connection of field I/O signals to NI 6503, and to 100-pin SCSI
devices using a R1005050 ribbon cable. Includes one 50-pin header
for direct connection to 50-pin cables. The CB-50LP includes metal
standoffs for use on a desktop or for mounting on a custom panel.
CB-50LP.............................................................................. 777101-01
CB-68LP, CB-68LPR DAQ Signal Accessory 68M-50F NB-1 CB-50LP SH50-50
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
D
A
Q

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s

a
n
d

C
a
b
l
e
s
246
Back to Index
247
37-Pin Accessories
Cables
DB37M-DB37F-EP High-performance shielded 37-pin female to
male D-Sub cable with separate analog input, analog output, and
digital sections designed to reduce noise. This cable is for use with
the new isolated S Series (PCI-6154) and select isolated M Series
(NI 6230 and NI 6236) devices.
1 m...................................................................................... 193737-01
SH37F-37M 37-pin D-Sub female-to-male shielded I/O cables.
1 m ..................................................................................... 778621-01
2 m ..................................................................................... 778621-02
SH37F-P-4 37-pin D-Sub shielded female-to-pigtail cable for
custom wiring.
4 m ..................................................................................... 778620-04
R37F-37M 37-pin D-Sub female-to-male ribbon I/O cable.
1 m...................................................................................... 779195-01
Connector Blocks
CB-37F-HVD UL-listed (150 V, 2A) 37-pin female D-Sub horizontal
terminal block that mounts in line with the DIN rail.
CB-37F-HVD....................................................................... 779491-01
CB-37F-LP Direct mountable connector block for 37-pin data
acquisition devices. Easily accessible screw terminals and low-cost
make this accessory ideal for OEM applications.
CB-37F-LP.......................................................................... 779353-01
CB-37FV 37-pin female D-Sub vertical terminal block that mounts
perpendicular to the DIN rail.
CB-37FV ............................................................................. 778672-01
CB-37FH 37-pin female D-Sub horizontal terminal block that
mounts in line with the DIN rail.
CB-37FH ..............................................................................778673-01
TB-2621 37-pin front-mounting PXI terminal block. High-voltage,
UL listed for CAT II, 150 VDC/VAC.
TB-2621............................................................................... 779444-01
TB-37F-37CP 37-pin female D-Sub crimp and poke termination
accessory for custom cabling.
TB-37F-37CP ..................................................................... 779185-01
TB-37F-37SC 37-pin female D-Sub solder cup termination
accessory for custom cabling.
TB-37F-37SC...................................................................... 779184-01
37-Pin HV Safety Kit Accessories for modifying two connector
swith safety keying for use in high-voltage data acquisition with
devices such as NI 6521.
37-Pin HV Safety Kit.......................................................... 779445-01
Specialty Accessories
CA-1000 A configurable enclosure that gives you maximum user-
defined connectivity and flexibility through customized panelettes.
Each enclosure can accommodate up to nine panelettes.
Dimensions 30.7 by 25.4 by 4.3 cm (21.1 by 10 by 1.7 in.)
USB Accessory Kits Connectors, labels, and screw drivers for
use with USB-6008/6009 multifunction DAQ and USB-6501 digital
I/O devices.
USB-6008/6009 Analog I/O Accessory Kit........................ 779371-01
USB Digital I/O Accessory Kit........................................... 779376-01
Hi-Speed USB Cables Designed to connect any USB data
acquisition device to the USB port of your computer. They feature a
B-type connector for the device-side connection, and an A-type
connector for the host-side connection.
1 m...................................................................................... 184125-01
2 m...................................................................................... 184125-02
PSH27-50F-D1 Shielded cable that connects to the DAQCard-DIO-
24 and is terminated with a 50-pin female connector that attaches
directly to 50-pin accessories.
0.5 m................................................................................ 776989-0R5
1 m..................................................................................... 776989-01
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
D
A
Q

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s

a
n
d

C
a
b
l
e
s
SH37F-37M SH37F-37-P-4 CB-37F-LP CB-37FV CB-37F-HVD TB-2621
Back to Index
MFIT-PIGTAIL
SH-15-15, SH-15-15B Shielded 15-conductor cables for use with
the NI CF-6004. The SH-15-15 terminates in a 15-pin D-Sub
connector, while the SH-15-15B terminates in bare wires for custom
connectivity.
SH-15-15.......................................................................... 191067-0R5
SH-15-15B........................................................................ 191070-0R5
SCB-15 A shielded compact connector block for use with NI CF-
6004.
SCB-15................................................................................ 779197-01
CB-15 DIN-rail mountable connector block for use with the NI CF-
6004. Easily accessible screw terminals make this accessory great
for prototyping.
CB-15.................................................................................. 779198-01
MFIT-PIGTAIL Shielded 14-conductor cable terminated with a
14-position MFIT female connector at one end and unterminated
bare wires at the other end. It connects to the auxiliary connector of
the TB-2708 and TB-2709 for access to digital I/O and trigger lines
on various S Series PXI modules.
1 m...................................................................................... 194123-01
Strain-Relief Accessory Attaches to the bottom of your
notebook computer or DAQPad and provides adjustable strain relief
for one or two PCMCIA cables attached to DAQCard devices, or a
USB cable attached to a DAQPad device.
Strain-relief accessory....................................................... 777550-01
RTSI Bus Cables Connect timing and synchronization signals
among data acquisition, M Series, E Series, S Series, vision, motion,
and CAN boards for PCI. For systems using long and short boards,
order the extended RTSI cable.
2 boards............................................................................. 776249-02
3 boards............................................................................. 776249-03
4 boards............................................................................. 776249-04
5 boards............................................................................. 776249-05
Extended, 5 boards............................................................ 777562-05
Signal Conditioning
SCC A portable modular signal conditioning system consisting of
modules that plug into a low-profile shielded carrier. Choose from a
variety of signal conditioning options including sensor, input,
isolation, and filtering modules. SCC is compatible with M Series,
E Series, and some B Series and portable devices.
SCC Signal Conditioning
SCXI A high-performance modular signal conditioning platform
that provides a front end to your M Series or E Series DAQ device.
You can expand your analog inputs to 3,072 channels. SCXI offers a
variety of modules for sensor conditioning, amplification, filtering,
and other modules.
SCXI Signal Conditioning
R Series Expansion Chassis The NI cRIO-9151 is a chassis that
connects directly to any digital connector on R Series intelligent
DAQ devices and houses up to four C Series I/O modules for low-
cost signal conditioning, I/O channel expansion, and direct
connectivity. Many types of C Series modules are available,
including 24-bit thermocouple inputs, IEPE accelerometer inputs,
current and voltage output modules, 24 V industrial digital I/O
modules and electromechanical relay modules.
C Series Signal Conditioning
SH-15-15 CB-15 RTSI Bus Cable SCC Portable, Modular
Signal Conditioning
SCXI High-Performance
Signal Conditioning
Strain-Relief Accessory
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
D
A
Q

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s

a
n
d

C
a
b
l
e
s
248
Back to Index
SC Series DAQ with Integrated Signal Conditioning
249
Tightly integrated measurement-specific
signal conditioning on a single data
acquisition device
Direct sensor/signal connectivity
333 kS/s, 16-bit resolution
Self-calibration for accuracy over time
NI-PGIA custom instrumentation
amplifier for accurate measurements
Temperature drift protection circuitry
PXI trigger bus to synchronize operations
between two or more modules
Digital triggering
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
(included)
Overview
National Instruments SC Series data acquisition (DAQ) modules
expand the measurement capability of PXI by integrating
measurement-specific signal conditioning on to a 16-bit PXI data
acquisition module. With this tight integration of signal conditioning
and data acquisition functionality, the SC Series delivers high-
performance sensor-specific measurements at a lower cost per
channel than leading solutions, such as SCXI DAQ systems, for low-
to-medium channel counts.
Features
SC Series modules feature an integrated architecture that combines
the high-performance functionality of NI 16-bit DAQ devices with
the accuracy improvements of signal conditioning. With this
integrated architecture, SC Series PXI modules deliver higher-
performance measurements, taking advantage of the many inherent
benefits of the rugged PXI platform. In particular, with the PXI
trigger bus, you can synchronize SC Series modules with one
another and with other PXI measurement modules to provide tight
integration between measurement types in a single data acquisition
system. In addition, SC Series modules feature temperature-drift-
protection circuitry that minimizes the effect of ambient temperature
changes to ensure accuracy in all environments. SC Series modules
also feature the NI-PGIA, an instrument-class amplifier that
guarantees settling times at all gains, ensuring that you take
advantage of the full 16-bit resolution of the amplifier. Each SC
Series module also features an onboard precision voltage source for
self-calibration, and digital triggering for precise acquisition control.
Related Products
For high-channel-count or portable applications requiring signal
conditioning, please refer to ni.com/sigcon.
SC Series
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C

S
e
r
i
e
s

D
A
Q
Analog Resolution Aggregate Sampling Input Simultaneous Digital
Product Inputs (bits) Rate (kS/s)
1
Range (V) Isolation (V) Sampling Triggers Filter Settings per Channel
PXI-4204 8 DI 16 200 0.5 to 100 Digital (2) 2-pole Butterworth
(6 Hz or 10 kHz)
PXI-4220 2quarter, half, 16 200 0.01 to 10 Digital (2) 4-pole Butterworth
or full-bridge (10 Hz, 100 Hz, 1 kHz, 10 kHz, bypass)
PXI-4224 8 DI 16 200 0 to 10 42, CAT I Digital (2)
1
All channels share one analog-to-digital converter.
Table 1. SC Series Product Selection Guide
Sampling Simultaneous Digital
Family Bus Analog Inputs Resolution (bits) Rate (S/s) Input Range (V) Sampling Triggers Filter Settings per Channel
NI 4472 PXI, PCI 8 IEPE
1
24 102.4 k 10 Analog and digital Tracking filter (.5465 fs)
NI 435x PXI, PCI, USB 16 DI thermocouple, RTD, 24 60 15 20 Hz bandwidth
or resistance
1
Integrated Electronic Piezoelectric Accelerometers and Microphones
Table 2. Other NI Data Acquisition Devices with Built-In Signal Conditioning
Back to Index
SC Express
Overview of SC Express Family
The NI SC Express family offers PXI Express data acquisition (DAQ)
modules with integrated signal conditioning for high-performance sensor
measurements. National Instruments used the industry-standard PXI
platform and implemented unique analog design technologies to provide
increased accuracy, high bandwidth, and tight synchronization for
advanced measurement systems that scale from tens to thousands of
channels.
High Measurement Accuracy
SC Express Design Minimizes Isothermal Error in
Thermocouple Measurements
You can attribute thermocouple measurement error to many sources
including noise, resolution, offset error, and gain error of the device, as well
as external noise, thermocouple error, and cold-junction compensation (CJC)
error. CJC error is often the largest error in thermocouple measurement
devices. The NI PXIe-4353 thermocouple module compensates for the
temperature at the cold junction by measuring the thermistor that is in close
proximity. From this reading, NI-DAQmx driver software automatically
determines the proper offset and applies it to the thermocouple
measurements.
The primary factors in CJC errors are thermistor error and isothermal error.
The NI TB-4353 isothermal terminal block uses a high-accuracy thermistor
that contributes only .15 C of error when used at room temperature,
including error from the measurement device. Isothermal error is the
temperature difference between the thermistor and the actual temperature
of the cold junction. The system environment and design of the measurement
device impact this temperature difference. The TB-4353 has a unique design
that allows heat to dissipate evenly between the cold junctions and the
thermistors. It also features eight thermistors that are distributed on the
terminal block and measured by the NI PXIe-4353 to further increase the
accuracy of the CJC measurement. These CJC channels have a dedicated
analog-to-digital converter (ADC), so they are measured in parallel with the
thermocouple measurements.
Measuring Wheatstone Bridge-Based
Sensors with the Ratiometric Approach
Many sensors, including strain gages, load cells, pressure sensors, and
torque sensors, are based on the concept of a Wheatstone bridge. The
output of a Wheatstone bridge is measured between the middle nodes
of the two voltage dividers. The output voltage of the bridge scales with
the excitation voltage. However, the ratio of the bridge output (VCH) and
the excitation voltage (VEX) remains fixed over variations in excitation
voltage, and it is this unitless ratio (VCH/VEX) that is of interest. To
accurately measure the ratiometric output of a bridge-based sensor, you
must know both the bridge output voltage (VCH) and the excitation
voltage.
The NI PXIe-433x bridge input modules uses circuitry that continuously
measures the excitation voltage and applies it as a reference to its ADC.
In this way, variations in the excitation voltage are compensated for, and
the module returns data as a ratio of the bridge output voltage and the
excitation voltage. This approach removes the measurements
dependence on the stability and accuracy of the excitation voltage. Due
to the ratiometric design, measurements with the NI PXIe-433x bridge
Figure 1. The PXI Express sensor measurement system is powerful and scalable.
Figure 2. The TB-4353 has eight CJC thermistors to measure any temperature gradients
across the terminal block.
Figure 3. The output of a Wheatstone bridge is the measurement between the middle
nodes of the two voltage dividers.
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
250
Back to Index
SC Express
251
input modules are less susceptible to temperature drift and other
variations in the excitation voltage.
24-Bit Delta-Sigma Modulation
The NI PXIe-433x bridge input modules and NI PXIe-4353 thermocouple
input module take advantage of 24-bit delta-sigma ADCs for high-
precision strain, bridge-based, and temperature measurements. The
differentiating aspects of delta-sigma ADCs are the use of oversampling
in conjunction with decimation filtering, and quantization noise shaping.
A delta-sigma ADC behaves as a lowpass filter for the signal and a
highpass filter for the quantization noise, thus pushing the noise to
higher-frequency regions. This phenomenon is called noise shaping, and
is taken advantage of by employing digital decimation that filters high
frequencies from the modulator output and removes the quantization
noise. Noise power is reduced in the frequency band of interest, which
means a higher signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) or a greater dynamic range.
Delta-sigma modulation has several benefits including better
antialiasing and higher resolution.
Maximum Bandwidth
PXI Express Increases Data Throughput
By taking advantage of PCI Express technology in the backplane, PXI
Express increases the available PXI bandwidth from 132 MB/s to 6 GB/s
for a more than 45-times improvement in bandwidth while still
maintaining software and hardware compatibility with PXI modules. The
most notable PCI Express advancement over PCI is its point-to-point bus
topology. The shared bus used for PCI is replaced with a shared switch,
which provides each device its own direct access to the bus. Unlike PCI,
which divides bandwidth between all devices on the bus, PCI Express
provides each device with its own dedicated data pipeline. Data is sent
serially in packets through pairs of transmit and receive signals called
lanes, which allow 250 MB/s bandwidth per direction, per lane. Multiple
lanes can be grouped together into x1 (by one), x2, x4, x8, x12, x16, and
x32 lane widths to increase bandwidth to the slot. PCI Express
dramatically improves data bandwidth compared to PCI buses,
minimizing the need for onboard memory and allowing faster data
streaming.
PXI Express Sensor Measurements
SC Express modules are based on x1 PXI Express, which offers 250
MB/s of bandwidth per device to stream data back to the controller.
Because of the added bandwidth provided by PXI Express, the SC
Express modules offer simultaneous sampling options using the same
channel counts as multiplexed devices. Unlike multiplexed devices that
reduce sampling rates as you add more channels, you can use the
simultaneous sampling devices to maintain sampling rates as you
expand the number of channels. As seen in Figure 4, the SC Express
modules can scale to high channel counts at maximum sample rates
without exceeding the communication bus bandwidth.
Data Streaming Performance
When the communication bus is not a limiting factor in measurement
speed or the number of channels, the processing speed or the
streaming-to-disk performance becomes the obstacle to system
performance. The NI-DAQmx driver allows data to stream directly to the
Technical Data Management Streaming (TDMS) file format, providing
logging throughput up to 400 MB/s rendering terabytes of data quickly.
You can use the NI LabVIEW DataFinder Toolkit or NI DIAdem data
management software to easily manage, analyze, visualize, and report
meaningful information from these large data sets.
World-Class Synchronization
PXI Express Timing and Synchronization
As the latest evolution of the PXI platform, PXI Express has been
designed to deliver a higher degree of synchronization to measurement
I/O devices while remaining backward-compatible. The 100 MHz
differential clock in the PXI Express backplane allows multiple devices to
base their sample clocks on the same reference. The backplane trigger
lines allow for coordinated triggering of all the devices in the chassis to
the same 100 MHz clock edge. As with previous PXI chassis, a timing
and synchronization module can replace the backplane clock with a
higher precision time base in a single PXI Express chassis or it can also
be used to synchronize measurement devices in multiple PXI Express
chassis. If the application requires multiple chassis to be synchronized
over large distances, then GPS or IRIG-B PXI timing modules can
synchronize multiple chassis by a common clock signal.
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
Figure 4. SC Express modules scale to high channel counts without exceeding
communication bus bandwidth.
Back to Index
SC Express
Integrated Signal Conditioning
Integrating signal conditioning and ADCs onto the same device results in
a smaller footprint and higher measurement performance. Integrated
signal conditioning also provides simplified cable management and
calibration due to fewer components, which drastically reduces the
installation and maintenance cost of a large-channel-count
measurement system.
LabVIEW Professional Development System for Windows
Advanced software tools for
large project development
Automatic code generation
using DAQ Assistant and
Tight integration with a wide
range of hardware
Advanced measurement analysis and digital signal processing
Open connectivity with DLLs, ActiveX, and .NET objects
Capability to build DLLs, executables, and MSI installers
SC Express Terminal Block/
SC Express Module Connectivity
NI PXIe-4330 Bridge Input (25 kS/s/ch)
NI TB-4330
NI PXIe-4331 Bridge Input (102.4 kS/s/ch)
NI PXIe-4353 Thermocouple Input NI TB-4353
NI PXIe-4300 Isolated Analog Input
NI TB-4300 (10 V)
NI TB-4300B (300 V)
NI PXIe-449x Microphone and Accelerometer Input InfiniBand Cables
NI PXIe-4844 Optical Sensor Interrogator Fiber Optic Cabling
Table 1. Each SC Express module has its own compatible terminal block or
connectivity options.
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
252
Back to Index
Data Acquisition with Integrated Signal Conditioning
for High-Voltage Measurements
253
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

w
i
t
h

I
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
e
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g

f
o
r

H
i
g
h
-
V
o
l
t
a
g
e

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t
s
8 simultaneously sampled analog input channels
300 Vrms CAT II channel-to-channel isolation
300 V signal inputs with TB-4300B
3,300 Vrms channel-to-earth transient withstand
ADC per channel; 250 kS/s/ch sampling rate
Programmable gain and lowpass filtering options per channel
Multidevice triggering and synchronization via PXI Express
Supported by NI-DAQmx driver software
Overview
The NI PXIe-4300 isolated analog input module provides data
acquisition with integrated signal conditioning for high-voltage
measurements. It features eight channels with 300 Vrms channel-to-
channel isolation and simultaneous sampling up to 250 kS/s per
channel. For accurate measurements, the NI PXIe-4300 offers
programmable lowpass filters (10 kHz, 100 kHz, bypass) per channel.
You can choose the NI TB-4300 terminal block for 1, 2, 5, and 10 V
signal inputs or the TB-4300B for 30, 60, 150, and 300 V signal
inputs. The TB-4300 and TB-4300B are front-mounting terminal
blocks with screw terminal connectivity.
By combining signal conditioning and analog-to-digital converters
(ADCs) on the same device, the NI PXIe-4300 isolated analog input
module delivers a smaller footprint and higher measurement
performance. Integrated signal conditioning also provides simplified
cable management and calibration due to fewer components, which
drastically reduces the installation and maintenance cost of a high-
channel-count measurement system.
Safety and Accuracy with Channel-to-Channel Isolation
Isolation is needed for safe operation around high voltages. The NI
PXIe-4300 has 300 Vrms of continuous channel-to-channel isolation
for measurements with differing potentials as well as 3,300 Vrms
transient withstand for protection from sudden voltage spikes. In
addition to offering increased safety, channel-to-channel isolated
systems are more accurate and easier to set up due to the
elimination of ground loops.
Connectivity
The NI PXIe-4300 is designed to be used with the NI TB-4300 and
TB-4300B front-mounting terminal blocks. You can choose the TB-
4300 for 1, 2, 5, and 10 V signal inputs or the TB-4300B for 30, 60,
150, and 300 V signal inputs. The terminal blocks are hot-swappable
and automatically recognized in software. This makes
troubleshooting easier because you can connect and remove
terminal blocks without powering down the PXI measurement
system. Each terminal block also includes alignment fins that guide
the connector onto the PXI Express module without bent pins.
NI PXIe-4300
Back to Index
Data Acquisition with Integrated Signal Conditioning
for Bridge-Based Measurements
8 simultaneously sampled analog input
channels
25 kS/s/ch sampling rate; 24-bit ADC per
channel; antialias filtering
0.02% of reading typical accuracy
Software-selectable excitation voltage per
channel (0.625 V to 10 V)
Bult-in programmable quarter-, half-, and
full-bridge completion per channel
Software-selectable shunt calibration
options per channel
Multidevice triggering and synchronization
via PXI Express
Overview
The NI PXIe-4330 simultaneous bridge input module provides data
acquisition with integrated signal conditioning for measuring bridge-
based sensors, such as strain gages, load cells, and pressure
transducers. It features eight channels with 24-bit analog-to-digital
converters (ADCs) per channel and 25 kS/s sampling rate for
simultaneous high-speed measurements. To remove noise, each
module offers antialiasing and digital filters per channel. Each
channel also features an independent programmable 0.625 to 10 V
excitation voltage. Additionally, the NI PXIe-4330 provides remote
sensing, internal bridge completion, and shunt calibration options
per channel. The NI PXIe-4330 is intended to be used with the NI
TB-4330 front-mounting terminal block for screw terminal
connectivity.
Comparison Tables
(ADCs) on the same device, the NI PXIe-4330 bridge input module
delivers a smaller footprint and higher measurement performance.
Integrated signal conditioning also provides simplified cable
management and calibration due to fewer components, which
Ratiometric Bridge-Based Measurements
Many sensors including strain-gages, load cells, pressure sensors,
and torque sensors are based on the concept of a Wheatstone
bridge. The output of a Wheatstone bridge is measured between
the middle nodes of the two voltage dividers. The output voltage of
the bridge scales with the excitation voltage. However, the ratio of
the bridge output (VCH) and the excitation voltage (VEX) remains
fixed over variations in excitation voltage, and it is this unitless ratio
(VCH/VEX) that is of interest. To accurately measure the ratiometric
output of a bridge based sensor both the bridge output voltage (VCH)
and the excitation voltage must be known.
The NI PXIe-4330 bridge input module uses circuitry that
continuously measures the excitation voltage and applies it as a
reference to its analog-to-digital converter (ADC). In this way,
variations in the excitation voltage are compensated for, and the
module returns data as a ratio of the bridge output voltage and the
excitation voltage. This approach removes the measurements
dependence on the stability and accuracy of the excitation voltage.
Max Sample Rate
Module Channels (kS/s/ch) Resolution (bits) Bridge Type
NI PXIe-4330 8 25 24 1/4, 1/2, Full
NI PXIe-4331 8 102.4 24 1/4, 1/2, Full
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

w
i
t
h

I
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
e
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g

f
o
r

B
r
i
d
g
e
-
B
a
s
e
d

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t
s
254
Back to Index
Data Acquisition with Integrated Signal Conditioning for Bridge-Based Measurements
255
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

w
i
t
h

I
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
e
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g

f
o
r

B
r
i
d
g
e
-
B
a
s
e
d

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t
s
Due to the ratiometric design, measurements with the PXIe-4330
bridge input module will be less susceptible to temperature drift and
other variations in the excitation voltage.
Connectivity
The NI PXIe-4330 is designed to be used with the NI TB-4330 front-
mounting terminal block. The SC Express terminal blocks are hot-
swappable and automatically recognized in software. This makes
troubleshooting easier because you can connect and remove
Back to Index
Data Acquisition with Integrated Signal Conditioning for
32 thermocouple input channels; 8 built-in
CJC channels
0.30 C typical accuracy for T-type
thermocouple
90 S/s/ch sample rate in high-speed mode
24-bit resolution
300 Vrms CAT II channel-to-earth ground
safety isolation
Autozero channels for offset error
compensation; open-thermocouple detection
Multidevice triggering and synchronization
via PXI Express
Overview
The NI PXIe-4353 SC Express thermocouple input module provides
data acquisition with integrated signal conditioning for temperature
measurements. It features 32 channels with three 24-bit analog-to-
digital converters and operates with high-speed (90 S/s per channel)
and high-accuracy (1 S/s per channel) modes. It is designed to be
highly accurate with 0.30 C typical accuracy for the module and
terminal block. The module has two autozero channels for offset
compensation as well as open thermocouple detection to identify
disconnected thermocouples. The NI PXIe-4353 is intended to be
used with the NI TB-4353 front-mounting isothermal terminal block
for screw terminal connectivity.
High-Accuracy Thermocouple Measurements
With the NI PXIe-4353 SC Express thermocouple module, you can
measure temperatures with 0.30 C typical accuracy and 24-bit
resolution on 32 channels. The NI TB-4353 isothermal terminal
block, which provides powerful cold-junction compensation (CJC),
achieves high-accuracy levels. CJC improves your measurement
accuracy by offering the temperature at the cold junctions and
applying the appropriate correction. The isothermal terminal block
minimizes error with a unique design that optimizes thermal
conductivity, making it possible for the nearby CJC thermistors to
accurately measure the temperature at the thermocouple junctions.
The TB-4353 front-mounting terminal block includes eight CJC
thermistors that are distributed on the terminal block to closely
measure the cold junctions across the terminal block.
(ADCs) on the same device, the NI PXIe-4353 thermocouple input
module delivers a smaller footprint and higher measurement
performance. Integrated signal conditioning also provides simplified
cable management and calibration due to fewer components, which
Connectivity
The NI PXIe-4353 is designed to be used with the TB-4353 front-
mounting isothermal terminal block. SC Express terminal blocks are
hot-swappable and automatically recognized in software. This
makes troubleshooting easier because you can connect and remove
NI PXIe-4353
NI TB-4353 Front-Mounting Isothermal Terminal Block
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

w
i
t
h

I
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
e
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g

f
o
r

T
h
e
r
m
o
c
o
u
p
l
e

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t
s
256
Back to Index
Data Acquisition With Integrated Signal Conditioning for
RTD Measurements
257
Overview
The NI PXIe-4357 provides integrated data acquisition and signal
conditioning for resistance temperature detector (RTD) measurements.
This 20-channel module features five 24-bit delta-sigma analog-to-
digital converters with antialiasing and lowpass filters to achieve typical
measurement accuracies of 0.09 C. The module features both a high-
speed mode (100 S/s per channel) and a high-resolution mode (1 S/s per
channel). The NI TB-4357 front mount terminal block provides screw
terminal connectivity for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs. The NI-DAQmx device
driver software included with the module gives you the flexibility of per
channel software-programmable configurations and automatically scales
measured data into engineering units. The signal conditioning circuitry
on the NI PXIe-4357 is optimized for PT100 RTDs but can also measure
resistors between 0 !and 400 !.
By combining signal conditioning and analog-to-digital converters (ADCs)
on the same device, the NI PXIe-4357 RTD input module delivers a
smaller footprint and higher measurement performance. Integrated signal
conditioning also provides simplified cable management and calibration
due to fewer components, which drastically reduces the installation and
maintenance cost of a high-channel-count measurement system.
PXI Express Dedicated Data Throughput
NI SC Express modules are built on the x1 PXI Express bus with
dedicated bandwidth per device up to 250 MB/s. Because of the added
bandwidth provided by PXI Express, SC Express modules offer
simultaneous sampling options using the same channel counts and
connectivity as multiplexed devices. Unlike multiplexed devices that
reduce sampling rates, you can use simultaneous sampling devices to
maintain sampling rates as you expand the number of channels.
PXI Platform Advanced Timing and Synchronization
PXI Express provides advanced timing and synchronization features,
including a 100 MHz differential system clock, differential signaling, and
differential star triggers. By using differential clocking and synchronization,
PXI Express systems benefit from increased noise immunity for
instrumentation clocks and the ability to transmit at higher frequency
rates. SC Express modules take advantage of PXI Express to deliver tight
synchronization between modules in one chassis or multiple chassis.
Wide Variety of I/O on the PXI Platform
When combined with the more than 1,500 I/O types in the PXI platform,
this module offers the flexibility to develop a measurement system that
meets your application needs. PXI modules are compatible with the
CompactPCI and CompactPCI Express industrial computer standards and
offer additional features such as environmental specifications,
standardized software, and built-in timing and synchronization.
Connectivity
The NI PXIe-4357 is designed to be used with the TB-4357 front mount
terminal block. The TB-4357 provides screw terminal connectivity for 2-,
3-, and 4-wire RTDs. SC Express terminal blocks are hot-swappable and
automatically recognized in software. This makes troubleshooting easier
because you can connect and remove terminal blocks without powering
down the PXI measurement system. Each terminal block also includes
alignment fins that guide the connector onto the PXI Express module to
minimize the risk of bent pins.
NI PXIe-4357
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

W
i
t
h

I
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
e
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g

f
o
r

R
T
D

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t
s
20 RTD input channels
100 S/s/ch sampling rate in high-speed mode;
1 S/s/ch in high-resolution mode
0.09 C typical measurement accuracy
24-bit delta-sigma ADCs
Antialiasing and lowpass filters
Multidevice triggering and synchronization via
PXI Express
Designed for PT100 RTDs
NI-DAQmx driver software support
Support for 2-, 3-, and 4-wire configurations
Back to Index
Optical Sensor Interrogator
4 optical channels
10 Hz full spectrum scan frequency
1510 to 1590 nm wavelength
range
Automatic sensor detection and
confi guration utility for fi ber
Bragg gratings
Compatibility with extrinsic
Fabry-Perot, long period grating
(LPG), and other optical sensors
Rugged carrying case with
shoulder strap
1-year warranty
OS Information
Real-Time OS
Windows 7
Windows Vista
Windows XP
Driver Information
NI-OSI
LabVIEW Development System
Overview
The NI PXIe-4844 optical sensor interrogator is a dual-slot 3U PXI
Express data acquisition module for fi ber Bragg grating (FBG)
optical sensors. It has four optical channels that are simultaneously
sampled at 10 Hz for measurement of FBG strain and temperature
sensors. The NI PXIe-4844 features an optical core, which combines
a high-power, low- noise swept wavelength laser with fi ber Fabry-
Perot tunable fi lter technology from Micron Optics. Each optical
channel has an 80 nm wavelength range (1510 to 1590 nm), which
can typically scan up to 20 FBG sensors per channel (more than 80
FBG sensors per module, depending on sensor range and sensitivity).
You can further extend the maximum number of FBG sensors per
module by connecting one or more optical channels to an external
optical multiplexer or by adding more NI PXIe-4844 modules in the
same PXI chassis. The NI PXIe-4844 can also be integrated into the
same chassis as other PXI modules for electrical data acquisition
and control
Benefits of Optical Sensing
Nonconductive, electrically passive immune to electromagnetic
interference
Measure over long distances (up to 10 km) without loss of signal
accuracy
Daisy chain dozens of sensors, including temperature, strain, and
pressure, along a single optical fiber
Simplified cable management and lightweight fiber
No required calibration of the sensor or interrogator (onboard
NIST-traceable wavelength reference)
Potential for longer fatigue life and faster response than electrical
sensors
Measurement Services Software (included)
NI-OSI driver software for LabVIEW (32-bit)
NI-OSI Explorer configuration utility
You configure the NI PXIe-4844 and FBG sensors in the NI-OSI
Explorer, a configuration manager that scans the optical wavelength
range to identify all connected FBG sensors. After you specify the
range and scaling equations for each detected FBG, all scans
automatically parse the channel data into individual sensor
measurements and scale the data into appropriate engineering
units. You can export this scaling confi guration for use in the NI-OSI
LabVIEW API.
The NI-OSI LabVIEW API has a similar look and feel to NI-DAQmx
driver software. Data is returned as an array that you can directly
wire to a LabVIEW chart to display scaled data in a value-versus-
time format.
NI PXIe-4844
Figure 1. Interrogation of an FBG with a broadband light source results in the reflection
of a specific wavelength.
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
O
p
t
i
c
a
l

S
e
n
s
o
r

I
n
t
e
r
r
o
g
a
t
o
r
258
Back to Index
Optical Sensor Interrogator
Theory of Operation
A fiber Bragg grating (FBG) is an in-fiber structure that reflects
specific wavelengths of light while allowing all others to transmit
(Figure 1). The reflected wavelength (Bragg wavelength) is a
function of both temperature and strain, enabling FBGs to be used
as sensors. Each FBG has a unique Bragg wavelength set by the
vendor during manufacturing. You can daisy chain FBGs with
different nominal Bragg wavelengths within a single optical fiber as
long as each FBG occupies a unique wavelength range within the 80
nm optical spectrum of the NI PXIe-4844.
Benefits of FBG Technology
Electrical sensor measurements have several limitations associated
with the environment in which they operate: they are prone to noise
induced by electromagnetic interference (EMI), they require frequent
calibration, they may require external power/excitation, and they are
subject to failure when used within harsh environments. Other
challenges in distributed civil and geotechnical applications involve
the difficulty of installation, the permanent nature of the system,
and the large amount of wiring required.
Benefits of FBG Optical Sensing
Nonconductive, electrically passive and immune to EMI
Measurements over long distances (up to 10 km) without loss of
signal accuracy
Ability to daisy chain dozens of sensors, including temperature,
strain, and pressure, along a single optical fiber
No required calibration of the sensor or interrogator with NIST-
traceable wavelength reference
Measure Anywhere
Ability to mix and match different measurement types on the
same sensor array
Simplified cable management and lightweight fiber
Potential for faster response than thermocouples and longer
fatigue life than foil strain gages
Potential for immunity to lightning, high voltages, and corrosion
depending on sensor packaging
Ability to embed sensors in composite materials
Advantages of the NI Optical Sensor
Interrogator
Traditional optical measurement devices provide fixed software
functionality and a fixed user interface. This lack of flexibility limits
the systems ability to meet many structural test and monitoring
application needs. In addition, traditional optical sensing
instruments are not designed for easy integration with electrical
measurements or control systems, which is often required in real-
world structural and environmental measurements. The NI optical
sensor interrogator (OSI) offers seamless integration with
NI LabVIEW, a graphical development environment for customizable
software and easy UI development. The NI PXIe-4844 is also based
on the PXI platform, providing modular I/O for easy integration with
a wide variety of PXI and PXI Express devices, including
conventional thermocouple, strain, and vibration devices as well as
analog and digital outputs for control requirements.
PXI Express
High-performance PCI Express bus
Advanced differential timing and triggering backplane
Integration with electrical I/O with more than 1,500 PXI modules
Modular I/O for easy expansion
Easy to Use
NI-OSI Explorer utility for automatic sensor detection and
simplified sensor configuration for easy scaling to physical units
NI-OSI driver software with easy-to-use LabVIEW API including
common optical measurement functions
Tight integration with LabVIEW for data analysis, viewing, and
logging
Application Examples
Civionics - distributed measurements over long distances,
including bridges, buildings, and other civil structures
Energy - monitoring wind turbine blades, pipelines, nuclear
reactors, offshore platforms, power generators
Marine Vessel and Platforms - cargo containers, deck, mast, or
any other corrosion-prone structure
Aerospace - airframe, composite structure, fuel tank, wind
tunnels
Research - big physics, material testing, vehicle prototyping
NI LabVIEW Full Development System for Windows
Easy-to-use graphical
development environment
Tight integration with a wide
range of measurement hardware
Rapid user interface
development for displaying
live data
Extensive signal processing, analysis, and math functionality
Multiple communication options (TCP/IP, UDP, serial, and more)
Support for Windows XP/Vista/7 (32-bit) and Windows Vista/7 (64-bit)
259
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
O
p
t
i
c
a
l

S
e
n
s
o
r

I
n
t
e
r
r
o
g
a
t
o
r
Back to Index
Channel-to-Channel Isolated DAQ
16-Bit, 200 kS/s, 8 Isolated Analog Inputs
8 analog inputs at 333 kS/s,16-bit
resolution
10 V input range
42 V CAT I channel-to-channel isolation
15 kHz bandwidth per channel
Programmable gains (1 and 10) per
channel
Screw-terminal direct connectivity
NI measurement services software that
measurements
Operating Systems
Windows 7/Vista/9x/Me/XP/NT/2000
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio for Visual Basic
Visual Basic
C/C++
(included)
The National Instruments PXI-4224 module is the newest member of
the SC Series of PXI data acquisition (DAQ) modules with built-in
signal conditioning. The NI PXI-4224 provides channel-to-channel
isolation to ensure accurate, safe measurements even in the
presence of high common-mode voltages. You can use it in a broad
variety of applications including:
Isolated thermocouple measurements
Multichannel data-logging applications
Fuel cell and battery test applications
Features
The PXI-4224 is a full-featured measurement module with channel-
to-channel isolation, 10 V input range, and 16-bit accuracy, making
it ideal for applications requiring highly accurate measurements
with high common-mode voltages. In addition, channel-to-channel
isolation prevents ground potential loops that may exist between
your measured signal and data acquisition system, ensuring
maximum measurement accuracy. The PXI-4224 provides 42 V, CAT I
channel-to-channel isolation. The module delivers programmable
gain settings per channel to ensure maximum measurement
accuracy. In addition, the module is designed to work with LabVIEW
7 Express and NI-DAQmx. In LabVIEW 8.20, you can use DAQ
Assistant to configure the PXI-4224 and acquire data through a
menu-based window, eliminating the need to manually program the
device.
For high-channel-count measurements requiring isolation,
view NI signal conditioning hardware at ni.com/sigcon.
NI-DAQmx Measurement Services Software
NI-DAQmx controls every aspect of your DAQ system, from
configuration to programming to low-level OS and device control.
The new NI-DAQmx software includes:
Error diagnostic pinpointing
Real-world unit scaling
Advanced calibration
NI PXI-4224
Product Analog Inputs Resolution (bits) Aggregate Sampling Rate (kS/s) Input Range (V) Isolation (V) Triggers Filter Settings per Channel
PXI-4224 8 DI 16 200
1
0 to 10 42, CAT I Digital (2) 15 kHz
1
333 kS/s for a Single Channel
Table 1. SC Series Product Selection Guide
NI PXI-4224................................................................. 779182-01
Terminal Block
NI TB-2725.................................................................. 779167-01
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
C
h
a
n
n
e
l
-
t
o
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

I
s
o
l
a
t
e
d

D
A
Q

260
Back to Index
DAQ for High-Voltage Measurements
16-Bit, 200 kS/s, 8 Analog Inputs
261
The National Instruments PXI-4204 module delivers accurate data
acquisition for input ranges up to 100 V. With this module you can
handle a broad variety of applications including:
42 V automotive applications
High-voltage, multichannel data logging applications
Fuel cell and battery test applications
Features
The NI PXI-4204 is a full-featured data acquisition module with a
100 V input range, 16-bit accuracy, and software-selectable filter
and gain settings per channel. Programmable filter and gain settings
ensure that the PXI-4204 achieves maximum accuracy over the
entire 100 V input range. In addition, the PXI-4204 is designed to
work with LabVIEW 7 Express and NI-DAQmx. The DAQ Assistant in
LabVIEW 7 can configure the PXI-4204 and acquire data through a
menu-based window, eliminating the need to manually program the
device.
For high-channel-count, high-voltage applications, explore
NI signal conditioning hardware. Visit ni.com/sigcon.
Driver Software
NI-DAQ 7 is the robust driver software included with all National
Instruments data acquisition and signal conditioning products. This
easy-to-use software tightly integrates the full functionality of your
DAQ hardware to LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, and Measurement
Studio for Visual Studio.NET. High-performance features include
multidevice synchronization, networked measurements, and DMA
data management. Bundled with NI-DAQ 7, the Measurement &
Automation Explorer (MAX) utility simplifies the configuration of
your measurement hardware with device test panels, interactive
measurements, and scaled I/O channels. NI-DAQ also provides
numerous example programs for LabVIEW and other application
development environments to get you started with your application
quickly.
NI PXI-4204
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
H
i
g
h
-
V
o
l
t
a
g
e

D
A
Q
Device Bus Analog Inputs Resolution Sampling Rate Input Range Triggers Filter Settings
PXI-4204 PXI 8 DI 16 bits 200 kS/s 0.5 to 100 V Digital (2) 2-pole Butterworth (6Hz or 10 kHz)
Table 1. NI PXI-4204 Channel, Speed, and Resolution Specifications
NI PXI-4204............................................................ 778745-4204
Includes NI-DAQ driver software.
8 analog inputs at 200 kS/s, 16-bit
resolution
100 V input range
Programmable gain (0.5, 1, 10, 100) per
channel
Programmable 2-pole Butterworth filter
(6 Hz or 10 kHz) per channel
Differential simultaneous sampling
inputs
Combicon screw terminal direct
connectivity
NI-DAQ driver simplifies configuration
and measurements
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio for Visual
Studio.NET
Driver Software (Included)
NI-DAQ 7
Back to Index
Universal Strain Data Acquisition -
16-Bit, 200 kS/s/ch, 2 Strain Gage Input
2 bridge inputs at 200 kS/s, 16-bit
resolution
Programmable excitation (0 to 10 V) per
channel
Programmable gain (1 to 1000) per
channel
(10 Hz, 100 Hz, 1 kHz, 10 kHz, or bypass)
per channel
Quarter, half, and full-bridge completion
Differential simultaneous sampling
inputs (programmable)
9-pin D-Sub connector per channel
2 shunt calibration circuits per channel
Remote sensing Nl measurement
services software simplifies
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
Linux

LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
Meaurement Services Software
(included)
NI-DAQmx driver
The National Instruments PXI-4220 module delivers accurate data
acquisition for strain gage measurements up to 200 kS/s. With this
module you can handle a broad variety of applications including:
High-speed data logging for strain, load, pressure, and torque
measurements
Impact and dynamic load testing
High-speed structural test
Dynamic wind tunnel pressure testing
Key Features
The NI PXI-4220 is a full-featured data acquisition module with two
16-bit input channels for quarter, half, and full-bridge strain sensors.
Bridge configuration, excitation, amplification, and filtering are fully
programmable per channel. The PXI-4220 also provides
simultaneous sample-and-hold capability to eliminate phase delay
between channels.
Each channel of the PXI-4220 has an independent voltage excitation
source. You can program each excitation channel to one of 1024
voltage excitation levels from 0 to 10 V. These sources can drive a
350 !full bridge to the maximum 10 V level. Each excitation
channel incorporates remote-sensing circuitry to compensate for
voltage drops due to lead resistance.
NI measurement services software, based on the NI-DAQmx driver,
controls every aspect of your DAQ system, from configuration to
programming to low-level OS and device control. NI measurement
services software includes:
Pinpoint error diagnostics
Scaling to real-world units
Advance calibration
Automatic Null Compensation
Each input channel of the PXI-4220 includes a circuit to remove
bridge offset voltage. Driver software nulls the offset voltage to
zero, eliminating the need to manually adjust potentiometers. By
removing the offset at the inputs, rather than adjusting in software,
you can increase your system gain for improved measurement
sensitivity and resolution.
NI PXI-4220
Analog Resolution Aggregate Sampling Input Simultaneous Digital Filter Settings
Product Inputs (bits) Rate (kS/s) Range (V) Isolation (V) Sampling Triggers per Channel
PXI-4220 2 16 200 0.01 to 10 - 2 4-pole Butterworth
(10 Hz, 100 Hz, 1 kHz, 10 kHz, bypass)
Table 1. PXI-4220 Specifications Overview
Table 2. Signal Compatibility
Strain Gage Quarter-Bridge Half-Bridge Full-Bridge
120 ! 6.25 V 6.9 V 3.125 V
350 ! 10.00 V 10.0 V 10.000 V
NI PXI-4220............................................................. 778745-4220
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
a
l

S
t
r
a
i
n

D
A
Q
262
Back to Index
263
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Signal Conditioning Overview
Key Components of a Data Acquisition System
Data acquisition (DAQ) systems come in many different
configurations, and address a variety of applications. While each
DAQ system is uniquely defined by its application requirements,
every system shares a common goal of acquiring, analyzing, and
presenting information from a signal or sensor. For sensor
measurements, a DAQ system must incorporate the following four
components:
Sensor (transducer)
Signal conditioning
Data acquisition device
Software
Sensors Plug&Play
A new standard for sensors, specified by IEEE 1451.4, reduces the
time and challenges associated with sensor configuration. The
standard establishes a universally accepted method of making
sensors plug and play, similar to the way a USB mouse is plug and
play with a computer. IEEE 1451.4 defines a mechanism for adding
self-describing behavior to sensors with an analog signal interface.
This mixed-mode interface combines the traditional analog sensor
signal with a low-cost serial digital link to access a transducer
electronic data sheet (TEDS) embedded in the sensor. Several new
hardware products and NI-DAQmx measurement services software
include the required circuitry and functions to measure smart TEDS
sensors. Benefits include:
Quicker system setup by eliminating manual data entry
Improved accuracy with detailed calibration information
Better reliability by storing data sheets electronically
Simplified asset management by eliminating paper data sheets
Signal Conditioning
Signal conditioning is an often forgotten yet fundamentally
important component of every DAQ system. Many signals must be
measured with sensors, most of which require some form of signal
conditioning in order to be accurately read by a data acquisition
device. For some sensors such as signal amplification, isolation,
filtering, and multiplexing.
NI has developed a number of signal conditioning platforms to fit
your particular DAQ system featuring flexible signal connectivity
options, modularity, and software configurability. These options
range from compact signal conditioning systems for portable
applications (SCC) to rugged, multichannel systems for large, high-
channel-count applications (SCXI). Select the right signal
conditioning platform for your DAQ system using the Signal
Conditioning Selection Guide below.
Figure 1. Typical National Instruments Data Acquisition System
Back to Index
Signal Conditioning Overview
NI CompactDAQ
NI CompactDAQ combines high-speed digitizers, signal conditioning,
and Hi-Speed USB plug and play to create a simple, complete data
acquisition system in a small, portable package. NI features
measurement modules that acquire analog and digital signals from
DC to 10 MHz.
SCC
For portable low-channel-count applications - up to 16 analog input
channels and eight digital I/O lines - SCC offers modular, flexible
signal conditioning on a per-channel basis. SCC provides signal
conditioning for a variety of inputs, including thermocouples, RTDs,
accelerometers, pressure/force/tongue sensors, strain gages,
analog inputs requiring isolation, high voltage (up to 60 V), current
(0 to 20 mA), and optically isolated digital I/O. Lowpass filtering and
breadboard modules are also available. These modules plug into a
low-profile SC-2345 shielded carrier or SC-2350 shielded carrier
with configurable TEDS connectors (capable of holding up to 20
modules), both of which cable directly to an M Series or E Series
multifunction DAQ device.
SCXI
SCXI is a versatile, high-performance signal conditioning platform.
You can use it as a complete DAQ system with a built-in USB
digitizer, or as a signal conditioning front end for plug-in DAQ
devices. SCXI is designed for applications requiring medium-to-large
channel counts, rugged packaging, and a wide range of high-
performance signal conditioning and switching options.
SC Series -
DAQ with Integrated Signal Conditioning
NI SC Series data acquisition (DAQ) devices expand the
measurement capability of PXI by integrating measurement-specific
signal conditioning onto a 16-bit PXI data acquisition module. With
this tight integration of signal conditioning and data acquisition
functionality, the SC Series delivers high-performance sensor-specific
measurements at a lower cost per-channel than leading solutions,
such as SCXI DAQ systems, for low-to-medium channel counts.
Signal Conditioning Accessories
NI offers several analog signal conditioning accessories for low-cost
applications. The SC-204x devices are 8-channel conditioning
devices that you cable directly to a DAQ device. Your options include
SC-2040 for simultaneous sampling, SC-2042-RTD for RTDs, and SC-
2043-SG for strain gages. You can also choose the AMUX-64T to
inexpensively expand the channel count of your E Series DAQ device
to 64 channels.
NI also offers a variety of low-cost digital signal conditioning
accessories that can optically isolate digital I/O, translate signal
levels to and from TTL, and provide relays for switching applications.
Products for digital signal conditioning applications include:
ER-8/16 electromechanical relay modules
SSR Series digital I/O modules
SC-206x digital I/O and relay boards
NI Compact
CompactDAQ SCC SCXI SC Series FieldPoint
Signal types
Expandability
Connectivity
Acquisition
System
Channel density
Portability
Rugged/industrial
Distributable
TEDS capability
Good Better Best
Table 1. Signal Conditioning Selection Guide-System Considerations
Table 2. Signal Conditioning Selection Guide-Compatible Sensors
NI Compact
CompactDAQ SCC SCXI SC Series FieldPoint
Millivolts/volts
Medium voltage (60 V)
Current (0 to 20 mA)
Frequency input
Thermocouples
RTDs/thermistors
Strain gages
Force/load/torque
LVDTs/RVDTs/resolvers
Accelerometers
Analog output
TTL/CMOS
Switching (RLY)
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
264
Back to Index
265
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

U
S
B

D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

S
y
s
t
e
m
Modular USB Data Acquisition System
Available in 1-(cDAQ-9171, 9191),
4-(cDAQ-9174), 8-slot (cDAQ-9178,
9188)
USB, Ethernet, Wifi Interface
Run analog input modules at different
rates with multiple timing engines
Four general-purpose 32-bit counter/
timers built into chassis
(access through a digital module)
NI-DAQmx driver with
LabVIEW SignalExpress LE
Hi-Speed USB with NI signal streaming
technology
Strain relief from the USB cable
BNC trigger lines
Three status LEDs
Screw terminal power connector
NI C Series Modules
Screw terminal power connector
Up to 256 channels per chassis
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
SignalExpress
VI Logger
Software (included)
VI Logger Lite data-logging
software
DAQ Assistant for development
without programming
Overview
NI CompactDAQ chassis control the timing, synchronization, and
data transfer between a host computer and up to eight C Series I/O
modules. A single NI CompactDAQ chassis can manage multiple
timing engines to run up to seven separate hardware-timed I/O
tasks at different sample rates in the same system. For example, you
can install a 75 S/s thermocouple module next to a 51.2 kS/s
accelerometer module and acquire from both simultaneously.
Features
USB Chassis
NI CompactDAQ USB chassis provide the plug-and-play simplicity of
USB to sensor and electrical measurements. Available with one, four,
and eight slots, NI CompactDAQ USB chassis are designed for small,
portable, mixed-measurement systems on the benchtop or in the field
Ethernet Chassis
NI CompactDAQ Ethernet chassis extend the reach of high-speed DAQ
to remote sensor and electrical measurements. The NI cDAQ-9188
can accommodate up to eight C Series I/O modules for distributed
measurement systems using standard Ethernet infrastructure. For
smaller channel count deployments, the NI cDAQ-9181 includes all
the features of the cDAQ-9188 in a smaller, 1-slot form.
Wireless Chassis
NI CompactDAQ wireless chassis provide the ultimate solution for
remote and distributed measurements. With a simple, zero
configuration setup over 802.11 Wi-Fi and support for over 50
measurement specific modules, the NI cDAQ-9191 can read data
from any sensor, regardless of the location.
Multiple Timing Engines for
Multiple Acquisition Rates
With the cDAQ-9174/78 chassis, you can install a thermocouple
module next to an accelerometer measurement module and acquire
from both simultaneously at different rates. The cDAQ-9174/78
NI CompactDAQ
Figure 1. NI CompactDAQ has two new options for mixed system development.
Back to Index
chassis have multiple analog input timing engines, which means you
can group all of your analog input modules in up to three sets of
modules. These sets, known as tasks, can all run at different rates
because each one has its own timing engine in the chassis
backplane. This alleviates the need to decimate or parse lower-
speed data from the higher-speed data as you need to do in the
original cDAQ-9172 chassis. Figure 2 shows a screenshot of a
LabVIEW program that acquires from multiple modules at multiple
rates.
With the original cDAQ-9172, there were no digital input or output
timing engines requiring the use of another subsystem such as a
counter or analog clock. This type of digital task is referred to as
being correlated. The cDAQ-9174/78 chassis now provide the ability
to use internal timing, inherent to the digital task, to run digital input
or output as hardware timed. This leaves more resources open to
perform other operations in parallel. Table 1 lists some of the
benefits associated with the multiple timing engines and NI-STC 3
technology.
Advanced Counter Functionality from
NI-STC 3 Technology
The original cDAQ-9172 chassis has two counters. However, the
cDAQ-9174/78 chassis now have the new feature of four, full-
function 32-bit counters. These counters are inherently different
from the counters in the cDAQ-9172 chassis in that each now has its
own embedded counter. These improved counters make it possible
to run many advanced counter tasks using one counter instead of
cascading two. The cDAQ-9174/78 chassis can now output finite
pulse trains with the use of only one counter. Table 2 highlights
some of the new benefits of the counters from NI-STC 3 technology.
Mixed Measurement Systems
Whether you are testing a kitchen appliance, game controller, hybrid
electric vehicle, or even a simple flashlight, you most likely need
multiple types of sensors because the vast majority of test systems,
even simple ones, are composed of more than one type of I/O. Many
devices can measure temperature, voltage, or bridge-based sensors,
but NI CompactDAQ can integrate all of these measurements and
more into a single device that outputs all of the data via the same
bus interface, such as USB. An NI CompactDAQ system can mix
multiplexed voltage input signals, simultaneously sampled
accelerometers, low-speed thermocouples, and TTL digital I/O all in
the same 4- or 8-slot chassis using the same driver, NI-DAQmx. NI
CompactDAQ makes programming easier because the same driver is
used for all measurements. This solution saves space and simplifies
service and support. With NI CompactDAQ, there is only one box on
your lab bench and if there are problems with any of the
measurements or equipment, National Instruments award-winning
support will be the only contact for all instrumentation needs.
Ease of Use
NI CompactDAQ was designed with ease of use in mind from both
hardware and software perspectives. All of the modules are
automatically detected when installed into the chassis, which
means the system knows exactly what type of module is installed
and what type of measurements the module can make. Modules are
hot swappable, meaning you can insert or remove them with the
chassis powered on. Even if NI CompactDAQ is up and running
another test, new modules that you insert are automatically
detected and configured without interruption to ongoing tasks. This
is a feature not only of convenience, but of robust design as well,
because the hot-swapping feature eliminates possible hardware
failure from improper installation or power-up procedures.
Programming NI CompactDAQ with NI LabVIEW software and the
DAQ Assistant provides one of the easiest ways to deliver data from
external hardware into the PC. The DAQ Assistant is a quick wizard
style setup that configures your measurement and even shows you
how to connect your sensor to the module.
For other programming languages, NI-DAQmx features an API and
Figure 2. This image shows different AI tasks running at different rates in the same chassis.
Features Benefits
3 AI Timing Engines Run multiple AI tasks at different rates
1 DI Timing Engine Run DI task without external clock
1 DO Timing Engine Run DO task without external clock
1 AO Timing Engine Run AO task without external
Table 1. Simultaneously run all different systems with the new chassis.
Features Benefits
Four counters Multiple counter tasks compare to two
onboard counters on the previous cDAQ-9172
Separate counter for correlated DIO Saves counter usage
Buffered sample clock frequency Saves counter usage
measurement with one counter
Route DIO and PFI line to any slot Can do correlated DIO in any slots compared to
previous cDAQ-9172, where it can be done only
in slots 1 and 4 and PFI lines from 5 and 6
Table 2. This table lists some of the new benefits of counters from NI-STC 3 technology.
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

U
S
B

D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

S
y
s
t
e
m
266
Back to Index
hundreds of examples for use in C+, C#, Visual Basic 6.0, and .NET.
Whatever programming language or interface you choose, NI
CompactDAQ provides you with an easy programming experience.
Rugged Design
NI CompactDAQ and all C Series modules are constructed from
A380 cast aluminum for a rugged system that can withstand
operating temperatures from -20 to 55 C, and up to 30 g of shock.
NI CompactDAQ was built to be used in the lab but not to
necessarily stay there. With a rugged, flexible system such as NI
CompactDAQ, you can reconfigure and move a single test system
from place to place without having to purchase different equipment
for every lab or test stand. The C Series modules are equally rugged
and designed with spring loaded latches to lock into place when
installed in the chassis. The shock and vibration specifications are
all tested on an NI CompactDAQ system with modules installed, so
there is no worry of a module falling out or coming undocked under
the specified conditions. For cable strain relief, a locking USB cable
with thumbscrew is included to prevent accidental disconnections
during use. The rugged features of NI CompactDAQ help you to
quickly begin testing because less time is needed to prepare the
instrumentation for the rigors of field testing.
Accuracy/NIST Traceable
All C Series modules for NI CompactDAQ are NIST traceable and
available for factory calibration and verification. In addition to the
standardized testing, accuracy specifications for NI CompactDAQ
are reported over a 10 C temperature window, helping to ensure
that the reported accuracy you see in the datasheets and manuals is
the accuracy you can expect when you actually put the system to
use. Maximum specifications are also noted for guaranteed results
anywhere within the operational envelope.
Included Data-Logging Software
NI ships NI CompactDAQ, along with every other data acquisition
(DAQ) device, with a driver kit that includes
Measurement & Automation Explorer (MAX) This configuration
utility is for quick measurement debugging or system diagnostic
test via the device self-test.
NI-DAQmx Driver and API for all NI DAQ devices. This installer
includes interfaces to LabVIEW, C, C++, C#, Visual Basic, .NET, as
well as hundreds of example programs for LabVIEW and text-
based languages.
LabVIEW SignalExpress LE With configuration-based data-
logging, you can get up and running out of the box without
programming. SignalExpress LE lets you acquire data from the
hardware, build a custom user interface (UI), and log data to
technical data management streaming (TDMS) files or to
Microsoft Excel for graphing and postprocessing. LabVIEW
SignalExpress is available for purchase and includes analysis and
processing blocks for use within the data-logging environment.
C Series Platform
The NI C Series platform consists of more than 50 measurement
modules and several different chassis for deployment.
Configurations can range in size and complexity from simple 4-
channel temperature loggers to high-channel-count, ultrahigh-speed
control systems.
267
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

U
S
B

D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

S
y
s
t
e
m
Back to Index
C Series Modules
Currently, there are more than 50 C Series modules for different
measurements including thermocouple, voltage, resistance
temperature detector (RTD), current, resistance, strain, digital (TTL
and other), accelerometers, and microphones. Channel counts on the
individual modules range from three to 32 channels to accommodate
a wide range of system requirements. C Series modules combine
signal conditioning, connectivity, and data acquisition into a small
module for each specific measurement type. You can insert these
modules into any of the C Series family of chassis to create a variety
of systems. You can create a mix of channel counts and
measurement types within one system by selecting the desired
modules and installing them into one of several C Series systems.
For this reason, systems built on the C Series platform are highly
customizable.
Automatic Synchronization of Modules
and Channels
Because NI CompactDAQ is a modular system, you can add more
measurement types and channels to the system by simply plugging
in additional modules. All modules are hot swappable and
autodetect once you insert them into a CompactDAQ chassis. All
modules are automatically synchronized, and a single NI
CompactDAQ system can simultaneously stream high-speed analog
input, analog output, digital input, and digital output over a single
USB connection
Figure 3. More than 50 C Series measurement modules are available
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

U
S
B

D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

S
y
s
t
e
m
268
Back to Index
C Series Modules for NI CompactDAQ
Type of Signal Signal Module Channels Special Features
Analog Input Small voltage (80 mV) NI 9205 32 16-bit, 200 mV to 10 V, 250 kS/s, 32 SE or 16 DIFF channels, isolation
NI 9219 4 24-bit, 100S/s/ch, simultaneous, Ch-Ch Isolated Universal AI Module
(125 mV to 60 V, 25 mA, TC, 3 and 4-wire RTD,
1
/
4
,
1
/
2
, and Full-Bridge)
Medium voltage (10 V) NI 9201 8 12-bit, 500 kS/s, single-ended, isolation
NI 9205 32 16-bit, 200 mV to 10 V, 250 kS/s, 32 SE or 16 DIFF channels, isolation
NI 9215 4 16-bit, 100 kS/s/ch, simultaneous, differential
Medium voltage (10 V) NI 9206 16 16-bit, 200 mV to 10 V, 250 kS/s, 600 VDC (US)/400 VDC (EU) Cat I bank isolation
with high isolation NI 9207 8/8 24-bit, 500 S/s, 21.5 mA, 10 V, Diff ch, Bank isolation
NI 9219 4 24-bit, 100 S/s/ch, Ch-Ch Isolated Universal AI Module (10 V, A, TC, RTD, Bridge)
NI 9239 4 24-bit, 10 V, 50 kS/s, simultaneous, anti-aliasing, 250 V
rms
ch-ch isolation
Medium voltage (10 V) NI 9222 4 16-bit, 500 kS/s/ch, 10V, Diff ch, 60 VDC ch-ch isolation
Simultaneous Sampling NI 9223 4 16-bit, 1 MS/s/ch, 10V, Diff ch, 60 VDC ch-ch isolation
High voltage (60 V) NI 9219 4 24-bit, 100 S/s/ch, Ch-Ch Isolated Universal AI Module (60 V, A, TC, RTD, Bridge)
NI 9221 8 12-bit, 800 kS/s, single-ended, isolation
NI 9229 4 24-bit, 60 V, 50 kS/s/ch, simultaneous, anti-aliasing, 250 V
rms
ch-ch isolation
High voltage (300 V) NI 9225 3 24-bit, 300 V
rms
, 50 KS/s/ch, 600 V
rms
ch-ch isolation
Thermocouple NI 9211 4 24-bit delta-sigma, 15 S/s, differential
NI 9213 16 24-bit, 1200 S/s, isolation
NI 9214 16 24-bit, 1088 S/s, TC 78.125 mV, Diff ch, 3 CJC, Bank isolation
NI 9219 4 24-bit, 100S/s/ch, Ch-Ch Isolated Universal AI Module (TC, V, A, RTD, Bridge)
RTD NI 9217 4 24-Bit, 400 S/s, 0 to 400 ! RTD support, 3 & 4-wire measurements
NI 9219 4 24-bit, 100S/s, Ch-Ch Isolated Universal AI Module (3 and 4-Wire RTD, V, A, TC, Bridge)
IEPE Sensors NI 9232 3 24-bit, 102.4 kS/s/ch, IEPE Sensors (30 V), SE, ch-earth gnd isolation, software-selectable AC/DC coupling
(Accelerometer/Microphone) NI 9233 4 24-bit, 5 V, 50 kS/s/ch, simultaneous, IEPE conditioning, built-in anti-aliasing
NI 9234 4 24-bit, 5 V, 51.2 kS/s/ch, IEPE, Software-selectable AC/DC coupling
Bridge-Based Sensors NI 9219 4 24-bit, 100S/s/ch, Ch-Ch Isolated Universal AI Module (
1
/
4
,
1
/
2
, and Full-Bridge, V, A, TC, RTD)
(Strain Gauges/Load Cells) NI 9235 8 24-bit, 10KS/s/ch, simultaneous, 2V excitation, quarter-bridge(120!), isolation
NI 9236 8 24-bit, 10KS/s/ch, simultaneous, 3.32V excitation, quarter-bridge(350!), isolation
NI 9237 4 24-bit, 50 kS/s/ch, simultaneous, full/half/quarter-bridge, anti-aliasing
Current Input NI 9203 8 16-bit, 200 kS/s, 20 mA
NI 9219 4 24-bit, 100S/s/ch, Ch-Ch Isolated Universal AI Module (25 mA, V, TC, RTD, Bridge)
NI 9227 4 24-bit, 50KS/s/ch, 5 A
rms
, anti-aliasing, ch-ch isolation
Analog Output Medium voltage (10 V) NI 9263 4 16-bit, 100 kS/s/ch, simultaneous
NI 9264 16 16-bit, 25 kS/s/ch, simultaneous, 250 V
rms
Isolation
NI 9269 4 16-bit, 100 kS/s/ch simultaneous update rate (333 kS/s one channel) ,
10 V range (stack channels for up to 40 V), 250 V
rms
ch-ch isolation,
Medium Current (0 - 20 mA) NI 9265 4 16-bit, 100 kS/s/ch, simultaneous, 36 V protection
Digital Input Bidirectional 5 V TTL NI 9401 8 100 ns, 5 V TTL, ultra high-speed, bidirectional, 30 V protection
NI 9402 4 55 ns, LV TTL, ultra high-speed, 30 V protection
NI 9403 32 7 s, 5 V TTL, bidirectional, 30 V protection
24 V sinking NI 9421 8 100 s, up to 30 V, 40 V protection connectivity
NI 9422 8 100 s, up to 60 V, 250 V channel-to-channel isolation
NI 9423 8 1 s, high-speed, up to 30 V, 35 V protection
NI 9425 32 7 s, up to 30 V (60 V for 8 channels), 60 V protection
24 V sourcing NI 9422 8 100 s, up to 60 V, 250 V channel-to-channel isolation
250 AC/DC universal NI 9435 4 3 ms, 5 to 250 VDC, 10 to 250 VAC, universal, sink/source
Differential or TTL NI 9411 6 500 ns, 5 to 24 V, single-ended TTL or differential, regulated 5 V supply output
Digital Output Bidirectional 5 V TTL NI 9401 8 100 ns, 5 V TTL, ultra high-speed, bidirectional, 30 V protection
24 V sourcing NI 9472 8 100 s, 6 to 30 V, 750 mA max per ch, 30 V protection, short-circuit-proof
NI 9474 8 1 s, high-speed, 5 to 30 V, 1 A max per ch, 30 V protection, short-circuit-proof
NI 9475 8 1 us, high-speed, 0 to 60 V, 1 A max per ch
NI 9476 32 500 s, 6 to 36 V, 40 V protection, short-circuit-proof
24 V sinking NI 9477 32 8 s, 5 to 60 V, sinking, isolation, up to 20 A per module
NI 9478 16 7 us, 5 to 50 V, Up to 1.2 A per channel (all 16 channels) or 5 A for a single channel, ch-earth gnd isolation
Communication NI-XNET CAN NI 9861 1 125 kbit/s, Low Speed NI-XNET CAN, Philips TJA1054A, D-Sub (9pin)
NI 9862 1 1 Mbit/s, High Speed NI-XNET CAN, Philips TJA1041, D-Sub (9pin)
NI-XNET LIN NI 9866 2 20 kbit/s, NI-XNET LIN, NXP TJA1028, D-Sub (9pin)
Relay Output Form A (SPST) NI 9481 4 1 s, 30 VDC (2 A), 60 VDC (1 A), 250 VAC (2 A) electromechanical form A (SPST)
Solid State Relay NI 9485 8 60 VDC, SSR form A, up to 750 mA per ch, 5 ms set and reset time, ch-to-ch isolation
Counter, Pulse Generation Counter/timer (24 V) NI 9423 8 1 s, high-speed, up to 30 V, 35 V protection
Counter/timer (TTL) NI 9401 8 100 ns, 5 V TTL, ultra high-speed, bidirectional, 30 V protection
NI 9411 6 500 ns, 5 to 24 V, single-ended TTL or differential, regulated 5 V supply output
Quadrature encoder (differential) NI 9411 2 500 ns, 5 to 24 V, six digital inputs for two encoders (phase A, phase B, and index inputs)
PWM/Pulse Generation (24 V) NI 9472 8 100 s, 6 to 30 V logic, 750 mA max per ch, 30 V protection, short-circuit-proof
NI 9474 8 1 s, high-speed, 5 to 30 V logic, 1 A max per ch, 30 V protection, short-circuit-proof
NI 9477 32 8 s, 5 to 60 V, sinking, isolation, up to 20 A per module
PWM/Pulse Generation (TTL) NI 9401 8 100 ns, 5 V TTL, ultra high-speed, bidirectional, 30 V protection
269
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
C

S
e
r
i
e
s

M
o
d
u
l
e
s

f
o
r

N
I

C
o
m
p
a
c
t
D
A
Q
Back to Index
Portable Modular DAQ Systems
SCC Signal Conditioning Overview
Signal conditioning for DAQ systems
Up to:
16 analog inputs
8 digital I/O lines
2 unconditioned counter/timers
Measurement type and connectivity
selectable on a per-channel basis
Low-profile carriers for portable, rack-
mount, and desktop applications
NI-DAQ driver software simplifies
configuration, measurement, and scaling
Sensors/Signals
Thermocouples
RTDs
Strain gauges
Force/load/torque/pressure sensors
IEPE accelerometers
Isolated voltage/current input
Frequency input
Lowpass filtering
Isolated voltage/current output
Isolated digital I/O
Relay switching
Connectivity Options
BNC
Minithermocouple
Thermocouple
LEMO (B-series)
MIL-Spec
9-pin D-Sub
Banana jack
SMB
Momentary pushbutton switch
Toggle switch
Rocker switch
LED
Potentiometer
Strain relief
Overview
National Instruments SCC provides portable, modular signal
conditioning to your DAQ system. SCC conditions a variety of analog
I/O and digital I/O signals. With this modular design, you choose
your conditioning on a per-channel basis. SCC systems offer custom
options for various sensors or signal connection types. While the
low-profile carrier is perfect for use with PCMCIA DAQCards and
DAQPads for portable applications, you can also use the system for
rack-mounted or desktop applications. SCC modules works with all E
Series and Basic multifunction DAQ devices.
SCC DAQ Systems
SCC DAQ systems consist of an SC-2345 Series shielded carrier,
SCC modules, a DAQ device, and a cable. Each carrier can hold up to
20 SCC modules. Conditioned analog signals are passed directly to
the inputs of the DAQ device. SCC modules can also provide up to
300 V of working isolation to voltage and current input/output
signals from the DAQ device. Optically isolated digital I/O modules
can condition digital lines from the DAQ device or you can access
them directly using the 42-pin screw terminal mounted inside the
box. Relay modules add switching to your SCC DAQ system, and you
can access Analog Input, Analog Output, Digital I/O, Counter/Timer
signals as well as timing and triggering signals from the DAQ device
using feed through modules.
SCC Features
SCC offers flexibility, customization, and ease of use in a single,
low-profile package.
Flexible I/O Options
SCC signal conditioning modules are either single or dual-channel
modules that condition analog or digital signals. SCC modules are
available for thermocouples, RTDs, strain gauges, force/load/torque
/pressure sensors, accelerometers, voltage and current input,
isolated voltage and current output frequency-to-voltage conversion,
lowpass filtering, isolated digital I/O, relay switching and
breadboarding for your custom circuitry.
NI SCC
Figure 1. SC-2345 with Configurable Connectors
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
C

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
270
Back to Index
271
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
C

C
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n

G
u
i
d
e
SCC Configuration Guide
Step 1 - Select Your SCC Modules (Table 1)
Analog input, analog output, and digital I/O modules have dedicated
slots. You can select up to eight noncascaded modules for analog
input and eight modules for digital I/O. You can install feedthrough
modules in any slot, but they are especially useful for accessing
counter/timers on your M Series, E Series, or B Series multifunction
DAQ device.
Step 2 - Choose an SCC Carrier (Table 2)
SCC carriers are available either with a hinged lid or with
configurable connectors using panelettes. Hinged lids provide quick
access to the modules. Configurable connectors provide custom
signal- interface options.
Step 3 - Select Your Panelettes (Table 3)
If you have chosen an SCC carrier with configurable connectors, you
can also select connector and interface panelettes. Different carriers
offer different numbers of panelette slots. Also, some panelettes
occupy more than one slot.
Number of Signal Excitation Excitation
Module Channels Description Gain Range Filtering Isolation Sources Values
SCC-AI0x 2 ISO - - - - - - - - Isolation amplifier 0.2 50 mV 10 kHz - -
to 200 to 42 V
SCC-AI1x 2 ISO - - - - - - - - Isolation amplifier 1.2 10V, 5 V 4 Hz - -
SCC-A10 2 DI - - - - - - - - Attenuator 0.1 60 V - - -
SCC-LP01 2 DI - - - - - - - - Lowpassfilter 0.5 10 V 25 Hz - - -
SCC-LP04 2 DI - - - - - - - - Lowpassfilter 0.5 10 V 1 kHz - - -
SCC-FV01 2 RSE - - - - - - - Frequency- to-voltage 1 0 to 100 Hz - - -
SCC-TC01 1 DI - - - - - - - Thermocouple input 100 100 mV 2 Hz - - -
SCC-TC02 1 DI - - - - - - - Thermocouple input 100 100 mV 2 Hz - - -
SCC-RTD01 2 DI - - - - - - - RTD input 25 400 mV 30 Hz - 1 current 1 mA
SCC-SG01 2 DI - - - - - - Strain (1/4-bridge,120 !) 100 100 mV 41.6 kHz - 1 voltage 2.5 V
SCC-SG02 2 DI - - - - - - Strain (1/4-bridge,350 !) 100 100 mV 41.6 kHz - 1 voltage 2.5 V
SCC-SG03 2 DI - - - - - - Strain (1/2-bridge) 100 100 mV 21.6 kHz - 1 voltage 2.5 V
SCC-SG04 2 DI - - - - - - - Strain (full-bridge) 100 100 mV 1.6 kHz - 1 voltage 2.5 V
SCC-SG24 2 DI - - - - - - - Full bridge input (350 !) 100 100 mV 1.6 kHz - 1 voltage 10 V
SCC-SG11 2 DI - - - - - - - Strain shunt calibration - - - - - -
SCC-ACC01 1 DI - - - - - - - IEPE accelerometer input 2 5 V 19 kHz - 1 current 4 mA
SCC-CI20 2 DI - - - - - - - - Current input - 0 to 20 mA - - - -
SCC-A010 1 ISO - - - - - - - - Isolated voltage output - 10 V - - -
SCC-C020 1 ISO - - - - - - - - Isolated current output - 0 to 20 mA - - -
SCC-DI01 1 ISO - - - - - - - - Isolated digital input - 24 VDC - - -
SCC-DO01 1 ISO - - - - - - - - Isolated digital output - 30 VDC - - -
SCC- RLY01 1 - - - - - - - SPDT Relay - 5 A at 30 VDC - - - -
250 VAC
SCC-CTR01 1 ISO - - - - - - - - Isolated counter/timer - 0 to 48 VDC - - -
SCC-FT0l 2 SE/l 01 - - - - - - - - - Feedthrough - - - - - -
Table 1. SCC Module Selection Guide
M
i
l
l
i
v
o
l
t
s
/
V
o
l
t
s
C
u
r
r
e
n
t

(
0

t
o

2
0

m
A
)
F
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y
-
t
o
-
V
o
l
t
a
g
e
T
h
e
r
m
o
c
o
u
p
l
e
s
R
T
D
S
t
r
a
i
n

G
a
g
e
s
F
o
r
c
e
,

L
o
a
d
,

T
o
r
q
u
e
,

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
A
c
c
e
l
e
r
o
m
e
t
e
r
T
T
L
/
C
M
O
S
Signal Types
Analog
Input
DIO/
CTR
Output
Back to Index
Step 4 - Determine Your Power Option (Table 4)
You can power an SCC system using a +5 VDC, 120/240 VAC, or 7 to
42 VDC external power source. To indicate the power option for your
SCC system, select 01, 02, or 03 as the last two digits of the part
number of the SC-2345 or SC-2350 carrier.
Please note that if you choose power option 01, it is possible to
power your SCC system using the internal power source of your DAQ
device. For DAQCard and DAQPad devices, the total power required
by your SCC modules must be less than 800 mW (490 mW of analog
power). For PCI or PXI, M Series or E Series multifunction DAQ
devices, the total power required by your SCC modules must be less
than 4.55 W (1.74 W for analog modules). Additional power modules
are sold separately. To determine the power requirements of the
modules in your SCC DAQ system, use the online SCC Advisor at
ni.ccm/advisors.
SC-2345 and SC-2350 Carriers
Panelettes
Step 5 - Select Your DAQ Device and Cable (Table 5)
Select the DAQ device to control your system.
Step 6 - Select Your Accessories
Choose from rack/panel-mount kits and stacking kits. You can also
select additional power kits separately if your application requires
multiple power configurations.
Power Options
Recommended DAQ Devices
For more assistance in configuring your see system, visit the
SCC Advisor at ni.com/advisors.
Number of
Description Panelette Slots
SCC carrier with a hinged lid -
SCC carrier with configurable connectors (side 68-pin interface) 18
SCC carrier with configurable connectors (rear 68-pin interface) 15
Table 2. SCC Carriers
Power Type Power Supplied By Power Option
+5 VDC DAQCard/DAQPad (800 mW maximum) -01
PCl/PXI (4.55 W maximum)
120 VAC, 240 VAC External
1
-02
7 to 42 VDC External
2
-03
1
AC transformer included. However, you must purchase a separate power cord to match your
country's power requirements.
2
External power supply not included.
Table 4. SC-2345/SC-2350 Power Options
Product Multifunction I/O Features Bus Cabling to
M Series Multifunction I/O PCI, PXI SHC68-68-EP
DAQCard-6036E 16-bit, 200 kHz PCMCIA SHC68-68-EP
DAQPad-6020E 12-bit, 100 kHz USB SH68-68-EP
DAQPad-6070E 12-bit, 1 MHz IEEE 1394 SH68-68-EP
68-pin PCI/PXI E Series Multifunction I/O PCI, PXI SH68-68-EP
100-pin PCI/PXI E Series Multifunction I/O PCI, PXI SH1006868
B Series Multifunction I/O PCI SH68-68-EP
Table 5. National Instruments DAQ Devices
Connectors/Units
Panelette Description per Panelette Slot Width
Minithermocouple jack J or K-type 2 1
or uncompensated 2 1
Thermocouple jack J or K-type 1 1
BNC BNC connector 2 1
SMB SMB connector 4 I
Banana jack Banana jack 2 1
LEMO (B Series) 2-pin female 2 1
4, 6-pin female 1 1
MIL-C-26482 2, 4, or 6-pin female 1 1
9-pin D-Sub Single (male - female) 1 2
Dual (male - female) 2 3
Momentary switch On - off 2 1
Toggle switch On - off- on 2 1
Rocker switch On - off- on 1 1
LED A red, green, yellow, 4 1
and orange LED
Potentiometer 1 turn, 10 k! 1 1
Strain relief Small 1 -
Blank Filler panel - -
Table 3. Panelettes
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
C

C
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n

G
u
i
d
e
272
Back to Index
273
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
C

M
o
d
u
l
e

C
a
r
r
i
e
r
s
Overview
The National Instruments SC-2345 Series consists of two types of
carriers, the NI SC-2345 connector block and the SC-2345 with
configurable connectors. The SC-2350 is a similar carrier with
configurable TEDS (transducer electronic data sheet) connectors for
connecting to smart TEDS sensors. These enclosures for SCC signal
conditioning modules connect directly to 68-pin DAQ devices. They
include sockets for SCC modules, along with screw terminals for
convenient connection to digital I/O and counter/timer (GPCTR)
signals from the DAQ device. These carriers offer three power
options to increase the flexibility of deployment.
SC-2345 Connector Block
The SC-2345 includes 20 SCC sockets, labeled J1 through J20 (see
Figure 1). Sockets J1 through J8 accommodate SCC modules for
conditioning signals on the analog input channels of the DAQ
device. For example, an SCC module plugged into socket J1
conditions signals for channels 0 and 8 of the device.
You can use sockets J9 through J16 for either digital I/O modules or
dual-stage analog input conditioning. When using dual-stage
conditioning of analog inputs (for applicable modules only in the SC-
2345 series carriers), wire your input signal to the first-stage module
(in sockets J9 through J16). The SC-2345 routes the output signal of
the first-stage SCC module to the input of the second stage SCC
module internally (see Figure 2). When using sockets J9 through J16
for digital I/O, simply plug in a digital SCC module or the SCC-FT01
for custom digital applications. You can use any combination of SCC
digital input or digital output modules. The digital I/O lines of M
Series, E Series, or B Series DAQ devices are configurable for input
and output on a line-by-line basis. You can also access the DIO lines
of the DAQ device using the screw-terminal block.
Sockets J17 through J20 access the two analog output channels and
the GPCTR channels 0 and 1.
Portable, Shielded SCC Module Carriers
Accept up to 20 SCC modules
Portable, low-profile packaging
Cable directly to an M Series, E Series,
or B Series multifunction device
Powered by DAQ device (additional
power options available)
SC-2345 Connector Block
Screw-terminal connectivity
SC-2345 with
Configurable Connectors
Panelettes for direct sensor
connectivity, control, and display
Blank panelettes for filler
SC-2350
Accepts up to 16 channels of TEDS
Class II smart sensors
Panelettes for direct sensor connectivity
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
Lookout
VI Logger
Visual Basic
C/C++, C#
NI-DAQmx
NI SC-2345 Series, NI SC-2350
Figure 1. SC-2345 Connector Block Socket Diagram
Figure 2. SCC Configuration for Single-Stage and Dual-Stage Analog Input
Back to Index
SC-2345 with Configurable Connectors
The SC-2345 with Configurable Connectors is electrically and
functionally identical to the SC-2345 connector block. The only
differences are the orientation of some modules and the addition of
I/O connector and interface panelettes. This carrier is available with
either a side 68-pin connector (recommended for DAQCard products)
or a rear 68-pin connector (recommended for DAQPad products).
The SC-2345 with Configurable Connectors handles dual-stage
conditioning and digital I/O modules. It also offers custom
connectivity by adding panelettes along its front and rear panels.
Select up to 18 panelettes for side-mount 68-pin versions, or
15 panelettes for rear-mount 68-pin versions. With I/O panelettes,
you can connect your sensor directly to the SCC system. With
interface panelettes, you can add hardware controls and displays to
your system. Blank panelettes are also available to fill unused
positions or for modification to fit your custom application needs.
SC-2350
The SC-2350 includes 10 SCC module sockets, labeled J1 through
J8, J17, and J18 (see Figure 3). Sockets J1 through J8 accommodate
SCC modules for conditioning signals on the analog input channels
of the DAQ device. For example, an SCC module plugged into socket
J1 would condition signals for channels 0 and 8 of the device. You
can use sockets J17 and J18 for SCC modules that condition analog
signals on the output channels of the DAQ device.
The SC-2350 contains a TEDS microcontroller with two digital lines
per analog input channel for communication with Class II smart
TEDS sensors. For more information on smart TEDS sensors, see
ni.com/sensors.
Sensors Plug&Play
The IEEE 1451.4 standard delivers plug-and-play capability to analog
sensors. End users, systems integrators, and developers can
automate the configuation of measurement systems for analog
sensors. By defining an easy add-on approach that brings TEDS
benefits to all types of sensors, the standard makes data acquisition
systems easier to set up, configure, and maintain. The TEDS
structure is compact and flexible enough to handle a wide range of
sensor requirements.
Smart TEDS Sensors
An IEEE 1451.4 smart TEDS sensor consists of the analog
components and an embedded memory chip, which together provide
the mixed-mode interface for analog and digital signals.
A smart TEDS sensor identifies and describes itself - providing the
manufacturer, sensor model number, serial number, measurement
range, sensitivity, and calibration information. TEDS information
resides on a memory chip (EEPROM) within the sensor and is
accessed by measurement systems such as the SC-2350 via a
simple low-cost serial interface. To determine the cabling needed
for your configuration, see Table 2.
Figure 3. SC-2350 Socket Diagram
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
C

M
o
d
u
l
e

C
a
r
r
i
e
r
s
274
Back to Index
275
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
C

M
o
d
u
l
e

C
a
r
r
i
e
r
s
Panelettes
If you choose either of the two versions of the SC-2345 with
configurable connectors or the SC-2350 as your carrier, then you can
install connectivity and interface panelettes to customize your SCC
system. Panelette options (see Table 1, Figure 4) include BNC, SMB,
LEMO (B Series), MIL-Spec, banana jack, thermocouple plug, 9-pin
D-Sub connectors, rocker switches, toggle switches, momentary
switches, potentiometers, and LEDs. Please note, some panelettes
occupy more than one panelette slot. All panelettes except for the
strain-relief options include lead wires that you connect to the
screw terminals of any SCC module or to the 42-pin screw-terminal
block inside the SC-2345 or SC-2350. The thermocouple and mini
thermocouple jack connector wires are made of the appropriate
metals to avoid forming unwanted cold junctions.
Screw Terminals
Each SC-2345 and SC-2350 shielded carrier includes a 42-position
screw terminal block for easy access to digital lines of the M Series
or E Series DAQ device, including P0<3,5,6,7>, PFI<0 .. 9>, CTR 0,1,
+5 V, D GND, AI SENSE, FREQ OUT, EXTSTROBE, and AI HOLD
COMP.
Accessories
The SC-2345 with configurable connectors and SC-2350 offer two
optional accessories. For 19 in. rack systems, choose the rack-mount
kit. If you are using two SCC systems, or a single SCC system with a
DAQPad device, choose the stacking kit to mechanically attach both
systems.
Power Options
SC-2345 and SC-2350 carriers have three power options:
SCC-PWR01 - 5 VDC from the DAQ device or an external supply
SCC-PWR02 - universal AC external supply
SCC-PWR03 - 7 to 42 VDC external supply module (power supply
not included)
One power module is included with your carrier. Power modules are
sold separately in case you want to use your SC-2345 or SC-2350 in
two or more configurations.
If you choose the SCC-PWR01, it is possible to power your SCC
system with the internal power source of your DAQ device.
NI DAQCard and DAQPad devices provide 800 mW of total power
(480 mW of analog power) from their internal source. NI PCI and PXI
devices provide 4.50 W of total power (1.74 W of analog power)
from their internal source. If the power draw from your SCC modules
is greater than the power available from your DAQ device, then you
must use an external power source. The SCC-PWR02 includes an AC
transformer. However, you must purchase an additional power cord
to match your country's power requirements.
The SCC-PWR03 does not include a transformer but can be used
with an external transformer that provides 7 to 42 VDC. To
determine the valid power options for the modules in your SCC DAQ
system, use the online SCC Advisor at ni.com/advisors.
Connectors/Units
Panelette Description per Panelette Slot Width
Minithermocouple jack J or K-type 2 1
Thermocouple jack J or K-type 1 1
BNC BNC connector 2 1
SMB SMB connector 4 1
Banana jack Banana jack 2 1
LEMO (B Series) 2-pin female 2 1
4, 6-pin female 1 1
MIL-Spec 2, 4, 6-pin female 1 1
9-pin D-Sub Single (male) 1 2
Single (female) 1 2
Dual (male) 2 3
Dual (female) 2 3
Momentary switch On - off 2 1
Toggle switch (On - off - on) 2 1
Rocker switch (On - off - on) 1 1
LED Red, green, yellow, 4 1
and orange LEDs
Potentiometer 1 turn, 10 ! 1 1
Strain relief Small 1 2
Blank Filler panel - -
Table 1. SC-2345/SC-2350 Panelette Options
MIL-Spec Toggle Switch Rocker Switch LED Strain Relief Potentiometer Momentary Switch
Minithermocouple BNC SMB Banana Jack 9-Pin D-Sub LEMO (B Series)
Figure 4. SC-2345/SC-2350 Panelettes
Back to Index
Cabling
You connect your SC-2345 or SC-2350 to your DAQ device using
standard cables. To determine the cabling needed for your
configuration, see Table 2.
DAQ Device SC-2345/SC-2350
M Series SHC68-68-EP
68-pin E Series or B Series SH68-68-EP
1
100-pin E Series SH100686
2
Latching E Series DAQCard-6062E/6036E/6024E SHC68-68-EP
1
Can also use the SH68-68R1 or R6868
2
Only the first 68 pins will interface to an SC-2345
Table 2. Cabling Options
NI SC-2345 with
SCC-PWR01........................................................... 777458-01
SCC-PWR02........................................................... 777458-02
SCC-PWR03........................................................... 777458-03
NI SC-2345 with Configurable Connectors (side 68-pin) with
SCC-PWR01........................................................... 777722-01
SCC-PWR02........................................................... 777722-02
SCC-PWR03........................................................... 777722-03
NI SC-2345 with Configurable Connectors (rear 68-pin) with
SCC-PWR01........................................................... 778018-01
SCC-PWR02........................................................... 778018-02
SCC-PWR03........................................................... 778018-03
SC-2350 with
SCC-PWR01........................................................... 778990-01
SCC-PWR02........................................................... 778990-02
SCC-PWR03........................................................... 778990-03
Separate Power Modules
SCC-PWR01................................................................ 183971-01
SCC-PWR02................................................................ 183971-02
SCC-PWR03................................................................ 183971-03
Power Cords for the SCC-PWR-02
U.S. 120 VAC.............................................................. 763000-01
Japanese 100 VAC..................................................... 763634-01
Swiss 220 VAC........................................................... 763065-01
Australian 240............................................................ 763066-01
Universal Euro 240 VAC............................................. 763067-01
Panelettes
Minithermocouple
J-type (accepts 2 thermocouples)......................... 184736-01
K-type (accepts 2 thermocouples)......................... 184736-02
Uncompensated (accepts 2 thermocouples)......... 184736-03
Thermocouple, J -type................................................ 187597-01
Thermocouple, K-type................................................ 187597-02
Thermocouple, uncompensated................................. 187597-03
BNC (2 connectors)..................................................... 184737-01
Banana jack (2 jacks).................................................. 186405-01
LEMO (B Series)
2-pin, female.......................................................... 187585-01
4-pin, female.......................................................... 187585-02
6-pin, female.......................................................... 187585-03
MIL-C-26482 (Series 1)
MS 3112 E 8-2 S.................................................... 187591-01
MS 3112 E 8-2 S.................................................... 187591-02
MS 3112 E 8-4 S.................................................... 187591-03
Panelettes (continued)
SMB (4 included)......................................................... 185505-01
9-pin D-Sub
1 male.................................................................... 184738-01
2 male.................................................................... 184738-02
1 female................................................................. 184738-03
2 female................................................................. 184738-04
Strain relief (small)..................................................... 184721-01
Blank........................................................................... 184483-01
Momentary push-button switches (2 included)......... 185380-01
Rocker switch (on/off/on).......................................... 185379-01
Toggle switches (on/off/on, 2 included).................... 185378-01
Potentiometer (10 k!, single-turn)........................... 185377-01
LEDs (4 included - 1 green, 1 red, 1 orange, 1 yellow)....... 185376-01
Cables
SH6868-EP
1 m........................................................................ 184749-01
2 m........................................................................ 184749-02
SH68-68R1-EP........................................................... 187051-01
R6868......................................................................... 182482-01
SH1006868
1 m........................................................................ 182849-01
2 m........................................................................ 182849-02
PSHR68-68 shielded cable kit................................... 777293-01
SHC6868-EP.............................................................. 186838-01
Accessories
Rack-mount kit (1U).................................................... 777665-01
Stacking kit................................................................. 777666-01
Panel-mount kit.......................................................... 187243-01
Strain-relief kit
1
.......................................................... 187407-01
1
You cannot use the strain relief kit in conjunction with the rack-mount,
panel-mount, or stacking kits.
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
C

M
o
d
u
l
e

C
a
r
r
i
e
r
s
276
Back to Index
277
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Modular DAQ Systems
SCXI Signal Conditioning Overview
Critical Technologies for
Measurement and Automation
Programmable channel configuration
NIST-traceable calibration services
Direct sensor and signal connectivity
Software integration with LabVIEW,
LabWindows/CVI, and Measurement
Studio
Rugged packaging
Shielded design
Signal Conditioning for DAQ
Systems
Wide variety of analog and digital I/O
options
Expandable to 3,072 channels per DAQ
device
Up to 333 kS/s scanning rates in
multiplexed mode
Up to 1.2 MS/s scanning rates in
parallel mode
Front-End Switching System for
Instruments
Multiplexer, matrix, and general-
purpose switching options
2-wire handshaking with external
instruments
NI-SWITCH IVI-compliant switch driver
USB Connectivity
USB data acquisition module
16-bit, 200 kS/s
Autodetection by PC
Modular Signal Conditioning and Switching
National Instruments SCXI provides high-performance signal
conditioning and switching to your DAQ system. Using SCXI you can
measure sensor outputs and raw signals, generate voltages or
currents, monitor digital lines, or route signals with switching in a
single integrated system.
An SCXI DAQ system consists of multichannel signal conditioning
modules installed in one or more rugged chassis. You can choose
from a wide offering of analog input, analog output, digital I/O, and
switching modules to customize your system and match your
application needs. You can deploy SCXI in desktop, portable, or rack-
mount DAQ systems.
Conditioning Options
SCXI offers analog input signal conditioning modules for the most
common sensors, including thermocouples, RTDs, strain gages, load
cells, accelerometers, and LVDTs. SCXI also offers common signal
conditioning technologies including amplification, attenuation,
isolation, excitation, simultaneous sampling, programmable filtering,
and frequency-to-voltage conversion. Finally, you can integrate SCXI
modules for analog output, digital I/O, and switching options into
the same system as your application demands.
Software
Develop your system quickly and easily with NI-DAQmx
measurement services software. First, configure your system with
NI Measurement & Automation Explorer, with which you autodetect
your SCXI modules. Next, create named channels with built-in
scaling for various sensors. Test each channel to confirm proper
acquisition. Finally, develop your application with the same tools
you use for your DAQ device, such as DAQ Assistant with automatic
code generation.
SCXI DAQ System Benefits
An effective DAQ system should incorporate the critical signal
conditioning technologies you need without sacrificing the
measurement accuracy, power, or flexibility of your custom solution.
You can configure an SCXI DAQ system to accept a wide variety of
sensor and signal types and easily reconfigure or expand it for future
application demands.
Analog Inputs
Thermocouples
RTDs/thermistors
Strain/force/load/torque/
pressure sensors
Accelerometers
LVDTs/RVDTs/resolvers
Millivolts
High voltage (up to 1000 V, CAT I)
Frequency-to-voltage
Analog Outputs
Voltage
Switch Topologies
General-purpose
Multiplexer
Matrix
Digital I/O
TTL
High voltage (up to 240 V)
NI SCXI
Back to Index
Modular DAQ Systems SCXI Signal Conditioning Overview
System Operation
SCXI is a programmable signal conditioning system designed for
measurement and automation applications. Using the intricate
timing and triggering of SCXI, you can sample analog input channels
across all modules in all chassis at rates up to 333 kS/s in
multiplexed mode. You can sample up to 1.2 MS/s in parallel mode.
Expanding your system to include more signal conditioning options,
such as analog output, digital I/O, or switching, is as simple as
plugging in another module.
SCXI modules offer two modes of operation - multiplexed and
parallel. In multiplexed mode, each SCXI analog input module
multiplexes its input channels to a common analog line. Multiplexed
mode is very cost-effective for high-channel-count systems. The
SCXI USB data acquisition module operates in multiplexed mode.
In parallel mode, each SCXI module is controlled by an independent
DAQ device. Channels are conditioned and passed through
independently. In this mode of operation, you can acquire at rates as
fast as your DAQ device can sample. Parallel mode is ideal for
applications that require high acquisition rates.
Signal Conditioning
Amplification/attenuation
Isolation
Filtering
Cold-junction compensation
Transducer excitation
Remote sensing
Open-thermocouple detection
Bridge completion
Shunt calibration
Offset nulling
Simultaneous sampling
Characteristic Benefit
Autodetection USB DAQ module provides complete autodetection of all modules and chassis.
Modularity Select your analog, digital, and switching conditioning technologies on a per module basis.
Broad Conditioning Options With SCXI, choose from conditioning for various transducers, large or small voltages, current, frequency signals, digital I/O, switching, filtering, or simultaneous sampling.
Programmability Configure each channel for the gain, filtering, and excitation level you need.
Expandability Expand your SCXI system to 3,072 channels per DAQ device, meeting present and future application demands.
NIST-Traceable Calibration Servicce NI delivers calibration certificates with selected SCXI modules, guaranteeing your module performs accurately upon receipt. Some modules include onboard calibration.
Direct Sensor Connectivity Choose from SCXI modules with BNC, thermocouple, SMA, or SMB connections directly on the module. Choose various terminal block options to simplify module
removal without tedious signal rewiring.
System Protection Incorporate isolated I/O modules to protect your system from improper wiring, ground loops, accidental faults, and large transient signals.
Easy-to-Use Configuration Software features such as module autodetection, named channels with built-in scaling, programmable channel settings, and signal test panels simplify system
installation and configuration.
High-Bandwidth With the high-speed SCXIbus, you can acquire analog signals at rates up to 333 kS/s. This technology is critical for high-speed or high-channel-count applications.
Hardware Integration Combine analog input, analog output, digital I/O, and switching technologies into a single, unified platform.
Software Integration Configure, develop, and test your SCXI-based system with the same tools as your DAQ device or instrument.
Rugged Design SCXI modules are individually shielded, and installed into a rugged chassis, maintaining signal integrity in a robust package.
Open System Include SCXI modules from third-party vendors or build your own custom signal conditioning for SCXI with custom module development tools.
Table 1. SCXI System Benefits
Expandable
High-Speed
Shielded Design
Removable Terminal Blocks
Data Acquisition
Rugged Packaging
Modular
Strain Relief
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
278
Back to Index
279
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

C
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n

G
u
i
d
e
SCXI Configuration Guide
Interactively Build Your SCXI System Online
Use the SCXI Advisor to quickly and easily specify and configure
your SCXI measurement system online. The SCXI Advisor leads you
step by step through the selection of the modules, terminal blocks,
chassis, measurement device, and cabling you need for your
application.
After building your system, you can review an online quotation to
see the total price of your complete system in your local currency.
When you are satisfied with your SCXI system configuration, you
can order your system through our online store. Visit
ni.com/advisor to use the SCXI Advisor.
An SCXI DAQ system consists of six basic components - SCXI
modules, terminal blocks, chassis, measurement device, cable
assembly, and accessories. Use the steps below to choose the
correct components to build your SCXI DAQ system.
Step 1 - SCXI Modules
SCXI modules condition analog and digital signals and sensors.
Select the SCXI analog input, analog output, digital I/O, and
switching modules to meet your I/O requirements. See Table 3 for
module descriptions.
Step 2 - SCXI Terminal Blocks
Connect your I/O signals to SCXI modules using terminal blocks. You
can choose from front-mounting, rack-mount, or DIN-rail-mount
terminal block styles. Select one terminal block for each SCXI
module, if the module requires it.
Step 3 - Chassis
SCXI chassis provide power to the SCXI modules, and handle all
signal routing between your SCXI modules and your digitizer.
Select your chassis for the number of modules you have chosen. You
can use multichassis adapters to connect up to eight SCXI chassis
together. See Table 1 to select the appropriate chassis.
Step 4 - Measurement Devices
Each SCXI system requires a measurement/control device. The SCXI-
1600 provides analog-to-digital conversion and controls analog
output and digital I/O modules. It connects to the PC by USB. If you
are not using the SCXI-1600, the chassis must be cabled to and
controlled by a plug-in DAQ device. The most popular plug-in DAQ
devices are listed in Table 2.
Step 5 - Cable Assemblies
SCXI cable assemblies are only required if you are not using the
SCXI-1600. SCXI cable assemblies connect the SCXI chassis in your
system to the measurement devices. Select one SCXI cable
assembly for each measurement device in your system. Multichassis
systems require additional multichassis adapters for each SCXI
chassis.
Single-chassis systems in a PXI-1050 or PXI-1052 chassis do not
require an SCXI cable assembly.
Step 6 - Accessories
Choose from a wide variety of accessories to complete your system,
including rack-mount adapters and filler panels.
Figure 1. Use the SCXI Advisor to quickly configure your system
Chassis SCXI Slots PXI Slots Power
SCXI-1000
1
4 - AC
SCXI-1000DC 4 - DC
SCXI-1001
1
12 - AC
PXI-1050
1
4 8 AC
PXI-1052
1
8 4 AC
1
AC/DC converters can be used with AC chassis listed above.
Table 1. SCXI Chassis
Measurement Device Cable Assembly System Configuration Length (m)
SCXI-1600 USB cable Single-chassis 1, 2
M Series SCXI-1349
1
Single-chassis 0.5, 1, 2
PCI 68-pin E Series SCXI-1349
2
Single-chassis 1, 2, 5, 10
DAQCard-6036E SCXI-1349
3
DAQCard-6062E SCXI-1349
4
Any E Series device SCXI-1346
2
Multichassis 1, 2, 5, 10
NI 4060, NI 407x SCXI-1357 Single 4-slot SCXI 1, 2 chassis
NI 4060, NI 407x SCXI-1358 Single 12-slot SCXI 1, 2 chassis
1
1
Requires SHC68-68-EPM cable (sold seperately).
2
SH68-68-EP cable (sold separately).
3
Requires SHC68-68-EP cable (sold seperately).
4
Requires PSHR68-68 cable (sold separately).
Table 2. SCXI Cable Assemblies
Back to Index
SCXI Configuration Guide
Signal Types
Excitation Parallel
Values Mode
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
-
-
3.33 V, 10 V
0.15 mA
0.45 mA
3.33 V, -
1 mA
-
-
-
-
100uA -
0 to 10 V
(17 settings)
0, 1.25, 2.5, 5 V -
programmable
4 mA
(program per
channel)
1 to 3 V
rms
-
2.5 to 10 kHz
- -
100 A -
-
-
USB
M
i
l
l
i
v
o
l
t
s
/
V
o
l
t
s
M
e
d
i
u
m

V
o
l
t
a
g
e

(
6
0

V
)
H
i
g
h

V
o
l
t
a
g
e

(
3
0
0

V
/
1
0
0
0

V
8
)
C
u
r
r
e
n
t

(
4

t
o

2
0

m
A
)
H
i
g
h

C
u
r
r
e
n
t

(
5

A
)
F
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y
-
t
o
-
V
o
l
t
a
g
e
T
h
e
r
m
o
c
o
u
p
l
e
s
R
T
D
s
/
T
h
e
r
m
i
s
t
o
r
s
S
t
r
a
i
n

G
a
g
e
s
F
o
r
c
e
,

L
o
a
d
,

T
o
r
q
u
e
,

P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
L
V
D
T
s
,

R
V
D
T
s
,

R
e
s
o
l
v
e
r
s
A
c
c
e
l
e
r
o
m
e
t
e
r
s
T
T
L
/
C
M
O
S
A
n
a
l
o
g

I
n
p
u
t

A
n
a
l
o
g

O
u
t
p
u
t
D
I
O
/
C
T
R
Ranges/
Module Channels Description Gain Signal Types Filtering Isolation
SCXI-1600 1 DI USB digitizer 1 to 200 0.05 to 10 V - -
SCXI-1100 32 DI - - - - - - - - - - Multiplexer 1 to 2000 2.5 mV to 10 V, 4 Hz, 10 kHz, -
amplifier (program) 4 to 20 mA bypass
SCXI-1102 32 DI - - - - - - - - - Thermocouple 1 or 100 100 mV to 10 V 2 Hz -
amplifier (per channel) 4 to 20 mA
SCXI-1102B, 32 DI - - - - - - - - - - - Multiplexer 1 or 100 100 mV to 10 V 1102B - 200 Hz -
SCXI-1102C amplifier (per channel) 4 to 20 mA 1102C - 10 kHz
SCXI-1104, 32 DI - - - - - - - - - - - Multiplexer 0.1 60 VDC; 42 VAC 1104 - 2 Hz -
SCXI-1104C 1104C - 10 kHz
SCXI-1112 8 DI - - - - - - - - - - - - Thermocouple input 100 TC 2 Hz -
SCXI-1120 8 ISO - - - - - - - - Isolation 1 or 2000 2.5 mV to 1000 V 4 Hz, 10 kHz 250 V
rms
amplifier (per channel) 4 to 20 mA (per channel) (CAT II)
SCXI-1120D 8 ISO - - - - - - - - - Wide band 1 to 1000 50 mV to 1000 V 4.5 kHz, 22.5 kHz 250 V
rms
isolation amplifier (per channel) (per channel) (CAT II)
SCXI-1121 4 ISO - - - - - Isolation 1 or 2000 2.5 mV to 250 V 4 Hz, 10 kHz 250 V
rms
(per channel) 4 to 20 mA; TC (per channel) (CAT II)
SCXI-1122 16 ISO - - - - - Isolation multiplexer 1 or 2000 2.5 mV to 250 V 4 Hz, 4 kHz 480 V
rms
amplifier (program) 4 to 20 mA (CAT II)
SCXI-1125 8 ISO - - - - - - - - Isolation 1 or 2000 2.5 mV to 1000 V 4 Hz, 10 kHz 300 V
rms
amplifier (per channel) 4 to 20 mA; TC4 (per channel) (CAT II)
SCXI-1126 8 ISO - - - - - - - - Programmable - 50 mV to 1000 V - 250 V
rms
isolated F-to-V 15 Hz to 128 kHz (CAT II)
SCXI-1140 8 DI - - - - - - - - - - - - SSH7 amplifier 1 to 500 10 mV to 10 V - -
(per channel)
SCXI-1141, 8 DI - - - - - - - - - - - - Programmable 1 or 100 50 mV to 5 V 10 Hz to 25 kHz -
SCXI-1142, Lowpass Filter (per channel)
SCXI-1143
SCXI-1503 16 DI - - - - - - - - - - - Voltage or 1 or 100 100 mV or 10V 5Hz -
resistive input (per channel)
SCXI-1520 8 DI - - - - - - - - - - Programmable strain 1 or 1000 10 mV to 10 V 10 Hz to 10 kHz -
input module (per channel) strain gage (program per
w/SSH7 channel)
SCXI-1521, 24 DI - - - - - - - - - - - - Programmable 42 0 to 250 mV 10 Hz -
SCXI-1521B strain input strain gage
SCXI-1530, 4/8 SE or DI - - - - - - - - - - - Programmable 1 or 100 50 mV to 5 V 2.5 to 20 kHz -
SCXI-1531 accelerometer (per channel) AC coupled (program per
input w/SSH7 accelerometer channel)
SCXI-1540 8 DI - - - - - - - - - - - - Programmable 0.8 to 25 0.5 to 6 V
rms
250 Hz -
LVDT input (per channel) (per channel)
SCXI-1124 6 ISO output - - - - - - - - - - - Isolated output Voltage/current 1 to 10 V, - 250 V
(per channel) 1 to 10 V, 0 to 20 mA (CAT II)
SCXI-1581 32 - - - - - - - - - - - - Current - - - -
excitation
SCXI-1162, 32 - - - - - - - - - - - Isolated digital input - TTL/CMOS - 300 V
rms
SCXI-1162HV 240 VAC/VDC
SCXI-1163 32 - - - - - - - - - - - - Isolated digital output - TTL/CMOS - 300 V
rms
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

C
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n

G
u
i
d
e
280
Back to Index
281
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
SCXI Data Acquisition Systems
16-Bit, 200 kS/s USB Data Acquisition Module
200 kS/s for up to 352 channels
16-bit resolution
Controller and digitizer for SCXI chassis
10 V input range
USB 2.0 connectivity to PC
BNC connectors for:
Digital start trigger
External clock source
External calibration
Internal calibration source
NI-DAQmx to simplify configuration and
measurements
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
(included)
NI-DAQmx
Overview
The National Instruments SCXI-1600 USB data acquisition module
requires data from and controls SCXI signal conditioning modules
installed in the chassis in which it resides, making the chassis a
complete data acquisition system. Conditioned output signals from
other SCXI modules in the chassis are automatically routed to the NI
SCXI-1600, digitized, and transferred to the PC via USB. You can connect
the SCXI-1600 directly to any standard USB port (1.0, 1.1, or 2.0).
The SCXI-1600 is a full-featured 16-bit digitizer and control module
for SCXI analog input, analog output, digital I/O, and switching
modules. A Hi-Speed USB connection makes the SCXI-1600 ideal for
remote applications up to 150 ft away from the PC. In addition, the
SCXI-1600 features an internal calibration source and external
calibration connection to ensure absolute measurement accuracy
over time.
Software
NI DAQmx is the robust measurement services software included
with all NI data acquisition and signal conditioning products. This
easy-to-use software tightly integrates the full functionality of your
DAQ hardware to LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, and Measurement
Studio for Visual Basic. High-performance features include
multidevice synchronization, networked measurements, and DMA
data management. Bundled with NI-DAQmx, the Measurement &
Automation Explorer (MAX) utility simplifies the configuration of
your measurement hardware with device test panels, interactive
measurements and scaled I/O channels. NI-DAQmx also provides
numerous example programs for LabVIEW and other application
development environments to get you started with your application
quickly.
Services and Support/Training
As a complement to your data acquisition and signal conditioning
product, consider:
Technical Support Included in hardware/software purchase
through applications engineers worldwide, Web resources with
more than 1000 example programs and more than 7000
knowledgebases, and Premier Support ni.com/support
Calibration Includes NIST-traceable basic calibration certificate,
services for ANSI/NCSL-Z540 and periodic calibration
ni.com/calibration
Extended Warranty Meet project life-cycle requirements and
maintain optimal performance in a cost-effective way
ni.com/services
Data Acquisition Training Instructor-led courses
ni.com/training
NI SCXI-1600
Connection Analog Sampling Input
Device to PC Inputs Resolution Rate Range Triggers
SCXI-1600 USB 2.0 Up to 352
1
16 bits 200 kS/s 0.05 to 10 V Digital (1)
full-speed
compliant
1
Multiplexed through a single channel analog-to-digital converter
Table 1. SCXI-1600 Channel, Speed, and Resolution Specifications
NI SCXI-1600.......................................................... 776572-1600
Includes NI-DAQmx software.
Back to Index
SCXI 32-Channel Analog Input Modules
Programmable gain settings
Lowpass filtering
NI-DAQmx software simplifies
100 mV to 60 VDC or current inputs
SCXI-1102B, SCXI-1102C
Programmatic input range from
100 mV to 10 V (per channel)
Per-channel lowpass filter
200 Hz (SCXI-1102B)
10 kHz (SCXI-1102C)
SCXI-1104, SCXI-1104C
60 VDC input range
Per-channel lowpass filters
2 Hz (SCXI-1104)
10 kHz (SCXI-1104C)
SCXI-1100
166 kS/s at full bandwidth,
with gain up to 100
6.6 kS/s maximum, 10 kHz filter
3 S/s maximum, 4 Hz filter
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio VI Logger
NI-DAQmx
Overview
The National Instruments SCXI-1102B/C, NI SCXI-1104/C, and the
SCXI-1100 are 32-channel analog input modules with the
programmable gain and filter settings ideal for conditioning a variety
of millivolt, volt, and current inputs. Each 32-channel module except
the SCXI-1100 has a programmable gain instrumentation amplifier
and lowpass filter for each channel. The SCXI-1100 has a single
amplifier and jumper-selectable filter shared by all 32 channels.
NI SCXI-1102B/C, NI SCXI-1104/C, NI SCXI-1100
NI SCXI-1102B........................................................... 776572-02B
NI SCXI-1102C........................................................... 776572-02C
NI SCXI-1104.............................................................. 776572-04
NI SCXI-1104C........................................................... 776572-04C
NI SCXI-1100.............................................................. 776572-00
Accessories
SCXI current resistors (4-pack)................................... 776582-01
SH96-96 shielded cable (1 m).................................... 183228-01
R96-96 ribbon cable (1 m).......................................... 183425-01
Module Channels 100 mV to 10 V 60 V 0 to 20 mA
SCXI-1102B 32 -
SCXI-1102C 32 -
SCXI-1104 32 - -
SCXI-1104C 32 - -
SCXI-1100 32 -
Terminal Block Part Number Type CJ Sensor Compatible Modules Cabling Special Functions
SCXI-1300 777687-00 Screw terminals SCXI-1102B, SCXI-1102C, - -
Front-mounting SCXI-1104, SCXI-1104C, SCXI-1100
SCXI-1303 777687-03 Screw terminals SCXI-1102B, SCXI-1102C, SCXI-1100 - Isothermal construction
Front-mounting Pluggable ground referencing
SCXI-1308 777687-08 Screw terminals - SCXI-1102B, SCXI-1102C, SCXI-1100 - 249 !socketed shunt
Front-mounting precision ground resistor
BNC-2095 777508-01 BNC connectors - SCXI-1102B, SCXI-1102C, SH96-96 or Prewired ground referencing
Rack-mounted SCXI-1104, SCXI-1104C
1
, SCXI-1100 R96-96 cable
TC-2095 777509-01 Thermocouple plugs, SCXI-1100, SCXl-1102B, SCXI-1102C SH96-96 or Isothermal construction
Rack-mounted R96-96 cable Switchable ground referencing
TBX-1303 777207-03 Screw terminals SCXI-1102B, SCXI-1102C, SH96-96 or DIN-rail mount isothermal construction
DIN-rail mount SCXI-1104, SCXI-1104C, SCXI-1100 R96-96 cable Pluggable ground referencing
TBX-96 777264-01 Screw terminals - SCXI-1100, SCXI-1102B, SH96-96 or DIN-rail mount
DIN-rail mount SCXI-1102C, SCXI-1104, R96-96 cable
SCXI-1310 777687-10 Solder pins - SCXI-1102B, SCXI-1102C, - Low-cost connector-
Front-mounting SCXI-1104C, SCXI-1100 and-shell assembly
1
You must disable the ground referencing for use with the SCXI-1104C
Table 2. Terminal Block Options for SCXI-1100, SCXI-1102B/C, and SCXI-1104/C
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

3
2
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

A
n
a
l
o
g

I
n
p
u
t
282
Back to Index
283
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

T
h
e
r
m
o
c
o
u
p
l
e

I
n
p
u
t
Overview
The National Instruments SCXI-1102 and SCXI-1112 are designed for
high-accuracy thermocouple measurements. The SCXI-1102 also can
acquire millivolt, volt, 0 to 20 mA, and 4 to 20 mA current input signals,
as well as signals from RTDs when the SCXI-1581 provides excitation.
Each input channel includes an instrumentation amplifier and a 2 Hz
lowpass filter. The SCXI-1112 incorporates open-thermocouple detection
circuitry on each input channel. LEDs on the front of the module indicate
the presence of an open thermocouple.
SCXI Thermocouple Input Modules
Hardware scanning of cold-junction
sensors
2 Hz lowpass filtering per channel
Over voltage protection to 42 V
333 kS/s maximum sampling rate
NI measurement services software that
measurements
SCXI-1102
Programmatic input range
of 100 mV or 10 V per channel
Thermocouple, millivolt, volt, and
current input
SCXI-1112
Instrumentation amplifier per channel
Random scanning
Onboard calibration reference
Open-thermocouple detection LEDs
Cold-junction compensation per channel
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
NI SCXI-1102, NI SCXI-1112
Module Channels Thermocouple RTD 100 mV 10 V 0 to 20 mA
SCXI-1102 32
1
SCXI-1112 8
1
With SCXI-1581
NI SCXI-1102.............................................................. 776572-02
NI SCXI-1112.............................................................. 776572-12
Accessories
SH96-96 shielded cable 1 m...................................... 183228-01
R96-96 ribbon cable 1 m............................................. 183425-01
For information on extended warranty and value-added
services, go to ni.com/signalconditioning.
SCXI-1300 777687-00 Screw terminals SCXI-1102B, SCXI-1102C, _ IC sensor for CJC
Front-mounting SCXI-1104, SCXI-1104C, SCXI-1100
SCXI-1303 777687-03 Screw terminals SCXI-1102B, SCXI-1102C, SCXI-1100 _ Isothermal construction
Front-mounting Pluggable ground referencing
SCXI-1308 777687-08 Screw terminals SCXI-1102B, SCXI-1102C, SCXI-1100 _ 249 !precision shunt resistor for
Front-mounting current measurements
TC-2095 777509-01 Thermocouple, plugs SCXI-1100, SCXI-1102B, SH96-96 or Isothermal construction
Rack-mounted SCXI-1102C R96-96 Prewired ground referencing
TBX-1303 777207-03 Screw terminals SCXI-1102B, SCXI-1102C, SH96-96 or DIN-rail mount Isothermal construction
DIN-rail mount SCXI-1104, SCXI-1104C, SCXI-1100 R96-96 Pluggable ground referencing
3 terminals per channel
TBX-96 777264-01 Screw terminals SCXI-1100, SCXI-1102B, SH96-96 or DIN-rail mount
DIN-rail mount SCXI-1102C, SCXI-1104, R96-96 3 terminals per channel
SCXI-1310 777687-10 Solder pins SCXI-1102B, SCXI-1102C, Low-cost connector and shell assembly
Front-mounting SCXI-1104, SCXI-1100
Table 2. Terminal Block Options for SCXI-1102
Back to Index
SCXI Universal Bridge and Strain Gage Input Module
8 simultaneously sampled
analog input channels
Programmable excitation (0 to 10 V)
per channel
Programmable gain (1 to 1000) per
channel
(10 Hz, 100 Hz, 1 kHz, 10 kHz) per
channel
Quarter-, half-, and full-bridge
completion
2 shunt calibration circuits per channel
Remote sensing
Random scanning
Onboard calibration reference
configuration, offset nulling, shunt
calibration, scaling, and measurement
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
VI Logger
Driver Software
NI-DAQmx
Calibration Certificate (included)
ni.com/calibration
Overview
The NI SCXI-1520 is a fully programmable 8-channel universal
strain-gage input module, with a programmable gain amplifier and a
4-pole Butterworth filter on each channel. Gains are programmatically
set to one of 49 settings between 1 and 1000 to optimize
measurements resolution. You can set the lowpass filter on each
channel to 10Hz, 100 Hz, 1 kHz, 10 kHz, or bypass mode.
Each channel has an independent 0 to 10 V programmable excitation
source with remote sense per channel to compensate for voltage
drops due to lead resistance. Offset nulling and shunt calibration
circuits on each channel are programmatically tuned.
The SCXI-1520 is compatible with quarter, half and full-bridge
sensors. Half-bridge completion is provided in the SCXI-1520 and
enables through software. RN-55 style quarter-bridge completion
resistors are socketed in the SCXI-1314 and SCXI-1314T front-
mounting terminal block and are programmatically engaged. The
SCXI-1314T offers simpler setup and improved accuracy for smart
TEDS Class II bridge-based sensors.
The SCXI-1520 samples all eight channels simultaneously, with
built-in track-and-hold circuitry. This feature simulates an A/D
converter per channel for a fraction of the cost, with typical
interchannel skew times less than 200 ns.
NI SCXI-1520
Quarter-Bridge Half-Bridge Full-Bridge Force, Load,
Module (120!, 350!) (120!, 350!) (120!, 350!) Torque, Pressure
SCXI-1520
NI SCXI-1520............................................................... 777966-20
SCXI-1314 777687-14 Screw terminals - SCXI-1520 front-mounting - Quarter-bridge completion
SCXI-1314T 777687-14T RJ50 - SCXI-1520 front-mounting - Quarter-bridge completion
Table 2. Terminal Block Options for the SCXI-1520
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

U
n
i
v
e
r
s
a
l

S
t
r
a
i
n

G
a
g
e

I
n
p
u
t

284
Back to Index
285
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

Q
u
a
r
t
e
r
-
B
r
i
d
g
e

S
t
r
a
i
n

G
a
g
e

I
n
p
u
t
SCXI Quarter-Bridge Strain Gage Input Module
24 quarter-bridge strain gage inputs
350 !(SCXI-1521)
120 !(SCXI-1521B)
Programmable excitation
(0 to 5 V) per channel
Programmable shunt and null calibration
per channel
10 Hz filter per channel
Onboard calibration references
NI-DAQmx simplifies configuration and
measurements
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
Visual Basic, C, C++
(included)
NI-DAQmx
Calibration Certificate Included
1
For half-bridge or full-bridge strain gage
measurements, please consider the SCXI-1520.
Overview
The National Instruments SCXI-1521 and SCXI-1521B are quarter-
bridge strain gage input modules that offer all of the features you
need for high-channel-count applications. Each NI SCXI-1521/B is
shipped with a NIST-traceable calibration certificate. Each SCXI-
1521/B module can multiplex its signals into a single channel of the
controlling DAQ device, and you can add more modules to increase
channel count.
Analog Input
Each ofthe 24 analog inputs of the SCXI-1521/B consists of a
quarter-bridge completion resistor (350 !for the SCXI-1521 and 120
!for the SCXI-1521B), and a 10 Hz, 2-pole Butterworth filter. You
can program the excitation over 1024 different levels from 0 to 5 V.
The 2-pole Butterworth filters provides lowpass filtering to block
noise and ensure measurement accuracy.
Calibration
The SCXI-1521/B modules provide simple yet powerful calibration
capabilities. Each module has an onboard calibration EEPROM that
stores calibration constants for each channel; factory calibration
constants are stored in a protected area of the EEPROM.
NI-DAQ traditional and NI-DAQmx transparently use the calibration
constants to correct for gain and offset errors for each channel.
Null Compensation
Each input channel of an SCXI-1521/B includes a circuit to remove
bridge offset voltage. Driver software nulls the offset voltage to zero
in seconds. You do not need to manually adjust a potentiometer. By
removing this offset through the measurement hardware, you can
achieve better measurement resolution.
Shunt Calibration
Each input channel of an SCXI-1521/B includes an accurate and
stable shunt calibration resistor with which you can progamatically
simulate loading effects on your strain gage to compensate for
strain gage errors. The shunt calibration resistors located inside of
the module. You enable or disable the shunt resistors through
software commands.
NI SCXI-1521, NI SCXI-1521B
NI SCXI-1521............................................................. 777966-21
NI SCXI-1521B........................................................... 777966-21B
Terminal Block Type CJ Sensor Compatible Modules Cabling Special Functions Part Number
SCXI-1317 Screw terminals SCXI-1521 & SCXI-1521B 777687-17
Front-mounting
Table 1. Terminal Block Options for the SCXI-1521/B
Back to Index
SCXI Accelerometer Input Modules
Programmable gain per channel
(1, 10, 100)
Programmable lowpass 4-pole Bessel
filter per channel (2.5, 5, 10 and 20 kHz)
4 mA current source, 24 V compliance
IEPE conditioning software configurable
Simultaneous sample and hold
BNC direct connectivity
Autocalibration
Multiple inputs
4 channels SCXI-1530
8 channels SCXI-1531
Random scanning
configuration, scaling, and measurement
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabVIEW Sound and VibrationToolkit
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
VI Logger
Driver Software
NI-DAQmx
Overview
The National Instruments SCXI-1530/1531 signal conditioning
modules are designed for Integrated Electronic Piezoelectric (IEPE)
accelerometers and microphones. These modules share a common
architecture in which each input channel includes a programmable
AC instrumentation amplifier, 4-pole Bessel lowpass filter, and
excitation current source. These modules also offer simultaneous
sampling top reserve interchannel phase relationships. Each module
can multiplex its signals into a single channel of the DAQ device and
you can add modules to increase channel count. With random
scanning capabilities, you select only the channels from which you
want to acquire data as well as scan channels in any order. These
modules also offer parallel-mode operation for faster scanning
rates. Each module offers BNC connectors to simplify signal
connection.
Analog Input
To simplify configuration and ensure measurement accuracy, the
analog inputs of the NI SCXI-1530/1531 consist of programmable
instrumentation amplifiers, 4-pole Bessel lowpass filters, and
simultaneous sample and hold using track-and-hold (T/H) circuitry.
You can program each channel individually for input ranges of 10,
1, or 0.1 V. You can program the lowpass filter of each channel for
2.5, 5, 10, or 20 kHz. The 4-pole Bessel lowpass filters provide a
sharp cutoff while maintaining interchannel phase information. Each
channel also has a 0.2 Hz highpass filter to block the DC offset of
IEPE sensors. All analog inputs offer T/H circuitry to perform
simultaneous sampling.
Conditioning
Each channel of the SCXI-1530/1531 has a 4 mA, 24 V compliant
current source to power IEPE accelerometers/ microphones. By using
an active current source, the excitation current of the module
remains constant regardless of loading by the sensor. You can
programmatically disable the current source for each channel. This
is helpful for measuring the system noise of your environment, or
using selected input channels for other input signal types.
NI SCXI-1530.............................................................. 777966-30
NI SCXI-1531.............................................................. 777966-31
Module Channel Accelerometers
1
Microphones
1
0.1 to 10 V
SCXI-1530 4
SCXI-1531 8
1
Integrated Electronic Piezoelectric (IEPE)
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

A
c
c
e
l
e
r
o
m
e
t
e
r

I
n
p
u
t
286
Back to Index
287
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

8
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

L
V
D
T

I
n
p
u
t

SCXI 8-Channel LVDT Input Module
Programmable input range per channel
(0.05 to 6 V
rms
)
Programmable 1 or 3 V
rms
excitation per
channel at 2.5, 3.3, 5, or 10 kHz
Multichannel synchronization
(250 Hz output bandwidth)
Autocalibration in case excitation
required differs from level and
frequency SCXI-1540 provides
4 or 5-wire connections
Random scanning
Lowpass filter (250 Hz)
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
VI Logger
Driver Software
NI-DAQmx
Overview
The National Instruments SCXI-1540 8-channel linear variable
differential transformers (LVDT) module provides the necessary
conditioning to measure signals from transformer-based ratiometric
position sensors, including LVDTs, rotary variable differential
transformers (RVDTs), and resolvers. The NI SCXI-1540 offers both 4
and 5-wire connections for LVDTs and RVDTs. In addition, this
module offers autocalibration without external hardware using NI-
DAQ. As part of an SCXI system, you can scan the analog input
channels of the SCXI-1540 along with other modules at rates up to
333 kS/s (3 s per channel). Each of these modules can multiplex its
signals into a single channel of the data acquisition (DAQ) device,
and you can add modules to increase channel count. With random
scanning capabilities, you select only the channels from which you
want to acquire data.
Analog Input
Each of the eight analog inputs consists of an instrumentation
amplifier, a variable gain stage, a demodulation circuit, and a
lowpass filter. You can program each channel individually for a full-
scale input within the range 0.05 to 6.0 V
rms
. With 31 gain settings,
you can obtain the full resolution of your DAQ device for any input
range. The demodulation signal originates from the local oscillator
for the 4-wire mode and originates from the input signal for the 5-
wire mode. Each input is protected to 30 V. The lowpass filter
bandwidth on the output is set at 250 Hz.
Excitation
Each channel of the SCXI-1540 includes an AC voltage source for
exciting LVDTs, RVDTs, and resolvers. You can set the excitation at
1 or 3 V
rms
and at a frequency of 2.5, 3.3, 5, or 10 kHz. Each
excitation output is protected with surge arrestors to prevent damage
from accidental external voltages. Each channel also includes a
provision for synchronizing its output to the excitation of another
channel. Synchronization prevents the occurrence of beat signals
between channels where cable cross talk is a problem.
Calibration
You can autocalibrate the SCXI-1540 at anytime using a standard
NI-DAQ function or LabVIEW VI. You need not disconnect sensor
wiring to perform an autocalibration. The output is internally
wrapped back to the input so that you can account for errors in both
excitation and input circuitry. Correction constants from the
autocalibration are stored in the EEPROMs located on each module.
NI-DAQ driver software transparently uses these constants to
correct for the gain and offset error of each channel.
NI SCXI-1540
Module Channels LVDTs RVDTs Resolvers
SCXI-1540 8
NI SCXI-1540.............................................................. 777966-40
Back to Index
SCXI 8-Channel Isolated Analog Input Modules
Gain and lowpass filter settings per
channel
Signal inputs from 2.5 mV to
1000 V
rms
with TBX-1316
NI-DAQmx software simplifies
configuration, measurement, and
scaling
SCXI-1125
300 V
rms
working isolation per channel
SCXI-1120, SCXI-1120D
Jumper-selectable filter per channel
4 Hz and 10 kHz filter (SCXI-1120)
4.5 kHz and 22.5 kHz (SCXI-1120D)
250 V
rms
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
VI Logger
NI-DAQmx
Overview
The National Instruments SCXI-1125, SCXI-1120, and SCXI-1120D
are 8-channel isolated analog input modules. These modules share a
common architecture, providing 250 to 300 V
rms
of working isolation
and lowpass filtering for each analog input channel. This architecture
is ideal for amplification and isolation of millivolt, volt, 0 to 20 mA,
4 to 20 mA, and thermocouple signals.
Each channel on the SCXI-1125 has its own programmable-gain
instrumentation amplifier, with ranges from 2.5 mV to 5 V. With
the TBX-1316 high-voltage attenuator terminal block, the input
range is extended to 1000 V. Each channel also includes a
programmatic lowpass filter that you can configure for 4 or 10kHz.
The analog inputs of the SCXI-1120/D consist of eight isolation
amplifiers with jumper-configurable input ranges from 2.5 mV to
5 V (SCXI-1120) or 5 mV to 10 V (SCXI-1120D). With the TBX-
1316 high-voltage attenuator terminal block, the input range is
extended to 1000 V. Each channel also includes a lowpass filter
that is jumper configurable for 4 Hz or 10 kHz (SCXI-1120), or for 4.5
or 22.5 kHz (SCXI-1120D).
NI SCXI-1125, NI SCXI-1120, NI SCXI-1120D
5 m V Thermo
Module Channels 2.5 mV to 5 V 10 V 1000 V 0 to 20 mA couple
SCXI-1125 8 -
SCXI-1120 8 -
SCXI-1120D 8 -
NI SCXI-1125............................................................... 776572-25
NI SCXI-1120............................................................... 776572-20
NI SCXI-1120D.......................................................... 776572-20D
Accessories
SCXI current resistors (4-pack).................................... 776582-01
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

8
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

I
s
o
l
a
t
e
d

A
n
a
l
o
g

I
n
p
u
t
288
Back to Index
289
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

I
s
o
l
a
t
e
d

U
n
i
v
e
r
s
a
l

I
n
p
u
t
SCXI Isolated Universal Input Modules
Overview
The National Instruments SCXI-1121 and SCXI-1122 modules are
designed for a wide variety of sensor and signal inputs requiring
isolation. The NI SCXI-1121 offers independent jumper-configurable
isolation amplifiers, filters, and excitation sources for each channel.
The SCXI-1122 offers an isolation amplifier, filter, and excitation
source for all channels. Both SCXI-1121 and SCXI-1122 modules
offer at least 250 V
rms
working isolation and can acquire strain, RTD,
thermocouple, millivolt, volt, 250 V, 0 to 20 mA, and 4 to 20 mA
current input signals. The SCXI-1122 consists of 16 replay
multiplexers that route the input channels to a single isolated
instrumentation amplifier and lowpass filets. You can program all
inputs together for a range of 5 mV to 250 V. With this repaly
multiplexer architecture, you are limited to a maximum sampling
rate of 100 S/s for the 4 kHz filter setting, and 1 S/s for the 4 Hz
filter setting on all channels in your scan list.
Isolation
The SCXI-1121 and SCXI-1122 feature 250 V
rms
CAT II working
isolation between channels and channel to earth (the SCXI-1122 will
withstand 480 V
rms
from channel to earth), and 2300 V
rms
breakdown
isolation between input channels and channel to earth, as verified
by a dielectric withstand test, one minute maximum.
Working isolation is the maximum voltage to which the module can
be continuously subjected when operating under normal conditions.
Breakdown isolation is the voltage at which, if continuously applied
(for more than one minute), the module isolation barrier begins to
break down.
5 mV 0 to 20 mA
SCXI Modules Bridge RTD Thermocouple 2.5 mV to 250 V 4 to 20 mA
SCXI-1121
SCXI-1122
NI SCXI-1121.............................................................. 776572-21
NI SCXI-1122.............................................................. 776572-22
Accessories
SCXI current resistors (4-pack)................................... 776582-01
Isolated analog inputs
Isolated voltage and current excitation
Signal inputs from millivolts to 250 V
Lowpass filtering
Shunt calibration
configuration, measurements, and
scaling
SCXI-1121
4 isolated input channels
4 isolated excitation channels
250 V
rms
Offset nulling and shunt calibration with
SCXI-1321
Lowpass filter, 4 Hz, 10 kHz
SCXI-1122
16 channels
100 S/s (4 kHz filter), 1 S/s (4 Hz filter)
2 excitation sources
480 V
rms
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
VI Logger
Driver Software
NI-DAQmx
Back to Index
SCXI 8-Channel Isolated Frequency Input Module
8 channels
per channel
Programmable threshold and hysteresis
per channel
15 Hz to 128 kHz signal ranges up to
250 V
rms
(or 1,000 VDC with TBX-1316)
configuration and measurement
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
VI Logger
Driver Software
NI-DAQmx
Overview
The National Instruments SCXI-1126 is a signal conditioning module
with eight isolated frequency input channels. Each channel of the NI
SCXI-1126 includes a frequency-to-voltage conversion circuit with
programmable input range, threshold, hysteresis, and filtering. The
SCXI-1126 can measure the frequency of analog and digital signals
with voltage levels as high as 1,000 VDC.
Input Stage
The input stage of the SCXI-1126 consists of eight isolated frequency
input channels. You can input signals up to 1,000 V. For example,
you can measure the frequency of TTL signals, 24 V signals, or 120/
240 VAC power signals. Each channel consists of an analog trigger
circuit, which compares the input waveform with a user-programmable
threshold and hysteresis. You can program the threshold of each
channel from -0.5 to 4.48 V. You can also program the hysteresis
window from 0 to 4.98 V. You can extend the input range of the
threshold and hysteresis window to 250 V with the SCXI-1327
attenuator terminal block or to 1000 VDC (608 V
rms
) with the TBX-
1316 terminal block.
Isolation
The SCXI-1126 features 250 V
rms
CAT II working isolation between
channels and channel to earth and 2,300 V
rms
breakdown isolation
between input channels and channel to earth, as verified by a
dielectric withstand test, one minute maximum, Working isolatoin is
the maximum voltage to which the module can be continuously
subjected when operating under normal conditions. Breakdown
isolation is the voltage at which, if continuously applied the module
isolation barrier begins to break down.
NI SCXI-1126
NI SCXI-1126 .............................................................. 776572-26
Terminal Block Part Number Type Cabling Special Functions
SCXI-1320 777687-20 Screw-terminals/front-mounting - -
SCXI-1327 777687-27 Screw-terminals/front-mounting - Extended voltage input range (to 250 V
rms
)
SCXI-1305 777687-05 BNC connectors/front-mounting AC coupling (configurable per channel)
TBX-1328 777207-28 Screw-terminals/DIN-rail mount SH32-32-A (183230-01) DIN-rail mount isothermal construction
TBX-1329 777207-29 Screw-terminals/DIN-rail mount SH32-32-A (183230-01) DIN-rail mount AC/DC coupling with removable screw terminals
SCXI-1330 777687-30 Solder pins/front-mounting Low-cost connector and shell assembly
TBX-1316 777207-16 Screw-terminals/panel mount Extended voltage input range to 1000 VDC
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

8
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

I
s
o
l
a
t
e
d

F
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

I
n
p
u
t

290
Back to Index
291
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

8
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

S
i
m
u
l
t
a
n
e
o
u
s
-
S
a
m
p
l
i
n
g

A
n
a
l
o
g

I
n
p
u
t
SCXI 8-Channel Simultaneous-Sampling Analog Input
Switch-selectable gains per channel
30 V maximum over voltage protection,
powered on
Connections for external timing signal
Cascade with SCXI-1142 for
applications requiring filtering
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
VI Logger
Driver Software
NI-DAQmx
Overview
The National Instruments SCXI-1140 is an 8-channel simultaneous-
sampling differential amplifier module. Each channel contains a high
input impedance instrumentation amplifier with switch-selectable
gain followed by a track-and-hold (T/H) amplifier. The T/H amplifiers
deliver simultaneous-sample-and-hold functionality, which is useful
for preserving interchannel phase relationships. You can run the T/H
outputs to eight different input channels on the DAQ device in
parallel mode, or you can multiplex the output of two or more
modules into one channel of the DAQ device in multiplexed mode.
Each analog input channel of the NI SCXI-1140 has an
instrumentation amplifier with differential inputs. Using DIP
switches, you can configure each channel independently for a gain
of 1, 10, 100, 200, 300, 500, 600, 700, or 800. Each channel has
input overvoltage protection of 30 V powered on and 15 V
powered off.
Simultaneous Sampling
With the simultaneous-sample-and-hold feature of SCXI-1140, you
can sample multiple signals with negligible skew time between
channels. In track mode, the outputs of the T/H amplifiers follow
their input. When put into hold mode, the amplifier outputs
simultaneously freeze, holding the signal levels constant. You can
then digitize these held signals with a DAQ device. The DAQ device
can provide the hold trigger signal, or you can provide an external
hold trigger signal through the front connector of the SCXI-1140,
except when using a PXI-1010 or PXI-1011 combination chassis.
NI SCXI-1140
Terminal Block Part Number Type Special Functions
SCXI-1301 777687-01 Screw terminals/front-mounting
SCXI-1304 777687-04 Screw terminals/front-mounting AC coupling signal ground referencing
SCXI-1305 777687-05 BNC Connectors/front-mounting BNC connectors/AC coupling ground referencing
SCXI-1310 777687-10 Solder pins Low-cost connector and shell assembly
Figure 2. Terminal Block Options for SCXI-1140
NI SCXI-1140............................................................... 776572-40
Back to Index
SCXI 8-Channel Lowpass Filter Modules
Overview
The National Instruments SCXI-1141, SCXI-1142, and SCXI-1143 are
8-channel, programmable lowpass filter modules, ideal for
antialiasing applications. You can choose from elliptic, Bessel, or
Butterworth filter types. These modules have a common
architecture, with a programmable instrumentation amplifier and
programmable 8th-order lowpass filter on each channel. While you
must set all channels to the same cutoff frequency, you can
programatically bypass the lowpass filter on a per-channel basis.
Analog Inputs
These modules share a common architecture. Each channel has its
own programmable instrumentation amplifier with differential
inputs that you can individually program for signals ranging from 50
mV to 5 V. These inputs are protected to 30 V powered on and
15 V powered off.
In multiplexed mode, these modules multiplex all eight conditioned
channels to the rear connector, to which you can connect to a single
input channel of the DAQ device. Alternatively, in parallel mode, you
can pass each conditioned channel directly to the analog inputs of
the DAQ device to increase scanning speeds. This configuration
requires a dedicated DAQ device and cable for each module.
Lowpass Filters
Each module offers different filter response characteristics. The
SCXI-1141 has 8th-order elliptic filters, which provide a very sharp
rolloff. Elliptic filters are ideal for blocking signals just above the
Nyquist frequency. The SCXI-1142 has 8th-order Bessel filters,
which maintain signal phase integrity. Bassel filters are ideal for
applications requiring simultaneous sampling. Finally, the SCXI-1143
has 8th-order Butterworth filters, which have a flat passband.
Butterworth filters are ideal for applications where signal amplitude
must be uniform throughout the passband.
NI SCXI-1141, NI SCXI-1142, NI SCXI-1143
NI SCXI-1141.............................................................. 776572-41
NI SCXI-1142.............................................................. 776572-42
NI SCXI-1143.............................................................. 776572-43
Module 50 mV to 5 V 8th-Order Filter Type
SCXI-1141 Elliptic
SCXI-1142 Bessel
SCXI-1143 Butterworth
Terminal Block Part Number Type Special Functions
SCXI-1304 777687-04 Screw terminals AC coupling Signal ground
front-mounting referencing
SCXI-1305 777687-05 BNC connectors BNC connectors AC coupling
front-mounting Signal ground referencing
SCXI-1310 777687-10 Solder pins shell Low-cost connector-and-shell
assembly assembly
Table 2. Terminal Block Options for SCXI-1141, SCXI-1142, and SCXI-1143
Programmable gain per channel
(50 mV to 5 V input range)
8th-order programmable filter setting per
module (10 Hz to 25 kHz)
30 V maximum overvoltage protection,
powered on
333 kS/s maximum sampling rate (any gain)
Cascade with SCXI-1140 for applications
requiring filtering and simultaneous
sampling
SCXI-1141
Elliptic filter response
Recommended for sharp filter roll off
SCXI-1142
Butterworth filter response
Recommended for maximum flatness in the
passband
SCXI-1143
Butterworth filter response
Recommended for maximum flatness in the
passband
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
VI Logger
Driver Software
NI-DAQmx
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

8
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

L
o
w
p
a
s
s

F
i
l
t
e
r
292
Back to Index
293
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

6
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

I
s
o
l
a
t
e
d

A
n
a
l
o
g

O
u
t
p
u
t
SCXI 6-Channel Isolated Analog Output Module
6 isolated channels, per channel
configurable for voltage or current
output
250 V
rms
Software programmable ranges
12-bit resolution
Combine channels for output voltages of
up to 60 V per module
Software calibration using onboard
calibration EEPROM
0-1, 0-5, 0-10, 1, 5, 10 V voltage
output ranges
0-20 mA current outputs
and measurement
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
VI Logger
Driver Software
NI-DAQmx
Overview
The National Instruments SCXI-1124 is a 6-channel isolated source
for static DC (low bandwidth) voltage or current signals. The NI
SCXI-1124 includes six independently isolated,12-bit digital-to-
analog-converter (DAC) channels. You can configure each channel
for voltage or current output. For voltage, choose any of the available
three unipolar or three bipolar ranges. For current, each channel
outputs 0 to 20 mA. The module is software configurable, and
includes an onboard EEPROM for storing calibration constants.
Analog Output
The SCXI module has six independently isolated analog output
channels. You can software program each channel for voltage output
ranges such as 0 to 1,0 to 5,0 to 10, 1, 5, or 10 V. Within a single
module, you can successively connect channels together to create
output signals up to 60 VDC per module. Each voltage channel
includes a low impedance output buffer that can drive up to 5 mA.
Alternatively, you can configure any channel as a programmable 0 to
20 mA sink. Each current output channel includes a 15 V loop supply,
eliminating the need for external supplies. With this 15 V loop
supply, a current output channel can drive loads of up to 600 !. You
can also use an external loop supply for higher loads.
Each output channel of the SCXI-1124 is optically isolated. You can
operate the module with up to 250 V
rms
of common-mode voltage
between any two channels or between any channel and earth
ground.
Isolation
The SCXI-1124 features 250 V
rms
CAT II working isolation between
channels and channel to earth and 2,300 V
rms
breakdown isolation
between input channels and channel to earth, as verified by a
dielectric withstand test, one minute maximum. Working isolation is
the maximum voltage to which the module can be continuously
subjected when operating under normal conditions. Breakdown
isolation is the voltage at which, if continuously applied (for more
than one minute), the module isolation barrier begins to break down.
NI SCXI-1124
NI SCXI-1124.............................................................. 776572-24
Terminal Block Part Number Type Cable
SCXI-1325 777687-25 Screw terminals
front-mounting
TBX-1325 777207-25 Screw terminals SH48-48-A
DIN-rail mount (183229-01)
Voltage Output Current Output
Module Channels (1 to 10 V) (0 to 20 mA)
SCXI-1124 6
Table 1. Module Compatibility
Back to Index
SCXI 32-Channel Current Excitation Module
Use with SCXI-1102 module for high-
channel-count RTD and thermistor
measurements
32 channels of 100 A current excitation
sources
0.05% accuracy per channel current
source
5 ppm/C maximum temperature drift
Screw terminal, BNC connector, and
solder pin connectivity options
and measurement
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
VI Logger
Driver Software
NI-DAQmx
Overview
The National Instruments SCXI-1581 provides 32 channels of 100 A
current excitation. The high accuracy and stability of these current
sources make them especially well suited for measuring resistance
with a high degree of accuracy. The module is ideal in any
application that requires a 100 A fixed current excitation, such as
RTDs and thermistors. You can combine the NI SCXI-1581 with the
SCXI-1102 to create a high-channel-count RTD measurement
system.
Description
The 32 current sources on the SCXI-1581 are activated whenever the
SCXI chassis is powered-on. The current sources on the SCXI-1581
are designed for 0.05% accuracy of the specified value, with a
maximum 5 ppm/C temperature drift.
Signal Connection
Signals from each channel of the SCXI-1581 connect to screw
terminals located in the SCXI-1300 terminal block. The SCXI-1300
plugs directly into the front of the module. Alternatively, you can use
the TBX-96, a DIN-rail mountable terminal block that you connect to
the SCXI-1581 with the SH96-96 cable. A general-purpose 96-pin
connector and shell, the SCXI-1310, is available as a low-cost
alternative for custom cabling. Finally, you can select the BNC-2095,
a rack-mounted accessory, for BNC applications.
NI SCXI-1581
Terminal Part Special Info
Block Number Type Cable Functions Code*
SCXI-1300 777687-00 Screw terminals scxi1300
Front-mount
BNC-2095 777508-01 BNC connectors Prewired ground bnc2095
Rack-mount referencing
TBX-96 777264-01 Screw terminals SH96-96 3 terminals tbx96
DIN-rail mount or R96-96 per channel
SCXI-1310 777687-10 Solder pins scxi1310
Front-mount
*For more information about any of these products, please visit ni.com/info and enter the info code provided.
NI SCXI-1581.............................................................. 777966-81
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

3
2
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

C
u
r
r
e
n
t

E
x
c
i
t
a
t
i
o
n

294
Back to Index
295
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

3
2
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

I
n
p
u
t
SCXI 32-Channel Optically Isolated Digital Input Modules
32 channels
8 banks of 4 lines
300 V
rms
isolation per bank
TTL and CMOS (SCXI-1162)
Up to 240 VAC/VDC signals
(SCXI-1162HV)
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
VI Logger
Driver Software
NI-DAQmx
Overview
The National Instruments SCXI-1162 and the SCXI-1162HV are
optically-isolated digital input modules. The NI SCXI-1162 has 32
channels of optically-isolated digital inputs, arranged into eight
isolated banks off our input lines each. The SCXI-1162 interfaces to
field digital logic signals, such as TTL and CMOS, where high
common-mode voltages can be present. The SCXI-1162HV senses
the presence of a wide range of AC or DC signals, from digital logic
level signals up to 240 VAC/VDC signals. The optical isolation of the
SCXI-1162 and SCXI-1162HV eliminates ground-loop problems and
isolates the host computer from damaging voltages.
The SCXI-1162 and SCXI-1162HV are controlled by the DAQ device
serially in multiplexed-mode over the SCXIbus. You can therefore
easily integrate multiple SCXI-1162 and SCXI-1162HV modules into
existing SCXI systems without additional DAQ devices or cabling.
The modules can also operate in parallel mode when cabled directly
to a DIO device.
Applications
You can use an SCXI system equipped with the SCXI-1162 or the
SCXI-1162HV in a variety of industrial and laboratory applications.
The SCXI-1162 and SCXI-1162HV safely isolate the computer from
the large common-mode voltages, ground loops, and voltage spikes
that often occur in industrial and research environments. The SCXI-
1162HV can monitor TTL level inputs as well as sense the presence
of high-voltage AC and DC signals. For example, you can use an
SCXI-1162HV to sense the on/off state of power circuits, proximity
switches, pushbutton switches, thermostats, or relays. The SCXI-
1162 interfaces directly to field digital logic input signals that should
be isolated from the host computer.
NI SCXI-1162, NI SCXI-1162HV
Terminal Block Part Number Type Cabling
SCXI-1326 777687-26 Screw terminals
Front-mounting
TBX-1326 777207-26 Screw terminals SH48-48-B
DIN-rail mount
Table 2. Terminal Block Options for SCXI-1162 and SCXI-1162HV
NI SCXI-1162............................................................. 776572-62
NI SCXI-1162HV...................................................... 776572-62H
Module TTL/CMOS 240 VAC/VDC
SCXI-1162 -
SCXI-1162H
Back to Index
SCXI 32-Channel Optically Isolated
Digital Output and SSR Switch Modules
32 digital outputs (SCXI-1163) or
relays (SCXI-1163R)
8 banks of 4 lines
300 V
rms
isolation per bank
TTL and CMOS (SCXI-1163)
Switch up to 240 VAC/VDC
(SCXI-1163R)
NI-SWITCH simplifies system
development for even the most complex
switching applications
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
VI Logger
Driver Software
NI-DAQmx
NI-SWITCH*
*Included with SCXI-1163R
Overview
The National Instruments SCXI-1163 and SCXI-1163R are isolated
digital output modules. The NI SCXI-1163 has 32 channels of
optically-isolated digital outputs, arranged into eight isolated banks
of four output lines each. The SCXI-1163 interfaces to field digital
logic signals, eliminating ground-loop problems and isolating the
host computer from damaging voltages. The SCXI-1163R includes 32
normally open, or Form A, solid-state relays, arranged into eight
banks of four relays with one common pole for each bank. You
canuse the SCXI-1163R to switch high-voltage loads, up to 240
VAC/VDC and up to 200 mA.
The SCXI-1163 and SCXI-1163R are controlled over the SCXIbus. You
can therefore easily integrate SCXI-1163 and SCXI-1163R modules
into existing SCXI systems without additional DAQ devices or
cabling. The modules can also operate in parallel mode when cabled
directly to a plug-in DIO device.
Optically Isolated Digital Channels/SSRs
The 32 channels of the SCXI-1163 and SCXI-1163R are organized
into eight banks of four channels each. Each bank is optically
isolated to 300 V
rms
from each other and from the SCXI chassis
earth ground. The SCXI-1163 digital outputs are open-collector
outputs with 4.7 k!pull-up resistors. The digital outputs are
compatible with most TTL and CMOS circuits. Each bank of four
output lines share one +5 VDC supply voltage, V
cc
, provided by
the user.
Modes of Operation
Multiplexed
In multiplexed mode, a single DAQ device controls one or more SCXI
modules through the SCXIbus using a serial data protocol. This
multiplexed-mode operation uses a maximum of five digital I/O lines
of the DAQ device. With MUX-mode operation, you can control
several SCXI-1163 and SCXI-1163R modules, along with other SCXI
modules, in one or more chassis with a single DAQ device.
Multiplexed mode is a cost-efficient solution for larger systems.
Parallel
For high update speeds, you can also operate the SCXI-1163 and
SCXI-1163R in parallel mode, connecting each module directly to a
DIO DAQ device 6503 (DIO-24), 6533 (DIO-32HS), 6534, and 6508
(DIO-96). In this configuration, each channel of the SCXI-1163 or
SCXI-1163R module connects to a corresponding digital output line
of the DIO device.
Signal Connection
Digital signals connect to screw terminals located in the SCXI-1326
terminal block, which connects directly to the front of the SCXI
module, or the TBX-1326, a DIN-rail mountable terminal block,
which connects to the SCXI-1163 or SCXI-1163R using the SH48-48-
B shielded cable.
NI SCXI-1163, NI SCXI-1163R
Module TTL/CMOS 240 VAC/VDC
SCXI-1163
SCXI-1163R
NI SCXI-1163............................................................... 776572-63
NI SCXI-1163R......................................................... 776572-63R
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I
-
3
2
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

O
u
t
p
u
t
296
Back to Index
297
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

1
6
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

R
T
D

M
o
d
u
l
e
SCXI 16-Channel RTD Module
16 channels of voltage or resistive
inputs
Ideally suited for 2-, 3-, and 4-wire RTD
and thermistor measurements
Programmable gain settings per channel
5 Hz filter per channel
100 A current excitation
NI-DAQmx driver software simplifies
configuration, scaling, and
measurements
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
Visual Basic, C, C++
(included)
Calibration Certificate Included
Overview
The National Instruments SCXI-1503 RTD module provides 16
differential input channels, 16 channels of 100 A current excitation,
and one cold-junction (CJ) sensor channel. The NI SCXI-1503 is
ideally suited for measuring resistive transducers, such as RTDs or
thermistors. Each channel has an amplifier with a selectable gain of
1 or 100 and a lowpass filter with a 5 Hz cutoff frequency to reject
50/60 Hz noise. The SCXI-1503 can programmatically connect each
input to ground, which greatly improves its accuracy by enabling a
self-calibration of each input to reduce offset drift errors. You can
multiplex several SCXI-1503 modules and other SCXI modules into a
single channel on the data acquisition device, greatly increasing the
number of analog input signals that you can digitize. The SCXI-1306
is a front mounting terminal block that offers screw-terminal
connectivity for the SCXI-1503.
Analog Input
Each of the 16 differential analog input channels feeds to a separate
instrumentation amplifier with a programmable gain of 1 or 100.
Each channel has a fixed 100 A current excitation. Then the signal
passes through a fixed two-pole, 5 Hz lowpass filter. The CJ sensor
input channel reads the sensor temperature from the terminal block.
The temperature sensor is for cold-junction compensation of
thermocouple measurements. The CJ sensor channel also passes
through a 5 Hz lowpass filter to reject unwanted noise on the SCXI-
1503. Along with the other 16 input channels, the CJ sensor is
multiplexed to the output buffer, where the data acquisition device
can read it.
Current Source Operation SCXI-1503 current sources continuously
provide 16 channels of 100 A current excitation. These current
sources are on whenever the SCXI chassis is powered on. SCXI-1503
current sources are designed to be accurate within 0.05 percent of
the specified value with a temperature drift of no more than 5
ppm/C. The accuracy and stability of these current sources make
them especially well-suited to measuring resistance to a high
degree of accuracy.
Calibration
The SCXI-1503 is shipped with a calibration certificate and is
calibrated at the factory to the specifications described in NI SCXI-
1503 Specifications. Calibration constants, stored inside the
calibration EEPROM, provide software correction values that your
application development software uses to correct the measurements
for both offset and gain errors in the module.
NI SCXI-1503
Terminal Block Part Number Type
SCXI-1306 779698-01 Screw terminals/front mounting
Table 1. Terminal Block Option for SCXI-1503
NI SCXI-1503............................................................... 779638-01
NI SCXI-1306 (terminal block)..................................... 779698-01
For information on extended warranty and value-added
services, visit ni.com/services.
Back to Index
SCXI Switch Modules
Overview
With lower system cost, more space for maximum relay density, and
USB control, the SCXI platform continues to excel in high-channel-
count applications. National Instruments provides SCXI modules
capable of switching voltages up to 300 VDC/300 VAC, currents up
to 8 A, and frequencies from DC to RF. Large matrix applications are
easily addressed with matrix expansion cables and plugs,
interconnecting rows and columns from multiple modules in seconds.
And with the high-voltage analog bus (HVAB), you can route signals
along the SCXI backplane between several modules or directly to
instruments.
Switch Configurations
Topology Maximum Voltage Maximum Current (Switching/Carry) Bandwidth Scan Rate or Switching Speed Module
Matrix Modules
4x64 1-wire 60 VDC, 30 VAC 400 mA 3 MHz 900 crosspoints/s SCXI-1130
4x8 2-wire 300 V CAT II 1 A/2 A 11 MHz 10 ms SCXI-1127
4x8 2-wire 300 V CAT II 30 mA 1.5 MHz 700 s SCXI-1128
4x64 2-wire 150 V CAT I 1 A/2 A 10 MHz 125 crosspoints/s SCXI-1129
8x32 2-wire 150 V CAT I 1 A/2 A 10 MHz 125 crosspoints/s SCXl-1129
16x16 2-wire 150 V CAT I 1 A/2 A 10 MHz 125 crosspoints/s SCXI-1129
Quad 4x16 2-wire 150 V CAT I 1 A/2 A 10 MHz 125 crosspoints/s SCXI-1129
Dual 4x32 2-wire 150 V CAT I 1 A/2A 10 MHz 125 crosspoints/s SCXI-1129
Dual 8x16 2-wire 150 V CAT I 1 A/2 A 10 MHz 125 crosspoints/s SCXI-1129
Multiplexer Modules
Octal 4x1 1-wire 240 V CAT II 200 mA 10 MHz 2 ms SCXI-1163R
Sixteen 16x1 1-wire 60 VDC, 30 VAC 400 mA 15 MHz 900 channels/s SCXI-1130
Octal 32x1 1-wire 60 VDC, 30 VAC 400 mA 3 MHz 900 channels/s SCXI-1130
64x1 1-wire 300 V CAT II 30 mA 1.5 MHz 1,200 channels/s SCXI-1128
64x1 1-wire 300 V CAT II 1 A/2 A 11 MHz 100 channels/s SCXI-1127
Quad 64x1 1-wire 60 VDC, 30 VAC 400 mA 3 MHz 900 channels/s SCXI-1130
196x1 1-wire 100 V CAT I 1 A 20 MHz 140 channels/s SCXI-1175
256x1 1-wire 60 VDC, 30 VAC 400 mA 3 MHz 900 channels/s SCXI-1130
Quad 8x1 2-wire 300 V CAT II 30 mA 1.5 MHz 1,200 channels/s SCXI-1128
Quad 8x1 2-wire 300 V CAT II 1 A/2 A 11 MHz 100 channels/s SCXI-1127
Dual 16x1 2-wire 300 V CAT II 30 mA 1.5 MHz 1,200 channels/s SCXI-1128
Dual 16x1 2-wire 300 V CAT II 1 A/2 A 11 MHz 100 channels/s SCXI-1127
Octal 16x1 2-wire 60 VDC, 30 VAC 400 mA 3 MHz 900 channels/s SCXI-1130
32x12-wire 300 V CAT II 30 mA 1.5 MHz 1,200 channels/s SCXI-1128
16x1 4-wire 300 V CAT II 30 mA 1.5 MHz 1,200 channels/s SCXI-1128
General-Purpose Modules
100-channel SPST 100 V CAT I 1 A 20 MHz 145 cycles/s SCXI-1169
32-channel SPOT 150 VDC, 125 VAC CAT I 2 A/5 A 70 MHz 115 cycles/s SCXI-1166
16-channel SPOT 250 V CAT II 2 A 10 MHz 14 ms SCXI-1160
8-channel SPOT 250 V CAT II 8 A 10 MHz 15ms SCXI-1161
50-channel DPST 100 V CAT I 1 A 20 MHz 145 cycles/s SCXI-1169
16-channel DPDT 150 VDC, 125 VAC CAT I 2 A/5 A 70 MHz 115 cycles/s SCXI-1166
8-channel DPDT 250 V CAT II 2 A 10 MHz 14 ms SCXI-1160
4-channel DPDT 250 V CAT II 8 A 10 MHz 15 ms SCXI-1161
RF Modules
Nine 3x1 50/75 !coaxial 150 V CAT I 500 mA /1 A 500 MHz 100 channels/s SCXI-1193
Quad 4x1 50 !coaxial 30 V 500 mA 2.5 GHz 104 ms SCXI-1194
Quad 4x1 50 ! coaxial 30 V 500 mA 5 GHz 104 ms SCXI-1195
Quad 4x1 terminated 50/75 !coaxial 150 V CAT I 500 mA/1 A 500 MHz 100 channels/s SCXI-1193
Quad 8x1 50/75 !coaxial 150 V CAT I 500 mA/1 A 500 MHz 100 channels/s SCXI-1193
Dual 8x1 terminated 50/75 !coaxial 150 V CAT I 500 mA/1 A 500 MHz 100 channels/s SCXI-1193
Dual 16x1 50/75 !coaxial 150 V CAT I 500 mA/1 A 500 MHz 100 channels/s SCXI-1193
16x1 terminated 50/75 !coaxial 150 V CAT I 500 mA/1 A 500 MHz 100 channels/s SCXI-1193
32x1 50/75 !coaxial 150 V CAT I 500 mA/1 A 500 MHz 100 channels/s SCXI-1193
36-terminal sparse matrix 50/75 !coaxial 150 V CAT I 500 mA/1 A 500 MHz 100 channels/s SCXI-1193
Relay Drivers
32 latching (2-coil) 50 VDC 600 mA - - SCXI-1167
64 nonlatching 50 VDC 600 mA - - SCXI-1167
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

S
w
i
t
c
h

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
298
Back to Index
299
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

T
e
r
m
i
n
a
l

B
l
o
c
k
s
Overview
National Instruments SCXI terminal blocks provide a convenient
method for connecting and disconnecting signals to your system.
The NI SCXI-13xx front-mount terminal blocks feature direct
connections to transducers at the screw terminals located within a
fully shielded enclosure or at front-mounted BNC connectors. Strain-
relief clamps hold the signal wires safely in place. You can also
choose either the TC-2095 or BNC-2095 rack-mount terminal blocks
for minithermocouple connectors or BNC connectors. These terminal
blocks are ideal solutions for high-channel-count temperature or
voltage applications.
TBX DIN-rail mount terminal blocks are an alternative to the SCXI-
13xx terminal blocks which attach directly to the front of an SCXI
module. The TBX system includes shielded cables that connect the
front I/O connector of an SCXI module to a TBX terminal block.
Some terminal blocks are designed for specific input types, such as
thermocouples, strain gages, and high-voltage inputs. See tables 2,
3, and 4 to determine which SCXI terminal blocks are compatible
with your SCXI module.
SCXI Terminal Blocks
Terminal blocks for quick, easy
connections
Strain-relief clamps for reliable wiring
Connectivity options including BNC and
thermocouple plugs
Shielded front-mount terminal blocks
Rack and DIN-rail mount option
savailable
Terminal block options for specific
measurement types
Onboard temperature sensor for
cold-junction compensation
Isothermal construction for high-
accuracy thermocouple measurements
High-voltage attenuation
AC/DC coupling
Bridge offset nulling, shunt calibration
Current inputs
Terminal Block Compatible SCXI Modules Cabling CJC Special Features
TBX-1303 SCXI-1100, SCXI-1102, SCXI-1102B/C, SCXI-1181 SH96-96 or R96-96 Open TC detection isothermal construction, selectable ground referencing
TBX-1316 SCXI-1120/D, SCXI-1125, SCXI-1126 SH32-32-A 200:1 attenuation (up to 1,000 VDC)
TBX-1325 SCXI-1124 SH48-48-A High-voltage 250 VDC
TBX-1326 SCXI-1162, SCXI-1162HV, SCXI-1163, SCXI-1163R SH48-48-B High-voltage 250 VDC
TBX-1328 SCXI-1120, SCXI-1120D, SCXI-1121, SCXI-1125, SCXI-1126 SH32-32-A Sockets for current input resistors, isothermal construction,
high-voltage 250 VDC
TBX-1329 SCXI-1120, SCXI-1120D, SCXI-1121, SCXI-1125, SCXI-1126 SH32-32-A Selectable AC coupling (rejects up to 250 VDC)
TBX-96 SCXI-1100, SCXI-1102, SCXI-1102B/C SH96-96 or R96-96
SCXI-1104, SCXI-1181, SCXI-1104C
TBX-24F
1
All modules User-supplied wiring
CB-50 SCXI-1180 NB1
1
The TBX-24F is a general-purpose feedthrough terminal block that you can use with any SCXI module or front mounting terminal blocks.
Table 1. TBX Terminal Block Selection Guide
Figure 1. Terminal Block Configuration
Back to Index
TBX Terminal Block
Selection Guide
Use the following steps to select the
correct combination of TBX terminal blocks
and cables for your SCXI system:
1. Select the required terminal blocks
For each SCXI module, use table 1 to
select the proper TBX terminal block. If a
TBX-13xx terminal block is not available for
your SCXI module, select the appropriate
number of general-purpose TBX-24F feed
through terminal blocks.
2. Select cabling For each TBX terminal
block, table 1 lists the cable needed to
connect the TBX terminal block to the SCXI
module. Shielded cables are available in
lengths of 1, 2, and 5 m. If using the TBX-
1303, you also have the option to build a
custom cable using the SBS-96F backshell
kit. For each TBX-1303 for which you will
build a custom cable, select two SBS-96F
kits. If using the TBX-24F, you will use
discrete wires to connect the TBX-24F to
an SCXI front-mounting terminal block.
Therefore, select the appropriate SCXI
front-mounting terminal block for each SCXI
module that will use the TBX-24F.
3. Rack-mount accessory(optional)
If mounting for 19 in. rack enclosures is
needed, use table 2 to select the
appropriate number of TBX-RM1 rack-
mount kits.
4. Calibration Calibration of cold-
junction sensors and attenuation terminal
blocks is available for some devices.
For more information, please visit
ni.com/calibration.
Module Terminal Blocks CJC
1
Sensor Other Terminal Block Functions
SCXI-1100 SCXI-1303
2
Isothermal, signal ground referencing, and open thermocouple detection
SCXI-1102 SCXI-1300
3
SCXI-1102B SCXI-1308 Current input, 249 ! resistor across each input

SCXI-1102C BNC-2095 BNC connectors, signal ground referencing
TC-2095 Thermocouple plugs, signal ground referencing, isothermal
SCXI-1104/C SCXI-1300
SCXI-1120 SCXI-1305 BNC connectors, AC/DC coupling and ground referencing
SCXI-1120D SCXI-1320
SCXI-1126 SCXI-1327 Extends signal input range to 300 V
rms
, switch configurable per channel
SCXI-1328 Isothermal, high-accuracy design for thermocouples
SCXI-1338 Current input, 249 ! resistor across each input
SCXI-1125 SCXI-1304/5 BNC connectors, AC/DC coupling and ground referencing
SCXI-1313A Extends signal input range to 150 V
rms
, programmable per channel
SCXI-1320
SCXI-1327 Extends signal input range to 300 V
rms
SCXI-1338 Current input, 249 ! resistor across each input
SCXI-1121 SCXI-1320
SCXI-1321 Offset nulling and shunt calibration for strain gages
SCXI-1327 Extends signal input range to 300 V
rms
SCXI-1305 BNC connectors, AC/DC coupling and signal ground referencing
SCXI-1122 SCXI-1322
SCXI-1124 SCXI-1325
SCXI-1127 SCXI-1331
SCXI-1128 SCXI-1332 Set up an 8 column by 4 row matrix
SCXI-1129 SCXI-1333 Configures SCXI-1129 as quad, 4x16 (2-wire) matrix
SCXI-1334 Configures SCXI-1129 as 4x64 (2-wire) matrix
SCXI-1337 Configures SCXI-1129 as a dual 8x16 (2-wire) matrix
SCXI-1339 Configures SCXI-1129 as a dual 4x32 (2-wire) matrix
SCXI-1140 SCXI-1301
SCXI-1304 AC/DC coupling and signal ground referencing (configurable per channel)
SCXI-1305 BNC connectors, AC/DC coupling and signal ground referencing
SCXI-1141 SCXI-1304 AC/DC coupling and signal ground referencing (configurable per channel)
SCXI-1142 SCXI-1305 BNC connectors, AC/DC coupling and signal ground referencing
SCXI-1143 SCXI-1301
SCXI-1160 SCXI-1324
SCXI-1161 Screw terminals located in module
SCXI-1162/HV SCXI-1326
SCXI-1163/R
SCXI-1180 SCXI-1302 50-pin terminal block
SCXI-1181 SCXI-1300
SCXI-1181K SCXI-1301
SCXI-1503 SCXI-1306
SCXI-1520 SCXI-1314 Quarter-bridge completion/shunt resistor
SCXI-1540 SCXI-1315
SCXI-1581 SCXI-1300
1
Cold-junction compensation (CJC) sensor for thermocouple measurements.
2
Recommended for thermocouples; includes isothermal design and high-precision CJC sensor.
3
Recommended for RTDs when using both SCXI-1102 and SCXI-1581.
Table 3. SCXI-13xx, TC, and BNC Selection Guide
Width Required
Terminal Block (TBX-RM1 Rack-Mount)
TBX-1303 One-half
TBX-1325, TBX-1326, TBX-1328, TBX-1329, TBX-24F, CB-50 One-third
Table 2. Rack-Mount Widths of TBX Terminal Blocks
Connector and
Module Shell Assembly
SCXI-1100, SCXI-1102B/C, SCXI-1140, SCXI-1141, SCXI-1181 SCXI-1310
SCXI-1120, SCXI-1120D, SCXI-1121, SCXI-1126, SCXI-1181 SCXI-1330
Table 4. Custom Cabling Accessories
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

T
e
r
m
i
n
a
l

B
l
o
c
k
s
300
Back to Index
301
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

T
e
r
m
i
n
a
l

B
l
o
c
k
s
SCXI-1300................................................................................................................... 777687-00
The SCXI-1300 connects input signals to the SCXI-1100, SCXI-1102/B/C, and SCXI-1104/C
modules. The SCXI-1300 is a general-purpose terminal block with an onboard temperature
sensor for cold-junction compensation. Also works with SCXI-1181 and SCXI-1181K modules.
SCXI-1301.................................................................................................................... 777687-01
20-screw terminal block for the SCXI-1140, SCXI-1181, and SCXI-1181K modules.
SCXI-1302.................................................................................................................... 777687-02
50-screw terminal block for the SCXI-1180 feedthrough panel.
SCXI-1303 (see Figure 1)............................................................................................. 777687-03
Terminal block for use with the SCXI-1100 and SCXI-1102/B/C modules. Designed especially
for high-accuracy thermocouple measurements, the SCXI-1303 includes isothermal
construction that minimizes errors caused by thermal gradients between terminals and the
cold-junction sensor. The SCXI-1303 also includes circuitry for open-thermocouple detection as
well as automatic ground referencing for floating (nongrounded) thermocouples.
SCXI-1304................................................................................................................... 777687-04
The SCXI-1304, for the SCXI-114x modules, includes AC coupling circuitry, with switches on
each channel. Each channel also includes a switchable connection to ground through a 100 k!
bias resistor to provide a reference for floating input sources.
SCXI-1305 (see Figure2)............................................................................................. 777687-05
Includes convenient BNC connectors for use with the SCXI-1120/D, SCXI-1121, SCXI-1125,
SCXI-1126, and SCXI-114x. Functionally equivalent to the SCXI-1304 terminal block, the SCXI-
1305 includes switchable AC coupling circuitry and ground referencing on each channel.
SCXI-1306.................................................................................................................... 779698-01
Terminal block for the SCXI-1503 RTD module. Provides 16 pairs of screw terminals for
differential input signals and 16 pairs of screw terminals for current excitation signals. You can
configure each channel for voltage or resistive measurements.
SCXI-1308................................................................................................................... 777687-08
Current input terminal block for the SCXI-1100 and SCXI-1102/B/C analog input modules. Each
input includes a 249 !precision resistor so you can read 0 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA current inputs.
SCXI-1310 (see Figure 3)............................................................................................. 777687-10
Connector and shell assembly used to create custom cabling solutions from the SCXI-1100,
SCXI-1102/B/C, SCXI-1104/C, SCXI-114x, and SCXI-1181 to custom terminations. A low-cost
alternative to SCXI terminal blocks, it consists of a hardened plastic enclosure and one
connector with solder pins for signal connections.
SCXI-1313A................................................................................................................. 777687-13
Extends the input range of the SCXI-1125 to 150 V
rms
or 150 VDC, on a per-channel basis
programmatically through software commands. The SCXI-1313A also includes an onboard
temperature sensor for thermocouples cold-junction compensation.
Figure 1. SCXI-1303 Terminal Block
Figure 3. SCXI-1310 Connector and
Shell Assembly
Back to Index
SCXI-1314................................................................................................................... 777687-14
Front-mounting terminal block for the SCXI-1520 module. With factory-installed and socketed
350 !quarter-bridge completion resistors for each channel. Eight 120 !resistors for use with
120 !quarter-bridge strain gauges are included, but not installed. It also includes two
factory-installed, socketed 100 k!shunt calibration resistors per channel.
SCXI-1315................................................................................................................... 777687-15
8-channel front-mounting terminal block for the SCXI-1540 LVDT with six terminals for each
LVDT channel CH+, CH-, EX+, EX-, Synch, and GND.
SCXI-1320 (see Figure 4)............................................................................................. 777687-20
General-purpose terminal block for connecting signals to the SCXI-1120/D, SCXI-1121, SCXI-
1125, and SCXI-1126 modules. It includes an onboard temperature sensor for cold-junction
compensation using thermocouples, but the SCXI-1328 is recommended for precision
thermocouple measurements.
SCXI-1321 (see Figure 5)............................................................................................. 777687-21
Adds nulling and shunt calibration to SCXI-1121 strain guage applications. With a front-panel
trimming potentiometer, you can manually null out the offset voltage of bridge transducers.
Each channel includes shunt calibration circuits. When activated, a switch connects a 301 k!
shunt resistor in parallel with the strain gauge. Both the nulling resistor and the shunt resistor
are socketed for easy customization.
SCXI-1322................................................................................................................... 777687-22
Terminal block required to connect signals to the SCXI-1122 module that includes an onboard
temperature sensor for cold-junction compensation.
SCXI-1324.................................................................................................................... 777687-24
High-voltage terminal block with 48 screw terminals for the SCXI-1160 relay module.
SCXI-1325.................................................................................................................... 777687-25
26-screw terminal block for the SCXI-1124 module.
SCXI-1326.................................................................................................................... 777687-26
High-voltage terminal block with 48 screw terminals for the SCXI-1162 Series and SCXI-1163
Series modules.
SCXI-1327 (see Figure 6).............................................................................................. 777687-27
With the SCXI-1327 you can extend the input range of the SCXI-1120/D, SCXI-1121 and SCXI-
1125 to 300 V
rms
, and extend the threshold level of the SCXI-1126 module from 5 V up to 300 V.
The extended input voltage range is enabled or disabled on a per-channel basis using switches
located within the SCXI-1327. The SCXI-1327 also includes an onboard temperature sensor for
cold-junction compensation with thermocouples. Using the SCXI-1327 reduces the input
impedance of your SCXI module to 1 M!.
SCXI-1328 (see Figure7)............................................................................................. 777687-28
Isothermal terminal block with a high-precision cold-junction sensor for high-accuracy
thermocouple applications with the SCXI-1120/D, SCXI-1121, or SCXI-1125.
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

T
e
r
m
i
n
a
l

B
l
o
c
k
s
302
Back to Index
303
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

T
e
r
m
i
n
a
l

B
l
o
c
k
s
Figure 10. BNC-2095
SCXI-1330................................................................................................................... 777687-30
Connector and shell assembly (hardened plastic enclosure and solder pins) used to create
custom cabling solutions from the SCXI-1120/D, SCXI-1121, SCXI-1125, SCXI-1126, and
SCXI-1181 to custom terminations.
SCXI-1331 (see Figure 8)............................................................................................. 777687-31
General-purpose terminal block for the SCXI-1127 multiplexer/matrix module with 64 generic
screw terminals and a cold-junction compensation sensor. For SCXI-1127 multiplexer
applications or matrix configurations other than a multiple of eight columns by four rows.
Includes sockets for matrix expansion cables.
SCXI-1332 (see Figure 9)............................................................................................. 777687-32
Multiplexer/matrix terminal block for the SCXI-1127 configures the SCXI-1127 as an eight
column by four row switching matrix. You can connect signals to both the columns and rows
using screw terminals.
SCXI-1333.................................................................................................................... 777687-33
SCXI-1334.................................................................................................................... 777687-34
SCXI-1335.................................................................................................................... 777687-35
SCXI-1336.................................................................................................................... 777687-36
SCXI-1337.................................................................................................................... 777687-37
SCXI-1339.................................................................................................................... 777687-39
These terminal blocks are designed for use with the SCXI-1129 high-density matrix switching
module. Each of these terminal blocks gives the high-density matrix a different configuration.
SCXI-1338.................................................................................................................... 777687-38
Current input terminal block for the SCXI-1120/D, SCXI-1125, and SCXI-1126. Each input
includes a 249 !precision resistor for reading 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA current inputs.
BNC-2095 (see Figure 10)........................................................................................... 777508-01
The BNC-2095 has 32 labeled BNC connectors, one for each input channel of the SCXI-1100 or
SCXI-1104/C. The BNC-2095 also includes circuitry for configurable signal referencing. You
can enable or disable both the pull-up and pull-down resistors on a per-channel basis using
switches.
TC-2095........................................................................................................................ 777509-01
The TC-2095 has 32 miniature uncompensated thermocouple plugs, one for each input channel
of the SCXI-1100 or SCXI-1102/B/C and a thermistor for accurate cold-junction compensation.
In addition, the TC-2095 includes circuitry for configurable signal referencing. You can enable
or disable both the pull-up and pull-down resistors on a per-channel basis using switches
located on the rear of the TC-2095. The TC-2095 is not recommended for use with the SCXI-
1104/C. The TC-2095 requires the SH96-96 or R96-96 for connection to an SCXI module.
Back to Index
SCXI TBX Terminal Blocks
Figure 13. TBX-1326
Figure 14. TBX-1328
Figure 15. TBX-1329
TBX-1303(see Figure 11)............................................................................................. 777207-03
Designed for thermocouples, with cold-junction compensation sensor, isothermal construction
with a plastic cover to minimize thermal gradients, open-thermocouple detection circuitry, and
automatic ground-referencing circuitry. With the SCXI-1102B/C, the TBX-1303 provides a high-
impedance path to ground so that systems work reliably with either floating or ground-
referenced thermocouples. For applications with the SCXI-1100, you can configure the
channels as ground-referenced or floating in blocks of eight channels. The TBX-1303 also
works with the SCXI-1181 breadboard module.
TBX-96......................................................................................................................... 777264-01
Mass termination terminal block that provides a generic solution for the SCXI-1100, SCXI-1102
B/C, SCXI-1104/C, and the SCXI-1140 series.
TBX-1316 (see Figure 12)............................................................................................ 777207-16
High-voltage terminal block for extending the input range of the SCXI-1120/D, SCXI-1125, or
SCXI-1126 modules to 1000 VDC (680 V
rms
). Each input channel includes a 200:1 attenuation
circuit and offers a positive, negative, and ground terminal for up to 12 AWG wire. You can
panel mount this enclosure or simply place it on a desktop. The hinged lid makes accessing the
signals easier and key locked for safety. The TBX-1316 is rated for Category III installations.
TBX-1325..................................................................................................................... 777207-25
Terminal block with 30 screw terminals for signal connections to the SCXI-1124 module. You
cable the TBX-1325 to the SCXI-1124 with the SH48-48-A shielded cable.
TBX-1326 (see Figure13)............................................................................................. 777207-26
High-voltage terminal block with 48 screw terminals for signal connections to the SCXI-1162,
SCXI-1162HV, SCXI-1163, and SCXI-1163R modules. You can cable the TBX-1326 to the SCXI
module with the SH48-48-B shielded cable. Warning: The TBX-1326 and SH48-48-B limit the
maximum working common-mode voltage between banks or between banks and earth ground
to 250 V
rms
maximum.
TBX-1328 (see Figure 14)........................................................................................... 777207-28
Terminal block for the SCXI-1120/D, SCXI-1121, SCXI-1125, and SCXI-1126 modules. The TBX-
1328 includes a total of 24 screw terminals, including three terminals (CH+, CH-, and chassis
ground) for each input channel and sockets for the installation of resistors for 4 to 20 mA
inputs. When used with thermocouples, the TBX-1328 maximizes measurement accuracy with
an isothermal construction and a plastic cover that minimizes thermal gradients across the
terminal block and the resulting errors.
TBX-1329 (see Figure 15)............................................................................................ 777207-29
Provides selectable AC coupling for the SCXI-1120/D, SCXI-1121, SCXI-1125, and SCXI-1126
modules.
TBX-24F....................................................................................................................... 777276-01
The TBX-24F is a general-purpose screw terminal block with feed through connections for 24
signal lines. You connect the TBX-24F to the SCXI module with discrete wires connected to a
standard SCXI terminal block.
Figure 11. TBX-1303
Figure 12. TBX-1316
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

T
B
X

T
e
r
m
i
n
a
l

B
l
o
c
k
s
304
Back to Index
305
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

C
h
a
s
s
i
s
SCXI Chassis
Shielded enclosures for SCXI modules
Low-noise environment for signal
conditioning
Rugged, compact chassis
Forced air cooling
Optional USB data acquisition and
control module
Optional rack mounting
3 internal analog buses
Timing circuitry for high-speed
multiplexing
AC, DC, or battery-power options
NI-DAQmx driver software simplifies
chassis configuration
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
Lookout
VI Logger
Driver Software
1
NI-DAQmx
NI-SWITCH
1
Included with DAQ device or switch
Overview
National Instruments offers rugged, low-noise SCXI chassis to
house, power, and control your SCXI modules and conditioned
signals. The unique SCXI chassis architecture includes the SCXIbus,
which routes analog and digital signals and acts as the
communication conduit between modules. Chassis control circuitry
manages this bus, synchronizing the timing between each module
and the DAQ device. With this architecture, you can scan input
channels from several modules in several chassis at rates up to
333 kS/s for every DAQ device.
The versatility of SCXI lies in its various chassis options and
expandability. You can choose from a number of different standard
AC or DC power options. You can control the system by connecting
directly to an M Series, E Series, B Series or USB multifunction DAQ
device. You can even daisy-chain up to eight chassis for control by a
single DAQ device. Regardless of your configuration, programming
the system does not change. You use the same function calls you
use with a DAQ device by itself. NI-DAQ or NI-SWITCH driver
software handles all low-level programming.
The SCXI bus
The SCXIbus is a guarded analog and digital bus located in the
backplane of the SCXI chassis. Modules inserted into the chassis
connect to this backplane automatically. This bus acts as a conduit
for routing signals, transferring data, programming modules, and
passing timing signals.
Chassis Control Circuitry
Each SCXI chassis includes control circuitry. This circuitry handles all
signal routing on the SCXIbus. During high-speed analog input
operations, it controls which input signals are connected to the bus
and routed back to the DAQ device. It also ensures tight
synchronization between the SCXI modules and the DAQ device.
Expandability
If your initial system requires more SCXI modules than one chassis
can hold, or your system requirements change, simply add another
chassis. With the SCXI expandable architecture, you can daisy-chain
up to eight chassis to a single multifunction DAQ device. Whether
you are using a single-chassis or multichassis system, you can still
acquire data at rates up to 333 kS/s.
Power Options
These SCXI chassis offer a number of standard AC power options.
Simply choose the option for your country or a country compatible
with your power specifications. If you move your system to another
country, you can easily reconfigure the system for any ofthe other
AC power configurations.
NI SCXI-1000, NI SCXI-1000DC, NI SCXI-1001
NI SCXI-1000.............................................................. 776570-0P
1
NI SCXI-1000DC......................................................... 776570-00
NI SCXI-1001.............................................................. 776571-0P
1
1
To choose your power option, replace the P with the appropriate number for
your countrys power:
1 U.S. 120 VAC
2 Swiss 220 VAC
3 Australian 240 VAC
4 Universal Euro 240 VAC
5 North American 240 VAC
6 United Kingdom 240 VAC
7 Japanese 100 VAC
Back to Index
PXI/SCXI Combination Chassis
Integrated SCXI signal conditioning
Ideal for high-channel-count data
acquisition applications
Built-in cabling to SCXI slots
HALT tested for increased reliabilty
PXI-1050
Multiplexed and parallel operating
modes for SCXI
PXI-1052
AUTO/HIGH fan-speed selector to
optimize cooling and acoustic emissions
Quieter operation, as low as 42 dBA
Multiplexed operating mode for SCXI
SCXI high-voltage analog backplane
integrated internally
Overview
National Instruments offers PXI chassis with integrated SCXI so you
can have the benefits of SCXI and the PXI platform integrated in a
single PXI chassis. The PXI platform offers a variety of modules such
as multifunction I/O, digital I/O, switching, and instrument modules.
With SCXI you can expand the functionality of your data acquisition
system with modules for multiplexing, linearization, filtering,
isolation, amplification, switching, and more. The NI PXI and SCXI
combination chassis offer a complete solution for a wide range of
test and measurement applications that require signal conditioning,
switching and multiplexing. Visit the PXI/SCXI advisor at
ni.com/pxiadvisor to view a complete list of SCXI modules and
configure a PXI and SCXI system.
PXI-1050, PXI-1052
The PXI-1050 and PXI-1052 offer the latest chassis technology from
NI. The PXI-1050 is an upgrade to the PXI-1010, and works with all
NI PXI controllers. The PXI-1052 implements fan-speed control of the
power supply and module fans to reduce acoustic emissions, and
offers an AUTO/HIGH fan-speed selector switch. When set to AUTO,
the PXI-1052 optimizes cooling and acoustic emissions based on air
intake temperature.
SCXI Operating Modes
NI PXI chassis with integrated SCXI provide a built-in digital and
analog bus between the right most PXI slot and the SCXI subsystem
so that a DAQ or DMM module can control the SCXI subsystem in
multiplexed mode without external cabling. Using the PXI-1050, you
can also connect additional PXI DAQ modules to SCXI modules in
parallel mode (requires additional cabling). In multiplexed mode, one
DAQ module controls the entire SCXI subsystem; all measurements
are multiplexed back to this one device so users can create a cost-
effective high-channel-count system. SCXI handles many types of
sensor measurements, including voltages, resistances,
thermocouples, strain gages, accelerometers, RTDs, and LVDTs.
NI PXI-1050
120 VAC ................................................................... 779199-01
100 VAC ................................................................... 779199-02
220 VAC.................................................................... 779199-03
240 VAC.................................................................... 779199-04
NI PXI-1052 (universal input) ........................................ 778693-01
U.S.120 VAC ................................................................. 763000-01
Japan 100 VAC.............................................................. 763000-01
United Kingdom 240 VAC.............................................. 763064-01
Swiss 220 VAC.............................................................. 763065-01
Australian 240 VAC....................................................... 763066-01
Universal Euro 240 VAC................................................ 763067-01
North American 240 VAC.............................................. 763068-01
SCXI-1370 Rack Mount kit for the
SCXI-1001 or PXI-1050 chassis................................ 776577-70
SCXI-1360 front filler panel........................................... 776576-60
SCXI-1361 rear filler panel............................................ 776576-61
SCXI-1374 handle kit..................................................... 776577-74
PXI-1052 front rack-mount kit (for 19 in.rack)................ 778931-01
PXI-1052 rear rack-mount kit (for 19 in.rack)................. 778931-02
EMC filler panels (6 single-slot).................................... 778700-01
Filler panels (3 double-slot and 3 single-slot)
1
.............. 778679-01
2
........................................... 778678-01
1
Every PXI-1052 chassis comes with two single-slot filler panels.
2
Slot blockers are optional for improved thermal performance of your PXI-1052 system. Please refer
to National Instruments KnowledgeBase entry on slot blocker usage criteria on ni.com/support for
additional information on this optional system feature.
If you are ordering this chassis as part of a system, select NI Factory
Installation Services to have your hardware/software installed and
receive your new PXI system ready to use right out of the box.
NI Factory Installation Services PXI Systems............. 960596-01
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
P
X
I
/
S
C
X
I

C
o
m
b
i
n
a
t
i
o
n

C
h
a
s
s
i
s
306
Back to Index
307
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

C
a
b
l
e

A
s
s
e
m
b
l
i
e
s
SCXI Cable Assemblies
Overview
NI SCXI cable assemblies connect a DAQ device to the SCXI system.
They consist of high-quality, low-noise cables, which guarantee
reliable communication and signal integrity at up to 10 m.
For SCXI systems operating in multiplexed mode, you need only one
SCXI-1349 and shielded cable per SCXI chassis. You must choose
the appropriate cable assembly for your DAQ device (see Table 1).
Multichassis multiplexed systems require an additional SCXI-1346
multichassis adapter and SH68-68-EP shielded cable for each
additional chassis. If your SCXI system includes modules operating
in parallel mode, you need an additional SCXI cable assembly for
each of these modules.
Each SCXI cable assembly includes a cable and one or more SCXI
cable adapters. The shielded cables use twisted pair wiring and
separately shielded analog and digital signals for maximum noise
rejection. The cable adapter screws into a rear slot of the SCXI
chassis to hold the cable securely in place. Each cable adapter also
has a 50-pin male breakout connector, for attaching additional DAQ
accessories such as the SCXI-1180 feedthrough panel or a CB-50
terminal block.
SCXI-1349 - Adapter for connecting SCXI systems to DAQ devices.
For M Series devices, use the SCXI-1349 and the SHC68-68-EPM
(two of each are required for NI 62x4 and NI 62x9). For E Series
devices (except DAQCard devices), use the SCXI-1349 adapter with
an SH68-68-EP shielded cable. For a DAQCard (with latching
connector), use the SCXI-1349 Adapter with an SHC68-68-EP cable.
For a legacy DAQCard, (with nonlatching connector), use the SCXI-
1349 adapter with a PSHR68-68 cable.
SCXI-1349 (adapter).................................................. 182671-01
SHC68-68-EPM cable
0.5 m.................................................................... 192061-0R5
1 m........................................................................ 192061-01
2 m........................................................................ 192061-02
SH68-68-EP cable
1 m........................................................................ 184749-01
2 m........................................................................ 184749-02
SHC68-68-EP cable
0.5 m.................................................................... 186838-0R5
1 m........................................................................ 186838-01
PSHR68-68 cable
1 m......................................................................... 777293-01
Terminal Block Part Number Type Special Functions Page
62xx (M Series) SCXI-1349 with SHC68-68-EP Shielded Internal
1
or external Internal
1
60xxE (E Series) with 58-pin connectors SCXI-1349 with SH68-68-EP Shielded Internal
1
or external Internal
1
DAQCard-AI-16E-4, DAQCard-AI-16XE-50 SCXI-1349 with PSHR68-68M Shielded N/A N/A
DAQCard-60B2E, DAQCard-6024E SCXI-1349 with SHC68-68-EP Shielded N/A N/A
60xxE (E Series) with 100-pin connectors SCXI-1353 Shielded Internal
1
or external
2
Internal
1
PCI-DI0-32HS, AT-DIO-32HS, PXI-6533 SCXI-1355 Shielded Internal
1
or external
2
Internal
1
DAQCard-6533 SCXI-1355 with PSHR68-68M Shielded N/A N/A
DAOCard-DIO-24 SCXI-1351 with PSH27-50F-D1 Ribbon N/A N/A
PCI-DIO-96, PXI-6508 SCXI-1351 with R1005050 Ribbon External
2
N/A
PC-DIO-96/PnP NB5 with SCXI-1351 Ribbon N/A N/A
PXI-4070, NI 4021 SCXI-1357
3
, SCXI-1358
3
, SCXI-1362
4
Shielded Internal
5
or external
6
Internal
5
or external
6
PCI-6534, PXI-6534 SCXI-1355 Shielded N/A N/A
1
Requires no external cabling.
2
Requires same cabling as SCXI chassis.
3
For use with SCXI-1127/1128/1129.
4
For use with SCXI-1160/1161/1163R/1190/1191.
5
Digital control only, measurements of switched signals with the PXI-4070 or NI 4060 require external cabling.
PXI/SCXI Combination Chassis Cabling
Table 1. SCXI Chassis Cabling
Figure 1. SCXI-1349
Back to Index
SCXI Cable Assemblies and Accessories
Cable Assemblies
SCXI-1343 - A general-purpose SCXI adapter with screw terminals
for custom cable solutions to external instrumentation hardware.
SCXI-1343.......................................................................... 776574-43
SCXI-1346 - for connecting multiple SCXI chassis to a single DAQ
device. The SCXI-1346 occupies two rear slots, and routes the
analog and digital DAQ signals to the next chassis. You must
purchase an SCXI-1346 for each additional chassis you want to add
to your system. With each SCXI-1346, you must purchase an
additional SH68-68-EP.
SCXI-1346.......................................................................... 776574-46
SCXI-1351 - one-slot cable extender for connecting DAQCard-DIO-
24, DIO-96 Series, PXI-6508, or SCXI-1181 devices to your SCXI system.
You insert the SCXI-1351 into a rear slot next to an SCXI-1181 and
use the ribbon cable provided to connect your SCXI-1181 to your
SCXI system. See Table 1 for additional required cabling when using
the SCXI-1351 with digital devices such as the PXI-6508.
SCXI-1351.......................................................................... 776575-51
SCXI-1353 - Shielded cable for connecting 100-pin E Series devices
to an SCXI chassis. The SCXI-1353 consists of an SH1006868 cable
and two SCXI cable adapters with 50-pin male breakout connectors.
The first adapter is identical to the SCXI-1349, while the second
adapter routes the extended analog or digital signals to SCXI digital
modules or breadboarding modules.
1 m................................................................................... 776575-531
2 m................................................................................... 776575-532
SCXI-1355 - Shielded cable for connecting the PCI-DIO-32HS, AT-
DIO-32HS, PXI-6533, DAQCard-6533, PCI-6534 or PXI-6534 to an
SCXI chassis. The SCXI-1355 consists of an SH6868-D1 cable and an
SCXI cable adapter. The DAQCard-6533 requires an additional
PSHR68-68M cable.
1 m.................................................................................. 776575-551
2 m.................................................................................. 776575-552
SCXI-1362 - for connecting the NI 4021 switch controller, an NI 407x
FlexDMM, or an NI 4060 DMM to an SCXI system containing the
SCXI-1160/1161/1163R/1166/1901/1191/1193. If the chassis
contains the SCXI-1127/1128/1129, use the SCXI-1357 or SCXI-1358.
1 m.................................................................................. 776575-621
2 m.................................................................................. 776575-622
Accessories
SCXI-1180........................................................................ 776572-80
Feedthrough panel that extends the I/O signals of the DAQ device to
the front of the SCXI chassis. It occupies one slot of your SCXI
system and easily connects to your SCXI cable accessory.
SCXI-1181 ........................................................................ 776572-81
A breadboard module with a 13.3 by 17.8 cm. (5.25 by 7 in.)
breadboard area for integrating custom circuitry into your SCXI system.
SCXI-1181K.................................................................... 776572-81K
A kit of unassembled module parts, including front and rear
connectors and aluminum module housing. It is useful for custom
module development with custom printed circuit boards.
SCXI-1362 SCXI-1180 SCXI-1181 SCXI-1353 SCXI-1356 SCXI-1355 Connected
to Rear of SCXI Chassis
SCXI-1353
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

C
a
b
l
e

A
s
s
e
m
b
l
i
e
s

a
n
d

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
308
Back to Index
309
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
S
C
X
I

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
SCXI Accessories
SCXI-1381K.................................................................... 777687-81K
A kit of unassembled terminal block components for developing
custom SCXI terminal blocks. This kit includes the terminal block
housing, strain-relief assembly, and 96-pin DIN connector for mating
with SCXI modules.
SCXlbus Extender......................................................... 181585-01
With the SCXIbus extender, you can operate the module outside of
the chassis, which is useful for developing and debugging custom
modules.
SCXI-1352........................................................................ 776575-52
A kit containing two ribbon cables (R1650 and R165050) for
connecting the conditioned output of an SCXI module (operating in
parallel mode) directly to the input of an adjacent module.
SCXI-1360 (front)............................................................ 776576-60
SCXI-1361 (rear)............................................................. 776576-61
Front filler panels cover unused chassis slots and rear filler panels
cover the rear slots not occupied by cable assemblies, multichassis
adapters, one-slot cable extenders, or SCXI-1357/SCXI-1358 high-
voltage backplane units.
Rack-Mount Kits
Holds SCXI chassis in standard 19 in. rack-enclosures. Each kit
offers multiposition capability for both recessed and flush mounting.
SCXI-1370 rack-mount kit (SCXI-1001, PXI-1050)............. 776577-70
SCXI-1371 rack-mount kit (SCXI-1000/1000DC)............... 776577-71
SCXI-1372 dual rack-mount kit (SCXI-1000/1000DC)....... 776577-72
PXI-1052 front rack-mount................................................ 778931-01
PXI-1052 rear rack-mount................................................. 778931-02
SCXI-1373........................................................................ 776577-73
Mounts any 4-slot or 12-slot chassis to a panel or wall. You can
mount the chassis facing up or down, leaving clearance for front and
rear cabling.
SCXI-1374........................................................................ 776577-74
A chassis handle that easily attaches to either side of the SCXI
chassis or SCXI-1382 battery pack.
SCXI Process Current Resistor Kit.............................. 776582-01
A pack of four precision resistors for measurements of 0 to 20 mA
and 4 to 20 mA current inputs. Each resistor is a 249 !, 0.1%,
5ppm/C, 0.25 W high-precision resistor. For use with the terminal
blocks for the SCXI-1120/D, 1121, 1140, 1141, 1142, 1143, 1100,
1102, and 1122.
SCXI-1382..................................................................... 776577-820
A 12 VDC, 25 Ah battery pack that attaches directly to the SCXI-
1000DC. It can power a fully loaded chassis for a minimum of five
hours. The optional dual-stage power supply battery charger can
charge a completely discharged battery in 8 to 11 hours, and is sold
separately (SCXI-1383).
SCXI-1383
A 13.8 VDC, 4 A power supply/float charger for the SCXI-1000DC,
which accepts 100 to 240 VAC power input. The SCXI-1382 can be
combined with the SCXI-1383 to operate in standby mode and
provide uninterruptible power to the SCXI-1000DC chassis. The
SCXI-1383 will recharge a completely discharged SCXI-1382 battery
pack in 12 to 14 hours.
U.S. 120 VAC.................................................................. 776577-831
Swiss 220 VAC............................................................... 776577-832
Australian 240 VAC........................................................ 776577-833
Universal Euro 240 VAC.................................................. 776577-834
North American 240 VAC................................................ 776577-835
United Kingdom 240 VAC................................................ 776577-836
SCXI-1000DC Chassis, SCXI-1382 Battery
Pack and SCXI-1374 Handle Accessory
SCXI-1373
Back to Index
Analog Signal Conditioning Accessories
Overview
National Instruments offers several different front-end signal
conditioning devices for use with M Series, E Series, and B Series
multifunction DAQ devices. These devices offer a low-cost solution
for applications requiring only one type of signal conditioning.
Power
You can power each of these accessory devices with the 5 VDC
supply on the DAQ device. Each device also offers screw terminals
for connecting an externals VDC power supply. You need an external
power supply only when using the SC-2043-SG with a DAQCard, or
when using two or more SC-2043-SG devices with a single DAQ
device.
Field Wiring
Signals from the transducers and signal sources connect to screw
terminals located on each accessory.
Mounting
You can mount all of these accessories with the rack mount kit.
The kit is available in either single or double height, with either an
acrylic plastic cover or a metal wrap-around cover. For custom
connectivity applications, you can mount the SC-2040, SC-2042-RTD,
and SC-2043-SG in the CA-1000 shielded enclosure using panelettes
AMUX-64T
Analog Input
The AMUX-64T contains 16 CMOS 4x1 analog input multiplexers.
The analog inputs can operate as 64 single-ended or 32 differential
inputs.
Channel Expandability
You can use one AMUX-64T for 64 input channels. You can also
connect up to four AMX-64T devices to a single multifunction DAQ
device to provide up to 256 channels. See Table 2 for cabling
options.
and Cold-Junction Compensation
A movable jumper connects the temperature sensor of the AMUX-
64T to analog input channel 0. An AMUX-64T configured with the
temperature sensor connected has channels available for reading
the temperature from 60 thermocouples in single-ended mode or 30
thermocouples in differential mode. You can cascade up to four
AMUX-64T devices to increase the number of inputs to 240 in
single-ended mode or 120 in differential mode.
Note: For measuring thermocouples with the AMUX-64T, National
Instruments recommends 16-bit DAQ devices with a gain of 100.
SC-2040
The SC-2040 provides simultaneous sample-and-hold function
ability. Each analog input channel of the SC-2040 has its own
instrumentation amplifier with differential inputs. Using DIP
switches, you can configure each channel independently for a gain
of 1, 10, 100, 200, or 500. Each channel has input overvoltage
protection of 30 V powered on and 15 V powered off.
SC-2042-RTD
Analog Input
The SC-2042-RTD is an 8-channel signal conditioning accessory for
RTDs or thermistors. Each input channel has an independent 1 mA
current excitation source and screw terminals for 4-wire RTD
measurements. For 3 or 2-wire RTDs you can provide the appropriate
short using screw terminals. With the SC-2056 cable adapter
accessory, you can use up to four SC-2042-RTDs to interface 32
RTDs to a single NI 6031E, 6033E, 6071E, or AT-MIO-64E-3 board.
Current Excitation
Each channel of the SC-2042-RTD includes a current excitation
source with outputs connected to screw terminals. Each current
excitation channel produces 1 mA and can drive loads up to 8.5 k!.
Note: Current excitation of 1 mA can cause overheating errors with
some thermistors.
Accessory Description Sensor/Signal Type
AMUX-64T 64-channel multiplexer mV, V, thermocouple
SC-2040 8-channel simultaneous sample-and-hold mV, V
SC-2042-RTD 8-channel RTD/thermistor accessory RTD, thermistor
SC-2043-SG 8-channel strain gage accessory Strain, bridge-based sensors
Table 1. Analog Accessory Compatibility Guide
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
A
n
a
l
o
g

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
310
Back to Index
Analog Signal Conditioning Accessories
SC-2043-SG
Input Channels
The SC-2043-SG is an 8-channel low-cost strain conditioning analog
input device. Each input channel of the SC-2043-SG includes an
instrumentation amplifier with differential inputs and a fixed gain of
10, producing an input range of 100 mV, which is typical for strain
gages. The inputs include overvoltage protection of 45 VDC
powered on and 30 VDC powered off. Each channel also includes a
lowpass noise filter with a bandwidth of 1.6 kHz. The output of each
filter is buffered to prevent settling-time delays when used with a
multiplexing DAQ device. With the SC-2056 cable adapter
accessory, you can use up to four boards to interface 32 strain gages
to a single DAQ device, such as the NI 6031E, 6033E, or 6071E, with
32 differential inputs.
NI SC-205x Cable Adapters
These adapter boards are used for routing signals between DAQ
devices and SC-204x, SC-206x, 5B Series, ER-8/16, and SSR Series
signal conditioning devices.
Voltage Excitation
You can use the onboard regulated +2.5 VDC excitation source to
power your strain gage bridges. You can also adjust this supply from
1.5 to 2.5 VDC using an onboard potentiometer. Optionally, you can
connect an external excitation source of up to 10 VDC.
Bridge Completion
You can enable full-bridge and half-bridge completion on each
channel by setting a jumper that connects the negative input of the
channel to the half-bridge network, consisting of two 2.5 k!
precision resistors.
Offset Nulling
With the postgain offset nulling circuits, you can manually adjust
trim pots to null out any bridge offsets (5 mV, referred to input) on
each input channel.
NI AMUX-64T............................................................. 776366-90
NI SC-2040............................................................ 776937-01
NI SC-2042-RTD.................................................... 777095-01
NI SC-2043-SG...................................................... 777096-01
Accessories
Rack-Mount Kit with Acrylic Plastic Cover
Single-height........................................................ 777212-01
Double-height....................................................... 777212-02
Rack-Mount Kit with Metal Wraparound Cover
Single-height........................................................ 777212-11
Double-height...................................................... 777212-12
Quarter-Bridge Completion Resistors (0.1%, 10 ppm/C)
8 resistors, 120 !................................................. 777180-01
8 resistors, 350 !................................................. 777180-02
Cables
SH68-68-EP (1 m).................................................. 184749-01
R6868 (1 m)........................................................... 182482-01
SH1006868 (1 m)................................................... 182849-01
R1005050 (1 m)..................................................... 182762-01
PSHR68-68 (shielded cable kit)............................. 777293-01
PR68-68F (1 m)....................................................... 183646-01
R68M-50F (0.3 m)................................................ 777660-0R3
NB1 (0.5 m)............................................................ 180524-05
Accessory DAQ Device Cabling
1st AMUX-64T 68-pin E Series (except DAQCard devices) SH68-68-EP or R6868
100-pin E Series SH 1006868 or R1005050
Latching E Series SHC68-68-EP
DAQCard-6062E/6024E
Nonlatching E Series PSHR68-68 shielded cable Kit
DAQCard-AI-16E-4/AI-16XE-50 or PR68-68F
Additional - NB1 (1 per AMUX-64T)
AMUX-64T
SC-2040 68-pin E Series (except DAQCard devices) SH68-68-EP or R6868
100-pin E Series SH1006868
Latching E Series SHC68-68-EP
DAOCard-6062E/6024E
Nonlatching E Series PSHR68-68 shielded cable Kit
DAQCard-AI-16E-4/AI-16XE-50 or PR68-68F
SC-2042-RTD 68-pin E Series SH6850 or R6850
or SC-2043-SG Latching E Series SHC68-68-EP and 68M-50F
DAQCard-6062E/6024E
Nonlatching E Series DAQCard devices: PSHR68-50
DAQCard-AI-16E-4/AI-16XE-50
AT-MIO-16DE-10, 6025E R1005050
1
AT-MIO-64E-3, 6031E. 6033E, 6071E R1005050
1
or NB1 to SC-2056
2
Additional AT-MIO-64E-3, 6031E, 6033E, 6071E NB1 to SC-2056
2
SC-2042-RTD or
SC-2043-SG
(up to 3)
1
With the R1005050 cable, the SC-2042-RTD connects to pins 1-50 (ACHO-ACH15) only
of the 100 pin MID boards.
2
You can connect up to four SC-2042-RTD boards or up to four SC-2043-SG boards to an SC-2056 for the
AT-MID-64E-3, 6031E, 6033E, or 6071E. You cannot use SC-2042-RTD and SC-2043-SG boards together.
For configuration details, visit ni.com/siqnalconditioning.
Table 2. AMUX-64T and SC-204x Cabling Guide
311
6
D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
A
n
a
l
o
g

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
Back to Index
Modular Instruments
Contents
Overview............................................................................. 312
Selection Guide.................................................................... 314
Digital Multimeters
Selection Guide ....................................................................... 318
6 - Digit Low-Cost DMM...................................................... 319
6 -Digit FlexDMM, 1.8 MS/s Isolated Digitizer.................... 321
7 -Digit FlexDMM and 1.8 MS/s Isolated Digitizer.............. 322
6 -Digit FlexDMM, 1.8 MS/s Isolated Digitizer and LCR Meter... 323
6-Wire Guard and Current Amplifier....................................... 325
Programmable Power Supply
Triple-Output DC Power Supply .............................................. 326
20V, 2A Source Measure Unit................................................. 329
100V Precision Source Measure Unit ..................................... 332
Dynamic Signal Acquisition/Generation Devices
Selection Guide ....................................................................... 339
24-Bit, 204.8 kS/s, 2 Inputs/2 Outputs.................................... 341
24-Bit, 204.8 kS/s, 4 Inputs..................................................... 341
24-Bit, 102.4 kS/s, 8 or 4 Inputs.............................................. 343
24-Bit, 16 Channel Simultaneous Acquisition ........................ 344
24-Bit, 102.4 kS/s, 4 Inputs/1 Output Simultaneous USB Acquisition.. 347
24-Bit, 102.4 kS/s, 5 Inputs Simultaneous USB Acquisition .. 350
24-Bit, 4 Channel Simultaneous USB Acquisition .................. 351
High-Speed Analog and Digital Measurement Devices
High-Speed Digital Measurement Devices
400 and 200 Mb/s LVDS Digital Waveform Generator/Analyzers.. 353
100 and 50 MHz Programmable-Voltage
Digital Stimulus-Response Instruments............................. 354
400 Mb/s Digital Waveform Generator/Analyzers................. 359
100 and 50 MHz Selectable-Voltage
Digital Waveform Generator/Analyzers............................. 362
50 and 25 MHz Digital I/O for PCI Express ............................. 364
Digitizers/OsciIloscopes
2 GS/s, 300 MHz, 8-Bit Digitizer ............................................. 370
60 MS/s, 60 MHz, 12-Bit, 8-Channel Digitizer........................ 373
200 MS/s, 150 MHz, 12-Bit Digitizers .................................... 376
100 MS/s, 100 MHz, 14-Bit Digitizers with OSP .................... 378
100 MS/s, 14-Bit Digitizer with OSP....................................... 379
250 MS/s, 125 MHz, 8-Bit Digitizer ........................................ 380
15 MS/s, 6 MHz, 16 to 24-Bit Digitizers ................................. 386
16-Bit IF Digitizer with OSP..................................................... 388
Bus-Powered USB Digitizers ................................................... 389
Signal Generators
200 MS/s, 80 MHz, 16-Bit Arbitrary Waveform Generator ...... 402
100 MS/s, 43 MHz, 16-Bit Arbitrary Waveform Generators .... 404
100 MS/s, 43 MHz, 16-Bit Arbitrary
Waveform Generators with OSP........................................ 406
100 MS/s, 20 MHz, 14-Bit Arbitrary Waveform Generators ....... 411
40 and 20 MHz Arbitrary Function Generators ....................... 413
100 MHz Clock and Frequency Generator............................... 415
FlexRIO Custom I/O for LabVIEW FPGA and PXI
FlexRIO FPGA Module
Virtex-5 LX30 / LX50 / LX 85 / LX110...................................... 418
300 Mbit/s, 32 SE and 15 LVDS.............................................. 427
RS485/RS422 Adapter Module............................................... 428
1 Gbit/s Digital Adapter Module............................................. 429
Camera Link Adapter............................................................... 430
FlexRIO Adapter Module
100 MHz Digital Adapter Module for FlexRIO ........................ 422
200 MHz Digital Adapter Module for FlexRIO ........................ 423
Video and Analog Analyzer
Video Signal Analyzer ............................................................. 431
Video Signal Generator ........................................................... 437
Digital Video Signal Analyzer.................................................. 439
Digital Video Signal Generator ............................................... 444
Analog and Digital Audio Analyzer ......................................... 446
Overview
Flexible, User-Defined Software and
Scalable Hardware Components
Modular Instrumentation
The trends of increasing device complexity and technology
convergence are driving test systems to be more flexible. Test
systems must accommodate device changes over time, even though
cost pressures are demanding longer system lifetimes. The only way
to accomplish these objectives is through a software-defined,
modular architecture. This white paper introduces the software-
defined concept through virtual instrumentation, provides options for
the hardware platform and software implementations, and discusses
how a modular system is ideally suited to meet ATE challenges.
Fundamentally, there are two types of instrumentation today: virtual
and traditional. Figure 1 illustrates the architectures of these types.
The diagrams show the similarities in these two approaches. Both
have measurement hardware, a chassis, a power supply, a bus, a
processor, an OS, and a user interface. Because the approaches use
the same basic components, the most obvious difference from a
purely hardware standpoint is how the components are packaged. A
traditional, or stand-alone, instrument puts all of the components in
the same box for every discrete instrument. An example of a stand-
alone instrument is a manual instrument controlled with GPIB, USB,
or LAN/Ethernet. These instruments are designed as discrete entities
and not designed primarily for system use. While there are a large
number of traditional instruments, the software processing and user
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s

a
n
d

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
312
Back to Index
interface are fixed in the instrument itself and can be updated only
when and how the vendor chooses (for example, through a firmware
update). Thus, it is impossible for the user to perform measurements
not included in the function list of a traditional instrument, and it
makes it challenging to perform measurements for new standards or
to modify the system if needs change.
By contrast, a software-defined virtual instrument makes the raw
data from the hardware available to users to define their own
measurements and user interface. With this software-defined
approach, users can make custom measurements, perform
measurements for emerging standards, or modify the system if
requirements change (for example, to add instruments, channels, or
measurements). While user-defined software can be applied to
stand-alone, application-specific hardware, it is ideally paired with
general-purpose, modular hardware where the full flexibility and
performance of the measurement software can be exploited. This
combination of flexible, user-defined software and scalable
hardware components is the core of modular instrumentation.
313
Modular Instruments
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s

a
n
d

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Figure 1. Comparing traditional and virtual instrumentation architectures, both share
similar hardware components; the primary difference between the architectures is
where the software resides and whether it is user-accessible.
Back to Index
Modular Instruments Selection Guide
Digital Multimeters
Product Description Platform Digits VDC VAC Resistance (!) ADC AAC Capacitance Inductance
PXI-4071 High-resolution DMM and 1.8 MS/s isolated digitizer PXI 7 1000 700 5 G 3 3
PXI-4072 DMM, 1.8 MS/s isolated digitizer, and LCR meter PXI 7 300 300 1 G 1 1 10,000 F 5 H
NI 4070 DMM and 1.8 MS/s isolated digitizer PCI, PXI 7 300 300 1 G 1 1
NI 4065 Low-cost DMM PXI, PCI, PCI Express, USB 6 300 300 1 G 3 3
Programmable Power Supplies and Source Measure Units
Channel Voltage Max Max Voltage Current Remote
Product Description Platform Number Range Source Power Sink Power Resolution Resolution Sense
PXI-4132 Precision source measure unit (SMU) PXI 0 -100 to 100 V (4-quadrant) 2 W 2W 10 V 10 pA
PXI-4130 Power source measure unit (SMU) PXI
0 -20 to 20 V (4-quadrant) 40 W 10 W 100 V 1 nA
1 0 to 6 V 6 W 120 V 20 A
0 0 to +20 V 20 W 400 V 400 nA
PXI-4110 Triple output programmable DC power supply PXI 1 0 to -20 V 20 W 400 V 400 nA
2 0 to 6 V 6 W 120 V 20 A
PXIe-4154 Battery Simulator for Mobile Device Test PXIe
0 0 to 6 V 18 W 18W 2,400 V 10 uA
1 0 to 6 V 12 W 12W 3,200 V 50 uA
PXIe-4140 4-Channel Source Measure Unit (SMU) PXIe 4 -10 to 10 V 1 W 1W 100 V 100 pA
PXIe-4141 4-Channel Precision Source Measure Unit (SMU) PXIe 4 -10 to 10 V 1 W 1W 10 V 10 pA
Scripting Program-
Maximum Rate (Linking mable Direction
Product Description Platform Channels (MHz) Voltage Levels Memory /Looping) Data Delay Control
NI 6562 Digital waveform PXI, PCI 16 200 (400 Mb/s) LVDS 2, 16 or Per channel,
generator/analyzer 128 Mb/channel software timed
NI 6556 Digital stimulus- PXIe 24 200 (400 Mb/s) Programmable 122 uV steps 8 or Per channel,
response instrument 64 Mb/channel per cycle
NI 6552 Digital stimulus- PXI, PCI 20 100 Programmable 10 mV steps 1, 8 or Per channel,
NI 6551 Digital stimulus- PXI, PCI 20 50 Programmable 10 mV steps 1, 8, or Per channel,
NI 6548 Digital stimulus- PXIe 32 200 (400 Mb/s) 1.2-3.3V (Programmable 1, 8, or Per channel,
response instrument 100 mV steps, VH only) 64 Mb/channel per cycle
NI 6545 Digital waveform PXIe 32 200 (200 Mb/s) 3.3, 2.5, 1.8, 1.5 and 1.2 V 1, 8, or Per channel,
NI 6542 Digital waveform PXI, PCI 32 100 Compatible with 1, 8, or Per channel,
generator/analyzer 5.0, 3.3, 2.5, or 1.8 V 64 Mb/channel software timed
NI 6537 Digital I/O and PXI Express, 32 50 Compatible with Per channel,
handshaking PCI Express 5.0, 3.3, and 2.5 V software timed
NI 6581R FPGA-based Digital I/O PXI, 54 100 Compatible with 128MB User Per port,
PXI Express 5.0, 3.3, 2.5 V or 1.8 V FPGA DRAM Defined FPGA deterministic
NI 6585R FPGA-based Digital I/O PXI, 32 200 (300 Mbit/s) LVDS up to 512 MB User Per channel,
PXI Express Defined FPGA deterministic
NI 6583R FPGA-based Digital I/O PXI, 35 Single Ended / 200 (300 Mbit/s) Single Ended and up to 512 MB User User Per channel,
PXI Express 19 LVDS LVDS Defined FPGA Defined FPGA deterministic
NI 6584R FPGA-based Digital I/O PXI, 16 pairs of RS485 / 16 Mbit/s RS485 / RS422 up to 512 MB User Per channel,
PXI Express RS422 Compatible Defined FPGA deterministic
NI 6587R FPGA-based Digital I/O PXI, 20 500 (1 Gbit/s) LVDS up to 512 MB User Per channel,
PXI Express Defined FPGA deterministic
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
S
e
l
e
c
t
i
o
n

G
u
i
d
e
314
Back to Index
315
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
S
e
l
e
c
t
i
o
n

G
u
i
d
e
Signal Generators
RF Signal Analyzers and Generators
Dynamic Noise Floor Phase Noise (dBc/Hz)
Module Description Frequency Range Range(dB) (dBm/Hz) at 10kHz Offset Range (dBm) Memory
NI PXIe-5665 RF Vector Signal Analyzer 20 Hz to 3.6GHz / 14GHz 80 <-165 <-129 -165 to 30 64 or 256 MB
NI PXIe-5663 / RF Vector Signal Analyzer 10 MHz to 6.6 GHz 80 <-158 <-112 -158 to 30 64 or 256 MB
NI PXIe-5663E
NI PXIe-5673 / RF Vector Signal Generator 85 MHz to 6.6 GHz 80 <-156 <-112 -156 to 10 128 or 512 MB
NI PXIe-5673E
NI PXI-5661 RF Vector Signal Analyzer 9 kHz to 2.7 GHz 80 <-135 <-95 -135 to 30 32 or 64 MB
NI PXI-5600 RF Downconverter 9 kHz to 2.7 GHz 80 <-135 <-95 -135 to 30 -
NI PXI-5671 RF Vector Signal Generator 250 kHz to 2.7 GHz 80 -157 (at -50 dBm output) <-96 -145 to 13 8, 32, or 256 MB
NI PXI-5610 RF Upconverter 250 kHz to 2.7 GHz 80 -157 (at -50 dBm output) <-96 -145 to 13 -
NI PXI-5650 RF Signal Generator 500 kHz to 1.3 GHz 65 <-140 <-110 -100 to 10 -
NI PXIe-5641R RIO IF Transceiver 250 kHz to 80 MHz 76 <-143 <-145 8.5 128 MB
Update Analog Digital
Output Rate Bandwidth Resolution Impedance Pattern Linking/
Product Description Platform Channels (MS/s) (MHz) (bits) (!) Output Looping Memory
NI PXIe-5451 Arbitrary Waveform Generator PXI Express 2 400 135 16 50 - 128, 512, or 2048 MB
NI PXIe-5450 Dual-Channel I/Q Signal Generator PXI Express 2 400 145 16 50 - 128 or 512 MB
NI PXI-5422 Arbitrary Waveform Generator PXI 1 200 80 16 50 or 75 LVDS 8, 32, 256, or 512 MB
NI 5421 Arbitrary Waveform Generator PCI, PXI 1 100 43 16 50 or 75 LVDS 8, 32, or 256 MB
NI 5412 Arbitrary Waveform Generator PCI, PXI 1 100 20 14 50 or 75 - 8, 32, or 256 MB
NI PXIe-5442 Arbitrary Waveform Generator PXI Express 1 100 43 16 50 or 75 - 32, 256, or 512 MB
NI PXI-5441 Arbitrary Waveform Generator PXI 1 100 43 16 50 or 75 LVDS 32, 256, or 512 MB
NI 5402 Function Generator PCI, PXI 1 100 20 14 50 or 75 - - 32 KB
NI PXI-5404 Clock and Frequency Generator PXI 2 300 105 12 50 - -
RF Vector Network Analyzers
Module Description Frequency Range Dynamic Range (dB) Noise Floor (dBm/Hz) Power Range (dBm)
NI PXIe-5630 RF Vector Network Analyzer 10 MHz to 6 GHz 100 <-123 -30 to 5
RF Power Meters
Module Description Frequency Range Power Range (dBm) Dynamic Range (dB) Typical Accuracy (dB)
NI USB-5680 RF RMS Power Meter 50 MHz to 6 GHz -40 to 23 63 0.13
NI USB-5681 RF RMS Power Meter 10 MHz to 18 GHz -40 to 20 60 0.13
RIS Onboard
Input Sampling Sampling Bandwidth Resolution Input Memory
Model Description Platforms Channels Rate (S/s) Rate (GS/s) (MHz) (bits) Range per Channel
NI 5186 High-Speed, High-Bandwidth PXI Express (3-slot) 2 6.25 G (or 12.5 G on 1 ch) 200 5000 8 110 mV FS to 1 V FS 16, 512 MB
NI 5154 High-Speed, High-Bandwidth PXI, PCI 2 1 G (or 2 G on 1 ch) 20 1000 8 100 mV to 2.5 V 8, 64, 256 MB
NI 5152 High-Speed PXI, PCI 2 1 G (or 2 G on 1 ch) 20 300 8 50 mV to 5 V 8, 64, 256 MB
NI 5114 High-Speed, Low-Cost PXI, PCI 2 250 M 5 125 8 20 mV to 20 V 8, 64, 256 MB
NI 5124 High-Speed, High-Resolution PXI, PCI 2 200 M 4 150 12 100 mV to 10 V 8, 32, 256, 512 MB
NI 5122 High-Speed, High-Resolution PXI, PXI Express, PCI 2 100 M 2 100 14 100 mV to 10 V 8, 32, 256, 512 MB
NI 5142 High-Speed, High-Resolution, PXI, PCI 2 100 M 2 100 14 100 mV to 10 V 8, 32, 256, 512 MB
IF Acquisition
NI 5132/33 High-Speed, Low-Cost, Portable USB 2 50 M/100 M - 50 8 40 mV to 40 V 4 MB
NI 5105 High-Density, Low-Cost PXI 8 60 M - 60 12 25 mV to 15 V 2, 16, 64 MB
NI 5622 High-Speed, High-Resolution, PXI Express 1 150 M - 3 to 60 16 350 mV to 700 mV 64, 256 MB
IF Acquisition
NI 5922 High-Resolution PXI, PCI 2 15 M - 6 24 to 16 1 to 5 V 8, 32, 256 MB
Back to Index
Video Signal Acquisition
Product Description Platform Channels Update (MS/s) Resolution (bits) Impedance (!) Video Formats
VideoMASTER Analog Video Analyzer Video acquisition PXI, PXI Express, 2 (16 with Mux) 100/200 (5122/5124) 14/12 (5122/5124) 50 or 1 M
1
NTSC, PAL, SECAM, S-Video,
(based on 5122/5124) PCI Component, VGA
VideoMASTER Analog Video Generator Video Generation PXI, PCI 1 200 12 50 or 1 M
1
NTSC, PAL, SECAM,
(based on 5421) RS-343, S-Video
VideoMASTER Digital Video Analyzer Video acquisition PXI Express 1 200 HDMI/DVI
(based on PXIe-6545 & PXI-2172)
VideoMASTER Digital Video Generator Video Generation PXI Express 1 100 DVI
(based on PXIe-6545 and VideoSPX-O)
1
75 !input is available using 75 !termination on the 1 M!input path.
Sound and Vibration Measurement Devices (Dynamic Signal Acquisition)
Dynamic Sampling Maximum
Analog Range Rate per Signal Input Frequency Input Analog
Product Bus Inputs (dB) Channel Bandwidth Range Accuracy Configuration Outputs Triggering
NI 4461 PXI, PCI 2 118 204.8 kS/s 92 kHz 316 mV to 42.4 V 20 ppm Differential/pseudodifferential 2 Analog and Digital
NI 4462 PXI, PCI 4 118 204.8 kS/s 92 kHz 316 mV to 42.4 V 20 ppm Differential/pseudodifferential - Analog and Digital
NI 4492 PXIe 8 113 204.8 kS/s 92 kHz 1V to 10 V 20 ppm Differential/pseudodifferential - Analog and Digital
NI 4495/96 PXI 16 113 204.8 kS/s 92 kHz 1V to 10 V 20 ppm Differential/pseudodifferential - Analog and Digital
NI 4498 PXI 16 113 204.8 kS/s 92 kHz 316 mV to 10 V 20 ppm Differential/pseudodifferential - Analog and Digital
NI 4499 PXIe 16 113 204.8 kS/s 92 kHz 316 mV to 10 V 20 ppm Differential/pseudodifferential - Analog and Digital
NI 4472 PXI, PCI 8 110 102.4 kS/s 45 kHz 316 mV to 10 V 25 ppm Pseudodifferential - Analog and Digital
NI 4472B PXI, PCI 8 110 102.4 kS/s 45 kHz 10 V 25 ppm Pseudodifferential - Analog and Digital
NI PCI-4474 PCI 4 110 102.4 kS/s 45 kHz 10 V 25 ppm Pseudodifferential - Analog and Digital
NI 9233/34 USB, 4 102 50 kS/s 21 kHz 5 V 100 ppm Pseudodifferential - Digital (None on USB)
Wireless (WLS),
Ethernet (ENET)
NI USB-4431 USB 4 100 102.4 kS/s 45 kHz 10 V 100 ppm Pseudodifferential 1 Analog and Digital
NI USB-4432 USB 5 101 102.4 kS/s 45 kHz 40 V 100 ppm Pseudodifferential - Analog and Digital
NI FlexRIO FPGA Modules
Product General Purpose I/O FPGA Onboard Memory (DRAM)
NI PXI-7951R 66 Differential or 132 Single-Ended Virtex-5 LX30 0 MB
NI PXIe-7961R 66 Differential or 132 Single-Ended Virtex-5 SX50T 0 MB
NI PXIe-7965R 66 Differential or 132 Single-Ended Virtex-5 SX95T (-1 speed grade) 512 MB
RF Conditioning Modules
Module Description Frequency Range Amplification Range (dB) Attenuation Range (dB) Maximum Output Power (dBm)
NI PXI-5690 RF Programmable Preamplifier 100 kHz to 3 GHz 0 to 52 10 20
NI PXI-5691 RF Programmable Preamplifier 50 MHz to 8 GHz 0 to 55 - 25
NI PXI-5695 RF Programmable Attenuator 50 MHz to 8 GHz - 0 to 60 -
NI FlexRIO Adapter Modules
Product Description Specification
NI 5781 100 MS/s Baseband Transceiver Dual 100 MS/s, 14-bit inputs
Dual 100 MS/s, 16-bit outputs
NI 5731 2 Ch, 40 MS/s, 12-bit Digitizer 2 Vpp, 50 Ohm, 12 DIO
NI 5761 4 Ch, 250 MS/s, 14-bit Digitizer 500 MHz BW, 8 DIO
NI 5762 2 Ch, 250 MS/s, 16-bit Digitizer 100MHz BW, 12 DIO
NI 6581 100 MHz High-Speed Digital I/O 54 Single-Ended Channels
NI 6583 100 MHz High-Speed Digital I/O 32 Single-Ended, 16 LVDS
NI 6584 16 pairs of RS485 / RS422 16 Mbits/s
NI 6585 200 MHz (300 Mbit/s) High-Speed Digital I/O 32 LVDS Channels
NI 6587 500 MHz (1 Gbit/s) High-Speed Digital I/O 20 LVDS Channels
NI 1483 Camera Link Adapter Module 20 to 85 MHz pixel clock
Custom Adapter Module Development Kit (MDK) Includes design documentation, CAD files, Requires knowledge of
3 blank adapter module enclosures and 1 windowed enclosure PCB hardware design and HDL code
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
S
e
l
e
c
t
i
o
n

G
u
i
d
e
316
Back to Index
Switches (Relays, Multiplexers, Matrices)
Switch Description Function Specification
NI 2800 NI SwitchBlock Carrier Carrier 150 V, 2 A
NI 2806 NI SwitchBlock Expansion Bridge Expansion Bridge 150 V, 1 A
NI 2810 NI SwitchBlock Reed Relay Card: 4x43 Matrix 150 V, 1 A
NI 2813 NI SwitchBlock Reed Relay Card: 4x21 (2-wire) Matrix 150 V, 1 A
NI 2815 NI SwitchBlock Reed Relay Card: 4x86 Matrix 100 V, 0.3 A
NI PXI-2501 48-channel, FET Relay Multiplexer/Matrix 10 VDC
NI PXI-2503 48-channel, Armature Relay Multiplexer/Matrix 60 VDC/30 VAC
NI PXI-2510 68-channel, 2A Fault Insertion Unit (FIU) Signal Insertion Switch 150 V, 2 A
PXI-2512/PXIe-2512 7-channel, 10A Fault Insertion Unit (FIU) Signal Insertion Switch 50 V, 10 A
PXI-2514/PXIe-2514 7-channel, 4A Fault Insertion Unit (FIU) Signal Insertion Switch 28 V, 40 A
PXI-2515/PXIe-2515 High-Speed Digital I/O Signal Insertion Switch Signal Insertion Switch 200 MHz, 35 Channels
PXI-2527/PXIe-2527/SCXI-1127 64-channel,Armature Relay Multiplexer/Matrix 300 VDC/300 VAC
PXI-2529/PXIe-2529/SCXI-1129 128-/256-Crosspoint (2-wire), Armature Relay Matrix 150 VDC/150 VAC
PXI-2530/SCXI-1130 128-/256-channel,Reed Relay Multiplexer/Matrix 60 VDC/30 VAC
PXI-2531/PXIe-2531 512-Crosspoint (1-wire), Reed Relay Matrix 60 VDC/100 VAC
PXI-2533/34 256-Crosspoint SSR Matrix Matrix 55 VDC, 1 A max
PXI-2535/36 544-Crosspoint FET Matrix Switch Matrix 12 VDC, 100 mA max
PXI-2543 New Solid State RF Switching Modules 50 Ohm, Dual 4x1 Multiplexer 6.6 GHz
PXI-2545/55 4x1 RF Multiplexer (Terminated) Multiplexer 2.5 GHz/2.7 GHz
PXI-2546/56 Dual 4x1 RF Multiplexer (Terminated) Multiplexer 2.5 GHz/2.7 GHz
PXI-2548/58 Quad SPDT RF Relay General-purpose 2.5 GHz/2.7 GHz
PXI-2549/59 Dual-Terminated SPDT RF Relay General-Purpose 2.5 GHz/2.7 GHz
NI PXI-2554 4x1 RF Multiplexer Multiplexer 2.5 GHz
NI PXI-2564 16-channel, SPST Armature Relay General-Purpose 150 VDC/150 VAC CAT II, 5 A max
PXI-2566/SCXI-1166 16-/32-channel, SPDTArmature Relay General-Purpose 150 VDC/125 VAC CAT I, 2 A max
PXI-2567/SCXI-1167 64-channel Relay Driver Relay Driver 50 VDC, 600 mA
NI PXI-2568 31-channel, SPST Armature Relay General-Purpose 150 VDC/150 VAC
PXI-2569/PXIe-2569/SCXI-1169 100-channel, SPST Armature Relay General-Purpose 100 VDC/100 VAC
NI PXI-2570 40-channel, SPDT Armature Relay General-Purpose 100 VDC/100 VAC
PXI-2575/PXIe-2575/SCXI-1175 196-channel, Armature Relay Multiplexer 100 VDC/100 VAC
NI PXI-2576 16 Banks of 4 channels, Armature Relay Multiplexer 100 VDC/100 VAC
NI PXI-2584 12-channel, Reed Relay Multiplexer 600 V CAT I/300 V CAT II
NI PXI-2585 10-channel, Armature Relay Multiplexer 300 VDC/300 VAC CAT II, 12 A max
PXI-2593/PXIe-2593/SCXI-1193 16-/32-channel, RF Relay 50 !Multiplexer/Matrix 150 V CAT I, 500 MHz
PXI-2594/SCXI-1194 4-channel/Quad 4-channel, RF Relay 50 !Multiplexer 24 V, 1.3 GHz
PXI-2595/SCXI-1195 4-channel/Quad 4-channel, RF Relay 50 !Multiplexer 30 V, 4 GHz
NI PXI-2596 Dual 6-channel, RF Relay Multiplexer 26.5 GHz
NI PXI-2597 6-channel, RF Relay Terminated Multiplexer 26.5 GHz
NI PXI-2598 Single Transfer Switch, RF Relay General-Purpose 26.5 GHz
NI PXI-2599 Dual SPDT, RF relay General-Purpose 26.5 GHz
NI SCXI-1128 64-channel, Solid-State Relay Multiplexer/Matrix 300 VDC/250 VAC
NI SCXI-1160 16-channel, SPDT Armature Relay General-Purpose 250 VDC/250 VAC
NI SCXI-1161 8-channel, SPDT Armature Relay General-Purpose 250 VDC/250 VAC, 8 A
NI SCXI-1163R 8 Banks of 4 channels, Solid-State Relay Multiplexer 240 VDC/240 VAC
317
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
S
e
l
e
c
t
i
o
n

G
u
i
d
e
Back to Index
Digital Multimeter Selection Guide
National Instruments digital multimeters (DMMs) provide you with
exceptional data quality and cover your most demanding
measurement needs in terms of accuracy, speed, functionality, and
flexibility. Table 1 will help you determine the best NI DMM for your
application. NI DMMs work with Windows 2000/XP and Linux
as
well as LabVIEW Real-Time.
Table 1 Notes
1. Factory Calibration Cycle - analogous to traditional digital
multimeters, the 4050 offer a 1-year calibration (cal) cycle. The NI
407x devices (PCI-4070, PXI-4070, PXI-4071, PXI-4072) offer a 2-year
cal cycle because of their highly stable components and self-
calibration function. The length of a cal cycle is very important
because the cost of calibration alone can easily offset the cost of
the product over a 5-year product service life, as shown in Table 2.
Some users choose to set up a calibration system in house for their
DMMs to ease the downtime and risk involved in shipping products
to an outside calibration facility. However, the labor costs are often
similar to the calibration fees charged by the outside facility.
2. PXI-4071 only
3. PXI-4072 only
4. 1.8 MS/s Isolated Digitizer - NI 407x DMMs can operate as
both a full-featured DMM and a fully isolated 1.8 MS/s high-voltage
digitizer. With the isolated digitizer mode, the NI 407x DMMs can
acquire isolated voltage waveforms up to 1000 VDC/700 V
rms
and
current waveforms up to 3 A. With the NI 407x FlexDMM
architecture, you can vary the digitizer resolution from 10 to 23 bits
by simply changing the sampling rate. For many applications, this
dual functionality offers cost savings to the user by eliminating the
need for additional products.
5. LabVIEW Real-Time Module Compatibility - the LabVIEW
Real-Time Module delivers a framework in which applications run
predictably in time with increased reliability and stand alone with no
user interaction required. The LabVIEW Real-Time Module is an add-
on component to the LabVIEW development systems. When
installed, this software compiles LabVIEW graphical code and
optimizes it for the selected real-time target.
6. LabVIEW PDA Module Compatibility - the LabVIEW PDA Module
extends LabVIEW development to applications for PDA handheld
devices. With this module, you can develop in LabVIEW and easily
download applications to small, portable PDA targets. The LabVIEW
PDA Module automatically compiles VIs to run on selected PDA
targets and downloads the completed application to the PDA.
7. Self-Calibration - improves stability and accuracy by removing
errors due to temperature variation and long-term drift. The
self-calibration function guarantees the standard NI 407x accuracy
specifications across the entire operating range.
8. Offset Compensated Ohms (OCO) - eliminates the effects of
thermal offsets in low-level resistance measurements. OCO assures
precise, accurate resistance measurements even in the presence of
typical offsets that exist in most if not all sophisticated
manufacturing test systems. It also opens up the ability to measure
resistance in the presence of small DC signals, such as measuring
connector, contact, and bus resistance while current is flowing
through the device under test.
9. Digital AC rms - NI 407x digital rms computation increases AC
reading rates by 10 times over traditional analog approaches.
The digital approach offers accuracy benefits as well. The algorithm,
which is completely insensitive to crest factor, can deliver
exceptionally quiet and stable readings. The NI 407x DMMs
guarantee AC accuracy down to 1 percent of full-scale, rather than
the 10percent of full-scale offered by traditional DMMs.
10. DC Noise Rejection - NI 407x devices offer DC noise rejection,
which suppresses the noise that is coupled onto a DC measurement.
With the NI 407x digital noise rejection filters, it is possible to make
quiet high-quality measurements despite the presence of common
noise sources that would challenge the rejection capability of most
other DMMs (including the NI 4060).
Capabilities NI 407x
Bus PCI, PXI
Maximum resolution 7 digits (26 bits)
Basic DC voltage accuracy 12.5 ppm (2-yr rating)
Basic AC voltage accuracy 0.05%
DC accuracy temperature range 0 to 40C, 0 to 55 C
Factory calibration cycle
1
2-year
Speed/Throughput
7 digits
2
7 S/s
6 digits 100 S/s
5 digits 3,000 S/s
4 digits 10,000 S/s
Maximum speed 1,800,000 S/s
Functions/Measurements
Voltage
Current
Resistance
Diode
Temperature
Frequency
Period
Capacitance
3
Inductance
3
1.8 MS/s isolated digitizer
4
Features
IVI compliance
LabVIEW Real-Time compatibility
5
LabVIEW PDA compatibility
6
-
Self-calibration
7
Offset compensated ohms
8
Digital AC rms
9
DC noise rejection
10
Table 1. NI Digital Multimeter Comparison
Product Cal Cycle Cal Cycles for a 5-Year Service Life Calibration Cost
1-year 5 $1,500
2-year 2 $600
Table 2. Calibration Cost Comparison
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
D
i
g
i
t
a
l

M
u
l
t
i
m
e
t
e
r

S
e
l
e
c
t
i
o
n

G
u
i
d
e
318
Back to Index
319
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
L
o
w
-
C
o
s
t

6
1
/
2
-
D
i
g
i
t

M
u
l
t
i
m
e
t
e
r
s
Low-Cost 6
1
2-Digit Multimeters
Basic 6
1
2-digit digital multimeters
(DMMs) for PXI, PCI, PCI Express,
and USB
7 built-in measurement modes AC/DC
voltage, AC/DC current, 2- or 4-wire
resistance, and diode test
300 VDC/V
rms
isolation
10 readings/s maximum at 6
1
2 digits
Ideally suited for OEMs, educational
labs, and production test
For increased accuracy, resolution, measurement
speed, and functionality, consider NI 407x
FlexDMM devices.
1
PXI-4065 only
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
1
Microsoft Visual Basic
C/C++
NI-DMM
NI-DMM Soft Front Panel
DMM/Switch Express VI
Overview
National Instruments 4065 devices are low-cost 6
1
2-digit PXI, PCI,
PCI Express, and USB DMMs for the measurement of voltage,
current, and resistance, or for diode test. They are ideally suited for
OEMs, educational laboratories, or other cost-conscious test and
measurement facilities. With 300 VDC/V
rms
of isolation, current
measurements up to 3A, and 2- or 4-wire resistance measurements,
NI 4065 DMMs provide a complete multimeter solution for basic
6
1
2-digit measurement needs. For higher-performance requirements,
consider using NI 407x PCI and PXI FlexDMM devices. They combine
industry-leading accuracy and resolution at 6
1
2 and 7
1
2 digits with
1.8 MS/s digitizer capability for faster sampling rates in production
test environments.
Flexible Software Improves Usability
You can program NI 4065 DMMs through a standard application
programming interface (API) in NI LabVIEW and LabWindows/CVI or
Microsoft programming languages. For simple benchtop measurements,
the NI-DMM Soft Front Panel provides the common display and
interface found on traditional DMMs to make simple measurements
quickly and easily. When combined with switches, the DMM/Switch
Express VI can rapidly develop a high-channel-count data-logging
system with a single function call in LabVIEW. In LabVIEW
SignalExpress, the DMM/SwitchExpress VI sets up a live data
logger without any programming.
Efficient Mixture of Accuracy, Resolution,
and Speed
NI 4065 DMMs offer 6
1
2 digits of resolution at up to 10 readings/s
and up to 3000 readings/s at lower resolutions. By trading off speed
for resolution, you can maximize measurement quality and
throughput. NI 4065 DMMs also offer comparable accuracy over a
24-hour cycle or one year of an external calibration to other GPIB,
LAN, or USB-based 6
1
2-digit DMMs on the market. With an NI 4065,
there is no need to sacrifice basic measurement quality for a low
selling price.
For higher resolution, accuracy, or speed, consider using one of the
NI 407x 6
1
2-digit FlexDMM devices. The PCI-4070 can accurately
measure 100 readings/s at 6
1
2 digits with 31 ppm of DC voltage
accuracy over a two-year period. This represents a 3X improvement
over the NI 4065 DMMs for accuracy and noise. The PXI-4071 is also
available with measurements at 7
1
2 digits up to 1000 V. For more
information on the complete line of National Instruments DMMs,
visit ni.com/multimeters.
NI PXI-4065, NI PCI-4065, NI PCIe-4065, NI USB-4065
Digits Resolution (bits) Reading Rate (S/s)
6 22 10
5 18 1500
4 15 3000
Table 1. NI 4065 Reading Rates versus Resolution
Back to Index
Low-Cost 6
1
2-Digit Multimeters
Integration with Switching
NI PXI-4065
You can easily combine the NI PXI-4065 DMM with NI PXI switches
in the low-cost NI PXI-1033 integrated chassis and controller to
create high-channel-count, 6
1
2-digit data-logging systems with up to
588 channels. You can configure these systems, controllable from
any PCI Express or ExpressCard slot on a PC or laptop computer,
with more than 100 available PXI switch topologies. For further
system expansion, you can add more than 3,000 channels with each
additional 18-slot PXI chassis.
NI USB-4065, PCI-4065 and PCIe-4065
You can integrate NI 4065 DMMs with stand-alone switching using
the 4- or 12-slot USB Switch Mainframes from National Instruments.
You can configure these switch systems, controllable from any
available USB port on a PC or laptop computer, with more than 50
available SCXI switch topologies. For existing SCXI switch systems,
the NI 4065 DMMs can also provide control via the AUX connector
on the front of the DMM. Switching offers a simple method of
channel expansion for data-logging systems based on an NI 4065.
NI PXI-4065................................................................. 780011-01
NI PCI-4065................................................................. 779770-01
NI PCIe-4065............................................................... 779771-01
NI USB-4065............................................................... 780152-01
Includes the standard P-1 probe set and NI-DMM software.
Accessories for PXI
NI PXI-1033 (chassis and integrated MXI Express controller,
1 PXI Express port, 3 m cable)............................... 779756-01
NI PXI-2527 (300 V, 64-channel multiplexer).............. 778572-27
Accessories for USB, PCI, and PCI Express
NI USB Switch Mainframe (4-slot)............................. 778570-01
NI SCXI-1127 (300 V, 64-channel multiplexer)........... 776572-27
General Accessories
P-1 Probe Set (standard)............................................. 761000-01
P-2 Probe Set (additional connectors)........................ 184698-01
P-3 Probe Set (banana plug to bare wire)................... 185692-01
CSM-10 A (10 A current shunt)................................... 777488-02
Figure 3. Use the USB-4065 with USB-controlled switching for a complete
DMM/switch solution.
Figure 1. Expand channel count with PXI switching.
Figure2. Expand channel count with USB-controlled switching.
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
L
o
w
-
C
o
s
t

6
1
/
2
-
D
i
g
i
t

M
u
l
t
i
m
e
t
e
r
s
320
Back to Index
321
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
6
1
2
-
D
i
g
i
t

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

M
u
l
t
i
m
e
t
e
r
s

a
n
d

1
.
8

M
S
/
s

I
s
o
l
a
t
e
d

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
s
6
1
2-Digit Digital Multimeters and 1.8 MS/s Isolated Digitizers
12 built-in measurement functions
1.8 MS/s isolated waveform acquisition
10- to 23-bit flexible resolution
Built-in self-calibration
300 VDC/V
rms
isolation
425 V
p
AC measurements
Calibration
Gain, temperature, and offset
self-calibration
2-year external calibration cycle
Operating Systems
Linux
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
NI-DMM
DMM Express VI for LabVIEW
DMM Soft Front Panel
Overview
National Instruments 4070 FlexDMM 6
1
2-digit digital multimeters
achieve remarkable throughput rates while maintaining precision
and stable measurement accuracy. With National Instruments
proprietary FlexDMM technology, these DMMs also provide a fully
isolated, high-voltage digitizer capable of acquiring waveforms at
sampling rates up to 1.8 MS/s at all voltage and current values.
Using the analysis functions in NI LabVIEW software, you can
analyze these waveforms in both the time and frequency domains.
NI 4070 DMMs have superior speed, accuracy, and functionality,
making them an excellent fit for use in automated tests on both the
production floor and in an R&D environment.
High-Speed Digital Multimeter
1.8 MS/s Flexible-Resolution Isolated Digitizer
You can vary the resolution of the FlexDMM from 10 to 23 bits by
simply changing the sampling rate, as reflected in Figure 1.
The unique multi-instrument functionality minimizes overall
system cost by eliminating the need to purchase a separate data
acquisition device, signal conditioning, fixturing, and so on.
Built-In Self-Calibration and 2-Year Calibration Cycle
Self-calibration (Self-Cal) improves accuracy by removing errors
due to temperature variation and long-term drift.
Self-Cal ensures accuracy over entire 0 to 55 C operating range.
2-year external calibration cycle reduces downtime and
maintenance costs.
Software
NI-DMM is an IVI-compliant driver that accesses the complete
functionality of the DMM through an easy-to-use application
programming interface (API).
Compatible languages include C/C++, .NET, Visual Basic,
LabVIEW, and LabWindows/CVI.
NI 4070
Resolution Max Sampling Rate
Digits (Bits) DC Voltage and Current
1
Reading Rate
2
7 23 5 S/s 5 S/s
6
1
2
22 100 S/s 100 S/s
5
1
2
18 5 kS/s 3 kS/s
4
1
2
15 20 kS/s 10 kS/s
3 10 1.8 MS/s
1
Maximum sample rate refers to waveform acquisition
2
Auto Zero disabled, except 7 digits, measured on a 10 V and 10 k!range
Table 1. NI 4070 Key Specifications
Figure 1. NI 4070 FlexDMM Resolution versus Sample Rate
NI PCI-4070.................................................................. 778275-01
NI PXI-4070.................................................................. 778274-01
Includes the P-1 Probe Set, NI-DMM, DMM Express VI, and DMM Soft Front Panel.
Recommended Switching and Accessories
NI PXI-2527
300 V multiplexer switch........................................ 778572-27
NI PXI-2530
128x1 multiplexer switch....................................... 778660-01
P-1 Probe Set (standard probe).................................... 761000-01
P-2 Probe Set (additional probe).................................. 184698-01
P-3 Probe Set (banana plug to bare wire).................... 185692-01
10 A current shunt, CSM-10A...................................... 777488-02
Back to Index
7
1
2
-Digit, 26-Bit, 1000 V Digital Multimeter
and 1.8 MS/s Isolated Digitizer
Superior accuracy and measurement
rates
Wide dynamic range of measurements
10 nV to 1000 VDC (700 VAC) voltage
1 pA to 3 A current
10 !to 5 G!resistance
500 VDC/V
rms
common-mode isolation
1.8 MS/s isolated waveform acquisition
Up to 1000 V and 3 A input
Calibration
Gain and offset self-calibration
Operating System
Linux
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
Software (included)
NI-DMM driver
LabVIEW Express VIs
Overview
The NI PXI-4071 7
1
2-digit FlexDMM is a high-performance,
multifunction 3U PXI module that provides the measurement
capability found in two common test instruments - a high-resolution
digital multimeter (DMM) and a digitizer. As a DMM, the PXI-4071
delivers fast, accurate voltage measurements from 10 nV to
1000 V, current measurements from 1 pA to 3 A, and resistance
measurements from 10 !to 5 G!, as well as takes frequency/
period and diode measurements. In the high-voltage, isolated
digitizer mode, the PXI-4071 can acquire DC-coupled waveforms at
sample rates up to 1.8 MS/s in all voltage and current modes. Using
the analysis functions in NI LabVIEW software, you can analyze
these waveforms in both the time and frequency domains. The PXI-
4071 offers superior speed, accuracy, and functionality, making it an
excellent fit for use in automated tests on both the production floor
and in an R&D environment.
High-Speed Digital Multimeter
The PXI-4071 surpasses conventional 7
1
2-digit DMM speed/
performance barriers by using a modern architecture that exploits
the high-speed PXIbus. At 7
1
2 digits, the PXI-4071 achieves DC
reading rates of 7 S/s. For applications requiring higher throughput,
it has a maximum DC reading rate of 10 kS/s at 4
1
2 digits, as
depicted in Table 1. These rates are at least five times faster than
the traditional GPIB-controlled DMMs.
NI PXI-4071
Maximum Sampling Reading Rate
Digits Bits Rate (Digitizer) (DMM)
7
1
2
26 7 S/s
6
1
2
22 100 S/s 100 S/s
5
1
2
18 5 kS/s 3 kS/s
4
1
2
15 20 kS/s 10 kS/s
3 10 1.8 MS/s
Table 1. PXI-4071 Sampling Rate
NI PXI-4071.................................................................. 778271-01
Includes the P-1 probe set, NI-DMM, and DMM Soft Front Panel.
NI PXI-2503 24x1 multiplexer switch.......................... 777697-01
NI PXI-2530 128x1 multiplexer switch........................ 778660-01
NI SCXI-1127 250 V multiplexer switch...................... 776572-27
P-1 probe set (standard probe).................................... 761000-01
P-2 probe set (additional probe).................................. 184698-01
P-3 probe set (banana plug to bare wire)................... 185692-01
10 A current shunt, CSM-10A..................................... 777488-02
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
7
1
2
-
D
i
g
i
t
,

2
6
-
B
i
t
,

1
0
0
0

V

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

M
u
l
t
i
m
e
t
e
r

a
n
d

1
.
8

M
S
/
s

I
s
o
l
a
t
e
d

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
322
Back to Index
323
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
6
1
2
-
D
i
g
i
t

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

M
u
l
t
i
m
e
t
e
r
s
,

1
.
8

M
S
/
s

I
s
o
l
a
t
e
d

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
s
,

a
n
d

L
C
R

M
e
t
e
r
6
1
2
-Digit Digital Multimeter, 1.8 MS/s
Isolated Digitizer, and LCR Meter
Multifunction device
6
1
2-digit digital multimeter
1.8 MS/s isolated digitizer
LCR meter (inductance, capacitance,
and resistance)
20 built-in measurements
Built-in self-calibration
300 VDC/V
rms
isolation
425 V
p
AC measurements
Calibration
Gain, temperature, and offset
self-calibration
Operating Systems
Linux
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
NI-DMM driver
DMM Express VI for LabVIEW
Overview
The National Instruments PXI-4072 FlexDMM, based on the NI 4070
architecture, combines the functionality found in three common test
instruments a digital multimeter, an LCR meter, and a digitizer.
This functionality provides engineers with the 20 most common test
functions in a compact 3U PXI module, including voltage, current,
capacitance, inductance, temperature, and resistance. Integrating
these measurements in a PXI module reduces test system size and
cost, increases throughput, and shortens test development time,
making the NI PXI 4072 an excellent fit for use in automated tests
on both the production floor and in an R&D environment.
The PXI-4072 offers a DC reading rate from 10 kS/s at 4
1
2 digits to
5 S/s at 7 digits. As a digitizer, the FlexDMM can acquire both AC-
and DC-coupled voltage and current waveforms up to 300 V and 1
A input at a maximum sampling rate of 1.8 MS/s. As an LCR meter,
the FlexDMM delivers 0.25 percent basic accuracy for both inductance
and capacitance at measurement rates up to 40 S/s. Using the
intuitive NI-DMM instrument driver, you can quickly change from
function to function in a single application programming interface
(API).
NI PXI-4072
Mode Ranges Reading Rate (S/s)
Capacitance 300 pF, 1 nF, 10 nF, 100 nF, 1 F, 10 F 20
100 F, 1000 F, 10,000 F 3
Inductance 10 H, 100 H 40
1 mH, 10 mH 20
100 mH, 1 H, 5 H 3
Table 1. PXI-4072 Key Specifications
NI PXI-4072.................................................................. 778270-01
Includes the P-1 Probe Set, NI-DMM, DMM Express VI, and DMM Soft Front Panel.
NI PXI-2527
300 V multiplexer switch........................................ 778572-27
NI PXI-2530
128x1 multiplexer switch....................................... 778660-01
P-1 Probe Set (standard probe).................................... 761000-01
P-2 Probe Set (additional probe).................................. 184698-01
P-3 Probe Set (banana plug to bare wire).................... 185692-01
10 A current shunt, CSM-10A...................................... 777488-02
Back to Index
Power Supplies and Source Measure Units
National Instruments provides PC-based programmable power
supplies and source measure units (SMUs) optimized for automated
test. Available in one or two-slot PXI modules, each of these
instruments offers more precision than traditional power supplies at
a fraction of the size. For parallel IV test systems, a single PXI
chassis can be filled with up to 17 SMUs for a high-channel-count
solution in a 19 in., 4U rack space. Engineers can trigger these
SMUs over the PXI backplane to synchronize measurements with
other instrumentation including high-speed digital I/O, RF analyzers
and generators, and high-speed digitizers.
Max
Channel Voltage Source Max Sink Voltage Current Remote
Product Description Platform Number Range Power Power Resolution Resolution Sense
NI PXI-4132 Precision Source Measure Unit (SMU) PXI 0 -100 to 100 V (4-quadrant) 2 W 2 W 10 V 10 pA
NI PXI-4130 Power Source Measure Unit (SMU) PXI 0 -20 to 20 V (4-quadrant) 40 W 10 W 100 V 1 nA
1 0 to 6 V 6 W 120 V 20 A
0 0 to +20 V 20 W 400 V 400 nA
NI PXI-4110 Triple Output Programmable DC Power Supply PXI 1 0 to -20 V 20 W 400 V 400 nA
2 0 to 6 V 6 W 120 V 20 A
NI PXIe-4154 Battery Simulator for Mobile Device Test PXIe
0 0 to 6 V 18 W 18 W 2,400 uV 10 uA
1 0 to 8 V 12 W 12 W 3,200 uV 50 uA
NI PXIe-4140 4-Channel Source Measure Unit (SMU) PXIe 4 -10 to 10V 1W 1W 100 V 100 pA
NI PXIe-4141 4-Channel Precision Source Measure Unit (SMU) PXIe 4 -10 to 10V 1W 1W 10 V 10 pA
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
P
o
w
e
r

S
u
p
p
l
i
e
s

a
n
d

S
o
u
r
c
e

M
e
a
s
u
r
e

U
n
i
t
s
324
Back to Index
6-Wire Guard and Current Amplifier
325
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
6
-
W
i
r
e

G
u
a
r
d

a
n
d

C
u
r
r
e
n
t

A
m
p
l
i
f
i
e
r
High-speed, high-precision guard and
current amplifier
Applications
6-wire guarded measurements
Low-current measurements
Used as an accessory to NI PXI-407x
digital multimeters and M Series data
acquisition devices
200 V guard accuracy, typical
1 0.0005% DC gain
Operating Systems
Linux
LabVIEW
NI-DMM
Overview
The National Instruments PXI-4022 guard and current amplifier is a
PXI accessory module consisting of a high-speed, high-precision
amplifier that conditions signals for measurement devices. With the
guarding functionality, you can make 6-wire resistance
measurements for resistors connected in a network, on complex
printed circuit board layouts, or cable test applications. For low-
current measurements, the NI PXI-4022 amplifier and high-precision
resistors create a feedback current amplifier. This implementation
minimizes burden voltages and converts current to voltage, so you
can measure pA signals with sub-pA noise.
Add Functionality to DMMs
and Data Acquisition Devices
You can use the PXI-4022 with NI PXI-407x digital multimeters
(DMMs) for 6-wire resistance/capacitance measurements or ultra
low-current measurements in a wide variety of applications. You
also can use it with an M Series data acquisition device to form
a low-cost, high-resolution acquisition module for basic in-circuit
test needs.
Software
The PXI-4022 is shipped with NI-DMM driver software, an IVI-
compliant driver that provides numerous example programs and
access to the complete functionality of the PXI-4022 through an
easy-to-use application programming interface (API).
NI PXI-4022
NI PXI-4022................................................................. 779614-01
Includes NI-DMM software.
Low-leakage, low thermal cable set........................... 779410-01
Low-leakage, low thermal connectivity set................ 779499-01
Back to Index
Triple-Output Programmable DC Power Supply
3 independent DC power supplies
0 to 6 VDC, 1 A, nonisolated
0 to +20 VDC, 1 A, isolated
0 to -20 VDC, 1 A, isolated
16-bit voltage setpoint and current limit
16-bit voltage/current readback
measurements
20 mA and 1 A current modes
2 power source options
Internal (PXI backplane) 9 W output
Auxiliary full 46 W output
Isolated channels can be combined for
0 to +40 VDC operation
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
C/C++
NI-DCPower
NI PXI-4110
Overview
The National Instruments PXI-4110 is a programmable, triple-output
precision DC power supply in a single-slot, 3U PXI module. The NI
PXI-4110 has two isolated channels, one from 0 to +20 V and the
other from 0 to -20 V, and a single nonisolated 0 to 6 V supply, all
capable of sourcing up to 1 A per channel. The PXI-4110 has 16-bit
resolution for programming the voltage setpoint and current limit
and for using the voltage and current readback measurement
functionality. The versatile supply rails and high accuracy make the
PXI-4110 an excellent general-purpose, single-quadrant power
supply for design validation and manufacturing test applications.
Power Supply with Precision
Source Capability
The PXI-4110 has the ability to source both voltage and current from
each of its three outputs. As a voltage source, it can be programmed
in 120 V steps on the +6 V channel and 400 V steps on each of the
20 V channels. As a current source, it can be programmed in 20 A
steps on each channel in the 1 A current range. Additionally, you can
set each of the 20 V channels to a 20 mA current range for 400 nA
programming resolution. You can use this impressive level of current
resolution in traditional power supply applications or in many
applications that typically require a separate precision source
measure unit.
Internal/External Supply Options
You can power the PXI-4110 either internally from the PXI backplane
or externally through the NI APS-4100, a front-panel-connected
auxiliary DC supply. Using internal power reduces the number of
connections required on the front panel but also limits the available
output power because of per-slot PXI power restrictions. When
internally powered, the nonisolated, 0 to 6 V channel can be
operated at its full 1 A current range, but the isolated channels are
limited to 100 mA. When externally powered, all channels can be
operated at full power of 1 A per channel for a total maximum
output power of 46 W.
Linear Supply with Switching Preregulation
The PXI-4110 uses a combination of switching and linear regulation
to provide excellent output power and accuracy in the 3U PXI
module. On each channel, input power (coming from either the PXI
backplane or the APS-4100) is regulated to within a certain
percentage of the desired output power. This preregulation stage is
governed by an intelligent PID algorithm implemented on board the
module, ensuring the amount of power passed to the second (linear)
stage is at the most efficient level, given the desired output.
After additional filtering, you can use traditional linear regulation
techniques and amplification to further regulate the signal and
source the final voltage or current. Because the output is linearly
regulated, it has very quick load response and high precision even
at levels as low as 0 V. Also, because the linear regulation occurs on
the preregulated signal, the power dissipation is relatively small and
easily cooled in a PXI slot.
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
T
r
i
p
l
e
-
O
u
t
p
u
t

P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
a
b
l
e

D
C

P
o
w
e
r

S
u
p
p
l
y
326
Back to Index
Extensive Protection Features
In addition to the standard voltage and current limiting functionality
of the PXI-4110, several other features are included to protect the
supply and the load. Each output is protected against a reverse-
polarity voltage application as well as excessive voltages up to
15 V above the maximum channel voltage. Output fuses provide
additional protection to prevent catastrophic failure as a last line
of defense.
The operating voltage range for the auxiliary power input is 11 to
15.5 V. If voltages outside these limits are detected, the module
shuts down until an input voltage within range is applied. If an input
in excess of 20 V is applied, the input crowbar protection turns on,
protecting the input solid-state switching devices (and preregulator
power supply) from overvoltage damage.
The PXI-4110 operates with only nominal temperature increases
internally due to the intelligent PID control of the output devices. If
an overtemperature condition occurs in the PXI chassis due to fan
failure or intake blockage, the output channels are shut down and a
warning is issued. This type of condition requires user software
intervention to reset, thus preventing the module from damage at
excessive temperatures.
Software
NI-DCPower, an IVI-compliant instrument driver, offers complete
programmatic control of the PXI-4110. You can use an available test
panel to quickly troubleshoot or debug power supply operation and
take advantage of the DCPower Express VI for an intuitive,
configuration-based method of programming in the National
Instruments LabVIEW graphical development environment.
327
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
T
r
i
p
l
e
-
O
u
t
p
u
t

P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
a
b
l
e

D
C

P
o
w
e
r

S
u
p
p
l
y

Architecture of Single Isolated Channel on the PXI-4110
NI PXI-4110................................................................. 779647-10
Includes NI-DCPower and the DCPower Test Panel.
NI APS-4100................................................................ 779671-01
NI PXI-4110, NI APS-4110 Bundle.............................. 779647-11
Back to Index
Specifications
Specifications subject to change without notice. For the most current
and complete specifcations, visit ni.com/modularinstruments.
Supply Characteristics
Number of channels...................... 3
General Specifications
Sampling rate
Default........................................ 300 S/s (10 samples averaged)
Maximum.................................... 3000 S/s
Warm-up......................................... 15 minutes
I/O connectors
Supply channels......................... 6-pos COMBICON (3.81 mm)
External power........................... 2-pos COMBICON (3.5 mm)
Dimensions..................................... 13.1 by 21.6 cm (5.1 by 8.5 in.)
Single PXI slot, 3U
Auxiliary power (optional).............. 11 to 15.5 VDC, 5 A max
Environment
Operating temperature................... 0 to 55 C
Storage temperature...................... -20 to 70 C
Relative humidity............................ 5 to 85% noncondensing
Pollution degree............................. 2
Approved altitude .......................... up to 2000 m
Safety
This product is designed to meet the requirements of the following
standards of safety for electrical equipment for measurement, control,
and laboratory use:
IEC 61010-1, EN 61010-1
UL 61010-1, CSA 61010-1
For UL and other safety certifications, refer to the product label, or
visit ni.com/certification, search by model number or product line,
and click the appropriate link in the Certification column.
CE, C-Tick, ICES, and FCC Part 15 Emissions; Class A
EN 55011 Emissions; Group 1, Class A
EN 61326 EMC requirements; Minimum Immunity
For EMC compliance, operate this device according to product
documentation.
DC Specifications
DC
Channel Voltage Isolation
1
20 mA Range 1 A Range 20 mA Range 1 A Range
0 0 to +6 V N/A N/A 1 A (6 W) N/A 1 A (6 W)
1 0 to +20 V 60 VDC, CAT I 20 mA 1 A (20 W) 20 mA 100 mA (2 W)
2
2 0 to -20 V 60 VDC, CAT I 20 mA 1 A (20 W) 20 mA 100 mA (2 W)
2
1
Channels 1 and 2 are isolated from ground but not from each other.
2
Combined total power for channels 1 and 2 using internal power cannot exceed 3 W.
Auxiliary Power Internal Power
DC Current (Power)
Voltage Output Speed
8
Channels Full Load No Load Full Load No Load Full Load No Load Full Load No Load
0 <1 ms <1 ms <1 ms <25 ms
1 and 2 <1 ms <1 ms <2 ms <56 ms <20 ms <10 ms <15 ms <56 ms
8
Current limit set to 1 A for auxiliary power or 100 mA for internal power. For 20 mA range,
all voltage output speeds are <80 ms.
9
Rise time is from 10 to 90% of programmed voltage change at maximum current.
10
Fall time is from 90 to 10% of programmed voltage change at maximum current.
Rise Time
9
Auxiliary Power Internal Power
Fall Time
10
Rise Time
9
Fall Time
10
Voltage Programming Accuracy/Resolution
Channels Range (V) Resolution (mV) 1-Year 13 to 33C Tempco/C 0 to 55C
0 +6 0.12 0.05 + 4 mV 0.005 + 0.3 mV
1 +20 0.40 0.05 + 10 mV 0.005 + 1 mV
2 -20 0.40 0.05 + 10 mV 0.005 + 1 mV
Tempco = temperature coefficient
Accuracy (% of output + offset)
Voltage Readback Accuracy/Resolution
Channels Range (V) Resolution (mV) 1-Year 13 to 33C Tempco/C 0 to 55C
0 +6 0.06 0.05 + 4 mV 0.005 + 0.2 mV
1 +20 0.20 0.05 + 5 mV 0.005 + 0.5 mV
2 -20 0.20 0.05 + 5 mV 0.005 + 0.5 mV
Current Programming Accuracy/Resolution
3
Channels Range
4
Resolution 1-Year 13 to 33C Tempco/C 0 to 55C
0 1 A 0.02 mA 0.15 + 4 mA 0.02 + 0.2 mA
1 and 2 20 mA 0.40 A 0.15 + 60 A 0.01 + 3 A
1 A 0.02 mA 0.15 + 4 mA 0.02 + 0.2 mA
3
Applies for current settings greater than 2% of range.
4
Minimum programmable current limit is 2% of range.
Current Readback Accuracy/Resolution
5
Channels Range Resolution 1-Year 13 to 33C Tempco/C 0 to 55C
0 1 A 0.01 mA 0.15 + 4 mA 0.02 + 0.2 mA
1 and 2 20 mA 0.20 A 0.15 + 35 A 0.01 + 3 A
1 A 0.01 mA 0.15 + 4 mA 0.02 + 0.2 mA
5
Applies for current outputs up to 500 mA.
Ripple and Noise
Channels RMS Normal-Mode Voltage
6
RMS Normal-Mode Current
7
0 <1.5 mV <8 A
1 and 2 <1.0 mV <8 A (<3 A for 20 mA range)
6
From 20 Hz to 20 MHz.
7
Current noise bandwidth is limited to 10 kHz for 1 Arange and 400 Hz for 20 mA range.
Same as auxiliary power
Line and Load Regulation
Voltage (per A Current (per V
Channels Voltage Current of output load) of output load)
0 N/A N/A 0.42 0.02
1 and 2 0.01 + 1 mV 0.01 + 0.02% of range 0.1 0.007 (0.003 for
20 mA range)
11
Per volt change in auxiliary input.
Line Regulation
11
(% of output + offset)
Load Regulation
(% of range selected)
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
T
r
i
p
l
e
-
O
u
t
p
u
t

P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
a
b
l
e

D
C

P
o
w
e
r

S
u
p
p
l
y
328
Back to Index
20 V, 2 A Source Measure Unit
SMU Channel
20 V, 2 A, isolated
4-quadrant operation 10 W sinking
Remote sense capability
5 current ranges 2 A to 200 A
1 nA measurement resolution on the
200 A range
Utility Channel
6 V, 1 A, ground referenced
120 V/20 A setpoint resolution
16-bit voltage/current setpoint and
measurement
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
C/C++
Driver Software(included)
NI-DCPower
Overview
The NI PXI-4130 is a programmable, high-power source measure
unit (SMU) in a single-slot, 3U PXI module. It has a single isolated
SMU channel that offers a four-quadrant 20 V output that
incorporates remote (4-wire) sense. This channel is capable of
sourcing up to 40 W in quadrants I and III and sinking up to 10 W in
quadrants II and IV. With five current ranges providing measurement
resolution down to 1 nA, this precision source is ideal for design
validation and semiconductor test applications that require
programmatic sourcing and sweeping as well as high-accuracy
measurements.
The PXI-4130 also includes a utility channel that can source either
current or voltage with 16-bit setpoint and measurement resolution.
You can use this output, which provides up to 6 V and 1 A, as a
complementary power source to the SMU channel. Applications
such as transistor characterization that require accurately sourcing a
constant current or voltage while sweeping another current or
voltage can greatly benefit from the reduced complexity, footprint,
and cost that this module offers.
Both channels of the PXI-4130 power SMU can act as either a
constant voltage source or a constant current source, with a settable
compliance limit for either mode. In addition, you can enable remote
sense on the SMU channel to maximize voltage output/measurement
accuracy at your device under test for high-precision applications.
Internal/External Supply Options
You can power the PXI-4130 either internally from the PXI backplane
or externally through a front-panel-connected auxiliary DC supply
such as the NI APS-4100. When internally powered, the ground-
referenced, 0 to 6 V channel can be operated at its full 1 A current
range, but the isolated SMU channel is limited to 300 mA or 2 W.
When externally powered, the SMU channel can source up to 2 A at
20 V in addition to the utility channel, which sources up to 1 A at 6 V
for a total maximum output power of 46 W.
NI PXI-4130
329
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2
0

V
,

2

A

S
o
u
r
c
e

M
e
a
s
u
r
e

U
n
i
t
Figure 1. Channel 1 Quadrant Diagram (40 W in Quadrants I and III, 10 W in
Quadrants II and IV)
Back to Index
Software for Programmatic Control
NI-DCPower, an IVI-compliant instrument driver, offers complete
programmatic control of the PXI-4130. You can use the NI-DCPower
soft front panel to quickly troubleshoot or debug power supply
operation. You can take advantage of the DCPower Express VI for an
intuitive, configuration-based method of programming in the NI
LabVIEW graphical development environment or the LabVIEW
SignalExpress programming-free environment.
For low-level control of SMU hardware, the NI-DCPower instrument
driver provides a complete API that exposes the full functionality of
the hardware in an intuitive hierarchy. NI-DCPower also includes
example programs that demonstrate concepts ranging from simple
configuration to advanced sweeping and monitoring.
Extensive Protection Features
In addition to standard voltage and current limiting functionality, the
PXI-4130 offers several other features to protect the supply and the
load. The nonisolated output is protected against a reverse-polarity
voltage application, and both outputs are protected against
excessive voltages. Output fuses provide additional protection to
prevent catastrophic failure as a last line of defense.
The operating voltage range for the auxiliary power input is 11 to
15.5 V. If the PXI-4130 detects voltages outside these limits, it shuts
down until an input voltage within range is applied. If an input larger
than 20 V is applied, the input crowbar protection turns on,
protecting the input solid-state switching devices (and preregulator
power supply) from overvoltage damage.
The PXI-4130 operates with only nominal temperature increases
internally due to the intelligent digital power control of the output
devices. If an overtemperature condition occurs in the PXI chassis
due to fan failure or intake blockage, the output channels are shut
down and a warning is issued. This type of condition requires user
software intervention to reset, thus preventing the module from
damage at excessive temperatures.
NI PXI-4130.................................................................. 779647-30
Includes NI-DCPower and the DCPower Soft Front Panel.
NI APS-4100................................................................ 779671-01
NI PXI-4130, NI APS-4100 Bundle............................... 779647-31
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2
0

V
,

2

A

S
o
u
r
c
e

M
e
a
s
u
r
e

U
n
i
t
330
Back to Index
Specifications
>> For complete specifications, see the NI PXI-4130 Specifications
at ni.com/manuals.
SMU Channel Specifications (Channel 1)
Channel 1 Additional Specifications
Settling time
2
................................. 500 s
Output capacitance
Low setting............................... 10 nF
High setting............................... 6.8 F
Slew rate....................................... 0.08 V/s
Transient response (typical).......... Recovers to <0.1% of voltage
range within 200 s after a
change in load current from 10 to
90% of current range
RMS normal mode noise............... 15 mV
pp
typical into resistive
load; <5 mV RMS;
20 Hz to 20 MHz bandwidth
Remote sense............................... Up to 1 V drop per lead using
internal power or "12 V auxiliary
power supply; add 120 V to
accuracy specification per volt of
lead drop
Load regulation
Voltage...................................... 20 mV per amp of output load
using local sense
Current...................................... 0.01% of range per volt of output
change
Line regulation (% of output + offset, per volt of change in auxiliary
power input)
Voltage..................................... 0.01 + 1 mV
Current...................................... 0.01 + 0.02% of range;
temperature coefficient (Tempco)
is 10% of accuracy specification
per C
Utility Channel Specifications (Channel 0)
General Specifications
Programming and Measurement Timing
3
Maximum output update rate...... 3000 updates/s
Maximum measurement rate
(Samples to average = 1)............. 3 kS/s
Typical single point update latency.. 600 s
Additional Information
Auxiliary power input protection
Overvoltage............................. >15.5 VDC shut-off;
>20 VDC crowbar (fused)
Overcurrent or reverse voltage.. Fused
Recommended calibration interval... One year
1
See specifications for derating information.
2
Settled to 1 percent, 1 V step, 50 percent of current range at final value;
output capacitance set to low, using auxiliary power supply.
3
Does not include load-dependent settling time.
331
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2
0

V
,

2

A

S
o
u
r
c
e

M
e
a
s
u
r
e

U
n
i
t
Range Resolution 1 Year, 23 C 5 C
20 V 0.33 mV 0.034% + 1.8 mV
6 V 0.1 mV 0.034% + 1.5 mV
Programming Accuracy/Resolution
Output Function Range Resolution 1 Year, 23 C 5 C
Voltage +6 V 0.12 mV 0.05% + 4 mV
Current 1 A
1
0.02 mA 0.15% + 4 mA
Measurement Accuracy/Resolution
Measurement
Type Range Resolution 1 Year, 23 C 5 C
Voltage +6 V 0.06 mV 0.05% + 4 mV
Current 1 A
1
0.01 mA 0.15% + 4 mA
Voltage Measurement Accuracy/Resolution
20 V 0.10 mV 0.03% + 1.5 mV
6 V 0.10 mV 0.03% + 1.5 mV
200 A 10 nA 0.03% + 0.1 A
2 mA 100 nA 0.03% + 1 A
20 mA 1 A 0.03% + 10 A
200 mA 10 A 0.03% + 100 A
2 A
1
100 A 0.12% + 1 mA
Current Measurement Accuracy/Resolution
200 A 1.0 nA 0.03% + 0.02 A
2 mA 10 nA 0.03% + 0.2 A
20 mA 0.1 A 0.03% + 2 A
200 mA 1 A 0.03% + 40 A
2 A
1
10 A 0.12% + 200 A
Back to Index
100 V Precision Source Measure Unit (SMU)
Analog Performance
Up to 100 V and up to 100 mA
4-quadrant operation
10 pA measurement sensitivity
Typical sensitivity better than 100 pA at
rates up to 1 kHz
Additional Features
Remote sense connections for
accurate voltage control
Guard terminals for removing leakage
currents from measurements
High-speed hardware sequencing
Triggering via the PXI backplane
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabWindows
TM
/CVI
Measurement Studio
C/C++, C#
NI-DCPower
Overview
The NI PXI-4132 is a programmable, high-precision source measure
unit (SMU) in a single-slot, 3U PXI module. It has a single, isolated
SMU channel that offers a four-quadrant, 100 V output
incorporating remote (4-wire) sense as well as external guarding.
This channel is capable of sourcing and sinking up to 2 W maximum
as shown in Figure 1, it can operate at up to 100 V at up to 20 mA,
up to 40 V at up to 50 mA, and up to 20 V at up to 100 mA.
With measurement resolution down to 10 pA and integrated
guarding, the PXI-4132 precision source is ideal for high-accuracy
leakage measurements on integrated circuits, discrete components,
PCBs, and cables. You can also perform high-speed I-V
measurements on a variety of components including diodes and
organic LEDs using the onboard hardware sequencing engine. In
addition, you can synchronize multiple PXI-4132 SMUs via the PXI
backplane to provide high-speed I-V measurements on transistors
and more complex devices. For parallel test applications, you can
use up to 17 PXI-4132 modules in a single PXI chassis for 17 high-
precision SMU channels in a 19 in., 4U space.
For power requirements higher than 2 W, consider the NI PXI-4130
power SMU, which offers up to 40 W (20 V at up to 2 A) and an
additional power supply channel that can source up to 6 V at 1 A.
NI PXI-4132
Figure 1. PXI-4132 Quadrant Diagram
Item Description
A Output Status Indicator LED
B Sense Status Indicator LED
C Output Connector, Terminal 0 Output LO
D Output Connector, Terminal 1 Sense LO
E Output Connector, Terminal 2 Guard
F Output Connector, Terminal 3 Output HI
G Output Connector, Terminal 4 Guard
H Output Connector, Terminal 5 Guard
I Output Connector, Terminal 6 Guard
J Output Connector, Terminal 7 Sense HI
K Binding Post Chassis Ground
Figure 2. NI PXI-4132 Front Panel I/O Connector
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
1
0
0

V

P
r
e
c
i
s
i
o
n

S
o
u
r
c
e

M
e
a
s
u
r
e

U
n
i
t

(
S
M
U
)
332
Back to Index
333
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
1
0
0

V

P
r
e
c
i
s
i
o
n

S
o
u
r
c
e

M
e
a
s
u
r
e

U
n
i
t

(
S
M
U
)
Analog Performance
The PXI-4132 features five selectable current ranges, from 100 mA
down to 10 A, each of which offers superior measurement
sensitivity to traditional SMUs, thereby allowing for more precise
readings over a wider range. You can configure the programmable
aperture time to optimize both measurement speed and quality for
your application. Figure 3 shows a graph of typical measurement
noise as a function of aperture time for any given range. For
instance, at 1 PLC, current measurements have a sensitivity of
roughly 1 ppm of the range for the 10 A range, this corresponds
to 10 pA. The PXI-4132 was designed to optimize sensitivity at a
variety of measurement rates (PLC settings). For instance, on the 10
A current measurement range, you can typically achieve 100 pA
sensitivity at up to 1000 readings per second.
Hardware Control
You can use the NI-DCPower software test panel to quickly
troubleshoot or debug SMU operation interactively. For fast
programming, you can take advantage of the DCPower Express VI for
an intuitive, configuration-based method of controlling NI SMUs in
the NI LabVIEW graphical development environment. For low-level
control of the SMU hardware, the IVI-compliant NI-DCPower
instrument driver provides a complete API that exposes the full
functionality of the hardware in an intuitive hierarchy. NI-DCPower
also includes prewritten example programs that demonstrate
concepts ranging from simple configuration to advanced sweeping
and monitoring.
The new PXI-4132 features a high-speed sequencing engine that you
can use to synchronize multiple PXI-4132 SMUs or to synchronize to
a single PXI-4132 with other instruments such as switches and high-
speed digital devices. As shown in Figure 4, you can send and
receive events and triggers across the PXI backplane, simplifying
both programming and system wiring. Using this capability, you can
easily perform accurate current and voltage sweeps for high-speed
I-V characterization.
SMU Specifications
NI PXI-4132.................................................................. 780558-01
Includes NI-DCPower and the DCPower TestPanel.
Accessories
Additional Connector and Backshell Kit
for the NI PXI-4132................................................. 781175-01
Accuracy
(% of output + offset) Peak-to-Peak Noise, typical
Range Resolution 1-Year, 23C 5C (0.1 to 10 Hz)
10 V 50 V 0.025% + 3.0 mV 70 V
100 V 500 V 0.025% + 10 mV 300 V
Accuracy
(% of output + offset) Peak-to-Peak Noise, typical
Range Resolution 1-Year, 23C 5C (0.1 to 10 Hz)
10 A 500 pA 0.034% + 2.0 nA 90 pA
100 A 5 nA 0.034% + 20 nA 900 pA
1 mA 50 nA 0.034% + 0.2 A 9 nA
10 mA 500 nA 0.034% + 2.0 A 90 nA
100 mA 5 A 0.034% + 20 A 900 nA
Voltage Measurement Accuracy/Resolution
Range Resolution 1-Year, 23C 5C
10 V 10 V 0.02% + 2.0 mV
100 V 100 V 0.02% + 5.0 mV
Current Measurement Accuracy/Resolution
Range Resolution 1-Year, 23C 5C
10 A 10 pA 0.028% + 1.0 nA
100 A 100 pA 0.028% + 10 nA
1 mA 1 nA 0.028% + 0.1 A
10 mA 10 nA 0.028% + 1.0 A
100 mA 100 nA 0.020% + 10 A
Back to Index
Measurement Speed
Maximum Operation Rates Per Second for 60 Hz (50 Hz)
Maximum source update rate...... 4,200 updates/s
Trigger in to source delay............ 500 ns
Triggers
Input Triggers
Types............................................ Start, Source, Sequence
Advance, Measure
Sources........................................ PXI Trigger lines 07
3
Polarity......................................... Configurable
Minimum pulse width.................. 100 ns
Destinations
4
................................ PXI Trigger lines 07
3
Polarity......................................... Active high (unconfigurable)
Pulse width.................................. 150 ns
Power Requirements
PXI power requirement................ 10 W at 5 V, 1 W at 3.3 V,
2 W at 12 V
Environment
Maximum altitude ...................... 2,000 m
(at 25 C ambient temperature)
Pollution degree........................... 2
Indoor use only.
ADC Aperture Time Measure to Host Source-Measure to Host
1/64 PLC 3490 (2900) 1900 (1700)
1/8 PLC 470 (390) 425 (360)
1 PLC 59.9 (49.9) 59.0 (49.3)
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
1
0
0

V

P
r
e
c
i
s
i
o
n

S
o
u
r
c
e

M
e
a
s
u
r
e

U
n
i
t

(
S
M
U
)
334
Back to Index
335
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
H
i
g
h
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l
-
C
o
u
n
t

S
o
u
r
c
e

M
e
a
s
u
r
e

U
n
i
t
s
High-Channel-Count Source Measure Units
4 SMU channels per single-slot, 3U PXI
Express module
10 V at 100 mA output with
4-quadrant operation
NI PXIe-4141 features NI SourceAdapt
technology for maximum stability and
minimum transient response times
NI PXIe-4141 provides 10 pA current
measurement sensitivity for accurate
idle current measurements
Continuous sampling rates of up to
600,000 S/s
Onboard hardware sequencing engine
for triggering and synchronization
OS Information
Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP
Driver Information
NI-DCPower
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Visual Basic .NET
Visual C++
Visual Studio .NET
Overview
The NI PXIe-4141/40 source measure units (SMUs) are high-
channel-count, high-speed SMUs with four identical SMU channels
per PXI Express slot. Each SMU offers 4-quadrant operation to
source or sink 10 V at 100 mA. To help reduce measurement times
and capture important transient device characteristics, each SMU
can sample up to 600,000 S/s. Additionally, source-measure rates of
up to 15,000 S/s allow quick I-V characterization of devices under
test. With integrated remote (4-wire) sensing, these SMUs can
make for precision measurements of the device. Additionally the
new precision 4-channel SMU, the NI PXIe-4141, has current
measurement sensitivity of 10 pA for accurate characterization of
idle currents.
Comparison Tables
NI SourceAdapt Technology:
The Next-Generation SMU Technology
The new precision 4-channel SMU, the NI PXIe-4141, features
SourceAdapt technology. With this next-generation SMU
technology, you can custom-tune the SMU response to any given
load for maximum stability and minimum transient response times.
This optimal SMU response protects the device under test from
undesirable transients while achieving the fastest possible test
times and removing system stability concerns from oscillations. The
ability to achieve optimal response for any load means that the NI
PXIe-4141 with SourceAdapt technology is ideal for testing devices
such as microelectromechanical systems, multipin ICs with bypass
capacitors, or any board- or chip-level test applications with a wide
range of inductive or capacitive loads.
Programmable Output Resistance
The new NI PXIe-4141 also features programmable output
resistance, so you can program the output resistance from
1 V/current range to +1 V/current range. For example, on the 100
mA range, you can vary the output resistance from 10 !to +10 !.
The positive range of the output resistance allows the SMU channel
to emulate real-world devices with nonzero output resistance while
the negative resistance range allows you to compensate for voltage
drops due to resistive losses between the remote sense points and
the DUT terminals.
Number of SMU Channels 4 4
Voltage/Current Coverage 10 V at 100 mA 10 V at 100 mA
Voltage Measure Range 10 V 10 V
Voltage Measure Sensitivity 100 V 10 V
Current Measure Ranges 10 A, 100 A, 1 mA, 10 A, 100 A, 1 mA,
10 mA, 100 mA 10 mA, 100 mA
Current Measure Sensitivity 100 pA 10 pA
Maximum Sampling Rate 600,000 S/s 600,000 S/s
Maximum Source-Measure Rate 15,000 points/s 15,000 points/s
Compensation Modes Slow, Normal, Fast Slow, Normal, Fast, Custom
Additional Features NI SourceAdapt technology
for custom compensation
Programmable output resistance
Back to Index
High-Channel-Count Source Measure Units
Hardware Control
With the NI-DCPower software test panel, you can quickly
troubleshoot or debug SMU operation interactively. To get up and
running fast, use the DCPower Express VIs as an intuitive,
configuration-based method of controlling NI SMUs in the NI
LabVIEW graphical development environment. For low-level control
of SMU hardware, the IVI-compliant NI-DCPower instrument driver
provides a complete API that exposes the full functionality of the
hardware in an intuitive hierarchy. NI-DCPower also includes
prewritten example programs that demonstrate concepts ranging
from simple configuration to advanced sweeping and monitoring.
Triggering and Synchronization
The NI PXIe-4141/40 modules feature a high-speed sequencing
engine to synchronize operations between multiple SMUs within
each module, across different NI PXIe-4141/40 modules, or with
other instruments. As shown in Figure 3, sending and receiving
triggers or events is conducted through the PXI Express backplane to
simplify programming as well as system wiring. This means that
implementing precisely coordinated test programs involving multiple
SMUs is straightforward.
SMU Modules
PXIe-4141 Four-Channel Precision SMU wtih
SourceAdapt Technology............................................ 781743-01
PXIe-4140 Four-Channel SMU.................................... 781742-01
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
H
i
g
h
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l
-
C
o
u
n
t

S
o
u
r
c
e

M
e
a
s
u
r
e

U
n
i
t
s
336
Back to Index
337
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
H
i
g
h
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l
-
C
o
u
n
t

S
o
u
r
c
e

M
e
a
s
u
r
e

U
n
i
t
s
Battery Simulator Optimized for Mobile Device Test
OS Information
Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP
Driver Information
NI-DCPower
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Visual Basic .NET
Visual C++
Visual Studio .NET
Overview
The NI PXIe-4154 battery simulator is a specialized programmable
power supply optimized for mobile device test. It features a 6 V, 3 A
programmable output designed to simulate a lithium-ion battery
cell's transient speed, output resistance, and 2-quadrant operation
(source/sink). Critical to many RF and wireless applications, the
simulators ultrafast transient response time - software-selectable
to <20 s or <40 s - allows it to rapidly respond to changes in load
current with minimal voltage dip. This makes it ideal for powering
devices under test (DUTs) such as RF power amplifiers, cellular
handsets, and a variety of other mobile devices. To model the
behavior of a battery even more accurately, you can use the onboard
programmable output resistance of up to 1 !to simulate a batterys
internal resistance. For quiescent and standby current
measurements, the NI PXIe-4154 features integrated current
measurement with down to 1 A sensitivity. It also offers a
supplemental 8 V, 1.5 A charger simulator channel for testing power
management ICs along with the battery simulator channel.
Both channels on the NI PXIe-4154 feature integrated voltage and
current readback with up to 200 kS/s continuous acquisition rates,
ideal for characterizing transient behavior. You also can sequence
and trigger outputs and measurements via the PXI backplane for
synchronization with digital I/O and RF instrumentation.
Comparison Tables
Transient Response and Voltage Dip
When testing mobile devices, it is essential that the power source
recovers quickly; otherwise, the performance of the device under test
(DUT) is affected adversely during testing. Large, instantaneous changes
to the load current drawn by the DUT result in an output voltage dip as
the control circuitry of a power supply acts to restore the output voltage
to its original value. On typical programmable power supplies, this can
often take hundreds of microseconds. Conversely, the 20 s transient
response of the NI PXIe-4154 (available when set to "fast" mode) allows
the simulator to quickly respond to changes in load current during tests.
This short recovery time is optimal for many wireless communications
devices that implement pulsed communications protocols. Most mobile
devices today incorporate low-battery-detection circuitry. Conventional
power supplies often exhibit a large voltage dip, as seen in Figure 1.
When the power output drops below the detection circuitrys low-power
threshold as the result of voltage dip, the mobile device shuts down,
NI PXIe-4154
NI PXIe-4154 NI PXI-4130 NI PXI-4110 DC
Battery Simulator Power SMU Power Supply
Output voltage, +6 V, 3 A 20 V, 2 A +6 V, 1 A; +20 V,
current (battery simulator channel) (SMU channel) 1 A; -20 V, 1 A
Transient <20 s, <40 s <200 s (typical) <150 s (typical)
response time - software-selectable
Max sample rate 200 kS/s 3 kS/s 3 kS/s
(voltage and current)
Sense capability Remote (4-wire), Remote (4-wire), Local (2-wire)
local - software local - software sense only
selectable selectable
Programmable -40 m!to 1!, - -
output resistance programmable in 1 m!steps
Hardware PXI backplane - -
sequencing/triggering
Back to Index
Battery Simulator Optimized for Mobile Device Test
causing a false indication of a failed device. To eliminate these false
failures during test, the NI PXIe-4154 has a specified transient response
dip of less than 70 mV (when set to "fast" mode). As nonideal voltage
sources, batteries have internal series resistance. This internal resistance
varies based on the chemistry used for different battery types. The
internal resistance can be affected by variables including how the battery
is used, level of charge, and age. Internal resistance causes a battery's
voltage to drop as higher currents are drawn. As the current increases,
the internal voltage drops due to Ohm's Law (V=I_R). This causes the
voltage at a battery's terminals to decrease as the current increases. If
the internal resistance and the current drawn from a battery are high
enough, the output voltage can drop significantly, regardless of how
much charge it is holding. For battery-operated devices, if the voltage
drops below a certain threshold, it causes the device to shut down. This
demonstrates the large role internal resistance can play when testing
battery-operated products. You can program channel 0 of the NI PXIe-
4154 to vary the output resistance from -40 m!to 1 !in 1 m!
increments. The positive range of the output resistance allows the
channel to emulate the internal resistance of a battery over its lifetime.
The negative resistance range allows you to compensate for voltage
drops due to resistive losses between the remote sense points and the
DUT terminals.
Accurate Leakage Measurements and High-Speed Waveform
Capture
The integrated measurement circuits on each channel of the NI PXIe-
4154 can simultaneously read the voltage and current at the output
terminals (local sense) or sense terminals (remote sense). These
measurements are performed on each channel by two 16-bit analog-to-
digital converters one for the voltage, and one for the current which
are synchronized at all times. Both converters run at a rate of 200 kS/s,
allowing for continuous, high-speed waveform captures of voltage and
current, which you can use to characterize the transient characteristics of
a mobile devices power consumption. For improved noise performance,
you can use the NI PXIe-4154 to automatically average multiple samples
to increase the effective resolution of measurements. On the included
30 mA current range, the NI PXIe-4154 offers down to 1 A
measurement sensitivity, so you can characterize standby and leakage
currents on mobile devices and RFICs.
Charger Simulator
The NI PXIe-4154 battery simulator channel is capable of sinking high
currents in quadrant II, so you can simulate a rechargeable battery. The
charger simulator channel is a complementary power supply channel
capable of sourcing 1.5 A at 8 V. With this additional channel, you can
characterize the behavior of a mobile device when recharging a battery.
Connect the charger simulator channel of the NI PXIe-4154 to the charger
port on a mobile device and monitor current draw as the device operates
in battery charge mode.
Programming
You can use the NI-DCPower software test panel to quickly troubleshoot
or debug the NI PXIe-4154 battery simulator interactively. For a simple
programming experience, you can take advantage of the DCPower
Express VI for an intuitive, configuration-based method of controlling NI
power supplies in the NI LabVIEW graphical development environment.
For low-level control of the battery simulator hardware, the IVI-compliant
NI-DCPower instrument driver provides a complete API that exposes the
full functionality of the hardware in an intuitive hierarchy. NI-DCPower
also includes prewritten example programs that demonstrate concepts
ranging from simple configuration to hardware sequencing, triggering,
and waveform acquisitions.
The new NI PXIe-4154 also features a high-speed sequencing engine that
you can use to synchronize the NI PXIe-4154 with other instruments,
including NI PXI RF instruments. When you combine this module with RF
signal generators and analyzers, you can create complete PXI test
systems for mobile device test in both the validation and production
environments.
Safety and Protection
Both channels on the NI PXIe-4154 are protected against overvoltage,
inverse-voltage, overcurrent, and overtemperature conditions. These
conditions cause protection circuitry to engage, which disables the
output of the affected channel and disconnects the channel circuitry from
the output connector pins. By internally disconnecting the output, it
protects both the NI PXIe-4154 and the DUT. Overvoltage protection
(OVP) is enabled by default on both channels of the NI PXIe-4154. The
protection circuit engages if the voltage at the Output + terminal, with
respect to the internal ground, exceeds the voltage setpoint by more than
2.5 V. The circuitry does not engage if the channel enters current
compliance while sinking current. Inverse-voltage protection helps
protect each channel of the NI PXIe-4154 if it is connected to a voltage
source with a negative polarity. The inverse-voltage protection trips
when a voltage of -0.2 V (typical) is applied between Sense + and Sense -
terminals. Overtemperature protection ensures that the enclosure and
component temperatures do not exceed safe operating limits. If an
overtemperature condition occurs, you can reset the output channel after
the failure condition is cleared. Refer to the NI DC Power Supplies and
SMUs Help file for more information.
NI PXIe-4154
NI PXIe-4154 (2-slot)................................................... 781155-01
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
B
a
t
t
e
r
y

S
i
m
u
l
a
t
o
r

O
p
t
i
m
i
z
e
d

f
o
r

M
o
b
i
l
e

D
e
v
i
c
e

T
e
s
t
338
Back to Index
Dynamic Signal Acquisition/Generation Devices
339
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
D
y
n
a
m
i
c

S
i
g
n
a
l

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
/
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

D
e
v
i
c
e
s
Dynamic Sampling Maximum
Analog Range Rate per Signal Input Frequency Input Analog
Product Bus Inputs (dB) Channel Bandwidth Range Accuracy Configuration Outputs Triggering
NI 4461 PXI, PCI 2 118 204.8 kS/s 92 kHz 316 mV to 42.4 V 20 ppm Differential/pseudodifferential 2 Analog and Digital
NI 4462 PXI, PCI 4 118 204.8 kS/s 92 kHz 316 mV to 42.4 V 20 ppm Differential/pseudodifferential - Analog and Digital
NI 4495/96 PXI 16 113 204.8 kS/s 92 kHz 1V to 10 V 20 ppm Differential/pseudodifferential - Analog and Digital
NI 4498 PXI 16 113 204.8 kS/s 92 kHz 316 mV to 10 V 20 ppm Differential/pseudodifferential - Analog and Digital
NI 4499 PXIe 16 113 204.8 kS/s 92 kHz 316 mV to 10 V 20 ppm Differential/pseudodifferential - Analog and Digital
NI 4472 PXI, PCI 8 110 102.4 kS/s 45 kHz 316 mV to 10 V 25 ppm Pseudodifferential - Analog and Digital
NI 4472B PXI, PCI 8 110 102.4 kS/s 45 kHz 10 V 25 ppm Pseudodifferential - Analog and Digital
NI PCI-4474 PCI 4 110 102.4 kS/s 45 kHz 10 V 25 ppm Pseudodifferential - Analog and Digital
NI 9233/34 USB, 4 102 50 kS/s 21 kHz 5 V 100 ppm Pseudodifferential - Digital (None on USB)
Wireless (WLS),
Ethernet (ENET)
NI USB-4431 USB 4 100 102.4 kS/s 45 kHz 10 V 100 ppm Pseudodifferential 1 Analog and Digital
NI USB-4432 USB 5 101 102.4 kS/s 45 kHz 40 V 100 ppm Pseudodifferential - Analog and Digital
Back to Index
Sound and Vibration Measurement Hardware
Overview
National Instruments offers a variety of sound and vibration modules
for interfacing with accelerometers and microphones. These
modules provide IEPE signal conditioning, 24-bit resolution,
antialiasing filters, up to 118 dB dynamic range, and up to 204.8
kS/s simultaneously sampled channels. With National Instruments
sound and vibration measurement hardware, you have the flexibility
to create a wide variety of custom automated measurement systems
on industry-standard computer platforms. Systems can combine data
acquisition, modular instrumentation, signal conditioning, vision,
motion, and more. NI dynamic signal acquisition (DSA) devices are
designed specifically for applications requiring audio, noise, and
vibration measurements. They can acquire signals at sampling rates
up to 204.8 kS/s with 24-bit resolution.
Feature
Complete Sound and Vibration Systems in PXI, PCI, and USB
24-bit ADCs and DACs with up to 118 dB dynamic range
Up to 13,000 simultaneous channels at 204.8 kS/s per channel
AC/DC coupling, IEPE conditioning, antialiasing filters, and TEDS
PXI - High Channel Industrial Platform
PXI (PCI eXtensions for Instrumentation) is a rugged PC-based
platform for measurement and automation systems. PXI combines
PCI electrical-bus features with the rugged, modular, Eurocard
packaging of CompactPCI, and then adds specialized synchronization
buses and key software features. PXI is both a high-performance
and low-cost deployment platform for measurement and automation
systems. These systems serve applications such as manufacturing
test, military and aerospace, machine monitoring, automotive, and
industrial test.
PCI - Personal Computer
National Instruments offers data acquisition hardware for several
platforms. NI PCI data acquisition boards plug into any desktop
computer, and NI data acquisition modules work with
PXI/CompactPCI, a more rugged modular computer platform
specifically for measurement and automation applications, and NI
CompactDAQ, a portable USB-based measurement system.
CompactRIO - Embedded Portable Industrial System
The NI CompactRIO programmable automation controller (PAC) is a
low-cost reconfigurable control and acquisition system designed for
applications that require high performance and reliability. The
system combines an open embedded architecture with small size,
extreme ruggedness, and hot-swappable industrial I/O modules.
CompactRIO is powered by reconfigurable I/O (RIO) FPGA
technology.
CompactDAQ - Portable USB-Based Industrial System
NI CompactDAQ hardware provides the plug-and-play simplicity of
USB to sensor and electrical measurements on the benchtop, in the
field, and on the production line. By combining the ease of use and
low cost of a data logger with the performance and flexibility of
modular instrumentation, NI CompactDAQ delivers fast and accurate
measurements in a small, simple, and affordable system.
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
S
o
u
n
d

a
n
d

V
i
b
r
a
t
i
o
n

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

H
a
r
d
w
a
r
e
340
Back to Index
341
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2
4
-
B
i
t
,

2
0
4
.
8

k
S
/
s

D
y
n
a
m
i
c

S
i
g
n
a
l

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
24-Bit, 204.8 kS/s
Dynamic Signal Acquisition and Generation
2 or 4 simultaneously sampled
analog inputs
2 simultaneously updated analog
outputs (NI 4461 only)
118 dB dynamic range, 24-bit resolution
204.8 kS/s maximum sampling rate
92 kHz alias-free bandwidth
Input range from 316 mV to 42.4 V
6 gain settings
AC/DC coupling
Antialiasing and anti-imaging protection
IEPE conditioning - software-
configurable
Multimodule synchronization
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabVIEW Sound and Vibration Toolkit
LabVIEW Order Analysis Toolkit
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
Software (included)
NI-DAQmx
Overview
The National Instruments 4461 and 4462 are high-accuracy data
acquisition devices specifically designed for sound and vibration
applications. The devices include the hardware and software
needed to make precision measurements with microphones,
accelerometers, and other transducers that have very large dynamic
ranges. Common applications for the NI 446x include audio test,
automotive test, noise, vibration, and harshness (NVH) analysis, and
machine condition monitoring (MCM).
The NI 446x devices offer a complete range of functionality for
sound and vibration monitoring and analysis applications. With
either two inputs and two outputs, or four inputs, they are ideal for
applications where simultaneous generation and acquisition of
noise, vibration, and acoustic signals are required. You can
synchronize the acquisition clock of your NI 446x with other
instruments in your system for mixed-signal applications. Both
analog and digital triggering are available on an NI 446x.
Hardware
Applications
Audio Test
Noise, Vibration, and Harshness Test
Machine Condition Monitoring
Sound Power
Structural Vibration
Pass-by Noise
Analog Inputs
The analog input channels of NI 446x devices have 24-bit resolution
ADCs that are simultaneously sampled at software-programmable
rates for standard audio applications, such as 44.1 kS/s (the
standard rate used in CD players), 48.0 kS/s (the rate used in digital
audio tape (DAT) recorders and other digital audio equipment), 96.0
kS/s, and 192 kS/s. An NI 446x is well-suited for audio, sound, and
vibration analysis applications.
The analog inputs offer programmable AC/DC coupling. A
programmable gain amplifier stage on the inputs gives gain
selection from -20 to +30 dB in 10 dB steps. Furthermore, to provide
you with the quietest and highest-quality analog measurements, the
input stage accepts differential or single-ended signal connections.
With 118 dB dynamic range and low noise and distortion, NI 446x
devices can make very accurate frequency-domain measurements.
They have excellent amplitude flatness of 0.1 dB within the
frequency range of DC to 92 kHz, and have a typical THD of -107 dB.
Antialiasing
The analog inputs have both analog and digital filters implemented
in hardware to prevent aliasing. Input signals are first passed
through a fixed analog filter to remove any signals with frequency
components beyond the range of the ADCs. Then digital antialiasing
filters automatically adjust their cutoff frequency to remove any
frequency components above half the programmed sampling rate.
NI 4461, NI 4462
Table 1. NI 446x Channel, Speed, and Resolution Specifications
Analog Input Sampling Input Input Analog Output Update
Product Bus Inputs Resolution Rate Range Configuration Outputs Resolution Rate Output Range Triggering
NI 4461 PXI, PCI 2 24 bits 204.8 kS/s 316 mV to 42.4 V Differential/pseudodifferential 2 24 bits 204.8 kS/s 100 mV to 10 V Analog/digital
NI 4462 PXI, PCI 4 24 bits 204.8 kS/s 316 mV to 42.4 V Differential/pseudodifferential - - - - Analog/digital
Back to Index
24-Bit, 204.8 kS/s Dynamic Signal Acquisition and Generation
Analog Outputs
NI 4461 devices have two channels of 24-bit resolution, high-fidelity
analog output. A common application of the analog output is to
stimulate a system under test while measuring the frequency
response with the analog inputs. The output conversions occur
simultaneously at software programmable rates up to 204.8 kS/s.
The analog output circuitry uses 8-times oversampling interpolators
with 64-times oversampling delta-sigma modulators to offer
exceptional spectral purity. Software-programmable attenuation of
0, 20, or 40 dB is available on the output channels. NI 4461 devices
have excellent amplitude flatness of 0.1 dB within DC to 92 kHz,
and a THD of -95 dB at 1 kHz. You can simultaneously acquire data
on the input channels while updating the output channels.
Anti-Imaging
NI 4461 output channels have both analog and digital anti-imaging
filters. These filters remove the unwanted out-of-band components
generated when an analog signal is produced from digital data. The
digital filters limit the bandwidth of the output signal to half the
original conversion rate, thereby rejecting images caused by the 8-
times oversampling process. The signals generated by the analog
output circuitry are low-distortion, low-noise, flat-frequency analog
signals.
Multimodule Synchronization
For applications requiring more channels, you can synchronize the
operation of two or more NI 446x devices with less than 0.1 deg
phase mismatch. Synchronization is achieved by sharing a digital
trigger and clock between multiple modules. The NI-DAQmx driver
software automatically handles the synchronization of multiple
devices in a single task.
Triggering
NI 446x devices offer both analog and digital triggering for signal
acquisition. The source of the trigger can come from any analog
input channel, the external digital trigger input, the PXI trigger bus
(PXI devices), or the RTSI bus (PCI devices). The external digital
trigger is 5 V TTL/CMOS-compatible and is activated by a choice of
rising or falling edge. Triggering is needed in applications that
acquire transient signals. When performing structural analysis by
striking a metal beam with a hammer, for instance, you measure
transient vibrations with accelerometers with acquisition triggered
by the hammer impact.
Calibration
National Instruments calibrates the offset voltage and gain accuracy
of the analog inputs and outputs. An onboard precision voltage
reference ensures that the gain and offset remain stable and
accurate. NIST-traceable and ISO 9002-certified calibration
certificates are available on request.
PCI
NI PCI-4461................................................................. 779307-01
NI PCI-4461 with Sound and Vibration Toolkit .......... 779308-01
NI PCI-4462................................................................. 779309-01
PXI
NI PXI-4461................................................................. 778442-01
NI PXI-4461 with Sound and Vibration Toolkit .......... 779039-01
NI PXI-4462................................................................. 779131-01
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2
4
-
B
i
t
,

2
0
4
.
8

k
S
/
s

D
y
n
a
m
i
c

S
i
g
n
a
l

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
342
Back to Index
24-Bit, 102.4 kS/s, 8- and
4-Channel Dynamic Signal Acquisition
343
24-bit resolution
110 dB dynamic range
45 kHz alias-free bandwidth
10 V range
AC/DC coupling
IEPE conditioning - software
configurable
Multiple-device synchronization
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabVIEW
Sound and Vibration
Measurement Suite
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
Software (included)
NI-DAQmx
Overview
The National Instruments PCI-4472
and PXI-4472 are 8-channel
dynamic signal acquisition devices
for making high-accuracy audio-
frequency measurements. The PCI-
4474 is a similar 4-channel board.
The vibration-optimized NI PXI-4472B offers a lower AC cutoff
frequency of 0.5 Hz. Input channels incorporate Integrated Electronic
Piezoelectric (IEPE) signal conditioning for accelerometers and
microphones. The input channels of an NI 447x simultaneously
digitize input signals over a bandwidth from DC to 45 kHz. You can
synchronize multiple NI 447x devices for high-channel-count
applications, or with other modules using the PXI star trigger bus or
the RTSI bus on PCI. When used with the Sound and Vibration
Toolkit or other software analysis tools, an NI 447x can obtain a
variety of accurate time and frequency measurements for your
application.
Table 1. NI 447x Channel, Speed, and Resolution Specifications
NI 4472 Series, NI PCI-4474
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2
4
-
B
i
t
,

1
0
2
.
4

k
S
/
s
,

8
-

a
n
d

4
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

D
y
n
a
m
i
c

S
i
g
n
a
l

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
NI PCI-4472................................................................. 778348-01
NI PCI-4472B .............................................................. 779682-01
NI PCI-4472B with Sound and Vibration Toolkit ........ 779683-01
NI PCI-4474................................................................. 778729-01
NI PXI-4472................................................................. 778279-01
NI PXI-4472B .............................................................. 778279-02
NI PXI-4472B with Sound and Vibration Toolkit ........ 778664-02
Includes NI-DAQ software.
Accessories
SMB100, SMB female to BNC female
Qty 1 ..................................................................... 763389-01
Qty 8 ..................................................................... 778415-01
SMB110, SMB female to BNC male
Qty 1 ..................................................................... 763405-01
Qty 8 ..................................................................... 778414-01
Device Bus Analog Inputs Resolutions Sampling Rate Input Range Triggering AC Cutoff Frequency
NI 4472 PCI, PXI 8 24 bits 102.4 kS/s 10 V Analog and digital 3.4 Hz
NI 4472B PCI, PXI 8 24 bits 102.4 kS/s 10 V Analog and digital 0.5 Hz
NI 4474 PCI 4 24 bits 102.4 kS/s 10 V Analog and digital 3.4 Hz
Applications
Noise and vibration diagnostics
Audio test and measurements
Machine condition monitoring
Sound power
Telecommunications testing
Structural vibration
Pass-by noise
Back to Index
Sound and Vibration Data Acquisition
16 simultaneous analog inputs
24-bit resolution
+10, +20, and +30 dB gains
0.316, 1, 3.16, and 10 V input ranges
Antialiasing filters
TEDS read/write
IEPE 4 mA (software-configurable)
AC-coupled (0.5 Hz)
OS Information
Windows 2000/XP
Real-Time OS
Windows 7
Windows Vista
Overview
NI PXI-449x and PXIe-449x high-accuracy data acquisition modules
are specifically designed for sound and vibration applications. With
up to sixteen 24-bit analog inputs per module and IEPE constant
current signal conditioning, NI 449x modules are ideal for making
precision measurements with microphones, accelerometers, and
other transducers that have large dynamic ranges. The modules
deliver up to 114 dB of dynamic range and simultaneous sampling
on all 16 channels at rates up to 204.8 kS/s. In addition, the modules
include built-in antialiasing filters that automatically adjust to your
sampling rate and feature software-selectable input gains up to 30
dB. Common applications for NI 449x modules include in-vehicle
acoustic test; noise, vibration, and harshness (NVH) analysis; large
microphone arrays; and dynamic structural test. These modules are
compatible with NI Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite
analysis software to complete your application with a variety of time
and frequency measurements including octave and order analysis.
Analog Input Operation
Each input signal is simultaneously buffered, amplified, analog
filtered, and sampled by a 24-bit delta-sigma analog-to-digital
converter (ADC) that performs digital filtering with a cutoff
frequency that automatically adjusts to a software-programmable
sampling rate. The high resolution provides the necessary accuracy
to make NI 449x modules well-suited for audio and vibration
analysis applications. A programmable gain amplifier stage on the
inputs offers gain selection from 0 to +30 dB in 10 dB steps. In
addition, the modules include the capability to read and write to
transducer electronic data sheet (TEDS) Class 1 smart sensors as
well as operate with IEPE constant current on or off as selected in
software. NI 449x modules use a method of A/D conversion known
as delta-sigma modulation. With this technology, input signals are
oversampled or sampled at many times the chosen data rate and
then applied to a digital filter. NI 449x modules incorporate delta-
sigma modulating ADCs, resulting in excellent phase linearity while
maintaining low noise and distortion. In addition, this class of ADCs
makes these modules immune to the differential nonlinearity (DNL)
distortion associated with conventional data acquisition devices.
NI PXI-449x, NI PXIe-449x
Table 1. NI PXIe-449x and PXI-449x Dynamic Signal Acquisition Selection Guide
Model Gains Ranges Coupling IEPE TEDS
NI 4498 0, 10, 20, 30 dB 0.316, 1, 3, 16, and 10 V AC Software-selectable (0 or 4 mA)
NI 4496 0, 20 dB 1 and 10 V AC Software-selectable (0 or 4 mA)
PXI-4495 0, 20 dB 1 and 10 V DC Not available
Figure 1. FFT of -1 dBFS, 1 kHz Tone Acquired at 204.8 kS/s and 0 dB Gain Using the NI PXI-
4498 (65,536 Samples With 10 RMS Averages Using the 7-Term Blackman-Harris Window)
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
S
o
u
n
d

a
n
d

V
i
b
r
a
t
i
o
n

D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
344
Back to Index
345
Antialiasing
All of the input channels use both analog and digital filters
implemented in hardware to prevent aliasing. Signals are first
passed through fixed analog filters to remove any signals with
frequency components beyond the range of the ADCs. Then digital
antialiasing filters automatically adjust their cutoff frequencies to
remove any frequency components above half the programmed
sampling rate. This specialized architecture means that you do not
need to add more external filters to prevent aliasing.
PXI Versus PXI Express
PXI Express technology is the latest addition to the PXI platform. The
PXI Express Specification integrates PCI Express signaling into the
PXI standard, which increases backplane bandwidth from 132 MB/s
to 6 GB/s, a 45 times improvement. It also enhances PXI timing and
synchronization features by incorporating a 100 MHz differential
reference clock and differential triggers. With PXI Express, you can
easily synchronize 17 NI PXIe-449x modules in an 18-slot PXI
Express chassis and simultaneously sample 272 channels at full
bandwidth.
Triggering
NI 449x modules feature analog and digital signal triggering for
acquisition with two modes of operation. Trigger sources can come
from any analog input channel, the external digital trigger input, or
the PXI trigger bus. The external digital trigger, which is 5 V
TTL/CMOS-compatible, is activated by a choice of rising or falling
edge. When used in the start trigger mode, an NI 449x acquires
signals only after the trigger condition has occurred. In the reference
trigger mode, the device can acquire signals before and after the
trigger condition occurs. Triggering is often used in applications with
transient signals. For example, when measuring vibrations resulting
from striking a mechanical structure with a hammer, acquisition of
accelerometer signals is triggered by the hammer impact.
Signal Connectivity
InfiniBand Overview
NI 449x modules use two 4X InfiniBand connectors, AI0-7 and AI8-
15, with each connector carrying eight analog input channels. The
4X InfiniBand is widely used in high-performance computing
applications because it provides excellent signal integrity with a
shield plate between signal connection pairs, reducing crosstalk
between inputs.
Direct to BNC Connectivity
A shielded InfiniBand to BNC cable, the NI SHB4X-8BNC is available
in a two pack for direct connectivity to NI 449x modules. Each cable
has a 4X InfiniBand connector on one end and eight BNC jack inputs
on the other end.
Rack-Mount BNC
The NI BNC-2144 is a signal connector accessory for NI PXIe-449x
and PXI-449x modules. It has 32 BNC jack inputs on the front and
four 4X InfiniBand connectors on the rear for use with up to two NI
449x modules. You can mount it on a standard 19 in. rack for simple,
direct connections to accelerometers and microphones.
Software
Analysis Software
NI 449x modules are well-suited for noise and vibration analysis
applications, which you can specifically address with the NI Sound
and Vibration Measurement Suite. The suite has two components
the NI Sound and Vibration Assistant and LabVIEW analysis VIs
(functions) for power spectra, frequency response (FRF), fractional
octave analysis, sound level measurements, order spectra, order
and torsional vibration.
The Sound and Vibration Assistant is interactive software designed
to simplify the process of acquiring and analyzing noise and
vibration signals by offering the following:
A drag-and-drop, interactive analysis and acquisition environment
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
S
o
u
n
d

a
n
d

V
i
b
r
a
t
i
o
n

D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
Figure 4. The Sound and Vibration Assistant combines live data capture, the ability to modify
analysis settings dynamically, and data logging with an easy drag-and-drop user interface.
Back to Index
NI PXI-4496
NI PXI-4496............................................................ 779748-01
Each NI PXI-4496 requires: 2 Cables
NI PXI-4496 with LabVIEW Sound and
Vibration Measurement Suite.................................. 779748-02
Each NI PXI-4496 with LabVIEW Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite
requires: 2 Cables
NI PXI-4498
NI PXI-4498............................................................ 779747-01
requires: 2 Cables
NI PXI-4495
NI PXI-4495............................................................ 780059-01
requires: 2 Cables
NI PXIe-4498
NI PXIe-4498........................................................... 780218-01
Each NI PXIe-4498 requires: 2 Cables
NI PXIe-4498 with LabVIEW Sound and
Each NI PXIe-4498 with LabVIEW Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite
requires: 2 Cables
NI PXIe-4496
NI PXIe-4496.......................................................... 780217-01
Each NI PXIe-4496 requires: 2 Cables
NI PXIe-4496 with LabVIEW Sound and
Each NI PXIe-4496 with LabVIEW Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite
requires: 2 Cables
Shielded - 2 Pack Infiniband to BNC Cables.......... 780040-01
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
S
o
u
n
d

a
n
d

V
i
b
r
a
t
i
o
n

D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
346
Back to Index
347
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
S
o
u
n
d

a
n
d

V
i
b
r
a
t
i
o
n

D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
One 24-bit analog output
Four 24-bit simultaneous analog inputs
3.5 V output range
10 V input range
TEDS read/write
Software-selectable AC/DC
coupling (0.1 Hz HPF)
Sound and Vibration
Measurement Suite
LabVIEW
Analysis Capabilities
Power spectra
Zoom FFTs
Fractional-octave analysis
Vibration-level measurements
Order spectra
Transient analysis
Sound quality
Overview
The NI USB-4431 is a five-channel dynamic signal acquisition
module for making high-accuracy measurements from IEPE sensors.
The USB-4431 delivers 100 dB of dynamic range and incorporates
software-selectable IEPE (2.1 mA constant current) signal
conditioning for accelerometers and microphones. The module
consists of four analog input channels for reading from IEPE sensors
with a single analog output. The four analog input channels
simultaneously acquire at rates from 2 to 102.4 kS/s. In addition,
each channel includes built-in antialiasing filters that automatically
adjust to your sampling rate. The USB-4431 is ideal for a wide
variety of portable test applications such as frequency response
audio tests or suspension shaker tests.
Hardware
Each simultaneous signal is buffered, analog prefiltered, and
sampled by a 24-bit delta-sigma analog-to-digital converter (ADC)
that performs digital filtering with a cutoff frequency that
automatically adjusts to your data rate. The USB-4431 features a
voltage range of 10 V and a dynamic range of 100 dB. In addition,
the module can read and write to transducer electronic data sheet
(TEDS) Class 1 smart sensors. The USB-4431 has 60 V of
overvoltage protection and three software-selectable modes of
measurement operation: IEPE-on with AC coupling, IEPE-off with AC
coupling, and IEPE-off with DC coupling.
The module uses a method of analog-to-digital conversion known as
delta-sigma modulation. If, for example, the data rate is 25 kS/s,
then each ADC actually samples its input signal at 3.2 MS/s (128
times the data rate) and produces samples that are applied to a
digital filter. This filter then expands the data to 24 bits, rejects
signal components greater than 12.5 kHz (the Nyquist frequency),
and digitally resamples the data at the chosen data rate of 25 kS/s.
This combination of analog and digital filtering provides an accurate
representation of desirable signals while rejecting out-of-band
signals. The built-in antialiasing filters automatically adjust
themselves to discriminate between signals based on the frequency
range, or bandwidth, of the signal.
The USB-4431 offers analog output using a delta-sigma modulation
digital-to-analog converter (DAC). The overclocking and filtering is
done in the digital domain. The now-filtered signal is then output
using a DAC. The DAC in the USB-4431 combines high image
rejection performance with good flatness in the passband. The
analog output also has the flexibility to generate a variety of signals
from a DC voltage, to 43.5 kHz sine waves, to arbitrary waveforms.
Analysis Software
The USB-4431 is well-suited for noise and vibration analysis
applications. The NI Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite, which
specifically addresses these applications, has two components: the
NI Sound and Vibration Assistant and LabVIEW analysis VIs
(functions) for power spectra, frequency response (FRF), fractional
octave analysis, sound-level measurements, order spectra, order
torsional vibration, and sound quality.
NI USB-4431
Back to Index
The Sound and Vibration Assistant is interactive software designed
to simplify the process of acquiring and analyzing noise and
vibration signals by offering:
A drag-and-drop, interactive analysis and acquisition environment
Interactive Analysis Environment
The Sound and Vibration Assistant introduces an innovative
approach to configuring your measurements using intuitive drag-
and-drop steps. Combining the functionality of traditional noise and
vibration analysis software with the flexibility to customize and
automate routines, the Sound and Vibration Assistant can help you
streamline your application.
You can immediately use the many built-in steps in the Sound and
Vibration Assistant. Instantly configure a measurement and analysis
application with:
Hardware I/O generation and acquisition of signals from a
variety of devices, including data acquisition devices and modular
instruments
Signal processing filtering, windowing, and averaging
Time-domain analysis sound- and vibration-level measurements
ANSI and IEC fractional-octave analysis
Frequency-domain analysis power spectrum, frequency
response, power-in-band, peak search, and distortion
Order analysis tachometer processing, order power spectrum,
order tracking, and order extraction
NEW! Bode and polar, orbit and timebase, and shaft centerline
plot steps
NEW! Sound quality sharpness, loudness, and roughness
measurements
Report generation ability to drag and drop signals to Microsoft
Excel or export data to Microsoft Word or UFF58 files
Extended Functionality through LabVIEW
Reuse your measurement applications developed with the Sound
and Vibration Assistant in LabVIEW by converting projects into
LabVIEW block diagrams. With the LabVIEW full-featured graphical
programming environment, you can further automate your
application or customize your analysis.
Sound and Vibration Analysis VIs for LabVIEW
With the sound and vibration analysis VIs in LabVIEW, you can
develop a variety of custom audio, acoustic, and vibration
applications.
Functionality includes:
Full, 1/3, 1/6, 1/12, and 1/24 octave analysis with linear A-, B-, or
C-weighting
Vibration level with single or double integration
Sound level with linear A-, B-, or C-weighting
Baseband, zoom, and subset power spectrum
Peak search
Power-in-band
Frequency response (FRF)
Filtering
Swept sine
Distortion analysis (THD, THD+N, IMD)
Noise measurements (SNR)
Human vibration weighting filters
Torsional vibration
Sound quality analysis
Tachometer signal processing
Order tracking
Order spectrum
Order extraction
New order plots (Bode and polar, shaft centerline, and orbit and
timebase)
Spectral map
Waterfall display for power, octave, and order spectra
Figure 1. Characterize vibration orders and orbit position with drag-and-drop analysis blocks.
Figure 2. Easy-to-Configure Octave Analysis Splash Screen
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
S
o
u
n
d

a
n
d

V
i
b
r
a
t
i
o
n

D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
348
Back to Index
Data presentation in cascade, shaft centerline, orbit, Bode, or
polar plot format
Shock response spectrum
File input and output to UFF58
The Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite includes more than 50
examples that work with both dynamic signal acquisition (DSA) and
multifunction data acquisition devices. For sound and vibration data
acquisition, National Instruments recommends DSA devices. With
24-bit ADCs and DACs and integrated antialiasing filters, DSA
devices are ideal for acoustic, noise, and vibration measurements.
your applications.
349
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
S
o
u
n
d

a
n
d

V
i
b
r
a
t
i
o
n

D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
NI USB-4431................................................................. 780164-01
NI USB-4431 with Sound and Vibration
Measurement Suite................................................ 780165-01
NI USB-4432................................................................. 780421-01
Input Resolution Dynamic Sampling Rate Analog TEDS Analog
Product Bus (bits) Range (dB) per Channel Inputs Input Range Gain Settings Coupling Support Outputs
High Performance
NI 4461 PXI, PCI 24 118 204.8 kS/s 2 42 V to 316 mV -20 to 30 dB in 10 dB increments AC/DC 2
NI 4462 PXI, PCI 24 118 204.8 kS/s 4 42 V to 316 mV -20 to 30 dB in 10 dB increments AC/DC
High Density
NI 4495 PXI 24 114 204.8 kS/s 16 10 V to 1 V 0 and 20 dB DC
NI 4496 PXI, PXI Express 24 114 204.8 kS/s 16 10 V to 1 V 0 and 20 dB AC
NI 4498 PXI, PXI Express 24 114 204.8 kS/s 16 10 V to 316 mV 0 to 30 dB in 10 dB increments AC
Low Cost
NI 4472 PXI, PCI 24 110 102.4 kS/s 8 10 V N/A AC/DC
NI 4474 PCI 24 110 102.4 kS/s 4 10 V N/A AC/DC
Portable/Compact
NI 9233 USB 24 102 50 kS/s 4 5 V N/A AC
NI 9234 USB, Wi-Fi 24 102 51.2 kS/s 4 5 V N/A AC/DC
NI 4432 USB 24 101 102.4 kS/s 5 40 V N/A AC/DC
NI 4431 USB 24 100 102.4 kS/s 4 10 V N/A AC/DC 1
Table 2. NI Dynamic Signal Acquisition Hardware
Back to Index
NI USB-4431................................................................. 780164-01
NI USB-4432................................................................. 780421-01
24-bit resolution
40 V input range
TEDS read/write
Software-selectable AC/DC
coupling (0.1 Hz HPF)
LabVIEW
Sound and Vibration
Measurement Suite
Overview
The NI USB-4432 is a five-channel dynamic signal acquisition
module for making high-accuracy measurements from IEPE sensors.
The USB-4432 delivers 101 dB of dynamic range and incorporates
software-selectable IEPE (2.1 mA constant current) signal
conditioning for accelerometers and microphones. The five channels
simultaneously acquire at rates from 1 to 102.4 kS/s. In addition, the
module includes built-in antialiasing filters that automatically adjust
to your sampling rate. The USB-4432 is ideal for a wide variety of
mobile/portable applications such as industrial machine condition
monitoring; in-vehicle noise, vibration, and harshness; and audio
test systems.
Hardware
Analysis Capabilities
Power spectra
Zoom FFTs
Fractional-octave analysis
Vibration-level measurements
Order spectra
Transient analysis
Psychoacoustic analysis
Each simultaneous signal is buffered, analog prefiltered, and
sampled by a 24-bit delta-sigma analog-to-digital converter (ADC)
that performs digital filtering with a cutoff frequency that
automatically adjusts to your data rate. The USB-4432 features a
voltage range of 40 V and a dynamic range of 101 dB. In addition,
the modules include the capability to read and write to transducer
electronic data sheet (TEDS) Class 1 smart sensors. The USB-4432
provides 60 V of overvoltage protection for IEPE sensor
connections. It has three software-selectable modes of
measurement operation: IEPE-on with AC coupling, IEPE-off with AC
coupling, and IEPE-off with DC coupling.
The USB-4432 uses a method of analog-to-digital conversion known
as delta-sigma modulation. If, for example, the data rate is 25 kS/s,
then each ADC actually samples its input signal at 3.2 MS/s (128
times the data rate) and produces samples that are applied to a
digital filter. This filter then expands the data to 24 bits, rejects
signal components greater than 12.5 kHz (the Nyquist frequency),
and digitally resamples the data at the chosen data rate of 25 kS/s.
This combination of analog and digital filtering provides an accurate
representation of desirable signals while rejecting out-of-band
signals. The built-in antialiasing filters automatically adjust
themselves to discriminate between signals based on the frequency
range, or bandwidth, of the signal.
Analysis Software
The USB-4432 is well-suited for noise and vibration analysis
applications. The NI Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite, which
specifically addresses these applications, has two components: the
NI Sound and Vibration Assistant, for quick and easy configuration,
and LabVIEW analysis VIs for development of customized test and
control systems.
NI USB-4432
Max Sampling
Model Rate IEPE Coupling
USB-4432 102.4 kS/s Software-selectable (0 of 2.1 mA) Software-selectable AC/DC
Table 1. NI C Series Dynamic Signal Acquisition Selection Guide
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
S
o
u
n
d

a
n
d

V
i
b
r
a
t
i
o
n

D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
350
Back to Index
351
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
S
o
u
n
d

a
n
d

V
i
b
r
a
t
i
o
n

D
a
t
a

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
Overview
NI 9233 and 9234 are 4-channel dynamic signal acquisition (DSA)
modules for making high-accuracy measurements from IEPE sensors.
These C Series analog input modules deliver 102 dB of dynamic
range and incorporate IEPE (2 mA constant current) signal
conditioning for accelerometers and microphones. The four input
channels simultaneously acquire at rates from 2 to 50 kHz or, with
the NI 9234, up to 51.2 kS/s. In addition, the modules include built-
in antialiasing filters that automatically adjust to your sampling rate.
NI 9233/9234 modules are ideal for a wide variety of mobile/portable
applications such as industrial machine condition monitoring and in-
vehicle noise, vibration, and harshness testing.
The Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite includes more than 50
examples that work with both DSA and multifunction data
acquisition devices. For sound and vibration data acquisition,
National Instrument srecommends DSA devices. With 24-bit ADCs
and digital-to-analog converters (DACs) and integrated antialiasing
filters, DSA devices are ideal for acoustic, noise, and vibration
measurements.
your applications.
24-bit resolution
5 V input range
TEDS read/write
LabVIEW
Sound and Vibration Measurement Suite
Supported Hardware Platforms
NI CompactDAQ
CompactRIO
Hi-Speed USB carrier
Wi-Fi/Ethernet carrier (NI 9234 only)
NI 9233, NI 9234
Model Max Sampling Rate IEPE Coupling
NI 9233 50 kS/s Always enabled (2 mA) AC coupling
NI 9234 51.2 kS/s Software selectable (0 or 2 mA) Software selectable AC/DC coupling
NI 9234........................................................................ 779680-01
NI 9234 with Sound and Vibration
Measurement Suite.................................................... 779680-02
NI USB-9234............................................................... 780235-01
NI WLS-9234............................................................... 780507-01
NI WLS-9234 with Sound and Vibration
NI ENET-9234.............................................................. 780508-01
NI ENET-9234 with Sound and Vibration
NI 9233........................................................................ 779015-01
NI 9233 with Sound and Vibration
NI USB-9233 with USB carrier.................................... 779365-01
Back to Index
High-Speed Digital Measurement Devices
Scripting Program-
Maximum Rate (Linking mable Direction
Product Description Platform Channels (MHz) Voltage Levels Memory /Looping) Data Delay Control
NI 6556 Digital stimulus- PXIe 24 200 (400 Mb/s) Programmable 122 uV steps 8 or Per channel,
NI 6552 Digital stimulus- PXI, PCI 20 100 Programmable 10 mV steps 1, 8 or Per channel,
NI 6551 Digital stimulus- PXI, PCI 20 50 Programmable 10 mV steps 1, 8, or Per channel,
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
H
i
g
h
-
S
p
e
e
d

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

D
e
v
i
c
e
s
352
Back to Index
353
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
4
0
0

a
n
d

2
0
0

M
b
/
s

L
V
D
S

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
/
A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r
s
400 and 200 Mb/s LVDS Digital
Waveform Generator/Analyzers
400 Mb/s or 200 Mb/s maximum data rate
in double-data-rate (DDR) mode
200 MHz or 100 MHz maximum clock rate
LVDS signaling for fast clock rates and low
power consumption
16 channels with per-channel direction
control (single-data-rate mode)
2, 16, or 128 Mb/channel onboard memory
Interactive waveform and script editor
software
Synchronization and Memory Core (SMC)
for tight synchronization with other SMC-
based devices
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
SignalExpress
Driver and Editing Software
(included)
NI-HSDIO driver
Express VIs for LabVIEW 7.1 and later
Script Editor
Digital Waveform Editor (included with
16 and 128 Mb/channel models)
Overview
The National Instruments 6562 and 6561 are 400 and 200 Mb/s
digital waveform generator/analyzers, respectively, for interfacing to
LVDS digital electronics. These modules feature 200 and 100 MHz
clock rates, respectively; single and double-data-rate modes; 16
channels with per-channel direction control (in single-data-rate
mode); and deep onboard memory with triggering and pattern
sequencing. You can use the modules with the National Instruments
Digital Waveform Editor, an interactive software tool for creating
and editing digital waveforms. With the SMC, you can create mixed-
signal test systems with digitizers, arbitrary waveform generators,
and other digital waveform generator/analyzers, or you can
synchronize multiple digital devices to build low-skew multichannel
systems for interfacing to high-pin-count digital ICs and electronics.
Design High-Density Interfaces
400 Mb/s or 200 Mb/s maximum
data rate in double-data-rate
(DDR) mode
200 MHz or 100 MHz maximum
clock rate
Data delay for clock frequencies
325 MHz
Data delay resolution as small as 60 ps
Internal or external clock sources
Tight channel-to-channel skew of 215 ps (generation) or 330 ps
(acquisition) (typical for clock frequencies at or above 25 MHz)
16 channels with per-channel direction control in single-data-rate
(SDR) mode
Create and Edit Patterns Interactively
with the Digital Waveform Editor
Import existing waveforms into National Instruments LabVIEW
from VHDL simulation and spreadsheet tools in Value Change
Dump (.VCD) or ASCII formats
NI 656x
Product Platform Channels Max Data Rate (Mb/s) Max Clock Rate (MHz) Voltage Level Memory Scripting Programmable Data Delay
NI 6562 PCI, PXI 16 400 200 LVDS 2, 16, or 128 (Mb/channel)
NI 6561 PCI, PXI 16 200 100 LVDS 2, 16, or 128 (Mb/channel)
NI PCI-6562............................................................... 778992-0M
1
NI PCI-6561............................................................... 778991-0M
1
NI PXI-6562............................................................... 778994-0M
1
NI PXI-6561............................................................... 778993-0M
1
1
Where M is 1 (2 Mb/channel), 2 (16 Mb/channel), or 3 (128 Mb/channel).
Includes NI-HSDIO driver and Script Editor. The 16 and 128 Mb/channel models
also include the Digital Waveform Editor.
Software
NI Digital Waveform Editor........................................ 778724-03
Cable
SHB12X-B12X LVDS cable.......................................... 192344-01
Accessories
SMA-2164 prototyping board..................................... 779323-01
Mating connector for custom load boards................. 779157-01
Applications
Aerospace/Defense
Avionic subsystem communications
Surveillance systems
Satellite testing
Semiconductor
Analog-to-digital converters
Digital-to-analog converters
Back to Index
100 and 50 MHz, Programmable-Voltage
Digital Stimulus-Response Instruments
100 MHz maximum clock rate
-2.0 to 5.5 V programmable voltage
leve ls in 10 mV steps
20 channels with per-channel, per-cycle
bidirectional control
Real-time hardware comparison of
acquired data
Complex triggering and pattern
sequencing
software
Synchronization and Memory Core (SMC)
for tight synchronization with other SMC-
based devices
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
SignalExpress
(included)
NI-HSDIO driver
Script Editor
Digital Waveform Editor (included
with 8 and 64 Mb/channel models)
Calibration
NIST traceable
Overview
The National Instruments 6552 and
6551 are 100 and 50 MHz digital
waveform generator/analyzers,
respectively, for characterizing,
validating, and testing digital
electronics. These modules feature
20 channels with per-channel, per-
cycle direction control and deep
onboard memory with triggering
and pattern sequencing. You can program the voltage levels on NI
655x devices with 10 mV resolution. You can use them with the NI
Digital Waveform Editor, an interactive software tool for creating,
editing, and importing digital waveforms. With the SMC, you can
create mixed-signal test systems with digitizers, arbitrary waveform
generators, and other digital waveform generator/analyzers, or you
can synchronize multiple digital waveform devices to build high-
channel-count test systems.
Design High-Performance Tests
For building high-performance stimulus-response systems, the NI
655x devices include:
A sophisticated timing engine to adjust for the timing parameters
of the device under test
Programmable voltage levels for testing multiple devices or
characterizing a single device under changing conditions
Per-cycle tristate for bidirectional communication
A versatile memory architecture for maximum flexibility of
waveform and scripting memory
The hardware architecture is designed to preserve high signal
quality, and an eye diagram of the PXI-6552 generation is shown in
Figure 1. You can use the internal clock or an external clock, such as
from the NI PXI-5404, through the front panel. You can also shift the
data generated, data acquired, and exported sample clock relative to
the onboard clock for clock frequencies above 25 MHz, which is
critical to adjust for propagation delays and setup-and-hold times in
the device under test.
NI 655x
Applications
Semiconductor
Mixed-signal design validation and test
Interfacing to digital electronics
Aerospace/Defense
Subsystem emulation
Bit error rate tester (BERT)
Communications
Multimedia chipset emulation
Consumer Electronics
CMOS and CCD imaging sensors
Digital display tests
Maximum Clock Memory Scripting Programmable Per-Cycle Hardware
Product Platform Channels Rate (MHz) Voltage Levels (Mb/channel) (Linking/Looping) Data Delay Tristate Comparison
NI 6552 PCI, PXI 20 100 Programmable, 10 mV steps 1, 8, or 64
NI 6551 PCI, PXI 20 50 Programmable, 10 mV steps 1, 8, or 64
NI 6556 PXI Express 24 200 Programmable, 64
-2 to 7 V in 122 V steps
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
a
b
l
e
-
V
o
l
t
a
g
e

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

S
t
i
m
u
l
u
s
-
R
e
s
p
o
n
s
e

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
354
Back to Index
355
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
a
b
l
e
-
V
o
l
t
a
g
e

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

S
t
i
m
u
l
u
s
-
R
e
s
p
o
n
s
e

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
100 and 50 MHz, Programmable-Voltage Digital Stimulus-Response Instruments
Programmable voltage levels are needed when testing different
devices or when characterizing how a given device performs under
changing conditions. With NI 655x devices, the high and low levels
for acquisition and generation can be set independently. You can
program the voltage levels between -2.0 and 5.5 V with 10 mV
resolution for TTL, LVTTL, LVCMOS, ECL, PECL, and other signal level
compatibility. The SMC memory architecture is designed for
maximum flexibility between waveform memory and scripting
memory, the instructions for pattern linking and looping. Using a
single memory bank, you can allocate as much memory as needed
for script and waveform data, giving you maximum flexibility from
test to test.
Create Digital Waveforms Interactively with
the Digital Waveform Editor
With the NI Digital Waveform Editor, an interactive software tool for
creating and editing digital waveforms, you can import existing test
patterns from popular spread sheet and VHDL simulation packages
in ASCII or value change dump (VCD) formats. Once imported, you
can view the waveforms graphically and edit them interactively for
new devices or new test conditions. You can also build new
waveforms with built-in fill patterns such as pseudorandom bit
sequences (PRBS) and count up/down patterns. When ready to test
your device, the waveforms import seamlessly into NI LabVIEW,
SignalExpress, and C. The Digital Waveform Editor is included with
the 8 and 64 Mb/channel memory models, and is a separate add-on
for use with the 1 Mb/channel model.
Build Tightly Synchronized Mixed-Signal Test
Systems
NI 655x devices use the same SMC architecture as the NI 5122 high
-resolution digitizers and NI 5441 arbitrary waveform generators, so
you can combine these devices to build tightly synchronized mixed-
signal prototyping and test systems. For tight timing requirements,
these PXI modules phase-lock to the 10 MHz reference clock on the
PXI backplane. If you have an external precision reference, you can
import it through the front panel SMB connector.
Driver Software
NI 655x devices include the NI-HSDIO driver with an intuitive,
powerful API based on IVI guidelines. The Windows-compatible
NI-HSDIO driver provides an API for LabVIEW, SignalExpress,
LabWindows/CVI, and other text-based development environments.
NI PCI-6551............................................................. 778950-0M
1
NI PCI-6552............................................................. 778951-0M
1
NI PXI-6551............................................................. 778538-0M
1
NI PXI-6552............................................................. 778539-0M
1
NI PXIe-6556 200 MHz, 8 Mb/ch Dig Wfm;
with Enhanced PPMU............................................. 781949-01
NI PXIe-6556 200 MHz, 64 Mb/ch Dig Wfm;
with Enhanced PPMU............................................. 781949-02
1
Where M is: 1 (1 Mb/channel), 2 (8 Mb/channel), or 3 (64 Mb/channel)
Includes NI 655x device and NI-HSDIO driver. The 8 and 64 Mb/channel models
also include the Digital Waveform Editor.
Software
NI Digital Waveform Editor....................................... 778724-03
Cable
SHC68-C68-D2........................................................... 188142-01
SHC68-HIX38............................................................. 192681-1R5
Accessories
CB-2162...................................................................... 778592-01
SMB-2163................................................................... 778749-01
Back to Index
200 MHz Digital Waveform Generator/Analyzer
With PPMU
24 per-pin parametric measurement unit (PPMU)-enabled
channels with software-selectable per channel directional control
Voltage levels ranging from -2 V to 7 V
Real-time hardware comparison at up to 200 MHz
Onboard any-rate clock capable of subhertz resolution
NI Synchronization and Memory Core (SMC) device for
subnanosecond multidevice synchronization
Overview
The NI PXIe-6556 digital waveform generator/analyzer features 24
per-pin parametric measurement unit (PPMU)-enabled, bidirectional
channels clocked at a maximum of 200 MHz. Voltage levels ranging
from -2 V to 7 V work with the most common voltage levels, which
makes the NI PXIe-6556 ideal for validation or production test. Each
of the 24 data channels features 4-quadrant PPMU capability, so the
NI PXIe-6556 can generate, or acquire, digital data or perform DC
parametric measurements on the fly. Several NI PXIe-6556 features,
such as programmable voltage levels, timing offsets, and parametric
measurements, are channel independent.
Application Technology
High-Signal Quality
The NI PXIe-6556 features an improved architecture that offers not
only higher clock rates up to 200 MHz but also superior signal
integrity and impedance matching. You can use it to interface to
high-speed digital chips that require small setup and hold times. At
the maximum clock rates of the NI PXIe-6556, the signal quality
becomes an important feature.
NI PXIe-6556
NI PXIe-6547/48 NI 6551/52 NI PXIe-6556
Maximum Clock Rate 100/200 MHz 50/100 MHz 200 MHz
Maximum Data Rate 200/400 Mbit/s 50/100 Mbit/s 200 Mbit/s
Number of Channels 32 20 24
Direction Control Per channel, per cycle, Per channel Per channel, per cycle,
hardware controlled hardware controlled
Voltage Levels 1.2 to 3.3 V -2 to 5.5 V -2 to 7 V
in 100 mV steps in 10 mV steps in 122 V steps
Onboard Yes No Yes
High-Resolution Clock
Form Factor PXI Express PCI or PXI PXI Express
Scripting Yes Yes Yes
Data Delay Yes No Yes
Real-Time Yes Yes Yes
Hardware Compare
Per-Pin Parametric No No Yes
Measurement
Unit (PPMU)
Table 1. Module Comparison
Figure 1. 200 MB/s PRBS at 3.3 V (top) and 0.4 V (bottom) at Room Temperature Into a
High-Impedance Load
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2
0
0

M
H
z

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
/
A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r

W
i
t
h

P
P
M
U
356
Back to Index
357
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2
0
0

M
H
z

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
/
A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r

W
i
t
h

P
P
M
U
200 MHz Digital Waveform Generator/Analyzer With PPMU
Advanced Timing Capabilities
The NI PXIe-6556 also features enhanced timing and synchronization
capabilities. The onboard any-rate clock provides subhertz resolution
ranging up to 200 MHz, so you can clock data (generation or
acquisition) with higher precision without having to use an external
clock. Also, you can now test applications requiring arbitrary clock
frequencies with these modules. You can share clocks across the
PXI backplane or through an SMA connector on the front panel of
the device. You also can clock your data by importing an external
clock through the front panel or backplane. With these features, you
can synchronize the NI PXIe-6556 with other analog or digital
instruments. This module is built on the Synchronization and
Memory Core (SMC), so you can synchronize multiple SMC-based
devices (analog or digital) using the NI-TCLK API. You can achieve
subnanosecond resolution while synchronizing multiple devices and
create highly synchronized high-channel-count systems in a PXI
Express chassis.
Advanced Features
Adjust data position (acquisition or generation) to precise
locations using the data delay capabilities, which help you adjust
your data with respect to the edge of the clock with a resolution
of better than 150 ps for all internally generated frequencies.
Link and loop multiple waveforms without any software lag using
the scripting features of NI-HSDIO. You can use this feature to
write waveforms to the deep onboard memory and then control
these waveforms with instructions written in the Script Editor.
Achieve advanced linking, looping, and data streaming with the
64 Mbits per channel (acquisition or generation) and scripting
feature of the NI PXIe-6556.
Supporting Software
creating and editing digital waveforms, you can import test patterns
from popular spreadsheet and VHDL simulation packages in ASCII or
value change dump (VCD) formats. Once you have imported them,
you can view the waveforms graphically and edit them interactively
for new devices or new test conditions. You also can build new
waveforms with built-in patterns such as pseudorandom bit
sequences (PRBS) and count up/down patterns. When you are ready
to test your device, you can seamlessly import the waveforms into
NI LabVIEW, NI LabVIEW SignalExpress, and ANSI C. The Digital
Waveform Editor is included with the 8 and 64 Mbits per channel
memory models.
With the NI-HSDIO driver, you can use the NI PXIe-6556 module
with graphical programming languages such as LabVIEW or text-
based languages such as NI LabWindows/CVI or ANSI C.
You can even use this module in a nonprogramming environment
such as LabVIEW SignalExpress. With the intuitive LabVIEW
SignalExpress environment, you can generate, acquire, and perform
advanced capabilities such as hardware comparisons. You also can
use LabVIEW SignalExpress for digital processing functions.
Connectivity
To meet connectivity requirements for high-speed digital
applications, you can use the NI PXIe-6556 with a variety of
accessories such as the following:
NI CB-2162 connector block
NI SMB-2163 connector block (rack mountable)
NI SHC68-H1X38 shielded 50 !flying-lead cable
VHDCI high-density connector
Tight Synchronization Capabilities
The PXI Express backplane offers a built-in common reference clock
for the synchronization of multiple digital instruments in a system.
You can synchronize multiple analog and digital modules on a
picosecond level using the PXI platform. Figure 3 shows how you
can synchronize multiple analog and digital instruments using the
trigger and clock routes on the PXI backplane.
Figure 2. Create and edit digital waveforms using the NI Digital Waveform Editor.
Back to Index
200 MHz Digital Waveform Generator/Analyzer With PPMU
Easy Integration With Other PXI-Based
Instruments
Test systems typically contain many instrument types, including
signal sources, measurement devices, and switches. The PXI
platform has unparalleled breadth, with modules for analog and
digital I/O, high-speed instrumentation, vision, motion, and
numerous bus interfaces. More than 1,500 PXI modules are
available from the more than 70 members of the PXI Systems
Alliance (PXISA). This means you can build a comprehensive test
system in a single chassis as well as synchronize modules in that
chassis to picosecond-level accuracy when using NI modular
instrumentation. In addition, you can use an NI PXIe-6556 with other
instruments such as digitizers, power supplies, and switches to
create a flexible and powerful mixed-signal test system.
NI PXIe-6556 Advanced Features
Per-Pin Parametric Measurement Unit (PPMU): The PPMU on the NI
PXIe-6555/56 modules combines DC measurements with high-speed
digital I/O on the PFI 1, PFI 2, PFI 4/DDC CLK OUT, PFI 5/STROBE,
and DIO <0..23> channels. The PPMU module acts as a force and
measure unit capable of driving and measuring both currents and
voltages (although not simultaneously sampled). Using the PMU VIs,
or PMU functions, you can independently program the PPMU
settings for each channel either to force a constant voltage or to
force a constant current and/or to measure the voltage or current.
When the PPMU is enabled, the high-speed digital drivers are
removed from the I/O path and replaced with a precision DC buffer
capable of 4-quadrant operation. Refer to the NI PXIe-6555/56
Specifications for more information about accuracy and range
requirements.
Hardware Compare: These modules feature onboard, real-time
hardware compare. This feature is ideal for a stimulus/response
type application. You can send a stimulus waveform to a device
under test (DUT) and compare response data, either on the same
channel or on other input channels. This feature combined with per
cycle direction control allows for bit error rate testing; custom
protocol communication such as SPI, I2C, and JTAG; and
stimulus/response tests.
Data Delay: With the NI PXIe-6556, you can configure data delay
on each channel and in each session independently. Data delay
specifies the delay after the Sample clock rising edge when the
device generates or acquires a new data sample. The NI PXIe-
6555/56 modules support a data delay range of 1 to 2 clock cycles,
which allows for multiple samples of delay.
Data Deskew: Similar to data delay, the NI PXIe-6556 helps you
configure data deskew values on each channel and in each session
independently. Data deskew specifies the delay after the Sample
clock rising edge when the device generates or acquires a new data
sample. Data deskew is meant to compensate for constant skew
values, such as propagation delay in your cable. The total timing
delay applied to the channel is the aggregate total of the data delay
and data deskew values. The NI PXIe-6555/56 modules support a
data deskew range of 2 to 3 clock cycles, which allows for multiple
samples of deskew.
Figure 3. You can use the backplane of a PXI chassis to route triggers and clocks for
channel expansion or mixed-signal synchronization.
NI PXIe-6556
NI PXIe-6556 - 64Mb/ch.............................................. 781949-02
Requires: 1 Cable, 1 Connector Block
NI PXIe-6556 - 8Mb/ch................................................ 781949-01
Cable: Shielded - Single-Ended
SHC68-C68-D4 Cable (1m)................................ 196275-01
**Also Available: Unshielded
Connector Block: Unshielded - Single-Ended
CB-2162 Digital I/O Accessory........ 778592-01
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2
0
0

M
H
z

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
/
A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r

W
i
t
h

P
P
M
U
358
Back to Index
400 Mbits/s Digital Waveform Generators/Analyzers
100/200 MHz maximum clock rate
(Up to 200/400 Mbps using
double data rate)
32 channels with software-selectable
per-channel directional control
(per cycle direction control on 24
channels on the PXIe-6547/48)
Voltage levels ranging from 1.2V to 3.3V
Real-time hardware comparison at
up to 200 MHz
660 MB/s for acquisition and 400 MB/s
for generation - typical data streaming
rates
Onboard direct digital synthesis (DDS)-
based high-resolution clock
NI Synchronization and Memory Core
(SMC) device for subnanosecond
multidevice synchronization
Overview
The NI PXIe-6544/45/47/48 digital waveform generator/analyzer
features 32 bidirectional channels clocked at a maximum of 200
MHz. Voltage levels ranging from 1.2 to 3.3V work with the most
common logic levels and are ideal for conducting tests on
semiconductor devices, such as analog-to-digital converters (ADCs),
digital-to-analog converters (DACs), ASICs, and microcontrollers. For
example, with a 16-bit, parallel interface, 200 MS/s dual-channel
DAC, you can use the NI PXIe-6544/45/47/48 to generate data on 32
lines (continuously or in bursts) to test the DAC at its maximum clock
rate. You can also pair this device with other NI modular
instruments, including digitizers or source measure units (SMUs), to
characterize the DAC for various tests at higher rates.
Streaming rates of 660 MB/s to host PC memory and 400 MB/s from
host PC memory make the NI PXIe-6545/48 ideal for applications
requiring high streaming rates. You can use this module to stream
high-definition digital video signals for generation or acquisition and
to test LCD screens, television components, high-definition signals
(up to 1080 p at 60 Hz), RF baseband devices, and HD radio.
The NI PXIe-6545/48 also features enhanced timing and
synchronization capabilities. The onboard DDS clock provides
subhertz resolution up to 200 MHz, helping you clock data
(generation or acquisition) with higher precision without using an
external clock. In addition, you can now test applications requiring
arbitrary clock frequencies and export the onboard clock to other
instruments through the backplane of a PXI Express chassis or
through an SMB connector on the front panel of the device.
Additionally, you can clock your data by importing an external clock
through the front panel or backplane. With these features, you can
synchronize the NI PXIe-6545/48 with other analog or digital
instruments.
Application Technology
High Signal Quality
NI PXIe-6547/48 modules feature an improved architecture that
offers not only higher clock rates up to 200 MHz but also superior
signal integrity and impedance matching. You can use them to
interface to high-speed digital chips requiring small setup and hold
times. At the maximum clock rates of the NI PXIe-6547/48 modules,
the signal quality becomes an important feature.
NI PXIe-6544, PXIe-6545, PXIe-6547 and NI PXIe-6548
359
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
4
0
0

M
b
i
t
s
/
s

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
/
A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r
s
NI PXIe-6544 NI PXIe-6545 NI PXIe-6547 NI PXIe-6548
Max Clock Rate 100 MHz 200 MHz 100 MHz 200 MHz
Max Data Rate 100 Mbits/s 200 Mbits/s 200 Mbits/s (DDR) 400 Mbits/s
Generation/
300 Mbits/s
Acquisition (DDR)
Number of 32 32 32 32
Channels
Direction Per channel Per channel Per channel, Per channel,
Control software software per cycle, per cycle,
controlled controlled hardware hardware
controlled controlled
Voltage Levels 1.2, 1.5, 1.8, 2.5, 1.2, 1.5, 1.8, 2.5, 1.2 to 3.3 V 1.2 to 3.3 V
and 3.3 V and 3.3 V in 100 mV steps in 100 mV steps
Onboard High- Yes Yes Yes Yes
Resolution Clock
Form Factor PXI Express PXI Express PXI Express PXI Express
Scripting Yes Yes Yes Yes
Data Delay Yes Yes Yes, three banks Yes, three banks
Real-time No No Yes on 24 lines Yes on 24 lines
hardware compare
Table 1. Differences between the different modules
Back to Index
High Data-Streaming Rates
With the x4 PXI Express architecture, you can stream at typical rates
of 660 MB/s (input) and 400 MB/s (output) to and from a host (PC) or
a high-speed storage solution such as the NI HDD-8264 3 TB (RAID)
array to onboard memory. You can use these devices to stream high-
definition digital video signals for generation or acquisition. You
also can test LCD screens, television components, high-definition
signals (up to 1080p at 60 Hz), RF baseband devices, and high-
definition audio with the NI PXIe-6547/48 modules. With this
technology, you can generate terabyte waveforms of unique, high-
bandwidth data for several hours. Applications that benefit from this
capability include RF and baseband recording and playback for
signal intelligence and communications system design, validation,
and verification.
Advanced Timing Capabilities
NI PXIe-6547/48 modules also feature enhanced timing and
synchronization capabilities. The onboard direct digital synthesis
(DDS) clock provides subhertz resolution ranging up to 200 MHz, so
you can clock data (generation or acquisition) with higher precision
without having to use an external clock. Also, you can now test
applications requiring arbitrary clock frequencies with these
modules. You can share clocks across the PXI backplane or through
an SMA connector on the front panel of the device. You also can
clock your data by importing an external clock through the front
panel or backplane. With these features, you can synchronize NI
PXIe-6547/48 modules with other analog or digital instruments.
These modules are built on the Synchronization and Memory Core
(SMC), so you can synchronize multiple SMC-based devices (analog
or digital) using the NI-TCLK API. You can achieve subnanosecond
resolution while synchronizing multiple devices and create highly
synchronized high-channel-count systems in a PXI Express chassis.
Advanced Features
Adjust data position (acquisition or generation) to precise locations
using the data delay capabilities, which help you adjust your data
with respect to the edge of the clock with a resolution of better than
150 ps for all internally generated frequencies.
Link and loop multiple waveforms without any software lag using
the scripting features of NI-HSDIO. You can use this feature to write
waveforms to the deep onboard memory and then control these
waveforms with instructions written in the Script Editor.
Achieve advanced linking, looping, and data streaming with the 64
Mbits per channel (acquisition or generation) and scripting feature
of the NI PXIe-6547/48 modules.
Supporting Software
creating and editing digital waveforms, you can import test patterns
from popular spreadsheet and VHDL simulation packages in ASCII or
value change dump (VCD) formats. Once you have imported them,
you can view the waveforms graphically and edit them interactively
for new devices or new test conditions. You also can build new
waveforms with built-in patterns such as pseudorandom bit
sequences (PRBS) and count up/down patterns. When you are ready
to test your device, you can seamlessly import the waveforms into
LabVIEW, LabVIEW SignalExpress, and ANSI C. The Digital
Waveform Editor is included with the 8 and 64 Mbits per channel
memory models and is a separate add-on for use with the 1 Mbit per
channel model.
With the NI-HSDIO driver, you can use NI PXIe-6547/48 modules
with graphical programming languages such as NI LabVIEW or text-
based languages such as NI LabWindows
TM
/CVI or ANSI C.
You can even use these modules in a nonprogramming environment
such as LabVIEW SignalExpress. With the intuitive LabVIEW
SignalExpress environment, you can generate, acquire, and perform
advanced capabilities such as hardware comparisons. You also can
use LabVIEW SignalExpress for digital processing functions.
Connectivity
applications, you can use NI PXIe-6547/48 modules with a variety of
accessories such as the following:
NI CB-2162 connector block
Shielded 50 !flying-lead cable
VHDCI high-density connector
Tight Synchronization Capabilities
The PXI Express backplane offers a built-in common reference clock
for the synchronization of multiple digital instruments in a system.
You can synchronize multiple analog and digital modules on a
picosecond level using the PXI platform. Figure 3 shows how you
can synchronize multiple analog and digital instruments using the
trigger and clock routes on the PXI backplane.
Applications
With these features, you can perform tests on semiconductor
devices such as analog-to-digital converters (ADCs), digital-to-
analog converters (DACs), ASICs, and microcontrollers. For example,
with a 16-bit, parallel interface, 200 MS/s dual-channel DAC, you
can use the NI PXIe-6548 to generate data on 32 lines (continuously
or in bursts) to test the DAC at its maximum clock rate. With the
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
4
0
0

M
b
i
t
s
/
s

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
/
A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r
s
360
Back to Index
361
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
4
0
0

M
b
i
t
s
/
s

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
/
A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r
s
selectable voltages, you can test digital devices, which need logic
levels that traditional instruments cannot provide. You can also pair
the NI PXIe-6548 with other NI modular instruments such as
digitizers or source measure units (SMUs) to characterize the DAC
for various tests including spurious-free dynamic range (SFDR),
signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), intermodulation distortion (IMD), integral
nonlinearity (INL), and differential nonlinearity (DNL) tests at higher
rates. Figure 4 shows the front panel of a dynamic characteristics
test implemented in LabVIEW.
Easy Integration with
Other PXI-Based Instruments
Alliance (PXISA). This means you can build a comprehensive test
system in a single chassis as well as synchronize modules in that
instrumentation. In addition, you can use an NI PXIe-6547/48
module with other instruments such as digitizers, power supplies,
and switches to create a flexible and powerful mixed-signal test
system.
Advanced Features
on the PXIe-6547 and PXIe-6548
Hardware Compare: These boards feature onboard, real-time
hardware compare. This feature is ideal for a stimulus/response
type application. You can send a stimulus waveform to a device
under test (DUT) and compare response data, either on the same
channel or on other input channels. This feature combined with per
cycle direction control allows for bit error rate testing, custom
protocol communication such as SPI, I2C and JTAG or stimulus
response tests.
Multiple Banks of Data Delay: The PXIe-6547 and PXIe-6548
feature three banks of data delay. You can phase shift data lines
with a resolution of 150 ps (worst case), to account for load board
trace lengths, rise/fall/setup and hold times or ringing on digital
signals. You can also use the synchronization capabilities of the
digital devices coupled with data delay features to get even more
data delay banks across multiple boards. You can also select the
synchronization offset between multiple boards using the NI-TCLK
API.
Back to Index
100 and 50 MHz Selectable-Voltage
Compatible with 5.0, 3.3, 2.5, or 1.8 V
logic (software-selectable)
32 channels with per-channel direction
control
software
Synchronization and Memory Core
(SMC) for tight synchronization with
other SMC-based devices
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
SignalExpress
(included)
NI-HSDIO
LabVIEW Express VIs
Script Editor
Digital Waveform Editor (included with
8 and 64 Mb/channel models only)
Overview
The National Instruments 6542 and 6541 devices are 100 and 50
MHz digital waveform generator/analyzers, respectively, for
interfacing to digital electronics. These modules feature 32 channels
with per-channel direction control and deep onboard memory with
triggering and pattern sequencing. Through the NI-HSDIO driver, you
can interface with 5.0, 3.3, 2.5, or 1.8 V logic. You can also use
these devices with the NI Digital Waveform Editor, an interactive
software tool for creating and editing digital waveforms. With the
SMC, you can createmixed-signal test systems with digitizers,
arbitrary waveform generators, and other digital waveform
generator/analyzers, or you cansynchronize multiple digital devices
to build low-skew multichannel systems for interfacing to high pin
count digital ICs and electronics.
Design High-Density Interfaces
Data delay for clock frequencies 325 MHz
Data delay resolution of 0.4% of clock period
Internal or external sample or reference clock sources
600 ps channel-channel
skew (typ)
32 mA maximum DC drive
strength per channel (configured
for 3.3 V logic)
Multidevice synchronization with
other SMC-based modular
instruments
Create and Edit Patterns Interactively with
the Digital Waveform Editor
Import existing waveforms into LabVIEW from VHDL simulation
and spreadsheet tools in Value Change Dump (.VCD) or ASCII
formats
Link and loop created digital waveforms with the Script Editor
NI 654x
Maximum Compatible Programmable
Product Platform Channels Rate (MHz) Logic Levels (V) Memory (Mb/channel) Scripting Data Delay
NI 6542 PCI, PXI 32 100 5.0, 3.3, 2.5, or 1.8 1, 8, or 64
NI 6541 PCI, PXI 32 50 5.0, 3.3, 2.5, or 1.8 1, 8, or 64
NI PCI-6541.............................................................. 778988-0M
NI PXI-6541.............................................................. 778952-0M
NI PCI-6542.............................................................. 778989-0M
NI PXI-6542.............................................................. 778953-0M
1
Where M is: 1 (1Mb/channel), 2 (8 Mb/channel), or 3 (64 Mb/channel)
Includes NI-HSDIO driver and Script Editor. The 8 and 64 Mb/channel models also
include the Digital Waveform Editor.
Software
NI Digital Waveform Editor........................................ 778724-03
Cable
SHC68-C68-D2............................................................ 188142-01
Accessory
CB-2162....................................................................... 778592-01
SMB-2163.................................................................... 778747-01
1
1
Applications
Semiconductor
Mixed-signal design validation and test
Interfacing to digital electronics
Aerospace/Defense
Subsystem emulation
Communications
Multimedia chipset emulation
Medical Electronics
Emulation of IC communications
CMOS and CCD imaging sensors
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
1
0
0

a
n
d

5
0

M
H
z

S
e
l
e
c
t
a
b
l
e
-
V
o
l
t
a
g
e

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
/
A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r
s
362
Back to Index
363
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
1
0
0

a
n
d

5
0

M
H
z

S
e
l
e
c
t
a
b
l
e
-
V
o
l
t
a
g
e

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
/
A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r
s
100 and 50 MHz Selectable-Voltage Digital Waveform Generator/Analyzers
Specifications
For detailed specifications, please visit ni.com/info and enter:
pci6541, pci6542, pxi6541, pxi6542. These specifications are valid
for the following temperature ranges: PCI: 0 to 45 C, PXI: 0 to 55 C.
Channel Characteristics
Number of data channels............................ 32
Direction control of data channels.............. Per channel
Generation Signal Characteristics
(data, DDC ClkOut, and PFI <0:3> channels)
All voltage ranges specified into 1 M!
Generation voltage families (V)................... 1.8, 2.5, 3.3 logic
families (5 V compatible)
Generation signal type................................. Single-ended
Output impedance........................................ 50 !nominal at 25 C
Maximum DC drive strength........................ 8 mA at 1.8 V
16 mA at 2.5 V
32 mA at 3.3 V
Channel power-up state.............................. Drivers disabled,
10 k!input impedance
Acquisition Signal Characteristics
(data, strobe, and PFI <0:3> channels)
Acquisition voltage families (V)................... 1.8, 2.5, 3.3, 5.0 logic
families
Input impedance.......................................... High impedance (10 k!)
Back to Index
50 and 25 MHz Digital I/O Boards for PCI Express
10/25/50 MHz maximum clock rate
Data streaming up to 40 MB/s (NI 6535)
100 MB/s (NI 6536) or 200 MB/s (NI 6537)
1
Selectable voltage levels of 2.5 and
3.3 V (5.0 V compatible)
32 channels with per-channel
directional control
x1 PCI Express/PXI Express interface
Synchronous and a synchronous
(handshaking) timing modes
Software-compatible with NI 6533 and
NI 6534 NI-DAQmx applications
1
Data rates varydepending on device PC chipset,
RAM or harddisk data streaming, and data direction.
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Visual Basic
C/C#
.NET
NI-DAQmx
LabVIEW Express VIs
Overview
NI 6535, NI 6536, and NI 6537
digital I/O devices are high-speed
32-bit interfaces built on PCI
Express bus technology. These
cost-effective devices provide an
ideal way to interface with a
variety of digital applications
requiring a high number of
channels for digital I/O including high-speed functional digital tests,
handshaking, chiptesting, pattern generation, memory testing, and
logic vector capture. This family features maximum clock rates of 10,
25, or 50 MHz; selectable voltage levels compatible with 2.5, 3.3,
and 5 V TTL logic; and individually configured pins for input or
output. With both synchronous and a synchronous timing modes,
handshaking, and a software API designed around the NI-DAQmx
driver, NI 6535/36/37 devices have the flexibility to meet the
requirements of semiconductor, consumer electronics, and
communications applications.
Digital Interfacing
Use NI 6535/36/37 devices to interface digital systems and
devices directly with PC-based applications
Control, communicate with, or send data to a digital device
or system
Analyze and record digital data
Perform bidirectional communications with handshaking
Timing Modes
Pattern I/O or sample clock (synchronous) transfer patterns
using an internal or external clock signal
Burst handshaking (synchronous) handshake an NI 6535,
NI 6536, or NI 6537 device and the peripheral device during
synchronous transfer to maximize the transfer rate
Handshaking I/O (asynchronous) transfer patterns when both
the NI 6535, NI 6536, or NI 6537 device and the peripheral device
are ready
On-demand (unstrobed or static I/O) acquire or generate data
through software-timed commands
Change detection acquire data whenever a change occurs on
one or more digital lines
NI PCIe-6535/36/37, NI PXIe-6535/36/37
Product Platform Channels Maximum Clock Rate (MHz) Compatible Voltage Levels (V) Maximum Throughput (MB/s)
NI 6535 PCI Express/PXI Express 32 10 2.5, 3.3, and 5.0 TTL 40
Table 1. NI 6535, NI 6536, and NI 6537 Specifications Overview
Applications
Digital Interfacing
Custom Digital Device
Semiconductor
Digital Data Transfers
Digital Display Testing
CCD Imaging Sensors
Communications
Digital I/O Streaming
Wireless Chip Testing
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
5
0

a
n
d

2
5

M
H
z

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

I
/
O

B
o
a
r
d
s

f
o
r

P
C
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
364
Back to Index
365
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
5
0

a
n
d

2
5

M
H
z

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

I
/
O

B
o
a
r
d
s

f
o
r

P
C
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
High Signal Quality
NI 6535/36/37 devices feature an improved architecture, offering
not only higher clock rates up to 50 MHz at low cost but also
superior signal integrity and impedance matching.
Improved Architecture Compatible with
NI 6533 and NI 6534 Applications
These devices are ideal replacements for future-proofing application
scurrently using NI 6533/34 devices.
NI 6535/36/37 devices are software-compatible with existing
NI 6533/34 NI-DAQmx applications
You can interface to existing NI 6533/34 fixtures and terminal
blocks with the NI 653x cable adapter
NI 6535/36/37 devices are compatible with most NI 6533/34
timing modes pattern I/O, handshaking, change detection,
and burst
In comparison to legacy digital I/O boards, NI 6535/36/37 device
shave improved signal quality. In Figure 3, the top eye diagram is
froman NI PXIe-6535 generating at 10 MHz. The bottom diagram
shows an NI PXI-6534 generating a 10 MHz signal using signal
termination recommended by NI.
applications, you can use NI 6535/36/37 devices with a variety of
accessories.
A CB-2162 connector block
A 50 !shielded flying lead cable
A VHDCI high-density connector
High-Speed Data Streaming
Generate and acquire larger digital waveforms with PCI Express
high-speed devices, using the ideal, low-cost NI 6535/36/37
devices
Stream continuously at up to 200 MB/s of data
Stream data from the host computers memory or high-end
storage solution such as NI RAID arrays and controllers
Use for applications requiring high speeds and fast streaming
capabilities such as LCD testing, wireless protocols, ADC/DAC
interfacing, or digital pattern capture
Visit ni.com/streaming for more information
Multidevice Synchronization
These products use the PXI trigger bus or RTSI bus to send and
receive clock and trigger signals to and from other NI 6535/36/37
devices in your system. With these capabilities, you can create
synchronized systems with large numbers of digital I/O lines.
Back to Index
Specifications
These specifications are valid for 0 to 55 C, unless otherwise noted.
Channel Characteristics
Number of channels...................... 32 data, 6 PFI
Direction control of channels........ Per-channel
Generation Signal Characteristics (data, PFI channels)
All voltage ranges specified into 1 M!
Generation voltage families (V).... 2.5, 3.3 logic families
(5.0 V compatible)
Generation signal type.................. Single-ended
Output impedance......................... 50 !nominal
Maximum DC drive strength......... 16 mA at 2.5 V, 32 mA at 3.3 V
Channel power-up state................ Software programmable
(0, 1, or HighZ; 2.5 or 3.3 V)
Acquisition Signal Characteristics (data, PFI channels)
Acquisition voltage families (V).... 2.5, 3.3 logic families
(5.0 V compatible)
Input impedance............................ 50 k!
Input protection............................. -1 to 6 V
Timing Characteristics
Sample Clock
Sources.......................................... Onboard clock
(internal OSC with divider)
PFI<4:5>
RTSI<7> (PCI Express only)
PXI_Trig<7> (PXI Express only)
PXI-Star (PXI Express only)
DSTARA (PXI Express only)
Onboard clock frequency range
NI 6535..................................... 48 Hz to 10 MHz, settable to
200 MHz/N; 20 # N #4,194,307
NI 6536...................................... 48 Hz to 25 MHz, settable to
200 MHz/N; 8 # N #4,194,307
NI 6537...................................... 48 Hz to 50 MHz, settable to
200 MHz/N; 4 # N #4,194,307
Imported sample clock timebase/frequency range
NI 6535 ..................................... 0 Hz to 10 MHz
NI 6536 ..................................... 0 Hz to 25 MHz
NI 6537 ..................................... 0 Hz to 50 MHz
Exported sample clock destinations... PFI<4> (generation)
PFI<5> (acquisition)
RTSI<7> (PCI Express only)
PXI_Trig<7> (PXI Express only)
DSTARC (PXI Express only)
Timebase division......................... Imported timebase/N;
NI 6535..................................... 20 # N #4,194,307
NI 6536..................................... 8 # N #4,194,307
NI 6537...................................... 4 # N #4,194,307
Generation Signal Characteristics (data, PFI channels)
Maximum data channel toggle rate
NI 6535...................................... 5 MHz
NI 6536...................................... 12.5 MHz
NI 6537...................................... 25 MHz
Data position modes..................... Active edge, inactive edge
(data channels only)
Handshaking
Asynchronous handshaking modes.. Handshaking sample timing
Synchronous handshaking modes.... Burst sample timing
Pipelined sample clock timing
Control line polarity....................... Active high
Active low
Change Detection
Change detection resolution......... Sample clock period
Sources for change detection....... Data channels 0 to 31
Valid sample position................... Active edge, inactive edge
Valid changes................................ Rising, falling, both
Waveform Characteristics
Transfer types............................... DMA
Programmed I/O (static only)
Trigger Inputs
Trigger types.................................. Start trigger
(pipelined or sample clock timing)
Pause trigger
(pipelined or burst timing)
Reference trigger
(pipelined or sample clock timing)
Handshake trigger
(handshaking timing)
Sources.......................................... PFI <0:5> (DDC connector)
RTSI <0:7> (PCI Express only)
PXI_TRIG<0:6> (PXI Express only)
DSTARB (PXI Express only)
Pattern match (acquisition only)
Disabled (do not wait for a
trigger)
Family Settings (V) Typical Max Min Typical
2.5 0 0.1 2.4 2.5
3.3 0 0.1 3.2 3.3
5.0 0 0.1 3.2 3.3
Generation Voltage Levels
High Voltage Levels (V) Low Voltage Levels (V)
Acquisition Voltage Levels
Family Low Voltage Thresholds (V) High Voltage Thresholds (V)
Settings (V) Max Min
2.5 0.75 1.75
3.3 1.0 2.3
5.0 1.0 2.3
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
5
0

a
n
d

2
5

M
H
z

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

I
/
O

B
o
a
r
d
s

f
o
r

P
C
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
366
Back to Index
Trigger detection........................... Start trigger (edge detection:
rising or falling; pattern match:
match or dont match) Pause
trigger (level detection: high or
low; pattern match: match or
dont match) Reference trigger
(edge detection: rising or falling;
pattern match: match or dont
match) Handshaking trigger
(interlocked: high or low)
Destinations.................................. PFI <0:5> (DDC connector)
PXI_TRIG<0:7> (PXI Express only)
DSTARC (PXI Express only)
Events (outputs from NI 6536/37)
Event types................................... Data active, ready for start,
ready for transfer, handshaking,
change detection
Destinations.................................. PFI <0:5> (DDC connector)
PXI_TRIG<0:7> (PXIExpress only)
DSTARC (PXIExpress only)
Miscellaneous
Physical
Dimensions
PCIExpress................................. 18.1 by 12.6 cm (7.13 by 4.93 in.)
PXIExpress................................. 21.4 by 13.1 cm (8.42 by 5.14 in.)
Power Requirements
Typical............................................ 5.1 W
Maximum....................................... 6.1 W
Software
Driver and application software...... NI-DAQmx
Environment
PCI Express................................ 0 to +45 C
PXI Express................................ 0 to +55 C
Storage temperature...................... -20 to +70 C
Operating relative humidity........... 10 to 90%, noncondensing
(meets IEC-60068-2-56)
Storage relative humidity.............. 5 to 95%, noncondensing
(meets IEC-60068-2-56)
Compliance
Safety
The NI 6535/36/37 devices meet the requirements of the following
standards for safety and electrical equipment for measurement,
control, and laboratory use:
IEC 61010-1, EN 61010-1
UL 3111-1, UL 61010-1
CSA 61010-1
Note: For full EMC compliance, you must operate this device with
shielded cabling. In addition, all covers and filler panels must be
installed. Refer to the Declaration of Conformity (DoC) for this
product for any additional regulatory compliance information.
For access to certifications, marks, and DoCs, visit
ni.com/certification.
NI PCIe-6535............................................................... 780694-01
NI PXIe-6535............................................................... 780695-01
NI PCIe-6536............................................................... 779672-01
NI PXIe-6536............................................................... 779988-01
NI PCIe-6537............................................................... 779673-01
NI PXIe-6537............................................................... 779989-01
Software
NI Digital Waveform Editor......................................... 778724-03
Cables
SHC68-C68-D4 Shielded Single-Ended Cable............ 196275-01
C68-C68-D4 (unshielded 1 m cable)........................... 195949-01
SHC68-H1X38 (flying lead 1.5 m cable)..................... 192681-1R5
Terminal Blocks
CB-2162 (terminal block with pin headers)................ 778592-01
SMB-2163 (SMB breakout box).................................. 778747-01
Header Jumper Kit...................................................... 199101-01
Connectors
Dual Stacked VHDCI Connector, 68-Pin, Right-Angle.... 780390-01
VHDCI Connector, 68-Pin, Vertical............................. 780389-01
VHDCI Connector, 68-Pin, Right-Angle....................... 778914-01
NI 653x Cable Adapter (68-pin SCSI to 68-pin VHDCI)... 195846-01
367
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
5
0

a
n
d

2
5

M
H
z

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

I
/
O

B
o
a
r
d
s

f
o
r

P
C
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
Back to Index
RIS Onboard
Input Sampling Sampling Bandwidth Resolution Input Memory
Model Description Platforms Channels Rate (S/s) Rate (GS/s) (MHz) (bits) Range per Channel
NI 5152 High-Speed PXI, PCI 2 1 G (or 2 G on 1 ch) 20 300 8 50 mV to 5 V 8, 64, 256 MB
NI 5114 High-Speed, Low-Cost PXI, PCI 2 250 M 5 125 8 20 mV to 20 V 8, 64, 256 MB
NI 5124 High-Speed, High-Resolution PXI, PCI 2 200 M 4 150 12 100 mV to 10 V 8, 32, 256, 512 MB
NI 5122 High-Speed, High-Resolution PXI, PXI Express, PCI 2 100 M 2 100 14 100 mV to 10 V 8, 32, 256, 512 MB
NI 5142 High-Speed, High-Resolution, PXI, PCI 2 100 M 2 100 14 100 mV to 10 V 8, 32, 256, 512 MB
IF Acquisition
NI 5132/33 High-Speed, Low-Cost, Portable USB 2 50 M/100 M - 50 8 40 mV to 40 V 4 MB
NI 5105 High-Density, Low-Cost PXI 8 60 M - 60 12 25 mV to 15 V 2, 16, 64 MB
NI 5622 High-Speed, High-Resolution, PXI Express 1 150 M - 3 to 60 16 350 mV to 700 mV 64, 256 MB
IF Acquisition
NI 5922 High-Resolution PXI, PCI 2 15 M - 6 24 to 16 1 to 5 V 8, 32, 256 MB
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
s
/
O
s
c
i
I
l
o
s
c
o
p
e
s

368
Back to Index
12.5 GS/s, 8-Bit Digitizer
369
5 GHz (NI PXIe-5186) and 3 GHz
(NI PXIe-5185) analog bandwidths
Sampling rates of 12.5 GS/s (1 ch active) and 6.25 GS/s (2 ch
active)
8-bit vertical resolution with input ranges from 110 mV to 1 V full
scale
2 channels with 50 !input impedance
Data transfer rates of >700 MB/s from device to host
3-slot, 3U PXI Express form factor
Overview
The NI PXIe-5185 and PXIe-5186 digitizers, codeveloped by National
Instruments and Tektronix, deliver a new level of performance in the
small-form-factor, low-power PXI platform. These digitizers provide
the trusted measurement accuracy of Tektronix oscilloscopes and
deliver breakthrough acquisition performance in PXI Express. The
digital back end uses NI Synchronization and Memory Core (SMC)
technology to deliver high-data throughput at rates greater than 700
MB/s and multi-module synchronization with 80 ps channel-to-
channel skew. The result is digitizers that feature leading analog
performance optimized for automated test applications.
Applications
Automated test of electronic devices
High-energy physics experiments
Wideband RF acquisition
Semiconductor test
High-speed transient capture systems
Radar prototyping and testing
SIGINT and ELINT systems
Electronic warfare systems
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
1
2
.
5

G
S
/
s
,

8
-
B
i
t

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
Optional Software Packages
NI LabVIEW Jitter Analysis Toolkit............................. 781666-35
NI Spectral Measurements Toolkit............................. 778453-35
NI LabVIEW Modulation Toolkit................................. 778786-35
NI LabVIEW Advanced Signal Processing Toolkit...... 777136-35
NI LabVIEW Digital Filter Design Toolkit.................... 779023-35
Accessories
Cable assy, SMA to SMA, coax, RG-402,
50 ohm, 1 meter.......................................................... 781845-01
Cable assy, SMA to SMA, coax, RG-402,
50 ohm, 0.3 meter....................................................... 781846-01
Back to Index
2 GS/s, 300 MHz, 8-Bit Digitizers
2 GS/s real-time sampling on 1 channel
1 GS/s real-time sampling on
2 channels, simultaneously sampled
20 GS/s random-interleaved sampling
8-bit resolution
300 MHz bandwidth
100 mV
pp
to 10 V
pp
input range
8, 64, or 256 MB memory per channel
Edge, window, hysteresis, and digital
triggering with 5 ps timestamping
Calibration
Gain, offset, compensated 1 MW
attenuator, and timing self-calibration
2-year external calibration interval
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
NI-SCOPE driver
LabVIEW Express VIs
Scope Soft Front Panel
Overview
National Instruments 5152 high-
speed digitizers feature two 1
GS/s simultaneously sampled
input channels with 8-bit
resolution, 300 MHz bandwidth,
and up to 256 MB of memory per
channel in a compact, 3U PXI/PXI
Express or PCI device. With the
National Instruments
Synchronization and Memory Core (SMC) architecture of an NI 5152,
you can create mixed-signal systems using signal generators and
digital waveform generator/analyzers or build a high-channel-count
digitizer with subnanosecond synchronization between channels. An
NI 5152 is ideal for a wide range of application areas including
communications, scientific applications, military/aerospace, and
consumer electronics.
Dual 1 GS/s, 8-Bit Input Channels
2 GS/s real-time sampling on 1 channel
300 MHz input bandwidth with noise filters
20 GS/s equivalent-time sampling (ETS) for repetitive signals
Independent channel-selectable 100 mV
pp
to 10 V
pp
input ranges
Independent channel-selectable 50 !or 1 M!input impedance
2-year calibration interval and 0 to 55 C operating temperature
Deep Onboard Memory
8, 64, or 256 MB of memory per channel
Capture more than 1 million triggered waveforms in multiple
record mode with hardware trigger rearming
Stream data continuously from onboard memory to host memory
or disk
Triggering, Clocking, and Synchronization
Edge, window, hysteresis, and digital triggering with
5 ps timestamping
Pretrigger and posttrigger acquisition in single-and multiple-
record mode
Internal 1 GHz clock or external clock from 350 MHz to 1 GHz
Phase lock to PXI 10 MHz reference or external reference from
1 to 20 MHz
Timestamp-triggered events with 100 ps resolution
Software
IVI-compliant NI-SCOPE driver for NI LabVIEW and LabWindows/
CVI as well as Microsoft C++ and Visual Basic with more than 50
built-in measurements
Scope Soft Front Panel for interactive control
NI 5152
Applications
Aerospace/Defense
RADAR, SONAR, and LIDAR
Satellite
Signal intelligence
Biomedical and Scientific Research
Ultrasonic medical imaging
Mass spectrometry
Particle physics
Communications
xDSL
Wireless communications
Baseband I & Q
NI PXI-5152............................................................. 779772-0M
1
NI PCI-5152............................................................. 779945-0M
1
1
M(memory per channel): 1 (8 MB), 2 (64 MB), 3 (256 MB)
Includes NI-SCOPE driver and Scope Soft Front Panel.
Recommended PXI Switch
NI PXI-2593 (500 MHz mux/matrix).......................... 778793-01
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2

G
S
/
s
,

3
0
0

M
H
z
,

8
-
B
i
t

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
s
370
Back to Index
371
2 GS/s, 300 MHz, 8-Bit Digitizer
Specifications
These specifications are valid for 0 to 55 C, unless otherwise stated.
Acquisition System
Number of channels..................... 2 simultaneously sampled
Vertical resolution........................ 8 bits
Bandwidth (-3 dB)
Bandwidth limit filters
(software-selectable)............... 20 MHz noise filter
Maximum sampling rate.............. 1 GS/s (2 ch) or 2 GS/s (1 ch)
real-time sampling,
20 GS/s equivalent-time/
random-interleaved sampling
Onboardsample memory.............. 8, 64, or 256 MB per channel (8,
64, or 256 million samples)
Input impedance........................... 50 !and 1 M!|| 22 pF,
software-selectable
Maximum input overload............. 50 !:7 V
rms
with | peaks
| #10 V; 1 M!: |peaks | #42 V
Input coupling............................... AC, DC, GND
AC coupling cutoff frequency (-3 dB). 106 kHz (50 !), 12 Hz (1 M!)
Accuracy
DC accuracy (0 V offset setting).. (1.26% of input +1.0% of FS
+500 V) for 0.1 to 1 V ranges
(1.26% of input +1.0% of FS
+5 mV) for 2 to 10 V ranges
Channel-to-channel crosstalk..... -80 dB at 10 MHz
Spectral Characteristics (typical)
Dynamic performance (10 MHz, -1 dBFS input signal)
RMS Noise
20 MHz filter enabled................... 0.24% of FS
Timebase System
Timebase options......................... Internal, external (PFI 0)
Internal
Internal sample clock frequency... 1 GS/s sampling rate with
decimation by n, 1 # n # 65,535
Timebase accuracy....................... 25 ppm (0.0025%)
External
External clock sources.................. PFI 0 (SMB connector)
External clock range..................... 350 MHz to 1 GHz, variable with
decimation by n where
1# n # 65,535
External reference sources........... PFI 0 (SMB connector), PXI_CLK10
(PXI backplane 10 MHz)
External reference range.............. 1 to 20 MHz in 1 MHz increments
External clock/reference amplitude... Sine wave: 0.65 to 2.8 Vpp
(0 to 13 dBm)
External clock/reference impedance.. 50 !, AC coupled
Trigger System
Modes........................................... Edge, hysteresis, window, digital,
immediate, software
Sources......................................... CH 0, CH 1, TRIG, PXI_Trig<0..6>,
PXI star, software
Slope............................................ Rising or falling
Hysteresis..................................... Fully programmable
High-frequency reject filter.......... 50 kHz software-selectable
Low-frequency reject filter........... 50 kHz software-selectable
Sensitivity
CH0 and CH1............................ 10% FS
TRIG.......................................... 0.5 Vpp
Level accuracy
CH0, CH1.................................. 5% FS up to 10 MHz
TRIG.......................................... 1 V up to 10 MHz
Time resolution............................. 5 ps with time-to-digital
converter enabled
Holdoff
1
......................................... From 1 s to [(232-1) x (sample
clock period)], software-selectable
1
Time-to-digital converter disabled.
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2

G
S
/
s
,

3
0
0

M
H
z
,

8
-
B
i
t

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
s
1
Infinite in streaming configuration.
Multiple Record Acquisition (0 to 100% pretrigger and posttrigger data)
Memory/Channel Maximum Number of Records
8 MB 32,768
64 MB 100,000
1
256 MB 100,000
1
Full-Scale Input Range and Programmable Vertical Offset
50 ! 1 m!
Range Vertical Offset Range Vertical Offset
(Vpp) Range (V) (Vpp) Range (V)
0.1 1 0.1 1
0.2 1 0.2 1
0.4 1 0.4 1
1 1 1 1
2 6 2 10
4 5 4 10
10 2 10 10
Range (Vpp) Cable Carrier
All except 0.1 340 MHz, typical 300 MHz, typical
300 MHz, minimum 260 MHz, minimum
0.1 165 MHz, typical 135 MHz, typical
135 MHz, minimum 110 MHz, minimum
20MHz Noise Filter SINAD (dB) ENOB
Enabled 45 7.3
Disabled 43 7.1
Back to Index
2 GS/s, 300 MHz, 8-Bit Digitizers
External Trigger Channel (TRIG)
Impedance.................................... 1 M!|| 22 pF
Vertical range............................... 5 V
Coupling........................................ AC, DC
Intermodule SMC Synchronization Using
NI-TClk (typical)
Skew............................................ 500 ps
#10 ps after manual adjustment
Power Requirements (typical)
Environment
2
................ 0 to 55 C (meets IEC-60068-2-1
and IEC-60068-2-2)
Storage temperature.................... -40 to 71 C (meets IEC-60068-2-
1 and IEC-60068-2-2)
Relative humidity......................... 10 to 90%, noncondensing
(meets IEC-60068-2-56)
2
0 to 45 C in PXI-101x or PXI-1000/B chassis.
Calibration
Self-calibration............................ Gain, offset, compensated
1M!attenuator, triggering, and
timing for all input ranges
External calibration interval......... 2 years
Certification and Compliances
CE Mark Compliance
For detailed specifications, visit ni.com/manuals.
+3.3 VDC +5 VDC +12 VDC -12 VDC Total Power
PXI 1.1 A 1.9 A 500 mA 210 mA 21.65 W
PCI 2.5 A 2.4 A 200 mA 0 A 22.65 W
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2

G
S
/
s
,

3
0
0

M
H
z
,

8
-
B
i
t

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
s
372
Back to Index
60 MS/s, 60 MHz, 12-Bit, 8-Channel Digitizers
373
8 channels simultaneously sampled at
12-bit resolution
60 MS/s real-time sampling
60 MHz bandwidth
50 mV
pp
to 30 V
pp
input range
72 dBc SFDR
16, 128, or 512 MB of onboard memory
Edge, window, hysteresis, and digital
triggering
Calibration
Gain, offset, frequency response, and
timing self-calibration
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
NI-SCOPE driver
LabVIEW Express VIs
Overview
National Instruments 5105 high-
resolution digitizers feature eight
60 MS/s simultaneously sampled
input channels with 12-bit
resolution, 60 MHz bandwidth, and
up to 512 MB of memory in a
compact, 3U PXI/PXI Express or
PCI device. An NI 5105 uses the
National Instruments
Synchronization and Memory Core
(SMC) architecture, so you can
combine multiple devices to build up to 136 phase-coherent
channels in a single PXI chassis. You can also synchronize an NI
5105 with other analog and digital instruments to create mixed-
signal test systems. An NI 5105 is ideal for a wide range of
applications including ultrasonic nondestructive test (NDT), medical
imaging, scientific research, military/aerospace, and consumer
electronics.
Eight 60 MS/s, 12-Bit Input Channels
for Time and Frequency Analysis
60 MHz input bandwidth with antialias and noise filters
>72 dBc spurious-free dynamic range (SFDR)
pp
to 30 V
pp
input ranges
Deep OnboardMemory
16, 128, or 512 MB of onboard memory
record mode, with hardware trigger rearming
Stream data continuously from onboard memory to host
memory or disk
Edge, window, hysteresis, and digital triggering
Pretrigger and posttrigger acquisition in single- and
multiple-record mode
Internal 60 MHz clock or external clock from 4 to 65 MHz
1 to 20 MHz
Timestamp-triggered events with 100 ps resolution
Software
NI 5105
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
6
0

M
S
/
s
,

6
0

M
H
z
,

1
2
-
B
i
t
,

8
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
NI PXI-5105............................................................... 779685-0M
1
NI PCI-5105............................................................... 779686-0M
1
1
M(onboard memory): 1 (16 MB), 2 (128 MB), 3 (512 MB)
NI PXI-2593 (500 MHz mux/matrix)............................ 778793-01
Applications
Imaging
Ultrasonic nondestructive test
Optical coherence tomography
Medical imaging
Aerospace/Defense
Satellite
Signal intelligence
DVD, DVD-R, and PVR
Set-top box
Gaming console
Communications
xDSL
Back to Index
Specifications
These specifications are valid for 0 to 55 C unless otherwise stated.
Acquisition System
Number of channels...................... 8 simultaneously sampled
Vertical resolution......................... 12 bits
Bandwidth (-3 dB)
(software selectable).................... 24 MHz antialias
Maximum sample rate.................. 60 MS/s real-time
Onboard sample memory.............. 16, 128, or 512 MB
Multirecord mode
Maximum number of records.... Onboard memory/(512 B x
number of enabled channels)
Input impedance............................ 50 !and 1 M!|| 50 pF,
software selectable
Full-scale input range
50 !.......................................... 50 mV, 200 mV, 1 V, 6 V
1 M!......................................... 50 mV, 200 mV, 1 V, 6 V, 30 V
Maximum input overload
50 !.......................................... 7 V
rms
with | peaks | #10 V
1 M!......................................... | peaks | #42 V
Input coupling................................ AC, DC
(AC coupling on 1 M!only)
AC coupling cutoff frequency (-3 dB).. 12 Hz
Accuracy
DC accuracy (0 V offset setting)
Channel-to-channel crosstalk....... #-80 dB at 1 MHz
Dynamic performance (50 !input impedance with
10 MHz, -1 dBFS input signal)
Dynamic performance (1 M!input impedance with
10 MHz, -1 dBFS input signal)
SFDR = Spurious-free dynamic range
THD = Total harmonic distortion
SINAD = Signal-to-noise and distortion
RMS Noise (24 MHz filter enabled)
Timebase System
Timebase options....................... Internal, PXI star, external (PFI 1)
Internal
Internal sample clock frequency... 60 MS/s sampling rate with
1 # n # 65,535
Timebase accuracy..................... 25 ppm (0.0025%)
External
External clock range................... 8 to 65 MHz, variable with
1 # n # 65,535
External reference sources......... PFI 1 (SMB connector),
PXI backplane 10 MHz
External reference range............ 1 to 20 MHz in 1 MHz increments
External clock/reference amplitude.. Sine wave: 0.65 to 2.8 V
pp
(0 to 13 dBm)
Square wave: 0.2 to 2.8 V
pp
External clock/reference impedance... 50 !, AC coupled
Trigger System
Modes........................................ Edge, hysteresis, window, digital,
immediate, software
Sources....................................... CH 0 to CH 7, PXI_Trig <0..6>,
PFI 1, PXI star, software
Slope.......................................... Rising or falling
Hysteresis................................... Fully programmable
Sensitivity................................... 2% FS
Full-Scale Input Range 50 ! 1 M!
All except 50 mV 60 MHz 60 MHz
50 mV 55 MHz 35 MHz
Full-Scale Input Range 50 ! 1 M!
50 mV 19 V
rms
60 V
rms
200 mV 56 V
rms
72 V
rms
1 V 290 V
rms
300 V
rms
6 V 1.68 mV
rms
2.16 mV
rms
30 V (1 M!only) 9 mV
rms
Full-Scale Input Range SFDR (dBc) THD (dBc) SINAD (dB)
50 mV -75 59
200 mV 72 -75 62
1 V 72 -75 62
6 V 72 -75 62
Full-Scale Input Range SFDR (dBc) THD (dBc) SINAD (dB)
50 mV -72 50
200 mV 70 -75 59
1 V 65 -65 61
6 V 65 -68 59
50 ! 1 M!
All ranges: 50 mV range:
(1% of input + 0.25% of FS + 600 V) (1% of input + 0.25% of FS + 600 V)
200 mV, 1 V, and 6 V ranges:
(0.65% of input + 0.25% of FS + 600 V)
30 V range:
(0.75% of input + 0.25% of FS + 600 V)
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
6
0

M
S
/
s
,

6
0

M
H
z
,

1
2
-
B
i
t
,

8
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
374
Back to Index
375
Intermodule SMC Synchronization Using
NI-TClk (typical)
Skew............................................. 500 ps
<10 ps after manual adjustment
Environment
1
................ 0 to 55 C (meets IEC-60068-2-1
and IEC-60068-2-2)
1 and IEC-60068-2-2)
Relative humidity.......................... 10 to 90%, noncondensing
(meets IEC-60068-2-56)
1
0 to 45 C in PXI-101x and 1000/B chassis.
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
6
0

M
S
/
s
,

6
0

M
H
z
,

1
2
-
B
i
t
,

8
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
PXI 1.5 A 1.7 A 200 mA 25 mA 16.15 W
PCI 1.7 A 2 A 20 mA 0 A 15.85 W
Back to Index
150 MHz, 200 MS/s, 12-Bit Digitizers
12-bit resolution
200 MS/s real-time and 4.0 GS/s
random interleaved sampling
150 MHz bandwidth
200 mV
pp
to 20 V
pp
input ranges
>75 dBc SFDR
8, 32, 256, or 512 MB of memory per
channel
Edge, window, hysteresis, video, and
digital triggering with 50 ps time stamping
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
NI-SCOPE
LabVIEW Express VIs
(with 32, 256 and 512 MB models)
Overview
National Instruments 5124 high-resolution digitizers feature two 200
MS/s simultaneously sampled input channels with 12-bit resolution,
150 MHz bandwidth, and up to 512 MB of memory perchannel in a
3U PXI or PCI module. NI 5124 devices use the high-speed PCI bus
and the scatter-gather bus mastering of the NI MITE ASIC to move
data to the computer at speeds up to 100 times faster than
traditional instrument interfaces, thereby dramatically decreasing
overall test time. With the Synchronization and Memory Core (SMC)
architecture of an NI 5124, you can create mixed-signal systems
using signal generators and digital waveform generators/analyzers
or build a high-channel-count digitizer with sub-nanosecond
synchronization between channels.
Dual 200 MS/s, 12-Bit Input Channels for Time and
Frequency Analysis
150 MHz input bandwidth with antialias and noise filters
>75 dBc spurious-free dynamic range (SFDR)
4.0 GS/s equivalent time sampling for repetitive signals
Independent channel selectable 200 mV
pp
to 20 V
pp
input ranges
Independent channel selectable 50 !or 1 M!input impedance
2-year calibration cycle and 0 to 55 C operating temperature
Deep Onboard Memory
8, 32, 256, or 512 MB of memory per channel
Capture more than 1 million triggered waveforms with multiple
record hardware rearm
Stream data continuously from onboard memory to host memory or disk
Edge, window, hysteresis, video, digital, triggering with 50 ps
time stamping
Pre and posttrigger acquisition in single and multiple-record mode
1 to 20 MHz
Software
IVI-compliant NI-SCOPE driver for
LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, and
Microsoft C++ and Visual Basic
with more than 50 built-in
measurements
Scope Soft Front Panel for
interactive control
for sophisticated frequency-
domain measurements in
communications, signal
intelligence, and avionics
applications
NI 5124
NI PCI-5124............................................................... 779171-0M
1
64 MB/Ch............................................................ 779589-01
256 MB/Ch.......................................................... 779589-02
NI PXI-5124............................................................... 778757-0M
2
64 MB/Ch.............................................................. 779587-01
256 MB/Ch............................................................ 779587-02
32, 256, and 512 MB models include NI Spectral Measurements Toolkit.
1
M (memory per channel):1 (8 MB), 2 (32 MB), 3 (256 MB)
2
M (memory per channel):1 (8 MB), 2 (32 MB), 3 (256 MB), 4 (512 MB)
NI PXI-2593.......................................................... 778793-01
Applications
Communications
xDSL
Baseband I & Q
DVD, DVD-R, and PVR
Set top box
Gaming console
Mass spectrometry
Particle physics
Aerospace/Defense
Emulation of IC communications
Satellite
Signal intelligence
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
1
5
0

M
H
z
,

2
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
2
-
B
i
t

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
s
376
Back to Index
377
150 MHz, 200 MS/s, 12-Bit Digitizers
Specifications
These specifications are valid for 0 to 55 C for PXI, and 0 to 45 C for PCI unless otherwise stated.
Acquisition System
Number of channels........................................... 2 simultaneously sampled
Resolution........................................................... 12 bits
Bandwidth (-3 dB)
(software selectable).......................................... 20 MHz noise (2-pole Bessel)
60 MHz antialias (4-pole elliptical)
Maximum sampling rate..................................... 200 MS/s real-time, 4 GS/s random interleaved
sampling
Onboard sample memory.................................... 8, 32, 256, or 512 MB per channel
(4, 16, 128, 256 million samples)
Pre and posttrigger data points
2
......................... 0 to 100% of full record length
Input impedance................................................. 50 !and 1 M!|| 25 pF, software selectable
Full-scale input range......................................... 50 !: 200 mV, 400 mV, 1 V, 2 V, 4 V, 10 V
1 M!: 200 mV, 400 mV, 1 V, 2 V, 4 V, 10 V, 20 V
Vertical offset ranges......................................... 50% of full scale input range
Maximum input overload................................... 50 !: 7 V
rms
with peaks #10 V, 1 M!: peaks #42 V
Input coupling.................................................... AC, DC, GND (AC coupling on 1 M!only)
AC coupling cutoff frequency (-3 dB)................. 12 Hz
1
Bandwidth on the 1 M!input is 145 MHz for 0 to 40 C and 135 MHz for 40 to 55 C
2
NI 5124 is also capable of continuous acquisition
Accuracy
DC accuracy (0 V offset setting)
Passband flatness (referenced at 50 kHz)
AC amplitude accuracy (50 kHz)......................... 50!: 0.06 dB, 1 M!: 0.09 dB
Channel-to-channel crosstalk............................. #-85 dB at 10 MHz
Dynamic Performance (50 !input impedance with 10 MHz, -1 dBFS input signal)
Dynamic Performance (1 M!input impedance with 10 MHz, -1 dBFS input signal)
SFDR = Spurious-free dynamic range
THD = Total harmonic distortion
SNR = Signal-to-noise ratio, excluding distortion (antialias filter enabled)
SINAD = Signal-to-noise and distortion (antialias filter enabled)
RMS Noise (Noise filter enabled)
Intermodulation distortion
3
(IMD)........................ <-75 dBc
Phase noise density (10 MHz input)................... <-100 dBc/Hz at 100 Hz, <-120 dBc/Hz at 1 kHz
<-130 dBc/Hz at 10 kHz
3
Measured on ranges up to 2 V on 50 !input with two tones at 10.2 MHz and 11.2 MHz, each at -7 dBFS
Acquisition Modes
Real-time sampling rate...................................... 200 MS/s to 3.052 kS/s sample rate
Random interleave sampling (RIS)...................... 4 GS/s to 400 MS/s sample rate
(repetitive signals only)
Timebase System
Total sample clock jitter
4
..................................... #1 ps
rms
4
Includes effects of converter aperture and clock circuitry jitter from 100 Hz to 100 kHz
Internal
Internal sample clock frequency......................... 200 MS/s sampling rate with decimation by n where
1# n # 65,535
Timebase accuracy............................................. 25 ppm (0.0025%)
External
External clock sources........................................ CLK IN (SMB connector), PXI star
External clock range........................................... 50 to 210 MHz, variable with decimation by n where
1 # n # 65,535
External reference sources................................. CLK IN (SMB connector), PXI backplane 10 MHz, RTSI 7
External reference range.................................... 1 to 20 MHz in 1 MHz increments
External clock/reference amplitude.................... Sine wave: 0.65 to 2.8 V
pp
(0 to 13 dBm)
pp
External clock/reference impedance.................. 50 !, AC coupled
Trigger System
Modes................................................................. Edge, Hysteresis, Window, Video, Digital, Immediate,
Software
Source................................................................. CH 0, CH 1, TRIG, PXI_Trig <0:6>, PFI <0:1>, PXI Star,
Software RTSI <0...6>
Slope................................................................... Rising or falling
Hysteresis........................................................... Fully programmable
Video trigger....................................................... Negative sync of NTSC, PAL, and SECAM standards
Video trigger types............................................. Any line, specific line, specific field
High frequency reject filter................................ 50 kHz software selectable
Low frequency reject filter................................. 50 kHz software selectable
Sensitivity........................................................... CH0 and CH1: 2.5% FS up to 50 MHz decreasing to
10% FS at 150 MHz, TRIG: 2.5% up to 100 MHz
decreasing to 10% at 200 MHz
Level accuracy.................................................... CH0, CH1: 4.7% FS up to 10 MHz
TRIG: 3.5% FS up to 10 MHz
Time resolution................................................... 50 ps with time-to-digital converter enabled
Holdoff
5
............................................................... 2 s to 85.899 s, software selectable
5
Time-digital converter disabled
Impedance.......................................................... 1 M!|| 22 pF
Vertical Range.................................................... 5 V
Coupling.............................................................. AC, DC
Environment
6
..................................... PXI: 0 to 55 C (Meets IEC-60068-2-1 and IEC-60068-2-2)
PCI: 0 to 45 C (Meets IEC-600680-2-1 and IEC-60068-2-2)
Storage temperature........................................ -40 to 71 C (meets IEC-60068-2-1 and 60068-2-2)
Relative humidity............................................. 10 to 90%, noncondensing (meets 60068-2-56)
6
0 to 45 C in PXI-101x and 1000/B chassis
Calibration
Self-calibration................................................. Gain, offset, frequency response, triggering, and
timing for all input ranges
External calibration interval............................. 2 years
CE Mark compliance
For detailed specifications on power, environmental, safety, and physical dimensions see PXI-5124
or PCI-5124 detailed specifications.
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
1
5
0

M
H
z
,

2
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
2
-
B
i
t

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
s
Full Scale Input Range 50 ! 1 M!
400 mV, 1 V, 2 V, 5 V, 10 V, 20 V 150 MHz 145 MHz
1
200 mV 85 MHz 75 MHz
+3.3 VDC +5 VDC +12 VDC -12 VDC Total Power (W)
PXI 1.3 1.7 0.13 0.27 17.6
PCI 1.3 2.7 0.13 0 19.4
Full Scale Input Range 50 ! 1 M!
200 mV PXI 94 V
rms
, PCI 106 V
rms
PXI 104 V
rms
, PCI 116 V
rms
400 mV 188 V
rms
192 V
rms
1 V 470 V
rms
480 V
rms
2 V 940 V
rms
960 V
rms
4 V 1.88 mV
rms
1.92 mV
rms
10 V 4.7 mV
rms
4.8 mV
rms
20 V (1 M!only) - 9.4 mV
rms
Full Scale Input Range SFDR THD SNR SINAD
200 mV 75 dB -74 dBc 57 dB 57 dB
400 mV 75 dB -74 dBc 58 dB 58 dB
1 V 72 dB -72 dBc 58 dB 58 dB
2 V 72 dB -72 dBc 58 dB 58 dB
4 V 65 dB -63 dBc
10 V 65 dB -63 dBc
Full Scale Input Range SFDR THD SNR SINAD
200 mV 70 dB -68 dBc 53 dB 53 dB
400 mV 70 dB -68 dBc 55 dB 55 dB
1 V 70 dB -68 dBc 57 dB 57 dB
2 V 70 dB -67 dBc 57 dB 57 dB
4 V 67 dB -66 dBc 56 dB 56 dB
10 V 60 dB -58 dBc
20 V 60 dB -58 dBc
50 !and 1 M!
Full Scale Input Range PXI PCI
200 mV, 400 mV 0.65% of Input 1.3 mV 0.65% of Input 1.8 mV
1 V, 2 V 0.65% of Input 1.5 mV 0.65% of Input 2.1 mV
4 V, 10 V, 20 V 0.65% of Input 10.0 mV 0.65% of Input 10.0 mV
Memory per Maximum number
channel (MB) of records
Multiple records acquisition 8 32,768
(0 to 100% pre and posttrigger data) 32 131,072
256 1,048,576
512 2,097,152
Full-scale input range 50 !and 1 M!
Filters Off 400 mV, 1 V, 2 V, 5 V, 10 V, 20 V 0.5 dB, DC to 20 MHz
1 dB, 20 MHz to 50 MHz
1.7 dB, 50 MHz to 100 MHz
200 mV 0.6 dB, DC to 20 MHz
1.5 dB, 20 MHz to 40 MHz
Antialias Filter On All ranges -1 dB to +2 dB, DC to 55 MHz
Back to Index
100 MHz, 100 MS/s, 14-Bit Digitizer
14-bit resolution
100 MS/s real-time and 2.0 GS/s
random interleaved sampling
100 MHz bandwidth
50 !or 1 M!input impedance,
software-selectable
200 mV to 20 V input range
75 dBc SFDR and 62 dB SINAD
Memory options from 8 to 512 MB per
channel
digital triggering with 100 ps time
stamping
Models
NI PCI-5122
NI PXI-5122
NI PXIe-5122
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Visual Basic
C/C++
.NET
Application Software(included)
(32 and 256 MB/channel models only)
NI-SCOPE
Overview
National Instruments 5122 high-speed digitizers feature two 100 MS/s
simultaneously sampled input channels with 14-bit resolution, 100
MHz bandwidth, and up to 512 MB of memory per channel in a
compact, 3U PXI Express, PXI, or PCI device. With its high sampling
rate and low-distortion front end, an NI 5122 is ideal for a wide
range of applications in automotive, communications, scientific
research, military/aerospace, and consumer electronics. Using the
National Instruments Synchronization and Memory Core (SMC)
architecture, you can easily synchronize to other analog and digital
instruments to develop high-channel-count or mixed-signal test
systems.
Analog Input Performance
NI 5122 digitizers use 14-bit analog-to-digital converters (ADCs),
low-noise variable-gain amplifiers, and a low-jitter 100 MHz timebase
to deliver a 75 dBc spurious-free dynamic range and a 62 dB signal-
to-noise ratio. The 14-bit data converters have 64 times the
resolution of traditional 8-bit instruments, providing more accurate
time- andfrequency-domain measurements.
Software-selectable 50 !or 1 M!input impedance, input ranges
from 200 mV
pp
to 20 V
pp
, seven trigger modes, and antialias and
noise filters make NI 5122 digitizers versatile enough to meet the
most demanding application requirements. The programmable DC
offset feature maximizes the use of the entire 14 bits of vertical
range. Onboard self-calibration also ensures measurement stability
over the entire operating temperature range of 0 to 55 C.
NI 5122
NI PCI-5122
8 MB/channel........................................................ 778758-01
32 MB/channel...................................................... 778758-02
256 MB/channel.................................................... 778758-03
NI PXI-5122
8 MB/channel........................................................ 778756-01
32 MB/channel...................................................... 778756-02
256 MB/channel.................................................... 778756-03
512 MB/channel.................................................... 778756-04
NI PXIe-5122
8 MB/channel........................................................ 779967-01
64 MB/channel...................................................... 779967-02
256 MB/channel.................................................... 779967-03
Includes NI 5122 device, NI-SCOPE, and Scope Soft Front Panel. The 32 and
256 MB/channel models also include the NI Spectral Measurements Toolkit.
Accessories
Recommended PXI switch
NI PXI-2593........................................................... 778793-01
Switchable 1/10x probe
SP200B.................................................................. 763391-01
9-pin DIN to BNC for AUX I/O connector
Aux110................................................................. 189919-0R5
Related Products
NI 5421 arbitrary waveform generators
NI PXI-5404 clock and frequency generator
NI PXI-655x digital waveform generator/analyzers
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
1
0
0

M
H
z
,

1
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
4
-
B
i
t

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
378
Back to Index
100 MS/s, 14-Bit Digitizer
with Onboard Signal Processing
379
100 MS/s real-time, up to 2.0 GS/s equivalent-time sampling
14-bit resolution on 2 simultaneously sampled channels
100 MHz bandwidth with noise and antialias filters
Quadrature digital downconversion (DDC) with up to 40 MHz IF bandwidth
Baseband I/Q decimation with alias protection
General-purpose alias-protected decimation for all sample rates
Overview
The NI PXI-5142 is a 100 MS/s digitizer with onbooard signal
processing (OSP). OSP functions include quadrature digital
downconversion (DDC), real digital downconversion, and antialias
filtering for baseband I/Q decimation and general-purpose
applications. The PXI-5142, ideal for communications applications, is
also suited for a wide variety of applications in automotive, scientific
research, military/aerospace, and consumer electronics. With the
large dynamic range, software-selectable 50 !or 1 M!input,
ranges from 200 mV to 20 V, and ability to acquire more than a half
million waveforms in onboard memory, the PXI-5142 is ideal for both
time- and frequency-domain analysis.
Analog Input Performance
NI 5142 digitizers use 14-bit analog-to-digital converters (ADCs),
low-noise variable-gain amplifiers, and a low-jitter 100 MHz
timebase to deliver a 75 dBc spurious-free dynamic range and a
62 dB signal-to noise ratio. The 14-bit data converters have 64 times
the resolution of traditional 8-bit instruments, providing more
accurate time- and frequency-domain measurements.
Software-selectable 50 !or 1 M!input impedance, input ranges
from 200 mV
pp
to 20 V
pp
, seven trigger modes, and antialias and
noise filters make NI 5142 digitizers versatile enough to meet the
most demanding application requirements.
The programmable DC offset feature maximizes the use of the entire
14 bits of vertical range.
Onboard self-calibration also ensures measurement stability over
the entire operating temperature range of 0 to 55 C.
NI PXI-5142
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
1
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
4
-
B
i
t

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r

w
i
t
h

O
n
b
o
a
r
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

P
r
o
c
e
s
s
i
n
g
NI PCI-5142
64 MB/Ch.............................................................. 779587-01
256 MB/Ch............................................................. 779587-02
Back to Index
250 MS/s, 125 MHz, 8-Bit Digitizers
5 GS/s random-interleaved sampling
8-bit resolution
125 MHz bandwidth
40 mV
pp
to 40 V
pp
input range
8, 64, or 256 MB memory per channel
digital triggering with 40 ps time
stamping
Calibration
Gain, offset, compensated 1 M!
attenuator, and timing self-calibration
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
NI-SCOPE Soft Front Panel and driver
LabVIEW Express VIs
>> For complete specifications, see the NI 5114 Specifications manual at ni.com/manuals.
Overview
National Instruments PXI-5114 and PCI-5114 high-speed digitizers
feature two 250 MS/s simultaneously sampled input channels with
8-bit resolution, 125 MHz bandwidth, and up to 256 MB of memory
per channel in a compact, 3U PXI or PCI device. With the National
Instruments Synchronization and Memory Core (SMC) architecture of
an NI 5114, you can create mixed-signal systems using signal
generators and digital waveform generator/analyzers or build ahigh-
channel-count digitizer with subnanosecond synchronization
between channels. An NI 5114 is ideal for a wide range of
application areas including communications, scientific applications,
military/aerospace, and consumer electronics.
Dual 250 MS/s, 8-Bit Input Channels
125 MHz input bandwidth with noise filters
5 GS/s equivalent-time sampling (ETS) for repetitive signals
pp
to 40 V
pp
input ranges
Deep Onboard Memory
8, 64, or 256 MB of memory per channel
recordmode with hardware trigger rearming
memory or disk
Edge, window, hysteresis, and digital triggering with 40 ps
timestamping
Pretrigger and posttrigger acquisition in single- and multiple-
record mode
1 to 20 MHz
Time stamp-triggered events with 100 ps resolution
Software
NI-SCOPE Soft Front Panel for interactive control
NI 5114
NI PXI-5114.............................................................. 779466-0M
1
NI PCI-5114.............................................................. 779745-0M
1
1
Includes NI-SCOPE Soft Front Panel and driver.
NI PXI-2593 (500 MHz mux/matrix)...............................778793-01
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2
5
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
2
5

M
H
z
,

8
-
B
i
t

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
s
380
Back to Index
381
Specifications
Acquisition System
Bandwidth (-3 dB)
(software-selectable)................ 20 MHz noise filter
Maximum sampling rate............... 250 MS/s real-time sampling,
5 GS/s equivalent-time/random-
interleaved sampling
Onboard sample memory.............. 8, 64, or 256 MB per channel
(8, 64, or 256 million samples)
1
Input impedance............................ 50 !and 1 M!|| 26 pF,
software-selectable
Maximum input overload.............. 50 !:7V
rms
with | peaks | #10 V;
1 M!: | peaks | #35 V
Input coupling................................ AC, DC, GND AC coupling
available on 1 M!only
AC coupling cutoff frequency (-3 dB)..12 Hz (1 M!)
Accuracy
DC accuracy (0 V offset setting).... (1.5% of input +0.3% of FS +
200 V) for PXI-5114 (1.5% of
input +0.3% of FS + 280 V) for
PCI-5114
Channel-to-channel crosstalk....... -60 dB at 10 MHz
Dynamic performance (10 MHz, -1 dBFS input signal)
RMS Noise
20 MHz filter enabled................... 0.28% of FS
Timebase System
Timebase options.......................... Internal, external (CLK IN)
Internal
Internal sample clock frequency .. 250 MS/s sampling rate with
decimation by n, 1 n 65,535
Timebase accuracy........................ 25 ppm (0.0025%)
External
External clock sources.................. CLK IN (SMB connector)
External clock range..................... 50 to 250 MHz with decimation
by n where 1 n 65,535
External reference sources........... CLK IN (SMB connector),
PXI_CLK10 (PXI backplane 10 MHz)
External reference range.............. 1to 20 MHz in 1 MHz increments
External clock/reference amplitude... Sine wave: 0.65 to 2.8 V
pp
(0 to 13 dBm)
pp
External clock/reference impedance.. 50 !, AC coupled
Trigger System
Modes........................................... Edge, hysteresis, window, video,
digital, immediate, software
Sources......................................... CH 0, CH 1, TRIG, PXI_Trig<0..6>,
PXI star, software
Slope............................................. Rising or falling
Hysteresis...................................... Fully programmable
High-frequency reject filter........... 50 kHz software-selectable
Low-frequency reject filter........... 50 kHz software-selectable
Sensitivity
CH 0 and CH 1........................... 5% FS
TRIG........................................... 0.5 V
pp
Level accuracy
CH 0, CH 1................................. 5% FS up to 10 MHz
TRIG........................................... 0.5 V up to 10 MHz
Time resolution............................. 40 ps with time-to-digital
converter enabled
Rearm time
1
................................... 2 s
Holdoff
1
.......................................... From 2 s to [(2
35
-1) x (sample
clock period)], software-selectable
1
Time-to-digital converter disabled.
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2
5
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
2
5

M
H
z
,

8
-
B
i
t

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
s
Range (V
pp
) Minimum Bandwidth
All except 0.04 125 MHz
0.04 100 MHz
Memory/Channel Maximum Number of Records
8 MB 32,768
64 MB 100,000
1
256 MB 100,000
1
Vertical Offset Vertical Offset
Range (Vpp) Range (V) Range (Vpp) Range (V)
0.04 0.8 0.04 0.8
0.1 0.8 0.1 0.8
0.2 0.8 0.2 0.8
0.4 0.8 0.4 0.8
1.0 6.5 1.0 8.0
2.0 6.0 2.0 8.0
4.0 5.0 4.0 8.0
10 2.0 10 30
20 25
40 15
50 ! 1 M!
All Ranges Except 0.04 0.04
SFDR 58 dBc 58 dBc
THD -58 dBc -58 dBc
ENOB 7.2 6.2
SINAD 44 dB 38 dB
Range (Vpp)
Back to Index
Impedance..................................... 1 M!|| 22 pF
Vertical range................................ 5 V
Coupling......................................... AC, DC
Intermodule SMC Synchronization Using NI-TCIk (typical)
Skew............................................. 500 ps
#20 ps after manual adjustment
Environment
2
............. 0 to 55 C for PXI-5114, 0 to 45 C
for PCI-5114 (meets IEC-60068-2-1
and IEC-60068-2-2)
Storage temperature................. -40 to 71 C (meets IEC-60068-2-1
and IEC-60068-2-2)
Relative humidity....................... 10 to 90%, noncondensing
(meets IEC-60068-2-56)
2
0 to 45 C in PXI-101x or PXI-1000/B chassis.
Calibration
Self-calibration.......................... Gain, offset, compensated
1 M!attenuator, triggering,
and timing for all input ranges
External calibration interval....... 2 years
Safety and Compliance
Safety
standards of safety for electrical equipment for measurement,
IEC 61010-1, EN 61010-1
UL 61010-1, CSA 61010-1
label or visit ni.com/certification, search by model number or
product line, and click the appropriate link in the Certification
column.
standards of EMC for electrical equipment for measurement, control,
and laboratory use:
Note: For EMC compliance, operate this device according to product
documentation.
CE Compliance
European Directives, as amended for CE marking, as follows:
Note: Refer to the Declaration of Conformity (DoC) for this product
for any additional regulatory compliance information. To obtain the
DoC for this product, visit ni.com/certification, search by model
number orproduct line, and click the appropriate link in the
Certification column.
Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE)
EU Customers: At the end of their life cycle, all products must be
sent to a WEEE recycling center. For more information about WEEE
recycling centers and National Instruments WEEE initiatives, visit
ni.com/environment/weee.htm.
PXI 840 mA 1.1 A 250 mA 170 mA 13.32 W
PCI 1.6 A 1.7 A 45 mA 0 A 14.32 W
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2
5
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
2
5

M
H
z
,

8
-
B
i
t

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
s
382
Back to Index
2 GS/s High-Speed Digitizers: Optimized for
Automated Test
383
2 GS/s maximum real-time sample rate
300 MHz, 500 MHz, and 1 GHz bandwidths
Up to 20 GS/s equivalent-time sampling
2 channels simultaneously sampled
Edge, window, hysteresis, digital, immediate,
and software triggering
Overview
The NI PXI-5153, PCI-5153, NI PXI-5154 and PCI-5154 are four of the
NI high-speed digitizers/PC-based oscilloscopes that provide the
industrys first gigahertz solutions optimized for automated test. A
digitizer optimized for automated test takes advantage of a high-
throughput bus to lower test times, offers picosecond-level
synchronization between modules, and integrates with the entire
suite of NI hardware including arbitrary waveform generators, high-
speed digital I/O, and other digitizers so you can build and
customize a complete mixed-signal or high-channel-count test system.
NI High-Speed Digitizers: Optimized for Automated Test
Prior to these products, high-bandwidth digitizers and oscilloscopes
incorporated features and functionality best suited for benchtop use.
An unaddressed area in this high-bandwidth space has been the
automated test use model, where measurement throughput and test
system footprint can dramatically affect overall cost of test. NI high-
speed digitizers are the first high-bandwidth digitizers on the market
to share three characteristics that make them uniquely optimized for
automated test: high data throughput, tight synchronization between
channels, and ease of integration with other instruments.
High Data Throughput
Bus bandwidth and latency, two common considerations for an
automated test system, dictate the overall speed of your
measurement system. Latency describes the amount of time it takes
for an instrument to respond to a remote command, like a
measurement query. Bus bandwidth refers primarily to the data
throughput capacity of the data bus that connects the measurement
instrument with the host PC or controller.
The PXI platform upon which NI high-speed digitizers are built
provides high speed due to the high-bandwidth and low-latency PCI
and PCI Express buses. Both PXI and PXI Express data throughput
rates are significantly faster than that of GPIB, USB, or LAN other
popular buses for automating test instrumentation. This translates
to lower test times.
Tight Synchronization between Channels
The PXI backplane offers a built-in common reference clock for
synchronization of multiple digitizers in a measurement or control
system. Each slot has a 10 MHz TTL clock, transmitted on equal-
length traces, providing picosecond-level synchronization between
digitizer modules for high-channel-count systems. For example, it is
possible to have 34 phase-synchronous 1 GS/s channels in a single
PXI chassis, and scale to even higher-channel counts.
NI PXI-5153, NI PCI-5153,
NI PXI-5154, NI PCI-5154
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2

G
S
/
s

H
i
g
h
-
S
p
e
e
d

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
s
:

O
p
t
i
m
i
z
e
d

f
o
r

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
e
d

T
e
s
t
Figure 1. The PXI platform provides the best combination of high-bandwidth and
low-latency measurement throughput.
Figure 2. The PXI platform delivers picosecond-level synchronization.
Back to Index
2 GS/s High-Speed Digitizers: Optimized for Automated Test
Ease of Integration with Other Instrumentation
Alliance (PXISA). So you can not only build a comprehensive test
system in a single chassis but also synchronize modules in that
instruments.
Achieve Flexible Performance Using NI Software-Defined
Instrumentation
NI high-speed digitizers offer several advantages over traditional
stand-alone oscilloscopes by delivering an open architecture and
flexible software. With an NI digitizer, you can not only perform
standard oscilloscope measurements but also easily build other
instruments such as spectrum analyzers, transient recorders, and
ultrasonic receivers. And National Instruments offers a
comprehensive library in the NI LabVIEW graphical development
environment of prebuilt functions and example programs geared at
getting you up and running quickly.
Open Architecture: NI-SCOPE Driver and the Application
Programming Interface (API)
Using the full power of a PC-based measurement device requires the
ability to programmatically define and control its behavior. You can
programmatically control all NI digitizers using the NI-SCOPE
instrument driver, which provides the following:
High-level functions for getting started quickly as well as low-
level control for accessing all the digitizer features
More than 50 prewritten example programs that illustrate how to
access the full functionality of any NI digitizer
Programming examples available for LabVIEW, C++, and Visual
Basic
Flexible Software: Define Your Instrument
In an automated test environment, there are times when the ability
to quickly troubleshoot an issue is crucial. For those occasions, the
NI-SCOPE driver offers the measurement features and
responsiveness of a traditional benchtop oscilloscope through the
NI-SCOPE Soft Front Panel user interface. Take advantage of the
more than 50 prebuilt measurement and analysis functions included
with the software.
For rapid initiation of an automated test sequence, use
preconfigured Express VIs to quickly set up your digitizer to
immediately acquire data. With the LabVIEW SignalExpress
interactive environment, you can acquire, analyze, and log your data
with no programming required.
Figure 3. The PXI platform supports more than 1,500 instrument modules.
Figure 4. The NI-SCOPE Soft Front Panel provides measurement features and
responsiveness comparable to traditional benchtop oscilloscopes.
Figure 5. With LabVIEW SignalExpress, you can quickly set up your digitizer to
immediately acquire data.
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2

G
S
/
s

H
i
g
h
-
S
p
e
e
d

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
s
:

O
p
t
i
m
i
z
e
d

f
o
r

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
e
d

T
e
s
t
384
Back to Index
385
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2

G
S
/
s

H
i
g
h
-
S
p
e
e
d

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
s
:

O
p
t
i
m
i
z
e
d

f
o
r

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
e
d

T
e
s
t
2 GS/s High-Speed Digitizers: Optimized for Automated Test
While a quick signal check is valuable at times, other circumstances
may call for custom measurements. Stand-alone instruments, such
as dedicated oscilloscopes and spectrum analyzers, deliver common
functions that appeal to the needs of many engineers. As you can
imagine, these standard functions do not meet every application
need, particularly in automated test applications. But with LabVIEW
and the NI-SCOPE API, the digitizer that you use as a general-
purpose oscilloscope for one application can be used as a custom
instrument for more specialized measurements.
Figure 6. You can achieve custom measurements, such as those required for mass
spectrometry, with the combination of LabVIEW and NI modular instruments.
NI PXI-5154
8 MB/channel........................................................ 780319-01
64 MB/channel...................................................... 780319-02
256 MB/channel.................................................... 780319-03
NI PCI-5154
8 MB/channel........................................................ 780320-01
64 MB/channel...................................................... 780320-02
256 MB/channel.................................................... 780320-03
NI PCI-5153
8 MB/channel........................................................ 780318-01
64 MB/channel...................................................... 780318-02
256 MB/channel.................................................... 780318-03
NI PXI-5153
8 MB/channel........................................................ 780317-01
64 MB/channel...................................................... 780317-02
256 MB/channel.................................................... 780317-03
Cable: Shielded - SMB 112......................................... 778827-01
Back to Index
24-Bit Flexible-Resolution Digitizers
From 24 bits up to 500 kS/s to 16 bits
at 15 MS/s
2 simultaneously sampled channels
1 and 5 V input ranges
-114 dBc SFDR
-120 dBFS rms noise
-170 dBFS/Hz noise density
Deep onboard memory up to
256 MB/channel
50 !or 1 M!software-selectable
input impedance
Integrated antialias protection for all
sampling rates
Calibration
Linearity, gain, offset, and input bias
current self-calibration
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
Linux
LabVIEW
LabVIEWToolkits
Modulation Toolkit
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
SignalExpress
NI-SCOPE
Overview
National Instruments 5922
flexible-resolution digitizers
feature two simultaneously
sampled channels, with variable
resolution. NI 5922 digitizers can
trade sampling rate for resolution
to sample anywhere from 24 bits
at rates less than 500 kS/s to 16
bits at 15 MS/s. By combining an
NI 5922 with software such as
LabVIEW, you can create
numerous different types of instruments, such as DC and rms
voltmeters, audio analyzers, frequency counters, spectrum analyzers,
IF digitizers, or I/Q modulation analyzers. NI 5922 digitizers have low
noise as well as low distortion, which ispossible because of the NI
Flex II ADC.
Deep Onboard Memory
8, 32, or 256 MB/channel
Capture more than 400,000 triggered waveforms with
multirecord acquisition
memory or disk
Because NI 5922 digitizers are built on the SMC architecture, you
can synchronize two or more digitizers for high-channel-count
applications, and build mixed-signal test systems using SMC-based
digitizers, arbitrary waveform generators, and digital waveform
generator/analyzers using TClk technology.
Software
IVI-compliant NI-SCOPE driver for LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI,
and Microsoft C++ and Visual Basic with more than 50 built-in
measurements
NI Spectral Measurements Toolkit for sophisticated frequency-
domain measurements in communications, signal intelligence,
and avionics applications
NI 5922
NI PCI-5922.............................................................. 779659-0M
1
NI PXI-5922.............................................................. 779153-0M
1
1
Includes NI-SCOPE and Scope Soft Front Panel. The 32 and 256 MB/channel
models also include the Spectral Measurements Toolkit.
Applications
Communications
xDSL
Baseband I & Q
Mass spectrometry
Particle physics
Aerospace/Defense
Satellite
Signal intelligence
Performance Audio Test
Figure1. Frequency versus Resolution of NI 5922 Flexible-Resolution Digitizers
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2
4
-
B
i
t

F
l
e
x
i
b
l
e
-
R
e
s
o
l
u
t
i
o
n

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
s
386
Back to Index
387
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2
4
-
B
i
t

F
l
e
x
i
b
l
e
-
R
e
s
o
l
u
t
i
o
n

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
s
24-Bit Flexible-Resolution Digitizers
Specifications
Acquisition System
Number of channels...................................... 2 simultaneously sampled single-ended or
unbalanced differential or 1 differential channel
Vertical resolution......................................... 16 to 24 bits
Alias-free bandwidth.................................... 0.4 x sampling rate
Onboard sample memory.............................. 8, 32, or 256 MB per channel
(2, 8, or 64 million samples)
Pretrigger and posttrigger data points......... 0 to 100% of full record length
Input impedance........................................... 50 !and 1 M!|| 40 pF, software-selectable
Full-scale input range................................... 2 V
pp
(1 V) and 10 V
pp
(5 V)
Maximum input overload.............................. 50 !: 7 V
rms
with | peaks | #10 V,
1 M!: | peaks | #42 V
Input coupling............................................... AC, DC, GND
AC coupling cutoff frequency (-3 dB)............ 90 Hz
Accuracy
DC Accuracy
Note: Measured with 1 M!input impedance within 5C of self-calibration temperature.
Passband Flatness (referenced at DC)
AC amplitude accuracy (typical at 1 kHz)..... 600 ppm (0.06%)
Channel-to-Channel Crosstalk
CMRR
Unbalanced differential mode...................... 50 dB, up to 1 kHz
Differential mode.......................................... See Figure 2
Dynamic Performance (-1 dBFS input signal)
Note: Sampling rate is 1 MS/s for 100 kHz input and 10 MS/s for 1 MHz input.
Rms Noise
Phase noise density (5 MHz input)............... <-133 dBc/Hz at 10 kHz, <-145 dBc/Hz at 100 kHz
Timebase System
Timebase options.......................................... Internal
Total sample clock jitter................................ #3ps
rms
Note: Includes effects of converter aperture and clock circuitry jitter from 100 Hz to 1 MHz.
Internal
Internal sample clock frequency................... 120 MS/s sampling rate with decimation
by n where 8 # n # 2400
Timebase accuracy, typical........................... 50 ppm (0.0050%)
External
External reference clock sources.................. CLK IN (SMB connector), PXI backplane 10 MHz
External reference clock range..................... 1 to 20 MHz in 1 MHz increments
Trigger System
Modes........................................................... Edge, hysteresis, window, digital, immediate, software
Sources......................................................... CH 0, CH 1, TRIG, PXI_Trig <0..6>, PFI <0:1>,
PXI star, software
Slope............................................................. Rising or falling
Hysteresis..................................................... Fully programmable
Sensitivity..................................................... CH 0 and CH 1: 2% FS
TRIG: 0.3 V
pp
typical up to 1 MHz
Time resolution............................................. One sample clock period
Rearm time................................................... 144 x sample clock period
Holdoff.......................................................... From rearm time to (232-1) x sample clock period
Impedance..................................................... 100 k!| |52 pF
Range............................................................ 2.5 V
Coupling........................................................ DC
Level accuracy.............................................. 0.3 V up to 100 kHz
Power Requirements
Calibration
Self-calibration ............................................ Linearity, gain, offset, and input bias current
External calibration interval ......................... 2 years
CE Mark Compliance
See detailed specifications at ni.com/manuals.
For access to certifications, marks, and DoCs, visit ni.com/certification.
Sampling Rate Resolution (bits)
50 to 500 kS/s 24
1 MS/s 22
5 MS/s 20
10 MS/s 18
15 MS/s 16
Range 50 !and 1 M!
2 Vpp (1 V) (500 ppm (0.05%) of input + 50 V)
10 Vpp (5 V) (500 ppm (0.05%) of input + 100 V)
PXI 2.0 A 1.4 A 0.33 A 0.28 A 20.9 W
PCI 2.0 A 2.5 A 0.45 A 0A 24.5 W
Input Frequency Crosstalk
100 kHz #-110 dB
1 MHz #-100 dB
6 MHz #-80 dB
Sampling Rate 50 !and 1 M!, 1 V and 5 V ranges
1 MS/s 0.03 dB
5 MS/s 0.06 dB
10 MS/s 0.15 dB
15 MS/s 0.3 dB
Memory/Channel Maximum Number of Records on Board
8 MB 13,107
32 MB 100,000
1
256 MB 100,000
1
1
Input Frequency SFDR (dBc) THD (dBc) SINAD (dB) SNR (dB)
10 kHz -114 -112
100 kHz -110 -108 105 108
1 MHz -96 -94 89 91
10 Vpp (5 V) Input Range
Input Frequency SFDR (dBc) THD (dBc) SINAD (dB) SNR (dB)
10 kHz -109 -107
100 kHz -103 -101 99 104
1 MHz -92 -90 87 90
2 Vpp (1 V) Input Range
Sample Rate (dBFS) (Vrms) (dBFS) (Vrms)
50 kS/s -120 3.4 -117 1.0
100 kS/s -118 4.3 -115 1.2
1 MS/s -108 13 -104 4.2
5 MS/s -101 31 -98 8.7
10 MS/s -91 92 -91 20
15 MS/s -79 401 -79 80
0 Vpp (5 V) Input Range 2Vpp (1 V) Input Range
Figure 2. CMRR versus Frequency for the PXI-5922 in Differential Mode
Back to Index
16-Bit IF Digitizer with Onboard Signal Processing
3 MHz to 250 MHz band in direct path mode,
or 50 MHz bandwidth centered at 187.5 MHz
16-bit resolution
Ability to stream to dist at maximum sample rate for
hours with PXI Express
Quadrature digital downconversion (DDC) with
up to 60 MHz IF bandwidth
AC coupled only
Alias-protected decimation for all sample rates
Overview
The National Instruments PXIe-5622 is a 150 MS/s digitizer with
onboard signal processing (OSP). OSP functions include quadrature
digital downconversion (DDC), real digital downconversion, and anti-
alias filtering. The PXIe-5622 is ideal for communications
applications with its high dynamic range front end and a high-
throughput PXI Express interface which allows it to stream IF data to
disk for hours at the full 150 MS/s sample rate.
Hardware
Software
NI PXIe-5622
Specification
Driver Software
Interactive Soft Front
Panel and Configuration
Test Panel
Value
NI-SCOPE 3.5 or later NI SCOPE is an IVI-compliant driver that
allows you to configure, control, and calibrate the NI PXIe-
5622. NI-SCOPE provides application programming interfaces
for many development environments.
NI-SCOPE provides programming interfaces, documentation,
and examples for the following application development
environments:
LabVIEW
LabWindow/CVI
Measurement Studio
Microsoft Visul C/C++
The NI-SCOPE Soft Front Panel 2.9 or later supports interactive
control of the NI PXIe-5622. The NI-SCOPE Soft Front Panel is
included on the NI-SCOPE CD.
National Instruments Measurement & Automation Explorer
(MAX) provides Test Panels with basic resource ID
configuration. MAX is included on the NI-SCOPE CD.
NI PXIe-5622............................................................... 780412-02
16-Bit, 150 MS/s Digitizer w/256 MB Onboard Memory
No of Channels 1
Sampling Speed 150 MS/s
Bandwidth 250 MHz
Frequency Range 3 MHz ~ 250 MHz
Resolution 16 bit
MAX. Onboard Memory 256 MB
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
1
6
-
B
i
t

I
F

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r

w
i
t
h

O
n
b
o
a
r
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

P
r
o
c
e
s
s
i
n
g
388
Back to Index
389
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
B
u
s
-
P
o
w
e
r
e
d

U
S
B

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
s
Bus-Powered USB Digitizers
Bus-powered and portable
100 and 50 MS/s sample rates
50 MHz bandwidth
8-bit resolution
2 channels
Input ranges from 40 mVpp to 40 Vpp
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
NI-SCOPE driver
LabVIEW Express VIs
Overview
The National Instruments USB-5132 50 MS/s and USB-5133 100
MS/s digitizers/oscilloscopes offer two simultaneously sampled
channels with 8-bit resolution. These USB digitizers have 10 input
ranges from 40 mV to 40 V and programmable DC offset. They also
come standard with 4 MB/ch of onboard memory for measurements
requiring extended data captures. The small, bus-powered, plug-
and-play form factor makes the NI USB-5132 and USB-5133 ideal for
portable, benchtop, and OEM applications. The included Scope Soft
Front Panel provides an interactive interface with more than 40
built-in measurements.
Dual 8-Bit Input Channels
100 MS/s real-time sampling on two channels (USB-5133)
50 MS/s real-time sampling on two channels (USB-5132)
50 MHz input bandwidth with selectable 20 MHz noise filter
pp
to 40 V
pp
input ranges
1 M!input impedance
4 MB of memory per channel
Two-year calibration interval and 0 to 45 C operating
temperature
Triggering and Clocking
Edge, window, hysteresis, and digital triggering
Ability to capture pretrigger and posttrigger acquisition data
Internal 100/50 MHz clock or external clock from 1 MHz to
maximum sample rate
Software
Scope Soft Front Panel for interactive control and a familiar
oscilloscope interface
IVI-compliant NI-SCOPE driver includes more than 50 example
programs to highlight full digitizer functionality
Support for NI LabVIEW, NI LabWindows/CVI, and Microsoft
Visual Studio (C++, C#, Visual Basic .NET)
NI LabVIEW SignalExpress for data acquisition, analysis, and
presentation with no programming required
NI USB-5132, NI USB-5133
>> For complete specifications, see the NI USB-5132/USB-5133
Specifications at ni.com/manuals.
NI USB-5132............................................................. 779969-01
NI USB-5133............................................................. 779970-01
Back to Index
Bus-Powered USB Digitizers
Specifications
These specifications are valid for 0 to 45 C, unless otherwise
stated.
Acquisition System
Bandwidth (-3 dB)
(software-selectable)................ 20 MHz noise filter
Maximum sampling rate............... 50 MS/s (USB-5132)
100 MS/s (USB-5133)
Onboard sample memory.............. 4 MB per channel
(4 million samples)
Input impedance............................ 1 M!ll 19 pF
Maximum input overload.............. l peaks l #30 V
Input coupling................................ AC, DC, GND
AC coupling cutoff frequency (-3 dB).. 12 Hz
RMS Noise
Timebase System
Timebase options.......................... Internal, external (PFI 1)
Internal
Internal sample clock frequency... 50 MS/s (USB-5132) or 100 MS/s
(USB-5133) sampling rate with
decimation by n, 1 # n # 65,535
Timebase accuracy........................ 50 ppm
External
External clock sources................... PFI 1 (BNC connector)
External clock range...................... 1 to 50 MHz (USB-5132)
1 to 100 MHz (USB-5133)
Trigger System
Modes.......................................... Edge, hysteresis, window, digital,
immediate, software
Sources......................................... CH 0, CH 1, PFI 1, software
Slope............................................. Rising or falling
Environment
Operating temperature................. 0 to 45 C (meets IEC-60068 -2-1
and IEC-60068-2-2)
1 and IEC-60068-2-2)
Relative humidity.......................... 10 to 90%, noncondensing
(meets IEC-60068-2-56)
Calibration
Self-calibration.............................. Gain, offset, compensated
1 M!attenuator, triggering,
and timing for all input ranges
External calibration interval.......... 2 years
For detailed specifications, visit ni.com/manuals.
Range (Vpp) Minimum Bandwidth
All except 0.04 50 MHz
0.04 35 MHz
Range Vertical Offset Range (V)
(Vpp)
0.04 0.4
0.1 0.4
0.2 0.4
0.4 0.4
1.0 4.0
2.0 4.0
4.0 4.0
10 25.0
20 20.0
40 10.0
Range (Vpp) RMS Noise
All except 0.04 0.35% of FS
0.04 0.55% of FS
Specification Typical Value
+5 VDC 230 mA
Total Power 1.15 W
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
B
u
s
-
P
o
w
e
r
e
d

U
S
B

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r
s
390
Back to Index
391
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
4
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
6
-
B
i
t

I
/
Q

S
i
g
n
a
l

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
400 MS/s, 16-Bit I/Q Signal Generator
Dual-channel, differential I/Q
signal generation
16-bit resolution, 400 MS/s
sampling rate per channel
98 dB close-in SFDR at 1 MHz
145 MHz analog bandwidth for
generating 290 MHz bandwidth RF signals
0.15 dB flatness to 120 MHz with
digital flatness correction
25 ps channel-to-channel skew
<-140 dBc/Hz phase noise density for
10 MHz tone (1 kHz offset)
-160 dBm/Hz average noise density
128 or 512 MB of deep onboard memory
Continuous data streaming
>600 MB/s from host
1 Vpk-pk output, 2 PXI slots
Operating Systems
Windows Vista/XP/2000
LabVIEW
LabWindows
TM
/CVI
Measurement Studio
Included Software
NI-FGEN driver
NI-FGEN Express VIs
FGEN Soft Front Panel
abVIEW Real-Time driver
Calibration
Self-calibration with gain and channel
alignment; offset correction
Overview
The NI PXIe-5450 is a 16-bit, 400 MS/s, dual-channel arbitrary
waveform generator optimized for I/Q communications signals. Each
of the differential outputs features 98 dB of close-in spurious-free
dynamic range (SFDR) at 1 MHz (without harmonics), better than -
140 dBc/Hz phase noise density at 10 MHz (1 kHz offset), and less
than 25 ps channel-to-channel skew.
The NI PXIe-5450 is the ideal instrument to test devices with I/Q
inputs or to serve as the baseband component of an RF vector signal
generator. It also features onboard signal processing (OSP) functions
that include pulse shaping and interpolation filters, gain and offset
control, and a numerically controlled oscillator (NCO) for frequency
shifting. Common applications include prototyping, validating, and
testing of semiconductor components and communications, radar,
and electronic warfare systems. With its NI Synchronization and
Memory Core (SMC) architecture, the NI PXIe-5450 helps you
integrate mixed-signal test systems by enabling synchronization
with other instruments such as vector signal analyzers/generators,
high-speed digitizers, digital waveform analyzers/generators,
and other signal generators. You can also synchronize multiple
arbitrary waveform generators to form a phase-coherent
multichannel generator for applications such as MIMO (multiple-
input, multiple-output) or beamforming antenna schemes.
Signal Quality
With 16 bits of resolution, the NI PXIe-5450 achieves a close-in
SFDR(without harmonics) of 98 dB at 1 MHz. Including harmonics
and measured from DC to 200 MHz, it achieves a 1 MHz SFDR of 75
dB and a wideband SFDR of 70 dB at 60 MHz. This ensures the
dynamic range and out-of-band performance needed to meet the
stringent demands of baseband I/Q signal generation (Figure 1).
NI PXIe-5450
Figure 1. With its high sample rate and resolution, the NI PXIe-5450 generates
low-distortion, high-SFDR signals over a very high bandwidth (the noise floor is
limited by the measurement device).
Back to Index
The NI PXIe-5450 also delivers exceptional passband flatness
(Figure 2). While the -3 dB analog bandwidth is 145 MHz, the digital
flatness correction filter provides 0.15 dB of flatness from DC to
120 MHz.
For maximum signal purity, the phase noise of this module is
extremely low. The phase noise density of a tone generated at
10 MHz drops from -121 dBc/Hz at a 100 Hz offset to -150 dBc/Hz at
100 kHz, yielding an integrated system output jitter of less than
500 fs. Its highly stable phase-locked loop (PLL) and high-resolution
oscillator provide an output sample rate resolution less than 5.7 Hz,
enabling low phase noise signal generation at any frequency with
microhertz resolution.
An essential attribute for I/Q generation is tight synchronization
between channels. The NI PXIe-5450 features high-performance
circuitry that calibrates the channel skew to within 25 ps. You can
achieve even more alignment with a 10 ps resolution programmable
skew, useful in calibrating out cable length mismatches. This tight
level of synchronization minimizes the phase error between
channels, especially at high frequencies, which is essential for
accurately generating highbandwidth I/Q signals (Figure 3).
In addition to tight synchronization, the SMC architecture on the
NI PXIe-5450 takes advantage of the PCI Express bus to continuously
stream data from the host controller at more than 600 MB/s in dual-
channel mode or at 360 MB/s when generating a single channel.
This enables the module to continuously output I/Q waveforms at
150 MS/s or, when upconverted, approximately 120 MHz RF
bandwidth, either from host memory or a high-speed storage
solution such as the NI HDD-8264 3 TB RAID array. With this
signal intelligence and communications system design, validation,
and verification.
Onboard Signal Processing
OSP significantly extends waveform playback time and shortens
waveform download times (Figure 4). A field-programmable gate
array (FPGA) on the NI PXIe-5450 implements the OSP functionality,
which enables several signal processing and I/Q-related functions.
These functions include those listed on page 3.
Figure 2. Passband flatness is significantly improved with the use of digital flatness
correction in the NI PXIe-5450 FPGA.
Figure 3. Dedicated channel-alignment circuitry automatically calibrates the two
channels on the NI PXIe-5450 to within 25 ps. This particular module exhibits less than
13 ps of skew, demonstrated on a 100 MHz sinusoid.
Figure 4. OSP on the NI PXIe-5450 FPGA performs inline processing of waveform data
before it is sent to the digital-to-analog converter (DAC) .
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
4
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
6
-
B
i
t

I
/
Q

S
i
g
n
a
l

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
392
Back to Index
Signal Generators
393
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
S
i
g
n
a
l

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
Update Analog Digital
Output Rate Bandwidth Resolution Impedance Pattern Linking/
Product Description Platform Channels (MS/s) (MHz) (bits) (!) Output Looping Memory
NI PXIe-5451 Arbitrary Waveform Generator PXI Express 2 400 135 16 50 - 128, 512, or 2048 MB
NI PXIe-5450 Dual-Channel I/Q Signal Generator PXI Express 2 400 145 16 50 - 128 or 512 MB
NI PXI-5422 Arbitrary Waveform Generator PXI 1 200 80 16 50 or 75 LVDS 8, 32, 256, or 512 MB
NI 5421 Arbitrary Waveform Generator PCI, PXI 1 100 43 16 50 or 75 LVDS 8, 32, or 256 MB
NI 5412 Arbitrary Waveform Generator PCI, PXI 1 100 20 14 50 or 75 - 8, 32, or 256 MB
NI PXIe-5442 Arbitrary Waveform Generator PXI Express 1 100 43 16 50 or 75 - 32, 256, or 512 MB
NI PXI-5441 Arbitrary Waveform Generator PXI 1 100 43 16 50 or 75 LVDS 32, 256, or 512 MB
NI PXI-5404 Clock and Frequency Generator PXI 2 300 105 12 50 - -
Back to Index
Independent I and Q prefilter gain and offset - Adds gain and
offset imbalance impairments and I and Q prefilter gain. You can
adjust the offset before or during the generation of an output
signal (Figures 5, 6).
Pulse-shaping finite impulse response (FIR) filter - Shapes
and interpolates the waveform data. FIR filter types include flat,
raised cosine, and root raised cosine, with a programmable
parameter. Digital interpolation factors range from 2 to 32,768
times.
Numerically controlled oscillator (NCO) - Produces sinusoidal
waveform data for complex (I/Q) frequency shifts before or during
generation with up to a 86 MHz shift and 710 nHz resolution.
NCO tuning time is 250 s.
Baseband interpolation - Generates smooth baseband signals.
You can use the NI PXIe-5450 OSP block to interpolate low-
sample rate waveforms to a much higher sample rate, thereby
improving the output frequency spectrum by relocating zero-order
sample-and-hold reconstruction images to higher frequencies.
With the images at higher frequencies, the devices image
suppression filter greatly suppresses them without disturbing the
signals amplitude response or phase information.
Waveform Sequencing and Triggering
You also can program the NI PXIe-5450 to sequence and loop a set
of waveforms. You can choose from several methods to step through
the sequence of waveforms. In cases when you know the duration of
each waveform in advance, you can program the generator to loop
them a specified number of times. When you do not know the
duration before the start of generation, you can use a hardware or
software trigger to advance the generator to the next waveform in
the sequence. The NI PXIe-5450 implements advanced triggering
behavior with four trigger modes: single, continuous, burst, and
stepped. In addition, scripting provides the ability to link and loop
multiple waveforms together, managing triggers and markers. For a
detailed discussion of these modes, consult the NI Signal
Generators Help guide available at ni.com/manuals.
NI SMC-based generators have the unique capability of storing
multiple sequences and their associated waveforms in the
generators onboard memory (see Figure 7). In automated test
applications involving multiple tests, each requiring a different
waveform sequence, you can download all of the sequences and
waveforms once at the beginning of the test cycle and store them in
the generators memory for the entire session. By downloading all
required waveforms and sequences once to an SMC-based
generator instead of repeatedly reloading them for each
test, you save time and improve throughput.
Figure 5. LO leakage and poor image rejection of a quadrature modulator cause
undesired RF emissions.
Figure 6. On-the-fly-adjustable parameters on the NI PXIe-5450 correct for the
quadrature modulator impairments seen in Figure 5.
Figure 7. NI SMC-based arbitrary waveform generators increase test throughput by
storing all the waveforms and sequences required for a set of tests in onboard memory.
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
4
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
6
-
B
i
t

I
/
Q

S
i
g
n
a
l

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
394
Back to Index
395
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
4
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
6
-
B
i
t

I
/
Q

S
i
g
n
a
l

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
Using NI T-Clock (TClk) synchronization technology, you can synchronize
multiple NI PXIe-5450 modules for applications requiring a greater number
of channels, such as I/Q signal generation for MIMO systems. Because it
is built into the SMC, TClk can synchronize the NI PXIe-5450 with SMC-
based vector signal analyzers and generators, high-speed digitizers, and
digital waveform generators and analyzers for tight correlation of analog
and digital stimulus and response. Using onboard calibration
measurements and compensation, TClk can automatically synchronize any
combination of SMC-based modules with less than 500 ps module-to-
module skew. Greatly improved from traditional synchronization methods,
the skew between modules does not increase as the number of modules
increases. To achieve even better performance, you can use a high-
bandwidth oscilloscope to precisely measure the module-to-module skew.
With the oscilloscope measurement for calibration information, TClk can
achieve <20 ps module-to-module skew. NI PXIe-5450 clocking is very
flexible. Its internal, DDS-based clock is optimized for phase noise
performance, and has better than 5.7 Hz frequency resolution. The
module can also import its sample clock from the CLK IN front panel
connector and multiply and divide this clocks frequency by integers.
Finally, the NI PXIe-5450 can phase-lock its internal clock to an external
reference or the PXI 10 MHz reference clock.
Driver Software
Accurate, high-throughput hardware improves the performance of a
measurement system, but easy-to-use, reliable software reduces
development time and ongoing support costs. NI-FGEN, the driver
software for the NI PXIe-5450, is the worlds most advanced and
thoroughly tested arbitrary waveform generator software. It features:
Intuitive application programming interface (API) - In NI
LabVIEW and LabWindows/CVI as well as Microsoft Visual Basic
and Visual C/C++, the NI-FGEN API is engineered to use the least
number of functions possible while maintaining flexibility. Each
driver function has thorough online searchable documentation. The
NI-FGEN Instrument Driver Quick Reference guide further simplifies
programming by providing an overview of each driver functions
LabVIEW icon, function name, parameters, and data types.
LabVIEW Express VIs - For generating an arbitrary repetitive
signal, the LabVIEW Express VI is a configuration-driven method
of programming the NI PXIe-5450 without accessing the
underlying NI-FGEN functions.
Soft Front Panel - For quick, nonprogrammatic use of the NI PXIe-
5450, the Soft Front Panel supports arbitrary waveform generation.
Example Programs - NI-FGEN provides 23 programming
examples for LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, Visual C++ 6.0 and
.NET, and Visual Basic 6.0, giving developers references on which
to base custom applications.
LabVIEW Real-Time Support - For remotely deployed,
autonomous measurement systems or applications requiring the
highest possible reliability, NI-FGEN works with the LabVIEW
Real-Time Module.
Modulation Toolkit for LabVIEW
1
The NI Modulation Toolkit for LabVIEW provides functions for signal
generation, analysis, and visualization of custom and standard analog
and digital modulation. With the Modulation Toolkit, you can develop
and analyze custom modulation formats and generate these with the
NI PXIe-5450. Some of the standard measurement functions include
error vector magnitude (EVM), modulation error ratio (MER), and r (rho).
Functions are also available for injecting impairments including IQ gain
imbalance, quadrature skew, and additive white Gaussian noise
(AWGN). Visualization functions include trellis, constellation, and 2D
and 3D eye diagrams. This hardware and software combination gives
you access to customizable functionality not available in traditional
instrumentation.
Modulation/Demodulation
4-, 8-, 16-, 32-, 64-, 128-, 256-QAM
2-, 4-, 8-, 16-FSK
MSK and GMSK
8-, 16-, 64-PSK
BPSK, QPSK, OQPSK, DQPSK, $/4DQPSK
AM, FM, PM
Modulation Analysis Functions
Visualization and Analysis
Trellis diagrams
Constellation plot
2D and 3D eye diagrams
Modulation Impairments
(rho)
Phase error
IQ gain imbalance
Frequency deviation
Burst timing measurements
Error vector magnitude
DC offset
Quadrature skew
Bit error rate (BER)
Additive white Gaussian noise
Modulation error ratio (MER)
Multitone
Fading profile
Quadrature skew
DC offset
Frequency offset
IQ gain imbalance
1
The NI Modulation Toolkit data sheet is available separately.
Back to Index
2
The NI Analog Waveform Editor is an interactive software tool for
creating and editing analog waveforms. In the editor, each
waveform comprises different components, and each component
comprises a collection of primitives. You can create a new
waveform segment by selecting from a library of more than 20
waveform primitives (Table 1), by entering a mathematical
expression, or by importing data from a file.
You can then combine waveform primitives point-by-point using
addition, subtraction, multiplication, or division to create more
complex segments (Figure 8). You can also concatenate multiple
segments to make a larger waveform. To further process the
waveform, you can apply standard or custom FIR and IIR filters or
smooth any discontinuities between different waveform segments.
Once complete, all the waveform settings are stored along with the
waveforms raw sample data, making it easy to reload the waveform
in the editor and modify the settings of a particular segment or
primitive.
2
The NI Analog Waveform Editor data sheet is available separately.
Specifications
For complete specifications, see the NI PXIe-5450 Specifications
manual at ni.com/manuals.
Figure 8. You can combine more than 20 different waveform primitives to create more
complex waveforms.
Table 1. Partial List of Configurable Waveform Primitives Available in the NI Analog
Waveform Editor
Waveform Primitives
Sine Triangular noise Trapezoid
Square Gaussian noise Stairstep
Triangle Sinc Haversine
Sawtooth Gaussian pulse Impulse
Uniform noise Exponential rise/decay Lorentzian pulse
NI PXIe-5450........................................................... 780419-0M
1
1
M (onboard memory): 1 (128 MB), 2 (512 MB)
Includes NI-FGEN driver, FGEN Soft Front Panel, NI Modulation Toolkit for
LabVIEW, and NI Analog Waveform Editor.
NI PXI-2546............................................................... 778572-46
Note: All images show typical results for one production-quality
NI PXIe-5450.
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
4
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
6
-
B
i
t

I
/
Q

S
i
g
n
a
l

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
396
Back to Index
397
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
4
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
6
-
B
i
t
,

D
u
a
l
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

A
r
b
i
t
r
a
r
y

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
400 MS/s, 16-Bit, Dual-Channel Arbitrary
Waveform Generator
Time domain, I/Q, and IF signal generation
16-bit resolution, 400 MS/s sampling rate per channel
145 MHz analog bandwidth, 0.34 dB flatness to 120 MHz with digital
flatness correction
-146 dBc/Hz phase noise density at 10 kHz offset
Continuous data streaming >600 MB/s from host
Overview
waveform generator. It features both single-ended and differential
outputs with two analog paths for maximum flexibility and
performance. Each of the outputs features up to 98 dB of spurious-
free dynamic range (SFDR) at 1 MHz (without harmonics), better
than -146 dBc/Hz phase noise density at 10 MHz (10 kHz offset), and
less than 25 ps channel-to-channel skew. The NI PXIe-5451 is the
ideal instrument to test devices with I/Q inputs, generate multiple
wideband signals, or serve as the baseband component of an RF
vector signal generator. It also features onboard signal processing
(OSP) functions that include digital upconversion, pulse shaping and
interpolation filters, gain and offset control, and a numerically
controlled oscillator (NCO) for frequency shifting. Common
applications include prototyping, validating, and testing of
semiconductor components and communications, radar, and
electronic warfare systems. With its NI Synchronization and
high-speed digitizers, digital waveform analyzers/generators, and
other signal generators. You can also synchronize multiple arbitrary
waveform generators to form a phase-coherent multichannel
generator for applications such as MIMO (multiple-input, multiple-
output) or beamforming antenna schemes.
Signal Quality and Flexibility
With 16 bits of resolution, the NI PXIe-5451 achieves a close-in
SFDR (without harmonics) of 98 dB at 1 MHz on the performance-
optimized direct path. Including harmonics and measured from DC to
200 MHz, it achieves a 10 MHz SFDR of 75 dB and a wideband SFDR
of 72 dB at 60 MHz. IMD at 10 MHz is -84 dBc, and the noise floor is
also extremely low at -160 dBm/Hz. These specifications provide the
dynamic range and out-of-band performance needed to meet the
stringent demands of baseband I/Q signal generation (Figure 1).
The main path, while optimized for flexibility, achieves similar levels
of performance. It features a variable analog gain stage with 63 dB
of range and four digits of adjust, capable of generating signals
using the full 16-bit resolution of the main digital-to-analog
converter (DAC) from 5 Vpk-pk (differential, into 100 !) down to
1.77 mVpk-pk (single-ended, into 50 !). A novel architecture
provides DC offset independent of gain, allowing small AC signals
on top of high-bias voltages, which are useful for stimulating single-
supply components. Other benefits of the main path include a
software-enabled reconstruction filter and software-selectable
single-ended and differential outputs.
The NI PXIe-5451 also delivers exceptional passband flatness
(Figure 2). While the -3 dB analog bandwidth of the direct path is
NI PXIe-5451
Figure 1. With its high sample rate and resolution, the NI PXIe-5451 generates low-
distortion, high-SFDR signals over a very high bandwidth (the noise floor is limited by
the measurement device).
Back to Index
145 MHz, the digital flatness correction filter provides 0.34 dB of
flatness from DC to 120 MHz. On the main path, the flatness
correction filter provides 0.50 dB of flatness from DC to 120 MHz.
For maximum signal purity, the phase noise of this module is
extremely low. The phase noise density of a tone generated at 10
MHz drops from -121 dBc/Hz at a 100 Hz offset to -152 dBc/Hz at
100 kHz, yielding an integrated system output jitter of less than 350
fs. Its highly stable phase-locked loop (PLL) and high-resolution
oscillator provide an output sample rate resolution less than 5.7 Hz,
enabling low phase noise signal generation at any frequency with
microhertz resolution. An essential attribute for I/Q generation is
tight synchronization between channels. The NI PXIe-5451 features
high-performance circuitry that calibrates the channel skew to
within 25 ps. You can achieve even more alignment with a 10 ps
resolution programmable skew, which is useful in calibrating out
cable length mismatches. This tight level of synchronization
minimizes the phase error between channels, especially at high
frequencies, which is essential for accurately generating high-
bandwidth I/Q signals (Figure 3).
In addition to tight synchronization, the SMC architecture on the NI
PXIe-5451 takes advantage of the PCI Express bus to continuously
stream data from the host controller at more than 600 MB/s in dual-
channel mode or at 360 MB/s when generating on a single channel.
This enables the module to continuously output I/Q waveforms at
150 MS/s, or, when upconverted, approximately 120 MHz RF
bandwidth, either from host memory or a high-speed storage
solution such as the NI HDD-8264 3 TB RAID array. With this
signals intelligence and communications system design, validation,
and verification.
OSP significantly extends waveform playback time and shortens
waveform download times (Figure 4). A field-programmable gate
array (FPGA) on the NI PXIe-5451 implements the OSP functionality,
which enables several signal processing and I/Q-related functions.
Digital upconversion (DUC) Converts complex waveform data to a
real signal centered at an intermediate frequency and generated out of
a single analog channel. The DUC supports I/Q rates up to 200 MS/s
and bandwidths limited by the analog bandwidth of the NI PXIe-5451,
or 0.8 times the I/Q rate, whichever is lower.
Complex frequency shifting Shifts complex waveform data higher or
lower in frequency and generates separate analog I and Q signals.
Independent I and Q prefilter gain and offset Adds gain and offset
imbalance impairments and I and Q prefilter gain. You can adjust the
offset before or during the generation of an output signal (figures 5, 6).
400 MS/s, 16-Bit, Dual-Channel Arbitrary Waveform Generator
Figure 2. Passband flatness (direct path) is significantly improved with the use of digital
flatness correction in the NI PXIe-5451 FPGA.
Figure 3. Dedicated channel-alignment circuitry automatically calibrates the two
channels on the NI PXIe-5451 to within 25 ps. This particular module exhibits less than
13 ps of skew, demonstrated on a 100 MHz sinusoid.
Figure 4. OSP on the NI PXIe-5451 FPGA performs inline processing of waveform data
before it is sent to the digital-to-analog converter (DAC).
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
4
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
6
-
B
i
t
,

D
u
a
l
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

A
r
b
i
t
r
a
r
y

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
398
Back to Index
399
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
4
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
6
-
B
i
t
,

D
u
a
l
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

A
r
b
i
t
r
a
r
y

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
Pulse-shaping finite impulse response (FIR) filter Shapes and
interpolates the waveform data. FIR filter types include flat, raised
cosine, and root raised cosine, with a programmable a parameter.
Digital interpolation factors range from 2 to 32,768 times.
Numerically controlled oscillator (NCO) Produces sinusoidal
waveform data for complex (I/Q) frequency shifts before or during
generation with up to a 86 MHz shift and 710 nHz resolution. NCO
tuning time is 250 s.
Baseband interpolation Generates smooth baseband signals with
integer interpolation. You can use the NI PXIe-5451 OSP block to
interpolate low-sample-rate waveforms to a much higher sample
rate, thereby improving the output frequency spectrum by relocating
zero-order sample-and-hold reconstruction images to higher
frequencies. With the images at higher frequencies, the devices
image-suppression filter greatly suppresses them without disturbing
the signals amplitude response or phase information.
of waveforms. You can choose from several methods to step through
the sequence of waveforms. In cases when you know the duration of
each waveform in advance, you can program the generator to loop
them a specified number of times. When you do not know the
duration before the start of generation, you can use a hardware or
software trigger to advance the generator to the next waveform in
the sequence. The NI PXIe-5451 implements advanced triggering
behavior with four trigger modes: single, continuous, burst, and
stepped. In addition, scripting provides the ability to link and loop
multiple waveforms together, managing triggers and markers. For a
detailed discussion of these modes, consult the NI Signal
Generators Help guide available at ni.com/manuals.
NI SMC-based generators have the unique capability of storing
generator instead of repeatedly reloading them for each test, you
save time and improve throughput.
Figure 5. LO leakage and poor image rejection of a quadrature modulator cause
undesired RF emissions.
Figure 6. On-the-fly-adjustable parameters on the NI PXIe-5451 correct for the
quadrature modulator impairments seen in Figure 5.
Back to Index
Using NI T-Clock (TClk) synchronization technology, you can synchronize
multiple NI PXIe-5451 modules for applications requiring a greater number
of channels, such as I/Q signal generation for MIMO systems. Because it
is built into the SMC, TClk can synchronize the NI PXIe-5451 with SMC-
based vector signal analyzers and generators, high-speed digitizers, and
digital waveform generators and analyzers for tight correlation of analog
and digital stimulus and response. Using onboard calibration
measurements and compensation, TClk can automatically synchronize any
combination of SMC-based modules with less than 500 ps module-to-
module skew. Greatly improved from traditional synchronization methods,
the skew between modules does not increase as the number of modules
bandwidth oscilloscope to precisely measure the module-to-module skew.
With the oscilloscope measurement for calibration information, TClk can
achieve <20 ps module-to-module skew. NI PXIe-5451 clocking is flexible.
Its internal, DDS-based clock is optimized for phase noise performance,
and has better than 5.7 Hz frequency resolution. The module can also
import its sample clock from the CLK IN front panel connector and multiply
and divide this clocks frequency by integers. Finally, the NI PXIe-5451 can
phase-lock its internal clock to an external reference or the PXI 10 MHz
reference clock.
Driver Software
thoroughly tested arbitrary waveform generator software. It features:
Intuitive application programming interface (API) In NI
NI-FGEN Instrument Driver Quick Reference guide further simplifies
programming by providing an overview of each driver functions
LabVIEW icon, function name, parameters, and data types.
LabVIEW Express VIs For generating an arbitrary repetitive
signal, the LabVIEW Express VI is a configuration-driven method
of programming the NI PXIe-5451 without accessing the
underlying NI-FGEN functions.
Soft Front Panel For quick, nonprogrammatic use of the NI PXIe-
5451, the Soft Front Panel supports arbitrary waveform generation.
Example programs NI-FGEN provides 23 programming
examples for LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, Visual C++ 6.0 and
.NET, and Visual Basic 6.0, giving developers references on which
to base custom applications.
LabVIEW Real-Time support For remotely deployed,
Real-Time Module.
generation, analysis, and visualization of custom and standard analog
and digital modulation. With the Modulation Toolkit, you can develop
and analyze custom modulation formats and generate these with the
NI PXIe-5451. Some of the standard measurement functions include
error vector magnitude (EVM), modulation error ratio (MER), and r (rho).
Functions are also available for injecting impairments including I/Q
gain imbalance, quadrature skew, and additive white Gaussian noise
(AWGN). Visualization functions include trellis, constellation, and 2D
and 3D eye diagrams. This hardware and software combination gives
you access to customizable functionality not available in traditional
instrumentation.
4-, 8-, 16-, 32-, 64-, 128-, 256-QAM
2-, 4-, 8-, 16-FSK
MSK and GMSK
8-, 16-, 64-PSK
BPSK, QPSK, OQPSK, DQPSK, $/4DQPSK
AM, FM, PM
Trellis diagrams
Constellation plot
(rho)
Phase error
IQ gain imbalance
Frequency deviation
DC offset
Quadrature skew
Multitone
Fading profile
Quadrature skew
DC offset
Frequency offset
IQ gain imbalance
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
4
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
6
-
B
i
t
,

D
u
a
l
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

A
r
b
i
t
r
a
r
y

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
400
Back to Index
401
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
4
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
6
-
B
i
t
,

D
u
a
l
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

A
r
b
i
t
r
a
r
y

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
waveform comprises different components, and each component
waveform primitives (Table 1), by entering a mathematical
expression, or by importing data from a file. You can then combine
waveform primitives point-by-point using addition, subtraction,
multiplication, or division to create more complex segments (Figure
8). You can also concatenate multiple segments to make a larger
waveform. To further process the waveform, you can apply standard
or custom FIR and IIR filters or smooth any discontinuities between
different waveform segments. Once complete, all the waveform
settings are stored along with the waveforms raw sample data,
making it easy to reload the waveform in the editor and modify the
settings of a particular segment or primitive.
complex waveforms.
NI PXIe-5451
NI PXIe-5451, 128 MB............................................... 781204-01
NI PXIe-5451, 512 MB............................................... 781204-02
NI PXIe-5451, 2 GB.................................................... 781204-03
Back to Index
200 MS/s, 16-Bit Arbitrary Waveform Generator
16-bit resolution, 200 MS/s sampling rate
8, 32, 256, or 512 MB of onboard memory
80 MHz analog bandwidth
Multimodule synchronization with
<20 ps
rms
skew
Time and frequency-domain waveform
creation software
Function generator emulation mode for easy
standard waveform generation
External clock and reference inputs
16-bit LVDS digital pattern output
(32, 256, and 512 MB models)
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
NI-FGEN
LabVIEW Express VIs
(with 32, 265 and 512 MB models)
Calibration
Gain, offset and timing self-calibration
2 year external calibration cycle
Overview
The National Instruments PXI-5422 is a 200 MS/s arbitrary
waveform generator featuring 16-bit resolution and up to 512 MB
of onboard memory in a compact, 1 slot 3U PXI module. Because the
NI PXI-5422 uses the PCI-based PXI platform, waveforms can be
downloaded at up to 84 MB/s, far faster than traditional GPIB-based
instruments. Using the Synchronization and Memory Core (SMC)
architecture of the PXI-5422, you can create mixed signal test
systems by synchronizing the generator with digitizers and digital
waveform generator/analyzers or synchronize multiple arbitrary
generator.
Exceptional Time and Frequency-Domain Performance
1.8 ns rise time, 6% pulse aberration
-60 dBc (0.1%) total harmonic distortion (THD) at 10 MHz
-81 dBc intermodulation distortion (IMD) with intermediate
frequency (IF) optimized direct path
<1.3 ps
rms
jitter -138 dBc/Hz phase noise
(10 MHz carrier,10 kHz offset)
Triggering and Sequencing
Four triggering modes single, continuous, stepped, and burst
Up to 4 million waveform segments
Up to 3 million sequence instructions (links and loops)
Segment looping up to 16,777,216 times or infinitely
Multi-instrument synchronization with <20 ps
rms
of skew
3 sample clock sources Divide-by-N, High-Resolution, and External.
1.06 Hz sample rate resolution with high-resolution clock
Phase lock to external reference or the PXI 10 MHz reference clock
Software
NI Analog Waveform Editor for
creating frequency and time-
domain signals
NI-FGEN instrument driver with
LabVIEW Express VIs for function
and arbitrary waveform
generation
FGEN Soft Front Panel for
interactive control
NI PXI-5422
NI PXI-5422........................................................... 779087-0M
1
Includes SMB112 cable, NI-FGEN, and FGEN Soft Front Panel.
32, 256, and 512MB models include NI Analog Waveform Editor.
1
M (onboard memory): 1 (8 MB), 2 (32 MB), 3 (256 MB), 4 (512 MB)
NI PXI-2593.............................................................. 778793-01
Applications
Communications
Digitally modulated I/Q signals
Direct to IF modulated signals
Semiconductor
Imaging sensors (CCD, CMOS)
Display devices (LCD)
Biomedical devices
Mixed signal devices
Automotive
Telematics systems
Antilock brake systems
Aerospace/Defense
Avionics
Radar
Scientific Research
Analytical instruments
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
6
-
B
i
t

A
r
b
i
t
r
a
r
y

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
402
Back to Index
Specifications
General
Number of channels...................................... 1
DAC resolution.............................................. 16 bits
Maximum sampling rate............................... 200 MS/s
Output paths.................................................. 1. Main Output Path setting with driver selected
Low Gain Amplifier or High Gain Amplifier
2. Direct Path optimized for IF applications
Recommended Maximum Output Frequencies
Direct Path............................................... 80 MHz
Low Gain Path......................................... 80 MHz
High Gain Path......................................... 40 MHz up to 12 Vpp (80 MHz up to 8 Vpp)
Analog Output
Amplitude range (full scale)
Main output path..................................... 12 Vpp to 5.64 mVpp (50 !load)
Direct path............................................... 1 Vpp to 0.707 Vpp (50 !load)
Offset range................................................... 50% of Amplitude Range (Signal plus offset not
to exceed amplitude range)
Output impedance......................................... 50 !or 75 !, software selectable
DC Accuracy.................................................. 0.4% of Amplitude 0.05% of offset 1 mV
AC amplitude accuracy................................. 1.0% of Amplitude 1 mV at 50 kHz
Output filter................................................... Software enabled seven-pole elliptical analog
filter available on Main Output Path
Rise time....................................................... < 1.8 ns for Main Output Low Gain Path
Fall time......................................................... < 2.1 ns for Main Output Low Gain Path
Pulse Aberration............................................ < 6 % for Main Output Low Gain Path
Average Noise Density
Sample Clock
Sources......................................................... Internal Divide-by-N, Internal High-Resolution,
External CLK IN, External DDC Clk In, PXI star
Trigger, PXI_TRIG <0:7>
Frequency resolution
Divide-by-N............................................ (200 MS/s) / N where 1 # N # 40
High Resolution...................................... 1.06 Hz
System Phase Noise and Jitter
Onboard Clock (Internal VCXO)
Frequency accuracy....................................... 25 ppm
PLL reference clock sources.......................... PXI_CLK10, CLK IN
Digital Data and Control, DDC (optional front panel connector)
Data output signals....................................... 16 LVDS data lines (ANSI/TIA/EIA-644 compliant)
Start Trigger
Sources......................................................... PFI <0:3>, PXI_TRIG<0:6>, PXI Star Trigger,
Software, Immediate
Modes........................................................... Single, Continuous, Stepped, Burst
Markers
Destinations.................................................. PFI <0:1>, PFI <4:5>, PXI_TRIG <0:6>
Quantity......................................................... 1 Marker per Segment
Waveform and Instruction Memory Utilization
Output modes............................................... Function Generator Emulation, Arbitrary
Waveform and Arbitrary Sequence
Loop count..................................................... 1 to 16,777,215. Burst Trigger: Unlimited
Power
Physical
Dimensions................................................... Single 3U PXI slot
Front panel connectors
CH0......................................................... SMB (Jack)
CLK IN..................................................... SMB (Jack)
PFI 0........................................................ SMB (Jack)
PFI 1........................................................ SMB (Jack)
Digital data and control................................ 68-pin VHDCI Female Receptacle
Environment
Operating temperature.................................. 0 to +55 C (Meets IEC-60068-2-1 and IEC-60068-2-2)
Storage temperature..................................... -25 to +85 C (Meets IEC-60068-2-1 and IEC-
60068-2-2)
Relative humidity.......................................... 10 to 90%, noncondensing (Meets IEC 60068-2-56)
Calibration
Self-calibration............................................. DC gain and offset
External calibration interval.......................... 2 years
Certifications and Compliances
CE Mark Compliance
Note
Unless otherwise noted, the following conditions were used for each specification:
A. Analog filter enabled
B. Signals terminated with 50 !
C. Direct path set to 1 V
pk-pk
, Low Gain Amplifier Path set to 2 V
pk-pk
,
and High Gain Amplifier Path set to 12 V
pk-pk
D. Sample clock set to 200 MS/s
Path Vpk-pk dBm nV/%Hz dBm/Hz dBfs/Hz
Direct Path 1 4 25 -139 -143.0
Low Gain 0.1 -16.0 14 -144 -128.0
Low Gain 2 10.0 45 -134 -144.0
High gain 12 25.6 282 -118 -143.6
403
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
6
-
B
i
t

A
r
b
i
t
r
a
r
y

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
Spectral
Characteristics Frequency Direct Path Low Gain Path Comments
Total Harmonic 20 kHz -85 dBc (0.006%) -81 dBc (0.009%) Amplitude 1
Distortion (THD) 1 MHz -87 dBc -63 dBc dBFS 2nd through
10 MHz -67 dBc -60 dBc 6th harmonics
Intermodulation 10 MHz -80 dBc -78 dBc Each tone is
Distortion (IMD) 40 MHz -65 dBc -63 dBc -7 dBFS. 200kHz
70 MHz -60 dBc -55 dBc spacing Typical
8 MB Standard 32 MB Option 256 MB Option 512 MB Option
Onboard 8,388,608 33,554,432 268,435,456 536,870,912
Memory Size bytes bytes bytes bytes
2.0 A 2.0 A 0.46 A 0.01 A 22.2 W Typical operating conditions
2.0 A 3.0 A 0.46 A 0.01 A 27.2 W Maximum overload
System Phase System Output
Noise Density Jitter Comment
Divide-by-N -138 dBc/Hz (10 kHz offset) < 1.3 ps rms 10 MHz carrier
High Resolution -122 dBc/Hz (10 kHz offset) < 3.0 ps rms
External Clock -143 dBc/Hz (10 kHz offset) < 1.1 ps rms
Memory Limits
Arbitrary Waveform
Mode Maximum
Waveform Memory
Arbitrary Sequence
Mode Maximum
Waveform Memory
1
Arbitrary Sequence
Mode Maximum
Waveforms
1
Arbitrary Sequence
Mode Maximum
Segments in a
Sequence
2
Refer to detailed specifications for all trigger modes.
1
Condition One or two segments in a sequence
2
Condition: Waveform memory is <4,000 samples.
8 MB Standard
4,194,176
Samples
4,194,120
Samples
65,000
Samples
104,000
Samples
32 MB Option
16,777,088
Samples
16,777,008
Samples
262,000
Samples
418,000
Samples
256 MB Option
134,217,600
Samples
134,217,520
Samples
2,097,000
Samples
3,354,000
Samples
512 MB Option
268,435,328
Samples
268,435,200
Samples
4,194,000
Samples
6,708,000
Samples
Back to Index
43 MHz, 100 MS/s, 16-Bit Arbitrary Waveform Generators
16-Bit resolution, 100 MS/s sampling rate
Up to 400 MS/s effective sampling rate
with interpolation
Up to 512 MB of onboard memory
Multimodule synchronization <20 ps skew
External clock and reference inputs
Function generator emulation mode for
PXI-5441 (only)
Quadrature digital upconversion
FIR and CIC interpolation filters
Carrier frequencies up to 43 MHz with
0.355 nHz resolution
Full-featured function generator mode for
Phase-continuous frequency hopping and
sweeping
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
Linux
LabVIEW
SignalExpress
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
NI Modulation Toolkit (PXI-5441 only)
(32, 256, 512 MB models)
NI-FGEN driver with LabVIEW Express VIs
Overview
The NI 5421 and PXI-5441 are 100 MS/s arbitrary waveform
generators (AWG) featuring 16-bit resolution and up to 256 MB of
onboard memory in a compact, 1 slot 3U PXI module or PCI board
(PCI-5421). With this combination of high resolution and deep
memory, you can generate long, precise aperiodic waveforms, ideal
for a range of applications in communications, consumer electronics,
scientific research, automotive, and military/aerospace. Because the
NI 5421 and PXI-5441 uses the PCI bus, waveforms can be
downloaded up to 280 times faster than with GPIB-based AWGs.
With the NI Synchronization and Memory Core (SMC) architecture of
the NI 5421 and PXI-5441 AWGs, you can create stimulus/response
systems with digitizers and digital waveform generator/analyzers or
synchronize multiple arbitrary waveform generators to form a phase-
coherent multichannel system.
Exceptional Time and Frequency-Domain Performance
91 dBFS close-in spurious-free dynamic range (SFDR)
-70 dBc total harmonic distortion (THD) at 1 MHz
-60 dBc THD at 10 MHz
<1.2 ps rms jitter
137 dBc/Hz phase noise (10 MHz carrier, 10 kHz offset)
5 percent pulse aberration
PXI-5441 with Onboard Signal Processing
The PXI-5441 is an arbitrary waveform generator with onboard
signal processing (OSP). OSP significantly extends waveform
playback time and reduces the time required to compute and
download waveform data by computing the waveform data, using
the onboard field-programmable gate array (FPGA). OPS delivers the
following signal processing functions for modifying the data stored
in waveform memory during generation:
Independent I and Q prefilter gain and offset
Finite impulse response (FIR) filter
Cascaded-integrator comb (CIC) filter
Numerically controlled oscillator (NCO)
Quadrature digital upconversion with impairments
Baseband interpolation
Amplitude modulation (AM)
Single-tone and function generation
NI 5421, NI PXI-5441
NI PCI-5421............................................................ 778692-0M
NI PXI-5421............................................................ 778697-0M
NI PXI-5441............................................................ 779058-0M
NI PXI-2593 (500 MHz mux/matrix)....................... 778793-01
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
4
3

M
H
z
,

1
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
6
-
B
i
t

A
r
b
i
t
r
a
r
y

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
404
Back to Index
405
Specifications
Specifications are valid for 0 to 55 C, unless otherwise noted.
General
Number of channels..................................... 1
DAC resolution ............................................ 16 bits
Maximum sampling rate ............................. 100 MS/s
Maximum effective sampling rate with
Interpolation........................................... 400 MS/s
Bandwidth ................................................... 43 MHz
Output paths................................................. 1. Main Output Path setting with driver selected
Low Gain Amplifier or the High Gain Amplifier
2. Direct Path optimized for IF applications
Analog Output
Amplitude range (full scale)
Main output path .................................. 12 V
pp
to 5.64 mV
pp
(50 !load)
Direct path............................................. 1 V
pp
to 0.707 V
pp
(50 !load)
Offset range ................................................ 25% of Amplitude Range
Output impedance ...................................... 50 or 75 !, software selectable
DC Accuracy................................................ 0.4% of amplitude, 0.05% of offset 1 mV
AC amplitude accuracy ............................... 1.0% of Amplitude 1 mV at 50 kHz
Output filters ............................................... 2. Software selectable 7-pole elliptical analog
filter and finite impulse response (FIR)
interpolating filter
Passband flatness ....................................... + 0.6 to -0.4 dB (100 Hz to 40 MHz) for direct path
Spectral Characteristics
Average Noise Density
Onboard Signal Processing (OSP) (PXI-5441 only)
Operating Modes ....................................... Function generator, interpolating (I path only),
quadrature digital upconversion (complex)
IQ Rate
OSP Interpolation Range ....................... 12 to 2,048
Maximum IQ Rate ....................................... 8.3 M Symbols/s
Pre-Filter Gain and Offset
Pre Filter Gain and Offset Resolution.... 18 bits
Pre-Filter Gain Range ............................ -2 to 2
Pre-Filter Offset Range........................... -1 to 1
FIR (Finite Impulse Response) Filter
Filter Length........................................... 95 Taps
Interpolation Range ............................... 2, 4, or 8
Filter Types............................................. Flat, Gaussian, Raised Cosine, Root Raised
Cosine, Custom Coefficents
CIC (Cascaded Integerator Comb) Filter
Size ........................................................ 6 Stages
Interpolation Range ............................... 6 to 256
NCO (Numerically Controlled Oscillator)
Max Frequency Range............................ 1 mHz to 43 MHz
Max Frequency Resolution..................... 355 nHz
I and Q Phase Resolution ....................... 0.0055
Modulation Performance (Typical) (PXI-5441 only)
Digital Performance
OSP Out of Band Suppresion ................. 74 dB (FIR Interpolation = 4)
OSP Passband Ripple ............................. 0 to -0.08 dB (FIR Interpolation =2)
Function Generation Mode
Standard Waveform Max Frequencies
Sine......................................................... 43 MHz
Square..................................................... 25 MHz
Triangle, Ramp Up, Ramp Down, Noise.... 5 MHz
User Defined........................................... 43 MHz
Frequency Resolution .................................. 355 nHz
Phase Resolution.......................................... 0.0055
Sample Clock
Sources ........................................................ Internal Divide-by-N, Internal High-Resolution,
External CLK IN, External DDC Clk In, PXI Star
Trigger, PXI_TRIG <0:7>
Frequency Resolution
Divide-by-N................................................ (100 MS/s) / N where 1
2
N
2
4,194,304
High Resolution ........................................ 1.06 Hz
Clock Source................................................. Phase locked to reference clock or derived from
onboard VCXO frequency reference.
Frequency Accuracy .................................... 25 ppm
PLL Reference Sources................................ PXI_CLK10, CLK IN
Digital Data and Control, DDC
Data Output Signals..................................... 16 LVDS data lines (ANSI/TIA/EIA-644 compliant)
Start Trigger
Sources ....................................................... PFI <0:3>, PXI_TRIG<0:7>, PXI Star Trigger,
Software, Immediate
Modes ......................................................... Single, Continuous, Stepped, Burst
Markers
Destinations ................................................ PFI <0:1>, PFI <4:5>, PXI_TRIG <0:7>
Quantity ....................................................... 1 Marker per Segment
Maximum Waveform Playtimes (PXI-5441 only)
Environment
Operating Temperature.............................. 0 C to +55 C
(Meets IEC-60068-2-1 and IEC-60068-2-2)
Storage Temperature................................. -25 C to +85 C
(Meets IEC-60068-2-1 and IEC-60068-2-2)
Operating Relative Humidity ..................... 10% to 90%, non-condensing
(Meets IEC 60068-2-56)
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
4
3

M
H
z
,

1
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
6
-
B
i
t

A
r
b
i
t
r
a
r
y

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
Frequency Direct Path Low Gain Path
Signal to Noise and 1 MHz 64 dB 66 dB
Distortion (SINAD) 10 MHz 61 dB 60 dB
Spurious Free Dynamic 1 MHz -76 dBc -71 dBc
Range w/ Harmonics 10 MHz -68 dBc -64 dBc
Spurious Free Dynamic 1 MHz -88 dBFS -91 dBFS
Range w/o Harmonics 10 MHz -87 dBFS -89 dBFS
Path Vp-p dBm nV/%Hz dBm/Hz dBfs/Hz
Direct 1 4.0 18 -142 -146.0
Low gain 0.1 -16.0 9 -148 -132.0
Amplitude Range Average Noise Density
GSM PHY Layer W-CDMA PHY Layer DVB PHY Layer
Modulation Error Ratio (MER) 46 dB 46 dB 43 dB
Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) <0.5% rms <0.5% rms <0.6% rms
Adjacent Channel - - 61 dBc 48 dBc
Power Ratio (ACPR)
System Phase Noise Density System Output Jitter
Divide-by-N -137 dBc/Hz (10 kHz offset) < 1.0 ps rms
High Resolution -126 dBc/Hz (10 kHz offset) < 4.0 ps rms
32 MB Option 256 MB Option 512 MB Option
100 MS/s sample rate, OSP disabled 0.16 s 1.34 s 2.68 s
1 MS/s IQ rate, real mode, OSP enabled 16 s 2 min 14 s 4 min 28 s
100 kS/s IQ rate, real mode, OSP enabled 2 min 47 s 22 min 22 s 44 min 43 s
1.9 A 2.2 A 0.46 A 0.01 A 22.9 W
Back to Index
Overview
The National Instruments PXIe-5442 is a 100 MS/s arbitrary
waveform generator with onboard signal processing (OSP). OSP
functions include pulse shaping and interpolation filters, gain and
offset control, a numerically controlled oscillator (NCO), and IQ
mixing for quadrature digital upconversion. With 16-bit resolution
and -91 dBc close-in spurious-free dynamic range (SFDR), the NI
PXIe-5442 is ideal for baseband I/Q and intermediate frequency (IF)
generation. Common applications include prototyping, validation,
and testing of semiconductor components and communications,
radar, and electronic warfare systems. The NI PXIe-5442 is also a
full-featured arbitrary waveform generator capable of generating
general-purpose test signals at a maximum output range of 2 V
pk-pk
into a 50 !load.
With its National Instruments Synchronization and Memory Core
(SMC) architecture, the NI PXIe-5442 aides in the integration of
mixed-signal test systems by enabling synchronization with other
instruments such as digitizers, digital waveform generator/
analyzers, and other signal generators. In fact, you can synchronize
multiple arbitrary waveform generators to form a phase-coherent
multichannel generator for generating multiple I/Q signal pairs
common in applications such as MIMO (multiple input, multiple
As a PXI Express instrument, the NI PXIe-5442 makes use of the
PCI Express bus to continuously stream data from the host controller
at rates up to 540 MB/s, much higher than the maximum output rate
of the instrument. This enables the generator to continuously output
waveforms at 100 MS/s (200 MB/s) from either host memory or
other high-end storage solutions such as RAID hard drive arrays.
Applications that benefit from this capability include RF/IF data
streaming in signal intelligence, data record and playback, and
scientific applications.
(Digital Upconversion)
Onboard signal processing (OSP) significantly extends waveform
playback time and shortens waveform download times (see Figure
1). A field-programmable gate array (FPGA) on the NI PXIe-5442
implements the OSP functionality, which delivers several signal
processing functions used to perform digital upconversion to an
intermediate frequency. The signal processing functions include the
following.
Figure 1. Onboard signal processing uses the NI PXIe-5442 modules FPGA to perform
inline processing of the waveform data stored in the modules memory.
NI PXIe-5442
Baseband and intermediate frequency

generation
Interpolation and pulse-shaping filters

355 nHz resolution
16-bit resolution, 100 MS/s sampling

rate
400 MS/s effective sampling rate

with digital-to-analog converter (DAC)
interpolation
32, 256, and 512 MB of onboard memory

<20 ps
rms
skew
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows
TM
/CVI
Measurement Studio

Included Software
NI-FGEN driver
LabVIEW Express VIs
LabVIEW Real-Time driver

Calibration

7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
1
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
6
-
B
i
t

A
r
b
i
t
r
a
r
y

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
406
Back to Index
407
100 MS/s, 16-Bit Arbitrary Waveform Generator with Onboard Signal Processing
Independent I and Q prefilter gain and offset Adds gain and
offset imbalance impairments and I and Q prefilter gain.
You can adjust the offset before or during the generation of an
output signal.
Pulse-shaping finite impulse response (FIR) filter Shapes
and interpolates the waveform data. The FIR filter coefficients are
programmable and include flat, raised cosine, and root raised
cosine. Digital interpolation factors range from one to 16,384
times.
Numerically controlled oscillator (NCO) Produces sine and
cosine waveform data for quadrature digital upconversion and
features 355 nHz frequency resolution and 0.0055 deg phase
resolution for precise control of impairments such as frequency
error and quadrature skew. You can adjust NCO frequency and
phase before or during waveform generation.
Quadrature digital upconversion with impairments
Upconverts signals, models channel effects, and tests receiver
robustness. In quadrature upconversion, I and Q complex
waveform data is stored in waveform memory and is passed to the
OSP block. OSP then shapes and interpolates the baseband signal
and upconverts it to a carrier frequency of up to 43 MHz. You can
choose to suppress the lower or upper modulation sideband by
adjusting the NCO in-phase and quadrature output phase settings.
For modeling channel effects and testing the robustness of a
receiver, you can use OSP to add several impairments to the signal
during waveform generation. Add IQ gain imbalance and DC offset
impairments by adjusting the per-filter gain and offset settings,
and introduce quadrature skew and frequency error by adjusting
the I or Q carrier phase and frequency.
Baseband interpolation Generates smooth baseband signals.
You can use the NI PXIe-5442 OSP block to interpolate low-
sample-rate waveforms to a much higher sample rate, thereby
improving the output frequency spectrum by relocating zero-order
sample-and-hold reconstruction images to higher frequencies.
With the images at higher frequencies, the NI PXIe-5442 seventh-
order lowpass analog filter can greatly suppress them without
disturbing the signals amplitude response or phase information.
For example, you can interpolate a waveform created at a 10 kS/s
sample rate to 10.24 MS/s by using 1024 times digital
interpolation in the OSP.
The upsampled signal is then passed to the DAC, which can also
interpolate by two, four, or eight times, resulting in an effective
sampling rate of 81.92 MS/s (eight times DAC interpolation).
Because you sample the original waveform at only 10 kS/s, rather
than 81.92 MS/s, you achieve a 1:8,192 compression ratio,
resulting in dramatically faster waveform computation and
download times. Alternatively, you can use the resulting
compression to efficiently store data in the NI PXIe-5442 onboard
memory to gain significantly longer playback times. Extended
generation is essential for improving the statistical significance of
many communications measurements and displays such as bit
error rate, trellis plots, and constellation plots.
Figure 2. The NI PXIe-5442 with onboard signal processing digitally upconverts and
generates the frequency spectrum of a W-CDMA physical layer signal. (external sample
clock = 92.16 MHz)
Amplitude modulation (AM) Generates AM radio signals. By
using only the in-phase (I) path of the OSP block, you can generate
an AM radio signal by directly downloading the message signal
into onboard memory. The message signal scales the amplitude of
the NCO programmable frequency output.
Single tone and function generation Generates standard,
user-defined waveforms. Using the OSP block NCO, the NI PXIe-
5442 can generate sine, square, triangle, ramp, and other standard
and user-defined waveforms just as a function generator does.
You may adjust the frequency of the output waveform during
generation with 355 nHz resolution for generating phase-
continuous frequency sweeps and hops. You also can adjust the
phase relative to other synchronized instruments, the PXI 10 MHz
reference clock, or an externally supplied reference clock.
DAC Interpolation
The NI PXIe-5442 uses digital interpolation to improve the output
signal quality of smooth waveforms. Every DAC produces
reconstruction images in the frequency domain as a result of the
conversion process. Appearing at |f
o
nf
s
|, where f
o
is the frequency
of the desired signal and f
s
is the sampling rate, reconstruction
images are undesirable for smooth signals, such as sine waves.
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
1
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
6
-
B
i
t

A
r
b
i
t
r
a
r
y

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
Back to Index
Typically, arbitrary waveform generators suppress the reconstruction
images by using high-order lowpass filters with a cutoff frequency
near the generators Nyquist frequency (50 MHz for a 100 MS/s
sample rate). By using a high-order filter with such a low cutoff
frequency, the filters nonidealities, such as passband ripple and
nonlinear phase, significantly affect generator performance. The NI
PXIe-5442 uses digital interpolation to increase the effective sample
rate, relocating the reconstruction images to higher frequencies.
Figure 3. Using a combination of digital interpolation and analog filtering, the NI PXIe-
5442 greatly reduces the DAC reconstruction images as shown for the 10 MHz sine
signal generated at 100 MS/s using 4X interpolation for a 400 MS/s effective sampling
rate. (The noise floor is limited by the measurement device.)
By doing so, the required analog filter cutoff frequency is increased,
which lessens the filters distortion effects. With the combination of
digital interpolation and analog filtering, the NI PXIe-5442 has
excellent passband flatness and improved image rejection, ensuring
a low-distortion output signal.
For sharp waveforms, such as square waves and pulses, you can
disable interpolation and analog filtering to produce fast rise/fall
times and low pulse aberration (overshoot, undershoot, and so on).
of waveforms. You can choose from several methods to advance
through the sequence of waveforms. In some cases, you know the
duration of each waveform in advance, so you can program the
generator to loop each waveform a specified number of times.
When you do not know the duration before the start of generation,
you can use a hardware or software trigger to advance the
generator to the next waveform in the sequence. The NI PXIe-5442
implements advanced triggering behavior with four trigger modes:
single, continuous, burst, and stepped. For a detailed discussion of
these modes, please consult the NI Signal Generators Help Guide
available at ni.com/manuals.
NI SMC-based generators have the unique capability to store
generator instead of repeatedly reloading them for each test, you
save time and improve throughput.
Using NI T-Clock (TClk) synchronization technology, you can
synchronize multiple NI PXIe-5442 modules for applications
requiring a greater number of channels, such as I/Q signal
generation or multiple IF generation for MIMO systems. Because it
is built into the SMC, TClk can synchronize the NI PXIe-5442 with
SMC-based high-speed digitizers and digital waveform generators
and analyzers for tight correlation of analog and digital stimulus and
response.
Figure 5. Using SMC TClk synchronization, multiple NI PXIe-5442 modules can achieve
<20 ps channel-to-channel skew.
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
1
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
6
-
B
i
t

A
r
b
i
t
r
a
r
y

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
408
Back to Index
409
Using onboard calibration measurements and compensation, TClk
can automatically synchronize any combination of SMC-based
modules with less than 500 ps module-to-module skew. Greatly
improved from traditional synchronization methods, the skew
between modules does not increase as the number of modules
bandwidth oscilloscope to precisely measure the module-to-module
skew. With the oscilloscope measurement for calibration
information, TClk can achieve <20 ps module-to-module skew
(see Figure 5).
The NI PXIe-5442 sample clock has three modes: Divide-by-N,
High-Resolution, and External. The direct digital synthesis (DDS)-
based high-resolution sample clock has a sample rate resolution of
1.06 Hz. This offers exceptional stability and sampling rate
flexibility. The NI PXIe-5442 can also import its sample clock from
the CLK IN, PXI star trigger, and PXI trigger bus. In addition, you can
phase-lock the oscillator in the NI PXIe-5442 to an external
reference or the PXI 10 MHz reference clock.
Driver Software
thoroughly tested arbitrary waveform generator software. It
features:
Intuitive application programming interface (API) In NI
NI-FGEN Quick Reference Guide further simplifies programming by
providing an overview of each driver functions LabVIEW icon,
function name, parameters, and data types.
LabVIEW Express VIs For generating an arbitrary repetitive
signal, the LabVIEW Express VI is a configuration-driven method of
programming the NI PXIe-5442 without accessing the underlying
NI-FGEN functions.
Function generator mode Using the OSPs numerically
controlled oscillator, the NI PXIe-5442 can behave as an arbitrary
function generator with 355 nHz frequency resolution. Using
function generator mode, you can generate phase-continuous
frequency sweeps and hops.
Soft Front Panel For quick, nonprogrammatic use of the NI
PXIe-5442, the Soft Front Panel supports arbitrary waveform and
standard waveform generation.
Example programs NI-FGEN provides 23 programming
examples for LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, Visual C++ 6.0 and .NET,
and Visual Basic 6.0, giving developers references on which to
base custom applications.
LabVIEW Real-Time Support For remotely deployed,
Real-Time Module.
1
generation, analysis, and visualization of custom and standard
analog and digital modulation. With the Modulation Toolkit, you can
develop and analyze custom modulation formats and generate these
with the NI PXIe-5442. Some of the standard measurement
functions include error vector magnitude (EVM), modulation error
ratio (MER), and (rho).
Functions are also available for injecting impairments including IQ
gain imbalance, quadrature skew, and additive white Gaussian
noise (AWGN). Visualization functions include trellis, constellation,
and 2D and 3D eye diagrams. This hardware and software
combination gives you access to customizable functionality not
available in traditional instrumentation.
4-, 8-, 16-, 32-, 64-, 128-, 256-QAM
2-, 4-, 8-, 16-FSK
MSK and GMSK
8-, 16-, 64-PSK
BPSK, QPSK, OQPSK, DQPSK, /4DQPSK
AM, FM, PM
(rho)
DC offset
Phase error
Quadrature skew
IQ gain imbalance
Frequency deviation
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
1
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
6
-
B
i
t

A
r
b
i
t
r
a
r
y

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
Back to Index
Trellis diagrams
Constellation plot
Multitone
DC offset
Fading profile
Frequency offset
Quadrature skew
IQ gain imbalance
1
The NI Modulation Toolkit data sheet is available separately.
1
waveform comprises different segments, and each segment
waveform primitives (see Table 1), by entering a mathematical
expression, or by importing data from a file. You can then combine
waveform primitives point-by-point using addition, multiplication, or
division to create more complex segments (see Figure 6).
complex waveforms.
You can concatenate multiple segments to make a larger waveform.
To further process the waveform, you can apply standard or custom
FIR and IIR filters or smooth any discontinuities between different
waveform segments. Once complete, all the settings you chose to
create the waveform are stored alongside the waveforms raw
sample data, making it easy to reload the waveform in the editor
and modify the settings of a particular segment or primitive.
1
The NI Analog Waveform Editor data sheet is available separately.
Waveform Primitives
Table 1. Partial List of Configurable Waveform Primitives Available in the
Specifications
Full specifications for the NI PXIe-5442 can be found online at
ni.com.
Sine Triangular noise Trapezoid
Square Gaussian noise Stairstep
Triangle Sinc Haversine
Sawtooth Gaussian pulse Impulse
Uniform noise Exponential rise/decay Cardiac
NI PXIe-5442 .............................................................780109-0M
1
1
M (onboard memory): 1 (32 MB), 2 (256 MB), 3 (512 MB)
Includes SMB 112 cable, NI-FGEN driver, FGEN Soft Front Panel,
NI Modulation Toolkit for LabVIEW, and NI Analog Waveform Editor.
NI PXI-2593...................................................................778793-01
Note: All images show typical results for one production-quality
NI PXIe-5442.
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
1
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
6
-
B
i
t

A
r
b
i
t
r
a
r
y

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
410
Back to Index
411
8, 32 or 256 MB of onboard memory
<20 ps rms skew
Function generator emulation mode
External sample and reference clock
inputs
Calibration
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
Linux
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
SignalExpress
Measurement Studio
NI-FGEN with LabVIEW Express VIs
(32 and 256 MB models)
Overview
National Instruments 5412 devices are 100 MS/s arbitrary waveform
generators (AWGs) featuring 14-bit resolution and up to 256 MB of
onboard memory in a compact 1-slot 3U PXI module or a single PCI
board. NI 5412 devices offer onboard memory, flexible triggering
modes, and linking and looping capabilities that combine the power
of a stand-alone AWG with the flexibility and benefits that only
modular instruments can offer. Because of the incorporation of
direct digital synthesis (DDS), an NI 5412 can serve as a fully
functional sweep generator and function generation, as well as an
arbitrary waveform generator.
Analog Output
50 and 75 !software-selectable output impedance
Software-selectable analog filter and digital interpolation
12 V
pp
to 5.64 mV
pp
output amplitude into 50 !
Triggering and Sequencing
4 triggering modes - single, continuous, stepped, and burst
Up to 2 million waveform segments
Up to 3 million sequence instructions (links and loops)
Segment looping up to 16,777,216 times or infinitely
Multi-instrument synchronization with <20 ps skew
3 sample clock sources - divide-by-N, high-resolution, external
1.06 Hz sampling rate resolution with high-resolution clock
Phase lock to external references or the PXI 10 MHz reference
clock
Software
NI Analog Waveform Editor for creating and editing frequency
and time-domain sigles
FGEN Soft Front Panel for interactive control
NI-FGEN instrument driver with LabVIEW Express VIs for function
and arbitrary waveform generation
NI Modulation Toolkit for analog and digital modulation including
BPSK, QPSK, and QAM (sold separately)
NI 5412
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2
0

M
H
z
,

1
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
4
-
B
i
t

A
r
b
i
t
r
a
r
y

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
NI PCI-5412.............................................................. 779177-0M
1
NI PXI-5412.............................................................. 779176-0M
1
1
M=onboard memory 1 (8 MB), 2 (32 MB), 3 (256 MB)
Includes SMB112 cable, NI-FGEN, FGEN Soft Front Panel, and NI Analog Waveform
Editor (32 and 256 MB models)
NI PXI-2539 (500 MHz mux/matrix).......................... 778793-01
Back to Index
Specifications
General
DAC Resolution ........................................... 14 bits
Maximum Sample Rate................................ 100 MS/s
Maximum Effective
Sample Rate with Interpolation ............ 400 MS/s
Bandwidth .................................................... 20 MHz
Output Paths................................................. Driver or user-selected low-gain
amplifier or the high-gain amplifier
Recommended Maximum Frequencies
Sine.............................................................. 20 MHz
Square.......................................................... 5 MHz
Triangle, Ramp............................................. 1 MHz
Analog Output
Amplitude Range (Full Scale)
Main Output Path......................................... 12 V
pp
to 5.64 mV
pp
(50 !load)
Offset Range ............................................... 25% of amplitude range
Output Impedance ....................................... 50 !or 75 !, software-selectable
DC Accuracy ................................................ 0.4% of amplitude 0.05% of offset 1 mV
AC Amplitude Accuracy ............................... 1.0% of amplitude 1 mV at 50 kHz
Passband Flatness........................................ 1.0 dB (DC to C MHz)
Rise/Fall Time............................................... <20 ns for low gain path
Pulse Abberation .......................................... <5%
Sample Clock
Sources ....................................................... Internal Divide-by-N, Internal High-Resolution,
External CLK IN, PXI Star Trigger, PXI_TRIG <0:7>
Frequency Resolution
Divide-by-N............................................ (100 MS/s) / N where 1
2
N
2
4,194,304
High-Resolution .................................... 1.06 Hz
Clock Source................................................ Phase locked to reference clock or derived from
onboard VCXO frequency reference
Frequency Accuracy .................................... 25 ppm
PLL Reference Sources................................ PXI_CLK10, CLK IN
Start Trigger
Sources ....................................................... PFI <0:1>, PXI_TRIG<0:7>, PXI star trigger,
software, immediate
Modes ......................................................... Single, continuous, stepped, burst
Markers
Destinations ................................................ PFI <0:1>, PXI_TRIG <0:6>
Quantity ....................................................... 1 marker per segment
Waveform and Instruction Memory Utilization
Output Modes .............................................. Arbitrary waveform mode and arbitrary sequence
mode
Loop Count ................................................... 1 to 16,777,215. Burst trigger: Unlimited
Power
Total Power.................................................. 22 W (typical)
Physical
Dimensions
NI PXI-5412............................................ Single 3U PXI slot
NI PCI-5412............................................ 34.07 x 10.67 x 2.03 cm
Front Panel Connectors
CH0 ........................................................ SMB (Jack)
CLK IN .................................................... SMB (Jack)
PFI 0 ....................................................... SMB (Jack)
PFI 1 ....................................................... SMB (Jack)
Environment
Operating Temperature
NI PXI-5412............................................ 0 C to +55 C
(Meets IEC-60068-2-1 and IEC-60068-2-2)
NI PCI-5412............................................ 0 C to 45 C
Storage Temperature................................... -25 C to +85 C
(Meets IEC-60068-2-1 and IEC-60068-2-2)
Operating Relative Humidity....................... 10% to 90%, non-condensing
(Meets IEC 60068-2-56)
Calibration
Self-Calibration ........................................... DC gain and offset
External Calibration Interval ....................... 2 years
Spectral Low Gain High Gain
Characteristics Frequency Path (dBc) Path (dBc) Comments
Spurious Free 1 MHz -70 -70 Amplitude -1 dBFS
Dynamic Range 10 MHz -65 -65 Measured from
without Harmonics 20 MHz -60 -60 DC to 50 MHz
Total Harmonic 1 MHz -59 -51 Amplitude -1 dBFS
Distortion (THD) 10 MHz -52 -40 2nd through
20 MHz -45 -37 6th harmonics
Vpp dBm nV/%H Bm/Hz dBFS/Hz
Average Low gain 2 10.0 45 -134 -144
Noise Density
High gain 12 25.6 251 -119 -145
Spectral
Characteristics Path Amplitude Range Average Noise
System Phase System
Noise Density Output Jitter Comment
NI PXI-5412 -120 dBc/Hz (10 kHz offset) < 6.0 psrms 10 MHz carrier
NI PCI-5412 -120 dBc/Hz (10 kHz offset) < 7.0 psrms
Onboard Memory Size 8 MB Standard 32 MB Option 256 MB Option
8,388,608 B 33,554,432 B 268,435,456 B
Memory Limits
Arbitrary Waveform
ModeMaximum
Waveform Memory
Arbitrary Sequence
Mode Maximum
Waveform Memory
Arbitrary Sequence
Mode Maximum
Waveforms
Arbitrary Sequence
Mode Maximum
Segments in a
Sequence
8 MB Standard
4,194,176
Samples
4,194,120
Samples
65,000
Samples
104,000
Samples
32 MB Option
16,777,088
Samples
16,777,088
Samples
262,000
Samples
418,000
Samples
256 MB Option
134,217,600
Samples
134,217,520
Samples
2,097,000
Samples
3,354,000
Samples
Comment
Refer to detailed
specifications for
all trigger modes
Condition: One or
two segments in
a sequence
Condition: One or
two segments in
a sequence
Condition:
Waveform
memory is
<4,000 samples
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2
0

M
H
z
,

1
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
4
-
B
i
t

A
r
b
i
t
r
a
r
y

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
412
Back to Index
40 and 20 MHz Arbitrary Function Generators
413
Phase-continuous frequency hopping and
frequency sweeps
400 MS/s effective sample rate with
interpolation
.355 Hz frequency resolution
< 0.4 dB passband flatness across
bandwidth for sine waveforms
NI-TClk technology for timing and
synchronization
Built-in sine, square, triangle, noise ramp
up, ramp down, and DC offset functions
32 kB memory for arbitrary waveform
generation
10 Vpp into 50 !
Low-jitter square wave and SYNC (TTL)
output
NI 5406
40 MHz sine and square wave generation
5 MHz ramp and triangle wave generation
16-bit resolution
NI 5402
20 MHz sine and square wave generation
1 MHz ramp and triangle wave generation
14-bit resolution
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
SignalExpress
Visual Basic
C/C++, C#
NI-FGEN
Overview
The National Instruments 5406 and 5402 are 100 MS/s, 40 and 20
MHz arbitrary function generators (AFGs) featuring up to 16 bits of
resolution and 32 kB of onboard memory for arbitrary function
generation in a compact, 1-slot 3U PXI module or PCI board. Using
these devices, you can combine the power of a stand-alone function
generator with the flexibility and benefits of your computer to create
highly capable virtual instrumentation solutions. Direct digital
synthesis (DDS) is used to precisely generate waveforms that are
repetitive in nature, including sine, square, triangle, ramp, noise,
and DC waveforms.
Analog Output Performance
NI 5406 and NI 5402 devices feature unparalleled analog output
performance in PXI and PCI. The analog output path features a
7-pole elliptical analog filter to suppress high-frequency signal
images. Depending on your signal and application needs, you can
select up to a 4X digital interpolation for an effective sampling rate
up to 400 MS/s. Additionally, the analog output has a passband
flatness of 0.4 dB across the bandwidth for sine generation.
Frequency Hops and Sweeps
The function generator uses DDS, which is a technique for deriving,
under digital control, an analog frequency source from a single
reference clock frequency. This technique is used to achieve high-
frequency accuracy and resolution; temperature stability; and rapid,
phase-continuous frequency switching. All frequency sweeping and
hopping is phase-continuous, and you can generate a burst of
several tones. Frequency sweeping and hopping is implemented
through a frequency list of steps, each of which defines frequency
and duration. Complex frequency lists can be instructed with 32
MS/s of available instruction memory.
NI 5406, NI 5402
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
4
0

a
n
d

2
0

M
H
z

A
r
b
i
t
r
a
r
y

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
Back to Index
40 and 20 MHz Arbitrary Function Generators
Specifications
Specifications are valid for 0 to 55 C, unless otherwise noted.
General
Connector..................................................... BNC
Output voltage characteristics
DAC resolution............................................. 16 bits (NI 5406)
14 bits (NI 5402)
Maximum voltage......................................... 5 V (Vpp + VDC)
Amplitude and Offset
Amplitude range........................................... 5.64 mVpp to 10 Vpp (50 !load)
Amplitude resolution.................................... 3 digits
Offset range
Square waveforms.................................. 50% of amplitude range
All other waveforms............................... 5 V
Accuracy
AC amplitude accuracy................................. 1.0% of amplitude 1 mV (50 kHz sine wave)
Offset accuracy............................................. 0.5% of offset 2 mV, 0.5% of amplitude
(high-impedance load)
Output Characteristics
Output impedance........................................ 50 or 75 !, software selectable
Output enable............................................... software selectable
Frequency resolution.................................... 355 Hz
Phase adjustment......................................... -180 to 180 deg
Digital interpolation filter............................. Selectable finite impulse response (FIR) filter with
2X or 4X interpolaton factors
Analog filter.................................................. Selectable 7-pole elliptical filter
User-defined waveform size......................... 16,384 samples
Maximum Frequencies and Sampling Rates for Common Functions
Sine Wave Specifications
Square Wave Specifications
Frequency List Mode
Frequency steps............................................ 1 to 9,999
Step duration................................................ 1 ms to 21 s
Sample Clock
Sources......................................................... Internal sample clocks can either be locked to a
reference clock using a phase-locked loop (PLL) or
be derived from the onboard VCXO frequency
reference
Frequency accuracy...................................... 25 ppm
Start Trigger
Sources......................................................... SYNC OUT, PFI 0, PFI 1, PXI_TRIG <0:7>, RTSI
<0:7>, PXI star trigger, software, immediate
Modes........................................................... Single, continuous, stepped, burst
Power Requirements
Physical
Dimensions
PXI.......................................................... Single-width 3U PXI module
PCI.......................................................... 34.1 by 10.7 cm (13.4 by 4.2 in)
Front panel connectors
CH 0....................................................... BNC
REF IN.................................................... BNC
SYNC OUT/PFI 0................................. BNC
PFI 1.................................................... BNC
Environment
PXI.......................................................... 0 to +55 C
(meets IEC-60068-2-1 and IEC-60068-2-2)
PCI.......................................................... 0 to 45 C
Storage temperature................................... -25 to +85 C
(meets IEC-60068-2-1 and IEC-60068-2-2)
Operating relative humidity........................ 10 to 90%, noncondensing (meets IEC 60068-2-56)
Calibration
Self-calibration........................................... DC gain and offset
External calibration interval....................... 2 years
NI 5406 Max NI 5402 Max NI 5406/2 Max
Function Frequency (MHz) Frequency (MHz) Sampling Rate (MS/s)
Sine 40 20 400
SYNC (TTL) 40 20 400
Square 40 20 400
Ramp 5 1 100
Triangle 5 1 100
User-defined 40 20 100
Noise - - 100
Specifications Frequency Range Value Comments
Passband flatness 0 to 20 MHz (NI 5402) 0.4 dB (5) Relative to
0 to 40 MHz (NI 5406) 50 kHz
Spurious-free <10 MHz -50 dBc Typical,
dynamic range (SFDR) 10 to 20 MHz (NI 5402) -45 dBc measured from
with harmonics 10 to 40 MHz (NI 5406) 0 to 50 MHz
Spurious-free <20 MHz -70 dBc
dynamic range (SFDR) 20 to 40 MHz (NI 5406) -60 dBc
without harmonics
Total harmonic #1.66 Vpp 1.6 Vpp Includes 2nd
distortion (THD) DC to 1 MHz -60 dBc -58 dBc through 6th
1 to 20 MHz (NI 5402) -41 dBc -32 dBc harmonics
1 to 40 MHz -41 dBc -32 dBc
Signal-to-noise #1.66 Vpp 1.6 Vpp Measured from
and distortion DC to 1 MHz 58 dBc 58 dBc 0 to 50 MHz
(SINAD) 1 to 20 MHz (NI 5402) 41 dBc 32 dBc
1 to 40 MHz 41 dBc 32 dBc
Average noise density - -14 dBm/Hz
Phase noise density 100 kHz -100 dBc/Hz Sine wave
1 kHz -110 dBc/Hz at 10 MHz
1- kHz -120 dBc/Hz
Frequency
Specifications Range (MHz) Value Comments
Pulse response Rise/Fall time Aberration Relative to 50 kHz
(undershoot/
overshoot)
<12 ns <5%
Duty cycle <10 20 to 80% At higher frequencies,
10 to 20 50% duty cycle can be
(NI 5402) adjustable from
10 to 40 50% 20 to 80%, but signal
(NI 5406) integrity degrades
1.4 A 2.3 A 0.11 A 0.01 A 17.8 W
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
4
0

a
n
d

2
0

M
H
z

A
r
b
i
t
r
a
r
y

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
414
Back to Index
100 MHz Clock and Frequency Generator
415
9 kHz to 105 MHz sine output
DC to 105 MHz clock output
1.07 Hz frequency resolution
0.2 dB passband flatness
Programmable clock output levels
Ideal for clocking digital instruments
and devices
Phase-locked loop for synchronization
with PXI or other devices
0.022 deg phase control
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
Linux
LabVIEW
LabWindow/CVI
Measurement Studio
NI-FGEN
Overview
The National Instruments PXI-5404 is a 100 MHz frequency generator
packaged in a 1-slot PXI module. It generates sine and clock outputs
simultaneously at up to 105 MHz with 1.07 Hz resolution. By using
direct digital synthesis (DDS) and precise phase-locked-loop circuitry,
the NI PXI-5404 generates stable, accurate sine and clock outputs of
which you can programmatically adjust the amplitude, frequency,
and phase as well as the duty cycle of the clock output.
The PXI-5404 is a versatile, cost-effective, sine wave generator with
output levels ranging from 1 to 2 V
pp
into a 50 !load with 12-bit
amplitude resolution, excellent frequency resolution, and passband
flatness. Stimulus-response instruments such as network analyzers
and ATE test systems benefit from using the PXI-5404 as the sine
stimulus because of its passband flatness and its frequency accuracy
and resolution.
The PXI-5404 can also serve as a programmable clock generator for
ATE systems because of its 1.07 Hz frequency resolution, duty-
cycle adjustability from 25 to 75 percent, and programmable, voltage
levels of 5, 3.3 or 1.8 V into high-impedance loads.
Specifications
CH 0 SINE (Channel 0 Sine Wave Output, I/O Panel Connector)
Frequency range........................... 9 kHz to 105 MHz
Frequency resolution.................... 1.07 Hz
Phase range................................. 0 to 359.978 deg
Phase resolution.......................... 16,384 steps including endpoints
(approximately 0.022 deg)
Output impedance....................... 50 !
Amplitude range
Open load................................. 4.00 V to 2.00 Vpp
50 !load................................. 2.00 V to 1.00 Vpp
Amplitude resolution.................... 2048 steps including endpoints
(Open load: approximately 977 V.
50 !load: approximately 489 V)
CH O CLOCK (Channel O Clock Output, I/O Panel Connector)
Frequency range........................... DC to 105 MHz
Frequency resolution.................... 1.07 Hz
Phase range.................................. 0 to 359.978 deg
Phase resolution........................... 16,384 steps including endpoints
Output impedance........................ 50 !
Rise/fall time................................ 4 ns
Duty cycle range........................... 25 to 75%
Duty cycle accuracy (typical 1.07 Hz to 60 MHz)
30 to 70%.................................. 2%
25 and 75%............................... 3%
NI PXI-5404
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
1
0
0

M
H
z

C
l
o
c
k

a
n
d

F
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
NI PXI-5404................................................................ 778577-01
Includes NI-FGEN and FGEN Soft Front Panel
Back to Index
FlexRIO
The NI FlexRIO product family provides flexible, customizable I/O for
NI LabVIEW FPGA. Solutions consist of NI FlexRIO FPGA Modules for
PXI and PXI Express, and NI FlexRIO Adapter Modules, which add
I/O to the FPGA. Together, they form a high-performance,
reconfigurable instrument powered by LabVIEW FPGA. Adapter
modules are available from NI and National Instruments Alliance
Partners, or you can use the NI FlexRIO Module Development Kit
(MDK) to build your own.
Product General Purpose I/O FPGA Onboard Memory (DRAM)
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
F
l
e
x
R
I
O
416
Back to Index
OS Information
Windows 2000/XP
FPGA
Real-Time OS
Windows 7
Windows Vista
Driver Information
NI FlexRIO Adapter Module Support
NI-RIO
LabVIEW
LabVIEW FPGA Module
NI 796x, NI 795x
Overview
The NI FlexRIO family consists of PXI and PXI Express field-
programmable gate array (FPGA) modules coupled to I/O adapter
modules. Programmed with the NI LabVIEW FPGA Module, these
modules together provide high-performance I/O and user-defined
hardware processing on the PXI platform. NI FlexRIO FPGA modules
feature the latest in FPGA technology and high-performance bus
interfaces. National Instruments and third parties offer NI FlexRIO
adapter modules, and you can build your own adapter modules using
the NI FlexRIO Adapter Module Development Kit (MDK). With
custom adapter modules, you can implement the exact analog and
digital I/O your application requires, along with graphical FPGA
programming provided by LabVIEW. View a current list of NI and
third-party adapter modules at ni.com/flexrio.
Model Bus/Form Factor FPGA FPGA Slices FPGA DSP Slices FPGA Memory (Block RAM) Onboard Memory (DRAM)
NI PXIe-7965R/7966R
1
PXI Express Virtex-5 SX95T 14,720 640 8,784 kbit 512 MB
NI PXIe-7962R PXI Express Virtex-5 SX50T 8,160 288 4,752 kbit 512 MB
NI PXIe-7961R PXI Express Virtex-5 SX50T 8,160 288 4,752 kbit 0 MB
NI PXI-7954R PXI Virtex-5 LX110 17,280 64 4,608 kbit 128 MB
Table 1. NI FlexRIO FPGA Module Options
1
These two devices have different speed grade FPGAs: (-1) for the NI PXIe-7965R and (-2) for the NI PXIe-7966R.
For more information on Xilinx Virtex-5 FPGA speed grades, refer to the Virtex-5 FPGA Data Sheet: DC and Switching Characteristics at xilinx.com.
417
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
N
I

F
l
e
x
R
I
O

F
P
G
A

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
Back to Index
NI FlexRIO Custom I/O for LabVIEW FPGA and PXI
Virtex-5 FPGA-programmable with the
LabVIEW FPGA Module
Up to 128 MB onboard DDR2 DRAM
Access to 132 single-ended I/O lines,
configurable as 66 differential pairs
Customizable I/O with the NI FlexRIO
Adapter Module Development Kit (MDK)
100 MHz digital I/O with the NI 6581
adapter module
3 DMA channels for high-speed data
streaming
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
Required Software
LabVIEW
LabVIEW FPGA Module
LabVIEW code compiler for FPGAs
Emulated debugging mode
NI-RIO
Overview
The NI FlexRIO product family, composed of field-programmable
gate array (FPGA) modules and I/O adapter modules, provides
flexible, customizable I/O for NI LabVIEW FPGA. The FPGA and
adapter modules form a high-performance, reconfigurable
instrument that you program with the LabVIEW FPGA Module. With
the NI FlexRIO Adapter Module
Development Kit (MDK), you can design an instrument with the
exact pin electronics and connectors your application requires.
Possible I/O component examples include:
Analog-to-digital converters (ADCs) and digital-to-analog
converters (DACs)
Digital pin buffers/drivers
High-speed serial transceivers
RF/IF integrated circuits
Amplifiers and attenuators
Isolation, filtering, and other front-end signal conditioning
Applications that can take advantage of onboard FPGA processing
with high-speed, modular I/O in a commercial off-the-shelf (COTS)
platform include:
Semiconductor test systems
Custom communication buses and protocols
RF generation and analysis with signal processing
Board-level electrical design and evaluation
NI FlexRIO FPGA Modules for PXI
NI FlexRIO FPGA modules feature a Virtex-5 FPGA and up to 128 MB
of onboard DDR2 DRAM. In addition, NI FlexRIO systems have all
the benefits of the PXI platform, including synchronization,
triggering, and high-speed data streaming.
Graphical Programming with LabVIEW FPGA
The LabVIEW FPGA Module uses LabVIEW embedded technology to
extend LabVIEW graphical development and target FPGAs on NI
reconfigurable I/O (RIO) hardware. LabVIEW is distinctly suited for
FPGA programming because it clearly represents parallelism and
data flow. With the LabVIEW FPGA Module, you can create custom
measurement and control hardware without low-level hardware
description languages or board-level design. You can use this
custom hardware for unique timing and triggering routines,
ultrahigh-speed control, interfacing to digital protocols, digital signal
processing (DSP), and many other applications requiring high-speed
hardware reliability and tight determinism.
NI PXI-795xR
Model Bus/Form Factor FPGA FPGA I/O Onboard Memory (DRAM)
PXI-7951R PXI Virtex-5 LX30 66 differential or 132 single-ended 0 MB
Table 1. NI FlexRIO FPGA Modules
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
N
I

F
l
e
x
R
I
O

C
u
s
t
o
m

I
/
O

f
o
r

L
a
b
V
I
E
W

F
P
G
A

a
n
d

P
X
I
418
Back to Index
419
100 MHz Digital I/O Adapter Module
All NI FlexRIO FPGA modules are compatible with the NI 6581 high-
speed digital adapter module. This adapter module offers 54 single-
ended digital I/O lines with selectable voltage levels of 1.8, 2.5, and
3.3 V (5 V TTL compatible), and can reference any external voltage
from 1.8 to 5.5 V.
Build Your Own I/O for LabVIEW FPGA
Use the NI FlexRIO Adapter MDK to build custom I/O to meet your
exact application needs. The NI FlexRIO card edge connector gives
direct access to the raw digital I/O pins of the FPGA. Each pin is
capable of differential signaling up to 1 Gb/s and single-ended rates
up to 400 Mb/s.
With the NI FlexRIO Adapter MDK, you can choose the specific
converters, buffers, connectors, and other components that meet
your unique application requirements. Use this kit to build the exact
analog and digital I/O you need into a custom adapter module for NI
FlexRIO.
This requires experience in custom printed circuit board (PCB) design
and hardware description language (HDL) code development.
The NI FlexRIO Adapter MDK includes:
Complete low-level design documentation
Generic .dxf and .dwg PCB files compatible with most CAD
software tools
Card edge connector drawings
1 windowed adapter module enclosure with open sides for
probing circuitry
3 blank adapter module enclosures
Example VHDL and XML files for I/O control in LabVIEW FPGA
Direct access to R&D for technical assistance
However, if you are not familiar with PCB design or hardware
description languages, consider consulting a National Instruments
Alliance Partner for design services.
All NI FlexRIO Adapter MDK material is subject to acceptance of the
end-user license agreement.
New Virtex-5 FPGAs
All NI FlexRIO FPGA modules use new Virtex-5 FPGAs with improved
optimization capabilities that provide faster code execution and
increased code capacity. These Virtex-5 FPGAs feature a new six-
input lookup table (LUT) architecture for substantially improved
resource utilization as well as DSP48 slices that make it possible for
you to implement more complex digital signal processing at faster
rates.
Previous-generation Virtex-II FPGAs use four-input LUTs for up to 16
combinations of digital logic values. The new Virtex-5 FPGAs use
six-input LUTs for up to 64 combinations, increasing the amount of
logic that you can implement per slice. In addition, the slices
themselves are placed in closer proximity to each other to reduce
the propagation delay of electrons and increase overall execution
rates.
The single-cycle timed loop structure in LabVIEW FPGA takes full
advantage of six-input LUTs for substantially improved resource
utilization. This means you can optimize more LabVIEW FPGA code
to fit within Virtex-5 FPGAs and perform more operations per clock
cycle.
Required Software
The NI FlexRIO family of products requires Version 8.6 or later of
LabVIEW and the LabVIEW FPGA Module as well as NI-RIO Version
3.1 or later driver software.
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
N
I

F
l
e
x
R
I
O

C
u
s
t
o
m

I
/
O

f
o
r

L
a
b
V
I
E
W

F
P
G
A

a
n
d

P
X
I Ordering Information
NI PXI-7951R............................................................... 780560-01
NI PXI-7952R............................................................... 780561-01
NI PXI-7953R............................................................... 780562-01
NI PXI-7954R............................................................... 780563-01
NI FlexRIO Adapter Module and Module Development Kit
NI 6581........................................................................ 780565-01
NI FlexRIO Adapter Module Development Kit............ 780711-01
Back to Index
Reconfigurable FPGA
Default timebase .............................. 40 MHz
Timebase reference sources............. PXI 10 MHz
Timebase accuracy, onboard clock .. 100 ppm, 250 ps
peak-to-peak jitter
Data transfers ................................... DMA, interrupts,
programmed I/O
FPGA Digital Input/Output
Number of general-purpose channels...132, configurable as
132 single-ended,
66 differential, or a
combination of both
Channels per bank
Bank 0/Bank 2 .............................. 32 single-ended per bank
Bank 1/Bank 3 .............................. 34 single-ended per bank
Compatibility ..................................... Configured via FPGA,
1.5 to 3.3 V I/O standards
(refer to xilinx.com)
Protection ......................................... Refer to xilinx.com
Current............................................... Refer to xilinx.com
Maximum I/O data rates
Single-ended................................. 400 Mb/s for LVDCI25
Differential.................................... 1 Gb/s for LVDS
Global clock inputs............................ 1 LVTTL, 1 LVDS
PXI connection resources.................. PXI triggers, CLK10, and
PXI star trigger
Onboard DRAM (NI PXI-7952R/7953R/7954R Only)
Memory size...................................... 2 banks; 64 MB per bank
Maximum theoretical data rate........ 800 MB/s per bank
Bus interface PXI............................... Master, slave
Maximum Power Requirement
+5 VDC (5%).................................... 2 A
+3.3 VDC (5%)................................. 2 A
+12 V................................................. 0.5 A
-12 V.................................................. 0 A
Physical
Dimensions
(not including connectors)................. 18.8 by 12.9 cm (7.4 by 5.1 in.)
Weight............................................... 190 g
I/O connector..................................... High-density card edge
DSP48 Slices Embedded Block
Device FPGA LUTs/Flip/Flops (25x18 Multiplier) RAM (kbits)
PXI-7951R Virtex-5 LX30 19,200 32 1,152
PXI-7952R Virtex-5 LX50 28,800 48 1,728
PXI-7953R Virtex-5 LX85 51,840 48 3,456
PXI-7954R Virtex-5 LX110 69,120 64 4,608
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
N
I

F
l
e
x
R
I
O

C
u
s
t
o
m

I
/
O

f
o
r

L
a
b
V
I
E
W

F
P
G
A

a
n
d

P
X
I
420
Back to Index
421
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
N
I

F
l
e
x
R
I
O

A
d
a
p
t
e
r

M
o
d
u
l
e
s

Product Description Specification
NI 5781 100 MS/s Baseband Transceiver Dual 100 MS/s, 14-bit inputs
Dual 100 MS/s, 16-bit outputs
NI 5761 4 Ch, 250 MS/s, 14-bit Digitizer 500 MHz BW, 8 DIO
NI 5762 2 Ch, 250 MS/s, 16-bit Digitizer 100MHz BW, 12 DIO
NI 6581 100 MHz High-Speed Digital I/O 54 Single-Ended Channels
NI 6583 100 MHz High-Speed Digital I/O 32 Single-Ended, 16 LVDS
NI 6584 16 pairs of RS485 / RS422 16 Mbits/s
NI 6585 200 MHz (300 Mbit/s) High-Speed Digital I/O 32 LVDS Channels
NI 6587 500 MHz (1 Gbit/s) High-Speed Digital I/O 20 LVDS Channels
NI 1483 Camera Link Adapter Module 20 to 85 MHz pixel clock
Custom Adapter Module Development Kit (MDK) Includes design documentation, CAD files, Requires knowledge of
3 blank adapter module enclosures and 1 windowed enclosure PCB hardware design and HDL code
Back to Index
High-Speed Digital Adapter Module for NI FlexRIO
54 single-ended digital I/O channels
Selectable voltages of 1.8, 2.5, and 3.3 V
or external reference voltage (1.8 to 5.5 V)
Mates with an NI FlexRIO FPGA module
for reliable and deterministic control of
digital communication
Overview
The NI 6581 is a 100 MHz digital adapter module for NI FlexRIO
field-programmable gate array (FPGA) modules. This adapter module
features 54 single-ended digital I/O lines with software-selectable
voltages of 1.8, 2.5, and 3.3 (5 V tolerant). You can also reference an
external voltage (ranging from 1.8V to 5.5V independently for each
of the two connectors). You can combine it with an NI FlexRIO FPGA
module to create an NI FlexRIO digital instrument (NI PXI-6581R) for
a wide variety of applications from high-speed communication with
a device under test to custom protocol emulation.
You can also use this adapter module with an NI FlexRIO FPGA
module for customized semiconductor testing, electronics testing
and interfacing, and implementation and testing of custom digital
protocols.
In addition, you can configure the digital I/O lines as custom
counter/timers, pulse-width modulation (PWM) channels, or
communication buses for user-defined protocols or applications
requiring serial triggering. You can even customize the
communications with the onboard DRAM for optimized streaming
operations.
NI 6581
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
H
i
g
h
-
S
p
e
e
d

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

A
d
a
p
t
e
r

M
o
d
u
l
e

f
o
r

N
I

F
l
e
x
R
I
O
422
Back to Index
200 MHz LVDS Digital Adapter Module for NI FlexRIO
200 MHz maximum clock rates
40 LVDS channels (32 DIO + 10 PFI)
300 Mbits/s maximum data rates
digital communication and tests
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
Required Software
LabVIEW
LabVIEW FPGA Module
NI-RIO
NI 6585
Required Software
NI FlexRIO products require Version 8.6 or later of LabVIEW and the
LabVIEW FPGA Module as well as NI-RIO Version 3.1 or later driver
software.
Specifications
Channel Specifications per Connector
Number of DDC connectors........... 2, DDCA and DDCB
Number of digital I/O channels..... 42 total (16 data, 5 PFI
per DDC connector)
Direction control of data channels... Per channel
Power up state............................... Drivers disabled,
100 !differential impedance
Acquisition
Acquisition voltage levels
Differential voltage threshold... 50 mV
Voltage range............................ 0 V min, 2.4 V max
Input impedance............................ 100 !differential nominal
Maximum data rate....................... 200 MBits/s single data rate (SDR);
300 MBits/s double data rate (DDR)
Generation
Generation voltage levels (50 !LVDS load)
Characteristic impedance.............. 100 !differential nominal
Maximum data rate....................... 200 MBits/s single data rate (SDR);
300 MBits/s double data rate (DDR)
Min Max
Differential 247 mV 454 mV
Common mode 1.125 V 1.375 V
NI 6585 Adapter Module
NI 6585 200 MHz DIO (32 ch, LVDS)
NI FlexRIO adapter module.............................. 781071-01
NI PXI-7951R.............................................................. 780560-01
NI PXI-7952R.............................................................. 780561-01
NI PXI-7953R.............................................................. 780562-01
NI PXI-7954R.............................................................. 780563-01
Cables and Accessories
SHC68-C68-D3 shielded cable, 1 m,
Connects 16-bit LVDS pairs to terminal block..... 188143-01
VHDCI connector, 68-pin, vertical,
PWB through hole mount................................. 780389-01
Software
NI LabVIEW FPGA Module (includes 1 year of SSP)... 778694-09
423
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
2
0
0

M
H
z

L
V
D
S

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

A
d
a
p
t
e
r

M
o
d
u
l
e

f
o
r

N
I

F
l
e
x
R
I
O
Back to Index
16-Bit, 250 MS/s Digitizer Adapter Module for NI FlexRIO
2 simultaneously sampled 16-bit
channels
100 MHz bandwidth and unfiltered
versions
AC coupled, 50 !input
12 bidirectional general-purpose digital
I/O channels
Requires NI FlexRIO FPGA module.
NI 5762
14-Bit, 250 MS/s Adapter Module for NI FlexRIO
channels
500 MHz bandwidth and 250 MS/s
sample rate for undersampling signals
to the 4th Nyquist zone
8 general-purpose digital I/O channels
AC- and DC-coupled versions
NI 5761
16 Ch, 50 MS/s, 14-Bit Digitizer Adapter Module
16 simultaneously sampled 50 MS/s
channels
14-bit resolution
2 Vpp, 50 !single-ended inputs with
DC coupling
8 general-purpose digital input and
output lines for system stimulus and
control
Well-suited for applications ranging
from research to large-scale deployment
NI 5751
32-Channel Digitizer Adapter Module for NDT Applications
32 simultaneous 50 MS/s, 12-bit
channels
Uses TI AFE5801 analog front end
including variable gain amplifiers and
ADCs
2 Vpp, 100 !differential inputs with AC
coupling
Built-in antialias filters and
programmable time-variable gain
control
16 digital outputs with per-channel
phase control that can be coupled to
pulser arrays
Ability to synchronize multiple devices
for high-channel-count applications
NI 5752
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
N
I

F
l
e
x
R
I
O

A
d
a
p
t
e
r

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
424
Back to Index
425
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
N
I

F
l
e
x
R
I
O

A
d
a
p
t
e
r

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
channels
Selectable AC or DC coupling
0 dB, 6 dB, or 12 dB gain
Elliptic, Bessel, or bypass input filters
I/O channels
NI 5734
channels
12 bidirectional, general-purpose digital
I/O channels
NI 5731
channels
I/O channels
NI 5732
channels
I/O channels
NI 5733
Back to Index
Digital Adapter Module for NI FlexRIO (FPGA Programming Req)
54 single-ended digital I/O channels
Selectable voltages of 1.8, 2.5, and
3.3 V or external reference voltage
(1.8 to 5.5 V)
NI 6581
300 Mbit/s, 32 SE and 16 LVDS Digital Adapter Module
(300 Mbit/s data rate in double data
rate mode)
35 (32 + 3 PFI) single-ended channels
with selectable voltages from 1.2-3.3V
with 10 bit resolution
19 (16 + 3 PFI) LVDS or mLVDS
bidirectional channels
for reconfigurable control of digital
testing and communication
Per-pin direction control on all channels
with 10 ns state change time
6 PFI lines (3 SE + 3 LVDS) for clocking
and triggering (can be used as data lines
as well)
Simultaneous operation of single ended
and differential channels
NI 6583
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
N
I

F
l
e
x
R
I
O

A
d
a
p
t
e
r

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
426
Back to Index
300 Mbit/s, 32 SE and 16 LVDS NI FlexRIO Digital Instrument
Maximum 200 MHz clock rate
(300 Mbit/s data rates using double
data rate mode)
35 (32 + 3 PFI) single-ended channels
with selectable voltages from 1.2-3.3V
with 10 bit resolution
19 (16 + 3 PFI) LVDS or mLVDS
bidirectional channels
for reconfigurable control of digital
testing and communication
Per-pin direction control on all channels
with 10 ns state change time
Simultaneous operation of single ended
and differential channels
Overview
The NI 6583 is a mixed-logic 200 MHz digital adapter module for NI
FlexRIO field-programmable gate array (FPGA) modules. This adapter
module features 32-single ended (SE) and 16 low-voltage
differential signaling (LVDS or mLVDS) channels capable of up to
200 MHz clock rates with up to 300 Mbit/s data rates using double
data rates (DDR) on a 150 MHz sample clock (sampling on both the
rising and falling edges of the clock).
Single-Ended
The 32 single-ended channels feature selectable voltages from 1.2V
to 3.3V with 10 bit resolution. These are individually controlled,
hardware-timed bidirectional channels and are thus ideal for
communication protocols such as SPI and I2C.
LVDS / mLVDS
The 16 differential (LVDS or mLVDS) channels are also individually
controlled, hardware-timed bidirectional channels capable of up to
300 Mbit/s data rates.
Note : Two separate part numbers exist for the LVDS or the mLVDS
option.
You can use NI LabVIEW FPGA Module software with a
programmable onboard FPGA to emulate custom or standard digital
protocols, perform onboard analysis such as real-time hardware
compare, or even embed existing VHDL IP.
NI 6583R
427
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
3
0
0

M
b
i
t
/
s
,

3
2

S
E

a
n
d

1
6

L
V
D
S

N
I

F
l
e
x
R
I
O

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
Back to Index
RS485/RS422 Adapter Module for NI FlexRIO
Up to 16 Mbits/s data rates
16 RS-485/RS-422 compatible channels
Mates with an NI FlexRIO FPGA module for reliable and
deterministic control of digital communication
Overview
You can use this adapter module with an NI FlexRIO FPGA module for
customized, bit-level access to RS485/RS422. With this combination,
you can implement customized RS485/RS422 communication or real-
time analysis on the FPGA. The NI 6584R features both half- and full-
duplex options. The half-duplex module shares TX and RX pairs, so
you can transmit or receive on that channel. Full-duplex modules, on
the other hand, have separate TX and RX pairs, so you can transmit
and receive simultaneously.
Connectivity
The NI 6584R features a VHDCI connector and two BNC connectors
on the front panel. Using the VHDCI to Eight 9-position D-Sub cable,
you can connect 16 TX/RX channels to the NI 6584R.
Programmable Onboard FPGA
NI FlexRIO FPGA modules for PXI include user-programmable FPGAs
for onboard processing and flexible I/O operation. You can implement
customizable features such as hardware compare, waveform
linking/looping, and other hardware-based algorithms inside the
onboard FPGA through the NI LabVIEW FPGA Module programming
environment or through VHDL. The NI 6581 adapter module with the
NI FlexRIO FPGA modules can perform parallel data processing on the
FPGA, which would otherwise be too processor- and time-intensive in
software. This instrument is programmable with the NI-RIO driver and
LabVIEW FPGA Module for not only high-speed digital acquisition and
generation but also hardware-implemented signal processing and
control.
The new Virtex-5 FPGA architecture is optimized to execute faster and
more efficiently using single-cycle timed loops in LabVIEW FPGA. This
means you can optimize more LabVIEW FPGA code to fit within
Virtex-5 FPGAs and execute more operations per clock cycle.
Graphical Programming with LabVIEW FPGA
The LabVIEW FPGA Module uses LabVIEW embedded technology to
extend LabVIEW graphical development and target FPGAs on NI
reconfigurable I/O (RIO) hardware. LabVIEW is distinctly suited for
FPGA programming because it clearly represents parallelism and data
flow. With the LabVIEW FPGA Module, you can create custom
measurement and control hardware without low-level hardware
description languages or board-level design. You can use this custom
hardware for unique timing and triggering routines, ultrahigh-speed
control, interfacing to digital protocols, digital signal processing
(DSP), and many other applications requiring high-speed hardware
reliability and tight determinism.
Software
You need the LabVIEW FPGA Module to program the NI 6584R.
Implement this LabVIEW FPGA code on the Xilinx FPGA on the NI
FlexRIO FPGA modules and use the NI-RIO driver to communicate with
the NI 6584R and the NI FlexRIO FPGA module combination. With
LabVIEW FPGA and the NI-RIO driver, you have the flexibility to
implement custom RS485/RS422 communication on the NI 6584R.
NI 6584R
Figure 1. This image shows the NI 6584R adapter module connected to an NI FlexRIO
FPGA module. With the VHDCI to Eight 9-position D-Sub cable, you can connect up to
16 TX/RX channels to the NI 6584R.
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
R
S
4
8
5
/
R
S
4
2
2

A
d
a
p
t
e
r

M
o
d
u
l
e

f
o
r

N
I

F
l
e
x
R
I
O
428
Back to Index
1 Gbit/s Digital Adapter Module for NI FlexRIO
Up to 1 Gbit/s on LVDS channels
20 LVDS channels (16 data + 4 PFI)
Per-channel I/O delay control with
subnanosecond resolution
Per-channel direction control with
500 s direction control latency
Overview
The NI 6587 is a low-voltage differential signaling (LVDS) adapter
module for NI FlexRIO. This module features 20 LVDS digital I/O
channels, each capable of input or output up to 1 Gbit/s per channel.
You can use the NI LabVIEW FPGA Module to adjust iDelay and
oDelay on this module for subnanosecond deskew capabilities for
input or output.
You can combine this module with an NI FlexRIO field-
programmable gate array (FPGA) module to create an NI FlexRIO
digital instrument (NI PXI-6587R) for a wide variety of applications
from high-speed communication with a device under test to custom
triggering.
NI 6587
NI 6587 Digital Adapter Module for NI FlexRIO
NI 6587 (16+4 LVDS ch, 1 Gbps per channel)........... 781702-01
Accessories and NI FlexRIO FPGA Modules
SHB12X-B12X Shielded Cable, LVDS,
1 Meter....................................................................... 192344-01
SMA-2164 Prototyping accessory
for NI 656X.................................................................. 779323-01
Connector, LVDS InfiniBand, right angle.................... 779157-01
NI Digital Waveform Editor,
SW Tool for Creating/Editing Waveforms................. 778724-35
429
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
1

G
b
i
t
/
s

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

A
d
a
p
t
e
r

M
o
d
u
l
e

f
o
r

N
I

F
l
e
x
R
I
O
Back to Index
NI 1483
NI 1483 Camera Link Adapter Module for
NI FlexRIO............................................................... 781341-01
Requires: 1 Cable
Not Applicable - Shielded - MDR to SDR cable,
5 m.......................................................................... 199745-05
Not Applicable - Shielded - SDR to SDR cable,
5M.......................................................................... 199746-05
Camera Link Adapter Module for FPGA Image Processing
Base-, medium-, and full-
configuration image acquisition
for Camera Link cameras
Supports up to 10-tap, 80-bit
images
20 to 85 MHz pixel clock frequency
4 TTL I/O channels, 2 optically
isolated inputs,
and 1 quadrature encoder input
Connects to NI FlexRIO module
for onboard FPGA image
processing
OS Information
FPGA
Real-Time OS
Windows
Driver Information
NI FlexRIO Adapter Module
Support
NI-IMAQ
LabVIEW
LabVIEW FPGA Module
Overview
The NI 1483 is a Camera Link adapter module for NI FlexRIO field-
programmable gate array (FPGA) modules. It supports 80-bit, 10-tap
base-, medium-, and full-configuration image acquisition from Camera
Link 1.2 standard cameras. It also features four digital I/O channels,
two optically isolated inputs, and one quadrature encoder input for
advanced triggering functionality.
NI 1483
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
R
S
4
8
5
/
R
S
4
2
2

A
d
a
p
t
e
r

M
o
d
u
l
e

f
o
r

N
I

F
l
e
x
R
I
O
430
Back to Index
431
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
V
i
d
e
o

S
i
g
n
a
l

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r

f
o
r

C
o
m
p
o
s
i
t
e
,

S
-
V
i
d
e
o
,

a
n
d

C
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t

V
i
d
e
o
Video Signal Analyzer for Composite, S-Video,
and Component Video
Analysis of composite, S-video,
and component video
(including HDTV and VGA)
Support for NTSC and PAL signals
Complete set of more than 200
video measurements
Acquisition sampling up to 100
MS/s with 14 bits (NI 5122) or
200 MS/s with 12 bits (NI 5124)
Ready-to-run configurable step
types for NI TestStand
Camera-specific measurement
OS Information
Windows 7
Windows XP
Driver Information
NI-DAQmx
NI-SCOPE
NI-SWITCH
LabVIEW
Overview
The NI Video Measurement Suite (NI VMS) is a versatile set of video
analysis and generation test solutions for validation and production
test. As part of the suite, the NI Analog Video Analyzer combines a
high-performance NI 5122 14-bit, 100 MS/s digitizer or NI 5124
12-bit, 200 MS/s digitizer with NI VMS software to deliver a
comprehensive automated test solution with the performance
otherwise found in only costly, high-end video analyzers. The NI
Analog Video Analyzer offers easy-to-use graphical user interfaces,
more than 200 video measurements optimized for automated test,
high resolution with 14 bits versus the 8 to 9 bits of typical video
analyzers, and seamless integration into NI TestStand test
management software for automated validation and production
environments. High test throughput, coverage for design and
production requirements, and a relatively low cost ensure a reduced
overall ownership cost for high-performance video test.
Scale From Composite to Component HDTV
The NI Analog Video Analyzer scales from composite video (CVBS)
and S-video to a comprehensive offering for component video analysis
including HDTV and VGA (analog RGB). Unlike most boxed-instrument
video analyzers, you can upgrade an NI Analog Video Analyzer
solution configured for composite and S-video measurements to later
support component HDTV, allowing the system to scale as your
requirements change. The NI Analog Video Analyzer test solution
includes the PCI, PXI, or PXI Express hardware necessary to capture
the video signal you want to test. It also features a video switch
multiplexer (Component (HDTV) Video Add-On only), the software
required to perform more than 200 video measurements, and a special
option for composite analog camera testing.
NI Analog Video Analyzer Components
An NI 5122 14-bit, 100 MS/s digitizer or an NI 5124 12-bit,
200 MS/s digitizer to capture the desired CVBS, S-video, or CAV
video signals
Two 75 terminators
NI Video Measurement Suite (NI VMS) software DVD
16-Channel VideoMUX (Component (HDTV) Video Add-On only)
NI VMS Software Add-Ons
Component (HDTV) Video Add-On for additional component and
S-video measurements; includes the VideoMUX video switch
multiplexer required for component and HDTV video measurements
Camera Test Add-On for specific camera test measurements
Unified Solution for Analog and Digital Video
You can use NI VMS software for both digital and analog baseband
video analysis with a common software interface. Configure a
system to conduct analog video analysis and/or digital video (HDMI)
analysis on various configurations ranging from analog composite
video to a complete system including composite and component
video, HDMI audio and video, and SPDIF or stereo audio. Refer to
the NI Digital Video Analyzer data sheet for more information on
digital video solutions.
NI Analog Video Analyzer
Back to Index
Video Signal Analyzer for Composite, S-Video, and Component Video
Easy-to-Use UI and API
NI VMS is shipped with several easy-to-use graphical user
interfaces for fast configuration and measurement. The interfaces
include the following:
Interactive Video Analyzer Instrument Panel for easy debugging
and nonautomated applications
Measurement Locations Editor for standard or custom video signal
measurement locations
Custom step types for NI TestStand for efficient application
development for validation and product test setups including a
Limits Editor for pass/fail tests
Use the custom step types for NI TestStand to quickly develop test
sequences for new applications, including configuring typical video
parameters for test. Then easily manage pass-fail tests using the
Limits Editor built into the NI VMS custom step types. Measurement
results are automatically transferred to the Limits Editor for
immediate display to check if the various measurement limits are
exceeded. During test application development or debugging, you
can manually change limits or load them from a file. Once set, the
limits are saved with the test applications and subsequently loaded
dynamically through NI TestStand, allowing the use of company-
defined limit parameters that can be shared between groups. Limits
can also be saved to file for use in other test applications, which
reduces test development time and removes potential sources of
error. NI VMS also includes an API that features several high-level
LabVIEW VIs. You can easily integrate these VIs to develop
customized video analysis applications.
Composite and S-Video Measurements
Composite video, also referred to as CVBS (color, video, blanking,
and sync), differs around the world due to the combination of
various color encoding and transmission standards. NI VMS
software can analyze the following television systems (and, hence,
video signal formats):
PAL-B/D/G/H/I
PAL-M
PAL-N
NTSC-M
NTSC-4.43
Combination PAL-N
These television systems use the standard definition aspect ratio of
4:3, a scanning sequence from left to right and from top to bottom,
and an interlace ratio of 2:1, resulting in a picture (frame) frequency
of half the field frequency. In addition, you can use this software to
acquire and analyze S-video signals (also called S-VHS or Y/C),
which have separate luminance and chrominance channels. Table 1
shows the composite and S-video measurements that the NI Analog
Video Analyzer supports. The license for composite and S-video
analysis is included with the NI Analog Video Analyzer.
Figure 1. The NI Video Measurement Suite includes interactive graphical interfaces
to display the acquired video signal, video image, vectorscope, and complete measurement results.
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
V
i
d
e
o

S
i
g
n
a
l

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r

f
o
r

C
o
m
p
o
s
i
t
e
,

S
-
V
i
d
e
o
,

a
n
d

C
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t

V
i
d
e
o
432
Back to Index
433
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
V
i
d
e
o

S
i
g
n
a
l

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r

f
o
r

C
o
m
p
o
s
i
t
e
,

S
-
V
i
d
e
o
,

a
n
d

C
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t

V
i
d
e
o
Amplitude and Timing
2-Channel Timing Interchannel delay
Burst phase difference
Average Picture Level APL (% of bar in mV)
Bar Line Time Bar amplitude (ref. BP)
Bar amplitude (ref. b1)
Bar amplitude error
Sync amplitude
Sync amplitude error
Sync to bar top
Sync/bar ratio
Bar rise time
Bar width
Color bars White bar rise time
White peak to peak
Luminance ampl. (6 colors and white, black)
Chrominance ampl. (6 colors)
Chrominance phase (6 colors)
White bar start
Blue bar end
Edge Finder Number of edges found
Low level
High level
Amplitude min, max, and mean center
Min, max, and mean width
Min, max, and mean rise time
Min, max, and mean fall time
Horizontal Timing Sync amplitude
Sync fall time
Sync rise time
Sync width
Burst amplitude
Burst amplitude error
Burst amplitude difference
Burst quadrature error
Burst width (s)
Burst width (cycles)
Burst delay (s)
Burst delay (cycles)
Burst frequency
SCH phase
DC offset
Breezeway
Blanking start
Blanking width
Insertion Gain Peak-to-peak amplitude
Peak amplitude
Insertion gain (%)
Insertion gain (dB)
Jitter Error Jitter error (min, max, and pk-pk)
Level Meter Luma amplitude
- Single Point A Chroma amplitude
- Single Point B Chroma phase
- Difference A-B Frequency
- Difference B-A Location (time)
Line Frequency Line frequency
Line frequency error
Line period
Field frequency
Field period
Subcarrier Frequency Subcarrier frequency
Subcarrier frequency error
Vertical Blanking Eq. pulse width
Eq. pulse fall time
Eq. pulse rise time
Broad pulse width
Broad pulse fall time
Broad pulse rise time
Serration width
Noise
Noise spectrum
Unweighted (567) Noise level (dBrms)
Unweighted (569) Noise level (mVrms)
Unified Weighted (567) Peak noise level
Unified Weighted (569) Peak noise frequency
Chrominance AM/PM AM noise
PM noise
Linear and Nonlinear Distortions
Chrominance to luminance Chroma gain inequality
Chroma delay inequality
Pulse width
Hum Blanking variation
Line-time distortion Line-time distortion (567)
Line-time distortion (pk-pk)
Bar tilt (569)
Base line distortion (569)
Field-time distortion Line-time distortion (567)
Line-time distortion (pk-pk)
Group delay Reference frequency
Gain at 7 frequencies
Group delay at 7 frequencies
K-factor K-2T
K-PB
PB ratio
PB ratio error
Pulse width (HAD)
Sweep Amplitude
Frequencies
Max amplitude difference
Differential gain and differential phase Differential gain (min, max, pk-pk)
Packet gains
Differential phase (min, max, pk-pk)
Packet phases
Chrominance nonlinearity Packet nonlinear gains
Packet nonlinear phases
Chroma luma intermodulation
Luminance nonlinearity Luminance nonlinearity
Relative step height
Largest step
Signal information Sample interval
format
Table 1. Composite and S-Video Measurements Supported by NI Analog Video Analyzer
Back to Index
NI VMS measurements for composite and S-video are designed to
meet the specifications as defined by the following recommendations:
ITU-R BT.1700 (2005), Television Systems
(formerly ITUR BT.470-6 (1998) and CCIR Rep. 624)
ITU-R BT.1439 (2000), Measurement Methods Applicable in the
Analogue Television Studio and the Overall Analogue
Television System ITU-T J.61 (1990), Transmission Performance of
Television Circuits Designed for Use in International Connections
(formerly CCIR Rec. 567)
ITU-T J.64 (1986), Definitions of Parameters for Simplified
Automatic Measurement of Television Insertion Test Signals
ITU-T J.63 (1990), Insertion of Test Signals in the Field-Blanking
Interval of Monochrome and Color Television Signals (formerly
CCIR Rec. 473)
ANSI/SMPTE 170M-1999, Television Composite Analog Video
Signal NTSC for Studio Applications
Component Video Measurements
Component video CAV, including analog RGB (red, green, blue) and
YUV (luminance and two color differences) is available in a wide
variety of formats, largely depending on the broadcast system and
equipment bandwidth. NI VMS software can analyze the following
component video signal formats:
HDTV
1280x720p, 23.98 Hz
1280x720p, 24 Hz
1280x720p, 50 Hz
1280x720p, 59.94 Hz
1280x720p, 60 Hz
STANAG 3350 A
STANAG 3350 B
STANAG 3350 C
1920x1035i, 60 Hz
1920x1152i, 50 Hz
1920x1080p, 23.98 Hz
1920x1080p, 24 Hz
1920x1080p, 30 Hz
1920x1080p, 50 Hz
1920x1080p, 59.94 Hz
1920x1080p, 60 Hz
1920x1080psf, 23.98 Hz
1920x1080psf, 24 Hz
1920x1080i, 50 Hz
1920x1080i, 59.94 Hz
1920x1080i, 60 Hz
SDTV
720x480i, 59.94 Hz
720x480i, 60 Hz
720x576i, 50 Hz
EDTV
720x480p, 59.94 Hz
720x480p, 60 Hz
720x576p, 50 Hz
For additional formats contact NI.
These television systems use the high-definition aspect ratio of 16:9
(SDTV formats are also available in 4:3), a scanning sequence from
left to right and from top to bottom, and a variety of scanning modes
including progressive (p), segmented frame (psf), and interlaced (i).
At least one component channel (G/Y) carries the sync information,
which is bilevel for SDTV formats and trilevel for HDTV formats.
Table 2 shows the component video measurements NI VMS
supports with the Component (HDTV) Video Add-On. This add-on
also includes the composite and S-video measurements listed in
Table 1.
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
V
i
d
e
o

S
i
g
n
a
l

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r

f
o
r

C
o
m
p
o
s
i
t
e
,

S
-
V
i
d
e
o
,

a
n
d

C
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t

V
i
d
e
o
434
Back to Index
NI VMS measurements for component video are designed to meet the
specifications as defined by the following recommendations:
ANSI/SMPTE 293M-1996, Television 720 x 483 Active Line
at 59.94 Hz Progressive Scan Production Digital Representation
ITU-R BT.1358 (1998), Studio Parameters of 625 and 525 Line
Progressive Scan Television Systems
IEC/CEA 770.2-C (2001), Standard Definition TV Analog Component
Video Interface
SMPTE 274M-1998, Television 1920 x 1080 Scanning and Analog
and Parallel Digital Interfaces for Multiple Picture Rates
SMPTE 296M-2001, Television 1280 x 720 Progressive Image
Sample Structure Analog and Digital Representation and Analog
Interface
ITU-R BT.709-4 (2000), Parameter Values for the HDTV Standards for
Production and International Program Exchange
Visit ni.com/vms to configure your video test solution.
NI Analog Video Analyzer Add-On Options
NI Analog Video Analyzer Camera
Test Add-On ............................................................... 780437-01
Component (HDTV), S-Video &
Composite Add-On with VideoMUX HW.................... 780436-01
NI Analog Video Analyzer
NI Analog Video Analyzer,
PXI-5122 (14 bit, 100 MS/s, 32MB/ch) ...................... 780426-01
PXI-5122 (14 bit, 100 MS/s, 256MB/ch)..................... 780426-02
PXI-5124 (12 bit, 200MS/s, 256MB/ch)...................... 780427-02
PXI-5124 (12 bit, 200MS/s, 32MB/ch)........................ 780427-01
435
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
V
i
d
e
o

S
i
g
n
a
l

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r

f
o
r

C
o
m
p
o
s
i
t
e
,

S
-
V
i
d
e
o
,

a
n
d

C
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t

V
i
d
e
o
Channel delay Delays between the 3 channels
Color bars Bar amplitudes and errors
Edge finder Number found
Low and high levels
Amplitude and center
Rise and fall times
Group delay and Group delay
frequency response (SinX)/X Gain
Horizontal timing1,3 (bilevel) Amplitude (burst and sync)
Pulse width (burst and sync)
Rise and fall times
Back porch DC offset
Start/end of active video
Active line interval
Horizontal timing 1,3 (trilevel) Negative, positive amplitudes
Amplitude diff. and pk-pk
Negative, positive pulse widths
Negative, positive pulse fall times
Rise time
Back porch DC offset
Start/end of active video
Blanking width
Jitter Jitter error (min, max, pk-pk.)
Jitter Error Jitter error (min, max, and pk-pk)
K-factor Pulse/bar ratio and error
K-pulse bar
K 2T
Pulse width (HAD)
Level meter1 (single point/two point diff.) Amplitude level frequency
Line Frequency Line frequency and errors
Line interval
Field frequency
Field interval
Noise
Noise spectrum Luminance noise
Peak noise level and frequency
Linear Distortions
Hum (blanking variation) Pk-pk variation in back porch
Multiburst Flag (sync) amplitude
Packet amplitudes
Packet frequencies
Amplitude difference
Sweep Amplitudes
Frequencies
Short-time distortion Bar amplitude and width
Rise time, preshoot, overshoot, settling time
Fall time, preshoot, overshoot, settling time
Nonlinearity
Nonlinearity Nonlinearity
Step nonlinearity errors
Vertical Blanking
Equalizing Pulse Width, rise, and fall time
Broad Pulse Width, rise, and fall time
Serration Width, rise, and fall time
Signal Information Luminance nonlinearity
Relative step height
Largest step
Signal Information Sample interval
format
Table 2. Component Video Measurements Supported
by the NI Analog Video Analyzer With the Component (HDTV) Video Add-On
Back to Index
NI VMS measurements for composite and S-video are designed to
meet the specifications as defined by the following recommendations:
ITU-R BT.1700 (2005), Television Systems
(formerly ITUR BT.470-6 (1998) and CCIR Rep. 624)
ITU-R BT.1439 (2000), Measurement Methods Applicable in the
Analogue Television Studio and the Overall Analogue
Television System ITU-T J.61 (1990), Transmission Performance of
Television Circuits Designed for Use in International Connections
ITU-T J.64 (1986), Definitions of Parameters for Simplified
Automatic Measurement of Television Insertion Test Signals
ITU-T J.63 (1990), Insertion of Test Signals in the Field-Blanking
Interval of Monochrome and Color Television Signals (formerly
CCIR Rec. 473)
ANSI/SMPTE 170M-1999, Television Composite Analog Video
Signal NTSC for Studio Applications
Component Video Measurements
Component video CAV, including analog RGB (red, green, blue) and
YUV (luminance and two color differences) is available in a wide
variety of formats, largely depending on the broadcast system and
equipment bandwidth. NI VMS software can analyze the following
component video signal formats:
HDTV
1280x720p, 23.98 Hz
1280x720p, 24 Hz
1280x720p, 50 Hz
1280x720p, 59.94 Hz
1280x720p, 60 Hz
STANAG 3350 A
STANAG 3350 B
STANAG 3350 C
1920x1035i, 60 Hz
1920x1152i, 50 Hz
1920x1080p, 23.98 Hz
1920x1080p, 24 Hz
1920x1080p, 30 Hz
1920x1080p, 50 Hz
1920x1080p, 59.94 Hz
1920x1080p, 60 Hz
1920x1080psf, 23.98 Hz
1920x1080psf, 24 Hz
1920x1080i, 50 Hz
1920x1080i, 59.94 Hz
1920x1080i, 60 Hz
SDTV
720x480i, 59.94 Hz
720x480i, 60 Hz
720x576i, 50 Hz
EDTV
720x480p, 59.94 Hz
720x480p, 60 Hz
720x576p, 50 Hz
For additional formats contact NI.
These television systems use the high-definition aspect ratio of 16:9
(SDTV formats are also available in 4:3), a scanning sequence from
left to right and from top to bottom, and a variety of scanning modes
including progressive (p), segmented frame (psf), and interlaced (i).
At least one component channel (G/Y) carries the sync information,
which is bilevel for SDTV formats and trilevel for HDTV formats.
Table 2 shows the component video measurements NI VMS
supports with the Component (HDTV) Video Add-On. This add-on
also includes the composite and S-video measurements listed in
Table 1.
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
V
i
d
e
o

S
i
g
n
a
l

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r

f
o
r

C
o
m
p
o
s
i
t
e
,

S
-
V
i
d
e
o
,

a
n
d

C
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t

V
i
d
e
o
436
Back to Index
437
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
V
i
d
e
o

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

o
f

N
T
S
C
,

P
A
L
,

a
n
d

S
E
C
A
M

V
i
d
e
o
Video Generation of NTSC, PAL, and SECAM Video
Adjustment for more than 40
video parameters
Comprehensive library of signal
bitmaps and ITS lines
Output sampling at 100 MS/s
with 16-bit resolution
Easy setup with custom step
types with NI TestStand
OS Information
Windows 7
Windows XP
Driver Information
NI-DAQmx
NI-FGEN
NI TestStand Development
System
Overview
test. As part of this suite, the NI Analog Video Generator combines
an NI 5421 16-bit, 100 MS/s signal generator with NI VMS
Generator software to deliver a comprehensive test solution that
generates all of the common composite video formats including M-
NTSC (NTSC), B/G/D/H/I-PAL (Standard-PAL or simply PAL), and L/K-
SECAM (SECAM). The software handles the generation of the video
signals so you can adjust more than 40 video parameters and
download waveforms to the onboard memory of an NI 5421 signal
generator. The high accuracy of NI 5421 devices, with specifications
such as -68 dBc THD at 5 MHz and spurious-free dynamic range
(SFDR) of -71 dB at 1 MHz and -64 dB at 10 MHz, ensures high-
quality video test signals for video test of analog composite video
(CVBS or color, video, blanking, and sync) devices. The NI Analog
Video Generator offers easy-to-use graphical user interfaces, the
ability to adjust to more than 40 parameters for video generation,
video generation optimized for automated test, high resolution of 16
bits, and seamless integration into NI TestStand test management
software for automated validation and production environments.
High test throughput, coverage for design and production
requirements, and a relatively low cost ensure a reduced overall
ownership cost for high-performance video test.
Video Generation Using Smart Algorithms
You can define your own signal parameters with the NI Video
Measurement Suite (NI VMS) Generator user interface. You can also
set the attributes to change dynamic conditions by
Inserting filters on all video components (affects the bandwidth of
components)
Adding white noise or distortion to your signal (for example, you can
simulate bad signal transmission conditions by adding white noise
or distortion to your signal)
Along with flexibility, the NI Analog Video Generator offers ease of
use. You can still generate standard signals using a few operations,
which improves productivity considerably. The tool supports the M-
NTSC, NTSC-4.43, B/G/D/H/I-PAL, M-PAL, N/PAL, Nc-PAL, and
B/D/G/K/K1/L-SECAM standards.
Bitmap Images and Insertion of Test Signals
The NI Analog Video Generator offers several ways to create and
generate standardized as well as custom, arbitrary analog composite
video signals. The solution is ideal for the production testing of TVs,
video recorders, set-top boxes, and broadcast equipment. Signal
generation is based on two essential modes of generation:
Bitmap-based generation
Insertion of test signals
Bitmap images are grouped into two sets of resolution for each of the
color coding systems. For NTSC and M/PAL, the bitmaps used are
640x480 pixels and 1044x480 in higher resolution. For all other PAL
and SECAM variants, the bitmaps come in 768x576 pixels and
1040x576 pixels. These pixel resolutions are for the active video
image. The NI Analog Video Generator comes with a large number of
bitmaps for each resolution, and you can use bitmaps from other
NI Analog Video Generator
Back to Index
Video Generation of NTSC, PAL, and SECAM Video
sources that meet the correct resolution formats as well. You can also
generate images using insertion test lines (ITLs). Commonly used in
video testing, this feature is a powerful way to generate custom test
images, such as a matrix pattern for production testing or validation,
or to add ITLs in the blanking area of a video signal. The NI Analog
Video Generator comes with a large library of insertion test signals
such as an NTC-7 composite test signal, multiburst, modulated ramp,
and color bars. An editor for test signal insertion is available through
the Insert Test Lines interface. A signal previewer further helps
identify the signals. In addition, you can take advantage of the full
power of the function library to create final test images using a
combination of bitmaps and inserted signals.
Integrated NI TestStand Step Types
The simplest way to generate an NTSC, PAL, or SECAM video signal
is to use the custom step type that executes directly in NI TestStand.
The NI VMS Generator step type for composite video generation
provides an interactive interface to configure and program an NI 5421
to generate composite video signals. With the step type, you can
generate standard test patterns or create custom test patterns based
on an RGB bitmap image combined with inserted test lines from a
large library of video test lines. The NI Analog Video Generator
includes several bitmap images for each resolution that you can use
to configure the video signal you generate, or you can use bitmap
patterns from other sources, provided that they fit the bitmap size
format you are using. You can also combine these bitmap patterns
with ITLs to create the final video test signal.
The step type for NI TestStand improves productivity, ease of use, and
debugging significantly by offering extensive code reuse. It also
reduces application software maintenance. Using the NI TestStand
step types is the preferable and cost-optimal approach for composite
video generation in application test development because it allows
many instantiations of the generator in a single test application.
Filter Characteristics
Filter functions play an important role in video signal generation and
transmission. A high-performance video generator needs several
essential filter functions to offer quality signal generation. The video
bandwidth in transmission systems for the luminance information is
4.2 MHz for M-NTSC; 4.2 to 6.0 MHz for the PAL standard, depending
on the specific PAL variant; and 5.0 or 6.0 MHz for SECAM, depending
on the specific SECAM variant. For color transmission information, the
color difference signals U and V are normally bandwidth-limited to 1.3
MHz in both NTSC and PAL. SECAM uses FM modulation to transmit
the Pb and Pr color difference information with each component
having its own subcarrier. The Pb and Pr color difference signals are
lowpass filtered to 1.3 MHz as well. The NI Analog Video Generator
offers several ways to filter different video components while
computing a video signal. Depending on the video formats (PAL,
NTSC, or SECAM), shifting filter combinations are required. You can
use the following three options to filter:
One or more of the predefined finite impulse response (FIR) filters
One or more of the predefined infinite impulse response (IIR) filters
All predefined filters are designed to avoid group delay across the
entire frequency range. In other words, there is no phase error and no
delay between any parts of the different signal components whether
or not they are filtered.
The NI Analog Video Generator includes interactive graphical interfaces to adjust more
than 40 video parameters, display the generated video pattern, create signals with
bitmaps and insertion test lines (ITLs), and view individual ITLs.
NI Analog Video Generator
NI Analog Video Generator,
PXI-5421 (16 bit, 100 MS/s, 8MB/ch)..........................780431-01
PXI-5421 (16 bit, 100 MS/s, 256MB/ch)..................... 780431-03
PXI-5421 (16 bit, 100 MS/s, 32MB/ch)....................... 780431-02
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
V
i
d
e
o

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

o
f

N
T
S
C
,

P
A
L
,

a
n
d

S
E
C
A
M

V
i
d
e
o
438
Back to Index
439
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
H
D
M
I

1
.
4

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
,

A
u
d
i
o
,

V
i
d
e
o
,

a
n
d

P
i
c
t
u
r
e

Q
u
a
l
i
t
y

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
HDMI 1.4 Protocol, Audio, Video, and
Picture Quality Analysis
Support for 1080p60Hz, HDCP-
encrypted content including 3D
HDMI 1.4 Protocol Analysis including
InfoFrame analysis, CEC messaging,
programmable EDID, and HPD events
Real-time measurements for total
picture quality with NI Picture Quality
Analysis (NI PQA) software
Configurable test steps within NI
TestStand designed for automated
applications
Included NI PXIe-6545 200 MS/s
high-speed digital module and NI PXI-
2172 deserializer/decryption module
Included NI PXI-7813R reconfigurable
I/O module for HDMI Audio and
SPDIF Audio acquisition
OS Information
Windows 7
Windows XP
Driver Information
NI-DAQmx
NI-HSDIO
NI-RIO
NI-SWITCH
Overview
The NI Digital Video Analyzer is a flexible, high-performance
solution for the validation and production test of HDCP-encrypted
HDMI devices. It incorporates the functionality of a protocol
analyzer, audio analyzer, video analyzer, and picture quality analyzer
into a single solution. The analyzer combines modular instruments
based on PXI Express technology with audio and video analysis
software to automate measurements. Using software-defined test
solutions based on PXI, you can include analyzers for CVBS, CAV,
HDMI, SPDIF, and Stereo audio in a single system that is optimized
for parallel test. The NI Digital Video Analyzer is made up of an NI
PXIe-6545 high-speed digital waveform analyzer/generator, an NI
PXI-2172 deserializer and decryption module, and NI Video
Measurement Suite (NI VMS) software, which provides easy-to-use
graphical user interfaces, more than 250 analog and digital video
measurements optimized for automated test, and seamless
integration with NI TestStand test management software for
automated applications.
The NI Digital Video Analyzer is an extension of the NI Analog Video
Analyzer for composite, S-video, component, and VGA video
analysis. The analyzer measures video characteristics such as line
timing, color levels, system noise, frequency response, and other
linear and nonlinear distortions. These measurements are
complemented with HDMI audio analysis using common
measurements such as THD and frequency response, and protocol
analysis of InfoFrame content, CEC messaging, and EDID emulation
to simulate high-definition display settings. Both analyzers use the
same NI VMS software, so you can develop video test applications
of integrated devices more efficiently.
Many video test engineering challenges involve measuring
perceptual quality or identifying defects such as stuck video,
dropped audio, macroblocking, and pixelation. NI Picture Quality
Analysis (NI PQA) software is an add-on to the NI Digital Video
Analyzer that provides real-time, objective measurements to identify
these artifacts and many more. NI PQA also includes total picture
quality measurements such as PSNR and CW-SSIM to give objective
scores for perceived quality.
HDMI Video Signal Measurements With NI VMS
When used with NI VMS software, the NI Digital Video Analyzer acts
as a waveform analyzer. You can acquire a single video containing
common test patterns such as colorbars, ramps, multibursts, and
sweeps and then analyze the horizontal lines using advanced signal
processing algorithms included in NI VMS software. To ensure
optimal execution speed, the system acquires one frame of video and
takes several measurements on the acquired frame on lines or
patterns defined by the user. Measurement time thus becomes a
function of computation time and not the acquisition time, creating a
system that benefits from multicore computing.
NI Digital Video Analyzer
Back to Index
HDMI 1.4 Protocol, Audio, Video, and Picture Quality Analysis
Easy-to-Use Software Interfaces for Fast Development
NI VMS software provides three different ways to develop an
application for HDMI test:
1. Interactive stand-alone application (.exe) for debugging and
nonautomated applications
2. Custom step types for NI TestStand for quickly configuring
automated measurements and limits
3. LabVIEW API for creating custom applications
The analyzer supports Full High-Definition (1080p60) video, including
3D and HDCP-encrypted content, and deep color (36-bit/pixel) content.
NI VMS offers a complete set of video measurements for analyzing
high-definition HDMI video:
Channel delay Delays between the 3 channels
Color bars Bar amplitudes and errors
Edge finder Number of edges found
Low and high levels
Amplitude and center
Bar width
Rise and fall times
Group delay and Group delay
frequency response (SinX)/X gain
Horizontal timing Sync width, start and end
Sync polarity: H and V
Active video: start and end
Total line interval
K-factor K 2T
K-pulse bar
Pulse/bar ratio and error
Pulse amplitude
Pulse width (HAD)
Level meter Amplitude levels: Y, U, V or R,G,B
(single point/two point differential) Frequency
Location/time
Line frequency Line frequency
Line period
Frame frequency
Sample frequency
Noise Spectrum
Noise spectrum Noise level, dBrms and mVrms
Peak noise level and frequency
Noise band start and stop
Linear Distortion
Multiburst Flag amplitude
Packet amplitudes
Packet frequencies
Sweep Amplitudes
Frequencies
Short-time distortion Bar amplitude and width
Rise time, preshoot, overshoot, settling time
Fall time, preshoot, undershoot, settling time
Nonlinear Distortion
Nonlinearity Nonlinearity
Step nonlinearity errors
Signal Information
Signal information Frame rate
Pixel width and height
Progressive or interlaced
Bits per pixel
RGB or YUV
4:4:4 or 4:2:2
Encryption or not
Table 2. Component Video Measurements Supported by the NI Analog Video Analyzer With the Component (HDTV) Video Add-On
Figure 1. NI VMS software provides several ways of viewing video signal information such as the active picture (top), horizontal line waveform (middle),
and measurement results (bottom). Also included is a Limits Editor (right) to create pass/fail tests for all measurements.
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
H
D
M
I

1
.
4

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
,

A
u
d
i
o
,

V
i
d
e
o
,

a
n
d

P
i
c
t
u
r
e

Q
u
a
l
i
t
y

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
440
Back to Index
HDMI Audio Signal Measurements With NI AudioMASTER
The NI Digital Audio Analyzer is an add-on to the NI Digital Video
Analyzer that includes an NI PXI-7813R reconfigurable I/O module,
HDMI audio cable, and NI AudioMASTER software. The PXI-7813R
connects directly to the PXI-2172 (shown in Figure 2) to acquire 2- to
8-channel embedded audio at sample rates up to 192 kHz including
HDCP-encrypted audio.
Easy-to-Use Software Interfaces
NI AudioMASTER software provides an easy-to-use software interface
to quickly configure HDMI audio measurements. With the NI
AudioMASTER custom test step in NI TestStand, you can select
measurements, configure limits, and process HDMI audio signals.
NI AudioMASTER provides a complete set of audio measurements for
analyzing HDCP-encrypted HDMI embedded audio. Any set of
measurements can be applied to all channels of the embedded audio.
441
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
H
D
M
I

1
.
4

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
,

A
u
d
i
o
,

V
i
d
e
o
,

a
n
d

P
i
c
t
u
r
e

Q
u
a
l
i
t
y

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
Figure 2. Using the NI Digital Audio Analyzer, you can analyze all embedded channels in the HDMI signal.
NI AudioMASTER software has high-performance measurements for analyzing single tones, multitones, amplitude sweeps, frequency sweeps,
and more to test not only functionality but also audio quality
Table 2. NI AudioMASTER provides a complete set of
audio measurements for analyzing HDCP-encrypted HDMI embedded audio.
HDMI Signal Type
Amplitude Sweep
Coherent Sweep
Multiple Pure Tones
Multi-Tone
Polarity
Single-Tone
Step Response
Waveform Analyzer
HDMI Signal Measurements
Tone Frequency (Hz)
Tone Amplitude
Tone Phase (Deg)
DC
Broadband RMS
THD
THD+N
SINAD
Dynamic Range (SNR)
Spectrum (RMS)
Amplitude Spectrum (RMS)
Phase Spectrum (Deg)
Status Bits
Octave Band (1/n) RMS
Time Record
Channel Phase Difference
Channel Amplitude Difference
Crosstalk
Back to Index
HDMI 1.4 Protocol Analysis: InfoFrames, CEC, DDC, and HPD
The NI Digital Video Analyzer can also be used to test HDMI 1.4
protocols including InfoFrames, CEC messaging, EDID emulation, and
HPD events to ensure successful interoperability with other HDMI
devices.
InfoFrame Measurements, CEC Messaging, EDID Emulation,
and HPD Events
NI VMS software provides built-in measurements to verify that
InfoFrame content is being generated correctly by the device under test
(DUT). Supported InfoFrames include Audio InfoFrame, AVI InfoFrame,
HDMI InfoFrame, MPEG InfoFrame, SPD InfoFrame, VBI InfoFrame, and
General Parameters.
The NI CEC Analyzer utility is included with the NI Digital Video
Analyzer to send and receive CEC messages from the DUT. The utility
supports CEC Version 1.3 and 1.4 messaging protocols and can be used
to force a DUT into specific action states, query current states, or
analyze CEC implementation. The NI CEC Analyzer utility comes as a
stand-alone application (.exe) and includes a LabVIEW API for
automated measurements.
The NI EDID Update utility is also included with the NI Digital Video
Analyzer to programmatically load new EDID tables onto the analyzer,
allowing it to simulate different models of HDTVs or other displays.
With EDID emulation, you can better guarantee interoperability with
nearly any HDMI-capable device.
One of the most well-known features of HDMI 1.4 is 3D video, which
requires in-depth testing on EDID negotiations and InfoFrames to
ensure 3D capabilities are negotiated properly. The NI Digital Video
Analyzer supports a variety of 3D formats including Frame Packing,
Side-by-Side Full, and Side-by-Side Half. For other 3D
implementations, NI can work with you to ensure the NI Digital Video
Analyzer supports your application.
Picture Quality Analysis
NI Picture Quality Analysis (NI PQA) software is an add-on to the NI
Digital Video Analyzer that analyzes HDMI video and audio streams for
overall quality. Using high-performance reference tests, you can
remove the doubt of operator inspection and test products in a fraction
of the time.
Referenced Versus Nonreferenced Tests and Triggering
NI PQA can perform referenced or nonreferenced measurements. For
referenced tests, you can acquire a reference stream from a "golden"
device and either compare measurement results (known as reduced-
reference) or perform a pixel-to-pixel comparison between reference
and test streams (known as full-reference). NI PQA provides multiple
triggering to synchronize the reference and test streams including
region of interest (RoI) intensity, optical character recognition (OCR),
pattern matching, or a user-defined trigger VI, which you can use for
hardware triggering or other custom triggering.
Figure 3. The NI Digital Video Analyzer measures InfoFrame packet bytes.
Figure 4. The NI CEC Analyzer utility generates CEC messages and
receives and analyzes responses from the DUT.
Figure 5. With the NI EDID Update utility, you can load new EDID tables to the NI
Digital Video Analyzer to simulate various display settings or force negotiation errors.
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
H
D
M
I

1
.
4

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
,

A
u
d
i
o
,

V
i
d
e
o
,

a
n
d

P
i
c
t
u
r
e

Q
u
a
l
i
t
y

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
442
Back to Index
Types of Measurements
NI PQA offers three types of measurements to cover any variety of
application requirements:
1. Defect-specific measurements identify key defects in audio or video
quality such as blockiness, audio drops, and stuck frames. (See a full list
of measurements in Table 3.)
2. Total picture quality, or perceptual video quality, measurements
perform a full-reference measurement to create an overall score for the
video quality. The most common total picture quality measurement is
peak signal-to-noise ratio, or PSNR, which uses the mean-squared error
(MSE) calculation. NI PQA also provides a differential mean opinion
score (DMOS) based on the complex wavelet-structural similarity (CW-
SSIM) index developed by Dr. Albert Bovik and the team at the
University of Texas Laboratory for Image and Video Engineering (LIVE).
CW-SSIM has proven to have high correlation with perceived quality,
making it a strong alternative to operator inspection.
3. The user-defined measurement helps you apply custom analysis
algorithms to the acquired audio/video signals. This measurement is
supported only for non-HDCP encrypted video signals due to HDCP
regulations.
Processor Recommendations
When analyzing high-definition audio/video signals such as 1080p60,
measurements must be performed as fast as possible since high-
definition content can quickly fill any buffer. The NI PQA measurements
use NI LabVIEW multicore computing to optimize computational
performance.
For applications that require 1080p 24Hz (or similar bandwidth such as
1080i60 or 720p60), National Instruments recommends the NI PXIe-8133
quad-core embedded controller.
For applications that require 1080p 60Hz analysis, NI recommends using
an external PC based on the Intel i7 980x processor with the NI PXIe-
PCIe8371 (or NI PXIe-PCIe8372 if using a RAID system) for real-time tests.
The 1080p 60Hz applications that require only a few seconds of analysis,
such as production test, can use the NI PXIe-8133 quad-core embedded
controller. NI experts can help you design the best configuration for your
application by reviewing test requirements or application goals.
443
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
H
D
M
I

1
.
4

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
,

A
u
d
i
o
,

V
i
d
e
o
,

a
n
d

P
i
c
t
u
r
e

Q
u
a
l
i
t
y

A
n
a
l
y
s
i
s
Figure 6. You can perform picture quality analysis with three methods: 1. nonreferenced test where the video stream is unknown or unrepeatable (left),
2. reduced reference test where measurements made on a reference stream are compared to measurements made on a test stream (middle),
and 3. pixel-to-pixel comparison between test and reference streams, known as a Full Reference test (right).
Table 3.. The NI PQA software offers multiple ways of measuring dynamic audio
and video quality, allowing you to customize the measurements needed for your
application.
NI PQA Measurements
Blockiness
MTF Contrast
Dropped / Stuck Frames
Checkers
Gradient
Color Levels
Pattern Match
Test Delay
Audio Sound Pressure Level (SPL)
Single Tone FRF and THD
Audio / Video Sync
Rubb & Buzz
Peak Signal-to-Noise Ratio (PSNR)
Structural Similarity (SSIM)
User-Defined
NI Digital Video Analyzer Add-Ons
NI Picture Quality Analysis (NI PQA) software............ 781810-01
NI AudioMASTER for HDMI Audio Analysis................781006-02
NI Digital Video Analyzer
NI Digital Video Analyzer (PXIe)...................................780950-01
Back to Index
Generate 1080p60 Video
With Over 40 Configurable Parameters
Generation of DVI and HDMI video
(with disabled HDCP encryption)
signals with 24-bit/pixel color depth
digital video
Support for formats from 480i to
1080p at 24 to 60 Hz (or fps)
Comprehensive library of signal
insertion test lines (ITLs)
Generation with NI PXI-6542 at 100
MS/s, 32 bits; PXI VideoSPX-O
DVI/HDMI interface
Easy setup with custom step types
for NI TestStand
OS Information
Windows 7
Windows XP
Driver Information
NI-DAQmx
NI-FGEN
NI-HSDIO
LabVIEW
Overview
test. The NI Digital Video Generator combines an NI PXIe-6545 high-
speed digital waveform analyzer/generator with a PXI VideoSPX-O
DVI/HDMI output serializer module and NI VMS Digital Generator
software to deliver a comprehensive automated test solution for
digital video devices. This solution supports a color depth of 24 bits
in other words, 3x8-bit pixels which resembles the ITU-R
BT.601-5 and the 8-bit coding system of the ITU-R BT.709-5. The NI
Digital Video Generator offers easy-to-use graphical user interfaces,
a comprehensive library of insertion test signals to create video
patterns, and seamless integration into NI TestStand test
management software for automated validation and production
environments. High test throughput, coverage for design and
production requirements, and a relatively low cost ensure a reduced
overall ownership cost for high-performance digital video test.
Solution for DVI and HDMI Video Generation
The NI Digital Video Generator is a solution for functional test of digital
video such as DVI (Digital Visual Interface) and HDMI (High-Definition
Multimedia Interface), where you can disable the HDCP (High-
bandwidth Digital Content Protection). The generator works with an
extensive set of video formats and timings including the following:
480i and 480p 24/25/29.97/30/50/59.92/60 fps
576i and 576p systems 24/25/29.97/30/50/59.92/60 fps
720p systems 24/25/29.97/30/50/59.92/60 fps
1080i systems 24/25/29.97/30/50/59.92/60 fps
1080p 24/25/29.97/30 fps
The NI Digital Video Generator also supports various color formats
including the following:
sRGB 4:4:4
StudioRGB 4:4:4
YCbCr 4:2:2
YCbCr 4:4:4
This solution supports a color depth of 24 bits in other words, 3x8-
bit pixels, which resembles the ITU-R BT.601-5 and the 8-bit coding
system of the ITU-R BT.709-5. With the various fps options listed
above, default video parameters are assigned for standard video
formats such as 480i/p, 576i/p, 720p, and 1080i/p. However, you
can customize these video parameters. This includes the video
formats, aspect ratios, color formats, and a variety of other
parameters such as the following:
The NI Digital Video Generator offers several ways to create and
generate standardized as well as custom digital video signals for
DVI and HDMI with disabled HDCP encryption applications. The
solution is ideal for validation and production testing of TVs, video
recorders, set-top boxes, and broadcast equipment. The generation
of signals is based on two essential modes of generation:
Bitmap-based generation
Insertion of test signals
Some bitmaps are included for specific test applications, but for
special bitmap features, contact NI. You can use bitmaps from other
sources or your own developed bitmaps as the generation source,
provided the bitmap fits the selected format resolution. You can also
generate images with insertion test lines (ITLs). Commonly used in
video testing, this feature is a powerful way to generate custom test
images, such as a matrix pattern for production testing or validation,
or to add ITLs in the blanking area of a video signal. The generator
comes with a library of ITLs such as color bars, multibursts,
NI Digital Video Generator
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e

1
0
8
0
p
6
0

V
i
d
e
o

W
i
t
h

O
v
e
r

4
0

C
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
b
l
e

P
a
r
a
m
e
t
e
r
s
444
Back to Index
445
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e

1
0
8
0
p
6
0

V
i
d
e
o

W
i
t
h

O
v
e
r

4
0

C
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
b
l
e

P
a
r
a
m
e
t
e
r
s
Generate 1080p60 Video With Over 40 Configurable Parameters
chrominance and luminance frequency sweeps, color ramps, and
various field test signals. The included ITL library supports standard
video formats such as 480i/p, 576i/p, 720p, and 1080i/p. When
selecting customized formats, you can apply ITL libraries carrying no
timing information as you would in standardized formats. ITLs
carrying timing information may yield timing deviations from the
original format. An editor for test signal insertion is available
through the Digital Insertion Test Signals interface, which offers an
interactive method to drag and drop the various ITLs. The image
previewer further helps you validate the test pattern before
generation.
Hardware Architecture
The NI Digital Video Generator uses a dedicated PXI VideoSPX-O
serializer module to convert the parallel digital stream from the NI
PXIe-6545 digital waveform analyzer/generator to a DVI or HDMI
serial stream for digital video generation. The interaction between
these modules is transparent to the user and handled by NI VMS
Digital Generator software.
Integrated NI TestStand Step Types
The simplest way to generate DVI and HDMI digital video signals is
to use the custom step type that executes directly in NI TestStand.
The NI VMS Digital Generator step type for digital video generation
provides an interactive interface to configure, control, and program
the digital video generation hardware solution. With the step type,
you can generate standard test patterns or create custom test
patterns based on an RGB bitmap image combined with inserted
test lines from a large library of video test lines. You can save the
calculated video data to disk and recall previously calculated binary
video data files from disk. The step type for NI TestStand improves
productivity, ease of use, and debugging significantly by offering
extensive code reuse. It also reduces application software
maintenance.
The NI Digital Video Generator includes interactive graphical interfaces to use
standard or custom video format parameters, display the generated video pattern,
and create signals using bitmaps and insertion test lines (ITLs).
NI Digital Video Generator
NI Digital Video Generator (PXIe)............................... 780433-02
Back to Index
Analog Audio Generator and Analyzer,
Digital Audio Generator and Analyzer (SPDIF, AES3, HDMI)
Overview
NI AudioMASTER is a set of versatile audio test solutions for analog
and digital audio validation and production test. It melds modular
hardware components with application-specific software to create a
powerful and easy-to-use audio test platform.
NI AudioMASTER for Analog Audio combines a high-performance NI
4461 dynamic signal acquisition (DSA) device, featuring 24-bit
resolution, a 204.8 kS/s sample rate, two inputs, and two outputs, or
an NI 4462 DSA device, featuring 24-bit resolution, a 204.8. kS/s
sample rate, and four inputs, with NI AudioMASTER software for
the acquisition, analysis, and generation (NI 4461 only) of analog
audio.
NI AudioMASTER for Digital Audio combines an NI 7813R
reconfigurable I/O device and either the NI CB-2180 (2-input) or CB-
2181 (1-output, 1-input) digital audio accessory with the same NI
AudioMASTER software for generating, acquiring, and analyzing
S/PDIF or AES3 audio with LPCM or AC3 encoding over coaxial,
optical, or XLR connections.
NI AudioMASTER for HDMI Audio is an add-on feature to the NI
VideoMASTER Digital Video (HDMI/DVI) Analyzer. It combines the
NI PXI-2172 HDMI deserializer and decryption module and an NI
7813R reconfigurable I/O device with the same NI AudioMASTER
software for analyzing HDCP-encrypted HDMI audio with up to 24-
bit resolutions and 192 kHz sampling rates.
NI AudioMASTER offers easy-to-use GUIs with a comprehensive set
of audio measurements using single tone, multitone, amplitude
sweep, frequency sweep, and step response analysis optimized for
automated test. It features custom test steps that are directly
integrated into NI TestStand test management software, which
simplifies the development of automated audio tests and
measurements by providing an interactive, configuration-based
setup for audio measurements, limit evaluation, and system
calibration. NI AudioMASTER also offers a LabVIEW API (DigAudio)
for digital audio measurements that you can use with the NI Sound
and Vibration Measurement Suite for customized analog and digital
audio measurements. With tightly synchronized I/O,
NI AudioMASTER is an ideal solution for mixed-signal audio tests
that integrate both analog and digital requirements.
NI AudioMASTER for Analog and Digital Audio
Comprehensive set of audio
measurements using single and multiple
tones, amplitude and frequency sweeps,
and step response analysis
Advanced limit testing capabilities using
window, tunnel, or point limits
Analog audio generation and analysis at
up to 204.8 kS/s with 24 bits of
resolution
Digital audio analysis and generation for
S/PDIF interfaces with sample rates
from 22 to 192 kHz
Point-and-click application development
with NI AudioMASTER software
Figure 1. With NI AudioMASTER, you can perform a comprehensive set of audio
measurements and system calibration using the interactive step types for NI TestStand.
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
A
n
a
l
o
g

A
u
d
i
o

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r

a
n
d

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r
,

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

A
u
d
i
o

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r

a
n
d

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r

(
S
P
D
I
F
,

A
E
S
3
,

H
D
M
I
)
446
Back to Index
447
Analog Audio Generator and Analyzer, Digital Audio Generator and Analyzer (SPDIF, AES3, HDMI)
NI AudioMASTER for Analog Audio
NI AudioMASTER for Analog Audio includes the following
components:
NI PXI-4461 or PCI-4461 DSA device with 24-bit resolution,
204.8 kS/s sample rate, two inputs, and two outputs or
NI PXI-4462 or PCI-4462 DSA device with 24-bit resolution,
204.8 kS/s sample rate, and four inputs
NI AudioMASTER software DVD
Required license for analog audio measurements
Analog Audio Performance
The analog input channels of NI 446x devices have 24-bit resolution
analog-to-digital converters (ADCs) that are simultaneously sampled
at software-programmable rates at up to 204.8 kS/s. The analog
inputs offer a programmable gain amplifier stage with gain
selections from -20 to +30 dB in 10 dB steps that accept differential
or single-ended signal connections. The input channels also provide
software-selectable AC/DC coupling and Integrated Electronic
Piezoelectric (IEPE) conditioning of 0, 4, or 10 mA for IEPE
microphones. NI 446x device inputs deliver high dynamic range of
118 dB, amplitude flatness of 0.006 dB (20 Hz to 20 kHz), and low
distortion of -107 dB of THD+N (20 Hz to 20 kHz).
NI 4461 devices also feature two analog output channels with 24-bit
resolution digital-to-analog converters (DACs) that are
simultaneously updated at software-programmable rates at up to
204.8 kS/s. The analog outputs offer a programmable attenuation of
0, 20, or 40 dB (10, 1, or 0.1 Vpk) with differential or
pseudodifferential output configurations. A common application of
the analog output is to stimulate a device under test while
measuring the response with the analog inputs. You can
simultaneously acquire data on the input channels while updating
the output channels. The inputs and outputs of an NI 4461 are also
sampled coherently, making NI 4461 devices ideal for stimulus-
response audio tests. NI 4461 outputs deliver high dynamic range of
113 dB, amplitude flatness of 0.008 dB (20 Hz to 20 kHz), and low
distortion of -97 dB of THD+N (20 Hz to 20 kHz).
Acoustical and Electroacoustical Tests
In combination with NI 446x devices, you can use NI AudioMASTER
software in NI TestStand to perform acoustical and
electroacoustical tests in a wide range of applications including
loudspeakers, headsets, microphones, media players, and
televisions. Designed for coherent and noncoherent test
environments, NI AudioMASTER can be used to set up coherent
tests where the signal generation (output to the device under test,
or DUT) is synchronized with the signal acquisition (output from the
DUT), and the frequencies and timing functions are related in an
exact integer ratio. For noncoherent test setups, NI AudioMASTER
can apply various windowing functions to minimize the challenges
that arise in noncoherent test environments. Typical noncoherent
cases include the output testing of a CD, DVD, MP3, or media
player, where the audio output is independent (free-running) with
respect to the acquisition instrumentation. Included with NI
AudioMASTER, the calibration manager helps you calibrate against
system-level nonlinearities that occur when using anechoic test
chambers, artificial mouths, microphones, and other test system
interfaces.
Calibration Tool and Manager
Several acoustical test components such as anechoic test chambers
and rooms are inherently nonlinear. In addition, acoustical features
can change as a result of different environmental parameters such
as the surrounding air pressure. NI AudioMASTER offers an
advanced, easy-to-use tool suite to calibrate acoustical
characteristics. You can use the calibration tool to calibrate
anechoic test chambers, anechoic rooms, artificial mouths,
microphone test stands, and other test system interfaces and
devices. You can implement the calibration procedure after you
define the input and output calibration parameters in a calibration
window. With the calibration manager, you can enforce specific
calibration intervals. If expired, a calibration action can
automatically be initiated, or the user can be prompted to take the
appropriate action.
NI AudioMASTER for Digital Audio
NI AudioMASTER for Digital Audio includes the following
components:
NI PXI-7813R or PCI-7813R R Series reconfigurable I/O device
NI AudioMASTER software DVD
Required license for digital audio measurements
CB-2180 (2-input) or CB-2181 (1-output, 1-input) digital audio
accessory (add-on)
Digital Audio Testing
Using the PXI-7813R or PCI-7813R R Series device and a CB-218x
digital audio accessory with NI AudioMASTER software in NI
TestStand, you can perform digital audio test S/PDIF audio including
Linear PCM and AC-3 (5.1 Surround Sound) over coaxial, optical, or
XLR interfaces. Common devices include set-top boxes, DVD players,
amplifiers, loud speakers, and home theater systems. You can
configure digital audio signals such as sweeps and tones in the NI
AudioMASTER software, or you can specify a digital file containing
the audio stream to generate.
The CB-2180 provides two input channels, each with a software-
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
A
n
a
l
o
g

A
u
d
i
o

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r

a
n
d

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r
,

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

A
u
d
i
o

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r

a
n
d

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r

(
S
P
D
I
F
,

A
E
S
3
,

H
D
M
I
)
Back to Index
selectable BNC for coaxial or TOSLINK for optical connection. You
can connect up to four CB-2180 digital audio accessories to a single
NI 7813R device to provide a total of eight S/PDIF inputs. The CB-
2181 offers one input channel and one output channel, each with a
software-selectable BNC for coaxial, TOSLINK for optical, or XLR for
AES3 connection. You can connect up to four S/PDIF outputs and
four S/PDIF inputs. With the multiple input and output channels in
each NI 7813R device, NI AudioMASTER greatly simplifies the test
fixture required for multidevice testing.
HDMI Audio Testing
NI AudioMASTER for HDMI Audio is an add-on solution to the NI
VideoMASTER Digital Video (HDMI/DVI) Analyzer. It uses the PXI-
2172 deserializer and decryption module (from the NI VideoMASTER
Digital Video (HDMI/DVI) Analyzer) to remove any HDCP encryption
and transmits the HDMI audio to an NI 7813R reconfigurable I/O
device where it is acquired and analyzed. NI AudioMASTER for
HDMI Audio supports audio in SPDIF and I2S formats at 16 to 24 bits
per sample per channel. SPDIF can support two channels of L-PCM
encoded audio or encoded bitstreams such as AC3 up to six
channels (5.1 channels). I2S can support up to eight channels of
L-PCM encoded audio or high-definition encoded formats.
Fast Automated Test Development
You can develop test programs quickly with a configuration-based
programming approach, for which you control the hardware and
software by setting a few parameters using the NI AudioMASTER
step type interfaces for NI TestStand. When you have configured
your tests and various measurements using interactive step types in
NI TestStand, you can run the program to obtain the test results,
compare these results to defined limits, generate a report, and store
the measurement results to a database. You can also view live
measurement results, including frequency response and distortion
curves, during development and debugging by pressing an execute
button in the NI AudioMASTER step type interfaces. For limit
testing, the software incorporates graph limits to enable vector-
based limits using window limits, tunnel limits, or point limits that
can be static or floating. NI AudioMASTER has several built-in
checks that protect against incorrect measurement setups and
inconsistent measurement results.
NI AudioMASTER is a highly efficient solution that combines
hardware and software so that users from novice to experienced
test engineers can develop and perform optimized measurements
and tests on a wide variety of audio products including set-top
boxes, media players, headphones, microphones, and loudspeakers.
It improves user productivity in test application development as well
as test execution time in validation and production testing. The
result is shorter development times for test applications and
optimized test times for automated tests.
Customized Audio Measurements
You also can combine NI AudioMASTER with NI sound and vibration
software to develop your own customized audio measurements.
Using NI AudioMASTER, you can quickly set up your test system to
generate the required stimulus signal to the DUT and/or acquire the
response using the interactive configuration-based interface in NI
TestStand. The software can then apply your system calibration
parameters to the acquired waveform before passing it to your
custom audio measurements written in LabVIEW or other
application development environments using local variables in NI
TestStand. NI sound and vibration software includes numerous
algorithms and functions for audio measurements and is shipped
with several examples so you can quickly build customized audio
measurements to use with NI AudioMASTER.
Visit ni.com/audiomaster to configure your NI AudioMASTER
solution.
Figure 2. The NI CB-2180 (up) and NI CB-2181 (down) Digital Audio Accessories
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
A
n
a
l
o
g

A
u
d
i
o

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r

a
n
d

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r
,

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

A
u
d
i
o

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r

a
n
d

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r

(
S
P
D
I
F
,

A
E
S
3
,

H
D
M
I
)
448
Back to Index
449
7
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
A
n
a
l
o
g

A
u
d
i
o

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r

a
n
d

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r
,

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

A
u
d
i
o

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r

a
n
d

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r

(
S
P
D
I
F
,

A
E
S
3
,

H
D
M
I
)
Specifications
Analog Input
This section lists the NI 446x analog input (AI) specifications.
Input Characteristics
Number of simultaneously sampled input channels
NI 4461......................................... 2
NI 4462......................................... 4
Input configuration............................ Differential or
pseudodifferential
(50 !between negative input
and chassis ground), each
channel independently
software selectable
Input coupling................................... AC or DC, each channel
independently software
selectable
A/D converter (ADC) resolution........ 24 bits
ADC type........................................... Delta-sigma
Sample rates (s),
samples-per-second (S/s)............ 1 kS/s to 204.8 kS/s in
181.9 S/s increments,
maximum
ADC modulator oversample rate
1.0 kS/s # s # 51.2 kS/s................. 128 s
51.2 kS/s < s # 102.4 kS/s............. 64 s
102.4 kS/s < s # 204.8 kS/s............ 32 s
Analog Output (NI 4461 Only)
This section lists the NI 4461 analog output (AO) specifications.
Output Characteristics
Number of output channels.............. 2, simultaneously sampled
Output configuration......................... Differential or
pseudodifferential (50 !to
chassis ground on shield),
each channel independently
software selectable
DAC resolution................................. 24 bits
DAC type........................................... Delta-sigma
Update rates (s)............................... 1 kS/s to 204.8 kS/s in
181.9 S/s increments,
maximum
DAC modulator oversample rate
1.0 kS/s # s # 1.6 kS/s................... 8,192 s
1.6 kS/s < s # 3.2 kS/s................... 4,096 s
3.2 kS/s < s # 6.4 kS/s................... 2,048 s
6.4 kS/s < s # 12.8 kS/s................. 1,024 s
12.8 kS/s < s # 25.6 kS/s............... 512 s
25.6 kS/s < s # 51.2 kS/s............... 256 s
51.2 kS/s < s # 102.4 kS/s............. 128 s
102.4 kS/s < s # 204.8 kS/s........... 64 s
FIFO buffer size................................. 1,023 samples
Data transfers................................... DMA
NI AudioMASTER for HDMI Audio
NI AudioMASTER for HDMI Audio........................ 781006-02
No accessories required.
NI AudioMASTER for Digital Audio
NI AudioMASTER with NI PXI-7813R.................... 781006-01
Requires: 1 Connectivity Accessory
Connectivity Accessory
Shielded - NI CB-2180 digital audio accessory
(2 inputs, each with BNC and
optical connections)............................................... 781008-01
(1 input, 1 output, each with BNC, optical, and
XLR connections)..................................................... 781142-01
NI AudioMASTER with NI PCI-7813R.................... 781007-01
Requires: 1 Connectivity Accessory
Connectivity Accessory
(2 inputs, each with BNC and
optical connections)............................................... 781008-01
(1 input, 1 output, each with BNC, optical,
and XLR connections)............................................... 781142-01
NI AudioMASTER for Analog Audio
NI AudioMASTER with NI PCI-4461
(2 inputs, 2 outputs)................................................ 780480-01
NI AudioMASTER with NI PXI-4461
(2 inputs, 2 outputs)................................................ 780478-01
NI AudioMASTER with NI PXI-4462
(4 inputs)................................................................. 780479-01
NI AudioMASTER with NI PCI-4462
(4 inputs)................................................................. 780481-01
Back to Index
RF and Wireless Test
Overview
National Instruments delivers fast, flexible, and accurate RF
hardware powered by NI LabVIEW software to meet the ever-
changing demands of the wireless industry and see the engineering
process through from design to validation to production.
Engineers seeking a new level of flexibility and performance in their
test systems combine LabVIEW with PXI RF modular
instrumentation. These compact, high-performance measurement
systems feature advanced timing and synchronization and the latest
PC technologies, providing high throughput for measurements from
DC to 26.5 GHz.
RF Signal Generators
NI RF modules deliver the functionality of RF signal generators to the
modular, compact PXI and USB form factors. NI RF signal generators
have frequency ranges as low as 250 kHz and as high as 20 GHz. With
the NI LabVIEW Modulation Toolkit and the NI RF Software
Measurement Suites, generators can output custom and standard
modulation formats such as AM, FM, PM, ASK, FSK, GMSK, PSK, QAM,
GSM, WCDMA, LTE, CDMA, WLAN, Bluetooth, WiMAX, GPS and
others. In addition, you can tightly integrate NI RF signal generators with
other NI RF and microwave instruments such as vector signal analyzers,
vector network analyzers, RF switches, digital multimeters, digitizers,
motion control, and external RF instrumentation.
Industry-leading spectral purity and measurement speed
Low price-performance ratio
The functionality of RF in the modular, compact PXI and USB form factors
Frequency range of up to 20 GHz
Up to 100 MHz instantaneous bandwidth
RF Signal Analyzers
NI RF modules deliver the functionality of RF vector signal analyzers (VSAs)
to the modular, compact PXI platform. NI RF VSAs operate from as low as
9 kHz to as high as 26.5 GHz. They provide extremely high-throughput RF
measurements and offer up to 350 MHz instantaneous bandwidth, a
highly stable timebase, and flexible software tools that can handle
measurement applications ranging from component characterization in
R&D to the remote monitoring of RF navigation systems deployed in the
field. In addition, you can tightly integrate NI RF signal analyzers with
other PXI modules such as RF switches, digital multimeters, signal
sources, digitizers, motion control and digital imaging devices, and
external RF instrumentation.
Superior software analysis capabilities through NI LabVIEW
Up to 26.5 GHz frequency range
Up to 350 MHz bandwidth
RF Switching
National Instruments RF switch modules are ideal for automated
measurements. They use single-pole double-throw high-bandwidth
relays capable of switching signals from DC to 18 GHz. The
characteristic impedance of the channels is 50 !.
RF and Wireless Test Software
These software tools help you generate and analyze any standard-
specific or custom digital communications system. Use the more
than 150 source-code example programs to speed your system
development.
Contents
Overview............................................................................... 450
RF Vector Signal Analyzer
2.7 GHz RF Vector Signal Analyzer with
Digital Downconversion .......................................................... 452
6.6 GHz RF Vector Signal Analyzer.......................................... 456
3.6 GHz / 14 GHz RF Vector Signal Analyzer with
Digital Downconversion .......................................................... 460
RF Vector Signal Generator
2.7 GHz RF Vector Signal Generator ....................................... 462
6.6 GHz RF Vector Signal Generator with IQ Modulator......... 464
6.6 GHz RF and Microwave Signal Cenerators ....................... 468
6 GHz Vector Network Analyzer.............................................. 472
RF Preamplifier
3 GHz RF Preamplifier.............................................................. 473
RF Power Meter
6 GHz True RMS Power Meter................................................ 475
IQ Arvitray Waveform Generator
100MS/s, 16-Bit Arbitrary Waveform Generator with
Onboard Signal Processing ..................................................... 476
400MS/s, 16-Bit I/Q Signal Generator.................................... 476
400 MS/s, 16-Bit, Dual-Channel Arbitray
Waveform Generator............................................................... 477
IQ Digitizer
100 MS/s, 14-Bit Digitizer....................................................... 478
150 MS/s, 16-Bit Digitizer....................................................... 478
Phase Matrix
2.7 GHz-26.5 GHz Downconverter........................................... 479
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s

a
n
d

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
450
Back to Index
451
RF and Wireless Test
RF Signal Generators
Industry-leading spectral purity and measurement speed
The functionality of RF in the modular, compact PXI and USB form factors
Frequency range of up to 20 GHz
Up to 100 MHz instantaneous bandwidth
RF Signal Analyzers
Superior software analysis capabilities through NI LabVIEW
Up to 26.5 GHz frequency range
Up to 350 MHz bandwidth
RF Network Analyzers
The NI PXIe-5630 is a 6 GHz, 2-port vector network analyzer (VNA) with
support for vector measurements of transmission and reflection (T/R)
coefficients, which are also represented as the forward S-parameters
S11 and S21. The 10 MHz to 6 GHz frequency range, a wide dynamic
range of greater than 100 dB, and sweep speeds of less than 400
s/point over 3,201 points make the VNA ideally suited for automated
design validation and production test. The NI PXIe-5630 provides
impressive value and flexibility in a small form factor. With a mature
feature set, including automatic precision calibration, full vector analysis,
and reference plane extensions, it offers an ideal vector network
analysis solution for your validation and production operations without
the high costs and large footprints associated with a traditional
benchtop VNA. The flexible LabVIEW API is optimized for parallel test
using a single controller with multiple VNAs for multisite test operations.
In addition, with the open PXI platform, you can seamlessly integrate
additional RF or mixed-signal I/O instruments into your test system.
RF Signal Conditioning
PXI RF signal conditioning modules provide up to 60 dB of
programmable attenuation or up to 60 dB of programmable gain.
When used with RF vector signal generators, PXI RF power
amplifiers offer wideband amplification with peak power levels of
up to +24 dBm. In addition, you can combine the low noise figures of
PXI RF amplifier modules with RF signal analyzers for low-level
signal analysis. You can use PXI programmable RF attenuators with
RF signal generators to generate signals at low RF power levels.
Using PXI attenuators, you can reduce the impact of voltage
standing wave ratio (VSWR) and thermal noise on receiver
sensitivity measurements.
Up to 60 dB of programmable attenuation
Up to 60 dB of programmable gain
Low noise figure RF signal gain
Use with PXI RF signal generators and analyzers
IF Transceivers
NI reconfigurable I/O (RIO) intermediate frequency (IF) transceivers are
user-programmable instruments that incorporate multiple inputs and
outputs and target software-defined radio, automated spectral
monitoring, real-time spectral analysis, and real-time test applications
such as RFID test or cellular base station emulation. They feature high-
speed, high-resolution digital-to-analog converters (DACs) and analog-to-
digital converters (ADCs) with built-in 20 MHz bandwidth digital
upconverters and downconverters. The modules also include high-
performance Xilinx field-programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) that you can
program using the NI LabVIEW FPGA Module to easily handle complex
and high-speed signal processing, analysis, and modulation tasks.
RF Power Meters
NI RF power meters offer a 63 dB dynamic range extending up to +23
dBm over frequency ranges as wide as 10 MHz to 18 GHz.
With several options for scope and time-slot modes, you can measure
burst waveforms such as WiMAX and LTE as well as multislot
waveforms such as GSM and EDGE. The power meters are self-
contained in a small form factor similar to the size of a typical power
head with calibration constants, including linearity and temperature
corrections stored directly on the device. Because these devices draw
only 100 to 150 mA from a USB connection, they work well for mobile
applications or as additions to automated test applications freeing up
valuable rack space without sacrificing performance.
True RMS power meters covering 10 MHz to 18 GHz
Scope and time-slot mode support available
Wide dynamic range available: -40 to +23 dBm
Full-featured Soft Front Panel and LabVIEW API
RF Switches
National Instruments RF switch modules are ideal for use in
automated measurements. They use single-pole double-throw high-
bandwidth relays capable of switching signals from DC to 18 GHz.
The characteristic impedance of the channels is 50 !.
RF switch modules for PXI and SCXI
High-bandwidth unterminated relays
50 !characteristic impedance
RF Software
Emerging technologies require a flexible platform to keep pace with
emerging communications standards. National Instruments general-
purpose RF toolkits such as the Modulation and Spectral
Measurements toolkits provide NI LabVIEW and LabWindow
TM
/CVI
the ability to define custom PHY layer measurements. In addition,
you can use standard-specific toolkits such as the NI GPS Toolkit for
LabVIEW to generate specific waveforms for GPS receiver test.
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s

a
n
d

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Back to Index
2.7 GHz RF Vector Signal Analyzer with Digital Downconversion
9 kHz to 2.7 GHz
20 MHz real-time bandwidth with
quadrature digital downconversion
Burst power triggering
High-stability timebase (10 MHz OCXO)
20 ppb frequency stability
50 ppb frequency accuracy
Up to 80 dB spurious-free
dynamic range
+30 dBm full signal input range
14-bit resolution, 100 MS/s digitizer
64 or 256 MB memory
Operating Systems
Windows 7/XP/2000
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Modulation Toolkit
Application Software (included)
NI-RFSA
Overview
The National Instruments PXI-5661 is a modular 2.7 GHz RF vector
signal analyzer with wide real-time bandwidth, optimized for
automated test in a compact, 3U PXI package. It is ideal for high-
throughput RF acquisition and measurements. The 20 MHz wide
onboard quadrature digital downconverter (DDC) significantly
reduces the required load size and the time Needed to transfer
waveform data to the host controller or PC. This functionality is ideal
for engineers who require data streaming with rapid response time
for software-defined radio (SDR), real-time signal processing, or
faster transfer times for spectral monitoring applications. The
module is also compatible with Conduant StreamStor devices,
enabling terabyte recording.
The NI PXI-5661 RF analyzer also includes a burst power trigger
ideal for communications applications and signal intelligence.
The PXI-5661 features a highly stable timebase and flexible
software tools, including Express VIs for National Instruments
LabVIEW. The NI Spectral Measurements Toolkit for LabVIEW and
LabWindows/CVI accompanies the PXI-5661, providing common
measurements such as power spectrum, peak power and frequency,
in-band power, adjacent-channel power, and occupied bandwidth.
Additionally, it offers vector capabilities, such as 3D spectrograms,
I/Q data for modulation analysis, and analog modulation analysis
functions for LabVIEW. You can also use the PXI-5661 with the NI
Modulation Toolkit to analyze custom and standard modulation
formats.
Hardware
The PXI-5661 consists of a 2.7 GHz downconverter and a high-
spectral-purity digitizer.
Analog Input
The PXI-5661 can acquire a wide range of signal levels, from +30
dBm to less than -130 dBm, and provides up to 50 dB of input
attenuation, selectable in 10 dB steps.
Frequency Characteristics
The PXI-5661 provides outstanding frequency characteristics over its
operating range of 9 kHz to 2.7 GHz. It offers a typical noise density
of <-140 dBm/Hz, extendable to -165 dBm/Hz with a PXI-5690
preamplifier, and up to 80 dB of intermodulation spurious-free
dynamic range. Typical phase noise is <-94 dBc/Hz at a 10 kHz
offset.
Superior Measurement Throughput
The most significant advantage of the PXI-5661 over traditional RF
instrumentation is measurement throughput. Figure 1 illustrates the
difference in throughput between the PXI-5661 and a traditional
analyzer. Two comparisons are shown. One graph is a spectral
sweep that illustrates the advantages of the wide real-time
bandwidth of the downconverter. The other graph is an in-band
power measurement comparison that shows the throughput
advantages of the PXI-5661 as a whole.
Ultrahigh-Stability Timebase
The PXI-5661 offers an extremely stable timebase with frequency
stability of 20 ppb and frequency accuracy of 50 ppb, making it
useful for a range of automation applications.
Accuracy
The noise and distortion characteristics of the PXI-5661 are stable
and repeatable over time and a wide range of temperature. For
NI PXI-5661
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
2
.
7

G
H
z

R
F

V
e
c
t
o
r

S
i
g
n
a
l

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r

w
i
t
h

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

D
o
w
n
c
o
n
v
e
r
s
i
o
n
452
Back to Index
453
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
2
.
7

G
H
z

R
F

V
e
c
t
o
r

S
i
g
n
a
l

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r

w
i
t
h

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

D
o
w
n
c
o
n
v
e
r
s
i
o
n
example, with a 1 MHz measurement bandwidth, a -10 dBm signal
has a repeatability of less than 0.1 dB, where resolution bandwidth
(RBW) = 1 kHz and number of averages = 10. The PXI-5661 employs
amplitude equalization that reduces amplitude error to less than
0.2 dB over a 20 C change.
Acquisition Memory
The PXI-5661 includes up to 256 MB of onboard memory. With this
memory, you can acquire up to 128 million real 16-bit samples, or 64
million complex 16-bit samples. The PXI-5661 uses the bus master
capability of the NI MITE ASIC to move data to computer memory at
much higher speeds up to 10 times faster than traditional
instrument interfaces. Because this ASIC performs memory
management functions usually handled by the host CPU, all the
computer power of the host CPU can be devoted to data analysis.
Clock Generation and Triggering
The 10 MHz reference clock on the PXI-5661 can synchronize to any
one of three sources the onboard high-precision OCXO reference
clock, an external reference clock, or the PXI backplane. Using the
PXI backplane, you can synchronize two or more PXI-5661 units with
each other and other PXI modules without using cables. You can
synchronize the PXI-5661 to an external source using front panel
connectors. The PXI-5661 can import and export TTL triggers from
the PXI trigger bus, the PXI star trigger line, or the front panel SMB
connector. The PXI trigger bus greatly simplifies synchronizing RF
measurements with other PXI modules such as digital multimeters,
audio analyzers, and machine vision modules. The PXI-5661 also
includes a burst power trigger with which you can trigger an
acquisition based on the power within the configured modulation
bandwidth.
Digital Downconversion and Decimation
With the digital downconversion (DDC) functionality of the PXI-5661,
you can acquire signals at much less than the full digitization rate.
By downconverting channels of up to the full 20 MHz bandwidth to
baseband, the PXI-5661 dramatically reduces the sampling rate
necessary to acquire these signals. This feature results in dramatic
throughput improvements for many applications. For example, if you
want to acquire a signal with a 200 kHz bandwidth centered at
900 MHz, the rate at which samples are stored can be as low as
250 kS/s. Digital downconversion and decimation in combination
with the high-throughput PXI backplane provide RF and
communication data streaming to a controller or PC for real-time
signal processing and analysis or record and playback applications.
Calibration
National Instruments calibrates the amplitude accuracy of the
analog input of the downconverter and digitizer modules.
Temperature variations are calibrated and corrected during normal
operation, resulting in very high stability and repeatability. The
modules are shipped with NIST-traceable and ISO-9002-certified
calibration certificates.
Software
The National Instruments Spectral Measurements Toolkit and NI-
RFSA driver software are included with the PXI-5661. The Spectral
Measurements Toolkit plugs directly into LabVIEW and
LabWindows/CVI to offer high-level measurement functionality. For
a list of measurement functions, refer to Table 1. The driver
software provides a driver-level interface and integrates with
LabVIEW and LabWindows/CVI.
Zoom FFT Spectrum peak search
Zoom power spectrum In-band power
Averaged power spectrum Adjacent channel power
Averaged cross spectrum Occupied bandwidth
Averaged frequency response Demodulate AM
Amplitude calibration Demodulate FM
Power spectral density Demodulate PM
Peak frequency Downconvert passband
Peak amplitude/power
Table 1. Spectral Measurements Toolkit Functions
General-Purpose Test Commercial Electronics Test
Spectral analysis Cable modem
Semiconductor ATE Mobile phones and pager
Ultrasound/radar/lidar Wireless LAN and Bluetooth
RF component characterization Commercial radio
Military/aerospace Digital television
Signal Intelligence (Sig Int)
Table 2. Applications for the PXI-5661
NI PXI-5661 with:
64 MB.......................................................................... 779782-01
256 MB........................................................................ 779782-02
256 MB with Modulation Toolkit................................ 779782-03
Includes modules, cables, NI-RFSA driver, and Spectral Measurements Toolkit for
LabVIEW and LabWindows/CVI.
Back to Index
Specifications
General
Ports............................................... 1 RF
1 IF
Frequency
Frequency range............................ 9 kHz to 2.7 GHz
Real-time bandwidth..................... 20 MHz
Resolution bandwidth (RBW)........ Fully adjustable
(<1 Hz to 10 MHz)
Internal reference frequency......... 10 MHz
Temperature stability.................... 20 ppb max
1
Initial achievable accuracy............ 50 ppb max
Aging............................................. 100 ppb/year
Locking range................................ >0.5 ppm
Lock time to ext frequency
reference................................... <10 s
Warm-up time (typical).................. 15 minutes
Selectivity (60 dB : 3 dB)................ <2.5 (Flat Top) <4.1
(7-term Blackman-Harris)
Tuning resolution
Frequency-domain digitizer
(PXI-5142)................................ 355 nHz
RF downconverter (PXI-5600).... 1 MHz, minimum
Tuning speed downconverter
(1% of step size)........................ 10 ms max
(0.01% of step size)................... 20 ms max
(1 ppm of step size) ................... 30 ms max
Spectral purity (noise sidebands) at 100 MHz, minimum
1 kHz offset................................ <-80 dBc/Hz
2
10 kHz offset.............................. <-90 dBc/Hz
30 kHz offset.............................. <-95 dBc/Hz
100 kHz offset............................ <-110 dBc/Hz
1 MHz offset ............................. <-120 dBc/Hz
Sideband spurs
>10 kHz offset............................ <-70 dBc
<10 kHz offset............................ <-55 dBc
Residual FM................................... <10 Hz
pp
in 10 ms
1
0 to 50 C, referenced to 25 C
2
For spans 20 kHz; for spans >20 kHz the value is <-78 dBc/Hz at 1 Hz offset
Amplitude
Input signal range ......................... <-130 to 30 dBm
Maximum safe input power
(continuous)............................... +30 dBm (atten "10 dB)
+20 dBm (no atten)
RF input attenuator........................ 0 to 50 dB (10 dB steps)
Maximum DC input voltage........... 25 VDC
3
Relative accuracy (to 100 MHz, 15 to 35 C)
<2 GHz, calibrated..................... 0.75 dB, 0.5 dB typical
>2 GHz, calibrated..................... 1.25 dB, 0.9 dB typical
Absolute accuracy (15 to 35 C)
<2 GHz, calibrated..................... 1 dB, 0.6 dB typical
>2 GHz, calibrated..................... 1.5 dB, 1 dB typical
Group delay variation.................... 30 nspp
All signal levels are mixer stage levels at RF input port
1 dB gain compression
10 MHz to 1 GHz....................... >0 dBm
1 to 2.7 GHz............................... >2 dBm
3
DC levels up to 25 VDC at input will not damage the instrument; however,
high transient currents from low impedance DC step voltages at input can cause
damage.
Spurious Response
2nd-order harmonic distortion (single -30 dBm tone)
20 MHz to 2.7 GHz..................... <-80 dBc typical
3rd-order intermodulation distortion
(two -30 dBm tones, >200 kHz separation)
20 MHz to 2.7 GHz..................... <-85 dBc typical
Input-related spurs
Signal level = -30 dBm, 0 dB attenuation
>5 MHz...................................... <-70 dBc
<5 MHz...................................... <-60 dBc
Residual response related spurs
Input terminated, 0 dB input attenuation
"20 MHz..................................... <-100 dBm
<20 MHz.................................... <-70 dBm
Noise density
9 kHz to 1 GHz........................... <-135 dBm/Hz
(-144 dBm/Hz typical)
1 to 2 GHz.................................. <-134 dBm/Hz
2 to 2.5 GHz............................... <-130 dBm/Hz
2.5 to 2.7 GHz............................ <-129 dBm/Hz
NI PXI-5600 RF Downconverter Module
Input
Connector.................................. SMA female
Impedance................................. 50 !
Coupling..................................... AC
Output
Impedance................................. 50 !
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
2
.
7

G
H
z

R
F

V
e
c
t
o
r

S
i
g
n
a
l

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r

w
i
t
h

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

D
o
w
n
c
o
n
v
e
r
s
i
o
n
454
Back to Index
455
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
2
.
7

G
H
z

R
F

V
e
c
t
o
r

S
i
g
n
a
l

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r

w
i
t
h

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

D
o
w
n
c
o
n
v
e
r
s
i
o
n
Frequency.................................. 5 to 25 MHz
Amplitude.................................. 0 dBm full scale
Frequency reference input
Impedance................................. 50 !
Input amplitude......................... -5 to +15 dBm
Maximum safe input level........ +16 dBm
Maximum DC input voltage...... 5 V
Input frequency range............... 10 MHz 0.5 ppm
10 MHz output (2 ports)
Impedance................................. 50 !
Signal........................................ Square wave
Amplitude.................................. 0.5 V (+7 dBm) into 50 !
(1 V into open circuit)
Accuracy.................................... Refer to
Internal Frequency Reference
PXI 10 MHz I/O
Impedance................................. 50 !
Frequency.................................. -5 to +15 dBm
Output amplitude....................... 0.5 V (=7 dBm) into 50 !
NI PXI-5142 IF Digitizer Module
CH0, CH1
Connector.................................. BNC female
Impedance ................................ 50 !
Maximum input overload............... 7 V
rms
; #10 Vp (30 dBm)
Clk in
Connector.................................. SMB female
Impedance................................. 50 !
Input amplitude......................... -10 dBm to +13 dBm
(square wave)
Maximum input overload.............. 7 V
rms
; #10 Vp (30 dBm)
Clk out
Connector.................................. SMB
Output impedance .................... 50 !
Logic type.................................. 3.3 V CMOS
Maximum driver current............ 48 mA
PFI 0, PFI 1
Connector.................................. 9-pin minicircular DIN
Logic type.................................. 3.3 V CMOS
Maximum input voltage............ 5.5 V
Power Requirements
Calibration
Interval............................................ 1 year for PXI-5600
2 years for PXI-5142
IF/Baseband
Resolution...................................... 14 bits
System IF frequency rate............... 5 to 25 MHz
Sample rate.................................... 100 MS/s
Digital downconverter (OSP)
bandwidth.................................. 20 MHz to 4.88 kHz using
100 MS sample clock timebase
Onboard memory........................... 64 MB
256 MB
Physical Dimensions
PXI-5600 (3 slots)........................... 3U, PXI/cPCI module
6.0 by 13.0 by 21.6 cm
(2.4 by 5.1 by 8.5 in.)
PXI-5142 (1 slot)............................. 3U, PXI/cPCI module
2.0 by 13.0 by 21.6 cm
(0.8 by 5.1 by 8.5 in.)
Weight (combined unit).................. 1,165 g (41.1 oz)
Safety
IEC 61010-1, EN 61010-1
UL 61010-1, CSA 61010-1
and laboratory use:
CE Compliance
73/23/EEC; Low-Voltage Directive (safety)
89/336/EEC; Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive (EMC)
Module +3.3 VDC +5 VDC +12 VDC -12 VDC
PXI-5600 RT Downconverter 920 mA 2.3 A 700 mA 115 mA
PXI-5142 IF digitizer 1 A 1.7 A 800 mA 270 mA
Back to Index
6.6 GHz Vector Signal Analyzer
10 MHz to 6.6 GHz frequency range
50 MHz instantaneous bandwidth (3 dB)
0.35 dB typical flatness within
20 MHz bandwidth
0.65 dB typical amplitude accuracy
<-158 dBm/Hz typical display averaged
noise level at 1 GHz
80 dB typical SFDR
112 dBc/Hz typical phase noise at
10 kHz at 1 GHz
16-bit ADC
Full bandwidth streaming to disk
(75 MS/s)
Operating System
Included Software
NI-RFSA driver
Programming API
LabVIEW
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabWindows
TM
/CVI
C++/.NET
Overview
The NI PXIe-5663 is a 6.6 GHz RF vector signal analyzer with wide
instantaneous bandwidth that is optimized for automated test.
Combined with high-performance PXI controllers and the high-speed
PCI Express data bus, this vector signal analyzer can perform
common automated measurements significantly faster than
traditional instruments.
You can use the NI PXIe-5663 as either a spectrum analyzer or
vector signal analyzer with NI LabVIEW or LabWindows/CVI
software. You can also use the NI PXIe-5663 with the NI Modulation
Toolkit for LabVIEW to analyze custom and standard modulation
formats.
When combined with NI or third-party analysis toolkits, the NI PXIe-
5663 can perform measurements for a broad range of
communications standards such as GSM, EDGE, WCDMA, WiMAX,
Bluetooth, WLAN, GPS, DVB-C/H/T, ATSC, and MediaFLO. Because
all measurments are softwaredefined, you can simply reconfigure
the measurments using standardspecific toolkits. With these
toolkits, the NI PXIe-5663 provides a low-cost solution to high-
performance RF measurements.
Basic Architecture
As a single-stage RF vector signal analyzer, the NI PXIe-5663 is
ideally suited for automated RF measurements when directly cabled
to the device under test (DUT). You can use the NI PXIe-5663 to
perform fast and accurate RF measurements in design validation and
manufacturing test applications.
The NI PXIe-5601 RF downconverter module downconverts an RF
signal to an intermediate frequency (IF). The local oscillator (LO)
source is an NI PXI-565x RF continuous wave (CW) source, which
uses a voltage-controlled oscillator (VCO) architecture for fast-
frequency tuning speeds. Using a VCO, the NI PXIe-5663 is able to
retune and measure signals in 11 ms or less. The NI PXIe-5622 is
used as an IF digitizer, with a 16-bit, 150 MS/s analog-to-digital
converter (ADC).
The NI PXIe-5622 IF digitizer is based on a common synchronization
architecture that found in many NI PXI modular instruments. Thus,
you can share timing and trigger signals between the NI PXIe-5663
and other PXI modular instruments.
Fast Measurement Speed
Using software-defined measurements in LabVIEW with the NI PXIe-
5663, you can perform common spectral and modulation
measurements three to 30 times faster than traditional instruments.
You also can perform common spectrum analysis measurements
quickly due to the processing power of multicore CPUs. For example,
you can perform a 50 MHz spectrum sweep in 6 ms with an NI PXIe-
8106 embedded controller (30 kHz RBW). While actual performance
is system dependent, In addition to spectrum sweeps, you can
perform standard-specific modulation and spectral measurements
significantly faster than traditional RF spectrum analyzers. In Table
1, observe the nominal measurement times for measurements such
as complementary cumulative distribution function (CCDF), error
vector magnitude (EVM), adjacent channel power (ACP), and
occupied bandwidth (OBW).
For the data in Table 1, the EVM measurement was performed on
2,600 symbols, with modulation settings configured to QPSK, a
NI PXIe-5663
PXI Controller NI PXIe-8130 NI PXIe-8106
CCDF (1M sample) 488 ms 330 ms
EVM 39.7 ms 28.3 ms
ACP 8.8 ms 8.2 ms
OBW 9.8 ms 8.9 ms
Table 1. Typical Measurement Times for the NI PXIe-8130 and NI PXIe-8106 Embedded Controllers
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
6
.
6

G
H
z

V
e
c
t
o
r

S
i
g
n
a
l

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r
456
Back to Index
symbol rate of 3.84 MS/s, and root raised cosine filter with an alpha
of 0.22. The adjacent channel power measurement was performed
on both the lower and upper adjacent and alternate channels. A
channel bandwidth of 3.84 MHz was used, with channel spacing set
to 5 MHz.
As the results above illustrate, the NI PXIe-5663 combined with a
multicore embedded PXI Express controller is able to perform
measurements significantly faster than traditional instrumentation.
In fact, you can perform most measurements three to 30 times faster
than with traditional instruments.
RF Record and Playback
You can combine the NI PXIe-5663 RF vector signal analyzer with a
PXI RF vector signal generator for record and playback applications.
In this application, you use the NI PXIe-5663 to continuously record
an RF signal as a file on a redundant array of inexpensive disks
(RAID) volume. Then you use an RF vector signal generator to stream
the recorded waveform from disk. With a 2 TB RAID volume, the
PXIe-5663 can be used to stream 50 MHz of RF bandwidth
continuously to disk for more than 1.5 hours.
Because of the vector signal analyzers PCI Express data bus, you
can also use multiple analyzers to stream data to disk. With more
than 1 GB/s of total system bandwidth, you can stream more than
100 MHz continuously to disk using multiple analyzers.
Phase Coherent Analysis
The flexibility of the NI PXIe-5663 enables multiple instruments to
share a common start trigger, reference clock, and even an LO. As a
result, you can synchronize at least four NI PXIe-5663 RF vector
signal analyzers for phase-coherent acquisition. The NI PXIe-5601 RF
downconverter both accepts and distributes a buffered LO. In this
configuration, you can synchronize up to four analyzer channels
without significant degradation of RF performance.
High-Performance RF Measurements
Using a 16-bit ADC with a high-performance RF front end, the NI
PXIe-5663 provides up to 80 dB of spurious-free dynamic range
(SFDR). Thus, you can perform spectrum analysis measurements that
require high dynamic range.
In this example, 3.84 MS/s was used for the symbol rate and root
raised cosine filter with an alpha of 0.22. A filter length of 128
symbols was implemented. The stimulus used in this measurement
was programmed to an RF power level of -5 dBm. As the figure
shows, you can use the NI PXIe-5663 to measure up to -65 dBc of
adjacent channel rejection with the described settings.
In addition, with the high dynamic range and phase noise
performance of the NI PXIe-5663, you can analyze higher-order
modulation schemes such as 256-QAM. A loopback configuration
with the NI PXIe-5673 RF vector signal generator and NI PXIe-5663
yields a nominal EVM (RMS) measurement of 0.5 percent. The
constellation plot is shown in Figure 2.
The settings used in Figure 2 include a center frequency of 1 GHz, a
5.36 MS/s symbol rate, and a 0.12 root raised cosine filter alpha.
The test stimulus was generated with the NI PXIe-5673 using the
same symbol rate and filter alpha settings at an RF power level at -
10 dBm.
457
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
6
.
6

G
H
z

V
e
c
t
o
r

S
i
g
n
a
l

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r
Figure 1. ACP Measurement of QPSK Signal
Figure 2. Constellation Plot of 256-QAM
NI PXIe-5663
64 MB onboard memory.............................................. 780415-01
256 MB onboard memory............................................ 780415-02
2x2 MIMO extension kit with
256 MB onboard memory...................................... 780486-01
Back to Index
Specifications
Frequency
Frequency range
1
........................... 10 MHz to 6.6 GHz
Tuning resolution.......................... 533 nHz
Tuned Frequency Equalized Bandwidth
10 MHz to <120 MHz 10 MHz
120 MHz to <330 MHz 20 MHz
300 MHz to 6.6 GHz 50 MHz
Selectivity
Window 60 dB: 3 dB Ratio
Flat Top 2.5, maximum
7-term Blackman-Harris 4.1, maximum
Single Sideband (SSB) Phase Noise
Tuned Frequency Noise Density
100 MHz <-125 dBc/Hz
1 GHz <-105 dBc/Hz
2 GHz <-98 dBc/Hz
3 GHz <-95 dBc/Hz
4 GHz <-93 dBc/Hz
5 GHz <-90 dBc/Hz
6.6 GHz <-90 dBc/Hz
Bandwidth
Equalized Bandwidth
Resolution Bandwidth
3 dB bandwidth............................. Fully adjustable
(<1 Hz to 10 MHz)
Spectral Purity
Phase Noise
-20 dBm Reference Level
Frequency Range Input IP
3
10 MHz to <30 MHz "5 dBm
330 MHz to <3.0 GHz "12 dBm
3.0 GHz to 6.6 GHz "9 dBm
0 dBm Reference Level
Frequency Range Input IP
3
330 MHz to <3.0 GHz "21 dBm
3.0 GHz to 6.6 GHz "21 dBm
Linearity
Third-Order Intermodulation Distortion (Input IP
3
(IIP
3
))
Dynamic Range
1
Dynamic Range (Noise and Third-Order Intermodulation
Distortion (IMD3))
The dynamic range plots in the two preceding figures show nominal
performance with NI-RFSA automatic coupled settings that are
optimized for noise performance. If you use the RF attenuation
manual settings, IMD3 performance can improve with minimal
degradation in noise floor, thus increasing the effective SFDR in the
power per tone signal range of 10 to 0 dB below reference level.
Frequency
Accuracy
23 C 5 C 0 C to 55 C
10 MHz to <120 MHz 2.2 dB (1.4 dB, typical) 2.3 dB (1.5 dB, typical)
120 MHz to <400 MHz 1.7 dB (0.65 dB, typical) 1.8 dB (0.75 dB, typical)
400 MHz to <3.0 GHz 1.6 dB (0.65 dB, typical) 1.8 dB (0.75 dB, typical)
3.0 GHz to <5.5 GHz 1.7 dB (0.65 dB, typical) 1.8 dB (0.75 dB, typical)
5.5 GHz to 6.6 GHz 1.6 dB (0.65 dB, typical) 2.0 dB (1.0 dB, typical)
Absolute Accuracy
IF Amplitude Flatness, 23 C 5 C
Tuned Frequency Bandwidth Amplitude Flatness
10 MHz to <75 MHz
5 MHz 0.25 dB
10 MHz 0.3 dB
75 MHz to <120 MHz
5 MHz 0.4 dB
10 MHz 0.6 dB
5 MHz 0.45 dB
120 MHz to <140 MHz 10 MHz 0.65 dB
20 MHz 0.9 dB
5 MHz 0.2 dB
140 MHz to <330 MHz 10 MHz 0.4 dB
20 MHz 0.5 dB
10 MHz 0.2 dB
330 MHz to <6.6 GHz 20 MHz 0.35 dB
50 MHz 0.60 dB
IF Amplitude Flatness, 0 C to 55 C
Tuned Frequency Bandwidth Amplitude Flatness
10 MHz to <75 MHz
5 MHz 0.3 dB
10 MHz 0.45 dB
75 MHz to <120 MHz
5 MHz 0.35 dB
10 MHz 0.6 dB
5 MHz 0.55 dB
120 MHz to <140 MHz 10 MHz 0.85 dB
20 MHz 1.1 dB
5 MHz 0.35 dB
140 MHz to <330 MHz 10 MHz 0.8 dB
20 MHz 0.8 dB
10 MHz 0.25 dB
330 MHz to <6.6 GHz 20 MHz 0.4 dB
50 MHz 0.7 dB
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
6
.
6

G
H
z

V
e
c
t
o
r

S
i
g
n
a
l

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r
458
Back to Index
825 MHz Carrier Frequency
QAM Order Symbol Rate (kS/s) RRC EVM (% RMS) MER (dB)
160 0.25 0.3 52
M = 4 800 0.25 0.4 49
4,090 0.22 0.5 46
M = 16
17,600 0.25 0.7 41
32,000 0.25 1.0 37
5,360 0.15 0.4 44
M = 64 6,952 0.15 0.5 43
40,990 0.22 1.1 35
M = 256 6,952 0.15 0.4 43
3.4 GHz Carrier Frequency
160 0.25 0.65 44
M = 4 800 0.25 0.65 44
4,090 0.22 0.74 43
M = 16
17,600 0.25 1.13 36
32,000 0.25 1.94 32
5,360 0.15 0.59 41
M = 64 6,952 0.15 0.66 40
40,990 0.22 2.15 30
M = 256 6,952 0.15 0.64 40
5.8 GHz Carrier Frequency
160 0.25 0.89 41
M = 4 800 0.25 0.85 41
4,090 0.22 1.04 40
M = 16
17,600 0.25 1.49 34
32,000 0.25 2.00 31
5,360 0.15 0.83 38
M = 64 6,952 0.15 0.90 37
40,990 0.22 2.06 30
M = 256 6,952 0.15 1.00 36
Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) and Modulation
Error Ratio (MER)
(Nominal)
Data length in the following three tables is 1,250 symbols
pseudorandom bit sequence (PRBS) at 30 dBm power level. These
results were obtained using the NI 5663 onboard clock (the NI 5652
LO source onboard clock) and do not include software equalization
using the NI Modulation Toolkit. Results are the composite effect of
both the NI 5663 and the NI 5673 RF vector signal generator.
459
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
6
.
6

G
H
z

V
e
c
t
o
r

S
i
g
n
a
l

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r
Back to Index
3.6 GHz / 14 GHz RF Vector Signal Analyzer with
Digital Downconversion
20 Hz to 3.6 GHz / 14 GHz frequency range
129 dBc/Hz typical phase noise at 10 kHz
offset at 800 MHz
25/50 MHz instantaneous bandwidth
0.35 dB typical flatness within 20 MHz
bandwidth
Optional preamp < 3.6 GHz
<-165 dBm/Hz typical display averaged noise
level at 1 GHz
Optional preselector > 3.6 GHz
16-bit ADC
RF list mode support
Overview
The NI PXIe-5665 RF vector signal analyzer offers industry-leading
accuracy and performance with wide instantaneous bandwidths (up
to 50 MHz) optimized for automated test ranging from a low
frequency of 20 Hz to 3.6 GHz / 14 GHz. Combined with high-
performance PXI controllers and the high-speed PCI Express data
bus, these modules can perform common automated measurements
significantly faster than traditional instruments.
You can use an NI PXIe-5665 as either a spectrum analyzer or vector
signal analyzer with NI LabVIEW or LabWindows/CVI software. In
addition, you can use the NI PXIe-5665 with the NI Modulation Toolkit
for LabVIEW to analyze custom and standard modulation formats.
When combined with NI or third-party analysis toolkits, the NI PXIe-
5665 can perform measurements for a broad range of
communications standards such as GSM, EDGE, WCDMA, WiMAX,
LTE, Bluetooth, WLAN, DVB-C/H/T, ATSC, and MediaFLO. Because
all measurements are software-defined, you can simply reconfigure
the measurements using standard specific toolkits. With these
toolkits, the NI PXIe-5665 provides a low-cost solution to high-
performance RF measurements.
Industry-Leading Accuracy and Noise Floor (High-Performance RF
Measurements)
The NI PXIe-5665 offers phase noise of -129 dBc/Hz (10 kHz offset at
an 800 MHz carrier frequency) and an average noise level of up to -
165 dBm/Hz at a 1 GHz carrier frequency, which enables high-
accuracy spectral and I/Q measurements. A 16-bit ADC, a high-
performance RF front end, and the three-stage architecture provide
industry-leading noise floors and spurious-free dynamic range
(SFDR).
With the high-performance NI PXIe-5665, you can test products and
standards such as LTE and WCDMA to their full capabilities. The
images below show adjacent channel power ratio (ACPR) and error
vector magnitude (EVM) measurements on WCDMA and LTE
standards, respectively.
NI PXIe-5665
NI PXIe-5661 NI PXIe-5663 NI PXIe-5665
Frequency Range 9 kHz to 2.7 GHz 10 MHz to 6.6 GHz 20 Hz to 3.6 GHz / 14 GHz
Phase Noise -90 dBc/Hz at -105 dBc/Hz at -129 dBc/Hz at
10 kHz offset from 10 kHz offset from 10 kHz offset from
a 1 GHz carrier a 1 GHz carrier an 800 MHz carrier
Architecture Three stage Single stage Three stage
List Mode No Yes Yes
Peer to Peer Streaming No Yes Yes
Absolute 0.6 dB 0.65 dB 0.1 dB
Amplitude Accuracy
Average Noise Floor -122 dBm/Hz -158 dBm/Hz -165 dBm/Hz
Bandwidth 20 MHz Up to 50 MHz 25 MHz or 50 MHz
Table 1. Comparison of NI Vector Signal Analyzers
Figure 1. Phase Noise
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
3
.
6

G
H
z

/

1
4

G
H
z

R
F

V
e
c
t
o
r

S
i
g
n
a
l

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r

w
i
t
h

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

D
o
w
n
c
o
n
v
e
r
s
i
o
n
460
Back to Index
461
3.6 GHz / 14 GHz RF Vector Signal Analyzer with Digital Downconversion
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
3
.
6

G
H
z

/

1
4

G
H
z

R
F

V
e
c
t
o
r

S
i
g
n
a
l

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r

w
i
t
h

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

D
o
w
n
c
o
n
v
e
r
s
i
o
n
Figure 2. ACPR Measurement on a WCDMA (TM1 64 DPCHs) Signal Generated by a
Vector Signal Generator Connected to a Filter
Figure 3. EVM Measurement of -56.1 dB on a LTE Signal Generated by an NI PXIe-5673
Back to Index
2.7 GHz RF Vector Signal Generator
250 kHz to 2.7 GHz
16-bit resolution, 100 MS/s arbitrary
waveform generation (400 MS/s
interpolated)
32, 256, or 512 MB memory
20 MHz real-time bandwidth
High-stability time base (10 MHz OCXO)
-145 dBm to +10 dBm output power
Operating Systems
Windows 7/XP/2000
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
(included)
NI-RFSG
NI PXI-5671
Overview
The National Instruments PXI-5671 is a 2.7 GHz RF vector signal
generator module with quadrature digital upconversion. Digital
upconversion provides a more efficient means of waveform
generation resulting in a tremendous reduction in download and
signal generation time. The NI PXI-5671 provides 16-bit resolution
arbitrary waveform generation at 100 MS/s (400 MS/s interpolated),
up to 512 MB of memory, and 20 MHz real-time bandwidth.
The PXI-5671 can generate custom and standard modulation formats
such as AM, FM, PM, ASK, FSK, MSK, GMSK, PSK, QPSK, PAM, and
QAM.
The Modulation Toolkit for LabVIEW accompanies the PXI-5671,
providing functions and tools for signal generation, analysis,
visualization, and processing of custom and standard digital and
analog modulation formats.
The combined functionality of the PXI-5671 and the Modulation
Toolkit deliver a highly flexible and powerful solution for scientific
research, consumer electronics, communications,
aerospace/defense, and semiconductor test applications as well as
for emerging areas including software-defined radio, radio-
frequency identification (RFID), and wireless sensor networks.
Hardware
The PXI-5671 provides vector signal generation from 250 kHz to
2.7 GHz over a wide range of signal levels from -145 dBm to
+10 dBm in a compact, 3 slot 3U module. It follows industry-
standard plug and play specifications for the PXI bus and can be
seamlessly integrated with compliant systems.
The PXI-5671 features an onboard ultrahigh-stability ovencontrolled
crystal oscillator (OCXO), which provides frequency stability of 20
ppb and frequency accuracy of 50 ppb. These specifications make it
useful for a range of automation applications.
Software
The PXI-5671 is shipped with the NI-RFSG instrument driver and the
Modulation Toolkit for LabVIEW. NI-RFSG is a fully functional
instrument driver, compatible with a variety of application software
environments such as NI LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, and C.
NI-RFSG features easy-to-use functions for configuring the timing
and synchronization, CW tone, and arbitrary waveform generation
capabilities of the PXI-5671.Also included are a number of
interactive, instructional examples and interactive online help that
can help jumpstart your application test development.
NI PXI-5671
32 MB memory....................................................... 779079-02
256 MB memory..................................................... 779079-03
512 MB memory..................................................... 779079-04
Includes PXI-5610, PXI-5441, NI-RFSG, Modulation Toolkit for LabVIEW, and cables.
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
2
.
7

G
H
z

R
F

V
e
c
t
o
r

S
i
g
n
a
l

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
462
Back to Index
2.7 GHz RF Vector Signal Generator
250 kHz to 2.7 GHz
16-bit resolution, 100 MS/s arbitrary
waveform generation (400 MS/s
interpolated)
32, 256, or 512 MB memory
20 MHz real-time bandwidth
Full bandwidth stream-from-disk
capability
High-stability timebase (10 MHz OCXO)
-145 dBm to +10 dBm output power
Operating Systems
Windows 7/Vista (32- and 64-bit)/
XP/2000
LabVIEW
LabWindows
TM
/CVI
NI-RFSG
Overview
The NI PXIe-5672 is a 2.7 GHz RF vector signal generator with
quadrature digital upconversion. Digital upconversion provides an
efficient mechanism of waveform generation resulting in significant
waveform download times. The NI PXIe-5672 provides 16-bit
resolution arbitrary waveform generation at 100 MS/s (400 MS/s
interpolated), up to 512 MB of memory, and up to 20 MHz of
instantaneous signal bandwidth. The NI PXIe-5672 is a general-
purpose vector signal generator that can generate standard
modulation formats such as AM, FM, PM, ASK, FSK, MSK, GMSK,
PSK, QPSK, PAM, and QAM. One accompanying tool is the
NI Modulation Toolkit for LabVIEW, which provides functions for
signal generation, analysis, visualization, and processing of custom
and standard digital and analog modulation formats. The combined
functionality of the NI PXIe-5672 and the Modulation Toolkit delivers
a highly flexible and powerful solution for scientific research,
consumer electronics, communications, aerospace/defense, and
semiconductor test applications as well as for emerging areas
including software-defined radio, radio-frequency identification
(RFID), and wireless sensor networks. For specific communications
standards, you can use various software add-ons to generate
modulated signals according to standards such as WCDMA, DVB-H,
and ZigBee.
Combined with high-speed RAID arrays, the high-speed PXI Express
data bus and digital upconversion enable continuous RF generation
from hard disk or memory. PXI Express instruments can stream data
from the host controller at rates greater than 600 MB/s. With the
NI PXIe-5672, you can perform continuous streaming from disk at
the maximum output rate of the instrument, 25 MS/s (100 MB/s).
For extended waveform generation, the NI PXIe-5672 is capable of
streaming continuous waveforms from disk for more than five hours.
Applications that benefit from this capability include broadcast
video test, record and playback, and extended bit error rate (BER)
testing.
Quadrature Digital Upconversion
The NI PXIe-5672 uses a superheterodyne upconversion approach to
minimize quadrature error. Digital upconversion of baseband I/Q
waveforms to an intermediate frequency (IF) is performed digitally in
hardware on a field-programmable gate array (FPGA). With digital
upconversion, you can apply interpolating pulse-shaping filters
(raised cosine, root-raised cosine, and flat) to improve the efficiency
of memory usage. Because this functionality can operate on
baseband waveforms sampled as high as 25 MS/s, you can use it
for up to the full 20 MHz real-time bandwidth of the instrument.
NI PXIe-5672
NI PXIe-5162
32 MB memory............................................................. 779900-01
256 MB memory........................................................... 779900-02
512 MB memory........................................................... 779900-03
Includes Modulation Toolkit for LabVIEW application software and NI-RFSG
instrument driver software.
463
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
2
.
7

G
H
z

R
F

V
e
c
t
o
r

S
i
g
n
a
l

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
Back to Index
6.6 GHz Vector Signal Generator
>100 MHz bandwidth
Up to +10 dBm RF power
112 dBc/Hz phase noise at 10 kHz at 1 GHz
66 dBc adjacent-channel leakage ratio
for WCDMA-like signals
<7.5 ms tuning time
-64 dBc typical image rejection at 2.4 GHz
-64 dBc typical carrier suppression at
2.4 GHz
Full bandwidth streaming from disk
(100 MS/s)
Operating System
Included Software
NI-RFSG driver
Programming API
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabWindows
TM
/CVI
C++/.NET
NI PXIe-5673
Overview
The NI PXIe-5673 is a wide bandwidth 6.6 GHz RF vector signal
generator. Combined with the appropriate software, the
NI PXIe-5673 can generate a variety of signals. Using the NI
Modulation Toolkit for LabVIEW, it can generate different
waveforms including AM, FM, CPM, ASK, FSK, MSK, PSK, QAM (4,
16, 64, and 256), multitone signals, arbitrary waveforms, and many
others. In addition, you can combine this vector signal generator
with standard-specific software to generate signals for GPS,
GSM/EDGE/WCDMA, WLAN, WiMAX, DVB-C/H/C, ISDB-T, ZigBee,
and others. With NI PXIe-5673 stream-from-disk capabilities, you
can generate continuous waveforms that are up to several terabytes
in length.
Basic Architecture
The NI PXIe-5673 uses direct RF upconversion from differential
baseband I and Q signals.
The NI PXIe-5673 consists of the NI PXIe-5611 RF upconverter, the
NI PXI-5652 RF continuous wave (CW) source, and the NI PXIe-5450
dual-channel arbitrary waveform generator (AWG).
The NI PXI-5652 CW source uses a voltage-controlled oscillator
(VCO) architecture, enabling frequency tuning times no greater than
7.5 ms.
In addition, the NI PXIe-5450 AWG 16-bit digital-to-analog converter
(DAC) generates baseband I and Q signals at data rates of up to
200 MS/s. At this sample rate, the generator is capable of producing
more than 100 MHz of RF bandwidth. In Figure 1, observe a QPSK
signal with more than 100 MHz of bandwidth at 5.8 GHz. The signal
represented is configured for a symbol rate of 100 MS/s and a root
raised cosine filter with an alpha of 0.22.
Fast Waveform Downloads
One of the biggest advantages of PXI Express instrumentation is the
benefit of high-speed waveform transfer rates. Using the
NI PXIe-5673, you can download waveforms onto an instruments
memory significantly faster than with traditional instrumentation.
Using a x4 PCI Express interface, you can download waveforms to
memory at speeds of up to 800 MB/s.
Phase-Coherent Generation
The flexible architecture of the NI PXIe-5673 enables multiple
instruments to share a common start trigger, reference clock, and
even a local oscillator (LO). As a result, you can synchronize up to
four NI PXIe-5673 RF vector signal generators for phase-coherent
signal generation. A typical configuration of two synchronized
generators is shown in Figure 3. With up to four channels of
Figure 1. QPSK Signal with Wide Bandwidth
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
6
.
6

G
H
z

V
e
c
t
o
r

S
i
g
n
a
l

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
464
Back to Index
Vector Signal Generator
synchronized RF signal generation, you can easily address MIMO
and beamforming applications.
RF Record and Playback
You can combine the NI PXIe-5673 with a PXI RF vector signal
analyzer for record and playback applications. Using a 2 TB
redundant array of inexpensive disks (RAID) volume, you can
continuously generate up to 100 MHz (400 MB/s) for more than
1.5 hours. In this application, the NI PXIe-5663 vector signal analyzer
records up to two hours of continuous RF signal and the data is
stored as a binary file on a RAID volume. The NI PXIe-5673 then
streams recorded waveforms from disk. In addition to recorded
waveforms, you can use streaming technology to generate large
simulated waveforms.
High-Performance Signal Generation
Higher-order modulation schemes such as 256-QAM require good
dynamic range and phase noise performance. Using the
NI PXIe-5673, you can generate a variety of signals with significant
accuracy. As shown in Figure 2, a loopback configuration with the
NI PXIe-5673 and NI PXIe-5663 yields a typical EVM (RMS)
measurement of 0.5 percent (1250 symbols, software equalization
disabled).
In Figure 2, a center frequency of 1 GHz, a symbol rate of 5.36 MS/s,
and a root raised cosine filter with 0.12 alpha was used. The RF
power was set to -10 dBm and analysis was performed with the
NI PXIe-5663.
In addition, the wide bandwidth of the NI PXIe-5673 combined with
high-performance image rejection enables generation of modulated
signals at high symbol rates. For example, in Figure 3, observe a
constellation plot of a 64-QAM signal at 40.99 MS/s with an RMS
EVM of 0.9 percent (1250 symbols, equalization disabled).
In Figure 3, a center frequency of 825 MHz was used. The RF power
was set to -10 dBm and analysis was performed with the NI PXIe-
5663. While an EVM of 0.9 percent is a nominal value, the typical
result is 1.1 percent.
In addition, the combination of high dynamic range and a linear front
end yields high-performance adjacent channel power
measurements. In Figure 4, observe the spectrum for a QPSK signal
at 1 GHz center frequency.
A symbol rate of 3.84 MS/s is used and a root raised cosine filter
with alpha 0.22 is used. As Figure 6 illustrates, the NI PXIe-5673
yields an adjacent channel power measurement of better than -69
dBc rejection when configured with the settings described.
465
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
V
e
c
t
o
r

S
i
g
n
a
l

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
Figure 2. Constellation Plot of 256-QAM
Figure 3. Constellation Plot of QPSK with 50 MHz of Bandwidth
Figure 4. Spectrum of QPSK Signal at 1 GHz
NI PXIe-5673
2x2 MIMO extension kit with 512 MB onboard memory.... 780485-01
Back to Index
Output impedance......................... 50 !
Coupling........................................ AC
Table 1. Single Sideband Phase Noise at 10 kHz Offset
Specifications
Frequency Range NI PXIe-5673 Part Number
85 MHz to 6.6 GHz 780418-OX
85 MHz to 3.3 GHz 780417-OX
85 MHz to 1.3 GHz 780416-OX
LO Frequency Carrier Suppression
85 MHz to 5.5 GHz -44 dBc, maximum
5.5 GHz to 6.6 GHz -41 dBc, maximum
Frequency Phase Noise (dBc/Hz)
100 MHz <-125
500 MHz <-112
1 GHz <-105
2 GHz <-98
3 GHz <-95
4 GHz <-93
5 GHz <-90
6.6 GHz <-90
Frequency
Bandwidth
Modulation bandwidth
(3 dB double sideband)............. >100 MHz
The modulation bandwidth specification assumes the frequency
range is between 85 MHz and 6.6 GHz. For example, 100 MHz
bandwidth can be achieved at a frequency of 135 MHz but not
85 MHz.
Data streaming continuous
transfer rate.............................. 500 MB/s, nominal
Tuning Resolution (NI 5650/5651/5652)
<1.3 GHz........................................ <1 Hz
#1.3 to #3.3 GHz........................... <2 Hz
#3.3 to #6.6 GHz........................... <4 Hz
Frequency Settling Time
0.1 x 10
-6
of final frequency.......... <7.5 ms, maximum
0.1 x 10
-6
of final frequency.......... <3.5 ms, typical
The frequency settling time specification includes only frequency
settling and excludes any residual amplitude settling that may occur
as a result of large frequency changes.
Internal Frequency Reference (NI 5650/5651/5652)
Frequency....................................... 10 MHz
Initial accuracy............................... 3 x 10
-6
Temperature stability
(15 to 35 C)............................... 1 x 10
-6
, maximum
Aging
Per year...................................... 5 x 10
-6
, maximum
External Reference Input (NI 5450)
Frequency...................................... 10 MHz
Amplitude...................................... 1.0 Vpk-pk to 5.0 Vpk-pk into 50 !
Input impedance............................ 50 !
Coupling......................................... AC
External Reference Output (NI 5450)
Frequency....................................... 10 MHz
Reference clock out....................... 0.7 Vpk-pk into 50 !, nominal
2 MHz Modulation 20 MHz Modulation
Frequency Bandwidth Bandwidth
"85 MHz to #400 MHz #-43 dBc #-41 dBc
>400 MHz to #2.5 GHz #-50 dBc #-48 dBc
>2.5 GHz to #5.5 GHz #-46 dBc #-45 dBc
>5.5 GHz to #6.6 GHz #-43 dBc #-41 dBc
Spectral Purity
Sideband Image Suppression
Carrier Suppression
Onboard Reference Clock Source EVM (%) MER (dB)
Symbol Rate Root Raised Cosine 825 3,400 5,800 825 3,400 5,800
(MS/s) Bandwidth Filter Alpha Value MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
0.16 200.00 kHz 0.25 0.3 0.7 1 51 43 40
0.8 1.00 MHz 0.22 0.4 0.7 1 48 42 40
4.09 4.98 MHz 0.25 0.6 0.8 1.2 45 42 38
Digital Modulation
(Nominal)
Quadrature Phase-Shift Keying
QPSK, External Reference Clock Source
EVM (%) MER (dB)
(PXI Express Backplane Clock)
0.16 200.00 kHz 0.25 0.7 2 2.9 43 34 30
0.8 1.00 MHz 0.22 0.9 1.3 1.7 41 38 36
4.09 4.98 MHz 0.25 1.1 1.3 1.5 39 38 36
16-QAM, Onboard Reference
EVM (%) MER (dB)
Clock Source
17.6 22 MHz 0.25 0.7 1.4 1.8 41 35 32
32 40 MHz 0.25 1.1 2.4 2.5 36 29 29
16-QAM, External Reference Clock Source
EVM (%) MER (dB)
17.6 22 MHz 0.25 1 1.5 1.9 37 34 32
32 40 MHz 0.22 1.4 2.5 2.6 35 29 29
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
V
e
c
t
o
r

S
i
g
n
a
l

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
466
Back to Index
467
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
V
e
c
t
o
r

S
i
g
n
a
l

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
EVM (%) MER (dB)
Clock Source
5.36 6.16 MHz 0.15 0.4 0.6 1 44 40 37
6.95 7.99 MHz 0.15 0.5 0.7 1 43 39 36
40.99 50.00 MHz 0.22 1.3 2.8 2.6 34 27 28
EVM (%) MER (dB)
5.36 6.16 MHz 0.15 0.9 1 1.2 38 36 35
6.95 7.99 MHz 0.15 0.9 1.1 1.2 38 36 35
40.99 50.00 MHz 0.22 1.5 2.8 2.7 33 27 28
EVM (%) MER (dB)
Clock Source
6.95 7.99 MHz 0.15 0.5 0.8 1.8 43 38 32
EVM (%) MER (dB)
6.95 7.99 MHz 0.15 0.8 2 2.3 37 32 29
Back to Index
6.6 GHz RF and Microwave Signal Generators
with Modulation Capability
500 kHz to 6.6 GHz frequency range
Less than 2 ms frequency sweep tuning
speed typical
Less than 1 ppb frequency resolution
-110 dBc/Hz phase noise at 1 GHz,
10 kHz offset typical
FM, 2-FSK, OOK modulation
Modulating waveforms include sine,
triangle, square, 31-order PRBS,
user-defined 1020-bit
Use as tunable local oscillator or clock
source
Use with NI PXI-5660 RF vector signal
analyzer for stimulus response or
tracking generator applications
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
NI-RFSG
NI PXI-565x
Overview
The NI PXI-565x RF and microwave signal generators are
continuous-wave with modulation capability. The new signal
generators extend PXI waveform generation to 6.6 GHz. In a single
3U PXI slot, NI PXI-565x signal generators provide exceptional phase
noise and signal jitter.
With the PXI-5652 6.6 GHz RF and microwave signal generator, the
PXI-5651 3.3 GHz RF signal generator, and the PXI-5650 1.3 GHz RF
signal generator, you can easily set up sophisticated stimulus
response or tracking generator applications using the PXI-5660 RF
vector signal analyzer and the National Instruments LabVIEW
graphical development environment.
The new RF and microwave signal generators use direct digital
synthesis (DDS) for high-resolution frequency hopping or
phasecontinuous sweeping for fixture and device characterization
applications. They are ideal for clocking nonstandard sample rates,
such as WCDMA signals at baseband or intermediate frequency (IF).
With these versatile signal generators, you can perform analog and
digital modulation through the onboard DDS circuit, which gives you
frequency modulation and frequency-shift keying for applications
such as bit-error rate testing, antenna testing, or even keyless entry.
Amplitude modulation is also available through on-off keying.
You can seamlessly integrate PXI-565x signal generators, which
follow industry-standard plug-and-play specifications for the PXI
bus, with compliant systems.
RF and Microwave Signal Generator
Hardware Operation
The PXI-565x system block diagram in Figure 1 illustrates how the
system control unit manages the control signals and data
transferred between the circuit blocks. The system control unit also
contains the temperature monitor and modulation components.
The clocking circuitry, shown in the upper left-hand corner of the
diagram, contains the system clock reference and the DDS. The
system clock is a 200 MHz voltage-controlled crystal oscillator
(VCXO) that you can program to phase-lock to an external 10 MHz
clock signal at the REF IN/OUT connector.
The DDS clocked by the 200 MHz reference provides signals of up to
50 MHz, with very fine frequency steps. RF signals below 50 MHz
come directly from the DDS.
Above 50 MHz, signal generation takes place inside the main
synthesizer circuit. The synthesizer is phase-locked to the DDS
output signal as a reference. This DDS reference signal delivers the
necessary fine-tuning steps of the synthesizer; the synthesized RF
frequency steps are typically 1 Hz or less.
Following the main synthesizer are dividers and multipliers to scale
the frequency over the range of 50 MHz to the upper frequency limit
of PXI-565x signal generators.
The automatic leveling control (ALC) loop performs fine amplitude
control. The ALC has a broad frequency response, typically from a
few kilohertz to more than 6.6 GHz. A temperature-stable voltage
digital-to-analog converter (DAC) sets the reference for the ALC.
Additional temperature calibration performed during the
manufacturing process makes the ALC very stable over the specified
operating temperature. Attenuators (final block of the system)
Module Frequency Range
PXI-5650 500 kHz to 1.3 GHz
1
1
1
1
Tunable down to 100 kHz with amplitude uncalibrated
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
6
.
6

G
H
z

R
F

a
n
d

M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e

S
i
g
n
a
l

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s

w
i
t
h

M
o
d
u
l
a
t
i
o
n

C
a
p
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
468
Back to Index
6.6 GHz RF and Microwave Signal Generators with Modulation Capability
469
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
6
.
6

G
H
z

R
F

a
n
d

M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e

S
i
g
n
a
l

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s

w
i
t
h

M
o
d
u
l
a
t
i
o
n

C
a
p
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
perform coarse amplitude control. These attenuators have a typical
range of 100 dB.
The NI-RFSG instrument driver uses calibration data stored in the
EEPROM to correctly set up the hardware for signal generation. The
instrument driver uses calibration data to compensate for nonideal
components and temperature variation. Refer to Understanding
Factory Calibration in the NI RF Signal Sources Help for more
information.
Modulation Modes
PXI-565x RF signal generators can generate three types of
modulated signals, including:
Frequency-shift keying signals
On-off keying signals
Frequency modulated signals
Frequency-Shift Keying (FSK)
PXI-565x signal generators are capable of producing a 2-FSK signal.
You can control the following modulation parameters:
Internal modulation waveform types 1020-bit, user-defined bit
stream, or pseudorandom bit sequence (PRBS)
Symbol rate
FSK deviation
NI-RFSG calculates the exact symbol rate and FSK deviation, which
can differ slightly from the input parameters.
On-Off Keying (OOK)
OOK is a modulation scheme that varies the power level of the
carrier signal between two discrete power levels. You can control
the following modulation parameters:
Internal modulation waveform type PRBS
Symbol rate
A bit value of 1 sets the carrier signal power to the configured
power level. A bit value of 0 sets the carrier signal power to the
lowest possible level for this frequency. Refer to your device
specifications document for minimum and maximum power levels.
Frequency Modulation (FM)
You can control the following modulation parameters:
Internal modulation waveform types square, sine, triangle
Modulation waveform frequency
FM deviation
Output Enable
You can disable signal output at the RF OUT connector using the
Output Enabled property. In addition, you can change the output
enable state at any time during waveform generation, and the
generation continues on internally.
Calibration
PXI-565x signal generator calibration is relative to an NIST-traceable
standard over the specified operating temperature range. Calibration
consists of two major parts frequency accuracy calibration and
amplitude accuracy calibration. Calibration certificates are available
on request.
Software
The NI PXI-565x is shipped with NI-RFSG, a fully functional
instrument driver compatible with a variety of application software
environments, such as NI LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, and C. Also
included are a number of interactive, instructional examples and
interactive online help guides that can assist you in jump-starting
your application test development.
NI PXI-5652.................................................................. 779670-02
NI PXI-5651.................................................................. 779670-01
NI PXI-5650.................................................................. 779670-00
Includes NI-RFSG instrument driver software.
Back to Index
Residual FM (300 Hz to 3 kHz, CCITT, rms)
Harmonics at #0 dBm Output Power
Nonharmonics at #0 dBm Output Power
Nonharmonic Products
Subharmonic Products
Amplitude
Resolution...................................... <0.1 dB
Range
3
............................................ -100 to 10 dBm
3
See detailed specifications for frequency specific amplitude ranges.
Power Level Accuracy (15 C to 35 C)
Less than 3.3 GHz
>-40 dBm................................... 0.75 dB
<-40 dBm................................... 1.8 dB
Greater than 3.3GHz
>-40 dBm................................... 1.0 dB
<-40 dBm................................... 2.0 dB
Amplitude Settling Time
0.25 dB of final value.................... <10 ms typical
0.05 dB of final value..................... <500 ms typical
Signal to Noise Ratio
"0 dBm output power................... <-140 dBc/Hz typical
VSWR
500 kHz to 3.3 GHz........................ <1.8:1 typical
3.3 to 6.6 GHz ............................... <2.0:1 typical
Output impedance......................... 50 !
Specifications
NI PXI-565x RF Signal Generator
30 minutes warm-up time at ambient temperature
Calibration cycle maintained
Temperature 0 to 55 C unless otherwise noted.
Typical values are used to define an average unit measured at
ambient temperatures of 15 to 35 C. Specifications that do not list
a tolerance are typical values unless otherwise specified. Tolerance
values represent the maximum variation that will be observed.
Frequency
Range
PXI-5650......................................... 500 kHz
1
to 1.3 GHz
PXI-5651......................................... 500 kHz
1
to 3.3 GHz
PXI-5652......................................... 500 kHz
1
to 6.6 GHz
1
Tunable down to 100 kHz with amplitude uncalibrated.
Resolution
Settling Time
0.1 ppm of final frequency............. <5 ms
0.01 ppm of final frequency........... <20 ms
Reference Clock
Internal Clock
Initial accuracy............................... 3 ppm max.
Temperature (15 to 35 C)............. 1 ppm max.
Aging.............................................. 5 ppm/year max.
Spectral Purity
SSB Phase Noise at 10 kHz Offset
Jitter (seconds, rms) at 0 dBm Output Power
622 MHz with 1 kHz to
5 MHz jitter BW........................ <200 fs typical
2.488 GHz with 5 kHz to
15 MHz jitter BW...................... <50 fs typical
Frequency >1 kHz Offset > 100 kHz Offset
500 kHz to 50 MHz <-65 dBc <-75 dBc
50 MHz to 3.3 GHz <-65 dBc <-70 dBc
3.3 to 6.6 GHz <-50 dBc <-65 dBc
Frequency Step Size
500 kHz to 1.3 GHz <1 Hz
1.3 to 3.3 GHz <2 Hz
3.3 to 6.6 GHz <4 Hz
Frequency Harmonic (Typical)
500 kHz to 1.3 GHz -15 dBc
1.3 to 3.3 GHz -25 dBc
3.3 to 6.6 GHz -20 dBc
Frequency Subharmonic Products
500 kHz to 3.3 GHz Not applicable
2
3.3 to 4 GHz <-30 dBc
4 to 6.6 GHz <-25 dBc
2
No harmonic multiplication in this band.
Frequency Residual FM
1.0 GHz <0.8 Hz rms
2.4 GHz <1.5 Hz rms
Frequency Phase Noise
1 GHz <-105 dBc/Hz
3 GHz <-95 dBc/Hz
6.6 GHx <-90 dBc/Hz
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
6
.
6

G
H
z

R
F

a
n
d

M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e

S
i
g
n
a
l

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s

w
i
t
h

M
o
d
u
l
a
t
i
o
n

C
a
p
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
470
Back to Index
471
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
6
.
6

G
H
z

R
F

a
n
d

M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e

S
i
g
n
a
l

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s

w
i
t
h

M
o
d
u
l
a
t
i
o
n

C
a
p
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
Modulation
Frequency Modulation (FM)
Modulation waveform types.......... Sine, triangle, square
Modulation waveform frequency
4
.. 1 Hz to 100 kHz
Deviation accuracy
5
....................... <3.5%
Distortion
5
...................................... <0.1%
SINAD
5
........................................... >65 dB
4
Settable frequencies are given by 50 MHz/k, where k is an even integer up to 2
26
5
1 kHz sine wave, 10% of maximum deviation; noise bandwidth of 10 kHz
Frequency Shift Keying (FSK)
Modulation waveform types
PRBS.......................................... 5 to 31-order
User defined.............................. up to 1020 bit
Modulation format.............................. 2-FSK
FSK deviation accuracy (100 kHz rate,
10% of maximum deviation)..... <10%
Symbol rate.................................... 763 Hz to 100 kHz
On-Off Keying (OOK)
Modulation waveform types......... 5 to 31-order PRBS
Power level
<10 MHz.................................... typically 7 dBm below
maximum specified amplitude
>10 MHz.................................... typically 10 dBm below
maximum specified amplitude
Symbol rate.................................... 153 Hz to 100 kHz
Frequency Range Maximum Deviation (Sine Wave)
500 kHz to <50 MHz 500 kHz
"50 to <100 MHz 125 kHz
"100 to <200 MHz 250 kHz
"200 to <400 MHz 500 kHz
"400 to <800 MHz 1 MHz
"800 MHz to <1.6 GHz 2 MHz
"1.6 to <3.3 GHz 4 MHz
"3.3 to <6.6 GHz 8 MHz
Frequency Range Maximum Deviation
500 kHz to <50 MHz 250 kHz
"50 to <100 MHz 31.25 kHz
"100 to <200 MHz 62.5 kHz
"200 to <400 MHz 125 kHz
"400 to <800 MHz 250 kHz
"800 MHz to <1.6 GHz 500 kHz
"1.6 to <3.3 GHz 1 MHz
"3.3 to <6.6 GHz 2 MHz
Back to Index
6 GHz Vector Network Analyzer
10 MHz to 6 GHz frequency range
>100 dB dynamic range
<-123 dBm/Hz noise floor
-30 to +5 dBm power range
<400 s/point sweep speed over 3,201 points
Overview
The NI PXIe-5630 is a 6 GHz, 2-port vector network analyzer (VNA)
with support for vector measurements of transmission and reflection
(T/R) coefficients, which are also represented as the forward S-
parameters S11 and S21. The 10 MHz to 6 GHz frequency range, a
wide dynamic range of greater than 100 dB, and sweep speeds of
less than 400 s/point over 3,201 points make the VNA ideally
suited for automated design validation and production test.
The NI PXIe-5630 provides impressive value and flexibility in a small
form factor. With a mature feature set, including automatic
precision calibration, full vector analysis, and reference plane
extensions, it offers an ideal vector network analysis solution for
your validation and production operations without the high costs and
large footprints associated with a traditional benchtop VNA. The
flexible LabVIEW API is optimized for parallel test using a single
controller with multiple VNAs for multisite test operations. In
addition, with the open PXI platform, you can seamlessly integrate
additional RF or mixed-signal I/O instruments into your test system.
NI PXIe-5630
NI PXIe-5162
NI PXIe-5630
NI PXIE-5630 6 GHz RF Vector Network
Analyzer, 2-Port, T/R Test........................................... 781219-01
NI PXIE-5630 6 GHz Vector Network
Analyzer w/Time Domain Analysis............................. 781219-02
Time Domain Analysis License,
PXIe-5630 Vector Network Analyzer........................... 781800-01
Accessories
Manual VNA Calibration Kit, K-Type........................... 781587-01
Automatic VNA Calibration Kit , K-Type,
Male-Female................................................................ 781589-01
Manual VNA Calibration Kit, N-Type........................... 781588-01
Phase-Equal Precision Adapter Kit, K-Type................. 781595-01
Phase-Equal Precision Adapter Kit, N-Type................. 781596-01
Precision Coaxial Cable, 0.6 m, K-Type,
Male-Male.................................................................... 781607-01
Precision Coaxial Cable, 0.6 m, K-Type,
Male-Female................................................................ 781608-01
Precision Coaxial Cable, 0.6 m, K-Type
Male to N-Type Male................................................... 781609-01
Precision Coaxial Cable, 0.6 m, K-Type
Male to N-Type Female................................................ 781610-01
Calibrated 5/16" Torque Wrench,
8 in-lbs (0.9 Nm)........................................................... 781615-01
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
6

G
H
z

V
e
c
t
o
r

N
e
t
w
o
r
k

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r
472
Back to Index
473
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
P
X
I

R
F

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
PXI RF Signal Conditioning
Key Amplifier Features
Up to +24 dBm maximum output power
Up to 30 dB gain
0.5 dB gain resolution
Typical noise figure <5 dB
Both fixed and programmable
gain channels
Key Attenuator Features
Up to 60 dB total attenuation
0.5 dB attenuation resolution
1.2:1 typical voltage standing
wave ratio (VSWR)
Both fixed and programmable
attenuator channels
Operating System
Windows 7/XP/2000/NT
LabVIEW
LabWindows
TM
/CVI
C/C++/.NET
NI-5690
Overview
National Instruments PXI RF signal conditioning modules include
low-noise/high-gain amplifiers and programmable attenuators. You
can use these 3U PXI modules to optimize the dynamic range of PXI
RF vector signal generators and analyzers. The NI PXI-5690 is a 100
kHz to 3 GHz, two-channel programmable amplifier and attenuator;
the NI PXI-5691 is a 50 MHz to 8 GHz, two-channel programmable
amplifier; and the NI PXI-5695 is a 50 MHz to 8 GHz, two-channel
programmable attenuator.
RF Signal Conditioning Applications
You can use PXI programmable amplifiers with both RF signal
generators and RF signal analyzers. When combined with RF vector
signal generators, PXI RF amplifiers enable high-power signal
generation. For example, the PXI-5691 offers up to 28 dB of gain and
a 1 dB compression point of +21 dBm. Using this module, you can
extend the upper power range of your vector signal generator.
When used with RF vector signal analyzers, the same programmable
amplifiers can improve the noise floor of the measurement system.
For example, with a typical noise figure of 5 dB at 2.5 GHz, the PXI-
5691 programmable amplifier can be combined with the NI PXI-5663
RF vector signal analyzer to measure signals down to -163 dBm/Hz.
With PXI programmable attenuators, you can improve the power
accuracy of your RF signal generator in lower power ranges. With an
external attenuator, you generate RF signals in the most accurate
range of the signal generator and attenuate the signal to the desired
output power.
PXI RF Amplifiers
PXI-5690 RF Programmable
Amplifier/Attenuator
The PXI-5690 is a 100 kHz to 3 GHz, two-channel programmable
amplifier and attenuator with one fixed gain path and one
programmable gain/attenuation path. The combined paths offer up
to 37 dB of total signal gain at 2.5 GHz when signal paths are
cascaded.
NI PXI-5690, NI PXI-5691, NI PXI-5695
PXI-5690 (2.5 GHz) PXI-5691 (2.5 GHz) PXI-5691 (6.6 GHz)
CH0 Gain 31 dB 28 dB 27 dB
CH0 Noise Figure 5.5 dB 5 dB 4 dB
CH0 P1dB +18 dBm +21 dBm +21 dBm
CH0 IP3 (TOI) +23 dBm +33 dBm +33 dBm
CH0 Max Output Power +20 dBm +25 dBm +25 dBm
CH1 Max Gain 16 dB 28 dB 21 dB
CH1 Noise Figure 8 dB 5 dB 5 dB
CH1 P1dB +16 dBm +21 dBm +21 dBm
CH1 IP3 (TOI) +15 dBm +33 dBm +33 dBm
CH1 Max Output Power +20 dBm +25 dBm +25 dBm
Note: All values are typical results at either 2.5 or 6.6 GHz.
Table 1. PXI RF Programmable Amplifiers Comparison
Back to Index
PXI RF Signal Conditioning
Channel 0 functions as a fixed gain preamplifier with a typical gain of
30 dB across all frequencies. This channel offers a low noise figure and a
flat frequency response.
Channel 1 functions as a programmable preamplifier containing two
userselectable paths. The main path consists of a step attenuator
followed by a fixed gain amplifier. The step attenuator is software
programmable in 1 dB steps. In software, you can configure channel 1 to
provide up to 10 dB of attenuation or up to 22 dB of gain - depending on
frequency range. The direct path gives you the option of bypassing the
attenuator-amplifier circuitry.
PXI-5691 RF Programmable Amplifier
The PXI-5691 is a 50 MHz to 8 GHz, two-channel programmable amplifier
with one fixed gain path and one programmable gain path. The combined
paths can provide up to 55 dB of total signal gain at 2.5 GHz when the
two channels are cascaded.
Channel 0 functions as a fixed gain preamplifier with a typical gain of
more than 26 dB across all frequencies. This channel offers a low noise
figure and a flat frequency response.
Channel 1 functions as a programmable preamplifier containing two
userselectable paths. The main path consists of fixed gain amplification
preceded by a step attenuator that is adjustable by software in 0.5 dB
nominal steps. The direct path gives you the option of bypassing the
attenuator-amplifier circuitry.
PXI-5695 RF Programmable Attenuator
The PXI-5695 is a 50 MHz to 8 GHz, two-channel RF programmable
attenuator with one fixed attenuation path and one programmable
attenuation path. The combined paths can provide up to 70 dB of total
attenuation at 2.5 GHz when cascaded.
Channel 0 functions as a fixed attenuator with more than 27.5 dB of
attenuation across all frequencies.
Channel 1 functions as a programmable attenuator with up to 42 dB
of attenuation across all frequencies. You can control this attenuator
programmatically in software with 0.5 dB resolution.
Software
You can programmatically control PXI-569x modules using NI-5690
programming software. This driver provides C-style and NI LabVIEW APIs
to help you control both gain and attenuation. A block diagram of a basic
LabVIEW example to control the PXI-5691 amplifier is shown in Figure 4.
Figure 1. PXI-5690 Block Diagram
Figure 4. You can control PXI RF signal conditioning modules with NI LabVIEW software.
NI PXI-5690 ................................................................. 779465-01
NI PXI-5691 ................................................................. 781035-01
NI PXI-5695 ................................................................. 781036-01
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
P
X
I

R
F

S
i
g
n
a
l

C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g
474
Back to Index
475
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
6

G
H
z

T
r
u
e

R
M
S

P
o
w
e
r

M
e
t
e
r

w
i
t
h

B
u
s
-
P
o
w
e
r
e
d

U
S
B

C
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
6 GHz True RMS Power Meter
with Bus-Powered USB Connectivity
True RMS power measurements
Diode power meter
10 and 100 Hz typical channel bandwidth
0.13 dB accuracy at <+18 dBm
0.18 dB accuracy at
3
+18 dBm
Internal zeroing capability
<3 percent sensor linearity
Standing wave ratio <1.2 to 6 GHz
100 mA typical power consumption
USB bus connectivity
N-type connector
Operating System
LabVIEW
LabWindows
TM
/CVI
NI-568x
Calibration
Overview
The National Instruments USB-5680 is a 6 GHz true RMS (root-meansquare)
power meter that features high measurement accuracy and wide dynamic
range. As a true RMS power meter, the NI USB-5680 is ideal for measuring
the power of continuous wave (CW) signals. In addition, it offers better than
0.18 dB of linearity across all frequency ranges and all power levels. This
functionality, combined with a flexible API, makes it ideal for measuring path
loss in automated test applications. In addition, its small size (less than 9.6
cubic in.) frees up valuable rack space without sacrificing performance. One
of the biggest benefits of the USB-5680 is its USB connectivity. Powered
solely from the USB cable, it consumes only 100 mA of current. Thus, you
can use this power meter in both production test and field applications with
a laptop. Moreover, USB connectivity helps you easily integrate the power
meter with PC and PXI systems in an automated test environment.
Architecture
The USB-5680 RF power meter features a dual-path architecture to achieve
63 dB of dynamic range. This architecture improves power measurement
accuracy by ensuring that the diode sensors are used in their most linear
region. The first measurement range is from -5 to +23 dBm and the second is
from -40 to -5 dBm. This accounts for a combined dynamic range of -40 to
+23 dBm with a single power head.
NI USB-5680
True RMS Power Meter with Bus-Powered USB Connectivity
Scope and time-slot mode support
Hardware and software triggering
<0.18 dB linearity
150 mA typical power consumption
Overview
The NI USB-5681 RF power meter features a wide dynamic range from -40
to +20 dBm and <0.18 dB linearity over the full 10 MHz to 18 GHz frequency
range. With this true RMS power meter, you can make extremely accurate
average power measurements of signals ranging from single-tone and
multitone sources to wideband, complex digital waveforms. You can
hardware-trigger the USB-5681 through an external trigger source or
software-trigger it based on the signal source. Scope and slot modes use
this software triggering to measure burst waveforms, such as WiMAX and
LTE, and multislot waveforms, such as GSM and EDGE. These new features
are exposed in the full-featured Soft Front Panel application as well as the
flexible API for NI LabVIEW or NI LabWindows/CVI. The power meter is
self-contained in a small form factor similar to the size of a typical power
head with calibration constants, including linearity and temperature
corrections stored directly on the device. The device draws only 150 mA
from the USB connection, making it highly suitable for mobile applications or
adding to automated test applications to free up valuable rack space without
sacrificing performance. The mark LabWindows is used under a license from
Microsoft Corporation. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States and other countries.
NI USB-5681
NI USB-5680................................................................ 780167-01
Includes NI-568x driver featuring soft front panel and API for LabVIEW,
LabWindows/CVI, C, C++, and .NET.
Back to Index
Baseband and intermediate
frequency generation
Interpolation and pulse-shaping filters
355 nHz resolution
400 MS/s effective sampling rate with
digital-to-analog converter (DAC) interpolation
32, 256, and 512 MB of onboard memory
Multimodule synchronization with <20
psrms skew
Operating Systems
LabVIEW LabWindows
TM
/CVI
Measurement Studio
Included Software
NI-FGEN driver LabVIEW Express VIs
Calibration
Overview
The National Instruments PXIe-5442 is a 100 MS/s arbitrary waveform
generator with onboard signal processing (OSP). OSP functions include
pulse shaping and interpolation filters, gain and offset control, a
numerically controlled oscillator (NCO), and IQ mixing for quadrature
digital upconversion. With 16-bit resolution and -91 dBc close-in spurious-
free dynamic range (SFDR), the NI PXIe-5442 is ideal for baseband I/Q
and intermediate frequency (IF) generation. Common applications include
prototyping, validation, and testing of semiconductor components and
communications, radar, and electronic warfare systems.
NI PXIe-5442
Dual-channel, differential I/Q signal generation
rate per channel
145 MHz analog bandwidth for generating
290 MHz bandwidth RF signals
0.15 dB flatness to 120 MHz with
digital flatness correction
<-140 dBc/Hz phase noise density for
10 MHz tone (1 kHz offset)
128 or 512 MB of deep onboard memory
Continuous data streaming >600 MB/s from host
1 Vpk-pk output, 2 PXI slots
Operating Systems
LabVIEW LabWindows
TM
/CVI
Measurement Studio
Included Software
NI-FGEN driver NI-FGEN Express VIs
Calibration
Self-calibration with gain and channel
alignment; offset correction
Overview
The NI PXIe-5450 is a 16-bit, 400 MS/s, dual-channel arbitrary waveform
generator optimized for I/Q communications signals. Each of the differential
outputs features 98 dB of close-in spurious-free dynamic range (SFDR) at
1 MHz (without harmonics), better than -140 dBc/Hz phase noise density at
10 MHz (1 kHz offset), and less than 25 ps channel-to-channel skew.
The NI PXIe-5450 is the ideal instrument to test devices with I/Q inputs or to
serve as the baseband component of an RF vector signal generator.
It also features onboard signal processing (OSP) functions that include pulse
shaping and interpolation filters, gain and offset control, and a numerically
controlled oscillator (NCO) for frequency shifting. Common applications
include prototyping, validating, and testing of semiconductor components and
communications, radar, and electronic warfare systems.
NI PXIe-5450
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
1
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
6
-
B
i
t

A
r
b
i
t
r
a
r
y

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r

w
i
t
h

O
n
b
o
a
r
d

S
i
g
n
a
l

P
r
o
c
e
s
s
i
n
g
476
Back to Index
400 MS/s, 16-Bit,
Dual-Channel Arbitrary Waveform Generator
Time domain, I/Q, and IF signal
generation
rate per channel
145 MHz analog bandwidth, 0.34 dB
flatness to 120 MHz with digital
flatness correction
-146 dBc/Hz phase noise density
at 10 kHz offset
Continuous data streaming >600 MB/s
from host
Overview
waveform generator. It features both single-ended and differential
outputs with two analog paths for maximum flexibility and
performance. Each of the outputs features up to 98 dB of spurious-
free dynamic range (SFDR) at 1 MHz (without harmonics), better
than -146 dBc/Hz phase noise density at 10 MHz (10 kHz offset), and
less than 25 ps channel-to-channel skew. The NI PXIe-5451 is the
ideal instrument to test devices with I/Q inputs, generate multiple
wideband signals, or serve as the baseband component of an RF
vector signal generator. It also features onboard signal processing
(OSP) functions that include digital upconversion, pulse shaping and
interpolation filters, gain and offset control, and a numerically
controlled oscillator (NCO) for frequency shifting. Common
applications include prototyping, validating, and testing of
semiconductor components and communications, radar, and
electronic warfare systems. With its NI Synchronization and
high-speed digitizers, digital waveform analyzers/generators, and
other signal generators. You can also synchronize multiple arbitrary
generator for applications such as MIMO (multiple-input, multiple-
NI PXIe-5451
477
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
4
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
6
-
B
i
t
,

D
u
a
l
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

A
r
b
i
t
r
a
r
y

W
a
v
e
f
o
r
m

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
Back to Index
100 MS/s, 14-Bit Digitizer for Communications
100 MS/s real-time, up to 2.0 GS/s
equivalent-time sampling
14-bit resolution on 2 simultaneously
sampled channels
100 MHz bandwidth with noise and
antialias filters
Quadrature digital downconversion
(DDC) with up to 40 MHz IF bandwidth
Baseband I/Q decimation with alias
protection
General-purpose alias-protected
decimation for all sample rates
Overview
The NI PXI-5142 is a 100 MS/s digitizer with onboard signal
downconversion (DDC), real digital downconversion, and antialias
filtering for baseband I/Q decimation and general-purpose
applications. The PXI-5142, ideal for communications applications, is
also suited for a wide variety of applications in automotive,
scientific research, military/aerospace, and consumer electronics.
With the large dynamic range, software-selectable 50 !or 1 M!
input, ranges from 200 mV to 20 V, and ability to acquire more than
a half million waveforms in onboard memory, the PXI-5142 is ideal
for both time- and frequency-domain analysis.
NI PXI-5142
150 MS/s, 16-Bit Digitizer for Communications
3 MHz to 250 MHz band in direct path
mode, or 50 MHz bandwidth centered at
187.5 MHz
16-bit resolution
Ability to stream to disk at maximum
sample rate for hours with PXI Express
Quadrature digital downconversion
(DDC) with up to 60 MHz IF bandwidth
AC coupled only
Alias-protected decimation for all
sample rates
Overview
The NI PXIe-5622 is a 150 MS/s digitizer with onboard signal
downconversion (DDC), real digital downconversion, and anti-alias
filtering. The PXIe-5622 is ideal for communications applications
with its high dynamic range front end and a high-throughput PXI
Express interface which allows it to stream IF data to disk for hours
at the full 150 MS/s sample rate.
NI PXIe-5622
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
1
0
0

M
S
/
s
,

1
4
-
B
i
t

D
i
g
i
t
i
z
e
r

f
o
r

C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
478
Back to Index
479
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
2
.
7

G
H
z

-
2
6
.
5

G
H
z

D
o
w
n
c
o
n
v
e
r
t
e
r
2.7 GHz -26.5 GHz Downconverter
PMI 1420
Overview
The PXI-1420 MW Downconverter Module is a PXI 3U, 1-slot
downconverter module that, in conjunction with Local Oscillator
Module PXI-1450B, converts microwave signals within the 2.75 to
26.5 GHz frequency range into baseband intermediate frequency (IF)
signals to drive todays newest generation of digitizers with over
350 MHz instantaneous information bandwidth.The PXI-1420 MW
Downconverter Module is intended for use in applications such as
synthetic instrumentation, microwave receivers, signal intelligence,
and anywhere a microwave signal needs to be down converted to a
baseband frequency for data capture, analysis, and measurement.
When combined with a companion high-speed digitizer (>1Gs/s) and
user-provided software (e.g., LabVIEW
), the PXI-1420 provides a

total measurement solution in support of microwave test and
measurement applications
100 kHz - 2.9 GHz Downconverter
PMI 1430
Overview
The PXI-1430B RF Downconverter Module is a PXI 3U, 1-slot
downconverter module. It works in conjunction with the PXI-1450B
Local Oscillator Module to convert microwave signals in the 100 kHz
to 2.9 GHz frequency range into baseband intermediate frequency
(IF) signals to drive todays newest generation of digitizers.
The PXI-1430B RF Downconverter Module is intended for use in
applications such as synthetic instrumentation, microwave
receivers, signal intelligence, and anywhere a microwave signal
needs to be down converted to a baseband frequency for data
capture, analysis, and measurement. When combined with a
companion high-speed digitizer (> 1 Gs/s) and userprovided software
(e.g., LabVIEW
), the PXI-1430B provides a total measurement

solution in support of microwave test and measurement applications
within the 100 kHz to 2.9 GHz frequency range.
Back to Index
IF Downconverter
PMI 1440
Overview
The PXI-1440 IF Downconverter Module is a PXI 3U, 1-slot module
that facilitates additional frequency translations to lower
intermediate frequencies (IF) when high-dynamic range digitization
is required. The module can receive multiple IF inputs from two
different donconverter modules. The IF-input signals can either be
bypassed and sent out in wideband mode or fi ltered and further
down converted before being up routed to the appropriate alias fi
lter for additional processing in the narrowband mode. The two
input sources to this module are normally the IF signals from the RF
Downconverter Module (PXI-1430B) or from the MW
Downconverter Module (PXI-1420). Additionally, the PXI-1440
contains videoprocessing circuitry to enable video demodulation or
IF video triggering implementation in a PXI downconverter system.
Features and controls include: incoming signal routing, anti-alias fi
lter routing, IF output routing, LO level indicator, and several signal-
path options for testing.
The PXI-1440 IF Downconverter Module is intended for use in
applications such as intrumentation, microwave receivers, signal
intelligence, or anywhere a microwave signal needs to be down
converted to a baseband frequency for data capture, analysis, and
measurement.
26.5 GHz Phase Matrix Downconverter for NI Digitizers
100 kHz to 26.5 GHz frequency range
Wideband (350 MHz) and narrowband
(30 kHz and 8 MHz) IF outputs
Fast-tuning local oscillator (<1 ms)
-118 dBc/Hz phase noise at 10 kHz
offset from 1 GHz (typical)
YIG preselector filter and programmable
attenuator
Overview
The 26.5 GHz Phase Matrix Downconverter for NI Digitizers delivers
RF and microwave vector signal and spectrum analysis from 100 kHz
to 26.5 GHz to address your RF and microwave test applications
from spectral monitoring to wireless test. Also, with the PXI
platform, you can seamlessly integrate additional RF or mixed-signal
I/O instruments into your test system.
The Phase Matrix 1450 local oscillator, 1410 preselector, 1420
microwave downconverter, 1430 RF downconverter, and 1440 IF
downconverter are combined with the NI PXIe-5122 and the NI PXI-
5154 digitizers to provide signal and spectrum analysis from 100 kHz
to 26.5 GHz with an 8-bit, 350 MHz path (40 MHz for signals below
2.9 GHz) and 14-bit, 8 MHz and 30 kHz paths.
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
I
F

D
o
w
n
c
o
n
v
e
e
r
t
e
r
480
Back to Index
Combine With NI PXIe-5663E Vector Signal Analyzer
26.5 GHz Phase Matrix Frequency Extension
Fast-tuning local oscillator (<1 ms)
(NI PXIe-5663E)
above 6.6 GHz
YIG preselector filter and programmable
attenuator
Overview
The 26.5 GHz Phase Matrix Frequency Extension is combined with
the NI PXIe-5663E vector signal analyzer (VSA) to deliver RF and
microwave vector signal and spectrum analysis from 10 MHz to 26.5
GHz to address your RF and microwave test application needs from
spectral monitoring to wireless test. Additionally, with the PXI
platform, you can seamlessly integrate additional RF or mixed-signal
I/O instruments into your test system.
The Phase Matrix 1450 local oscillator, 1410 preselector, and 1420
microwave downconverter are combined with the NI PXIe-5663E
VSA to provide signal and spectrum analysis from 10 MHz to 26.5
GHz. The NI PXIe-5663E VSA offers 16-bit digitization of signals
between 10 MHz and 2.9 GHz and the Phase Matrix modules provide
16-bit digitization of signals above 6.6 GHz. When a signal of
interest lies between 2.9 GHz and 6.6 GHz, you can use the NI PXIe-
5663E or the Phase Matrix 1410, 1420, and 1450, based on your test
requirements.
Local Oscillator
PMI 1450
Overview
The PXI-1450B Local Oscillator Module is a PXI 3U, 2-slot
synthesizer module intended for frequency down conversion
applications. The PXI-1450B is a VCO-based, 3 to 9 GHz synthesizer
that uses QuickSyn
technology, enabling a tuning resolution of less

than 1 Hz and optimization
for speedy (300 s typ.) settling time to allow for fast frequency
down conversion applications that employ Phase Matrix models PXI-
1420 MW Downconverter Module (2.7 to 26.5 GHz) and PXI-1430B
RF Downconverter Module (100 kHz to 2.9 GHz). The PXI-1450B
contains all the circuitry necessary to lock the synthesizer and a 100
MHz ovenized crystal oscillator to an externally provided 10 MHz
master reference oscillator. This capability enables the module to
distribute its internal high-stability reference or the customer-
provided external reference to other PXI modules within a PXI
mainframe chassis.
The PXI-1450B is intended for use in applications such as synthetic
instrumentation, microwave receivers, signal intelligence, or
anywhere a microwave signal needs to be down converted to a
baseband frequency for data capture, analysis, and measurement.
481
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
2
6
.
5

G
H
z

P
h
a
s
e

M
a
t
r
i
x

F
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

E
x
t
e
n
s
i
o
n
Back to Index
Preselector and Attenuator
PMI 1410
0.01 to 20 GHz Frequency Range
+16 to -90 dBm Leveled Output Power
Excellent Spectral Purity, Low Phase Noise
Fast Switching Speed
1 Hz Frequency Resolution
AM, FM, Pulse and I/Q Modulation
Complex IF Up-Conversion
PMI 100KHz - 26.5GHz Downconverter for
NI Digitizers................................................................... 81672-01
NI PXI-5154, 2 GS/s, 1 GHz Digitizer
w/ 256 MB/ch Onboard Memory................................. 780319-03
NI PXIe-5122, 2-ch, 100 MS/s Digitizer
w/256 MB/ch Onboard Memory................................. 779967-03
PMI 1450B Local Oscillator......................................... 781780-01
PMI 1410 Preselector and Attenuator........................ 781781-01
PMI 1420 2.7 GHz -26.5 GHz Downconverter.............. 781782-01
PMI 1430B 100 kHz - 2.9 GHz Downconverter............ 781783-01
PMI 1440 IF Downconverter........................................ 781784-01
8
R
F

a
n
d

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

T
e
s
t
P
r
e
s
e
l
e
c
t
o
r

a
n
d

A
t
t
e
n
u
a
t
o
r
482
Back to Index
483
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s

a
n
d

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Switches
Modular Switching Hardware and Software
for Test and Automation
National Instruments delivers a complete line of PXI and SCXI-based
modular switch hardware for automated test, data acquisition, and
control systems. Whether you are performing high-accuracy, low-
speed measurements on a dozen testpoints or high-channel, high-
frequency characterizations of integrated circuits, NI offers a
flexible switching solution to maximize equipment reuse, test
throughput, and system scalability. National Instruments offers:
High-density general-purpose, multiplexer, and matrix modules for
high-channel-count applications
Switching up to 600 VDC/VAC, 12 A, or 26 GHz
A variety of reliable and safe relays (armature, FET, reed, and
solid-state)
SPECS Advantage
Switching hardware and development time can account for up to
half the cost of an automated test system. With such time and
money at stake, it is important to add value to your test system in
ways other than just relay density and price per channel. National
Instruments has focused on five additional elements to improve the
development time and modularity of test systems. These features
are summarized in the acronym SPECS:
Superior Software
National Instruments provides both module-level software (NI-
SWITCH and NI-DAQmx drivers) and system-level software (NI
Switch Executive). You can also control switches in LabVIEW Real-
Time, offering a higher level of reliability for your automated test
system. The NI-SWITCH Soft Front Panel is available for simple
relay operations or debugging switch code/execution.
Predictable Switch Lifetime
The current number of relay actuations, down to the individual relay,
is stored aboard each switch module. Use this information for
preventive maintenance to avoid system downtime.
Compliance and Safety
All NI switch modules are certified for safety in their respective
voltage levels and compliant with international standards, such as
CE, UL, and VDE.
Contents
Overview............................................................................... 483
Switch Selection Guide...................................................... 484
Switch Management Software
Overview.................................................................................. 486
High-Density Multiconfiguration Matrix................................. 488
Multiplexer/Matrix Switches
PXI-2533 256-crosspoint matrix .............................................. 490
PXI-2535 544-crosspoint matrix .............................................. 490
PXI-2527 32-channel (2-wire) mux .......................................... 491
PXI-2575 High-Density multiplexer ......................................... 493
High-Density Multiconfiguration Matrix Modules.................. 495
PXI-2530 128/256-channel mux/matrix .................................. 498
PXI-2501 24-channel (2-wire) mux/matrix .............................. 499
SCXI-1128 32-channel SSR Switches ..................................... 500
SCXI-1163R 32-channel SSR mux ........................................... 500
Expandable Large Matrix ........................................................ 501
PXI-2565 16-channel SPST...................................................... 504
PXI-2568 31-channel SPST...................................................... 504
Fault Insertion Units ................................................................ 505
High-Speed Digital Signal Insertion Switch ........................... 507
High-Density General-Purpose SPST Relays........................... 509
PXI-2570 40-channel SPDT...................................................... 511
PXI-2584 600 V multiplexer..................................................... 512
PXI-2585 10-channel mux........................................................ 513
PXI-2564 16-channel relays..................................................... 513
PXI-2576 sixteen 4x1 mux ....................................................... 514
General-Purpose Switches and Relay Drivers
NI PXI-2566, NI SCXI-1166 16/32-channel SPDT.................... 515
PXI-2567, SCXI-1167 64-channel relay drivers ....................... 515
PXI-2593, SCXU-1193 High-Frequency mux/matrix ................ 516
PXI-2543, Solid-State .............................................................. 517
PXI-2594, PXI-2595 2.5 and 5 GHz mux................................... 518
PXI-254x 2.7 GHz mux ............................................................. 518
PXI-255x 5 GHz mux ................................................................ 519
PXI-2596, SPDT Relays............................................................ 519
Back to Index
Switch Selection Guide
Switch Description Function Specification
NI 2800 NI SwitchBlock Carrier Carrier 150 V, 2 A
NI 2806 NI SwitchBlock Expansion Bridge Expansion Bridge 150 V, 1 A
NI PXI-2501 48-channel, FET Relay Multiplexer/Matrix 10 VDC
NI PXI-2503 48-channel, Armature Relay Multiplexer/Matrix 60 VDC/30 VAC
NI PXI-2510 68-channel, 2A Fault Insertion Unit (FIU) Signal Insertion Switch 150V, 2A
PXI-2512/PXIe-2512 7-channel, 10A Fault Insertion Unit (FIU) Signal Insertion Switch 50V, 10A
PXI-2514/PXIe-2514 7-channel, 4A Fault Insertion Unit (FIU) Signal Insertion Switch 28V, 40A
PXI-2515/PXIe-2515 High-Speed Digital I/O Signal Insertion Switch Signal Insertion Switch 200 MHz, 35 Channels
PXI-2527/PXIe-2527/SCXI-1127 64-channel, Armature Relay Multiplexer/Matrix 300 VDC/300 VAC
PXI-2529/PXIe-2529/SCXI-1129 128-/256-Crosspoint (2-wire), Armature Relay Matrix 150 VDC/150 VAC
PXI-2530/SCXI-1130 128-/256-channel, Reed Relay Multiplexer/Matrix 60 VDC/30 VAC
PXI-2533/34 256-Crosspoint SSR Matrix Matrix 55 VDC, 1 A max
PXI-2535/36 544-Crosspoint FET Matrix Switch Matrix 12 VDC, 100 mA max
PXI-2543 Solid State RF Switching Modules 50 Ohm, Dual 4x1 Multiplexer 6.6 GHz
PXI-2546/56 Dual 4x1 RF Multiplexer (Terminated) Multiplexer 2.5 GHz/2.7 GHz
PXI-2548/58 Quad SPDT RF Relay General-purpose 2.5 GHz/2.7 GHz
PXI-2549/59 Dual-Terminated SPDT RF Relay General-Purpose 2.5 GHz/2.7 GHz
NI PXI-2554 4x1 RF Multiplexer Multiplexer 2.5 GHz
PXI-2566/SCXI-1166 16-/32-channel, SPDTArmature Relay General-Purpose 150 VDC/125 VAC CAT I, 2 A max
PXI-2567/SCXI-1167 64-channel Relay Driver Relay Driver 50 VDC, 600 mA
NI PXI-2568 31-channel, SPST Armature Relay General-Purpose 150 VDC/150 VAC
PXI-2569/PXIe-2569/SCXI-1169 100-channel, SPST Armature Relay General-Purpose 100 VDC/100 VAC
PXI-2575/PXIe-2575/SCXI-1175 196-channel, Armature Relay Multiplexer 100 VDC/100 VAC
NI PXI-2576 16 Banks of 4 channels, Armature Relay Multiplexer 100 VDC/100 VAC
NI PXI-2584 12-channel, Reed Relay Multiplexer 600 V CAT I/300 V CAT II
NI PXI-2585 10-channel, Armature Relay Multiplexer 300 VDC/300 VAC CAT II, 12 A max
PXI-2593/PXIe-2593/SCXI-1193 16-/32-channel, RF Relay 50 !Multiplexer/Matrix 150 V CAT I, 500 MHz
PXI-2594/SCXI-1194 4-channel/Quad 4-channel, RF Relay 50 !Multiplexer 24 V, 1.3 GHz
PXI-2595/SCXI-1195 4-channel/Quad 4-channel, RF Relay 50 !Multiplexer 30 V, 4 GHz
NI PXI-2596 Dual 6-channel, RF Relay Multiplexer 26.5 GHz
NI PXI-2597 6-channel, RF Relay Terminated Multiplexer 26.5 GHz
NI PXI-2598 Single Transfer Switch, RF Relay General-Purpose 26.5 GHz
NI PXI-2599 Dual SPDT, RF relay General-Purpose 26.5 GHz
NI SCXI-1128 64-channel, Solid-State Relay Multiplexer/Matrix 300 VDC/250 VAC
NI SCXI-1160 16-channel, SPDT Armature Relay General-Purpose 250 VDC/250 VAC
NI SCXI-1161 8-channel, SPDT Armature Relay General-Purpose 250 VDC/250 VAC, 8 A
NI SCXI-1163R 8 Banks of 4 channels, Solid-State Relay Multiplexer 240 VDC/240 VAC
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
S
e
l
e
c
t
i
o
n

G
u
i
d
e
484
Back to Index
485
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
S
e
l
e
c
t
i
o
n

G
u
i
d
e
Switch Selection Guide
The Advantages of NI Switches
National Instruments offers more than 50 switch modules and more
than 150 topologies for the modular PXI and SCXI platforms.
You can combine these modules with NI instruments
(RF analyzers/generators, digital multimeters, arbitrary waveform
generators, and so on) to build flexible, high-channel-count
automated test applications.
NI switches work well for a wide variety of applications ranging
from fault insertion at 40 A to surveillance at 26.5 GHz.
NI switches feature several unique advantages that can help you
simplify your test development process and reduce total test costs.
Hardware Scanning
Maximizing throughput is a common requirement in automated test
applications. To increase system throughput, many NI switch
modules support hardware scanning. Hardware scanning improves
throughput by downloading a list of connections to the switch
modules and cycling through the list using an event (trigger) without
any interruption from the host processor.
The most efficient method of hardware scanning is hardware-timed
handshaking. In this process, the measurement device, such as a
digital multimeter (DMM) or data acquisition board, issues a digital
pulse after each measurement and thus triggers the switch to close
its next connection in the scan list. After each scan list connection,
the switch issues a reciprocal pulse that triggers the measurement
instrument to take its next measurement. The cycle continues until
the switch has scanned through the entire scan list. This process
ensures optimal throughput because the entire measurement
sequence is hardware-timed and has no additional software delays.
Predictive Maintenance
Armature and reed relays both have moving parts, which have a
predefined mechanical lifetime. A typical armature relay, for
instance, has a mechanical lifetime of 1 million cycles. This means
that after the relay has been actuated 1 million times, it experiences
an increased path resistance and potentially adds errors to the
measurement.
To prevent downtime and increase efficiency, it is important that
you replace the armature and reed relays in your system before they
reach the end of their mechanical lifetimes. NI switch modules track
and store the number of relay cycles onboard the module. You can
use the relay count information to help predict when a switch
module is near the end of its life. With this capability, you can
streamline the process of identifying which relays you need to
replace and avoid costly downtime.
Back to Index
Multimodule Integration
Configure multiple switch modules as
a single virtual device
Choose intuitive channel names
Assign names to multiple channels
simultaneously to easily configure large
systems
Define buses and hardwires to link switches
for cross-module routing
Integrate different switch types and
topologies to create hybrid systems
Interactive End-to-End Routing
Create and control routes with a
graphical interface
Configure routes based on signal
characteristics
Employ channel exclusion for finer control of
channel routing
Group dependent routes
Validation, Reporting, and Deployment
Validate switch-system configuration
Use simulation driver for software-only
validation
Import view, and validate configuration on
target computer(s)
Switch Hardware
Configure NI and third-party switch modules
Use any IVI-C-compliant switch driver
Control PXI, SCXI, GPIB, LAN, and VXI switch
modules
Access relay actuation count on NI switch
modules
Programmatically configure and control your
switch system from NI TestStand, LabVIEW,
Excel, LabWindows/CVI, Visual Basic, C/C++
Operating Systems
Overview
NI Switch Executive is an intelligent switch management and
routing application. With NI Switch Executive, you gain increased
development productivity by interactively configuring and naming
switch modules, external connections, and signal routes. You also
increase test code reuse and system performance with switch
configuration and programming in conjunction with Excel, NI
TestStand test management software, LabVIEW and
LabWindows/CVI development environments, and Visual Basic and
C/C++. Ultimately, NI Switch Executive simplifies switch system
configuration and increases test performance, thus lowering your
cost of test.
Simplify Switch Module Integration
With NI Switch Executive, you can configure all the switch modules
in your system as one virtual device. You can assign alias names -
usually instrument names, test points, or other signals - to each of
your terminals so that they are easier to remember and manage. You
can also configure hardwires and buses to describe the connections
between each module, so you can automatically route signals to any
endpoint in your system. NI Switch Executive is built on top of the
IVI switch class driver and works with any IVI-C-compliant switch
driver. You can integrate and control PXI, SCXI, GPIB, LAN, and VXI
switch modules from National Instruments and many third-party
switch vendors.
Save Time with Assisted Routing
With NI Switch Executive, you interactively define and name switch
routes that you later use in your test application. Simply choose your
named endpoints, and NI Switch Executive finds an available route.
You can also input your signal characteristics and define
sophisticated channel exclusions for finer control of automatic
routing. The interactive interface displays the full signal path of the
route. After you define a route, it remains constant to ensure
calibration accuracy. You can also define and name an entire group
of routes to switch at the same time (see Figure 1).
NI Switch Executive
Figure 1. NI Switch Executive Visual Routing Editor
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
S
w
i
t
c
h

M
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
486
Back to Index
487
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
S
w
i
t
c
h

M
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
Program Intuitively
The NI Switch Executive application programming interface is
designed for rapid system-level programming. With this interface,
your programming remains constant even though the complexity of
your system increases with the addition of switches and signal
routes. Each function can accept a route, route group, or path
specification string, and you can connect, disconnect, and find
routes. The connect and disconnect function minimizes the total
number of switch operations by first comparing the current route
with the route to be switched, thus increasing test performance and
switch module lifetime (see Table 1). National Instruments ships NI
Switch Executive with fully functional example programs to
accelerate your switch system development.
Integrate with NI TestStand
In addition to programmatic control, you can route NI Switch
Executive virtual devices from any NI TestStand step by configuring
the step properties (see Figure 2). NI TestStand is a leading
commercial off-the-shelf test management software for organizing,
controlling, and executing your automated test systems. The
powerful combination of NI Switch Executive and NI TestStand
removes the complexity and maintenance of switch programming
from your test development, which speeds your development and
system deployment. For more information on NI TestStand, visit
ni.com/teststand.
Programmatic Switch System Configuration
Programmatically configure your switch system from many
applications and development environments, such as Excel,
NI TestStand, LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, Visual Basic, and C/C++.
Using the ActiveX-based application programming interface, you
have direct access to create, edit, and configure your switch
executive virtual devices. NI Switch Executive also provides user-
accessible fields, so you can store RF parameters, calibration
constants, and any other relevant data.
Easily Validate and Deploy
With the simple click of a button, NI Switch Executive validates the
IVI switch devices, routes, and route groups in your application,
returning any errors that need correction. Next, you can export the
completed switch configurations to a single file for deployment. On
your target computer, you use the NI Switch Executive deployment
engine to import and view any NI Switch Executive configuration
from a file or the network, validate the deployment setup, and
programmatically control a switch device.
NI Switch
NI-SWITCH NI-DAQmx Executive
Relay position control
Switch relay life count
Hardware scanning -
Support for LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, C/C++
Support for LabVIEW Real-Time -
Support for all NI switch modules
Support for multivendor switch modules - -
Multimodule system integration -
1
Assisted routing - -
Switch system validation - -
System configuration report generation - -
Open Session Opens a session to a specified NI Switch Executive virtual device.
Close Session Reduces the reference count of open sessions by one.
Connect Connects the routes specified by the connection specification.
Connect and Disconnect Connects the routes specified by the connection specification.
Disconnects the routes specified in the disconnection specification.
Disconnect Disconnects the routes specified in the disconnection specification.
Disconnect All Disconnects all connections on every IVI switch device managed by the
session reference passed to this function.
Find Route Finds an existing or potential route between channel 1 and channel 2.
Is Debounced Checks to see if the switching system is debounced.
Wait For Debounce Waits for all of the switches in the NI Switch Executive virtual device
to debounce
Figure 2. NI TestStand Switching Configuration Tab
Table 2. Switch Programming Comparison
Table 1. Common NI Switch Executive Functions
Back to Index
High-Density Multiconfiguration Matrix Switch Modules
512-crosspoint matrix in a single
3U PXI slot
4x128 (1-wire), 8x64 (1-wire),
4x64 (2-wire), and 8x32 (2-wire)
matrix configurations
Switch capacity
NI 2531: Up to 60 VDC/30 VAC, 0.5 A
NI 2532: Up to 100 VDC/100 VAC, 0.5 A
2,000 cycles/s
32,000-step scan list for
deterministic scanning
Fully software programmable
Onboard relay count tracking
Multiple-module synchronization
with hardware triggers
Sixteen 2x16 matrix banks for
custom matrix configurations
Available in both PXI and PXI Express
versions for optimal slot placement
Operating Systems
Windows XP/2000/NT
LabVIEW
LabWindows
TM
/CVI
Measurement Studio for Visual C++
NI Switch Executive
Visual Basic
ANSI C/C++
NI-SWITCH
NI-DAQmx
Compliance
UL (NI 2532 only)
CE
Overview
The NI PXI-2531, PXIe-2531, PXI-2532, and PXIe-2532 are 512-
crosspoint, high-speed matrix switch modules. With the ability to
create up to a 4x2176 or 8x1088 one-wire matrix in a single PXI
chassis and even larger configurations with multichassis solutions,
an NI 2531/2 is ideal for high-channel-count automated test
configurations. Featuring compact reed relays with switching
speeds up to 2,000 cycles/s and the ability to synchronize with
instruments, these modules provide maximum throughput in a test
system for signals up to 100 VDC/100 VAC or 0.5 A.
Matrix Operation
The NI 2531/2 modules are general-purpose matrices used to route
referenced or differential signals. Through software, you can control
the modules to connect any row to any column. One of the key
advantages of these matrices is you can adapt them to your
switching needs. You can configure them in many different matrix
configurations by using NI terminal blocks listed. For example, you
can create a 4x128 one-wire matrix by using the TB-2640 terminal
block with an NI 2531/2 module. You can easily transform the same
module into an 8x64 one-wire matrix by using a TB-2641 terminal
block. Because the NI 2531/2 modules are built with sixteen 2x16
matrices, you can also create matrix sizes outside the standard
terminal block configurations. Other one-wire configurations
include a 16x32 matrix or four independent 4x32 matrices. In a two-
wire configuration, you can build a dual 4x32 or 16x16 matrix.
Contact NI for more information on creating custom configurations.
Relay Count Tracking
An NI 2531/2 counts relay closures on each of its 512 relays. Relay
counts are incremented each time a relay is actuated. You can
programmatically retrieve the counts, which are stored on board the
module, and use them for predictive maintenance to reduce
unexpected system downtime.
Automatic Scanning
These modules maximize throughput in automated test applications
by the use of scanning. Scanning improves throughput by
downloading a list of up to 32,000 connections to the switch and
cycling through the list using an event (trigger) without any
interruption from the host processor. You can most efficiently
implement scanning by mating an NI 2531/2 with an instrument
such as the NI PXI-4070 6 -digit FlexDMM, which issues a trigger
after each measurement.
NI PXI-2531, NI PXIe-2531, NI PXI-2532, NI PXIe-2532
Module Maximum Voltage Maximum Current Module Connector Terminal Block Connector
NI 2531 60 VDC, 30 VAC 0.5 A per channel (10 W max) 2x 150 pos, Samtec ERM8 series (optimized for ruggedness) 2x female VHDCI (with optional screw terminal breakout)
NI 2532 100 VDC, 100 VAC 0.5 A per channel (10 W max) 2x 160 pos, Samtec BTE-EM (optimized for high voltage) Standard 0.050 in. pitch headers to ribbon cables
(with optional screw terminal breakout)
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
H
i
g
h
-
D
e
n
s
i
t
y

M
u
l
t
i
c
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n

M
a
t
r
i
x

S
w
i
t
c
h

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
488
Back to Index
489
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
H
i
g
h
-
D
e
n
s
i
t
y

M
u
l
t
i
c
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n

M
a
t
r
i
x

S
w
i
t
c
h

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
High-Density Multiconfiguration Matrix Switch Modules
Signal Connections
You can choose from several solutions for your signal connections.
Terminal blocks provide connectivity to strain-relieved 0.050 in. pitch
headers ideal for ribbon cable or to 68-pin VHDCI connectors with
cabled breakout accessories.
You also can use mass interconnect solutions from industry leaders
such as Virginia Panel and MAC Panel. Contact NI for details on
these products or for information on creating your own custom
connectivity solutions.
Software
All National Instruments PXI and SCXI switch modules are shipped
with NI-SWITCH, an IVI-compliant driver that offers complete
functionality for all switch modules. For additional assistance in
configuring, programming, and managing higher-channel-count
switching systems, consider using NI Switch Executive.
NI Switch Executive Software
NI Switch Executive is an intelligent switch management and
routing application. With NI Switch Executive, you gain increased
development productivity by interactively configuring and naming
switch modules, external connections, and signal routes. You also
increase test code reuse and system performance with switch
programming combined with NI TestStand test management
software, the LabVIEW and LabWindows/CVI development
environments, and Measurement Studio for Microsoft Visual Basic
6.0. Ultimately, NI Switch Executive simplifies switch system
configuration and increases test performance, thus lowering your
cost of test.
NI PXI-2531 ................................................................. 778572-31
NI PXIe-2531 ............................................................... 780587-31
NI PXI-2532 ................................................................. 778572-32
NI PXIe-2532 ............................................................... 780587-32
Includes switch module and NI-SWITCH driver software.
NI 2531 Accessories
NI TB-2648 4x128 terminal block for NI 2531............. 781181-01
NI TB-2649 dual 4x64 terminal block for NI 2531....... 781181-02
NI TB-2650 8x64 terminal block for NI 2531............... 781181-03
NI 2532 Accessories
NI TB-2640 4x128 terminal block for NI 2532............. 779056-01
NI TB-2641 8x64 terminal block for NI 2532............... 779056-03
Back to Index
Overview
The National Instruments PXI-2533 and PXI-2534 high-density solid-
state relay (SSR) matrix modules feature 256 crosspoints in a
compact, single-slot, 3U PXI form factor. The NI PXI-2533 is
configured as a 4x64 one-wire matrix and the NI PXI-2534 is
configured as an 8x32 one-wire matrix. Because the modules use
SSR technology, they offer unique benefits such as unlimited
mechanical lifetime and the ability to route 55 V at 1 A on all
channels simultaneously (unlimited simultaneous crosspoint
connections). These features make the PXI-2533 and PXI-2534
ideal for routing general-purpose signals in high-density matrix
applications. Use these modules with the NI PXI-4110 programmable
power supply and the NI PXI-4071 7
1
2-digit FlexDMM to build high-
density automated test systems up to 55 VDC/30 VAC and 1 A.
256-Crosspoint SSR Matrix Modules
PXI-2533: 4x64 (1-wire)
PXI-2534: 8x32 (1-wire)
Switch capacity
55 VDC/30 VAC
1 A switching/carry
55 W
400 crosspoints/s
Unlimited mechanical lifetime
Unlimited simultaneous crosspoint
connections
32,000-step scan list for
determining scanning
Operating Systems
Windows 2000/XP/Vista
544-Crosspoint FET Matrix
PXI-2535: 4x136 (1-wire)
PXI-2536: 8x68 (1-wire)
Switch capacity
12 VDC/8 VAC
100 mA switching/carry
50,000 crosspoints/s
Unlimited mechanical lifetime
32,000-step scan list for deterministic
scanning
Multiple-module synchronization with
hardware trigger
Operating Systems
The National Instruments PXI-2535 and PXI-2536 high-density FET
switch matrix modules feature 544 crosspoints in a compact, single-
slot, 3U PXI form factor. The NI PXI-2535 is configured as a 4x136 one-
wire matrix and the NI PXI-2536 is configured as an 8x68 one-wire
matrix. Because the modules use field effect transistor (FET) switch
technology, they offer unique benefits such as unlimited mechanical
lifetime, unlimited simultaneous crosspoint connections, and switching
speeds as high as 50,000 crosspoints per second. These features make
the new FET switches ideal for routing low-power DC signals when
validating and testing mass produced devices such as semiconductor
chips. Use the PXI-2535 and PXI-2536 with the NI PXI-4110
programmable power supply and the NI PXI-4071 712-digit FlexDMM
to build high-density automated test systems up to 12 VDC/8 VAC.
Benefits of FET Switches
1. Faster switching speeds: Because FET switches do not have
moving parts, they are able to switch between 'ON' and 'OFF'
states very quickly. FET switches have much faster switching
speeds than armature and reed relays. The PXI-2535 and PXI-2536
can switch up to 50,000 crosspoints per second.
2. Increased lifetime: FET switches do not have moving parts.
They therefore have infinite mechanical lifetime.
3. Low power consumption: FET switches require very little
power to switch between states. The power the PXI backplane
supplies is enough to simultaneously close all relays on the PXI-
2535 and PXI-2536.
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
2
5
6
-
C
r
o
s
s
p
o
i
n
t

S
S
R

M
a
t
r
i
x

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
490
Back to Index
491
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
3
2
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

(
2
-
W
i
r
e
)
,

3
0
0

V

M
u
l
t
i
p
l
e
x
e
r

S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
32-Channel (2-Wire), 300 V Multiplexer Switches
64x1 1-wire, 32x1 2-wire, or 16x1 4-wire
multiplexer
Maximum switch capacity
Up to 300 VDC/300 VAC, CAT I
Up to 2 A switching/2 A carry
Up to 60 W or 62.5 VA
Onboard relay counting
140 cycles/s
Deterministic operation with hardware
triggers
32,000-step scan list
Available in both PXI and PXI Express versions
for optimal slot placement
Operating Systems
Windows 7/XP/NT/2000
LabVIEW
LabWindows
TM
/CVI
NI Switch Executive
Visual Basic
ANSI C/C++
Driver/Measurement Services
Software (included)
NI-SWITCH
NI-DAQmx
Compliance
UL
CE
The NI PXI-2527 and PXIe-2527 are high-voltage multiplexer switch
modules designed for medium- to high-density automated test
systems. With a switching capacity of up to 300 VDC/300 VAC and
up to 2 A, an NI 2527 acts as an effective front end for NI 4070 and
NI 4072 digital multimeters (DMMs), offering simple channel
expansion for voltage, current, resistance, capacitance, or
inductance measurements. NI provides multiple-channel
configurations including 64x1 one-wire, 32x1 two-wire, and 16x1
four-wire. Each channel, using robust electromechanical relays, is
capable of scanning up to 140 channels/s. A cold-junction
compensation (CJC) sensor is also included in the front-mounting
terminal block to assist in thermocouple scanning applications.
Automatic Scanning
NI 2527 switches are able to maximize throughput in automated test
applications with the use of scanning. Scanning improves
throughput by downloading a list of up to 32,000 connections to the
switches and cycling through the list using an event (trigger) without
any interruption from the host processor. You can most efficiently
implement scanning by mating an NI 2527 with an instrument such
as an NI 407x FlexDMM, which issues a trigger after each
measurement.
These switch modules count relay closures on each of their relays.
Relay counts are incremented each time a relay is actuated. You can
retrieve the counts, stored on board the modules, programmatically
and use them for predictive maintenance to reduce unexpected
system downtime.
Simplified Signal Connectivity
Make signal connections for the NI 2527 modules in the TB-2627
front-mounting screw-terminal block. Additionally, to simplify
connectivity with a DMM, use the HV6-BAN4 cable, which connects
the banana jack inputs of a DMM to the COMs of each multiplexer
bank.
Software
All National Instruments PXI switch modules are shipped with NI-
SWITCH, an IVI-compliant driver that offers complete functionality
for all switch modules. For additional assistance in configuring,
programming, and managing higherchannel- count switching
systems, NI Switch Executive software provides an easy-to-use,
intelligent switch management and visual routing environment.
Use the NI-SWITCH soft front panel for simple relay operations or
debugging switch code/execution.
NI PXI-2527, NI PXIe-2527
Back to Index
32-Channel (2-Wire), 300 V Multiplexer Switches
Specifications
Maximum switching voltage
Channel-to-ground.................... 300 V, CAT I
Channel-to-channel................... 300 V
Maximum switching/carry current.. 2 A
Maximum switching power
AC systems................................ 60 W, 62.5 VA
Typical DC path resistance
Initial.......................................... <1
End of life................................... >2
Differential thermal EMF
Typical....................................... 2.5 V
Maximum ................................. <12 V
Bandwidth (-3 dB)
1-wire........................................ >30 MHz
2-wire........................................ >25 MHz
Dynamic Characteristics
Maximum speed............................ 140 cycles/s
Relay operate time
Typical....................................... 1 ms
Maximum.................................. 3.4 ms
Expected relay life
Mechanical................................. 1x10
8
cycles
Electrical
<30 mV, <10 mA, resistive....... 2.5x10
6
cycles
30 VDC, 2 ADC, resistive.......... 1x10
5
cycles
300 VDC, 60 mADC, resistive... 5x10
5
cycles
Physical
Relay types.................................... Electromechanical, latching
Contact material............................ Palladium-ruthenium,
gold-covered
I/O connectors............................... 100 POS HDI right-angle, male
Dimensions.................................... 2 by 10 by 17.4 cm
(0.8 by 3.9 by 6.9 in.) single-slot, 3U
Environment
Operating temperature................. 0 to 55 C
Note: If you are using an NI 2527 with an NI PXI-101x or the NI PXI-
1000B chassis, operating temperature for the NI 2527 modules is 0
to 45 C.
Storage temperature..................... -20 to 70 C
Relative humidity ......................... 5 to 85% noncondensing
Pollution degree............................ 2
Indoor use only.
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
3
2
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

(
2
-
W
i
r
e
)
,

3
0
0

V

M
u
l
t
i
p
l
e
x
e
r

S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
492
Back to Index
High-Density Electromechanical Relay Multiplexers
493
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
H
i
g
h
-
D
e
n
s
i
t
y

E
l
e
c
t
r
o
m
e
c
h
a
n
i
c
a
l

R
e
l
a
y

M
u
l
t
i
p
l
e
x
e
r
s
196x1 1-wire, 98x1 2-wire multiplexer
Up to 100 VDC, 100 VAC
140 cycles/s
Deterministic operation with hardware
triggers
Available in both PXI and PXI Express versions
for optimal slot placement
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows
TM
/CVI
NI Switch Executive
Visual Basic
ANSI C/C++, C#
NI-SWITCH
Compliance
UL
CE
The NI PXI-2575 and PXIe-2575 are high-density multiplexer switch
modules. With 196 one-wire channels or 98 two-wire channels,
NI 2575 modules are capable of routing hundreds of signals to
measurement devices or from source units. Each channel uses
robust electromechanical relays and is capable of switching up to
100 VDC/100 VAC or 1 A. With a scanning speed of up to
140 cycles/s, an NI 2575 acts as an effective front end for high-
channel-count automated test applications.
Automatic Scanning
NI 2575 modules are able to maximize throughput in automated test
applications using scanning. Scanning improves throughput by
downloading a list of up to 32,000 connections to the switch and
implement scanning by mating an NI 2575 with an instrument
such as the NI PXI-4070 6 -digit FlexDMM, which issues a trigger
after each measurement.
NI 2575 modules count relay closures on each of their relays. Relay
counts are incremented each time a relay is actuated. You can
programmatically retrieve the counts, which are stored on board the
modules, and use them for predictive maintenance to reduce
unexpected system downtime.
Software
All National Instruments PXI switch modules are shipped with NI-
SWITCH, an IVI-compliant driver that offers complete functionality
for all switch modules. For additional assistance in configuring,
programming, and managing higherchannel- count switching
systems, NI Switch Executive software provides an easy-to-use,
intelligent switch management and visual routing environment.
NI PXI-2575................................................................. 778572-75
NI PXIe-2575............................................................... 780587-75
Includes NI-SWITCH driver software.
Accessories
LFH200 connector to bare wire switch cable............. 779038-01
LFH200 connector to 50-pin D-Sub switch cable....... 779038-03
NI Switch Executive
Development system.................................................. 778546-01
Deployment engine..................................................... 778548-00
Back to Index
High-Density Electromechanical Relay Multiplexers
Specifications
Channel-to-ground.................... 300 V, CAT I
Maximum switching/
carry current............................ 2 A
AC systems................................. 60 W, 62.5 VA
(per channel, resistive)
Initial......................................... <0.5 !
End of life.................................. "1 !
Thermal EMF............................. <12 V
Bandwidth (-3 dB)
1-wire........................................ >9 MHz
2-wire........................................ >8 MHz
Maximum speed............................ 140 cycles/s
Relay operate time
Typical....................................... 1 ms
Maximum ................................. 3.4 ms
Expected relay life
Mechanical............................... 1x10
8
cycles
Electrical
10 VDC, 100 mADC, resistive... 2.5x10
6
cycles
6
cycles
5
cycles
5
cycles
Physical
Relay types................................... Electromechanical, latching
Contact material........................... Palladium-ruthenium,
gold-covered
I/O connectors............................... 200 POS LFH Matrix 50,
receptacle
Dimensions.................................... 10 by 17.4 cm (3.9 by 6.9 in.)
single-slot, 3U
Environment
Relative humidity........................... 5 to 85% noncondensing
Pollution degree............................. 2
Indoor use only.
Safety Compliance
IEC 61010-1, EN 61010-1
UL 61010-01, CSA 61010-1
laboratory use:
EN 61326 (IEC 61326): Class A emissions; Basic immunity
Note: For EMC compliance, operate this product according to the
documentation.
CE Compliance
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
H
i
g
h
-
D
e
n
s
i
t
y

E
l
e
c
t
r
o
m
e
c
h
a
n
i
c
a
l

R
e
l
a
y

M
u
l
t
i
p
l
e
x
e
r
s
494
Back to Index
High-Density Multiconfiguration Matrix Modules
495
8 matrix configurations
Switch capacity
150 VDC, 150 V
rms
CAT I
1 A switching/2 A carry
scanning
Effortless matrix expansion
Multiple-module synchronization with
hardware triggers
Electromechanical relays
NI PXI-2529/PXIe-2529
128-crosspoint matrix
4x32 and 8x16 2-wire matrix
configurations
NI SCXI-1129
256-crosspoint matrix
Six 2-wire matrix configurations
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows
TM
/CVI
NI Switch Executive
Visual Basic
ANSI C/C++
NI-SWITCH
NI PXI-2529, NI PXIe-2529, NI SCXI-1129
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
H
i
g
h
-
D
e
n
s
i
t
y

M
u
l
t
i
c
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n

M
a
t
r
i
x

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
Overview
The NI PXI-2529, PXIe-2529, and SCXI-1129 are high-density matrix
relay modules built for applications with high-channel counts. The
modules are two-wire matrices that are configurable with front
mounting terminal blocks to achieve many different matrix
configurations. Table 1 provides a complete list of possible
configurations. Expanding the matrix channel count is as easy as
adding more modules. With the SCXI-1129, you can pass analog
signals between two or more switch modules via a high-voltage
backplane (HVAB), matrix expansion cables, or matrix expansion
plugs. Using these connections, you can instantly expand your
matrix without external wiring. The NI 2529 modules are designed
to work well with both low- and high- voltage levels. They use
relays with low thermal offset to ensure accurate low-voltage
measurements. These relays can switch up to 150 V
rms
or 150 VDC.
Matrix Operation
The NI 2529 modules are general-purpose, two-wire matrices used
to route differential signals. Through software, you can control the
matrices to connect any row to any column. One of the key
advantages of these modules is their adaptability to your switching
needs. You can configure the SCXI-1129 in six different matrix
configurations and an NI 2529 in two configurations by simply
changing the terminal block. For example, you can create an 8x32
two-wire matrix by using the NI SCXI-1335 terminal block with an
SCXI-1129 module. You can easily transform the same SCXI-1129
module into a 16x16 two-wire matrix by simply replacing the
SCXI-1335 with an NI SCXI-1336 terminal block.
The NI 2529 modules use latching relays in the matrices to ensure
that the state of each matrix remains unchanged in the event of
accidental power loss. This feature prevents instruments and units
under test from switching during potentially damaging conditions.
All relays open when power returns.
Automatic Scanning
NI 2529 modules can maximize throughput in automated test
applications with the use of scanning. Scanning improves
throughput by downloading a list of up to 32,000 connections to the
switch and cycling through the list using an event (trigger) without
any interruption from the host processor. You can most efficiently
implement scanning by mating an NI 2529 or SCXI-1129 with an
instrument such as the NI PXI-4070 6 -digit FlexDMM, which
issues a trigger after each measurement.
Safety Disconnect
The SCXI-1129 incorporates a safety interlock that disconnects the
SCXI high-voltage analog bus from the matrix if the front terminal
block is removed. This arrangement prevents potentially hazardous
voltages from appearing on
Back to Index
Terminal Block Configuration (Row by column) Column Expansion Via Row Connection Row Expansion Via Column Connection
SCXI-1333 Quad 4x16 External wires
With matrix expansion plug.
Examples: quad 8x16, quad 16x16
SCXI-1334 4x64
With HVAB or matrix expansion cable. With matrix expansion plug
Examples: 4x128, 4x256 Examples: 8x64, 16x64, 32x64
NI SCXO-1129 SCXI-1335 8x32
With matrix expansion cable.(2 cables required) With matrix expansion plug
Examples: 8x64, 8x128 Examples: 16x32, 32x32
SCXI-1336 16x16 External wires
With matrix expansion plug
Examples: 32x16, 64x16
SCXI-1337 Dual 8x16 External wires External wires
SCXI-1339 Dual 4x32 External wires External wires
NI 2529
TB-2634 4x32 External wires External wires
TB-2635 8x16 External wires External wires
Table 1. NI 2529 and SCXI-1129 Configuration and Matrix Expansion
Expansion with the SCXI-1129
Matrix modules can serve as building blocks for creating
configurations well beyond the size of a single module. Connecting
the rows of two modules doubles the column count. Likewise,
connecting the columns of two modules doubles the row count. For
example, you can expand a 4x64 matrix, made up of one SCXI-1129
module and one SCXI-1334 terminal block, to a 4x128, 4x192, 4x256,
and so forth, by connecting the columns of multiple SCXI-1129
modules via the terminal block. To expand the columns of the
SCXI-1129, you can use expansion cables. Expansion cables connect
four differential signals. Hence, you must use two matrix expansion
cables for each expansion with the SCXI-1335 because it has eight
rows. You can expand the row count of the SCXI-1129 with
expansion plugs, which connect the columns of two adjacent switch
modules as shown in Figure 1. With the expansion plugs, you can
create the 128x16 matrix in less than five minutes.
SCXI Relay Control
Every SCXI switch system requires an external switch controller.
The switch controller uses the digital communications bus on the
SCXI chassis to control the switch circuitry. An NI 4021 switch
controller, available for both PCI and PXI, is the recommended SCXI
switch controller.
SCXI Analog Routing
You can increase the flexibility of your switch system with the
addition of the high-voltage analog bus (HVAB). Using the HVAB,
you can easily route highvoltage or low-voltage analog signals
between multiple switch modules or instruments without the need
for external wiring (assuming it is safe to do so). For example, you
can use the HVAB to effortlessly create a 4x256 matrix from four
SCXI-1129 modules in the 4x64 matrix configuration (SCXI-1334
terminal block). Without the HVAB, the 4x256 matrix requires
external wiring or cables. The HVAB works with the SCXI-1127,
SCXI-1128, and SCXI-1129 modules.
Signal Connections
You can choose from several solutions for your signal connections:
Terminal blocks provide screw terminals, solder cups, or headers
for easy connections
A shielded backshell features a 180-pin connector housing to
accommodate custom cables on the SCXI-1129
Mass interconnect solutions from industry leaders
Contact your local National Instruments sales representative for
information on these products.
Software
configuring, programming, and managing higher-channel-count
switching systems, NI Switch Executive software provides an easy-
to-use, intelligent switch management and visual routing
environment.
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
H
i
g
h
-
D
e
n
s
i
t
y

M
u
l
t
i
c
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n

M
a
t
r
i
x

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
496
Back to Index
497
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
H
i
g
h
-
D
e
n
s
i
t
y

M
u
l
t
i
c
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n

M
a
t
r
i
x

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
Specifications
Maximum switching voltage......... 150 V
rms
or 150 VDC
(channel-to-channel and
channel-to-ground)
Maximum switching current......... 1 A (per channel)
Maximum carry current................. 2 A (per channel)
Maximum module current
NI 2529..................................... 8 A
NI SCXI-1129............................ 5 A
Maximum switching power.......... 37.5 VA, 30 W (per channel)
Path resistance............................. <1 !
Transfer Characteristics
Thermal EMF................................ <9 V
Typical single crosspoint bandwidth
1 row 1 column..................... >10 MHz
Typical crosstalk
50 !system
10 kHz....................................... #80 dB
100 kHz..................................... #65 dB
1 MHz....................................... #50 dB
Maximum operating speed
110 crosspoints/s..................... NI 2529
125 crosspoints/s..................... NI SCXI-1129
Relay operate time (at 20 C)....... 4 ms max
Expected relay life
Mechanical............................... 5x107 operations
Electrical
30 VDC, 1 A............................... 105 operations
30 VDC, 100 mA........................ 5x105 operations
150 V
rms
, 0.25 A......................... 105 operations
Physical
NI 2529
Dimensions............................... 2 by 10 by 16 cm
(0.8 by 3.9 by 6.4 in.)
I/O connector............................ 100-pin HDI
NI SCXI-1129
Dimensions............................... 3.0 by 17.2 by 20.3 cm
(1.18 by 6.9 by 8.0 in.)
I/O connector............................ 180-pin HDI
Environment
NI 2529..................................... 0 to 55 C
NI SCXI-1129............................. 0 to 50 C
Relative humidity.......................... 5 to 85% noncondensing
Pollution degree............................ 2
Approved at altitudes up to 2,000 m.
NI PXI-2529................................................................. 778739-01
NI PXIe-2529 .............................................................. 780587-29
NI SCXI-1129.............................................................. 776572-29
Includes NI-SWITCH driver software.
Accessories
NI TB-2634 (4x32)....................................................... 778840-01
NI TB-2635 (8x16)....................................................... 778839-01
NI SCXI-1333 (quad 4x16).......................................... 777687-33
NI SCXI-1334 (4x64)................................................... 777687-34
NI SCXI-1335 (8x32)................................................... 777687-35
NI SCXI-1336 (16x16)................................................. 777687-36
NI SCXI-1337 (dual 8x16)........................................... 777687-37
NI SCXI-1339 (dual 4x32)........................................... 777687-39
NI matrix expansion plugs......................................... 778364-01
NI matrix expansion cables
40 cm................................................................... 185440-0R4
75 cm.................................................................. 185440-0R75
NI Switch Executive
Deployment engine..................................................... 778548-00
Back to Index
128/256-Channel Multiplexer/Matrix Switches
14 multiplexer/matrix configurations
Scanning speed up to 900 operations/s
Up to 60 VDC, 30 V
rms
Up to 400 mA
scanning
Tight synchronization with instruments
through hardware triggers
NI SCXI-1130
256x1 (1-wire),128x1 (2-wire), 64x1
(4-wire), or 16 banks of 16x1 (1-wire)
4x64 (1-wire), 8x32 (1-wire), 4x32
(2-wire) matrix configurations
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
NI Switch Executive
Visual Basic
C/C++, C#
NI-SWITCH
NI PXI-2530B, NI SCXI-1130
Specifications
SCXI-1130
Multiplexer sizes................................... 256x1 (1-wire)
128x1 (2-wire)
64x1 (4-wire)
16x1 (1-wire) (16)
Matrix sizes.......................................... 4x64 (1-wire)
8x32 (1-wire)
4x32 (2-wire)
Maximum switching voltage...................... 60 VDC, 30 V
rms
, CAT I (channel-to-channel
and channel-to-ground)
Maximum current....................................... 0.4 A (per terminal or internal path)
Maximum switching power........................ 10 W (per channel, resistive)
(channel-to-common)
Initial.................................................. <2 !
End of life........................................... "3 !
Maximum scan rate.................................... 900 channels/s
Expected relay life
Mechanical........................................... 10
9
operations
Electrical............................................... 10
8
operations (10 V, 100 mA, resistive)
Physical
Relay types................................................. reed
Contact material......................................... rhodium
I/O connectors............................................ 176-pin docking station plug
Dimensions
PXI-2530................................................ 2 x 10 x 16 cm (.8 x 3.9 x 6.4 in.)
SCXI-1130.............................................. 3.0 x 17.2 x 20.3 cm (1.2 x 6.9 x 8.0 in.)
Overview
The National Instruments PXI-2530B and SCXI-1130 are high-
density, multiconfiguration multiplexer/matrix switches. With 14
possible configurations and multiple expansion options, these
modules offer an excellent solution for large or complex-channel-
count systems. The NI PXI-2530B and NI SCXI-1130 incorporate reed
relays into the PXI and SCXI platforms for long-life functionality. At
up to 10 times the speed of traditional armature relays, the PXI-
2530B and SCXI-1130 are an ideal front-end for high-speed
measurement devices, such as the NI PXI-4070 6
1
2
-digit FlexDMM.
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
1
2
8
/
2
5
6
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

M
u
l
t
i
p
l
e
x
e
r
/
M
a
t
r
i
x
498
Back to Index
499
24-Channel (2-Wire) Multiplexer/Matrix Switches
Configuration determined by
terminal block
48x1 (1-wire), 24x1 (2-wire), and
12x1 (4-wire) configurations
4x6 2-wire matrix
1,024-step scanlist for deterministic
scanning
NI PXI-2501
NI FET switches
Up to +10 VDC capacity
250,000 operations/s max
NI PXI-2503
Electromechanical relay
Up to 60 VDC/30 V
rms
Up to 1 A switching
100 operations/s
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
NI Switch Executive
Visual Basic
C/C++, C#
NI-SWITCH
Compliance
CE
Specifications
PXI-2501................................................ 10 VDC/7 VAC
PXI-2503................................................ 60 VDC/30 V
rms
Maximum switching/carry current
PXI-2501................................................ 3 mA
PXI-2503................................................ 1 A
Total path resistance
PXI-2501................................................ 1,650 !typical
PXI-2503................................................ <1 !typical
Transfer Characteristics
PXI-2501
Maximum offset voltage
Channel amplifier (differential).......... 1.2 mV
Cold-junction sensor..........................
Channel amplifier.............................. 60 V
Typical bandwidth (50 !source, 1 M!, 25 pF load)
-3 dB................................................... 400 kHz
PXI-2503
Thermal emf (differential)..................... < V
Maximum frequency (3 dB bandwidth, 50 !termination)
Worst-case channel........................... >10 MHz
Operating speed
PXI-2501................................................ 25,000 cycles/s typical, 250,000 cycles/s max
PXI-2503................................................ 200 cycles/s
Expected life
PXI-2501................................................ Unlimited
PXI-2503
Mechanical......................................... 5x10
7
cycles
Electrical............................................. 2x10
6
cycles
Relay types
PXI-2501................................................ FET
PXI-2503................................................ Electromechanical (gold-clad silver alloy)
I/O connector............................................... 68-pin male SCSI
Dimensions.................................................. Single-slot 3U PXI module
Overview
The National Instruments PXI-2501 and PXI-2503 are multiplexer
and matrix switch modules for use in automated measurements.
The NI PXI-2501 is ideal for applications that require high-speed
scanning of short voltage signals (10 V) because it uses FET
switche swith very short settling times (30 s). Its fast scanning
speeds also make it a highly effective solution for expanding the
number of channels for a DAQ device. The PXI-2503 routes signals
up to 60 VDC or 30 V
rms
. For low-voltage sources, such as
thermocouples, the PXI-2503 relays have very low thermal offset
(less than 2 V) to ensure accurate measurements. For low
resistance measurements, use the PXI-2503 with its very low-
contact resistance. For automotive-level voltage measurements, the
PXI-2503 handles up to 1 A at 30 VDC.
These switch modules deliver maximum flexibility in managing a
wide variety of test signals. Through software configuration, the
uses of these modules range from a 48-channel, 1-wire mode for
making alarge number of common-reference measurements to a 12-
channel, 4-wire mode for precision resistive and temperature
measurements using thermistors or RTDs. Finally, with the use of
the TB-2606 terminal block, you can instantly configure either of the
switch modules as a 4x6, 2-wire matrix.
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
2
4
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

(
2
-
W
i
r
e
)

M
u
l
t
i
p
l
e
x
e
r
/
M
a
t
r
i
x
Back to Index
32-Channel SSR Switches
64x1 (1-wire), 32x1 (2-wire), 16x1
(4-wire) configurations (SCXI-1331)
4x8 2-wire matrix
Solid-state relay
Switch capacity
1 mA at 250 VDC/V
rms
30 mA at 10 VDC/V
rms
1200 operations/s
NI SCXI-1128
32-Channel (2-Wire) Multiplexer Specifications
differential or single ended.................... 200 VDC/250 VAC, CAT II
Maximum switching capacity - differential mode or single ended
AC........................................................... 30 mA at 10 V
rms
, 1 mA at 250 V
rms
DC........................................................... 30 mA at 10 VDC 1 mA at 300 VDC
Maximum switching power,
differential channel or single ended...... 300 mW
Path resistance............................................. <1.2 k!
Maximum operating speed.......................... 1200 operation s/s
Relay operate time (at 20 C)....................... 0.25 ms typical, 0.5 ms maximum
Relay release time (at 20 C) ...................... 0.08 ms typical, 0.2 ms maximum
Mechanical (at 3 operations/s).................... unlimited
Physical
I/O connector.................................................... 96-pin HDI
Dimensions ...................................................... Single-slot 4U SCXI module
The National Instruments and SCXI-1128 (solid-state relay) modules
have multiple switch configurations determined by a front-mounting
terminal block. The module can be configured into three different
multiplexing modes - 1-wire for large-channel-count systems, 2-wire
for differential pair systems, and 4-wire for low-resistance
measurements such as RTDs. NI SCXI-1128 can also be used as a
4x8 2-wire matrix.
The SCXI-1128 uses solid-state relays that provide very high
scanning speed. Unlike the SCXI-1127, the SCXI-1128 has no
moving mechanical parts, so the relays have a long life expectancy.
Expanding the multiplexer or matrix channel count is as easy as
adding additional modules. Analog signals can be passed between
two or more switch modules via the high-voltage backplane or
expansion cables. With these connections, you can instantly expand
your channels without complicated wiring.
32 optically isolated solid-state
relays
Relays arranged in 8 banks of 4x1
multiplexers
750 operation s/s
200 mA at 240 VDC/V
rms
capacity
NI SCXI-1163R
32-Channel Multiplexer Specifications
Number of relays........................................ 32 organized as 8 optically isolated banks of
4 relays each
Relay type................................................... Normally open (Form A). solid-state relays
AC ......................................................... 240 VAC
DC ......................................................... 240 VDC
Maximum switching capacity ..................... 200 mA
Commonmode isolation .............................. 250 V
rms
between banks, and bank to ground
On-resistance .............................................. 8 !
Output capacitance ..................................... 110 pF at 50 V, 1 MHz
Leakage current............................................ 1 A maximum
Transfer rate in serial mode
(1 word = 32 bits) .................................. 750 words/s
Relay set time ............................................. 0.6 ms
Relay reset time .......................................... 0.1 ms
Power-on state ............................................ Relays open
Dimensions.................................................. Single-slot 4U SCXI module
The National Instruments SCXI-1163R includes 32 normally open, or
Form A, optically isolated solid-state relays, arranged in eight banks
of four relays with one common pole for each bank. You can use the
NI SCXI-1163R to switch high-voltage loads, up to 240 VAC/VDC
and up to 200 mA. You can use the solid-state relay channels to
switch a wide range of AC and DC voltage and power signals to
control field devices.
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
3
2
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

S
S
R

S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
500
Back to Index
Expandable Large Matrix for PXI
501
Create matrices with up to 8,832
crosspoints (8x1104)
Minimize wiring with an integrated
analog bus
Relay self-test and count tracking
available in NI Switch Health Center for
enhanced reliability
Mass interconnect connectivity for
high-channel-count applications
4-, 8- and 16-row matrix cards available,
1-wire and 2-wire options
Switch up to 150 V, 1 A, 20 W
OS Information
Windows 7
Windows Vista
Windows XP
Driver Information
NI-DAQmx
NI-SWITCH
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
NI Switch Executive
Visual Basic .NET
Visual C++
Visual Studio .NET
NI SwitchBlock
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
E
x
p
a
n
d
a
b
l
e

L
a
r
g
e

M
a
t
r
i
x

f
o
r

P
X
I
Overview
The NI SwitchBlock is customizable switch optimized for large
matrix test systems. It includes integrated matrix expansion that
enables the creation of matrices with more than 8,800 crosspoints in
a single PXI chassis. To improve long-term system reliability, the NI
SwitchBlock is shipped with the new NI Switch Health Center,
which contains an integrated relay test, relay count tracking, and
report generation. To accelerate development and simplify
maintenance of large matrix applications, NI recommends
configuring the NI SwitchBlock using NI Switch Executive.
Elegant Matrix Column Expansion
The NI SwitchBlock for PXI provides a clean, simple method to
create matrices for large-scale applications. An NI SwitchBlock
carrier occupies four PXI slots and holds up to six relay cards. You
can connect these relay cards via a carrier's integrated analog bus
to easily create large matrices with more than 2,000 crosspoints.
Model Switching (Carry) Relay Card Single Carrier Single PXI Chassis
Number Relay Type Switching Voltage Current Switching Power Matrix Size Matrix Size Matrix Size
NI 2810 Reed Relay 150 V 1 A 20 W 4x43 4x258 4x1032
NI 2813 Reed Relay 150 V 1 A 20 W 4x21 (2-wire) 4x126 (2-wire) 4x504 (2-wire)
NI 2814 Reed Relay 150 V 1 A 20 W 8x9 (2-wire) 8x54 (2-wire) 8x216 (2-wire)
NI 2815 Reed Relay 100 V 0.25 A (0.3 A) 3 W 4x86 4x516 4x2064
4 PXI Slots
4 PXI Slots
Figure 1. NI SwitchBlock carriers can hold six relay cards and occupy four PXI slots.
Back to Index
For even larger matrices, you can link multiple carriers together to
configure matrices with more than 8,000 crosspoints in a single PXI
chassis. This integrated, expandable hardware design helps
streamline switching configurations in automated test systems and
reduce development time.
Configuring and Programming the NI
SwitchBlock
With NI Switch Executive switch management software, you can
graphically configure or automatically route signals across multiple
relay cards simply by specifying endpoints. This high level of
abstraction helps you quickly begin your application. You can then
store, validate, maintain, and scale groups of routes from this single
switch management interface. Next, you can programmatically
connect these route groups using the NI LabVIEW graphical
programming environment or access route groups directly through NI
TestStand test management software.
Maintenance with the NI Switch Health Center
The reed relays on the NI SwitchBlock were carefully chosen to last
for millions of cycles at their rated voltage and current, but
demanding automated test systems can take these relays to the end
of their specified lifetime. To increase long-term reliability and help
with predictive maintenance, engineers have access to the NI
Switch Health Center, which can automatically run onboard
diagnostics to verify relay continuity and display relay count
information. You also have the ability to quickly generate a report of
the test results from the NI Switch Health Center for documentation
in critical applications.
Connecting to the NI SwitchBlock
National Instruments offers standard cables and connector blocks
for the NI SwitchBlock. All modules can be broken out to a 96-pin
connector block that is designed specifically to provide shielding and
safety from each cross point of the NI SwitchBlock out to a
connection terminal.
For NI SwitchBlock configurations with hundreds or thousands of
channels, NI recommends using a mass interconnect solution. These
systems provide long term reliability and simplified connectivity by
providing a single point of contact for large channel counts
applications. NI has worked closely with two main vendors for PXI
mass interconnect solutions in order to provide the best possible
connectivity options for the NI SwitchBlock.
Figure 2. Connect multiple NI SwitchBlock carriers with an expansion bridge to create
larger matrices.
Figure 3. Graphical configuration of route groups in NI Switch Executive simplifies
switch management and programming.
Figure 4. Quickly test the health of each relay in an NI SwitchBlock using the NI
Switch Health Center.
Figure 5. Use standard cables and terminal blocks for flexible connectivity to the NI
SwitchBlock.
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
E
x
p
a
n
d
a
b
l
e

L
a
r
g
e

M
a
t
r
i
x

f
o
r

P
X
I
502
Back to Index
503
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
E
x
p
a
n
d
a
b
l
e

L
a
r
g
e

M
a
t
r
i
x

f
o
r

P
X
I
NI SwitchBlock Relay Cards
NI 2817B 16x22, 0.3 A Reed Matrix............................ 781421-17
NI 2810A 4x43, 1 A Reed Matrix................................. 781420-10
NI 2810B 4x43, 1 A Reed Matrix................................. 781421-10
NI 2815A 4x86, 0.3 A Reed Matrix.............................. 781420-15
NI 2815B 4x86, 0.3 A Reed Matrix.............................. 781421-15
NI 2816A 8x46, 0.3 A Reed Matrix.............................. 781420-16
NI 2816B 8x46, 0.3 A Reed Matrix.............................. 781421-16
NI 2813A 4x21 (2-wire), 1 A Reed Matrix................... 781420-13
NI 2813B 4x21 (2-wire), 1 A Reed Matrix................... 781421-13
NI 2814A 8x9 (2-wire), 1 A Reed Matrix..................... 781420-14
NI 2814B 8x9 (2-wire), 1 A Reed Matrix..................... 781421-14
NI 2817A 16x22, 0.3 A Reed Matrix............................ 781420-17
Cable
Shielded -
SH96F-96M-NI SwitchBlock Cable......................... 150275-01
Connector Block
Screw Terminal -
NI TBX-2809 Screw Terminal Accessory............... 781420-09
NI SwitchBlock
NI PXI-2800 SwitchBlock Carrier................................. 781420-00
NI 2806 Expansion Bridge............................................ 781420-06
Back to Index
16 independent SPST nonlatching
relays
Switch capacity per channel
7 A at 250 V
rms
5 A at 30 VDC
1024 step scanlist for deterministic
scanning
NI PXI-2565
16-Channel High-Power SPST (Form A) Relays Specifications
Number of relays......................................... 16 SPST
Common-mode voltage
Channel-to-channel .............................. 250 V
rms
, 250 VDC
Channel-to-ground................................. 250 V
rms
, 250 VDC
Maximum switching capacity per channel
30 VDC (resistive load) .......................... 5 A
250 VAC (resistive load) ........................ 7 A
Maximum switching power per channel ..... 1750 VA, 150 W
Maximum combined channel current .......... 80 A
Channel on resistance.................................. 30 m!
Contact material........................................... Gold-flash over silver alloy
Relay close time (20 C)............................... 5 ms typical, 10 ms maximum
Relay release time (20 C) .......................... 4 ms typical, 10 ms maximum
Maximum switching rate ............................ 5 operations/s per channel
Expected life
Mechanical (3 operations/s) ................. 5x10
7
operations
Electrical at maximum
switching capacity ............................. 10
5
operations (exceeding maximum switching
capacity decreases electrical life)
Dimensions.................................................. Double-slot 3U PXI module
I/O connector............................................... 16x2 minicombicon header
The National Instruments PXI-2565, a 16-channel general-purpose
relay switch module, delivers high-current switching of DC power
supplies, AC line power, and AC/DC current sources. The module
has 16 independent Form A, nonlatching socketed relays, which can
be replaced in the field with the relay replacement kit. The module
switches up to 5 A at 30 VDC and 7 A at 250 VAC. You have full
control of the module with the IVI-compliant NI-SWITCH driver.
31 independent SPST relays
Latching relays
32,000-step scanlist for
deterministic scanning
145 cycles/s
NI PXI-2568
31-Channel SPST (Form A) Relays Specifications
Channel-to-ground................................. 150 V, CAT I
Channel-to-channel .............................. 150 V
Maximum switching/carry current.............. 2 A
Simultaneous channels at
maximum switching current (25 C) ..... 31
Maximum switching power ........................ 60 W, 62.5 VA (per channel, resistive)
Initial...................................................... <0.15 !
End of life .............................................. "1 !
Thermal EMF ............................................... #12 V
Bandwidth (-3 dB)........................................ "40 MHz
Dynamic characteristics
Maximum speed.......................................... 145 cycles/s
Relay operate time
Typical.................................................... 1 ms
Maximum............................................... 3.4 ms
Expected relay life
Mechanical ........................................... 100,000,000 cycles
Electrical
10 VDC, 100 mADC, resistive............. 2,500,000 cycles
10 VDC, 1 ADC, resistive.................... 1,000,000 cycles
30 VDC, 1 ADC resistive..................... 500,000 cycles
30 VDC, 2 ADC resistive..................... 100,000 cycles
Physical
Relay types .................................................. electromechanical, latching
Contact material.......................................... palladium-ruthenium, gold covered
I/O connectors ............................................. 62-pin D-Sub
Dimensions................................................... Single 3U PXI slot
The National Instruments PXI-2568 is a general-purpose 31-channel
switch module, featuring independent SPST (Form A) armature
relays. Each relay is latching with very low on-resistance and low
thermal offsets. The NI PXI-2568 can switch up to 2 A at 30 VAC/30
VDC. With an efficient coupling of voltage/current capability and
relay density, the PXI-2568 is ideal for automated test equipment
(ATE) loads or for controlling heaters, lights, and fans.
SPST (Form A) General-Purpose Switches
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
S
P
S
T

(
F
o
r
m

A
)

G
e
n
e
r
a
l
-
P
u
r
p
o
s
e

S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
504
Back to Index
505
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
F
a
u
l
t

I
n
s
e
r
t
i
o
n

U
n
i
t
s

f
o
r

P
X
I

a
n
d

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
Fault Insertion Units for PXI and PXI Express
Simulate open, pin-to-pin, short-to-
battery, and short-to-ground faults
Control from LabVIEW Real-Time
for deterministic operation
NI PXI-2510
68 lines with 2 fault buses
Up to 4 faults per bus
150 V, 2 A switching
NI 2512, NI 2514
7 lines with 2 fault buses
Up to 48 V and 10 A on the NI 2512
Up to 28 V and 40 A on the NI 2514
Overcurrent protection
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabWindows
TM
/CVI
Measurement Studio
NI VeriStand
C/C++
NI-SWITCH
NI-DAQmx
NI PXI-2510, NI 2512, NI 2514
Overview
NI PXI-2510, PXI-2512, PXIe-2512, PXI-2514, and PXIe-2514 are fault
insertion units (FIUs) designed for use in hardware-in-the-loop (HIL)
applications. Each module has a set of feedthrough channels that
you can open or short to one or more fault buses. You can use this
architecture to simulate open or interrupted connections as well as
shorts between pins, shorts to battery voltages, and shorts to
ground on a per-channel basis. When controlled with the NI
LabVIEW Real-Time Module, these FIUs are ideal for validating the
integrity of control systems including engine control units (ECUs) and
full authority digital engine controls (FADECs).
Triggering and Synchronization
Each FIU module can send and receive triggers through the PXI
backplane. Input triggers can advance the switch to the next fault
location in a predefi ned list loaded onto the FIU hardware. You can
use output triggers to initiate measurements on other instruments in
the PXI system.
In addition, you can send triggers from real-time simulations to
sequence through fault conditions for automated test coverage. For
applications requiring more complex sequencing and dynamic fault
control, you can use a PXI fi eldprogrammable gate array (FPGA)
module to send and receive triggers to one or more FIUs via the PXI
backplane.
Software for Control
In the Windows environment, you can interactively confi gure and
test PXI switches with the NI-SWITCH Soft Front Panel. For
automated control, the included NI-SWITCH hardware driver
provides programmatic access to the full functionality of each
module. Using the NI-SWITCH hardware driver, you can control
connections individually or download a scan list to the FIU hardware
to initiate hardware-timed sequences of connections. This
functionality can be useful for increasing the speed of scanning
through multiple test points or for simulating a loose or intermittent
connection by rapidly opening and closing a single test point.
For real-time test applications, you can easily control NI PXI FIUs
with NI VeriStand software, which means you can manage them in
the same environment that you use to confi gure real-time I/O,
stimulus profi les, data logging, and alarming; implement control
algorithms or system simulations; build test system interfaces for a
run-time editable user interface; and more.
Figure 1. Typical hardware-in-the-loop (HIL) test system showing a fault insertion unit
placed between test system I/O and a device under test to simulate fault conditions.
Back to Index
Fault Insertion Units for PXI and PXI Express
Safety and Reliability
Because high voltages and currents are often associated with fault
insertion, NI takes the utmost care with its FIUs when it comes to
safety. Specifically, all NI FIUs are compliant with IEC 61010-1
international standards, and have had their designs verified through
third-party agencies such as UL. Each unit is also tested prior to
shipping to validate both functionality and safety.
In addition, reliability is a key concern for the integrity of long-term
tests. Because they are based on FET relay technology, the NI 2512
and NI 2514 have an unlimited electrical lifetime under normal
operating conditions. Additionally, the NI 2512 and NI 2514 FIUs
feature integrated overcurrent and over-temperature detection to
protect both the device under test (DUT) and the test system in the
case of excessive loading. The higher-density PXI-2510 employs
electromechanical relays which, although rated for millions of
cycles, have a finite and relatively predictable lifetime under normal
loading conditions.
To allow for increased long-term reliability, the PXI-2510
incorporates onboard relay count tracking, which you can use to
view the number of cycles each relay has undergone, thus helping
you determine your maintenance and replacement needs. The PXI-
2510 features a user-replaceable relay kit in the event of normal
relay failure at the end of its specified lifetime.
Connectivity
Cabling and connectivity are major concerns for fault insertion
applications due to the potentially large number of high voltage and
high current channels that are typically involved. Each FIU offers
both cabled connector options and bare-wire cable options that are
specifically designed to guarantee safety, reliability, and shielding
all the way to the signal terminals, thus providing a full connectivity
solution. The result is improved noise and cross-talk in addition to
reduced system emissions.
NI PXI-2510 ................................................................ 778572-10
Cable for NI PXI-2510 (to three 50-pin D-Sub)...... 781090-01
Cable for NI PXI-2510 (to 160-pin DIN)................. 781090-02
Cable for NI PXI-2510 (to bare wire)..................... 781090-03
IMO2PNS replacement relays (qty. 10)................ 781089-10
NI PXI-2512 ................................................................ 778572-12
NI PXIe-2512 .............................................................. 778587-12
NI PXI-2514 ................................................................ 778572-14
NI PXIe-2514 .............................................................. 780587-14
Cable for NI 2512/2514 (to 8-pin D-Sub).............. 781092-01
Cable for NI 2512/2514 (to bare wire).................. 781092-02
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
F
a
u
l
t

I
n
s
e
r
t
i
o
n

U
n
i
t
s

f
o
r

P
X
I

a
n
d

P
X
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
506
Back to Index
507
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
H
i
g
h
-
S
p
e
e
d

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

S
i
g
n
a
l

I
n
s
e
r
t
i
o
n

S
w
i
t
c
h
High-Speed Digital Signal Insertion Switch
35 high-bandwidth digital I/O pass-
through lines for clock rates up to
1 Gbit/s
50 MHz typical bandwidth on insertion
buses
BNC connectors that provide access to
each digital line via two signal insertion
buses
Ability to insert SMUs for DC
parametric tests or insert digitizers for
analog characterization
Compatibility with all single-ended NI
high-speed digital I/O (HSDIO) products
OS Information
Windows
Driver Information
NI-SWITCH
ANSI C
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Visual Studio
Overview
The NI PXI-2515 and PXIe-2515 are multiplexer switch modules that
enable connectivity by routing high-speed digital I/O (DIO) signals
between a device under test (DUT) and an NI high-speed DIO device
or parametric measurement devices. You can use DC devices such
as source measure units (SMUs) and digital multimeters (DMMs)
with high-speed digital devices on the 35 (32 data and three timing
and trigger lines) digital channels and two analog buses. With NI
2515 switches, you can perform parametric tests on digital pins
without external connectivity or impedance mismatch challenges.
Typical Setup
In many test scenarios, you may need to perform parametric tests on
digital I/O pins. With NI 2515 switches, you can multiplex between
one of two analog buses and your digital connection. This switch is
typically meant for low-frequency analog signals and high-speed
digital signals.
As an example, you can perform dynamic and parametric
measurements on digital-to-analog converters. Such a system
requires a high-speed digital device, an SMU, a high-resolution
digitizer, and an NI 2515 signal insertion switch.
Performing DC Tests with NI 2515 Switches
One DC test that you may need to perform is open/shorts testing.
Output short circuit current tests simulate worst-case loading
conditions on the output pin of a digital device. You can conduct
these tests on a wide range of devices from digital semiconductor
chips to fully integrated consumer electronics devices.
Figure 2 shows how to use an SMU to perform an open/shorts test
on a single pin. However, when you are testing digital pins, you
need to multiplex between the SMU channels and the digital I/O.
You can use an NI 2515 switch to achieve this functionality.
Figure 3 shows a setup where you use two SMUs with a high-speed
Figure 1. Connect an NI 2515 switch to one NI high-speed DIO device and up to two
other instrument modules.
Figure 2. Using an SMU to Test Diodes
Back to Index
High-Speed Digital Signal Insertion Switch
digital device. To perform open/shorts test, you must disconnect the
digital channels and connect the SMU channels to the DUT using an
NI 2515. In addition, with an NI 2515, you can use two SMUs in
parallel.
Current Leakage Measurements Similar to the scenario shown in
Figure 3, you can use an NI 2515 to make current leakage
measurements on digital pins.
Operation Modes
Triggering and Scanning
You can use NI 2515 switches along with scanning to improve your
system throughput. You can download a list of connections to the
switch module and cycle through the list using events (triggers)
without any lag or interruption from the host processor.
Software
functionality for all switch modules. You can use the NI-SWITCH API
to programmatically control the NI PXI-2515 and PXIe-2515.
Figure 3. Using an NI 2515 and the SMU to Test Diodes on the Digital Pins of a DUT
Topology Software Name Immediate Scanning
Independent
2515/Independent
Yes Yes
(NISWITCH_TOPOLOGY_2515_INDEPENDENT
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
H
i
g
h
-
S
p
e
e
d

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

S
i
g
n
a
l

I
n
s
e
r
t
i
o
n

S
w
i
t
c
h
508
Back to Index
High-Density General-Purpose SPST Relays
509
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
H
i
g
h
-
D
e
n
s
i
t
y

G
e
n
e
r
a
l
-
P
u
r
p
o
s
e

S
P
S
T

R
e
l
a
y
s
100 independent single-pole
single-throw (SPST) relays
Up to 100 VDC, 100 VAC, CAT I
Latching relays
32,000-step scan list fordeterministic
scanning
145 cycles/s
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows
TM
/CVI
NI Switch Executive
Visual Basic
ANSI C/C++
NI-SWITCH
Compliance
UL
CE
Overview
The NI PXI-2569 and PXIe-2569 are 100-channel, general-purpose
switch modules featuring SPST (Form A) armature relays. Ideal for
medium-power automated test loads, these modules offer maximum
relay density, with 100 latching relays in a single PXI slot. NI 2569
modules are able to switch up to 100 VDC/100 VAC or up to 1 A.
They are fully software-programmable and contain a 32,000-step
scan list for deterministic scanning capability.
Automatic Scanning
NI 2569 modules are able to maximize throughput in automated test
applications by the use of scanning. Scanning improves throughput
by downloading a list of up to 32,000 connections to the switch and
implement scanning by mating an NI 2569 with an instrument such
as the NI PXI-4070 6 -digit FlexDMM, which issues a trigger after
each measurement.
Software
All National Instruments PXI switch modules are shipped with
NI-SWITCH, an IVI-compliant driver that offers complete
configuring, programming, and managing higherchannel- count
switching systems, NI Switch Executive software provides an easy-
to-use, intelligent switch management and visual routing
environment.
NI PXI-2569................................................................. 778572-69
NI PXIe-2569............................................................... 780587-69
Includes switch module and NI-SWITCH driver software.
NI Switch Executive
Deployment engine.................................................... 778548-00
Back to Index
High-Density General-Purpose SPST Relays
Specifications
Channel-to-ground..................... 300 V, CAT I
Maximum current...................... 1 A
(switching or carry, per channel)
maximum current (35 C)........ 50
Maximum switching power.......... 60 W, 62.5 VA (DC to 60 Hz)
(per channel, resistive)
Initial......................................... <0.55 !
End of life.................................. #1 !
Thermal EMF............................. #12 V
Bandwidth (-3 dB, typical at 23 C)... #20 MHz
Maximum speed............................ 145 cycles
Relay operate plus debounce time
Typical....................................... 1 ms
Maximum.................................. 3.4 ms
Expected relay life
Mechanical................................ 10
8
cycles
Electrical
10 VDC, 100 mADC, resistive... 2.5x10
6
cycles
6
cycles
30 VDC, 1 ADC resistive........... 5x10
5
cycles
60 VDC, 1 ADC resistive........... 1x10
5
cycles
Physical
Relay types................................... Electromechanical, latching
Contact material........................... alladium-ruthenium, gold covered
I/O connectors.............................. 200 POS LFH Matrix 50, receptacle
Dimensions................................... 10 by 17.5 cm (3.9 by 6.9 in.),
1 3U slot
Environment
Storage temperature.................... -20 to 70 C
Relative humidity.......................... 5 to 85% noncondensing
Pollution degree........................... 2
Approved at altitudes up to 2,000 m.
Safety Compliance
IEC 61010-1, EN 61010-1
UL 61010-01, CSA 61010-1
laboratory use:
EN 61326 (IEC 61326): Class A emissions; Basic immunity
Note: For EMC compliance, operate this product according to the
documentation.
CE Compliance
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
H
i
g
h
-
D
e
n
s
i
t
y

G
e
n
e
r
a
l
-
P
u
r
p
o
s
e

S
P
S
T

R
e
l
a
y
s
510
Back to Index
511
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
4
0
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l

S
P
D
T

(
F
o
r
m

C
)

R
e
l
a
y
s
40-Channel SPDT (Form C) Relays
40 independent SPDT relays
Latching relays
32,000-step scan list for deterministic scanning
145 cycles/s
NI PXI-2570
Overview
The National Instruments PXI-2570 is a 40-channel, general-purpose
switch module. Featuring independent SPDT (Form C) relays, the NI
PXI-2570 maximizes relay density in a single PXI slot. Each relay
contains a normally closed (NC), normally open (NO), and common
(COM) terminal and can handle up to 100 VDC/100 VAC or up to 1 A
of current.With 40 channels per module, you can switch several
hundred ATE loads in a single PXI chassis or thousands of channels
in a multiple-chassis configuration.
Specifications
Channel-to-ground................................. 100 V, CAT I
Channel-to-channel ............................... 100 V
Maximum switching/carry........................... 1 A
maximum current (55 C)....................... 40
(per channel, resistive) .......................... 60 W, 62.5 VA
Typical DC path resistance (channel-to-common)
Initial...................................................... <0.5 !
End of life .............................................. "1 !
Thermal EMF ............................................... #12 V
Bandwidth (-3 dB, typical at 23 C).............. "40 MHz
Maximum speed.......................................... 145 cycles
Relay operate time
Typical.................................................... 1 ms
Maximum............................................... 3.4 ms
Expected Relay Life
Mechanical ........................................... 100,000,000 cycles
Electrical
10 VDC, 100 mADC, resistive ............ 2,500,000 cycles
10 VDC, 1 ADC, resistive .................... 1,000,000 cycles
30 VDC, 1 ADC, resistive .................... 500,000 cycles
60 VDC, 1 ADC, resistive .................... 100,000 cycles
Physical
Relay types................................................... Electromechanical, latching
Contact material.......................................... Palladium-ruthenium, gold-covered
I/O connectors ............................................. 200-pin LFH Matrix 50 receptacle
Dimensions................................................... single-slot 3U PXI module
Back to Index
600 V Multiplexer
Dual 6x1 1-wire, 12x1 1-wire, 6x1 2-wire,
interleaved 11x1 2-wire multiplexer
configuration
Switching capacity
Up to 300 V CAT II, 600 V CAT I
Up to 0.5 A switching/0.5 A carry
Up to 10 W
600 channels/s
32,000-step scanlist for deterministic
scanning
NI PXI-2584
Specifications
Relay Characteristics
Configurations............................................. Dual 6x1 1-wire, 12x1 1-wire,
6x1 2-wire, interleaved
11x1 2-wire (battery test)
Contact materials........................................ Rhodium
AC ......................................................... 600 VACpk
DC ......................................................... 600 VDC
Maximum switching current....................... 0.5 A
Maximum carry current............................... 0.5 A
Maximum switching power ....................... 10 W
DC path resistance (1-wire path)
Initial..................................................... <1.1 !
End of life ............................................. >2 !
Minimum switching capacity...................... 0.5 V or 1 mA
Maximum scan rate ................................... 600 channels/s
Relay operate time
Typical .................................................. 0.4 ms
Maximum.............................................. 0.75 ms
Expected relay life
Mechanical
(1 V at 10 mA resistive)...................... 3x10
8
cycles
600 V at 7 mA 90 pF
capacitive .......................................... 1.8x10
7
cycles
600 V at 16.5 mA 90 pF
capacitive .......................................... 7x10
6
cycle
Note: Certain applications may require additional time for proper settling.
For information about including additional settling time, refer to the NI Switches Help.
Physical
Relay type ................................................... Reed
I/O connector .............................................. 16 position, MINI-COMBICON plug
Dimensions.................................................. Single PXI slot, 3U
Overview
The National Instruments PXI-2584 is a high-voltage multiplexer
switch in a single-slot, 3U PXI module. With a CAT II certification at
300 V, it is capable of routing general-purpose ATE loads or high-
voltage, low-current signals. The 600 V CAT I channel-to-ground
isolation on the NI PXI-2584 makes it ideal for fuel cell and battery
stack applications. You also can use the module in multimodule
configurations for taking measurements on hundreds of channels.
The CAT I and CAT II safety ratings combined with UL safety
certification make it ideally suited for high-voltage ATE systems that
include the NI PXI-4071 1000 V digital multimeter. The reed relays in
the PXI-2584 also ensure longer lifetimes and faster actuation times
for test equipment.
Interleaved Topology for
Maximum Channel Count
Interleaved topology is a method to increase channel count when
measuring potentials that are on a stack such as battery stacks and
fuel cell stacks. In traditional 2-wire topologies, each channel would
put two wires across each component under test, which would limit
the PXI-2584 to six differential channels. By putting each single
input pin on the front connector at points in between potentials on a
stack, the channel count is extended from six to 11 2-wire channels.
In addition to maximizing channel count on a module, the topology
offers a free straddle channel when testing battery stacks over
multiple modules.
The interleaved topology of the PXI-2584 Maximizes channel count.
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
6
0
0

V

M
u
l
t
i
p
l
e
x
e
r
512
Back to Index
High-Power General-Purpose Switches
10-Channel, 12 A SPST (Form A) Relays/Multiplexer
Specifications
Number of channels
PXI-2585................................................. 10x1
PXI-2586................................................. 10
Relay type..................................................... SPST, normally open, nonlatching
AC ......................................................... 300 VAC
DC .......................................................... 300 VDC
Maximum switching current ....................... 12 A
Maximum carry current................................ 12 A
Maximum AC switching power................... 3000 VA
DC path resistance
Initial...................................................... 50 m!
End of life ............................................. >100 m!
Minimum switching capacity...................... 12 V or 100 mA
Maximum cycle speed ................................ 65 cycles/s
Relay operate time
Typical.................................................... 7.4 ms
Maximum............................................... 15.4 ms
Expected relay life
Mechanical ........................................... 1 x 10
7
cycles
Electrical
30 VDC, 10 ADC resistive................... 1 x 10
5
cycles
30 VDC, 12 ADC resistive................... 3 x 10
4
cycles
Physical
Relay type.................................................... Armature
Relay contact material ................................ AgNi
I/O connector............................................... Positronic GMCT20M0T0000
NI PXI-2564
16-Channel, 5 A SPST (Form A) Relays Specifications
Number of channels.................................... 16
Relay type.................................................... SPST, normally open, nonlatching
Channel-to-channel .............................. 150 VDC, 150 VAC
Channel-to-ground................................. 150 VDC, 150 VAC, CAT II
Maximum switching current ...................... 5 A
Maximum carry current............................... 5 A
Simultaneous channels at maximum current... 16
Maximum AC switching power................... 750 VA
Maximum DC switching power................... 150 W at 30 V
30 W at 150 V
DC path resistance
Initial...................................................... <100 m!
End of life ............................................. 250 m!
Minimum switching capacity...................... 10 mA or 5 VDC
Maximum cycle speed ................................ 45 cycles/s
Relay operate time
Maximum............................................... 10.4 ms
Expected relay life
Mechanical ........................................... 5x10
7
cycles
Electrical
Full load ............................................. 1x10
5
cycles
Physical
Relay type.................................................... Armature, nonlatching
Relay contact material ............................... Gold flash over silver alloy
I/O connector............................................... 37-pin D-Sub, male
The National Instruments PXI-2564 is a 5 A, general-purpose switch
module in a single-slot, 3U PXI module. It has 16 independent SPST
(Form A) relays with low contact resistance and high isolation
voltage. It includes over-temperature protection to ensure that the
relays are never exposed to an amount of power in excess of their
rating. If the current approaches the rated value, the control circuitry
opens the relay contacts. The NI PXI-2564 is ideal for switching
medium-to-high-power signals and loads in military, automotive,
or automated test applications.
The National Instruments PXI-2585 and PXI-2586 are high-power
switch modules in a single-slot, 3U PXI form factor. They each have
10 channels, with the PXI-2585 configured as a 10x1 multiplexer
and the PXI-2586 configured as independent SPST (Form A) relays.
Both have low contact resistance and high isolation voltage. The NI
PXI- 2585 and PXI-2586, rated for both high currents (up to 12 A) and
high voltages (up to 300 VDC/300 VAC), are ideal for switching
power signals and loads in control applications, and battery, power
supply, and automotive testing.
Configurations
PXI-2585: 10x1 multiplexer
PXI-2586: 10 SPST (Form A)
nonlatching relays
Switch capacity
Up to 300 VDC/300 VAC CAT II
65 cycles/s
16 Form A (SPST) nonlatching relays
Switch capacity
Up to 150 VDC/150 VAC CAT II
Deterministic operation with
hardware triggers
45 cycles/s
513
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
H
i
g
h
-
P
o
w
e
r

G
e
n
e
r
a
l
-
P
u
r
p
o
s
e
Back to Index
Multibank Multiplexer and General-Purpose Switches
NI PXI-2576
Multibank Multiplexer
Specifications
Maximum switching voltage....................... 100 V, CAT I
Maximum switching current........................ 1 A
Maximum carry current............................... 1 A
Maximum switching power......................... 30 W, 37.5 VA
DC path resistance
Initial...................................................... <1.1 !(0.5 !typical)
End of life ............................................. "2 !
Thermal emf................................................. <10 V (3 V typical)
Maximum scan rate .................................... 145 channels/s
Relay operate time...................................... 3.4 ms (2 ms typical)
Expected relay life
Mechanical ........................................... 5x10
7
cycles
Electrical ............................................... 10
5
cycles (30 V, 1 A)
Relay type ................................................... Electromechanical, latching
I/O connectors............................................. 160 pos LFH matrix 50 female
Dimensions................................................. single-slot PXI, 3U
8/16-Channel SPDT (Form C) Relays
Specifications
Number of relays
SCXI-1160............................................... 16 SPDT (Form C) latching
SCXI-1161............................................... 8 SPDT (Form C) nonlatching
Maximum-switching voltage
SCXI-1160.............................................. 250 V CAT II
SCXI-1161............................................... 300 V CAT II, 600 CAT I
Maximum switching current
SCXI-1160............................................... 2 A
SCXI-1161.............................................. 8 A
Maximum switching capacity
SCXI-1160............................................... 100 A at 100 mVDC
SCXI-1161............................................... 100 mA at 100 mVDC
DC path resistance
SCXI-1160 (includes terminal block)...... <75 m!(initially)
SCXI-1161............................................... 175 m!(initially)
Relay close time and release time
SCXI-1160............................................... 14 ms
SCXI-1161............................................... 15 ms
Expected relay life (mechanical)
SCXI-1160.............................................. 5 x 10
7
cycles
SCXI-1161.............................................. 10
7
cycles
Contact material
SCXI-1160............................................... Gold-clad silver alloy
SCXI-1161............................................... Silver alloy
Dimensions................................................... Single 4U SCXI slot
The National Instruments SCXI-1160 and SCXI-1161 are general-
purpose relay switching modules. The SCXI-1160 has 16 independent
SPDT (Form C) latching relays with very low on-resistance and low
thermal offset. With power capabilities of up to 2 A at 250 V
rms
or
30 VDC, these relays are suitable for switching, routing, and
controlling medium-level signals. The SCXI-1161 has eight independent
SPDT nonlatching relays. Because the SCXI-1161 relays can switch
up to 8 A at 125 V
rms
, 6 A at 250 V
rms
, or 5 A at 30 VDC, they are
suitable for higher power applications. Each channel on both modules
has a normally closed (NC), normally open (NO), and common (COM)
terminal. You can use two or more SCXI-1160s and SCXI-1161s in
one or more chassis to switch and control thousands of signals.
The National Instruments PXI-2576 is a multibank multiplexing
module with 16 banks of 4x1 2-wire multiplexers. With the flexible
architecture of the NI PXI-2576, you can configure it in a variety of
topologies that make it suitable for parallel measurement
operations requiring low-channel counts. In addition, you can
combine all multiplexers on the PXI-2576 to form a single high-
channel-count multiplexer featuring 64 2-wire channels. The module
can be programmed with a variety of software including NI-SWITCH
and NI Switch Executive.
16 4x1 (2-wire), octal 8x1 (2-wire),
quad 16x1 (2-wire), dual 32x1 (2-wire),
64x1 (2-wire)
Switch capacity
Up to 100 VDC/100 VAC
Up to 1 A switching
Up to 30 W, 37.5 VA
Full software programmability
145 channels/s
16 independent SPDT
electromechanical relays
Switching capacity
Up to 250 V, CAT II
Up to 2 A switching/carry
50 cycles/s
NI SCXI-1160
8 independent SPDT
electromechanical relays
Switching capacity
Up to 300 V CAT II, 600 V CAT I
Up to 8 A switching/carry
50 cycles/s
NI SCXI-1161
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
M
u
l
t
i
b
a
n
k

M
u
l
t
i
p
l
e
x
e
r

a
n
d

G
e
n
e
r
a
l
-
P
u
r
p
o
s
e
514
Back to Index
General-Purpose Switches and Relay Drivers
NI PXI-2566, NI SCXI-1166
16/32-Channel SPDT (Form C) Relays
Specifications
Channel-to-channel .............................. 150 VDC, 125 VAC, CAT I
Channel-to-ground................................. 150 VDC, 125 VAC, CAT I
Simultaneous channels at maximum switching current (# 25 C)
PXI-2566................................................. 16
SCXI-1166 ............................................. 32
Maximum carry current............................... 5 ADC, 5 AAC (per channel)
Simultaneous channels at maximum carry current (#25 C)
PXI-2566................................................ 9
SCXI-1166 ............................................. 8
Maximum switching power ........................ 60 W, 62.5 VA (DC to 60 Hz) (per channel)
DC path resistance
Initial ..................................................... <1.0 !
End of life .............................................. "1.0 !
Thermal EMF .............................................. <9 V (typical at 23 C)
Minimum switching capacity...................... 10 A at 10 m VDC
Bandwidth (-3 dB)........................................ "70 MHz
Maximum speed.......................................... 115 operations/s
Relay operate time
Typical.................................................. . 2 ms
Maximum.............................................. 4.4 ms
Expected relay life
Mechanical ........................................... 10
8
operations
Electrical
30 VDC, 1 A resistive.......................... 5x10
5
operations
30 VDC, 2 A resistive.......................... 10
5
operations
125 VAC, 0.2 A resistive..................... 3x10
5
operations
125 VAC, 0.5 A resistive..................... 10
5
operations
Relay type.................................................... Electromechanical, nonlatching
Relay contact material ............................... Gold clad silver alloy
I/O connectors ............................................ Two 62-pin D-Sub
Dimensions
PXI-2566................................................ 10 by 16 cm (3.9 by 6.3 in.)
SCXI-1166 ............................................. 3.0 by 17.3 by 19.6 cm (1.2 by 6.7 by 7.6 in.)
NI PXI-2567, NI SCXI-1167
64-Channel External Relay Drivers
Specifications
Channels...................................................... 64 single-coil nonlatching relay drivers,
32, 2-coil latching relays
Max drive voltage ....................................... 50 V
Max drive current........................................ 600 mA
Maximum current per module..................... 25 A
Internal Drive Power
PXI-2567 ..................................................... 5 V, 1.25 A or 12 V, 0.5 A
SCXI-1167.................................................... 5 V, 0.75 A
Maximum operating speed ........................ 150 operations/s
Physical
I/O connector............................................... 78-pin D-Sub
Dimensions
PXI-2567................................................ 2 x 10 x 16 cm (.8 x 3.9 x 6.4 in.)
SCXI-1167 ............................................. 3.0 x 17.2 x 20.3 cm (1.2 x 6.9 x 8.0 in.)
The National Instruments PXI-2567 and SCXI-1167 are designed to
be 64-channel, multipurpose relay drive modules, capable of driving
many types of external relays. The relay driver is the ideal choice
when the current and voltage requirements for relays exceed those
found in existing relay modules (or for relays embedded in a test
system). High-current, high-voltage, or multipole RF switches all fit
into the realm of possibilities. The NI PXI-2567 and NI SCXI-1167
can also drive small DC motors or other inductive relay coils.
The National Instruments PXI-2566 and SCXI-1166 are general
purpose 16 and 32-channel switch modules, respectively. These
switch modules have independent SPDT (Form C) nonlatching
electromechanical relays with very low on-resistance and low
thermal offsets. They can switch up to 2 A at 30 VAC/30 VDC and
can carry 5 A per channel. Hence, these switch modules are ideal
for switching and routing high-current signals. Each relay channel
has a normally closed (NC), normally open (NO), and common (COM)
terminal.
Independent SPDT relays
16 channels in PXI
32 channels in SCXI
Switching capacity
2 A switching, 5 A carry
150 VDC/125 VAC, CAT I
Deterministic operation with
hardware triggers
Controls up to 64 single-side relays
Accepts internal and external power
Up to 50 V
Up to 600 mA per channel
High-power protection circuitry
Hardware or software scanning
Programmable switching delay
515
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
G
e
n
e
r
a
l
-
P
u
r
p
o
s
e

S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s

a
n
d

R
e
l
a
y

D
r
i
v
e
r
s
Back to Index
High-Frequency Multiplexer/Matrix Modules
500 MHz bandwidth
10 W RF carry power
150 V, CAT I switching
Fully software configurable
Unterminated multiplexer
Configurations
NI SCXI-1193: 32x1, dual 16x1,
quad 8x1, nine 3x1
NI PXI-2593/ NI PXIe-2593 (NI 2593):
16x1, dual 8x1, quad 3x1
Terminated multiplexer configurations
NI SCXI-1193: 16x1, dual 8x1,
quad 4x1
NI 2593: 8x1, dual 4x1
Sparse matrix configurations
NI SCXI-1193: 36-terminal
NI 2593: 18-terminal
Operating Systems
Windows 7/XP/2000/Me/9x/NT
LabVIEW
LabWindows
TM
/CVI
NI Switch Executive
Visual Basic
ANSI C/C++, C#
Driver/Software (included)
NI-SWITCH
NI PXI-2593, NI PXIe-2593, NI SCXI-1193
NI PXI-2593, PXIe-2593, and SCXI-1193 are high-density 50 !RF
relay modules. You can programmatically configure them as
unterminated multiplexers, externally terminated multiplexers, or
dimensionally flexible sparse matrices. Each configuration handles
signal frequencies from DC to beyond 500 MHz. These single-slot
switch modules use high-density push-on MCX connectors for
discrete yet manageable cabling. NI 2593 modules are designed to
integrate with high-frequency instruments such as the NI PXI-5404
frequency generator and the NI PXI-5112 high-speed digitizer.
Multiplexer Configurations
The NI 2593 and SCXI-1193 are 16- and 32-channel unterminated
multiplexers, respectively. With external 50 !MCX terminators
(P/N: 761930-01) on half of the channels, you can use these modules
as terminated multiplexers. Table 1 shows multiplexer
configurations for each module.
Dimensionally Flexible Sparse Matrix
Configurations
You can configure the NI 2593 modules as flexible sparse matrices,
which you can use to route signals between any pair of channels or
commons while maintaining >500 MHz bandwidth and minimizing
reflections. Unlike a traditional sparse matrix made from two
multiplexers with their COM terminals connected, these modules
use a flexible architecture in which you can define the row and
column dimensions. There is no restriction on row-to-row or column-
to-column connections. For example, you can configure the
18 terminals on the NI 2593 modules as a 2x16, 4x14, or 9x9 sparse
matrix, or any size in between. It is even possible to connect
multiple crosspoints simultaneously.
Multiplexer NI SCXI-1193 NI 2593
Topology Unterminated Terminated Unterminated Terminated
32x1 1 bank
16x1 2 banks 1 bank 1 bank
8x1 4 banks 2 banks 2 banks 1 bank
4x1 4 banks 2 banks
3x1 9 banks 4 banks
Table 1. This table shows available multiplexer configurations.
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
H
i
g
h
-
F
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

M
u
l
t
i
p
l
e
x
e
r
/
M
a
t
r
i
x

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
516
Back to Index
517
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
6
.
6

G
H
z
,

5
0

!
,

S
o
l
i
d
-
S
t
a
t
e

D
u
a
l

4
x
1

M
u
l
t
i
p
l
e
x
e
r
s
6.6 GHz, 50 !, Solid-State Dual 4x1 Multiplexers
6.6 GHz: -6.1 dB insertion loss; VSWR of
1.6 (typical)
2.4 GHz: -3.4 dB insertion loss; VSWR of 1.5
(typical)
50 !termination on channel and COM lines
Fast switching time
Unlimited switch lifetime
Ability to store RF path calibration information
in NI Switch Executive
OS Information
Windows
Driver Information
NI-DAQmx
NI-SWITCH
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
NI Switch Executive
The NI PXI-2543 and NI PXIe-2543 are terminated, dual 4x1
multiplexer switch modules suited for routing RF signals up to 6.6
GHz in production test applications. The modules feature high-
performance solid-state relays that offer unique benefits such as
unlimited lifetime and fast switching time. Front-mounted SMA
connectors provide easy connection to your RF devices, and the
modules offer termination on every COM line and channel. The 50 !
termination on the channel and COM lines helps minimize
reflections of the RF signal and protect your instruments.
The NI PXI-2543 and NI PXIe-2543 use features such as solid-state
technology to maximize module lifetime and optimize switching
speed. They can send and receive digital triggers through the
backplane of the chassis or the trigger lines on the front of the
modules.
The field effect transistor (FET) relays on the NI 2543 modules are
designed with solid-state technology, which means they do not have
any moving parts like electromechanical relays do. The two main
advantages of using these relays in an NI 2543 are faster switching
time and unlimited relay life.
All input characteristics are DC, ACrms, or a combination unless
otherwise specified.
Minimum input frequency............. 10 MHz
Characteristic impedance (Z0)....... 50 !nominal
Coupling)....................................... AC
Maximum safe DC input voltage.. 8V
Switch type................................... FET
Front panel connectors.................. 10 SMA jacks, female (I/O)
2 SMB jacks, female(Triggers)
PXI power requirement
PXI................................................. 0.6 W at 5 V, 0.6 W at 3.3 V
PXIe............................................... 0.4 W at 12 V, 1 W at 3.3 V
Dimensions (L x W x H)................ 3U, one slot, PXI/cPCI module
21.6 x 2.0 x 13.0 cm
(8.5 x 0.8 x 5.1 in.)
Weight........................................... 774 g (27.3 oz)
Environment
Operating temperature....................... 0 C to 55 C
Storage temperature.......................... 20 C to 70 C
Relative humidity................................ 5% to 85%, noncondensing
Pollution Degree................................. 2
Maximum altitude............................... 2,000 m
Indoor use only.
Maximum relay operate time.............. 76 s
Back to Index
2.5 and 5 GHz Multiplexers
4x1 unterminated multiplexers
High-bandwidth electromechanical relays
NI PXI-2594 (single 4x1)
NI SCXI-1194 (quad 4x1)
2.5 GHz bandwidth
SMA direct connectivity
NI PXI-2595 (single 4x1)
NI SCXI-1195 (quad 4x1)
5 GHz bandwidth
NI PXI-2594, NI SCXI-1194, NI PXI-2595, NI SCXI-1195
The National Instruments PXI-2594 and PXI-2595 are 4x1 high-
frequency unterminated multiplexing switches. The NI SCXI-1194
and SCXI-1195 perform the same functions as the PXI-2594 and PXI-
2595 but in a higher density, quad 4x1 multiplexing configuration.
The PXI-2594 and SCXI-1194 are capable of switching signals from
DC to 2.5 GHz while the PXI-2595 and SCXI-1195 can switch signals
from DC to 5 GHz.
These RF modules are best suited for applications requiring the
routing of high-frequency signals inside automated test equipment
(ATE) systems, because they can switch signals with very low
insertion loss. In addition, the excellent voltage standing-wave
ration (VSWR) and isolation parameters make these modules the
perfect choice in any system geared toward high-frequency
applications.
2.7 GHz 50 !Multiplexer and SPDT Relay Switches
2.7 GHz bandwidth
30 V max switching voltage
0.5 A max switching current
10 !max switching power
Single-slot 3U PXI modules
Operating Systems
Windows 7/Vista/NT/2000
Linux
NI Switch Executive
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
NI TestStand
Visual Basic
C/C++, C#
NI-SWITCH
NI-DAQmx
NI PXI-254x
Module Configuration 0 to 1 GHz 1 to 2.7 GHz 0 to 1 GHz 1 to 2.7 GHz 0 to 1 GHz 1 to 2.7 GHz
PXI-2545 4x1 terminated multiplexer 0.7 dB 1.7 dB 1.2 1.3 50 dB 40 dB
PXI-2546 Dual 4x1 multiplexer 0.5 dB 0.9 dB 1.1 1.4 47 dB 40 dB
PXI-2547 8x1 multiplexer 0.7 dB 1.6 dB 1.1 1.2 48 dB 36 dB
PXI-2548 Quad SPDT relays 0.4 dB 0.6 dB 1.15 1.35 58 dB 39 dB
PXI-2549 Dual-terminated SPDT relays 0.7 dB 1.3 dB 1.15 1.3 55 dB 45 dB
Insertion Loss
Table 1. PXI-254x Configurations and Typical Specifications
VSWR Isolation
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
R
F

M
u
l
t
i
p
l
e
x
e
r
s
518
Back to Index
519
9
S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
R
F

M
u
l
t
i
p
l
e
x
e
r
s
5 GHz 75 !Multiplexer and SPDT Relay Switches
NI PXI-255x
26.5 GHz Multiplexers, SPDT Relays, and Transfer Switches
26.5 GHz bandwidth electromechanical relays
Configurations
PXI-2596 - dual 6x1 unterminated multiplexer (SPDT)
PXI-2597 - 6x1 terminated multiplexer (SPDT)
PXI-2598 - dual transfer switch
PXI-2599 - dual SPDT (Form C) relays
Overview
The National Instruments PXI-2596, PXI-2597, PXI-2598, and PXI-
2599 multiplexers, SPDT relays, and transfer switch modules route
RF or microwave signals in automated test applications. While
designed to operate with less than 1 dB insertion loss up to 26.5
GHz, they appear almost invisible to signals at much lower
frequencies as well. Use the NI PXI-2597 terminated multiplexer
when high-power signal reflections are a concern and 50 !
terminations are required. The PXI-2596 offers a higher-density,
unterminated option with dual 6x1 multiplexer banks in the same
module. The PXI-2598 and PXI-2599 operate as transfer switches
and SPDT relays, respectively, for basic signal routing or inserting
and removing components in a signal path. These modules are also
well-suited for passing high-order harmonics from RF upconverters
such as the NI PXI-5670 2.7 GHz RF vector signal generator or
routing multiple sources to RF downconverters such as the NI PXI-
5660 2.7 GHz RF vector signal analyzer.
2.5 GHz bandwidth
30 V max switching voltage
0.5 A max switching current
10 !max switching power
Mini SMB direct connectivity
Single-slot 3U PXI modules
Operating Systems
Windows 7/Vista/NT/2000
Linux
NI Switch Executive
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
NI TestStand
Visual Basic
C/C++, C#
NI-SWITCH
NI-DAQmx
Module Configuration 0 to 1 GHz 1 to 2.5 GHz 0 to 1 GHz 1 to 2.5 GHz 0 to 1 GHz 1 to 2.5 GHz
PXI-2555 4x1 terminated multiplexer 0.7 dB 0.6 dB 1.15 1.5 55 dB 47 dB
PXI-2556 Dual 4x1 multiplexer 0.5 dB 1.2 dB 1.1 1.5 60 dB 50 dB
PXI-2558 Quad SPDT relays 0.3 dB 0.7 dB 1.15 1.3 62 dB 48 dB
PXI-2559 Dual-terminated SPDT relays 0.6 dB 1.3 dB 1.2 1.4 60 dB 55 dB
Insertion Loss
Table 1. PXI-255x Configurations and Typical Specifications
VSWR Isolation
NI PXI-2596, NI PXI 2597, NI PXI-2598, NI PXI-2599
Back to Index
Compliance and Certifications
NI FieldPoint and Compact FieldPoint products undergo rigorous
safety and electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) evaluations to
ensure compliance with appropriate regulatory requirements. All NI
FieldPoint and Compact FieldPoint products are compliant with CE,
FCC, C-Tick, and selected third-party safety and EMC requirements.
Compliance is based on the European Low-Voltage and EMC
directives, according to safety standards IEC/EN/UL 61010-1 and
EMC standards EN 61326-1 and FCC Part 15.
Some NI FieldPoint and Compact FieldPoint products are also
certified for use in Class I, Division 2 (Zone 2) hazardous locations,
based on the requirements of Directive 94/9/EC and standard EN
50021 for potentially explosive atmosphere.
Some Compact FieldPoint products are Lloyd's Register (LR) Type
Approved for Marine and Offshore applications under LR Type
Approval Test Specification No. 1.
For more information on certifications for to
Industrial Control and Distributed I/O
Contents
Overview
Compact FieldPoint Industrial Control System........................ 521
Build Your Compact FieldPoint Industrial Control System...... 522
Control and Communication Interfaces
Real-Time Controllers.............................................................. 523
Industrial PCs, Monitors, and Accessories
NI FPT-1015, NI FPM-1017, NI FPM-1019............................... 527
NI PPC-2015, NI PPC-2115 ...................................................... 528
Touch Panel Computers........................................................... 529
NI TPC-2212, NI TPC-2215 ...................................................... 530
NI TPC-2515, NI TPC-2515 D................................................... 531
6 in. LabVIEW Touch Panel Computer..................................... 532
Industrial Controllers............................................................... 533
NI WSN-9791 .......................................................................... 534
WSN Ethernet Gateway.......................................................... 537
Programmable WSN Gateway ................................................ 538
NI 9795 WSN Gateway........................................................... 538
NI WSN-3202, NI WSN-3212, WSN Analog Input................. 539
NI LabVIEW WSN Module Pioneer......................................... 541
NI WSN-3231, 1-Port .............................................................. 542
NI WSN-3214, 4 Ch, Strain Gage Node................................. 543
NI WSN-3226, 4 Ch, 20-Bit Voltage/RTD Combination Node ... 544
NI WSN-3230, 1-Port RS 232 Serial Node.............................. 545
Description Standard
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Directive 89/336/EEC
Industrial levels per EN 61326-1
EN 55011 Class A at 10 m
FCC Part 15 A above 1 GHz
CE, C-Tick, and FCC Part 15 (Class A) Compliant
Product Safety Directive 73/23/EEC
EN 61010-1, IEC 61010-1
UL 61010-1, CSA 61010-1
Hazardous Locations Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D, T4;
Class I, Zone 2, AEx nC IIC T4,
EEx nC IIC T4
Marine Lloyds Register (LR) Type Approval System Test Spec No.1
Shock and Vibration IEC 60068-2-64, IEC 60068-2-27, IEC 60068-2-6
Table 1. Product Certifications
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s
520
Back to Index
Compact FieldPoint Industrial Control System
521
Compact FieldPoint is a programmable automation controller (PAC)
designed for industrial control applications performing advanced
embedded control, data logging, headless operation, and Ethernet
connectivity. It combines the packaging, specifications, and reliability
of a programmable logic controller (PLC) with the software, flexibility,
connectivity, and functionality of a PC. Compact FieldPoint, the most
rugged and reliable NI platform, is designed for industrial and mobile
environments with high shock, vibration, and temperature extremes.
Compact FieldPoint banks run LabVIEW Real-Time, providing the
functionality, connectivity, and flexibility of LabVIEW on a small,
rugged, industrial platform.
For more information on how to choose the right PAC,
visit ni.com/pac.
PLC versus PC versus PAC
Over the last decade, engineers have struggled to find the right
industrial controller for implementing complex control, Ethernet
connectivity, data storage, and analog measurements.
PLCs were the logical first choice because of their proven reliability
record. However, PLCs are limited in their ability to perform complex
control, log data, share data over the Ethernet, and process complex
algorithms. Although PLC hardware and software have evolved in
the last 30 years, the core PLC application is digital control, and the
hardware and software are optimized for digital input, digital logic,
and digital output. For this reason, despite the programming options
available, the dominant programming language for the PLC is ladder
logic.
PCs were the next option for these applications. The PC has the
hardware and software to perform complex control and to process
complex algorithms. The PC benefits from a wealth of programming
options and uses common hardware architectures such as x86
processors for inexpensive system expansion and upgradability. The
problem with PC-based control is that PCs, running standard operating
systems, with off-the-shelf hardware, are too fragile and unreliable
to use for embedded industrial control.
PACs, such as Compact FieldPoint, take the best parts of the PLC -
the packaging, the industrial specifications, and the reliability - and
combine them with the best parts of the PC - the software
functionality and flexibility, the floating-point processor, and RAM.
Compact FieldPoint runs LabVIEW software, a high-level development
environment for embedded control, and provides the high-level PC
features such as a floating-point processor for custom calculations,
an embedded interactive Web server for easy control and monitoring,
removable CompactFlash for data logging, and multiple serial ports
for third-party device communication. To work in industrial settings,
Compact FieldPoint is rated for up to 50 g of shock and 5 g of vibration
for mobile and vibrating environments, features CE Heavy Industrial
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) rating for use in electrically
noisy environments, is Class 1 Division II (Zone 2) rated for use in
hazardous locations, and boasts a -40 to 70C operating range for
the cFP-21xx controllers.
Modular System
Compact FieldPoint features an innovative architecture that
modularizes communications, I/O functions, and signal termination.
Therefore, you can independently choose the controller, I/O, backplane,
and signal termination style that best fit your particular application.
Controller Modules - Controller modules provide the embedded
control hardware, data-logging capability, and Ethernet connectivity.
They communicate with the local I/O modules via the high-speed
local bus in the backplane. Options for controller modules include
the cFP-2120, cFP-2110, and cFP-2100, which replace the previous
generation cFP-20xx controllers.
I/O Modules - Compact FieldPoint includes a wide variety of 8 and
16-channel I/O modules for customizing your control system. I/O
modules provide isolated analog and digital inputs and outputs for a
wide variety of signal and sensor types. Compact FieldPoint I/O
modules offer hot-swapping and autoconfiguration features for easy
installation and maintenance.
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
C
o
m
p
a
c
t

F
i
e
l
d
P
o
i
n
t

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
521
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
C
o
m
p
a
c
t

F
i
e
l
d
P
o
i
n
t

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Figure 1. Compact FieldPoint combines the reliability of a PLC with the functionality
of a PC.
Back to Index
Build Your Compact FieldPoint Industrial Control System
Step 1. Choose your controller module or network interface.
Module DRAM Memory Internet Nonvolatile Storage Removable CompactFlash Ethernet RS232 Serial RS485 Serial
cFP-2220 256 MB 256 MB 2 3 1
cFP-2210 256 MB 128 MB - 1 2 0
cFP-2200 128 MB 128 MB - 1 1 0
cFP-180x N/A N/A N/A 1 1 0
Number of Ports
Step 4. Select your I/O connectivity.
Connector Blocks Number of Screw Terminals Built-In CJC High Shock and Vibration Voltage Limit Applications
cFP-CB-1 36 4 4 250 V General purpose with strain relief
cFP-CB-2 36 4 4 250 V General purpose with front accessibility
cFP-CB-3 18 4 4 250 V Isothermal for thermocouples
cFP-CB-4 20 4 4 250 V Probeable with front accessibility
cFP-CB-11 37 - - 24 V Low-wiring density and low clearance
CB-37FV 37 - - 42.4 V DIN rail mounted I/O
CB-37FH 37 - - 42.4 V DIN rail mounted I/O
Backplane Number of I/O Module Slots Standard Mounting Hardware
cFP-BP-4 4 cFP-PM-H horizontal panel mounting bracket
cFP-BP-8 8 cFP-PM-H horizontal panel mounting bracket
Step 3. Select appropriate backplanes for cFP-21xx real-time controllers.
Step 5. Select necessary accessories, such as power supply, alternative mounting options, and CompactFlash.
Step 2. For each controller, choose up to four or eight I/O modules - 8 or 16-channel.
Analog I/O
Module Channel Resolution Signal Types/Ranges (programmable per channel) Features
1
cFP-AI-100 8 inputs 12-bit Voltage (0- 30 V), 0 to 1 V, 0 to 5 V, 0 to 15 V, 0 to 30 V,0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA, 20 mA Medium-speed update (2.8 ms for all channels)
cFP-AI-102 8 inputs 12-bit 20 V, 60 V, 120 V, 0 to 20 V, 0 to 60 V, 0 to 120 V High voltage, medium-speed update (2.8 ms for all channels)
cFP-AI-110 8 inputs 16-bit 60 mV, 300 mV, 1 V, 5 V, 10 V, 0 to 1 V, 0 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V, 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA, 20 mA 500 Hz filtering, 50/60 Hz filtering; overranging
cFP-AI-111 16 inputs 16-bit 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA, 20 mA 500Hz filtering, 50/60 Hz filtering; overranging
cFP-AI-112 16 inputs 16-bit Unipolar, bipolar from 60 mV to 10 V 50/60 Hz filtering
cFP-AI-118 8 inputs 16-bit Unipolar, bipolar from 1 V to 15V 50/60 Hz filtering
cFP-TC-120 8 inputs 16-bit J, K, R, S, T, N, E and B 25 mV, 50 mV,100 mV, -20 to 80 mV 50/60 Hz filtering; overranging; open thermocouple detection
cFP-TC-125 8 inputs 16-bit Thermocouples J, K, T, E, R, S, N, B; mV 250 V
rms
Common mode isolation between channels,
50/60 Hz filtering; overranging; open thermocouple detection
cFP-RTD-122 8 inputs 16-bit 2 and 3-wire RTDs: Pt 100, Pt 1000; resistance (up to 4,000 !) 50/60 Hz filtering; overranging; 3-wire RTD connection
cFP-RTD-124 8 inputs 16-bit 2 and 4-wire RTDs: Pt 100; resistance (up to 400 !) 50/60 Hz filtering; overranging; 4-wire RTD connection
cFP-SG-140 8 inputs 16-bit full and half-bridge strain gage, 3.5 mV/V, 7.5 mV/V, 30 mV/V, 60 mV/V S 15/60/240 Hz filtering
cFP-AIO-600 4 inputs 12-bit Current: 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA Balanced I/O module fast update (1.7 kHz for all channels);
/4 outputs Voltage: 5 V, 15 V, 30 V, 0 to 5 V, 0 to 15 V, 0 to 30 V current inputs protected up to 10 V/100 mA
cFP-AIO-610 4 inputs 12-bit Maximum voltage 30V Fast 1.4 kHz hardware update rate. Output channels with protection
/4 outputs against short circuits. Current inputs protected up to 10 V/100 mA;
external fusing can be added if additional protection is required.
cFP-AO-200 8 outputs 12-bit 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA current loop detection
cFP-AO-210 8 outputs 12-bit 0 to 10 V Overcurrent detection and protection
1
All 8 and 16-channel FieldPoint analog I/O modules come with NIST-traceable calibration certificates.
Digital I/O
Module Channels Type Signal Ranges
cFP-DI-300 8 inputs Digital inputs, sinking 24 VDC inputs
cFP-DI-301 16 inputs Digital inputs, sinking 24 VDC inputs
cFP-DI-304 32 inputs Digital inputs, sinking 10 to 30 VDC
cFP-DI-330 8 inputs Universal digital inputs, sinking or sourcing 5 to 48 VDC, 5 to 250 VAC, TTL, CMOS, 12 VDC, 24 VDC, 48 VDC, 120/240 VAC/VDC
cFP-DO-400 8 outputs Digital outputs, sourcing 24 VDC (10 to 30 VDC)
cFP-OO-401 16 outputs Digital outputs, sourcing 24 VDC (10 to 30 VDC)
cFP-DO-403 16 outputs Digital outputs, sinking 24 VDC (5 to 30 VDC) and TTL/CMOS
cFP-DO-410 8 outputs Protected digital outputs, sourcing 24 VDC (5 to 30 VDC), resettable electronic fuse on each channel
cFP-DIO-550 8 inputs/8 outputs Digital inputs, sourcing/sinking, digital outputs, sourcing 11 to 30 V inputs, 10 to 30 V outputs, 250 mA/ch
cFP-RLY-421 8 relays Relays, SPST (Form A) 1.5 A at 250 VAC or 35 VDC
cFP-RLY-423 4 relays Relays, SPDT (Form C) 1.5 A at 250 VAC or 35 VDC
cFP-RLY-425 8 relays Relays, SPST (Form A) 0.2 A at 125 VAC, 5 A at 18 VDC
Digital Specialty I/O
Module Channels Type Description
cFP-CTR-500 8 inputs Counter inputs (50kHz) Also includes 4 gate inputs and 4 outputs
cFP-CTR-502 8 inputs CMOS/TTL counter inputs (50kHz) Also includes 4 gate inputs and 4 outputs
cFP-QUAD-510 4-axis Quadrature encoder inputs Measures velocity and position
cFP-PWM-520 8 outputs PWM outputs, sourcing Programmable duty cycle (0 to 100%) on each channel
cFP-PG-522 8 outputs Pulse outputs, singking Finite or continuous pulse trains
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
B
u
i
l
d

Y
o
u
r

C
o
m
p
a
c
t

F
i
e
l
d
P
o
i
n
t

S
y
s
t
e
m
522
Back to Index
523
Real-Time applications
400 MHz real-time processor with up to
256 MB of SDRAM
Up to 512 MB of nonvolatile storage,
removable CompactFlash and USB ports
Up to 2 Ethernet ports for communication
for distributed real-time systems
Dual redundant 11 to 30 VDC
powersupply inputs, low power
Up to 4 serial ports (3 RS232 and
1 RS485) for communication
Industrial certifications, -40 to 70 C
operating temperature range
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
Module 8.5.1 or later
NI-FieldPoint driver 6.0.1 or later
Overview
The NI Compact FieldPoint programmable automation controller
(PAC) is designed for industrial control applications performing
advanced embedded control, data logging, and network connectivity.
It combines the packaging, specifications, and reliability of a
programmable logic controller (PLC) with the software, flexibility,
connectivity, and functionality of a PC. Compact FieldPoint, a reliable
platform designed for rugged industrial environments, features
2,300 V transient over voltage protection, -40 to 70 C temperature
range, and backup power supply connections to protect against
primary power failure.
The cFP-22xx controllers include an industrial 400 MHz Freescale
MPC5200 real-time processor for intelligent distributed applications
requiring industrial-grade reliability such as process and discrete
control systems to open and close valves, run control loops, log
data on a centralized or local level, and perform real-time simulation
and analysis. The cFP-22xx controllers also offer up to 256 MB of
SDRAM and onboard memory, plus CompactFlash and USB slots on
the cFP-2220 for external storage. With the 10/100 Mb/s Ethernet
and serial ports, you can communicate via TCP/IP, UDP, Modbus,
and serial protocols, as well as take advantage of the built-in Web
(HTTP) and file (FTP) servers.
The Compact FieldPoint real-time controller connects to a 4- or 8-
slot solid backplane and controls a wide variety of hot-swappable
I/O modules. The modular I/O architecture with built-in signal
conditioning and isolation provides direct connectivity to industrial
sensors such as analog voltage, 4 to 20 mA current, thermocouples,
RTDs, pressure, strain, flow, pulse-width modulation (PWM), and
24 V digital I/O.
Software
NI LabVIEW is a graphical development environment that delivers
unparalleled flexibility and ease of use in demanding industrial
measurement, automation, and control applications. With LabVIEW,
you can quickly create user interfaces for interactive software
system control and easily construct simple or complex applications
using an extensive palette of functions and tools from simple
analog PID process control loops to high-channel-count hybrid
control systems. For extreme reliability and determinism, cFP-22xx
controllers run the LabVIEW Real-Time Module on the Wind River
VxWorks real-time operating system (RTOS), providing the
functionality, connectivity, and flexibility of LabVIEW software on a
small industrial platform.
NI cFP-2220, NI cFP-2210, NI cFP-2200
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
C
o
m
p
a
c
t

F
i
e
l
d
P
o
i
n
t

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s
Internal Nonvolatile Removable
Controller DRAM Memory (MB) Storage (MB) CompactFlash Removable USB Ethernet Ports RS232 Ports RS485 Ports
cFP-2220 256 256 2 3 1
cFP-2210 256 128 - - 1 2 0
cFP-2200 128 128 - - 1 1 0
Table 1. NI cFP-22xx Selection Guide
Back to Index
Expansion I/O with NI cFP-1808
For systems that require more than eight Compact FieldPoint
modules, the cFP-1808 expansion chassis provides an easy way to
add expansion I/O over Ethernet or serial. A single cFP-22xx
controller can connect to as many additional cFP-1808 network
interface systems as the Ethernet network allows.
Figure 1. Expansion I/O for Compact FieldPoint Controllers with NI cFP-1808 Network
Interface
NI cFP-2220 ............................................................ 777317-2220
NI cFP-2210 ............................................................ 777317-2210
NI cFP-2200 ............................................................ 777317-2200
Recommended Compact FieldPoint System Products
NI cFP-CB-1 (general connecter block) ....................... 778618-01
NI PS-5 power supply ................................................. 778805-90
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
C
o
m
p
a
c
t

F
i
e
l
d
P
o
i
n
t

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s
524
Back to Index
525
Specifications
Specifications subject to change without notice. The following
specifications are typical for the range -40 to 70 C unless otherwise
noted.
Memory
cFP-2200........................................ 128 MB nonvolatile;
128 MB DRAM
256 MB DRAM
256 MB DRAM
Memory lifetime (nonvolatile)....... 100,000 writes per block
Network
Network interface.......................... 10BASE-T and
100BASE-TX Ethernet
Compatibility................................. IEEE 802.3
Communication rates.................... 10 Mb/s, 100 Mb/s,
autonegotiated
Maximum cabling distance........... 100 m/segment
Serial Ports
cFP-2200........................................ 1 RS232 port
cFP-2210........................................ 2 RS232 ports
cFP-2220........................................ 3 RS232 ports; 1 RS485 port
RS232 (DTE) Ports
Baud rate....................................... Up to 115,200 b/s
Data bits........................................ 5, 6, 7, 8
Stop bits......................................... 1, 1.5, 2
Parity.............................................. Odd, Even, Mark, Space
Flow control................................... RTS/CTS, XON/XOFF, DTR/DSR
RS485 (DTE) Port
Baud rate....................................... 9,600 to 115,200 b/s
Data bits........................................ 5, 6, 7, 8
Stop bits......................................... 1, 1.5, 2
Parity.............................................. Odd, Even, Mark, Space
Flow control................................... XON/XOFF
Wire mode..................................... 4-wire isolation voltage, port to
earth ground
Continuous................................ 100 V
rms
Dielectric withstand.................. 740 V
rms
, verified by 5 s test
USB Port (cFP-2220 only)
Maximum data rate ...................... 12 Mb/s
Maximum current .......................... 500 mA
Power Requirements
Caution: You must use a National Electric Code (NEC) UL-listed
Class 2 power supply with cFP-22xx controllers.
Power supply range...................... 11 to 30 VDC
Recommended power supply
cFP-BP-4 system....................... 15 W
cFP-BP-8 system....................... 20 W
Power consumption...................... 6.1 W + 1.1 (I/O module power
requirements)
If you need to clean the controller, wipe it with a dry towel.
Screw-terminal wiring.................. Use copper conductor wire with
10 mm (0.39 in.) of insulation
stripped from the end
External digital I/O terminals... 16 to 28 AWG
Power supply terminals............ 14 to 30 AWG
Torque for screw terminals.......... 0.5 to 0.6 N
m (4.4 to 5.3 lb
in.)
Weight.......................................... 278 g (9.8 oz)
Environmental
The cFP-22xx controllers are intended for indoor use only, but they
may be used outdoors if mounted in a suitably sealed enclosure.
(IEC 60068-2-1, IEC 60068-2-2).... -40 to 70 C
Storage temperature
(IEC 60068-2-1, IEC 60068-2-2)..... -55 to 85 C
Operating humidity
(IEC 60068-2-56)........................... 10 to 90% RH, noncondensing
Storage humidity
(IEC 60068-2-56)............................ 5 to 95% RH, noncondensing
Maximum altitude........................ 2,000 m
Pollution degree (IEC 60664)........ 2
Shock and Vibration
To meet these specifications, you must panel mount the Compact
FieldPoint system and affix ferrules to the ends of the power
terminal wires.
Operating shock (IEC 60068-2-27)... 30 g, 11 ms half sine; 50 g,
3 ms half sine; 18 shocks at
6 orientations
Operating vibration, random
(IEC 60068-2-64)........................... 5 g
rms
,10 to 500 Hz
Operating vibration, sinusoidal
(IEC 60068-2-6)............................. 5 g, 10 to 500 Hz
Safety Voltages
Connect only voltages that are within these limits
V terminal to C terminal............... 35 V max, Measurement
Category I
Caution: Do not connect the system to signals or use for
measurements within Measurement Category II, III, or IV.
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
C
o
m
p
a
c
t

F
i
e
l
d
P
o
i
n
t

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s
Back to Index
Safety Standards
IEC 61010-1, EN 61010-1
UL 61010-1, CSA 61010-1
column.
and laboratory use:
EN 61326 EMC requirements; Industrial Immunity
documentation.
CE Compliance
number or product line, and click the appropriate link in the
recycling centers and National Instruments WEEE initiatives, visit
ni.com/environment/weee.htm.
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
C
o
m
p
a
c
t

F
i
e
l
d
P
o
i
n
t

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s
526
Back to Index
Industrial Monitors and Accessories
527
Rugged industrial monitor for PXI and
NI Compact Vision Systems
15 in. XGA TFT color LCD flat panel
monitor
Resistive touch screen for PXI
1024 x 768 maximum resolution
250 cd/m
2
maximum luminance
Abrasion-resistant tempered glass
Front-panel controls for display settings
Standard VGA interface
Autorecognition of input signal
Up to 40 m extended-length VGA
cable(s)
Communication ports
Device side USB for touch screen
control
Works with Windows 2000/NT/XP drivers
Stainless steel chassis with Al-Mg
front panel
NEMA4/IP65-compliant front panel
Panel wall, or desk mount
CE and UL certifications
Accessories
Rack-mount kit
Wall/desk-mount kit
Overview
The National Instruments FPT-1015 is an industrial 15 in. color TFT
LCD flat panel touch screen monitor. Its large display area, VGA
compatibility, and interactive touch screen interface make it the
ideal human-machine interface (HMI) for high-performance PXI test
applications and machine vision applications based on the NI CVS-
145x systems.
NI FPT-1015
17 in. VGA flat panel Planar monitor
Built-in 100 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz)
power supply
UL, TUV-GS, and CE Mark
Desktop stand included;
VESA compatible
Monitor
The National Instruments FPM-1017 is a 17 in. flat panel monitor
with high resolution and bright color contrast, ideal for developing
PXI applications. The monitor connects through standard VGA input
to embedded PXI controllers running Windows 2000/XP. The NI FPT-
1017 provides and active matrix flat panel display with 1280 x 1024
resolution and a built-in power supply. It accepts 100 to 240 VAC
power and comes with a 120 VAC North American power cord. Add
another power cord to accommodate power in other regions. The
FPM-1017 also works with any VGA-compatible PC running
Windows 2000/XP. The FPM-1017 is a Planar monitor.
Overview
The NI FPM-1019 is a 19 in. widescreen flat panel LCD monitor with
high resolution and bright color contrast that is ideal for developing
PXI applications. The monitor connects through a standard VGA or
DVI interface to embedded PXI controllers running Windows
Vista/XP OS. The FPM-1019 provides an active matrix flat panel
display with 1400x900 resolution and a built-in power supply. It
accepts 100 to 240 VAC power and comes with a 120 VAC North
American power cord. Add another power cord to accommodate
power in other regions. A VGA to VGA monitor cable is included
with the monitor. A DVI-I to DVI-I monitor cable is available as an
accessory.
NI FPM-1017
19 in. widescreen flat panel NEC monitor
1440x900 at 60 to 75 Hz native resolution
Desktop stand included; VESA compatible
DVI-D and VGA inputs for digital or
analog input
1000:1 contrast ratio (typical) and
5 ms response time (typical)
Built-in 100 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz)
power supply
NI FPM-1019
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

M
o
n
i
t
o
r
s

a
n
d

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
NI FPT-1015................................................................ 779560-01
Rack mount kit............................................................ 779572-01
Desk mount kit............................................................ 779573-01
Back to Index
Industrial Panel PCs with 5.7 in. and 15 in. Touch Screens
2.0 GHz Pentium 4 processor,
512 MB RAM
40 GB hard drive, CD-ROM,
and floppy drive
Expansion slots for
2 half-length PCI boards
15 in. XGA/TFT color LCD touch screen
Communication ports 1 Ethernet,
5 USB 2.0, 2 RS232, 2 PCMCIA (type ),
2 IEEE 1394, 2 PS/2
Overview
The NI PPC-2015 is an industrial panel PC with a touch screen. The
NI PPC-2105 combines a 2 GHz Pentium 4 that works with a wide
range of NI software and a rugged 15 in. touch screen. This
combinaions creates an ideal industrial-grade HMI system for NI
programmable automation controllers (PACs). When configured with
NI LabVIEW software, it provides a complete HMI solution.
The NI PPC-2115 is a fanless industrial panel PC with a built-in
touch screen. The NI PPC-2115 offers a thin 2.5 in. display to save
panel space and a 1 GHz Celeron M processor with a rugged 15 in.
TFT color LCD display for large human machine interface (HMI)
applications. Combine the NI LabVIEW Datalogging and Supervisory
Control Module with the PPC-2115 to deploy LabVIEW front panels.
NI PPC-2015
1 GHz Intel Celeron M processor,
40 GB hard drive, and 512 MB RAM
Fanless cooling with 0 to 50C
operating range
15 in. XGA TFT color LCD
Thin 2.5 in. depth to save panel space
Gigabit and fast Ethernet support
NI PPC-2115
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

P
a
n
e
l

P
C
s

w
i
t
h

5
.
7

i
n
.

a
n
d

1
5

i
n
.

T
o
u
c
h

S
c
r
e
e
n
s
528
Back to Index
529
Touch Panel Computer
LabVIEW Touch Panel Module certification
6, 12, and 15 in. touch panel computers
Touch Panel Deployment License
Windows XP Embedded for extended support
Hibernate Once/Resume Many (HORM) and Enhanced Write Filter
(EWF) for reliability
Overview
The National Instruments touch panel computer (TPC) line of human
machine interfaces (HMIs) provides a Windows XP Embedded
deployment platform for NI LabVIEW HMI applications. The NI TPC-
2206, TPC-2212, and TPC-2515 touch panel computers communicate
to programmable automation controllers (PACs) running LabVIEW
Real-Time using shared variables, TCP, or UDP or to third-party PACs
and programmable logic controllers (PLCs) using Modbus, OPC,
EtherNet/IP, and many other protocols. Create a reliable HMI on a
Windows XP Embedded device using HORM and EWF. Then deploy
this system with PACs such as NI CompactRIO for medical devices,
industrial monitoring and control, remote machine control, oil and
gas maintenance and operator equipment
NI Touch Panel Computers
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
T
o
u
c
h

P
a
n
e
l

C
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
Back to Index
Touch Panel Computer
1.33 GHz Intel Atom processor with 1 GB DDR2 SDRAM
Windows Embedded Standard 7 (WES7) on an 8 GB CF card or Windows XP Embedded
(XPe) on a 4 GB CF card
12.1 in. SVGA TFT LCD touch screen with LED backlight
Connectivity through 2 Gigabit Ethernet ports, 2 Hi-Speed USB ports, and 2 serial ports
-20 to 60 C operating temperature range and NEMA4/IP65-compliant front panel
LabVIEW Touch Panel Module certification and license included
NI TPC-2212
Overview
The NI TPC-2212 touch panel computer features an Intel Atom
processor-based design that you can use to deploy human machine
interface (HMI) applications to harsh industrial environments with
an extended temperature range of -20 to 60 C. By incorporating the
powerful yet efficient Intel Atom processor, the TPC-2212 also helps
you create complex and media-rich interfaces with the reliability,
flexibility, and extended support of the Windows Embedded OS.
You can easily combine these touch panel computers with other NI
hardware such as CompactRIO, PXI, DAQ, and vision devices through
the single development environment of NI LabVIEW.
Windows Embedded Standard 7 (WES7) on an 8 GB CF card
15 in. XGA TFT LCD touch screen with LED backlight
Connectivity through 2 Gigabit Ethernet ports, 2 Hi-Speed USB ports,
and 2 serial ports
-20 to 60 C operating temperature range and NEMA4/IP65-compliant
front panel
Overview
The NI TPC-2215 touch panel computer features an Intel Atom
processor-based design that you can use to deploy human machine
powerful yet efficient Intel Atom processor, the TPC-2215 also helps
you create complex and media-rich interfaces with the reliability,
flexibility, and extended support of the Windows Embedded OS. You
can easily combine these touch panel computers with other NI
hardware such as CompactRIO, PXI, DAQ, and vision devices through
the single development environment of NI LabVIEW.
NI TPC-2215
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
T
o
u
c
h

P
a
n
e
l

C
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
530
Back to Index
15 in. LabVIEW Touch Panel Computer
with Windows XP Embedded
531
LabVIEW Datalogging and Supervisory Control (DSC) certification
and license included
Windows XP Embedded on a 4 GB CompactFlash card
1 GHz Intel Celeron M processor with 1 GB memory (RAM)
Connectivity through 1 Gigabit Ethernet, 2 Hi-Speed USB, 1 Ethernet, and 4 serial ports
Support for USB data acquisition (DAQ), NI CompactDAQ, NI CompactRIO,
and NI Single-Board RIO
NI TPC-2515D
Overview
The NI TPC-2515D touch panel computer (TPC) features a 15 in. LCD
touch screen and a 1 GHz Intel Celeron M processor. It is shipped
with Windows XP Embedded installed on a 4 GB CompactFlash card
with 1 GB memory.
The TPC-2515D is certified to work with the LabVIEW Datalogging
and Supervisory Control (DSC) Module, comes preinstalled with the
LabVIEW DSC Run-Time Engine and support files, and includes a
LabVIEW DSC Deployment License. Both devices provide support for
NI CompactDAQ and all NI USB DAQ devices compatible with NI-
DAQmx measurement services software.
The TPC-2515D offers a wide range of connectivity options including
one Gigabit Ethernet, one Fast Ethernet, two Hi-Speed USB, two
RS232, one RS485, and one parallel port. The TPC-2515D also
features one PS2 port for mouse or keyboard connectivity and one
CompactFlash slot for removable data-logging storage.
Windows XP Embedded on a 4 GB CompactFlash card
1 GHz Intel Celeron M processor with 1 GB memory (RAM)
Connectivity through 1 Gigabit Ethernet, 2 Hi-Speed USB, 1 Ethernet,
and 4 serial ports
Support for USB data acquisition (DAQ), NI CompactDAQ,
NI CompactRIO, and NI Single-Board RIO
Overview
The NI TPC-2515 touch panel computer (TPC) features a 15 in. LCD
touch screen and a 1 GHz Intel Celeron M processor. It is shipped
with Windows XP Embedded OS installed on a 4 GB CompactFlash
card with 1 GB memory (RAM). For advanced human machine
interface (HMI) applications, the TPC-2515 is certified to work with
the NI LabVIEW Touch Panel Module and includes one Touch Panel
Deployment License.
For applications that require alarming, local logging, and industrial
images upgrade to the NI TPC-2515D which is certified to work with
the LabVIEW Datalogging and Supervisory Control (DSC) Module,
comes preinstalled with the LabVIEW DSC Run-Time Engine and
support files, and includes a LabVIEW DSC Deployment License.
Both devices provide support for NI CompactDAQ and NI USB DAQ
devices compatible with NI-DAQmx measurement services software.
The TPC-2515 and TPC-2515D offer a wide range of connectivity
options including one Gigabit Ethernet, one Fast Ethernet, two Hi-
Speed USB, two RS232, one RS485, and one parallel port.
The TPC-2515 also features one PS2 port for mouse or keyboard
connectivity and one CompactFlash slot for removable data-logging
storage.
NI TPC-2515
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
1
5

i
n
.

L
a
b
V
I
E
W

T
o
u
c
h

P
a
n
e
l

C
o
m
p
u
t
e
r

w
i
t
h

W
i
n
d
o
w
s

X
P

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
Back to Index
6 in. LabVIEW Touch Panel Computer
With Windows Embedded
Windows Embedded Standard 7 (WES7) on an 8 GB CF card or
Windows XP Embedded (XPe) on a 4 GB CF card
5.7 in. VGA TFT LCD touch screen with LED backlight
Connectivity through 2 Gigabit Ethernet ports,
2 Hi-Speed USB ports, and 2 serial ports
-20 to 60 C operating temperature range and
Overview
The NI TPC-2206 touch panel computer features a design based on
the Intel Atom processor that you can use to deploy human machine
powerful yet efficient Intel Atom processor, the TPC-2206 helps you
create complex and media-rich interfaces with the reliability,
flexibility, and extended support of the Windows Embedded OS.
You can easily combine these touch panel computers with other NI
hardware such as CompactRIO, PXI, DAQ, and vision using the single
development environment of NI LabVIEW.
NI TPC-2206
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
6

i
n
.

L
a
b
V
I
E
W

T
o
u
c
h

P
a
n
e
l

C
o
m
p
u
t
e
r

W
i
t
h

W
i
n
d
o
w
s

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
532
Back to Index
533
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s
Industrial Controllers
Rugged, high-performance, fanless,
industrial controllers
Processor options
NI 3100 - 1.06 GHz Intel Celeron M
NI 3110 - 1.66 GHz Intel Core Duo
80 GB SATA HDD with Windows XP
and 1 GB DDR 2 memory
10 to 30 VDC power input
Panel mount footprint, 110 by 200 by 220 cm
(4.3 by 7.9 by 8.66 in.)
Weight without PCI board: 3.63 kg (8.0 lb)
Connectivity
4 Hi-Speed USB
2 gigabit Ethernet
1 PCI or PCI Express slot
1 MXI Express connector
1 RS232 port
Mounting Options
Panel mounting holes included
Optional wall mounting kit
Overview
NI 3100 and NI 3110 industrial controllers are rugged, fanless, industrial PCs that
feature a wide range of expansion capabilities to other National Instruments
platforms. The NI 3100 incorporates a 1.06 GHz Intel Celeron M processor, and
the NI 3110 features a 1.66 GHz Intel Core Duo processor. NI ships both systems
with 1 GB DDR2 memory, an 80 GB or larger SATA hard-disk drive (HDD)., and
Windows XP. You can use high-performance NI industrial controllers to deploy
NI LabVIEW software in a wide range of applications. These controllers also
feature several standard PC connectivity options.
Four Hi-Speed USB ports
Two gigabit Ethernet ports
One PCI or PCI Express slot
One integrated MXI Express x1 controller
One CompactFlash memory card
Dual monitor support with one DVI; splitter cable to analog VGA
and DVI provided
NI 3100, NI 3110
Industrial Controller with Windows and LabVIEW Real-Time
Run LabVIEW Real-Time applications and
Windows XP simultaneously on one
controller
Combine deterministic real-time
processing and a rich user interface in a
single consolidated system
1.66 GHz Intel Core Duo processor
80 GB SATA HDD and expanded 2 GB
DDR 2 memory
Rugged, high-performance, fanless
industrial controller
Overview
The NI 3110 controller with NI Real-Time Hypervisor software is shipped
as a complete system including controller hardware and all necessary OS
and Real-Time Hypervisor software preinstalled. To customize the installed
development software, add more warranties and detailed documentation,
or add accessories, contact a National Instruments representative using
the information in the Contact Us section. NI industrial controllers offer a
wide range of expansion options to other NI measurement hardware
platforms including PXI and NI data acquisition (DAQ) hardware with
Windows as well as NI CompactRIO, NI deterministic expansion I/O, and
NI plug-in DAQ devices with LabVIEW Real-Time. When ordered as part of
a complete hypervisor system, the NI 3110 dual-core embedded controller
helps you run both Windows XP and LabVIEW Real-Time OSs
simultaneously on a single controller. Real-Time Hypervisor software uses
virtualization technology to run each OS on a different CPU core and offers
you the ability to assign certain I/O devices to the OS of your choice. The
NI 3110 features a 1.66 GHz Intel Core Duo processor for applications that
require high-speed processing and analysis. When ordered as part of a
complete hypervisor system, this dual-core controller includes an
expanded 2 GB DDR 2 memory and an 80 GB SATA hard drive.
NI 3110 With NI Real-Time Hypervisor
Back to Index
Wireless Sensor Network Ethernet Gateway
Overview
The National Instruments wireless sensor network (WSN) platform
delivers low-power measurement nodes that offer industrial
certifications, reliable networking, and optional weatherproof
outdoor enclosures for long-term, remote monitoring applications.
The NI 9792 programmable WSN gateway manages the wireless
network of distributed WSN measurement nodes and can
communicate with other hardware through a variety of open
communication standards such as TCP/IP, Modbus, and serial. This
high-performance controller features a 2.4 GHz IEEE 802.15.4 radio
to communicate with up to 36 distributed NI WSN measurement
nodes (in a mesh configuration). The NI 9792 also features dual
Ethernet ports to provide flexible connectivity to other devices in
your measurement system, such as enterprise-level networks,
cellular modems, or wired I/O systems. In addition, the controller
offers a built-in Web server so that you can host measurement data
for remote visualization from within a Web browser. With this
flexibility, you can create complete wired and wireless
measurement and control solutions that meet the unique needs of
your application, as seen in Figure 1.
With graphical NI LabVIEW software, you can easily configure your
network, collect measurement data, trigger alarms through SMS or
e-mail, and even view monitoring data within a web browser. With
the LabVIEW Real-Time Module, you can deploy embedded
applications to run on the NI 9792 to perform local processing, data
hosting, and communication with other devices through serial or
Ethernet. With the LabVIEW Wireless Sensor Network (WSN)
Module, you can customize the behavior of programmable NI WSN
measurement nodes. Use this module to optimize node behavior for
your application: customize sample and transmission rates, perform
onboard analysis or data reduction, respond to digital value
changes, perform local control of DIO lines, and even store data to
flash memory.
Wireless Networking
The NI WSN system is built on a low-power, reliable IEEE 802.15.4
network. The Ethernet gateway coordinates the wireless network,
performing functions such as device authentication, message
buffering, and network topology administration.
The gateway, routers, and end nodes work together to form a mesh
network. Measurement nodes can operate as routers or end nodes,
providing the flexibility to extend the range of your sensor network.
When nodes are configured as routers, they can repeat messages
from end nodes and extend network range while acquiring
measurement data.
To save power and increase reliability, the network delivers a
maximum theoretical throughput of 250 kbits/s. In general, this
correlates to between 30 and 60 samples per minute per channel on
the WSN measurement nodes.
You can configure the network to operate on any of the 14 wireless
communication channels to optimize performance and ensure
coexistence with other wireless devices. The external,
omnidirectional antenna and internal power amplifier offer up to
300 m outdoor range with line of sight.
NI WSN-9791
Choose from three different gateway
options, each with unique connectivity
benefits
2.4 GHz, IEEE 802.15.4 radio to communicate
with WSN measurement nodes
Support for 8 end nodes or up to 36 nodes in
a mesh topology
Industrial ratings: -40 to 70 C operating
temperature, 50 g shock, 5 g vibration
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

S
e
n
s
o
r

N
e
t
w
o
r
k

E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t

G
a
t
e
w
a
y
534
Back to Index
535
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

S
e
n
s
o
r

N
e
t
w
o
r
k

E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t

G
a
t
e
w
a
y
Software Overview
With NI-WSN software, you can easily configure your sensor
network and quickly extract measurement data from your wireless
sensor network with the LabVIEW graphical development
environment.
Network Configuration
MAX offers an intuitive user interface to add and remove
measurement nodes and configure wireless settings. Upon
connection, the WSN-9791 Ethernet gateway is autodetected under
Remote Systems in MAX, and you can assign measurement nodes to
the gateway. The gateway maintains a list of nodes (by serial
number) that have been authorized for network access. When a
node powers up, it scans for available networks, locates either a
gateway or router, and attempts to join it. If the gateway has the
node in its list, the node joins the network, downloads the latest
configuration from the gateway, and begins its normal operation of
acquiring measurement data and controlling digital I/O. If a node is
unable to connect, it executes a retry sequence with increasingly
higher wait periods beginning with one minute between connect
attempts and ending with 55 minutes between connect attempts.
This preserves battery power if a gateway is offline.
MAX also offers an overview of the nodes connected to your
network including their last communication time, battery status, and
link quality. In addition, MAX provides an interface to set the
wireless communication channel, configure the gateway IP address,
and wirelessly update firmware on the measurement nodes.
Programming
You can integrate your NI WSN measurement data directly into
LabVIEW. After adding the WSN Ethernet gateway to a LabVIEW
project, the nodes configured with the gateway in MAX are
automatically added underneath the gateway in the project, giving
you instant access to their I/O and properties.
Simply drag and drop I/O variables from the LabVIEW project to a
LabVIEW block diagram for data extraction, analysis, and
presentation.
Figure 2. NI WSN System in a LabVIEW Project
Figure 1. Network Configuration in MAX
Figure 3. Extracting NI WSN Measurement Data Using LabVIEW
Back to Index
Advanced WSN Architectures
You can combine NI WSNs with other NI platforms to customize and
enhance your measurement capabilities. You can complement your
NI WSN with PACs, vision systems, or even human machine
interfaces (HMIs) to create a fully integrated solution that meets
your unique application needs.
LabVIEW integration with NI WSNs also provides database
integration, remote data access with Web services, and
customizable analysis and visualization of your data. In addition, you
can use other NI software such as DIAdem to provide advanced data
processing and analysis or the LabVIEW Datalogging and
Supervisory Control Module for integrated event detection and
alarming.
Mechanical Information
The NI 9792 gateway measures approximately 3.5 by 3.3 by 3.75 in.
(L by W by H). The front of the gateway features power, status,
activity, and user LEDs, along with a DIP switch bank to perform
actions such as IP address reset and SAFE mode configuration.
Redundant power supply connections and dual Ethernet ports
complement the RS232 port and Hi-Speed USB port, each of which
provides strain relief. The back of the device offers DIN-rail and
panel mount plate screw holes in addition to a grounding screw on
the bottom of the device. Consult the NI 9792 user guide for detailed
mechanical information.
Accessories
NI WSN accessories feature options for gateway and measurement
node mounting as well as a weatherproof enclosure for outdoor use
of the measurement nodes. Available mounting accessories include
options to panel mount and DIN-rail mount WSN measurement
nodes and gateways. The NI WSN-3281 magnetic panel mount kit
provides easy setup and takedown on virtually any metal surface.
For high shock and vibration applications, NI recommends a panel
mounting configuration rather than DIN-rail.
You can choose from several power accessories that provide
external power to the WSN Ethernet gateway or WSN measurement
nodes.
The connectivity accessories for NI WSN products include additional
screw-terminal kits for the measurement nodes and a power
connector backshell kit that contains a strain relief attachment for
the two-position power connector on the Ethernet gateway and
measurement nodes.
Accessory Description
NI WSN-3280 NI WSN node panel mount bracket with spring-loaded screw-locking
mechanism and integrated strain relief
NI WSN-3281 NI WSN node magnetic panel mount bracket with spring-loaded
screw-locking mechanism and integrated strain relief
NI WSN-3282 NI WSN DIN-rail mounting kit for nodes or gateway
(includes four screws)
NI WSN-3283 NI WSN panel mount plate for nodes or gateway
(recommended for gateway) with additional four keyholes for
mounting to wall in multiple orientations (includes four screws)
Table 1. Mounting Kits
Desktop Power Supply This power supply provides 12 VDC power up to 1.25 A/15 W,
and is rated for 0 to 70 C. The supply terminates with a 2-position
MINI-COMBICON connector; plugs directly into the WSN gateway
or measurement nodes.
PS-5 Power Supply This DIN-rail-mountable, 24 VDC power supply delivers up to 5 A of
current and is rated for operation from -25 to 60 C. Recommended
for industrial installations.
Table 2. External Power Supplies
Power Connectors Extra 2-position MINI-COMBICON power connectors quantity 4
Power Connector Strain relief attachment for the 2-position power connector on the
Backshell measurement nodes and gateway that clips to the connector and
includes a zip tie to hold the power cable in place
Table 3. Connectivity Accessories
WSN Starter Kits
NI WSN Starter Kit (Americas)................................... 781080-01
NI WSN Starter Kit (Europe/Asia).............................. 781080-11
Programmable Measurement Nodes
NI WSN-3231 RS-485 Serial Node(Europe/Asia)...... 781977-12
NI WSN-3202 Analog Input Node (Europe/Asia)....... 780997-12
NI WSN-3212 Thermocouple Input Node (Americas)... 780998-02
NI WSN-3212 Thermocouple Input Node
(Europe/Asia).............................................................. 780998-12
NI WSN-3226 Voltage/RTD Combination Node
(Americas)................................................................... 781295-02
NI WSN-3226 Voltage/RTD Combination Node
(Europe/Asia).............................................................. 781295-12
NI WSN-3202 Analog Input Node (Americas)........... 780997-02
NI WSN-3214 Strain/Bridge Completion Node
(Americas).................................................................. 781636-02
NI WSN-3214 Programmable Strain/Bridge
Completion Node (Europe/Asia)................................. 781636-12
NI WSN-3230 RS-232 Serial Node (Americas).......... 781637-02
NI WSN-3230 RS-232 Serial Node (Europe/Asia)..... 781637-12
NI WSN-3231 RS-485 Serial Node (Americas).......... 781977-02
WSN Gateways
NI WSN-9791 Ethernet Gateway (Americas)............ 780996-01
NI WSN-9791 Ethernet Gateway (Europe/Asia)....... 780996-11
NI 9792 Programmable WSN Gateway (Americas).. 781294-01
NI 9792 Programmable WSN Gateway (Europe/Asia)... 781294-11
NI 9795 WSN C Series Gateway (Global)................. 781992-01
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

S
e
n
s
o
r

N
e
t
w
o
r
k

E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t

G
a
t
e
w
a
y
536
Back to Index
537
WSN Ethernet Gateway
Coordinates communication between distributed WSN measurement nodes and host
controller
2.4 GHz, IEEE 802.15.4 radio to communicate with WSN measurement nodes
10/100 Mb/s Ethernet port for flexible connectivity to Windows or LabVIEW Real-Time
host controllers
NI-WSN software provides easy network configuration and data extraction
Support for 8 WSN end nodes (star topology) or up to 36 WSN nodes (mesh topology)
Industrial ratings: -30 to 70 C operating temperature, 50 g shock, 5 g vibration
Overview
The NI WSN-9791 Ethernet gateway coordinates communication
between distributed measurement nodes and the host controller in
your NI wireless sensor network (WSN). The gateway has a 2.4 GHz,
IEEE 802.15.4 radio based on ZigBee technology to collect
measurement data from the sensor network and a 10/100 Mbit/s
Ethernet port to provide flexible connectivity to a Windows or
LabVIEW Real-Time OS host controller. The NI-WSN software
included with the WSN-9791 helps you quickly configure your
sensor network and extract, analyze, and present your measurement
data using the NI LabVIEW graphical development environment.
The rugged, 9 to 30 VDC externally powered gateway (power supply
not included) offers -30 to 70 C operating temperatures; 50 g shock
and 5 g vibration ratings; and a compact, 2U form factor. The
external antenna supports an outdoor range up to 300 m with line of
sight, and can accommodate 8 end nodes in a star topology or up to
36 nodes in a mesh topology.
Wireless products require certification based on the geographic
region of use. Consult the Wireless Product Certifications document
linked from the Resources tab to determine which products are
certified in your region.
NI WSN-9791
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
W
S
N

E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t

G
a
t
e
w
a
y
Back to Index
Programmable WSN Gateway
Small and rugged LabVIEW Real-Time
embedded controller
533 MHz processor, 256 MB DDR2 memory,
2 GB nonvolatile storage for local data logging
2.4 GHz, IEEE 802.15.4 radio to communicate
with 8 WSN end nodes (star) or up to 36 WSN
nodes (mesh)
Dual Ethernet ports and embedded Web and
file servers for remote user interface and data
access
Hi-Speed USB host port, RS232 serial port,
and dual 9 to 35 VDC supply inputs
-40 to 70 C operating temperature range
Overview
The NI 9792 controller, which is programmable with the NI LabVIEW Real-Time
Module, can communicate with NI wireless sensor network (WSN) devices as
well as other hardware through a variety of open communication standards.
This high-performance controller features a 533 MHz processor and a 2.4 GHz
IEEE 802.15.4 radio to communicate with 8 WSN end nodes (star topology) or
up to 36 distributed WSN nodes (in a mesh topology). The NI 9792 also
features dual Ethernet ports to provide flexible connectivity to other devices in
your measurement system, such as enterprise-level networks or wired I/O
systems. With this flexibility, you can create a complete wired and wireless
measurement solution that meets your unique application needs. You can
target and program this controller with LabVIEW Real-Time to collect, analyze,
and present data from your wireless measurements. With 2 GB of onboard
storage, the NI 9792 is well-suited for embedded data-logging applications for
which you need to aggregate data from distributed wireless measurement
nodes and/or wired I/O systems. The NI 9792 also features a Hi-Speed USB
host port to which you can connect external USB-based storage media for
embedded logging applications requiring more data storage. In addition, the NI
9792 incorporates a fault-tolerant file system that provides increased reliability
for data logging. The NI 9792 also features integrated Web (HTTP) and file (FTP)
servers so that you can host measurement data for remote access anywhere
with an Internet connection. With the 10/100 Mbits/s and 10/100/1000
Mbits/s Ethernet and serial ports, you can communicate via TCP/IP, UDP,
Modbus/TCP, and serial protocols. You can connect redundant 9 to 35 VDC
external power supplies to the NI 9792 programmable gateway, which also
offers -40 to 70 C operating temperatures and a 50 g shock rating. The NI 9792
requires LabVIEW and the LabVIEW Real-Time Module. The controller is
shipped with the antenna, four-position power supply connector, and NI-WSN
software for network configuration and data extraction with LabVIEW (power
supply is not included).
NI 9792
Elegantly add wireless I/O to your NI CompactRIO system
Data from WSN nodes is accessible from the host or within deployed CompactRIO
applications
Insert into any slot in your CompactRIO chassis
Communicate with up to 36 WSN nodes per chassis
NI 9795
Overview
The NI 9795 C Series wireless sensor network (WSN) gateway helps you easily
and elegantly create complete wired and wireless measurement and control
systems. It can plug into any slot in your CompactRIO chassis to deliver
wireless connectivity to up to 36 deployed WSN nodes. The NI 9795 shows up
in your LabVIEW project just like other NI C Series modules but with WSN
nodes and corresponding I/O variables autopopulated underneath the module.
Through the NI RIO Scan Interface, WSN I/O data is transferred to your
deployed LabVIEW Real-Time application, where you can integrate WSN I/O
with the rest of your measurement and control system. WSN I/O is also
available directly from the CompactRIO host machine. Because the data is
passed through the scan interface, you must use the NI 9795 only in
CompactRIO chassis that are compatible with RSI. At this time, you can use
only one NI 9795 in each CompactRIO chassis. The NI 9795 requires the use of
LabVIEW 2011 software and the LabVIEW 2011 Real-Time Module. In addition,
NI-WSN and NI-RIO driver software are required to identify and use this C
Series module.
C Series Wireless Sensor Network (WSN) Gateway
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
a
b
l
e

W
S
N

G
a
t
e
w
a
y
538
Back to Index
Table 1. WSN Node Specifications
Wireless Sensor Network Programmable
Analog Input Measurement Nodes
Programmable with the LabVIEW Wireless
Sensor Network (WSN) Module Pioneer
Extend battery life
Increase sample rates
Embed local decision making
NI-WSN software provides easy network
configuration and drag-and-drop LabVIEW
programming
Up to 3-year battery life
2.4 GHz, IEEE 802.15.4 radio
Outdoor range up to 300 m with line of
sight
Four analog input channels
Four bidirectional digital channels
(input, sinking output, or sourcing output)
Industrial ratings:
-40 to 70 C operating temperature
50 g shock, 5 g vibration
Overview
National Instruments wireless sensor networks (WSNs) deliver low-
power measurement nodes that offer industrial certifications,
reliable networking, and optional weatherproof outdoor enclosures
for long-term, remote deployments. The measurement nodes have
direct sensor connectivity and a 2.4 GHz radio to wirelessly transmit
data to the WSN Ethernet gateway. Each measurement node offers
four analog input channels and four digital I/O channels that you can
configure for input, sinking output, or sourcing output. You can
customize the behavior of programmable NI WSN measurement
nodes with the NI LabVIEW Wireless Sensor Network (WSN)
Module Pioneer. Use this module to perform custom analysis,
embed decision making on NI WSN measurement nodes, and extend
battery life by optimizing node behavior.
Power
You can power the NI WSN measurement nodes with four 1.5 V AA
alkaline battery cells, with operation up to three years on battery
power at one sample per minute, or with a 9 to 30 V supply of
external power.
You can configure the four digital I/O channels for input, sinking
output, or sourcing output. You must use an external power supply
to provide sourcing output through the digital I/O channels, with a
maximum total current output (aggregate on all channels) of 500 mA
on the NI WSN-3212 and 1 A on the NI WSN-3202. The WSN-3202
also offers a 12 V, 20 mA sensor power output line that drives
external sensors.
Mesh Networking
Gateways, routers, and end nodes work together to form a mesh
network. Measurement nodes can operate as routers or end nodes,
providing the flexibility to extend the range of your sensor network.
When nodes are configured as routers, they can repeat messages
from end nodes and extend network range while acquiring
measurement data. Router nodes must remain on to send and
receive data across the network, and should be powered with an
external source such as a 9 to 30 V supply, solar panel, or larger
battery.
NI WSN-3202, NI WSN-3212
Minimum Max DIO
Analog Input Resolution Sample Internal Input DIO Voltage Sourcing
Model Signal Type Channels (bits) (seconds)
1
Range(s) DIO Channels Range (V) (aggregate) Additional Features
NI WSN-3202 Voltage 4 16 1 10, 5, 2, 4(sinking or 5 to 30 1 A 12 V, 20 mA sensor power output
0.5V sourcing)
NI WSN-3212 Thermocouple 4 24 2 73 mV 4(sinking or 5 to 30 500 mA Support for J, K, R, S, T, N, B, E
sourcing) thermocouple types
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

S
e
n
s
o
r

N
e
t
w
o
r
k

P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
a
b
l
e

A
n
a
l
o
g

I
n
p
u
t

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

N
o
d
e
s
539
Back to Index
Wireless Sensor Network Programmable Analog Input Measurement Nodes
Accessories
NI WSN accessories feature options for gateway and measurement
node mounting as well as a weatherproof enclosure for outdoor use
of the measurement nodes. Available mounting accessories include
options to panel mount and DIN-rail mount WSN measurement
nodes and gateways. The NI WSN-3281 magnetic panel mount kit
provides easy setup and takedown on virtually any metal surface.
For high shock and vibration applications, NI recommends a panel
mounting configuration rather than DIN-rail.
The NI WSN-3291 is an outdoor, weatherproof enclosure for NI
WSN measurement nodes. The enclosure features two I/O glands
for routing power or sensor cables and is shipped with four I/O
gland inserts and two I/O gland plugs so you can customize the
glands for your application. The WSN-3291 offers an IP64 (Ingress
Protection) rating to protect NI WSN measurement nodes for long-
term, outdoor deployment.
You can choose from several power accessories that provide
external power to the WSN Ethernet gateway or WSN measurement
nodes.
The connectivity accessories for NI WSN products include additional
screw- terminal kits for the measurement nodes and a power
connector backshell kit that contains a strain relief attachment for
the two-position power connector on the Ethernet gateway and
measurement nodes.
NI WSN-3280 NI WSN node panel mount bracket with spring-loaded screw-locking
mechanism and integrated strain relief
NI WSN-3281 NI WSN node magnetic panel mount bracket with spring-loaded
screw-locking mechanism and integrated strain relief
NI WSN-3282 NI WSN DIN-rail mount kit for nodes or gateway (includes four screws)
NI WSN-3283 NI WSN panel mount plate for nodes or gateway (recommended for
gateway) with additional four keyholes for mounting to wall in
multiple orientations (includes four screws)
Table 1. Mounting Kits
NI WSN-3284 Extra 18-position screw-terminal connectors for WSN-3202 2 top
entry, 2 side entry with labels
NI WSN-3285 Extra 18-position screw-terminal connectors for WSN-3212 2 top
entry, 2 side entry with labels
Power Connectors Extra 2-position MINI-COMBICON power connectors quantity 4
Power Connector Strain relief attachment for the 2-position power connector on the
Backshell measurement nodes and gateway; clips to the connector and includes
a zip tie to hold the power cable in place
Table 4. Connectivity Accessories
NI WSN-3291 IP64 outdoor enclosure for WSN measurement nodes
NI WSN-3292 Set of replacement I/O glands: two glands, four inserts, two plugs
NI WSN-3293 Additional I/O gland inserts (set of 5)
Table 2. Outdoor Enclosure and Accessories
Figure 1. Outdoor Enclosure with NI WSN Measurement Node (not included)
Desktop Power Supply This power supply provides 12 VDC power up to 1.25 A /15 W, and is
rated for 0 to 70 C. The supply terminates with a 2-position MINI-
COMBICON connector that plugs directly into the WSN gateway or
measurement nodes.
PS-5 Power Supply This DIN-rail-mountable, 24 VDC power supply delivers up to 5 A of
current and is rated for operation from -25 to 60 C. Recommended
for industrial installations.
Table 3. External Power Supplies
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

S
e
n
s
o
r

N
e
t
w
o
r
k

P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
a
b
l
e

A
n
a
l
o
g

I
n
p
u
t

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

N
o
d
e
s
540
Back to Index
NI LabVIEW Wireless Sensor Network (WSN)
Module Pioneer
Add intelligence to NI WSN measurement nodes with graphical programming
Download applications wirelessly
Achieve higher sample rates on the node
Increase battery life by optimizing node behavior
Perform custom analysis and data reduction on the node
Embed local control and decision making
Overview
The NI LabVIEW Wireless Sensor Network (WSN) Module Pioneer
extends the LabVIEW graphical programming environment to create
and deploy embedded applications to programmable NI WSN
measurement nodes. Use LabVIEW WSN Pioneer to extend battery
life by optimizing node behavior, perform custom analysis, and
embed decision making or local control on programmable NI WSN
measurement nodes.
By using LabVIEW software to design your wireless sensor network
system, you benefit from the rapid development of graphical
programming for your entire solution. With LabVIEW, you can use
the same graphical programming approach to create the node
intelligence; develop desktop or embedded real-time applications
that perform data logging, processing, and alarming; and take
advantage of Web services that provide access to your application
from any Web-enabled device.
Note: The LabVIEW WSN Module Pioneer can only be used to target
and program the programmable versions of NI WSN measurement
nodes.
541
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
N
I

L
a
b
V
I
E
W

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

S
e
n
s
o
r

N
e
t
w
o
r
k

(
W
S
N
)

M
o
d
u
l
e

P
i
o
n
e
e
r
Back to Index
Programmable 1-Port RS485 Serial Node
Programmable, autonomous interface to serial sensors, instruments,
and control boards
Programmable with the NI LabVIEW Wireless Sensor Network (WSN) Module
Deploy embedded code to create a local communication loop between
the node and serial device
One RS485 port and two digital I/O lines
User-selectable baud rates, parity bits, stop bits, and flow control
Overview
The NI WSN-3231 serial node features one RS485 port to interface
with serial sensors, instruments, and control boards. Using the
LabVIEW WSN Module and the LabVIEW Serial Compatibility API,
you can deploy graphical code to embed command, query, and parse
algorithms to the node, which creates a local, autonomous
communication loop between the node and the serial device.
The LabVIEW Serial Compatibility API helps you configure baud rate,
stop bits, parity bits, and flow control. Using the API, you can
initialize the serial channel, send commands to the serial device,
and then read back and parse the returned data, all locally without
over-the-air communication and associated latency. Then you can
send important data over the air back to the WSN gateway/host
machine.
With deployed LabVIEW WSN code, you can perform local data
analysis, respond to digital value changes or network status
changes, and perform local control of the two digital I/O lines. The
digital I/O lines feature industrial ranges and can be configured for
input, sinking output, and sourcing output.
The WSN-3231 also features a sensor power output channel, which
delivers up to 50 mA at 12 V, and can be used to deliver power to
external devices or sensors. You can power the measurement node
with four 1.5 V, AA alkaline or lithium battery cells, or you can
externally power the node with a 5 to 30 V supply (not included).
Additionally, the device supports battery backup; in the event
external power is lost, the device automatically switches over to
battery power.
A 2.4 GHz radio is used to wirelessly transmit data to the WSN
gateway, where you can connect through Ethernet to other network
devices. NI-WSN software delivers easy network configuration in NI
Measurement & Automation Explorer (MAX) and data extraction
with LabVIEW software.
You can configure the WSN-3231 as a mesh router to increase
network distance and connect more nodes in your WSN system. You
can connect eight end nodes (star topology) or up to 36
measurement nodes (mesh topology) to a single WSN gateway, with
outdoor range up to 300 m with line of sight. The device also offers
industrial temperature and shock and vibration ratings.
link in the Resources tab to determine which products are certified
in your region.
NI WSN-3231
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
a
b
l
e

1
-
P
o
r
t

R
S
4
8
5

S
e
r
i
a
l

N
o
d
e
542
Back to Index
4 Ch, Quarter-/Half-/Full-Bridge and Strain Gage Node
Ideal for wireless structural health monitoring applications
Deploy embedded code to process/analyze strain data, extend battery life,
and perform local control
Four analog input channels and two digital I/O channels
Hardware-timed waveform acquisition, with sample rates
up to 1 kS/s per channel
Overview
The NI WSN-3214 is the ideal product for your wireless structural
health monitoring applications. Eliminate the need for costly and
prohibitive wiring by implementing a wireless monitoring solution
from a worldwide leader in measurements.
The WSN-3214 measurement node adds support for hardware-timed
waveform acquisition to the NI wireless sensor network (WSN)
platform. It features four analog input channels that you can
configure on a per-channel basis for quarter-/half-/full-bridge
completion or strain gage measurements. With the flexible analog
front end, you can define sample rate, waveform size, and waveform
interval and use the high-speed and high-resolution analog input
modes to configure the node to meet your unique application needs.
With the LabVIEW WSN Module, you can use graphical
programming to customize the nodes behavior and add intelligence
to perform local control, analysis, and data reduction. For example,
you can program the device to acquire a strain waveform, perform
peak detection or rainflow analysis locally on the node, and then
transmit only meaningful or important data back to the gateway,
which reduces radio traffic and prolongs the battery-powered
lifetime of the device.
The WSN-3214 also features two bidirectional digital channels with
industrial voltage ranges that you can configure on a per-channel
basis for input, sinking output, or sourcing output. The 36-position
Weidmuller connector delivers direct connectivity to transducers.
You can power the measurement node with four 1.5 V, AA alkaline
or lithium battery cells, or you can externally power the node with a
5 to 30 V supply (not included). This node features support for
battery backup, so if it loses external power, the node automatically
switches to battery power without losing data or disconnecting from
the network.
gateway, where you can connect to other devices in your system.
NI-WSN software delivers easy network configuration in NI
with NI LabVIEW software.
outdoor ranges up to 300 m with line of sight. The device also offers
in your region.
NI WSN-3214(Programmable)
543
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
4

C
h
,

Q
u
a
r
t
e
r
-
/
H
a
l
f
-
/
F
u
l
l
-
B
r
i
d
g
e

a
n
d

S
t
r
a
i
n

G
a
g
e

N
o
d
e
Back to Index
4 Ch, 20-Bit, Programmable
Voltage/RTD Combination Node
Customize node to extend battery life, increase performance,
and perform local control and analysis
Adds support for RTDs, potentiometers, and other resistance-based measurements
Up to 3-year battery life
2 DIO channels configurable for input, sinking or sourcing output,
and value change detection
Industrial ratings: -40 to 70 C operating temperature, 50 g shock, 5 g vibration
Overview
The programmable NI WSN-3226 measurement node adds
resistance-based measurements, such as those from RTDs and
potentiometers, to the NI wireless sensor network (WSN) platform.
With this node, you can combine temperature and voltage
measurements on a single device. The WSN-3226 provides four
analog input channels that you can configure on a per-channel basis
for 10 V measurements or resistance-based measurements. The
device also features two bidirectional digital channels with
industrial voltage ranges that you can configure on a per-channel
basis for input, sinking output, or sourcing output. The digital
channels can also be programmed to respond to digital value change
events. The 18-position screw-terminal connector delivers direct
connectivity to sensors, and the device offers a 12 V, 50 mA sensor
power output that you can use to drive sensors requiring external
power. You can power the measurement node with four 1.5 V, AA
alkaline or lithium battery cells, with operation up to three years on
battery power, or you can externally power the node with a 5 to 30 V
supply (not included).
The WSN-3226 also features 50/60 Hz filtering and two operational
modes, high speed and high resolution, so that you can optimize
power and throughput trade-offs for your application. Additionally,
the device supports battery backup; in the event external power is
lost, the device automatically switches over to battery power.
With the LabVIEW Wireless Sensor Network (WSN) Module, you
can use graphical programming to customize the nodes behavior,
adding intelligence to extend battery life; increase analog and
digital input performance; perform local control, analysis, and data
reduction; and interface with custom sensors. The default behavior
of an NI measurement node is to transmit every sample acquired to
the gateway; however, this is not a requirement for many
applications. You can use LabVIEW WSN to average samples over
time and provide threshold or deadband logic, so you can extend
battery life by transmitting only meaningful data. Additionally, you
can increase acquisition rates on the node by not incurring the
overhead of transmitting each sample after acquisition. Using
LabVIEW WSN, you can then perform processing and data reduction
on the node. LabVIEW WSN applications are downloaded wirelessly
to NI WSN measurement nodes, allowing seamless updates to
deployed nodes.
linked from the Resources tab to determine which products are
certified in your region.
NI WSN-3226
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
a
b
l
e

1
-
P
o
r
t

R
S
4
8
5

S
e
r
i
a
l

N
o
d
e
544
Back to Index
Programmable 1-Port RS232 Serial Node
Programmable, autonomous interface to serial sensors, instruments,
and control boards
Deploy embedded code to create a local communication loop between
the node and serial device
One RS232 port and two digital I/O lines
User-selectable baud rates, parity bits, stop bits, and flow control
Overview
The NI WSN-3230 serial node features one RS232 port to interface
with serial sensors, instruments, and control boards. Using the
LabVIEW WSN Module and the LabVIEW Serial Compatibility API,
you can deploy graphical code to embed command, query, and parse
algorithms to the node, which creates a local, autonomous
communication loop between the node and the serial device.
The LabVIEW Serial Compatibility API helps you configure baud rate,
stop bits, parity bits, and flow control. Using the API, you can
initialize the serial channel, send commands to the serial device,
and then read back and parse the returned data, all locally without
over-the-air communication and associated latency. Then you can
send important data over the air back to the WSN gateway/host
machine.
With deployed LabVIEW WSN code, you can conduct local data
analysis, respond to digital value changes or network status
changes, and perform local control of the two digital I/O lines. The
digital I/O lines feature industrial ranges and can be configured for
input, sinking output, and sourcing output.
The WSN-3230 also features a sensor power output channel, which
delivers up to 50 mA at 12 V, and can be used to deliver power to
external devices or sensors. You can power the measurement node
with four 1.5 V, AA alkaline or lithium battery cells, or you can
externally power the node with a 5 to 30 V supply (not included).
Additionally, the device supports battery backup; in the event
external power is lost, the device automatically switches over to
battery power.
in your region.
NI WSN-3230
545
10
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

I
/
O
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
a
b
l
e

1
-
P
o
r
t

R
S
2
3
2

S
e
r
i
a
l

N
o
d
e
Back to Index
FPGA-Based Control and Acquisition
LabVIEW Graphical Programming
Single environment for HMI, processor, and FPGA logic
Thousands of built-in intellectual property (IP) blocks
Reconfigurable FPGA
Embedded FPGA for high-speed parallel processing and control
Reliability of dedicated hardware circuitry for custom DSP logic
Rugged Design
-40 to 70 C temperature range
-50 g shock, industrial certifications/ratings
Isolated I/O Modules
Signal conditioning for 80 mV to 250 V
industrial I/O
Hot insertion and removal of modules
Real-Time Processors
Deterministic hard real-time OS
Multithreaded execution of
prioritized/scheduled tasks
10/100/1000 Mb/s Ethernet
User interface and streaming data communication
Built-in Web, FTP, Modbus/TCP, and LabVIEW
shared-variable servers
Low Power Consumption
Dual 9 to 35 VDC power inputs
7 to 10 W typical consumption
Integrated Connectivity
Direct connectivity to industrial sensors/actuators
D-Sub, BNC, screw and spring terminal options
Contents
Overview..................................................................................... 546
CompactRIO Configuration Guide................................................. 550
CompactRIO Reconfigurable Embedded Systems
Real-Time NI CompactRIO ............................................................ 551
Performance Real-Time CompactRIO systems ............................. 553
Ultra Rugged Real-Time NI CompactRIO Controllers ................... 554
Integrated Systems ....................................................................... 555
Performace Windows NI CompactRIO Systems ........................... 556
Reconfigurable FPGA Chassis....................................................... 558
Reconfigurable Chassis................................................................. 559
8-Slot, Virtex-5 LX 110 CompactRIO Reconfigurable Chassis ...... 560
CompactRIO R Series Expansion Systems
R Series Expansion Chassis .......................................................... 561
8-Slot EherCAT Slave Chassis ...................................................... 562
Ethernet RIO Expansion Chassis ................................................... 562
MXI-Express RIO Chassis.............................................................. 563
14-Slot MXI - Express RIO Chassis ............................................... 563
C Series Input/Output Modules
Overview....................................................................................... 565
Analog Input.................................................................................. 567
Analog Output ............................................................................... 573
Digital Input and Counter/Timer ................................................... 574
Digital Output and Relay Modules................................................ 575
CompactRIO Motion Control Module
Overview....................................................................................... 576
Stepper/Servo Motion Control Module........................................ 577
CompactRIO CAN Communication Modules
CompactRIO Module Development Kit ......................................... 578
PROFIBUS Interface
Overview....................................................................................... 582
Third-Party CompactRIO Module Development
Serial Interface Modules and Removable Storage Module......... 585
C Series WSN Gateway................................................................ 586
C Series Module Compatibility Chart ........................................... 587
Accessories ................................................................................... 588
Single-Board RIO Embedded Control ............................................ 592
Overview
National Instruments CompactRIO is an advanced reconfigurable
embedded control and acquisition system powered by LabVIEW
Real-Time and LabVIEW FPGA technologies for high performance,
low-level user customization, and reconfigurability.
Applications
Because of its size, ruggedness, performance, and reliability, you
can use CompactRIO to meet the needs of a wide variety of
industries and applications. Examples include:
In-vehicle acquisition, logging, and control
Machine condition monitoring and protection
Custom multiaxis motion control
Electrical power monitoring and power electronics control
Servo-hydraulic and heavy machinery control
Embedded system prototyping
Rapid control prototyping and hardware-in-the-loop testing
Remote and distributed monitoring
179.6mm (7.07 in.)
88.1mm (3.47 in.)
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s

a
n
d

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
546
Back to Index
547
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s

a
n
d

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
CompactRIO Architecture
CompactRIO has a modular, scalable embedded system architecture
consisting of an FPGA, real-time processor, and isolated I/O
modules. The FPGA provides low-level access to hardware resources
so you can achieve custom timing, triggering, and synchronization of
all I/O modules along with digital signal processing and high-speed
control. Each I/O module includes built-in connectivity, signal
conditioning, conversion circuitry (ADC or DAC), and an optional
isolation barrier. LabVIEW FPGA has built-in data transfer functions
to pass data from the FPGA to the real-time processor for real-time
analysis, postprocessing, data logging, or communication to a
networked host computer or automation system.
FPGA
With CompactRIO, you can take advantage of production-ready off-
the-shelf embedded hardware to rapidly design, prototype, and
deploy digital signal processing and control applications that rival
the performance and reliability of custom-designed circuit boards.
Developers use the high-level LabVIEW graphical programming
environment to automatically synthesize an FPGA hardware
implementation of their input/output, signal processing, or control
logic. An FPGA is a device that contains a matrix of reconfigurable
gate array logic circuitry that is programmed with software. When
an FPGA is configured, the internal circuitry is connected in a way
that creates a hardware implementation of the software application.
With NI graphical system design technology, engineers can rapidly
create sophisticated embedded applications containing FPGAs, real-
time processors, and operator interfaces (HMIs) using a single,
integrated tool chain rather than specialized register-level
programming languages.
C Series I/O Modules
Each C Series I/O module contains built-in signal conditioning and
screw-terminal, BNC, or D-Sub connectors. By integrating the
connector junction box into the modules, the CompactRIO system
significantly reduces the space requirements and cost of field
wiring. A variety of I/O types are available including 80 mV
thermocouple inputs, 10 V simultaneous-sampling analog
inputs/outputs, accelerometer inputs, strain and load cell inputs, 24
V industrial digital I/O with more than 1 A of current drive,
differential/TTL digital inputs with 5 V regulated supply output for
encoders, and 250 V
rms
universal digital inputs. Because the
modules contain built-in signal conditioning and isolation for
extended voltage ranges or industrial signal types, you can usually
make your wiring connections directly from the CompactRIO module
to your sensors/actuators.
Industrial Certifications and Ratings
Parameter Specification Units
Size (4-slot) 179.6 (7.07) by 88.1 (3.47) by 88.1 (3.47) mm (in.)
Weight (4-slot) 1.58 (3.47) kg (lb)
Channel density (channels per module) 4, 6, 8 or 32 Channels
Typical isolation (withstand) 2300 Vrms
I/O module slots 4 or 8 slots
Nonvolatile storage up to 32 GB
Dual DC supply range 9 to 35 (on power-up) V
6 to 35 (after power-up)
Typical power consumption 7 to 10 W
Serial port RS 232 , RS 485 (select models)
Ethernet port 10/100/1000 Mb/s
FPGA Flip Flops Upto 184,304
Number of FPGA 6-input LUTs Upto 92,152
FPGA timebases 40 ,80 ,120,160 or 200 MHz
FPGA Embedded block RAM Upto 4,824 Kbit
Number of DSP48 Slices Upto 180
System Specifications
For additional CompactRIO developer resources, go to
ni.com/compactrio.
Description Standard
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Directive 89/336/EEC
Industrial levels per EN 61326-1
EN 55011 Class A at 10 m
FCC Part 15A above 1 GHz
Product Safety Directive 73/23/EEC
EN 61010-1, IEC 61010-1
UL 61010-1, CSA 61010-1
Hazardous Locations Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D, T4;
Class I, Zone 2, AEx nC IIC T4,
EEx nC IIC T4
Shock and Vibration IEC 60068-2-64, IEC 60068-2-27, IEC 60068-2-6
Mean Time Before Failure (MTBF) Bellcore Issue 6, Method 1, Case 3 MIL-HDBK-217F
Marine Lloyds Register (LR Type Approval System Test Spec No.1)
Quality/Environmental ISO 9001/14001
Management System (QMS/EMS)
Typical Certifications - Actual specifications vary from product to product. Go to ni.com/certification for details
Back to Index
Real-Time Processor
The CompactRIO embedded system features an industrial processor
that reliably and deterministically executes your LabVIEW Real-Time
applications. Choose from thousands of built-in LabVIEW functions
to build your multithreaded embedded system for real-time control,
analysis, data logging, and communication. The controller also
features a 10/100 Mb/s Ethernet port for programmatic
communication over the network (including e-mail) and built-in Web
(HTTP) and file (FTP) servers. Using the remote panel Web server,
you can automatically publish the front-panel graphical user
interface of your embedded application for multiclient remote
monitoring or control. The real-time processor also features dual
9 to 35 VDC supply inputs, a user DIP switch, LED status indicators,
a real-time clock, watchdog timers, and other high-reliability
features.
Performance
Using the LabVIEW FPGA Module and reconfigurable hardware
technology, you can create ultrahigh-performance control and
acquisition systems with CompactRIO. The FPGA circuitry is a
parallel processing reconfigurable computing engine that executes
your LabVIEW application in silicon circuitry on a chip. The LabVIEW
FPGA Module features built-in functions for analog closed-loop PID
control, FIR and Butterworth filters, DC and rms calculations, 1D
look-up tables, linear interpolation, zero-crossing detection, and
direct digital synthesis of sine waves. Using the embedded
reconfigurable FPGA hardware, you can implement multiloop analog
PID control systems at loop rates exceeding 200 kS/s.
You can implement digital control systems at loop rates up to 1
MS/s and multiple rungs of Boolean logic as well as evaluate using
single-cycle while loops at 40 MHz (25 ns). Because of the parallel
nature of FPGAs and LabVIEW, adding more computation does not
necessarily reduce the speed of the FPGA application. CompactRIO
offers 4 and 8-slot chassis with options for FPGA chips with either
1 million or 3 million gates.
LabVIEW Development Tools
The LabVIEW development environment, including the LabVIEW
FPGA Module and LabVIEW Real-Time Module, provides an array of
tools and technologies to accelerate the development of reliable
reconfigurable embedded systems.
LabVIEW FPGA Development Tools
Built-in FPGA IP blocks for features such as DC and rms averaging,
analog period measurements, lowpass and highpass filtering
FPGA Wizard for automatic generation of code and getting-started
template
Direct memory access (DMA) transfer from the FPGA to the host
application allowing for higher data throughput
Built-in FIFO transfer and memory read/write functions for storing
data in your FPGA application
Elemental I/O nodes for analog input/output, digital input/output,
and I/O property nodes/methods
Interrupt request (IRQ) generation and synchronization functions
40 MHz single-cycle timed loop for LabVIEW code execution in
25 ns timing interval
Parallel processing with while loop, sequence, case, for loop, and
other execution control structures
Boolean logic, comparison, numeric math, saturation arithmetic
functions, and bitwise data manipulation functions
HDL interface node for integration of non-LabVIEW IP cores
Nonlinear system and discrete linear control functions including
PID and fifth-order FIR filter
1D look-up table, linear interpolation, zero-crossing detection, and
direct digital synthesis sine generator
Figure 3. FPGA Application
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s

a
n
d

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
548
Back to Index
549
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s

a
n
d

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
LabVIEW Real-Time Development Tools
Easy configuration and development of distributed real-time
application with new LabVIEW project management features
Creation of shared variables to pass data easily among LabVIEW
programs executing on various real-time targets
Target configuration options including start-up application
execution settings and development, Web, remote panel, and file
server access
Open FPGA VI Reference function for programmatic bit-stream
download, communication interface reference, and application
start
Deterministic real-time while loop thread synchronization with
FPGA-generated IRQ
FPGA front panel control/indicator read/write for data transfer
Data scaling/mapping functions for integer to floating-point
engineering units conversion
Real-time FIFO data buffering for multithread communication
Timed-loop structure for multirate deterministic control
Floating-point PID, set-point profiling, gain scheduling, and rate
limiter functions
Point-by-point signal generation, time-domain analysis, frequency-
domain transforms and spectrum analysis, filters, statistics, curve
fitting/interpolation, linear algebra, and array/vector operations
SMTP e-mail, TCP/IP, UDP, Modbus/TCP, IrDA, DataSocket, and
VISA RS232 serial programmatic server/client communication
(including 802.11 wireless Ethernet)
Binary and text file I/O for embedded data logging and retrieval
Application Modules and Toolkits
LabVIEW Datalogging and Supervisory Control Module
LabVIEW Touch Panel Module
NI Digital Filter Design Toolkit
NI SoftMotion Development Module for LabVIEW
LabVIEW PDA Module, LabVIEW Enterprise Connectivity Toolkit,
LabVIEW Remote Panel License
LabVIEW Execution Trace Toolkit
LabVIEW Order Analysis Toolkit, LabVIEW Sound and Vibration
Toolkit, LabVIEW Signal Processing Toolkit
LabVIEW Simulation Module, LabVIEW Control Design Toolkit,
LabVIEW System Identification Toolkit, LabVIEW Simulation
Interface Toolkit, LabVIEW State Diagram Toolkit
LabVIEW Networked Host Application Development
Web browser remote panel graphical user interface plug-in for
remote control/monitoring (Windows, Linux
, Mac OS X, Solaris)
Local or remote database connectivity, text/HTML/DIAdem report
generation
Handheld mobile/portable PDA user interface/remote control
(LabVIEW PDA Module)
For information on the cost-saving and time-saving
advantages of NI Developer Suite, visit ni.com/suite.
Back to Index
CompactRIO Configuration Guide
1.Choose a cRIO-90xx
2.Choose any cRIO-91xx
3.Choose any C Series I/O module(s)
4.Choose your software (LabVIEW for Windows, LabVIEW Real-Time, and LabVIEW FPGA)
CompactRIO is available in three system configurations.
Build a CompactRIO Embedded System in Four Easy Steps:
C Series I/O Modules
Real-Time Processor
Reconfigurable FPGA Chassis
10/100/1000 Mb/s Ethernet
Distribute multiple
CompactRIO embedded systems
1.Choose a PXI system or PC and an NI 78xxR FPGA R Series plug-in device
2.Choose one or more NI cRIO-9151 CompactRIO expansion chassis
3.Choose any C Series I/O module(s)
4.Choose your software (LabVIEW for Windows, LabVIEW Real-Time, and LabVIEW FPGA)
Note: LabVIEW Real-Time optional
Build a CompactRIO R Series Expansion System in Four Easy Steps:
Plug-in Reconfigurable FPGA Device
PCI/PXI intelligent DAQ devices
C Series
I/O Module
Real-Time or Windows Processor on PC/PXI
NI cRIO-9151 Expansion Chassis
Connects to any digital connector or R Series devices
Up to four cRIO-9151 chassis per R Series device
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C
o
m
p
a
c
t
R
I
O

C
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n

G
u
i
d
e
550
Back to Index
551
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

N
I

C
o
m
p
a
c
t
R
I
O
Real-Time NI CompactRIO
Rugged and reliable embedded systems for stand-alone
or networked operation
NI LabVIEW Real-Time for deterministic control and
continuous operation reliability
Nonvolatile memory for logging, onboard DRAM
for embedded program operation
Ethernet connectivity with embedded web and FTP
servers for deployment, operation, and maintenance
USB host ports for USB-based storage
Up to -40 to 70 C operating temperature range
Overview
NI CompactRIO real-time embedded systems offer powerful stand-
alone or networked execution for deterministic LabVIEW Real-Time
applications. Each CompactRIO system contains a reconfigurable
field-programmable gate array (FPGA) for custom timing, triggering,
and processing. A wide array of NI C Series modular I/O is available
for any application requirement, which makes prototyping and
deployment simple. CompactRIO systems are designed for extreme
ruggedness, reliability, and I/O flexibility. They feature dual DC
supply inputs ranging up to 9 to 35 V to deliver isolated power to the
CompactRIO chassis/modules and up to a -40 to 70 C operating
temperature range.
The NI cRIO-9082 offers a 1.33 GHz Intel Core i7 dual-core real-time
processor and the highest level of performance in the CompactRIO
product line. NI cRIO-902x controllers feature up to 800 MHz
industrial processor balancing low-power consumption; extreme
ruggedness; and powerful real-time floating-point signal analysis,
control, and logging. NI cRIO-907x systems provide up to 400 MHz
processing capability and a -20 to 55 C operating temperature to
offer the highest value CompactRIO system.
Software
LabVIEW is a graphical development environment that delivers
flexibility and ease of use for demanding industrial and embedded
applications. You can use the LabVIEW Real-Time Module to create
a program to reliably run on the CompactRIO real-time controller.
Choose from more than 600 built-in LabVIEW functions, including
direct access to I/O modules, to build your application for real-time
control, analysis, data logging, and communication. You can also
integrate existing C/C++ code with LabVIEW Real-Time code. For
applications that require custom timing and signal processing, you
can use the LabVIEW FPGA Module to program and customize the
FPGA within the CompactRIO chassis. Develop your LabVIEW Real-
Time and/or LabVIEW FPGA applications on a host computer using
graphical programming and download the applications to
CompactRIO to run stand-alone or networked to other systems. You
can also use LabVIEW to quickly build an HMI or user interface for
your CompactRIO system that can run on a networked PC or
embedded touch panel.
Back to Index
Real-Time NI CompactRIO
Applications
Machine Control
Packaging/Processing
High-speed motion control, batch control, discrete control
Heavy Machinery Control
Real-time signal processing and control of power electronics,
hydraulic systems
Semiconductor/Biomed
Custom motion and vision inspection, material handling
Machine Monitoring
Machine Condition Monitoring
Bearing order analysis, lubrication monitoring, cooling, combustion
Mobile/portable DSA, NVH
Noise, vibration, harshness, dynamic signal analysis, acoustics
Distributed Acquisition
Central controller with distributed I/O nodes over Ethernet/wireless
In-Vehicle Data Acquisition
In-Vehicle Data Acquisition
Automobiles, motorcycles, recreational vehicles, research aircraft,
trains
Engine and ECU test cells
HIL testing of engines and engine controllers, sensor simulation
using FPGA
Rapid Control Prototyping
Automotive/aerospace control prototyping
For more information visit
www.ni.com/compactrio/applications
NI cRIO-9012............................................................ 779563-01
NI cRIO-9014............................................................ 779564-01
NI cRIO-9022............................................................ 780718-01
NI cRIO-9023............................................................ 781173-01
NI cRIO-9024............................................................ 781174-01
NI cRIO-9025............................................................ 781313-01
NI cRIO-9073............................................................ 780471-01
NI cRIO-9074............................................................ 779999-01
NI cRIO-9075............................................................ 781715-01
NI cRIO-9076............................................................ 781716-01
NI cRIO-9081............................................................ 781787-01
NI cRIO-9082............................................................ 781787-02
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

N
I

C
o
m
p
a
c
t
R
I
O
552
Back to Index
553
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

C
o
m
p
a
c
t
R
I
O

S
y
s
t
e
m
s
1.06 GHz Dual-Core Controller, LX75 FPGA With Real-Time OS
High-performance multicore system for intense embedded monitoring and
1.06 GHz dual-core Intel Celeron processor, 16 GB nonvolatile storage,
LabVIEW Real-Time for determinism and continuous operation reliability
1 MXI-Express, 4 USB Hi-Speed, 2 Gigabit Ethernet, and 2 serial ports
for connectivity and expansion
8-slot Spartan-6 LX75 FPGA chassis for custom I/O timing, control, and processing
1.33 GHz Dual-Core Controller, LX150 FPGA With Real-Time OS
High-performance multicore system for intense embedded monitoring
and control applications
1.33 GHz dual-core Intel Core i7 processor, 32 GB nonvolatile storage,
LabVIEW Real-Time for determinism and continuous operation reliability
Overview
The high-performance multicore NI cRIO-9081 system provides
advanced Intel Celeron dual-core processing, built-in VGA display
output for an integrated user interface, and the option to use a
Microsoft Windows Embedded Standard 7 (WES7) or LabVIEW Real-
Time OS. The increased processing power of the cRIO-9081 makes it
well suited to perform the advanced processing tasks required by
complex applications such as machine vision and rapid control
prototyping. Choose the LabVIEW Real-Time OS to take advantage
of deterministic execution and the highest degree of reliability in
continuous operation environments. The high-performance multicore
cRIO-9081 also offers the widest array of connectivity and expansion
options available in the CompactRIO platform, including the high-
bandwidth and low-latency MXI-Express bus for expansion using the
14-slot MXI-Express RIO chassis.
NI cRIO-9081 RT
NI cRIO-9082 RT
Overview
The high-performance multicore NI cRIO-9082 system provides
advanced Intel Core i7 dual-core processing, built-in VGA display
output for an integrated user interface, and the option to use a
Microsoft Windows Embedded Standard 7 (WES7) or LabVIEW Real-
Time OS. The increased processing power of the cRIO-9082 makes it
well suited to perform the advanced processing tasks required by
complex applications such as machine vision and rapid control
prototyping. Choose LabVIEW Real-Time to take advantage of
deterministic execution and the highest degree of reliability in
continuous operation environments.
The high-performance multicore cRIO-9082 also offers the widest
array of connectivity and expansion options available in the
CompactRIO platform, including the high-bandwidth and low-latency
MXI-Express bus for expansion using the 14-slot MXI-Express RIO
chassis.
Performance Real-Time CompactRIO Systems
Back to Index
Processors with up to 800 MHz clock rates
Available with dual Ethernet for web-ready communication
and expansion I/O
Full-Speed and Hi-Speed USB host port for USB-based storage media
User-upgradable backplane contains reconfigurable FPGA
for custom timing, triggering, and processing
Up to -40 to 70 C operating temperature range
Conformal coating available for even higher levels
of reliability and ruggedness
Overview
Ultra rugged NI CompactRIO systems offer a high level of
performance and flexibility. They combine a powerful real-time
controller with a user-upgradable backplane that includes powerful
field-programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) for custom timing,
triggering, and processing of I/O. With 50 g shock ratings and a
wide -40 to 70 C operating temperature on some models, these are
the most rugged CompactRIO systems and are ideal for automotive,
industrial automation, and advanced control applications. The
controllers are also available with conformal coating options for an
even higher level of ruggedness.
The NI cRIO-9025 embedded real-time controller is part of the high-
performance CompactRIO programmable automation controller (PAC)
platform. It features an industrial 800 MHz real-time Freescale
processor for deterministic, reliable real-time applications and
contains 512 MB of DDR2 RAM and 4 GB of nonvolatile storage for
holding programs and logging data.
This rugged, reliable controller is designed for low-power
consumption with dual 9 to 35 VDC supply inputs that deliver isolated
power to the CompactRIO chassis/modules and a -40 to 70 C
operating temperature range. The cRIO-9025 accepts 9 to 35 VDC
power supply inputs on power up and 6 to 35 VDC power supply
inputs during operation, so it can function for long periods of time in
remote applications using a battery or solar power. The controller
provides two Ethernet 10/100 ports that you can use to conduct
programmatic communication over the network and built-in Web
(HTTP) and file (FTP) servers. The ports also are compatible with the
NI 9144 C Series expansion chassis, so you can connect more
deterministic I/O for your application. To create additional storage
capability for your embedded logging applications, the cRIO-9025 has
a Hi-Speed USB host port to which you can connect external USB-
based storage media (flash drives and hard drives). In addition, the
controller features a fault-tolerant file system that provides increased
reliability for data-logging applications.
NI cRIO-902x , 901x
Ultra Rugged Real-Time NI CompactRIO Controllers
Product DRAM Internal Nonvolatile Ethernet Port Ethernet Port (Type) CPU Clock Operating Conformal
(MB) Storage (MB) Frequency Temperature Range Coating
NI cRIO-9012 64 128 1 100BaseTX , 10BaseT 400 MHz -40 to 70 C No
NI cRIO-9014 128 2000 1 100BaseTX , 10BaseT 400 MHz -40 to 70 C Yes
NI cRIO-9022 256 2000 2 10BaseT, 100BaseTX, and 1000BaseTX ; 533 MHz -20 to 55 C No
100BaseTX , 10BaseT
NI cRIO-9023 256 2000 2 10BaseT, 100BaseTX, and 1000BaseTX ; 533 MHz -40 to 70 C Yes
100BaseTX , 10BaseT
NI cRIO-9024 512 4000 2 10BaseT, 100BaseTX, and 1000BaseTX ; 800 MHz -20 to 55 C No
100BaseTX , 10BaseT
NI cRIO-9025 512 4000 2 10BaseT, 100BaseTX, and 1000BaseTX ; 800 MHz -40 to 70 C Yes
100BaseTX , 10BaseT
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
U
l
t
r
a

R
u
g
g
e
d

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

N
I

C
o
m
p
a
c
t
R
I
O

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s
554
Back to Index
555
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C
o
m
p
a
c
t
R
I
O

H
i
g
h
-
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s
Rugged, embedded machine control and monitoring systems
Integrated real-time controller and FPGA chassis
Real-time processor for deterministic control, data logging, and analysis
Reconfigurable FPGA for custom I/O timing, control, and processing
4- or 8-slot chassis for any C Series I/O module
Lower cost for high-volume deployments and OEM applications
Overview
NI cRIO-907x integrated systems combine an industrial real-time
controller and reconfigurable field-programmable gate array (FPGA)
chassis for high-volume and industrial machine control and
monitoring applications. The new NI cRIO-9073 integrated system
features an industrial 266 MHz real-time processor and an 8-slot
chassis with an embedded, reconfigurable 2M gate FPGA chip. The
NI cRIO-9074 integrated system contains a 400 MHz real-time
processor and an 8-slot chassis with an embedded, reconfigurable
2M gate FPGA chip. Both systems feature built-in nonvolatile
memory and a fault-tolerant file system that deliver increased
reliability for data-logging applications. Both systems also accept up
to eight NI C Series I/O modules. A variety of I/O modules are
available including voltage, current, thermocouple, RTD,
Accelerometer, and strain gage inputs; up to 60 V simultaneous
sampling analog I/O; 12, 24, and 48 V industrial digital I/O; 5 V/TTL
digital I/O; counter/timers; pulse generation; and high
voltage/current relays. The 10/100 Mb/s Ethernet port allows for
programmatic communication over the network and built-in Web
(HTTP) and file (FTP) servers. The cRIO-9074 features dual Ethernet
ports, so you can use one port for network communication to a host
PC or enterprise system and the other port for expansion I/O (easily
connect another CompactRIO system, NI 9144 expansion I/O
chassis, or another Ethernet-based device for additional I/O).
Embedded Software
You can quickly program a cRIO-907x with easy-to-use CompactRIO
scan mode programming and the NI LabVIEW Real-Time Module.
The LabVIEW Real-Time Module includes built-in function blocks for
floating point control, processing, analysis, data logging, and
communication for programming the embedded real-time processor.
LabVIEW Real-Time also has function blocks to program data
transfer between the real-time processor and the FPGA. For even
higher flexibility and performance, you can program the
reconfigurable FPGA within a cRIO-907x using the LabVIEW FPGA
Module for custom and high-speed control, I/O timing, and signal
processing.
NI cRIO 907x
Integrated Real-Time NI CompactRIO Systems
Product Module Processor FPGA DRAM Internal Nonvolatile 10/100BASE-TX RS232 Serial Power Supply USB Port
Slots Speed (MHz) (MB) Storage (MB) Ethernet Port Port Input Range
NI cRIO-9073 8 266 Spartan-3 2M 64 128 Yes Yes 19 to 30 VDC No
NI cRIO-9074 8 400 Spartan-3 2M 128 256 Yes (Dual) Yes 19 to 30 VDC No
NI cRIO-9075 4 400 Spartan-6 LX25 128 256 Yes Yes 9 to 30 VDC No
NI cRIO-9076 4 400 Spartan-6 LX45 256 512 Yes Yes 9 to 30 VDC Yes
Back to Index
Rugged and reliable embedded systems for stand-alone
or networked operation
Microsoft Windows OS for VGA graphics and
the Windows ecosystem of software
Nonvolatile memory for logging, onboard DRAM
for embedded program operation
Ethernet connectivity with embedded web
and FTP servers for deployment, operation, and maintenance
USB host ports for USB-based storage, interfaces,
and instruments
Overview
NI CompactRIO Windows-based embedded systems offer powerful
stand-alone embedded execution or networked operation. Each
CompactRIO system contains a reconfigurable field-programmable
gate array (FPGA) for custom timing, triggering, and processing. A
wide array of NI C Series modular I/O is available for every
application to make prototyping and deployment simple. These
controllers are designed for ruggedness, reliability, and software
flexibility.
Performance NI CompactRIO systems combine the industry's
highest-performance processors running the Windows OS with the
largest and most powerful field-programmable gate arrays (FPGAs)
from National Instruments. These flexible systems offer the
processing power you need for advanced monitoring and control
applications, high-speed data transfer and logging, and processing-
intensive applications such as rapid control prototyping and machine
vision. The performance CompactRIO systems use flexible NI
LabVIEW graphical system design software to help you develop both
Windows and FPGA applications.
The NI cRIO-9082 is the highest performance Windows-based
CompactRIO system with a 1.33 GHz Intel Core i7 dual-core
processor, 2 GB of storage, and 32 GB of nonvolatile memory. Its
combination of high performance and rugged reliability make it an
effective choice for processor-intensive embedded applications such
as machine vision and rapid control prototyping.
Performance Windows NI CompactRIO Systems
NI cRIO-9081 - Windows.......................................... 781787-11
NI cRIO-9082 - Windows.......................................... 781787-12
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e

W
i
n
d
o
w
s

N
I

C
o
m
p
a
c
t
R
I
O

S
y
s
t
e
m
s
556
Back to Index
557
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e

W
i
n
d
o
w
s

N
I

C
o
m
p
a
c
t
R
I
O

S
y
s
t
e
m
s
Performance Windows NI CompactRIO Systems
1.06 GHz Dual-Core Controller and LX75 FPGA With Windows OS
1.06 GHz dual-core Intel Celeron processor, 16 GB nonvolatile storage,
1-year subscription to the NI LabVIEW FPGA Compile Cloud Service included
Full LabVIEW installation on an NI CompactRIO system is
recommended for development.
Overview
Intel Celeron dual-core processing, built-in VGA display output for an
machine vision and rapid control prototyping. Choose WES7 on the cRIO-
9081 and take advantage of the extensive Windows ecosystem of
software and display capabilities made possible by LabVIEW software.
The high-performance multicore cRIO-9081 also offers the widest array
of connectivity and expansion options available in the CompactRIO
NI cRIO-9081
1.33 GHz Dual-Core Controller and LX150 FPGA With Windows OS
1.33 GHz dual-core Intel Core i7 processor, 32 GB nonvolatile storage,
for connectivity and expansion
1-year subscription to the NI LabVIEW FPGA Compile Cloud Service included
Full LabVIEW installation on an NI CompactRIO system is
recommended for development.
Overview
Intel Core i7 dual-core processing, built-in VGA display output for an
machine vision and rapid control prototyping. Choose WES7 on the cRIO-
9082 and take advantage of the extensive Windows ecosystem of
software and display capabilities made possible by LabVIEW software.
The high-performance multicore cRIO-9082 also offers the widest array
of connectivity and expansion options available in the CompactRIO
NI cRIO-9082
Back to Index
CompactRIO Reconfigurable FPGA Chassis
Design FPGA hardware using
LabVIEW programming
4 or 8-slot chassis for any C Series
I/O modules
1 M or 3M gate embedded FPGA
DIN-rail mounting, 19 in. rack mount,
and panel mounting options
NI CompactRIO Extreme Industrial
Certifications and Ratings
Execute LabVIEW code at rates
up to 40 MHz
Development Software
LabVIEW FPGA Module
The National Instruments cRIO-910x reconfigurable chassis are the
heart of the CompactRIO system because they contain a reconfigurable
FPGA. The FPGA, which has an individual connection to each I/O
module, is programmed with easy-to-use elemental I/O functions to
read or write signal information from each module. Because there is
no shared communication bus between the FPGA and the I/O
modules, I/O operations on each module can be precisely synchronized
with 25 ns resolution. The reconfigurable FPGA core can perform
local integer-based signal processing and decision-making and
directly pass signals from one module to another.
The FPGA is also connected to the CompactRIO real-time controller
through a local PCI bus interface. The real-time controller can retrieve
data from any control or indicator on the front-panel of the LabVIEW
FPGA application through an easy-to-use FPGA Read/Write function.
The FPGA can also generate interrupt requests (IRQs) to synchronize
the real-time software execution with the FPGA. Typically, the real-
time controller is used to convert the integer-based I/O data to scaled
floating-point numbers. In addition, the real-time controller typically
performs single-point control, waveform analysis, data logging, and
Ethernet/serial communication.
The reconfigurable chassis, real-time controller, and C Series I/O
modules combine to create a complete stand-alone embedded
system. Application development consists of three steps:
1. Target the reconfigurable chassis to automatically detect the I/O
modules and develop the FPGA application.
2. Compile the LabVIEW FPGA application to automatically
synthesize an optimized high-performance electrical circuit
implementation of your application.
3. Develop the real-time controller application to add floating-point
control, signal processing, data logging, and communication.
For high-speed remote control of any cRIO-910x reconfigurable
chassis and I/O modules, use the NI cRIO-9052 StarFabric interface.
With the cRIO-9052 attached to a cRIO-910x chassis as the
controller, you can control CompactRIO from a laptop, PC, or PXI
system, while providing high bandwidth for high-channel-count
applications.
Key Features
Create any local or multichassis timing, triggering, and
synchronization scheme with 25 ns resolution
Use multiple while loops to create a parallel processing
application for high-performance signal processing
or multi rate control systems
Achieve control-system loop rates greater than 100 kHz using built
-in PID control functions
Generate waveforms or implement nonlinear look-up tables (LUTs)
using LabVIEW FPGA Express VIs
Integrate widely available third-party HDL cores using the
LabVIEW FPGA Module HDL node
Enforce critical logic and interlocks in silicon hardware circuitry, or
use the parallel RIO architecture to create dual, triple, or
quadruple redundant systems
For example programs, application notes, and other
developer tools, visit ni.com/compactrio.
NI cRIO-910x
Product Module Slots FPGA System Gates RAM (KB) Default Timebase (MHz) Maximum Power Consumption (W) Built-In Panel Mounting Holes
cRIO-9101 4 1 M 82 40 2.3 3
cRIO-9102 8 1 M 82 40 2.3 3
cRIO-9103 4 3 M 196 40 3 3
cRIO-9104 8 3 M 196 40 3 3
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C
o
m
p
a
c
t
R
I
O

R
e
c
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
b
l
e

F
P
G
A

C
h
a
s
s
i
s
558
Back to Index
559
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C
o
m
p
a
c
t
R
I
O

R
e
c
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
b
l
e

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

CompactRIO Reconfigurable Chassis
Easy-to-use LabVIEW FPGA
automatically synthesizes electrical
circuit implementation
RIO FPGA core executes at default rates
of 40 MHz, and can be compiled to run
even faster
Design hardware in LabVIEW
4- or 8-slot chassis for any CompactRIO
I/O module
DIN-rail mount, 19 in. rack mount, and
panel mount options
NI CompactRIO Extreme Industrial
Certifications and Ratings
NI CompactRIO reconfigurable chassis are the heart of the
CompactRIO system because they contain the reconfigurable I/O
(RIO) core. You program the RIO field-programmable gate array
(FPGA) core, which has an individual connection to each I/O module,
with easy-to-use elemental
I/O functions to read or write signal information from each module.
Because there is no shared communication bus between the RIO
FPGA core and the I/O modules, you can precisely synchronize I/O
operations on each module with 25 ns resolution. The RIO core can
perform local integer-based or fixed-point signal processing and
decision making and directly pass signals from one module to
another. It is connected to the CompactRIO real-time controller
through a local PCI bus interface. The real-time controller can
retrieve data from any control or indicator on the
RIO FPGA application front panel through an easy-to-use scan
interface or simple FPGA Read/Write function. The RIO FPGA can
also generate interrupt requests (IRQs) to synchronize the real-time
software execution with the RIO FPGA. Typically, the real-time
controller is used to convert the integer-based I/O data to scaled
floating-point numbers. In addition, it performs single-point control,
waveform analysis, data logging, and Ethernet/serial
communication. The reconfigurable chassis, real-time controller, and
I/O modules combine to create a complete stand-alone embedded
system.
Key Features
Create any local or timing, triggering, and synchronization scheme
with 25 ns resolution
Use multiple while loops to create a parallel processing
application for high-performance signal processing or multirate
control systems
Take advantage of built-in proportional integral derivative (PID)
control functions for control system loop rates greater than 100 kHz
Generate waveforms or implement nonlinear lookup tables (LUTs)
using LabVIEW FPGA Express VIs
Integrate widely available third-party HDL cores using the
LabVIEW FPGA Module HDL Node
Enforce critical logic and interlocks in silicon hardware circuitry,
or use the parallel RIO architecture to create dual, triple,
or quadruple redundant systems
NI cRIO-911x
LUTs and FPGA FPGA Block
Model Module Slots FPGA Flip-Flops Multipliers RAM (kb)
cRIO-9111 4 Virtex-5 LX30 19,200 32 1,152
cRIO-9112 8 Virtex-5 LX30 19,200 48 1,152
cRIO-9113 4 Virtex-5 LX50 28,800 48 1,728
cRIO-9114 8 Virtex-5 LX50 28,800 48 1,728
cRIO-9116 8 Virtex-5 LX85 51,840 48 3,456
cRIO-9118 8 Virtex-5 LX110 69,120 64 4,608
Table 1. Chassis Comparison Table
NI cRIO-9111........................................................... 780915-01
NI cRIO-9112........................................................... 780916-01
NI cRIO-9113........................................................... 780917-01
NI cRIO-9114........................................................... 780918-01
NI cRIO-9116........................................................... 780919-01
NI cRIO-9118........................................................... 780920-01
Back to Index
8-slot reconfigurable embedded chassis that accepts any
CompactRIO I/O module
Xilinx Virtex-5 reconfigurable I/O (RIO) FPGA core for ultimate
processing power
Ability to automatically synthesize custom control and signal
processing circuitry using LabVIEW
DIN-rail mounting options
-40 to 70 C operating range
Overview
The NI cRIO-9118 eight-slot, reconfigurable embedded chassis is
part of the CompactRIO high-performance programmable automation
controller (PAC) platform. It features a user-programmable Xilinx
Virtex-5 FPGA, giving you high processing power and the ability to
design custom hardware using NI LabVIEW software. The cRIO-9118
provides low-level hardware access to any NI CompactRIO I/O
module, so you can create unprecedented timing, triggering, control,
and synchronization schemes for embedded and industrial
applications.
Panel mounting holes are included in all CompactRIO chassis. For
DIN-rail or panel mounting options, you can purchase a CompactRIO
mounting kit separately.
NI cRIO-9118
8-Slot, Virtex-5 LX110 CompactRIO
Reconfigurable Chassis
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
8
-
S
l
o
t
,

V
i
r
t
e
x
-
5

L
X
1
1
0

C
o
m
p
a
c
t
R
I
O

R
e
c
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
b
l
e

C
h
a
s
s
i
s
560
Back to Index
Overview
The NI 9151 R Series expansion chassis for NI C Series I/O modules
connects directly to any R Series intelligent data acquisition (DAQ)
device such as an NI 781xR, NI 783xR, NI 784xR, and NI 785xR.
In this configuration, the field-programmable gate array (FPGA)
resides on the R Series device, and the C Series I/O modules supply
industrial I/O, isolation, and signal conditioning. You can use a
Windows host CPU or real-time controller to provide high-
performance processing for analog control, analysis, or hardware-in-
the-loop (HIL) simulations. An R Series intelligent DAQ device
combined with the R Series expansion chassis for C Series I/O offers
high-speed signal-conditioned input, output, communication, and
control capabilities with unprecedented flexibility and optimization.
With multifunction R Series devices (NI 783xR, NI 784xR, NI 785xR),
you can connect up to two R Series expansion chassis for a
maximum of eight I/O modules per R Series device. With digital R
Series devices (NI 781xR), you can connect up to four R Series
expansion chassis for a maximum of 16 I/O modules per R Series
device.
All C Series I/O modules are compatible with the NI 9151 R Series
expansion chassis. Modules that have delta-sigma analog-to-digital
converters (NI 9233, NI 9234, NI 9237, NI 9229, NI 9239, NI 9225,
NI 9235, NI 9236) cannot share timebases between modules when
used in the expansion chassis. Additionally, some modules may
have speed limitations when used in the expansion chassis. Check
the individual module user manual for specific details.
561
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
R

S
e
r
i
e
s

E
x
p
a
n
s
i
o
n

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

f
o
r

C

S
e
r
i
e
s

I
/
O
R Series Expansion Chassis for C Series I/O
High-performance industrial I/O for any
R Series device
Converts FPGA digital port into
multifunction I/O port with plug-in
modules for 80 mV to 250 V
rms
Provides additional I/O hardware for
desktop, PXI/CompactPCI, and industrial
PC systems
Combine with plug-in data acquisition,
motion control, vision, or CAN devices
to complete your application
Add multiple 4-slot expansion chassis to
a single R Series device
Automatically synthesize an optimized
high-performance electrical circuit
implementation of your application
using the NI LabVIEW FPGA Module
Reconfigurable I/O (RIO) FPGA core
executes LabVIEW control logic at
rates up to 40 MS/s using single-cycle
timed loops
Create any timing, triggering, and
synchronization scheme with 25 ns
resolution
NI 9151
NI 9151..................................................................... 779008-01
SHC68-68-RDIO........................................................ 191667-01
Note: Use only the SHC68-68-RDIO digital cable with the NI 9151 chassis.
Back to Index
8-Slot EtherCAT Slave Chassis for C Series I/O Modules
High-performance deterministic distributed I/O over EtherCAT
Modular slave with 8 slots for C Series I/O modules
Integrated 2M gate reconfigurable I/O (RIO) FPGA for custom timing,
inline processing, and control
2 Ethernet ports for daisy chaining additional EtherCAT slaves
-40 to 70 C operating temperature, 50 g shock, 5 g vibration
Overview
The NI 9144 is an 8-slot rugged EtherCAT slave chassis that you can
use to add deterministic, distributed I/O to NI EtherCAT master
controllers. With standard CAT 5 Ethernet cabling, it communicates
deterministically with any CompactRIO, real-time PXI, or real-time NI
industrial controller that has two Ethernet ports. You can daisy chain
multiple NI 9144 slave chassis from the master controller to expand
time-critical applications to high-channel counts while maintaining
hard determinism with minimal processor resources.
This EtherCAT slave chassis can be programmed with the NI
LabVIEW Real-Time Module for fast and easy expansion of your
real-time system. The NI 9144 slave also has a 2M gate Xilinx
Spartan FPGA that is programmable with the LabVIEW FPGA
Module, giving you high-speed and customizable I/O timing, inline
processing and control. To see a full list of supported C Series I/O
modules, visit ni.com/info and enter "cseries."
NI 9144
Ethernet RIO Expansion Chassis for C Series I/O Modules
8-slot Ethernet expansion chassis for NI C Series modules
Easily add distributed monitoring and control to any Ethernet network
Directly access C Series I/O from your Windows PC or
LabVIEW Real-Time controller
Integrated 2M gate FPGA for custom timing, onboard processing,
and control
Network fail-safe for increased reliability
Industrial ratings: -40 to 70 C
Overview
The NI 9148 is a rugged, 8-slot expansion chassis that you can use
to easily add C Series I/O to any standard 10/100 Ethernet network.
You can add this Ethernet reconfigurable I/O (RIO) chassis to an NI
LabVIEW for Windows application or use it as remote expansion I/O
on LabVIEW Real-Time systems such as NI CompactRIO or PXI. Just
connect over Ethernet and instantly obtain access to C Series I/O in
your LabVIEW host program.
The NI 9148 does not require the LabVIEW Real-Time Module for
access to C Series I/O in Windows-based systems.
For low-level access to I/O timing, triggering, and onboard
processing, you can use the LabVIEW FPGA Module to program the
2M gate Spartan-3 FPGA without having any prior experience in
FPGA digital design. This FPGA provides reliable high-speed I/O,
highly customizable timing, and advanced processing algorithms for
your high-speed control applications.
The NI 9148 offers diagnostic and autoconfiguration features to
simplify installation, use, and maintenance. For increased reliability,
the chassis also has a network fail-safe that verifies network
connectivity and communication with the remote host system and
drives I/O to safe states should connectivity be interrupted. The NI
9148 features low-power consumption, quick startup times, a wide
temperature range (-40 to 70 C), and rugged industrial specs (50 g
shock, 5 g vibration).
NI 9148
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
8
-
S
l
o
t

E
t
h
e
r
C
A
T

S
l
a
v
e

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

f
o
r

C

S
e
r
i
e
s

I
/
O

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
562
Back to Index
Overview
NI MXI-Express RIO systems combine a user-customizable field-
programmable gate array (FPGA) and modular I/O with a cabled
connection to a high-performance processor. MXI-Express RIO
differs from NI CompactRIO because it decouples the FPGA core and
I/O from the processor so that, once programmed and configured,
the reconfigurable I/O (RIO) chassis can run stand-alone if desired.
Similar to CompactRIO, the RIO core has an individual connection to
each I/O module and is programmed with easy-to-use elemental I/O
functions in the NI LabVIEW FPGA Module to read or write signal
information from each module.
The RIO FPGA core can perform local signal processing and decision
making and directly pass signals from one module to another within
a chassis. You can daisy chain up to four MXI-Express RIO chassis
from a single controller.
The RIO core is connected to a remote controller through a cabled
MXI-Express bus interface based on PCI Express. The remote host
controller can be nearly any PXI embedded controller or industrial
PC, including third-party laptops and PCs. The host PC can run the
LabVIEW Real-Time and Windows OSs and use the more than 200
MB/s bandwidth possible with PCI Express to stream high-speed
control and acquisition data to and from the FPGA.
563
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
1
4
-
S
l
o
t

M
X
I
-
E
x
p
r
e
s
s

R
I
O

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

w
i
t
h

L
X
8
5

F
P
G
A
MXI-Express RIO Chassis
Ability to automatically synthesize custom control and
signal processing circuitry using LabVIEW
14-slot reconfigurable embedded chassis for C Series I/O modules
Large, high-performance Virtex-5 LX85 and LX110 FPGA cores
for ultimate processing power and logic
High-throughput MXI-Express x1 interface
for 200 MB/s multi-chassis streaming bandwidth
DIN-rail, panel, desktop, and 19 in. rack (2U) mounting accessories
NI MXI-Express RIO
Overview
The NI 9157 MXI-Express RIO chassis is a cabled reconfigurable I/O
(RIO) target that works with all NI CompactRIO I/O modules. A high-
bandwidth, cabled link based on a x1 PCI Express bus, the MXI-
Express interface is transparent to software applications and
drivers. You can use ExpressCard or PCI Express to MXI-Express
adapters to add up to four daisy-chained MXI-Express RIO chassis to
industrial PCs such as NI industrial controllers, laptops, or PXI
The NI 9157 includes a user-programmable Xilinx Virtex-5 FPGA
core, giving you high processing power and capacity and the ability
to design custom hardware using LabVIEW FPGA Module software.
The FPGA software provides low-level hardware access to the hot-
swappable I/O modules, so you can create unprecedented timing,
triggering, control, and synchronization schemes for industrial,
hardware-in-the-loop, and real-time test applications.
14-Slot MXI-Express RIO Chassis with LX85 FPGA
14-slot reconfigurable FPGA chassis that accepts CompactRIO I/O modules
Xilinx Virtex-5 LX85 reconfigurable I/O (RIO) FPGA core
for ultimate processing power
High-throughput, software-transparent,
MXI-Express x1 interface based on PCI Express
19 in. rack (2U), desktop, DIN-rail, and panel mounting options
Daisy chain multiple chassis from PXI controllers, industrial PCs, and laptops
NI 9157
Back to Index
14-Slot MXI-Express RIO Chassis with LX110 FPGA
14-slot reconfigurable FPGA chassis that accepts CompactRIO I/O
modules
Xilinx Virtex-5 LX110 reconfigurable I/O (RIO) FPGA core for ultimate
processing power
High-throughput, software-transparent, MXI-Express x1 interface based
on PCI Express
19 in. rack (2U), desktop, DIN-rail, and panel mounting options
Daisy chain multiple chassis from PXI controllers, industrial PCs,
and laptops
Overview
The NI 9159 MXI-Express RIO chassis is a cabled reconfigurable I/O
(RIO) target that works with all NI CompactRIO I/O modules. A high-
bandwidth, cabled link based on a x1 PCI Express bus, the MXI-
Express interface is transparent to software applications and
drivers. You can use ExpressCard or PCI Express to MXI-Express
adapters to add up to four daisy-chained MXI-Express RIO chassis to
industrial PCs such as NI industrial controllers, laptops, or PXI
The NI 9159 includes a user-programmable Xilinx Virtex-5 FPGA
core, giving you high processing power and capacity and the ability
to design custom hardware using LabVIEW FPGA Module software.
The FPGA software provides low-level hardware access to the hot-
swappable I/O modules, so you can create unprecedented timing,
triggering, control, and synchronization schemes for industrial,
hardware-in-the-loop, and real-time test applications.
NI 9159
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
1
4
-
S
l
o
t

M
X
I
-
E
x
p
r
e
s
s

R
I
O

C
h
a
s
s
i
s

w
i
t
h

L
X
1
1
0

F
P
G
A
564
Back to Index
Type of Signal Signal Module cRIO cDAQ Channels Special Features
Analog Input Small voltage (80 mV) NI 9205 32 16-bit, 200 mV to 10 V, 250 kS/s, 32 SE or 16 DIFF channels, isolation
NI 9219 4 24-bit, 100 S/s/ch, simultaneous, Ch-Ch Isolated Universal AI Module (125 mV to 60 V, 25 mA, TC,
3 and 4-wire RTD,
1
/4,
1
/2, and Full-Bridge)
Medium voltage (10 V) NI 9201 8 12-bit, 500 kS/s, single-ended, isolation
NI 9205 32 16-bit, 200 mV to 10 V, 250 kS/s, 32 SE or 16 DIFF channels, isolation
NI 9215 4 16-bit, 100 kS/s/ch, simultaneous, differential
Medium voltage (10 V) NI 9206 16 16-bit, 200 mV to 10 V, 250 kS/s, 600 VDC (US)/400 VDC (EU) Cat I bank isolation
with high isolation NI 9219 4 24-bit, 100 S/s/ch, Ch-Ch Isolated Universal AI Module (10 V, A, TC, RTD, Bridge)
rms
ch-ch isolation
High voltage (60 V) NI 9219 4 24-bit, 100 S/s/ch, Ch-Ch Isolated Universal AI Module (60 V, A, TC, RTD, Bridge)
NI 9221 8 12-bit, 800 kS/s, single-ended, isolation
rms
ch-ch l isolation
High voltage (300 V) NI 9225 3 24-bit, 300 V
rms,
50 kS/s/ch, 600 V
rms
ch-ch l isolation
Thermocouple NI 9211 4 24-bit delta-sigma, 15 S/s, differential
NI 9213 16 24-bit, 1200 S/s, isolation
NI 9219 4 24-bit, 100 S/s/ch, Ch-Ch Isolated Universal AI Module (TC, V, A, RTD, Bridge)
RTD NI 9217 4 24-Bit, 400 S/s, 0 to 400 !RTD support, 3 & 4-wire measurements
NI 9219 4 24-bit, 100 S/s/ch, Ch-Ch Isolated Universal AI Module (3 and 4-wire RTD, V, A, TC, Bridge)
IEPE Sensors(Accelerometer/ NI 9233 4 24-bit, 5 V, 50 kS/s/ch, simultaneous, IEPE conditioning, built-in anti-aliasing
Microphone) NI 9234 4 24-bit, 5 V, 51.2 kS/s/ch, IEPE, Software-selectable AC/DC coupling
Bridge-Based Sensors NI 9219 4 24-bit, 100 S/s/ch, Ch-Ch Isolated Universal AI Module (
1
/4,
1
/2, and Full-Bridge, V, A, TC, RTD)
(Strain Gauges/Load Cells) NI 9235 8 24-bit, 10 kS/s/ch, simultaneous, 2V excitation, quarter-bridge(120!), isolation
NI 9236 8 24-bit, 10 kS/s/ch, simultaneous, 3.32V excitation, quarter-bridge(350!), isolation
NI 9237 4 24-bit, 50 kS/s/ch, simultaneous, full/half/quarter-bridge, anti-aliasing
Current Input NI 9203 8 16-bit, 200 kS/s, 20 mA
NI 9219 4 24-bit, 100 S/s/ch, Ch-Ch Isolated Universal AI Module (25 mA, V, TC, RTD, Bridge)
NI 9227 4 24-bit, 50 kS/s/ch, 5 Arms, anti-aliasing, ch-ch isolation
Analog Output Medium voltage (10 V) NI 9263 4 16-bit, 100 kS/s/ch, simultaneous
NI 9264 16 16-bit, 25 kS/s/ch, simultaneous, 250 V
rms
Isolation
NI 9269 4 16-bit, 100 kS/s/ch, simultaneous, ch-ch isolation
Current (0-20 mA) NI 9265 4 16-bit, 100 kS/s/ch, simultaneous, 36 V protection
Controller Area Low-Speed CAN NI 9852 - 2 2 Port, Low-speed/fault-tolerant CAN, 125 kb/s max transfer rate
Network (CAN) High-Speed CAN NI 9853 - 2 2-port, High-speed CAN, 40 kb/s to 1 Mb/s transfer rate
Motion Brushed-DC Servo Drive NI 9505 - 1 1-axis, 30 V, Continuous current of up to 5 A at 40 C (or 1 A at 70 C), built-in encoder interface & current
sensor, Full H-Bridge Brushed DC Servo
Stepper Drive NI 9512 - 1 5V/20mA output, 1 full/half/microstep, 50s max interpolation/spline rate, 5 MHz max pulse rate
(Encoder Feedback)
Servo Drive NI 9514 - 1 Position/Torque loop, 30V/100mA output, 50s max control loop rate(position loop)
(Encoder Feedback)
Servo Drive NI 9516 - 1 Position/Torque loop, 30V/100mA output, 50s max control loop rate(position loop)
(Dual Encoder Feedback)
Digital Input Bidirectional 5 V TTL NI 9401 8 100 ns, 5 V TTL, ultra high-speed, bidirectional, 30 V protection
24 V sinking NI 9421 8 100 s, up to 30 V, 40 V protection connectivity
NI 9422 8 100 s, up to 60 V, 250 V channel-to-channel isolation
NI 9423 8 1 s, high-speed, up to 30 V, 35 V protection
24 V sourcing NI 9422 8 100 s, up to 60 V, 250 V channel-to-channel isolation
250 AC/DC universal NI 9435 4 3 ms, 5 to 250 VDC, 10 to 250 VAC, universal, sink/source
Differential or TTL NI 9411 6 500 ns, 5 to 24 V, single-ended TTL or differential, regulated 5 V supply output
565
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C

S
e
r
i
e
s

I
n
p
u
t
/
O
u
t
p
u
t

M
o
d
u
l
e
s

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
C Series Input/Output Modules Overview
Compatibility
Back to Index
Type of Signal Signal Module cRIO cDAQ Channels Special Features
Digital Output Bidirectional 5 V TTL NI 9401 8 100 ns, 5 V TTL, ultra high-speed, bidirectional, 30 V protection
24 V sourcing NI 9472 8 100 s, 6 to 30 V, 750 mA max per ch, 30 V protection, short-circuit-proof
NI 9474 8 1 s, high-speed, 5 to 30 V, 1 A max per ch, 30 V protection, short-circuit-proof
NI 9475 - 8 1 s, high-speed, up to 60 V, 1 Amax, 60 V protection, Iso.
24 V sinking NI 9477 32 8 s, 5 to 60 V, sinking, isolation, up to 20 A per module
NI 9478 - 16 7 s, up to 50 V, 1.2Amax, isolation
Relay Output Form A (SPST) NI 9481 4 1 s, 30 VDC (2 A), 60 VDC (1 A), 250 VAC (2 A) electromechanical form A (SPST)
Solid State Relay NI 9485 8 60 VDC, SSR form A, up to 750 mA per ch, 5 ms set and reset time, ch-to-ch isolation
Counter, Pulse Counter/timer (24 V) NI 9423 8 1 s, high-speed, up to 30 V, 35 V protection
Generation NI 9425 32 7 s, up to 30 V (60 V for 8 channels), 60 V protection
Counter/timer (TTL) NI 9401 8 100 ns, 5 V TTL, ultra high-speed, bidirectional, 30 V protection
NI 9411 6 500 ns, 5 to 24 V, single-ended TTL or differential, regulated 5 V supply output
Quadrature encoder NI 9411 2 500 ns, 5 to 24 V, six digital inputs for two encoders (phase A, phase B, and index inputs)
(differential)
PWM/Pulse NI 9472 8 100 s, 6 to 30 V logic, 750 mA max per ch, 30 V protection, short-circuit-proof
Generation (24 V) NI 9474 8 1 s, high-speed, 5 to 30 V logic, 1 A max per ch, 30 V protection, short-circuit-proof
NI 9475 - 8 1 s, high-speed, up to 60 V, 1 Amax, 60 V protection, Iso.
NI 9477 32 8 s, 5 to 60 V, sinking, isolation, up to 20 A per module
NI 9478 - 16 7 s, up to 50 V, 1.2Amax, isolation
PWM/Pulse NI 9401 8 100 ns, 5 V TTL, ultra high-speed, bidirectional, 30 V protection
Generation (TTL) NI 9402 4 55 ns, LV TTL, ultra high-speed, 30 V protection
NI 9403 32 7 s, 5 V TTL, ultra high-speed, bidirectional, 30 V protection
Removable Storage Secure Digital Card Module NI 9802 - 2 2 slot, Maximum storage of up to 4 GB per module, read/write at 2 MB/S.
Serial Interface RS-232 NI 9870 - 4 Up to 921.6 Kbaud, 64-byte FIFOs per port.
RS-485 NI 9871 - 4 Up to 1.842 Mbaud, 64-byte FIFOs per port.
Your Custom Specialized I/O cRIO-9951 - N/A The NI 9951 module development kit includes the tools needed to build custom I/O modules for application
I/O Module(s) specific needs.
C Series Input/Output Modules Overview
Compatibility
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C

S
e
r
i
e
s

I
n
p
u
t
/
O
u
t
p
u
t

M
o
d
u
l
e
s

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
566
Back to Index
C Series Analog Input Modules
567
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C

S
e
r
i
e
s

A
n
a
l
o
g

I
n
p
u
t

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
24-bit resolution, maximum
32 channels/module, maximum
NIST-traceable calibration
Multiplexed or simultaneous sampling
1 MS/s sampling rate, maximum
Analog Input
32-Ch 200 mV to 10 V, 16-Bit, 250 kS/s Analog Input Module
32 single-ended or 16 differential analog inputs
16-bit resolution; 250 kS/s aggregate sampling rate
200 mV, 1, 5, and 10 V programmable input ranges
Hot-swappable operation; overvoltage protection; isolation;
Spring terminal or D-Sub connectivity
NI 9205
16-Ch 200 mV to 10 V, 16-bit, Analog Input for Fuel Cells
16 differential analog inputs
200 mV, 1 V, 5 V, and 10 V programmable input ranges
16-bit resolution, 250 kS/s aggregate sampling rate
600 VDC (US)/400 VDC (EU) Cat I, channel-to-earth
Bank isolated; ideal for fuel cell measurements
NI 9206
4-Channel, 100 kS/s/ch, 16-bit, 10 V Analog Input Module
4 simultaneously sampled analog inputs, 100 kS/s
16-bit resolution
Hot-swappable operation
NI 9215
National Instruments C Series analog input modules provide high-performance
measurements for a wide variety of signal types on the NI CompactDAQ and
CompactRIO platforms. Each module features built-in signal conditioning and direct
signal connection via screw-terminal, BNC, D-Sub, or RJ-50 connectors. NIST-traceable
calibration certificate available on request.
Back to Index
4-Channel, 500 kS/s, 16-Bit Simultaneous Analog Input Module
500 kS/s/ch sample rate
10 V range
16-bit resolution
60 VDC channel-to-channel isolation
Screw-terminal connectivity (included in kit)
NI 9222
4-Channel, 1 MS/s, 16-Bit Simultaneous Analog Input Module
1 MS/s/ch sample rate
10 V range
16-bit resolution
60 VDC channel-to-channel isolation
Screw-terminal connectivity (included in kit)
NI 9223
4-Channel, 24-Bit Analog Input Module
250 V
rms
channel-to-channel isolation
50 kS/s/ch simultaneous inputs
Antialias filter
10 V input range
NI 9239
4-Channel, 24-Bit Analog Input Module
250 V
rms
Antialias filter
60 V input range
Dynamic range of 128 dB
NI 9229
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C

S
e
r
i
e
s

A
n
a
l
o
g

I
n
p
u
t

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
568
Back to Index
569
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C

S
e
r
i
e
s

A
n
a
l
o
g

I
n
p
u
t

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
8-Ch, 10 V, 500 kS/s, 12-Bit Analog Input Module, C Series
8 analog inputs, 10 V input range
500 kS/s aggregate sampling rate
12-bit resolution, single-ended inputs, screw terminal or D-Sub connectors
Hot-swappable operation; overvoltage protection; isolation
NI 9201
8-Channel, 60 V, 800 kS/s, 12-Bit Analog Input Module
8 analog inputs, 60 V input range
800 kS/s aggregate sampling rate
12-bit resolution, single-ended inputs, screw terminal or D-Sub connector type
Hot-swappable operation, overvoltage protection, isolation
NI 9221
3-Channel, 300 V
rms
Analog Input Module
600 V
rms
Built-in antialias filters
300 V
rms
measurement range
Connectors and high-voltage backshells included
NI 9225
4-Channel Current Input C Series Module
5 A
rms
measurement (14 A peak)
Built-in antialias filters
Screw terminal connectors included, protective backshells sold separately
250 V
rms
NI 9227
Back to Index
16-Channel Current Input Module
16 current inputs (21.5 mA)
High-resolution mode with 50/60 Hz rejection
500 S/s sample rate (high-speed mode)
Vsup pins for external power routing (2 A/30 V max)
-40 to 70 C
NI 9208
4-Ch8-Ch 20 mA, 200 kS/s, 16-Bit Analog Current Input Module
8 current input channels
20 mA, 0 to 20 mA programmable input ranges
16-bit resolution, 200 kS/s aggregate sampling rate
NI 9203
16-Channel AI (8 Voltage and 8 Current)
8 current inputs (21.5 mA) and 8 voltage (10 V)
High-resolution mode with 50/60 Hz rejection
500 S/s sample rate (high-speed mode)
Vsup pins for external power routing (2 A/30 V max)
-40 to 70 C
NI 9207
24-Bit Universal Analog Input
250 V
rms
Built-in quarter, half, and full-bridge support
Built-in voltage and current excitation
Thermocouple, RTD, resistance, voltage, and current measurements
CJC per channel for accurate thermocouple measurement
100 S/s/ch simultaneous inputs (50S/s/ch for Thermocouple)
NI 9219
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C

S
e
r
i
e
s

A
n
a
l
o
g

I
n
p
u
t

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
570
Back to Index
571
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C

S
e
r
i
e
s

A
n
a
l
o
g

I
n
p
u
t

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
4-Channel, 14 S/s, 24-Bit, 80 mV Thermocouple Input Module
4 thermocouple or 80 mV analog inputs
24-bit resolution; 50/60 Hz noise rejection
NI 9211
16-Channel Thermocouple Input Module
Built-in CJC (cold-junction compensation)
High-speed mode for 75 S/s/ch (per channel rate after mux)
250 V
rms
channel-to-earth ground safety isolation
Autozero channel for offset error compensation
24-bit ADC for up to 0.02 C measurement sensitivity
J, K, T, E, N, B, R, and S types supported
NI 9213
16-Channel Isothermal Thermocouple Input Module
Isothermal terminal block (included) for measurement accuracy up to 0.45 C
Several cold-junction compensation (CJC) sensors
250 V
rms
channel-to-earth ground safety isolation
Autozero channel for offset error compensation
24-bit ADC for up to 0.02 C measurement sensitivity
J, K, T, E, N, B, R, and S types supported
NI 9214
4-Channel, 100 !RTD, 24-Bit Analog Input Module
4 100 _ RTD analog inputs
24-bit resolution; 50/60 Hz noise rejection
3 and 4-wire RTDs; built-in excitation and automatic detection
Up to 400 S/s sampling rate
NIST-traceable calibration certificate for guaranteed accuracy
NI 9217
Back to Index
4-Channel, 25 mV/V, 24-Bit Simultaneous Bridge Module
24-bit resolution, 25 mV/V analog inputs with RJ50 connectors
4 simultaneously sampled analog inputs; 50 kS/s maximum sampling rate
Programmable half- and full-bridge completion; up to 10 V internal excitation
Smart-sensor (TEDS) compatible
1,000 V
rms
transient isolation
NI 9237
8-Channel Quarter-Bridge Strain Gage Modules
24-bit, simultaneous ADCs
10 kS/s/ch dynamic strain measurements
Built-in voltage excitation for quarter-bridge sensors
120 !strain gage measurements with the NI 9235
350 !strain gage measurements with the NI 9236
NI 9235, NI 9236
4-Channel, 5 V, 51.2 kS/s per Channel, 24-Bit IEPE
51.2 kS/s per-channel maximum sampling rate; 5 V input
24-bit resolution; 102 dB dynamic range; antialiasing filters
Software-selectable AC/DC coupling; AC-coupled (0.5 Hz)
Software-selectable IEPE signal conditioning (0 or 2 mA)
Smart TEDS sensor compatibility
NI 9234
3 Ch, 30 V, 102.4 kS/s per Channel, 24-Bit IEPE
102.4 kS/s per channel maximum sampling rate; 41 kHz bandwidth; 30 V input
24-bit resolution; 99 dB dynamic range
Software-selectable AC/DC coupling; AC coupled (0.1 Hz)
Software-selectable IEPE signal conditioning (0 or 4 mA); IEPE open/short detection
Smart TEDS sensor compatible
NI 9232
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C

S
e
r
i
e
s

A
n
a
l
o
g

I
n
p
u
t

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
572
Back to Index
573
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C

S
e
r
i
e
s

A
n
a
l
o
g

O
u
t
p
u
t

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
C Series Analog Output Modules
10 V and 0 to 20 mA analog output
ranges, 16-bit resolution, up to 100 kS/s
simultaneous update rate
Up to 16 channels per module
Isolation up to 2,300 V
rms
(withstand),
up to 250 V
rms
(continuous), channel-to-
channel isolation(NI 9269)
Per-channel digital-to-analog converter
(DAC) for simultaneous analog output
30 V overvoltage protection and short-
circuit protection for direct connection
to actuators and industrial devices
Excellent relative accuracy optimized for
single-point control applications
NIST-traceable calibration certificate for
guaranteed accuracy
Overview
High-performance analog output modules for National Instruments
CompactRIO embedded systems, R Series expansion chassis, and
NI CompactDAQ provide accurate signal generations. Each module
features built-in signal conditioning and an integrated connector
with screw terminal or cable options for flexible and low-cost signal
wiring. All modules feature the NI CompactRIO Extreme Industrial
Certifications and Ratings.
The National Instruments NI 9263 is a 4-channel, 100 kS/s
simultaneously updating analog output module for any
NI CompactDAQ or CompactRIO chassis. The NI 9263 also features
30 V overvoltage protection, short-circuit protection, low crosstalk,
fast slew rate, high relative accuracy, and NIST-traceable
calibration. The NI 9263 module includes a channel-to-earth ground
double isolation barrier for safety and noise immunity.
The National Instruments 9264 is a C Series module for
NI CompactDAQ and CompactRIO that accommodates higher-
channel-count systems in either chassis type. When you need more
slots, you can use the higher-density modules to conserve space.
Each channel can update at up to 25 kS/s/ch because each channel
has its own digital to analog converter.
The NI 9265 is a 4-channel, 0 to 20 mA, 100 kS/s simultaneously
updating C Series analog output module for any NI CompactDAQ or
CompactRIO chassis. The NI 9265 is ideal for interfacing and
controlling industrial current-driven actuators at high rates.
The module has built-in open-loop detection, which generates an
interrupt in software when an open loop is detected as well as
zeroing outputs to ensure safety and avoid driving actuators at
system power-on. The NI 9265 requires a 9 to 36 V external power
supply and includes a channel-to-earth-ground double isolation
barrier for safety and noise immunity.
The NI 9269 is a four-channel, 100 kS/s per channel, channel-to-
channel isolated module for the CompactRIO C Series chassis.
Similar to the NI 9263 module, the NI 9269 adds channel-to-channel
isolation for increased safety, improved signal quality, and the
ability to stack channels to output up to 40 V.
NI 9263, NI 9264, NI 9265, NI 9269
NI NI Resolution Max Update Simultaneous Antialiasing
Model CompactRIO CompactDAQ Signal Type Channels (bits) Rate (S/s) Ranges Sampling Filters Isolation Connector Options
NI 9263 Voltage 4 16 100 k/ch 10 V Screw Terminal
NI 9264 Voltage 16 16 25 k/ch 10 V Spring Terminal
NI 9265 Current 4 16 100 k/ch 0 to 20 mA Screw Terminal
NI 9269 Voltage 4 16 100 k/ch 10 V (ch-ch) Screw Terminal
Back to Index
C Series Digital Input and Counter/Timer Modules
High- and low-speed 24 V logic (IEC 1131-2),
5 V/TTL, differential/ single-ended inputs, or
universal
AC/DC inputs up to 250 VAC/VDC
rms
(withstand), up to
250 V
rms
(continuous)
Channel-to-channel isolation up to 1,390 V
rms
(withstand), up to 250 V
rms
(continuous)
Up to 100 ns input rate for ultra highspeed
Up to 500 ns input rate for high-speed control
or long-distance digital communication
Internal current limiting and industrial logic
thresholds for direct connection to a wide
array of industrial switches, encoders, and
transducers
Overview
High-performance digital input switching modules for National
Instruments CompactRIO embedded systems, R Series expansion
chassis, and NI CompactDAQ provide industrial logic levels for direct
connection to a wide array of industrial automotive switches and
transducers. Each module features an integrated connector junction
box with screw terminal or cable options for flexible and low-cost
signal wiring. All modules feature the NI CompactRIO Extreme
Industrial Certifications and Ratings.
Key Features
High-performance digital and counter/timer input modules for
CompactRIO embedded system, R Series expansion chassis, or
NI CompactDAQ system
Screw terminal, D-Sub, strain relief, high-voltage cable, solder-
cup backshell, and other connectivity options
NI CompactRIO Extreme Industrial Certifications and Ratings
NI 9411 module that generates regulated 5 V power for
quadrature encoder or other devices
Channel-to-earth ground double-isolation barrier for safety and
noise immunity and channel-to-channel isolation
NI 940x, NI 9411, NI 942x, NI 9435
NI NI Source/ I/O
Model CompactRIO CompactDAQ Logic Channels Sink Delay Time Signal Levels Isolation Connector Options
NI 9401 5 V/TTL 8 Source/Sink 100 ns 5 V D-Sub
NI 9402 LVTTL 4 Source/Sink 55 ns Up to 5 V BNC
NI 9403 5 V/TTL 32 Source/Sink 7 s 5 V D-Sub
NI 9411 Differential or 5V/TTL 6 500 ns 5 to 24 V D-Sub
NI 9421 24 V 8 Sink 100 s 24 V Screw Terminal, D-Sub
NI 9422 24 V 8 Source/Sink 250 s Up to 60 V (ch-ch) Screw Terminal
NI 9423 24 V 8 Sink 1 s 24 V Screw Terminal
NI 9425 24 V 32 Sink 7 s 24 V D-Sub
NI 9426 24 V 32 Source 7 s 24 V D-Sub
NI 9435 Universal 4 Source/Sink 3 ms 5 to 250 VDC, 10 to 250 VAC Screw Terminal
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C

S
e
r
i
e
s

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

I
n
p
u
t

a
n
d

C
o
u
n
t
e
r
/
T
i
m
e
r

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
574
Back to Index
575
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C

S
e
r
i
e
s

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

O
u
t
p
u
t

a
n
d

R
e
l
a
y

M
o
d
u
l
e
s
C Series Digital Output and Relay Modules
High- and low-speed high-voltage
digital outputs (up to 60 V), 5 V/TTL,
SPST (Form A) electromechanical relay
outputs or solid-state relay outputs
Up to 32 channels per module;
up to 256 channels per 8-slot chassis
Down to 100 ns output rate for
ultrahigh-speed control, pulse-width
modulation (PWM), or digital
communication
rms
(withstand),
up to 250 V
rms
(continuous)
Externally powered with high current-
switching capacity (up to 20 A per
module) for direct control of a wide
array of industrial actuators
Short-circuit-proof outputs available
to protect from damage caused by
current surges
NI 940x, NI 947x, NI 948x
NI NI I/O Delay Output Current Connector
Model CompactRIO CompactDAQ Logic Channels Source/Sink Time Signal Levels per Channel Isolation Options
NI 9401 5 V/TTL 8 Source/Sink 100 ns 5 V 2 mA D-Sub
NI 9402 LVTTL 4 Source/Sink 55 ns Up to 5 V 2 mA BNC
NI 9403 5 V/TTL 32 Source/Sink 7 s 5 V 2 mA D-Sub
NI 9472 High Voltage 8 Source 100 s 6 to 30 V 750 mA Screw Terminal, D-Sub
NI 9474 High Voltage 8 Source 1 s 5 to 30 V 1 A Screw Terminal
NI 9475 High Voltage 8 Source 1 s 60 V 1 A D-Sub
NI 9476 High Voltage 32 Source 500 s 6 to 36 V 250 mA D-Sub
NI 9477 High Voltage 32 Sink 8 s 5 to 60 V 625 mA D-Sub
NI 9478 High Voltage 16 Sink 50 s 0 to 50 V 1.2 A (All) D-Sub
NI 9481 Form A 4 Source/Sink 10 ms 60 VDC, 250 VAC 2 A (30 VDC) Screw Terminal
NI 9485 SSR 8 Source/Sink 9 ms 60 VDC, 30 VAC 750 mA Screw Terminal
Back to Index
CompactRIO Motion Control Module
Full H-bridge brushed servo motor drive
with a built-in encoder interface and
current sensor
Continuous current of up to 8 A at 40 C
(or 2 A at 70 C) at 30 V, with a peak
current of 12 A
Direct connectivity to actuators such as
fractional horse power brushed DC
servo motors, relays, lamps, solenoids,
and valves
Create custom current loop algorithm for
optimized torque control with LabVIEW
FPGA
Customize the sampling time of motor
current to prototype advanced
algorithms
Create powerful custom motion control
systems using the NI SoftMotion
Development Module for LabVIEW
Overview
The new National Instruments NI 9505 module is a full H-bridge
servo motor drive for direct connectivity to actuators such as
fractional horsepower brushed DC servo motors, relays, lamps,
solenoids, and valves. With its low power consumption and small
size, coupled with the reconfigurability and performance of the
FPGA, you can create intelligent, energy-efficient control systems
using the NI LabVIEW graphical system design platform. The NI
9505 delivers continuous current of up to 8 A at 40 C (or 2 A at 70
C) at 30 V, with a peak current of 12 A, while achieving 98 percent
power efficiency. The NI 9505 module benefits electronics engineers
designing consumer appliances, industrial control engineers
designing small to medium-sized machines, and automotive
engineers working on rapid prototyping applications.
Key Features
The NI 9505 includes a built-in encoder interface for single-ended or
differential inputs for position feedback from a quadrature encoder.
It also includes a current sensor that you can use to sample the
current through the motor or actuator and to read it through the
FPGA in the NI CompactRIO chassis. You can customize the
sampling time of motor current to prototype advanced algorithms.
With functions in the NI SoftMotion Development Module such as
trajectory generation, spline interpolation, and PID, you can develop
a complete, reconfigurable motion control and drive system in a
compact package with CompactRIO and LabVIEW. By customizing
FPGA logic on CompactRIO you can accurately control torque in
addition to velocity and position, as well as implement advanced
control techniques such as use of notch filters to avoid exciting the
system at resonant frequencies, or gain scheduling to adjust for
changing load inertia. You can use the CompactRIO real-time
embedded processor to implement functions such as supervisory
control and trajectory generation for multiaxis coordination and
accurate velocity/acceleration profiles for smooth movements. The
NI SoftMotion Development Module for LabVIEW provides the
necessary functions and examples to create a custom motion control
system using CompactRIO.
NI 9505
Figure1. NI 9505 Connections
C Series Brushed Servo Drive Interface with Encoder Feedback
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C
o
m
p
a
c
t
R
I
O

M
o
t
i
o
n

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

M
o
d
u
l
e
576
Back to Index
577
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C
o
m
p
a
c
t
R
I
O

S
t
e
p
p
e
r
/
S
e
r
v
o

M
o
t
i
o
n

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

M
o
d
u
l
e
CompactRIO Stepper/Servo Motion Control Module
Patented step generation algorithm for smooth
motion
Encoder input
Forward limit, reverse limit, home switch,
and general-purpose inputs and outputs
Advanced motion features such as position
capture and position compare
Direct connectivity to P7000 series stepper
drives
Connectivity to third-party stepper drives
C Series Stepper Drive Interface with Encoder Feedback
Overview
The NI 9512 C Series stepper drive interface modules provides
stepper drive interface signals for a single axis, a full set of motion
I/O including inputs for a home switch and limit switches,
incremental encoder inputs for position feedback (optional), and 0 to
30 V digital input and output lines. The NI 9512 also includes a
processor to run the spline interpolation engine and patented NI
step generation algorithm. Working together, they produce smoother
motion resulting in precise stepper motion control.
NI 9512
50 s control loop rate
Onboard spline interpolation and advanced
features like position capture and
position compare
Torque and position mode control
Forward limit, reverselimit , home switch,
and general-purpose
Single/Dual Encoder input
Terminal Block connectivity to third-party
servo drives
C Series Servo Drive Interface with Single/Dual Encoder Feedback
NI 9514, NI 9516
Overview
The NI 9514/9516 C Series servo drive interface module provides
servo drive interface signals for a single axis, a full set of motion I/O
including inputs for a home switch and limit switches, single or dual
incremental encoder inputs for position feedback and velocity
feedback, and 0 to 30 V digital input lines. The NI 9514/9516 also
includes a processor to run the spline interpolation engine and
proportional integral derivative (PID) control loop. Working together,
they produce smoother motion resulting in precise servo motion
control.
3 A RMS (4.24 A peak) current per phase
Advanced PWM algorithm reduces torque
ripple, minimizes power loss, and smoothes
microstepping
Software-programmable full-step, half-step,
and microstepping rates up to 256
Direct connectivity to 2-phase bipolar or
unipolar hybrid stepper motors
Software-programmable current reduction for
reduced power consumption
Create powerful custom motion control systems
using the LabVIEW NI SoftMotion Module
C Series Stepper Drive
NI 9501
Overview
The NI 9501 is a C Series stepper motor drive for the NI CompactRIO
platform. It adds integrated stepper motion abilities to a CompactRIO
system without the need for an external power drive or connector block.
The NI 9501 benefits electronics engineers designing consumer
appliances, industrial control engineers designing small- to medium-
sized machines, and automotive engineers working on rapid prototyping
applications by providing seamless motion integration with a proven
measurement and control platform. With more than 100 NI and third-
party C Series I/O modules to choose from, the CompactRIO platform
offers a powerful option for integrating multiple measurement types,
machine vision, and motion in one system, all powered by NI LabVIEW
software. For more information on compatible NI reconfigurable I/O (RIO)
hardware platforms, stepper motors, and the benefits of stepper motor
control with the LabVIEW NI SoftMotion Module, see the data sheet and
the Resources tab.
Back to Index
CompactRIO CAN Communication Modules
and Module Development Kit
2-port CAN communication modules
NI 9852 - low-speed CAN
NI 9853 - high-speed CAN
100 percent bus load at 1 Mb/s baud
rate (NI 9853)
Fault-tolerant CAN (NI 9852)
ISO 11898-complicant for standard (11-
bit) and extended (29-bit) arbitration IDs
500 V
rms
(withstand), 60 VDC
(continuous) port-to-earth,
port-to-port isolation
Hardware synchronization with any
Standard DB-9 male connector
for each port
Phillips SJA1000 CAN controller,
Phillips TJA1041 CAN transceiver
NI-RIO
NI-CAN
Overview
The National Instruments NI 985x modules deliver low and high-
speed CAN interfaces for CompactRIO that communicate with
devices at transfer rates up to 1 Mb/s at 100 percent bus load. With
the flexibility and performance of the CompactRIO platform,
engineers can synchronize can NI 985x module with any C Series
analog or digital I/O module, providing hardware CAN and DAQ
synchronization with up to 25 ns resolution. With 11 and 29-bit
arbitration ID capabilities, the NI 9853 can communicate on J1939
networks. Using NI-CAN 2.3 (or late) driver software, you can
incorporate Vector database files into your application.
NI 9852, NI 9853
Create application-specific, custom modules
for CompactRIO chassis
CompactRIO module development software
CompactRIO module development kit user
manual
Licensed right to develop and manufacture
CompactRIO modules
Starter set of module housings
20 hours of technical support from National
Instruments for initial module development
NI cRIO-9951
Overview
The NI cRIO-9951 opens the platform for users, OEMs, and systems
integrators to develop custom modules to meet the unique needs of
their particular products and applications.
The NI cRIO-9951 includes all of the tools you need for building a
customized CompactRIO module - the custom CompactRIO module
development software, the CompactRIO module development kit
user manual, and the licensed right to develop and manufacture
custom CompactRIO modules. The cRIO-9951 also includes a set of
CompactRIO module housings that provide a variety of connector
options to best meet your application requirements.
The kit includes special access to up to 10 hours of individual
technical support from National Instruments CompactRIO
development engineers, in addition to direct access to NI
applications engineers via phone and email for answers to general
technical support questions.
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C
o
m
p
a
c
t
R
I
O

C
A
N

C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

M
o
d
u
l
e
s

a
n
d

M
o
d
u
l
e

D
e
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t

K
i
t
578
Back to Index
CompactRIO Module Development Kit
579
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C
o
m
p
a
c
t
R
I
O

M
o
d
u
l
e

D
e
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t

K
i
t
Module shells for custom module development
Slot for 10-position screw terminal connector
10-position screw terminal connectors with screws
15-position D-Sub connectors with screws for connecting module to chassis
Set of 10 module shells
CompactRIO Module Shells with 10-Position Screw Terminal Cut-Out
Overview
The National Instruments cRIO-9952 contains 10 module shells and
offers OEMs and system integrators a cost-effective solution for
developing custom CompactRIO I/O modules. NI cRIO-9952 module
shells contain cut-outs for a 10-position screw terminal connector,
PCB right-angle 15-position D-Sub connectors for connecting the
module to the CompactRIO chassis, and right-angle 10-position
screw terminal connectors.
Visit the CompactRIO homepage for example programs and other
developer tools.
NI cRIO-9952
No cut-out for custom connectivity
CompactRIO Module Shells with No Cut-Out for Custom Connectivity
NI cRIO-9953
Overview
developing custom CompactRIO I/O modules. The NI cRIO-9953 has
shells with no cut-outs for connectors so you can choose the
connectivity of your custom module and includes PCB right-angle 15-
pin D-Sub connectors for connecting the modules to the CompactRIO
chassis.
Visit the CompactRIO home page for example programs and other
developer tools.
Back to Index
Slots for 25-position D-Sub connector
25-position D-Sub connectors with screws
CompactRIO Module Shells with Cut-Outs for 25-Position D-Sub Connector
Overview
developing custom CompactRIO I/O modules. NI cRIO-9954 modules
shells include cut-out slots for a 25-pin D-Sub connector, PCB right-
angle 15-pin D-Sub connectors for connecting the module to the
CompactRIO chassis, and 25-position D-Sub connectors with screws.
developer tools.
NI cRIO-9954
Slots for 37-position D-Sub connector
37-position D-Sub connectors with screws
CompactRIO Module Shells with Cut-Outs for 37-Position D-Sub Connector
NI cRIO-9955
Overview
shells include cut-out slots for a 37-pin D-Sub connector, PCB right-
angle 15-pin D-Sub connectors for connecting the module to the
CompactRIO chassis, and 37-position D-Sub connectors with screws.
developer tools.
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C
o
m
p
a
c
t
R
I
O

M
o
d
u
l
e

D
e
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t

K
i
t
580
Back to Index
Slots for 4 BNC connectors
CompactRIO Module Shells with Cut-Outs for 4 BNC Connectors
Overview
shells include cut-outs for four BNC connectors and PCB right-angle
15-position D-Sub connectors for connecting the module to the
CompactRIO chassis with screws.
developer tools.
NI cRIO-9956
581
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C
o
m
p
a
c
t
R
I
O

M
o
d
u
l
e

D
e
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t

K
i
t
Back to Index
PROFIBUS Interfaces for
NI LabVIEW, LabVIEW Real-Time
CompactRIO, PXI, and PCI 1-port
interfaces for PROFIBUS DP industrial
networks
PROFIBUS DP RS485 baud rates
from 9.6 kbits/s to 12,000 kbits/s
Graphical Configurator software
Configure network timing, masters,
and slaves
Load .GS* files for configuring slaves
Diagnostic utility for in-application
troubleshooting
Supported PROFIBUS DP protocols
DPV0 Master Class 1/2, DPV0 Slave,
DPV1 Master Class 2
PROFIBUS master functionality
Single-master and multimaster
modes
Onboard processor that downloads
and stores PROFIBUS configurations
for reliable network master operation
Advanced bus parameter customization
PROFIBUS slave functionality
Add CompactRIO, PC, PXI, and
industrial controllers as powerful
PROFIBUS slaves to existing
networks
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time ETS
LabVIEW
Overview
PROFIBUS PCI and PXI one-port interfaces connect PC-based
controllers to PROFIBUS DP (decentralized peripheral) industrial
networks as powerful masters or slaves. The PROFIBUS NI C Series
module provides master and slave connectivity to embedded real-
time programmable automation controllers (PACs) such as NI Single-
Board RIO and CompactRIO. You can perform PROFIBUS device
automated test using these interfaces, which include an NI LabVIEW
driver for human machine interface (HMI) and SCADA applications.
Featuring more than 20 million installed nodes, PROFIBUS is one of
the leading industrial networks for reliably connecting
programmable logic controllers (PLCs), I/O, sensors, and
drives over long distances in industrial environments.
These PROFIBUS interfaces include a configuration utility to simplify
the process of setting up a PROFIBUS network. With the
configuration utility and the LabVIEW driver, you can write
applications using easy-to-understand tags and avoid programming
the low-level details of the PROFIBUS network. With the NI
interfaces, you have easy access to both process and diagnostic
data to cover a wide breadth of applications.
Hardware
NI PROFIBUS interfaces are available in the CompactRIO, PCI, and
PXI form factors. They are designed to work on the PROFIBUS DP
layer, the core communications layer of PROFIBUS. PROFIBUS
provides multiple transmission technologies to fit location
requirements for industrial networks. These are assigned to
PROFIBUS in IEC 61158 and IEC 61784 and include RS485,
Manchester Bus Powered (MBP), intrinsically safe RS485 and MBP,
and fiberoptic connections. These PROFIBUS interfaces work with
RS485-based networks, the most common transmission technology.
An onboard processor, memory, and flash storage enable the
interfaces to reliably communicate with the PROFIBUS network
independently of PC performance and jitter. If the host machine has
a software failure, the rest of the PROFIBUS network continues to
operate normally.
CompactRIO PROFIBUS modules require 2.5 W of power, so you
must use the module in Slot 1 while leaving Slot 2 empty. Also,
these modules work with only CompactRIO reconfigurable chassis,
such as an NI cRIO-911x, and NI Single-Board RIO devices. They are
not supported in the NI 9151 R Series expansion chassis. Only the
CompactRIO PROFIBUS slave module is supported in NI 9144
real-time Ethernet expansion chassis for programming in FPGA
Mode.
NI CompactRIO PROFIBUS Interface,
NI PCI PROFIBUS Interface,
NI PXI PROFIBUS Interface
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s

f
o
r

N
I

L
a
b
V
I
E
W
,

L
a
b
V
I
E
W

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e
582
Back to Index
PROFIBUS Interfaces for NI LabVIEW, LabVIEW Real-Time
Software
The PROFIBUS interfaces are shipped with a LabVIEW driver and a
powerful configuration utility. The LabVIEW driver is a VI-based API
for operating the PROFIBUS interfaces in either master or slave
mode. The software for the CompactRIO PROFIBUS module is a
LabVIEW FPGA VI-based API for operating PROFIBUS interfaces in
either master or slave mode and must be installed separately. In
master mode, a LabVIEW system can control a PROFIBUS DP
network of devices such as sensors, drives, and PLCs. In slave mode,
the LabVIEW system can operate as a powerful node on an existing
PROFIBUS network with another master controlling the node.
PROFIBUS Master
In master mode, these PROFIBUS interfaces control the timing and
arbitration of the network. After the interface configures the
network with the included Configurator utility, the API allows the
host application to send and receive process data to the interfaces.
The host application then sends the data to the network according
to the timing parameters. Process data flowing to the host
application (process image) is hardware-timestamped by the
PROFIBUS interfaces for reliable timing and control. With average-
sized PROFIBUS configurations (approximately 3 KB of I/O data), you
can achieve 1 ms control resolution. When you use these interfaces
with the LabVIEW Real-Time operating system, you can achieve
deterministic control of devices over a PROFIBUS network and
maximum reliability.
PROFIBUS Slave
When using one of these PROFIBUS interfaces as a slave on a
PROFIBUS network, you can turn a CompactRIO, PC, or PXI system
into a powerful PROFIBUS device. As a slave, the interface helps you
integrate NI highperformance data acquisition, motion, vision, and
modular instruments into PROFIBUS-enabled machines and
processes.
Configurator Software
Using the Configurator software included with these PROFIBUS
interfaces, you can quickly and easily set up a PROFIBUS
configuration. By working with device manufacturer-supplied .GS*
files, you can select and configure the I/O you access with the
master application. You also can use the Configurator to monitor the
values of device I/O to quickly identify the correct I/O addresses for
an application. With the graphical interface of the Configurator, you
can maintain larger networks with ease. The Configurator uses an
XML-based configuration storage format for easy integration with
third-party applications.
Baud Rate (kb/s) Max Cable Length (m)
9.6 1200
19.2 1200
45.45 1200
93.75 1200
187.5 1000
500 400
1500 200
3000 100
6000 100
12000 100
Table 1. Supported PROFIBUS Baud Rates
Figure 1. 9-Pin D-Sub Connector
NI CompactRIO PROFIBUS
master/slave interface ............................................... 781352-01
NI CompactRIO PROFIBUS
slave interface ............................................................ 781351-01
NI PCI PROFIBUS
NI PXI PROFIBUS
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s

f
o
r

N
I

L
a
b
V
I
E
W
,

L
a
b
V
I
E
W

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e
583
Back to Index
Specifications
Host CPU
CompactRIO ....................... ARM 9 @ 150 MHz
PCI, PXI............................... NetSilicon NET+ARM 40 @ 33 MHz
PROFIBUS chip ........................ Siemens ASPC 2 @ 48 MHz
RAM
CompactRIO ....................... 32 MB
PCI, PXI................................ 2 MB
Flash memory
CompactRIO ....................... 4 MB
PCI, PXI............................... 1 MB
PCI interface ........................... 5 and 3.3 V compatible
Internal power requirements
CompactRIO ....................... 2.5 W
PCI, PXI............................... 5.5 W
PROFIBUS isolation voltage .... 500 VDC
Physical layer .......................... RS485
PROFIBUS connector ............... D-Sub 9-pin
Number of ports ...................... 1
DP services .............................. DPV0 Master Class 1/2, DPV0 Slave,
DPV1 Master Class 2
DP/DPV1 services..................... DPV1 Class 2 Master-Slave
MSAC2_initiate, MSAC2_read,
MSAC2_write,
MSAC2_data_transport,
MSAC2_abort
Process image data size........... Maximum 8 KB
Operating temperature............. 0 to 55 C
Storage temperature range...... -25 to 70 C
Certifications
CompactRIO ....................... CE, EN 50082-1, EN 50082-2,
EN 50081-1, EU 89/336/EWG and
92/31/EWG, RoHS compliant
2002/95/EC
PCI, PXI................................ EU 2004/108/EG, DIN EN 55024,
DIN EN 55022, RoHS compliant
2002/95/EC
Dimensions
CompactRIO ....................... 7.1 by 2.3 by 8.8 cm
(2.8 by 0.9 by 3.5 in.)
PXI ...................................... 3U, 1-slot, PXI/CompactPCI module;
16 by 10 cm (6.3 by 3.9 in.)
PCI ...................................... 17.4 by 9.8 cm (6.8 by 3.85 in.)
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s

f
o
r

N
I

L
a
b
V
I
E
W
,

L
a
b
V
I
E
W

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e
584
Back to Index
Serial Interface Modules and Removable Storage Module
585
4-Port, RS232 Serial Interface Module for CompactRIO
4 RS232 (TIA/EIA-232) serial ports for CompactRIO
Baud rates from 14 b/s to 921.6 kb/s
Data bits: 5, 6, 7, 8; Stop bits: 1, 1.5, 2; Flow control: XON/OFF,
RTS/CTS, None
Individual 64 B UART FIFO buffers per port
8 to 28 VDC externally powered; PC-MF4-PT cable included
NI 9870
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
i
a
l

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e

M
o
d
u
l
e
s

a
n
d

R
e
m
o
v
a
b
l
e

S
t
o
r
a
g
e

M
o
d
u
l
e
4-Port, RS485/RS422 Serial Interface Module for CompactRIO
4 RS485/RS422 (TIA/EIA-485/422) ports for CompactRIO
Baud rates from 14 baud to 3.684 Mbaud; -40 to 70 C operating range
Data bits: 5, 6, 7, 8; Stop bits: 1, 1.5, 2; Flow control: XON/OFF, RTS/CTS, None
Individual 64 B UART FIFO buffers per port
Transceiver modes: 4-wire, 2-wire DTR controlled, 2-wire DTR controlled with echo,
2-wire auto
8 to 28 VDC externally powered; PC-MF4-PT cable included
NI 9871
Secure Digital Removable Storage Module for CompactRIO
Maximum storage of up to 4 GB per module
Sustained data write/read speeds of 2 MB/s
Open media bay detection for data protection
50 g shock, 5 g vibration ratings
-40 to 70 C operating temperature range
NI 9802
Back to Index
C Series Wireless Sensor Network (WSN) Gateway
Elegantly add wireless I/O to your NI CompactRIO system
Data from WSN nodes is accessible from the host or within deployed CompactRIO
applications
Insert into any slot in your CompactRIO chassis
Communicate with up to 36 WSN nodes per chassis
Overview
The NI 9795 C Series wireless sensor network (WSN) gateway helps
you easily and elegantly create complete wired and wireless
measurement and control systems. It can plug into any slot in your
CompactRIO chassis to deliver wireless connectivity to up to 36
deployed WSN nodes.
The NI 9795 shows up in your LabVIEW project just like other NI C
Series modules but with WSN nodes and corresponding I/O
variables autopopulated underneath the module. Through the NI RIO
Scan Interface, WSN I/O data is transferred to your deployed
LabVIEW Real-Time application, where you can integrate WSN I/O
with the rest of your measurement and control system. WSN I/O is
also available directly from the CompactRIO host machine.
Because the data is passed through the scan interface, you must use
the NI 9795 only in CompactRIO chassis that are compatible with
RSI.
At this time, you can use only one NI 9795 in each CompactRIO
chassis. The NI 9795 requires the use of LabVIEW 2011 software
and the LabVIEW 2011 Real-Time Module. In addition, NI-WSN and
NI-RIO driver software are required to identify and use this C Series
module.
NI 9795
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C

S
e
r
i
e
s

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

S
e
n
s
o
r

N
e
t
w
o
r
k

(
W
S
N
)

G
a
t
e
w
a
y
586
Back to Index
Wireless/Enet CompactRIO CompactRIO NI 9144
Modules Carrier USB Carrier CompactDAQ FPGA Mode Scan Mode Scan Mode
Analog Input
NI 9201 - 10 V/12 bit
NI 9203 - Current
NI 9205 - 10 V/16 bit
NI 9206 - 600 V Isolation
NI 9211 - Thermocouple
NI 9213 - 16ch Thermocouple
NI 9217 - RTD
NI 9219 - Universal
NI 9235 - 120 !Quarter Bridge
NI 9236 - 350 !Quarter Bridge
NI 9237 - Universal Strain
NI 9237 DSUB - Universal Strain
NI 9233 - IEPE Accelerometer
NI 9215 - 10 V/16 bit
NI 9227 - 5A
rms
/24 bit
NI 9225 - 300 V
rms
/24 bit
NI 9229 - 60 V/24 bit
NI 9239 - 10 V/24 bit
NI 9221 - 60 V/12 bit
NI 9234 - IEPE Accelerometer
Analog Output
NI 9263 - 4 ch 10 V
NI 9264 - 16 ch 10 V
NI 9265 - 4 ch 20 mA
NI 9269 - 4 ch 10 V - ISO
Digital
NI 9401 - DIO TTL
NI 9402 - DIO TTL
NI 9403 - DIO TTL
NI 9411 - 24 V DI
NI 9421 - 24 V DI (sinking)
NI 9422 - 24 V DI (sink/source)
NI 9426 - 24 V DI (sourcing)
NI 9435 - 250 V DI
NI 9475 - 60 V DO (sourcing)
NI 9477 - 60 V DO (sinking)
NI 9478 - 50 V DO (sinking)
NI 9481 - 4 ch Relay
NI 9485 - 8 ch Relay
CAN Communication
NI 9853 - 2 port, high-speed
NI 9852 - 2 port, low-speed
Serial
NI 9870 - 4-port RS232
NI 9871 - 4-port RS485
Removable Storage
NI 9802 - SD (2x 2 GB)
Motion
NI 9505 - DC Servo Drive
NI 9512 - Single-Axis Stepper Drive with Single Encoder
NI 9514 - Single-Axis Servo Drive with Single Encoder
NI 9516 - Single-Axis Servo Drive with Dual Encoder
Module Development Kit
NI cRIO-9951 - CompactRIO MDK
C Series Module Compatibility Chart
587
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C

S
e
r
i
e
s

M
o
d
u
l
e

C
o
m
p
a
t
i
b
i
l
i
t
y

C
h
a
r
t
Back to Index
C Series Module Accessories
Mounting Options and Industrial Enclosures
There are a variety of mounting options for CompactRIO and NI
CompactDAQ, including DIN-rail, panel and rack mounting kits;
a desktop kit; and industrial enclosures.
DIN-Rail Mounting Kits
Panel Mounting Kits
Desktop Mounting Kits
Use the NI 9901 kit while developing with your CompactRIO or NI
CompactDAQ system. The NI 9901 works with any CompactRIO or
NI CompactDAQ chassis.
Industrial Enclosures
Power Supplies
Connectivity Accessories
Note: To meet shock and vibration requirements, you must affix
ferrules to the ends of the wires on all screw-terminal connectors.
NI 9935 15-Pin D-Sub Connector Kit
CompactRIO/
NI CompactDAQ
Mounting Accessories Description
NI 9901 Desktop mounting kit for any CompactRIO or
NI CompactDAQ chassis
NI 9904 Panel mounting kit for any 4-slot CompactRIO chassis
NI 9905 Panel mounting kit for any 8-slot CompactRIO or
NI 9910 Rack mounting kit for any CompactRIO or NI CompactDAQ
chassis
NI 9912 DIN-rail mounting kit for any 4-slot CompactRIO chassis
NI 9915 DIN-rail mounting kit for any 8-slot CompactRIO or
NI 9917 Industrial enclosure for suse in harsh, wet or oily
environments
NI 9918 Industrial enclosure with windowed door for use in harsh,
wet or oily environments
Table 1. C Series Dynamic Signal Acquisition Selection Guide
Power Supply Output Capacity Input Voltage
PS-1 20 VDC, 0.8 A 120 VAC
PS-2 24 VDC, 0.8 A Japan 100 VAC/US 120 VAC
North American 240 VAC
PS-3 13.8 VDC, 4 A Japan 100 VAC/US 120 VAC
North American 240 VAC
PS-4 24 VDC, 0.625 A UPI
PS-5 24 VDC, 5 A UPI
PS-15 24 to 28 VDC, 5 A 90 to 132/180 to 264 VAC
NI 9932 10-position strain relief and high-voltage screw-terminal connector kit
NI 9933 37-pin D-Sub connector kit with strain relief and D-Sub shell
NI 9936 10-position screw-terminal plugs (quantity 10)
NI 9937 4-position screw-terminal power supply plugs (quantity 10)
NI 9941 Strain relief and high-voltage spring-terminal connector kit for the NI 9206
NI 9942 4-position connector plugs for excitation connector of NI 9237 (qty 2)
NI 9944 Quarter-bridge completion accessory for NI 9237 (120 !, qty 4)
NI 9945 Quarter-bridge completion accessory for NI 9237 (350 !, qty 4)
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C

S
e
r
i
e
s

M
o
d
u
l
e

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
588
Back to Index
Panel mounting kit for any 8-slot NI CompactDAQ chassis
Panel mounting kit for the 4-slot NI CompactDAQ chassis
Panel mounting kit for 1-slot Wi-Fi and Ethernet NI CompactDAQ chassis
Overview
National Instruments panel mounting kits help you securely mount a
4- or 8-slot NI CompactDAQ chassis to a wall or other flat surface.
The NI 9904 is compatible with any 4-slot chassis, and the NI 9905
works with any 8-slot chassis. Two screws for securing the chassis
to the panel are included in the kit.The panel mount kits for NI
CompactDAQ are the same kits used for NI CompactRIO systems.
Panel Mounting Kits
Connect directly to the module
Order as a spare or for multiple devices
Direct connect terminal modules include connector(s)
NI 9939 shown in image
Connector Blocks for 16-Pin C Series Modules
For Use with NI 9217, NI 9422, and NI 9482
Overview
All National Instruments C Series spring and screw terminal
modules are shipped with the connectors you need. You can
purchase module accessories for spare or extra connectors or for
augmented strain relief.
NI 9975 - The NI 9975 connector kit contains (Qty 2) extra 16-
position connectors for modules such as the NI 9217 analog input
module, NI 9422 digital input module, and NI 9485 digital output
module. Each of these modules is shipped with one connector, so
purchase the NI 9975 to reduce the wiring needed on multiple
devices or as replacement spares.
NI 9939 - The NI 9939 connector kit provides strain relief and
operator protection from high-voltage signals for any 16-position
screw terminal module. It is a backshell kit for use with the NI 9975
16-position connector, and it is not shipped with the module kit. The
9939 kit includes one backshell only.
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C

S
e
r
i
e
s

M
o
d
u
l
e

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
589
Back to Index
Connect directly to module
Overview
NI 9974 - The NI 9974 36-position connector is an extra connector
for devices such as the NI 9205 and NI 9206 C Series analog input
modules and the NI 9264 C Series analog output module. Each of
these modules is shipped with one NI 9974, so purchase the NI 9974
to reduce the wiring needed on multiple devices or as replacement
spares.
operator protection from high-voltage signals for any 36-position
spring terminal module. It is a backshell for use with the NI 9974,
and it is not shipped with the module kit.
operator protection from high-voltage signals for the NI 9206 fuel-
cell voltage analog input module. It is a special backshell used only
with the NI 9206 C Series analog input module to protect users from
the potential 600 V module input. The NI 9206 shipping kit includes
one NI 9941, so order the NI 9941 as a spare if needed.
For Use with NI 9205, NI 9206, and NI 9264 (all 36-pin)
Connect signal wires directly to the module
For Use with NI 9229 and NI 9239
Overview
All National Instruments C Series spring and screw terminal
modules are shipped with the connectors you need. You can
purchase module accessories for spare or extra connectors or for
augmented strain relief.
The NI 9229 and NI 9239 four-channel analog input modules use one
2-position connector per channel. Both of these modules include the
four connectors needed to connect signals out of the box.
NI 9976 - The NI 9976 connector kit contains 10 extra 2-position
connectors for modules such as the NI 9229 and NI 9239. Each of
these modules is shipped with four connectors, so purchase the NI
9976 to reduce the wiring needed on multiple devices or as
replacement spares.
NI 9971 - The NI 9971 provides strain relief and operator protection
from high-voltage signals for any 2-position module. It is a backshell
kit for use with the NI 9976 2-position connector, and is not shipped
with the module kit. The NI 9971 kit includes four backshells. It does
not include any connectors.
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C

S
e
r
i
e
s

M
o
d
u
l
e

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
590
Back to Index
591
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
C

S
e
r
i
e
s

M
o
d
u
l
e

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
Screw terminal block for any NI C Series module with a 25-pin D-SUB connector
Two thumbscrews for secure connection to the module
Lid closure with four captive screws for an easy, secure fit
Strain relief platform for zip ties (zip tie included)
Overview
The NI 9924 is a terminal block with screw terminals that mounts to
the front of any 25-pin D-SUB C Series module. It was designed to
help connect signal wires without the need for bulky cables or
external breakout boxes. The NI 9924 was designed by NI
specifically for C Series modules.
NI 9924 design features include the following:
-Two thumbscrews to securely attach the terminal block to the
module face
-Lid closure with four captive screws for an easy, secure fit
-Strain relief platform for zip ties (zip tie included)
NI 9924
Front Mount Screw Terminal Block for
25-Pin D-SUB Modules
Screw terminal block for any NI C Series module with a 37-pin D-SUB connector
Two thumbscrews for secure connection to the module
Lid closure with four captive screws for an easy, secure fit
Strain relief platform for zip ties (zip tie included)
NI 9923
Front Mount Screw Terminal Block for
37-Pin D-SUB Modules
Overview
The NI 9923 is a terminal block with screw terminals that mounts to
the front of any 37-pin D-SUB C Series module. It was designed to
help connect signal wires without the need for bulky cables or
external breakout boxes. The NI 9923 was designed by NI
specifically for C Series modules.
NI 9923 design features include the following:
-Two thumbscrews to securely attach the terminal block to the
module face
-Lid closure with four captive screws for an easy, secure fit
-Strain relief platform for zip ties (zip tie included)
Direct connect with standard RJ50 jacks
Mass termination of up to 10 signals for fast sensor insertion and removal
RJ50 to screw terminal adapter available for quick prototyping
NI 9237 module shown with 2 m RJ50 cable and NI 9949 accessory
RJ50 Adapters for the NI 9237 C Series Module
Overview
National Instruments offers a variety of accessory options for the NI
9237 C Series high-speed strain and bridge measurement module.
This module uses a high-density 10-pin RJ50 connector for each
channel. The RJ50 connector is similar to the RJ45 connectors found
on network cables except that it uses one more pair of signal wires
for a total of 10. Using a network cable with the NI 9237 is not
recommended because it could damage the extra pins on the
module connector.
Back to Index
NI Single-Board RIO Embedded Control
and Acquisition Devices
Integrated real-time controller,
reconfigurable FPGA, and I/O on a single
board
Low-cost systems for high-volume OEM
applications
Up to 2M gate Xilinx Spartan-3 FPGA
Up to 400 MHz Freescale real-time
processor
Up to 128 MB DRAM,
256 MB nonvolatile storage
10/100BASE-TX Ethernet port with built-
in FTP and HTTP servers and LabVIEW
remote panel Web server
RS232 serial port for peripheral devices
Low power consumption with single
19 to 30 VDC power supply input
-20 to 55 C (XT, -40 to 85 C) operating
temperature range
LabVIEW Development Software
LabVIEW FPGA
Driver Software
NI-RIO for reconfigurable embedded
systems
NI Single-Board RIO devices are designed to be easily embedded in high-
volume applications that require flexibility, high performance, and
reliability. NI sbRIO-96xx devices feature an industrial Freescale
MPC5200 real-time processor with speeds up to 400 MHz for
deterministic real-time applications. The real-time processor is combined
via a high-speed internalPCI bus with an onboard reconfigurable Xilinx
Spartan-3 field-programmable gate array (FPGA). The FPGA is connected
directly to all onboard 3.3 V digital I/O. Each onboard analog and digital
I/O module has a dedicated connection to the FPGA as well. All sbRIO-
96xx devices contain 110 bidirectional digital lines. You can select an NI
Single-Board RIO device that includes up to 32 analog inputs, four analog
outputs, and 32 industrial 24 V digital inputs and digital outputs. In
addition to the built-in I/O capabilities, each NI Single-Board RIO device
has three connectors for adding board-only versions of NI, third-party, or
custom C Series I/O modules. The sbRIO-96xx devices accept a 19 to 30
VDC power supply and can operate within a -20 to 50 C (XT, -40 to 85
C) temperature range. With the 10/100 Mb/s Ethernet and serial ports,
you can communicate with external devices and systems via TCP/IP,
UDP, Modbus/TCP, and serial protocols. The built-in real-time controller
also features Web (HTTP) and file (FTP) servers.
Embedded Software
The sbRIO-96xx devices are programmed using the NI LabVIEW
graphical programming language. The real-time processor runs the
LabVIEW Real-Time Module on the Wind River VxWorks real-time
operating system (RTOS) for extreme reliability and determinism.
You can integrate your C code libraries within LabVIEW Real-Time.
In addition, you can quickly program the onboard reconfigurable
FPGA on sbRIO-96xx devices using the LabVIEW FPGA Module for
high-speed control, custom I/O timing, and inline signal processing.
LabVIEW contains built-in drivers and APIs for handling DMA or
interrupt request (IRQ)-based data transfer between the FPGA and
real-time processor. You can reuse your existing hardware
description language (HDL) libraries and intellectual property (IP)
blocks within LabVIEW FPGA.
NI sbRIO-96xx
Processor DRAM Internal Nonvolatile FPGA Size 3.3 V DIO AI AO 24 VDI/DO Expansion Size Temp
Product Speed (MHz) Memory(MB) Storage (MB) (gates) Lines Channels Channels Lines (slots) (inches) Range (C)
sbRIO-9601 266 64 MB 128 MB 1M 110 0 0 0 3 8.2x3.7 -20 to 55
sbRIO-9602 400 128 MB 256 MB 2M 110 0 0 0 3 8.2x3.7 -20 to 55
sbRIO-9602XT 400 128 MB 256MB 2M 110 0 0 0 3 8.2x3.7 -40 to 85
sbRIO-9605 400 128 MB 256MB LX25 Spartan-6 (96) 0 0 0 - 3.7x4.0 -40 to 70
sbRIO-9606 400 256 MB 512MB LX45 Spartan-6 (96) 0 0 0 - 3.7x4.0 -40 to 70
sbRIO-9623 400 128 MB 256MB LX25 Spartan-6 (96) +4 16 (12bit) 4 (12bit) 0 - 6.0x4.0 -40 to 70
sbRIO-9626 400 256 MB 512MB LX45 Spartan-6 (96) +4 16 (16bit) 4 (16bit) 0 - 6.0x4.0 -40 to 70
sbRIO-9633 400 128 MB 256MB LX25 Spartan-6 28 16 (12bit) 4 (12bit) 0 - 6.0x4.0 -40 to 70
sbRIO-9636 400 256 MB 512MB LX45 Spartan-6 28 16 (16bit) 4 (16bit) 0 - 6.0x4.0 -40 to 70
sbRIO-9611 266 64 MB 128 MB 1M 110 32 0 0 3 8.2x5.6 -20 to 55
sbRIO-9612 400 128 MB 256 MB 2M 110 32 0 0 3 8.2x5.6 -20 to 55
sbRIO-9612XT 400 128 MB 256 MB 2M 110 32 0 0 3 8.2x5.6 -40 to 85
sbRIO-9631 266 64 MB 128 MB 1M 110 32 4 0 3 8.2x5.6 -20 to 55
sbRIO-9632 400 128 MB 256 MB 2M 110 32 4 0 3 8.2x5.6 -20 to 55
sbRIO-9632XT 400 128 MB 256 MB 2M 110 32 4 0 3 8.2x5.6 -40 to 85
sbRIO-9641 266 64 MB 128 MB 1M 110 32 4 32/32 3 8.2x5.6 -20 to 55
sbRIO-9642 400 128 MB 256 MB 2M 110 32 4 32/32 3 8.2x5.6 -20 to 55
sbRIO-9642XT 400 128 MB 256 MB 2M 110 32 4 32/32 3 8.2x5.6 -40 to 85
NI sbRIO-96xx Selection Guide
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
S
i
n
g
l
e
-
B
o
a
r
d

R
I
O

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

D
e
v
i
c
e
s
592
Back to Index
593
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
S
i
n
g
l
e
-
B
o
a
r
d

R
I
O

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

D
e
v
i
c
e
s
NI Single-Board RIO Embedded Control
and Acquisition Devices
Analog, digital, motion, and communication I/O
Direct connectivity to industrial sensors and actuators
Built-in signal conditioning and isolation
Overview
NI Single-Board RIO provides direct hardware access to the
input/output circuitry of each I/O module using NI LabVIEW FPGA
elemental I/O functions. Each I/O module contains built-in signal
conditioning and screw terminal, BNC, or D-Sub connectors. A
variety of I/O types is available, including 80 mV thermocouple
inputs, 10 V simultaneous sampling analog inputs/outputs, 24 V
industrial digital I/O with up to 1 A current drive, differential/TTL
digital inputs with 5 V regulated supply output for encoders, and 250
Vrms universal digital inputs.
Because the modules contain built-in signal conditioning for
extended voltage ranges or industrial signal types, you can usually
make your wiring connections directly from NI C Series modules to
your sensors/actuators. In most cases, C Series modules provide
isolation from channel-to-earth ground.
C Series modules connect directly to reconfigurable I/O (RIO) field-
programmable gate array (FPGA) devices to create high-performance
embedded systems that deliver the optimization and flexibility of a
custom electrical circuit completely dedicated to your input/output
application. RIO FPGA hardware provides unlimited options for
timing, triggering, synchronization, and sensor-level signal
processing and decision making.
NI Single-Board RIO I/O Modules
For more information visit ni.com/singleboard
Back to Index
Reconfigurable Embedded Systems
Real-Time Controllers
NI cRIO-9012................................................................... 779563-01
NI cRIO-9014................................................................... 779564-01
NI cRIO-9022................................................................... 780718-01
NI cRIO-9023................................................................... 781173-01
NI cRIO-9024................................................................... 781174-01
NI cRIO-9025................................................................... 781313-01
NI cRIO-9073................................................................... 780471-01
NI cRIO-9074................................................................... 779999-01
NI cRIO-9075................................................................... 781715-01
NI cRIO-9076................................................................... 781716-01
NI cRIO-9081................................................................... 781787-01
NI cRIO-9082................................................................... 781787-02
Reconfigurable Chassis
NI cRIO-9101 ................................................................... 779052-01
NI cRIO-9102 ................................................................... 779007-01
NI cRIO-9103 ................................................................... 779053-01
NI cRIO-9104 ................................................................... 779054-01
NI cRIO-9111................................................................... 780915-01
NI cRIO-9112................................................................... 780916-01
NI cRIO-9113................................................................... 780917-01
NI cRIO-9114................................................................... 780918-01
NI cRIO-9116................................................................... 780919-01
NI cRIO-9118................................................................... 780920-01
Expansion Chassis
NI 9144........................................................................... 780438-01
NI 9148........................................................................... 781502-01
NI 9157........................................................................... 781316-01
NI 9159........................................................................... 781315-01
NI cRIO-9151 chassis ...................................................... 779008-01
SH68-C68-S cable, 2 m ................................................... 186381-02
C Series Input/Output Modules
Analog Input Modules
NI 9201............................................................................. 779013-01
NI 9203............................................................................. 779516-01
NI 9205............................................................................. 779519-01
NI 9206............................................................................. 779526-01
NI 9207............................................................................. 781068-01
NI 9208............................................................................. 780968-01
NI 9211 ............................................................................ 779001-01
NI 9213............................................................................. 780493-01
NI 9214............................................................................. 781510-01
NI 9215 ............................................................................ 779011-01
NI 9217 ............................................................................ 779592-01
NI 9219............................................................................. 779781-01
NI 9221 ............................................................................ 79014-01
NI 9222............................................................................. 781397-01
NI 9223............................................................................. 781398-01
NI 9225............................................................................. 780159-01
NI 9227............................................................................. 781099-01
NI 9229............................................................................. 779785-01
NI 9232............................................................................. 782000-01
NI 9233 ............................................................................. 779015-01
NI 9234............................................................................. 779680-01
NI 9237 ............................................................................ 779521-01
NI 9239............................................................................ 779593-01
Analog Output Module
NI 9263 ............................................................................ 779012-01
NI 9265 ............................................................................ 779334-01
NI 9269 ............................................................................ 781098-01
NI 9264 ............................................................................ 779699-01
Digital Input/Output Modules
NI 9401 ............................................................................ 779351-01
NI 9402............................................................................ 779987-01
NI 9411 ............................................................................ 779005-01
NI 9421 ............................................................................ 779002-01
NI 9422 ............................................................................ 779522-01
NI 9423 ............................................................................ 779009-01
NI 9425 ............................................................................ 779139-01
NI 9426............................................................................ 780030-01
NI 9435 ............................................................................ 779010-01
NI 9472 ............................................................................ 779004-01
NI 9474 ............................................................................ 779003-01
NI 9475............................................................................ 780132-01
NI 9476 ............................................................................ 779140-01
NI 9477 ............................................................................ 779517-01
NI 9478............................................................................ 779940-01
Relay Modules
NI 9481 ............................................................................ 779006-01
NI 9485 ............................................................................ 779600-01
Module Development Kits
NI cRIO-9951.................................................................... 779020-03
NI cRIO-9952.................................................................... 779133-01
NI cRIO-9953.................................................................... 779134-01
NI cRIO-9954.................................................................... 779135-01
NI cRIO-9955.................................................................... 779152-01
NI cRIO-9956.................................................................... 779151-01
Motion Control Module
NI 9505.............................................................................. 779126-01
CAN Communication Modules
NI 9852.............................................................................. 779707-01
NI 9853.............................................................................. 779429-01
Accessories
NI 9901 ............................................................................. 779473-01
NI 9904 ............................................................................. 779097-01
NI 9905 ............................................................................. 779558-01
NI 9910 ............................................................................. 779102-01
NI 9912 ............................................................................ 779019-01
NI 9915 ............................................................................ 779018-01
NI 9917 ............................................................................ 779454-01
NI 9918 ............................................................................ 779455-01
NI 9932 ............................................................................ 779017-01
NI 9933 ............................................................................ 779103-01
NI 9934 ............................................................................ 779104-01
NI 9935 ............................................................................ 779016-01
NI 9936 ............................................................................ 779105-01
NI 9937 ............................................................................ 779106-01
NI 9939 ............................................................................ 192692-01
NI 9940 ............................................................................. 779567-01
NI 9941 ............................................................................ 779568-01
NI 9942 ............................................................................ 194611-01
NI 9943 ............................................................................. 779570-01
NI 9944 ............................................................................ 194738-01
NI 9945 ............................................................................. 194739-01
Ethernet Cables
CAT5 (5 m) ........................................................................ 182219-05
CAT5 Crossover (5 m) ....................................................... 187375-05
11
F
P
G
A
-
B
a
s
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

a
n
d

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
O
r
d
e
r
i
n
g

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
594
Back to Index
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s

a
n
d

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Communication Buses and Protocols
Overview
National Instruments is a leading supplier of communication interfaces,
providing connectivity to industrial, automotive, and consumer electronics
devices and networks. NI offers hardware and software tools for a variety
of communication buses and protocols CAN, CANopen, DeviceNet, FC,
SPI, FOUNDATION fieldbus, LIN, and serial (RS232, RS422, and RS485).
CAN
National Instruments CAN hardware and software products provide
connectivity to CAN networks and devices. NI-CAN driver software
(included with interfaces) offers a bus monitor utility, database
editor, and can import Vector (.dbc) database files for high-level,
easy-to-use channel/signal communication. NI-CAN also provides a
frame-based API. CAN interfaces available in high-speed, low-
speed/fault-tolerant, single-wire, and software-selectable versions
are offered for PCI, PXI, PCMCIA, USB, and CompactRIO platforms.
CANopen
National Instruments delivers connectivity to CANopen networks
and devices with the NI CANopen LabVIEW Library, a set of
LabVIEW functions with which you can create CANopen master
applications that comply with the CiA DS301 standard. These
functions are compatible with all NI Series 2 high-speed CAN
interfaces.
DeviceNet
NI DeviceNet interfaces provide full master and slave functionality to
DeviceNet networks and are offered in 1-port versions for PCI, PXI, and
PCMCIA. All DeviceNet interfaces include NI-DNET driver software
that delivers high-level, easy-to-use functions for rapid application
development. NI-DNET also provides a configurator and analyzer utility
for easy network setup, configuration, and troubleshooting.
1
2
C and SPI
The NI USB-8451 is a USB interface that provides FC and SPI
communication for the test, validation, and programming of
consumer electronics devices such as analog-to-digital converters
and EEPROMs. The driver software included offers high-level, easy-
to-use LabVIEW functions for quick-and-easy development of
applications to communicate with PC and SPI devices.
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
National Instruments offers a complete line of FOUNDATION
fieldbus products, including PC-based interfaces, fieldbus linking
devices, distributed I/O, and configuration/diagnostics software, as
well as Starter Kits. Designed as an industrial network specifically
for distributed process control applications, FOUNDATION fieldbus
represents the next generation in industrial communication
standards for process control applications.
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS is an open, vendor-independent protocol that became part
of the international standard IEC 61158 in 2000. Over time, it has
been extended into new application areas by working groups of
employees from companies that have similar products and target
application areas.
LIN
National Instruments local interconnect network (LIN) hardware and
software products provide connectivity to automotive LIN networks
and devices. The NI-CAN driver offers a high-level, frame-based API
for rapid application development and includes a bus monitor utility.
Serial Interfaces
National Instruments features a complete product offering of serial
interfaces for RS232, RS422, and RS485 protocols for a wide variety of
computer buses PCI, PXI, PCMCIA, ExpressCard/34, USB, and Ethernet.
Contents
Overview..................................................................................... 595
XNET
XNET Interfaces for CAN, LIN and FlexRay .................................. 596
Cables and Accessories ................................................................ 600
CAN
CAN Interface for PCI, PXI and PCMCIA....................................... 601
CAN and LIN Interfaces for Hi-Speed USB................................... 602
CAN Software Features ................................................................ 603
C-Series CAN Interface................................................................. 604
CANopen
LabVIEW CANopen Software Tools.............................................. 606
DeviceNet
Plug-In DeviceNet Interfaces ........................................................ 607
Interfaces for PCI, PXI, and PCMCIA............................................. 608
1
2
C and SPI
Interface for USB........................................................................... 609
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Interfaces for PCI and PCMCIA..................................................... 610
Configuration and Monitor Software and
Odering Information...................................................................... 612
PCI, PXI PROFIBUS
Interface for LabVIEW, LabVIEW Real-Time................................. 613
Serial Interfaces
Overview....................................................................................... 615
PCI and PXI .................................................................................... 617
PCMCIA and ExpressCard............................................................. 622
USB................................................................................................ 623
Ethernet......................................................................................... 624
Ordering Information..................................................................... 625
Accessories ................................................................................... 626
595
Back to Index
NI-XNET Interfaces for CAN, LIN, and FlexRay
Overview
The NI-XNET platform combines a series of high-performance CAN,
LIN, and FlexRay interfaces with the NI-XNET driver and API - a
common set of easy-to-use functions for reading and writing CAN,
LIN, and FlexRay frames and signals in user-created applications.
NI-XNET High-Performance CAN, LIN, and
FlexRay Interfaces
The NI-XNET product line is a combination of accelerated NI-XNET
controller area network (CAN), local interconnect network (LIN), and
FlexRay interfaces; an optimized driver; easy-to-use APIs; and
configuration and debugging utilities. With NI-XNET interfaces, you
can develop applications for prototyping, simulating, and testing
CAN, LIN, and FlexRay networks faster and more easily in LabVIEW,
the LabVIEW Real-Time Module, and C/C++.
NI-XNET interfaces bring together
the performance associated with
low-level microcontroller
programming and the power of
Windows and LabVIEW Real-Time
OS development. The patent-
pending NI-XNET device-driven
DMA engine reduces system latency, a common pain point for PC-
based CAN, LIN, and FlexRay interfaces, from milliseconds to
NI-XNET for CAN, LIN, and FlexRay
Min Baud Max Baud Ext Sync
Model Bus Interface Physical Layer Transceivers Rate Rate Connector Ports
NI 8511 CAN PCI, PXI Low-Speed/Fault-Tolerant TJA1054A 40 kbits/s
[1]
125 kbits/s 1
NI 8511/2 CAN PCI, PXI Low-Speed/Fault-Tolerant 2 x TJA1054A 40 kbits/s
[1]
125 kbits/s 2
NI 8512 CAN PCI, PXI High-Speed TJA1041 40 kbits/s 1 Mbit/s 1
NI 8512/2 CAN PCI, PXI High-Speed 2 x TJA1041 40 kbits/s 1 Mbit/s 2
NI 8513 CAN PCI, PXI Software-Selectable TJA1054A, TJA1041, AU5790 40 kbits/s
[1]
, 40 kbits/s 125 kbits/s, 1 Mbit/s, 83.3 kbits/s 2 x SMB 1
33.3 kbits/s
NI 8513/2 CAN PCI, PXI Software-Selectable 2 x TJA1054A, 2 x TJA1041, 2 x AU5790 40 kbits/s
[1]
, 40 kbits/s 125 kbits/s, 1 Mbit/s, 83.3 kbits/s 2 x SMB 2
33.3 kbits/s
NI 8516 LIN PCI, PXI LIN 2 x ATA6620 2400 bits/s 20 kbits/s 2
NI 8517/2 FlexRay FlexRay 2 x TJA1080 1 Mbit/s 10 Mbits/s 2 x SMB 2
NI 9861 CAN Low-Speed/Fault-Tolerant TJA1054 40 kbits/s 125 kbits/s 1
NI 9862 CAN High-Speed TJA1041 40 kbits/s 1 Mbits/s 1
NI 9866 LIN LIN NXP TJA1028 2400 bits/s 20 kbits/s 1
1
Low-speed CAN transceivers operate down to 10 kbits/s in error conditions.
High-performance CAN, LIN, and FlexRay
interfaces with onboard transceivers and
software-selectable termination
NI-XNET driver and API for CAN, LIN, and
FlexRay that simplify application
development in NI LabVIEW,
NI LabWindows/CVI, and C/C++
NI-XNET device-driven DMA engine that
minimizes message latency and streams full-
bandwidth CAN, LIN, and FlexRay bus data
Integrated signal databases that
automatically translate CAN, LIN, and
FlexRay frames to engineering-level
signals, including FIBEX, CANdb (.DBC), LIN
Description File (LDF), and NI-CAN (.NCD)
Hardware synchronization, 1 s timestamps
for integration with NI data acquisition,
digitizers, switches, and large systems
Integrated, onboard transceivers for simpler
setup, better reliability, and no hidden costs
Dedicated per-port processors that manage
up to 192 hardware-accelerated frames,
reducing host system load and software
complexity
Bundled software: All NI-XNET interfaces
include the NI-XNET driver and API, NI-
XNET Bus Monitor, and NI-XNET Database
Editor
Operating Systems
Windows 7/Vista/XP
PharLap
Real-Time OS
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
ANSI C/C++
Borland C++/Builder
(Included)
NI-XNET Bus Monitor
NI-XNET Database Editor
Driver Software (Included)
NI-XNET driver
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
N
I
-
X
N
E
T

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s

f
o
r

C
A
N
,

L
I
N
,

a
n
d

F
l
e
x
R
a
y
596
Back to Index
597
microseconds. The driver-level signal database engine and bundled
NI-XNET utilities reduce time-consuming frame-to-signal translation
while maintaining top performance. Support for industry-standard
CAN, LIN, and FlexRay signal database formats, including FIBEX,
CANdb (.DBC), LDF, and NI-CAN NCD, simplifies NI-XNET
integration into embedded network design workflows.
With compatibility for up to 192 hardware-accelerated frames, NI-
XNET devices offload repetitive processing from the host system,
leaving more CPU time for executing models and performing other
tasks. NI-XNET LIN devices also offer hardware-timed scheduling,
leaving more CPU time for other tasks. NI RTSI synchronization
support enables NI-XNET interfaces to integrate and synchronize
with other NI products, including data acquisition, PXI modular
instrumentation, vision, and motion.
Applications
Hardware-in-the-loop simulation
Rapid control prototyping
Bus monitoring/replay
High-throughput bus streaming
Rest-of-bus simulation
Automation control
In-vehicle data logging
One API for Windows and Real-Time OSs
Real-time processing of CAN, LIN, and FlexRay signal and frame
data is crucial for accurate hardware-in-the-loop simulation and
rapid control prototyping. LabVIEW applications for NI-XNET devices
work on both Windows and LabVIEW real-time targets with no code
modifications, which simplifies building and maintaining code
across platforms. This same code can be reused in many different
form factors such as PXI, PCI, NI CompactDAQ, and NI CompactRIO.
NI-XNET interfaces are designed to operate in a real-time
environment with minimum jitter and maximum performance.
One API for CAN, LIN, and FlexRay
The NI-XNET API is a common set of function calls and operations
for the CAN, LIN, and FlexRay networks. Decrease development time
and maximize code reuse by working with the same API for many
projects involving different networks.
Integration With NI Products
Microsecond-level timestamping, external timebase support, and
PXI/RTSI triggering enable NI-XNET interfaces to integrate with
hundreds of NI PCI and PXI devices for a wide variety of custom
applications, ranging from synchronized data acquisition and bus-
level measurements to fault-insertion and large distributed systems.
For National Instruments 986x NI-XNET interfaces used in NI
CompactDAQ and NI CompactRIO chassis, you achieve triggering
and synchronization with other modules through the sharing of the
same clock in the hardware backplane.
Integrated Signal Databases
The NI-XNET API automatically translates CAN, LIN, and FlexRay
frames to engineering-level signals, a feature often found only in
expensive turnkey applications. With integrated support for industry-
standard signal databases including FIBEX, CANdb (.DBC), LDF, and
NI-CAN (.NCD), NI-XNET simplifies building custom applications to
work with other tools in complex embedded design workflows.
Backward Compatibility
NI-XNET interfaces are compatible with most legacy NI-CAN Frame and
Channel API applications written for NI Series 2 and USB CAN interfaces.
The NI-XNET NI-CAN compatibility layer operates at the driver level,
ensuring a drop-in performance boost to established in-house
applications without time-consuming code refactoring and recompiling.
NI-XNET is not compatible with applications written for USB-LIN.
597
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
N
I
-
X
N
E
T

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s

f
o
r

C
A
N
,

L
I
N
,

a
n
d

F
l
e
x
R
a
y
Figure 1. Simple NI-XNET Example Code for Reading and Writing CAN Signals
CAN
Figure 2. The Same NI-XNET Code Adapted to Reading and Writing
FlexRay Signals by Changing the Session Inputs
CAN
Back to Index
NI-XNET Hardware
NI-XNET interfaces are available for CAN, LIN, and FlexRay in PCI,
PXI, NI CompactDAQ, and NI CompactRIO form factors, and in one-
and two-port models.
PCI/PXI-8511 Low-Speed/Fault-Tolerant (LS) CAN
PCI/PXI-8512 High-Speed (HS) CAN
PCI/PXI-8513 Software-Selectable (XS) CAN
PCI/PXI-8517 FlexRay
PCI/PXI-8516 LIN
NI 9862 High-Speed (HS) CAN
NI 9861 Low-Speed/Fault-Tolerant (LS) CAN
NI 9866 LIN
NI-XNET software-selectable interfaces offer the best flexibility for CAN
development with onboard transceivers for high-speed, low-speed/fault-
tolerant, and single-wire CAN. All specifications in this document apply
equally to 1- and 2-port models unless otherwise specified.
NI-XNET Software
The NI-XNET driver software and utilities are included at no additional
charge with all NI-XNET CAN, LIN, and FlexRay interfaces.
NI-XNET API
The NI-XNET API provides function calls in LabVIEW,
LabWindows/CVI, and C/C++ so you can easily send and receive
CAN, LIN, and FlexRay signals and frames to and from your
application. You can choose from 12 data transfer modes to optimize
the data transfer for a particular application:
Single-point signal input and output modes read and write
the most recent values received for each signal. These modes are
ideal for control and simulation applications that use up to
hundreds of simultaneous signals, which is common for hardware-
in-the-loop applications.
Waveform signal input and output modes use the time when
the signal frame is received to resample the signal data to a
waveform at a fixed sample rate. These modes typically are used
for synchronizing NI-XNET data with NI-DAQmx analog/digital
input channels and plotting waveforms.
XY signal input and output modes return exact XY pairs of a
signal's timestamp and its value. This is especially useful for
knowing to the microsecond when a signal was last updated.
Stream input and output modes for frames read or write every
frame on the network. These modes are used for analyzing and
logging all frame traffic on the network.
Queued frame input and output modes read and write frame
data from a dedicated queue per frame. These modes enable your
application to read a sequence of data specific to a frame
(for example, CAN identifier).
NI-XNET LabVIEW Project Sessions
The NI-XNET API installs extra support for LabVIEW users to
streamline programming on Windows and real-time targets. With
NI-XNET sessions, configuration and setup information is stored in
the project, which reduces coding and simplifies signal
management.
Figure 3. NI-XNET Session
Figure 4. NI-XNET Code Without Sessions
Figure 5. NI-XNET code with sessions eliminates setup code and reduces clutter for
complicated programs.
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
N
I
-
X
N
E
T

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s

f
o
r

C
A
N
,

L
I
N
,

a
n
d

F
l
e
x
R
a
y
598
Back to Index
599
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
N
I
-
X
N
E
T

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s

f
o
r

C
A
N
,

L
I
N
,

a
n
d

F
l
e
x
R
a
y
NI-XNET Utilities
NI-XNET Database Editor
The NI-XNET Database Editor is a stand-alone tool for creating and
maintaining embedded network databases that contain signals,
frames, and network parameters. NI-XNET products use the ASAM
FIBEX (FIeld Bus EXchange) standard as the primary database
storage format. In addition to FIBEX, the NI-XNET Database Editor
can import the NI-CAN database format (.NCD) and CANdb format
(.DBC) and convert them to FIBEX.
Use the editor to
Configure a basic new network from scratch or import an existing
network such as a network from a large project
Define and modify frames and signals exchanged on the network
Assign frames to corresponding ECUs
NI-XNET Bus Monitor
Measure bus load and monitor bus load history
Transmit single and periodic test frames
Map frames to database names for easier diagnostics
View CAN, LIN, and FlexRay bus statistics
Log raw frame data to disk as ASCII or binary NI CAN Logfile format (.NCL)
NI I/O Trace Debugging Tool Integration
The NI I/O Trace utility monitors function calls to the NI-XNET APIs
from user applications to help troubleshoot applications without
adding complex and time-consuming debugging code. This tool
helps you debug application programming problems, regardless of
the programming environment used.
NI-CAN Application Compatibility
NI-XNET interfaces are compatible with most legacy NI-CAN
Channel API and NI-CAN Frame API applications written for legacy
NI Series 2 CAN and USB CAN interfaces. The NI-XNET NI-CAN
compatibility layer operates at the driver level, ensuring a drop-in
performance boost to established in-house applications without
time-consuming code refactoring and recompiling. NI-XNET is not
compatible with NI 986x NI-XNET interfaces or with applications
written for USB-LIN.
Signal Databases
NI-XNET driver software natively works with FIBEX, CANdb (.DBC),
LDF, and NI-CAN (.NCD) signal database files. With the database
model built into the driver, the tedious task of scaling byte-level
frames into real engineering units is offloaded from the host
program, which simplifies programming and maintains consistent
results as network configurations evolve over the design of the
system. The resulting simpler code is more readable, easier to
maintain, and more scalable between generations of systems.
Figure 7. NI I/O Trace Utility
Back to Index
NI-XNET Cables and Accessories
The NI CAN Device Simulator, when communicating with NI CAN and data acquisition (DAQ)
hardware on a PC, provides a tool to demonstrate the concepts of CAN communication, DAQ, and
CAN/DAQ synchronization. The NI CAN Device Simulator has a digital function generator; one high-
speed CAN interface; one high-speed CAN monitor connector; a 68-pin DAQ connector; access to the
DAQ interface; TRIG1, TRIG2, and FREQOUT pins; and digital input switches.
CAN Device Simulator
The NI CAN breakout box features 14 parallel wired ports for branching additional CAN devices to
an NI CAN interface or other CAN network. Seven connectors use standard NI CAN D-SUB pinouts
for connections to NI CAN cables and devices, while the other seven connectors are COMBICON 5-
pin screw-terminal removable connectors for easy connections to bare wires. The onboard power
supply applies power to the V+ pins on the bus, which is required for some transceivers, and
switchable 120 !, 60 !, or no-termination simplifies connections to most CAN devices.
CAN Breakout Box
NI-XNET interfaces feature onboard software-enabled termination, which eliminates the need for
termination resistors in CAN or LIN cables. NI recommends no-termination CAN and LIN cables for
use with NI-XNET CAN and LIN interfaces. For NI-XNET FlexRay interfaces, use 9-pin D-SUB cables
to connect to ECUs and FlexRay devices.
CAN, LIN, and FlexRay Cables
The NI CAN to OBD-II cable connects an NI high-speed CAN interface to the standard J1962
diagnostic connector found in late-model automobiles for diagnostic applications.
CAN to OBD-II Cable
PCI NI-XNET interfaces feature a RTSI bus connector for synchronization with other PCI NI-XNET
interfaces and NI PCI and PCI Express devices, such as DAQ, modular instruments, vision, and
motion, that support RTSI.
RTSI Cables
NI 8513 and NI 8517 NI-XNET interfaces include external synchronization SMB connectors that you
can use to input or output synchronization signals to other NI instruments, external instrumentation,
or custom circuits.
SMB External Sync Cables
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
N
I
-
X
N
E
T

C
a
b
l
e
s

a
n
d

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
600
Back to Index
601
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
P
l
u
g
-
I
n

C
A
N

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s

f
o
r

P
C
I
,

P
X
I
,

a
n
d

P
C
M
C
I
A
Plug-In CAN Interfaces for PCI, PXI, and PCMCIA
1 and 2-port versions high-speed,
low-speed/fault-tolerant, single-wire,
and software-selectable
ISO 11898-complicant for standard (11-bit)
and extended (29-bit) arbitration IDs
Hardware timing and synchronization with
NI CAN, LIN, DAQ, vision and motion
devices
Transmit/receive 100% bus load at 1 Mb/s
500 V optical isolation
Hardware time stamping
Philips SJA100 CAN controller
Bus error logging
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabWindows/CVI Real-Time
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
ECU Measurement and Calibration
C/C++, C#
Visual Basic 6
Bus monitor utility
Database editor
NI-CAN
Overview
CAN interfaces meet the physical and electrical requirements for
invehicle automotive networks based on CAN. All CAN interfaces
include NI-CAN device driver software, with which you can import
CAN channels from Vector database files or create them in an
easy-to-use utility and program using a high-level API. With a
National Instruments CAN interface and NI-CAN software, you can
use a desktop, industrial, or notebook PC running Windows for a
variety of CAN applications, including automotive testing and
diagnostics, prototype design, factory automation, and machine control.
CAN Bus and Analog Data Synchronization
Recent advances in automotive test applications demand tighter
integration of CAN and other measurement devices. In many
applications, you need to synchronize the physical parameters
measured in time to correlate the data. You can program this
synchronization in software, but OS latency sometimes introduces
unacceptable delays for certain automotive test applications.
National Instruments CAN, data acquisition, vision, and motion
boards for PCI are equipped to share timing and triggering signals. In
a system, a CAN board can share timing and triggering signals with
data acquisition, image acquisition, or motion control boards, basing
their actions on these signals. Determinism is maintained between the
trigger signal and the desired response because timing and triggering
signals are handled in hardware. The host PC software interacts only to
retrieve the data once it is acquired or to write new data.
Synchronization is available for PXI, PCI, and PCMCIA-CAN devices.
For PXI modules, the timing signals are shared in the PXI trigger bus
on the backplane; therefore, you do not need additional cables to
take advantage of synchronization. For PCI boards, you can use a
RTSI bus cable to share the signals. For PCMCIA-CAN, a
synchronization cable connects external timing and triggering
signals to the card to achieve synchronization between PCMCIA-
CAN and PCMCIA, USB, or PCI data acquisition hardware.
LabVIEW Real-Time Compatibility
PCI and PXI CAN hardware works with LabVIEW Real-Time running
on a PC or a PXI controller for deterministic control. You can
download your existing NI LabVIEW application to the target
without specialized real-time OS programming knowledge. The real-
time performance and synchronization mean you can use a standard
PC or PXI chassis for applications such as rapid control prototyping,
hardware-in-the-loop testing, and data logging.
Common Hardware
All National Instruments Series 2 CAN devices use the Intel
80386EX microprocessor to handle communications directly on the
interface device. The 80386EX provides a dedicated environment for
reliable, high-performance CAN communications protocol stack
execution.
Because acquisition and transmission timing occur on the board,
CAN frames are not lost due to OS activity such as hard drive
access, mouse movements, or virus scans. The physical layer of all
National Instruments CAN devices fully conforms to the ISO 11898
physical layer specification for CAN and is optically isolated to 500 V.
You can interface to the CAN bus using a 9-pin male D-Sub (DB9)
connector. The Philips SJA1000 CAN controller implements typical
ISO 11898 CAN functionality and offers additional functionality to
aid in system development, such as listen-only mode, sleep/wakeup
mode, error counter access, and self-reception (echo) mode.
NI PCI-CAN Series, NI PXI-846x, NI PCMCIA-CAN Series
Back to Index
CAN and LIN Interfaces for Hi-Speed USB
1-port interfaces for high-speed CAN,
low-speed/fault-tolerant CAN, and LIN
Optional hardware synchronization
Hi-Speed USB, bus-powered
500 V digital isolation
Bus error logging
Hardware timestamping 1 s resolution
CAN Interfaces
Philips SJA1000 CAN controller
Transmit/receive 100 percent bus load at 1 Mb/s
ISO 11898 compliance for standard (11-bit) and
extended (29-bit) arbitration IDs
Software-selectable termination for
low-speed/fault-tolerant CAN
J1939 compliance
LIN Interfaces
Atmel ATA6620 transceiver
LIN 1.3/2.0 and J2602 compliance
Software-selectable master/slave termination
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows
TM
/CVI
Visual C++ 6.0
Visual Basic 6.0
Borland C/C++, C#
Application Software(included)
CAN/LIN bus monitoring
and logging utility
NI-CAN
Overview
NI USB-847x devices provide Hi-Speed USB interfaces for Controller
Area Network (CAN) and Local Interconnect Network (LIN)
monitoring, logging, and testing. With high-speed CAN, low-
speed/fault-tolerant CAN, and LIN interfaces featuring optional
hardware synchronization, you can use two or more USB-847x
devices together to interface to a wide variety of CAN and LIN
networks.
The USB-847x interfaces are ideal for many types of applications,
including:
In-vehicle network monitoring and logging
Bus load monitoring
Device validation with synchronized data acquisition
CAN device development and test
CAN and LIN data correlation with external measurements
The convenient all-in-one design features a captive 2 m USB cable
and built-in transceiver, requiring no extra cables or accessories to
get applications running quickly.
With hardware timestamping, you can log messages with
microsecond-accurate timestamps for reconstructing network events
and correlating data across synchronized devices. All USB-847x
interfaces use an industry-standard 9-pin male D-Sub (DB9)
connector to interface to CAN and LIN buses.
Hi-Speed USB connectivity and onboard frame buffering ensure no
dropped frames, even under 100 percent bus loads.
CAN Interfaces
USB-847x CAN interfaces feature the industry-standard Philips
SJA1000 CAN controller, which implements ISO 11898 CAN
functionality. The SJA1000 offers additional features to aid in
system development, including listen-only mode, sleep/wakeup
mode, error counter access, and self-reception (echo) mode. USB-
847x CAN interfaces recognize standard (11-bit) and extended (29-
bit) arbitration IDs and are compatible with J1939 networks.
NI USB-8472, NI USB-8472s, NI USB-8473,
NI USB-8473s, NI USB-8476, NI USB-8476s,
Max Transfer Hardware Software
Model Physical Layer Transceivers Ports Rate (kb/s) Sync Termination API
USB-8472 Low-speed/fault-tolerant CAN TJA1054AT 1 125 - Frame
USB-8472s Low-speed/fault-tolerant CAN TJA1054AT 1 125 Frame
USB-8473 High-speed CAN TJA1041 1 1,000 - - Frame
USB-8473s High-speed CAN TJA1041 1 1,000 - Frame
USB-8476 LIN ATA6620 1 20 - Frame
USB-8476s LIN ATA6620 1 20 Frame
Table 1. NI USB-847x Selection Guide
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
C
A
N

a
n
d

L
I
N

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s

f
o
r

H
i
-
S
p
e
e
d

U
S
B
602
Back to Index
CAN Software Features
NI-CAN Driver Software
National Instruments includes NI-CAN driver software for Windows
2000/XP with all CAN interfaces. NI-CAN provides high-level, easy-
to-use functions for application development and is compatible with
NI LabVIEW and LabWindows/CVI as well as standard programming
environments such as Microsoft Visual C/C++ and Visual Basic 6.
CAN Programming
NI-CAN provides two high-level, easy-to-use application
programming interfaces (APIs) frame and channel. You can rapidly
develop applications customized to your test and simulation
requirements.
Frame API
The Frame API provides lower-level access to the CAN network so
you can create applications such as monitoring all traffic on the CAN
network, implementing a command/response protocol, using remote
frames, or advanced CAN and DAQ synchronization.
Channel API
For channel signal-level programming using NI-CAN, you can
integrate Vector database (.dbc) files into your application. You can
either import Vector database files directly into an application using
the channel API or import the database file into Measurement &
Automation Explorer (MAX), where you can edit and test the
channels/ signals.
A CAN frame can contain multiple channels/signals. By importing
scaling information contained in database files, you can convert the
data inside of CAN frames into engineering units (such as C or
rpm). With the Channel API, you can read and write to the CAN bus
using the channels/signals names defined in the database files.
NI-CAN automatically handles all the scaling information for each of
the channels/signals and returns engineering units for simple
analysis, logging, and presentation in your application. In addition,
because the channel API simplifies multiple device integration and
synchronization, it is recommended for customers who are new to
NI-CAN.
NI-CAN Features in MAX
Test Panel
With Test Panel, a simple debugging tool to experiment with CAN
channels/signals, you can communicate with a specific CAN
channel/signal without programming. Using a graphical interface,
the Test Panel tool reads CAN data in engineering units and plots it
onto a scrolling chart. You can also use the Test Panel to write CAN
channels/ signals to the network.
Bus Monitor
To quickly monitor all CAN and LIN bus traffic, use Bus Monitor, a
utility that provides an easy-to-use interface that displays all CAN
and LIN frames on the network, and log the traffic to disk. Bus
Monitor provides options to control, display, and view bus statistics.
NI Spy
NI Spy gives you an easy way to monitor the NI-CAN API calls your
application makes without having to recompile or rebuild. Use it to
verify that your application is working properly, to troubleshoot
problems within your application, or to verify communication with
your CAN device. NI Spy dynamically captures and displays all NI-
CAN API calls made by any applications running on your computer.
NI CAN Device Simulator
The National Instruments CAN Device Simulator, when used with
National Instruments CAN and data acquisition (DAQ) hardware on a
PC, provides a tool to demonstrate concepts of CAN communication,
DAQ, and CAN/DAQ synchronization. The NI CAN Device Simulator
has a function generator, one CAN interface, one CAN monitor
connector, a 68-pin DAQ connector, access to the DAQ interface
TRIG1, TRIG2, and FREQOUT pins, and digital input switches.
To learn and demonstrate channel communication, the CAN Device
Simulator also comes with database (.dbc and .ncd) files.
Figure 1. CAN Device Simulator
603
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
C
A
N

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

F
e
a
t
u
r
e
s
Back to Index
C-Series CAN Interfaces,
ECU Measurement and Calibration Tools
1-Port Low-Speed NI-XNET CAN C Series Module
1-port low-speed CAN interface (up to 125 kb/s) with onboard TJA1054 transceiver, externally
powered
NI-XNET driver for developing frame and signal applications in LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, and
C/C++
Integrated CAN databases for importing, editing, and using signals from FIBEX, .DBC, and .NCD files
Synchronization and triggering with other NI CompactDAQ and NI CompactRIO modules
Bundled software: NI-XNET driver, Bus Monitor, and Database Editor for Windows
In CompactRIO, use the NI 9861 in NI cRIO-911x/908x chassis with LabVIEW FPGA installed.
Overview
The NI 9861 is a 1-port, low-speed controller area network (CAN) NI
CompactDAQ and NI CompactRIO interface for developing CAN
applications in NI LabVIEW, NI LabWindows/CVI, and ANSI C/C++.
As part of the NI-XNET platform, the NI 9861 works well for
applications requiring high-speed manipulation of hundreds of CAN
frames and signals. You can perform this manipulation while taking
other data acquisition measurements in the same NI CompactDAQ
hardware platform or while performing low-level FPGA control and
embedded monitoring in the same NI CompactRIO chassis.
The NI 9861 and NI-XNET products are ideal for standardizing on
CAN communication. By using the same software API for
programming networks on PXI, PCI, NI CompactDAQ, and NI
CompactRIO, you can significantly reduce development time through
maximum code reuse. Real-time testing applications like hardware-
in-the-loop testing and simulation are also ideal for the NI 9861
because it is part of the NI-XNET family of products and w
NI 9861
1-Port High-Speed NI-XNET CAN C Series Module
1-port high-speed CAN interface(up to 1 Mbit/s) with onboard TJA1041 transceiver, externally
powered
NI-XNET driver for developing frame and signal applications in LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, and
C/C++
Integrated CAN databases for importing, editing, and using signals from FIBEX, .DBC, and .NCD files
Synchronization and triggering with other NI CompactDAQ and NI CompactRIO modules
Bundled software: NI-XNET driver, Bus Monitor and Database Editor for Windows
In CompactRIO, use the NI 9862 in NI cRIO-911x/908x chassis with LabVIEW FPGA installed
Overview
The NI 9862 is a 1-port, high-speed controller area network (CAN) NI
CompactDAQ and NI CompactRIO interface for developing CAN
applications in NI LabVIEW, NI LabWindows/CVI, and ANSI C/C++.
As part of the NI-XNET platform, the NI 9862 works well for
applications requiring high-speed manipulation of hundreds of CAN
frames and signals. You can perform this manipulation while taking
other data acquisition measurements in the same NI CompactDAQ
hardware platform or while performing low-level FPGA control and
embedded monitoring in the same NI CompactRIO chassis.
The NI 9862 and the NI-XNET family of products are ideal for
standardizing on CAN communication. By using the same software
API for programming networks on PXI, PCI, NI CompactDAQ, and NI
CompactRIO, development time is significantly reduced through
maximum code reuse. Real-time testing applications like hardware-
in-the-loop testing and simulation are also ideal for the NI 9862
because it is part of the NI-XNET family of products and has native
functionality in NI VeriStand.
NI 9862
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
E
C
U

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

T
o
o
l
s

a
n
d

C
o
m
p
a
c
t
R
I
O

C
A
N

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s
604
Back to Index
C-Series CAN Interfaces, ECU Measurement and Calibration Tools
605
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
E
C
U

M
e
a
s
u
r
e
m
e
n
t

T
o
o
l
s

a
n
d

C
o
m
p
a
c
t
R
I
O

C
A
N

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s
2-port CAN communication modules
NI 9852 low-speed CAN
NI 9853 high-speed CAN
100% bus load at 1 Mb/s baud rate
(NI 9853)
Fault-tolerant CAN (NI 9852)
ISO 11898-compliant for standard (11-bit)
and extended (29-bit) arbitration IDs
500 Vrms (withstand), 60 VOC (continuous)
port-to-earth, port-to-port isolation
Hardware synchronization with any
Standard DB-9 male connector for each
port
Philips SJA1000 CAN controller;
Philips TJA1041 CAN transceiver
NI-RIO
NI-CAN
NI-985x
Overview
The National Instruments NI 985x modules deliver low and high-
speed CAN interfaces for CompactRIO that communicate with
devices at transfer rates up to 1 Mb/s at 100 percent bus load. With
the flexibility and performance of the CompactRIO platform,
engineers can synchronize an NI 985x module with any C Series
analog or digital I/O module, providing hardware CAN and DAQ
synchronization with up to 25 ns resolution. With 11 and 29-bit
arbitration ID capabilities, the NI 9853 can communicate on J1939
networks. Using NI-CAN 2.3 (or later) driver software, you can
incorporate Vector database files into your application.
NI 9852, NI 9853
Universal Measurement and Calibration
Protocol (XCP) master functionality on
CAN and Ethernet (TCP and UDP)
CAN Calibration Protocol (CCP) Version 2.1
Access to ECU physical values (DAQ and STIM
lists) for measurement and stimulation
applications
Access to internal ECU characteristics
(1D to 3D) for calibration applications
Ability to import ASAM-defined
(.A2L) database files
Detailed examples as starting points for
measurement and calibration applications
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Microsoft C/C++, C#
Applicable NI CAN Interfaces
PCI-CAN Series 2
PXI-CAN Series 2
PCMCIA-CAN Series 2
NI ECU Measurement and Calibration Toolkit
Overview
The National Instruments ECU Measurement and Calibration Toolkit
extends the NI LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, and Microsoft C/C++
programming environments to develop applications for the design,
test, and validation of automotive electronic control units (ECUs).
The NI ECU Measurement and Calibration Toolkit offers a low-cost
alternative to the expensive turnkey measurement and calibration
tools on the market. It provides high-level, easy-to-use functions
based on the Universal Measurement and Calibration Protocol (XCP)
and CAN Calibration Protocol (CCP), so you can read and write to
internal ECU variables and characteristics as defined in ASAM (.A2L)
database files. By using (.A2L) database files, the toolkit
automatically applies all scaling information and returns data in
engineering units for easy analysis, presentation, and logging.
In addition, the ECU Measurement and Calibration Toolkit offers
high-quality examples for typical use case applications such as how
to measure ECU variables or how to manipulate ECU characteristics
using 1D to 3D user interfaces.
Back to Index
LabVIEW CANopen Software Tools
High-level, easy-to-use LabVIEW
functions to create CANopen Master
applications
Complies with the CiA DS301 standard
Works with all NI high-speed, plug-in
CAN interfaces (PCI, PXI, and PCMCIA)
Transmit and receive
service data objects (SDO)
Transmit and receive
process data objects (PDO)
Network management, heartbeat, node
guarding, and synchronization functions
(PXI high-speed interfaces only)
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabVIEW
Compatible NI CAN Interfaces
PCI
PXI
PCMCIA
Overview
The National Instruments CANopen LabVIEW Library is a set of VIs
that create CANopen master applications that comply with the CiA
DS301 standard. These functions, working on top of the NI-CAN
driver software, are compatible with all NI plug-in high-speed CAN
interfaces for PCI, PXI, and PCMCIA.
The NI CANopen LabVIEW Library provides functionality across the
entire spectrum of CANopen master applications, including
transmitting and receiving of service data objects (SDO) and process
data objects (PDOs), network management, heartbeat and node
guarding, and emergency and synchronization objects.
CANopen
CANopen is a CAN-based higher-layer protocol developed as a
standardized embedded network with highly flexible configuration
capabilities. CANopen was designed for motion-oriented machine
control networks, such as handling systems, but now is used in
various fields, such as medical equipment, off-road vehicles,
maritime electronics, public transportation, and building automation.
NI CANopen LabVIEW Library
NI CANopen LabVIEW Library..................................... 779684-01
Compatible CAN Interfaces
PCI
NI PCI-CAN (high-speed mode).............................. 777357-01
NI PCI-CAN/2 (high-speed mode).......................... 777357-02
NI PCI-CAN/XS....................................................... 778782-01
NI PCI-CAN/XS2 .................................................... 778782-02
PXI
NI PXI-8461 (high-speed mode) ............................ 777707-01
NI PXI-8461/2 (high-speed mode) ......................... 777707-02
NI PXI-8464............................................................ 778783-01
NI PXI-8464/2......................................................... 778783-02
PCMCIA
NI PCMCIA-CAN..................................................... 777499-01
NI PCMCIA-CAN/2................................................. 777499-02
Cable
CAN single-termination high-speed cable, (2 m)......... 192017-02
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
L
a
b
V
I
E
W

C
A
N
o
p
e
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

T
o
o
l
s
606
Back to Index
Plug-In DeviceNet Interfaces for PCI, PXI and PCMCIA
607
Full DeviceNet master (scanner) and
slave functionality
1 port
High-level, wasy-to-use API for rapid
application development
Industry-standard pluggable screw
terminal (5-pin COMBICON-style)
(PXI only)
DeviceNet Configurator
DeviceNet Analyzer
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Lookout
C/C++
Visual Basic 6
NI-DNET
Overview
National Instruments DeviceNet kits include 1-port CAN hardware
interfaces that feature Intel 80386EX processors for high
performance master/scanner capabilities on DeviceNet networks.
(included) in the DeviceNet interface kit is NI-DNET software, which
provides a high-level API for complete access to a DeviceNet
network. To use the NI-DNET software, you first configure your
communication with other DeviceNet devices within your
application. Then, you simply read and write the networked I/O
variables needed by your application. Firmware running on the
80386EX of the CAN interface device handles all details of
DeviceNet communication. It continuously scans networked devices
and maps their I/O variables into the shared memory of the board.
NI-DNET reads and writes functions, and then accesses the shared
memory to provide a deterministic image of networked I/O variables.
Applications for National Instruments DeviceNet interface kits
include prototyping DeviceNet systems, PC-based control,
embedded control systems, PC-based HMI, and DeviceNet network
management utilities.
LabVIEW Real-Time Compatibility
National Instruments PCI-DNET and PXI-8461/D are compatible with
LabVIEW Real-Time running on a PC or PXI controller for deterministic
control. You can download your existing LabVIEW application to the
target hardware without specialized knowledge of real-time OS
programming. With real-time performance and synchronization, you
can use a standard PC or PXI chassis for applications such as
DeviceNet network control, or device longevity testing.
Cabling
PCI and PXI DNET kits do not include interface cables but use
DeviceNet standard Combicon-style pluggable screw terminals for
network connections. The PCMCIA-DNET is shipped with an interface
cable that provides the standard Combicon-style connector, as well as a
DB-9 connector. Screw terminal pin assignments on all interfaces
following the DeviceNet specifications. All interfaces include full
documentation of screw terminal signal assignments.
NI-DNET Features in Measurement &
Automation Explorer (MAX)
DeviceNet Configurator is a powerful configuration toll compatible
with an electronic data sheet (EDS), which is a file on disk with
configuration data for specific device types. Each DeviceNet device
has its own EDS file, which is available from the device
manufacturer. DeviceNet Configurator can search a network to
determine information about the devices connected, load the related
EDS files automatically, read and write the device parameters, and
change a device MAC ID.
DeviceNet Analyzer is useful for troubleshooting and analysis of
DeviceNet networks and systems. It monitors the DeviceNet
network and interprets the captured CAN messages according to the
DeviceNet protocol. It displays the messages together with their
parameters. You can display certain types of messages using
powerful filters, locate options, and get message statistics.
NI PCI-DNET, NI PXI-8461/D, NI PCMCIA-DNET
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
P
l
u
g
-
I
n

D
e
v
i
c
e
N
e
t

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s
NI PCI-DNET................................................................ 777358-01
NI PXI-8461/D............................................................. 777709-01
NI PCMCIA-DNET........................................................ 777599-01
Back to Index
1-Port DeviceNet Interface for PXI
1-port DeviceNet master (scanner) PXI interface module
High-level API that supports drag-and-drop I/O
variables and function blocks
Compatible with NI PXI controllers (with Windows or
LabVIEW Real-Time OSs)
Use two or more modules in the same PXI system
Overview
The NI DeviceNet interface for PXI adds high-performance
master/scanner capabilities to DeviceNet networks for NI PXI controllers
(with Windows or real-time OS). The NI PXI-8532 DeviceNet interface is
shipped with the NI-Industrial Communications for DeviceNet software,
which provides a high-level API and deterministic control through
LabVIEW Real-Time. The main difference between the new PXI-8532
DeviceNet interface and the older PCI-8461/D interface is the high-level
programming API with the NI-Industrial Communications for DeviceNet
software. You can now use the LabVIEW project to view all of the
connected DeviceNet slave devices on the network, configure their
settings, and access their physical channels via I/O variables. With these
drag-and-drop I/O variables, you can read and write to the slave devices
while automatically synchronizing their timing to the NI Scan Engine of
the controller. In addition, you can use the new DeviceNet Explicit
Message Function Block to quickly send and receive requests from your
master interface to the remote slave device. The combination of these
new software features makes it easier to configure and program your
DeviceNet master interface when managing a large network of
DeviceNet slave devices.
NI PXI-8532
1-Port DeviceNet Interface for PCI
1-port DeviceNet master (scanner) PCI interface board for
Windows and LabVIEW Real-Time OSs
High-level API that supports drag-and-drop I/O variables
and function blocks
Compatible with PCs and NI industrial controllers
Use two or more boards in the same computer
Overview
The NI DeviceNet interface for PCI adds high-performance
master/scanner capabilities to DeviceNet networks for PCs and NI
industrial controllers. Compatible with both Windows and LabVIEW
Real-Time OSs, the NI PCI-8532 DeviceNet interface is shipped with
NI-Industrial Communications for DeviceNet software. The software
driver provides a high-level API and deterministic control through
LabVIEW Real-Time. The main difference between the new PCI-8532
DeviceNet interface and the older PCI-DNET interface is the high-level
programming API with the NI-Industrial Communications for DeviceNet
software. You can now use the LabVIEW project to view all of the
connected DeviceNet slave devices on the network, configure their
settings, and access their physical channels via I/O variables. With
these drag-and-drop I/O variables, you can read and write to the slave
devices while automatically synchronizing their timing to the NI Scan
Engine of the controller. In addition, you can use the new DeviceNet
Explicit Message Function Block to quickly send and receive requests
from your master interface to the remote slave device.
The combination of these new software features makes it easier to
configure and program your DeviceNet master interface when
managing a large network of DeviceNet slave devices.
NI PCI-8532
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
1
-
P
o
r
t

D
e
v
i
c
e
N
e
t

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e

f
o
r

P
X
I
608
Back to Index
609
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
I
2
C

a
n
d

S
P
I

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e

f
o
r

U
S
B
I
2
C/ and SPI Interface for USB
I
2
C master interface with clock rates
up to 250 kHz
SPI master interface with clock rates
up to 12 MHz
8 general-purpose digital I/O lines
High-level, easy-to-use LabVIEW API
Bus-powered, full-speed (12 Mb/s)
USB connectivity
7 and 10-bit I
2
C addressing
4 SPI modes
Advanced API for custom I
2
C
and SPI transactions
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
NI-845x
Overview
The National Instruments USB-8451 is a USB interface that provides
inter-integrated circuit (I
2
C) and serial peripheral interface (SPI)
communication for the test, validation, and programming of
consumer electronics devices such as analog-to-digital converters
(ADCs) and EEPROMs. In addition, the NI USB-8451 includes 8
general-purpose digital I/O lines that can be used for a variety of
applications. Because the module operates on the USB bus, it offers
plug-and-play setup and is ideal for use in close proximity to the
system components.
Software Description
The USB-8451 includes driver software that provides high-level,
easy-to-use National Instruments LabVIEW functions for quick and
easy development of applications to communicate with I
2
C and SPI
devices. In addition to the high-level basic API, there is an advanced
API that includes scripting functionality for custom I
2
C and SPI
transactions.
Common Applications
The USB-8451 is ideal for a number of consumer electronics
applications such as programming, testing, and/or communicating
with the following devices:
ADCs
Microcontrollers and EEPROMs
Sensors (temperature, accelerometers, etc.)
Real-time clocks, crystals, and oscillators
LCD controllers
NI USB-8451
NI USB-8451................................................................ 779553-01
NI USB-8451 (OEM board-only version)...................... 779553-50
Accessory
NI USB-6000................................................................ 779511-01
Back to Index
Foundation Fieldbus Hardware and Software
H1 (31.25 kbits/s) interface
1 or 2 ports
Embedded Foundation Fieldbus
communications-stack software
Transformer-isolated
Fieldbus connection
Plug-and-play feature
(USB-8486 and PCI-FBUS/2)
Operating Systems
Windows Vista (32-bit)/XP/2000
LabVIEW
NI-FBUS Configurator
NI-FBUS Monitor
Lookout
C/C++
Visual Basic
NI-FBUS Communications Manager
PC Host Interfaces
NI USB-8486, PCI-FBUS/2, and PCMCIA-FBUS devices are H1 (31.25
kbits/s) interfaces that connect Foundation Fieldbus devices to
standard desktop, industrial, and notebook PCs. The USB-8486 is
available in a one-port configuration, the PCMCIA-FBUS is available
in one- and two-port configurations, and the PCI-FBUS/2 is available
in a two-port configuration. With the PCI-FBUS/2, a desktop
industrial computer can act as the host in a Foundation Fieldbus
system. Applications for the USB-8486 and PCMCIA-FBUS include
portable data logging and in-the-field configuration and
maintenance of devices and networks.
The connection to the Fieldbus network is transformer isolated. The
USB-8486 and PCI-FBUS/2 use a standard DB-9 male D-Sub
connector to attach to the Fieldbus network. The PCMCIA-FBUS
connects to the Fieldbus network using a cable that provides two
connectors - DB-9 male D-Sub connector and COMBICON-style
pluggable screw terminals.
NI-FBUS Software
The NI-FBUS Communications Manager (CM) handles
communication between the communication stack and the user
application without requiring in-depth knowledge of lower-level
Fieldbus protocols. You can use this interfaceindependent software
in human machine interface (HMI) and distributed control system
(DCS) applications for data collection and control on the Fieldbus,
including multiple processes and multithreaded applications. The NI-
FBUS CM works with NI LabVIEW graphical programming and
Lookout application software, as well as programming environments
such as Microsoft Visual C++ and Visual Basic. With the NI-FBUS
OPC server, you can connect to a broad range of application
software packages including LabVIEW and Lookout as well as other
HMI/SCADA applications with OPC client interfaces. NI-FBUS CM,
included with each NI Fieldbus interface, features EDDL
improvements and DDS 5.1.2 support.
The NI-FBUS Configurator is a stand-alone application that provides
complete configuration tools for Foundation Fieldbus segments. An
easy-to-use, multiwindow interface guides you through all aspects
of Fieldbus configuration, such as device tag configuration, function
block linkages, loops, and execution schedules. The NI-FBUS
Configurator dynamically detects devices connected to the Fieldbus,
displays all its available function blocks, and automatically assigns
tags. These function blocks are linked by graphically connecting the
parameters of one block to another, with online error checking and
device descriptions along the way. Plus, the Configurator generates
the optimal execution schedule for function blocks and
communication between function blocks, which you can then
manually adjust to meet your specific control requirements.The NI-
FBUS Monitor is a stand-alone application used to monitor, debug,
and analyze Fieldbus data packets. The NI-FBUS Monitor detects
communication on the bus, capturing data packets that are passed
between Fieldbus devices. These packets are timestamped and
displayed in real time in active packet view of the NI-FBUS Monitor.
The NI-FBUS Monitor can display data packets in decoded format or
in hexadecimal format. It can also filter out unwanted data packets
at three levels: the Fieldbus Data Link layer (FDL), the Fieldbus
Messaging Specification layer (FMS), and Fieldbus addresses
NI USB-8486, NI PCI-FBUS/2, NI PCMCIA-FBUS Series
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
F
O
U
N
D
A
T
I
O
N

F
i
e
l
d
b
u
s

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s
610
Back to Index
Physical
Dimensions
USB...................................................... 7.87 by 6.35 by 2.54 cm (3.1 by 2.5 by 1.0 in.)
PCI........................................................ 10.7 by 17.5 cm (4.2 by 6.9 in.)
PCMCIA................................................ 8.56 by 5.40 by 0.5 cm (3.4 by 2.1 by 0.2 in.)
I/O connector
USB, PCI................................................ DB-9 male per Fieldbus link
PCMCIA................................................. DB-9 male and COMBICON
terminal per Fieldbus link (cable included)
Ambient temperature................................... 0 to 55 C
Relative humidity......................................... 10 to 90%, noncondensing
Storage Environment
Ambient temperature................................... -20 to 70 C
Relative humidity.......................................... 5 to 95%, noncondensing
Noise Emission
USB, PCI, PCMCIA......................................... FCC Class A Certified
Foundation Fieldbus Hardware and Software
Specifications
Interface Card Typical Current Maximum Current
USB-8486 180 mA 300 mA
PCMCIA-FBUS 500 mA 750 mA
PCMCIA-FBUS/2 500 mA 750 mA
PCI-FBUS/2 820 mA 1 A
611
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
F
O
U
N
D
A
T
I
O
N

F
i
e
l
d
b
u
s

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s
Back to Index
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Configuration
and Monitor Software and Ordering Information
32-bit Windows 2000/XP/Vista
application for complete FOUNDATION
fieldbus segment configuration
Offline configuration with EDD
and capability files
Tag and address assignment
Function block linkage and execution
schedule configuration
Download/upload configurations
and schedules
Alarm monitor and trend monitor
Online help using EDD
Works with NI and third-party
HSE/H1 linking devices
HIST-compliant host registered
by Fieldbus Foundation
32-bit Windows 2000/NT/XP/Vista
application for FOUNDATION fieldbus
H1 monitoring
Display live and logged data
Fully configurable multiwindow display
Flexible fieldbus packet filtering
Fieldbus statistics
Works with all National Instruments
H1 interfaces
Live list display
Fieldbus Configuration Software
NI-FBUS Configurator is a 32-bit Windows 2000/XP/Vista application
with tools for complete configuration of FOUNDATION fieldbus
segments in online and offline mode. An easy-to-use, multiwindow
interface covers all aspects of fieldbus configuration.
NI-FBUS Configurator automatically detects devices when you connect
them to fieldbus and they appear online. You can automatically or
manually configure device tags and addresses as required.
Fieldbus Monitor Software
NI-FBUS Monitor is a 32-bit Windows 2000/NT/XP/Vista application for
monitoring of traffic on FOUNDATION fieldbus networks. NI-FBUS
Monitor requires a National Instruments fieldbus interface device to
connect to an H1 network. It is useful for system diagnostics because
you can selectively capture and view different types of data packets on
the fieldbus. It is also an invaluable tool for instrument vendors who are
developing and debugging new device implementations.
NI-FBUS Configurator NI-FBUS Monitor
Fieldbus Interfaces
NI PCI-FBUS/2 (2 ports)............................................... 778573-01
NI PCMCIA-FBUS (1 port)............................................ 777282-01
NI PCMCIA-FBUS/2 (2 ports)....................................... 777282-02
NI FBUS-HSE/H1......................................................... 778079-01
Includes NI-FBUS CM software.
Fieldbus Hardware
NI USB-8486................................................................ 781160-01
NI PCI-FBUS/2............................................................. 778573-01
NI PCMCIA-FBUS ........................................................ 777282-01
NI PCMCIA-FBUS/2..................................................... 777282-02
Accessories
Fieldbus Benchtop Power Supply Kit..................... 777335-01
Cable for USB-8486............................................... 199566-02
Cable for PCMCIA-FBUS ....................................... 183809-01
Cable for PCMCIA-FBUS/2..................................... 183904-01
Fieldbus Configuration Software
NI-FBUS Configurator with
PCI-FBUS/2............................................................ 778651-01
PCMCIA-FBUS....................................................... 777381-01
FBUS-HSE/H1........................................................ 778080-01
NI-FBUS Configurator (software only)........................ 777283-01
NI-FBUS Configurator for HSE (software only)........... 777283-02
NI-FBUS Configurator Upgrade (software only).......... 850283-01
Fieldbus Communications Manager Software
NI-FBUS CM software (HSE)....................................... 778541-01
Fieldbus Network Monitor Software
NI-FBUS Monitor with
PCMCIA-FBUS....................................................... 777377-01
PCI-FBUS/2............................................................ 778652-01
NI-FBUS Monitor (software only)............................... 777522-01
Starter Systems
Fieldbus Host Starter Kit with
PCI-FBUS/2........................................................... 778655-P1
1
PCMCIA- FBUS..................................................... 777457-P1
1
Cables and Power Supply
PCMCIA- FBUS cable (1 port) .................................... 183809-01
PCMCIA-FBUS/2 cable (2 ports)................................. 183904-01
Fieldbus benchtop power supply kit........................... 777335-P1
1
1
P = power source; 0 (U.S. 120 VAC); 3 (Universal Euro 240 VAC)
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
F
o
u
n
d
a
t
i
o
n

F
i
e
l
d
b
u
s

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
612
Back to Index
PROFIBUS Interfaces for
NI LabVIEW, LabVIEW Real-Time
613
Overview
PROFIBUS PCI and PXI one-port interfaces connect PC-based
controllers to PROFIBUS DP (decentralized peripheral) industrial
networks as powerful masters or slaves. The PROFIBUS NI C Series
module provides master and slave connectivity to embedded real-
time programmable automation controllers (PACs) such as NI Single-
Board RIO and CompactRIO. You can perform PROFIBUS device
automated test using these interfaces, which include an NI LabVIEW
driver for human machine interface (HMI) and SCADA applications.
Featuring more than 20 million installed nodes, PROFIBUS is one of
the leading industrial networks for reliably connecting
programmable logic controllers (PLCs), I/O, sensors, and drives over
long distances in industrial environments.
These PROFIBUS interfaces include a configuration utility to simplify
the process of setting up a PROFIBUS network. With the
configuration utility and the LabVIEW driver, you can write
applications using easy-to-understand tags and avoid programming
the low-level details of the PROFIBUS network. With the NI
interfaces, you have easy access to both process and diagnostic
data to cover a wide breadth of applications.
Hardware
NI PROFIBUS interfaces are available in the CompactRIO, PCI, and
PXI form factors. They are designed to work on the PROFIBUS DP
layer, the core communications layer of PROFIBUS. PROFIBUS
provides multiple transmission technologies to fit location
requirements for industrial networks. These are assigned to
PROFIBUS in IEC 61158 and IEC 61784 and include RS485,
Manchester Bus Powered (MBP), intrinsically safe RS485 and MBP,
and fiberoptic connections. These PROFIBUS interfaces work with
RS485-based networks, the most common transmission technology.
An onboard processor, memory, and flash storage enable the
interfaces to reliably communicate with the PROFIBUS network
independently of PC performance and jitter. If the host machine has
a software failure, the rest of the PROFIBUS network continues to
operate normally.
CompactRIO PROFIBUS modules require 2.5 W of power, so you
must use the module in Slot 1 while leaving Slot 2 empty. Also,
these modules work with only CompactRIO reconfigurable chassis,
such as an NI cRIO-911x, and NI Single-Board RIO devices. They are
not supported in the NI 9151 R Series expansion chassis. Only the
CompactRIO PROFIBUS slave module is supported in NI 9144
real-time Ethernet expansion chassis for programming in FPGA
Mode.
NI CompactRIO PROFIBUS Interface,
NI PCI PROFIBUS Interface,
NI PXI PROFIBUS Interface
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s

f
o
r

N
I

L
a
b
V
I
E
W
,

L
a
b
V
I
E
W

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e
CompactRIO, PXI, and PCI 1-port
interfaces for PROFIBUS DP
industrial networks
PROFIBUS DP RS485 baud rates
from 9.6 kbits/s to 12,000 kbits/s
Graphical Configurator software
Configure network timing, masters,
and slaves
Load .GS* files for configuring slaves
Diagnostic utility for in-application
troubleshooting
Supported PROFIBUS DP protocols
DPV0 Master Class 1/2, DPV0 Slave,
DPV1 Master Class 2
PROFIBUS master functionality
Single-master and multimaster modes
Onboard processor that downloads
and stores PROFIBUS configurations
for reliable network master operation
Advanced bus parameter customization
PROFIBUS slave functionality
Add CompactRIO, PC, PXI, and
industrial controllers as powerful
PROFIBUS slaves to existing networks
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
Back to Index
Software
The PROFIBUS interfaces are shipped with a LabVIEW driver and a
powerful configuration utility. The LabVIEW driver is a VI-based API
for operating the PROFIBUS interfaces in either master or slave
mode. The software for the CompactRIO PROFIBUS module is a
LabVIEW FPGA VI-based API for operating PROFIBUS interfaces in
either master or slave mode and must be installed separately. In
master mode, a LabVIEW system can control a PROFIBUS DP
network of devices such as sensors, drives, and PLCs. In slave mode,
the LabVIEW system can operate as a powerful node on an existing
PROFIBUS network with another master controlling the node.
PROFIBUS Master
In master mode, these PROFIBUS interfaces control the timing and
arbitration of the network. After the interface configures the
network with the included Configurator utility, the API allows the
host application to send and receive process data to the interfaces.
The host application then sends the data to the network according
to the timing parameters. Process data flowing to the host
application (process image) is hardware-timestamped by the
PROFIBUS interfaces for reliable timing and control. With average-
sized PROFIBUS configurations (approximately 3 KB of I/O data), you
can achieve 1 ms control resolution. When you use these interfaces
with the LabVIEW Real-Time operating system, you can achieve
deterministic control of devices over a PROFIBUS network and
maximum reliability.
PROFIBUS Slave
When using one of these PROFIBUS interfaces as a slave on a
PROFIBUS network, you can turn a CompactRIO, PC, or PXI system
into a powerful PROFIBUS device. As a slave, the interface helps you
integrate NI highperformance data acquisition, motion, vision, and
modular instruments into PROFIBUS-enabled machines and
processes.
Configurator Software
Using the Configurator software included with these PROFIBUS
interfaces, you can quickly and easily set up a PROFIBUS
configuration. By working with device manufacturer-supplied .GS*
files, you can select and configure the I/O you access with the
master application. You also can use the Configurator to monitor the
values of device I/O to quickly identify the correct I/O addresses for
an application. With the graphical interface of the Configurator, you
can maintain larger networks with ease. The Configurator uses an
XML-based configuration storage format for easy integration with
third-party applications.
Figure 1. 9-Pin D-Sub Connector
NI CompactRIO PROFIBUS master/slave interface...... 781352-01
NI CompactRIO PROFIBUS slave interface................... 781351-01
NI PCI PROFIBUS master/slave interface..................... 780160-01
NI PXI PROFIBUS master/slave interface..................... 780161-01
Table 1. Supported PROFIBUS Baud Rates
Baud Rate (kb/s) Max Cable Length (m)
9.6 1200
19.2 1200
45.45 1200
93.75 1200
187.5 1000
500 400
1500 200
3000 100
6000 100
12000 100
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s

f
o
r

N
I

L
a
b
V
I
E
W
,

L
a
b
V
I
E
W

R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e
614
Back to Index
Flexible baud rates from 57 b/s to
2 Mb/s (NI 843x)
Up to 128 B transmit/receive
FIFOs (NI 843x, USB, ENET)
Full multiprocessor and
hyperthreading compatibility (NI 843x)
Memory-mapped to prevent
I/O resource conflicts (NI 843x)
3.3 and 5 V PCI slot-compatible (NI 843x)
NI-Serial device driver works with
NI-VISA for easy development
for deterministic control
(Standard plug-in, ENET)
Optical isolation up to 2,000 V
(Standard plug-in)
Operating Systems
Windows 2000/XP (NI 843x, USB)
Windows 2000/NT/XP/Me/9x
(Standard plug-in)
Windows 2000/NT/XP (ENET)
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
C/C++
Visual Basic
Any package that uses the
Microsoft Win32 Serial API
NI-Serial
Overview
National Instruments offers serial interfaces for PCI, PXI, PCMCIA,
USB, and Ethernet.They are asynchronous interfaces for
communicating with instruments via serial ports. Depending on the
platform, interfaces are available with up to 16 ports and full
Windows 2000/NT/XP/Me/9x plug-and-play compatibility, which
gives you the benefit of automatic configuration for easier
installation and maintenance. You can install and use these devices
as standard serial ports from your existing applications or with
applications written with NI-VISA. Development environments such
as Visual Basic, Visual C++, and Excel, as well as NI LabVIEW,
LabWindows/CVI, Measurement Studio, and Lookout application
software products, can access the add-in serial ports using standard
serial I/O functions. All interface devices include an enhanced serial
driver for improved performance, easy configuration, and access to
the advanced transceiver control modes of the RS485 interfaces.
Isolation
Ground loops - current flowing through the ground line when ground
voltage levels differ between connected devices - are a common
problem in many industrial applications. On RS485, this problem
results in a common-mode voltage produced by the difference in
ground levels or by noise induced on both lines. Isolating serial ports
eliminates this problem and protects the computer system in harsh
industrial environments. The National Instruments PCI, PXI, and
serial interfaces are available with 2,000 V port-to-port isolation for
such applications.
Cabling
NI 2-port serial interfaces have DB-9 male connectors with standard
pin assignments for RS485 and RS232 connectors (see Figure 1). The
4-port interfaces use 10-position modular phone jacks, so all four
connectors can exist on a single back panel (see Figure 2). When
purchasing a 4-port serial interface, you can order cables that convert
the phone jacks to either DB-9 or DB-25 male connectors with standard
pin assignments. In general, you should order four converter cables per
4-port serial device. Note that a converter cable is not designed to go
the full distance from a 4-port serial interface directly to your
instruments. The most popular NI converter cables convert the 10-pin
phone jack on a 4-port device to the same DB-9 male connector found
on a typical PC serial port. The connection from this converter to your
serial device uses the standard cables used with the PC serial port.
National Instruments ships cables with all isolated PCI 4-channel
serial boards to ensure isolation. NI 4-channel PXI serial modules,
which do not require special isolated cables to ensure isolation, come
without cables. All 8-port serial interfaces include an adapter cable that
connects to the SCSI 68-pin connector on the device and terminates in
eight standard DB-9 male connectors (see Figure 3). All 16-port RS232
serial interfaces include a breakout box that connects to the SCSI 100-
pin connector on the device and terminates in 16 standard DB-9 male
connectors (see Figure 4). NI ships PCMCIA serial cards with interface
cables that provide one, two, or four DB-9 male connectors. These DB-9
male connectors provide standard pin assignments for RS485 and
RS232 connections. Note that these cables are not designed to go the
full distance from a PCMCIA serial card to your instrument. The cables
provide the same DB-9 male connectors on a typical PC serial port.
NI Serial Interfaces
Serial Interfaces for PXI, PCI, PCMCIA, Ethernet, and USB
615
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
S
e
r
i
a
l

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s

f
o
r
P
X
I
,

P
C
I
,

P
C
M
C
I
A
,

E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t
,

a
n
d

U
S
B
Back to Index
High-Performance Interfaces
NI 843x high-performance serial interfaces deliver advanced features
such as flexible baud rates up to 2 Mb/s and universal PCI, and
hyperthreading and multiprocessor compatibility. With the flexible
baud rate capabilities of the NI 843x interfaces, you can communicate
with devices that operate with nonstandard baud rates ranging from
57 b/s up to 2 Mb/s within 1 percent and standard baud rates within
0.01 percent. With multiprocessor and hyperthreading compatibility,
you also can take advantage of the latest PC technology for higher
speeds and improved efficiency. The new driver software included
with the devices offers better resource allocation as well as DMA
access for higher throughput with minimal CPU usage. In addition, NI
843x interfaces include new memory-mapping features that you can
use to connect to more serial devices without resource conflicts. PCI-
843x interfaces are universal PCI boards, fully compatible with both 5
and 3.3 V signaling environments so the board can work in a wide
range of PCs.
USB Interfaces
The National Instruments USB-232 and USB-485 transform your
USB port into asynchronous serial ports for communication with
serial devices. The NI USB-232 and USB-485 are available in either
1, 2, or 4-port versions, using standard RS232, RS422, or RS485
communications. You can install and use the USB-232 and USB-485
as standard serial ports from your existing applications or with
applications written with NI-VISA. Additionally, 2 and 4-port
versions of the USB-232 feature software-selectable DTE or DCE
transceiver modes, as well as an automatic transceiver detection
mode, or Auto232. The USB-485 features software-selectable
biasing, with which you can turn biasing on and off for each port.
Ethernet Interfaces
The National Instruments ENET-232 and ENET-485 serial device
servers connect either 100BaseTX (100 Mb/s) or 10BaseT (10 Mb/s)
Ethernet networks to asynchronous serial ports for communication
with serial devices. They come with either 2 or 4-port options and
use standard RS232, RS422, or RS485 communications. All products
are shipped with driver software for Windows 2000/NT/XP. You can
install and use these serial device servers as standard serial ports from
your existing applications or with applications written with NI-VISA. The
TCP/IP communication protocol, which handles all communication
between the serial device server and the host PC, runs on embedded
firmware in the serial device server. A configuration utility configures the
IP address of the serial device server and exposes all additional serial
ports to the OS for immediate use by any application software package
using a standard Microsoft Windows Serial (COM) port interface.
Figure 1. DB-9 Connector Pin Locations Figure 2. 10-Position Modular Jack
Pin Locations
Figure 3. SCSI 68-Pin Connector Locations Figure 4. SCSI 100-Pin Connector
Locations
Specifications
Interface Hardware Dimensions
High-Performance PCI....................................... 10.7 by 14.2 cm (4.2 by 5.6 in)
PCI
2-port boards (isolated and unisolated)...... 10.7 by 14.2 cm (4.2 by 5.6 in.)
4-port boards (isolated and unisolated)...... 10.7 by 17.3 cm (4.2 by 6.8 in.)
8-port boards............................................... 10.7 by 14.5 cm (4.2 by 5.7 in.)
16-port boards............................................. 10.7 by 17.5 cm (4.2 by 6.9 in.)
PXI (excluding connectors)................................ 10.0 by 16.0 cm (3.9 by 6.3 in.)
PCMCIA............................................................. Type II PC Card
ENET.................................................................. 21.0 by 12.4 by 3.7 cm
(8.25 by 4.89 by 1.44 in.)
USB-232/2, USB-232/4..................................... 21.0 by 12.4 by 3.7 cm
(8.3 by 4.9 by 1.4 in.)
USB-232............................................................ 3.8 by 3.7 by 1.6 cm or
(1.5 by 1.4 by 0.6 in.)
Environmental Specifications
Safety
These products are designed to meet the requirements of the following
standards of safety for information technology equipment:
IEC 60950-1, EN 60950-1
UL 60950-1
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
Emissions: EN 55011 Class A at 10 m. FCC Part 15A above 1 GHz
Immunity: EN 61326:1997 + A2:2001, Table 1
Note: For EMC compliance, operate this device with shielded cabling.
CE Compliance
These products meet the essential requirements of applicable European Directives, as
amended for CE Marking, as follows:
Low-Voltage Directive (safety):........................ 73/23/EEC
Directive (EMC):................................................ 89/336/EEC
Note: For more information on certifications, marks, and DoCs, visit ni.com/certification.
Ambient Relative Humidity Ambient Relative Humidity
Temperature (C) Temperature (C)
PCI 0 to 55 10 to 90 -20 to 70 5 to 95
PXI 0 to 55 10 to 90 -20 to 70 5 to 95
PCMCIA 0 to 55 10 to 90 -40 to 125 5 to 95
USB 0 to 70 10 to 90 -40 to 80 5 to 95
Ethernet 0 to 70 10 to 90 -40 to 85 5 to 95
Operating Environment Storage Environment
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
S
e
r
i
a
l

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s

f
o
r
P
X
I
,

P
C
I
,

P
C
M
C
I
A
,

E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t
,

a
n
d

U
S
B
616
Back to Index
PCI and PXI Interfaces for RS232, RS485, and RS422
617
2, 4, 8, and 16-port versions
Minimal CPU usage with DMA transfers
Configurable nonstandard baud rates
up to 3 Mb/s (1 Mb/s for RS232)
128 B transmit and receive FIFOs
Compatible with 3.3 and 5 V slots
Hyperthreading/multiprocessor
compatibility
Handle RTS/CTS hardware handshake
lines
2000 V port-to-port isolation (optional)
4 transceiver-control modes, including
automatic mode for 2-wire
RS485/RS422 devices
Certified Windows quality driver
Operating Systems
Windows 7/Vista/XPx64/XP/2000
Windows 2003 Server x64
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
C/C++
Visual Basic
Any package that uses the
Microsoft Win32 Serial API
NI-Serial
NI 843x
Four RS232 or RS485 serial ports for
CompactRIO
Baud rates up to 921.6 kb/s (RS232) or
1843.2 kb/s (RS485)
8 to 28 VDC external power required,
cable included
64 B send-and-receive UART FIFOs per
port
60 VDC bank isolation
OS Information
Linux
Mac OS X
Windows
Windows 7
Windows Vista
Windows XP
Driver Information
C-Series Serial
NI-RIO
LabVIEW Development System
LabVIEW FPGA Module
Visual C#
Visual C++
NI CompactRIO Serial Interfaces
High-performance 8- and 16-port serial interfaces for PCI Express
High-speed DMA interface minimizes CPU overhead, 128 B transmit
and receive FIFOs
Compatible with Windows 7/Vista/XP/2000, LabVIEW Real-Time
NI-Serial driver includes free NI-VISA API for easy programming
Flexible baud rates up to 3 Mbits/s for RS485/422 and 1 Mbit/s for
RS232
PCI Express Serial Interfaces
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
P
C
I

a
n
d

P
X
I

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s
Back to Index
High-Performance, 8-Port RS232 Interface for PCI Express
NI PCIe-8430/8 (RS232)
Compatible with Windows and LabVIEW Real-Time OSs
Flexible standard and nonstandard baud rates from2 baud to 1,000,000 baud
Better than 0.015 percent accuracy for standard baud rates and 0.5 percent
for nonstandard rates
High-speed DMA interface and 128 B transmit and receive FIFOs minimize
CPU overhead
Includes 8-port breakout cable (68-pin VHDCI to eight D-Sub 9-pin male ports)
High-Performance, 16-Port RS232 Interface for PCI Express
NI PCIe-8430/16 (RS232)
CPU overhead
Includes two 8-port breakout cables (68-pin VHDCI to eight D-Sub 9-pin male
ports)
High-Performance, Isolated Serial Interface for PCI Express
NI PCIe-8432/2 (Industrial RS232)
Port-to-port and port-to-PC isolation: 60 VDC continuous (CAT I), 2000 V
withstand (Vrms/5 s)
15,000 V ESD protection (human body model)
Compatibility with Windows and LabVIEW Real-Time OSs
High-speed DMA interface minimizes CPU overhead
128 B transmit and receive FIFOs; compatible with Modbus serial
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
H
i
g
h
-
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e
,

8
-
P
o
r
t

R
S
2
3
2

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e

f
o
r

P
C
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
618
Back to Index
High-Performance, 8-Port RS485/422 Interface for PCI Express
NI PCIe-8431/8 (RS485/422)
Selectable 4- and 2-wire transceiver modes for full- and half-duplex
communication
High-speed DMA interface minimizes CPU overhead; 128 B transmit and
receive FIFOs
High-Performance, 16-Port RS485/422 Interface, PCI Express
NI PCIe-8431/16 (RS485/422)
communication
receive FIFOs
ports)
High-Performance, Isolated Serial Interface for PCI Express
NI PCIe-8433/2 (Industrial RS485/RS422)
Port-to-port and port-to-PC isolation: 60 VDC continuous (CAT I), 2000 V
withstand (Vrms/5 s)
communication
Compatibility with Windows and LabVIEW Real-Time OSs
Minimal CPU overhead with high-speed DMA interface; multicore processor
and hyperthreading support
Compatibility with Modbus RS485 serial PLCs; 128 B transmit and receive
FIFOs
619
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
H
i
g
h
-
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e
,

8
-
P
o
r
t

R
S
4
8
5
/
4
2
2

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e

f
o
r

P
C
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
Back to Index
Overview
The National Instruments 843x devices are high-performance RS232,
RS422, and RS485 plug-in interfaces for PCI and PXI. NI 843x
interfaces improve on the standard functionality of plug-in serial
interfaces by offering advanced functionality, such as minimal CPU
usage with direct memory access (DMA) transfers and 3 Mb/s
maximum baud rates. With configurable nonstandard baud rates,
you can communicate at any baud rate up to 3 Mb/s. In addition, NI
843x interfaces have 128 B FIFOs for greater throughput, meet the
universal PCI standard (3.3 and 5.0 V), and are hyperthreading and
multiprocessor compatible.
Minimal CPU Usage
NI 843x interfaces use DMA to transfer data from the serial
hardware to the memory on your computer. DMA is a transfer mode
whereby the serial interface communicates directly to the PC
memory, bypassing the processor altogether. Using the NI PCI and
PXI serial interfaces, you can transmit and receive full bus loads
simultaneously on multiple ports with little effect on your CPU.
Configurable Nonstandard Baud Rates
NI 843x interfaces offer configurable baud rates up to 2 Mb/s to
within 1 percent accuracy. For data transmissions between 2 and 3
Mb/s, they offer accuracy within 2 percent for nonstandard baud
rates.
High Baud Rates
NI 843x interfaces use special transceivers that transmit data at
rates much higher than those available in standard serial interfaces.
RS232 interfaces have a 1 Mb/s baud rate, the maximum specified
for the RS232 protocol. RS485/RS422 interfaces have a 3 Mb/s
maximum baud rate.
Isolation
NI 843x interfaces are optionally available with 2000 V port-to-port
isolation for safe, reliable communication in industrial, hazardous,
and noisy environments. Isolated ports provide reliable
communication in situations involving ground loops from different
ground levels or high common-mode voltage induced on the lines in
noisy environments. The isolation between each serial port and the
host PC ensures the safe operation of the PC and the devices
connected to the other ports on the same interface during accidental
high voltages or line surges on communication lines.
Customizable baud rates up to 3,000 kbit/s (RS485/422) or 1,000 kbit/s (RS232)
Compatible with Windows 7/Vista/XP/2000, LabVIEW Real-Time OSs
High-speed DMA interface minimizes CPU overhead
8- and 16-port versions
Asynchronous RS232, RS485, and RS422 serial interfaces
PXI Express Serial Interfaces
PCI and PXI Interfaces for RS232, RS485, and RS422
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
P
C
I

a
n
d

P
X
I

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s
620
Back to Index
PXI Express Serial Interfaces
NI PXIe-8430/8
CPU overhead
NI PXIe-8430/16
CPU overhead
ports)
NI PXIe-8431/8
communication
receive FIFOs
NI PXIe-8431/16
communication
receive FIFOs
ports)
621
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
H
i
g
h
-
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e
,

8
-
P
o
r
t

R
S
2
3
2

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e

f
o
r

P
C
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
Back to Index
PCMCIA and ExpressCard Interfaces for RS232, RS485,
and RS422
1, 2, and 4-port versions
921.6 kb/s maximum baud rate
Up to 64 B transmit and receive FIFOs
Hyperthreading/multiprocessor compatible
4 transceiver-control modes,
including automatic mode for 2-wire RS485/RS422 devices
Detachable cable with standard DB-9 male connector(s)
ExpressCard/34 package
2-port versions
460.8 kb/s maximum baud rate for RS485/RS422
230.4 kb/s maximum baud rate for RS232
Hyperthreading/multiprocessor compatible
4 transceiver-control modes,
including automatic mode for 2-wire RS485/RS422 devices
Detachable cable with standard DB-9 male connector(s)
NI PCMCIA-232 Series, NI PCMCIA-485 Series
NI ExpressCard-842x
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
P
C
M
C
I
A

a
n
d

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
C
a
r
d

S
e
r
i
a
l

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s
622
Back to Index
USB Interfaces for RS232, RS485, and RS422
623
Overview
The National Instruments USB-232 and USB-485 transform your
Universal Serial Bus (USB) port into asynchronous serial ports for
communication with serial devices. The NI USB-232 and USB-485
are available in either 1, 2, or 4-port versions and use standard RS-
232, RS-422, or RS-485 communications. All products include driver
software for Windows 2000/XP. You can install and use the USB-
232 and USB-485 as standard serial ports from your existing
applications or with applications written with NI-VISA.
Additionally, the USB-232 2 and 4-port versions feature software-
selectable DTE or DCE transceiver modes, as well as an automatic
transceiver detection mode, or Auto232. The USB-485 features
software selectable biasing; therefore, you can turn biasing on and
off for each port through software.
Development environments, such as Visual Basic, Visual C++, and
Excel, as well as National Instruments LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI
and Measurement Studio, can access the serial ports using standard
serial I/O functions.
NI USB-232 Series, NI USB-485 Series
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
U
S
B

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s
Specifications
FIFO size..................................................... 128 B
Maximum transfer rat................................ 460.8 kb/s (RS-485); 230.4 kb/s
(RS-232)
USB connector (1 port)............................... 2m captive cable with USB series
A plug
USB connector (2 and 4 port)..................... USB standard series B connector
Serial connectors........................................ DB-9
Noise emissions......................................... Class A
Power Requirements
5 VDC (from USB)....................................... USB-232 (100 mA typ, 200 mA max)
USB-232/2 (200 mA typ, 500 mA max)
USB-232/4 (300 mA typ, 500 mA max)
USB-485 (175 mA typ, 500 mA max)
USB-485/2 (300 mA typ, 500 mA max)
+12 VDC (from supply furnished)................ USB-485/4 (225 mA typ, 500 mA max)
Ambient temperature................................. 0 to 70 C
Relative humidity........................................ 10 to 90%, noncondensing
Storage Environment
Ambient temperature (1 port)..................... -40 to 80 C
Ambient temperature (2 and 4 port)........... -40 to 85 C
Electrostatic Discharge Protection
Case contact and air discharge.................. 4 kV
RS-232 and RS-435 data lines.................... 15 kV (HBM)
Compatible with standard PC serial port
1, 2, and 4-port versions
Handle RTS/CTS hardware handshake lines
5,6,7, or 8 data bits
NI USB-485
RS-485 or RS-422 interface
460.8 kb/s maximum transfer rate
Communicates with up to 31 devices
Automatic transceiver-control mode
for 2-wire RS-485 devices
Software-selectable biasing
Cable lengths up to 1.2 km (4,000 ft)
NI USB-232
RS-232 interface
Software-selectable DTE or DCE
transceiver modes
(2 and 4-port models only)
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
C/C++
Visual Basic
Any package with the
Microsoft serial driver interface
NI-Serial
Back to Index
Ethernet Interfaces for RS232, RS485, and RS422
Ethernet TCP/IP interfaces
100BaseTX (100 Mb/s)
10BaseT (10 Mb/s)
Compatible with PC serial port
2 and 4 ports
RTS/CTS hardware handshake lines
DHCP or manual IP address assignment
ENET-232
RS-232 interface
15.6 m (50 ft) cable length, maximum
ENET-485
RS-485 or RS-422 interface
460 kb/s maximum transfer rate
31 devices per port, maximum
Automatic transceiver-control mode
for 2-wire RS-485 devices
1.2 km (4,000 ft) cable length, maximum
Operating Systems
Linux
Solaris
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
Lookout
C/C++
Visual Basic
Any package that uses the Microsoft
Windows Serial (COM) port interface
NI-SDS (Windows only)
NI-VISA
Overview
The National Instruments ENET-232 and ENET-485 serial device
servers connect either 100BaseTX (100 Mb/s) or 10BaseT (10 Mb/s)
Ethernet networks to asynchronous serial ports for communication
with serial devices. You can buy serial device servers with either 2
or 4-port options and use standard RS-232, RS-422, or RS-485
communications. All products are shipped with driver software for
Windows 2000/NT/XP. You can install and use these serial device
servers as standard serial ports from your existing applications or
with applications written with NI-VISA. Development environments,
such as Visual Basic, Visual C++, and Excel, as well as National
Instruments LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, Measurement Studio, and
Lookout application software products, can access the add-in serial
ports using standard serial I/O functions.
Description
The TCP/IP communication protocol, which handles all
communication between the serial device server and the host PC,
runs on embedded firmware in the serial device server.
A configuration utility configures the IP address of the serial device
server and exposes all additional serial ports to the operating
system for immediate use by any application software package
using standard Microsoft Windows Serial (COM) port interface.
NI ENET-232 Series, NI ENET-485 Series
Specifications
FIFO size............................................................. 128 B
Maximum transfer rate...................................... 460 kb/s
Ethernet connector............................................. RJ45
Serial connectors............................................... DB-9
Noise emissions................................................. Class A
Power Requirements
+9 VDC............................................................... 600 mA typical, 1.0 A maximum
Dimensions........................................................ 21.0 by 12.4 by 3.7 cm
(8.25 by 4.89 by 1.44 in.)
Ambient temperature........................................ 0 to 70 C
Relative humidity............................................... 10 to 90%, noncondensing
Storage Environment
Ambient temperature........................................ -40 to 85 C
Relative humidity............................................... 5 to 95%, noncondensing
Electrostatic Discharge Protection
Case contact and air discharge......................... 4 kV
RS-232 and RS-485 data lines........................... 15 kV (HBM)
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t

S
e
r
i
a
l

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s
624
Back to Index
Power Requirements
(from PCI, PXI, or PCMCIA)
+5 VDC +12 VDC 2000 V
Isolation
O=Optical
D=Digital
RXD, TXD,
GND, RTS,
and CTS
Only
Data
Line ESD
Protection
(HBM) (kV)
Max
Transfer
Rate
(kb/s)
Typical
Current
(mA)
Maximum
Current
(mA)
Typical
Current
(mA)
Maximum
Current
(mA)
LabVIEW
Real-Time
Support
DB-9
Adapter(s)
Included
I/O Connectors
All
Signals
FIFO
Size (B)
Part
Number Model
PCI
PCI-8430/2 (RS232) 325 500 DB-9 male 15 1000 128 778978-01
PCI-8430/4 (RS232) 400 600 10-position jack 15 1000 128 778979-01
PCI-8430/8 (RS232) 600 900 SCSI 68-pin interface 15 1000 128 779147-01
PCI-8431/2 (RS485) 500 750 DB-9 male 15 2000 128 778980-01
PCI-8431/4 (RS485) 725 1100 10-position jack 15 2000 128 778981-01
PCI-8431/8 (RS485) 1300 1900 SCSI 68-pin interface 15 2000 128 779148-01
PCI-8432/2 (RS232) 380 570 DB-9 male D 15 1000 128 779143-01
PCI-8432/4 (RS232) 550 815 10-position jack D 15 1000 128 779144-01
PCI-8433/2 (RS485) 380 570 DB-9 male D 15 2000 128 779145-01
PCI-8433/4 (RS485) 785 1200 10-position jack D 15 2000 128 779146-01
PXI
PXI-8430/2 (RS232) 325 500 DB-9 male 15 1000 128 778982-01
PXI-8430/4 (RS232) 400 600 10-position jack 15 1000 128 778983-01
PXI-8431/2 (RS485) 500 750 DB-9 male 15 2000 128 778984-01
PXI-8431/4 (RS485) 725 1100 10-position jack 15 2000 128 778985-01
PCI
PCI-232/16 (RS232) 500 1000 SCSI 100-pin female Ports 1-8 Ports 9-16 15 115.2 64 777642-16
PXI
PXI-8420/2 (RS232) 100 150 20 200 DB-9 male 15 115.2 64 777733-02
PXI-8420/4 (RS232) 125 200 40 400 10-position jack 15 115.2 64 777733-04
PXI-8420/8 (RS232) 150 250 80 800 SCSI 68-pin interface 15 115.2 64 777733-08
PXI-8420/16 (RS232) 500 1000 SCSI 100-pin female Ports 1-8 Ports 9-16 15 115.2 64 777733-16
PXI-8421/2 (RS485) 350 750 DB-9 male 2 460.8 64 777735-02
PXI-8421/4 (RS485) 700 1300 10-position jack 2 460.8 64 777735-04
PXI-8421/8 (RS485) 1100 2000 SCSI 68-pin interface 2 460.8 64 777735-08
PXI-8422/2 (RS232) 400 650 DB-9 male O 15 115.2 64 777736-02
PXI-8422/4 (RS232) 500 750 10-position jack O 15 115.2 64 777736-04
PXI-8423/2 (RS485) 800 1300 DB-9 male O 15 460.8 64 777737-02
PXI-8423/4 (RS485) 1000 1500 10-position jack O 15 460.8 64 777737-04
PCMCIA
PCMCIA-232 (RS232) 40 150 DB-9 male 2 921.6 16 777379-01
PCMCIA-232/2 (RS232) 60 250 DB-9 male 2 921.6 16 777379-02
PCMCIA-232/4 (RS232) 60 200 DB-9 male 15 115.2 64 777379-04
PCMCIA-485 (RS485) 110 225 DB-9 male 2 921.6 16 777378-01
PCMCIA-485/2 (RS485) 150 400 DB-9 male 2 921.6 16 777378-02
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

P
l
u
g
-
I
n
H
i
g
h
-
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e

P
l
u
g
-
I
n
Power Requirements
(from PCI, PXI, or PCMCIA) Only
RXD, TXD,
GND, RTS,
and CTS
Data
Line ESD
Protection
1
(HBM) (kV)
+5 VDC +9 to +30 VDC Signal Max
Transfer
Rate (kb/s)
DB-9
Adapter(s)
Included
Typical Maximum Typical Maximum Compatibility Optical All FIFO
Size (B)
Part
Number Model Current (mA) Current (mA) Current (mA) Current (mA) I/O Connectors Isolation Signals
USB
USB-232 100 500 DB-9 male 15 230.4 128 778472-01
USB-232/2 200 500 DB-9 male 15 230.4 128 778473-02
USB-232/4 300 500 DB-9 male 15 230.4 128 778473-04
USB-485 175 500 DB-9 male 15 460.8 128 778475-01
USB-485/2 300 500 DB-9 male 15 460.8 128 77876-02
USB-485/4 225 500 DB-9 male 15 460.8 128 778476-P4
Ethernet
ENET-232/2 600 1000 DB-9 male 15 230.4 128 778064-P2
ENET-232/4 600 1000 DB-9 male 15 230.4 128 778064-P4
ENET-485/2 600 1000 DB-9 male 15 460.8 128 778065-P2
ENET-485/4 600 1000 DB-9 male 15 460.8 128 778065-P4
1
ESD Protection rating determined by transceiver component design.
E
x
t
e
r
n
a
l
625
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
S
e
r
i
a
l

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s

f
o
r

P
X
I
,

P
C
I
,

P
C
M
C
I
A
,

E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t
,

a
n
d

U
S
B
Back to Index
Serial Interface Cables and Accessories
RS232 Null-Modem Cable 9-pin female D-Sub to 9-pin female
D-Sub.
1 m.................................................................................... 182238-01
2 m.................................................................................... 182238-02
4 m.................................................................................... 182238-04
RS232 Straight-Through Cable 9-pin female D-Sub (DTE) to 9-
pin male D-Sub (DCE).
1 m.................................................................................... 183045-01
2 m.................................................................................... 183045-02
4 m.................................................................................... 183045-04
RS232 Straight-Through 9 to 25-Pin Cable 9-pin female D-Sub
to 25-pin male D-Sub.
1 m.................................................................................... 181074-10
RS485 Null-Modem Cable 9-pin female D-Sub to 9-pin female
D-Sub.
1 m.................................................................................... 183283-01
2 m.................................................................................... 183283-02
4 m.................................................................................... 183283-04
1-Port DB-9, PCMCIA PCMCIA (1 and 2-port) serial interface
cable.
0.3 m................................................................................ 183905-0R3
4-Port DB-9, PCMCIA PCMCIA (4-port) serial interface cable.
1 m.................................................................................... 188399-01
1-Port DB-9, Nonisolated Nonisolated converter cable for 4-port
boards 10-position RJ45 modular jack to DB-9.
1 m.................................................................................... 182845-01
2 m.................................................................................... 182845-02
3 m.................................................................................... 182845-03
1-Port DB-25, Nonisolated Converter cable for 4-port boards 10-
position RJ45 modular jack to DB-25.
1 m.................................................................................... 182846-01
1-Port DB-9, Isolated Converter cable for 4-port boards (AT and
PCI) 10-position RJ45 modular jack to DB-9.
1 m.................................................................................... 184428-01
8-Port DB-9, RS232 SCSI-68 to 8-port DB-9 for RS232.
1 m.................................................................................... 185196-01
8-Port DB-9, RS485 SCSI-68 to 8-port DB-9 for RS485.
1 m.................................................................................... 185845 -01
16-Port DB-9, Breakout Box, RS232 SCSI-100 to 16-port DB-9
breakout box.
1 m.................................................................................... 186936-01
RS485 DB-9 Terminator DB-9 terminating connector for RS485.
RS485 DB-9 Terminator.................................................... 182844-01
E1 Cable Twisted-pair (CATS) cable for Ethernet serial interfaces
for connection through an Ethernet hub.
1 m.................................................................................... 182219-01
5 m.................................................................................... 182219-05
10 m.................................................................................. 182219-10
E4 Cable Twisted-pair (CATS) crossover cable for Ethernet serial
interfaces, for direct connection to a computer.
1 m.................................................................................... 187375-01
5 m.................................................................................... 187375-05
10m................................................................................... 187375-10
E5 Cable Twisted-pair (CATS) shielded cable for Ethernet serial
interfaces.
1 m.................................................................................... 189174-01
5 m.................................................................................... 189174-05
10 m.................................................................................. 189174-10
Rack-Mount Kit For Ethernet and multiport USB serial interfaces,
single/dual case................................................................ 187322-02
DIN-RaiI/Wall-Mount Kit For Ethernet and multiport USB serial
interfaces, single unit....................................................... 777972-01
RS232 Straight-Through
9 to 25-Pin Cable
1-Port DB-9, PCMCIA 4-Port DB-9, PCMCIA 1-Port DB-9,
Nonisolated
8-Port DB-9, RS485
(also available in RS232)
16-Port DB-9, Breakout
Box, RS232
RS485 DB-9 Terminator
12
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

B
u
s
e
s

a
n
d

P
r
o
t
o
c
o
l
s
S
e
r
i
a
l

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e

C
a
b
l
e
s

a
n
d

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
626
Back to Index
Vision
627
Overview
National Instruments is a leading machine vision and scientific
imaging hardware and software tools provider. From inspecting
automotive parts to researching advanced medicines, engineers and
scientists use NI vision software and hardware to meet a diverse set
of application challenges, faster and at lower cost.
Vision Hardware
National Instruments image acquisition hardware comes with
advanced features that translate into higher performance for your
application. These include PCI Express-based frame grabbers and
compatibility with thousands of cameras. NI offers a wide range of
image acquisition devices that can acquire from analog, digital,
Camera Link, IEEE 1394, and GigE Vision (Gigabit Ethernet) cameras.
Compact Vision System
The National Instruments Compact Vision System gives you
flexibility, integration, and ruggedness for all of your inspection,
alignment, gauging, and identification applications. A high-
performance processor integrated with three IEEE 1394a ports
means that NI Compact Vision System is equipped to handle any
inspection task. The Compact Vision System offers reconfigurable
I/O to communicate with a wide range of automation devices
including PLCs, relays, and robotics. It is designed for extreme
operating temperatures common in manufacturing environments. No
longer are you confined to the limited image processing capability,
sensor size, and sensor speed of traditional smart cameras.
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s

a
n
d

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Contents
Overview............................................................................... 627
Software
Overview.................................................................................. 628
Vision Software Capabilities................................................... 629
Machine Vision Development Software................................. 630
Configurable Machine Vision Software.................................. 632
Driver Software
Vision Acquisition.................................................................... 634
Hardware
IEEE 1394 Image Acquisition
NI 8252 .................................................................................... 635
PCIe-8253 ................................................................................ 636
GigE
NI PCle-8231, 8235, NI PXIe-8234 .......................................... 637
Camera Link
NI PCI-1426.............................................................................. 639
NI PCle-1427............................................................................ 639
NI PCle-1429............................................................................ 639
NI PCle-1430............................................................................ 639
NI PCIe-1433............................................................................ 641
NI PXle-1435............................................................................ 641
NI PCIe-1473R ......................................................................... 642
NI PXI-1483R ........................................................................... 642
Parallel Digital
NI PCI-1424.............................................................................. 643
NI 1422 .................................................................................... 643
Smart Camera
NI 177x .................................................................................... 645
NI 17xx..................................................................................... 646
Vision System
EVS-1464 ................................................................................. 652
EVS-1463 ................................................................................. 652
GigE Vision
EVS-1463RT............................................................................. 655
Real-Time Embedded Vision System
EVS-1464RT............................................................................. 656
Completing Your Vision System
Machine Vision Cameras and Accessories............................. 657
Cameras, Lenses, and Lights................................................... 661
Back to Index
Vision Software Overview
Vision Software
National Instruments has been a leader in machine vision and image
processing for nearly a decade by making powerful software that is
easy to use.
Image Acquisition
NI vision software can acquire images from thousands of different
cameras. To acquire, display, save, and monitor images from
cameras, use Vision Acquisition software, which is included with all
NI frame grabbers and with both image processing software
packages Vision Development Module and Vision Builder for
Automated Inspection (Vision Builder AI). Vision Acquisition
software is also sold separately for IEEE 1394 and GigE Vision image
acquisition.
Image Processing and Machine Vision
To process images, NI vision software comes in two different
packages the Vision Development Module and Vision Builder AI.
The Vision Development Module is a collection of hundreds of vision
functions for programmers using LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, C/C++,
Visual Basic, or .NET. Vision Builder AI is an interactive software
environment for configuring, benchmarking, and deploying machine
vision applications without programming. Both software packages
work with all NI vision frame grabbers and the NI Compact Vision
System.
Scalable Software
As your needs change, you can always migrate between Vision
Builder AI and the Vision Development Module. You can
automatically generate ready-to-run LabVIEW VIs from Vision
Builder AI. Conversely, you can expand Vision Builder AI with
custom steps and LabVIEW VIs with the Vision Builder AI
Development Toolkit. The result is a completely scalable vision
platform that can expand with your needs.
Vision Builder for Vision
Automated Development
Vision Inspection Module
Acquisition Configurable Programming
Features software software libraries
One-shot acquisition
Continuous acquisition
Triggered acquisition
Camera configuration
Trigger output
Full frame-rate display
with overlays
Write and read image files
Write and read AVI files -
Pixel manipulation tools - -
Image manipulation tools -
Image filters -
Image arithmetic -
Image logic functions -
Advanced thresholding -
Morphology -
Region-of-interest tools -
Particle analysis -
Object classification -
Gauging -
Pattern matching -
Geometric matching -
Distortion calibration -
Real-world measurements -
1D and 2D bar code readers -
Data matrix grading -
Coordinate systems -
Complex and Fourier analysis -
Optical character recognition -
Optical character verification -
Color matching -
Color pattern matching -
Defect inspection -
Instrument reader - -
LabVIEW Real- Time-compatible -
Performance benchmarking -
LabVIEW VI generation -
C Code generation - -
VB Code generation - -
Deterministic algorithms - -
Customizable user interface - -
Integration with motion control - -
Integration with data acquisition - -
Industrial communication protocols -
Table 1. NI Vision Software Products
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
628
Back to Index
Vision Software Capabilities
629
National Instruments vision software includes hundreds of image
processing and analysis functions. A subset of the tools available in
the Vision Development Module and Vision Builder AI are shown
below.
Pattern and Geometric Matching
Learn and locate objects and patterns in your
images. National Instruments patented matching
algorithms locate patterns fast with very high
accuracy.
Optical Character Recognition/Verification
NI OCR functions use a trainable OCR algorithm
specifically designed to identify and verify all
types of fonts, characters, and symbols despite
poor and inconsistent image quality.
Particle Analysis
Use particle analysis to detect connected
regions or groupings of pixels in an image and
make selected measurements of those regions.
Choose from more than 80 unique measurements
that return data in both real-world and pixel
values.
Color Inspection
Color matching quantifies which colors and how
much of each color exists in a region of an
image and uses this information to check if
another image contains the same colors in the
same ratio.
Edge Detection
Use the edge detection tools to identify and locate
discontinuities in the pixel intensities of an image.
Find edges in order to align, measure, or detect
features in the image.
Object Classification
Classification is a tool for identifying an
unknown object by comparing its significant
features to a set of features that represent
known samples.
Gauging
You can use dimensional measurement or
gauging tools to obtain quantifiable, critical
distance measurements such as distances,
angles, areas, line fits, circular fits, and counts.
Bar Code Reader and Grader
Read 1D bar codes as well as 2D codes like
Data Matrix and PDF 417. You can decipher
codes applied through ink jets, thermal transfer,
laser etching, or dot peen.
Spatial Calibration
Using spatial calibration functions, you can
calibrate your image to take accurate, real-
world measurements from images, regardless
of camera perspective or lens distortion.
Image Arithmetic and Logic Functions
Operators perform basic arithmetic and logical
operations on images. Use operators to add,
subtract, multiply, and divide an image with
other images or constants.
Coordinate Systems
Set up coordinate systems to ensure that all
your measurements move with the object
within the field of view.
Image Filters and Frequency Analysis
Frequency filters, such as the fast Fourier
transform (FFT), alter pixel values with respect
to the periodicity and spatial distribution of the
variations in light intensity in the image.
Image Segmentation
NI vision software comes with several options
to segment and partition images into related
components. Segmentation is an important part
of many imaging applications that need to
extract certain features or objects in order to
process them further.
Golden Template Comparison
Find defects in an image by comparing a perfect
(golden) sample to all subsequent samples.
Golden template comparison detects surface
defects, label misprints, and overall quality
issues.
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e

C
a
p
a
b
i
l
i
t
i
e
s
Back to Index
Machine Vision Development Software
Vision Programming Libraries
Hundreds of high-level machine
vision and image analysis functions
For LabVIEW, C/C++, C#,
Visual Basic, and .NET
Grayscale, color, and binary image
processing and analysis tools
Vision Assistant
Interactive vision prototyping
environment
Generates LabVIEW code
Generates C code
Generates Visual Basic code
Vision Acquisition (included)
Acquires from all NI Vision hardware
Acquires from IEEE 1394, USB,
GigE Vision, Camera Link, Analog,
Parallel digital, NI Smart Cameras
and so on.
Reads and writes image files
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
Overview
The National Instruments Vision Development Module is a collection
of hundreds of image processing and machine vision functions for
LabVIEW, C/C++, C#, Visual Basic, and .NET. This module includes
Vision Assistant, an interactive environment for developers who
need to quickly prototype vision applications without programming.
Vision Assistant and Vision Programming Libraries work together a
simplify vision software development.
Vision Assistant can automatically generate a LabVIEW block
diagram and ready-to-run C/C++ and Visual Basic code. You can run
the code generated by itself, or integrate it into your automation or
production test application, which may include motion control,
instrument control, or data acquisition. You can also take advantage
of embedded capabilities with LabVIEW Real-Time, resulting in
greater reliability and determinism.
Vision Programming Libraries
Vision Development Module provides complete functionality for NI
industrial machine vision and scientific image analysis. It includes
hundreds of grayscale, color, and binary image processing and
analysis tools that you can use in LabVIEW, C/C++ and Visual Basic.
End users, integrators and OEMs use these tools in machines as
well as factory and laboratory automation operations that require
extremely reliable and optimized vision systems.
NI Vision Development Module
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
M
a
c
h
i
n
e

V
i
s
i
o
n

D
e
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
630
Back to Index
631
Machine Vision Development Software
Vision Assistant
Vision Assistant is a configurable prototyping environment that
accelerates vision application development. With interactive menus
for more than 200 functions, you can experience with different
strategies and explore what-if conditions before you ever start to
program.
Vision Assistant automatically generates a LabVIEW block diagram
or code for LabWindows/CVI, Visual Basic, and C. You can run the
code generated alone, or integrate it into your automation or
production test applications, which may include motion control,
industrial I/O, and data acquisition. With these features, you can go
from the drawing board to a working solution faster than ever.
Vision Assistant also includes a solution wizard to help develop your
inspection. Select from dozens of generalized solutions for
automotive, biomedical, electronics, and manufacturing that show
how you can use vision tools to solve a variety of inspection
challengers.
Once you have developed a working inspection algorithm, use the
Vision Assistant Performance Meter Toll to determine the speed of
each function in your solution. Armed with this information, you can
then optimize that speed of your application.
Run-Time Engine and License
The Vision Development Module includes everything you need to
create, install and run NI vision executable applications at your
computer, production floor or laboratory. The Vision Development
Module integrates easily with the LabVIEW Application Builder, the
LabWindows/CVI distribution kit builder, or your own custom
installer. An executable application runs in evaluation mode for up
to 30 days until a Vision Run-Time License is purchased. A run-time
license is required for every deployed NI vision application.
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
M
a
c
h
i
n
e

V
i
s
i
o
n

D
e
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
NI Vision Development Module ................................. 777859-09
Run-Time License.................................................. 778044-03
Back to Index
Configurable Machine Vision Software
Configure and deploy complete machine
vision applications without
programming
Communicate with PLCs and other
industrial devices
Run as a stand-alone application or use
ActiveX to embed into an application
Extend functionality using NI LabVIEW
NI Vision Acquisition (included)
Acquires from all NI vision hardware
Acquires from IEEE 1394, USB,
GigE Vision, Camera Link, Analog,
Parallel digital, NI Smart
Reads and writes image files
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
Overview
National Instruments Vision Builder for Automated Inspection
(Vision Builder AI) is configurable software for building,
benchmarking, and deploying machine vision applications. NI Vision
Builder AI does not require programming. A built-in deployment
interface is included so you can quickly deploy your inspection,
guidance, and identification applications. Also it includes the ability
to set up complex pass/fail decisions in order to control digital I/O
devices and communicate with serial or Ethernet devices such as
PLCs, PACs, and HMIs.
A Better Way to Configure Vision Systems
For inspections that require conditional branches or iterative loops,
Vision Builder AI provides an innovative state-diagram-process
model. In this model, you configure each state to perform a certain
action, from acquiring images to reading text or to communicating
with PLCs. The results of these steps determine which transition
path is taken to the next state. By using state diagrams, you can
create seemingly complex machine vision applications that provide
the flexibility of a programming language with the ease of use of a
configuration environment. Not only are state diagrams an intuitive
way to represent machine vision applications, but also they are self-
documenting and easy to share among colleagues.
Run as a Stand-Alone Vision System
Vision Builder AI includes a built-in deployment interface with which
you can quickly deploy your application once you have finished
configuring and benchmarking.
Integrate into a Larger Application
Use the Vision Builder AI ActiveX component to embed Vision
Builder AI inspections into your NI TestStand, LabVIEW, or Visual
Basic programs. Use the ActiveX control to develop an operator
interface that (remotely) views images and retrieves the results of
each run.
Image Acquisition
Choose from several different hardware options within Vision
Builder AI for deploying your machine vision application. Whether
you prefer low-cost analog cameras, high-speed, high-resolution
digital cameras, or easy-to-use IEEE 1394 and GigE Vision cameras,
NI has an image acquisition device for your needs. In addition, you
can deploy your machine vision system using PCI or PCI Express boards,
or upgrade to more rugged PXI and Compact Vision System options.
Machine Vision Tools
Vision Builder AI includes all the machine vision tools necessary to
build quality control, assembly verification, and industrial inspection
applications. Use Vision Builder AI to enhance images, locate features,
measure objects, check for presence, and read text and bar codes.
Advanced Decision Making
With the decision-making interface, you can define pass/fail criteria
and classify parts. You can set limits for each individual inspection
step and also use the intuitive decision-making interface to create
complex decision expressions for the entire system. You can route
the results of these decisions to digital lines, the user interface, or a
serial port.
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
C
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
b
l
e

M
a
c
h
i
n
e

V
i
s
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
632
Back to Index
633
Configurable Machine Vision Software
Signal Input and Output
From Vision Builder AI, you can control the industrial digital I/O lines
on the NI Compact Vision System, PCI-8254R, PCIe-8255R, and any
NI-DAQmx data acquisition device to communicate inspection
results to other industrial devices such as PLCs. Beyond simple
digital I/O, Vision Builder AI can also output precise timing signals
through pulse generation and single-shot signals directly to
actuators. Moreover, you can acquire and transmit analog values on
any M Series device from Vision Builder AI in order to integrate data
measurements with your machine vision or generate analog values
based on inspection results.
Industrial Communication
From Vision Builder AI, you can also communicate with devices
using industrial protocols over serial or Ethernet ports and send
inspection data, inspection results, or customized data to PLCs,
touch screens, or industrial PCs.
Benchmark Your Inspections
Use the performance meter to see how fast the application will run.
A detailed view of the performance meter helps you identify time-
consuming individual steps.
Customize Inspections
Vision Builder AI is one of the most flexible menu-based vision
software packages and it includes several features with which end
users can expand and extend the environment to handle most
machine vision applications.
Run LabVIEW VI - you can use this step to call any LabVIEW VI
from Vision Builder AI to expand its capabilities. Examples include
report generation tools, custom algorithms, communication
routines, or virtually any other LabVIEW VI. You do not need
LabVIEW installed to use this step.
You can extend the capabilities of your system by converting your
Vision Builder AI script to LabVIEW. Use this code to build a
customized user interface or to add more measurement or
automation functionality such as motion control and data
acquisition.
Vision Builder AI Development Toolkit
Machine builders, integrators, and advanced users can use the
Vision Builder AI Development Toolkit to develop professional-
looking custom steps that provide functionality not already included
in Vision Builder AI. For example, you can develop a custom step
that drives a camera or other hardware not currently compatible
with Vision Builder AI. You also can create a custom step to include
a customized image-processing algorithm. You can distribute custom
steps in addition to the released version of Vision Builder AI,
providing your end users with a customized Vision Builder AI
package.
Deploying Inspections
To deploy your application, use a Vision Builder AI Run-Time license.
The run-time license is a low-cost way to replicate your inspection
while still allowing your operators and engineers to interact with the
software to view images, update parameters, and gather statistics.
Each NI Compact Vision System already comes with a Vision Builder
AI Run-Time license.
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
C
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
b
l
e

M
a
c
h
i
n
e

V
i
s
i
o
n

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
NI Vision Builder for Automated Inspection............... 778649-09
Development Toolkit............................................. 779343-03
Run-Time License.................................................. 779799-03
NI Vision Builder for Automated Inspection Bundles
NI Vision Builder for Automated Inspection with:
PCI-8254R.............................................................. 779493-01
PCI-1426................................................................ 779495-01
Acquire with
IEEE 1394
cameras
Find and match
patterns
Set up
coordinate
systems
Detect and
measure
objects
Find any
number of
edges
Find circular
edges
Find and
measure
straight edges
Perform advanced
geometric analysis
Make caliper
distance
measurements
Calibrate
measurements to
real-world units
Measure
intensity
Communicate with
external devices
such as PLCs
Read text (OCR)
Read 1D and
2D bar codes
Make pass/fail
decisions
Figure 1. Examples of the Many Functions Available in Vision Builder AI
Back to Index
Vision Acquisition Driver Software
Comprehensive high-level driver
software for all NI vision hardware
Works with thousands of cameras
Interactive camera configuration utility
Full frame-rate display with overlays
Single-shot or continuous acquisitions
Low-level interface control, triggering,
memory locking, and buffer copying
BMP, PNG, TIFF, JPG, or AVI file saving
formats
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Visual Basic
C/C++, C#
Included with
Vision Builder for Automated Inspection
All NI vision hardware
Overview
National Instruments Vision Acquisition software is a complete,
powerful application programming interface for image acquisition,
display, and storage. NI Vision Acquisition software is included with
the Vision Development Module, Vision Builder AI, and every NI
frame grabber. It is sold separately for security and monitoring
applications that do not require image processing or any NI
hardware. As opposed to camera-specific software, most
applications written with Vision Acquisition stay the same even
when you change cameras.
Vision Acquisition works with thousands of different cameras
including analog, Camera Link, IEEE 1394, GigE Vision, and parallel
digital. For a complete list of applicable cameras, visit
ni.com/camera.
Quick-and-Easy Camera Configuration
Configure video capture easily with NI Measurement & Automation
Explorer (MAX), an interactive camera configuration utility included
with Vision Acquisition software. Simply select your camera type or
model from MAX, and your system will be configured to work with
your camera.
Vision Acquisition and MAX save you development time by
importing these settings into your development environment. You
can also use MAX to acquire images and save them to disk. In
addition, you can display histograms to verify your image contrast,
dynamic range, and lighting conditions.
Camera Link Image Acquisition
Camera Link is a high-speed camera interface
standard developed by leading camera and
frame grabber companies, including
National Instruments. Because the cable and communication
protocols are included in the standard, Camera Link makes it easy to
connect cameras and frame grabbers. Camera Link also provides the
most image acquisition bandwidth available today for high-speed or
high-resolution images.
IEEE 1394 Image Acquisition
Vision Acquisition works with both IEEE 1394a and IEEE 1394b
cameras. IEEE 1394 provides the easiest method for connecting
cameras to PCs. No frame grabber is required and the data and
power use the same 6-pin cable. While not nearly as fast as Camera
Link, data rates are acceptable for the vast majority of applications.
Gigabit Ethernet Vision Image Acquisition
GigE Vision is a new interface standard for
cameras that transmit images over Gigabit
Ethernet. GigE Vision provides an alternative
for vision applications requiring long cable distances or lower-cost
cabling. While the cabling is simpler, a separate cable is required to
supply power to the camera. Vision Acquisition software works with
any Gigabit Ethernet controller, but is highly optimized for Intel
Gigabit Ethernet controllers, such as the NI PCIe-8231.
NI Vision Acquisition
NI Vision Acquisition................................................... 778413-01
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
V
i
s
i
o
n

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

D
r
i
v
e
r

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
634
Back to Index
Image Acquisition from IEEE 1394 Cameras
635
Multiple IEEE 1394a and IEEE 1394b
ports
Up to 800 Mb/s data transfer rate
Up to 12 W of power for IEEE 1394
devices
29 reconfigurable digital I/O lines
(NI 825xR)
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Visual Basic
C/C++, C#
Vision Acquisition software
IEEE 1394a Interfaces
The National Instruments 8252 devices are OHCI compliant IEEE 1394a
interfaces that run natively in Windows 2000/XP/Me/98. The IEEE 1394a
standard offers up to 400 Mb/s bandwidth. Three direct-connect IEEE
1394 ports are provided, but more 1394 devices can be added with the
addition of IEEE 1394 hubs. An important application of these devices is
collection of images from IEEE 1394 cameras.
IEEE 1394 Interfaces with Reconfigurable DIO
The National Instruments 825xR image acquisition devices combine an IEEE
1394 host adapter with industrial digital I/O, similar to NI CVS-145x systems.
You can access all 29 digital lines for synchronizing vision components and for
communicating with actuators, PLCs, and NI programmable automation
controllers (PACs). As with CVS-145x systems, you can extend the functionality
of NI 825xR devices with NI FPGA technology.
Specifications
NI PCI-8252, NI PXI-8252, NI PXI-8253, NI PCI-8254R, NI PCIe-8255R
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
I
m
a
g
e

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

f
r
o
m

I
E
E
E

1
3
9
4

C
a
m
e
r
a
s
Features NI 8252 NI PXI 8253 PCI-8254R NI PCIe-8255R
Description IEEE 1394a 3 IEEE 1394b IEEE 1394a IEEE 1394a and
interface camera input interface with IEEE 1394b interface
ports built-in digital I/O with built-in digital I/O
Bus PCI and PXI PCI Express PCI PCI Express
Applicable Any DCAM- IEEE 1394b Any DCAM- Any DCAM-
Cameras compliant and other cameras compliant compliant IEEE
IEEE 1394a IEEE 1394a 1394a or IEEE
camera camera 1394b camera
Camera Inputs 3 direct, 3 direct, 2 direct, 2 direct,
16 with a hub 16 with a hub 16 with a hub 16 with a hub
Digital I/O - - 29 isolated 29 isolated
TTL DIO lines, TTL DIO lines,
15 input, 14 output 15 input, 14 output
NI PCIe-8255R............................................................ 779679-01
NI PCI-8254R.............................................................. 779303-01
NI PCI-8252................................................................. 779024-01
NI PXI-8252................................................................. 778926-01
NI PXI-8253................................................................. 781107-01
Digital I/O Terminal Block and Prototyping Accessory
for NI 825xR........................................................... 779166-01
IEEE 1394
Number of ports.............................................. 2 (NI 825xR), 3 (NI 8252)
Speed.............................................................. 100, 200 or 400 Mb/s
Power Requirements
IEEE 1394 bus power..................................... 18 W, maximum (shared by all ports)
Camera interface............................................ IEEE 1394a, IEEE 1394b (NI PCIe-8255R)
TTL Inputs (NI 825xR only)
Minimum pulse detected.............................. 500 ns
Power-on state.............................................. Input (high-impedance)
61.9 k!pull-up to 5 V
TTL Outputs (NI 825xR only)
Output voltage range..................................... 0 to 5 V
Maximum pulse rate..................................... 2 MHz
Optically Isolated (Current Sinking) Inputs (NI 825xR only)
Input voltage range....................................... 0 to 30 V
Maximum pulse rate..................................... 100 kHz
Optically Isolated (Current Sourcing) Inputs (NI 825xR only)
On-state voltage range................................. 5 to 30 V, maximum
Maximum pulse rate..................................... 10 kHz (maximum load resistance 100 k!)
Back to Index
IEEE 1394b Interface
3 IEEE 1394b camera input ports (use hubs to further expand number of cameras)
18 W of IEEE 1394 bus power shared by all ports
NI Vision Acquisition Software for acquiring from IEEE 1394 and other cameras
RoHS compliance
Overview
The NI PCIe-8253 is an IEEE 1394b interface for FireWire
cameras
in PC-based systems. The board supports both Windows and real-
time OSs.
The IEEE 1394b standard, with up to 800 Mbits/s of bandwidth, is
ideal for high-data-rate machine vision applications. The NI PCIe-
8253 powers and acquires from cameras through three IEEE 1394b
camera input ports. You can connect hubs to any of the ports to
acquire from many more cameras.
This PCI Express board is RoHS compliant.
FireWire is a trademark of Apple, Inc., registered in the U.S. and
other countries.
NI PCIe-8253
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
I
E
E
E

1
3
9
4
b

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
636
Back to Index
637
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
I
m
a
g
e

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n

f
r
o
m

G
i
g
E

V
i
s
i
o
n

C
a
m
e
r
a
s
Image Acquisition from GigE Vision Cameras
Gigabit Ethernet controllers
Up to 100 MB/s transfer rates per port
Optimized for low CPU load
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
Inspection (AI)
Overview
Get the most performance from your GigE
Vision camera with National Instruments
GigE Vision interfaces, including the NI PCIe-
8231 one-port interface, the NI PCIe-8235 four-port interface, and
the NI PXIe-8234 two-port interface. NI Vision Acquisition software
is highly optimized for these controllers and the resulting CPU usage
for acquiring images from them is extremely low. With their PCI
Express-based interfaces, these devices provide full GigE Vision
bandwidth at every port, giving you the bandwidth you need for your
most demanding vision applications.
GigE Vision Image Acquisition
GigE Vision is a new interface standard for cameras that transmit
images over gigabit Ethernet. It provides an alternative for vision
applications requiring long cable distances or lower-cost cabling.
While the cabling is simpler, a separate cable is required to supply
power to the camera. NI Vision Acquisition software works with any
gigabit Ethernet controller but is highly optimized for Intel gigabit
Ethernet controllers.
Specifications
NI PCIe-8231, NI PCIe-8235, NI PXIe-8234
NI PCIe-8231 (1-port PCI Express board).................... 779813-01
NI PCIe-8235 (4-port PCI Express board).................... 780400-01
NI PXIe-8234 (2-port PXI Express module).................. 780263-01
Includes Vision Acquisition software.
These specifications are typical at 25 C unless otherwise stated.
General
Number of ports............................................ 1
IEEE Standard 802.3z network topology....... 1000Base-T
Cabling
Connector...................................................... RJ45
Wiring........................................................... CAT 5 UTP, 4 pair
Length........................................................... up to 100 m
Ethernet
Controller processor..................................... Intel 82572EI
Data rates..................................................... 1 Gb/s
Power Requirement
3.3 VDC......................................................... 1.0 A, 3.3 W
Physical
Dimensions
NI PCIe-8231.......................................... 12.9 by 12.0 cm (5.1 by 4.73 in.)
NI PCIe-8235.......................................... 12.9 by 12.0 cm (5.1 by 4.725 in.)
NI PXIe-8234.......................................... 10.0 by 16.0 cm (3.9 by 6.3 in.)
Environment
Operating temperature................................. 0 to 55 C
Back to Index
Analog Image Acquisition
PCI-1405
Choose the PCI-1405 for simple, low-cost applications where one
channel of image acquisition is needed. The PCI-1405 works with
both standard color and monochrome cameras. The single trigger
line offers triggering for precise acquisition.
PXI 1411
Choose an PXI 1411 device for more advanced color applications.
Connect any standard color analog camera or S-Video signal directly
to an PXI 1411. Perform onboard RGB to HSL conversion to maximize
your color processing routine effectiveness.
Specifications
PCI
NI PCI-1405 ................................................................ 778838-01
PXI
NI PXI-1411 ................................................................ 778006-01
Cables
IMAQ-A6822 (1 m) ..................................................... 778135-01
IMAQ-A6804 .............................................................. 187805-01
IMAQ-BNC-1 (2 m) ..................................................... 183882-02
IMAQ SCB-68 ............................................................. 778410-01
NI 1405
Video Input
Quantity......................................................... 1
Input range (black to white).......................... 400 mV to 1.00 V (variable gain)
Power Requirements
+5 VDC........................................................... 1.00 A
+12 VDC......................................................... 200 mA
PXI 1411
Video Input
Quantity......................................................... 1
Input range (black to white).......................... 700 mV (calibrated),
400 mV to 1.00 V (variable gain)
Power Requirements
+5 VDC........................................................... 1.00 A
+12 VDC......................................................... 75 mA
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
A
n
a
l
o
g

I
m
a
g
e

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
638
Back to Index
639
High-resolution, high-speed image
acquisition for base, medium, and full-
configuration Camera Link cameras
Onboard programmable region of
interest
Pixel decimation and image scaling
Digital I/O lines for triggering and
communication
RTSI or PXI trigger bus synchronization
with data acquisition, motion and CAN
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Visual Basic
C/C++
Vision Acquisition
Overview
With NI Camera Link image acquisition devices, you can acquire
images from any Camera Link cameras at even the highest speeds,
resolutions, and bit depths available.
Camera Link
Camera Link is an industrial high-speed serial
data and cabling standard developed by
National Instruments, camera vendors, and
other image acquisition companies. Created for easy connectivity
between the PC and the camera, Camera Link provides simple,
flexible cabling for high-speed, high-resolution digital cameras.
A Camera Link cable, a slender 26-pin cable with 24-bit data and
clock, enables as well as controls signals. You can control camera
functionality by asynchronous serial control or LVDS differential
lines through a Camera Link cable. Camera Link offers future data
rate capabilities up to 2.3 Gb/s. You can interchange Camera Link
digital cameras from a variety of vendors with Camera Link image
acquisition hardware.
Camera Compatibility
The NI PCIe-1430 works with base configuration Camera Link
cameras from Sony, Basler, and other camera manufacturers. Visit
ni.com/camera for a current list of compatible cameras.
I/O Connector
The NI PCI-1426 and NI PCIe-1427 both feature a small 15-pin
connector with access to onboard optically isolated, quadrature
encoder, and TTL I/O. With the NI PCIe-1427, you can also use the
Camera Link I/O Extension Board, which offers connectivity to
additional I/O.
Synchronize Vision, DAQ, and Motion
Using the RTSI bus, you can develop applications for which vision,
data acquisition, and motion are all tightly integrated. Using the NI
PCI-1426 or NI PCIe-1427, you can route digital timing lines such as
acquisition in progress or frame start across the RTSI bus to control
the timing of your machine vision application.
NI PCI-1426, NI 1428, NI PCIe-1427, NI PCIe-1429, NI PCIe-1430
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
C
a
m
e
r
a

L
i
n
k

I
m
a
g
e

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
Features NI PCI-1426 NI PCIe-1427 NI 1428 NI PCIe-1429 NI PCIe-1430
Camera Link Base Base Base and Base, medium, Base
configuration medium and full
Video inputs 1 1 1 1 2
Pixel clock range 20 to 50 MHz 20 to 85 MHz 20 to 50 MHz 20 to 85 MHz 20 to 85 MHz
Onboard memory 16 or 32 MB Not necessary 16 MB Not necessary Not necessary
Interface PCI PCI Express PCI or PXI PCI Express PCI Express
Digital I/O 4 ISO/TTL 16 ISO/TTL
1
4 TTL 16 ISO/TTL
1
16 ISO/TTL
1
Quadrature encoder -
1 1
compatible
1
When used with the NI Camera Link I/O Extension Board
Back to Index
Digital I/O and Camera Power Connections
The PCI-1426 and NI PCIe-1427 feature both isolated and TTL logic
level on one simple 15-pin D-sub connector. The 68-pin connector on
NI 1428 devices connects to the external trigger signals using the
IMDAQ-D6804 cable.
The NI PCIe-1427, NI PCIe-1429, and NI PCIe-1430 boards feature at
least one trigger connector for quick trigger connectivity. To provide
camera power or to add more digital I/O to the NI PCIe-14xx boards,
use the NI Camera Link I/O Extension Board. It is installed in an
adjacent PCI computer slot and connects by a ribbon cable directly
to the NI PCIe-14xx board. With this accessory board, you can
connect up to 14 additional digital I/O lines plus encoder inputs. The
board also furnishes 12 V power, commonly needed on Camera Link
cameras.
About PCI Express
PCI Express is a high-performance, point-to-point serial interconnect
that improves PCI by providing scalable bus bandwidth. PCI Express
features a layered model that offers backward compatibility with
existing PCI applications on Windows. PCI Express is currently not
compatible with LabVIEW Real-Time.
For PC-based machine vision systems, PCI has been the bus of
choice for plug-in image acquisition boards for many years.
However, as the PC has evolved, the PCI bus has not scaled linearly
with the rest of the platform. PCI Express answers these issues and
provides benefits across five main areas.
High Performance - The x1 PCI Express bandwidth is more than
double that of PCI and grows linearly as more lanes are added.
An additional benefit that is not immediately evident is that this
bandwidth is simultaneously available in both directions on each
link. In addition, the initial signaling speed of 2.5 Gb/s is expected to
increase, yielding further speed improvements.
I/O Simplification - PCI Express is taking the place of both chip-
to-chip and internal user accessible buses, such as AGP, PCI-X, and
HubLink. This feature reduces the complexity of design and cost of
implementation.
Layered Architecture - PCI Express establishes an architecture
that can adapt to new technologies, while preserving software
investment. Two key areas that benefit from the layered
architectures are the physical layer, with increased signaling rates,
and software compatibility.
Next-Generation I/O - PCI Express provides new capabilities for
data acquisition and multimedia through isochronous data transfers.
Isochronous transfers provide a type of quality of services (QOS)
guarantee that ensures on-time data delivery through deterministic,
time-dependent methods.
All of these features will ensure that PCI Express evolves into an
increasingly attractive platform for the next generation of PC-based
vision systems.
Specifications
External Connections
Trigger sense ............................................... TTL
Trigger polarity.............................................. Programmable (active-high or active-low)
Pixel clock..................................................... Camera link-compatible
Enables.......................................................... Camera link-compatible
Control signal................................................ Camera link-compatible
Video data .................................................... Camera link-compatible
Performance
PCI-1426, PCI-1428, PXI-1428....................... 100 MB/s
NI PCIe-1427................................................. 200 MB/s
NI PCIe-1429, NI PCIe-1430.......................... 600 MB/s
Power Requirements
Physical
Dimensions
PCI......................................................... 10.7 by 17.5 cm (4.2 by 6.9 in)
PXI......................................................... 10 by 16 cm (3.9 by 6.3 in)
PCI Express............................................ 10.7 by 17.5 cm (4.2 by 6.9 in)
Environment
Operating temperature................................. 0 to 55 C
0 to 40 C (NI PCIe-1429, NI PCIe-1430)
Storage temperature.................................... -20 to 70 C
Relative humidity.......................................... 5 to 90%, noncondensing
MTFB............................................................. 544, 562 h at 25 C
Emissions...................................................... EN 55011 Class A at 10 m
FCC Part 15A above 1 GHz
Product 3.3 VDC 5 VDC +12 VDC -12 VDC
PCI-1426 - 1.5 A 24 mA 20 mA
NI PCIe-1427 - 1.5 A 250 mA -
PCI-1428 - 1.5 A 24 mA 20 mA
PXI-1428 1.2 A 250 mA - -
NI PCIe-1429 - - 1.25 A -
NI PCIe-1430 - - 1.25 A -
NI PCI-1426 ................................................................ 779210-01
NI PCI-1428................................................................. 778315-01
NI PXI-1428................................................................. 778775-01
NI PCIe-1427 .............................................................. 779706-01
NI PCIe-1429 .............................................................. 779191-01
NI PCIe-1430............................................................... 779479-01
Accessories
Camera Link I/O Extension Board............................... 779352-01
Camera Link cable (2 m)............................................. 187676-02
IMAQ-D6804 cable..................................................... 187804-01
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
C
a
m
e
r
a

L
i
n
k

I
m
a
g
e

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
640
Back to Index
High-Performance Camera Link Frame Grabber
641
Frame grabber for extended-, full-,
medium-, and base-configuration
Camera Link cameras
Supports up to 10-tap, 80-bit acquisition
at 20 to 85 MHz pixel clock frequency
850 MB/s of bandwidth over two
Camera Link cables
Power over Camera Link (PoCL)
compatible; can be used with PoCL
cables to power devices
Onboard 512 MB FIFO enhances
performance for highest bandwidth use
cases
Optional digital I/O expansion card for
extra triggering and isolation
Overview
The NI PCIe-1433 is an image acquisition board for base-, medium-,
and full-configuration Camera Link cameras that is ideal for machine
vision and scientific imaging applications requiring high data
throughput.
As the highest bandwidth accepted imaging standard, Camera Link
works well for high-resolution cameras and line-scan cameras. The
NI PCIe-1433 also supports Power over Camera Link (PoCL) and can
be used to power cameras through PoCL-enabled cables. You can
access additional digital I/O lines using optional PCI and PCI Express
I/O extension boards, which expose the following digital lines: eight
TTL, three optically isolated input, three optically isolated output,
and one quadrature encoder.
The NI PCIe-1433 image acquisition board is ideal for many
industrial, life science, and biomedical imaging applications.
Example industrial applications include web and surface inspection,
as well as fault analysis by setting up a stop trigger to record
images before and after an event on the factory floor. Example
scientific applications include analyzing intricacies in movement and
recording the stimulus responses in objects from heart valves to eye
corneas.
Like all NI vision hardware, the NI PCIe-1433 is programmable using
the NI Vision Development Module. You also can configure it using
NI Vision Builder for Automated Inspection (AI) software for faster
development and simplified maintenance.
NI PCIe-1433
Works with base-, medium-, full-, and
extended-configuration Camera Link
cameras
Supports up to 10-tap, 80-bit acquisition
at 20 to 85 MHz pixel clock frequency
850 MB/s of bandwidth over two
Camera Link cables
Power over Camera Link (PoCL) support;
can be used with PoCL cables to power
cameras or without
I/O includes 4 TTL , 2 optoisolated
inputs, 1 quadrature encoder
Overview
The NI PXIe-1435 is an image acquisition module for base-, medium-,
full, and extended-configuration Camera Link cameras that is ideal
for machine vision and scientific imaging applications requiring high
data throughput.
As the highest bandwidth accepted imaging standard, Camera Link
NI PXIe-1435 also supports Power over Camera Link (PoCL) and can
be used to power cameras through PoCL-enabled cables. Onboard
digital I/O includes 4 TTL, 2 optoisolated inputs, and 1 quadrature
encoder.
The NI PXIe-1435 image acquisition module is ideal for many
industrial and biomedical imaging applications. Example industrial
applications include web and surface inspection, as well as fault
analysis by setting up a stop trigger to record images before and
after an event on the factory floor. Example scientific applications
include analyzing intricacies in movement and recording the stimulus
responses in objects from heart valves to eye corneas.
Like all NI vision hardware, the NI PXIe-1435 is programmable using
the NI Vision Development Module. You also can configure it using
NI Vision Builder for Automated Inspection (AI) software for faster
development and simplified maintenance.
NI PXIe-1435
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
H
i
g
h
-
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e

C
a
m
e
r
a

L
i
n
k

F
r
a
m
e

G
r
a
b
b
e
r
Back to Index
Camera Link Frame Grabber With FPGA Image Processing
Places FPGA in image path for on-
board pre-pocessing and control
applications
acquisition at 20 MHz to 85 MHz pixel
clock frequency
850 MB/s of available bandwidth over
two Camera Link cables
Power over Camera Link (PoCL)
support; can be used with PoCL cables
to power cameras or without
Optional digital I/O expansion card for
extra triggering and isolation
Requires LabVIEW FPGA Module
software for image acquisition and
processing
Overview
The NI PCIe-1473R is a cost-effective Camera Link frame grabber
that works well for deployment systems and features a user-
programmable FPGA for image processing. It supports 80-bit, 10-tap
image acquisition from Camera Link 1.2 standard cameras up to
850MB/s over to Camera Link cables.
The PCI-Express form factor of the 1473R offers a cost-effective
deployment alternative to complement the NI 1483 camera link
adapter module and FlexRIO prototyping platform. This product is
ideal for high-throughput systems in medical imaging, food sorting,
semiconductor wafer alignment, flat panel display inspection, and
more.
As the highest-bandwidth accepted imaging standard, Camera Link
NI PCIe-1433 also supports Power over Camera Link (PoCL) and can
be used to power cameras through PoCL-enabled cables. You can
access additional digital I/O lines using optional PCI and PCI Express
I/O extension boards, which expose the following digital lines: eight
bidirectional TTL, three optically isolated input, three optically
isolated output, and one quadrature encoder.
PCIe-1473R
Camera Link Frame Grabber for NI FlexRIO
FPGA image processing solutions for
PXI and NI FlexRIO platform
Base-, medium-, and full-configuration
image acquisition for Camera Link
cameras
acquisition at 20 to 85 MHz pixel clock
frequency
4 TTL I/O channels, 2 optically isolated
inputs, and 1 quadrature encoder input
Two 26-pin SDR connectors
Requires NI FlexRIO FPGA module
and LabVIEW FPGA software.
Overview
The NI 1483 is a Camera Link adapter module for NI FlexRIO field-
programmable gate array (FPGA) modules. It supports 80-bit, 10-tap
base-, medium-, and full-configuration image acquisition from
Camera Link 1.2 standard cameras. It also features four digital I/O
channels, two optically isolated inputs, and one quadrature encoder
input for advanced triggering functionality.
The NI 1483 is paired with an NI FlexRIO FPGA module to perform
custom image analysis. FPGA processing is ideally suited for
applications that require bit-level processing and very low system
latency. Implemented in hardware, FPGA processing does not
require CPU intervention. You can process images on the FPGA
independently or with a CPU for more advanced preprocessing
architectures.
NI LabVIEW software and the LabVIEW FPGA Module are required
to program the NI 1483. This Camera Link adapter module is
designed for use with the NI FlexRIO platform for PXI.
NI PXI-1483R for FPGA Image Processing
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
C
a
m
e
r
a

L
i
n
k

F
r
a
m
e

G
r
a
b
b
e
r

W
i
t
h

F
P
G
A

I
m
a
g
e

P
r
o
c
e
s
s
i
n
g
642
Back to Index
Parallel Digital Image Acquisition
643
NI 1422
RS-422, LVDS, or TTL area and line-scan
camera compatibility
Full 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 24, and 32- bit
resolution (grayscale or color)
50 MHz pixel clock rate with up to
200 Mbytes/s acquisition
4 external TTL triggers (digital I/O lines)
PCI-1424
RS-422 or LVDS area and line-scan
camera compatibility
Full 8, 10, 12, 14, 16-bit resolution
(grayscale or color)
40 MHz pixel clock rate with up to
80 Mbytes/s acquisition
4 external TTL triggers (digital I/O lines)
Operating Systems
Windows 2000/XP/Vista/7
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Visual Basic
C/C++, C#
Vision Acquisition software
The NI 1424 is a digital camera image acquisition board for PCI
designed to acquire color and grayscale images and to control
digital cameras. Designed for high-speed, large-image, high-
resolution digital image capture, the board can capture into onboard
memory up to 32 bits of data at a clock speed of 50 MHz, for a total
acquisition rate of 200 Mbytes/s. Onboard memory (16 to 80 MB)
gives you the flexibility to buffer images on the board for large
image capture and sustained real-time throughput. Two versions of
the board exist one compatible with digital cameras that use RS-
422 and another compatible with digital cameras that use LVDS.
The NI 1422 is designed to acquire images from a wide range of
digital cameras.
These boards perform high-speed, large-image, high-resolution
digital image capture, and can capture up to 16 bits of data at a
clock speed of 40 MHz for a total acquisition rate of 80 Mbytes/s.
Onboard memory (16 MB) gives you the flexibility to buffer images
on the board for large-image capture and sustained real-time
throughput. There are two versions of the board one compatible
with digital cameras that use RS-422 signals and another
compatible with digital cameras that use LVDS. The NI 1422 Series
is ideal for both industrial and scientific applications.
Digital Image Acquisition
The NI 1424 can acquire four channels of 8-bit data, two channels of
10, 12, 14, or 16-bit data, or one channel of 24 or 32-bit data. The NI
1422 devices can acquire two channels of 8-bit data or one channel
of 10, 12, 14, or 16-bit data. These boards have a serial interface
and four TTL or differential digital control lines for camera control.
You can also use the adjustable onboard ROI window to minimize
the amount of data transferred to PC memory.
Digital Transfer Rates
The base memory configuration for the NI 1424 is 16 MB for the
board. You can use onboard memory to buffer large images before
transferring them to PC memory, which increases the overall
throughput. The 1422 can acquire data into onboard memory at a
rate of up to 80 Mbytes/s and transfer data to PC memory at a rate
of 100 Mbytes/s. The PCI-1424 can acquire data at 200 Mbytes/s
into onboard memory.
Onboard Image Preparation
The 1424 has four 8-bit or two 16-bit LUTs for mapping the data from
one value to another in real time. The 1422 has two 8-bit or one 16-
bit LUT(s) for mapping the data from one value to another in real time.
In addition, setting a rectangular ROI window reduces the overall
data across the PCI bus because the pixels outside the ROI are not
transferred. You can reduce the amount of data transferred across
the PCI bus by scaling or decimating the data in hardware. You can
scale the image by keeping every second, fourth, or eighth pixel.
NI 1422, NI PCI-1424
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
P
a
r
a
l
l
e
l

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

I
m
a
g
e

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
Features NI 1422 PCI-1424
Description Digital area ,line scan Digital area ,line scan
Bus PCI PCI
Video input channels 1 1
Spatial resolution Camera-defined Camera-defined
Pixel depth 8, 10, 12, 14, 16-bit 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 24, 32-bit
Video input RS422 or LVDS RS422, TTL or LVDS
Asynchronous reset compatibility
Memory 32 MB 16 or 128 MB
Pixel click rate Up to 40 MHz Up to 50 MHz
Programmable functions Partial image acquisition Partial image acquisition
Digital I/O 4 4
LUT 1 by 16-bit or 2 by 8-bit 2 by 16-bit or 4 by 8-bit
Data acquisition synchronization
Back to Index
Parallel Digital Image Acquisition
Digital I/0
Four general-purpose, bidirectional TTL digital I/O lines are available
for triggering image acquisition.
NI 1424 Signaling
The RS-422/TTL version of the PCI-1424 can drive and receive either
TTL or RS-422 level signals. The driver software can control these
signal levels independently for data, control, and enable lines on the
100-pin connector. The LVDS (also known as EIA-644) version can
drive and receive LVDS and TTL signals. Benefits of LVDS include
less power consumption, longer cable lengths, less noise, and
higher clock rates.
NI 1422 Signaling
One version of the NI 1422 can receive RS-422 data signals. It can
also drive and receive RS-422 or TTL control and enable signals. NI-
IMAQ can control these signal levels independently for data, control,
and enable lines on the 100-pin connector. Another version of the NI
422 device is capable of receiving data from LVDS cameras. LVDS,
also known as EIA-644, is a low-voltage differential signal protocol
similar to RS-422 but with lower voltage levels.
RS-232 Serial Interface
RS-232 serial lines are available on the 100-pin connector to control
digital cameras that have a serial interface.
Camera Cables
National Instruments offers 2 m cables for digital cameras, including
models by Balser, Dalsa, Hamamatsu, Roper Scientific, Pulnix, and
others. Extension cables are also available (see the cable section).
Contact National Instruments for additional cabling options or visit
ni.com/camera.
Advanced Triggering to Work with DAQ and Motion
IMAQ products are designed to work with National Instruments DAQ
and motion products. The RTSI bus on the PCI-1422 and PCI-1424
routes timing and triggering signals between boards.
I/O Connector Signals
The 100-pin SCSI connector connects to all digital video data inputs,
digital enable inputs, camera control outputs, RS-232 serial
interface, and the external trigger signals.
Digital Trigger Accessory
The IMAQ D2504-1, which has four BNC connectors for digital
trigger lines, is for use with National Instruments digital camera
cables.
NI PCI-1424
RS-422/TTL........................................................... 777662-01
LVDS/TTL.............................................................. 777662-02
NI PCI-1422
RS-422................................................................... 777959-01
LVDS..................................................................... 777959-02
Digital Trigger Accessory
IMAQ D2504-01 (1 m)................................................. 185298-01
Extension Cables
100-pin to 100-pin extension cable
2 m........................................................................ 184743-02
4 m........................................................................ 184743-04
Memory upgrades
64 MB ........................................................................ 920130-64
128 MB....................................................................... 920130-128
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
P
a
r
a
l
l
e
l

D
i
g
i
t
a
l

I
m
a
g
e

A
c
q
u
i
s
i
t
i
o
n
644
Back to Index
High-Performance NI Smart Cameras
645
Color and monochrome sensors available
Immersible and dustproof design with IP67
rating, M12 connectors, and lens cover
High-performance Intel Atom 1.6 GHz
processor and real-time operating system
Sensor resolutions include VGA, 1.3 MP
2 MP, 5 MP
VGA output for viewing inspection images
I/O includes digital lines (4 in/output), an
RS232 serial connection, and a Gigabit
Ethernet connection
Includes NI Vision Builder for Automated
Inspection software
Compatible with industry-standard
accessories for mounting
OS Information
Real-Time OS
Driver Information
NI-IMAQdx
LabVIEW
LabVIEW Vision Development Module
Overview
The NI 177x Smart Cameras offer a range of sensors, a powerful
Intel Atom 1.6 GHz processor, IP67 housing, M12 connectors, a lens
cover, and multiple I/O options to perform in the most demanding
applications. This high-performance hardware is paired with a real-
time operating system to create a high-performance, deterministic
machine vision system. In addition to high-performance image
acquisition and processing, you can use built-in digital I/O and
industrial communication options for dynamic, real-time
communication and integration with industrial automation devices
including programmable logic controllers (PLCs), human machine
interfaces (HMIs), robotics, sensors, and industrial machinery.
NI vision software, including Vision Builder for Automated
Inspection and the Vision Development Module, provides a menu-
driven or graphical programming option to develop applications for
the NI 177x Smart Cameras.
NI 177x Smart Cameras
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
H
i
g
h
-
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e

N
I

S
m
a
r
t

C
a
m
e
r
a
s
Table 1. NI Smart Camera Hardware Comparison
NI 1772 NI 1772C NI 1774 NI 1774C NI 1776 NI 1776C NI 1778
Processor 1.6 GHz Intel Atom 1.6 GHz Intel Atom 1.6 GHz Intel Atom 1.6 GHz Intel Atom 1.6 GHz Intel Atom 1.6 GHz Intel Atom 1.6 GHz Intel Atom
System Memory 512 MB 512 MB 512 MB 512 MB 512 MB 512 MB 512 MB
Firmware and
Job Storage 2 GB Flash 2 GB Flash 2 GB Flash 2 GB Flash 2 GB Flash 2 GB Flash 2 GB Flash
Resolution 640x480 640x480 1280x960 1280x960 1600x1200 1600x1200 2448x2050
Sensor Size (in.) 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/1.8 1/1.8 2/3
Color - - - -
Acquisition Rate
(frames per second) 110 fps 65 fps 22.5 fps 17 fps 15 fps 10 fps 15 fps
Digital Inputs 4 Sinking 4 Sinking 4 Sinking 4 Sinking 4 Sinking 4 Sinking 4 Sinking
Digital Outputs 4 Sourcing 4 Sourcing 4 Sourcing 4 Sourcing 4 Sourcing 4 Sourcing 4 Sourcing
Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet
RS232
Lighting Trigger
Current Controller 500 mA Max 500 mA Max 500 mA Max 500 mA Max 500 mA Max 500 mA Max 500 mA Max
External Image Display VGA Video Out VGA Video Out VGA Video Out VGA Video Out VGA Video Out VGA Video Out VGA Video Out
Included Configuration
Software Vision Builder AI Vision Builder AI Vision Builder AI Vision Builder AI Vision Builder AI Vision Builder AI Vision Builder AI
Camera 0 to 50 C 0 to 50 C 0 to 50 C 0 to 50 C 0 to 50 C 0 to 50 C 0 to 50 C
Housing Material Metal Metal Metal Metal Metal Metal Metal
Back to Index
Real-time machine vision
High-quality monochrome VGA
(640x480) or SXGA (1280x1024) CCD
image sensors
High-performance embedded
processors
Dual gigabit Ethernet ports
RS232 serial support
Expansion analog and digital I/O
through NI Compact FieldPoint and
CompactRIO
Built-in NI direct drive lighting
controller for current-controlled LED
light heads
1
Quadrature encoder support
1
1
Not supported by NI 1722 Smart Camera
Inspection (included) or
LabVIEW and the LabVIEW Real-Time
C-mount lens
Power and I/O cables
Mounting bracket
Overview
NI 17xx Smart Cameras simplify machine vision by analyzing images
directly on the camera with a powerful, embedded processor
capable of running the entire suite of NI vision algorithms. You can
use these cameras in a variety of applications including part
location, defect detection, code reading, and assembly verification.
The combination of the onboard processor with a charge-coupled
device (CCD) image sensor provides an easily distributed, all-in-one
vision system that transmits inspection results along with or in place
of raw images. Housed in a rugged metal case designed for use in
industrial applications, all NI Smart Cameras offer built-in I/O,
multiple industrial protocols, built-in Web servers, and many other
features. You can configure NI Smart Cameras with the included NI
Vision Builder for Automated Inspection (AI) software or program the
camera with LabVIEW Real-Time.
Flexible Industrial I/O
To communicate results to other industrial devices, NI Smart
Cameras offer built-in digital I/O and support both Ethernet- and
serial-based industrial protocols such as Modbus TCP. NI Smart
Camera digital I/O lines are optoisolated for direct connectivity with
industrial devices such as triggers and actuators. All NI Smart
Cameras offer two optoisolated digital inputs and two optoisolated
digital outputs.
To simplify Ethernet-based communication, NI Smart Cameras
include two gigabit Ethernet ports. With one port connected to an
industrial network to report inspection results, the other port can
directly communicate with programmable automation controllers
(PACs) such as NI CompactRIO or Compact FieldPoint, with industrial
devices such as programmable logic controllers (PLCs), or with
human machine interfaces (HMIs). All NI Smart Cameras include an
RS232 serial port and 5 and 24 V lighting strobe outputs that you
can use for synchronization with third-party lighting controllers.
NI Smart Cameras, with the exception of the NI 1722, include
quadrature encoder support for synchronizing inspections with linear
and rotary drive systems. This feature simplifies timing in complex
applications where consistency is critical to system success.
Direct Drive Lighting
To directly illuminate objects
under the camera, NI Smart
Cameras feature direct drive
lighting. Lighting controllers
can be costly additions to
machine vision applications.
NI Smart Cameras have a
built-in lighting controller so
you can directly drive lights
from the camera itself, lowering costs and simplifying wiring. The
built-in direct drive lighting controller can provide a constant DC
current of 500 mA or a strobed current of up to 1 A. With strobed
lighting, you can increase the intensity produced by up to four times
without harming the light head. Most current-driven LED light heads
work with the NI Smart Cameras direct-drive feature (this feature is
not included on the NI 1722).
NI 17xx Smart Cameras
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
S
m
a
r
t

C
a
m
e
r
a
s
646
Back to Index
647
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
S
m
a
r
t

C
a
m
e
r
a
s
Camera Comparisons
National Instruments offers a variety of smart cameras to meet a
breadth of machine vision application needs.
All NI Smart Cameras process images using onboard PowerPC
processors. In higher-performance models, a Texas Instruments
digital signal processor (TI DSP) acts as a coprocessor to boost the
performance of specific algorithms. The image sensors inside all NI
Smart Cameras are charge-coupled devices (CCDs).
NI 1722 Smart Camera Powered by a 400 MHz PowerPC
processor; features a VGA (640x480) resolution CCD image sensor
that can acquire images up to 60 fps.
NI 1742 Smart Camera Powered by a 533 MHz PowerPC
processor; acquires VGA resolution (640x480) monochrome images
at up to 60 fps.
NI 1744 Smart Camera Uses the same 533 MHz processor as the
NI 1742 but features a higher-resolution CCD that acquires images
of 1.3 megapixels (1280x1024); with higher resolution, you can
inspect objects for smaller defects and make measurements with
four times the resolution of previous NI Smart Cameras.
Table 1. NI Smart Camera Hardware Comparison
Hardware Comparison NI 1722 NI 1742 NI 1744
Processor Configuration Processor 400 MHz PowerPC 533 MHz PowerPC 533 MHz PowerPC
Coprocessor - - -
Memory System memory 128 MB 128 MB 128 MB
Firmware and job storage 128 MB 128 MB 128 MB
Image Sensor Resolution 640x480 640x480 1280x1024
Image size 1/3 in. CCD 1/3 in. CCD 1/2 in. CCD
Pixel depth 8-bit 8-bit 8-bit
Color - - -
Acquisition rate 60 fps 60 fps 13 fps
(frames per second)
Partial image acquisition
Display Web interface Web interface Web interface
I/O Options TTL I/O 1 1 1
Isolated digital input 2 2 2
Isolated digital output 3 3 3
Encoder input -
I/O breakout
Ethernet I/O support
Communication Options Ethernet 2X 10/100/1000 2X 10/100/1000 2X 10/100/1000
RS232
Lighting External light control
Integrated light -
control and power
Application Development Included configuration software Vision Builder AI Vision Builder AI Vision Builder AI
Programmable software option LabVIEW LabVIEW LabVIEW
Operation Camera 0 to 45 C 0 to 45 C 0 to 45 C
Temperature Range
Housing Material Metal Metal Metal
Back to Index
Software
Unmatched Scalability
All NI Smart Cameras include the NI Vision Builder for Automated
Inspection (AI) configurable vision application development
environment so you can build and deploy complete machine vision
applications quickly and easily. Vision Builder AI applications are
based on an easy-to-use state diagram model. With this model, you
can configure sophisticated inspections that include loops and
branches without programming. Vision Builder AI also features all of
the steps you need to develop complete machine vision systems,
including advanced triggering, acquisition from data acquisition
devices, communication with HMIs and PLCs, and control of digital
I/O lines.
For more advanced applications, NI Smart Cameras are also full-
featured NI LabVIEW Real-Time targets. This adds the power of
LabVIEW and the world-class algorithms in the NI Vision
Development Module to this new platform. Other modules
supported in LabVIEW Real-Time, such as the LabVIEW Control
Design and Simulation Module, also work with NI Smart Cameras.
NI vision software makes it easy to move between a configurable
environment and a programming environment. With Vision Builder
AI, you can create an inspection and easily convert it to LabVIEW
code. If you want to use Vision Builder AI but need a bit more
flexibility than it offers, you can also create custom steps for Vision
Builder AI using LabVIEW.
Hardware Scalability
The NI vision hardware platform ranges from PCI- and PXI-based
systems to compact vision systems to the sensor itself with NI
Smart Cameras. This entire range of hardware works with both
LabVIEW and Vision Builder AI. This means you can design and
prototype your machine vision algorithms using an off-the-shelf
machine vision camera connected to an NI frame grabber and deploy
that same application to an NI Smart Camera with minimal changes
to your LabVIEW code or Vision Builder AI inspection.
Software Configure or Program
Inspection
Inspection (AI) simplifies the
development and maintenance
process by replacing programming
complexity with an interactive
development environment,
without sacrificing performance or
range of functionality. With Vision Builder AI, you can easily
configure, benchmark, and deploy a vision system that addresses
most vision applications from pattern matching to code reading and
presence detection to precision alignment and classification.
Vision Builder AI includes a deployment interface for quick
deployment and features the ability to set up complex pass/fail
decisions to control digital I/O devices and communicate with serial
or Ethernet devices such as programmable automation controllers
(PACs), PLCs, and HMIs.
NI LabVIEW Real-Time Vision Development Bundle
The LabVIEW Real-Time Vision Development Bundle is an addition
to LabVIEW software that includes all the software you need to
program your real-time machine
vision applications for the NI
Embedded Vision System. The
bundle includes the following:
LabVIEW Application Builder
With the Vision Development
Module, you have complete
freedom to build highly customized real-time machine vision
applications using the LabVIEW graphical programming
environment. You also have the option to develop your own custom
image processing algorithms, optimize your inspection for speed, or
take advantage of the large choice of toolkits or add-ons that
complement the LabVIEW environment, such as the LabVIEW FPGA
Module.
Using LabVIEW graphical programming, you can develop your
machine vision applications on a desktop PC and then download the
program to run on the real-time NI Smart Camera. Thus, you can use
all of the powerful development tools of LabVIEW to develop
deterministic, reliable solutions.
Figure1. With the scalability of NI vision software, you can develop your code on a PC,
prototype on an NI Compact Vision System, and deploy to an NI Smart Camera without
ever changing your application development environment.
Figure 1. Vision Builder AI Configuration
Interface
Figure 2. LabVIEW Front Panel, Block
Diagram, and Project Explorer in a Vision
Development Module Application
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
S
m
a
r
t

C
a
m
e
r
a
s
648
Back to Index
649
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
S
m
a
r
t

C
a
m
e
r
a
s
National Instruments vision software includes hundreds of image
processing and analysis functions. A subset of the tools available in
the Vision Development Module and Vision Builder AI are shown
below.
Pattern and Geometric Matching
Learn and locate objects and patterns in your
images. National Instruments patented matching
algorithms locate patterns fast with very high
accuracy.
Optical Character Recognition/Verification
NI OCR functions use a trainable OCR algorithm
specifically designed to identify and verify all
types of fonts, characters, and symbols despite
poor and inconsistent image quality.
Particle Analysis
Use particle analysis to detect connected
regions or groupings of pixels in an image and
make selected measurements of those regions.
Choose from more than 80 unique measurements
that return data in both real-world and pixel
values.
Color Inspection
Color matching quantifies which colors and how
much of each color exists in a region of an
image and uses this information to check if
another image contains the same colors in the
same ratio.
Edge Detection
Use the edge detection tools to identify and locate
discontinuities in the pixel intensities of an image.
Find edges in order to align, measure, or detect
features in the image.
Object Classification
Classification is a tool for identifying an
unknown object by comparing its significant
features to a set of features that represent
known samples.
Gauging
You can use dimensional measurement or
gauging tools to obtain quantifiable, critical
distance measurements such as distances,
angles, areas, line fits, circular fits, and counts.
Bar Code Reader and Grader
Read 1D bar codes as well as 2D codes like
Data Matrix and PDF 417. You can decipher
codes applied through ink jets, thermal transfer,
laser etching, or dot peen.
Spatial Calibration
Using spatial calibration functions, you can
calibrate your image to take accurate, real-
world measurements from images, regardless
of camera perspective or lens distortion.
Image Arithmetic and Logic Functions
Operators perform basic arithmetic and logical
operations on images. Use operators to add,
subtract, multiply, and divide an image with
other images or constants.
Coordinate Systems
Set up coordinate systems to ensure that all
your measurements move with the object
within the field of view.
Image Filters and Frequency Analysis
Frequency filters, such as the fast Fourier
transform (FFT), alter pixel values with respect
to the periodicity and spatial distribution of the
variations in light intensity in the image.
Image Segmentation
NI vision software comes with several options
to segment and partition images into related
components. Segmentation is an important part
of many imaging applications that need to
extract certain features or objects in order to
process them further.
Golden Template Comparison
Find defects in an image by comparing a perfect
(golden) sample to all subsequent samples.
Golden template comparison detects surface
defects, label misprints, and overall quality
issues.
Back to Index
Smart Camera Accessories
Lighting
All NI Smart Cameras except for the NI 1722
provide direct connectivity to many current-
controlled LED light heads, including those
below. Additional lighting is available from
Advanced Illumination (www.advill.com).
Back light (red)................................................................. 780221-01
Ring light (red).................................................................. 780222-01
Linear array (red).............................................................. 780223-01
Spot light (red).................................................................. 780224-01
Lenses
NI Smart Cameras work with any standard C-mount lens, including
the lenses below supplied by Computar.
8mm, F1.4, megapixel, Computar..................................... 780024-01
12 mm, F1.4, megapixel, Computar.................................. 780025-01
Cables and Power Supplies
NI 17xx unshielded screw terminal
breakout with 2 m cable............................................. 780261-01
NI SmartCamera I/O accessory........................................ 780443-01
Desktop power supply, 24 V, 63 W ................................. 780237-01
DIN-rail mount power supply........................................... 778805-90
15-pin high-density D-Sub male to flying leads, 5 m....... 197818-05
Ethernet cables, twisted pair
1m............................................................................... 182219-01
5m............................................................................... 182219-05
10 m............................................................................ 182219-10
Smart Camera Mounting
1
4 in.-20 tripod adapter..................................................... 780239-01
Mounting bracket............................................................. 780240-01
Expansion I/O and HMIs
If your applications need more I/O than NI Smart Cameras provide,
you can easily connect expansion I/O over standard Ethernet.
Compact FieldPoint and CompactRIO are two popular NI platforms
for expansion I/O. Both of these platforms are built on real-time
architectures, ensuring the determinism needed for many industrial
applications. CompactRIO also features a built-in field-
programmable gate array (FPGA) for precise timing and
synchronization. Communication to both of these platforms is
simplified with the use of shared variables in LabVIEW or Vision
Builder AI. For more information on these platforms, visit
ni.com/compactfieldpoint or ni.com/compactrio.
For interfacing options, NI offers a full suite of touch panel HMIs.
With the LabVIEW Touch Panel Module, you can develop custom
HMI applications for Windows CE touch panel devices. Other
options include Windows XP HMI devices that can run the entire
LabVIEW development environment. Or simply target NI Smart
Cameras and other PAC devices through a Web browser with the
Web server technology available on these hardware platforms. For
more information on HMI options from NI, visit ni.com/hmi.
NI 1722 Smart Camera with Vision Builder AI............ 780146-01
Additional Software
NI LabVIEW.................................................................. 776670-09
NI LabVIEW Real-Time Vision Development Bundle....... 779324-03
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
S
m
a
r
t

C
a
m
e
r
a
s
650
Back to Index
651
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
S
m
a
r
t

C
a
m
e
r
a
s
Specifications
>>For complete specifications, see the NI 17xx Smart Camera User
Manual at ni.com/manuals.
Image Sensor
Processor Characteristics
Processor
NI 1722................................... 400 MHz Freescale PowerPC
NI 1742/1744.......................... 533 MHz Freescale PowerPC
NI 1762/1764.......................... 533 MHz Freescale PowerPC and
720 MHz Texas Instruments DSP
Memory........................................ 128 MB
Nonvolatile program storage....... 128 MB
Image/data storage...................... Unlimited through FTP or
Ethernet hard drive
Lighting Connectivity
NI 1722
5 and 24 V external strobe...... Programmable duration
NI 1742, 1744, 1762, 1764
5 and 24 V external strobe...... Programmable duration
Direct drive lighting................. 500 mA DC, 1 A strobed
I/O Connectivity
Digital input.................................. 2 channels optoisolated 24V
Digital output................................ 2 channels optoisolated 24V
Ethernet........................................ 2 ports (10/100/1000 Mb/s)
RS232 serial.................................. Up to 230.4 kb/s
Quadrature encoder...................... Phase A/Phase B, no index
(not available on NI 1722)
Power Requirements
Main supply voltage..................... 24 VDC, +20%, -15% (IEC 1311)
Max current
NI 1722................................... 450 mA
NI 1742, 1744, 1762, 1764...... 800 mA
(with direct drive lighting)
Physical Specifications
Lens mount.................................... C-mount
Dimensions.................................... 11.765 by 8.58 by 5.06 cm
Weight........................................... 525 g
Safety
IEC 61010-1, EN 61010-1
UL 61010-1, CSA 61010-1
column.
and laboratory use:
documentation.
CE Compliance
number or product line, and click the appropriate link in the
recycling centers and National Instruments WEEE initiatives,
visit ni.com/environment/weee.htm.
Sensor Sony CCD
Resolution VGA (640 x 480), SXGA (1280 x 1024)
Max frame rate 60 fps (VGA), 13 fps (SXGA)
Sensor size 1/3 in. (VGA), 1/2 in. (SXGA)
Pixel size 7.4 x 7.4 m (VGA), 4.65 x4.65 m (SXGA)
Sensor readout Progressive scan
Bits per pixel 8 bits, 256 gray levels
Scanning mode (VGA) 1/2 scan 640 x 240
1/4 scan 640 x 120
Scanning mode (SXGA) 1/2 scan 1280 x 512
1/4 scan 1280 x 256
Binning 1x2 640 x 240 (VGA), 1280 x 512 (SXGA)
Min exposure time 36.3 s (VGA), 76.7 s (SXGA)
Exposure time increment 31.2 s (VGA), 71.6 s (SXGA)
Back to Index
Vision System with Windows 7, GigE Vision, IEEE 1394b
High-performance, multicore
processor, 2 GB RAM for fast
inspections and large images
Connectivity to multiple cameras for
simultaneous inspections (GigE Vision
and IEEE 1394 standards)
High I/O count for synchronization and
industrial communication
Fanless design
Configure with Vision Builder for
Automated Inspection or program with
the Vision Development Module
Overview
The NI Embedded Vision System is a fanless controller that
combines industrial camera connectivity and open communication
with the high performance and flexibility of a multicore processor.
The NI EVS-1464 is designed to process images from multiple GigE
Vision and IEEE 1394 cameras. The Windows 7 operating system
makes it possible to develop and modify inspections from the
deployment hardware and to integrate with other software
programs on the platform.
With a high isolated and TTL I/O count, FPGA-enabled digital I/O,
fast multicore processor performance, and 2 GB RAM, the EVS-1464
can synchronize with programmable logic controllers (PLCs), human
machine interfaces (HMIs), and motion controllers for more complex,
higher-speed inspections that incorporate operator interaction.
Like all NI vision hardware, you can configure the EVS-1464 using NI
Vision Builder for Automated Inspection (AI) featuring its easy-to-
use, menu-driven environment or the NI Vision Development Module
combined with LabVIEW and text-based environments for
applications that require a programmatic solution.
NI EVS-1464
Vision System with Windows 7, GigE Vision, Camera Link
High-performance, multicore processor
with 2 GB RAM for fast inspections
and large images
Connects to multiple cameras for
simultaneous inspections (GigE Vision,
base Camera Link)
Fanless design
High I/O count, synchronization,
industrial communications options
Overview
The NI Embedded Vision System is a fanless controller that
The NI EVS-1463 is designed to process images from base-
configuration Camera Link devices and multiple GigE Vision
cameras. The Windows 7 operating system makes it possible to
develop and modify inspections from the deployment hardware and
to integrate with other software programs on the platform.
With a high digital I/O count, fast multicore processor performance,
and a range of industrial communications options, the EVS-1463 can
synchronize with programmable logic controllers (PLCs), human
machine interfaces (HMIs), and motion controllers for more complex,
higher-speed inspections.
Like all NI vision hardware, you can configure the EVS-1463 with NI
Vision Builder for Automated Inspection (AI) featuring an easy-to-
use, menu-driven environment or with the NI Vision Development
Module combined with NI LabVIEW software and text-based
environments for applications that require a programmatic solution.
NI EVS-1463
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
V
i
s
i
o
n

S
y
s
t
e
m

w
i
t
h

W
i
n
d
o
w
s

7
,

G
i
g
E

V
i
s
i
o
n
,

I
E
E
E

1
3
9
4
b
652
Back to Index
Industrial Communication and
Onboard Digital I/O
The EVS-1464RT has 29 reconfigurable digital I/O lines TTL and
isolated. These lines feature built-in functionality for communicating
with external devices, such as reading from a quadrature encoder,
generating strobe pulses, triggering, and writing/reading from
digital lines. Using these signals, you can dynamically control your
lighting or cameras, synchronize with a conveyor belt, drive
mechanisms for sorting parts or integrate the NI Embedded Vision
System with PLCs.
In addition, you can use the system to send commands and data to
other devices, such as PLCs and operator interfaces, using Ethernet
protocols such as TCP/IP, EtherNet/IP, and Modbus TCP, as well as
serial protocols such as RS232 and Modbus serial. With enterprise
connectivity, you can also monitor the inspection results, view
images, or store data in databases for statistical process control.
Customized I/O with LabVIEW FPGA
The EVS-1464RT features a field-programmable gate array (FPGA)
directly connected to the digital I/O lines. If your application requires
custom I/O behavior, you can use LabVIEW FPGA to reconfigure the
digital I/O lines to achieve additional I/O functionality such as
custom triggers, timing, PWM outputs, encoder-based queued pulse
generators, customer digital protocols and high-speed counters.
The LabVIEW FPGA IPNet site (ni.com/ipnet) hosts a collection of
existing FPGA examples and intellectual property (IP) from National
Instruments developers and external users in the LabVIEW FPGA
community that you can use with your real-time NI Embedded Vision
System.
Real-Time Display and HMI
The EVS-1464RT outputs real-time images and pass/fail results from
the inspection through the built-in DVI port. All of the image
overlays are userdefinable and can be changed programmatically to
create custom user displays.
Also, a simple Web browser on any Windows CE, XP, or XP
Embedded touch panel can act as an operator interface for selecting
inspections, updating parameters, or training a new part. In addition
to being a Web server, the EVS-1464RT can be configured in
LabVIEW to host Web services to stream data.
Software Scalability
National Instruments uses the same configuration software (Vision
Builder for Automated Inspection) and programming software (Vision
Development Module) across the NI vision hardware portfolio. This
means that after learning just one set of vision software, you can
easily reduce time and costs to maintain your systems or build new
applications while enjoying the freedom to choose the suitable
hardware for each application, be it a PC, an NI Embedded Vision
System, or an NI Smart Camera. All NI vision software comes with
Software, a collection of drivers for IEEE 1394 and GigE cameras
that scales to support a larger range of camera types for use with
other NI vision hardware.
653
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

V
i
s
i
o
n

S
y
s
t
e
m
Figure 1. NI EVS-1464RT Connectivity Options
(2) Gigabit Ethernet for enterprise
connectivity and GigE Vision Cameras
(4) Hi-Speed USB for mass storage devices
(1) MXI-Express for PCI bus expansion
(29) Reconfigurable
digital I/O lines
RS232 serial
External for logging images and data
10 to 30 VDC power
DVI video output
(2) IEEE 1394b bilingual ports for
IEEE 1394 a and b cameras
Back to Index
Specifications
These specifications are typical at 25 C, unless otherwise stated.
Power Requirements
Main supply voltage..................... 0 VDC to 30 VDC
Power (excluding cameras)..... 50 W maximum
IEEE 1394 bus power............... 18 W maximum
(shared by both ports)
Isolated supply.............................. 5 to 30 VDC
Camera interface.......................... Gigabit Ethernet and IEEE 1394b
bilingual (compatible with IEEE
1394 a & b cameras)
TTL Inputs and Outputs
Digital logic levels
TTL Inputs
Number of channels..................... 2
Maximum pulse rate.................... 2 MHz
Minimum pulse detected............. 500 ns
Power-on state............................. Input (high-impedance) 61.9 k!
pull-up to 5 V
TTL Outputs
Output voltage range.................... 0 to 5 V
Maximum pulse rate..................... 2 MHz
Optically Isolated Inputs and Outputs
Isolated (Current Sinking) Inputs
Input voltage range...................... 0 to 30 V
Input ON voltage........................... 3.5 to 30 V
Input OFF voltage.......................... 0 to 2 V
Turn-on current
Typical..................................... 7.1 mA
Maximum................................ 14 mA
Maximum pulse rate..................... 100 kHz
Minimum pulse detected.............. 10 s
Reverse polarity protection........... Yes, -30 V
Isolated (Current Sourcing) Outputs
Number of channels...................... 4
On-state voltage range.................. 5 to 30 V maximum
Maximum on-state voltage
drop from V.............................. 1.2 V at 100 mA
Output current
5 V isopower............................ 50 mA maximum
24 V isopower.......................... 100 mA maximum
30 V isopower.......................... 100 mA maximum
Maximum pulse rate..................... 10 kHz (maximum load resistance 100 k!)
Minimum pulse generated............ 100 s
Reverse polarity protection........... Yes
Physical
Unit dimensions............................ 110 by 200 by 220 mm
(4.3 by 7.9 by 8.66 in.)
Weight.......................................... 3.76 kg (8.28 lb)
Environment
The NI EVS-1464RT is intended for indoor use only.
Measurement category................ I
Maximum altitude........................ 2,000 m
Pollution degree (IEC 60664)........ 2
Ambient temperature range......... 0 to 45 C
(IEC 60068-2-1 and IEC 60068-2-2)
Relative humidity range................ 10 to 90% noncondensing
(IEC 60068-2-56)
Storage Environment
Ambient temperature range......... -40 to 70 C
(IEC 60068-2-1 and IEC 60068-2-2)
Relative humidity range................ 5 to 95% noncondensing
(IEC 60068-2-56)
Shock and Vibration
Operational shock......................... 30 g peak, half-sine, 11 ms pulse(tested
in accordance with IEC-60068-2-27; test
profile developed in accordance with
MIL-PRF-28800F)
Random vibration
Operating................................ 5 to 500 Hz, 0.3 g
rms
Nonoperating.......................... 5 to 500 Hz, 2.4 g
rms
(tested in accordance with IEC-60068-
2-64; nonoperating test profile
exceeds the requirements of MIL-PRF-
28800F, Class 3)
Level Minimum Maximum
Input low voltage (VIL) 0 V 0.5 V
Input high voltage (VIH) 2.2 V 5 V
Output low voltage (VOL), at 5 mA 0.4 V
Output high voltage (VOH), at 5 mA 2.4 V
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

V
i
s
i
o
n

S
y
s
t
e
m
654
Back to Index
Real-Time Vision System for GigE Vision,
Camera Link Devices
655
Real-time machine vision system
High-performance, multicore processor;
2 GB RAM for fast inspections and large
images
Connectivity to multiple cameras for
simultaneous inspections (GigE Vision
and base Camera Link)
Reliable, rugged, industrial system with
no moving parts (fanless and solid-state
hard drive)
High I/O count for synchronization and
industrial communication
Overview
The NI Embedded Vision System is a rugged controller that
The NI EVS-1463RT is designed to process images in real time from
base-configuration Camera Link and multiple GigE Vision cameras,
and is suitable for machine vision applications such as high-speed
sorting, assembly verification, packaging inspection, and web
inspection using line-scan cameras. With a high isolated and TTL I/O
count, fast multicore processor performance, 2 GB RAM, and real-
time OS, the EVS-1463RT can synchronize with programmable logic
controllers (PLCs), human machine interfaces (HMIs), and motion
controllers for more complex, higher-speed inspections.
This vision system contains no moving parts because it is cooled by
convection (fanless) and includes a solid-state drive (SSD), making it
ready for the demanding conditions of manufacturing.
Like all NI vision hardware, you can configure the EVS-1463RT with
the NI Vision Builder for Automated Inspection (AI) featuring an
easy-to-use, menu-driven environment or with the LabVIEW Real-
Time Vision Development Bundle featuring the LabVIEW graphical
programming environment for applications that require a
programmatic solution.
NI EVS-1463RT
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

V
i
s
i
o
n

S
y
s
t
e
m

f
o
r

G
i
g
E

V
i
s
i
o
n
,

C
a
m
e
r
a

L
i
n
k

D
e
v
i
c
e
s
Back to Index
Rugged, fanless, machine vision system
Intel Core 2 Duo processor (1.66 GHz)
1 GB solid-state drive and external flash
1 GB DDR2 memory
Small footprint
GigE Vision and IEEE 1394 IIDC native
support
29 TTL and isolated DIO lines
15 input (13 isolated 24 V, 2 TTL)
14 output (4 isolated 24 V, 10 TTL)
Reconfigurable DIO with LabVIEW FPGA
MXI-Express connector
RS232 port
DVI video output
Operating Systems
Real-time OS
(AI), or
LabVIEW with LabVIEW Real-Time
Optional Software
LabVIEW FPGA Module
NI Vision Acquisition Software
Run-Time Licenses (included)
Vision Builder AI Run-Time License
Vision Development Module Run-Time
License
Overview
The NI Embedded Vision System is a rugged automated controller that
combines industrial camera compatibility with the open communication
of a distributed industrial system and the high performance and
flexibility of a multicore PC. It is suitable for machine vision applications
such as high-speed sorting, assembly verification, and packaging
inspection. This embedded vision system acquires images from multiple
camera interfaces to perform simultaneous inspections and works with
powerful and easy-to-use NI software such as the Vision Development
Module and Vision Builder for Automated Inspection. A diverse range of
digital I/O and industrial communication options means that the system
can communicate and integrate with a wide variety of automation
devices including programmable logic controllers (PLCs), human machine
interfaces (HMIs), robotics, sensors, and actuators. NI Embedded Vision
Systems contain no moving parts - they are cooled by convection
(fanless) and include a solid-state hard drive (SSHD), making them ready
for the demanding conditions of manufacturing. Real-time NI Embedded
Vision Systems are licensed to run LabVIEW Real-Time code. Note that
you must purchase development software, such as the LabVIEW Real-
Time Module, separately.
Multicore Image Processing
With NI LabVIEW and NI vision software, the NI Embedded Vision
System takes full advantage of its multicore processor by automatically
balancing the computational load on each core. Machine vision
applications can run deterministically and reliably with LabVIEW Real-
Time Module software, which you can use to achieve low-level control
for prioritizing crucial tasks, such as image processing, over less time-
critical tasks such as video display.
Camera Selection and Multicamera Support
The NI Embedded Vision System works with any IIDC-compliant IEEE
1394 camera and any GigE Vision-compliant Ethernet camera. National
Instruments has developed the first real-time driver software for
communicating, configuring, and acquiring images from both IEEE 1394
and GigE Vision cameras in realtime. The system provides a low-cost
way to simultaneously acquire and process images from several
cameras to inspect parts from multiple angles, increase overall system
resolution, and use several specialty cameras at once (color,
monochrome, infrared, line scan, and so on). With dual IEEE 1394b and
Gigabit Ethernet ports, you can simultaneously power and acquire from
up to four IEEE 1394a and b cameras and connect as many GigE Vision
cameras as the bandwidth permits. You can expand beyond the number
of ports using hubs and external power sources for additional cameras.
Rugged Industrial Design
The NI Embedded Vision System was designed for harsh industrial
environments. The absence of moving parts make this machine
vision system less susceptible to damage from ambient vibration,
reducing maintenance requirements and making it a reliable
addition to your packaging, assembly, and manufacturing
environments. The EVS-1464RT runs with a 1 GB solid-state drive,
which can be expanded with CompactFlash storage for logging
images and data, as well as external IEEE 1394 hard drives and USB
mass storage devices. It is also cooled by convection, and the
temperature range of 0 to 45 C ensures that uptime is kept at a
maximum.
NI EVS-1464RT
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
R
e
a
l
-
T
i
m
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

V
i
s
i
o
n

S
y
s
t
e
m
656
Back to Index
657
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
M
a
c
h
i
n
e

V
i
s
i
o
n

C
a
m
e
r
a
s

a
n
d

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
Machine Vision Cameras and Accessories
Machine vision cameras by Basler
Vision Technologies
High-speed IEEE 1394b interfaces
High-quality Sony CCD sensors
Easy connection with NI Compact Vision
Systems or NI IEEE 1394 interfaces
Resolutions from VGA to 2 megapixels
National Instruments offers IEEE 1394
cameras manufactured by Basler
Technologies. You can easily integrate
these rugged cameras, designed for
industrial applications, into systems using
the NI Compact Vision System or an NI
IEEE 1394 interface device. IEEE 1394 is an
industry proven, easy-to-use interface that
provides camera power directly over the
IEEE 1394 cable.
IEEE 1394 Cameras for Machine Vision
Machine vision cameras by Basler
Vision Technologies
Up to 100 m cable lengths
High-quality Sony CCD sensors
Easy connection with NI gigabit
Ethernet interfaces
Precise sensor alignment
GigE Vision compatibility
Resolutions from VGA to 2 megapixels
Supported by NI-IMAQdx
Configurable in NI Measurement &
Automation Explorer
National Instruments offers GigE Vision
cameras manufactured by Basler
Technologies. Designed for use in
industrial applications, these rugged
cameras easily integrate into systems
using gigabit Ethernet as the camera bus.
GigE Vision camera benefits include long
cable lengths (up to 100 m), standard
cabling, and off-the-shelf accessories.
Improve the performance of your GigE
Vision application by using NI GigE Vision
interface devices. The NI Vision
Acquisition software takes full advantage
of these devices, minimizing CPU usage
for image acquisition from GigE Vision
cameras. The NI Vision Acquisition
software is included with the NI GigE
Vision interface devices.
GigE Vision Cameras for Machine Vision
A variety of lighting options for machine
vision
Standard shapes: ring, spot, bar, and
backlight
Manufactured by Advanced Illumination
National Instruments provides a variety of
lighting options for your machine vision
applications. These lights are
manufactured by Advanced Illumination.
Because they are current-driven LED light
heads, they offer direct connectivity to NI
1742 Smart Cameras with built-in direct
drive lighting controllers.
Lighting for Machine Vision Systems
Work with any standard C-Mount lens
mount
Standard focal lengths: 8, 8.5, 12, 16,
25, and 35 mm
Manufactured by Edmund Optics and
Computar
National Instruments offers standard C-
mount lenses manufactured by Computar.
These lenses work with any of the
cameras available from NI, including NI
Smart Cameras and Basler cameras for
IEEE 1394 and GigE Vision.
C-Mount Lenses for Machine Vision
Back to Index
Machine Vision Cameras and Accessories
Basler Scout Cameras for IEEE 1394 & Accessories
Basler A601F (IEEE 1394)............................................ 778785-01
scA640-70FM-90......................................................... 781790-01
scA1390-17FM-90....................................................... 781791-01
scA1600-14FM-90....................................................... 781792-01
scA640-70fc................................................................. 780880-01
scA640-70fm................................................................ 779982-01
scA1390-17fc............................................................... 780881-01
scA1390-17fm.............................................................. 779980-01
scA1600-14fm.............................................................. 780883-01
Basler trigger and I/O cable (IEEE 1394b)................... 779984-01
IEEE 1394A to 1394B Cable, 4 Meters........................ 196284-04
IEEE 1394B to 1394B Cable, 4 Meters........................ 196283-04
Cable Assy, 1394a Jackscrews to
Standard 1394a, 4.5M................................................. 778796-01
IEEE 1394, 400MBPS, Non-Latching, Cable, 2m......... 185797-02
IEEE 1394, 400MBPS, Non-Latching, Cable,4.5 m...... 185797-04
Cable Assy, 1394A to 1394B Jackscrew,
Black Cable, 4.5M...................................................... 151672-4R5
Cable Assy, 1394B Jackscrew to
1394B Standard, Black, 4.5 Meter............................. 197549-4R5
Cable Assembly, 1394b Jackscrew to
1394b Jackscrew, Black, 4.5m................................... 152403-4R5
Basler Scout Cameras for GigE Vision & Accessories
scA640-70gc................................................................ 780884-01
scA640-70gm............................................................... 779983-01
scA1390-17gc.............................................................. 780885-01
scA1600-14gm............................................................. 780886-01
scA1390-17gm............................................................. 779981-01
Basler power supply
for GigE Vision cameras......................................... 779986-01
Basler trigger and I/O cable
for GigE Vision cameras........................................ 779985-01
scA640-120gm............................................................. 781793-01
piA2400-17gm............................................................. 781794-01
acA640-100gm............................................................. 781795-01
Lighting for Machine Vision Systems
Light, 4X4 Back Light (Red).......................................... 780221-01
Light, Ring Light (Red).................................................. 780222-01
Light, Linear Array (Red).............................................. 780223-01
Light, Spot Light (Red)................................................. 780224-01
Advanced Illumination RL127, Red Ring Light............ 782026-01
Advanced Illumination RL127, White Ring Light........ 782027-01
Advanced Illumination RL4260, Red Ring Light.......... 782028-01
Advanced Illumination RL4260, White Ring Light...... 782029-01
C-Mount Lenses for Machine Vision
Lens, 8.5MM, Compact Fixed Focal Length,
Edmund Optics ........................................................... 781414-01
Lens, 12MM, Compact Fixed Focal Length,
Edmund Optics............................................................ 781415-01
Lens,16MM,Compact Fixed Focal Length,
Edmund Optics............................................................ 781416-01
Edmund Optics............................................................ 781417-01
Edmund Optics............................................................ 781418-01
Computar M0814-MP, 8mm, F1.4, Megapixel........... 780024-01
Computar M1214-MP, 12mm, F1.4, Megapixel......... 780025-01
Computar M1620-MPV, Ultra Low Distortion,
16mm, F2.0,2/3 inch,3MP........................................... 782023-01
25mm,F1.8, 2/3 inch, 3MP........................................... 782024-01
35mm, F2.0,2/3 inch, 3MP........................................... 782025-01
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
M
a
c
h
i
n
e

V
i
s
i
o
n

C
a
m
e
r
a
s

a
n
d

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
658
Back to Index
Accessories and Cables
Analog Accessories
IMAQ-A6804 provides four BNC connectors, allowing three video
signals and one trigger input for the PCI-1410 and PXI-1409. These
cards no longer exists
IMAQ-A6822 provides 22 BNC connectors to all
video signals (VIDEO0, VIDEO1, VIDEO2, and
VIDEO3), the external digital I/O lines and triggers,
and external synchronization signals for the PCI-
1410 and PXI-1409. These cards no longer exists
Parallel Digital Accessories
Digital Camera Cable Selection
Visit the National Instruments Camera Advisor at ni.com/camera
for the latest information on cable selection for the NI 1424 and NI
1422 image acquisition devices.
IMAQ SCB-100 cable and terminal block for interfacing digital
cameras to the NI 1424 or NI 1422 devices in cases where a
dedicated cable is not available.
Digital Camera Extension Cables extends your 100-pin SCSI
digital camera cable by 2 or 4 m.
Camera Link Accessories
Camera Link Cable NI Camera Link frame
grabbers feature a small 26-pin connector
compatible with all Camera Link video inputs,
camera control outputs, and the serial interface.
IMAQ-D6804 adapter cable that connects
up to four triggers to an NI 1428.
Camera Link I/O Extension Board
expands the digital I/O on NI PCIe-1427, NI
PCIe-1429, and NI PCIe-1430.
NI 825xR and CVS-145x Accessories
Basler Trigger Cable female SMB to RJ45, used to trigger
Basler A600 cameras.
SMB 200 female SMB to female SMB cable, used to trigger
certain Prosilica cameras.
SMB 110 female SMB to male BNC cable, used to trigger certain
Sony cameras.
Terminal Block and Prototyping Accessory used to prototype
and troubleshoot DIO for CVS-145x and NI 825xR. A demo mode can
simulate triggers, encoder inputs, and product selection lines.
Outputs are displayed with LEDs.
Power Supply (24 V, 50 W) with CVS-145x power connector;
used also to power the isolated input of NI 825xR.
659
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s

a
n
d

C
a
b
l
e
s
Back to Index
Analog
IMAQ-A6804 (1 m)..................................................... 187805-01
IMAQ-A6822 (1 m)..................................................... 778135-01
IMAQ-BNC-1............................................................. 183882-02
Digital
IMAQ SCB-100........................................................... 777915-01
IMAQ-D2504-1 (1 m).................................................. 185298-01
Digital camera extension cables
2 m........................................................................ 184743-02
4 m........................................................................ 184743-04
Dalas, CT-P1, Digital Camera Cable, 2m................... 185788-02
Hamamatsu, C4742-95 and IMAQ PCI,
Digital Camera Cable, 2m.......................................... 185232-02
Kodak, (Roper Scientific) i and ES Series,
Digital Camera Cable, 4m.......................................... 185275-04
Camera Link
Camera Link I/O Extension Board.............................. 779352-01
Camera Link cable (2 m)............................................. 187676-02
IMAQ-D6804, Camera Link Digital Trigger Cable,
1 m.............................................................................. 187804-01
Camera Link Medium Configuration/Trigger Cable
for NI 1428.................................................................. 190936-01
Cable, Power over Camera Link (PoCL), MDR to MDR,
5M.............................................................................. 199744-05
Cable, Power over Camera Link (PoCL), MDR to SDR,
5M.............................................................................. 199745-05
Cable, Power over Camera Link(PoCL),MDR to MDR,
2M.............................................................................. 199744-02
SMB-100, SMB to BNC Female................................. 763389-01
IEEE 1394 Cameras and Accessories
Camera, 640x480, 60 fps........................................... 778785-01
Camera, 1024x768, 30 fps......................................... 778849-01
12 mm machine vision lens........................................ 778789-01
IEEE 1394a cable (2 m)............................................... 185797-02
IEEE 1394b cable (4 m)............................................... 196283-04
IEEE 1394a to IEEE 1394b cable (4 m)........................ 196284-04
Basler trigger cable.................................................... 190264-01
SMB 200 (0.3 m)......................................................... 763390-01
SMB 110 (1 m)............................................................ 763405-01
Advanced Illumination LED ring light......................... 778787-01
NI 8252, NI 825xR, and CVS-145x Accessories
Terminal block and prototyping accessory................ 779166-01
Digital I/O terminal block and cable
Horizontal mount.................................................. 778790-01
Vertical mount...................................................... 778791-01
Panel and DIN-rail mounting kit................................. 189154-01
Power supply (24 V, 50 W)......................................... 778794-01
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s

a
n
d

C
a
b
l
e
s
660
Back to Index
Cameras, Lenses, Lights, and Consulting Assistance
661
Complete Vision Component Providers
Several companies are experts in machine vision and image
processing. They specialize in accurately specifying and selling all of
the components necessary to complete even the most challenging
vision applications.
Worldwide
Edmund Industrial Optics
From UV windows to fully integrated electronic imaging systems,
Edmund Optics is a single source for optical products and services.
Edmund Optics offers more than your average vision component
catalog. It augments its broad selection and deep inventories with
express shipping options, OEM quantity discounts. and the ability to
provide custom design and manufacturing services.
www.edmundoptics.com
North America
Graftek Imaging
Graftek provides all components of a machine vision system,
including lighting optimized to an application, quality optical
components, high-resolution and high-speed cameras, image
acquisition hardware, and image analysis software for Windows or
real-time OSs. www.graftek.com
France
Alliance Vision
Alliance Vision is one of the leading imaging product providers in France
for machine vision and image analysis. www.alliancevision.com
Central Europe
Qualimatest
Qualimatest is a supplier of material solutions for industrial vision,
which supplements its product range with those of other suppliers in
order to offer customers the full range of components necessary for
the realization of their systems. www.qmt.ch
Polytec
With more than 10 years of experience in machine vision, Polytec
has grown to one of the major suppliers for components and
instruments in Europe. Today Polytec offers the full range of
machine vision hardware illumination, lenses, cameras, frame
grabbers, compact vision systems, and more. These products fit
perfectly with the National Instruments program, so you can easily
build up your vision system. www.polytec.de/bv
Camera Compatibility - Camera Advisor
Engineers and scientists now have a one-stop Web resource for
selecting a machine vision scientific imaging camera. With the
National Instruments Camera Advisor, located at ni.com/camera,
you can compare camera features and specifications for hundreds of
cameras.
Lighting Options
Selecting the proper lighting technique can simplify your application
development. The goal of lighting is to separate the feature or part
you want to inspect from the surrounding background by as many
gray levels or color grades as possible. Here are a few guidelines for
selecting a lighting technique.
National Instruments Vision System
Integrators
The National Instruments Alliance Partner program works with more
than 600 companies who offer turnkey solutions and services. The
following companies specialize in providing machine vision
consulting and integration with NI vision products. For a complete
list, visit ni.com/vision.
Alfautomazione S.p.A. - www.alfautomazione.com
AmFax Limited - www.amfax.co.uk
Apna Technologies & Solutions Pvt Ltd - www.apnatech.com
Averna - www.averna.com
Bloomy Controls, Inc - www.bloomy.com
Cal-Bay Systems - www.calbay.com
Prevas AB - www.prevas.com/tsd
QUALIMATEST SA - www.qmt.ch
VI Engineeringhttp - www.viengineering.com
Viewpoint Systems, Inc. - www.ViewpointUSA.com
13
V
i
s
i
o
n
C
a
m
e
r
a
s
,

L
e
n
s
e
s
,

L
i
g
h
t
s
,

a
n
d

C
o
n
s
u
l
t
i
n
g

A
s
s
i
s
t
a
n
c
e
Requirement Object Surface Characteristics Suggested Lighting
Reduce reflections Shiny object Diffuse illuminator, polarized ring
light cloudy day illuminator
Even illumination Any object Fluorescent, ring light,
diffuse illuminator
Reduce shadows Object with protrusions, Ring light
3D object
Silhouetting Any object Backlight
Back to Index
Motion
Overview
National Instruments provides a wide range of hardware and
software products to fit your particular motion system, featuring
support for thousands of servo/stepper/piezo actuators, advanced
DAQ/vision synchronization, and easy-to-use software. Hardware
options include PCI/PXI bus controllers; distributed controllers for
CANopen; custom controllers for CompactRIO, Compact FieldPoint, R
Series, and M Series; and a variety of servo/stepper drives and
breakout interfaces.
National Instruments offers motion control software products for
creating programs rapidly in NI LabVIEW, C, or Visual Basic with
PCI/PXI bus or distributed motion controllers. Prototype your motion
application and convert your project into ready-to-run LabVIEW or C
code with NI Motion Assistant. Create custom motion controllers in
LabVIEW with the NI SoftMotion Development Module for LabVIEW.
Connect to CANopen intelligent drives with the NI SoftMotion
Controller.
Key Features
Smart Contouring for High-Speed Profile Cutting
Smart contouring is a patent-pending algorithm in NI Motion
Assistant with which you can remap a user-defined trajectory based
on move constraints that you specify preserving move
characteristics and move geometry. With smart contouring, you can
define complex geometry and still achieve trapezoidal or S-curve
profiles for motion. This functionality helps minimize jerks on the
mechanical components, and hence increases machine life. Smart
contouring is useful in applications such as metal working and CNC,
where the machine must trace a different contour each time it
moves.
Teach Pendant/Joystick Control
In most robotics applications, such as painting and assembly, you
must teach the robot a sequence of positions to travel through in
addition to process-related events. You can use the Teach Mode
feature in NI Motion Assistant to teach the pattern you want the
motors to follow by moving the motors manually and recording their
positions. The Jog Axis interface resembles a joystick on screen.
You can also control the robot or stage using direct joystick inputs
by connecting them to any of the peripheral motion I/O or general-
purpose digital I/O lines on your motion controller.
High-Speed I/O Synchronization with Captures,
Breakpoints, and RTSI Bus
Using the RTSI bus, the NI motion controller can share high-speed
digital signals with data acquisition, image acquisition, digital I/O,
or other NI motion controllers with no external cabling and without
consuming bandwidth on the host bus.
You can program the motion controller to trigger another device at
the appropriate positions by creating breakpoints. In some cases,
you may need to synchronize the motor position with some
measurement occurring external to the motion controller. This
functionality is known as high-speed capture or trigger inputs. When
triggered, the motion controller can latch the current encoder
position, and the system can read and record the position.
Contents
Overview............................................................................... 662
Motion Control Software
Prototyping Software .............................................................. 664
Motion Controllers
Custom Motion Controller....................................................... 665
PCI/PXI Bus Motion Controllers .............................................. 668
High-Performance Stepper/Servo........................................... 669
Mid-Range Stepper/Servo ...................................................... 670
Low-Cost Stepper.................................................................... 671
Position (Pulse) Command....................................................... 672
Stepper and Servo Motor Drives............................................. 673
Universal Motion Interfaces.................................................... 675
Stepper Motor Drivers, Motors and Quadrature Encoders..... 676
14
M
o
t
i
o
n
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s

a
n
d

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
662
Back to Index
Motion Overview
663
Pixels to Motion in a Single Environment for Vision
Guided Motion
LabVIEW provides a single, easy-to-use, graphical programming
environment for your vision-guided motion application. Vision and
motion functions in LabVIEW include spatial calibration, where a
pixel coordinate is transformed into a real-world coordinate by
scaling in X and Y directions. Calibration functions also compensate
for lens distortions when the camera is directly above the object
under inspection, or when the camera is at an angle from the object.
LabVIEW can also handle coordinate misalignment.
Soft Motion and Control Design Integration for Custom Control
Applications in MEMS, nanotechnology, and semiconductor wafer
processing demand high-speed, high-precision motion control with
custom control algorithms. The NI SoftMotion Development Module
for LabVIEW provides the building blocks for your custom motion
controller - trajectory generation, spline interpolation, and PID
control. Using LabVIEW, you can replace PID with your own
algorithm, such as Linear Quadratic Regulator, to create a motion
controller optimized for your high-speed, high-precision application.
FPGA-Based Motion Control for 200 kHz Servo Update Rates
While current motion controllers with DSPs are suitable for many
applications, machine builders typically design their own motion
controllers on a custom PCB to achieve high-precision motion control
with servo update rates as fast as 200 kHz. National Instruments
reconfigurable I/O (RIO) technology, coupled with the NI Soft Motion
Development Module for LabVIEW, provides the right tools for
machine builders who want high-precision customized motion
control with the complete flexibility of an FPGA.
High-Performance I/O
NI motion controllers have up to 64 bits of digital I/O that you can
use for a wide variety of applications, such as opening or closing
valves or turning on and off solid-state relays using the SSR adapter.
You also can use the motion controller digital I/O through an
NI universal motion interface (UMI-777x), which provides optically
isolated, 30 V logic, digital I/O. NI motion controllers also have up to
eight channels of 12 to 16-bit analog I/O. Encoder, DAC, ADC, and
motion I/O resources that are not used by an axis are available for
nonaxis or nonmotion-specific applications.
Advanced Feedback Techniques
Advanced motion control applications must synchronize feedback
not just from encoders but also from analog sensors. You must use
digital and analog feedback devices either separately for the same
axis or in combination. NI motion controllers offer a variety of
options for most demanding feedback requirements, including
single-force feedback, force-and-position feedback, single-speed
feedback, dual-position feedback and more.
How a Motion Controller Works
At the center of a typical motion system is a motion controller,
which consists of supervisory control, trajectory generation, and a
control loop. The controller converts high-level user commands into
command signals that are used by motor drives to move actuators.
The motion controller also monitors the system for error conditions,
faults, and asynchronous events that can cause the system to
change speed or direction or start/stop the actuators.
Supervisory Control
Supervisory control is the main loop of the motion control system.
This loop intercepts commands from the user and signals the
trajectory generator to start/stop moves. The supervisory control
loop also monitors all I/O needed to perform initialization tasks,
such as finding the reference or origin.
Trajectory Generator
The trajectory generator is a path planner that creates setpoints for
the control loop. It is a multiaxis, preemptive, 64-bit floating-point
engine that creates coordinated motion with linear and circular
interpolation. The trajectory generator creates new setpoints every
loop period, based on move constraints provided by the user.
Spline Engine
Using the spline engine, which calculates interpolated positions
between two positions from the trajectory generator with a cubic
spline algorithm and four setpoints, you can run the trajectory
generator loop slower than the control loop.
Control Loop
The control loop creates the command signal based on the setpoint
provided by the trajectory generator. In most cases, the control loop
includes both a position and a velocity loop, but in some cases the
control loop may include only a position loop. The position is typically
read from encoders, but also may be read from analog inputs (ADCs).
I/O
Analog and digital I/O are required to send the command signals
and receive feedback from the actuators. Most I/O requirements for
motion controllers are digital. In most cases, position feedback is
obtained from digital encoders. However, some servo motor drives
require analog I/O, and the feedback is obtained from an analog
source (ADC).
14
M
o
t
i
o
n
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Back to Index
Motion Prototyping and Driver Software
Point-and-click user interface for
interpolated moves, circular moves, and
contouring moves
Import profiles from CAD or drafting
packages using DXF files
Tutorials and solution wizards for quick
startup
Automatic generation of LabVIEW VIs
or C code
3D preview window for easy
visualization
Smart contouring for improved profile
cutting machine performance
Overview
NI Motion Assistant speeds up the development and testing of
motion applications by providing an easy-to-use interactive
environment. You can convert any application developed using the
NI Motion Assistant to C code or NI LabVIEW VIs for final machine
deployment, eliminating the need for any additional programming.
The NI Motion Assistant offers the ability to import motion profiles
created in CAD or drafting packages using the widely accepted DXF
file format. Using this feature with the NI patent-pending smart-
contouring algorithm, you can implement precise motion profiles for
cutting or scribing applications.
The NI Motion Assistant works with National Instruments plug-in
motion controllers for blended trajectory control and fully
coordinated circular, linear, point-to-point, gearing, and vector-space
control. It offers a smart-contouring functionality with an API that
you can call from C, Visual Basic, or LabVIEW. Smart contouring is
useful in metal working and CNC-type applications for which the
machine needs to trace a different contour every time.
Overview
NI - Motion is the driver software that comes with NI centralized
(plug-in) and distributed motion control hardware. It includes
NI Measurement & Automation Explorer (MAX) and an easy-to-use
API for motion control. It also includes utilities for axis configuration,
testing, tuning, and example programs for NI LabVIEW, C, and Visual
Basic.
Interactive Motion Control Testing Environment
One of the challenges in creating a motion control system is testing
each of the components without creating custom programs. In MAX,
some of the parameters you can configure and test include limit
switch settings, motor types, trajectory settings, velocity, and
acceleration. Once you configure the settings, you can save your
configuration for use in your application.
NI Motion Assistant
Driver software included with all
National Instruments motion controllers
Configure axes, motion I/O,
and digital I/O
Tune servo motors with Servo Tune
Test configuration using interactive
1D or 2D environment
Use single function to call saved
configurations in LabVIEW
NI-Motion
NI Motion Assistant ................................................... 778553-35
14
M
o
t
i
o
n
P
r
o
t
o
t
y
p
i
n
g

a
n
d

D
r
i
v
e
r

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
664
Back to Index
Custom Motion Controllers
665
Design custom motion control applications
using graphical development tools
Benefit from functions for trajectory
generation, spline interpolation, position or
velocity control
Use the high-level function block API for
simplified motion profile development
Define custom axes that include standard
I/O, custom control algorithms, or
communication interfaces
Create virtual prototypes using the
pioneering tool NI SoftMotion for
SolidWorks
Overview
NI LabVIEW software and the LabVIEW NI SoftMotion Module
deliver graphical development for custom motion control
applications. With LabVIEW NI SoftMotion, you can use the
LabVIEW project to configure all of your motion axis settings, test
your configuration, and tune your motors. When your hardware
configuration is complete, you can use an interactive test panel to
validate your configuration and move individual axes to verify the
hardware setup.
LabVIEW NI SoftMotion offers the convenience of programming your
motion profiles with a high-level function block API based on the
Motion Control Library defined by PLCopen including function blocks
for straight-line, arc, and contoured move types as well as function
blocks for advanced operations like electronic gearing and camming.
LabVIEW NI SoftMotion also features advanced functions for
custom motion application design including trajectory generation,
spline interpolation, position and velocity control, and encoder
implementation. By combining LabVIEW NI SoftMotion with the new
NI C Series drive interface modules for CompactRIO, you can take
advantage of the RIO Scan Interface for simplified application
development for single-axis and multiaxis coordinated motion.
For applications that require functionality or features that are not
available with the C Series drive interface modules, LabVIEW NI
SoftMotion provides axis interface nodes, which you can use to
create custom motion applications that add specialized I/O or
customized control algorithms.
In addition, LabVIEW NI SoftMotion enables virtual prototyping for
motion applications and machine design by connecting to the
SolidWorks Premium 3D CAD design application. With NI
SoftMotion for SolidWorks, National Instruments releases a pioneer
version of software for simulating your designs created in
SolidWorks using actual motion profiles developed with NI
SoftMotion function blocks. Because of this, you can visualize and
optimize the design and evaluate different design concepts before
incurring the cost of physical prototypes.
LabVIEW NI SoftMotion Module options
LabVIEW NI SoftMotion Module Lite provides a subset of
functionality offered by the LabVIEW NI SoftMotion Module for free.
With the LabVIEW NI SoftMotion Module Lite, you can perform
simple single-axis point-to-point motion using the new NI C Series
drive interfaces and create motion applications for NI CompactRIO
hardware.
LabVIEW NI SoftMotion Module Standard offers full support for
coordinated motion. You can use it to create coordinate spaces,
easily achieve multiaxis synchronization, and perform electronic
gearing and camming. By purchasing the LabVIEW NI SoftMotion
Module Standard, you can activate the pioneer tool NI SoftMotion
for SolidWorks for free. With this tool, you can apply your custom
motion application to a 3D CAD model and visualize, simulate, and
validate your application before deploying to hardware.
LabVIEW NI SoftMotion Module Premium adds support for
creating custom motion applications that target hardware options
other than the C Series drive interfaces. Create custom axes using
standard I/O devices such as NI data acquisition plug-in devices,
C Series I/O modules for NI CompactRIO, or third-party EtherCAT
drives.
LabVIEW NI SoftMotion Module
14
M
o
t
i
o
n
C
u
s
t
o
m

M
o
t
i
o
n

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s
Back to Index
NI SoftMotion for SolidWorks offers pioneer tools for realizing
virtual prototypes. It is a free activation with the LabVIEW NI
SoftMotion Module Standard and the LabVIEW NI SoftMotion
Module Premium.
Key Benefits
Simplified programming
More customers will be able to realize motion applications on cRIO.
The LabVIEW NI SoftMotion Module enables simplified graphical
axis configuration within the LabVIEW Project and includes high-
level motion VIs for straight-line, arc, and contoured move types as
well as VIs for advanced operations like electronic gearing and
camming.
Connectivity to hundreds of stepper and servo drives
Customers can now directly connect the CompactRIO System to
hundreds of Stepper or Servo drives from National Instruments or
3rd party vendors. Using the three new C Series Drive Interface
Modules and the new cable bundles or different custom cabling
options customers can take advantage of the Scan Mode for
simplified application development. This allows them to realize
custom motion control applications without having to program the
FPGA.
Simulated axis allow you to demonstrate NI SoftMotion
without Hardware
The LabVIEW NI SoftMotion module provides simulated axis which
enables customers to start with the application development
without hardware and allows you to demonstrate the motion
features and functionality without hardware. An extensive selection
of shipping examples demonstrates the new features and allows the
customer to evaluate the new features without the need of
additional hardware.
Customize the control algorithms and connect to
specialized I/O
For applications that require functionality or features that are not
provided by the C Series drive interface modules LabVIEW NI
SoftMotion provides axis interface nodes. Customers can use those
to create custom motion applications that use any I/O module or
third party EtherCAT drives. The axis interface nodes also allow
them to use the FPGA to implement advanced control algorithms.
Create digital prototypes through integration with
DS SolidWorks
In addition LabVIEW NI SoftMotion enables digital prototyping (also
called: virtual prototyping) for motion based machines and devices
by connecting to the DS SolidWorks 3D CAD design tool. This
pioneer feature connects SolidWorks 3D CAD models to LabVIEW.
Using the LabVIEW motion application, machine builders can
simulate the moving parts of their machine with a 3D CAD model.
This allows them to validate their motion profiles and gather
information about the dynamic behavior of their design to optimize
the final machine.
LabVIEW NI LabVIEW NI LabVIEW NI
SoftMotion Module SoftMotion Module SoftMotion Module
Features Life Standard Premium
Point-to-point motion
Motion I/O
Coordinated motion
Gearing/camming
SolidWorks Integration
Customization
LabVIEW SoftMotion Module Standard..................... 780489-35
NI LabVIEW NI SoftMotion Module Premium............ 781158-35
14
M
o
t
i
o
n
C
u
s
t
o
m

M
o
t
i
o
n

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s
666
Back to Index
667
14
M
o
t
i
o
n
C
u
s
t
o
m

M
o
t
i
o
n

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s
NI SoftMotion Features
Non Real-Time
LabVIEW/
SolidWorks
Co-Simulation
NI SoftMotion
CompactRIO with NI Scan Engine
EtherCAT Chassis with NI Scan Engine
LabVIEW FPGA with NI Scan Engine Supported Platform
User VI
NI SoftMotion
APIs
User VI
NI SoftMotion
APIs
NI 951x cRIO Axis
Communication
Module
cRIO
Chassis
NI 951x
C Series
Module(s)
NI 951x EtherCAT
Axis Communication
Module
EtherCAT Drive
Communication
Module
SolidWorks Axis
Communication
Module
SolidWorks
Assembly
Motion Manager
Supervisory
Control
Trajectory
Generator
Axis
Data
Motion Manager
Supervisory
Control
Trajectory
Generator
Axis
Interface
NI SoftMotion
RT/FPGA Scan
Synchronization VIs
User VI
Communication
Module
NI SoftMotion
Axis Interface API
Host HMI and
Axis Settings:
LabVIEW Project
EtherCAT
C Series
Chassis
NI 951x
C Series
Module(s)
EtherCAT Drive with NI Scan Engine
EtherCAT Drive
NI 951x
C Series
Module(s)
cRIO
Chassis
NI 950x
C Series
Module(s)
cRIO
or PXI
Chassis
cRIO Module
or
R Series
cRIO
or PXI
Chassis
LabVIEW FPGA
Module I/O
User VI
Back to Index
FPGA for monitoring
motion I/O and encoders
Real-time system integration
(RTSI bus)
Processor for supervisory control
DPS for tight loop control
PCI/PXI Bus Motion Controllers
NI 733x Stepper PCI-7390 Position NI 734x Servo/Stepper NI 735x Servo/Stepper
Controllers Command Controller Controllers Controllers
Number of axes 2, 4 4 2, 4 2, 4, 6, 8
PAC platforms PCI, CompactPCI/PXI PCI PCI, CompactPCI/PXI PCI, CompactPCI/PXI
Linear, circular, spherical, helical interpolation, blending
Trapezoidal, S-curve profiles
Closed-loop stepper control
Contouring, electronic gearing - -
On board programming -
Sinusoidal commutation for brush less servo motors - - -
Single point breakpoints, single point high-speed capture
Buffered breakpoints, buffered high-speed capture, 4 MHz periodic breakpoints - - -
Number of axes per 62.5 s PID rate 1 1 1 2
DIO lines/analog input resolution 32/12-bit 8/- 32/12-bit 64/16-bit
Max step output rate/encoder input rate 4 MHz/20 MHz 4 MHz/4 MHz 4 MHz/20 MHz 8 MHz/20 MHz
Programming API NI-Motion driver NI-Motion driver NI-Motion driver NI-Motion driver
Software NI Motion Assistant, NI Motion Assistant, NI Motion Assistant, NI Motion Assistant,
Nl LabVIEW, C, Visual Basic Nl LabVIEW, C, Visual Basic NI LabVIEW, C, Visual Basic NI LabVIEW, C, Visual Basic
Table 1. NI 73xx Motion Controllers
Overview
NI offers a variety of motion controllers and motor drives to meet
your automation needs for PCI/PXI bus motion control. NI 735x
devices are the most powerful controllers with up to eight axes of
stepper and servo motion. NI 734x devices offer stepper and servo
control with up to four axes of motion. NI 733x devices are low-cost
stepper controllers with up to four axes and features suited for
point-to-point motion control.
Stepper Drives
MID-7602 MID-7604 NI 9501 NI P70530 P70360 UMI-777x Universal UMI-7764 Universal
Stepper Drive Stepper Drive Machine Interfaces Machine Interfaces
Type 2-phase 2-phase 2-phase C Series stepper drive stepper drive Connects to any third-party Connects to any third-party
stepper drive stepper drive stepper drive stepper drive 2 or 5-phase stepper drive 2 or 5-phase
Number of axes 2 4 1 1 1 2 or 4 4
Connectivity to 68-pin direct cable 68-pin direct cable Plug into D-Sub or screw-terminal D-Sub or screw-terminal 68-pin direct cable 68-pin direct cable
motion controller CompactRIO chassis connectivity through the connectivity through the
universal motion interfaces universal motion interfaces
Connectivity to drive - - - - - D-Sub to pigtail cable Screw terminals
Maximum current per phase 1.4 A 1.4 A 3 A 5 A 2.5 A - -
Servo Drives
NI 9505 MID-7652 MID-7654 EtherCAT AKD NI 9502 Analog AKD UMI-777x Universal UMI-776 Universal
Servo Drive Servo Drive Servo Drive Servo Drive Servo Drive Machine Interfaces Machine Interfaces
Type Brushed Brushed Brushed Brushless Servo Brushless Servo Brushless Servo Connects to any third-party Connects to any third-party
DC drive DC drive DC drive Motor Drive Motor Drive Motor Drive brushed or brushless drive brushed or brushless drive
Number of axes 1 2 4 1 1 1 2 or 4 4
Connectivity to motion controller Plug into 68-pin 68-pin AKD Plug into AKD 68-pin direct cable 68-pin direct cable
CompactRIO direct cable direct cable Drive Cable CompactRIO Drive Cable
chassis chassis
Connectivity to drive - - - - - - D-Sub to pigtail cable Screw terminals
Maximum continuous current 5 A at 40 C 5 A 5 A 6 A 4 A 6 A - -
(or 1 A at 70 C)
at 30 V
Maximum peak current 7.3 A at 40 C 10 A 10 A 12 A 8 A 12 A - -
(or 1 A at 70 C)
Isolation - - -
Table 2. Motor Drives and Breakout Interfaces
14
M
o
t
i
o
n
P
C
I
/
P
X
I

B
u
s

M
o
t
i
o
n

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
668
Back to Index
669
14
M
o
t
i
o
n
H
i
g
h
-
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e

8
-
A
x
i
s

S
t
e
p
p
e
r
/
S
e
r
v
o

M
o
t
i
o
n

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s
High-Performance 8-Axis
Stepper/Servo Motion Controllers
Up to 8 axes of motion
Configurable stepper or servo control
Up to 4 MHz stepper output rate
62 s PID loop update rate for
up to 2 axes
3D linear and circular interpolation
3D contouring
Sinusoidal commutation for
brushless motors
Buffered breakpoints for
high-speed integration
Patented step generation technology for
smooth stepper motion
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
Recommended NI Software
LabVIEW
NI Motion Assistant
LabWindows
TM
/CVI
Measurement Studio
Visual Basic
C/C++
NI-Motion
NI 735x PCI and PXI stepper and servo motion controllers are for
machine builders and users who need the highest performance and
a high-axis count in a small space. The NI PXI-7358 is the first 8-axis
stepper or servo motion controller packaged as a 1-slot 3U PXI
module. It offers many advanced features, including sinusoidal
commutation for brushless motors. NI 735x motion controllers are
available in 2-, 4-, 6-, and 8-axis versions for PXI and PCI.
Static-Friction Compensation
The frictional force present before an object starts moving is called
static friction. Static friction is often higher than dynamic friction
(frictional force present during motion) and if the difference between
the two is large enough, it can make the system difficult to tune.
The static-friction compensation feature of the NI 735x motion
controllers compensates for this difference in friction for easier
tuning and precise control.
Increasing Integration Speed with New Breakpoint and
High-Speed Capture
NI 7350 series motion controllers offer buffered breakpoints for
precise timing between motion and measurements or vision. Using
this feature, you can send a buffer of position breakpoints to the
controller that trigger a digital signal upon reaching the positions in
the buffer. Buffered breakpoints can trigger at rates as high as 2 kHz.
NI 735x
NI PXI-7358 (8-axis)..................................................... 778540-08
NI PXI-7356 (6-axis)..................................................... 778540-06
NI PXI-7354 (4-axis)..................................................... 778540-04
NI PXI-7352 (2-axis)..................................................... 778540-02
NI PCI-7358 (8-axis)..................................................... 778440-08
NI PCI-7356 (6-axis)..................................................... 778440-06
NI PCI-7354 (4-axis)..................................................... 778440-04
NI PCI-7352 (2-axis)..................................................... 778440-02
Accessories
NI Motion Assistant.................................................... 778553-35
Wiring Interfaces
NI UMI-7764.......................................................... 777978-02
NI UMI-7772.......................................................... 778556-01
NI UMI-7774.......................................................... 778558-01
Power Drives
NI MID-7604.......................................................... 777936-01
NI MID-7602.......................................................... 778003-01
NI MID-7654.......................................................... 778005-01
NI MID-7652.......................................................... 778004-01
P70530................................................................... 780097-01
P70360................................................................... 780098-01
Model Axes Stepper Control Servo Control Digital I/O Lines A/D Conversion
PCI-7352 2 64 16
PCI-7354 4 64 16
PCI-7356 6 64 16
PCI-7358 8 64 16
PXI-7352 2 64 16
PXI-7354 4 64 16
PXI-7356 6 64 16
PXI-7358 8 64 16
Table 1. NI 735x Selection Guide
Back to Index
Mid-Range Stepper/Servo Motion Controllers
Up to 4 axes of motion
Configurable stepper or servo control
3D linear and circular interpolation
3D contouring
62 s PID loop update rate
Patented step generation technology
for smooth stepper motion
Operating Systems
LabVIEW Real-Time
DDK for Linux
, Mac OS X, and VXWorks

LabVIEW
NI Motion Assistant
LabWindows
TM
/CVI
Measurement Studio
Visual Basic
C/C++
NI-Motion
Overview and Applications NI 734x motion controllers are for end
users and machine builders who need to develop powerful
applications quickly and easily. With the proper drive, you can use
NI 734x motion controllers for stepper/servo motor control and
piezoelectric control. These controllers also have four general-
purpose analog inputs that you can use in simple application
monitoring or as feedback for closed-loop control.
Features
NI 734x controllers offer advanced features such as blended motion
trajectory control and fully coordinated circular, linear, point-to-
point, gearing, and vector-space control in either embedded motion
operation or host-centric programming environments. NI also
provides contouring capability for more complex moves.
Distributed Control with LabVIEW Real-Time
You can use the NI-Motion driver software with the NI LabVIEW
Real-Time Module. With this technology, you can create powerful,
distributed motion control systems using a PXI RT Series controller,
the LabVIEW Real-Time Module, and a PXI-734x motion controller.
You can program this type of system using LabVIEW on a separate
computer. The main advantages of a real-time system are high
reliability and the capability to create powerful distributed motion
control solutions that connect to the main PC using standard
Ethernet.
NI 734x
NI PCI-7342 (2 axes) ................................................... 778916-02
NI PCI-7344 (4 axes) ................................................... 778916-04
NI PXI-7342 (2 axes) ................................................... 779036-02
NI PXI-7344 (4 axes) ................................................... 779036-04
Accessories
Wiring Interfaces
UMI-7764 .............................................................. 777978-02
UMI-7772 .............................................................. 778556-01
UMI-7774 .............................................................. 778558-01
Power Drives
NI MID-7604.......................................................... 777936-01
NI MID-7602.......................................................... 778003-01
NI MID-7654.......................................................... 778005-01
NI MID-7652.......................................................... 778004-01
P70530................................................................... 780097-01
P70360................................................................... 780098-01
Feature NI 734x
Number of Axes 2, 4
PAC Platforms PCI, CompactPCI/PXI
Linear, Circular, Spherical, and
Helical Interpolation; Blending
Trapezoidal, S-Curve Profiles
Closed-Loop Stepper Control
Contouring, Electronic Gearing, Onboard Programming
Sinusoidal Commutation for Brushless Servo Motors -
Buffered Breakpoints, Buffered High-Speed Capture, -
4 MHz Periodic Breakpoints
Number of Axes per 62.5 s PID Rate 1
PWM Lines/DIO Lines/Analog Input Resolution 2/32/12-bit
Maximum Step Output Rate/Encoder Input Rate 4 MHz/20 MHz
Programming API NI-Motion Driver
Software NI Motion Assistant, NI LabVIEW,
C, Visual Basic
14
M
o
t
i
o
n
M
i
d
-
R
a
n
g
e

S
t
e
p
p
e
r
/
S
e
r
v
o

M
o
t
i
o
n

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s
670
Back to Index
671
14
M
o
t
i
o
n
L
o
w
-
C
o
s
t

S
t
e
p
p
e
r

M
o
t
i
o
n

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s
Low-Cost Stepper Motion Controllers
Up to 4 axes of stepper motion
3D linear interpolation
Patented step generation technology
for smooth stepper motion
Operating Systems
Windows 2000/XP/Vista
LabVIEW Real-Time
DDK for Linux
, Mac OS X, and VxWorks

LabVIEW
NI Motion Assistant
LabWindows
TM
/CVI
Measurement Studio
Visual Basic
C/C++
NI-Motion
NI 733x devices are low-cost stepper motion controllers for point-to-
point applications. These low-cost motion controllers provide new
solutions for machine builders who need simple, straightforward
motion control without a lot of extra features. Unlike other low-cost
motion controllers, NI 733x controllers have a variety of powerful
features including:
Linear interpolation for coordinating multiple axes
Real-time system integration (RTSI) for directly communicating
with data acquisition or image acquisition boards
High-performance stepper generation for ensuring smooth
motion at high velocities
Software
NI 733x controllers are shipped with the NI-Motion driver, which
includes a VI library for NI LabVIEW software and functions for NI
LabWindows/CVI, C, and Visual Basic. For other languages, you can
execute all setup and motion control functions by calling into a
dynamic link library (DLL). The NI-Motion VI library implements the
full API, along with a useful set of example programs. The NI-
Motion software also includes a series of example programs for use
with ANSI C-based LabWindows/CVI. NI Motion Assistant offers a
point-and-click interface for creating motion control sequences
quickly and easily. When you have created a motion task, you can
use NI Motion Assistant to generate the task in LabVIEW or C code
or code recipes to speed up development.
Integration Capabilities
Like other NI motion controllers, NI 733x controllers offer powerful
integration capabilities with both data acquisition and machine vision. You
can achieve this by using the RTSI bus or PXI trigger bus capability to
communicate directly with other devices without extra wiring and without
consuming bandwidth on the host bus. An NI 733x is ideal when using
stepper motors for applications where only simple motion is required.
NI 733x
NI PCI-7332 (2-axis).................................................... 778924-02
NI PCI-7334 (4-axis).................................................... 778417-01
NI PXI-7332 (2-axis).................................................... 779035-02
NI PXI-7334 (4-axis).................................................... 778444-01
Includes NI-Motion software libraries and examples.
Accessories
Wiring Interfaces
UMI-7764 .............................................................. 777978-02
UMI-7772 .............................................................. 778556-01
UMI-7774 .............................................................. 778558-01
Power Drives
NI MID-7604.......................................................... 777936-01
NI MID-7602.......................................................... 778003-01
NI MID-7654.......................................................... 778005-01
NI MID-7652.......................................................... 778004-01
P70530................................................................... 780097-01
P70360................................................................... 780098-01
Feature NI 733x
Number of Axes 2, 4
PAC Platforms PCI, CompactPCI/PXI
Linear, Circular, Spherical, and
Helical Interpolation; Blending
Trapezoidal, S-Curve Profiles
Closed-Loop Stepper Control
Contouring, Electronic Gearing, Onboard Programming
Sinusoidal Commutation for Brushless Servo Motors -
Buffered Breakpoints, Buffered High-Speed Capture, -
4 MHz Periodic Breakpoints
Number of Axes per 62.5 s PID Rate 1
PWM Lines/DIO Lines/Analog Input Resolution 2/32/12-bit
Maximum Step Output Rate/Encoder Input Rate 4 MHz/20 MHz
Programming API NI-Motion Driver
Software NI Motion Assistant, NI LabVIEW,
C, Visual Basic
Back to Index
4-Axis Position (Pulse) Command Motion Controller
Overview
The NI PCI-7390 is a position (pulse) command stepper motion
controller with isolation designed for use with drives that accept
position (p-) command mode or step (pulse) command input. The PCI-
7390 has accessories specifically designed for direct connectivity to
Yaskawa Sigma II, Mitsubishi MR-J2S, and Panasonic Minas A
drives. The PCI-7390 provides fully programmable motion control for
up to four independent or coordinated axes of motion. It features
dedicated motion I/O for limit and home switches and additional I/O
for general-purpose functions such as in-position, inhibit input/drive
alarm, and servo ready.
You can use the PCI-7390 controller for point-to-point and straight-
line vector moves. The PCI-7390 also performs arbitrary and complex
motion trajectories through circular, spherical, or helical
interpolation. The PCI-7390 uses quadrature encoders for position
and velocity feedback (closed-loop only) and provides advanced
encoder functions such as trigger (position capture) inputs and
breakpoint (position compare) outputs.
4-axis motion controller with direct
connectivity to Yaskawa Sigma II,
Mitsubishi MR-J2S, and Panasonic
Minas A drives
Built-in optical isolation for protection
against ground loops, spikes, and surges
8 DI, 8 DO general-purpose isolated
24 V digital lines
Programmable velocity and acceleration
parameters for trapezoidal and S-curve
velocity profiles
Position capture inputs and position
compare outputs for I/O synchronization
Easy application development with
NI LabVIEW, NI Motion Assistant, C,
and Visual Basic
Operating Systems
LabVIEW
NI Motion Assistant
LabWindows
TM
/CVI
Measurement Studio
NI-Motion
NI PCI-7390
NI PCI-7390.................................................................. 779034-01
Accessories
NI MCA-7790Y kit (for Yaskawa drives)..................... 779611-01
NI MCA-7790M kit (for Mitsubishi drives)................. 779612-01
NI MCA-7790P kit (for Panasonic drives)................... 779613-01
CB-100 kit (for other drives) ...................................... 777812-01
NI Motion Assistant .................................................. 778553-35
20-pin cable................................................................ 194466-02
50-pin cable ............................................................... 194604-02
14
M
o
t
i
o
n
4
-
A
x
i
s

P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

(
P
u
l
s
e
)

C
o
m
m
a
n
d

M
o
t
i
o
n

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
672
Back to Index
Stepper and Servo Motor Drives
MID-760x
High-efficiency, bipolar chopper
stepper drives
User-selectable microstepping
and peak current
Integrated power supply
CE approved and UL recognized
MID-765x
High-efficiency servo amplifiers
User-selectable peak current
and continuous current
Integrated power supply
CE approved and UL recognized
NI 9505 (for CompactRIO)
Full H-bridge brushed servo motor drive with a
built-in encoder interface and current sensor
Continuous current of up to 5 A at 40 C
(or 1 A at 70 C) at 30 V - for higherpower
requirements, attach NI 9931
Create custom current loop algorithm for
optimized torque control with LabVIEW FPGA
Use data from current sensor for flexible
sampling time and filtering of the motor current
for control loop optimization
systems using the NI SoftMotion Development
Module for LabVIEW
NI 9501
3 A RMS (4.24 A peak) current per phase
Advanced PWM algorithm reduces torque
ripple, minimizes power loss, and smoothes
microstepping
Software-programmable full-step, half-step,
and microstepping rates up to 256
Direct connectivity to 2-phase bipolar or
unipolar hybrid stepper motors
Software-programmable current reduction for
reduced power consumption
systems using the LabVIEW NI SoftMotion
Module
NI 9512
Patented step generation algorithm for smooth
motion
Encoder input
Forward limit, reverse limit, home switch, and
general-purpose inputs and outputs
Advanced motion features such as position
capture and position compare
Direct connectivity to P7000 series stepper
drives
Connectivity to third-party stepper drives
NI 9514
features like position capture and position
compare
general-purpose digital inputs
Encoder input
Terminal Block connectivity to third-party servo drives
NI 9516
features like position capture and position
compare
general-purpose digital inputs
Dual encoder inputs
Terminal block connectivity to third-party servo drives
The National Instruments MID-760x integrated stepper motor power
drives and MID-765x integrated DC-brush servo motor power drives offer
reliable, easy-to-connect drive solutions for National Instruments motion
controllers. The NI MID-760x provides stepper motor control from the NI
7330, 7340, and 7350 controllers. The MID-7650 provides DC-brush
servo motor control from NI 7340 and 7350 controllers. Because the
MID-760x and the MID 7650 have all the required motion drive and
motion I/O signals, they offer all the features of a universal motion
interface wiring module with the enhancements of a powered motor
drive in a single product. The NI MID power drives connect to motion
controller boards through a single-shielded cable that transfers all motor
commands, as well as motion I/O control and feedback signals.
The MID-7604 and MID-7602 are 4-axis and 2-axis stepper motor drive
units, respectively. The MID-7654 and MID-7652 are 4-axis and 2-axis
DC-brush servo motor drive units, respectively. These compact, well
integrated drives incorporate per-axis amplifiers, motor-power DC bus
supplies, low-voltage motion I/O supplies, and pluggable screw terminal
connectivity in a single rugged metal enclosure. This optimized system
wiring design simplifies motion component selection.
NI MID-76xx, NI 9505
NI 735x Compact Current/Axis Front Panel Enclosure Front Panel Selectable
Model Stepper Servo NI 733x NI 734x CompactRIO (V) (A) Diagnostic LEDs and Microstepping Peak Current Axes
MID-7604 - - 24 0.2 to 1.4 4
MID-7602 - - 24 0.2 to 1.4 2
MID-7654 - - - 48 0.8 to 5 continuous, 10 peak - 4
MID-7652 - - - 48 0.8 to 5 continuous, 10 peak - 2
NI 9505 - - - 30 30V / 5A ~ 7.3A - - 1
NI 9501 - - - - 3 A RMS (4.24 A peak) - - - 1
NI 9512 - - - - - - - 1
NI 9514 - - - - - - - - 1
NI 9516 - - - - - - - - 1
Motor Drive
673
14
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
t
e
p
p
e
r

a
n
d

S
e
r
v
o

M
o
t
o
r

D
r
i
v
e
s
Back to Index
Stepper and Servo Motor Drives
NI MID-7604 ............................................................... 777936-01
NI MID-7602 ............................................................... 778003-01
NI MID-7654 ............................................................... 778005-01
NI MID-7652 ............................................................... 778004-01
NI 9505........................................................................ 779126-01
NI 9501........................................................................ 779767-01
NI 9512........................................................................ 779944-01
NI 9514........................................................................ 780110-01
NI 9516........................................................................ 780112-01
Accessories
Rack-Mount Kit
MID-760x................................................................ 777665-01
MID-765x................................................................ 187374-01
Strain-Relief Bar for MID-76xx ................................... 187407-01
Panel-Mount Kit........................................................... 187243-01
Cable, 2m
SHC68-C68-S.......................................................... 186380-02
For NI 9505
NI 9943................................................................... 779570-01
(9-pin connector kit with strain relief)
NI 9946 (4-pos plugs, 10 each).............................. 779571-01
NI 9947 (4-pos plug with strain relief)................... 779580-01
14
M
o
t
i
o
n
S
t
e
p
p
e
r

a
n
d

S
e
r
v
o

M
o
t
o
r

D
r
i
v
e
s
674
Back to Index
675
14
M
o
t
i
o
n
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
a
l

M
o
t
i
o
n

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s
Universal Motion Interfaces
4 and 2-axis universal motion
wiring interfaces with single cable
connection from motion controller
Per-axis motion signal breakout
Screw terminal connectors for
encoder, limit, motion I/O, and
motor driver signals
Host bus +5 VDC monitor with
built-in driver inhibit control
Connectivity for third-party drive
and motion components
Encoder rates of 20 MHz
NI UMI-7774, NI UMI-7772
Tailored for industrial applications
Per-axis D-Sub connectivity
Isolated signals
4 and 2-axis versions
24 V I/O
For connectivity to third-party power drives, use a National
Instruments UMI interface. These products provide a comprehensive
wiring and connection point for motion control and feedback signals.
A single cable from the motion controller to the UMI carries input
and output signals for all axes. By dividing these signals into per-
axis and function-specific connections, the UMI interface simplifies
integration of third-party drivers, amplifiers, encoders, limits, and
I/O with NI controllers. Each UMI works with up to 20 MHz
quadrature encoder rates.
Each UMI incorporates a host PC power monitor that inhibits the
motion driver if the host PC loses power during motion control. The
UMI monitors the +5 VDC from the PC and activates the inhibit
signals if the voltage falls out of tolerance.
NI UMI-7774, NI UMI-7772, NI UMI-7764
NI UMI-7764 (4-axis) .................................................. 777978-02
NI UMI-7774 (4-axis) .................................................. 778558-01
NI UMI-7772 (2-axis) .................................................. 778556-01
Cable, 2m
SH68-C68-S (UMI-7764) ....................................... 186381-02
SHC68-C68-S (UMI-777x)...................................... 186380-02
Back to Index
NI Stepper Motor Drives, Stepper Motors, and
Quadrature Encoders
1-Axis, 525 W Stepper Drive
3.5 A peak, 2.5 A continuous current
output, 320 V bus voltage
Selectable 200 to 50,000
steps/revolution microstepping
Precision motion with encoderless stall
detection, antiresonance filtering and
dynamic smoothing
120 or 240 VAC powered
Easy connectivity to NI motion
controllers
Ability to match with NI stepper motors
and motion controllers for best
performance
NI P70360
1-Axis, 300 W Stepper Drive
5 A continuous, 7.1 A peak current
output, 20 to 75 V bus voltage
Selectable 200 to 50,000
steps/revolution microstepping
Precision motion with encoderless stall
detection, antiresonance filtering, and
dynamic smoothing
20 to 75 VDC input voltage
Easy connectivity to NI motion
controllers
Ability to match with NI stepper motors
and motion controllers for best
performance
NI P70530
NEMA size 17, 23, and 34 motors
Up to 1710 oz-in. (12.1 N-m) holding
torque
1.8 degree resolution
Match with NI stepper drives and
motion controllers for best performance
NI stepper motors offer high torque,
precision, and easy connectivity to NI
stepper motor drives. You can quickly
develop your precision stepper motion
control system by combining the NI
stepper motors with NI Motion Assistant,
LabVIEW software, motion controllers, and
matched stepper drives.
NI Stepper Motors
Quadrature encoders for NEMA 23 and
34 size stepper motors
Quadrature with A, B, and Z index pulse
1,000 counts/revolution resolution
Low-profile 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) height and
1.5 in. (38 mm) diameter
Easy mounting with internal bearings for
high tolerance to axial misalignment
Quadrature Encoders
8 frame sizes, 28 frame/stack
combinations
Speeds up to 8000 RPM
Integrated high-resolution smart
feedback devices
Low-inertia rotors for high-dynamic
performance
-20 to 120 C ambient operating
temperature
Paired to NI AKD servo drives with
direct connect cables
AKM Brushless Servo Motors
14
M
o
t
i
o
n
N
I

S
t
e
p
p
e
r

M
o
t
o
r

D
r
i
v
e
s
,

S
t
e
p
p
e
r

M
o
t
o
r
s
,

Q
u
a
d
r
a
t
u
r
e

E
n
c
o
d
e
r
s
676
Back to Index
677
14
M
o
t
i
o
n
A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s

a
n
d

C
a
b
l
e
s
SSR Cable Adapter Connects an NI motion controller to an 8, 16,
or 24-channel SSR backplane to control relays. Use with the SHC68-
C68-S cable.
SSR Cable Adapter........................................................... 778262-01
SHC68-C68-S Shielded cable that connects NI motion controllers
to MID-76xx motor drives, SSR cable adapter, or UMI-777x. Features
a 68-pin VHDCI offset male connector on each end.
2 m.................................................................................... 186380-02
0.5 m............................................................................... 186380-0R5
1 m................................................................................... 186381-01
SH68-C68-S Shielded cable that connects NI motion controllers
to the UMI-7764. Features a 68-pin VHDCI offset male connector on
one end and a 68-pin .050 Series D-type female connector on the
other end.
2 m.................................................................................... 186381-02
0.5 m............................................................................... 186381-0R5
NI SHC68-NT-S This cable is compatible with the 68-pin VHDCI
female connectors on NI R Series devices (781xR, 783xR, 784xR,
785xR), NI M Series DAQ devices and NI 6143 S Series DAQ devices.
SHC68-NT-S Shielded Cable Assembly (unterminated),
2m................................................................................... 189041-02
DB25M 25-pin D-Sub pigtail cable assembly kit for UMI-777x.
4 m.................................................................................... 190911-04
DB15M IS-pin D-Sub pigtail cable assembly kit for UMI-777x.
4 m.................................................................................... 190912-04
DB9M 9-pin D-Sub pigtail cable assembly kit for UMI-777x.
4 m.................................................................................... 190913-04
MCA-7790Y Motion interface and cable for connecting PCI-7390
to Yaskawa servo drives.
MCA-7790Y...................................................................... 779611-01
MCA-7790M Motion interface and cable for connecting PCI -7390
to Mitsubishi servo drives.
MCA-7790M..................................................................... 779612-01
MCA-7790P Motion interface and cable for connecting PCI-7390
to Panasonic servo drives.
MCA-7790P...................................................................... 779613-01
MCA-7724 Motion Axis Router Connector adapter with four
VHDCI 68-pin female connectors on one end and one VHDCI 68-pin
female connector on the other end. This adapter gives you the ability
to break out the axes so you can connect to stepper and servo drives
at the same time using one controller. Use with SHC68-C68-S cable
when connecting to controller and motor drives. Use with SH68-C68-
S cable when connecting to UMI-7764 or UMI-77xx.
MCA-7724 ...................................................................... 778261-01
50 Pos Cable 50-pos male to 50-pos male, MDR cable for
connecting PCI-7390 to MCA-7790Y/M/P.
2 m.................................................................................... 194604-02
20 Pos Cable 20-pos male to 20-pos male, MDR cable for
connecting PCI-7390 to MCA-7790Y/M/P.
2 m.................................................................................... 194466-02
Controller Stepper Power Drives Servo Power Drives Digital I/O
UMI-7764 UMI-777x SCB-68
NI 735x SHC68-C68-S (186380-02) SHC68-C68-S (186380-02) SH68-C68-S (186381-02) SH68-C68-S (186380-02) SH68-C68-S (186381-02)
NI 734x SHC68-C68-S (186380-02) SHC68-C68-S (186380-02) SH68-C68-S (186381-02) SH68-C68-S (186380-02) SH68-C68-S (186381-02)
NI 733x SHC68-C68-S (186380-02) - SH68-C68-S (186381-02) SH68-C68-S (186380-02) SH68-C68-S (186381-02)
Interface to Third-Party Power Drives
MID-7604 MID-7602 MID-7654 MID-7652
Table 1. PCI/PXI Motion Controller Cable Selection Guide
Table 2. PCI-7390 Accessory Selection Guide
Controller
PCI-7390 MCA-7790Y (Yaskawa) 779611-01
MCA-7790M (Mitsubishi) 779612-01
MCA-7790P (Panasonic) 779613-01
Interface to Third-Party Power Drives
Table 3. NI 9505 Accessory Selection Guide
Controller Servo Power Drive Accessories
CompactRIO NI 9505 NI 9943 (779570-01)
NI 9946 (779571-01)
NI 9947 (779580-01)
MCA-7790Y SSR 8, 16, 24-Channel
Cable Adapter
SHC68-C68-S Cable SH68-C68-S Cable with
D- Type Connector
Back to Index
NI 951x to AKD Drive Cable The NI 951x to AKD drive cable
provides direct connectivity from one NI 951x C Series drive
interface module to an AKD servo motor drive. It connects both
connectors of the drive interface module to the corresponding
connectors on the drive and provides separate connectivity to a DC
power supply.
NI 9514/16 to AKD Drive Cable....................................... 781524-01
NI 9512 to AKD Drive Cable............................................. 781525-01
NI UMI to AKD Drive Cable The NI UMI to AKD drive cable
connects one AKD servo motor drive to a Universal Motion Interface
(UMI). UMIs feature up to four channels to connect multiple AKD
servo drives to one NI PCI or PXI motion controller. For each drive,
one NI UMI to AKD drive cable is required. You need additional
cables to connect the UMI to the motion control board.
UMI-7772/74 to AKD Drive Cable.................................... 781526-01
UMI-7764 to AKD Drive Cable.......................................... 781527-01
NI 951x Cable and Terminal Block Bundle The NI 951x Cable
and Terminal Block Bundle provides the cables and connector block
you need to link NI 951x C Series drive interface modules to a
spring-type connector block for connectivity to third-party stepper or
servo drives, motion I/O limit switches, and a home switch and
encoder feedback.
NI 951x cable and terminal block bundle......................... 780553-01
AKM Motor to AKD Drive Cables
AKM motor to AKD drive cables directly connect AKD servo motor
drives to an AKM servo motor. A separate power and feedback
cable is required to ensure signal integrity. Industrial IP65 rotatable
metal connectors feature flexible connectivity and a highly rugged
design for use in harsh environments.
Motor Power Cable, AKM Motor to AKD Drive,
1m................................ 781528-01 (also available in 3, 6 and 12 m )
SFD Feedback Cable, AKM Motor to AKD Drive,
1m................................ 781529-01 (also available in 3, 6 and 12 m )
NI 9943 9-pin connector kit with strain relief for NI 9505.
NI 9943............................................................................. 779570-01
NI9946 4-pos motor power plugs for NI 9505 (quantity 10).
NI 9946............................................................................. 779571-01
NI 9947 4-pos motor power plugs with strain relief for NI 9505.
NI 9947............................................................................. 779580-01
NI 9931 Higher Power Motor Screw Terminal Accessory for NI
9505
NI 9931............................................................................. 780571-01
NI 9512 to P7000 Connectivity Bundle NI 9512 to P7000
Stepper Drive Connectivity Bundle,
2.5m.................................................................................. 780552-01
SSR Cable Adapter Board Only,68M-50F STEP Bulkhead Cable
Adapter............................................................................. 185630-01
14
M
o
t
i
o
n
A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s

a
n
d

C
a
b
l
e
s
678
Back to Index
GPIB Instrument Control
679
15
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s
Contents
GPIB Solutions by Operating System
Windows ................................................................................. 680
Linux ........................................................................................ 680
Mac OS X................................................................................. 680
GPIB Software
NI-488.2................................................................................... 681
NI-488DDK............................................................................... 682
GPIB Controller Hardware
Overview.................................................................................. 683
PCI Express, PXI
NI PCIe-GPIB............................................................................ 684
PXI-8232 (Combination GPIB Controller and
Gigabit Ethernet Port) .............................................................. 685
Hi-Speed USB
GPIB-USB-HS........................................................................... 686
GPIB Plug-In Ingerfaces........................................................... 687
Ethernet Instrument Controllers.............................................. 688
High-Performance Ethernet-to-GPIB ....................................... 689
GPIB Alnalyzers
Overview.................................................................................. 690
PCI............................................................................................ 693
ISA, Extenders and Mechanical Switches .............................. 694
GPIB Isolator/Expander and
Serial Port Controllers/Converters .......................................... 695
GPIB Products
Overview.................................................................................. 696
GPIB Cables ............................................................................. 697
GPIB Accessories..................................................................... 697
Product Specifications............................................................. 699
Ordering Information ............................................................... 701
GPIB-USB-HS PCI-GPIB GPIB-ENET/100 TNT5002 NI PCle-GPIB
Back to Index
GPIB Solutions for Windows, Linux, and Mac OS X
Windows
After two decades, National Instruments NI-488.2 remains the de
facto industry standard for GPIB software. NI-488.2 for Windows
combines a full suite of development tools to get your applications
up and running fast with a high-performance driver to minimize your
test time. NI-488.2 for Windows includes a native, 32-bit kernel-
mode driver available for Windows 2000/NT/XP/Me/9x. National
Instruments Measurement & Automation Explorer provides
centralized access to National Instruments software and hardware
product utilities, including all NI-488.2 utilities.
NI-488.2 for Windows increases your productivity with innovative
technologies and utilities, such as:
Getting Started Wizard to guide you through software and
hardware installation
Troubleshooting Wizard to verify your installation
NI-488.2 Communicator to communicate with your instrument
NI Spy to monitor and capture NI-488.2 API calls
GPIB analyzer software to capture bus activity
Interactive Control utility to communicate with your instrument
Online help to quickly answer your questions on functionality,
syntax, and error codes for the NI-488.2 API
You can access the NI-488.2 driver from applications written in NI
LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, or Measurement Studio for Visual
Studio .NET through simple function calls. In addition, NI-488.2 for
Windows includes language interface libraries for Microsoft C/C++,
Borland C/C++, and Microsoft Visual Basic 32-bit compilers.
Linux
Linux, an open-platform OS, is extending its applicability into PC-
based measurement and automation. National Instruments offers
Linux drivers for the PCI-GPIB, GPIB-ENET/100, and GPIB-USB
controllers. For more information on National Instruments solutions
for Linux, visit ni.com/linux.
Mac OS X
National Instruments has supplied Macintosh GPIB interface kits
since 1987. Over the years, NI has kept pace with the latest in
Macintosh technology. We currently have Mac OS X drivers for our
PCI-GPIB, NI PCIe-GPIB, and GPIB-ENET/100 controllers. These
interfaces provide a high-performance GPIB solution for Mac
computers, such as ibook, iMac, eMac, Mac mini, Power Mac, and
PowerBook.
IEEE 488.1 IEEE 488.1 High-Speed
Standard Handshake Handshake (HS488) Windows Windows Windows Windows Windows Mac OS
Bus Product Transfer Rate (B/s) Transfer Rate (MB/s) Page 2000/XP NT Me/98 95 3.1 DOS Linux Mac OS X Classic
PCI Express NI PCIe-GPIB 1.5 M 7.9 450 - - - - - - - -
PCI PCI-GPIB 1.5 M 7.7 451 - -
PCI PCI-GPIB+ 1.5 M 7.7 456 - - - - - -
PCI PCI-8232 1.5 M 7.7 451 - - - - -
PC card PCMCIA-GPIB 1.3 M 2.2 453 - -
ExpressCard NI ExpressCard-GPIB 1.8 M 7.2 453 - - - - - - - -
USB GPIB-USB-HS 1.8 M 7.2 452 - - - - - -
Ethernet GPIB-ENET /100 900 k 1.3 454 -
ISA AT-GPIB/TNT (PnP) 1.5 M 1.6 457 - - -
ISA AT-GPIB/TNT 1.5 M 1.6 457 - - -
ISA GPIB-PCII/IIA 400 k - 457 - - - - -
PXI/CompactPCI PXI-GPIB 1.5 M 7.7 451 - - - - -
PXI/CompactPCI PXI-8232 1.5 M 7.7 451 - - - - -
PC serial GPIB-RS232 Depends on baud rate - 459
1
- - - - - - -
PC serial GPIB-RS485 Depends on baud rate - 459
1
- - - - - - - -
PC/104 PC/104-GPIB 1.5 M 1.6 458 - - - - - - -
1
Configuration on Windows 2000/XP only; can be used on other OSs.
Table 1. GPIB Hardware Interfaces for Windows, Linux, and Mac OS
15
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
S
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
s

f
o
r

W
i
n
d
o
w
s
,

L
i
n
u
x
,

a
n
d

M
a
c

O
S
680
Back to Index
GPIB Software
Complete IEEE 488.2 controller software
for better system configurability,
efficiency, and reliability
Recognized as the de facto industry
standard
Optimized for operating system and
computing platform
NI-488.2 API meets any application need
Traditional NI-488 functions
IEEE 488.2-style functions
Both sets of functions work with IEEE
488.1 and 488.2-compliant
instruments
Development and configuration utilities
Interactive control utility for ease of
development
Software monitor utility for
troubleshooting
Hardware configuration utility
Software and hardware diagnostic
utilities
SRQ servicing functions
Operating Systems
Mac OS X/9/8/7
UNIX
OS/2
DOS
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
Overview
Starting with the IBM PC and growing to more than 20 computer
platforms and more than 25 operating systems, the NI-488.2
software architecture continues to stand the test of time. National
Instruments early and continuing commitment is to protect your
software development investment by designing high-quality driver
software.This software maximizes advances in technology and
provides a consistent, easy-to-use programming interface for
developing high-performance, portable, and distributed GPIB
applications. This commitment to our customers includes
maintaining compatibility with the installed base of existing NI-
488.2 applications. It also includes providing a migration path to the
future across a variety of platforms and GPIB hardware interfaces,
including both external controllers and plug-in boards. We continue
to develop innovative GPIB chips (ASICs) to enhance the
performance of our NI-488.2 software. NI-488.2 operates with
minimal driver overhead by taking advantage of features our GPIB
ASICs provide. Also, since the NI-488.2 software is backwards
compatible, your existing applications can run unmodified while
taking advantage of the higher performance of our GPIB ASIC
technology. Over the past decade, the NI-488.2 architecture has
provided the widest selection of GPIB controller options. The flexible
design of NI-488.2 has kept pace with your evolving applications
and application development environments, as well as emerging PC
and workstation technology. We closely monitor industry trends to
provide you with an appropriate GPIB solution when you expect it.
With each generation of GPIB hardware, in addition to leveraging
our state-of-the-art ASIC technology to increase driver performance
and efficiency, NI-488.2 also brings you the full benefits of modern
computer buses, such as PCI, PCMCIA, Ethernet, and USB.
Most importantly, we have established a decades-old tradition of
maintaining compatibility with the installed base of user
applications. Today, you can still port an NI-488.2 application
written in 1984 under DOS to newer operating systems, such as
Windows 2000/NT/XP/Me/9x and Solaris. We fully intend to
continue this tradition always preserving your investment in our
products and our technology.
NI-488.2 Development Environment
You need development tools so efficient that you can reduce your
development schedule by days, weeks, and months. NI-488.2
delivers this capability with a full suite of wizards and utilities that
get you up and running quickly. Under Windows
2000/NT/XP/Me/9x, the NI-488.2 development environment is
integrated in NI Measurement & Automation Explorer, which gives
you centralized access to the suite of NI-488.2 development wizards
and utilities.
NI-488.2
681
15
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
Back to Index
GPIB Source Code Software
Source code package for developing
GPIB drivers
Same API as NI-488.2
Transparent migration to NI-488.2
Includes all necessary GPIB
functionality
Designed for the following GPIB
controllers:
PCI-GPIB
PXI-GPIB
PMC-GPIB
AT-GPIB/TNT
PC/104-GPIB
PCI-8232/PXI-8232*
PCI-GPIB/LP
* NI-488DDK provides only GPIB controller functionality
Examples included for:
DOS
Tru64 UNIX (Digital UNIX)
HP-UX
IRIX
VxWorks
Overview
NI-488DDK is a comprehensive source code package for developing
GPIB controller applications for operating systems other than those
for which we offer a standard NI-488.2 driver. NI-488DDK consists
of more than 20 board-level functions provided in source code to
give you a head start when you must design your own GPIB driver.
The NI-488DDK, a subset of our NI-488.2, uses the same syntax so
that migration of applications from the NI-488DDK to NI-488.2 is
straightforward.
Functionality
NI-488DDK includes all necessary IEEE 488.1 board-level
synchronous functions to implement a GPIB driver successfully.
This group of functions is an exact subset of NI-488.2. NI-488DDK
functions keep the same syntax as the NI-488.2 API to ease
migration from the driver you implement to a full NI-488.2 driver in
the future.
To get your application up and running quickly, you need to add only
the specific operating system features necessary to implement a
driver in your particular OS. You do not need to modify the GPIB
code. The diagram above shows a breakdown of the driver. Each
block is classified as implemented by NI-488DDK or as needing the
user to implement it. As you can see, you do not need to implement
any GPIB-specific functionality, only OS specific functionality,
such as:
Routing hardware interrupts to interrupt service routines already
written in NI-488DDK
Handling the board resources assignment
Mapping memory and process/thread management routines
Code
For even faster implementation of the GPIB driver, NI-488DDK
includes example OS implementations for:
DOS
Tru64 UNIX (Digital UNIX)
HP-UX
IRIX
VxWorks
We have full NI-488.2 drivers for DOS, Tru64 UNIX, and HP-UX for
some of our GPIB controllers. NI-488DDK is recommended only if
there is no NI-488.2 driver available for the GPIB interface and OS
that you need.
Because you need to add only specific OS functionality to implement
the driver, if the OS that you need is among the examples included,
you have an almost final version of the driver. If the OS that youre
looking for is not included, you can study the different examples and
implement your driver following the examples of the OS that most
closely resembles yours.
NI-488DDK
15
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
G
P
I
B

S
o
u
r
c
e

C
o
d
e

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
682
Back to Index
GPIB Controller Hardware
Completely IEEE 488.1 and 488.2-
compatible
Compatible with ANSI/IEEE Standard
488.1-2003 (HS488)
State-of-the-art ASICs
PCI-MITE
TNT family
FIFOs to decouple GPIB transfers from
computer bus transfers
Overview
National Instruments offers GPIB controller interfaces for all popular
computer buses, including PCI Express, PCI, PXI, USB, Ethernet,
ExpressCard, and PCMCIA. These interfaces all combine high-
performance hardware with a complete suite of development tools
to get your applications up and running fast. National Instruments
GPIB controller interfaces implement the HS488 transfer protocol
and rely on state-of-the-art National Instruments ASICs such as the
PCI - MITE and the TNT family.
HS488
Most National Instruments GPIB controllers take advantage of
HS488, the high-speed GPIB protocol originally patented by National
Instruments and approved by IEEE in 2003 as ANSI/IEEE Standard
488.1-2003. HS488 increases the maximum data transfer rate of
ANSI/IEEE Standard 488.1-1987 to 8 MB/s and is a superset of the
IEEE 488.1 protocol that attempts to conduct data transfers with the
new high-speed non interlocked handshake. If any active listener is
not capable of HS488 transfers, the protocol automatically uses the
IEEE 488.1 standard 3-wire interlocked handshake.
Maximum data transfer rates obtainable using HS488 depend on the
host computer architecture and system configuration. The TNT
family of ASICs completely and transparently handles the HS488
protocol without additional circuitry, and can implement high-speed
data transfers automatically. Thus, devices that have a TNT ASIC
can transparently communicate using HS488 if the corresponding
talker or listener can also use HS488. Because HS488 is a superset
of IEEE 488.1, you can mix existing GPIB devices with devices that
are high-speed capable without changing your application programs.
PCI-MITE Single-Chip PCl lnterface
The PCI interface logic is integrated in the PCI-MITE ASIC, a high-
performance, single-chip PCI interface. The PCI-MITE implements all
PCI -defined configuration registers and additional control and
status registers. To provide access to the onboard registers, the
onboard ROM, and the TNT ASIC, the PCI-MITE decodes the address
and control signals of the PCI bus.
The PCI-MITE offers bus mastering using a sophisticated DMA
controller to enhance overall performance during data transfers. The
DMA controller automatically provides several modes of operation,
including link chaining, to maximize data transfer performance.
TNT ASIC Family
The TNT family of ASICs comprises the first maximum performance
single-chip IEEE 488.2 talker, listener, and controller interfaces with
integrated IEEE 488.1-compatible transceivers. An NI TNT ASIC
performs the basic IEEE 488 talker, listener, and controller functions
required by all versions of IEEE 488, including IEEE 488.2. The
transfer functions implement automatic handshake holdoff on the
last byte of a GPIB read and Automatic END transmission on the last
byte of a GPIB write. Because these functions are performed in
hardware, you save significant CPU time relative to performing the
same functions in software. The TNT family includes a standard
ASIC and a new enhanced ASIC that also incorporates all the
features and performance of the PCI-MITE into a single ASIC.
FIFO
National Instruments GPIB interfaces include an onboard FIFO that
buffers data sent to or received from the GPIB. By buffering the data,
the computer bus and the GPIB can overlap their respective
accesses to the FIFO, rather than one bus waiting for the other to
complete a cycle. This process increases the data transfer rate.
The FIFO also provides byte-to-word packing and unpacking. Byte
packing requires only one bus cycle on the computer bus for every
two bytes transferred on the GPIB, thus using less bus bandwidth.
NI GPIB Hardware
683
15
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

H
a
r
d
w
a
r
e
Back to Index
High-Performance GPIB Interfaces for PCI Express
Complete IEEE 488.1 and 488.2
compatability
FIFO buffers to decouple GPIB
transfers from PCI Express
transfers
Maximum GPIB transfer rates
More than 1.5 MB/s
(IEEE 488.1)
More than 7.9 MB/s (HS488)
Operating Systems
Windows 7/(32-and 64-bit)/XP/
2000
Mac OS X
Linux
Solaris
LabVIEW
LabWindows
TM
/CVI
Measurement Studio
for Microsoft Visual Studio
NI-488.2
Overview
The NI PCIe-GPIB and PCIe-GPIB/Low-Profile (LP) are GPIB controller
interfaces for PCI Express that combine high-performance hardware
with a complete suite of development tools to get your applications
up and running fast. The NI TNT ASIC makes these controllers
maximum-performance IEEE 488.2 interfaces for PCI Express. The
TNT ASIC performs the basic IEEE 488 talker, listener, and controller
functions required by all versions of IEEE 488, including IEEE 488.2.
NI PCIe-GPIB and PCIe-GPIB/LP controllers can sustain data transfer
rates of more than 1.5 MB/s using the IEEE 488.1 3-wire interlocked
handshake and implement the high-speed IEEE 488.1 noninterlocked
handshake (HS488) for benchmarked data transfers at more than 7.9
MB/s.
HS488
These controllers can use HS488, the high-speed GPIB protocol
originally patented by National Instruments and approved by the
IEEE in ANSI/IEEE Standard 488.1-2003. HS488 increases the
maximum data transfer rate of ANSI/IEEE Standard 488.1-1987 to 8
MB/s and is a superset of the IEEE 488.1 protocol that attempts to
conduct data transfers with the new high-speed noninterlocked
handshake. If any active listener is not capable of HS488 transfers,
the protocol automatically uses the IEEE488.1 3-wire interlocked
handshake protocol. Maximum data transfer rates using HS488
depend on the host computer architecture and system configuration.
NI PCIe-GPIB and PCIe-GPIB/LP controllers have transfer rates of
more than 7.9 MB/s when using the HS488 protocol. The TNT family
of ASICs completely and transparently handles the HS488 protocol
without additional circuitry. Because HS488 is a superset of IEEE
488.1, you can mix existing GPIB devices with high-speed-capable
devices without changing your application programs. The TNT ASICs
can implement high-speed data transfers automatically. Thus,
devices that have a TNT ASIC can transparently communicate using
HS488 if the corresponding talker or listener can also use HS488.
NI PCIe-GPIB, NI PCIe-GPIB/Low-Profile

Figure 1. NI PCIe-GPIB and PCIe-GPIB/LP Controller Data Transfer
Benchmarks (Small Data Blocks)
Figure 2. NI PCIe-GPIB and PCIe-GPIB/LP Controller Data Transfer
Benchmarks
15
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
N
I

P
C
I
e
-
G
P
I
B
,

N
I

P
C
I
e
-
G
P
I
B
/
L
o
w
-
P
r
o
f
i
l
e
684
Back to Index
High-Performance GPIB Interfaces for PCI and PXI
Complete IEEE 488.2 compatibility
FIFO buffers to decouple GPIB transfers
from PCI transfers
More than 1.5 MB/s (IEEE 488.1)
Universal PCI/PXI connector for
operation in 3.3 and 5 V slots
PCI-GPIB+ that adds GPIB analyzer
functionality
PCI-8232, PXI-8232 that add Gigabit
Ethernet controller functionality
Operating Systems
Mac OS X/Classic
Solaris, Linux
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
NI-488.2
GPIB Analyzer Software
(Windows only)
Driver Development Kit
NI-488DDK
For any OS
Examples included for DOS, Tru64
UNIX (Digital UNIX), HP-UX, IRIX,
VxWorks
Overview
The National Instruments GPIB controllers for PCI and PXI combine
high-performance hardware with a complete suite of development
tools to get your applications up and running fast.
The National Instruments PCI-MITE and TNT family ASICs make the
PCI-GPIB a maximum-performance IEEE 488.2 interface for the PCI
bus. The PCI-MITE, a complete PCI interface, is compliant with PCI
Specification 2.1. The hardware is completely software-configurable
and compatible with the plug-and-play standard for easy hardware
installation. The TNT chip performs the basic IEEE 488 Talker,
Listener, and Controller functions required by all versions of IEEE
488, including IEEE 488.2. The NI PCI-GPIB can sustain data transfer
rates of more than 1.5 MB/s using the IEEE 488.1 3-wire interlocked
handshake. The PCI-GPIB also implements the high-speed IEEE 488.1
noninterlocked handshake (HS488) for benchmarked data transfers
at more than 7.7 MB/s.
The PCI-GPIB/LP is a low-profile IEEE 488 interface for computers
that accept boards of this size. The PCI-GPIB/LP is functionally
equivalent to the high-performance PCI-GPIB and maintains
compatibility for both 3.3 and 5 V PCI slots.
The PXI-GPIB is a low-cost, high-performance IEEE 488 interface for
PXI, the standard for PCI-based modular instrumentation that uses
the PCI bus in a rugged Eurocard configuration.
Because PXI is electrically a superset of desktop PCI with a different
physical configuration, the PXI-GPIB module has the same
functionality and performance as a PCI-GPIB board. The PXI-GPIB is
available with NI-488.2 for Windows 2000/NT/XP/Me/9x and
Solaris.
The PCI-GPIB+ interface combines the PCI-GPIB with a GPIB protocol
analyzer. The NI PCI-8232 and PXI-8232 interfaces include PCI-GPIB
functionality as well as an Intel 10/100/1000 BaseT Ethernet port.
These combination devices save slots in your system while providing
the full performance and functionality of their individual
components.
NI PCI-GPIB, NI PXI-GPIB, NI PCI-GPIB/LP, NI PCI-GPIB+,
NI PCI-8232, NI PXI-8232
685
15
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e

f
o
r

P
C
I

a
n
d

P
X
I
/
C
o
m
p
a
c
t
P
C
I

Figure 1. NI PCI/PXI GPIB Controller Data Transfer Benchmarks
(Small Data Blocks)
Back to Index
GPIB Controller for Hi-Speed USB
Controls up to 14 GPIB instruments
Compact size and light weight
Plug-and-play configuration
No external power required
Built-in 2 m USB cable
No GPIB cable required to connect to
instruments
Hi-Speed USB compliance
More than 1.8 MB/s (IEEE 488.1)
Operating Systems
Windows 7/Vista/XP/2000/Me/98
Mac OS X
Linux
LabVIEW
LabWindows
TM
/CVI
Measurement Studio
NI-488.2
Overview
The compact NI GPIB-USB-HS transforms any computer with a USB
port into a full-function, IEEE 488.2 controller that can control up to
14 programmable GPIB instruments. The small size and light weight
of this controller make it ideal for portable applications using a
laptop computer or other applications in which the computer has no
available internal I/O slots. The GPIB-USB-HS works with Windows
Vista/XP/2000/Me/98, Mac OS X, and Linux computers with a USB
port.
This controller is easy to install and use because there are no
external DIP switches and you do not need to restart your computer
for the system to recognize your IEEE 488.2 interface. It is a plug-
and-play interface that the OS automatically recognizes and
configures as soon as you physically attach it to the USB port on
your computer. With the GPIB-USB-HS, you can get up and running
quickly, so you can focus on developing your instrument control
applications.
The GPIB-USB-HS is the first GPIB interface to take advantage of the
superior performance of Hi-Speed USB signaling (480 Mb/s).
Plugging it into a Hi-Speed USB port provides industry-leading GPIB
performance using both the standard and high-speed IEEE 488.1
handshake.
Using a TNT family talker/listener/controller IEEE 488.2 ASIC, the
GPIB-USB-HS implements the full range of GPIB controller functions,
including those required and recommended by IEEE 488.2. It also
implements normal and extended talker and listener, serial and
parallel polling, service request, and pass/receive control functions.
Drawing power directly from the USB port, the GPIB-USB-HS
requires no external power input.
With NI-488.2, you get a robust driver with additional utilities and
wizards that help you troubleshoot your applications and decrease
your development time. Furthermore, you maintain compatibility
with existing systems. Applications previously written for other
National Instruments GPIB controllers can run unmodified with the
GPIB-USB-HS.
NI GPIB-USB-HS
Figure 1. Easily connect your GPIB instruments to the USB port of your computer.
15
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
H
i
-
S
p
e
e
d

U
S
B

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
686
Back to Index
GPIB Plug-In Interfaces for Laptops
FIFOs for increased performance
Controls up to 14 GPIB instruments
Compact size and light weight
Plug-and-play configuration
NI ExpressCard-GPIB
Users Hi-Speed USB technology
Up to 1.8 MB/s (IEEE 488.1)
Up to 7.2 MB/s (HS488)
PCMCIA-GPIB
PCMCIA Type II Card
PC Card Standard 2.1 compliant
Operating Systems
7/Vista/XP/2000
Windows NT/Me/98/95/3.1
(PCMCIA-GPIB only)
DOS (PCMCIA-GPIB only)
Mac OS 9.x/8.x/7.x (PCMCIA-GPIB only)
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
NI-488.2
Overview
The National Instruments GPIB interfaces for laptop and notebook
PCs are low-cost, high-performance IEEE 488 interfaces for
computers with ExpressCard or PC Card (PCMCIA) slots. You can use
the National Instruments ExpressCard-GPIB and PCMCIA-GPIB with
PCs running Window OSs.
A National Instruments TNT-Family ASIC makes the NI ExpressCard-
GPIB and PCMCIA-GPIB maximum-performance IEEE 488.2
interfaces. Both products are plub-and-play compatible for easy
installation and configuration.
NI ExpressCard-GPIB
The NI ExpressCard-GPIB is a powerful high-performance GPIB
controller in a compact module no larger than the palm of your
hand! Using this 34 mm ExpressCard, laptops with the latest
technology can connect to and control GPIB instruments. The small
size of the card provides unmatched portability with industry-leading
performance.
The NI ExpressCard-GPIB can sustain data transfer rates of up to 1.8
MB/s using the IEEE 488.1 standard handshake, and implements the
IEEE 488.1 high-speed handshake (HS488) for benchmarked data
transfers at up to 7.2 MB/s.
PCMCIA-GPIB
The PCMCIA-GPIB, a Type II PCMCIA card, is compliant with
PCMCIA PC Card Standard Version 2.1. The PCMCIA-GPIB is also
compatible with the plug-and-play standard for easy hardware
installation. You can insert, remove, or even swap PC Cards instantly
without powering down or rebooting the system - a capability called
"hot insertion". Under Windows 2000/XP/Me/9x, which are plug-
and-play OSs, the PCMCIA-GPIB card is "hot swappable". The
PCMCIA-GPIB can sustain data transfer rates of up to 1.3 MB/s
using the IEEE 488.1 standard handshake, and implements the IEEE
588.1 high-speed handshake (HS488) for benchmarked data
transfers at up to 2.2 MB/s.
Transfer Rates
The NI ExpressCard-GPIB and PCMCIA-GPIB software and hardware
provide maximum performances, at the full range of data transfer
sizes, even when the data block is small. Actual obtainable data
transfers depend on host computer, system configuration, and
device capability.
NI ExpressCard-GPIB, NI PCMCIA-GPIB
687
15
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
P
l
u
g
-
I
n

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s

f
o
r

L
a
p
t
o
p
s
Back to Index
Ethernet Instrument Controllers
IEEE 1588-2002 compatible
Submicrosecond synchronization
Applications
Ethernet control of IEEE 1588-
capableinstruments or devices
Synchronization of distributed PC
data acquisition or control systems
Universal PCI connector for operation
in 5 and 3.3 V slots
Standard RJ-45 Ethernet plug
Auto-MDI capable for use with straight-
through or crossover cables
Operating Systems
7/Vista/XP/2000
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
NI-Sync
Overview
The National Instruments PCI-1588 is a high-performance plug-in
Ethernet instrument controller, ideal for distributed instrument
control and data acquisition applications. Thanks to the latest
technology in the NI PCI-1588 controller, you can synchronize
multiple devices over a network.
PCI-1588
The PCI-1588 uses the IEEE 1588-2002 Precision Time Protocol to
synchronize clocks with other IEEE 1588-based instruments or
computers and to generate synchronized clock and trigger signals.
The PCI-1588 uses a standard RJ-45 Ethernet plug and CAT-5
cabling. It is capable of operating as either an IEEE 1588 master or
slave clock. An onboard FPGA automatically adjusts the frequency
and phase of an onboard IEEE 1588 clock. The PCI-1588 synchronizes
the clock with other IEEE 1588-capable devices through a built-in
Ethernet port and can generate signals based on this synchronized
clock via the following interfaces:
Three general-purpose PFI lines for synchronizing non-1588
devices such as traditional instruments or PLCs via SMB
connectors on the PCI bracket
A RTSI bus interface for synchronizing other PCI boards in the
same PC
In addition to generating synchronized clock and trigger signal
outputs, the PCI-1588 also has the ability to monitor the PFI or RTSI
bus lines and record IEEE 1588 clock time stamps when events occur
on those lines. The user can programmatically select the specific
lines and events (rising edge, falling edge, or both) to monitor. This
timestamping capability of the PCI-1588 can be used to correlate
distributed events.
All configuration and event functions are accessed through an IEEE
1588 extension to the NI-Sync API, which provides a common
platform for different synchronization technologies, including IEEE
1588, PXI backplane synchronization, and PXI multichassis
synchronization.
Because most automated test equipment (ATE) and programmable
automation controllers (PACs) use a PC at the core, the PCI-1588 fills
a critical gap between the host and the distributed devices. It
provides a central point to track and control events on multiple
platforms PCI, Ethernet, traditional box instruments, and
traditional PLCs. The PCI-1588 also implements auto-MDI
negotiation, in which the Ethernet port can link using both crossover
and straight-through cables.
NI PCI-1588
15
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
688
Back to Index
689
15
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
H
i
g
h
-
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e

E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t
-
t
o
-
G
P
I
B

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
High-Performance Ethernet-to-GPIB Controller
NI-488.2 driver for Windows 7/Vista/XP
(included) as well as Linux and
Mac OS X (download only)
Easy-to-use password-protected web
interface
Transfer rates of up to 5.6 MB/s
Gigabit, 100BASE-TX, and 10BASE-T
Ethernet network compatibility
Ability to share up to 14 GPIB devices
from several network hosts
RoHS compliance; up to 4X faster
transfers than GPIB-ENET/100
Overview
The RoHS-compliant NI GPIB-ENET/1000 features a password-
protected web interface for easy configuration. It can communicate
and be configured through networked computers as well as control
IEEE 488 devices from anywhere on an Ethernet-based (LAN) TCP/IP
network (Gigabit, 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T). You can use the GPIB-
ENET/1000 to share a single GPIB system among many networked
users or to control several test systems from a single networked
host computer.
The GPIB-ENET/1000 performs up to 4X faster on large data
transfers and up to 3X faster on small byte transfers than its
predecessor, the NI GPIB-ENET/100. You can control up to 100 GPIB-
ENET/1000 interfaces via a single computer.
By purchasing the GPIB-ENET/1000, you acquire a multiple access
license to use the NI-488.2 software in accordance with the
applicable NI Software License Agreement.
The GPIB-ENET/1000 is shipped with NI-488.2 for Windows
7/Vista/XP and is supported on Linux and Mac OS X (download
available at ni.com/drivers).
NI GPIB-ENET/1000
NI GPIB-ENET/1000
GPIB-ENET/1000, NI-488.2 For
Windows 7/Vista/XP, U.S. 120 VAC............................ 781630-01
GPIB-ENET/1000, NI-488.2 For
Windows 7/Vista/XP, Euro 240 VAC........................... 781630-04
Accessories and Related Products
Rack Mount Sngle/Dual for GPIB-ENET/
100,ENET-232/485, USB-232/485................................ 187322-02
XA GPIB Cable Adapter.................................................181638-01
Qty5-Double Shielded Type X2,
2m GPIB Cables, Includes 20% Discnt..........................777781-25
Back to Index
GPIB Analyzers for PCI and PCI Express
Analyzer Hardware
Monitor and control all GPIB lines
Capture GPIB events including event
timestamping
Large FIFO for high-speed captures
Hardware triggering
Variable handshake rate
Capture GPIB handshake line transitions
Analyzer Software
Easy-to-use graphical application
Selective GPIB event capture
Several windows for capture buffer and
capture display
Several data display formats
Captured data searchable for specified
GPIB pattern
Capture event markers for easy analysis
and benchmarking
Selective captured event printing
Software can run concurrently with GPIB
applications
Controller
IEEE 488.2 and HS488 compatible
Jumperless, software configurable
Plug-and-play compatible
Operating Systems
Windows 7/Vista (32- and 64-bit)/
XP/2000
NI-488.2
GPIB analyzer
Overview
The NI PCI-GPIB+, PCIe-GPIB+, and PCIe-GPIB+/LP devices include a
complete GPIB analyzer and GPIB controller on a single device.
Compatible with HS488, these devices are lower-cost alternatives to
purchasing two separate products for analyzer and controller
functionality. You can use them to troubleshoot IEEE 488 software
and hardware problems or control GPIB instruments. You can trigger
on bus patterns or specific GPIB events and benchmark system
performance with the built-in timestamping capabilities.
Monitoring the Bus
The GPIB analyzer software displays the current state of the GPIB at
all times. The Bus Monitor window shows the real-time state of
each of the 16 GPIB data and control lines. It displays the state of
the eight data lines in ASCII, hexadecimal, and binary formats and
the state of the eight control lines in the binary format.
The window displays the binary format as a series of LEDs, one for
each GPIB line represented.
Each GPIB data and control line has a corresponding toggle switch
you can use to assert one or more of these lines at any time. Using
these switches, you can exercise simple control over the GPIB, such
as stepping through the states of the source or acceptor handshake.
The Accept Byte button performs a single acceptor handshake
sequence. The GPIB analyzer software offers several options for
capturing and analyzing activity on the GPIB. You enable the capture
by using the Capture button in the Action window. When the
analyzer is capturing, it continually samples the GPIB and records
the occurrence of user-specified GPIB events. You can configure the
analyzer application to record captured information for any
combination of the following GPIB events:
Data transfers
Command transfers
Control-line transition
Handshake-line transition
Parallel-poll response
In addition, you can configure the analyzer application to continually
reuse the capture buffer (treat it as a circular buffer) until you stop
the capture operation.
You can configure the analyzer application to participate in the IEEE
488.1 three-wire handshake while capturing. For nonintrusive
captures, you can configure the analyzer application not to
participate in the IEEE 488.1 three-wire handshake while capturing.
Besides capturing the standard IEEE 488.1 three-wire handshake,
the analyzer application can capture high-speed HS488 data
transfers. If desired, you can configure the analyzer application to
record timestamps with each captured event. Recorded timestamps
have a 50 ns resolution.
Sometimes you may want to focus a capture operation on a specific
GPIB pattern that occurs at some unknown time. With the analyzer
application, you can define a GPIB trigger condition and select the
number of events to record before and after the specified GPIB
trigger condition. You start a triggering capture using the Capture &
NI PCI-GPIB+, NI PCIe-GPIB+,
NI PCIe-GPIB+ Low-Profile (LP)
15
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
G
P
I
B

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r
s

f
o
r

P
C
I

a
n
d

P
C
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
690
Back to Index
691
15
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
G
P
I
B

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r
s

f
o
r

P
C
I

a
n
d

P
C
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
Trigger button in the Action window. The GPIB analyzer software
has a complete set of tools for viewing and interpreting captured
GPIB information. Using the Capture Display window, you can
monitor an in-progress capture operation or view the captured
information after capture stops. Additionally, you can load and view
previously saved capture information for further review and analysis.
The Capture Display window shows captured information in ASCII,
hexadecimal, and binary formats, and, if you specify, timestamps for
each captured item. High-level interpretation of the data and control
lines, including detailed addressing information, is also available in
the form of standard IEEE 488 mnemonics. You can quickly scan
through the captured information using scrolling and paging
operations.
Because you can have several Capture Display windows open, you
can simultaneously view current GPIB activity in one window and
view previously captured GPIB events in another window. Each
Capture Display window presents the captured data in one of two
formats detailed or summarized. The detailed format shows each
command message and data byte on a single line, with ASCII,
hexadecimal, and binary equivalents. Using the summarized format,
you can see entire GPIB messages on the same line. Postcapture
analysis features include markers for highlighting and examining
specific GPIB events in the captured data you can use these
markers to determine elapsed time between captured events and
the number of events per second:
Flexible pattern-search utility for quickly locating specific GPIB
patterns
Saving of captured data for later review
Printing of captured data to a file or printer in either detailed or
summarized formats
Figure 1. Easy Application Troubleshooting
Figure 2. Real-Time Monitoring or Captured Data Analysis of the 16 GPIB Data and
Control Lines
Figure 3. Bus Monitor Window
Figure 4. GPIB Analyzer Settings Window
Back to Index
Background Operation
The GPIB analyzer software runs independently of other GPIB
applications because the combined analyzer/controller board has
separate circuitry for each redundant function (analyzer and
controller). Thus, you can use a single analyzer and controller board
to run both your GPIB controller application (uses the controller
functionality) and GPIB analyzer application (uses the analyzer
functionality). Of course, you can also use the analyzer to monitor
activity from external GPIB devices.
Hardware Features
TNT ASIC Family
The TNT family of ASICs comprises the first single-chip IEEE 488.2
talker, listener, and controller interfaces. The TNT ASICs also
implement the HS488 mode of operation for high-speed GPIB data
transfers. The transfer functions implement Automatic Handshake
Holdoff on the last byte of a GPIB read and Automatic END
Transmission on the last byte of a GPIB write. Because the NI PCI-
GPIB+, PCIe-GPIB+, and PCIe-GPIB+/LP perform these functions in
hardware, you save significant CPU time relative to performing the
same functions in software.
FIFO
A 32-byte first-in first-out (FIFO) memory buffer, integrated with the
TNT ASIC, buffers data sent to or received from the GPIB.
By buffering the data, you increase the data transfer rate because
the I/O bus and the GPIB can overlap their respective accesses to
the FIFO, rather than one bus waiting for the other to complete a
cycle.
IEEE 488 Interface Functions
The NI PCI-GPIB+, PCIe-GPIB+, and PCIe-GPIB+/LP boards contain
program registers that configure, control, and monitor all IEEE 488
interface functions. These functions are fully compatible with
ANSI/IEEE Standard 488.2-1987.
GPIB Transceivers
Transceivers interface the NI PCI-GPIB+, PCIe-GPIB+, and PCIe-
GPIB+/LP to the IEEE 488 bus. The transceivers, which are part of
the TNT ASIC, provide power-up/power-down bus protection (glitch
free).
NI PCI-GPIB+, NI-488.2, and GPIB analyzer software for
Windows Vista/XP/2000....................................... 778033-01
Windows Vista/XP/2000 (2 m cable).................... 778033-51
NI PCIe-GPIB+, NI-488.2, and GPIB analyzer software for
Windows Vista/XP/2000....................................... 780935-01
Windows Vista/XP/2000 (2 m cable).................... 780935-57
NI PCIe-GPIB+/LP, NI-488.2, and GPIB analyzer software for
Windows Vista/XP/2000....................................... 780936-01
15
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
G
P
I
B

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r
s

f
o
r

P
C
I

a
n
d

P
C
I

E
x
p
r
e
s
s
692
Back to Index
693
15
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
G
P
I
B

A
n
a
l
y
z
e
r

f
o
r

P
C
I
GPIB Analyzer for PCI
Analyzer Hardware
Monitor and control all GPIB lines
Capture GPIB events, including
event timestamping
Large FIFO for high-speed captures
Hardware triggering
Variable handshake rate, including
HS488
Capture GPIB handshake line transitions
Analyzer Software
Easy-to-use graphical application
Selective GPIB event capture
Several windows for capture buffer
and capture display
Several data display formats
Capture buffer size limited only
by system memory
Captured data searchable for specified
GPIB pattern
Capture event markers for easy analysis
and benchmarking
Selective captured event printing
Software can run concurrently with
GPIB applications
Controller
IEEE 488.2 and HS488 compatible
Jumperless, software configurable
Plug-and-play compatibility
Operating Systems
NI-488.2
GPIB analyzer
Overview
The National Instruments PCI-GPIB+ device includes a complete
GPIB analyzer and GPIB controller on a single device. It is an HS488-
compatible, lower-cost alternative to purchasing two separate
products for analyzer and controller functionality. You can use the
PCI-GPIB+ to troubleshoot IEEE 488 software and hardware
problems or control GPIB instruments. You can trigger on bus
patterns or specific GPIB events and benchmark system performance
with the built-in timestamping capabilities.
Monitoring the Bus
The GPIB analyzer software displays the current state of the GPIB at
all times. The Bus Monitor window displays the real-time state of
each of the 16 GPIB data and control lines. It displays the state of
the eight data lines in ASCII, hexadecimal, and binary formats, and
the state of the eight control lines in binary format.
The window displays the binary format as a series of LEDs, one for
each GPIB line represented.
Each GPIB data and control line has a corresponding toggle switch
you can use to assert one or more of these lines at any time. Using
these switches, you can exercise simple control over the GPIB, such
as stepping through the states of the source or acceptor handshake.
The Accept Byte button performs a single acceptor handshake
sequence. The GPIB analyzer software offers several options for
capturing and analyzing activity on the GPIB. You enable the capture
by using the Capture button in the Action window. When the
analyzer is capturing, it continually samples the GPIB and records
the occurrence of user-specified GPIB events. The only limit to the
number of capture samples you can record is the memory available
on your computer. You can configure the analyzer application to
record captured information for any combination of the following
GPIB events:
Data transfers Command transfers
Control-line transition Handshake-line transition
Parallel-poll response
In addition, you can configure the analyzer application to continually
reuse the capture buffer (treat it as a circular buffer) until you stop
the capture operation. Again, the only limit to the capture buffer size
is the memory available on your computer.
You can configure the analyzer application to participate in the IEEE
488.1 3-wire handshake while capturing. For nonintrusive captures,
you can configure the analyzer application not to participate in the
IEEE 488.1 3-wire handshake while capturing. Besides capturing the
standard IEEE 488.1 3-wire handshake, the analyzer application can
also capture high-speed HS488 data transfers. If desired, you can
configure the analyzer application to record timestamps with each
captured event. Recorded timestamps are relative to the previously
recorded timestamp and have a 50 ns resolution.
Sometimes, you may want to focus a capture operation on the
occurrence of a specific GPIB pattern that occurs at some unknown
time. With the analyzer application, you can define a GPIB trigger
condition and specify the number of events to record before and
after the specified GPIB trigger condition. You start a triggering
capture using the Capture & Trigger button in the Action window.
NI PCI-GPIB+
Back to Index
GPIB Interfaces for ISA, Extenders,
and Mechanical Switches
Completely IEEE 488.2-compatible
Maximum transfer rates (Windows)
Automatic software configuration of I/O
base address, interrupt level. and DMA
channel (PnP)
Jumper-selectable hardware features
(non-PnP)
Operating Systems
Windows 7/Vista/3.1/9x/Me/XP/NT/2000
OS/2, DOS
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
NI-488.2
NI AT-GPIB/TNT (PnP), NI AT-GPIB/TNT
NAT4882 ASIC
Compatible with NEC PD7210 controller
and TI TMS9914A controllers
Up to 300 kB/s transfer rates
Half-size ISA board fits any ISA slot
Operating Systems
7/Me/9x/3.1
OS/2, DOS
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
NI-488.2
NI GPIB-PCII/IIA
Rotary nonshorting switch
Sturdy metal construction
Heavy-duty, shielded enclosure
minimizes EMI
GPIB-SWITCH4
Switches 4 GPIB sources into 1
common GPIB port
Compact size of 17.5 by 16.5 by 7.8 cm
(6.9 by 6.5 by 3.1 in.)
GPIB-SWITCH2
Switches 2 GPIB sources into 1
common GPIB port
Compact size of 15.0 by 14.7 by 6.1 cm
(5.9 by 5.8 by 2.4 in.)
NI GPIB-SWITCH Series
Extends the maximum GPIB cable distance
1 km (GPIB-140A)
2 km (GPIB-140A/2)
High-speed fiber-optic transmission
Transfer rates
Expands the number of GPIB devices to 26
Complete error-checking capabilities
ensure successful data transmission
Extends the maximum GPIB
cable distance to 300 m
High-speed parallel transmission
Transfer rates up to 900 kB/s
Buffered or unbuffered transfers
Expands the number of GPIB devices to 28
Software transparent - no software
modifications required
Transparent passing of control
to remote GPIB devices
NI GPIB-140A Series NI GPIB-130
15
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
G
P
I
B

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s

f
o
r

I
S
A
,

E
x
t
e
n
d
e
r
s
,

a
n
d

M
e
c
h
a
n
i
c
a
l

S
w
i
t
c
h
e
s
694
Back to Index
695
15
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
G
P
I
B

I
s
o
l
a
t
o
r
/
E
x
p
a
n
d
e
r

a
n
d

S
e
r
i
a
l

P
o
r
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s
/
C
o
n
v
e
r
t
e
r
s
GPIB Isolator/Expander and Serial Port
Controllers/Converters
2,500 VDC transient overvoltage
isolation (5 s), port-to-port and port-to-
power supply
Transfer rates
Up to 1.2 MB/s (buffered)
Up to 450 kB/s (unbuffered)
Expands to 28 the number of GPIB
devices on the bus
Bidirectional expansion - controllers,
talkers, and listeners can exist on either
side of the expansion
Software transparent - no software
modifications required
Signal buffering extends the maximum
GPIB cable limit to 40 m (device load
every 2 m of bus cable)
External 12 VDC universal power supply
(100 to 240 VAC input)
Meets FCC Class A electromagnetic
noise emission requirements
Optional rack-mount and DIN-rail
hardware kits
NI GPIB-120B
RoHS-compliant
Maximum data transfer rates (baud
rates) of 115.2 kb/s: hardware
handshaking and XON/XOFF protocols
prevent data loss
Extends GPIB to cable lengths up to 15.6
m (50 ft)
Host configuration utility to configure
mode of operation (software-selectable
modes for compatibility with existing
GPIB-232CT-A and GPIB-232CV-A)
4 modes of operation
S Mode - control GPIB-based
instruments from your PC using
RS232
G Mode - integrate an RS232
instrument into your GPIB system;
change serial parameters in
software
C Mode - control a single GPIB
instrument through your RS232 port
(simple protocol translation)
D Mode - interface an RS232
instrument to a GPIB bus; configure
serial parameters up front
hardware kits
NI GPIB-RS232
RoHS-compliant
Maximum data transfer rates (baud
rates) of 115.2 kb/s: hardware
handshaking and XON/XOFF protocols
prevent data loss
Extends GPIB to cable lengths up to
1.2 km (4,000 ft)
Compatible with RS422 ports
Host configuration utility to configure
mode of operation (software-selectable
modes for compatibility with existing
GPIB-485CT-A and adds CV-A capability)
4 modes of operation
S Mode - control GPIB-based
instruments from your PC using
RS485/RS422
G Mode - integrate an RS485/RS422
instrument into your GPIB system;
change serial parameters in
software
C Mode - control a single GPIB
instrument through your
RS485/RS422 port (simple protocol
translation)
D Mode - interface an RS485/RS422
instrument to an IEEE 488 (GPIB)
bus; configure serial parameters up
front
hardware kits
NI GPIB-RS485/RS422
Back to Index
GPIB Products for Manufacturers
Special OEM support and services
Prototype kits for use in early design
studies
Competitive pricing and discounts
Streamlined RMA process
Extended warranties on hardware products
Custom product development for medium
or high-volume applications
Long-term stability backed by a
30-year reputation
GPIB OEM Products
National Instruments wants to be your preferred original equipment
manufacturer (OEM) measurement and automation supplier, by
providing you with quality products, competitive pricing, and
unparalleled service. Minimize your total development and
production costs with the features outlined above.
With 30 years of experience in GPIB products, National Instruments
has the variety, reliability, and expertise in GPIB products to help
you deliver successful systems. NI offers OEMs not only specific
OEM GPIB products, such as National Instruments GPIB ASICs and
some GPIB controllers, but also any NI GPIB products, such as GPIB
plug-in and external controllers, converters, extenders, cables, and
accessories. NI also works closely with customers with high-volume
applications to help them modify existing NI products, if necessary,
to meet their specific needs.
Instrument Manufacturer Solutions
National Instruments has been a supplier of GPIB products to
instrument manufacturers, as well as users, for many years. People
use NI products around the world because of their history of high
performance, high quality, great support, and excellent reliability. If
you have an interest in software and hardware solutions for
implementing GPIB in your instruments, NI has the necessary tools
designed specifically for instrument manufacturers' noncontroller or
device-side applications.
GPIB Products for OEMs and Instrument Manufacturers
15
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s

f
o
r

O
E
M
s
696
Back to Index
697
15
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
C
a
b
l
e
s

a
n
d

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
X1 Single-shielded with unshielded plug/receptacles.
1 m.................................................................................... 763001-01
2 m.................................................................................... 763001-02
4 m.................................................................................... 763001-03
8 m.................................................................................... 763001-04
X2 Double-shielded with shielded plug/receptacles.
0.5 m................................................................................ 763061-005
1 m.................................................................................... 763061-01
2 m.................................................................................... 763061-02
4 m.................................................................................... 763061-03
8 m.................................................................................... 763061-04
X4 Double-shielded standard GPIB to right-angle GPIB.
1 m.................................................................................... 182008-01
2 m.................................................................................... 182008-02
4 m.................................................................................... 182008-04
8 m.................................................................................... 182008-08
X5 Double-shielded standard GPIB to single-end male GPIB.
1 m.................................................................................... 182009-01
2 m.................................................................................... 182009-02
4 m.................................................................................... 182009-04
8 m.................................................................................... 182009-08
X11 Single-shielded, lightweight GPIB (uses 28 AWG conductors).
1 m.................................................................................... 182815-01
2 m.................................................................................... 182815-02
4 m.................................................................................... 182815-04
8 m.................................................................................... 182815-08
X12 Reverse-entry, single-shielded GPIB with molded plug/
receptacles.
1 m.................................................................................... 182773-01
2 m.................................................................................... 182773-02
4 m.................................................................................... 182773-04
8 m.................................................................................... 182773-08
X13 Micro GPIB connector to shielded GPIB cable for the PCI-
GPIB/LP, PMC-GPIB, and some VXI and PXI controllers.
1 m.................................................................................... 183285-01
2 m.................................................................................... 183285-02
XA Adapter Required for attaching X Series cables to GPIB
interfaces installed in computers with recessed back panels, such as
the Macintosh, Sun SPARCstation, and some Windows-based PCs.
XA adapter........................................................................ 181638-01
Width - 1.6 cm (0.6 in.)
Reverse Cable Adapter Connects two GPIB cables so the cables
are oriented in opposite directions.
Reverse cable adapter...................................................... 182768-01
Width - 2.3 cm (0.9 in.)
Reverse Slimline Adapter Narrow version of reverse
cable adapter; cable can turn in reverse orientation (I80 degrees
from normal).
Reverse slimline adapter.................................................. 182770-01
Width -1.8 cm (0.7 in.)
Connector Covers Prevents dust and other contaminants from
corroding or damaging the exposed GPIB cable contacts. Shipped in
multiples of four.
Male side.......................................................................... 776947-01
Female side....................................................................... 776947-02
Bulkhead Adapter
Female to female.............................................................. 182766-01
Reverse entry.................................................................... 182767-01
Xl Cable X2 Cable X4 Cable X5 Cable XA Adapter Female Connector
Cover
Male Connector Cover
Back to Index
NI ExpressCard-GPIB, PCMCIA-GPIB Cable 25-pin latching
connector to shielded GPIB.
1 m.................................................................................... 186557-01
2 m.................................................................................... 186557-02
4 m.................................................................................... 186557-04
PCMCIA Cable Strain Relief Kit Attaches to the bottom of your
notebook computer and provides adjustable strain relief for one or
two PCMCIA cables attached to the installed PCMCIA card(s).
PCMCIA cable strain relief kit.......................................... 777550-01
G1 Internal Adapter Cable Internal ribbon cable for Sun-3 and
Sun-4 workstations that connects to the GPIB connector on the
VME-GPIB and is terminated with a shielded chassis-mounted GPIB
receptacle.
229 mm............................................................................. 180383-09
RS1 GPIB-232CV-A/GPIB-232CT-A (9-pin female D-Sub) to IBM PC
(25-pin male D-Sub).
1 m.................................................................................... 181074-10
RS2 GPIB-485CT-A (9-pin female D-Sub) to AT-485/2 (9-pin female
D-Sub).
1 m.................................................................................... 183283-01
2 m.................................................................................... 183283-02
4 m.................................................................................... 183283-04
Serial Null-Modem GPIB-232CV-A/GPIB-232CT-A (9-pin female
D-Sub) to IBM PC (9-pin female D-Sub).
1 m.................................................................................... 182238-01
2 m.................................................................................... 182238-02
4 m.................................................................................... 182238-04
8-Port GPIB Strip Includes two sets of rack-mount hardware.
8-port GPIB strip............................................................... 776707-01
Dimensions - 8.7 by 32.8 by 2.5 cm (3.5 by 13.0 by 1.0 in.)
E1 Twisted-pair (CAT5) for GPIB-ENET/100 for connection through
an Ethernet hub.
1 m.................................................................................... 182219-01
5 m.................................................................................... 182219-05
10 m.................................................................................. 182219-10
E4 Twisted-pair (CAT5) crossover for GPIB-ENET/100, for direct
connection to a computer.
1 m.................................................................................... 187375-01
5 m.................................................................................... 187375-05
10 m.................................................................................. 187375-10
E5 Twisted-pair (CAT5) shielded for GPIB-ENET/100, for
connection through an Ethernet hub.
1 m.................................................................................... 189174-01
5 m.................................................................................... 189174-05
10m................................................................................... 189174-10
Rack-Mount Kits (single/dual case) for
GPIB- ENET/100................................................................ 187322-02
External instrument controllers isolators......................... 194906-01
DIN-Rail/Wall-Mount Kits (single unit) for
GPIB- ENET/100................................................................ 777972-01
External instrument controllers/isolators......................... 779689-01
T2 Indoor transmission cable assembly for GPIB-130.
100 m.............................................................................. 178056-100
200 m.............................................................................. 178056-200
300 m.............................................................................. 178056-300
T7 Fiber-optic cable assembly for GPIB-140A connector - ST;
operating wavelength - 850 nm; core/clad - 62.5/125 m
10 m................................................................................ 182805-010
100 m.............................................................................. 182805-100
500 m.............................................................................. 182805-500
1,000 m........................................................................... 182805-01K
T8 Cable Fiber-optic cable assembly for GPIB-140N2 connector -
ST; operating wavelength - 1,300 nm; core/clad - 62.5/125 m
100 m.............................................................................. 183164-100
500 m.............................................................................. 183164-500
1,000 m........................................................................... 183164-01K
2,000 m........................................................................... 183164-01K
For other cable lengths, visit ni.com/gpib.
NI ExpressCard-GPIB,
PCMCIA-GPIB Cable
Serial Null-
Modem Cable
8-Port GPIB Strip E1 Cable E5 Cable Rack-Mount Kit for GPIB
for GPIB-ENET/100
T7 Cable (GPIB-140A)
15
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
C
a
b
l
e
s

a
n
d

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
698
Back to Index
699
15
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
G
P
I
B

P
r
o
d
u
c
t

S
p
e
c
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
GPIB Product Specifications
Specifications
IEEE 488 Compatibility
IEEE 488.1 and IEEE 488.2 compatible
Maximum IEEE 488 Bus Transfer Rates
(Actual rates depend on system configuration and instrument capabilities.)
PCI-GPIB+ Analyzer Performance
Sampling rate.................................................... 20 MHz
Timestamp resolution........................................ 50 ns
PCI Express Compatibility
PCI Express 1.0a-compatible
PCI Compatibility
PCI signaling level...................................... Universal
Ethernet Port
PXI-8232, PCI-8232, PCI-1588
10BaseT...................................................... 10 Mb/s, full-duplex
100BaseTX.................................................. 100 Mb/s, full-duplex
1000BaseT.................................................. 1000 Mb/s, full-duplex
GPIB-ENET/100
10BaseT...................................................... 10 Mb/s. half-duplex
100BaseTX.................................................. 100 Mb/s, half-duplex
Connection type.......................................... IEEE 802.3 compliant
Ethernet address set at the factory
Internet address configuration by DHCP or by configuration utility
USB Port
GPIB-USB-HS
Hi-Speed USB signaling............................. 480 Mb/s
Physical Dimensions
PCI Express......................................................... 16.8 by 11.1 cm (6.60 by 4.38 in.)
PCI (TNT4882-based).......................................... 13.3 by 10.7 cm (5.3 by 4.2 in.)
PCI (TNT5002-based).......................................... 12.0 by 6.44 cm (4.72 by 2.54 in.)
PCI (Low-profile)................................................. 12.0 by 6.44 cm (4.72 by 2.54 in.)
PCI (PCI-GPIB+)................................................... 12.0 by 10.7 cm (4.72 by 4.2 in.)
16 by 10 cm (6.3 by 3.9 in.)
ExpressCard........................................................ 34 mm card
PCMCIA.............................................................. Type II PC Card
AT....................................................................... 10.7 by 16.5 cm (4.2 by 6.5 in.)
PCII/IIA............................................................... 10.7 by 11.1 cm (4.2 by 4.4 in.)
USB.................................................................... 10.7 by 6.6 by 2.6 cm
(4.2 by 2.6 by 1.0 in.)
ENET................................................................... 21.0 by 12.4 by 3.7 cm
(8.25 by 4.89 by 1.44 in.)
SPRC-B............................................................... 14.7 by 8.4 cm (5.8 by 3.3 in.)
single width
PMC.................................................................... 7.4 by 14.9 cm (2.9 by 5.9 in.)
PC/104................................................................ 9.7 by 9.1 cm (3.8 by 3.6 in.)
VME-GPIB........................................................... 16.0 by 23.4 cm (6.3 by 9.2 in.)
GPIB-120B, GPIB-RS232, GPIB-RS485/RS422... 16.0 by 9.4 by 3.2 cm
(6.3 by 3.7 by 1.2 in.)
PCI-1588............................................................. 17.5 by 10.7 cm (6.9 by 4.2 in.)
Weight
GPIB-ENET/100.................................................. 400 g (14.2 oz)
GPIB-RS232........................................................ 192 g (6.8 oz)
GPIB-RS485/RS422............................................ 196 g (5.9 oz)
GPIB-120B.......................................................... 245 g (8.6 oz)
Power Requirements
I/O Connectors
GPIB.................................................................... IEEE 488 standard 24 pin
GPIB (PCI (Low-profile), PMC)............................ Micro D-Sub 25 pin
GPIB (ExpressCard, PCMCIA)............................. 26 pos patching connector
PCI Express......................................................... x1
Ethernet.............................................................. RJ45
USB..................................................................... USB standard series A plug
PC/104................................................................ Chassis-mount IEEE 488 standard 24-pin
terminated to 20 in. ribbon cable that
connects to the board
Serial.................................................................. Standard 9-pin male D-Sub
PCI-1588............................................................. SMB male, 50
Capability Code Description
SH1 Source handshake
AH1 Acceptor handshake
T5, TE5 Talker, extender talker
L3, LE3 Listener, extender listener
SR1 Service request
PP1, PP2 Local/remote parallel poll
RL1 Remote/local
C1, C2, C3, C4, C5 Controller
E1, E2 Three-state bus drivers with automatic switch
to open collector during parallel poll
IEEE 488 IEEE 488 high-speed
Board Bus Standard handshake (HS488) handshake
PCI Express, PCI, PXI, PMC 1.5 MB/s 7.7 MB/s
PCMCIA 1.3 MB/s 2.2 MB/s
AT, PC/104 1.5 MB/s 1.6 MB/s
PCII/IIA 300 kB/s -
USB, ExpressCard 1.8 MB/s 7.2 MB/s
ENET 900 kB/s 1.1 MS/s
SPRC-B 1.4 MB/s 3.6 MB/s
VME 2.0 MB/s 6.5 MB/s
Voltage Level Current Typical
Board Type (VDC) Power Source (mA)
NI PCIe-GPIB +3.3 PCI Express slot 970
+12 125
PCI-GPIB, PXI-GPIB (TNT4882-based) +5 PCI slot or 300
PCI-GPIB/LP +3.3 PXI backplane 120
PCI-GPIB (TNT5002-based) +5 PCI slot 150
PCI-GPIB+ +3.3 PCI slot 170
PCI-8232 +5 PCI slot 880
PXI-8232 +3.3 PXI backplane 910
PMC-GPIB +5 PMC slot 600
NI ExpressCard-GPIB +3.3 ExpressCard slot 140
PCMCIA-GPIB +5 PCMCIA slot 65
PCMCIA-GPIB+ +5 PCMCIA slot 150
AT-GPIB/TNT (PnP) +5 ISA I/O channel 120
AT-GPIB/TNT +5 ISA I/O channel 50
GPIB-PCII/IIA +5 ISA I/O channel 250
GPIB-USB-HS Vbus USB 140
GPIB-ENET/100 9 to 30 - -
15 250
GPIB-SPRC-B +5 SBus 300
PC/104 +5 PC/104 connector 50
VME-GPlB +5 - 800
GPIB-RS232, GPIB-RS485/RS422, +12 - 300
GPIB-120B
Back to Index
GPIB Product Specifications
GPIB-RS232, GPIB-RS485/RS422
Serial ports general........................................ Full-duplex with optional echo; 7 or 8
data bits; 1 or 2 stop bits; odd, even, or
no parity
Baud rates.......................................................... Up to 115.2 kb/s
GPIB-120B
Maximum IEEE 488 bus transfer rates
Buffered mode............................................ Up to 1.2 MB/s
Unbuffered mode........................................ Up to 450 kB/s
Isolation
Noncontinuous
Between GPIB ports................................ 2,500 VDC, verified by a dielectric test,
5 s max
Between each port and power supply.... 2,500 VDC, verified by a dielectric test,
5 s max
Continuous (operating)
Between GPIB ports................................ 60 VDC
Between each port and power supply.... 60 VDC
PCI-1588
Clock signal characteristics
Output frequency........................................ DC to 1 MHz
Duty cycle................................................... Programmable
Synchronization accuracy
1
3 m Ethernet
Direct connection.................................... 230 ns peak, 33 ns standard deviation
Via hub
2
................................................... 268 ns peak, 48 ns standard deviation
Via switch
3
.............................................. 10 s peak, 75 ns standard deviation
1
AII measurements were taken in ambient room temperature conditions between two PCI-1588 boards
inside closed PCs. Synchronization was performed for 15 minutes before testing began. Sync interval
of 1 s was used for all tests, and all Ethernet connections were 100 Mb/s. For the switch test, a
moderate amount of non-1588 Ethernet traffic was present on the switch. All test durations were 8
hours. Refer to user manual for further information.
2
Netgear DS104 hub was used.
3
Airlink 101 gigabit switch was used over copper.
4
All products except those noted below
Altitude....................................................... 2,000 (at 25 C ambient temperature)
Pollution degree......................................... 2
NI PCle-GPIB
NI ExpressCard-GPIB
GPIB-ENET/100
4
Tested in accordance with IEC-60068-2-1, IEC-60068-2-2, and IEC-60068-2-56
Storage Environments
5
(All products except those noted below)
Ambient temperature................................. -20 to 70 C
GPIB-ENET/100
NI ExpressCard-GPIB
Nonoperating thermal shock...................... -20 to 65 C, 5 shocks
PC/104-GPIB
5
Tested in accordance with IEC-60068-2-1, IEC-60068-2-2, and IEC-60068-2-56
Shock and Vibration
PXI-8232, PXI-GPIB, GPIB-120B, GPIB-RS232, GPIB-RS485/RS422
Functional shock......................................... 30 g peak, half-sine, 11 ms pulse
(tested in accordance with IEC-60068-2-27; test profile developed in accordance
with MIL-PRF-28800F)
Random vibration
Operating.................................................... 5 to 500 Hz, 0.3 grms
Nonoperating.............................................. 5 to 500 Hz, 2.4 grms
(tested in accordance with IEC-60068-2-64; nonoperating test profile exceeds the
requirements of MIL-PRF-28800F. Class 3)
NI ExpressCard-GPIB
Nonoperating shock................................... 50 g, 11 ms
(tested in accordance with IEC 60068-2-27)
Nonoperating vibration, sinusoidal............ 15 g, 100 to 2,000 Hz
(tested in accordance with IEC 60068-2-6)
Nonoperating drop test.............................. 2 drops in 3 mutually exclusive axes
from 75 cm onto noncushioning vinyl tile
surface
Compliance and Safety
Visit ni.com/certification.
15
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
G
P
I
B

P
r
o
d
u
c
t

S
p
e
c
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
700
Back to Index
701
15
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
O
r
d
e
r
i
n
g

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
Software Only
NI-488.2....................................................................... 778599-01
NI-488.2 and analyzer.................................................. 778599-01
NI-488DDK................................................................... 777430-01
Windows Windows Windows Windows Windows Mac OS NI- No
2000/XP NT Me/98 95 3.1/DOS Linux
Mac OS X Classic Solaris 488DDK Software

NI PCIe-GPIB 778930-X1 - - - - - 779142-X1 - - - -
NI PCI-GPIB 778032-X1 777073-X1 777158-X1 777158-X1 - 778686-X1 779141-X1 777075-X1
1
777462-X1 - -
NI PCI-GPIB/LP w/ 2m Type X13 778255-01 778769-01 778769-01 - - - - - - - -
GPIB Cable
NI PXI-GPIB 778039-01 777398-01 777399-01 - - - - - 778247-01 777431-02 -
NI PCI-8232 778742-01 778743-01 778743-01 - - - - - - - -
NI PXI-8232 778658-01 778659-01 778659-01 - - - - - - - -
NI GPIB-USB-HS 778927-01 - 779704-01 - - 779705-01 - - - - -
NI ExpressCard-GPIB w/ Y m 779425-0Y - - - - - - - - - -
GPIB Cable
NI PCMCIA-GPIB w/ Y m 778034-0Y 777332-0Y 777156-0Y 777156-0Y 776857-0Z - - 776960-0Y - - -
GPIB Cable
NI GPIB-ENET/100 778209-0P - - - - - - - - -
NI-488.2 for NI GPIB-ENET/100
2
- 778220-02 778258-02 778258-02 - 778259-02 778251-02 778257-02 778256-02 - -
NI PCI-1588 779497-01 - - - - - - - - - -
NI PCI-GPIB+ 778033-X1 - - - - - - - - - -
NI AT-GPIB/TNT (PnP) 778036-X1 777542-X1 777154-X1 777154-X1 776943-X1 - - - - - -
NI AT-GPIB/TNT 778037-X1 776836-X1 777074-X1 777074-X1 776786-X1 - - - - - -
NI GPIB-PCII - - 777463-X1 777463-X1 776092-X1 - - - - - -
NI GPIB-PCIIA - - - - 776113-X1 - - - - - -
NI GPIB-RS232 - - - - - - - - - - 779732-0P
NI GPIB-RS485/RS422 - - - - - - - - - - 779733-0P
NI GPIB-SPRC-B - - - - - - - - 776789-01 - -
NI PMC-GPIB w/ 2 m Type X13 778040-01 777485-01 777486-01 - - - - - 777431-01 -
GPIB Cable
NI PC/104-GPIB w/ 20 in. 778041-0B 777414-0B 777415-0B 777415-0B 776946-0B - - - - -
Ribbon/GPIB Cable
NI VME-GPIB - - - - - - - - - 778677-01 778578-01
NI GPIB-140A
3
- - - - - - - - - - 777997-0P
NI GPIB-140A/2
3
- - - - - - - - - - 777998-0P
NI GPIB-130
3
- - - - - - - - - - 776526-0P
NI GPIB-120B - - - - - - - - - - 779651-0P
NI GPIB-SWITCH
2
- - - - - - - - - - 776959-01
NI GPIB-SWITCH
4
- - - - - - - - - - 776440-01
P= Power source
1 = U.S. 120 VAC
2 = Swiss 220 VAC
3 = Australian 240 VAC
4 = Universal Euro 240 VAC
5 = North American 240 VAC
6 = United Kingdom 240 VAC
7 = Japan 100 VAC
X = Cable/No Cable
0 = Hardware kit only
5 = Hardware kit with 2 m cable
Y, Z = ExpressCard/PCMCIA cable length
1 = 2 m cable (Z only)
2 = 2 m cable (Y only)
4 = 4 m cable (Y and Z)
A = Power supply type
0 = 115 VAC
3 = 230 VAC
B = PC/104 type
1 = 16-bit hardware
2 = 8-bit hardware
1
Includes XA adapter.
2
Contact NI for GPIB-ENET/100 availability with other ass.
3
Typical setup requires a pair of extenders and a connecting cable.
4
U.S. 120 VAC. Contact NI for other power supply options
Back to Index
VXI and VME
VXI Control Leadership
As a VXI controller and software leader, National Instruments
produces VXI controllers that take advantage of off-the-shelf PC
technologies to deliver industry benefits directly to you. National
Instruments comprehensive software is key to your VXI development
success - from the NI - VXI/NI - VISA I/O software to NI LabVIEW,
LabWindows/CVI, and Measurement Studio for Microsoft Visual
Studio application development tools. This combination of hardware
and software sets NI VXI controllers apart from the competition.
Merging VXI and PC Technologies
NI VXI controllers take advantage of PC technologies such as PCI,
Intel microprocessors, USB, and IEEE 1394 bus technology. When
developing a VXI system, it is important to choose system
components that also take advantage of these advances so you can
stay ahead of your competition.
High-Performance ASICs
To achieve performance, manufacturability, and reliability, NI
invested substantial resources to develop two very important ASICs
- the MITE and MANTIS. These ASICs serve as a key foundation for
all NI VXI products and continue to be fundamental components for
future generations.
Embedded VXI Controllers
An embedded VXI controller is a VXI computer that you install
directly in the VXI mainframe. It provides a direct connection to the
VXI bus, so your controller can take full advantage of high-
performance VXI backplane capabilities.
Remote VXI Controllers
National Instruments offers a variety of interfaces to provide you the
flexibility of controlling your VXI system from a remote PXI system,
PC, or workstation. MXI-2 and MXI-3-based controllers offer the
highest overall performance while Hi-Speed USB and GPIB
interfaces provide lower-cost solutions. High-speed MXI-2
interfaces link any PXI system or PCI-based computer to a VXI or
VME system for control. MXI - 2 is easily expandable for several
mainframes using daisy chains for multidrop cables. MXI-3
interfaces link any PXI system or PCI-based computer to a VXI
system for control, using small flexible cables. The NI VXI - USB
interface provides a direct link from a computer to the VXIbus via the
standard Hi-Speed USB. Because most computers come equipped
with Hi-Speed USB, the need for plug-in controller devices is
diminished. You can use the GPIB- VXI/C, which transparently
translates between GPIB and VXI protocols, to control a VXI system
using a GPIB-equipped computer. The computer controls the VXI
instruments as though they were GPIB instruments.
Controller Trade-Offs
In general, embedded VXI controllers offer maximum performance
and the most compact size. MXI-2 interface kits offer block-transfer
performance comparable to embedded controllers with the
additional flexibility and expandability of a desktop PC or
workstation. With MXI-3 interface kits, the controlling computer can
be up to 200m away. The VXI-USB includes a word serial accelerator
and optimization for block moves, making a good low-cost solution
for message-based control of VXI. A GPIB-VXI connection, which
offers a low-cost solution, is particularly well-suited for applications
that are not data-transfer intensive and use primarily message-
based instruments. You should determine the types of instruments
in your system and then select a VXI controller that matches your
system capabilities and requirements. Table 1 shows a comparison
of the controllers based on several characteristics.
Contents
Overview............................................................................... 703
Bus Interface Software
NI-VXI/NI-VISA Software........................................................ 704
High-Performance VXIpc-870B Series..................................... 705
Remote VXI Controllers
MXI-2 Interface Kits for VXI and VME .................................... 706
2.16 GHz Dual-Core Embedded Controller .............................. 707
MXI-3 Interface Kits for VXI .................................................... 708
GPIB Inferface to VXI ............................................................... 708
VXI/VME-PCI/PXI801x
Feature VXIpc-770/870B VXI/VME-PCI802x, 804x VXI-USB GPIB-VXI/C VXI-PCI/PXI 834x
Interface and cabling Embedded MXI-2 USB GPIB MXI-3, copper or fiber-optic
VXlplug&play compliant
Slot-0 capability
Direct trigger and interrupt control
High-performance DMA
transfers using MITE chipset -
CLK10 synchronization Onboard External Onboard External Onboard External External Onboard External
Message-based communication Optimized Optimized Optimized Optimized Optimized
Register-based communication Optimized Optimized
Maximum sustained throughput 18.5 MB/s 14.5 MB/s 32 MB/s 1 MB/s 13 MB/s
Operating system Windows 2000/NT/XP Windows 2000/NT/XP /Me/98 Windows 2000/XP Windows 2000/NT/XP/Me/98 Windows 2000/NT/XP/Me/98
VxWorks, Linux
OS HP-UX, Linux, Solaris HP-UX. Linux, Solaris, RTX

Table 1. VXI Controller Selection Guide
16
V
X
I

a
n
d

V
M
E
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s

a
n
d

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
702
Back to Index
703
16
V
X
I

a
n
d

V
M
E
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
VXI and VME Overview
VXlbus Controller Features
VXI Addressing - NI controllers feature the MITE and MANTIS
custom ASICs for accessing the VXI backplane resources. Using the
multiple windowing scheme, the MITE exports independent VXI
address windows, providing you with three completely user-
configurable windows. You can also set each window size and
location. This multiple windowing scheme alleviates the
performance penalty related to constantly moving between the
different address spaces.
DMA Transfers to and from VXI - The VXI controllers can perform
block-mode transfers using one of the two on-chip DMA controllers
on the MITE to free up CPU processing time. Instead of the computer
microprocessor transferring the data and/or commands, NI-VXI/NI-
VISA software uses the MITE ASIC or MITE FPGA to execute the
block data transfers, giving the processor time to perform
application-specific tasks, such as data presentation and analysis.
VXI Slot 0 Functionality - NI VXI controllers provide full VXI Slot 0
capabilities, including slot identification and bus management
responsibilities. You can also install a VXIpc-870B Series or VXIpc-
770 Series embedded controller in another slot and use it in the non-
Slot 0 mode. These controllers automatically detect whether it is
inserted into Slot 0 and automatically enable or disable the Slot 0
onboard circuitry without switches and jumpers.
External VXI CLK10 Synchronization - NI VXI controllers have an
SMB connector on the front panel for an external clock to configure
multiple mainframes to operate off a single 10 MHz system clock.
All controllers use this connector as an input for the 10 MHz VXI
CLKI0 signal. Some controllers also provide onboard programmable
logic to drive the 10 MHz VXI CLK 10 signal to the connector.
Advanced Trigger/Timing - With the VXI controllers, you have full
software and hardware control of the VXI trigger lines. The
controllers have two 5MB trigger I/O connectors on the front panel
for routing any TTL trigger lines between the backplane and external
devices. The controllers can respond to all VXI -defined protocols on
all P2 TTL and ECL trigger lines at the same time.
VXl lnterrupts - The VXI controllers can function as an interrupter
and an interrupt handler for any or all of the VXIbus interrupt lines in
a VXI mainframe. Using NI - VXI/NI - VISA software, you can
program your application to be notified when any interrupt is
asserted, and to assert any interrupt level with a programmable
status. You can use the NI - VXI configuration software to assign
which interrupt levels should be handled by each device in the
system.
VXI Software
National Instruments is an active member in both the VXI
Consortium and the VXIplug&play Systems Alliance. Thus, all
NI VXI controllers are VXIplug&play-compliant as well as compatible
with software available for general-market computers. NI - VXI/NI -
VISA software, included with NI controllers, features an application
programming interface that complies with all the latest
VXIplug&play standards.
The LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, and Measurement Studio
application development environments are designed for instrument
control, and feature graphical programming paradigms to accelerate
your development. With these packages, you can choose from
thousands of industry-standard instrument drivers available from
more than 180 vendors. The NI combination of hardware and
software solutions leads the industry in ease of use, performance,
and, most of all, ease of development.
Hybrid Systems
When developing a test system, the driving criteria should be
finding the instruments best suited for specific application needs.
This often results in developing a hybrid or multiplatform system; for
instance, using a combination of VXI, PXI, and GPIB-based products.
Integration concerns using multiple platforms should not prevent you
from selecting the optimal solution for your application. National
Instruments provides hardware and software that easily integrate
over various platforms to meet individual test system needs. With
VXI controller interfaces to PXI, PCI, and GPIB and software
packages such as NI TestStand, LabVIEW, LabWindows/CVI, and
Measurement Studio, National Instruments can help you build an
optimized, integrated test system across multiple platforms.
Back to Index
Bus Interface Software
VXIplug&play-compliant
Core technology of VXIplug&play
Systems Alliance
Standardized VXI programming interface
across platforms
Complete VXI software capabilities with
VXI Resource Manager
Interactive VXI/VME Conguration
Editor program
Library of VXI programming routines
VXI Interactive Control program
Interactive Spy utility for
troubleshooting
Multiple-main frame conguration
capability
Use with VXI or VME systems
NI-VXI/NI-VISA
Windows 7/Vista/9x/Me/NT/2000
Mac OS
Solaris 2
HP-UX
VxWorks
Linux
NI-VXI
Windows 3.1/DOS
LabVIEW
Measurement Studio
Overview
The NI-VXI/NI-VISA bus interface software is a comprehensive
software package for configuring, programming, and troubleshooting
VXI/VME systems. NI-VXI/NI-VISA features a complete set of high-
performance routines for industry-standard programming languages
and intuitive tools for interacting with and troubleshooting VXI or
VME systems to accelerate your development. With NI-VXI/NI-VISA,
you can develop systems that are portable across a variety of
controller platforms, such as embedded controllers or external
computers that interface with MXI-3, IEEE 1394, and IEEE 488
technologies, to protect your software investment.
VISA is the industry-standard I/O software interface developed by
National Instruments and standardized by the VXIplug&play Systems
Alliance.
VISA function calls are interface independent, meaning you can use
the same set of function calls to program VXI, PXI, VME, GPIB,
serial, and other types of devices. Applications developed using
VISA can run on any VXIplug&play controller platform and are
portable across all VXI controller types, including embedded, MXI,
1394, and GPIB-VXI interfaces. Applications developed using NI-VXI
function calls are portable across our entire VXI and VME line of
embedded and MXI controller solutions.
NI-VXI/NI-VISA Software Tools
One of the most important considerations for a VXI system is
software, and it is one of the main areas on which National
Instruments focuses, both in our involvement with the VXIplug&play
Systems Alliance and in our product line. We designed the NI-VXI
and NI-VISA software libraries and interactive utilities for high-
performance operation and to take full advantage of the rich VXI
feature set. With the intuitive and easy-to-use APIs and powerful
utilities, you can build systems more quickly, without sacricing
performance.
NI-VXI/NI-VISA
NI-VXI/NI-VISA for Windows 2000/NT/Me/98
VXIpc-870/700/600 Series.......................................... 777250-02
PXI-8320
2
, or VXI-8340
2
............................................... 777187-03
VXI-1394 (Windows 2000/Me/98)
2
............................. 778118-01
VXI-1394 (Windows NT)
2
............................................. 778117-01
NI-VXI/NI-VISA for Solaris
PXI-8320
2
..................................................................... 777187-05
NI-VXI/NI-VISA for VxWorks
VXIpc-870/700 Series
1
................................................. 777250-04
NI-VXI for DOS/Windows 3.1
VXIpc-700 Series
1
........................................................ 777250-01
NI-VXI for Linux
VXIpc-870 Series......................................................... 778130-01
PXI-8320
2
..................................................................... 778131-01
1
You can order this software with an embedded
computer for installation at the factory.
2
Included in the purchase corresponding MXI-2 kits.
16
V
X
I

a
n
d

V
M
E
B
u
s

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e

S
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
704
Back to Index
705
16
V
X
I

a
n
d

V
M
E
E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

V
X
I

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
s
Processor
VXlpc-871B, VXlpc-872B
1.26 GHz Pentium III
VXlpc-874B, VXlpc-875B
1.4 GHz Pentium III
Intel 815E chipset
High-performance PCI-based peripherals
10/100Base T Ethernet
Wide Ultra2 SCSI
CardBus controller for PCMCIA
(16-bit) and CardBus (32-bit)
1
GPIB
NI MITE-based VXlbus interface
DMA
VME64
Storage and memory
256 MB, upgradable to 512 MB
Internal 1.44 MB floppy drive
Internal hard drive, 30 GB minimum
2
Programmable NI watchdog timer
Complete VXI Slot 0 resource manager
Jumperless configuration
NI-VXI/NI-VISA Software
7/Vista/XP/NT/2000
VxWorks
Linux
2.2/2.4/2.6 kernel
1
Windows 2000/XP on IV
2
Minimum drive size does not apply to
solid-state flash drive options.
NI VXlpc-870B Series 2-Slot, Pentium III
Specific VXIpc-874B VXIpc-875B
Features
Professor 1.4 GHz Pentium III (874B) 1.4 GHz Pentium III (875B)
1.26 GHz Pentium III (871B) 1.26 GHz Pentium III (872B)
Size C size, 2 slots C size, 2 slots
CD-ROM drive Integrated 24X max -
PCI expansion slot - Fits one fun-length or one
short-length PCI
expansion card
Floppy drive Integrated 3.5 in, 1.44 MB Integrated 3.5 in, 1.44 MB
SCSI Wide Ultra2 SCSI (LVD/SE) Wide Ultra2 SCSI (LVD/SE)
PC card controller 2 slots 2 slots
(2 Type I/II or 1 Type III)
1
(2 Type I/II or 1 Type III)
1
1
Windows 2000/XP only.
Table 1. VXI Embedded Controller Features
IDE controller Ultra ATA 100/66/33, BMIDE and PIO modes
Ethernet 10/100BaseT (RJ45)
Video Integrated Intel 82815 graphics controller
Memory 256 MB PC133 SDRAM (2 SO-DIMM slots), upgradable to a total of 512 MB
GPIB IEEE 488.2 (26-pin miniature connector)
Serial 2 RS232 ports (9-pin miniature connector)
Parallel 1 port IEEE 1284-compatible
PS/2 2 ports (kevboard
1
/mouse
1
)
USB 2 ports, USB 1.1-compliant
2
1
Not included.
2
Windows 2000/XP only.
Table 2. Embedded Controller Common Features
Memory Upgrade Options
The embedded controllers come with two 50-DIMM sockets
accessible for memory expansion. The system handles a
maximum of 512 MB of PC133 memory.
256 MB 5DRAM (additional)...................................... 778469-256
Model Windows 2000 Windows NT Windows XP None
VXlpc-874B 779523-02 779523-03 779523-01 779523-00
VXlpc-875B 779524-02 779524-03 779524-01 779524-00
Back to Index
MXI-2 Interface Kits and USB Controllers
High-performance DMA transfers using
the MITE ASIC
Maximum throughput
33 MB/s burst
14.5 MB/s sustained
VXI/VME device access to shared
computer memory or DRAM expansion
Expandable to multiple VXI or VME
mainframes
NI VXI-PCI80xx, NI VXI-PXI80xx
VXlplug&play-compliant
Complete interface to VXI from any PCI-
or PXI-based computer or workstation
VXI Slot 0 capability, including resource
manager
Optimized for register-based
communication
Word-serial (message-based)
communication
Direct access to VXI memory space
NI VME-PCI80xx, NI VME-PXI80xx
Bidirectional transfers between the
VMEbus and computer memory
Operating Systems
Windows 7/Vista/98/Me/XP/NT/2000
Solaris
Linux
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
NI-VXI/NI-VISA
MXI-2 Interface Kits
VXlbus 3.0 features including A64
addressing and 2eVME protocol
32 MB/s sustained throughput across
USB and VXI
Word serial accelerator
Hi-Speed USB-compatible, including
"hot plug-in" capability
External VXI CLK10 synchronization
Slot 0 capability, including Resource
Manager, slot identification, and bus
management responsibilities
Register-based communication
Bidirectional VXI transfers
High-performance DMA transfers using
the MITE ASIC
2 extra Hi-Speed USB ports for
additional devices or expansion
Operating Systems
7/Vista/XP/2000
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
NI-VXI/NI-VISA
NI VXI-USB
MXI-2 Hardware Only
NI VXI MXI-2 System Extender................................... 777178-01
NI VME MXI-2 System Extender................................. 777243-01
NI PXI-8320, MXI-2 System Extender......................... 777573-01
VXI Controller for Hi-Speed USB
NI VXI-USB.................................................................. 779163-01
Windows
Controller Kit 2OOO/NT/XP/Me/98 Mac OS Solaris Linux
VXI MXI-2 for PCI VXI-PCI8015 VXI-PCI8040 VXI-PCI8022 VXI-PCI8026
777119-02 777119-04 777119-05 777119-084
VXI MXI-2 for PXI VXI-PXI8015 - - -
777589-02
VME MXI-2 for PCI VME-PCI8015 VME-PCI8040 VME-PCI8022 VME-PCI8026
777244-02 777244-04 777244-05 777244-084
VME MXI-2 for PXI VME-PXI8015 - - -
777590-02
16
V
X
I

a
n
d

V
M
E
M
X
I
-
2

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e

K
i
t
s

a
n
d

U
S
B

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
706
Back to Index
2.16 GHz Dual-Core Embedded Controller
Intel Core 2 Duo processor T7400
(2.16 GHz dual core)
667 MHz DDR2 RAM standard,
4 GB (2 x 2 GB DIMMs) maximum
10/100/1000BASE-TX Ethernet ports
and four Hi-Speed USB ports
OS Information
Windows 7 32-bit
Windows Vista
Windows XP
Driver Information
NI-VXI
8 TTL backplane triggers and
CLK10 available through front
panel connectors
VXIplug&play compliance
Watchdog timer
VXI Slot 0 Resource Manager
Overview
The NI VXIpc-882 is a high-performance Intel Core 2 Duo processor
T7400-based embedded controller for VXI systems. This 2-slot
embedded controller gives you direct control of VXI registers,
memory, interrupts, and triggers while helping you maintain
compatibility with numerous software packages and tools for
general-market desktop computers.
NI VXIpc-882
NI VXIpc-882
NI VXIpc-882 Core 2 Duo 2.16 GHz
Controller with Windows 7 32-bit............................... 780531-04
Controller with Windows Vista................................... 780531-02
Controller Downgraded to Win XP.............................. 780531-01
707
16
G
P
I
B

I
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
2
.
1
6

G
H
z

D
u
a
l
-
C
o
r
e

E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
Back to Index
MXI-3 VXI Interface Kits for PXI and PCI
GPIB Controller for VXI
Complete MXI-3 interface to VXI from
any PXI system or PCI-based computer
VXI Slot 0 capability, including
Resource Manager
Optimized for register-based
communication
Word-serial (message-based)
communication
13 MB/s sustained maximum
throughput
Fiber-optic or copper cabling
High-performance DMA transfers
using the MITE ASIC
Operating Systems
Windows 7/Vista/98/Me/XP/NT/2000
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
NI-VXI/NI-VISA
NI VXI-PXI834x, NI VXI-PCI834x, NI VXI-834x, NI PXI-833x, NI PCI-833x
GPIB-controlled VXI Slot 0 Resource
Manager
Translates GPIB protocols to and from
VXI protocols
Controls message-based VXI
instruments with IEEE 488 controllers
and software
Works with register-based and VME
devices
1 MB/s maximum sustained
throughput
Extensive built-in local command set
accessible from GPIB or RS232 port
Performs high-speed shared-memory
block transfers between GPIB and
dual-ported memory on an instrument
Operating Systems
Windows 2000/NT/XP/Me/98/Vista
LabVIEW
LabWindows/CVI
Measurement Studio
NI GPIB-VXI/C
NI GPIB- VXI/C............................................................ 777126-01
Product Description
VXI MXI-3 interface kits for PCP VXI-PCI8340 - 778300-01 VXI-PCI8345 - 778301-01
VXI MXI-3 interface kits for PXP VXI-PXI8340 - 778522-01 VXI-PXI8345 - 778523-01
VXI MXI-3 single-port interface modules VXI-8340 - 778293-01 VXI-8345 - 778294-01
VXI MXI-3 dual-port interface modules VXI-8340/2 - 778293-02 VXI-8345/2 - 778294-02
PCI MXI-3 interface boards PCI-8330 - 777944-01 PCI-8335 - 777946-01
PXI MXI-3 interface modules PXI-8330 - 777945-01 PXI-8335 - 777947-01
1
Kits include one PXI or PCI MXI-3 device (833xl. one VXI MXI-3 single-port module (VXI-834x),
one MXI-3 cable, and NI-VXI/NI-VISA software
Fiber-Optic Copper
16
V
X
I

a
n
d

V
M
E
M
X
I
-
3

a
n
d

G
P
I
B

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

o
f

V
X
I
708
Back to Index
Back to Index

1209 India Catalog New

Transféré par

Informations du document

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

1209 India Catalog New

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

For 30 years, National Instruments has

revolutionized measurement and

script node (registered trademark of The

, IDL, and Wolfram Mathematica

Accepts 3U PXI, PXI Express,

Up to 1 GB/s per-slot dedicated

700 W available power for 0 to 55 C

Low-jitter internal 10 MHz reference

Low-jitter internal 100 MHz reference

Quiet operation for 0 to 30 C at 45.0

Variable speed fan controller optimizes

Remote power-inhibit control

Complies with PXI and CompactPCI

0 to 55 C extended temperature range

Power supply, temperature, and fan

HALT tested for increased reliability

Field-replaceable power supply

PXI Express system timing slot for tight

Rear CLK10 I/O connector

Switchless CLK10 routing

Front and rear rack-mount kits

Replacement power supply and fan

Slot blockers for improved cooling

Factory Installation Services

Accepts 3U PXI Express and

1 PXI Express system slot

7 PXI Express compatible

1 PXI Express system

Up to 1 GB/s per-slot dedicated

Low-jitter 100 MHz reference clock for

Low-jitter internal 10 MHz reference

Variable speed fan controller optimizes

Quiet operation for 0 to 30 C

Remote power-inhibit control

507 W from 0 to 55 C without derating

NI PXI System Monitor API for power

HALT tested for increased reliability

Field-replaceable power supply and fan

Numerous synchronization options:

PXI Express system timing slot for tight

Switchless CLK10 routing

Portable LCD monitor and keyboard

Front and rear rack-mount kits

System assurance program

42 V analog input range

High-performance driver engine

KEY: Best, Better, Good,

Windows Mobile for Pocket PC

, and Pocket PC users a programming interface similar to NI-

SCXI-1102B SCXI-1308 Current input, 249 ! resistor across each input

Baseband and intermediate frequency

Interpolation and pulse-shaping filters

Carrier frequencies up to 43 MHz with

16-bit resolution, 100 MS/s sampling

400 MS/s effective sampling rate

32, 256, and 512 MB of onboard memory

Multimodule synchronization with

Digital Filter Design Toolkit

LabVIEW Express VIs

NI Analog Waveform Editor

FGEN Soft Front Panel

LabVIEW Real-Time driver

Gain and offset self-calibration

2-year external calibration cycle